Table of Contents

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on October 7, 2020

Registration No. 333-

 

 

 

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549

 

 

FORM F-1

REGISTRATION STATEMENT

UNDER

THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

 

 

Lufax Holding Ltd

(Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter)

 

 

Not Applicable

(Translation of Registrant’s name into English)

 

 

 

Cayman Islands   6199   Not Applicable
(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization)
  (Primary Standard Industrial
Classification Code Number)
  (I.R.S. Employer
Identification Number)

No. 1333 Lujiazui Ring Road 15/F

Pudong New District, Shanghai

People’s Republic of China

+86 21-38632121

(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of Registrant’s principal executive offices)

 

 

Cogency Global Inc.

122 East 42nd Street, 18th Floor

New York, NY 10168

+1 800-221-0102

(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of agent for service)

 

 

Copies to:

 

Z. Julie Gao, Esq.

Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom LLP

c/o 42/F, Edinburgh Tower

The Landmark

15 Queen’s Road Central, Hong Kong

+852 3740-4700

 

Haiping Li, Esq.

Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom LLP

Jing An Kerry Centre

Tower II, 46th Floor

1539 Nanjing West Road

Shanghai 200040, China

+86 21-6193-8200

 

David T. Zhang, Esq.

Steve Lin, Esq.

Kirkland & Ellis International LLP

c/o 26th Floor, Gloucester Tower

The Landmark

15 Queen’s Road Central, Hong Kong

+852 3761-3300

 

 

Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public: as soon as practicable after the effective date of this registration statement.

If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, check the following box.  ☐

If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.  ☐

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.  ☐

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.  ☐

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is an emerging growth company as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act of 1933.

Emerging growth company  ☐

If an emerging growth company that prepares its financial statements in accordance with U.S. GAAP, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards† provided pursuant to Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act.   ☐

 

The term “new or revised financial accounting standard” refers to any update issued by the Financial Accounting Standards Board to its Accounting Standards Codification after April 5, 2012.

 

 

CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE

 

 

Title of each class of

securities to be registered

 

Proposed

maximum

aggregate

offering price(1)(2)

  Amount of
registration fee

Ordinary shares, par value US$0.00001 per share(3)

  US$100,000,000   US$10,910

 

 

(1)

Estimated solely for the purpose of determining the amount of registration fee in accordance with Rule 457(o) under the Securities Act of 1933.

(2)

Includes ordinary shares initially offered and sold outside the United States that may be resold from time to time in the United States either as part of their distribution or within 40 days after the later of the effective date of this registration statement and the date the shares are first bona fide offered to the public, and also includes ordinary shares that may be purchased by the underwriters pursuant to an option to purchase additional ADSs. These ordinary shares are not being registered for the purpose of sales outside the United States.

(3)

American depositary shares issuable upon deposit of the ordinary shares registered hereby will be registered under a separate registration statement on Form F-6 (Registration No.333-            ). Each American depositary share represents              ordinary shares.

 

 

The Registrant hereby amends this Registration Statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the Registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this Registration Statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or until the Registration Statement shall become effective on such date as the Securities and Exchange Commission, acting pursuant to such Section 8(a), may determine.

 

 

 


Table of Contents

The information in this preliminary prospectus is not complete and may be changed. We may not sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This preliminary prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and we are not soliciting offers to buy these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted.

 

Subject to Completion. Dated                      , 2020

American Depositary Shares

 

LOGO

Lufax Holding Ltd

Representing              Ordinary Shares

 

 

This is the initial public offering of American depositary shares, or ADSs, of Lufax Holding Ltd.

We are offering              ADSs. Each ADS represents              of our ordinary shares, par value US$0.00001 per share.

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our ADSs or our ordinary shares. We intend to list the ADSs on the New York Stock Exchange, or NYSE, under the symbol “LU.”

See “Risk Factors” on page 19 to read about factors you should consider before buying the ADSs.

 

 

PRICE US$             PER ADS

 

 

Neither the United States Securities and Exchange Commission nor any other regulatory body has approved or disapproved of these securities or passed upon the accuracy or adequacy of this prospectus. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

 

     Per ADS      Total  

Initial public offering price

   US$                    US$                

Underwriting discount and commissions(1)

   US$                    US$                
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Proceeds, before expenses, to us

   US$                    US$                
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1)

For a description of the compensation payable to the underwriters, see “Underwriting.”

To the extent the underwriters sell more than              ADSs, the underwriters have a 30-day option to purchase up to an additional              ADSs from us at the initial public offering price less the underwriting discount.

The underwriters expect to deliver the ADSs against payment in U.S. dollars to purchasers on or about             , 2020.

 

 

 

Goldman Sachs (Asia) L.L.C.   BofA Securities   UBS Investment Bank   HSBC  

China PA Securities

(Hong Kong)
Company Limited

 

Morgan Stanley    CLSA    Jefferies

Prospectus dated                     , 2020


Table of Contents

LOGO


Table of Contents

LOGO


Table of Contents

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

     1  

THE OFFERING

     13  

SUMMARY CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL AND OPERATING DATA

     16  

RISK FACTORS

     19  

SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS AND INDUSTRY DATA

     80  

USE OF PROCEEDS

     81  

DIVIDEND POLICY

     82  

CAPITALIZATION

     83  

DILUTION

     85  

ENFORCEABILITY OF CIVIL LIABILITIES

     87  

CORPORATE HISTORY AND STRUCTURE

     89  

SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL AND OPERATING DATA

     96  

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

     99  

MARKET OPPORTUNITIES

     145  

BUSINESS

     154  

REGULATION

     210  

MANAGEMENT

     244  

PRINCIPAL [AND SELLING] SHAREHOLDERS

     254  

RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

     258  

DESCRIPTION OF SHARE CAPITAL

     261  

DESCRIPTION OF AMERICAN DEPOSITARY SHARES

     276  

SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

     288  

TAXATION

     290  

UNDERWRITING

     297  

LEGAL MATTERS

     308  

EXPERTS

     309  

WHERE YOU CAN FIND ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

     310  

INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

     F-1  

You should rely only on the information contained in this prospectus or in any related free-writing prospectus. We have not authorized anyone to provide you with information different from that contained in this prospectus or in any related free-writing prospectus. We are offering to sell, and seeking offers to buy, the ADSs only in jurisdictions where offers and sales are permitted. The information contained in this prospectus is current only as of the date of this prospectus, regardless of the time of delivery of this prospectus or of any sale of the ADSs.

We have not taken any action to permit a public offering of the ADSs outside the United States or to permit the possession or distribution of this prospectus or any filed free writing prospectus outside the United States. Persons outside the United States who come into possession of this prospectus or any filed free writing prospectus must inform themselves about and observe any restrictions relating to the offering of the ADSs and the distribution of this prospectus or any filed free writing prospectus outside the United States.

Until                 , 2020 (the 25th day after the date of this prospectus), all dealers that buy, sell or trade ADSs, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to the obligation of dealers to deliver a prospectus when acting as underwriters and with respect to their unsold allotments or subscriptions.

 

i


Table of Contents

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

The following summary is qualified in its entirety by, and should be read in conjunction with, the more detailed information and financial statements appearing elsewhere in this prospectus. In addition to this summary, we urge you to read the entire prospectus carefully, especially the risks of investing in our ADSs discussed under “Risk Factors,” before deciding whether to buy our ADSs. This prospectus contains information from a report commissioned by us and prepared by Oliver Wyman, an independent industry research firm, to provide information on the retail credit and wealth management industries in China.

Our Business

We are a leading technology-empowered personal financial services platform in China. Our mission is to make retail borrowing and wealth management easier, safer and more efficient. We primarily address the large unmet demand for personal lending among small business owners as well as salaried workers in China, and we provide tailor-made wealth management solutions to China’s fast growing middle class and affluent population. As of June 30, 2020, our total balance of retail credit facilitated reached RMB519.4 billion (US$73.5 billion), and the total client assets generated through our online wealth management platform reached RMB374.7 billion (US$53.0 billion), ranking us number two and number three, respectively, among non-traditional financial service providers in China such as fintech companies, online-only TechFin companies and online lending platforms, according to Oliver Wyman.

China has the second largest financial system globally, both by retail credit lending volume in 2019 and by the total amount of investable assets as of December 31, 2019. The estimated demand for small business financing in China was RMB89.7 trillion (US$12.7 trillion) in 2019, of which RMB46.6 trillion (US$6.6 trillion) was unmet. In addition, the current outstanding balance of consumer loans in China is estimated to be RMB12.7 trillion (US$1.8 trillion) as of December 31, 2019. As of the same date, China’s personal investable assets reached RMB192 trillion (US$27 trillion), making it the second largest personal wealth management market globally, and only RMB49 trillion (US$7 trillion) or 26% has been placed in wealth management products. For more details, including sources, see “—Market Opportunities.”

We are well positioned to capture markets which have been underserved by traditional financial institutions and online-only TechFin platforms backed by major internet companies, such as Ant Financial, WeBank and Tencent Licaitong. Many traditional financial institutions do not have the necessary skills, data and technology to fully address these customer needs, while online-only TechFin platforms, which provide financial services but are operated by tech companies rather than financial institutions, generally lack the financial data and financial services capability to price credit risk appropriately for borrowers and provide suitable products to investors. Our business is built on:

 

   

Unique capital-light, hub-and-spoke business model: We operate a scalable capital-light business model focusing on large, underserved, yet highly attractive segments. Our platform has two “hubs”, connecting hundreds of financial institution “spokes,” to facilitate lending and wealth management products tailored to individual customers’ needs and risk appetites. Our hubs are tied to an integrated account which accumulates users’ data to drive ongoing personalization of services.

 

   

Proven technology applications: Our distinctiveness is founded on our ability to develop purpose-built technology, combine it with our financial expertise, and embed these solutions throughout our business. With proprietary data accumulated over 15 years, we have created cutting-edge capabilities in know your product (KYP), know your business (KYB), and know your customer (KYC) to effectively assess risk and facilitate products to customers. These three areas leverage extensive data, AI applications, machine learning, and blockchain solutions to price credit and manage suitability-related risks effectively, and to deliver sophisticated digital customer services efficiently. Our strong



 

1


Table of Contents
 

cooperation with the Ping An ecosystem allows us early access to ongoing investment in technology innovation in financial services, including through Ping An Group’s 8 research institutes and more than 21,000 patents and patent applications.

 

   

Deep financial services expertise: Our relationship with Ping An Group, a top 2 Fortune Global 500 financial institution by 2019 revenue, provides us with valuable access to its ecosystem. Through commercial relationships across the Ping An ecosystem, we benefit from potential access to Ping An Group’s approximately 210 million financial services customers, a proportion of which are small business owners and middle class and affluent investors. We also have collaboration with Ping An businesses, distribution channels, and product capabilities spanning insurance, investment, banking, and analytics.

 

   

Strong offline-to-online channel integration: Our deep integration across channels allows us to better meet the borrowing and wealth management needs of small business owners and middle class and affluent investors through a superior online customer experience complemented with the option of offline assistance. Combining our large direct salesforce of over 56,000 members and online telemarketing team of over 4,000 personnel, with our collaboration across the Ping An ecosystem, empowers us to provide more sophisticated services to small business owners and middle class and affluent investors more effectively than online-only TechFin platforms.

 

   

Through-the-cycle track record: Our strong performance through credit cycles demonstrates the benefit of our superior financial data and our ability to price and manage risk effectively relative to our online-only peers, as well as our ability to respond quickly and adjust our business effectively to regulatory changes. Moreover, we have delivered stable operating results through cycles. Over the three years from 2017 through 2019, our total balance of loans facilitated grew at a CAGR of 26.6%, while our total wealth management client assets, excluding legacy products, grew at a CAGR of 39.4%. Our stable growth, operating results, and superior credit quality over time highlight the caliber of our experienced management team and the clear benefits of our financial DNA.

Unique Business Model: Technology-empowered Personal Financial Services “Hub & Spoke” Platform

 

 

LOGO



 

2


Table of Contents

We have implemented a unique, capital-light, hub-and-spoke business model combining purpose-built technology applications, extensive data and financial services expertise to effectively facilitate the right products to the right customers.

 

   

In terms of the retail credit facilitation hub, as of June 30, 2020, we have connected 13.4 million cumulative borrowers with more than 50 banks, trusts and insurers as spokes on our platform. We provide small business owners with convenient access to affordable, large-ticket-size funding, while enabling financial institution partners to tap into a fast-growing, high-quality small business segment in a cost-effective way. We integrate our direct sales team and network of channel partners, including the Ping An ecosystem, to acquire high quality borrowers. We operate a capital-light business model. As of June 30, 2020, we have credit risk exposure for only 2.8% of the outstanding balance of loans we facilitated.

 

   

In terms of the wealth management hub, as of June 30, 2020, we have connected with 429 institutional product providers, our spokes, to facilitate the offering of approximately 8,600 wealth management products to 12.8 million active investors. We leverage the Ping An ecosystem, our online marketing team and our member referral programs to source customers. We offer middle class and affluent customers tailored selections of investment products and one-click portfolios that are aligned with their risk appetite and investment objectives. As of June 30, 2020, approximately 75% of the client assets invested through our platform are from customers that invest more than RMB300,000 (US$42,462). Approximately 88% of these customers utilize one or more of the integrated account functions. These customers generally enjoy priority access to limited availability investments and dedicated services from online relationship managers to augment information for sophisticated products.

 

   

The integrated account serves as a single interface to connect all borrowers and investors to products, transactions, and services offered through the platform. Its real time processing allows us to continually develop, deepen, and retain customer relationships. Upon registering, new customers link an existing bank account to initiate investments and loans to be automatically funded and repaid through smart functionality. The integrated account allows customers to track all transactions, view performance, and automatically sweep balances into investments. Upon first purchase, AI verification tools deploy facial and voice recognition to confirm customer identification, undertake KYC processing, and screen for fraud, and subsequently leverage this data via voice bots to confirm customer understanding of risks when purchasing more sophisticated products. Through the integrated account, we provide a steady stream of recommendations, product alerts, and portfolio allocation analysis to help customers realize their long-term goals. Services such as our integrated account functions contributed to a 93.3% retention rate among wealth management customers in 2019.

Retail Credit Facilitation

Huge small business owner market with unmet needs. The unmet financing demand of small businesses in China was approximately RMB47 trillion (US$7 trillion) as of December 31, 2019. This market opportunity is huge because small business owners need larger ticket size loans and longer tenors for their personal or operating purposes, often on short notice, and they need both highly personalized services and a fast and convenient application process. Similarly, when salaried workers require larger loans for flexible use, they cannot fulfill their needs through traditional credit card and loan products either.

Current players unable to meet more complex borrower needs. Traditional banks cannot serve small business owners and certain salaried worker customers effectively because they generally find it hard to provide larger ticket size loans without collateral. They may lack sophisticated data-driven risk assessment abilities and they generally do not possess developed technology for cost-efficient online capabilities. Similarly, online-only TechFin companies tend to focus on smaller size loans at shorter tenors where pricing for risk is less important, as they rely more on social behavior data rather than financial data for credit



 

3


Table of Contents

decisioning given their lack of financial services background. Online-only TechFin companies and many traditional banks outsource their collection functions, which reduces their ability to manage risk in their portfolios, particularly at larger ticket sizes or at challenging points in the credit cycle.

Unique data and financial DNA allow us to address these needs. Our unique combination of capabilities allows us to address the needs of small business owners and salaried workers:

 

  (1)

Advanced risk models built on our over 15 years of proprietary credit data as well as analytics and insights derived from cooperation with other members of the Ping An ecosystem;

 

  (2)

Cutting-edge data analytics and AI technologies to automate and digitize the entire loan facilitation process including AI-driven customer targeting, loan underwriting leveraging micro facial expression technologies, and smart robot-based customer service and collection processes;

 

  (3)

Integrated offline-to-online distribution channels including a large nationwide direct salesforce of over 56,000 members, various channel partners, including the Ping An ecosystem, and online telemarketing;

 

  (4)

An experienced and focused in-house collection team of more than 9,500 members; and

 

  (5)

A long and consistent operating track record of close cooperation with more than 50 funding and credit enhancement partners.

We target high quality borrowers with larger ticket sizes. Our target customers are high quality borrowers who have financial assets, real estate, or some access to commercial bank credit and yet are underserved by online-only TechFin companies and traditional financial institutions in China. Among the borrowers we served in the first six months of 2020, approximately 92% of them have credit cards and at least 57% of them own residential real estate, while 57% of them do not have unsecured bank loans outstanding. These customers typically need larger loans for operating or consumptions purposes. Larger ticket size loans generally offer greater economies of scale and more attractive customer lifetime value, which makes these customers an attractive segment for us. Medium to large ticket size loans generate approximately 77% of total pre-tax profit of the retail credit market. In the first six months of 2020, our average loan size was RMB146,513 (US$20,738) for general unsecured loans and RMB422,398 (US$59,787) for secured loans, compared to an estimated average ticket size of only approximately RMB5,000 (US$708) for the other top 5 lenders among non-traditional financial service providers, according to Oliver Wyman. Due to the high entry barriers surrounding the large ticket size, small business owner lending space, we enjoy market leadership, high profitability and limited direct competition.

We have delivered stable through-the-cycle results. The balance of loans we facilitated grew at a CAGR of 26.6% from 2017 to 2019, while the DPD 30+ delinquency rate remained at less than 0.7% for secured loans we facilitated and less than 1.9% for general unsecured loans we facilitated as of December 31, 2017, 2018 and 2019, demonstrating the appeal of our target customer segments and our ability to effectively price for risk. DPD stands for days past due, and we define DPD 30+ delinquency rate as the outstanding balance of loans for which any payment is 30 to 179 calendar days past due divided by the outstanding balance of loans. See “— COVID-19 Impact” below for the impact of the pandemic on delinquency rates in the first six months of 2020.

Wealth Management

Large, fast growing wealth management market. Driven by the fast growth and high savings rate of the middle class and affluent population in China and their increasing demand for personalized investment and wealth management, the assets under management for the wealth management market reached RMB49 trillion (US$7 trillion) in 2019. The wealth management market is expected to grow to RMB118 trillion by the end of 2024, representing a CAGR of 19%.



 

4


Table of Contents

Current players are not able to meet middle class and affluent investors’ needs. With the recent introduction of the New Asset Management Guidelines, the wealth management industry is moving from being product-centric to customer-centric, creating opportunities for technology- and data-driven personalized service offerings. However, the wealth management needs of the middle class and affluent are significantly underserved because these customers generally do not qualify for more comprehensive private banking services at traditional banks. They seek an increasingly sophisticated range of options but they may have difficulty selecting suitable solutions without assistance. Commercial banks offer limited products, mainly through higher-cost offline account managers who have limited wealth management expertise and lack specialized suitability management tools. Similarly, online-only TechFin companies seldom offer much beyond the most basic wealth management products with their focus to date mostly on smaller ticket cash management products linked to their ecommerce, social and payment platforms.

We uniquely address sophisticated needs by tailoring through technology. With nearly 10 years of accumulated data and experience, we are able to provide a full suite of wealth management services tailored to address more sophisticated investor needs:

 

  (1)

Comprehensive KYP and KYC data, leveraging underlying AI models, enables accurate facilitation of suitable products and portfolios to customers on a real-time basis with ongoing post investment monitoring;

 

  (2)

Broad partnerships with 429 financial institutions, facilitating the offering of approximately 8,600 products across asset categories, support dynamic portfolio creation and performance-based product selection for changing market conditions;

 

  (3)

Integrated offline-to-online marketing allows us to source and personalize services for high quality investors;

 

  (4)

A robust integrated account with automated sweep, investment, and alert functions, supported by online relationship managers for high value customers, empowers investors to fulfill increasingly dynamic and sophisticated investment needs; and

 

  (5)

Real-time recording of account verification data, customer risk tolerance information, product attribute disclosures, product purchasing clicks, and post-order risk comprehension verification calls on blockchain supports suitable selling regulatory requirements commensurate with more sophisticated products, with high efficiency.

We target large, profitable segments. The middle class and affluent customer segments are increasingly seeking diversification of assets and services including dynamic adjustment of their portfolios to meet their goals. As of June 30, 2020, we served 44.7 million registered users and 12.8 million active investors, and 75.4% of our total client assets were contributed by higher value investors with client assets above RMB300,000 (US$42,462). As of June 30, 2020, our average wealth management client assets were approximately RMB29,330 (US$4,151), more than three times higher than the average client assets of the other top 5 non-traditional financial service providers which is estimated to average around RMB8,000 (US$1,132). Our target investors tend to demand sophisticated product offerings, representing additional revenue potential. These features make them an attractive target customer base.

COVID-19 Impact

The resilience and fundamental strengths of our business model have been further proven during COVID-19. Although the DPD 30+ delinquency rate for general unsecured loans increased from 1.8% as of December 31, 2019 to 3.3% as of June 30, 2020 and the DPD 30+ delinquency rate for secured loans increased from 0.6% to 1.4% as of the same dates, we swiftly resumed the operation of our business and flow rate, which is an early indicator for delinquency, began to improve. In response to nationwide lockdowns in China at the end of



 

5


Table of Contents

January 2020, we made remote working arrangements for our collections staff, extended the usage of AI collection technology, and accelerated the launch of AI underwriting robots. As a result of these measures, we have seen recovery in early delinquency indicators in the second quarter of 2020, to levels around those that prevailed for most of 2019. The 1-to-89-day general unsecured loans flow rate improved to 0.6% in May, 0.5% in June and 0.5% in July after reaching a peak of 1.0% in February 2020 and the secured loans flow rate likewise improved to 0.2% in May, 0.2% in June and 0.1% in July after reaching a peak of 0.7% in February 2020. See “Business—Retail Credit Facilitation—Risk Management for Retail Credit—COVID-19 Impact” for the flow rate charts. Since we take limited credit risk under our capital-light business model, the increase in delinquencies had less impact on our financial results than those of our peers who bear higher credit risk than we do.

Critical aspects of our business model have been reinforced during COVID-19. Although we source customers through offline-to-online channels, our ability to serve customers entirely online has allowed our businesses to benefit from changing consumer behaviors and, as a result, maintain growth in the initial COVID-19 lockdown period. In a bid to drive economic recovery, Chinese government policies have further emphasized the importance of small businesses in reigniting growth and employment. Our ability to serve small business owners in cooperation with financial institutions is squarely in line with policy priorities. Our success in controlling credit risks through the COVID-19 crisis is reinforcing long-standing relationships with our institutional funding partners. Capital market volatility accompanying COVID-19 is accelerating individual investor understanding of the need to invest in a more diversified manner, further underpinning the importance of our data-driven matching engines to guide investors to more sustainable investing. The new policy priorities, increased online customer behavior, and greater openness by traditional financial institutions to seek new forms of business collaboration resulting from the pandemic are, together, likely to reinforce our competitive advantages.

Solid Performance and Growth Trajectory

Our platform has demonstrated significant growth and profitability in the last three years. Over the three years from 2017 through 2019, our total balance of loans facilitated grew at a CAGR of 26.6%, while our total wealth management client assets, excluding legacy products, grew at a CAGR of 39.4%. Our total income increased from RMB27.8 billion to RMB47.8 billion (US$6.8 billion), representing a CAGR of 31.1%, and our net profit increased from RMB6.0 billion to RMB13.3 billion (US$1.9 billion), representing a CAGR of 48.6%, during the same period. We had total income of RMB25.7 billion (US$3.6 billion) and net profit of RMB7.3 billion (US$1.0 billion) for the first six months of 2020. As we have become increasingly capital-light, our income contribution from technology platform services grew from 61.9% in 2017 to 87.7% in 2019, while our net margin increased from 21.7% to 27.8% during the same period. For the first six months of 2020, our income contribution from technology platform services was 83.5% and our net margin was 28.3%.

Our Strengths

We believe that the following competitive strengths contribute to our success and differentiate us from our competitors:

 

   

Leading platform in a sizable and attractive market. We ranked number 2 in retail credit facilitation and number 3 in wealth management, in each case among non-traditional financial service providers in China as of June 30, 2020, according to Oliver Wyman.

 

   

Customer-centric product offerings and offline-to-online channels. Our purpose-built end-to-end technology platform integrates with offline-to-online capabilities, combining elegance, scalability and flexibility with deep customer relationships and effective risk management.

 

   

Technology-enabled customer experience and services. We integrate cutting-edge technologies with our product and service offerings to enable a seamless and personalized experience throughout the customer journey.



 

6


Table of Contents
   

Cutting-edge data-driven risk management. We embed advanced AI, big data, blockchain technology and analytics into business processes resulting in a highly sophisticated, holistic and adaptable risk management system.

 

   

Scalable capital-light business model. We have implemented a capital-light business model that has allowed us to grow rapidly with minimal constraints from capital demands and scale rapidly with lower costs.

 

   

Innovation and synergies within the Ping An ecosystem. We have benefited immensely from our relationship with Ping An Group while maintaining a high degree of self-sufficiency.

 

   

Experienced management team with proven track record of delivering growth and profitability. We have an experienced management team comprised of professionals from both financial institutions and technology market leaders, who bring abundant PRC local expertise and international experience to the table.

Our Strategies

We intend to continue to achieve our goals by pursuing the following strategies:

Retail Credit Facilitation

 

   

Solidify our leadership in the small business owner personal lending space

 

   

Further refine our capital-light business model

 

   

Deepen data advantage and further leverage technology

 

   

Grow our consumer finance business

Wealth Management

 

   

Lead the evolution of China’s asset management industry

 

   

Broaden customer outreach through hub-and-spoke partnerships with traditional financial institutions

 

   

Invest in core data and technology

 

   

Expand overseas

Integrated Account

 

   

Enhance aggregation functionality

 

   

Broaden financial and life data scenarios and analytics

Our Challenges

Our ability to execute our strategies is subject to risks and uncertainties, including those relating to:

 

   

The rapid and significant evolution of our business and our industry in recent years;

 

   

General economic conditions, including any credit crisis or prolonged downturn in the credit markets;

 

   

Our ability to effectively manage risks related to the wealth management products displayed on our platform, including suitability-related risks;



 

7


Table of Contents
   

Our ability to perform due diligence, detect fraud and manage credit and other risks;

 

   

Our access to sufficient and sustainable funding at reasonable costs and on terms acceptable to us;

 

   

The laws and regulations we are subject to and the supervision of our businesses by national, provincial and local government authorities;

 

   

Any failure to obtain, renew or retain requisite approvals, licenses or permits applicable to our business;

 

   

Risks related to our legacy products and historical practices;

 

   

The total fees we charge for our retail credit facilitation and wealth management businesses;

 

   

The impact of the outbreak of COVID-19 on Chinese and global economic conditions;

 

   

Our relationships with third parties that are integral to the smooth operation of our business and platform; and

 

   

The influence that our principal shareholders have over our company and the possibility that their interests may not be aligned with the interests of our other shareholders.

Please see “Risk Factors” and other information included in this prospectus for a discussion of these and other risks and uncertainties that we face.

Market Opportunities

The retail credit market in China primarily consists of small business loans and individual consumer loans. In 2019, the outstanding balance of small business loans in China reached RMB43.1 trillion (US$6.1 trillion), representing a five-year CAGR of 14.3% between 2014 and 2019, and is expected to grow to RMB76.6 trillion in 2024, at a five-year CAGR of 12.2%, according to the Oliver Wyman Report. Small businesses serve as the backbone of the Chinese economy with significant contributions to China’s GDP, employment, tax revenues and innovation. The total demand for small business loans in 2019 was estimated to be RMB89.7 trillion (US$12.7 trillion), indicating that approximately 52% of demand (or RMB46.6 trillion) remained unserved. Such unserved demand is forecast to reach RMB50.0 trillion by 2024.

The funding gap is primarily due to the enormous difficulties faced by small businesses, which typically do not have an established operating history or substantial assets to be used as collateral in obtaining sufficient credit at a reasonable cost. In addition, traditional financial institutions and large online-only TechFin companies are often less well equipped to meet small businesses’ specific needs for a streamlined online application process, face-to-face collateral evaluation consultations, large ticket size and longer-tenured operating loans, choices of both secured and unsecured loans and prompt response to urgent funding requests. In comparison, technology-enabled large fintech players with strong technology and data capabilities and effective offline-to-online models are presented with great opportunities in addressing this unserved market.

China’s wealth management market has been growing rapidly, driven by the fast growth of the middle class and affluent population and their increasing demand for personalized investment. Total assets under management of the wealth management market reached RMB49.4 trillion (US$7.0 trillion) in 2019 and are expected to grow to RMB118.0 trillion by the end of 2024, representing a five-year CAGR of 19%. In particular, wealth management players who can leverage advanced technology, offer efficient processing time and maintain low distribution costs are experiencing significant growth. The online non-traditional financial service provider wealth management market had assets under management of RMB7.6 trillion (US$1.1 trillion) in 2019, which is expected to grow at a five-year CAGR of 29% to reach RMB27.5 trillion by the end of 2024, and the online penetration rate of wealth management services in China by total assets under management was 29% in 2019, compared with 43% in the U.S., and is expected to reach 42% in 2024.



 

8


Table of Contents

There have been significant changes in products offered by the wealth management industry in response to China’s new asset management regulations, giving rise to greater specialization between asset managers and distribution channels, and accelerating the transition from guaranteed and short-term products to net asset value-based and long-term products. As a result, the market has seen a heightened focus on suitability for wealth management products, the rising demand for portfolio diversification and increasing emphasis placed on technology-empowered capabilities. Successful players must have advanced data and technologies to provide individualized investment recommendations and seamless investing experiences, and a strong brand and established operating history to build credibility, and they must comply with licensing and other regulatory requirements.

Recent Developments

We have achieved solid business growth in our core business during the third quarter of 2020. As of September 30, 2020, our total balance of retail credit facilitated reached RMB535.8 billion (US$75.8 billion), compared to RMB519.4 billion as of June 30, 2020 and RMB441.2 billion as of September 30, 2019. As of September 30, 2020, the total client assets generated through our online wealth management platform reached RMB378.3 billion (US$53.5 billion), compared to RMB374.7 billion as of June 30, 2020 and RMB350.9 billion as of September 30, 2019.

The APR of all new loans applied for after September 4, 2020 was below 24%, which is equivalent to below 13.7% in annualized nominal borrowing cost. We facilitated RMB54.8 billion (US$7.8 billion) of new loans in September 2020, representing a year-on-year increase of 20.1% over the same month in 2019. The corresponding numbers for the previous two months in the same quarter before the change in APR were RMB49.7 billion in July 2020 and RMB43.3 billion in August 2020. However, we have only begun to operate under the reduced APR and we cannot assure you that our performance in September 2020 is indicative of future trends.

Our credit performance has largely recovered from the COVID-19 impact, as our DPD 30+ delinquency rate decreased to 2.5% for general unsecured loans and 0.9% for secured loans as of September 30, 2020. The 1-to-89-day general unsecured loans flow rate was stable at 0.5% in July, August, and September. See “Business—Retail Credit Facilitation—Risk Management for Retail Credit—COVID-19 Impact” for flow rate charts.

Corporate History and Structure

The history of our retail credit facilitation business dates back to August 2005, when Ping An Group launched a consumer loan business in Shenzhen, China. The history of our wealth management business dates back to September 2011, when Ping An Group established its wealth management subsidiary in Shanghai.

In 2014, we underwent a series of reorganizations to further the strategic development of our business and incorporated our company in the Cayman Islands in December 2014 as a holding company. In May 2016, we acquired our retail credit facilitation business from Ping An Group.

We currently carry out our wealth management business primarily through Weikun (Shanghai) Technology Service Co., Ltd., Lufax Holding (Shenzhen) Technology Service Co., Ltd. and our consolidated affiliated entities, including Shanghai Lujiazui International Financial Asset Exchange Co., Ltd., or Shanghai Lufax. Since 2017, we have also expanded internationally with operations in Singapore and Hong Kong.

We conduct our retail credit facilitation business primarily through Ping An Puhui Enterprises Management Co., Ltd. and its subsidiaries as well as Ping An Puhui Financing Guarantee Co., Ltd. and Chongqing Jin An Microloan Limited. These entities are collectively known as Puhui. Shenzhen Ping An Puhui Microloan Co.,



 

9


Table of Contents

Ltd., Hunan Ping An Puhui Microloan Co., Ltd. and Chongqing Jin An Microloan Limited have received regulatory approvals to provide microloan services. Ping An Puhui Financing Guarantee Co., Ltd. and Ping An Financing Guarantee (Tianjin) Co., Ltd. hold licenses for providing financing guarantee services. Ping An Consumer Finance Co., Ltd. is licensed to provide consumer finance services.

We intend to acquire majority interest in an affiliated company that is licensed to distribute wealth management products such as asset management plans, mutual funds and private investment funds in China. We have cooperated with this entity by facilitating its distribution of fund products on our wealth management platform. The transaction will be subject to regulatory approvals and customary closing conditions. The income and assets of the target company are not material compared to our total income and assets.

The following diagram illustrates our corporate structure as of the date of this prospectus, including our principal subsidiaries and our principal consolidated affiliated entities:

 

 

LOGO

 

Notes:

(1)

Shenzhen Ping An Financial Technology Consulting Co., Ltd, Xinjiang Tongjun Equity Investment Limited Partnership, Shanghai Lanbang Investment Limited Liability Company and Linzhi Jinsheng Investment Management Limited Partnership each holds 49.99%, 29.55%, 18.29% and 2.17% of the equity interests, respectively, in Shanghai Xiongguo Corporation Management Co., Ltd. and Shenzhen Lufax Holding Enterprise Management Co., Ltd.

(2)

Shanghai Xiongguo Corporation Management Co., Ltd. and Shanghai Huikang Information Technology Co., Ltd. each holds 99.995% and 0.005% of the equity interests in Shanghai Lujiazui International Financial Asset Exchange Co., Ltd.



 

10


Table of Contents
(3)

Harmonious Splendor Limited and Ping An Puhui Enterprises Management Co., Ltd. each holds 90.625% and 9.375% of the equity interests in Chongqing Jin An Microloan Limited.

(4)

Ping An Insurance (Group) Company of China, Ltd., Harmonious Splendor Limited, Weikun (Shanghai) Technology Service Co., Ltd., Jinjiong (Shenzhen) Technology Service Limited each holds 30%, 28%, 27% and 15% of the equity interests in Ping An Consumer Finance Co., Ltd., respectively.

Corporate Information

Our principal executive offices are located at No. 1333 Lujiazui Ring Road 15/F, Shanghai, People’s Republic of China. Our telephone number at this address is +86 21-38632121. Our registered office in the Cayman Islands is located at Conyers Trust Company (Cayman) Limited, Cricket Square, Hutchins Drive, PO Box 2681, Grand Cayman, KY1-1111, Cayman Islands. Our agent for service of process in the United States is             .

Investors should contact us for any inquiries through the address and telephone number of our principal executive offices.

Conventions Which Apply to this Prospectus

Except where the context otherwise requires and for purposes of this prospectus only:

 

   

“active investors” refer to investors who have made at least one investment through our wealth management platform or have had client assets with us above zero in the past twelve months;

 

   

“ADSs” refer to our American depositary shares, each of which represents              ordinary shares;

 

   

“AI” refers to artificial intelligence;

 

   

“APR” or “annualized percent rate” refers to the monthly all-in borrowing cost as a percentage of the outstanding balance annualized by a factor of 12, where all-in borrowing cost comprises the actual amount of (a) interest, (b) insurance premiums or guarantee fees and (c) retail credit facilitation service fees;

 

   

“China” or the “PRC” refers to the People’s Republic of China, excluding, for the purposes of this prospectus only, Hong Kong, Macau and Taiwan;

 

   

“client assets” refer to the outstanding balance of client assets generated through our platforms, where an asset is counted towards the outstanding balance for so long as it continues to be held by the investor who acquired it through our platform;

 

   

“cumulative borrowers” refer to the cumulative number of borrowers who had submitted their loan application request and successfully made drawdowns since our inception;

 

   

“IFRS” refers to International Financial Reporting Standards as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board;

 

   

“legacy products” mainly include a category of unsecured revolving credit lines in our retail credit facilitation business and peer-to-peer products and certain types of structured alternative products originated by financial institutions for individual investors, which we refer to as business-to-consumer or B2C products, in our wealth management business;

 

   

“Lufax,” “we,” “us,” “our company” and “our” refer to Lufax Holding Ltd, a Cayman Islands exempted company, and its subsidiaries and, in the context of describing our operations and consolidated financial information, also include our consolidated affiliated entities and its subsidiaries;

 

   

“non-traditional financial service providers” refers to fintech companies, online-only TechFin companies and online lending platforms;



 

11


Table of Contents
   

“Oliver Wyman Report” refers to a report commissioned by us and prepared by Oliver Wyman, an independent industry research firm, to provide information on the retail credit and wealth management industries in China;

 

   

“ordinary shares” refer to our ordinary shares of par value US$0.00001 per share;

 

   

“outstanding balance of loans facilitated” refers to the total principal amount outstanding at the end of the given period for loans we facilitated;

 

   

“Ping An ecosystem” refers to Ping An Group and its subsidiaries, affiliates and associates, including but not limited to OneConnect Financial Technology Co., Ltd. (NYSE: OCFT), or OneConnect;

 

   

“Ping An Group” refers to Ping An Insurance and its subsidiaries;

 

   

“Ping An Insurance” refers to Ping An Insurance (Group) Company of China, Ltd.;

 

   

“Ping An P&C” refers to Ping An Property & Casualty Insurance Company of China, Ltd.;

 

   

“registered users” refer to individuals who have registered on our platform using their mobile phone number, without regard to whether they subsequently engage in any transactions on our platform;

 

   

“RMB” and “Renminbi” refer to the legal currency of China; and

 

   

“volume of new loans facilitated” refers to the principal amount of new loans we facilitated during the given period.

Our reporting currency is the Renminbi. This prospectus also contains translations of certain foreign currency amounts into U.S. dollars for the convenience of the reader. Unless otherwise stated, all translations of Renminbi into U.S. dollars were made at RMB7.0651 to US$1.00, the exchange rate set forth in the H.10 statistical release of the Federal Reserve Board on June 30, 2020. We make no representation that the Renminbi or U.S. dollars amounts referred to in this prospectus could have been or could be converted into U.S. dollars or Renminbi, as the case may be, at any particular rate or at all. On October 2, the exchange rate set forth in the H.10 statistical release of the Federal Reserve Board was RMB6.7898 to US$1.00.

This prospectus contains information derived from various public sources and certain information from an industry report in July 2020 commissioned by us and prepared by Oliver Wyman, an independent industry research firm, to provide information regarding our industry and market position. Such information involves a number of assumptions and limitations, and you are cautioned not to give undue weight to these estimates. We have not independently verified the accuracy or completeness of the data contained in this report. The industry in which we operate is subject to a high degree of uncertainty and risk due to variety of factors, including those described in the “Risk Factors” section. These and other factors could cause results to differ materially from those expressed in this report.

Due to rounding, numbers presented throughout this prospectus may not add up precisely to the totals provided and percentages may not precisely reflect the absolute figures.



 

12


Table of Contents

THE OFFERING

The following assumes that the underwriters will not exercise their option to purchase additional ADSs in the offering, unless otherwise indicated.

 

Offering Price

We expect that the initial public offering price will be between US$         and US$         per ADS.

 

ADSs Offered

             ADSs

 

ADSs Outstanding Immediately After This Offering

             ADSs (or              ADSs if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional ADSs in full).

 

Ordinary Shares Outstanding Immediately After This Offering

             ordinary shares (or              ordinary shares if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional ADSs in full), taking into account the conversion of all outstanding Automatically Convertible Notes upon the closing of this offering but excluding any ordinary shares that may be issued upon the conversion of any outstanding Optionally Convertible Notes as described in “Description of Share Capital.”

 

NYSE symbol

LU

 

The ADSs

Each ADS represents              ordinary shares. The ADSs may be evidenced by ADRs.

 

  The depositary will hold the ordinary shares underlying your ADSs and you will have rights as provided in the deposit agreement among us, the depositary and all holders and beneficial owners of ADSs issued thereunder.

 

  We do not expect to pay dividends in the foreseeable future. If, however, we declare dividends on ordinary shares, the depositary will pay you the cash dividends and other distributions it receives on our ordinary shares, after deducting its fees and expenses in accordance with the terms set forth in the deposit agreement.

 

  You may surrender your ADSs to the depositary in exchange for our ordinary shares. The depositary will charge you fees for any exchange. We and the depositary may amend or terminate the deposit agreement without your consent. If an amendment becomes effective and you continue to hold your ADSs, you agree to be bound by the deposit agreement as amended.

 

  To better understand the terms of the ADSs, you should carefully read the “Description of American Depositary Shares” section of this prospectus. You should also read the deposit agreement, which is filed as an exhibit to the registration statement that includes this prospectus.


 

13


Table of Contents

Option to purchase additional ADSs

We have granted to the underwriters an option, exercisable within 30 days from the date of this prospectus, to purchase up to an additional ADSs.

 

Use of Proceeds

We estimate that we will receive net proceeds of approximately US$         million from this offering (or US$         million if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional ADSs in full), after deducting the underwriting discounts, commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us and assuming an initial public offering price of US$         per ADS, being the mid-point of the estimated range of the initial public offering price shown on the front cover of this prospectus.

 

  We plan to use the net proceeds of this offering primarily for general corporate purposes, which may include investment in product development, sales and marketing activities, technology infrastructure, capital expenditures, global expansions and other general and administrative matters. We may also use a portion of these proceeds for the acquisition of, or investment in, technologies, solutions or businesses that complement our business, although we have no present commitments or agreements to enter into any acquisitions or investments.

 

  See “Use of Proceeds” for additional information.

 

Lock-up

[We, our directors and executive officers, and all of our existing shareholders have agreed with the underwriters, subject to certain exceptions, not to sell, transfer or otherwise dispose of any ADSs, ordinary shares or similar securities for a period of 180 days from the date of this prospectus. In addition, certain of our principal shareholders have agreed to be subject to additional lock-up restrictions for a period of 12 months from the date of this prospectus, with respect to all or a portion of their ADSs, ordinary shares or similar securities. Furthermore, holders of the Automatically Convertible Notes and Optionally Convertible Notes have agreed to be subject to similar lock-up restrictions for a period of at least six months from the date of this prospectus.] See “Underwriting” for more information.

 

Risk Factors

See “Risk Factors” and other information included in this prospectus for a discussion of the risks you should carefully consider before investing in the ADSs.

 

Depositary

Citibank, N.A.

The number of ordinary shares that will be outstanding immediately after this offering:

 

   

is based upon 1,124,006,331 ordinary shares outstanding as of the date of this prospectus, assuming (1) all issued and outstanding Class B ordinary shares and Class C ordinary shares shall be automatically converted into Class A ordinary shares on a one-for-one basis immediately prior to the



 

14


Table of Contents
 

completion of this offering and (2) the re-designation and re-classification of all the then issued and outstanding Class A ordinary shares and the remaining authorized and unissued Class A ordinary shares into ordinary shares on a one-for-one basis immediately prior to the completion of this offering;

 

   

assumes no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional ADSs representing ordinary shares;

 

   

assumes the conversion of all outstanding Automatically Convertible Notes upon the closing of this offering but excluding any ordinary shares that may be issued upon the conversion of any outstanding Optionally Convertible Notes as described in “Description of Share Capital”;

 

   

excludes              ordinary shares issuable upon the exercise of options outstanding as of the date of this prospectus, at a weighted average exercise price of US$         per share; and

 

   

excludes              ordinary shares reserved for future issuances under our share incentive plan.



 

15


Table of Contents

SUMMARY CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL AND OPERATING DATA

The following summary consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive income data for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2018 and 2019, summary consolidated balance sheet data as of December 31, 2017, 2018 and 2019 and summary consolidated cash flow data for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2018 and 2019 have been derived from our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The following summary consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive income data for the six months ended June 30, 2019 and 2020, summary consolidated balance sheet data as of June 30, 2020 and summary consolidated cash flow data for the six months ended June 30, 2019 and 2020 have been derived from our unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. You should read this Summary Consolidated Financial and Operating Data section together with our consolidated financial statements and the related notes and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” included elsewhere in this prospectus. Our consolidated financial statements are prepared and presented in accordance with IFRS. Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of results expected for future periods.

The following table shows our summary consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive income data for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2018 and 2019 and for the six months ended June 30, 2019 and 2020.

 

    For the Year Ended December 31,     For the Six Months Ended
June 30,
 
    2017     2018     2019     2019     2020  
    RMB     RMB     RMB     US$     RMB     RMB     US$  
   

(in millions)

 

Technology platform–based income:

             

Retail credit facilitation service fees

    15,336       29,576       39,325       5,566       19,015       20,754       2,938  

Wealth management transaction and service fees

    1,885       2,645       2,604       369       1,492       699       99  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total technology platform–based income

    17,221       32,221       41,929       5,935       20,507       21,453       3,036  

Net interest income

    7,256       5,894       3,909       553       2,172       2,998       424  

Guarantee income

    1,456       814       465       66       314       170       24  

Other income

    810       508       879       124       329       656       93  

Investment income

    1,060       1,017       579       82       100       447       63  

Share of net profits of investments accounted for using the equity method

    16       46       73       10       25       (41     (6
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total income

    27,819       40,500       47,834       6,770       23,446       25,684       3,635  

Sales and marketing expenses

    (7,451     (10,767     (14,931     (2,113     (7,108     (8,620     (1,220

General and administrative expenses

    (2,823     (2,796     (2,853     (404     (1,519     (1,348     (191

Operation and servicing expenses

    (3,072     (4,367     (5,471     (774     (2,497     (2,819     (399

Technology and analytics expenses

    (1,302     (1,659     (1,952     (276     (864     (849     (120

Credit impairment losses

    —         (935     (1,863     (264     (470     (1,099     (156

Asset impairment losses

    (3,736     (7     (135     (19     0       —         —    

Finance costs

    (1,297     (900     (1,520     (215     (830     (887     (126

Other gains/(losses) – net

    225       (420     325       46       190       46       6  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total expenses

    (19,455     (21,850     (28,400     (4,020     (13,099     (15,576     (2,205

Profit before income tax

    8,364       18,649       19,434       2,751       10,347       10,108       1,431  

Less: Income tax expenses

    (2,337     (5,073     (6,117     (866     (2,869     (2,836     (401
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net profit

    6,027       13,576       13,317       1,885       7,478       7,272       1,029  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 


 

16


Table of Contents

The following table shows summary consolidated balance sheet data as of December 31, 2017, 2018 and 2019 and as of June 30, 2020.

 

     As of December 31,      As of June 30,  
     2017      2018      2019      2020  
     RMB      RMB      RMB      US$      RMB      US$  
     (in millions)  

ASSETS

                 

Cash at bank

     18,713        18,576        7,352        1,041        15,509        2,195  

Restricted cash

     6,558        7,937        24,603        3,482        21,758        3,080  

Financial assets at fair value through profit or loss

     12,442        16,444        18,583        2,630        22,724        3,216  

Financial assets at amortized cost

     —          3,108        8,623        1,221        7,250        1,026  

Accounts and other receivables and contract assets

     18,467        20,095        26,296        3,722        26,524        3,754  

Loans to customers

     97,553        34,428        47,499        6,723        80,907        11,452  

Total assets

     180,358        117,919        149,534        21,165        192,138        27,195  

LIABILITIES

                 

Payable to platform investors

     10,212        9,820        15,344        2,172        12,668        1,793  

Payable to investors of consolidated structured entities

     114,728        31,810        47,243        6,687        79,689        11,279  

Accounts and other payables and contract liabilities

     3,756        6,244        4,826        683        4,983        705  

Total liabilities

     159,122        82,971        101,388        14,351        135,240        19,142  

EQUITY

                 

Retained earnings

     2,677        16,237        29,346        4,154        36,629        5,185  

Total equity

     21,236        34,948        48,145        6,815        56,898        8,053  

The following table shows our summary consolidated cash flow data for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2018 and 2019 and for the six months ended June 30, 2019 and 2020:

 

     For the Year Ended December 31,     For the Six Months Ended 
June 30,
 
     2017     2018     2019     2019     2020  
     RMB     RMB     RMB     US$     RMB     RMB     US$  
     (in millions)  

Summary Consolidated Cash Flows Data:

              

Net cash generated from/(used in) in operating activities

     2,675       (1,452     2,192       310       1,949       4,476       634  

Net cash (used in)/generated from investing activities

     (1,630     3,494       (11,014     (1,559     1,706       (369     (52

Net cash generated from/(used in) financing activities

     6,505       (2,008     (2,612     (370     (4,196     3,744       530  

Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents

     (47     (86     170       24       2       (9     (1

Net increase/(decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

     7,503       (52     (11,264     (1,594     (539     7,842       1,110  

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of the year

     11,125       18,628       18,576       2,629       18,576       7,312       1,035  

Cash and cash equivalents at end of the year

     18,628       18,576       7,312       1,035       18,038       15,154       2,145  


 

17


Table of Contents

The following table shows certain of our operating data as of the dates and for the periods indicated:

 

     As of and For the Years
Ended December 31,
     As of and For the
Six Months Ended
June 30,
 
     2017      2018      2019      2020  

Retail Credit Facilitation

           

Number of cumulative borrowers (millions)

     7.5        10.3        12.4        13.4  

Outstanding balance of loans facilitated (RMB billions)

     288.4        375.0        462.2        519.4  

Percentage without credit risk exposure

     75.4%        94.7%        97.8%        97.2%  

Percentage with credit risk exposure

     24.6%        5.3%        2.2%        2.8%  

Volume of new loans facilitated (RMB billions)

     343.8        397.0        493.7        284.5  

Percentage funded by third parties

     51.8%        96.8%        99.8%        99.3%  

Percentage funded by us

     48.2%        3.2%        0.2%        0.7%  

Wealth Management

           

Number of registered users (millions)

     33.8        40.4        44.0        44.7  

Number of active investors (millions)

     9.6        11.2        12.5        12.8  

Total client assets (RMB billions)

     461.7        369.4        346.9        374.7  

Current products

     27.1%        49.4%        70.2%        87.2%  

Legacy products

     72.9%        50.6%        29.8%        12.8%  


 

18


Table of Contents

RISK FACTORS

Risks Relating to Our Business

Our industry is rapidly changing, and our business has evolved significantly in recent years, which makes it difficult to evaluate our future prospects.

We operate in China’s retail credit and wealth management industries, which are rapidly changing and may not develop as we anticipate. There are few established players and no proven business model in these new and fast growing industries. The regulatory frameworks governing the retail credit and wealth management industries continue to develop rapidly but are expected to remain uncertain for the foreseeable future. In addition, our business and business model have evolved significantly in recent years. As these industries and our business continue to develop, we may further modify our business model or our platform, services and solutions. These modifications may not achieve expected results and may have a material and adverse impact on our financial condition and results of operations.

You should consider our business and future prospects in light of the risks and challenges we may encounter in these rapidly changing industries, including, among other things, our ability to:

 

   

attract, retain and develop active users for our platform and apps;

 

   

navigate a complex and evolving regulatory environment;

 

   

continue to develop, maintain and scale our platform and sustain our historical growth rates;

 

   

convince prospective customers, users and partners of the value of products and services on our platform;

 

   

increase our market share and offer personalized and competitive services;

 

   

offer or maintain attractive fees while driving the growth and profitability of our business;

 

   

develop sufficient, diversified, sustainable, cost-efficient and reputable institutional funding sources;

 

   

continue to develop and improve the effectiveness, accuracy and efficiency of our proprietary credit assessment and risk management technology;

 

   

improve our operational efficiency and maintain profitability;

 

   

enhance our technology infrastructure to support the growth of our business, maintain the security of our system and the confidentiality of the information provided and utilized across our system;

 

   

effectively maintain, upgrade and scale our financial and risk management controls and procedures;

 

   

defend ourselves against legal proceedings and regulatory actions, such as claims against us relating to our sales and collection efforts, fee structures, employee and third-party misconduct, intellectual property, cybersecurity or privacy;

 

   

operate without being adversely affected by negative publicity about our industry in general and our company in particular, including baseless or ill-intentioned negative publicity; and

 

   

navigate fluctuations in economic conditions.

If we fail to address any or all of these risks and challenges, our business may be materially and adversely affected.

A credit crisis or a prolonged downturn in the credit markets may materially and adversely impact our reputation, business, results of operations and financial position.

Our business is subject to credit cycles associated with the volatility of the general economy. In particular, the operations of our retail credit facilitation and wealth management businesses may be severely affected in a

 

19


Table of Contents

credit crisis or prolong downturn in the credit markets. For example, we may face increased risk of default or delinquency of borrowers, which will result in lower returns or losses for our funding partners, credit enhancement partners and us. In the event that the creditworthiness of our borrowers deteriorates or we cannot accurately track the deterioration of their creditworthiness, the criteria we use for the analysis of borrower credit profiles may be rendered inaccurate, and our risk management system may be rendered ineffective. This in turn may lead to higher default rates and an adverse impact on our reputation, business, results of operations and financial position as well as our ability to retain existing or attract new funding and credit enhancement partners. Moreover, the performance of the underlying assets of the wealth management products available on our platform maybe materially and adversely affected when during a prolonged downturn in the credit markets. If our platform investors suffer from losses in their investments as a result, existing or potential investors may be discouraged from using our services and our reputation may be harmed.

In addition, a credit crisis or prolonged downturn in the credit markets might cause tightening in credit guidelines, limited liquidity, deterioration in credit performance and increased foreclosure activities. Since we predominantly generate our income from fees charged for services, a decrease in loans facilitated and total client assets invested could cause a material decline in our income for the duration of a crisis or downturn. In addition, we and our business partners may increase fees, including guarantee fees, when they perceive heightened credit risks, which may have a material and adverse impact on our profitability. Moreover, a financial and credit crisis may be coupled with or trigger a downturn in the macroeconomic environment, which could cause a general decrease in lending and investment activities over a prolonged period of time and materially and adversely impact the industries we operate in. If a credit crisis or prolonged downturn were to occur, particularly in China’s credit markets, our business, financial performance and prospects may be materially and adversely affected.

Furthermore, a credit crisis may lead to fluctuations in interest rates. If the prevailing market interest rates rise while borrowers on our platform are unwilling to accept a corresponding increase in interest rates, funding partners may be deterred from providing funding through our platform. If our borrowers decide not to utilize our credit products because of increases in interest rates, our ability to retain existing borrowers, attract or engage prospective borrowers as well as our competitive position may be severely limited. We cannot assure you that we will be able to effectively manage such interest risk at all times or pass on any increase in interest rates to our borrowers. If we are unable to effectively manage such an increase, our business, profitability, results of operations and financial condition could be materially and adversely affected. If the prevailing market interest rates decrease and we fail to adjust the interest rates for borrowers on our platform, prospective borrowers may choose to borrow from other platforms to take advantage of the lower funding cost offered by them. As a result, any fluctuation in the overall interest rate environment may discourage borrowers from making credit applications from us or utilize their approved credit, which may adversely affect our business.

The total fees we charge for our retail credit facilitation service may be deemed to be in excess of interest rate limits imposed by laws or regulatory bodies. As a result, part of the interests and fees may not be valid or enforceable through the PRC judicial system.

Our retail credit facilitation service and other fees, to the extent they are deemed to be or related to loan interest, are subject to the restrictions on interest rates as specified in applicable rules on private lending. The Notice on the Regulation and Rectification of the “Cash Loan” Business, or Circular 141, requires online platforms, microloan companies and other entities to charge synthetic fund costs, including the interest and fees paid by the borrowers, in compliance with the rules provided by the Supreme People’s Court, and such costs shall be within the legally allowed annualized interest rate for private lending. According to the Provisions of the Supreme People’s Court on Several Issues concerning the Application of Law in the Trial of Private Lending Cases promulgated on September 1, 2015, in the event the sum of the annualized interest that lenders charge and the fees we and our business partners charge exceeded the 24% limit, and borrowers refused to pay the portion that exceeds the 24% limit, PRC courts would not uphold our request to demand the portion of the fees that exceeds the 24% limit from such borrowers. If the sum of the annual interest that lenders charge and the fees we and our business partners charge exceeds 36%, the portion that exceeds the 36% limit is invalid. The Supreme

 

20


Table of Contents

People’s Court issued the Several Opinions on Further Strengthening the Judicial Work in the Finance Sector in August 2017, which provides that in the context of peer-to-peer lending, if an online lending information intermediary and a lender intentionally collude to evade the interest rate ceiling as set out by the law through disguising loan interest as loan facilitation service fees, then such arrangements shall be declared invalid. On July 22, 2020, the Supreme People’s Court and the National Development and Reform Commission, or the NDRC, jointly released the Opinions on Providing Judicial Services and Safeguards for Accelerating the Improvement of the Socialist Market Economic System for the New Era, or the Opinions. The Opinions set out that if the interest and fees, including interest, compound interest, penalty interest, liquidated damages and other fees, claimed by one party to the loan contract exceed the upper limit under judicial protection, the claim will not be supported by the court, and if the parties to the loan disguise the financing cost in an attempt to circumvent the upper limit, the rights and obligations of all parties to the loan will be determined by the actual loan relationship.

On August 20, 2020, the Supreme People’s Court issued the Decision on Amending the Provisions of the Supreme People’s Court on Several Issues Concerning the Application of Law in the Trial of Private Lending Cases, or the Judicial Interpretation Amendment, which amended the upper limit of private lending interest rates under judicial protection. According to the Judicial Interpretation Amendment, if the service fees or other fees that we charge are deemed to be loan interest or fees related to loans (inclusive of any default rate and default penalty and any other fee), in the event the sum of the annualized interest that lenders charge and fees we and our business partners charge exceed four times of the one-year Loan Prime Rate at the time of the establishment of the agreement, or the Quadruple LPR Limit, borrowers may refuse to pay the portion that exceeds the Quadruple LPR Limit. In that case, PRC courts will not uphold our request to demand the payment of fees that exceed the Quadruple LPR Limit from such borrowers. If borrowers have paid the fees that exceed the Quadruple LPR Limit, such borrowers may request us to refund the portion exceeding the Quadruple LPR Limit and the PRC courts may uphold such requests. The aforementioned one-year Loan Prime Rate refers to the one-year loan market quoted interest rate issued by the National Bank Interbank Funding Center on the 20th of each month starting from August 20, 2019, and the one-year loan market quoted interest rate issued by the National Bank Interbank Funding Center on September 21, 2020 was 3.85%. We cannot assure you that the one-year loan market quoted interest rate and the Quadruple Limit will not decrease further in the future. There remain uncertainties in the interpretation and implementation of the Judicial Interpretation Amendment, including its applicability to licensed financial institutions, the basis of calculation formula used to determine the interest limit, the scope of inclusion of related fees and insurance premiums, as well as inconsistencies between the standard and level of enforcement by different PRC courts. We cannot assure you that there will not be any changes to the detailed calculation formula used to determine the interest limit, our future fee rates will not be lowered as a result of the Quadruple LPR Limit, or that the Quadruple LPR Limit will not be applied to our historical and legacy products where the related dispute cases are accepted by PRC courts of first instance on or after August 20, 2020. In such cases, we and our business partners may be required to repay certain borrowers if our historical and legacy loan products are deemed to have violated the applicable laws and regulations concerning the limit of lending interest and fee rates. Our business, results of operations and financial condition may therefore be materially and adversely affected by the implementation of the Judicial Interpretation Amendment.

In addition to rules, opinions and decisions issued by the PRC courts, we and our business partners are also subject to regulatory agencies’ requirements, supervision or guidance. We have lowered the APR on loans we facilitate since early September 2020 and may further lower the APR from time to time as a result of changes in regulation or our business strategy. We may also reduce our outstanding loan volumes, significantly modify our fee rate structure within a prescribed period of time or modify our business cooperation model with third-party business partners, including our credit enhancement partners. If we are unable to comply with such regulatory requirements, supervision or guidance or are deemed to be charging above the maximum interest rates permitted by the relevant laws, regulations, policies or guidance, we could be subject to orders of suspension, cessation or rectification, cancellation of qualifications, or other penalties, and our business, financial condition, results of operations and our cooperation with business partners could be materially and adversely affected as a result. See also “—Our business is subject to laws, regulation, and supervision by national, provincial and local government

 

21


Table of Contents

and judicial authorities, industry associations and other regulatory bodies. The laws, regulations and official guidance relating to our business are complex, evolving rapidly and may be subject to further changes. Non-compliance with any existing or new regulation may result in penalties, limitations and prohibitions on our business activities, and we have been modifying and may need to continue to modify our business operations in response to changes in laws and regulations.”

The wealth management products displayed on our platform involve various risks, and failure to identify or fully appreciate such risks will negatively affect our reputation, client relationships, operations and prospects.

We display a broad variety of wealth management products on our platform, including asset management plans, bank products, mutual funds, private investment funds and trust products, among others. These products often have complex structures and involve various risks, including default risk, interest rate risk, liquidity risk and other risks. In addition, third parties we collaborate with might be confronted with liquidity risks, which may expose our platform investors to the liquidity risks in the products we display on our platform. Moreover, the wealth management products available on our platform are also subject to systematic risk and market volatility, which may reduce the value of the investments of our platform investors regardless of the performance or profitability of the businesses underlying such investment products.

Neither the principal nor the return of the wealth management products available on our platform is guaranteed by us. As such, we generally do not bear any liabilities for any loss to capital invested in the products. However, despite product risk warnings and platform disclaimers, our platform investors may attempt to hold us responsible for their losses, which could harm our reputation and result in reduced traffic to our platform. Furthermore, we may also face pressure from regulatory authorities to share losses incurred by our platform investors in order to maintain social harmony and financial market stability, which can have a material and adverse impact on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

In addition, although we have implemented strict suitability management and transparent disclosure policies, such policies and procedures may not be fully effective in mitigating suitability-related risks in all scenarios. If we or our customer service personnel are found to have engaged in suitability-related misconduct, we may be held responsible when our platform investors incur losses, and our reputation, client relationships, business and prospects will be materially and adversely affected. For more details on risks relating to our product risk management, see “—Information regarding individuals to whom we provide our financial services may not be complete, and our ability to perform due diligence, detect borrower fraud or manage our risks may be compromised as a result.”

Our access to sufficient and sustainable funding at reasonable costs cannot be assured.

The growth and success of our future operations depend on the availability of adequate lending capital to meet borrowers’ demands for loans on our platform. To maintain sufficient and sustainable funding to meet borrower demands, we need to keep expanding the funding base and securing a stable stream of funds from our funding partners.

The availability of funding from our funding partners depends on many factors, some of which are out of our control. Changes in the credit environment may impact the funding costs and the terms of our agreements with funding partners, and we may not be able to obtain sufficient and sustainable funding from our funding partners if the funding cost increases significantly. In addition, our competitors in the retail credit facilitation markets may offer better terms to attract institutional funding partners away from us or form exclusive partnerships with them. We may not be able to maintain long-term business relationships with institutional funding partners in this evolving market. In addition, some of our funding partners have limited operating histories and experiences and we cannot rely on them for our funding. Our funding partners are subject to certain PRC laws and regulations, and in the event that all or some of them cease or modify their operations and cooperation with us as a result of existing or new regulatory requirements, the availability of our funding may be materially and adversely affected.

 

22


Table of Contents

While we have made efforts to diversify funding sources, we cannot assure you that such efforts would be successful or funding sources for the loans we facilitate will remain or become increasingly diversified in the future. If we become dependent on a small number of funding partners and any such funding partners decide not to collaborate with us, change the commercial terms to the extent unacceptable to our borrowers or limit the funding available on our platform, such constraints may materially limit our ability to facilitate loans and adversely affect our user experience. As a result, our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flow may be materially and adversely affected.

Our business is subject to laws, regulations, and supervision by national, provincial and local government and judicial authorities, industry associations and other regulatory bodies. The laws, regulations and official guidance relating to our business are complex, evolving rapidly and may be subject to further changes. Non-compliance with any existing or new regulation may result in penalties, limitations and prohibitions on our business activities, and we have been modifying and may need to continue to modify our business operations in response to changes in laws and regulations.

The industries in which we operate are highly regulated. Our businesses are subject to national, provincial and local laws, rules, regulations, policies and measures in China. See “Regulation—PRC Regulations.” These laws, rules, regulations, policies and measures are issued by the National Congress of China and its standing committee, the State Council, and different central government ministries and departments as well as provincial and local government authorities, and are enforced by different levels of regulatory agencies and by local authorities in each province in which we operate. As a result, there may be inconsistencies between the rules, regulations, policies, orders and guidance of various regulatory agencies. In order to comply with existing and new rules, regulations, policies and measures of each regulatory agency, we have modified, and may continue to modify, our business models from time to time, which could cause us to incur significant costs and expenses, divert resources and materially disrupt our operations, which could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and financial condition. For example, in July 2020, the China Banking and Insurance Regulatory Commission, or the CBIRC, issued the Interim Measures for the Administration of Online Loans by Commercial Banks to provide detailed rules on online loans provided by commercial banks, which may require some of our funding partners to evaluate their cooperation entities and adjust their cooperation with us and thus have a potentially significant impact on our retail credit facilitation business.

Our microloan companies are subject to the laws, regulations, policies and measures in Chongqing, Shenzhen and Hunan in areas of registered capital and of loan-to-capital and other leverage ratios, among others, and our financing guarantee companies are subject to the supervision of local financial authorities in Nanjing, Tianjin and other jurisdictions where their branch offices are located. Historically, some of our microloan companies and financing guarantee companies maintained leverage ratios that were above the maximum level allowed. As of the date of this prospectus, we have modified our microloan companies’ and financing guarantee companies’ business models in order to comply with the leverage ratio requirements and other laws, regulations, policies and measures for these companies in all of these jurisdictions. Historically, regulators have given us verbal and written guidance on our business practices, and we have modified our business operations based on such guidance. While we have not been subject to any regulatory penalties as of the date of this prospectus in connection with such microloan and financing guarantee companies’ business practices, we may be subject to regulatory warnings, correction orders, condemnation and fines and may be required to further modify our business if any of our microloan and financing guarantee companies is deemed to have violated national, provincial or local laws and regulations or regulatory orders and guidance. For example, on September 16, 2020, the CBIRC issued the Notice on Strengthening the Supervision and Management of Microloan Companies, or Circular 86. Adopted to regulate the operations of microloan companies, Circular 86 stipulates that the financing balance of a microloan company’s funding by bank loans, shareholder loans and other non-standard financing instruments shall not exceed such company’s net assets, and the financing balance of the microloan company funding by issuance of bonds, asset securitization products and other instruments of standardized debt assets shall not exceed four times of its net assets. Local financial regulatory authorities may further lower the leverage limits mentioned above. We are also subject to oversight by the Ministry of Industry and Information Technology, or

 

23


Table of Contents

the MIIT, the Cyberspace Administration of China and the National Internet Finance Association of China in connection with our mobile applications. If we fail to comply with the requirements and standards set by the relevant authorities or if our apps fail to remain on the white list, mobile app stores including the iOS App Store and Android app stores may cease the distribution of our mobile apps and our business may be adversely and materially affected.

There are uncertainties regarding the interpretation and enforcement of PRC laws, rules and regulations. Recently enacted laws, rules and regulations may be subject to significant degrees of interpretation by PRC regulatory authorities. Because many of the laws, rules and regulations governing our businesses are relatively new, and because of the limited number of published judicial decisions and the non-binding nature of some of such decisions, we have encountered uncertainties as to the judicial interpretation and application of laws, and it is possible that laws may be interpreted and applied inconsistently in different jurisdictions. Such interpretations and application may conflict with our current practices, require changes to our business model or cause disruptions to our operations. For example, our ability to collect loans from borrowers may be hindered by uncertainties in the interpretation of PRC laws, rules and regulations. In addition, the PRC legal system is based in part on government policies and internal rules, some of which are not published on a timely basis or at all, and which may have retroactive effects. As a result, we may not be aware of our violation of these policies and rules until after a violation has occurred. We might also not be able to foresee what regulatory measures the national, provincial and local government authorities may take and whether new regulatory measures would adversely impact our existing business or business plans. For example, though there is currently no specific regulation pertaining to the qualifications and operations of websites such as Lu.com, which helps us facilitate the distribution of financial products for our licensed product providers, new laws, rules, regulations, measures, polices or interpretations may arise in the future. Similarly, the qualified investor requirements and minimum investment thresholds for asset management products, trust products, private funds may be subject to further changes in the future. New regulations may also require us to obtain licenses for the processing and storage of borrower data, and request more detailed documentations for borrowers’ usage of loans, which may materially and adversely impact the flexibility and efficiency of our retail credit facilitation services and as a result the volume of loans we facilitate. Furthermore, there are currently few regulations on the use of technologies we deploy in our businesses, such as chatbots and AI, new laws, rules, regulations, measures policies or interpretations may arise in the future. We might not be able to be in compliance with the new requirements, and even if we successfully comply with such requirements through improvements, corrections and rectification, the business model may no longer be profitable or commercially viable.

We expect the laws, rules, regulations, policies and measures governing our business, our cooperation with third-party business partners and the products we facilitate on our platform to continue to evolve. Our business activities and growth may be adversely affected if we do not respond to regulatory changes in a timely manner. Non-compliance with the applicable laws, rules, regulations, policies and measures, including as a result of ambiguities in them, may subject us to sanctions by regulatory authorities, monetary penalties, or restrictions on our business activities or new product introduction or revocation of our licenses, all of which could have material and adverse effects on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Any failure to obtain, renew or retain requisite approvals, licenses or permits applicable to our business may have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

The PRC government extensively regulates internet-related businesses, including supervising foreign ownership, and requiring licenses and permits pertaining to the companies in internet-related businesses. These internet-related laws and regulations are relatively new and evolving, and their interpretation and enforcement involve significant uncertainties. As a result, in certain circumstances it may be difficult to determine what actions or omissions may be deemed to be in violation of applicable laws and regulations.

We are required to obtain various approvals, licenses and permits from different regulatory authorities in order to offer certain categories of our loan product and wealth management product facilitation services online.

 

24


Table of Contents

We have made efforts to obtain all the applicable approvals, licenses and permits, but due to the complexities, uncertainties and frequent changes in laws, rules, regulations and their interpretation and implementation, we may not always be able to do so, and we may be penalized by governmental authorities for facilitating products or providing services without proper approvals, licenses or permits. For example, we cannot assure you that we will not be required to obtain any additional internet content service provider license, or ICP license, for our current business operations. Moreover, as we continue to increase the product and service selection on our platform, we may also become subject to new or existing laws and regulations that did not affect us in the past. Failure to obtain, renew, or retain requisite licenses, permits or approvals may adversely affect our ability to conduct or expand our business.

In March 2018, the National Internet Finance Rectification Office issued the Notice on Strengthening Rectification and Carrying Out Inspection Acceptance Work of Online Asset Management Operations, or Circular 29, which provided that without the license or approval from the PRC financial regulatory authorities, no entity may issue or sell asset management products through the internet. The application and interpretation of Circular 29, including the definition of “asset management product,” are ambiguous and may be inconsistent between different government authorities. Although we believe our role is only that of a platform between the providers and the purchasers of the wealth management products, which is not forbidden by Circular 29, the PRC regulatory authorities may have a different view and categorize our activities as the sale of wealth management products in violation of Circular 29 and other PRC laws and regulations. If the PRC government determines that we are operating or have operated our wealth management or other businesses without the proper approvals, licenses or permits or promulgates new laws and regulations that require additional approvals or licenses or permits or imposes additional restrictions on the operation of any part of our business, it has the power, among other things, to levy fines, confiscate our income, revoke our business licenses, and require us to discontinue the relevant parts of our business or to impose restrictions on the affected portion of our business. While we may still be able to operate our wealth management business by cooperating with entities that hold the required license, approval or permit, any of these actions by the PRC government may have a material adverse effect on our business and results of operations.

In addition, we are currently in the process of upgrading and moving our wealth management platform investors’ balances from our platform, which we offered as an add-on service to streamline our platform investors’ subscription process at their consent, to bank accounts with a commercial bank. With this new service, our platform investors can use their bank account balances to directly purchase wealth management products displayed on our platform. However, some platform investors have not yet made the upgrade or may not be willing to make such upgrades, and our practice of allowing our platform investors to top-up and transfer their balances on our platform to purchase wealth management products and withdraw the funds to their bank accounts may be deemed to be engaging in payment services without having obtained the required licenses in violation of Administrative Measures for the Payment Services Provided by Non-financial Institutions and the Notice of the General Office of the People’s Bank of China on Further Strengthening the Disciplinary Action against Unlicensed Transaction of Payment Business. Although we have not been subjected to any fines or other penalties as of the date of this prospectus in connection with the practice described above, we cannot be certain that the measures or the circular will not apply or that our existing or past practices would not be deemed to violate any existing or future laws, regulations and rules or subject us to regulatory penalties. Furthermore, we currently cooperate with third-party channel partners for borrower and platform investor acquisition. See “Business—Retail Credit Facilitation—Retail Credit Origination” and “Business—Wealth Management—Platform Investor Acquisition.” If we or these third parties are deemed to be providing investment advisory services without the requisite approvals, licenses or permits, they may be subject to regulatory actions and be prohibited from engaging in client acquisition activities, and as a result we may need to significantly modify our borrower and client acquisition model. This could have a material adverse impact on our business prospects, results of operations and financial condition.

 

25


Table of Contents

We have modified our business model and practices in the past as a result of changes in laws, regulations, policies, measures and guidance, and we are subject to risks in connection with our legacy products and historical practices. If any of our legacy products and historical practices is deemed to violate any PRC laws or regulations, our business, financial condition and results of operations would be materially and adversely affected.

Given the complexities, uncertainties and frequent changes in these laws, rules, regulations, policies and measures, including changes in their interpretation and implementation, we have historically modified our business models and practices due to shifts in regulatory requirements and our strategies. Among wealth management products, we ceased to facilitate the offering of structured alternative products originated by financial institutions for individual investors, which we refer to as business-to-consumer or B2C products, in the second half of 2017. Among retail credit facilitation products, we ceased to facilitate the offering of peer-to-peer products in August 2019, as well as stopped using funding from peer-to-peer individual investors as a funding source for our retail credit facilitation business in 2019. As of June 30, 2020, peer-to-peer products as a percentage of total client assets had fallen to 12.8%, and none of the new loans we facilitated in 2020 were funded by peer-to-peer individual investors.

To facilitate the exit of investors after we discontinued our facilitation of the offering of B2C products in the second half of 2017, as a one-time event, we decided to repurchase certain trust plans, asset management plans and debt investments from our platform investors. As these trust plans, asset management plans and debt investments were overdue as of December 31, 2019, we recorded impairment of RMB1.0 billion (US$0.1 billion) and fair value loss of RMB0.7 billion (US$0.1 billion) in 2019. In the six months ended June 30, 2020, we recorded reversal of impairment losses of RMB63.1 million (US$8.9 million) and fair value gain of RMB46.2 million (US$6.5 million). The performance of these trust plans, asset management plans and debt investments, with an aggregate net balance of approximately RMB3.2 billion (US$0.5 billion) as of June 30, 2020, may continue to have an adverse impact on our financial condition. We are currently pursuing a number of claims against the debtors related to some of our historical B2C products. While none of these claims is considered material to our business on an individual basis, the overall results of these ongoing litigations may have continued impact on our financial condition. We are currently unable to estimate the possible outcome or possible range of recovery, if any, associated with the resolution of these cases, and adverse outcome of our claims could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, cash flows and reputation. In addition, we cannot assure you that our historical B2C products will not be deemed to violate laws and regulations, including Circular 29, adopted in March 2018, which provides that any public issuance or sale of asset management products through the internet is deemed to be a financing business requiring asset management licenses or permits.

We ceased using individual funding as a funding source for loans in 2019 in response to new regulations on peer-to-peer lending. Under existing regulations, entities engaging in peer-to-peer lending are required to apply for record-filings with authorities. In addition, in January 2019, the PRC government issued the Notice on Further Implementing the Compliance Inspection and Follow-up Work of Peer-to-Peer Online Lending, which requires all peer-to-peer lending platforms to reduce the total outstanding peer-to-peer lending balance, the total number of borrowers, and the total number of individual investors. Three platforms operated by our consolidated affiliated entities have been engaging in peer-to-peer lending services. After close consultation with regulators, we have ceased facilitating new peer-to-peer loans on our platform since August 2019 and currently only focus on serving the remaining borrowers and lenders on our platforms. We have not received any administrative penalty for our online lending information intermediary services as of the date of this prospectus. Nevertheless, we cannot assure you that we will not be subject to fines or other regulatory penalties for our historical and currently outstanding peer-to-peer loans, or that we will not be required by regulatory authorities to terminate all legacy products by a certain timeline. Any of such events may materially and adversely affect our client relationship, reputation, and business operations. Furthermore, the PRC legal system is based in part on government policies and internal rules (some of which are not published in a timely manner or at all) that may have retroactive effect. As a result, we may not be aware of our violation of these policies and rules until

 

26


Table of Contents

sometime after the violation, and we cannot assure you that our historical practices would not be deemed to be a violation of the applicable laws and regulations, which may subject us to fines and other administrative sanctions and adversely affect our reputation, business prospects and financial condition.

If our credit assessment and risk management model is flawed or ineffective, or if the data that we collect for credit analysis inaccurately reflects borrower’s creditworthiness, or if we fail or are perceived to fail to effectively manage the default risks of loans facilitated through our platform for any other reason, our business and results of operations may be adversely affected.

Our ability to attract borrowers and funding partners and build trust in our platform is significantly dependent on our ability to effectively evaluate borrowers’ credit profiles and manage default risks. We continuously refine the algorithms, data processing and other technologies underlying our credit assessment and risk management model, but if any of these decision-making and scoring systems contain programming or other errors, or are ineffective or the data provided by borrowers or third parties are incorrect or stale, our loan pricing and approval process could be negatively affected, resulting in mispriced or misclassified loans or incorrect approvals or denials of loans. In addition, if we fail to discover borrower fraud or intentional deceit, the quality of our credit management may be compromised and we may be subject to liabilities under the relevant laws and regulations. The Interim Measures for the Administration of Business Activities of Online Lending Information Intermediaries have imposed on online lending information intermediaries, including us, additional obligations to verify the truthfulness of the information provided by or in relation to loan applicants and to actively detect fraud. Although we are not subject to contractual obligations to our funding or credit enhancement partners for inaccurate assessment of a borrower’s creditworthiness and we do not bear credit risk for loans that we do not fund or guarantee ourselves, as long as we take reasonable measures to detect fraudulent behaviors, we cannot assure you that we would not be subject to any liabilities under these interim measures or other laws or regulations if we fail to detect any fraudulent behavior. If we incur such liabilities, our results of operations and financial condition could be materially and adversely affected.

The completeness and reliability of consumer credit history information in the PRC is relatively limited. The People’s Bank of China has developed and put into use a national personal and corporate credit information database which remains relatively underdeveloped. The information and data we obtain ourselves or from external parties for credit assessment and risk management purposes may be inaccurate or incomplete. We are also unable to accurately monitor whether a prospective borrower has obtained loans through other retail credit facilitation platforms, creating the risk whereby a borrower may utilize our credit products to pay off loans from other sources. There is also a risk that, following our access to a borrower’s information, the borrower may have become delinquent in the payment of an outstanding obligation, defaulted on a pre-existing debt obligation, taken on additional debt, or sustained other adverse financial events.

In addition, various factors could affect our borrowers’ repayment ability, such as economic and other conditions affecting our borrowers and their businesses and industries, the cash flow of individual borrowers and the amounts and terms of the loans. If a borrower’s financial condition deteriorates after his or her loan application is approved, we may not be able to take sufficient and effective measures in time to prevent default on the part of the borrower. We may also be unable to monitor our borrowers’ actual use of the loans we facilitated, verify if our borrowers have other undisclosed borrowings, or detect our borrowers’ suspicious or illegal transactions, such as money laundering activities in our business, which may expose us to financial and/or reputational damage. Moreover, while third parties bear the credit risks for the substantial majority of the loans we facilitate, we provide guarantees through our subsidiaries on certain loans. We bore credit risk for 24.6%, 5.3%, 2.2% and 2.8% of total outstanding loans facilitated as of December 31, 2017, 2018 and 2019 and June 30, 2020, respectively. Even though part of these loans have been secured by collateral, we may be subject to credit risk or financial loss if the collateral could not be realized or are not sufficient to cover all the debts or claims. If we are unable to effectively maintain a reasonably low default rate for loans facilitated through our platform, our financial condition, results of operations and business prospects may be materially and adversely affected.

 

27


Table of Contents

Information regarding individuals to whom we provide our financial services may not be complete, and our ability to perform due diligence, detect borrower fraud or manage our risks may be compromised as a result.

Our operations depend heavily on the effectiveness of our KYC (know-your-customer), KYB (know-your-business), KYP (know-your-product), KYI (know-your-intention) and other due diligence efforts. For example, we rely on our KYC and KYB data to assess borrowers’ creditworthiness for our retail credit facilitation business, as well as KYC, KYP and KYI data to understand our platform investors’ financial situation, financial literacy, risk tolerance and specific needs, identify and monitor the risk profile of each product displayed on our platform and ensure we facilitate suitable products to investors. We rely on borrowers and platform investors themselves and our internal and external data sources to conduct due diligence and verify the information obtained. For further information, please refer to the sections titled “Business—Retail Credit Facilitation—Risk Management for Retail Credit” and “Business—Wealth Management—Risk Management for Wealth Management.” Incomplete or inaccurate information may not only result in additional efforts and related costs, but may also undermine the effectiveness of our KYC, KYB, KYP, KYI and other due diligence efforts. We cannot assure you that we will uncover all material information necessary to make fully informed decisions, nor can we assure you that our KYC, KYB, KYP and KYI will be sufficient to assess borrowers’ creditworthiness, facilitate suitable wealth management products to platform investors or detect fraud committed by borrowers in all cases. Any such failures could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects. For example, if we are deemed to be having facilitated wealth management products with risk profiles that do not match a product investor’s risk tolerance in violation of laws and regulations, we may be required by PRC courts to compensate any losses incurred by the investor as a result of investing in such products, and our business, reputation, and financial condition may be materially and adversely affected. See “—The wealth management products displayed on our platform involve various risks, and failure to identify or fully appreciate such risks will negatively affect our reputation, client relationships, operations and prospects. In particular, we are subject to suitability-related risks for our wealth management business and may incur liability for our platform investors’ losses as a result of their investing in the wealth management products displayed on our platform.”

If our ability to collect delinquent loans is impaired, or if there is actual or perceived misconduct in our collection efforts, our business, financial condition and results of operations might be materially and adversely affected.

We have implemented payment and collection policies and practices which are designed to optimize the repayment process while also providing superior borrower experience. Due to the labor intense nature of the work, we retain both an internal collection team and outsource part of collection work to third parties. Despite our servicing and collection efforts, including claims and litigations against delinquent borrowers, we cannot assure you that we will be able to collect payments on the transactions we facilitate as expected. In addition, we aim to control bad debts by utilizing and enhancing our credit assessment system rather than relying on collection efforts to maintain healthy credit performance. As such, our collection team may not possess adequate resources or workforce to collect payment on the loans we facilitated. If we fail to adequately collect amounts owed, payments of principals and retail credit service fees may be delayed or reduced and our results of operations will be adversely affected. If the quality of our loan portfolio were to deteriorate as a result of ineffective collection, our funding and credit enhancement partners may decide not to continue to cooperate with us. See “—If our credit assessment and risk management model is flawed or ineffective, or if the data that we collect for credit analysis inaccurately reflects borrower’s creditworthiness, or if we fail or are perceived to fail to effectively manage the default risks of loans facilitated through our platform for any other reason, our business and results of operations may be adversely affected.” As the volume of transactions facilitated by us continues to grow in the future, we may devote additional resources into our collection efforts. However, there can be no assurance that we would be able to utilize such additional resources in a cost-efficient manner.

Moreover, the current regulatory regime for debt collection in the PRC remains unclear and continues to evolve. Circular 141 and subsequent rules and regulations provide that no institution or third-party agency shall

 

28


Table of Contents

collect loans by actual or threatened violence, intimidation, insult, defamation, harassment, disseminating private information, or other ways that cause harm. However, there is uncertainty with respect to the definition and interpretation of the prohibited conducts. We may also be subject to new regulations that require licenses or certain qualifications for conducting a loan collection business. We have adopted a set of mechanisms and procedures, such as recording and monitoring contact made by collection personnel with borrowers and regularly evaluating agency partners based on their performance, service quality and compliance with laws, to ensure our in-house staff and third-party collection agencies’ collection efforts comply with the relevant laws and regulations in the PRC. Nevertheless, we cannot assure you that our collection team or third-party collection service providers have not engaged in or will not engage in any aggressive practices or misconduct as part of their collection efforts. Any such historical or future misconduct by our collection team or the third-party service providers we work with, or the perception that our collection practices are aggressive or not compliant with the relevant laws and regulations, may result in harm to our reputation and business, which could further reduce our ability to collect payments from borrowers, lead to decrease in the willingness of prospective borrowers to apply for loans, as well as orders of suspension or rectification, cancellation of qualifications or fines and penalties imposed by the relevant regulatory authorities, any of which may have a material adverse effect on our results of operations.

If our historical fee collection method is deemed to be up-front deductions from loans by the relevant regulatory authorities, or if certain fees we charge are deemed to be in violation of any existing or new PRC laws and regulations, we may be required to modify our business practices or be subject to regulatory penalties.

PRC Contract Law provides that no interest shall be deducted from the principal of loans in advance, and if any interest amount is deducted, the amount of principal and interest to be repaid by the borrower shall be calculated based on the actual amount borrowed. The Notice on Specific Rectification Implementation Measures for Risk of Online Microloan Businesses of Microloan Companies further prohibits the upfront deduction of interest, commission fees, management fees or deposits from loans by microloan companies before they are released to the borrowers. Such prohibition is also highlighted by the Notice on Strengthening the Supervision and Management of Microloan Companies issued by CBIRC in September 2020, which provides that where a microloan company has deducted any upfront fees in violation of rules and regulations, the borrower will only need to repay the actual loan amount after the exclusion of the interests and fees deducted, and the loan’s interest rate shall be calculated accordingly. Furthermore, Circular 141 prohibits third-party platforms that cooperate with banking institutions to facilitate loans from collecting interest or fees from borrowers. Historically, the service fees and interest payment for a small part of our retail credit facilitation services were arranged to be paid by the borrowers simultaneously when the principals of the funds were released to the borrowers. We ceased this upfront deduction collection method in 2018 and, as of the date of this prospectus, less than 0.25% of our outstanding loans had fees deducted up-front in the past. Since 2018, we have also modified our arrangements of fee collection from borrowers for new loans in response to Circular 141. While we have not been subject to regulatory penalties in connection with such practice, we may be subject to regulatory penalties and actions if our practices are deemed to be up-front deductions from loans released to the borrowers or otherwise violations of Circular 141 and other relevant laws and regulations, and our business, financial condition and results of operations might be materially and adversely affected as a result.

In addition, we charge certain penalty fees when borrowers make an early or late repayment of the loans. While current regulations on such penalty fees remain unclear, we may be subject to more stringent rules or regulations in the future and may be required to modify our practice.

Our business may be materially and adversely affected by the effects of the outbreak of COVID-19 in China.

Since the beginning of 2020, outbreaks of COVID-19 have resulted in the temporary closure of many corporate offices, retail stores, and manufacturing facilities across China. Normal economic life throughout China has been sharply curtailed. The population in most of the major cities was locked down to a greater or

 

29


Table of Contents

lesser extent and opportunities for discretionary consumption were extremely limited. These events negatively affected our small business owner borrowers, which led to a temporary and abnormal increase in loan delinquency and indemnity of our loans facilitated in provinces seriously affected by COVID-19.

We have taken a series of measures in response to the outbreak to protect our employees, including temporarily closing our offices, facilitating remote working arrangements for our employees, including our collection staff, and canceling business meetings and travels. We also empowered our direct sales team with state-of-the-art offline customer acquisition technology and accelerated the launch of our AI underwriting robot.

As COVID-19 has negatively affected the broader Chinese economy and the global economy, China may continue to experience lower domestic consumption, higher unemployment, severe disruptions to exporting of goods to other countries and greater economic uncertainty, which may impact our business in a materially negative way as our users and clients may be less inclined to borrow or invest in wealth management products. Borrowers may also have less propensity or ability to repay their loans as a result of the economic problems caused by COVID-19, which may then impact credit quality. The operations of some of our business partners and service providers have also be constrained and impacted, which may have a negative impact on our business.

While most of the restrictions on movement within China have been relaxed as of the date of this prospectus, there is great uncertainty as to the future progress of the virus. Currently, there is no vaccine or specific anti-viral treatment for COVID-19. Relaxation of restrictions on economic and social life may lead to new cases which may lead to the re-imposition of restrictions. Consequently, the COVID-19 pandemic may materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations for the entirety of year 2020. The extent to which this pandemic impacts our results of operations will depend on future developments which are highly uncertain and unpredictable, including new outbreaks of COVID-19, the severity of the virus infection, the success or failure of efforts to contain or treat the cases, and future actions we or the authorities may take in response to these developments.

Our cooperation with various third parties are integral to the smooth operation of our business and platform. If these third parties fail to perform or provide reliable or satisfactory services, our business, financial condition and results of operations may be materially and adversely affected.

We rely on third-party business partners and service providers, including Ping An Group, to operate various aspects of our business and platforms. Third parties provide us with funding and credit enhancement for our retail credit facilitation business, wealth management products for our wealth management business, analytical insights, among other things. Furthermore, third-party service providers maintain part of our technology systems and we rely on third parties for secure fund management and online payment and settlement.

Our relationships with various third parties are integral to the smooth operation of our business and platform. Most of our agreements with third-party service providers are non-exclusive and do not prohibit third-party service providers from working with our competitors or from offering competing services. If our relationships with third-party service providers deteriorate or third-party service providers decide to terminate our respective business relationships for any reasons, such as to work with our competitors on more exclusive or favorable terms or if they themselves become our competitors, our operation may be disrupted. In addition, our third-party service providers may not meet the standards that we expect and require under our agreements, and disagreements or disputes may arise between us and the third-party service providers.

For example, our third-party credit enhancement partners may limit the credit enhancement services available to our borrowers in the future, and regulatory authorities may limit our third-party credit enhancement partners’ ability to provide services to us. In addition, we may be subject to the cyclical fluctuation of the credit enhancement industry. For the most part we rely on Ping An P&C, a member of Ping An Group, to supply credit enhancement. Of the 94.2% of outstanding loans we facilitated as of June 30, 2020 that were guaranteed or insured by third-party credit insurance partners, Ping An P&C provided 91.2% of the third-party credit

 

30


Table of Contents

enhancement, while 3.0% was guaranteed or insured by other third parties. We are not aware of any instance where our partners have ever failed to fulfill their insurance or guarantee obligations. However, if (i) there is a cyclical downturn in the credit enhancement industry, (ii) the credit enhancement costs of our credit enhancement partners increase, or (iii) our partners cannot provide as much credit enhancement as our borrowers need, our business, financial condition and results of operations will be adversely affected.

We rely on third-party payment channels and custodian banks in handling fund transfers and settlements. Third-party payment agents in China are subject to oversight by the People’s Bank of China and must comply with complex rules and regulations, licensing and examination requirements. If our third-party payment agents or the custodian banks we collaborate with are to suspend, limit, adjust or cease their operations or are subject to regulations or regulatory rectifications required by various regulatory authorities, or if our relationships with our third-party payment agents deteriorate or they were to otherwise terminate, we would need to arrange substantially similar arrangements with other third-party payment agents. Negative publicity about our third-party payment agents or the industry in general may also adversely affect funding partners’ or borrowers’ confidence and trust in the use of third-party payment agents to provide payment and custodian services. In addition, our third-party payment channels or custodian banks may fail to function effectively. If any of the foregoing were to happen, our operations could be materially impaired and our results of operations would suffer.

If we are unable to maintain or increase the amount of loans or investments we facilitate or if we are unable to retain existing borrowers and platform investors, or attract new borrowers or platform investors, our business, financial condition and results of operations will be adversely affected.

The volume of transactions conducted on our online platform is one of the key metrics to our financial performance. The amount of transactions that we have facilitated for borrowers and platform investors has grown. However, this growth rate may reduce in the future if the market becomes more fragmented and competitive. The success of our business depends on whether we can retain the existing borrowers and platform investors and continuously attract additional borrowers, platform investors, and funding and product partners.

If there are insufficient qualified loan requests or wealth management product providers, funding partners and platform investors may be unable to deploy their capital to our platform in a timely or efficient manner and may seek other investment opportunities, including those offered by our competitors. Conversely, if there are insufficient funding partners’ or platform investors’ commitments, borrowers and product providers may not obtain enough capital through our platform and may turn to other sources for their needs.

The overall transaction volume may be affected by the following factors:

 

   

our brand recognition and reputation;

 

   

the cost the borrowers and product providers bear;

 

   

the return rates offered to funding partners or platform investors relative to market rates;

 

   

the financing service fees charged;

 

   

our efficiency in acquiring and engaging prospective borrowers;

 

   

our ability to convert registered users to active borrowers and platform investors;

 

   

utilization of the credit we approve;

 

   

the effectiveness of our credit assessment model and risk management system;

 

   

our ability to secure sufficient and cost-efficient funding, borrowers’ experience on our platform; and

 

   

the PRC regulatory environment governing our industry and the macroeconomic environment.

In connection with the introduction of new products or in response to general economic conditions, we may impose more stringent borrower or product provider qualifications to ensure the quality of the transactions we

 

31


Table of Contents

facilitate, which may negatively affect the growth of transactions we facilitate. If any of our current user acquisition channels becomes less effective, or if we are unable to continue to use any of these channels, or if we are not successful in using new channels, we may not be able to attract new borrowers, platform investors, and funding and product partners in a cost-effective manner or convert potential borrowers and platform investors into active users of our services, and may lose our existing borrowers and platform investors to our competitors. If any of the above occurs, we may be unable to increase our loan transaction volume, client assets, and income as we expect, and our business and results of operations may be adversely affected.

If the products available on our platform or our services do not maintain or achieve sufficient market acceptance, or if we are unable to effectively manage borrowers’ and platform investors’ complaints and claims, our financial results and competitive position will be harmed.

We have devoted significant resources to, and will continue to put an emphasis on, upgrading and marketing the existing retail credit facilitation and wealth management products available on our platform and our services as well as enhancing their market awareness. We also incur expenses and expend resources to develop and market new products and services that incorporate additional features, improve functionality or otherwise make our platform more attractive to borrowers, platform investors and funding and product providers. Nevertheless, products available on our platform and our services may fail to attain sufficient market acceptance for many reasons, including:

 

   

users may not find the terms of retail credit products or selection of wealth management products available on our platform competitive or appealing;

 

   

we may fail to predict market demand accurately and provide products and services that meet this demand in a timely fashion;

 

   

borrowers, platform investors, funding partners and product providers using our platforms may not like, find useful or agree with the changes we adopt from time to time;

 

   

there may be defects, errors or failures on our platforms;

 

   

there may be negative publicity, including baseless or ill-intentioned negative publicity, about the products or services available on our platform, or our platform’s performance or effectiveness; and

 

   

regulations or rules applicable to us may constrain our operations and growth.

In addition, we have been subject to and may continue to face borrower and client complaints, negative media coverage and potential claims or litigations. Large scaled complaints and negative publicity about us could materially harm borrowers and platform investors acceptance to the products and services on our platform. Any compliant or claim, with or without merit, could be time-consuming and costly to investigate or defend, and may divert our management’s and employees’ time and attention, draw scrutiny, penalties or other disciplinary actions from regulatory bodies and materially harm our reputation. See “—We have been in the past and may continue to be subject to complaints, claims, controversies, regulatory actions and legal proceedings, which could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations, financial condition, liquidity, cash flows and reputation.” and “—Our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects may be adversely affected as a result of our failure to protect or promote our brand and reputation, or negative media coverage of our industry or our principal shareholders.” In such events, our competitive position, results of operations and financial condition could be materially and adversely affected.

The retail credit facilitation service fees we charge may decline in the future due to factors beyond our control and any material decrease in such service fees could harm our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We generate a significant part of our income from service fees we charge. For the years ended December 31, 2017, 2018 and 2019 and six months ended June 30, 2020, our retail credit facilitation service fees

 

32


Table of Contents

reached RMB15.3 billion, RMB29.6 billion, RMB39.3 billion (US$5.6 billion) and RMB20.8 billion (US$2.9 billion), respectively, accounting for 55.1%, 73.0%, 82.2% and 80.8% of our total income for the corresponding periods. Any material decrease in our retail credit facilitation service fees would have a substantial impact on our income and profitability. For example, our borrowers’ repayment behaviors and early repayment options affect the effective tenors of the loans we facilitate. Borrowers’ early repayments of loans reduce the number of months that our retail credit facilitation service fees or interest income can be recognized and thus affect the total amount of our fees and interest income in absolute terms. In the event that the amount of retail credit facilitation service fees we charge for loans we facilitated decrease significantly in the future and we are not able to reduce our costs and expenses, our business, financial condition and results of operations will be harmed.

The level of retail credit facilitation service fees we charge may be affected by a variety of factors, including our borrowers’ creditworthiness, the competitive landscape of our industry, the availability of funding and regulatory requirements. Our retail credit facilitation service fees may also be affected by changes in product and service mix and changes to our borrower engagement initiatives. Our competitors may offer more attractive fees, which may require us to reduce our retail credit facilitation service fees to compete effectively. Furthermore, as our borrowers establish their credit profile over time, they may qualify for and develop other consumer financing solutions with lower fees, including those offered by traditional financial institutions. In addition, our retail credit facilitation service fees are sensitive to many macroeconomic factors that are beyond our control, such as inflation, recession, the performance of credit markets, global economic disruptions, unemployment and fiscal and monetary policies. If the service fees we charge decrease significantly due to factors beyond our control, our business, financial condition and results of operations will be materially and adversely affected.

Any material decrease in the fee rates for our wealth management business may have an adverse effect on our income, cash flow and results of operations.

We derive a significant portion of our income from transaction and service fees paid by investment product providers when platform investors invest in the products we display on our platform. For the years ended December 31, 2017, 2018 and 2019 and six months ended June 30, 2020, our wealth management transaction and service fees reached RMB1.9 billion, RMB2.6 billion, RMB2.6 billion (US$0.4 billion) and RMB0.7 billion (US$0.1 billion), respectively, accounting for 6.8%, 6.5%, 5.4% and 2.7% of our total income for the corresponding periods. As the transaction and service fee rates vary from product to product, our wealth management transaction and service fees may be subject to the changes as we adjust our products from time to time as a result of our strategic changes and relevant regulatory requirements. Although the transaction and service fee rates within any given category of the products we facilitated remained relatively stable during the applicable periods referenced in this prospectus, future fee rates may be subject to change based on the prevailing political, economic, regulatory, taxation and competitive factors that affect product providers. These factors, which are not within our control, include the capacity of product providers to place new products and realize profits, platform investors’ expectations and needs, risk tolerance and preference for investment products, the availability of comparable products from other product providers at a lower cost, the availability of alternative investment products to platform investors and the tax deductibility of commissions and fees.

The historical fee rates of our wealth management business may not be indicative of our future ability to maintain comparable fee rates. Because we do not determine, and cannot predict, the timing or extent of fee rate changes with respect to the investment products, it is difficult for us to assess the effect any of these changes may have on our operations. In order to maintain our relationships with the product providers and to enter into contracts for new products, we may have to accept lower fee rates or other less favorable terms, which could reduce our income. Although we believe that substitute third-party providers for most of the investment products we display on our platform are generally available, if some of our key investment providers decide not to enter into new contracts with us, or our relationships with them are otherwise impacted, our business and operating results could be materially and adversely affected.

 

33


Table of Contents

Misconduct and errors by our employees and our third-party business partners and service providers could harm our business and reputation.

We operate in an industry in which integrity and the confidence of our users and clients are of critical importance. During our daily operations, we are subject to the risk of errors, misconduct and illegal activities by our employees and third-party business partners and service providers, including:

 

   

engaging in misrepresentation or fraudulent activities when marketing or performing our services to users and clients;

 

   

improperly acquiring, using or disclosing confidential information of our users and clients or other parties;

 

   

failing to report conflicts of interest accurately or timely;

 

   

concealing unauthorized or unsuccessful illegal activities; or

 

   

otherwise not complying with applicable laws and regulations or our internal policies or procedures.

Errors, misconduct and illegal activities by our employees, or even unsubstantiated allegations of them, could result in a material adverse effect on our reputation and our business. It is not always possible to identify and deter misconduct or errors by employees or third-party partners, and the precautions we take to detect and prevent this activity may not be effective in controlling unknown or unmanaged risks or losses. If any of our employees engages in illegal or suspicious activities or other misconduct, we could suffer economic losses and may be subject to regulatory sanctions and significant legal liability, and our financial condition, client relationships and or ability to attract new clients may be adversely affected as a result. If any sanction was imposed against an employee during his employment with us, even for matters unrelated to us, we may be subject to negative publicity which could adversely affect our brand, public image and reputation, as well as potential challenges, suspicions, investigations or alleged claims against us. We could also be perceived to have facilitated or participated in the illegal activities or misconduct, and therefore be subject to civil or criminal liability. See “—Fraudulent activities on our platform could negatively impact our operating results, brand and reputation and cause the use of our retail credit facilitation products and services to decrease.” In addition, if any third-party business partners or service providers become unable to continue to provide services to us or cooperate with us as a result of regulatory actions, our business, results of operations and financial condition may also be materially and adversely affected.

We have been and may continue to be subject to complaints, claims, controversies, regulatory actions, arbitration and legal proceedings, which could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations, financial condition, liquidity, cash flows and reputation.

We have been and may continue to be subject to or involved in various complaints, claims, controversies, regulatory actions, arbitration, and legal proceedings. Complaints, claims, arbitration, lawsuits, and litigations are subject to inherent uncertainties, and we are uncertain whether the foregoing claims would develop into lawsuits or regulatory penalties and other disciplinary actions. Lawsuits, litigations, arbitration and regulatory actions may cause us to incur substantial costs or fines, utilize a significant portion of our resources and divert management’s attention from our day-to-day operations, or materially modify or suspend our business operations, any of which could materially and adversely affect our financial condition, results of operations and business prospects.

Defending litigations or other claims against us is costly and can impose a significant burden on our management and employees, and there can be no assurances that favorable final outcomes will be obtained in all cases. For example, we may not have kept sufficient or complete record to defend ourselves against potential claims from borrowers or platform investors who used our services. Such claims may result in liability and harm our reputation. In addition, there can be no assurance that we will be successful in the claims we pursue against delinquent borrowers or other parties. Any resulting liability, losses or expenses, or changes required to our businesses to reduce the risk of future liability, may have a material adverse effect on our business, financial

 

34


Table of Contents

condition and prospects. There remain uncertainties in the interpretation of PRC laws in different jurisdictions, and an adverse outcome of a single claim against us in one jurisdiction regarding our business practices may result in significant negative publicity and heightened scrutiny by regulators and courts of our business and operations across the country, or potential penalties or other regulatory actions against us. Any of such outcomes may cause significant disruptions to our operations and materially and adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition.

We may be subject to claims under consumer protection laws and regulations.

The PRC government, media outlets and public advocacy groups have been increasingly focused on consumer protection in recent years. While we have not been subject to fines or other penalties, or suffered material business or reputational harm, as a result of actual or alleged violation of consumer protection laws and regulations in the past, any customer complaints, negative media coverage and potential claims or litigations as a result of alleged violation of consumer protection laws and regulations may materially harm our reputation and have an adverse impact on our business, results of operations and financial condition. See “Regulation—PRC Regulations—Regulations Relating to Consumers Rights and Interest Protection.”

We are subject to risks related to our investment advisory business.

Some of our consolidated entities have conducted an investment advisory related business in China in the past and we are currently engaging in such a business in Singapore and Hong Kong, and we may be required to indemnify clients to whom we provide investment advisory services in events of breach of contract or default by other parties to the investment agreements as a result of our contractual obligations. If such event occurs, our business, results of operations and financial condition may be materially and adversely affected.

Our international expansion may expose us to additional risks.

While our historical operations have been focused in China, we have expanded our operations internationally in recent years. We launched our operations in Singapore in 2017 to provide multiple investment related services to clients, and we expanded into Hong Kong and Indonesia in 2019. While our income from international operations is not yet material to our company as a whole, our current or future international expansion may expose us to additional risks, including:

 

   

challenges associated with relying on local partners in markets that are not as familiar to us, including local joint venture partners to help us establish our business;

 

   

the burden of compliance with additional regulations and government authorities in a highly regulated industry;

 

   

potentially adverse tax consequences from operating in multiple jurisdictions;

 

   

complexities and difficulties in obtaining protection and enforcing our intellectual property in multiple jurisdictions;

 

   

increased demands on our management’s time and attention to deal with potentially unique issues arising from local circumstances; and

 

   

general economic and political conditions internationally.

We face competition in the retail credit facilitation and wealth management industries.

The retail credit facilitation and wealth management industries in China are becoming increasingly competitive. We compete primarily with online-only TechFin platforms backed by major internet companies, such as Ant Financial and Tencent Licaitong, and to a lesser extent with traditional financial institutions, such as banks, which are focused on retail lending or wealth management. Online-only TechFin platforms tend to

 

35


Table of Contents

compete with us in segments of the market that are more amenable to purely technological solutions and do not necessarily require strong financial expertise. Banks may compete with us or cooperate with us as funding partners or wealth management product providers. The overall fee rates charged to our borrowers are higher than those charged by commercial banks. In our wealth management business, we face competition primarily from other wealth management platforms, domestic commercial banks with an in-house sales force and private banking functions and other independent wealth management firms. Some of our larger competitors have significant financial resources to support heavy spending on sales and marketing and to provide more services to customers. We believe that our ability to compete effectively for borrowers and investors depends on many factors, including the variety of our products, user experience on our platform, effectiveness of our risk management, our partnership with third parties, our marketing and selling efforts and the strength and reputation of our brand. Furthermore, as our business continues to grow rapidly, we face significant competition for highly skilled personnel. The success of our growth strategy depends in part on our ability to retain existing personnel and add additional highly skilled employees. Failure to compete effectively in our industry can lead to reduced income and market recognition, and result in material and adverse impact on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

As we continue to expand our business, we may enter into new business lines and offer new products or services. Development and innovation in our business may expose us to new challenges and risks, including regulation or supervision of regulatory authorities.

We may expand into new business lines as we continue to grow, and our retail credit facilitation and wealth management businesses may offer new products and services to our customers in the future. The entry into new areas of business and introduction of new products and services may have inherent and unforeseeable risks and may bring the attention of regulatory authorities. Regulatory measures may impede the conduct of our new businesses and render future innovation unsuccessful. New business operations, products and services also require significant expense and resources to attract and acquire customers, and they may fail to gain market acceptance for a variety of reasons:

 

   

our estimate of market demand may not be accurate so that we may not be able to launch products and services that align with and meet specific market demand, or there may not be sufficient market demand for our new business operations;

 

   

changes on our platform, including the introduction of new platform services and mobile application functions, may not be favorably accepted by existing users;

 

   

we may fail to properly assess creditworthiness of new borrowers, or accurately price new loan products;

 

   

negative publicity or news about our existing products and services may dissuade customers from trying new products and services;

 

   

we may experience delays in launching the new business operations or loan and investment products or services; and

 

   

our competitors may offer products and services that are more attractive.

If our current or future products and services are not sufficiently attractive to our customers, become obsolete or fail to satisfy the demands of borrowers or platform investors, we may be unable to successfully compete. Our market share may decline, and our business, financial condition and results of operations will be materially affected.

Fraudulent activities on our platform could negatively impact our operating results, brand and reputation and cause the use of our retail credit facilitation products and services to decrease.

We are subject to risks associated with fraudulent activities on our platforms as well as risks associated with handling borrower and client information. Our resources, technologies and fraud detection tools may be

 

36


Table of Contents

insufficient to accurately detect and prevent fraud. Fraudulent information including, among other things, fake identification information and fraudulent credit card transaction records and statements, could compromise the accuracy of our credit analysis and adversely affect the effectiveness of our control over our delinquency rates. See “—If our credit assessment and risk management model is flawed or ineffective, or if the data that we collect for credit analysis inaccurately reflects borrower’s creditworthiness, or if we fail or are perceived to fail to effectively manage the default risks of loans facilitated through our platform for any other reason, our business and results of operations may be adversely affected.” Third parties and our employees may also engage in fraudulent activities, such as conducting organized fraud schemes and fraudulently inducing funding partners to lend. In addition, a significant increase in high profile fraudulent activities could negatively impact our brand name and reputation, discourage funding partners, borrowers and platform investors from extending credit on or using our platform, lead to regulatory intervention, significantly divert our management’s attention and cause us to incur additional expenses and costs. If any of the foregoing were to occur, our business, results of operations and financial condition could be materially and adversely affected.

Failure to comply with existing or future laws and regulations related to data protection or data security could lead to liabilities, administrative penalties or other regulatory actions, which could negatively affect our operating results and business.

The regulatory framework for the collection, use, safeguarding, sharing, transfer and other processing of personal data worldwide is rapidly evolving and is likely to remain uncertain for the foreseeable future. Regulatory authorities in virtually every jurisdiction in which we operate have implemented and are considering a number of legislative and regulatory proposals concerning personal data protection.

In recent years, the PRC government has tightened the regulation of the storage, sharing, use, disclosure and protection of personal data and user data, particularly personal data obtained through individuals’ use of websites and online services. Relevant PRC laws and regulations require internet service providers and other network operators, among other things, to clearly state the authorized purpose, methods and scope of the collection and usage of personal data and obtain the consent of users for the processing of this personal data, as well as to establish user information protection systems with remedial measures. The Cyber Security Law became effective in June 2017 and requires network operators to follow the principles of legitimacy in collecting and using personal information. In addition, the Personal Information Security Specification came into force in May 2018. Although the Personal Information Security Specification is not yet a mandatory regulation, it nonetheless has a key implementing role in relation to China’s Cyber Security Law in respect to protecting personal information in China. Furthermore, it is likely that the Personal Information Security Specification will be relied on by Chinese government agencies as a standard to determine whether businesses have abided by China’s data protection rules. Meanwhile, under the Personal Information Security Specification, the data controller must provide the purpose of collecting and using personal information, as well as the business functions of such purpose, and the Personal Information Security Specification requires the data controller to distinguish its core function from additional functions to ensure the data controller will only collect personal information as needed. In July 2020, the Standing Committee of the National People’s Congress released the Data Security Law (Draft) to solicit public comments. The Data Security Law (Draft) sets forth that a data classification management system based on the importance of the data should be applied, and a risk assessment system, monitoring and early warning system, and emergency disposal system related to data security should be established.

The relevant regulatory authorities in China continue to monitor the websites and apps in relation to the protection of personal data, privacy and information security, and may impose additional requirements from time to time. We believe that we have conformed our practices in line with current requirements. However, we cannot assure that our existing user information protection system and technical measures will be considered sufficient under all applicable laws and regulations. There are uncertainties as to the interpretation and application of laws in one jurisdiction which may be interpreted and applied in a manner inconsistent to another jurisdiction and may conflict with our current policies and practices or require changes to the features of our system. If we are unable to address any information protection concerns, any compromise of security that results unauthorized disclosure

 

37


Table of Contents

or transfer of personal data, or to comply with the then applicable laws and regulations, we may incur additional costs and liability and result in governmental enforcement actions, litigation, fines and penalties or adverse publicity and could cause our users and clients to lose trust in us, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, financial condition and prospects.

The trend of tightening regulations on protection of data security also appear in other jurisdictions. For example, in May 2018, a new data protection regime, the European Union’s General Data Protection Regulation became applicable; the General Data Protection Regulation can apply to the processing of personal data by companies outside of the European Union, including where the processing of personal data relates to the offering of goods and services to, or monitoring the behavior of, individuals in the European Union. The General Data Protection Regulation and data protection laws in other jurisdictions may apply to our processing of personal data in the future. The application of these laws to our business would impose on us more stringent compliance requirements with more significant penalties for non-compliance than PRC data protection laws and regulations, and our compliance with such requirements could require significant resources and result in substantial costs, which may materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

We collect, process and store significant amounts of personal data concerning our borrowers and platform investors, as well as personal data pertaining to our business partners and employees. Compliance with applicable personal data and data security laws and regulations is a rigorous and time-intensive process. As global data protection laws and regulations increase in number and complexity, we cannot assure you that our data protection systems will be considered sufficient under all applicable laws and regulations due to factors including the uncertainty of the interpretation and implementation of these laws and regulations. Furthermore, we cannot assure you that the information we receive from our third-party data partners are obtained and transmitted to us in full compliance with relevant laws and regulations. Moreover, there could be new laws, regulations or industry standards that require us to change our business practices and privacy policies, and we may also be required to put in place additional mechanisms ensuring compliance with new data protection laws, all of which may increase our costs and materially harm our business, prospects, financial condition and results of operations. Any failure or perceived failure by us to comply with applicable laws and regulations could result in reputational damage or proceedings or actions against us by governmental entities, individuals or others. These proceedings or actions could subject us to significant civil or criminal penalties and negative publicity, result in the delayed or halted processing of personal data that we need to undertake to carry on our business, as well as the forced transfer or confiscation of certain personal data.

If we fail to protect our platform or the confidential information of our users and clients, whether due to cyber-attacks, computer viruses, physical or electronic break-in, breaches by employees and third parties or other reasons, we may be subject to liabilities imposed by relevant laws and regulations, and our reputation and business may be materially and adversely affected.

Our computer system and data storage facilities, the networks we use, the networks of other third parties with whom we interact, are potentially vulnerable to physical or electronic computer break-ins, viruses and similar disruptive problems or security breaches. A party that is able to circumvent our security measures could misappropriate proprietary information or customer information, jeopardize the confidential nature of the information we transmit over the Internet and mobile network or cause interruptions in our operations. We or our service providers may be required to invest significant resources to protect against the threat of security breaches or to alleviate problems caused by any breaches.

In addition, we collect, store and process certain personal and other sensitive data concerning our borrowers and platform investors, which makes us a potentially vulnerable target to cyber-attacks, computer viruses, physical or electronic break-ins or similar disruptions. While we have taken steps to protect the confidential information that we have access to, our security measures could be breached. Because the techniques used to sabotage or obtain unauthorized access to systems change frequently and generally are not recognized until they are launched against a target, we may not be able to anticipate these techniques or implement adequate

 

38


Table of Contents

preventative measures. Any accidental or willful security breaches or other unauthorized access to our system could cause confidential information to be stolen and used for criminal purposes. Security breaches or unauthorized access to or sharing of confidential information could also expose us to liability related to the loss of the information, time-consuming and expensive litigation and negative publicity. In addition, leakages of confidential information may be caused by third-party service providers or business partners. If security measures are breached because of third-party action, employee misconduct or error, failure in information security management, malfeasance or otherwise, or if design flaws in our technology infrastructure are exposed and exploited, our relationships with users and clients could be severely damaged, we may become susceptible to future claims if our users and clients suffer damages, and could incur significant liability, and our business and operations could be adversely affected.

We are subject to governmental regulation and other legal obligations related to the protection of personal data, privacy and information security in the regions where we do business, and there has been and may continue to be a significant increase in such laws that restrict or control the use of personal data. See “—Failure to comply with existing or future laws and regulations related to data protection or data security could lead to liabilities, administrative penalties or other regulatory actions, which could negatively affect our operating results and business.”

Our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects may be adversely affected as a result of our failure to protect or promote our brand and reputation, or negative media coverage of our industry or our principal shareholders.

Our reputation and brand recognition plays an important role in earning and maintaining the trust and confidence of our existing and potential borrowers, platform investors, funding partners and product providers. Our reputation and brand are vulnerable to many threats that can be difficult or impossible to control, and costly or impossible to remediate. Regulatory inquiries or investigations, lawsuits initiated by borrowers, users or other third parties, employee misconduct, perceptions of conflicts of interest and rumors, among other things, could substantially damage our reputation, even if they are baseless or satisfactorily addressed. In addition, any perception that the quality of products and services available on our platform may not be the same as or better than those of other retail credit facilitation and wealth management platforms can also damage our reputation. Moreover, any negative media publicity about the retail credit facilitation and wealth management industries in general or product or service quality problems of other platforms in the industries, including our competitors, may also negatively impact our reputation and brand. In addition, Ping An Group, one of our principal shareholders, may from time to time be subject to negative media coverage. If we are unable to maintain a good reputation or further enhance our brand recognition, our ability to attract and retain users, clients, third-party partners and key employees could be harmed and, as a result, our business and income would be materially and adversely affected.

We have extensive cooperation with Ping An Group in our business. If such cooperation is subject to any change or if Ping An Group cannot continue to support us, our business, financial performance and results of operations may be adversely affected.

We have extensive history and business relationships with Ping An Group. Our strategic partnership with Ping An Group has contributed to our growth significantly. We provided a number of services, including loan account management, wealth management product facilitation, technology support and other services, to Ping An Group in 2017, 2018 and 2019 and the six months ended June 30, 2020. Ping An Group also provided us with technology support, payment, custodian, customer acquisition and other services during the same periods. See “Related Party Transactions—Transactions with Ping An Group.”

There can be no assurance that Ping An Group will maintain its influence over us or will continue to support our business. If our relationship with Ping An Group deteriorates and we are no longer able to access Ping An Group’s services or continue to provide our services to them, we may not be able to continue certain of our

 

39


Table of Contents

business lines, which may have significant adverse impact on our business and results of operations. If entities within Ping An Group who serve as our business partners and suppliers modify their fee structures or otherwise change their cooperation model with us, our business, results of operations and financial condition may be adversely affected. We may also face competition in a number of areas, including innovations in our businesses, which may be replicated quickly by our competitors, including members of Ping An Group. Such competition may adversely affect our competitive position and business prospects.

Ping An Group has considerable influence over us and our affairs and strategy and some of their interests may not be aligned with the interests of our other shareholders.

Ping An Group is one of our principal shareholders. Prior to this offering, Ping An Group, through An Ke Technology Company Limited and China Ping An Insurance Overseas (Holdings) Limited, beneficially owns 42.3% of our ordinary shares. The total of all the ordinary shares beneficially owned by Ping An Group, through An Ke Technology Company Limited and China Ping An Insurance Overseas (Holdings) Limited, will be         % of our ordinary shares immediately following this offering, assuming that the underwriters do not exercise their option to purchase additional ADSs and taking into account the conversion of all outstanding Automatically Convertible Notes upon the closing of this offering but excluding any ordinary shares that may be issued upon the conversion of any outstanding Optionally Convertible Notes as described in “Description of Share Capital.” As a result, Ping An Group exerts considerable influence on our board of directors and management. They will continue to have considerable influence over our corporate affairs after this offering, including significant corporate actions such as mergers, consolidations, election of directors and amending our constitutional documents. When exercising its rights as our shareholder, Ping An Group may take into account not only the interests of our company and our other shareholders but also its own interests, the interests of its shareholders and the interests of its other affiliates. The interests of our company and our other shareholders may conflict with the interests of Ping An Group and its shareholders and other affiliates. These types of conflicts may result in our losing business opportunities, including opportunities to enter into lines of business that may directly or indirectly compete with those pursued by Ping An Group or the companies within its ecosystem, and will limit your ability to influence corporate matters and may discourage, delay or prevent potential merger, takeover or other change of control transactions, which could have the effect of depriving holders of our ADSs of the opportunity to sell their ADSs at a premium over the prevailing market price.

A severe or prolonged downturn in the Chinese or global economy could materially and adversely affect our business and financial condition.

COVID-19 had a severe and negative impact on the Chinese and the global economy in the first half of 2020. Whether this will lead to a prolonged downturn in the economy is still unknown. Even before the outbreak of COVID-19, the global macroeconomic environment was facing numerous challenges. The growth rate of the Chinese economy had already been slowing since 2010. There is considerable uncertainty over the long-term effects of the expansionary monetary and fiscal policies which had been adopted by the central banks and financial authorities of some of the world’s leading economies, including the United States and China, even before 2020. Unrest, terrorist threats and the potential for war in the Middle East and elsewhere may increase market volatility across the globe. There have also been concerns about the relationship between China and other countries, including the surrounding Asian countries, which may potentially have economic effects. In particular, there is significant uncertainty about the future relationship between the United States and China with respect to trade policies, treaties, government regulations and tariffs. Economic conditions in China are sensitive to global economic conditions, as well as changes in domestic economic and political policies and the expected or perceived overall economic growth rate in China. Any severe or prolonged slowdown in the global or Chinese economy may materially and adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition.

 

40


Table of Contents

If we are unable to provide a high-quality customer experience, our reputation and business may be materially and adversely affected.

The success of both of our retail credit facilitation and wealth management businesses largely depends on our ability to provide a high-quality customer experience, which in turn depends on factors such as our ability to provide a reliable and easy-to-use customer interface for our users, our ability to further improve and streamline our service process and our ability to continue to make available products and services at competitively low costs or high returns for our borrowers and platform investors. If borrowers and platform investors are not satisfied with our services, or if our system is severely interrupted or otherwise fails to meet their demand, our reputation could be adversely affected and we could fail to maintain user loyalty.

Our ability to provide high-quality customer experience also depends on the quality of the products and services provided by our business partners, such as third-party product providers who provide the wealth management products on our platform, service providers who maintain our security systems and ensure confidentiality and security, and other third-party partners and service providers over which we have limited or no control. In the event that a user is dissatisfied with the quality of the products and services provided by our business partners, we have limited means to directly make improvements in response to customer complaints, and our business, reputation, financial performance and prospects could be materially and adversely affected.

Furthermore, we depend on our customer service hotlines and online customer service centers to provide certain services to our users. If our customer service representatives fail to provide satisfactory services, or if waiting time is too long due to the high volume of calls from users at peak times, our brands and user loyalty may be adversely affected. In addition, any negative publicity or poor feedback regarding our customer service may harm our brands and reputation and in turn cause us to lose users and market share. As a result, if we are unable to continue to maintain or enhance our user experience and provide a high quality customer service, we may not be able to retain borrowers and platform investors or attract prospective borrowers and platform investors, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Our success and future growth depend significantly on our marketing efforts, and if we are unable to promote and maintain our brands in an effective and cost-efficient way, our business and financial results may be harmed.

Our brand and reputation are integral to our acquisition of borrowers, investors, funding partners and product providers. We intend to invest in marketing and brand promoting efforts, especially in connection with the growth of our multi-channel platform and introduction of new loan products and investment products. Our marketing channels include traditional marketing media, social media, word of mouth and channel partners. If our current marketing efforts and channels are less effective or inaccessible to us, or if the cost of such channels significantly increases or we cannot penetrate the market with new channels, we may not be able to promote and maintain our brands and reputation to maintain or grow the existing app user base.

Our efforts to build our brands have caused us to incur significant expenses. For the years ended December 31, 2017, 2018 and 2019 and six months ended June 30, 2020, our sales and marketing expenses reached RMB7.5 billion, RMB10.8 billion and RMB14.9 billion (US$2.1 billion) and RMB8.6 billion (US$1.2 billion), respectively. It is likely that our future marketing efforts will require us to incur significant additional expenses. These efforts may not result in increased income in the immediate future or at all and, even if they do, any increases in income may not offset the expenses incurred. If we are unable to promote and maintain our brands and reputation in a cost-efficient manner, our market share could diminish or we could experience a lower growth rate than we anticipated, which would harm our business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

41


Table of Contents

We may not be able to prevent others from making unauthorized use of our intellectual property, which could harm our business and competitive position.

We regard our software registrations, trademarks, domain names, know-how, proprietary technologies and similar intellectual property as critical to our success, and we rely on a combination of intellectual property laws and contractual arrangements, including confidentiality and non-compete agreements with our employees and others, to protect our proprietary rights. See “Business—Intellectual Property.” Despite these measures, any of our intellectual property rights could be challenged, invalidated, circumvented or misappropriated, or such intellectual property may not be sufficient to provide us with competitive advantages. For example, we regularly file applications to register our trademarks in China, but these applications may not be timely or successful and may be challenged by third parties. Meanwhile, intellectual property rights and confidentiality protections in China may not be as effective as those in the U.S. or other countries for many reasons, including lack of procedural rules for discovery and evidence, and low damage awards. Implementation and enforcement of China intellectual property laws have historically been deficient and ineffective. As a result, we may not be able to adequately protect our intellectual property rights, which could adversely affect our income and competitive position. In addition, parts of our business rely on technologies developed or licensed by third parties, and we may not be able to obtain or continue to obtain licenses and technologies from these third parties on reasonable terms, or at all.

It is often difficult to maintain and enforce intellectual property rights in China. Statutory laws and regulations are subject to judicial interpretation and enforcement and may not be applied consistently due to the lack of clear guidance on statutory interpretation. Confidentiality and non-compete agreements may be breached by counterparties, and there may not be adequate remedies available to us for any such breach. Accordingly, we may not be able to effectively protect our intellectual property rights or to enforce our contractual rights in China. Preventing any unauthorized use of our intellectual property is difficult and costly and the steps we take may be inadequate to prevent the misappropriation of our intellectual property. In the event that we resort to litigation to enforce our intellectual property rights, such litigation could result in substantial costs and a diversion of our managerial and financial resources. We can provide no assurance that we will prevail in such litigation. In addition, our trade secrets may be leaked or otherwise become available to, or be independently discovered by, our competitors. To the extent that our employees or consultants use intellectual property owned by others in their work for us, disputes may arise as to the rights in related know-how and inventions. Any failure in protecting or enforcing our intellectual property rights could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We may be subject to intellectual property infringement claims, which may be expensive to defend and may disrupt our business and operations.

We cannot be certain that our operations or any aspects of our business have not or will not infringe upon or otherwise violate trademarks, patents, copyrights, know-how or other intellectual property rights held by third parties. From time to time in the future, we may be subject to legal proceedings, claims or penalties relating to the intellectual property rights of others. In addition, there may be third-party trademarks, patents, copyrights, know-how or other intellectual property rights that are infringed by the products and services available on our platform or other aspects of our business without our awareness. Holders of such intellectual property rights may seek to enforce such intellectual property rights against us in China, the United States or other jurisdictions. If any third-party infringement claims are brought against us, we may be forced to divert management’s time and other resources from our business and operations to defend against these claims, regardless of their merits.

Additionally, the application and interpretation of China’s intellectual property right laws and the procedures and standards for granting trademarks, patents, copyrights, know-how or other intellectual property rights in China are still evolving and are uncertain, and we cannot assure you that PRC courts or regulatory authorities would agree with our analysis. If we were found to have violated the intellectual property rights of others, we may be subject to liability and penalties for our infringement activities or may be prohibited from

 

42


Table of Contents

using such intellectual property, and we may incur licensing fees or be forced to develop alternatives of our own. As a result, our business and results of operations may be materially and adversely affected.

If we fail to effectively manage our growth, our business and operating results could be harmed.

We continue to experience rapid growth in our business and operations, which will continue to place significant demands on our management, operational and financial resources. We may encounter difficulties as we expand our operations, data and technology, sales and marketing, and general and administrative capabilities. We expect our expenses to continue to increase in the future as we expand our products and service offerings, increase our sales and market efforts and enhance our technology infrastructure. Continued growth could also strain our ability to maintain the quality and reliability of our platform and services, develop and improve our operational, financial, legal and management controls, and enhance our reporting systems and procedures. Our expenses may grow faster than our income, and our expenses may be greater than we anticipate. Managing our growth will require significant expenditures and allocation of valuable management resources. If we fail to achieve the necessary level of efficiency in our organization as it grows, our business, operating results and financial condition could be harmed.

Our platform and internal systems rely on software that is highly technical, and if it contains undetected errors, our business could be adversely affected.

Our platform and internal systems rely on software that is highly technical and complex. In addition, our platform and internal systems depend on the ability of the software to store, retrieve, process and manage immense amounts of data. The software on which we rely has contained, and may now or in the future contain, undetected errors or bugs. Some errors may only be discovered after the code has been released for use. Errors or other design defects within the software on which we rely may result in a negative experience for users and our funding and other business partners, delay introductions of new features or enhancements, result in errors or compromise our ability to protect data or our intellectual property. Any errors, bugs or defects discovered in the software on which we rely could result in harm to our reputation, loss of users or financial service provider partners or liability for damages, any of which could adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial conditions.

Any significant disruption in service on our platform or in our computer systems, including events beyond our control, could reduce the attractiveness of our platform, services and solutions and result in a loss of users or financial service provider partners.

In the event of a system outage and physical data loss, the performance of our platform, services and solutions would be materially and adversely affected. The satisfactory performance, reliability and availability of our platform, services and solutions and the technology infrastructure that underlies them are critical to our operations and reputation and our ability to retain existing and attract new users and partners. Much of our system hardware is hosted in leased facilities located in Shanghai, Shenzhen and Hebei that are operated by our IT staff. We also maintain a real-time backup system and a remote backup system at separate facilities also located in Shanghai, Shenzhen and Hebei. Our operations depend on our ability to protect our systems against damage or interruption from natural disasters, power or telecommunications failures, air quality issues, environmental conditions, computer viruses or other attempts to harm our systems, criminal acts and similar events. If there is a lapse in service or damage to our facilities, we could experience interruptions and delays in our service and may incur additional expense in arranging new facilities.

Any interruptions or delays in the availability of our platform or solutions, whether accidental or willful, and whether as a result of our own or third-party error, natural disasters or security breaches, could harm our reputation and our relationships with users and partners. Our disaster recovery plan has not been tested under actual disaster conditions, and we may not have sufficient capacity to recover all data and services in the event of an outage, and such recovery may take a prolonged period of time. These factors could damage our brand and

 

43


Table of Contents

reputation, divert our employees’ attention and subject us to liability, any of which could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Our operations depend on the performance of the internet infrastructure and telecommunications networks in China.

Almost all access to the internet in China is maintained through state-owned telecommunication operators under the administrative control and regulatory supervision of the MIIT. We primarily rely on a limited number of telecommunication service providers to provide us with data communications capacity through local telecommunications lines and internet data centers to host our servers. We have limited access to alternative networks or services in the event of disruptions, failures or other problems with China’s internet infrastructure or the fixed telecommunications networks provided by telecommunication service providers. With the expansion of our business, we may be required to upgrade our technology and infrastructure to keep up with the increasing traffic on our platform. We cannot assure you that the internet infrastructure and the fixed telecommunications networks in China will be able to support the demands associated with the continued growth in internet usage. In addition, we have no control over the costs of the services provided by telecommunication service providers. If the prices we pay for telecommunications and internet services rise significantly, our financial performance may be adversely affected. Furthermore, if internet access fees or other charges to internet users increase, our user traffic may decline and our business may be harmed.

Our services depend on the effective use of mobile operating systems and the efficient distribution through mobile application stores, which we do not control.

Our platform is available through our mobile apps. It is difficult to predict the problems we may encounter in developing mobile apps for newly released devices and mobile operating systems, and we may need to devote significant resources to the development, support and maintenance of such apps. We are dependent on the interoperability of providing our services on popular mobile operating systems that we do not control, such as Android and iOS, and any changes in such systems that degrade the accessibility of our services or give preferential treatment to competing products and services could adversely affect the usability of our services on mobile devices. In addition, we rely upon third-party mobile app stores for users to download our mobile apps. Consequently, the promotion, distribution and operation of our mobile apps are subject to app stores’ standard terms and policies for application developers. Our future growth and results of operations could suffer if it is difficult for our users to access and utilize our services on their mobile devices.

We may be subject to domestic and overseas anti-money laundering and anti-terrorist financing laws and regulations and any failure by us, funding partners or payment agents to comply with such laws and regulations could damage our reputation, expose us to significant penalties, and decrease our income and profitability.

Our platform is subject to anti-money laundering and anti-terrorist laws and regulations in PRC and other jurisdictions where we operate. We have implemented various policies and procedures in compliance with all applicable anti-money laundering and anti-terrorist financing laws and regulations, including internal controls and KYC procedures, for preventing money laundering and terrorist financing. In addition, we rely on our funding partners and payment agents, in particular banks and online payment companies that handle the transfer of funds from funding partners to the borrowers, to have their own appropriate anti-money laundering policies and procedures. Certain of our funding partners, including banks, are subject to domestic and overseas anti-money laundering obligations under applicable anti-money laundering laws and regulations and are regulated in that respect by the People’s Bank of China, the Hong Kong Monetary Authority, the Monetary Authority of Singapore or the Indonesia Financial Services Authority.

We have not been subject to fines or other penalties, or suffered business or other reputational harm, as a result of actual or alleged money laundering or terrorist financing activities in the past. However, our policies and

 

44


Table of Contents

procedures may not be completely effective in preventing other parties from using us, any of our users, clients or third-party partners as a conduit for money laundering (including illegal cash operations), terrorist financing or sanctioned activities without our knowledge. If we were to be associated with money laundering (including illegal cash operations), terrorist financing or sanctioned activities, our reputation could suffer and we could become subject to regulatory fines, sanctions, or legal enforcement, including being added to any “blacklists” that would prohibit certain parties from engaging in transactions with us, all of which could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations. In addition, the laws and regulations on anti-money laundering and anti-terrorist financing might be tightened in the future, which may impose more obligations on us and our users, clients and third-party partners. Even if we, our users, clients and business partners comply with the applicable domestic and overseas anti-money laundering laws and regulations, we may not be able to fully eliminate money laundering and other illegal or improper activities in light of the complexity and the secrecy of these activities. Any negative perception of the industry, such as that arises from any failure of other retail credit facilitation and wealth management platforms to detect or prevent money laundering activities, even if factually incorrect or based on isolated incidents, could compromise our image, undermine the trust and credibility we have established, and negatively impact our financial condition and results of operations.

We may need additional capital to accomplish our business objectives, pursue business opportunities and maintain and expand our business, and financing may not be available on terms acceptable to us, or at all.

Historically, we have issued equity and convertible debt securities to support the growth of our business. As we intend to continue to make investments to support the growth of our business, we may require additional capital to accomplish our business objectives and pursue business opportunities, and maintain and expand our business, including developing new products and services, further enhancing our risk management capabilities, increasing our marketing expenditures to improve brand awareness, enhancing our operating infrastructure, acquiring complementary businesses and technologies, obtaining necessary approvals, licenses or permits and pursuing international expansion.

We anticipate that the net proceeds we receive from this offering, together with our current cash, cash provided by operating activities and funds available through our bank loans and credit facilities, will be sufficient to meet our current and anticipated needs for general corporate purposes for at least the next 12 months. However, due to the unpredictable nature of the capital markets and our industry, we cannot assure you that we will be able to raise additional capital on terms favorable to us, or at all, if and when required, especially if we experience disappointing operating results. If adequate capital is not available to us as required, our ability to fund our operations, take advantage of unanticipated opportunities, develop or enhance our infrastructure or respond to competitive pressures could be significantly limited, which would adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations. If we do raise additional funds through the issuance of equity or convertible debt securities, the ownership interests of our shareholders could be significantly diluted. These newly issued securities may also have rights, preferences or privileges senior to those of existing shareholders.

We may be subject to requirements on capital adequacy, which may make it difficult for us to operate our sustainable capital-light business model.

Though the online financial service industry is not currently subject to requirements on capital adequacy at the same level of stringency as the traditional financial service industry, the regulatory authorities in China may require that companies in the online financial service industry follow capital adequacy requirements in the future. We currently operate our business through a capital-light business model. If we are required to follow any capital adequacy requirements, we may need to increase our capital and raise new funds, which may make it difficult for us to continue to operate our capital-light business model, increase our cost of capital, and dilute your equity investment in us.

In addition, our business growth and our financial performance may be adversely affected if we could not meet the capital requirements on our subsidiaries engaging in microloan, financing guarantee and consumer

 

45


Table of Contents

finance businesses set by of PRC laws and regulations, such as the capital requirement on limited liability microloan companies in Shenzhen. See “—Our business is subject to laws, regulation, and supervision by national, provincial and local government and judicial authorities, industry associations and other regulatory bodies. The laws, regulations and official guidance relating to our business are complex, evolving rapidly and may be subject to further changes. Non-compliance with any existing or new regulation may result in penalties, limitations and prohibitions on our business activities, and we have been modifying and may need to continue to modify our business operations in response to changes in laws and regulations.”

We continually evaluate and consummate strategic investments, acquisitions and strategic alliances and investments, which could be difficult to integrate and could require significant management attention, disrupt our business and adversely affect our financial results if such investment fails to meet our expectations.

We evaluate and consider strategic investments, combinations, acquisitions or alliances to further increase the value of our platforms and better serve borrowers, platform investors, funding partners and wealth management product providers. If we fail to identify or secure suitable acquisition and business partnership opportunities or our competitors capitalize on such opportunities before we do, it could impair our ability to compete with our competitors and adversely affect our growth prospects and results of operations.

Even if we are able to identify an attractive business opportunity, we may not be able to successfully consummate the transaction or may need to compete with other participants. In addition, investments or acquisitions may be subject to PRC and overseas regulation and supervision, and might be vetoed by regulatory agencies. Even if we do consummate such transactions, they may not be successful. They may not benefit our business strategy or generate sufficient income to offset the associated acquisition costs.

In addition, strategic investments and acquisitions will involve risks commonly encountered in business relationships. If we fail to properly evaluate and manage the risks, our business and prospects may be seriously harmed and the value of your investment may decline. Such risks include:

 

   

difficulties in assimilating and integrating the operation, personnel, systems, data, technologies, products and services of the acquired business;

 

   

inability of the acquired technologies, products or businesses to achieve expected levels of income, profitability, productivity or other benefits;

 

   

difficulties in retaining, training, motivating and integrating key personnel;

 

   

diversion of management’s time and resources from our normal daily operations and potential disruptions to our ongoing business;

 

   

difficulties in successfully incorporating licensed or acquired technology and rights into our platform;

 

   

difficulties in maintaining uniform standards, controls, procedures and policies within the combined organization;

 

   

difficulties in retaining relationships with customers, employees and suppliers of the acquired business;

 

   

risks of entering markets in which we have limited or no prior experience;

 

   

regulatory risks, including remaining in good standing with existing regulatory bodies or being subject to new regulators with oversight over an acquired business;

 

   

assumption of contractual obligations that contain terms that are not beneficial to us;

 

   

liability for activities of the acquired business before the acquisition, including intellectual property infringement claims, violations of laws, commercial disputes, tax liabilities, labor disputes, regulatory actions and penalties and other known and unknown liabilities; and

 

   

unexpected costs and unknown risks and liabilities associated with strategic investments or acquisitions.

 

46


Table of Contents

Our quarterly results may fluctuate significantly and may not fully reflect the underlying performance of our business.

Generally, our business experiences transaction volume growth before the Chinese Spring Festival and interest and service fee growth one month after the Chinese Spring Festival. This is primarily due to the increase of the borrowing demands of our customers for the Chinese Spring Festival. As a result, our operations and financial performance during these periods might not be indicative of the full year’s results. Our quarterly operational results, including the levels of our income, expenses and other key metrics, may vary significantly in the future due to a variety of factors, some of which are outside of our control, and period-to-period comparisons of our operating results may not be meaningful, especially given our relatively limited operating history.

Our business depends on the continued efforts of our senior management. If one or more of our key executives were unable or unwilling to continue in their present positions, our business may be severely disrupted.

Our business operations depend on the continued services of our senior management, particularly the executive officers named in this prospectus. While we have provided incentives to our management, we cannot assure you that we can continue to retain their services. If one or more of our key executives were unable or unwilling to continue in their present positions, we might not be able to replace them easily or at all, our future growth may be constrained, our business may be severely disrupted and our financial condition and results of operations may be materially and adversely affected. In addition, although we have entered into confidentiality and non-competition agreements with our management, there is no assurance that any member of our management team will not join our competitors or form a competing business. If any dispute arises between our current or former officers and us, we may have to incur substantial costs and expenses in order to enforce such agreements in China or we may not be able to enforce them at all.

We compete for skilled and quality employees, and failure to attract and retain them may adversely affect our business and prevent us from achieving our intended level of growth.

We believe our success depends on the efforts and talent of our employees, including sales and marketing, technology and product development, risk management, operation management and finance personnel. Our future success depends on our continued ability to attract, develop, motivate and retain qualified and skilled employees. Competition for highly skilled sales, technical, risk management, operation management and financial personnel is extremely intense. We may not be able to hire and retain these personnel at compensation levels consistent with our existing compensation and salary structure. Some of the companies with which we compete for experienced employees have greater resources than we have and may be able to offer more attractive terms of employment.

In addition, we invest significant time and resources in the training of our employees, which increases their value to competitors who may seek to recruit them. If we fail to retain our employees, we could incur significant expenses in hiring and training their replacements, and the quality of our services and our ability to serve users and clients could diminish, resulting in a material adverse effect to our business.

If labor costs in the PRC increase substantially, our business and costs of operations may be adversely affected.

The Chinese economy has experienced inflation and labor cost increases in recent years. According to the National Bureau of Statistics of China, the year-over-year percent changes in the consumer price index for December 2017, 2018 and 2019 were increases of 1.8%, 1.9% and 4.5%, respectively. Average wages are projected to continue to increase. For the years ended December 31, 2017, 2018 and 2019 and six months ended June 30, 2020, our employee benefit expenses reached RMB7.9 billion, RMB10.1 billion, RMB12.4 billion (US$1.7 billion) and RMB7.6 billion (US$1.1 billion), respectively. We expect that our labor costs, including wages and employee benefits, will continue to increase. Unless we are able to control our labor costs or pass on these increased labor costs, our financial condition and results of operations may be adversely affected.

 

47


Table of Contents

Certain of our leased properties may have defective titles and we may be forced to relocate certain of our operations, which could result in disruptions to our business.

We operated our businesses primarily in leased properties in Shenzhen, Shanghai, Chongqing and other cities in China. With respect to a portion of such leased properties, the lessors failed to provide title certificates evidencing property ownership of these lessors. According to PRC laws and regulations, where a landlord lacks title evidence or rights to lease, the relevant lease contracts may be terminated or deemed unenforceable under PRC laws and regulations, and may also be subject to challenge by third parties. Moreover, a small portion of the leased properties are mortgaged by the lessors. In case the mortgagees enforce the mortgage, we may not be able to continue using our leased properties. In addition, a portion of our lease contracts have not been registered with the relevant regulatory authorities. According to PRC laws and regulations, failure to register lease contracts will not affect their effectiveness. However, landlords and tenants may be subject to administrative fines for such failure. We and our lessors are required to comply with various laws and regulations to enable them to lease effective titles of their properties for our use. Their failure to do so may lead to the invalidation or termination of our leases by authorities, and therefore may adversely affect our ability to use the leased properties.

As of the date of this prospectus, we are not aware of any material action, claim or investigation being conducted or threatened by the relevant regulatory authorities with respect to defects in our leased contracts or leased properties. However, we cannot assure you that such defects will be cured in a timely manner, or at all. Our business may be interrupted and additional relocation costs may be incurred if we are required to relocate operations affected by such defects. Moreover, if our lease contracts are challenged by third parties, it could result in diversion of management attention and cause us to incur costs associated with defending such actions, even if such challenges are ultimately determined in our favor.

We have limited insurance coverage which could expose us to significant costs and business disruption.

We maintain various insurance policies to safeguard against risks and unexpected events. Additionally, we provide social security insurance including pension insurance, unemployment insurance, work-related injury insurance, maternity insurance and medical insurance for our employees. However, as the insurance industry in China is still evolving, insurance companies in China currently offer limited business-related insurance products. We do not maintain business interruption insurance or general third-party liability insurance, nor do we maintain product liability insurance or key-man insurance. We consider our insurance coverage to be in line with that of other companies in the same industry of similar size in China, but we cannot assure you that our insurance coverage is sufficient to prevent us from any loss or that we will be able to successfully claim our losses under our current insurance policies on a timely basis, or at all. If we incur any loss that is not covered by our insurance policies, or the compensated amount is significantly less than our actual loss, our business, financial condition and results of operations could be materially and adversely affected.

We are exposed to potential risks from legislation requiring companies to evaluate controls under Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. If we fail to maintain an effective system of internal control over financial reporting, we may be unable to accurately report our financial results or prevent fraud.

Prior to this offering, we were a private company with limited accounting personnel and other resources with which to address our internal controls and procedures. Our management has not completed an assessment of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting and our independent registered public accounting firm has not conducted an audit of our internal control over financial reporting. In the course of auditing our consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2019, we and our independent registered public accounting firm have not identified any material weakness in our internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2019 in accordance with the standards established by the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board of the United States. However, we cannot assure you that we will not identify material weaknesses in the future.

Upon the completion of this offering, we will become a public company in the United States subject to the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 will require that we include a report

 

48


Table of Contents

of management on our internal control over financial reporting and that our independent registered public accounting firm attest to and report on the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting in our annual report on Form 20-F beginning with our annual report for the fiscal year ending December 31, 2021. Our management may conclude that our internal control over financial reporting is not effective. Moreover, even if our management concludes that our internal control over financial reporting is effective, our independent registered public accounting firm, after conducting its own independent testing, may issue a report that is qualified if it is not satisfied with our internal controls or the level at which our controls are documented, designed, operated or reviewed, or if it interprets the relevant requirements differently from us. In addition, after we become a public company, our reporting obligations may place a significant strain on our management, operational and financial resources and systems for the foreseeable future. We may be unable to timely complete our evaluation testing and any required remediation.

During the course of documenting and testing our internal control procedures, in order to satisfy the requirements of Section 404, we may identify other weaknesses and deficiencies in our internal control over financial reporting. In addition, if we fail to maintain the adequacy of our internal control over financial reporting, as these standards are modified, supplemented or amended from time to time, we may not be able to conclude on an ongoing basis that we have effective internal control over financial reporting in accordance with Section 404. If we fail to achieve and maintain an effective internal control environment, we could suffer material misstatements in our financial statements and fail to meet our reporting obligations, which would likely cause investors to lose confidence in our reported financial information. This could in turn limit our access to capital markets, harm our results of operations, and lead to a decline in the trading price of our ADSs.

Additionally, ineffective internal control over financial reporting could expose us to increased risk of fraud or misuse of corporate assets and subject us to potential delisting from the stock exchange on which we list, regulatory investigations and civil or criminal sanctions. We may also be required to restate our financial statements from prior periods.

We face risks related to natural disasters and health epidemics.

In addition to the impact of COVID-19, our business could be materially and adversely affected by natural disasters, other health epidemics or other public safety concerns affecting the PRC, and particularly Shanghai. Natural disasters may give rise to server interruptions, breakdowns, system failures, technology platform failures or internet failures, which could cause the loss or corruption of data or malfunctions of software or hardware, as well as adversely affecting our ability to operate our platforms and provide services and solutions. Our business could also be adversely affected if our employees are affected by health epidemics. In addition, our results of operations could be adversely affected to the extent that any health epidemic harms the Chinese economy in general. Our headquarters are located in Shanghai, where most of our directors and management and the majority of our employees currently reside. Most of our system hardware and back-up systems are hosted in facilities located in Shanghai, Shenzhen and Hebei. Consequently, if any natural disasters, health epidemics or other public safety concerns were to affect Shanghai, Shenzhen or Hebei, our operation may experience material disruptions, which may materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Risks Relating to Our Corporate Structure

If the PRC government finds that the agreements that establish the structure for operating some of our operations in China do not comply with PRC regulations relating to the relevant industries, or if these regulations or the interpretation of existing regulations change in the future, we could be subject to severe penalties or be forced to relinquish our interests in those operations.

PRC laws and regulations impose restrictions on foreign ownership and investment in certain internet-based businesses. We are an exempted company incorporated in the Cayman Islands and our PRC subsidiaries are considered foreign-invested enterprises. To comply with PRC laws, regulations and regulatory requirements, we

 

49


Table of Contents

set up a series of contractual arrangements entered into among some of our PRC subsidiaries, consolidated affiliated entities, and their shareholders to conduct some of our operations in China. For a detailed description of these contractual arrangements, see “Corporate History and Structure—Contractual Arrangements with Our Principal Consolidated Affiliated Entities.” As a result of these contractual arrangements, we exert control over our consolidated affiliated entities and their subsidiaries and consolidate their operating results in our financial statements under IFRS.

In the opinion of our PRC counsel, Haiwen & Partners, (i) the ownership structures of our consolidated affiliated entities and our wholly foreign-owned enterprises, or WFOEs, currently do not result in violation of PRC laws and regulations currently in effect; and (ii) except for certain clauses regarding the remedies or reliefs that may be awarded by an arbitration tribunal and the power of courts to grant interim remedies in support of the arbitration and winding-up and liquidation arrangements, the agreements under the contractual arrangements between our WFOEs, our consolidated affiliated entities and their shareholders governed by PRC law are valid, binding and enforceable against each party thereto in accordance with their terms and applicable PRC laws and regulations currently in effect, and do not result in violation of PRC laws or regulations currently in effect. See “—We conduct a part of our business operations in the PRC through our consolidated affiliated entities and their subsidiaries by way of our contractual arrangements, but certain of the terms of our contractual arrangements may not be enforceable under PRC laws.” However, we have been further advised by our PRC counsel that there are substantial uncertainties regarding the interpretation and application of current and future PRC laws, regulations and rules. Thus, the PRC regulatory authorities may take a view contrary to or otherwise different from the opinion of our PRC legal counsel stated above. It is also uncertain whether any new PRC laws, regulations or interpretations relating to consolidated affiliated entity structure will be adopted or if adopted, what they would provide. If we or our consolidated affiliated entities are found to be in violation of any existing or future PRC laws or regulations, or fail to obtain or maintain any of the required permits or approvals to operate our business, the relevant PRC regulatory authorities would have broad discretion to take action in dealing with such violations or failures, including:

 

   

revoking the business licenses and/or operating licenses of such entities;

 

   

imposing fines on us;

 

   

confiscating any of our income that they deem to be obtained through illegal operations;

 

   

discontinuing or placing restrictions or onerous conditions on our operations;

 

   

placing restrictions on our right to collect income;

 

   

shutting down our servers or blocking our app/websites;

 

   

requiring us to restructure our ownership structure or operations;

 

   

restricting or prohibiting our use of the proceeds from this offering or other of our financing activities to finance the business and operations of our consolidated affiliated entities and their subsidiaries;

 

   

imposing conditions or requirements with which we may not be able to comply; or

 

   

taking other regulatory or enforcement actions that could be harmful to our business.

Any of these events could cause disruption to some of our business operations and damage our reputation, which would in turn have an adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations. If occurrences of any of these events results in our inability to direct the activities of our consolidated affiliated entities in China that most significantly impact its economic performance, and/or our failure to receive the economic benefits and residual returns from our consolidated affiliated entities, and we are not able to restructure our ownership structure and operations in a satisfactory manner, we may not be able to consolidate the financial results of our consolidated affiliated entities in our consolidated financial statements in accordance with IFRS. It is also uncertain whether any new PRC laws, regulations or rules relating to such contractual arrangements will be adopted or if adopted, what they would provide. In particular, in March 2019, the National People’s Congress, or

 

50


Table of Contents

the NPC, passed the PRC Foreign Investment Law, which became effective as of January 1, 2020. For the effect of the PRC Foreign Investment Law on us, see “—Our current corporate structure and part of our business operations may be affected by the newly enacted Foreign Investment Law.”

The contractual arrangements with our consolidated affiliated entities and their shareholders may not be as effective as direct ownership in providing operational control or enabling us to derive economic benefits.

We have relied and expect to continue to rely on the contractual arrangements with our consolidated affiliated entities and their shareholders to operate our business in areas where foreign ownership is restricted. These contractual arrangements, however, may not be as effective as direct ownership in providing us with control over our consolidated affiliated entities. For example, our consolidated affiliated entities and their shareholders could breach their contractual arrangements with us by, among other things, failing to conduct the operations of our consolidated affiliated entities in an acceptable manner or taking other actions that are detrimental to our interests.

If we had direct ownership of our consolidated affiliated entities in China, we would be able to exercise our rights as a shareholder to effect changes in the board of directors of our consolidated affiliated entities, which in turn could implement changes, subject to any applicable fiduciary obligations, at the management and operational level. However, under the current contractual arrangements, we rely on the performance by our consolidated affiliated entities and their shareholders of their obligations under the contracts to exercise control over our consolidated affiliated entities. The shareholders of our consolidated affiliated entities may not act in the best interests of our company or may not perform their obligations under these contracts. If any dispute relating to these contracts remains unresolved, we will have to enforce our rights under these contracts through the operations of PRC law and arbitration, litigation and other legal proceedings and therefore will be subject to uncertainties in the PRC legal system.

Any failure by our consolidated affiliated entities or their shareholders to perform their obligations under our contractual arrangements with them would have an adverse effect on our business.

If our consolidated affiliated entities or their shareholders fail to perform their respective obligations under the contractual arrangements, we may have to incur substantial costs and expend additional resources to enforce such arrangements. We may also have to rely on legal remedies under PRC law, including seeking specific performance or injunctive relief, and contractual remedies, which we cannot assure you will be sufficient or effective under PRC law. For example, if the shareholders of our consolidated affiliated entities or our consolidated affiliated entities were to refuse to transfer their equity interests in or assets of our consolidated affiliated entities to us or our designee if we exercise the purchase option pursuant to these contractual arrangements, or if they were otherwise to act in bad faith toward us, then we may have to take legal actions to compel them to perform their contractual obligations.

All the agreements under our contractual arrangements are governed by PRC law and provide for the resolution of disputes through arbitration in China. Accordingly, these contracts would be interpreted in accordance with PRC law and any disputes would be resolved in accordance with PRC legal procedures. The legal system in the PRC is not as developed as in some other jurisdictions, such as the United States. As a result, uncertainties in the PRC legal system could limit our ability to enforce these contractual arrangements. These arbitration provisions relate to claims arising from the contractual relationship created by the VIE agreements, rather than claims under U.S. federal securities laws, and they do not prevent our shareholders or ADS holders from pursuing claims under U.S. federal securities laws in the United States. See “—Risks Relating to Doing Business in China—Uncertainties with respect to the PRC legal system could adversely affect us.” Meanwhile, there are very few precedents and little formal guidance as to how contractual arrangements in the context of a consolidated affiliated entity should be interpreted or enforced under PRC law. There remain significant uncertainties regarding the ultimate outcome of such arbitration should legal action become necessary. In addition, under PRC law, rulings by arbitrators are final, parties generally cannot appeal the arbitration results in

 

51


Table of Contents

courts, and if the losing parties fail to carry out the arbitration awards within a prescribed time limit, the prevailing parties may only enforce the arbitration awards in PRC courts through arbitration award recognition proceedings, which would require additional expenses and delay. In the event we are unable to enforce these contractual arrangements, or if we suffer significant delay or other obstacles in the process of enforcing these contractual arrangements, we may not be able to exert effective control over our consolidated affiliated entities, and our ability to conduct our business may be negatively affected.

The shareholders of our consolidated affiliated entities may have actual or potential conflicts of interest with us, which may adversely affect our business and financial condition.

The shareholders of our consolidated affiliated entities may have actual or potential conflicts of interest with us. These shareholders may breach, or cause our consolidated affiliated entities to breach, or refuse to renew, the existing contractual arrangements we have with them and our consolidated affiliated entities, which would have an adverse effect on our ability to effectively control our consolidated affiliated entities and receive economic benefits from them. For example, the shareholders may be able to cause our agreements with our consolidated affiliated entities to be performed in a manner adverse to us by, among other things, failing to remit payments due under the contractual arrangements to us on a timely basis. We cannot assure you that when conflicts of interest arise any or all of these shareholders will act in the best interests of our company or such conflicts will be resolved in our favor.

Currently, we do not have any arrangements to address potential conflicts of interest between these shareholders and our company, except that we could exercise our purchase option under the exclusive equity interest option agreements and exclusive asset option agreements with the consolidated affiliated entities and their shareholders to request them to transfer all of their equity interests in or assets of the consolidated affiliated entities to PRC entities or individuals designated by us, to the extent permitted by PRC law. The shareholders of our consolidated affiliated entities have executed powers of attorney to appoint our WFOEs or a person designated by WFOEs to vote on their behalf and exercise voting rights as shareholders of our consolidated affiliated entities. If we cannot resolve any conflict of interest or dispute between us and the shareholders of our consolidated affiliated entities, we would have to rely on legal proceedings, which could result in disruption of our business and subject us to uncertainty as to the outcome of any such legal proceedings.

The indirect shareholders of our consolidated affiliated entities may be involved in personal disputes with third parties or other incidents that may have an adverse effect on their respective equity interests in our consolidated affiliated entities and the validity or enforceability of our contractual arrangements with our consolidated affiliated entities and their shareholders. For example, in the event that any of the individual shareholders who indirectly holds any equity interests in some of our consolidated affiliated entities divorces his or her spouse, the spouse may claim that the equity interest of the consolidated affiliated entities held by such shareholder is part of their community property and should be divided between such shareholder and his or her spouse. If such claim is supported by the court, the relevant equity interest may be indirectly held by the shareholder’s spouse or another third party who is not subject to obligations under our contractual arrangements, which could result in a loss of the effective control over those consolidated affiliated entities by us. Similarly, if any of the equity interests of some of our consolidated affiliated entities is inherited by a third party with whom the current contractual arrangements are not binding, we could lose our control over the consolidated affiliated entities or have to maintain such control by incurring unpredictable costs, which could cause disruption to our business and operations and harm our financial condition and results of operations.

Although under our current contractual arrangements, (i) the spouses of some of the indirect shareholders of some of our consolidated affiliated entities has respectively executed a spousal consent letter, under which each spouse agrees that he/she will not raise any claims against the equity interest, and will take every action to ensure the performance of the contractual arrangements, and (ii) the consolidated affiliated entities and their shareholders shall not assign any of their respective rights or obligations to any third party without the prior written consent of our WFOEs or their subsidiaries, we cannot assure you that these undertakings and

 

52


Table of Contents

arrangements will be complied with or effectively enforced. In the case any of them is breached or becomes unenforceable and leads to legal proceedings, it could disrupt our business, distract our management’s attention and subject us to uncertainties as to the outcome of any such legal proceedings.

We conduct a part of our business operations in the PRC through our consolidated affiliated entities and their subsidiaries by way of our contractual arrangements, but certain of the terms of our contractual arrangements may not be enforceable under PRC laws.

All the agreements that constitute our contractual arrangements with our consolidated affiliated entities, their respective subsidiaries and shareholders are governed by PRC laws and provide for the resolution of disputes through arbitration in the PRC. Accordingly, these agreements would be interpreted in accordance with PRC laws, and disputes would be resolved in accordance with PRC legal procedures. The legal environment in the PRC is not as developed as in other jurisdictions and uncertainties in the PRC legal system could limit our ability to enforce the contractual arrangements. If we are unable to enforce the contractual arrangements, or if we suffer significant time delays or other obstacles in the process of enforcing them, it would be very difficult to exert effective control over our consolidated affiliated entities and their subsidiaries, and our ability to conduct a part of our business and our financial condition and results of operations may be adversely affected.

The contractual arrangements contain provisions to the effect that the arbitral body specified in them may award remedies over the equity interest, assets or properties of our consolidated affiliated entities, their subsidiaries, and/or shareholders; provide compulsory relief (for example, for the conduct of business or to compel the transfer of assets); or order the winding-up of our consolidated affiliated entities, their subsidiaries, and/or shareholders. These agreements also contain provisions to the effect that courts of competent jurisdiction are empowered to grant interim relief to a party when requested, for the purpose of preserving the assets and properties, or grant enforcement measures, subject to the requirements under PRC laws. However, under PRC laws, these terms may not be enforceable. Under PRC laws, an arbitral body does not have the power to grant injunctive relief or to issue a provisional or final liquidation order for the purpose of protecting the assets of or equity interest in our consolidated affiliated entities in case of disputes. In addition, interim remedies or enforcement orders granted by overseas courts such as the United States and the Cayman Islands may not be recognizable or enforceable in the PRC. PRC laws may allow the arbitral body to grant an award of transfer of assets of or equity interests in our consolidated affiliated entities in favor of an aggrieved party.

Furthermore, the contractual arrangements provide that (i) in the event of a mandatory liquidation required by PRC laws, our consolidated affiliated entities will sell all of their assets to the extent permitted by PRC law to our WFOEs, respectively, or the entity designated by them, at the lowest price permitted under applicable PRC laws; and (ii) our consolidated affiliated entities or their respective shareholders will pay to our WFOEs, or the entity designated by them any payments they receive from such transaction, and any profits arising from such a transaction shall be paid to our WFOEs, or the entity designated by them in satisfaction of the service fees under the exclusive business cooperation agreements. These provisions may not be enforceable under PRC laws in the event of a mandatory liquidation required by PRC laws or bankruptcy liquidation.

Therefore, in the event of a breach of any agreements constituting the contractual arrangements by the consolidated affiliated entities, their respective subsidiaries and/or shareholders, we may not be able to exert effective control over our consolidated affiliated entities due to the inability to enforce the contractual arrangements, which could adversely affect our ability to conduct a part of our business.

There may be an impact on our company if our contractual arrangements with our consolidated affiliated entities, their respective subsidiaries and shareholders are not treated as domestic investment.

If the operation of our businesses conducted through our consolidated affiliated entities is subject to any restrictions pursuant to the Special Administrative Measures for Foreign Investment Access (Negative List 2020) jointly promulgated by the Ministry of Commerce and the NDRC, or the 2020 Negative List, or any successor

 

53


Table of Contents

regulations, and the contractual arrangements are not treated as domestic investment, the contractual arrangements may be regarded as invalid and illegal. If this were to occur, we would not be able to operate the relevant businesses through the contractual arrangements and would lose our rights to receive the economic benefits of the consolidated affiliated entities. As a result, we would no longer consolidate the financial results of the consolidated affiliated entities into our financial results and we would have to derecognize their assets and liabilities according to the relevant accounting standards. If we do not receive any compensation, we would recognize an investment loss as a result of such derecognition.

Contractual arrangements in relation to our consolidated affiliated entities may be subject to scrutiny by the PRC tax authorities and they may determine that we or our consolidated affiliated entities owe additional taxes, which could negatively affect our financial condition and the value of your investment.

Under applicable PRC laws and regulations, arrangements and transactions among related parties may be subject to audit or challenge by the PRC tax authorities. We could face material and adverse tax consequences if the PRC tax authorities determine that the contractual arrangements in relation to our consolidated affiliated entities were not entered into on an arm’s length basis in such a way as to result in an impermissible reduction in taxes under applicable PRC laws, rules and regulations, and adjust income of our consolidated affiliated entities in the form of a transfer pricing adjustment. A transfer pricing adjustment could, among other things, result in a reduction of expense deductions recorded by our consolidated affiliated entities for PRC tax purposes, which could in turn increase its tax liabilities without reducing our PRC subsidiaries’ tax expenses. In addition, the PRC tax authorities may impose late payment fees and other penalties on our consolidated affiliated entities for the adjusted but unpaid taxes according to the applicable regulations. Our financial position could be materially and adversely affected if our consolidated affiliated entities’ tax liabilities increase or if they are required to pay late payment fees and other penalties.

Our current corporate structure and part of our business operations may be affected by the newly enacted Foreign Investment Law.

On March 15, 2019, the National People’s Congress promulgated the Foreign Investment Law, which took effect on January 1, 2020. Since it is relatively new, substantially uncertainties exist in relation to its interpretation and implementation. The Foreign Investment Law does not explicitly classify whether consolidated affiliated entities that are controlled through contractual arrangements would be deemed as foreign invested enterprises if they are ultimately “controlled” by foreign investors. However, it has a catch-all provision under definition of “foreign investment” that includes investments made by foreign investors in China through other means as provided by laws, administrative regulations or the State Council. Therefore, it still leaves leeway for future laws, administrative regulations or provisions of the State Council to provide for contractual arrangements as a form of foreign investment, at which time it will be uncertain whether our contractual arrangements will be deemed to be in violation of the market access requirements for foreign investment in the PRC and if yes, how our contractual arrangements should be dealt with. Therefore, there is no guarantee that our contractual arrangements, the business of our consolidated affiliated entities and our financial conditions will not be materially and adversely affected.

The Foreign Investment Law grants national treatment to foreign-invested entities, except for those foreign-invested entities that operate in industries specified as either “restricted” or “prohibited” from foreign investment in the Special Administrative Measures (Negative List) for Foreign Investment Access jointly promulgated by the Ministry of Commerce and the NDRC and took effect in July 2020. The Foreign Investment Law provides that foreign-invested entities operating in “restricted” or “prohibited” industries will require market entry clearance and other approvals from relevant PRC government authorities. If our control over our consolidated affiliated entities through contractual arrangements are deemed as foreign investment in the future, and any business of our consolidated affiliated entities is “restricted” or “prohibited” from foreign investment under the “negative list” effective at the time, we may be deemed to be in violation of the Foreign Investment Law, the contractual arrangements that allow us to have control over our consolidated affiliated entities may be deemed as

 

54


Table of Contents

invalid and illegal, and we may be required to unwind such contractual arrangements and/or restructure our business operations, any of which may have an adverse effect on our business operation. If our company no longer has a sustainable business after an unwinding or disposal or when such requirements are not complied with, the SEC, and/or the NYSE may take enforcement actions against us, which may have a material adverse effect on the trading of our shares or even result in delisting our company.

Furthermore, if future laws, administrative regulations or provisions mandate further actions to be taken by companies with respect to existing contractual arrangements, we may face substantial uncertainties as to whether we can complete such actions in a timely manner, or at all. Failure to take timely and appropriate measures to cope with any of these or similar regulatory compliance challenges could materially and adversely affect our current corporate structure and part of our business operations.

We may lose the ability to use and enjoy assets held by our consolidated affiliated entities that are critical to the operation of our business if our consolidated affiliated entities declare bankruptcy or become subject to a dissolution or liquidation proceeding.

Our consolidated affiliated entities hold certain assets that may be critical to the operation of part of our business. If the shareholders of our consolidated affiliated entities breach the contractual arrangements and voluntarily liquidate the consolidated affiliated entities or their subsidiaries, or if our consolidated affiliated entities or their subsidiaries declare bankruptcy and all or part of their assets become subject to liens or rights of third-party creditors or are otherwise disposed of without our consent, we may be unable to continue some of our business activities, which could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations. In addition, if our consolidated affiliated entities or their subsidiaries undergo involuntary liquidation proceedings, third-party creditors may claim rights to some or all of their assets, thereby hindering our ability to operate part of our business, which could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

If we exercise the option to acquire equity interest of the consolidated affiliated entities, the equity interest transfer may subject us to certain limitations and substantial costs.

Pursuant to the contractual arrangements, our WFOEs or their subsidiaries have the irrevocable and exclusive right to purchase all or any part of the relevant equity interests in our consolidated affiliated entities from our consolidated affiliated entities’ shareholders at any time and from time to time in their absolute discretion to the extent permitted by PRC laws. This equity transfer may be subject to approvals from, filings with, or reporting to competent PRC authorities, such as the Ministry of Commerce, the MIIT, the State Administration for Market Regulation, and/or their local competent branches. In addition, the equity transfer price may be subject to review and tax adjustment by the relevant tax authorities. The equity transfer price to be received by our consolidated affiliated entities under the contractual arrangements may also be subject to enterprise income tax, and these amounts could be substantial.

In addition, the main foreign investor who invests in a value-added telecommunications business in the PRC must be qualified and have prior experience in operating value-added telecommunications businesses and a proven track record of business operations overseas. Currently no applicable PRC laws or regulations provide clear guidance or interpretation on these requirements. If PRC laws change to allow foreign investors to invest in value-added telecommunications enterprises in the PRC, we may be unable to unwind our contractual arrangements with the consolidated affiliated entities or their shareholders before we are able to comply with these and other requirements.

 

55


Table of Contents

Risks Relating to Doing Business in China

Changes in China’s economic, political or social conditions or government policies could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial conditions and results of operations.

Substantially all of our operations are located in China. Accordingly, our business, prospects, financial condition and results of operations may be affected to a significant degree by political, economic and social conditions in China generally.

The Chinese economy differs from the economies of most developed countries in many respects, including the degree of government involvement, level of development, growth rate, control of foreign exchange and allocation of resources. Although the Chinese government has implemented measures emphasizing the utilization of market forces for economic reform, the reduction of state ownership of productive assets and the establishment of improved corporate governance in business enterprises, a substantial portion of productive assets in China are still owned or controlled by the government. In addition, the Chinese government continues to play a significant role in regulating industry development by imposing industrial policies. The Chinese government also exercises significant control over China’s economic growth by allocating resources, controlling payment of foreign currency-denominated obligations, setting monetary policy and providing preferential treatment to particular industries or companies.

While the Chinese economy has experienced significant growth over the past decades, growth has been uneven, both geographically and among various sectors of the economy. The Chinese government has implemented various measures to encourage economic growth and guide the allocation of resources. Some of these measures may benefit the overall Chinese economy, but may have a negative effect on us. For example, our financial condition and results of operations may be adversely affected by government control over capital investments or changes in tax regulations. The growth rate of the Chinese economy has gradually slowed since 2010, and the impact of COVID-19 on the Chinese economy in 2020 is likely to be severe. Any prolonged slowdown in the Chinese economy may reduce the demand for our products and services and materially and adversely affect our business and results of operations.

Uncertainties with respect to the PRC legal system could adversely affect us.

The PRC legal system is a civil law system based on written statutes, where prior court decisions have limited precedential value. The PRC legal system is evolving rapidly, and the interpretations of many laws, regulations and rules may contain inconsistencies and enforcement of these laws, regulations and rules involves uncertainties.

In particular, PRC laws and regulations concerning the internet-related industries and financial services industry are developing and evolving. Although we have taken measures to comply with the laws and regulations applicable to our business operations and to avoid conducting any non-compliant activities under these laws and regulations, the PRC governmental authorities may promulgate new laws and regulations regulating internet-related and financial services industries. We cannot assure you that our business operations would not be deemed to violate any such new PRC laws or regulations. Moreover, developments in the internet-related industries and financial services industry may lead to changes in PRC laws, regulations and policies or in the interpretation and application of existing laws, regulations and policies, which in turn may limit or restrict us, and could materially and adversely affect our business and operations.

From time to time, we may have to resort to administrative and court proceedings to enforce our legal rights. However, since PRC judicial and administrative authorities have significant discretion in interpreting and implementing statutory and contractual terms, it may be more difficult to predict the outcome of a judicial or administrative proceeding than in more developed legal systems. These uncertainties may impede our ability to enforce the contracts we have entered into and could materially and adversely affect our business and results of operations.

 

56


Table of Contents

Furthermore, the PRC legal system is based, in part, on government policies and internal rules, some of which are not published in a timely manner, or at all, but which may have retroactive effect. As a result, we may not always be aware of any potential violation of these policies and rules. Such unpredictability towards our contractual, property (including intellectual property) and procedural rights could adversely affect our business and impede our ability to continue our operations.

We may be adversely affected by the complexity, uncertainties and changes in PRC regulation of internet-related businesses and companies.

The PRC government extensively regulates the internet industry, including foreign ownership of, and the licensing and permit requirements pertaining to, companies operating in the internet industry. These internet-related laws and regulations are relatively new and evolving, and their interpretation and enforcement involve significant uncertainties. As a result, in certain circumstances it may be difficult to determine what actions or omissions may be deemed to be in violation of applicable laws and regulations.

We only have contractual control over our consolidated affiliated entities. Such corporate structure may subject us to sanctions and compromise the enforceability of related contractual arrangements, which may result in significant disruption to our business.

The evolving PRC regulatory system for the internet industry may lead to the establishment of new regulatory agencies. For example, in May 2011, the State Council announced the establishment of the State Internet Information Office (with the involvement of the State Council Information Office, the MIIT and the Ministry of Public Security). The primary role of the State Internet Information Office is to facilitate the policy-making and legislative development in this field, to direct and coordinate with the relevant departments in connection with online content administration and to deal with cross-ministry regulatory matters in relation to the internet industry.

The interpretation and application of existing PRC laws, regulations and policies and possible new laws, regulations or policies relating to the internet industry have created substantial uncertainties regarding the legality of existing and future foreign investments in, and the businesses and activities of, internet businesses in China, including our business. We cannot assure you that we have obtained all the permits or licenses required for conducting our business in China or will be able to maintain our existing licenses or obtain new ones. If the PRC government considers that we were operating without the proper approvals, licenses or permits or promulgates new laws and regulations that require additional approvals or licenses or imposes additional restrictions on the operation of any part of our business, it may levy fines, confiscate our income, revoke our business licenses, and require us to discontinue our business or impose restrictions on the affected portion of our business. Any of these actions may have a material adverse effect on our business and results of operations. For details on PRC regulations which may affect our business, see “Regulation—PRC Regulations.”

You may experience difficulties in effecting service of legal process, enforcing foreign judgments or bringing actions in China against us or our management named in the prospectus based on foreign laws.

We are a company incorporated under the laws of the Cayman Islands. However, we conduct substantially all of our operations in China and substantially all of our assets are located in China. In addition, most of our senior executive officers reside within China for a significant portion of the time and many of them are PRC nationals. As a result, it may be difficult for you to effect service of process upon us or our management named in the prospectus inside mainland China. It may also be difficult for you to enforce in U.S. courts of the judgments obtained in U.S. courts based on the civil liability provisions of the U.S. federal securities laws against us and our officers and directors as none of them currently resides in the United States or has substantial assets located in the United States. In addition, there is uncertainty as to whether the courts of the Cayman Islands or the PRC would recognize or enforce judgments of U.S. courts against us or such persons predicated upon the civil liability provisions of the securities laws of the United States or any state.

 

57


Table of Contents

The recognition and enforcement of foreign judgments are provided for under the PRC Civil Procedures Law. PRC courts may recognize and enforce foreign judgments in accordance with the requirements of the PRC Civil Procedures Law and other applicable laws, regulations and interpretations based either on treaties between China and the country where the judgment is made or on principles of reciprocity between jurisdictions. In addition, according to the PRC Civil Procedures Law, the PRC courts will not enforce a foreign judgment against us or our directors and officers if they decide that the judgment violates the basic principles of PRC laws or national sovereignty, security or public interest. As a result, it is uncertain whether and on what basis a PRC court would enforce a judgment rendered by a court in the United States. Furthermore, class action lawsuits, which are available in the United States for investors to seek remedies, are generally uncommon in China.

It may be difficult for overseas regulators to conduct investigations or collect evidence within China.

Shareholder claims or regulatory investigation that are common in the United States generally are difficult to pursue as a matter of law or practicality in China. For example, in China, there are significant legal and other obstacles to providing information needed for regulatory investigations or litigation initiated outside China. Although the authorities in China may establish a regulatory cooperation mechanism with the securities regulatory authorities of another country or region to implement cross-border supervision and administration, such cooperation with the securities regulatory authorities in the Unities States may not be efficient in the absence of mutual and practical cooperation mechanism. Furthermore, according to Article 177 of the PRC Securities Law, which became effective in March 2020, no overseas securities regulator is allowed to directly conduct investigation or evidence collection activities within the territory of the PRC. In addition, entities or individuals are prohibited from providing documents and information in connection with any securities business activities to any organizations and/or persons aboard without the prior consent of the securities regulatory authority of the State Council and the competent departments of the State Council. While detailed interpretation of or implementation rules under Article 177 have yet to be promulgated, the inability for an overseas securities regulator to directly conduct investigation or evidence collection activities within China may further increase difficulties faced by you in protecting your interests. See also “—Risks Relating to Our ADSs and This Offering—You may face difficulties in protecting your interests, and your ability to protect your rights through U.S. courts may be limited, because we are incorporated under Cayman Islands law” for risks associated with investing in us as a Cayman Islands company.

If we are classified as a PRC resident enterprise for PRC income tax purposes, such classification could result in unfavorable tax consequences to us and our non-PRC shareholders or ADS holders.

Under the PRC Enterprise Income Tax Law and its implementation rules, an enterprise established outside of the PRC with “de facto management body” within China is considered a “resident enterprise” and will be subject to the enterprise income tax on its global income at the rate of 25%. The implementation rules define the term “de facto management body” as the body that exercises full and substantial control and overall management over the business, productions, personnel, accounts and properties of an enterprise. The Notice Regarding the Determination of Chinese-Controlled Offshore-Incorporated Enterprises as PRC Tax Resident Enterprises on the Basis of De Facto Management Bodies, which was issued by the State Administration of Taxation on April 22, 2009 and further amended on December 29, 2018, or Circular 82, which provides certain specific criteria for determining whether the “de facto management body” of a PRC-controlled enterprise that is incorporated offshore is located in China. Although Circular 82 only applies to offshore enterprises controlled by PRC enterprises or PRC enterprise groups, not those controlled by PRC individuals or foreigners, the criteria set forth in the circular may reflect the State Administration of Taxation’s general position on how the “de facto management body” text should be applied in determining the tax resident status of all offshore enterprises. According to Circular 82, an offshore incorporated enterprise controlled by a PRC enterprise or a PRC enterprise group will be regarded as a PRC tax resident by virtue of having its “de facto management body” in China and will be subject to PRC enterprise income tax on its global income only if all of the following conditions are met: (i) the primary location of the day-to-day operational management is in the PRC; (ii) decisions relating to the enterprise’s financial and human resource matters are made or are subject to approval by organizations or

 

58


Table of Contents

personnel in the PRC; (iii) the enterprise’s primary assets, accounting books and records, company seals, and board and shareholder resolutions, are located or maintained in the PRC; and (iv) at least 50% of voting board members or senior executives habitually reside in the PRC.

We believe none of our entities outside of China is a PRC resident enterprise for PRC tax purposes. However, the tax resident status of an enterprise is subject to determination by the PRC tax authorities and uncertainties remain with respect to the interpretation of the term “de facto management body.” If the PRC tax authorities determine that we are a PRC resident enterprise for enterprise income tax purposes, we could be subject to PRC tax at a rate of 25% on our worldwide income, which could materially reduce our net income, and we may be required to withhold a 10% withholding tax from dividends we pay to our shareholders (including our ADS holders) that are non-resident enterprises, subject to any reduction set forth in applicable tax treaties. In addition, non-resident enterprise shareholders (including our ADS holders) may be subject to PRC tax at a rate of 10% on gains realized on the sale or other disposition of ADSs or ordinary shares, if such income is treated as sourced from within the PRC. Furthermore, if we are deemed a PRC resident enterprise, dividends payable to our non-PRC individual shareholders (including our ADS holders) and any gain realized on the transfer of ADSs or ordinary shares by such shareholders may be subject to PRC tax at a rate of 10% in the case of non-PRC enterprises or a rate of 20% in the case of non-PRC individuals unless a reduced rate is available under an applicable tax treaty. It is unclear whether non-PRC shareholders of our company would be able to claim the benefits of any tax treaties between their country or area of tax residence and the PRC in the event that we are treated as a PRC resident enterprise. Any such tax may reduce the returns on your investment in the ADSs or ordinary shares.

We face uncertainties with respect to indirect transfer of equity interests in PRC resident enterprises by their non-PRC holding companies.

We face uncertainties regarding the reporting on and consequences of previous private equity financing transactions involving the transfer and exchange of shares in our company by non-resident investors. In February 2015, the State Administration of Taxation issued the Bulletin on Issues of Enterprise Income Tax on Indirect Transfers of Assets by Non-PRC Resident Enterprises or Bulletin 7. Pursuant to Bulletin 7, an “indirect transfer” of PRC assets, including a transfer of equity interests in an unlisted non-PRC holding company of a PRC resident enterprise, by non-PRC resident enterprises may be re-characterized and treated as a direct transfer of the underlying PRC assets, if such arrangement does not have a reasonable commercial purpose and was established for the purpose of avoiding payment of PRC enterprise income tax. As a result, gains derived from such indirect transfer may be subject to PRC enterprise income tax, and the transferee or other person who is obligated to pay for the transfer is obligated to withhold the applicable taxes, currently at a rate of 10% for the transfer of equity interests in a PRC resident enterprise.

On October 17, 2017, the State Administration of Taxation issued the Announcement of the State Administration of Taxation on Issues Concerning the Withholding of Non-resident Enterprise Income Tax at Source, or Bulletin 37, which came into effect on December 1, 2017. The Bulletin 37 further clarifies the practice and procedure of the withholding of nonresident enterprise income tax.

We face uncertainties on the reporting and consequences of past or future private equity financing transactions, share exchanges or other transactions involving the transfer of shares in our company by investors that are non-PRC resident enterprises. The PRC tax authorities may pursue such non-resident enterprises with respect to a filing or the transferees with respect to withholding obligation, and request our PRC subsidiaries to assist in the filing. As a result, we and non-resident enterprises in such transactions may become at risk of being subject to filing obligations or being taxed under Bulletin 7 and Bulletin 37, and may be required to expend valuable resources to comply with them or to establish that we and our non-resident enterprises should not be taxed under these regulations, which may have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

 

59


Table of Contents

The PRC tax authorities have the discretion under Bulletin 7 to make adjustments to the taxable capital gains based on the difference between the fair value of the taxable assets transferred and the cost of investment. If the PRC tax authorities make adjustments to the taxable income of the transactions under Bulletin 7, our income tax costs associated with such transactions will be increased, which may have an adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations. We cannot assure you that the PRC tax authorities will not, at their discretion, adjust any capital gains and impose tax return filing obligations on us or require us to provide assistance to them for the investigation of any transactions we were involved in. Heightened scrutiny over acquisition transactions by the PRC tax authorities may have a negative impact on potential acquisitions we may pursue in the future.

If our preferential tax treatments and government subsidies are revoked or become unavailable or if the calculation of our tax liability is successfully challenged by the PRC tax authorities, we may be required to pay tax, interest and penalties in excess of our tax provisions.

The Chinese government has provided various tax incentives to our PRC subsidiary, primarily in the form of reduced enterprise income tax rates. For example, under the Enterprise Income Tax Law and its implementation rules, the statutory enterprise income tax rate is 25%. However, the income tax of an enterprise that has been determined to be a high and new technology enterprise can be reduced to a preferential rate of 15%. In addition, certain of our PRC subsidiaries enjoy local government subsidies. Any increase in the enterprise income tax rate applicable to our PRC subsidiary in China, or any discontinuation, retroactive or future reduction or refund of any of the preferential tax treatments and local government subsidies currently enjoyed by our PRC subsidiary in China, could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Further, in the ordinary course of our business, we are subject to complex income tax and other tax regulations, and significant judgment is required in the determination of a provision for income taxes. Although we believe our tax provisions are reasonable, if the PRC tax authorities successfully challenge our position and we are required to pay tax, interest and penalties in excess of our tax provisions, our financial condition and results of operations would be materially and adversely affected.

Failure to make adequate contributions to various employee benefit plans and withhold individual income tax on employees’ salaries as required by PRC regulations or comply with laws and regulations on other employment practices may subject us to penalties.

Companies operating in China are required to participate in various government sponsored employee benefit plans, including certain social insurance, housing funds and other welfare-oriented payment obligations, and contribute to the plans in amounts equal to certain percentages of salaries, including bonuses and allowances, of our employees up to a maximum amount specified by the local government from time to time at locations where we operate our businesses. The requirement of employee benefit plans has not been implemented consistently by the local governments in China given the different levels of economic development in different locations. Companies operating in China are also required to withhold individual income tax on employees’ salaries based on the actual salary of each employee upon payment. With respect to the underpaid employee benefits, we may be required to complete registrations, make up the contributions for these plans as well as to pay late fees and fines. With respect to the under-withheld individual income tax, we may be required to make up sufficient withholding and pay late fees and fines. If we are subject to late fees or fines in relation to the underpaid employee benefits and under-withheld individual income tax, our financial condition and results of operations may be adversely affected. We may also be subject to regulatory investigations and other penalties if our other employment practices are deemed to be in violation of relevant PRC laws and regulations.

The enforcement of the PRC Labor Contract Law and other labor-related regulations in the PRC may subject us to penalties or liabilities.

The PRC Labor Contract Law, which was enacted in 2008 and amended in 2012, introduced specific provisions related to fixed-term employment contracts, part-time employment, probationary periods, consultation

 

60


Table of Contents

with labor unions and employee assemblies, employment without a written contract, dismissal of employees, severance, and collective bargaining to enhance previous PRC labor laws. Under the Labor Contract Law, an employer is obligated to sign a non-fixed term labor contract with any employee who has worked for the employer for ten consecutive years. Further, if an employee requests or agrees to renew a fixed-term labor contract that has already been entered into twice consecutively, the resulting contract, with certain exceptions, must have non-fixed term, subject to certain exceptions. With certain exceptions, an employer must pay severance to an employee where a labor contract is terminated or expires. In addition, the PRC governmental authorities have continued to introduce various new labor-related regulations since the effectiveness of the Labor Contract Law.

These laws and regulations designed to enhance labor protection tend to increase our labor costs. In addition, as the interpretation and implementation of these regulations are still evolving, our employment practices may not be at all times be deemed in compliance with the regulations. As a result, we could be subject to penalties or incur significant liabilities in connection with labor disputes or investigations.

The M&A Rules and certain other PRC regulations may make it more difficult for us to pursue growth through acquisitions.

The Regulations on Mergers and Acquisitions of Domestic Companies by Foreign Investors, or the M&A Rules, adopted by six PRC regulatory agencies in 2006 and amended in 2009, and some other regulations and rules concerning mergers and acquisitions established complex procedures and requirements for acquisition of Chinese companies by foreign investors, including requirements in some instances that the Ministry of Commerce of the PRC be notified in advance of any change-of-control transaction in which a foreign investor takes control of a PRC domestic enterprise. Moreover, the Anti-Monopoly Law promulgated by the Standing Committee of the National People’s Congress, which became effective in 2008, requires that transactions which are deemed concentrations and involve parties with specified turnover thresholds must be cleared by the Ministry of Commerce before they can be completed. In addition, the security review rules issued by the Ministry of Commerce and became effective in September 2011 specify that mergers and acquisitions by foreign investors that raise “national defense and security” concerns and mergers and acquisitions through which foreign investors may acquire de facto control over domestic enterprises that raise “national security” concerns are subject to strict review by the Ministry of Commerce, and the rules prohibit any activities attempting to bypass a security review, including by structuring the transaction through a proxy or contractual control arrangement.

In the future, we may pursue potential strategic acquisitions that are complementary to our business and operations. Complying with the requirements of the above-mentioned regulations and other rules to complete such transactions could be time-consuming, and any required approval processes, including obtaining approval or clearance from the Ministry of Commerce, may delay or inhibit our ability to complete such transactions, which could affect our ability to expand our business or maintain our market share. Furthermore, according to the M&A Rules, if a PRC entity or individual plans to merger or acquire its related PRC entity through an overseas company legitimately incorporated or controlled by such entity or individual, such a merger and acquisition will be subject to examination and approval by the Ministry of Commerce. The application and interpretations of M&A Rules are still uncertain, and there is possibility that the PRC regulators may promulgate new rules or explanations requiring that we obtain approval of the Ministry of Commerce for our completed or ongoing mergers and acquisitions. There is no assurance that we can obtain such approval from the Ministry of Commerce for our mergers and acquisitions, and if we fail to obtain those approvals, we may be required to suspend our acquisition and be subject to penalties. Any uncertainties regarding such approval requirements could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and corporate structure.

The approval of the China Securities Regulatory Commission may be required in connection with this offering under PRC law.

The M&A Rules, which were adopted in 2006 by six PRC regulatory agencies and amended in 2009, including the China Securities Regulatory Commission, or the CSRC, purport to require offshore special purpose

 

61


Table of Contents

vehicles that are controlled by PRC companies or individuals and that were formed for the purpose of seeking a public listing on an overseas stock exchange through acquisitions of PRC domestic companies or assets to obtain CSRC approval prior to publicly listing and trading of their securities on an overseas stock exchange. The interpretation and application of the regulations remain unclear, and this offering may ultimately require approval from the CSRC. If CSRC approval is required, it is uncertain how long it will take us to obtain the approval and whether we will obtain the approval.

Our PRC counsel, Haiwen & Partners, has advised us that, based on its understanding of the current PRC laws and regulations, we will not be required to obtain the aforesaid approval of the listing and trading of our ADSs on the NYSE in the context of this offering because (i) we did not establish our PRC subsidiaries by merger with or acquisition of PRC domestic companies using equities as consideration as defined in the M&A Rules; and (ii) no explicit provision in the M&A Rules classifies the respective contractual arrangements as a type of acquisition transaction falling under the M&A Rules. However, there remains some uncertainty as to how the M&A Rules will be interpreted or implemented in the context of an overseas offering and the opinions summarized above are subject to any new laws, rules and regulations or detailed implementations and interpretations in any form relating to the M&A Rules. We cannot assure you that relevant PRC government agencies, including the CSRC, would reach the same conclusion as our PRC counsel does, and hence we may face regulatory actions or other sanctions from the CSRC or other PRC regulatory agencies. These regulatory agencies may impose fines and penalties on our operations in China, limit our operating privileges in China, delay or restrict the repatriation of the proceeds from this offering into China, restrict or prohibit the payments or remittance of dividends by our PRC subsidiaries, or take other actions that could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations, reputation and prospects, as well as the trading price of the ADSs. The CSRC or other PRC regulatory agencies also may take actions requiring us, or making it advisable for us, to halt this offering before settlement and delivery of the ADSs offered hereby. Consequently, if you engage in market trading or other activities in anticipation of and prior to settlement and delivery, you do so at the risk that settlement and delivery may not occur. In addition, if the CSRC or other regulatory agencies later promulgate new rules or explanations requiring that we obtain their approvals for this offering, we may be unable to obtain a waiver of such approval requirements, if and when procedures are established to obtain such a waiver. Any uncertainties and/or negative publicity regarding such approval requirement could have a material adverse effect on the trading price of the ADSs.

PRC regulations relating to offshore investment activities by PRC residents may limit our PRC subsidiaries’ ability to change their registered capital or distribute profits to us or otherwise expose us or our PRC resident beneficial owners to liability and penalties under PRC laws. In addition, any failure to comply with PRC regulations with respect to registration requirements for offshore financing may subject us to legal or administrative sanctions.

In July 2014, SAFE promulgated the Circular on Relevant Issues Concerning Foreign Exchange Control on Domestic Residents’ Offshore Investment and Financing and Roundtrip Investment Through Special Purpose Vehicles, or SAFE Circular 37. SAFE Circular 37 requires PRC residents (including PRC individuals and PRC corporate entities as well as foreign individuals that are deemed as PRC residents for foreign exchange administration purpose) to register with SAFE or its local branches in connection with their direct or indirect offshore investment activities. SAFE Circular 37 further requires amendment to the SAFE registrations in the event of any changes with respect to the basic information of the offshore special purpose vehicle, such as change of a PRC individual shareholder, name and operation term, or any significant changes with respect to the offshore special purpose vehicle, such as increase or decrease of capital contribution, share transfer or exchange, or mergers or divisions. SAFE Circular 37 is applicable to our shareholders who are PRC residents and may be applicable to any offshore acquisitions that we make in the future.

Under these foreign exchange regulations, PRC residents who make, or have previously made, prior to the implementation of these foreign exchange regulations, direct or indirect investments in offshore companies are required to register those investments. In addition, any PRC resident who is a direct or indirect shareholder of an

 

62


Table of Contents

offshore company is required to update its previously filed SAFE registration, to reflect any material change involving its round-trip investment. If any PRC shareholder fails to make the required registration or update the previously filed registration, the PRC subsidiary of that offshore parent company may be restricted from distributing their profits and the proceeds from any reduction in capital, share transfer or liquidation to their offshore parent company, and the offshore parent company may also be restricted from injecting additional capital into its PRC subsidiary. Moreover, failure to comply with the various foreign exchange registration requirements described above could result in liability under PRC laws for evasion of applicable foreign exchange restrictions, including (i) the requirement by SAFE to return the foreign exchange remitted overseas or into the PRC within a period of time specified by SAFE, with a fine of up to 30% of the total amount of foreign exchange remitted overseas or into PRC and deemed to have been evasive or illegal and (ii) in circumstances involving serious violations, a fine of no less than 30% of and up to the total amount of remitted foreign exchange deemed evasive or illegal.

We are committed to complying with and to ensuring that our shareholders who are subject to these regulations will comply with the SAFE rules and regulations. However, due to the inherent uncertainty in the implementation of the regulatory requirements by the PRC authorities, such registration might not be always practically available in all circumstances as prescribed in those regulations. In addition, we may not always be able to compel them to comply with SAFE Circular 37 or other related regulations. We cannot assure you that SAFE or its local branches will not release explicit requirements or interpret the PRC laws and regulations otherwise. We may not be fully informed of the identities of all our shareholders or beneficial owners who are PRC residents, and we cannot provide any assurance that all of our shareholders and beneficial owners who are PRC residents will comply with our request to make, obtain or update any applicable registrations or comply with other requirements under SAFE Circular 37 or other related rules in a timely manner.

Because there is uncertainty concerning the reconciliation of these foreign exchange regulations with other approval requirements, it is unclear how these regulations, and any future regulation concerning offshore or cross-border transactions, will be interpreted, amended and implemented by the governmental authorities. We cannot predict how these regulations will affect our business operations or future strategy. For example, we may be subject to a more stringent review and approval process with respect to our foreign exchange activities, such as remittance of dividends and foreign-currency-denominated borrowings, which may adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition. This may restrict our ability to implement our acquisition strategy and could adversely affect our business and prospects.

In addition, our offshore financing activities, such as the issuance of foreign debt, are also subject to PRC laws and regulations. In accordance with such laws and regulations, we may be required to complete filing and registration with the National Development and Reform Commission prior to such activities. Failure to comply with the requirements may result in administrative meeting, warning, notification and other regulatory penalties and sanctions.

We may be materially adversely affected if our shareholders and beneficial owners who are PRC entities fail to comply with the PRC overseas investment regulations.

On December 26, 2017, the National Development and Reform Commission promulgated the Administrative Measures on Overseas Investments, which took effect as of March 1, 2018. According to this regulation, nonsensitive overseas investment projects are subject to record-filing requirements with the local branch of the NDRC. On September 6, 2014, the Ministry of Commerce promulgated the Administrative Measures on Overseas Investments, which took effect as of October 6, 2014. According to this regulation, overseas investments of PRC enterprises that involve nonsensitive countries and regions and nonsensitive industries are subject to record-filing requirements with a local branch of Ministry of Commerce. According to the Circular of the State Administration of Foreign Exchange on Issuing the Regulations on Foreign Exchange Administration of the Overseas Direct Investment of Domestic Institutions, which was promulgated by the State Administration of Foreign Exchange, or SAFE, on July 13, 2009 and took effect on August 1, 2009, PRC enterprises must register for overseas direct investment with a local SAFE branch.

 

63


Table of Contents

We may not be fully informed of the identities of all our shareholders or beneficial owners who are PRC entities, and we cannot provide any assurance that all of our shareholders and beneficial owners who are PRC entities will comply with our request to complete the overseas direct investment procedures under the aforementioned regulations or other related rules in a timely manner, or at all. If they fail to complete the filings or registrations required by the overseas direct investment regulations, the authorities may order them to suspend or cease the implementation of such investment and make corrections within a specified time, which may adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Any failure to comply with PRC regulations regarding the registration requirements for employee stock incentive plans may subject our plan participants or us to fines and other legal or administrative sanctions.

In February 2012, SAFE promulgated the Notices on Issues Concerning the Foreign Exchange Administration for Domestic Individuals Participating in Stock Incentive Plan of Overseas Publicly Listed Company, replacing earlier rules promulgated in 2007. Pursuant to these rules, PRC citizens and non-PRC citizens who reside in China for a continuous period of not less than one year and participate in any stock incentive plan of an overseas publicly listed company, subject to a few exceptions, are required to register with SAFE through a domestic qualified agent, which could be the PRC subsidiaries of such overseas-listed company, and complete certain other procedures. In addition, an overseas-entrusted institution must be retained to handle matters in connection with the exercise or sale of stock options and the purchase or sale of shares and interests. We and our executive officers and other employees who are PRC citizens or who reside in China for a continuous period of not less than one year and who have been granted options will be subject to these regulations when our company becomes an overseas-listed company upon the completion of this offering. Failure to complete SAFE registrations may subject them to fines and legal sanctions, and may also limit our ability to contribute additional capital into our PRC subsidiaries and limit our PRC subsidiaries’ ability to distribute dividends to us. We also face regulatory uncertainties that could restrict our ability to adopt additional incentive plans for our directors, executive officers and employees under PRC law.

In addition, the State Administration of Taxation has issued certain circulars concerning employee share options and restricted shares. Under these circulars, our employees working in China who exercise share options and/or are granted restricted shares will be subject to PRC individual income tax. Our PRC subsidiaries have obligations to file documents related to employee share options and/or restricted shares with tax authorities and to withhold individual income taxes of those employees who exercise their share options. If our employees fail to pay or we fail to withhold their income taxes according to laws and regulations, we may face sanctions imposed by the tax authorities or other PRC government authorities.

We may rely on dividends and other distributions on equity paid by our PRC subsidiaries to fund any cash and financing requirements we may have, and any limitation on the ability of our PRC subsidiaries to make payments to us could have a material and adverse effect on our ability to conduct our business.

We are a Cayman Islands holding company and we rely principally on dividends and other distributions on equity from our PRC subsidiary for our cash requirements, including the funds necessary to pay dividends and other cash distributions to our shareholders for services of any debt we may incur. If our PRC subsidiary incurs debt on its own behalf in the future, the instruments governing the debt may restrict its ability to pay dividends or make other distributions to us. Under PRC laws and regulations, our PRC subsidiary, which is a foreign-owned enterprise, may pay dividends only out of its respective accumulated profits as determined in accordance with PRC accounting standards and regulations. In addition, a foreign-owned enterprise is required to set aside at least 10% of its accumulated after-tax profits each year, if any, to fund a certain statutory reserve fund, until the aggregate amount of such fund reaches 50% of its registered capital. Such reserve funds cannot be distributed to us as dividends. Some of our subsidiaries are required to allocate general risk reserves prior to the distribution of dividends.

 

64


Table of Contents

Our PRC subsidiaries generate essentially all of their revenue in Renminbi, which is not freely convertible into other currencies. As a result, any restriction on currency exchange may limit the ability of our PRC subsidiary to use their Renminbi revenues to pay dividends to us.

The PRC government may continue to strengthen its capital controls, and more restrictions and substantial vetting process may be put forward by SAFE for cross-border transactions falling under both the current account and the capital account. Any limitation on the ability of our PRC subsidiary to pay dividends or make other kinds of payments to us could materially and adversely limit our ability to grow, make investments or acquisitions that could be beneficial to our business, pay dividends, or otherwise fund and conduct our business.

In addition, the Enterprise Income Tax Law and its implementation rules provide that a withholding tax rate of up to 10% will be applicable to dividends payable by Chinese companies to non-PRC-resident enterprises unless otherwise exempted or reduced according to treaties or arrangements between the PRC central government and governments of other countries or regions where the non-PRC-resident enterprises are incorporated.

You may be subject to PRC income tax on dividends from us or on any gain realized on the transfer of our ADSs.

Under the Enterprise Income Tax Law and its implementation rules, PRC withholding tax at a rate of 10% is generally applicable to dividends from PRC sources paid to investors that are resident enterprises outside of China and that do not have an establishment or place of business in China, or that have an establishment or place of business in China if the income is not effectively connected with the establishment or place of business. Any gain realized on the transfer of shares by such investors is subject to 10% PRC income tax if this gain is regarded as income derived from sources within China. Under the PRC Individual Income Tax Law and its implementation rules, dividends from sources within China paid to foreign individual investors who are not PRC residents are generally subject to a PRC withholding tax at a rate of 20% and gains from PRC sources realized by these investors on the transfer of shares are generally subject to 20% PRC income tax. Any such PRC tax liability may be reduced by the provisions of an applicable tax treaty.

Although substantially all of our business operations are in China, it is unclear whether the dividends we pay with respect to our shares or ADSs, or the gains realized from the transfer of our shares or ADSs, would be treated as income derived from sources within China and as a result be subject to PRC income tax if we are considered a PRC resident enterprise. If PRC income tax is imposed on gains realized through the transfer of our ADSs or on dividends paid to our non-resident investors, the value of your investment in our ADSs may be materially and adversely affected. Furthermore, our shareholders whose jurisdictions of residence have tax treaties or arrangements with China may not qualify for benefits under these tax treaties or arrangements.

In addition, pursuant to the Double Tax Avoidance Arrangement between Hong Kong and China, if a Hong Kong resident enterprise owns more than 25% of the equity interest of a PRC company at all times during the twelve-month period immediately prior to obtaining a dividend from such company, the 10% withholding tax on the dividend is reduced to 5%, provided that certain other conditions and requirements are satisfied at the discretion of the PRC tax authority. However, based on the Notice on Certain Issues with Respect to the Enforcement of Dividend Provisions in Tax Treaties, issued in 2009 by the State Administration of Taxation, if the PRC tax authorities determine, in their discretion, that a company benefits from the reduced income tax rate due to a structure or arrangement that is primarily tax-driven, the PRC tax authorities may adjust the preferential tax treatment. If our Hong Kong subsidiaries are determined by PRC government authorities as receiving benefits from reduced income tax rates due to a structure or arrangement that is primarily tax-driven, the dividends paid by our PRC subsidiaries to our Hong Kong subsidiaries will be taxed at a higher rate, which will have a material adverse effect on our financial performance.

 

65


Table of Contents

PRC regulation of loans to and direct investment in PRC entities by offshore holding companies and governmental control of currency conversion may delay or prevent us from using the proceeds of this offering to make loans or additional capital contributions to our PRC subsidiaries and our consolidated affiliated entities in China, which could materially and adversely affect our liquidity and our ability to fund and expand our business.

We are an offshore holding company conducting our operations in China through our PRC subsidiary, our consolidated affiliated entities and its subsidiaries. We may make loans to our PRC subsidiary, our consolidated affiliated entities and its subsidiaries, or we may make additional capital contributions to our PRC subsidiary, or we may establish new PRC subsidiaries and make capital contributions to these new PRC subsidiaries, or we may acquire offshore entities with business operations in China in an offshore transaction.

Most of these ways are subject to PRC regulations and approvals or registration. For example, loans by us to our wholly owned PRC subsidiary to finance its activities cannot exceed statutory limits and must be registered with the local counterpart of SAFE. If we decide to finance our wholly owned PRC subsidiary by means of capital contributions, these capital contributions are subject to registration with the State Administration for Market Regulation or its local branch, reporting of foreign investment information with the PRC Ministry of Commerce, or registration with other governmental authorities in China. Due to the restrictions imposed on loans in foreign currencies extended to PRC domestic companies, we are not likely to make such loans to our consolidated affiliated entities, which is a PRC domestic company. Further, we are not likely to finance the activities of our consolidated affiliated entities by means of capital contributions due to regulatory restrictions relating to foreign investment in PRC domestic enterprises engaged in certain businesses.

SAFE promulgated the Notice of the State Administration of Foreign Exchange on Reforming the Administration of Foreign Exchange Settlement of Capital of Foreign-invested Enterprises, or SAFE Circular 19, effective June 2015, in replacement of the Circular on the Relevant Operating Issues Concerning the Improvement of the Administration of the Payment and Settlement of Foreign Currency Capital of Foreign-Invested Enterprises, the Notice from the State Administration of Foreign Exchange on Relevant Issues Concerning Strengthening the Administration of Foreign Exchange Businesses, and the Circular on Further Clarification and Regulation of the Issues Concerning the Administration of Certain Capital Account Foreign Exchange Businesses. According to SAFE Circular 19, the flow and use of the RMB capital converted from foreign currency-denominated registered capital of a foreign-invested company is regulated such that RMB capital may not be used for the issuance of RMB entrusted loans, the repayment of inter-enterprise loans or the repayment of banks loans that have been transferred to a third party. Although SAFE Circular 19 allows RMB capital converted from foreign currency-denominated registered capital of a foreign-invested enterprise to be used for equity investments within China, it also reiterates the principle that RMB converted from the foreign currency-denominated capital of a foreign-invested company may not be directly or indirectly used for purposes beyond its business scope. Thus, it is unclear whether SAFE will permit such capital to be used for equity investments in China in actual practice. SAFE promulgated the Notice of the State Administration of Foreign Exchange on Reforming and Standardizing the Foreign Exchange Settlement Management Policy of Capital Account, or SAFE Circular 16, effective on June 9, 2016, which reiterates some of the rules set forth in SAFE Circular 19, but changes the prohibition against using RMB capital converted from foreign currency-denominated registered capital of a foreign-invested company to issue RMB entrusted loans to a prohibition against using such capital to issue loans to non-associated enterprises. Violations of SAFE Circular 19 and SAFE Circular 16 could result in administrative penalties. SAFE Circular 19 and SAFE Circular 16 may significantly limit our ability to transfer any foreign currency we hold, including the net proceeds from this offering, to our PRC subsidiary, which may adversely affect our liquidity and our ability to fund and expand our business in China. On October 25, 2019, the SAFE promulgated the Notice for Further Advancing the Facilitation of Cross-border Trade and Investment, or the SAFE Circular 28, which, among other things, allows all foreign-invested companies to use Renminbi converted from foreign currency-denominated capital for equity investments in China, as long as the equity investment is genuine, does not violate applicable laws, and complies with the negative list on foreign investment. However, since the SAFE Circular 28 is newly promulgated, it is unclear how SAFE and competent banks will carry this out in practice.

 

66


Table of Contents

In light of the various requirements imposed by PRC regulations on loans to and direct investment in PRC entities by offshore holding companies, we cannot assure you that we will be able to complete the necessary government registrations or obtain the necessary government approvals on a timely basis, or at all, with respect to future loans to our PRC subsidiary or consolidated affiliated entities or future capital contributions by us to our PRC subsidiary. As a result, uncertainties exist as to our ability to provide prompt financial support to our PRC subsidiary or consolidated affiliated entities when needed. If we fail to complete such registrations or obtain such approvals, our ability to use the proceeds we expect to receive from this offering and to capitalize or otherwise fund our PRC operations may be negatively affected, which could materially and adversely affect our liquidity and our ability to fund and expand our business.

Fluctuations in exchange rates could have a material and adverse effect on our results of operations and the value of your investment.

The conversion of Renminbi into foreign currencies, including U.S. dollars, is based on rates set by the People’s Bank of China. The Renminbi has fluctuated against the U.S. dollar, at times significantly and unpredictably. The value of Renminbi against the U.S. dollar and other currencies is affected by changes in China’s political and economic conditions and by China’s foreign exchange policies, among other things. We cannot assure you that Renminbi will not appreciate or depreciate significantly in value against the U.S. dollar in the future. It is difficult to predict how market forces or PRC or U.S. government policy may impact the exchange rate between Renminbi and the U.S. dollar in the future.

Substantially all of our income and expenses are denominated in Renminbi and our reporting currency is Renminbi. Significant revaluation of the Renminbi may have a material and adverse effect on your investment. For example, to the extent that we need to convert U.S. dollars we receive from our initial public offering into Renminbi for our operations, appreciation of the Renminbi against the U.S. dollar would reduce the Renminbi amount we would receive from the conversion. Conversely, if we decide to convert our Renminbi into U.S. dollars for the purpose of paying dividends or for other business purposes, appreciation of the U.S. dollar against the Renminbi would reduce the U.S. dollar amount available to us.

Very limited hedging options are available in China to reduce our exposure to exchange rate fluctuations. To date, we have not entered into any hedging transactions in an effort to reduce our exposure to foreign currency exchange risk. While we may decide to enter into hedging transactions in the future, the availability and effectiveness of these hedges may be limited and we may not be able to hedge our exposure adequately or at all. In addition, our currency exchange losses may be magnified by PRC exchange control regulations that restrict our ability to convert Renminbi into foreign currency.

Governmental control of currency conversion may limit our ability to utilize our income effectively and affect the value of your investment.

The PRC government imposes controls on the convertibility of the Renminbi into foreign currencies and, in certain cases, the remittance of currency out of China. We receive substantially all of our income in Renminbi. Under our current corporate structure, our Cayman Islands holding company may rely on dividend payments from our PRC subsidiary to fund any cash and financing requirements payable outside of China. Under existing PRC foreign exchange regulations, payments of current account items, including profit distributions, interest payments and trade and service-related foreign exchange transactions, can be made in foreign currencies without prior approval of SAFE by complying with certain procedural requirements. Specifically, under the existing exchange restrictions, cash generated from the operations of our PRC subsidiary in China may be used to pay dividends to our company without prior approval of SAFE. However, approval from or registration with appropriate government authorities is required where Renminbi is to be converted into foreign currency and remitted out of China to pay capital expenses such as the repayment of loans denominated in foreign currencies. As a result, we need to obtain SAFE approval to use cash generated from the operations of our PRC subsidiary and Consolidated affiliated entity to pay any debts they may incur in a currency other than Renminbi owed to

 

67


Table of Contents

entities outside China, or to make other capital expenditure payments outside China in a currency other than Renminbi.

In addition, if any of our shareholders who is subject to SAFE regulations fails to satisfy the applicable overseas direct investment filing or approval requirement, the PRC government may restrict our access to foreign currencies for current account transactions. If we are prevented from obtaining sufficient foreign currency to satisfy our foreign currency demands, we may not be able to pay dividends in foreign currencies to our shareholders, including holders of the ADSs.

Recent litigation and negative publicity surrounding China-based companies listed in the United States may negatively impact the trading price of our ADSs.

We believe that recent litigation and negative publicity surrounding companies with operations in China that are listed in the United States have negatively impacted stock prices of these companies. Certain politicians in the United States have publicly warned investors to shun China-based companies listed in the United States. The SEC and the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), or the PCAOB, also issued a joint statement on April 21, 2020, reiterating the disclosure, financial reporting and other risks involved in the investments in companies that are based in emerging markets, and the limited remedies thereof. Furthermore, various equity-based research organizations have recently published reports on China-based companies after examining their corporate governance practices, related party transactions, sales practices and financial statements, and these reports have led to special investigations and listing suspensions on U.S. national exchanges. Any similar scrutiny on us, regardless of its lack of merit, could cause the market price of our ADSs to fall, divert management resources and energy, cause us to incur expenses in defending ourselves against rumors, and increase the premiums we pay for director and officer insurance.

The audit report included in this prospectus is prepared by an auditor who is not inspected by the U.S. Public Company Accounting Oversight Board, and as such, our investors are deprived of the benefits of such inspection. Various proceedings and legislative and regulatory developments related to China-based accounting firms, including our independent registered public accounting firm, and other developments due to political tensions between the U.S. and China may have an adverse impact on our listing and trading in the U.S., including adverse impact on the trading prices of our ADSs and possible delisting.

Our auditor, the independent registered public accounting firm that issues the audit report included elsewhere in this prospectus, as an auditor of companies that are traded publicly in the United States and a firm registered with the PCAOB is subject to laws in the United States pursuant to which the PCAOB conducts regular inspections to assess its compliance with the applicable professional standards. Our auditors are located in China, a jurisdiction where the PCAOB has been unable to conduct inspections without the approval of the Chinese authorities.

In May 2013, the PCAOB announced that it had entered into a Memorandum of Understanding on Enforcement Cooperation with the CSRC and the PRC Ministry of Finance, which establishes a cooperative framework between the parties for the production and exchange of audit documents relevant to investigations undertaken by the PCAOB, the CSRC or the PRC Ministry of Finance in the United States and the PRC, respectively. The PCAOB continues to be in discussions with the CSRC, and the PRC Ministry of Finance to permit joint inspections in the PRC of audit firms that are registered with PCAOB and audit Chinese companies that trade on U.S. exchanges.

On December 7, 2018, the SEC and the PCAOB issued a joint statement highlighting continued challenges faced by the U.S. regulators in their oversight of financial statement audits of U.S.-listed companies with significant operations in China. The joint statement reflects a heightened interest in an issue that has vexed U.S. regulators in recent years. However, it remains unclear what further actions the SEC and PCAOB will take to address the problem.

 

68


Table of Contents

On April 21, 2020, the SEC and the PCAOB issued another joint statement reiterating the greater risk that disclosures will be insufficient in many emerging markets, including China, compared to those made by U.S. domestic companies. In discussing the specific issues related to the greater risk, the statement again highlights the PCAOB’s inability to inspect audit work paper and practices of accounting firms in China, with respect to their audit work of U.S. reporting companies.

This lack of the PCAOB inspections in China prevents the PCAOB from fully evaluating audits and quality control procedures of our independent registered public accounting firm. As a result, we and investors may be deprived of the benefits of such PCAOB inspections. The inability of the PCAOB to conduct inspections of auditors in China makes it more difficult to evaluate the effectiveness of our independent registered public accounting firm’s audit procedures or quality control procedures as compared to auditors outside of China that are subject to the PCAOB inspections, which could cause investors and potential investors in our stock to lose confidence in our audit procedures and reported financial information and the quality of our financial statements.

As part of a continued regulatory focus in the United States on access to audit and other information currently protected by national law, in particular China’s, in June 2019, a bipartisan group of lawmakers introduced bills in both houses of the U.S. Congress, which if passed, would require the SEC to maintain a list of issuers for which PCAOB is not able to inspect or investigate an auditor report issued by a foreign public accounting firm. The proposed Ensuring Quality Information and Transparency for Abroad-Based Listings on our Exchanges (EQUITABLE) Act prescribes increased disclosure requirements for these issuers and, beginning in 2025, the delisting from U.S. national securities exchanges such as the Nasdaq Global Select Market of issuers included on the SEC’s list for three consecutive years. On May 20, 2020, the U.S. Senate passed S. 945, the Holding Foreign Companies Accountable Act, or the Kennedy Bill. On July 21, 2020, the U.S. House of Representatives approved its version of the National Defense Authorization Act for Fiscal Year 2021, which contains provisions comparable to the Kennedy Bill. If either of these bills is enacted into law, it would amend the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 to direct the SEC to prohibit securities of any registrant from being listed on any of the U.S. securities exchanges or traded “over-the-counter” if the auditor of the registrant’s financial statements is not subject to PCAOB inspection for three consecutive years after the law becomes effective. On June 4, 2020, the U.S. President issued a memorandum ordering the President’s Working Group on Financial Markets to submit a report to the President within 60 days of the memorandum that includes recommendations for actions that can be taken by the executive branch and by the SEC or PCAOB on Chinese companies listed on U.S. stock exchanges and their audit firms, in an effort to protect investors in the U.S. On August 6, 2020, the President’s Working Group released a report recommending that the SEC take steps to implement the five recommendations outlined in the report. In particular, to address companies from jurisdictions that do not provide the PCAOB with sufficient access to fulfill its statutory mandate, the President’s Working Group recommended enhanced listing standards on U.S. stock exchanges. This would require, as a condition to initial and continued exchange listing, PCAOB access to work papers of the principal audit firm for the audit of the listed company. Companies unable to satisfy this standard as a result of governmental restrictions on access to audit work papers and practices in their jurisdiction may satisfy this standard by providing a co-audit from an audit firm with comparable resources and experience where the PCAOB determines it has sufficient access to audit work papers and practices to conduct an appropriate inspection of the co-audit firm. The report permits the new listing standards to provide for a transition period until January 1, 2022 for listed companies, but would apply immediately to new listings once the necessary rulemakings and/or standard-setting are effective. After we are listed on the New York Stock Exchange, if we fail to meet the new listing standards before the deadline specified thereunder due to factors beyond our control, we could face possible de-listing from the New York Stock Exchange, deregistration from the SEC and/or other risks, which may materially and adversely affect, or effectively terminate, our ADS trading in the United States. On August 10, 2020, the SEC announced that the SEC chairman had directed the SEC staff to prepare proposals in response to the report of the President’s Working Group, and that the SEC was soliciting public comments and information with respect to the development of these proposals.

Enactment of any of such legislations or other efforts to increase U.S. regulatory access to audit information could cause investor uncertainty for affected issuers, including us, and the market price of the ADSs could be

 

69


Table of Contents

adversely affected, and we could be delisted if we are unable to cure the situation to meet the PCAOB inspection requirement in time. It is unclear if and when any of such proposed legislations will be enacted. Furthermore, there have been recent media reports on deliberations within the U.S. government regarding potentially limiting or restricting China-based companies from accessing U.S. capital markets. If any such deliberations were to materialize, the resulting legislation may have material and adverse impact on the stock performance of China-based issuers listed in the United States. In addition, political tensions between the United States and China have escalated due to, among other things, trade disputes, the COVID-19 outbreak, sanctions imposed by the U.S. Department of Treasury on certain officials of the Hong Kong Special Administrative Region and the central government of the PRC and the executive orders issued by U.S. President Donald J. Trump in August 2020 that prohibit certain transactions with certain Chinese companies and their applications. Rising political tensions could reduce levels of trade, investment, technological exchange and other economic activities between the two major economies, which would have a material adverse effect on global economic conditions and the stability of global financial markets. Any of these factors could have a material adverse effect on our business, prospects, financial condition and results of operations.

Proceedings instituted by the SEC against the China-based “big four” accounting firms, including our independent registered public accounting firm, could result in financial statements being determined to not be in compliance with the requirements of the Exchange Act.

Starting in 2011, the China-based “big four” accounting firms, including our independent registered public accounting firm, were affected by a conflict between U.S. and Chinese law. Specifically, for certain U.S.-listed companies operating and audited in mainland China, the SEC and the PCAOB sought to obtain from the Chinese firms access to their audit work papers and related documents. The firms were, however, advised and directed that under Chinese law, they could not respond directly to the U.S. regulators on those requests, and that requests by foreign regulators for access to such papers in China had to be channeled through the CSRC.

In late 2012, this impasse led the SEC to commence administrative proceedings under Rule 102(e) of its Rules of Practice and also under the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 against the Chinese accounting firms, including our independent registered public accounting firm. A first instance trial of the proceedings in July 2013 in the SEC’s internal administrative court resulted in an adverse judgment against the firms. The administrative law judge proposed penalties on the firms including a temporary suspension of their right to practice before the SEC, although that proposed penalty did not take effect pending review by the Commissioners of the SEC. On February 6, 2015, before a review by the Commissioner had taken place, the firms reached a settlement with the SEC. Under the settlement, the SEC accepts that future requests by the SEC for the production of documents will normally be made to the CSRC. The firms will receive matching Section 106 requests, and are required to abide by a detailed set of procedures with respect to such requests, which in substance require them to facilitate production via the CSRC. If they fail to meet specified criteria, the SEC retains authority to impose a variety of additional remedial measures on the firms depending on the nature of the failure. Remedies for any future noncompliance could include, as appropriate, an automatic six-month bar on a single firm’s performance of certain audit work, commencement of a new proceeding against a firm, or, in extreme cases, the resumption of the current proceeding against all four firms. If additional remedial measures are imposed on the China-based “big four” accounting firms, including our independent registered public accounting firm, in administrative proceedings brought by the SEC alleging the firms’ failure to meet specific criteria set by the SEC with respect to requests for the production of documents, we could be unable to timely file future financial statements in compliance with the requirements of the Exchange Act.

In the event that the SEC restarts the administrative proceedings, depending upon the final outcome, listed companies in the United States with major PRC operations may find it difficult or impossible to retain auditors in respect of their operations in the PRC, which could result in financial statements being determined not to be in compliance with the requirements of the Exchange Act, including possible delisting. Moreover, any negative news about any such future proceedings against these audit firms may cause investor uncertainty regarding China-based, U.S.-listed companies and the market price of our ADSs may be adversely affected.

 

70


Table of Contents

If our independent registered public accounting firm was denied, even temporarily, the ability to practice before the SEC and we were unable to timely find another registered public accounting firm to audit and issue an opinion on our financial statements, our financial statements could be determined not to be in compliance with the requirements of the Exchange Act. Such a determination could ultimately lead to the delisting of the ADSs from the NYSE or deregistration from the SEC, or both, which would substantially reduce or effectively terminate the trading of the ADSs in the United States.

Risks Relating to Our ADSs and This Offering

An active trading market for our ADSs may not develop and the trading price for our ADSs may fluctuate significantly.

We have applied to list our ADSs on the NYSE. Prior to the completion of this offering, there has been no public market for our ADSs or our ordinary shares, and we cannot assure you that a liquid public market for our ADSs will develop. If an active public market for our ADSs does not develop following the completion of this offering, the market price and liquidity of our ADSs may be materially and adversely affected. The initial public offering price for our ADSs will be determined by negotiation between us and the underwriters based upon several factors, and we can provide no assurance that the trading price of our ADSs after this offering will not decline below the initial public offering price. As a result, investors in our securities may experience a significant decrease in the value of their ADSs.

The trading price of our ADSs is likely to be volatile, which could result in substantial losses to investors.

The trading price of our ADSs is likely to be volatile and could fluctuate widely due to factors beyond our control. This may happen because of broad market and industry factors, like the performance and fluctuation of the market prices of other companies with business operations located mainly in China that have listed their securities in the United States. A number of Chinese companies have listed or are in the process of listing their securities on U.S. stock markets. The securities of some of these companies have experienced significant volatility, including price declines in connection with their initial public offerings. The trading performances of these Chinese companies’ securities after their offerings may affect the attitudes of investors toward Chinese companies listed in the United States in general and consequently may impact the trading performance of our ADSs, regardless of our actual operating performance.

In addition to market and industry factors, the price and trading volume for our ADSs may be highly volatile for factors specific to our own operations, including the following:

 

   

variations in our income, earnings and cash flow;

 

   

announcements of new investments, acquisitions, strategic partnerships or joint ventures by us or our competitors;

 

   

announcements of new services and expansions by us or our competitors;

 

   

changes in financial estimates by securities analysts;

 

   

detrimental adverse publicity about us, our services or our industry;

 

   

additions or departures of key personnel;

 

   

release of lock-up or other transfer restrictions on our outstanding equity securities or sales of additional equity securities; and

 

   

potential litigation or regulatory investigations.

Any of these factors may result in large and sudden changes in the volume and price at which our ADSs will trade.

 

71


Table of Contents

In the past, shareholders of public companies have often brought securities class action suits against those companies following periods of instability in the market price of their securities. If we were involved in a class action suit, it could divert a significant amount of our management’s attention and other resources from our business and operations and require us to incur significant expenses to defend the suit, which could harm our results of operations. Any such class action suit, whether or not successful, could harm our reputation and restrict our ability to raise capital in the future. In addition, if a claim is successfully made against us, we may be required to pay significant damages, which could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

If securities or industry analysts do not publish research or reports about our business, or if they adversely change their recommendations regarding our ADSs, the market price for our ADSs and trading volume could decline.

The trading market for our ADSs will be influenced by research or reports that industry or securities analysts publish about our business. If one or more analysts who cover us downgrade our ADSs, the market price for our ADSs would likely decline. If one or more of these analysts cease to cover us or fail to regularly publish reports on us, we could lose visibility in the financial markets, which in turn could cause the market price or trading volume for our ADSs to decline.

The sale or availability for sale of substantial amounts of our ADSs could adversely affect their market price.

Sales of substantial amounts of our ADSs in the public market after the completion of this offering, or the perception that these sales could occur, could adversely affect the market price of our ADSs and could materially impair our ability to raise capital through equity offerings in the future. The ADSs sold in this offering will be freely tradable without restriction or further registration under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Securities Act, and shares held by our existing shareholders may also be sold in the public market in the future subject to the restrictions in Rule 144 and Rule 701 under the Securities Act and the applicable lock-up agreements. There will be              ADSs (equivalent to              ordinary shares) outstanding immediately after this offering, or              ADSs (equivalent to              ordinary shares) if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional ADSs in full. In connection with this offering, we and [our officers, directors and existing shareholders] have agreed not to sell any ordinary shares or ADSs for 180 days after the date of this prospectus without the prior written consent of the underwriters, subject to certain exceptions. [In addition, certain of our principal shareholders have agreed to be subject to additional lock-up restrictions for a period of 12 months from the date of this prospectus, with respect to all or a portion of their ADSs, ordinary shares or similar securities. Furthermore, holders of the Automatically Convertible Notes and Optionally Convertible Notes have agreed to be subject to similar lock-up restrictions for a period of at least six months from the date of this prospectus.] However, the underwriters may release these securities from these restrictions at any time, subject to applicable regulations of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc. We cannot predict what effect, if any, market sales of securities held by our significant shareholders or any other shareholder or the availability of these securities for future sale will have on the market price of our ADSs. See “Underwriting” and “Shares Eligible for Future Sale” for a more detailed description of the restrictions on selling our securities after this offering.

Because we do not expect to pay dividends in the foreseeable future after this offering, you must rely on price appreciation of our ADSs for return on your investment.

We currently intend to retain most, if not all, of our available funds and any future earnings after this offering to fund the development and growth of our business. As a result, we do not expect to pay any cash dividends in the foreseeable future. Therefore, you should not rely on an investment in our ADSs as a source for any future dividend income.

Our board of directors has complete discretion as to whether to distribute dividends. Even if our board of directors decides to declare and pay dividends, the timing, amount and form of future dividends, if any, will

 

72


Table of Contents

depend on, among other things, our future results of operations and cash flow, our capital requirements and surplus, the amount of distributions, if any, received by us from our subsidiary, our financial condition, contractual restrictions and other factors deemed relevant by our board of directors. Accordingly, the return on your investment in our ADSs will likely depend entirely upon any future price appreciation of our ADSs. There is no guarantee that our ADSs will appreciate in value after this offering or even maintain the price at which you purchased the ADSs. You may not realize a return on your investment in our ADSs and you may even lose your entire investment in our ADSs.

Because the initial public offering price is substantially higher than the pro forma net tangible book value per share, you will experience immediate and substantial dilution.

If you purchase ADSs in this offering, you will pay more for each ADS than the corresponding amount paid by existing shareholders for their ordinary shares. As a result, you will experience immediate and substantial dilution of approximately US$             per ADS. This number represents the difference between (1) our pro forma net tangible book value per ADS of US$             as of June 30, 2020, after giving effect to this offering and (2) the assumed initial public offering price of US$             per ADS, the midpoint of the estimated initial public offering price range set forth on the front cover of this prospectus. See “Dilution” for a more complete description of how the value of your investment in our ADSs will be diluted upon the completion of this offering.

We have not determined a specific use for a portion of the net proceeds from this offering, and we may use these proceeds in ways with which you may not agree.

We have not determined a specific use for a portion of the net proceeds of this offering, and our management will have considerable discretion in deciding how to apply these proceeds. You will not have the opportunity to assess whether the proceeds are being used appropriately before you make your investment decision. You must rely on the judgment of our management regarding the application of the net proceeds of this offering. We cannot assure you that the net proceeds will be used in a manner that will improve our results of operations or increase our ADS price, nor that these net proceeds will be placed only in investments that generate income or appreciate in value.

There can be no assurance that we will not be a passive foreign investment company, or PFIC, for United States federal income tax purposes for any taxable year, which could subject United States investors in our ADSs or ordinary shares to significant adverse United States income tax consequences.

We will be classified as a passive foreign investment company, or PFIC, for United States federal income tax purposes for any taxable year if either (a) 75% or more of our gross income for such year consists of certain types of “passive” income or (b) 50% or more of the value of our assets (generally determined on the basis of a quarterly average) during such year produce or are held for the production of passive income (the “asset test”). Although the law in this regard is unclear, we intend to treat our consolidated affiliated entities (including their subsidiaries, if any) as being owned by us for United States federal income tax purposes, not only because we exercise effective control over the operation of such entities but also because we are entitled to substantially all of their economic benefits, and, as a result, we consolidate their results of operations in our consolidated financial statements. Assuming that we are the owner of our consolidated affiliated entities (including their subsidiaries, if any) for United States federal income tax purposes, and based upon our current and expected income and assets, including goodwill and other unbooked intangibles not reflected on our balance sheet (taking into account the expected proceeds from this offering) and projections as to the market price of our ADSs immediately following the offering, we do not expect to be a PFIC for the current taxable year or the foreseeable future.

While we do not expect to become a PFIC, because the value of our assets for purposes of the asset test may be determined by reference to the market price of our ADSs, fluctuations in the market price of our ADSs may cause us to become a PFIC for the current or subsequent taxable years. The determination of whether we will be or become a PFIC will also depend, in part, on the composition of our income and assets. In addition, the

 

73


Table of Contents

composition of our income and assets will also be affected by how, and how quickly, we use our liquid assets and the cash raised in this offering. If we determine not to deploy significant amounts of cash for active purposes or if it were determined that we do not own the stock of our consolidated affiliated entities for United States federal income tax purposes, our risk of being a PFIC may substantially increase. It is also possible that the IRS may challenge our classification of certain income and assets as non-passive, which may result in our company being or becoming a PFIC for the current or future taxable years. Because PFIC status is a factual determination made annually after the close of each taxable year, there can be no assurance that we will not be a PFIC for the current taxable year or any future taxable year.

If we are a PFIC in any taxable year, a U.S. Holder (as defined in “Taxation—United States Federal Income Tax Considerations”) may incur significantly increased United States income tax on gain recognized on the sale or other disposition of the ADSs or ordinary shares and on the receipt of distributions on the ADSs or ordinary shares to the extent such distribution is treated as an “excess distribution” under the United States federal income tax rules, and such U.S. Holder may be subject to burdensome reporting requirements. Further, if we are a PFIC for any year during which a U.S. Holder holds our ADSs or ordinary shares, we generally will continue to be treated as a PFIC for all succeeding years during which such U.S. Holder holds our ADSs or ordinary shares, unless we were to cease to be a PFIC and the U.S. Holder were to make a “deemed sale” election with respect to the ADSs or ordinary shares. For more information see “Taxation—United States Federal Income Tax Considerations—Passive Foreign Investment Company Considerations” and “Taxation—United States Federal Income Tax Considerations—Passive Foreign Investment Company Rules.”

Our memorandum and articles of association contain anti-takeover provisions that could have a material adverse effect on the rights of holders of our ordinary shares and ADSs.

We will adopt amended and restated memorandum and articles of association that will become effective immediately prior to the completion of this offering. Our new memorandum and articles of association contain provisions to limit the ability of others to acquire control of our company or cause us to engage in change-of-control transactions. These provisions could have the effect of depriving our shareholders of an opportunity to sell their shares at a premium over prevailing market prices by discouraging third parties from seeking to obtain control of our company in a tender offer or similar transaction. Our board of directors has the authority, without further action by our shareholders, to issue preferred shares in one or more series and to fix their designations, powers, preferences, privileges, and relative participating, optional or special rights and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions, including dividend rights, conversion rights, voting rights, terms of redemption and liquidation preferences, any or all of which may be greater than the rights associated with our ordinary shares, in the form of ADS or otherwise. Preferred shares could be issued quickly with terms calculated to delay or prevent a change in control of our company or make removal of management more difficult. If our board of directors decides to issue preferred shares, the price of our ADSs may fall and the voting and other rights of the holders of our ordinary shares and ADSs may be materially and adversely affected.

Our post-offering amended and restated memorandum and articles of association [and our deposit agreement] provide that the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York (or, if the Southern District of New York lacks subject matter jurisdiction over a particular dispute, the state courts of New York County, New York) shall be the exclusive forum within the United States for the resolution of any complaint asserting a cause of action arising out of or relating in any way to the federal securities laws of the United States [and any suit, action or proceeding arising out of or relating in any way to the deposit agreement], regardless of whether such legal suit, action, or proceeding also involves parties other than us. This could limit the ability of holders of our ordinary shares, ADSs or other securities to obtain a favorable judicial forum for disputes with us, our directors and officers, and potentially others.

Our post-offering amended and restated memorandum and articles of association provide that the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York (or, if the Southern District of New York lacks subject matter jurisdiction over a particular dispute, the state courts of New York County, New York) shall be the

 

74


Table of Contents

exclusive forum within the United States for the resolution of any complaint asserting a cause of action arising out of or relating in any way to the federal securities laws of the United States, regardless of whether such legal suit, action, or proceeding also involves parties other than us. [Our deposit agreement also provides that the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York (or, if the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York lacks subject matter jurisdiction over a particular dispute, the state courts in New York County, New York) shall have exclusive jurisdiction over any suit, action or proceeding against or involving us or the depositary, arising out of or relating in any way to the deposit agreement or the transactions contemplated thereby or by virtue of owning the ADSs.] However, the enforceability of similar choice of forum provisions in other companies’ organizational documents has been challenged in legal proceedings in the United States, and it is possible that a court could find this type of provision to be inapplicable, unenforceable, or inconsistent with other documents that are relevant to the filing of such lawsuits. If a court were to find the choice of forum provision contained in our post-offering amended and restated memorandum and articles of association to be inapplicable or unenforceable in an action, we may incur additional costs associated with resolving such action in other jurisdictions. If upheld, the forum selection clause in our post-offering amended and restated memorandum and articles of association may limit a security-holder’s ability to bring a claim against us, our directors and officers, [the depositary bank] and potentially others in a his or her preferred judicial forum, and this limitation may discourage such lawsuits.

You may face difficulties in protecting your interests, and your ability to protect your rights through U.S. courts may be limited, because we are incorporated under Cayman Islands law.

We are an exempted company incorporated under the laws of the Cayman Islands. Our corporate affairs are governed by our memorandum and articles of association, the Companies Law (Revised) of the Cayman Islands and the common law of the Cayman Islands. The rights of shareholders to take action against the directors, actions by minority shareholders and the fiduciary responsibilities of our directors to us under Cayman Islands law are to a large extent governed by the common law of the Cayman Islands. The common law of the Cayman Islands is derived in part from comparatively limited judicial precedent in the Cayman Islands as well as from the common law of England, the decisions of whose courts are of persuasive authority, but are not binding, on a court in the Cayman Islands. The rights of our shareholders and the fiduciary responsibilities of our directors under Cayman Islands law are not as clearly established as they would be under statutes or judicial precedent in some jurisdictions in the United States. In particular, the Cayman Islands has a less developed body of securities laws than the United States. Some U.S. states, such as Delaware, have more fully developed and judicially interpreted bodies of corporate law than the Cayman Islands. In addition, Cayman Islands companies may not have standing to initiate a shareholder derivative action in a federal court of the United States.

Shareholders of Cayman Islands exempted companies like us have no general rights under Cayman Islands law to inspect corporate records or to obtain copies of lists of shareholders of these companies. Our directors have discretion under our articles of association to determine whether or not, and under what conditions, our corporate records may be inspected by our shareholders, but are not obliged to make them available to our shareholders. This may make it more difficult for you to obtain the information needed to establish any facts necessary for a shareholder motion or to solicit proxies from other shareholders in connection with a proxy contest.

Certain corporate governance practices in the Cayman Islands, which is our home country, differ significantly from requirements for companies incorporated in other jurisdictions such as the United States. Currently, we do not plan to rely on home country practice with respect to any corporate governance matter. However, if we choose to follow home country practice in the future, our shareholders may be afforded less protection than they otherwise would under rules and regulations applicable to U.S. domestic issuers.

As a result of all of the above, our public shareholders may have more difficulty in protecting their interests in the face of actions taken by management, members of the board of directors or controlling shareholders than they would as public shareholders of a company incorporated in the United States. For a discussion of significant

 

75


Table of Contents

differences between the provisions of the Companies Law (Revised) of the Cayman Islands and the laws applicable to companies incorporated in the United States and their shareholders, see “Description of Share Capital—Differences in Corporate Law.”

Certain judgments obtained against us by our shareholders may not be enforceable.

We are a Cayman Islands company and substantially all of our assets are located outside of the United States. Substantially all of our current operations are conducted in China. In addition, a majority of our current directors and officers are nationals and residents of countries other than the United States. Substantially all of the assets of these persons are located outside the United States. As a result, it may be difficult or impossible for you to bring an action against us or against these individuals in the United States in the event that you believe that your rights have been infringed under the U.S. federal securities laws or otherwise. Even if you are successful in bringing an action of this kind, the laws of the Cayman Islands and of China may render you unable to enforce a judgment against our assets or the assets of our directors and officers. For more information regarding the relevant laws of the Cayman Islands and China, see “Enforceability of Civil Liabilities.”

We will incur increased costs as a result of being a public company.

Upon completion of this offering, we will become a public company and expect to incur significant legal, accounting and other expenses that we did not incur as a private company. The Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, as well as rules subsequently implemented by the SEC and the NYSE, impose various requirements on the corporate governance practices of public companies. We expect these rules and regulations to increase our legal and financial compliance costs and to make some corporate activities more time-consuming and costly. For example, we expect that operating as a public company will make it more difficult and more expensive for us to obtain director and officer liability insurance, and we may be required to accept reduced policy limits and coverage or incur substantially higher costs to obtain the same or similar coverage. In addition, we will incur additional costs associated with our public company reporting requirements. It may also be more difficult for us to find qualified persons to serve on our board of directors or as executive officers. We are currently evaluating and monitoring developments with respect to these rules and regulations, and we cannot predict or estimate with any degree of certainty the amount of additional costs we may incur or the timing of such costs.

We are a foreign private issuer within the meaning of the rules under the Exchange Act, and as such we are exempt from certain provisions applicable to United States domestic public companies.

Because we are a foreign private issuer under the Exchange Act, we are exempt from certain provisions of the securities rules and regulations in the United States that are applicable to U.S. domestic issuers, including:

 

   

the rules under the Exchange Act requiring the filing of quarterly reports on Form 10-Q or current reports on Form 8-K with the SEC;

 

   

the sections of the Exchange Act regulating the solicitation of proxies, consents, or authorizations in respect of a security registered under the Exchange Act;

 

   

the sections of the Exchange Act requiring insiders to file public reports of their stock ownership and trading activities and liability for insiders who profit from trades made in a short period of time; and

 

   

the selective disclosure rules by issuers of material nonpublic information under Regulation FD.

We will be required to file an annual report on Form 20-F within four months of the end of each fiscal year. In addition, we intend to publish our results on a quarterly basis through press releases, distributed pursuant to the rules and regulations of the NYSE. Press releases relating to financial results and material events will also be furnished to the SEC on Form 6-K. However, the information we are required to file with or furnish to the SEC will be less extensive and less timely than that required to be filed with the SEC by U.S. domestic issuers. As a result, you may not be afforded the same protections or information that would be made available to you were you investing in a U.S. domestic issuer.

 

76


Table of Contents

The voting rights of holders of ADSs are limited by the terms of the deposit agreement, and you may not be able to exercise your right to vote the underlying ordinary shares.

As a holder of our ADSs, you will only be able to exercise the voting rights with respect to the underlying ordinary shares in accordance with the provisions of the deposit agreement. Under the deposit agreement, you must vote by giving voting instructions to the depositary. Upon receipt of your voting instructions, the depositary will vote the underlying ordinary shares in accordance with these instructions. You will not be able to directly exercise your right to vote with respect to the underlying shares unless you withdraw the ordinary shares. Under our post-offering amended and restated memorandum and articles of association that will become effective immediately prior to the completion of this offering, the minimum notice period required for convening a general meeting is 14 days. When a general meeting is convened, you may not receive sufficient advance notice to withdraw the shares underlying your ADSs to allow you to vote with respect to any specific matter. If we ask for your instructions, the depositary will notify you of the upcoming vote and will arrange to deliver our voting materials to you. We cannot assure you that you will receive the voting materials in time to ensure that you can instruct the depositary to vote your shares. In addition, the depositary and its agents are not responsible for failing to carry out voting instructions or for their manner of carrying out your voting instructions. This means that you may not be able to exercise your right to vote and you may have no legal remedy if the shares underlying your ADSs are not voted as you requested. Furthermore, as a Cayman Islands exempted company, we are not obliged by the Companies Law (Revised) of the Cayman Islands to call shareholders’ annual general meetings.

[The depositary for our ADSs will give us a discretionary proxy to vote our ordinary shares underlying your ADSs if you do not vote at shareholders’ meetings, except in limited circumstances, which could adversely affect your interests.

Under the deposit agreement for the ADSs, if you do not vote, the depositary will give us a discretionary proxy to vote our ordinary shares underlying your ADSs at shareholders’ meetings unless:

 

   

we have failed to timely provide the depositary with notice of meeting and related voting materials;

 

   

we have instructed the depositary that we do not wish a discretionary proxy to be given;

 

   

we have informed the depositary that there is substantial opposition as to a matter to be voted on at the meeting;

 

   

a matter to be voted on at the meeting would have a material adverse impact on shareholders; or

 

   

the voting at the meeting is to be made on a show of hands.

The effect of this discretionary proxy is that if you do not vote at shareholders’ meetings, you cannot prevent our ordinary shares underlying your ADSs from being voted, except under the circumstances described above. This may make it more difficult for shareholders to influence the management of our company. Holders of our ordinary shares are not subject to this discretionary proxy.]

[ADS holders may not be entitled to a jury trial with respect to claims arising under the deposit agreement, which could result in less favorable outcomes to the plaintiff(s) in any such action.

The deposit agreement governing the ADSs representing our ordinary shares provides that, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, holders and beneficial owners of ADSs irrevocably waive the right to a jury trial of any claim that they may have against us or the depositary arising from or relating to our ordinary shares, our ADSs or the deposit agreement, including any claim under the U.S. federal securities laws. The waiver continues to apply to claims that arise during the period when a holder holds the ADSs, even if the ADS holder subsequently withdraws the underlying ordinary shares. However, you will not be deemed, by agreeing to the terms of the deposit agreement, to have waived our or the depositary’s compliance with U.S. federal securities laws and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder. In fact, you cannot waive our or the depositary’s compliance with U.S. federal securities laws and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

 

77


Table of Contents

If we or the depositary opposed a demand for jury trial relying on above-mentioned jury trial waiver, it is up to the court to determine whether such waiver was enforceable considering the facts and circumstances of that case in accordance with the applicable state and federal law.

If this jury trial waiver provision is prohibited by applicable law, an action could nevertheless proceed under the terms of the deposit agreement with a jury trial. To our knowledge, the enforceability of a jury trial waiver under the federal securities laws has not been finally adjudicated by a federal court or by the United States Supreme Court. Nonetheless, we believe that a jury trial waiver provision is generally enforceable under the laws of the State of New York, which govern the deposit agreement, by a federal or state court in the City of New York. In determining whether to enforce a jury trial waiver provision, New York courts will consider whether the visibility of the jury trial waiver provision within the agreement is sufficiently prominent such that a party has knowingly waived any right to trial by jury. We believe that this is the case with respect to the deposit agreement and the ADSs. In addition, New York courts will not enforce a jury trial waiver provision in order to bar a viable setoff or counterclaim sounding in fraud or one which is based upon a creditor’s negligence in failing to liquidate collateral upon a guarantor’s demand, or in the case of an intentional tort claim, none of which we believe are applicable in the case of the deposit agreement or the ADSs. If you or any other holders or beneficial owners of ADSs bring a claim against us or the depositary relating to the matters arising under the deposit agreement or our ADSs, including claims under federal securities laws, you or such other holder or beneficial owner may not have the right to a jury trial regarding such claims, which may limit and discourage lawsuits against us or the depositary. If a lawsuit is brought against us or the depositary according to the deposit agreement, it may be heard only by a judge or justice of the applicable trial court, which would be conducted according to different civil procedures and may have different outcomes compared to that of a jury trial, including results that could be less favorable to the plaintiff(s) in any such action.

Moreover, as the jury trial waiver relates to claims arising out of or relating to the ADSs or the deposit agreement, we believe that, as a matter of construction of the clause, the waiver would likely continue to apply to ADS holders who withdraw the ordinary shares from the ADS facility with respect to claims arising before the cancelation of the ADSs and the withdrawal of the ordinary shares, and the waiver would most likely not apply to ADS holders who subsequently withdraw the ordinary shares represented by ADSs from the ADS facility with respect to claims arising after the withdrawal. However, to our knowledge, there has been no case law on the applicability of the jury trial waiver to ADS holders who withdraw the ordinary shares represented by the ADSs from the ADS facility.]

You may not receive dividends or other distributions on our ordinary shares and you may not receive any value for them, if it is illegal or impractical to make them available to you.

The depositary of our ADSs has agreed to pay you the cash dividends or other distributions it or the custodian receives on ordinary shares or other deposited securities underlying our ADSs, after deducting its fees and expenses. You will receive these distributions in proportion to the number of ordinary shares your ADSs represent. However, the depositary is not responsible if it decides that it is unlawful or impractical to make a distribution available to any holders of ADSs. For example, it would be unlawful to make a distribution to a holder of ADSs if it consists of securities that require registration under the Securities Act but that are not properly registered or distributed under an applicable exemption from registration. The depositary may also determine that it is not feasible to distribute certain property through the mail. Additionally, the value of certain distributions may be less than the cost of mailing them. In these cases, the depositary may determine not to distribute such property. We have no obligation to register under U.S. securities laws any ADSs, ordinary shares, rights or other securities received through such distributions. We also have no obligation to take any other action to permit the distribution of ADSs, ordinary shares, rights or anything else to holders of ADSs. This means that you may not receive distributions we make on our ordinary shares or any value for them if it is illegal or impractical for us to make them available to you. These restrictions may cause a material decline in the value of our ADSs.

 

78


Table of Contents

You may experience dilution of your holdings due to inability to participate in rights offerings.

We may, from time to time, distribute rights to our shareholders, including rights to acquire securities. Under the deposit agreement, the depositary will not distribute rights to holders of ADSs unless the distribution and sale of rights and the securities to which these rights relate are either exempt from registration under the Securities Act with respect to all holders of ADSs or are registered under the provisions of the Securities Act. The depositary may, but is not required to, attempt to sell these undistributed rights to third parties, and may allow the rights to lapse. We may be unable to establish an exemption from registration under the Securities Act, and we are under no obligation to file a registration statement with respect to these rights or underlying securities or to endeavor to have a registration statement declared effective. Accordingly, holders of ADSs may be unable to participate in our rights offerings and may experience dilution of their holdings as a result.

You may be subject to limitations on transfer of your ADSs.

Your ADSs are transferable on the books of the depositary. However, the depositary may close its books at any time or from time to time when it deems expedient in connection with the performance of its duties. The depositary may close its books from time to time for a number of reasons, including in connection with corporate events such as a rights offering, during which time the depositary needs to maintain an exact number of ADS holders on its books for a specified period. The depositary may also close its books in emergencies, and on weekends and public holidays. The depositary may refuse to deliver, transfer or register transfers of our ADSs generally when our share register or the books of the depositary are closed, or at any time if we or the depositary thinks it is advisable to do so because of any requirement of law or of any government or governmental body, or under any provision of the deposit agreement, or for any other reason.

 

79


Table of Contents

SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

AND INDUSTRY DATA

This prospectus contains forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties. All statements other than statements of current or historical facts are forward-looking statements. These statements involve known and unknown risks, uncertainties and other factors that may cause our actual results, performance or achievements to be materially different from those expressed or implied by the forward-looking statements.

You can identify these forward-looking statements by words or phrases such as “may,” “will,” “expect,” “anticipate,” “aim,” “estimate,” “intend,” “plan,” “believe,” “likely to” or other similar expressions. We have based these forward-looking statements largely on our current expectations and projections about future events and financial trends that we believe may affect our financial condition, results of operations, business strategy and financial needs. These forward-looking statements include, but are not limited to, statements about:

 

   

our goals and strategies;

 

   

our future business development, financial condition and results of operations;

 

   

the expected changes in our income, expenses or expenditures;

 

   

the expect growth of the retail credit facilitation and wealth management markets;

 

   

our expectations regarding demand for and market acceptance of our services;

 

   

our expectations regarding our relationship with borrowers, platform investors, funding sources, product providers and other business partners;

 

   

competition in our industry;

 

   

general economic and business conditions in China and elsewhere;

 

   

government policies and regulations relating to our industry; and

 

   

the outcome of any current and future legal or administrative proceedings.

You should read this prospectus and the documents that we refer to in this prospectus with the understanding that our actual future results may be materially different from and worse than what we expect. Other sections of this prospectus include additional factors which could adversely impact our business and financial performance. Moreover, we operate in an evolving environment. New risk factors and uncertainties emerge from time to time and it is not possible for our management to predict all risk factors and uncertainties, nor can we assess the impact of all factors on our business or the extent to which any factor, or combination of factors, may cause actual results to differ materially from those contained in any forward-looking statements. We qualify all of our forward-looking statements by these cautionary statements.

This prospectus also contains statistical data and estimates that we obtained from government and private publications, including industry data and information from Oliver Wyman. Although we have not independently verified the data, we believe that the publications and reports are reliable. The market data contained in this prospectus involves a number of assumptions, estimates and limitations. The retail credit facilitation market, the wealth management market and related markets in China and elsewhere may not grow at the rates projected by market data, or at all. The failure of these markets to grow at the projected rates may have a material adverse effect on our business and the market price of our ADSs. If any one or more of the assumptions underlying the market data turns out to be incorrect, actual results may differ from the projections based on these assumptions. In addition, projections, assumptions and estimates of our future performance and the future performance of the industry in which we operate are necessarily subject to a high degree of uncertainty and risk due to a variety of factors, including those described in “Risk Factors” and elsewhere in this prospectus. You should not place undue reliance on these forward-looking statements.

 

80


Table of Contents

USE OF PROCEEDS

We estimate that we will receive net proceeds from this offering of approximately US$             million, or approximately US$             million if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional ADSs in full, after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and the estimated offering expenses payable by us. These estimates are based upon an assumed initial offering price of US$             per ADS, the midpoint of the range shown on the front cover page of this prospectus. A US$1.00 change in the assumed initial public offering price of US$             per ADS would, in the case of an increase, increase and, in the case of a decrease, decrease the net proceeds of this offering by US$             million, or approximately US$             million if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional ADSs in full, assuming no change to the number of                      ADSs offered by us as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and the estimated offering expenses payable by us.

The primary purposes of this offering are to create a public market for our shares for the benefit of all shareholders, retain talented employees by providing them with equity incentives, and obtain additional capital. We plan to use the net proceeds of this offering primarily for general corporate purposes, which may include investment in product development, sales and marketing activities, technology infrastructure, capital expenditures, global expansions and other general and administrative matters. We may also use a portion of these proceeds for the acquisition of, or investment in, technologies, solutions or businesses that complement our business, although we have no present commitments or agreements to enter into any acquisitions or investments. The amounts and timing of any expenditures will vary depending on the amount of cash generated by our operations, and the rate of growth, if any, of our business. Accordingly, our management will have significant flexibility in applying the net proceeds of the offering. If an unforeseen event occurs or business conditions change, we may use the proceeds of this offering differently than as described in this prospectus.

In utilizing the proceeds of this offering, we are permitted under PRC laws and regulations to provide funding to our PRC subsidiaries only through loans or capital contributions. Subject to satisfaction of applicable government registration and approval requirements, we may extend inter-company loans to our PRC subsidiaries or make additional capital contributions to our PRC subsidiaries to fund their capital expenditures or working capital. We cannot assure you that we will be able to obtain these government registrations or approvals on a timely basis, if at all. See “Risk Factors—Risks Relating to Doing Business in China—PRC regulation of loans to and direct investment in PRC entities by offshore holding companies and governmental control of currency conversion may delay or prevent us from using the proceeds of this offering to make loans or additional capital contributions to our PRC subsidiaries and our consolidated affiliated entities in China, which could materially and adversely affect our liquidity and our ability to fund and expand our business.”

Pending use of the net proceeds, we intend to invest the net proceeds in short-term interest-bearing debt instruments and demand deposits.

 

81


Table of Contents

DIVIDEND POLICY

We have not previously declared or paid cash dividends and we have no plan to declare or pay any dividends in the near future on our ordinary shares or ADSs. We currently intend to retain most, if not all, of our available funds and any future earnings to operate and expand our business.

We are a holding company incorporated in the Cayman Islands. We rely principally on dividends from our PRC subsidiaries for our cash requirements, including any payment of dividends to our shareholders. PRC regulations may restrict the ability of our PRC subsidiaries to pay dividends to us. See “Risk Factors—Risks Relating to Doing Business in China—We may rely on dividends and other distributions on equity paid by our PRC subsidiaries to fund any cash and financing requirements we may have, and any limitation on the ability of our PRC subsidiaries to make payments to us could have a material and adverse effect on our ability to conduct our business.”

Our board of directors has discretion as to whether to distribute dividends, subject to applicable laws. Even if our board of directors decides to pay dividends, the form, frequency and amount will depend upon our future operations and earnings, capital requirements and surplus, general financial condition, contractual restrictions and other factors that the board of directors may deem relevant. If we pay any dividends, we will pay our ADS holders to the same extent as holders of our ordinary shares, subject to the terms of the deposit agreement, including the fees and expenses payable thereunder. See “Description of American Depositary Shares.” Cash dividends on our ordinary shares, if any, will be paid in U.S. dollars.

 

82


Table of Contents

CAPITALIZATION

The following table sets forth our capitalization as of June 30, 2020:

 

   

on an actual basis;

 

   

on a pro forma basis to reflect (i) the automatic conversion of all of our outstanding Class B ordinary shares and Class C ordinary shares into Class A ordinary shares immediately prior to the completion of this offering on a one-for-one basis and (ii) the re-designation and re-classification of all the then issued and outstanding Class A ordinary shares and the remaining authorized and unissued Class A ordinary shares into ordinary shares immediately prior to the completion of this offering on a one-for-one basis; and

 

   

on a pro forma as adjusted basis to reflect (i) the automatic conversion of all of our outstanding Class B ordinary shares and Class C ordinary shares into Class A ordinary shares immediately prior to the completion of this offering on a one-for-one basis; (ii) the re-designation and re-classification of all the then issued and outstanding Class A ordinary shares and the remaining authorized and unissued Class A ordinary shares into ordinary shares immediately prior to the completion of this offering on a one-for-one basis; (iii) the issuance of Optionally Convertible Notes and Automatically Convertible Notes in exchange for Class C ordinary shares as well as the conversion of all outstanding Automatically Convertible Notes as described in “Description of Share Capital”; and (iv) the sale of                      ordinary shares in the form of ADSs by us in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of US$             per ADS, the midpoint of the estimated range of the initial public offering price shown on the front cover of this prospectus, after deducting the underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

You should read this table together with our consolidated financial statements and the related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus and the information under “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.”

 

     As of June 30, 2020  
     Actual     Pro Forma     Pro Forma As
Adjusted
 
     RMB     US$     RMB     US$     RMB      US$  
     (in thousands)  

Cash at bank

     15,509,302       2,195,199       15,509,302       2,195,199                                         

Total assets

     192,138,085       27,195,381       192,138,085       27,195,381       

Convertible redeemable preferred shares

     10,754,438       1,522,192       —         —         

Total liabilities

     135,240,282       19,142,020       124,485,844       17,619,828       

Share capital

     69       10       72       10       

Share premium

     14,113,311       1,997,610       25,097,752       3,552,356       

Treasury shares

     (2     (0     (2     (0     

Other reserves

     4,498,247       636,686       4,268,241       604,130       

Retained earnings

     36,629,451       5,184,562       36,629,451       5,184,562       

Total equity attributable to owners of Lufax

     55,241,076       7,818,867       65,995,514       9,341,059       

Non-controlling interests

     1,656,727       234,494       1,656,727       234,494       

Total equity

     56,897,803       8,053,361       67,652,241       9,575,553       

Total liabilities and equity

     192,138,085       27,195,381       192,138,085       27,195,381       

Assuming the number of ADSs offered by us as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus remains the same, and after deduction of underwriting discounts and commissions and the estimated offering expenses

 

83


Table of Contents

payable by us, a $1.00 change in the assumed initial public offering price of $             per ADS would, in the case of an increase, increase and, in the case of a decrease, decrease each of share premium, total equity and total liabilities and equity by $             million.

 

84


Table of Contents

DILUTION

If you invest in our ADSs, your interest will be diluted to the extent of the difference between the initial public offering price per ADS and our net tangible book value per ADS after this offering. Dilution results from the fact that the initial public offering price per ordinary share is substantially in excess of the book value per ordinary share attributable to the existing shareholders for our presently outstanding ordinary shares.

Our net tangible book value as of June 30, 2020 was US$             per ordinary share and US$             per ADS. Net tangible book value per ordinary share represents the amount of total tangible assets, minus the amount of total liabilities, divided by the total number of ordinary shares outstanding. Pro forma net tangible book value per ordinary share is calculated after giving effect to the automatic conversion of all of our outstanding shares. Dilution is determined by subtracting pro forma net tangible book value per ordinary share from the assumed public offering price per ordinary share.

Without taking into account any other changes in such net tangible book value after December 31, 2019, other than to give effect to our issuance and sale of                      ADSs, representing                      ordinary shares, offered in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of US$             per ADS, the midpoint of the estimated public offering price range, and after deduction of underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us (assuming the option to purchase additional ADSs is not exercised), our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value as of June 30, 2020 would have been US$             per outstanding ordinary share, including ordinary shares underlying our outstanding ADSs, or US$             per ADS. This represents an immediate increase in net tangible book value of US$             per ordinary share, or US$             per ADS, to existing shareholders and an immediate dilution in net tangible book value of US$             per ordinary share, or US$             per ADS, to purchasers of ADSs in this offering. The following table illustrates such dilution:

 

Assumed initial public offering price per ordinary share

     US$              

Net tangible book value per ordinary share

     US$              

Amount of dilution in net tangible book value per ordinary share to new investors in the offering

     US$              

Amount of dilution in net tangible book value per ADS to new investors in the offering

     US$              

A US$1.00 change in the assumed public offering price of US$             per ADS would, in the case of an increase, increase and, in the case of a decrease, decrease our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value after giving effect to the offering by US$             million, the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per ordinary share and per ADS after giving effect to this offering by US$             per ordinary share and US$             per ADS and the dilution in pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per ordinary share and per ADS to new investors in this offering by US$             per ordinary share and US$             per ADS, assuming no change to the number of ADSs offered by us as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses. The pro forma information discussed above is illustrative only. Our net tangible book value following the completion of this offering is subject to adjustment based on the actual initial public offering price of our ADSs and other terms of this offering determined at pricing.

 

85


Table of Contents

The following table summarizes, on a pro forma basis as of June 30, 2020, the differences between the shareholders as of June 30, 2020 and the new investors with respect to the number of ordinary shares purchased from us, the total consideration paid and the average price per ordinary share paid at an assumed initial public offering price of US$             per ADS before deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses.

 

     Ordinary Shares
Purchased
     Total
Consideration
     Average
Price Per
Ordinary

Share
     Average
Price
Per

ADS
 
     Number      Percent      Amount      Percent  

Existing shareholders

                 

New investors

                                                                                                                       
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

                 
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

A US$1.00 change in the assumed public offering price of US$             per ADS would, in the case of an increase, increase and, in the case of a decrease, decrease total consideration paid by new investors, total consideration paid by all shareholders, average price per ordinary share and average price per ADS paid by all shareholders by US$            , US$            , US$             and US$            , respectively, assuming no change to the number of                      ADSs offered by us as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

The discussion and tables above also assume no exercise of any outstanding stock options outstanding as of the date of this prospectus. As of the date of this prospectus, there were              ordinary shares issuable upon exercise of outstanding stock options at a weighted average exercise price of US$             per ordinary share, and there were                      ordinary shares available for future issuance upon exercise of future grants under our share incentive plan. The discussion and tables above also take into account the conversion of all outstanding Automatically Convertible Notes upon the closing of this offering but exclude any ordinary shares that may be issued upon the conversion of any outstanding Optionally Convertible Notes as described in “Description of Share Capital.” To the extent that any of these options are exercised or any ordinary shares are issued upon any conversion of the outstanding Optionally Convertible Notes, there will be further dilution to new investors.

 

86


Table of Contents

ENFORCEABILITY OF CIVIL LIABILITIES

We are incorporated under the laws of the Cayman Islands to take advantage of certain benefits associated with being a Cayman Islands exempted company, such as political and economic stability, an effective judicial system, a favorable tax system, the absence of foreign exchange control or currency restrictions and the availability of professional and support services. However, certain disadvantages accompany incorporation in the Cayman Islands. These disadvantages include, but are not limited to, (i) the Cayman Islands has a less exhaustive body of securities laws than the United States and these securities laws provide significantly less protection to investors; and (ii) Cayman Islands companies may not have standing to sue before the federal courts of the United States. Our constitutional documents do not contain provisions requiring that disputes, including those arising under the securities laws of the United States, between us, our officers, directors and shareholders, be arbitrated.

Substantially all of our assets are located outside the United States. In addition, a majority of our directors and officers are nationals or residents of jurisdictions other than the United States and all or a substantial portion of their assets are located outside the United States. As a result, it may be difficult for investors to effect service of process within the United States upon us or these persons, or to bring actions or enforce judgments obtained in U.S. courts against us or them, including judgments predicated upon the civil liability provisions of the securities laws of the United States or any state in the United States.

We have appointed Cogency Global Inc., located at 122 East 42nd Street, 18th Floor, New York, NY 10168, as our agent upon whom process may be served in any action brought against us under the securities laws of the United States.

Conyers Dill & Pearman, our counsel as to Cayman Islands law, has advised us that there is uncertainty as to whether the courts of the Cayman Islands would (i) recognize or enforce judgments of U.S. courts obtained against us or our directors or officers to impose liabilities against us predicated upon the civil liability provisions of the federal securities laws of the United States or the securities laws of any state in the United States, or (ii) entertain original actions brought in the Cayman Islands against us or our directors or officers that are predicated upon the federal securities laws of the United States or the securities laws of any state in the United States.

Conyers Dill & Pearman, our counsel as to Cayman Islands laws, has further advised us that although there is no statutory enforcement in the Cayman Islands of judgments obtained in the federal or state courts of the United States (and the Cayman Islands are not a party to any treaties for the reciprocal enforcement or recognition of such judgments), the courts of the Cayman Islands would recognize as a valid judgment, a final and conclusive judgment in personam obtained in the federal or state courts in the United States under which a sum of money is payable (other than a sum of money payable in respect of multiple damages, taxes or other charges of a like nature or in respect of a fine or other penalty) or, in certain circumstances, an in personam judgment for non-monetary relief, and would give a judgment based thereon provided that (i) such courts had proper jurisdiction over the parties subject to such judgment, (ii) such courts did not contravene the rules of natural justice of the Cayman Islands, (iii) such judgment was not obtained by fraud, (iv) the enforcement of the judgment would not be contrary to the public policy of the Cayman Islands, (v) no new admissible evidence relevant to the action is submitted prior to the rendering of the judgment by the courts of the Cayman Islands, and (vi) there is due compliance with the correct procedures under the laws of the Cayman Islands. However, the Cayman Islands courts are unlikely to enforce a punitive judgment of a United States court predicated upon the civil liability provisions of the federal securities laws in the United States without retrial on the merits if such judgment is determined by the courts of the Cayman Islands to give rise to obligations to make payments that may be regarded as fines, penalties or punitive in nature.

Haiwen & Partners, our counsel as to PRC law, has advised us that (i) it would be highly unlikely that the courts of the PRC would recognize or enforce judgments of U.S. courts obtained against us or our directors or

 

87


Table of Contents

officers that are predicated upon the civil liability provisions of the federal securities laws of the United States or the securities laws of any state in the United States, and (ii) there is uncertainty as to whether the courts of the PRC would entertain original actions brought in the PRC against us or our directors or officers that are predicated upon the federal securities laws of the United States or the securities laws of any state in the United States.

Haiwen & Partners has advised us that the recognition and enforcement of foreign judgments are provided for under the PRC Civil Procedure Law. PRC courts may recognize and enforce foreign judgments in accordance with the requirements, public policy considerations and conditions set forth in applicable provisions of PRC laws, including of the PRC Civil Procedure Law based either on bilateral treaties or international conventions contracted by China and the country where the judgment is made or on reciprocity between jurisdictions. Haiwen & Partners has advised us further that under PRC law, a foreign judgment that violates basic legal principles, state sovereignty, safety or social public interest will not be recognized and enforced by a PRC court. As there currently exists no bilateral treaty, international convention or other form of reciprocity between China and the United States or the Cayman Islands governing the recognition of judgments, including those predicated upon the liability provisions of the U.S. federal securities laws, it would be highly unlikely that a PRC court would enforce judgments rendered by courts in the U.S. or in the Cayman Islands.

 

88


Table of Contents

CORPORATE HISTORY AND STRUCTURE

The history of our retail credit facilitation business dates back to August 2005, when Ping An Group launched a consumer loan business in Shenzhen, China. The history of our wealth management business dates back to September 2011, when Ping An Group established its wealth management subsidiary in Shanghai.

In 2014, we underwent a series of reorganizations to further the strategic development of our business and incorporated our company in the Cayman Islands in December 2014 as a holding company. In May 2016, we acquired our retail credit facilitation business from Ping An Group.

We currently carry out our wealth management business primarily through Weikun (Shanghai) Technology Service Co., Ltd., Lufax Holding (Shenzhen) Technology Service Co., Ltd. and our consolidated affiliated entities, including Shanghai Lujiazui International Financial Asset Exchange Co., Ltd., or Shanghai Lufax. Since 2017, we have also expanded internationally with operations in Singapore and Hong Kong.

We conduct our retail credit facilitation business primarily through Ping An Puhui Enterprises Management Co., Ltd. and its subsidiaries as well as Ping An Puhui Financing Guarantee Co., Ltd. and Chongqing Jin An Microloan Limited. These entities are collectively known as Puhui. Shenzhen Ping An Puhui Microloan Co., Ltd., Hunan Ping An Puhui Microloan Co., Ltd. and Chongqing Jin An Microloan Limited have received regulatory approvals to provide microloan services. Ping An Puhui Financing Guarantee Co., Ltd. and Ping An Financing Guarantee (Tianjin) Co., Ltd. hold licenses for providing financing guarantee services. Ping An Consumer Finance Co., Ltd. is licensed to provide consumer finance services.

We intend to acquire a majority interest in an affiliated company that is licensed to distribute wealth management products such as asset management plans, mutual funds and private investment funds in China. We have cooperated with this entity by facilitating its distribution of these products in China on our wealth management platform. The transaction will be subject to regulatory approvals and customary closing conditions. The income and assets of the target company are not material compared to our total income and assets.

We carried out three rounds of equity financing, the first two in 2015 and 2016, and the third one with separate closings in 2018 and 2019. See “Description of Share Capital—History of Securities Issuances.”

In order to comply with PRC laws and regulations, we have entered into a series of contractual arrangements, (i) through Weikun (Shanghai) Technology Service Co., Ltd, or Weikun (Shanghai) Technology (formerly known as Lufax (Shanghai) Technology Service Co., Ltd and Shanghai Huiyuan Management Consulting Company Limited), with Shanghai Xiongguo Corporation Management Co., Ltd., or Shanghai Xiongguo, and Shanghai Lufax, and their respective shareholders to obtain effective control over them and their subsidiaries, and (ii) through Lufax Holding (Shenzhen) Technology Service Co., Ltd., or Lufax (Shenzhen) Technology, with Shenzhen Lufax Enterprise Management, and its shareholders to obtain effective control over Shenzhen Lufax Enterprise Management and its subsidiaries. We refer to Weikun (Shanghai) Technology and Lufax (Shenzhen) Technology as our WFOEs and Shanghai Xiongguo, Shanghai Lufax and Shenzhen Lufax Enterprise Management as our consolidated affiliated entities in this prospectus. See “—Contractual Arrangements with Our Principal Consolidated Affiliated Entities” below.

 

89


Table of Contents

The following diagram illustrates our corporate structure as of the date of this prospectus, including our principal subsidiaries and our principal consolidated affiliated entities:

 

LOGO

 

Notes:

 

(1)

Shenzhen Ping An Financial Technology Consulting Co., Ltd, Xinjiang Tongjun Equity Investment Limited Partnership, Shanghai Lanbang Investment Limited Liability Company and Linzhi Jinsheng Investment Management Limited Partnership each holds 49.99%, 29.55%, 18.29% and 2.17% of the equity interests, respectively, in Shanghai Xiongguo Corporation Management Co., Ltd. and Shenzhen Lufax Holding Enterprise Management Co., Ltd.

(2)

Shanghai Xiongguo Corporation Management Co., Ltd. and Shanghai Huikang Information Technology Co., Ltd. each holds 99.995% and 0.005% of the equity interests in Shanghai Lujiazui International Financial Asset Exchange Co., Ltd.

(3)

Harmonious Splendor Limited and Ping An Puhui Enterprises Management Co., Ltd. each holds 90.625% and 9.375% of the equity interests in Chongqing Jin An Microloan Limited.

(4)

Ping An Insurance (Group) Company of China, Ltd., Harmonious Splendor Limited, Weikun (Shanghai) Technology Service Co., Ltd., Jinjiong (Shenzhen) Technology Service Limited each holds 30%, 28%, 27% and 15% of the equity interests in Ping An Consumer Finance Co., Ltd., respectively.

Our Relationship with Ping An Group

Ping An Group is a top 2 Fortune Global 500 financial institution by revenue in 2019 with over three decades of operating history in China. It offers a full suite of financial services that span the insurance, banking, securities, trust, investment, leasing, healthcare and technology industries. We enjoy significant benefits by having members of Ping An Group as our principal shareholders and strategic partners and by having extensive cooperation across the Ping An ecosystem, which serves approximately 210 million financial services customers. Our business operations and development strategies are supported by Ping An Group in a number of key areas

 

90


Table of Contents

including branding, customer acquisition, credit enhancement, analytics and insights, licenses, and technology. As part of the Ping An ecosystem, we enjoy access to the rest of the Ping An ecosystem and products capabilities spanning insurance, investment, and banking, and have established close business cooperation with Ping An Group, including a mutually beneficial relationship with our credit enhancement partner Ping An P&C, which provided credit enhancement to 91.2% of the outstanding balance of loans we had facilitated as of June 30, 2020. Through the Ping An ecosystem, we also have access to valuable insights built on analytics. In addition, many of the technologies that we use, such as facial and voice recognition technology, AI and machine learning algorithms, and the application of blockchain to suitability management, have been licensed from Ping An Group and OneConnect.

Contractual Arrangements with Our Principal Consolidated Affiliated Entities

PRC laws and regulations impose restrictions on foreign ownership and investment in certain internet-based businesses. We are a Cayman Islands company and our PRC subsidiaries are considered foreign-invested enterprises. To comply with PRC laws, regulations and regulatory requirements, we have entered into a series of contractual arrangements, mainly (i) through Weikun (Shanghai) Technology, our wholly foreign owned entity, with Shanghai Xiongguo and Shanghai Lufax, our consolidated affiliated entities, and the shareholders of Shanghai Xiongguo and Shanghai Lufax to obtain effective control over Shanghai Xiongguo and Shanghai Lufax and their subsidiaries, and (ii) through Lufax (Shenzhen) Technology, our wholly foreign owned entity, with Shenzhen Lufax Enterprise Management, our consolidated affiliated entity, and the shareholders of Shenzhen Lufax Enterprise Management to obtain effective control over Shenzhen Lufax Enterprise Management and its subsidiaries.

We currently conduct some of our business through our principal consolidated affiliated entities, Shanghai Xiongguo, Shanghai Lufax and Shenzhen Lufax Enterprise Management, and their subsidiaries based on these contractual arrangements, which allow us to:

 

   

exercise effective control over our consolidated affiliated entities and their subsidiaries;

 

   

receive substantially all of the economic benefits from our consolidated affiliated entities and their subsidiaries; and

 

   

have an exclusive option to purchase all or part of the equity interests and assets in our consolidated affiliated entities and when and to the extent permitted by PRC law.

As a result of these contractual arrangements, we have become the primary beneficiary of our consolidated affiliated entities under IFRS. We have consolidated the financial results of Shanghai Xiongguo, Shanghai Lufax and Shenzhen Lufax Enterprise Management and their subsidiaries in our consolidated financial statements in accordance with IFRS.

Contractual Arrangements with Shanghai Xiongguo, Shanghai Lufax and Their Respective Shareholders

Agreements that Allow Us to Receive Economic Benefits from Shanghai Xiongguo and Shanghai Lufax

Exclusive Business Cooperation Agreements. Weikun (Shanghai) Technology entered into exclusive business cooperation agreements with each of Shanghai Xiongguo and Shanghai Lufax. Pursuant to these agreements, Weikun (Shanghai) Technology have the exclusive right to provide Shanghai Xiongguo and Shanghai Lufax with comprehensive business support, technical support and consulting services. Without Weikun (Shanghai) Technology’s prior written consent, Shanghai Xiongguo and Shanghai Lufax shall not accept any consulting and/or services covered by these agreements from any third party. Shanghai Xiongguo and Shanghai Lufax agree to pay service fees based on services provided and market conditions on a quarterly basis. Weikun (Shanghai) Technology owns the intellectual property rights arising out of the services performed under these agreements. Unless Weikun (Shanghai) Technology terminates these agreements or pursuant to other provisions of these agreements, these agreements will remain effective for ten years and will be automatically

 

91


Table of Contents

renewed for another five years unless terminated by Weikun (Shanghai) Technology with 30 days’ advance written notice.

Agreements that Provide Us with Effective Control over Shanghai Xiongguo and Shanghai Lufax

Voting Trust Agreements. Through a series of voting trust agreements, each shareholder of Shanghai Xiongguo and Shanghai Lufax irrevocably authorizes Weikun (Shanghai) Technology or any person(s) designated by Weikun (Shanghai) Technology to act as its attorney-in-fact to exercise all of such shareholder’s voting and other rights associated with the shareholder’s equity interest in Shanghai Xiongguo and Shanghai Lufax, including but not limited to the right to attend shareholder meetings on behalf of such shareholder, the right to appoint legal representatives, directors, supervisors and chief executive officers and other senior management, and the right to sell, transfer, pledge and dispose of all or a portion of the shares held by such shareholder. The voting trust agreement is irrevocable and remains in force continuously upon execution.

Share Pledge Agreements. Weikun (Shanghai) Technology has entered into a share pledge agreement with each shareholder of Shanghai Xiongguo and Shanghai Lufax. Pursuant to these share pledge agreements, each shareholder of Shanghai Xiongguo and Shanghai Lufax has pledged all of its equity interest in Shanghai Xiongguo and Shanghai Lufax to Weikun (Shanghai) Technology to guarantee the performance by such shareholder and Shanghai Xiongguo and Shanghai Lufax of their respective obligations under the exclusive business cooperation agreements, the voting trust agreements, the exclusive option agreements, and any amendment, supplement or restatement to such agreements. If Shanghai Xiongguo and Shanghai Lufax or any of their shareholders breach any obligations under these agreements, Weikun (Shanghai) Technology, as pledgee, will be entitled to dispose of the pledged equity and have priority to be compensated by the proceeds from the disposal of the pledged equity. Each of the shareholders of Shanghai Xiongguo and Shanghai Lufax agrees that before his or her obligations under the contractual arrangements are discharged, he or she will not dispose of the pledged equity interests or create or allow any encumbrance on the pledged equity interests which may result in the change of the pledged equity that may have adverse effects on the pledgee’s rights under these agreements without the prior written consent of Weikun (Shanghai) Technology. These share pledge agreements will remain effective until Shanghai Xiongguo and Shanghai Lufax and their shareholders discharge all their obligations under the contractual arrangements. We have completed the registration of the above share pledge with the relevant office of the Administration for Industry and Commerce of China in July 2015 and August 2015, respectively.

Agreements that Provide Us with Option to Purchase the Equity Interests and Assets in Shanghai Xiongguo and Shanghai Lufax

Exclusive Option Agreements. Weikun (Shanghai) Technology has entered into exclusive option agreements with Shanghai Xiongguo and Shanghai Lufax and their respective shareholders. Pursuant to these exclusive option agreements, the shareholders of Shanghai Xiongguo and Shanghai Lufax have irrevocably granted our Weikun (Shanghai) Technology or any third party designated by Weikun (Shanghai) Technology an exclusive option to purchase all or part of their respective equity interests in Shanghai Xiongguo and Shanghai Lufax. In addition, Shanghai Xiongguo and Shanghai Lufax have irrevocably granted Weikun (Shanghai) Technology or any third party designated by Weikun (Shanghai) Technology an exclusive option to purchase all or part of their respective assets in Shanghai Xiongguo and Shanghai Lufax. The purchase price of equity interests in Shanghai Xiongguo and Shanghai Lufax will be the lowest price permitted by law. The purchase price of assets in Shanghai Xiongguo and Shanghai Lufax will be the lowest price permitted by law. Without Weikun (Shanghai) Technology’s prior written consent, Shanghai Xiongguo and Shanghai Lufax shall not, among other things, amend their articles of association, increase or decrease the registered capital, sell, dispose of or set any encumbrance on their assets, business or revenue, enter into any material contract outside the ordinary course of business, merge with any other persons, make any investments or distribute dividends. The shareholders of Shanghai Xiongguo and Shanghai Lufax also undertake that they will not transfer, gift or otherwise dispose of their respective equity interests in Shanghai Xiongguo and Shanghai Lufax to any third party or create or allow

 

92


Table of Contents

any encumbrance on their equity interests within the term of these agreements. These agreements will remain effective for ten years and will be automatically renewed for another five years unless terminated by Weikun (Shanghai) Technology with 30 days’ advance written notice.

Contractual Arrangements with Shenzhen Lufax Enterprise Management and Its Shareholders

Agreement that Allows Us to Receive Economic Benefits from Shenzhen Lufax Enterprise Management

Exclusive Business Cooperation Agreement. Lufax (Shenzhen) Technology entered into exclusive business cooperation agreement with Shenzhen Lufax Enterprise Management. Pursuant to the agreement, Lufax (Shenzhen) Technology has the exclusive right to provide Shenzhen Lufax Enterprise Management with comprehensive business support, technical support and consulting services. Without Lufax (Shenzhen) Technology’s prior written consent, Shenzhen Lufax Enterprise Management shall not accept any consulting and/or services covered by the agreement from any third party. Shenzhen Lufax Enterprise Management agrees to pay service fees on a quarterly basis. Lufax (Shenzhen) Technology owns the intellectual property rights arising out of the services performed under the agreement. Unless Lufax (Shenzhen) Technology terminates the agreement or pursuant to other provisions of the agreement, the agreement will remain effective for ten years and will be automatically renewed for another five years unless terminated by Lufax (Shenzhen) Technology with 30 days’ advance written notice.

Agreements that Provide Us with Effective Control over Shenzhen Lufax Enterprise Management

Voting Proxy Agreement. Through the voting proxy agreement, each shareholder of Shenzhen Lufax Enterprise Management irrevocably authorizes Lufax (Shenzhen) Technology or any person(s) designated by Lufax (Shenzhen) Technology to act as its attorney-in-fact to exercise all of such shareholder’s voting and other rights associated with the shareholder’s equity interest in Shenzhen Lufax Enterprise Management, including but not limited to the right to attend shareholder meetings on behalf of such shareholder, the right to appoint legal representatives, directors, supervisors and chief executive officers and other senior management, and the right to sell, transfer, pledge and dispose of all or a portion of the shares held by such shareholder. The voting proxy agreement is irrevocable and remains in force continuously upon execution.

Share Pledge Agreement. Lufax (Shenzhen) Technology has entered into a share pledge agreement with each shareholder of Shenzhen Lufax Enterprise Management. Pursuant to the share pledge agreement, each shareholder of Shenzhen Lufax Enterprise Management has pledged all its equity interest in Shenzhen Lufax Enterprise Management to Lufax (Shenzhen) Technology to guarantee the performance by such shareholder and Shenzhen Lufax Enterprise Management of their respective obligations under the exclusive business cooperation agreement, the voting proxy agreement, the exclusive option agreements, and any amendment, supplement or restatement to such agreements. If Shenzhen Lufax Enterprise Management or any of its shareholders breaches any obligations under these agreements, Lufax (Shenzhen) Technology, as pledgee, will be entitled to dispose of the pledged equity and have priority to be compensated by the proceeds from the disposal of the pledged equity. Each of the shareholders of Shenzhen Lufax Enterprise Management agrees that before its obligations under the contractual arrangements are discharged, it will not dispose of the pledged equity interests or create or allow any encumbrance on the pledged equity interests which may result in the change of the pledged equity that may have adverse effects on the pledgee’s rights under these agreements without the prior written consent of Lufax (Shenzhen) Technology. The share pledge agreement will remain effective until Shenzhen Lufax Enterprise Management and its shareholders discharge all their obligations under the contractual arrangements. We have completed the registration of the share pledge with the relevant office of the Administration for Market Regulation of China in April 2019.

Letters of Undertakings. Each of the four individual shareholders of the direct shareholders of Shenzhen Lufax Enterprise Management signed a letter of undertakings to our company. Under these letters, the signing indirect shareholder has separately irrevocably undertaken, in the event of his or her death or loss of capacity or

 

93


Table of Contents

any other events that could possibly affect his or her capacity to fulfill his or her obligations under the contractual arrangement, that he or she will unconditionally transfer his or her equity interest in Shenzhen Lufax Enterprise Management to any person designated by Shenzhen Lufax Enterprise Management and the transferee will be deemed to be a party to the contractual arrangements and will assume all of his or her rights and obligations as such under the contractual arrangements. Each signing indirect shareholder represents that his or her spouse has no ownership interest in his or her equity interest in Shenzhen Lufax Enterprise Management. Each signing indirect shareholder further represents that, he or she will not, commit any conduct or omission that is contrary to the purpose and intention of the contractual arrangements, that leads or may lead to any conflict of interest between Shenzhen Lufax Enterprise Management and our company and our subsidiaries, and that if, during his or her performance of the contractual arrangements, there is a conflict of interest between the signing indirect shareholder and our company and our subsidiaries, the signing indirect shareholder will protect the legal interests of Lufax (Shenzhen) Technology under the contractual arrangements and follow the instructions of our company.

Spousal Consent Letters. The spouses of the four individual shareholders of the direct shareholders of Shenzhen Lufax Enterprise Management each signed a spousal consent letter. Under these letters, each signing spouse respectively agreed that he or she was aware of the equity interest beneficially owned by his or her spouse in Shenzhen Lufax Enterprise Management and the relevant contractual arrangements in connection with such equity interest. The signing spouse unconditionally and irrevocably confirmed that he or she does not have any equity interest in Shenzhen Lufax Enterprise Management and committed not to impose any adverse assertions upon his or her spouse’s respective equity interest. Each signing spouse further confirmed that such equity interest may be disposed of pursuant to the relevant contractual arrangements, and committed that he or she will take all necessary measures for the performance of those arrangements.

Agreements that Provide Us with Option to Purchase the Equity Interests and Assets in Shenzhen Lufax Enterprise Management

Exclusive Option Agreements. Lufax (Shenzhen) Technology has entered into exclusive option agreements with Shenzhen Lufax Enterprise Management and its shareholders. Pursuant to these exclusive option agreements, the shareholders of Shenzhen Lufax Enterprise Management have irrevocably granted our Lufax (Shenzhen) Technology or any third party designated by Lufax (Shenzhen) Technology an exclusive option to purchase all or part of their respective equity interests in Shenzhen Lufax Enterprise Management. In addition, Shenzhen Lufax Enterprise Management has irrevocably granted Lufax (Shenzhen) Technology or any third party designated by Lufax (Shenzhen) Technology an exclusive option to purchase all or part of their respective assets in Shenzhen Lufax Enterprise Management. The purchase price of equity interests in Shenzhen Lufax Enterprise Management will be the higher of (i) the total capital contribution to the registered capital of Shenzhen Lufax Enterprise Management multiplied by the percentage of equity interests purchased, (ii) the amount of loan provided by Lufax (Shenzhen) Technology multiplied by the percentage of equity interests purchased, if applicable, and (iii) the lowest price permitted by law. The purchase price of assets in Shenzhen Lufax Enterprise Management will be the higher of the net book value of the assets to be purchased and the lowest price permitted by law. Without Lufax (Shenzhen) Technology’s prior written consent, Shenzhen Lufax Enterprise Management shall not, among other things, amend their articles of association, increase or decrease the registered capital, sell, dispose of or set any encumbrance on their assets, business or revenue, enter into any material contract outside the ordinary course of business, merge with any other persons, make any investments or distribute dividends. The shareholders of Shenzhen Lufax Enterprise Management also undertake that they will not transfer, gift or otherwise dispose of their respective equity interests in Shenzhen Lufax Enterprise Management to any third party or create or allow any encumbrance on their equity interests within the term of these agreements. These agreements will remain effective for ten years and will be automatically renewed for another five years unless terminated by Lufax (Shenzhen) Technology with 30 days’ advance written notice.

In the opinion of Haiwen & Partners, our PRC counsel: (i) the ownership structures of our consolidated affiliated entities and our WFOEs, currently do not result in violation of PRC laws and regulations currently in effect; and (ii) except for certain clauses regarding the remedies or reliefs that may be awarded by an arbitration

 

94


Table of Contents

tribunal and the power of courts to grant interim remedies in support of the arbitration and the winding-up and liquidation arrangements, the agreements under the contractual arrangements between our WFOEs, our consolidated affiliated entities and their shareholders governed by PRC law are valid, binding and enforceable against each party thereto in accordance with their terms and applicable PRC laws and regulations currently in effect, and do not result in violation of PRC laws or regulations currently in effect.

However, Haiwen & Partners has also advised that there are substantial uncertainties regarding the interpretation and application of current and future PRC laws, regulations and rules. Accordingly, the PRC regulatory authorities may in the future take a view that is contrary to the above opinion of our PRC counsel. If the PRC government finds that the agreements that establish the structure for the operation of our consolidated affiliated entities do not comply with PRC government restrictions on foreign investment in our business, we could be subject to severe penalties, including being prohibited from continuing operations. See “Risk Factors—Risks Relating to Our Corporate Structure” and “Risk Factors—Risks Relating to Doing Business in China.”

 

95


Table of Contents

SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL AND OPERATING DATA

The following selected consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive income data for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2018 and 2019, selected consolidated balance sheet data as of December 31, 2017, 2018 and 2019 and selected consolidated cash flow data for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2018 and 2019 have been derived from our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The following selected consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive income data for the six months ended June 30, 2019 and 2020, selected consolidated balance sheet data as of June 30, 2020 and selected consolidated cash flow data for the six months ended June 30, 2019 and 2020 have been derived from our unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. Selected financial data for our fiscal years ended December 31, 2015 and 2016 is omitted as such data is not available on the same basis as the financial information for subsequent periods and would not be available without unreasonable effort and expense. You should read this Selected Consolidated Financial and Operating Data section together with our consolidated financial statements and the related notes and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” included elsewhere in this prospectus. Our consolidated financial statements are prepared and presented in accordance with IFRS. Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of results expected for future periods.

The following table shows selected consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive income data for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2018 and 2019 and for the six months ended June 30, 2019 and 2020.

 

    For the Year Ended December 31,     For the Six Months Ended
June 30,
 
    2017     2018     2019     2019     2020  
    RMB     RMB     RMB     US$     RMB     RMB     US$  
    (in millions except per share data)  

Technology platform–based income:

             

Retail credit facilitation service fees

    15,336       29,576       39,325       5,566       19,015       20,754       2,938  

Wealth management transaction and service fees

    1,885       2,645       2,604       369       1,492       699       99  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total technology platform–based income

    17,221       32,221       41,929       5,935       20,507       21,453       3,036  

Net interest income

    7,256       5,894       3,909       553       2,172       2,998       424  

Guarantee income

    1,456       814       465       66       314       170       24  

Other income

    810       508       879       124       329       656       93  

Investment income

    1,060       1,017       579       82       100       447       63  

Share of net profits of investments accounted for using the equity method

    16       46       73       10       25       (41     (6
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total income

    27,819       40,500       47,834       6,770       23,446       25,684       3,635  

Sales and marketing expenses

    (7,451     (10,767     (14,931     (2,113     (7,108     (8,620     (1,220

General and administrative expenses

    (2,823     (2,796     (2,853     (404     (1,519     (1,348     (191

Operation and servicing expenses

    (3,072     (4,367     (5,471     (774     (2,497     (2,819     (399

Technology and analytics expenses

    (1,302     (1,659     (1,952     (276     (864     (849     (120

Credit impairment losses

    —         (935     (1,863     (264     (470     (1,099     (156

Asset impairment losses

    (3,736     (7     (135     (19     0       —         —    

Finance costs

    (1,297     (900     (1,520     (215     (830     (887     (126

Other gains/(losses) – net

    225       (420     325       46       190       46       6  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total expenses

    (19,455     (21,850     (28,400     (4,020     (13,099     (15,576     (2,205

Profit before income tax

    8,364       18,649       19,434       2,751       10,347       10,108       1,431  

Less: Income tax expenses

    (2,337     (5,073     (6,117     (866     (2,869     (2,836     (401
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net profit

    6,027       13,576       13,317       1,885       7,478       7,272       1,029  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Earnings per share – basic

    5.60       12.65       12.27       1.74       6.89       6.70       0.95  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Earnings per share – diluted

    5.60       12.65       12.27       1.74       6.88       6.70       0.95  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Pro forma earnings per share – basic and diluted

    N/A       N/A       12.32     1.74     N/A       6.73     0.95

 

96


Table of Contents

 

*

 

     For the Year Ended
December 31, 2019
     For the Six Months
Ended June 30, 2020
 

Numerator

     

Net profit attributable to owners of Lufax (in RMB million) – Basic and diluted

     13,332        7,284  

Pro forma effect of conversion of Class C ordinary shares (in RMB million)(a)

     637        342  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Pro forma net profit attributable to owners of Lufax (in RMB million) – Basic and diluted

     13,969        7,625  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Denominator

     

Weighted average number of ordinary shares in issue – Basic and diluted(b)

     1,086,698,914        1,086,698,914  

Pro forma effect of conversion of Class C ordinary shares(a)

     46,720,968        46,949,725  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Pro forma weighted average number of ordinary shares in issue – Basic and diluted

     1,133,419,882        1,133,648,639  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Pro forma earnings per share (in RMB)–Basic and diluted

     12.32        6.73  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
(a)

The pro forma adjustment gives effect to the automatic conversion of all of our outstanding Class C ordinary shares into Class A ordinary shares immediately prior to the completion of this offering on a one-for-one basis.

(b)

The automatic conversion of Class B ordinary shares into Class A ordinary shares immediately prior to the completion of this offering does not have additional impact on the pro forma earnings per share (“EPS”) information as it was included in the denominator for basic EPS calculation.

The following table shows selected consolidated balance sheet data as of December 31, 2017, 2018 and 2019 and as of June 30, 2020.

 

     As of December 31,      As of June 30,  
     2017      2018      2019      2020  
     RMB      RMB      RMB      US$      RMB      US$  
     (in millions)  

ASSETS

                 

Cash at bank

     18,713        18,576        7,352        1,041        15,509        2,195  

Restricted cash

     6,558        7,937        24,603        3,482        21,758        3,080  

Financial assets at fair value through profit or loss

     12,442        16,444        18,583        2,630        22,724        3,216  

Financial assets at amortized cost

            3,108        8,623        1,221        7,250        1,026  

Accounts and other receivables and contract assets

     18,467        20,095        26,296        3,722        26,524        3,754  

Loans to customers

     97,553        34,428        47,499        6,723        80,907        11,452  

Total assets

     180,358        117,919        149,534        21,165        192,138        27,195  

LIABILITIES

                 

Payable to platform investors

     10,212        9,820        15,344        2,172        12,668        1,793  

Payable to investors of consolidated structured entities

     114,728        31,810        47,243        6,687        79,689        11,279  

Accounts and other payables and contract liabilities

     3,756        6,244        4,826        683        4,983        705  

Total liabilities

     159,122        82,971        101,388        14,351        135,240        19,142  

EQUITY

                 

Retained earnings

     2,677        16,237        29,346        4,154        36,629        5,185  

Total equity

     21,236        34,948        48,145        6,815        56,898        8,053  

 

97


Table of Contents

The following table presents our selected consolidated cash flow data for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2018 and 2019 and for the six months ended June 30, 2019 and 2020:

 

    For the Year Ended December 31,     For the Six Months Ended
June 30,
 
    2017     2018     2019     2019     2020  
    RMB     RMB     RMB     US$     RMB     RMB     US$  
    (in millions)  

Summary Consolidated Cash Flows Data:

             

Net cash generated from/(used in) in operating activities

    2,675       (1,452     2,192       310       1,949       4,476       634  

Net cash (used in)/generated from investing activities

    (1,630     3,494       (11,014     (1,559     1,706       (369     (52)  

Net cash generated from/(used in) financing activities

    6,505       (2,008     (2,612     (370     (4,196     3,744       530  

Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents

    (47     (86     170       24       2       (9     (1)  

Net increase/(decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

    7,503       (52     (11,264     (1,594     (539     7,842       1,110  

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of the year

    11,125       18,628       18,576       2,629       18,576       7,312       1,035  

Cash and cash equivalents at end of the year

    18,628       18,576       7,312       1,035       18,038       15,154       2,145  

The following table shows certain of our operating data as of the dates and for the periods indicated:

 

     As of and For the Year
Ended December 31,
    As of and For the
Six Months Ended
June 30,
 
     2017     2018     2019     2020  

Retail Credit Facilitation

        

Number of cumulative borrowers (millions)

     7.5       10.3       12.4       13.4  

Outstanding balance of loans facilitated (RMB billions)

     288.4       375.0       462.2       519.4  

Percentage without credit risk exposure

     75.4     94.7     97.8     97.2

Percentage with credit risk exposure

     24.6     5.3     2.2     2.8

Volume of new loans facilitated (RMB billions)

     343.8       397.0       493.7       284.5  

Percentage funded by third parties

     51.8     96.8     99.8     99.3

Percentage funded by us

     48.2     3.2     0.2     0.7

Wealth Management

        

Number of registered users (millions)

     33.8       40.4       44.0       44.7  

Number of active investors (millions)

     9.6       11.2       12.5       12.8  

Total client assets (RMB billions)

     461.7       369.4       346.9       374.7  

Current products

     27.1     49.4     70.2     87.2

Legacy products

     72.9     50.6     29.8     12.8

 

98


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF

FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

OVERVIEW

We are a leading technology-empowered personal financial services platform in China. We primarily address the large unmet demand for personal lending among small business owners as well as salaried workers in China, and we provide tailor-made wealth management solutions to China’s fast growing middle class and affluent population. As of June 30, 2020, our total balance of retail credit facilitated reached RMB519.4 billion (US$73.5 billion), and the total client assets generated through our online wealth management platform reached RMB374.7 billion (US$53.0 billion), ranking us number two and number three, respectively, among non-traditional financial service providers in China according to the Oliver Wyman Report.

We operate our retail credit facilitation business under a capital-light business model. Our income is primarily from retail credit facilitation service fees. We minimize the use of our own capital and our credit exposures by engaging with third-party funding partners and credit enhancement partners in our business model. Unlike in the traditional bank retail lending model, where both funding and credit risk are borne by the banks’ own balance sheets, the loans that we facilitate in our retail credit business are primarily funded by third-party funding sources and the credit risks are mostly borne by the credit enhancement partners. In the first six months of 2020, our funding partners funded 99.3% of the volume of new loans we facilitated, and we funded only 0.7% through our licensed microloan and consumer finance companies.

Our wealth management business generates income primarily from wealth management transaction and service fees. We facilitate the distribution of third-party financial products and do not assume product risks or obligations to meet any implicit guarantee expectations. We assess investor risk tolerance and facilitate products and portfolios based on KYC and KYP ratings to reduce suitability-related risk.

Our retail credit facilitation business dates back to 2005, and our wealth management business to 2011. Lufax Holding Ltd was incorporated in the Cayman Islands in December 2014 as the holding company for both of these businesses. Two members of Ping An Group are among our three largest shareholders and we benefit significantly from our relationship with Ping An Group. See “Corporate History and Structure—Our Relationship with Ping An Group.” In order to comply with PRC laws, related regulations and regulatory requirements, we operate our business in China in part through consolidated affiliated entities. See “Corporate History and Structure—Contractual Arrangements with Our Principal Consolidated Affiliated Entities.”

Over the three years from 2017 through 2019, we had continued to demonstrate significant growth and profitability. Our total balance of loans facilitated grew at a CAGR of 26.6%, while our total wealth management client assets, excluding legacy products, grew at a CAGR of 39.4%. Our total income grew from RMB27.8 billion in 2017 to RMB40.5 billion in 2018 and RMB47.8 billion (US$6.8 billion) in 2019. Our profit before income tax grew from RMB8.4 billion in 2017 to RMB18.6 billion in 2018 and RMB19.4 billion (US$2.8 billion) in 2019. We earned a net profit for each of the past three years, with net profits of RMB6.0 billion, RMB13.6 billion, and RMB13.3 billion (US$1.9 billion) in 2017, 2018 and 2019, respectively, and we had a net margin of 27.8% in 2019.

In the six months ended June 30, 2020, we continued to deliver strong business growth despite the challenging environment. Our volume of new loans facilitated increased 24.8% year-on-year and our client assets in current products increased 34.2% from December 31, 2019. Our total income grew 9.5% from RMB23.4 billion in the first six months of 2019 to RMB25.7 billion (US$3.6 billion) in the first six months of 2020. Our net profits decreased by 2.8% from RMB7.5 billion in the first six months of 2019 to RMB7.3 billion (US$1.0 billion) in the first six months of 2020. Proportionately slower revenue growth was due to interim factors including the run-off in legacy products for our wealth management business and changes in pricing for our retail credit facilitation business as reflected by retail credit facilitation service related income over average

 

99


Table of Contents

outstanding balance of loans facilitated. The changes in pricing were mainly caused by borrowers’ early repayments of loans, and changes in funding mix that affected the scope of services we provided. The decrease in net profit was partly due to a 21.3% increase in sales and marketing expense mainly driven by the amortization of the capitalized borrower acquisition cost from high growth in new loans facilitated in previous years as well as a 134% increase in credit impairment losses due to COVID-19 pandemic. We maintained our net margin at a robust 28.3% in the first six months of 2020.

FACTORS AFFECTING OUR RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

Changes in Our Business Model

We have gradually shifted to a capital-light business model since 2017. As a result, the income contribution from retail credit facilitation service fees has grown from 55.1% in 2017 to 73.0% in 2018 and 82.2% in 2019, while the income contribution from net interest income has decreased from 26.1% to 14.6% and then to 8.2% and the income contribution from guarantee income has decreased from 5.2% to 2.0% and then to 1.0%. The corresponding figures for the first six months of 2020 were 80.8%, 11.7% and 0.7%, respectively. Furthermore, all of our third-party funding now comes from institutional sources. After we stopped using individual investors on our peer-to-peer platform as a funding source in August 2019, we transitioned smoothly to obtaining all of our third-party funding from banks and trust plans, and our ability to facilitate loans has not been constrained by our funding supply. Going forward, we may adjust the percentage of the risk that we share on the loans that we facilitate, whether by providing more of the funding or more of the credit enhancement, but without departing from a fundamentally capital-light business model.

In our wealth management business, we stopped facilitating the offering of B2C products in the second half of 2017 and peer-to-peer products in August 2019, and we have replaced them with a growing volume of other products including asset management plans, bank products, mutual funds, and private investment funds, among others. Client assets invested in current products increased from RMB125.3 billion as of December 31, 2017 to RMB243.6 billion (US$34.5 billion) as of December 31, 2019 and RMB326.9 billion (US$46.3 billion) as of June 30, 2020, while legacy products decreased from RMB336.4 billion as of December 31, 2017 to RMB103.3 billion (US$14.6 billion) as of December 31, 2019 and RMB47.8 billion (US$6.8 billion) as of June 30, 2020. We have been largely successful in retaining clients through this process, thanks to high investor loyalty and our broad spectrum of product and service offerings.

Acquisition and Retention of High Quality Customers

Our retail credit facilitation business primarily targets small business owners and salaried workers in China who have access to commercial bank credit, real estate property and financial assets. We have a strong distribution capability across three channels. Our direct sales network had over 56,000 full-time employees covering more than 270 cities across China as of June 30, 2020. We may potentially access approximately 210 million financial services customers in the Ping An ecosystem, as well as over 210 active third-party channel partner entities. We also have over 4,000 employees engaged in targeted online and telemarketing campaigns as of June 30, 2020. Since 2017, we have strategically adjusted our channel mix to enhance our ability to address the needs of the high quality borrowers we target. The number of our cumulative borrowers increased from 7.5 million as of December 31, 2017 to 12.4 million as of December 31, 2019, and the volume of new loans we facilitated grew from RMB343.8 billion in 2017 to RMB493.7 billion (US$69.9 billion) in 2019. The number of cumulative borrowers had reached 13.4 million as of June 30, 2020, and the volume of new loans we facilitated was RMB284.5 billion (US$40.3 billion) in the first six months of 2020. Our ability to refine the mix of these distribution channels to acquire high quality borrowers is essential to maintaining our growth and profitability.

Our wealth management business targets middle class and affluent individuals who are generating massive demand for wealth management services but are underserved by traditional financial institutions. We acquire our platform investors from a mixture of online channels and member referrals. Our strong brand and customer

 

100


Table of Contents

satisfaction have been instrumental in helping us acquire and retain investors. Despite ceasing to facilitate the offering of B2C and peer-to-peer products, we have been successful in retaining investors in these products and persuading them to invest in other products on our platform, even as we reduced our spending on investor acquisition at the same time. Our retention rate, which we define as the percentage of our active investors at any given time who had been active investors one year earlier, has shown steady improvement at 91.0% as of December 31, 2018, 93.3% as of December 31, 2019, and 95.0% as of June 30, 2020.

Mix and Pricing of Products and Services

Our retail credit facilitation business offers a full suite of products to meet different borrower demands, including secured and unsecured loans, with a variety of tenors and sizes. For our retail credit facilitation business, we earn a mix of retail credit facilitation service fees, net interest income and guarantee income, depending on the funding and credit enhancement arrangements. As our retail credit facilitation service fees are comprised of loan facilitation service fees and post-origination service fees, the relatively large ticket sizes and long tenors of the loans we facilitate give us a larger and more stable income stream with visibility beyond the current period. Our borrowers’ repayment behaviors and early repayment options affect the effective tenors of the loans we facilitate. Borrowers’ early repayments of loans reduce the number of months that our retail credit facilitation service fees or interest income can be recognized and thus affect the total amount of our fees and interest income in absolute terms. In particular, it is common for small business owners to early repay as most of them use these loans as a supplement to their working capital. Borrowers typically applied for 36 month loans to reduce their monthly repayment pressure and early repaid the loans after their short-term liquidity needs were fulfilled. In the six months between December 31, 2019 and June 30, 2020, early repayment accounted for 43% of the total attrition for the general unsecured loans and 70% of the total attrition for the secured loans that we had facilitated. Borrowers’ decisions whether to make early repayments can be affected by a number of factors such as early repayment fees we charge the borrowers, interest rate trends and the availability of other financing options in the market. In a falling interest rate environment, borrowers are more likely to early repay to refinance their loans at lower interest rates, whereas they are less likely to early repay loans when future borrowings would require a higher interest rate. As the fees for our products and services vary, our income and profitability are affected by the amount and mix of our products and services. In addition, the growth of our retail credit facilitation business is driven by our pricing capabilities for the loans that we facilitate.

Our wealth management business facilitates the offering of a full suite of products with broad risk and return profiles. In addition to wealth management products, we also offer personalized, value-added services. We receive service fees for these products and services. Our take rates differ across different product and service types. High customer loyalty on the platform improves our ability to facilitate the distribution of products with higher take rates, such as private investment funds and insurance products, and increases our bargaining power over product partners for higher take rates.

Collaboration with High Quality Third-Party Providers

Maintaining a healthy collaborative relationship with institutional funding partners is critical to our capital-light retail credit business model. In the first six months of 2020, 60.6% of all loans originated through our platform were funded directly by a total of 49 banks, and another 38.7% by trust plans representing an even larger number of diverse investors. In the first six months of 2020, none of our funding sources accounted for more than 10% of the funding for the loans originated through our platform. In addition, we collaborate with four third-party credit insurance partners, including primarily Ping An P&C. Sourcing borrowers with low credit risk provides value to both third-party funding partners and third-party credit enhancement partners and strengthens our relationships with both of them. As we continue to source high quality borrowers who require lower APRs, our collaboration with quality third-party partners who understand this segment of the market improves our ability to provide reasonably priced funding and credit enhancement solutions to our borrowers. We have achieved initial success in testing a model where we and our funding partners share more of the risks and more of the returns from loans, and we believe that we can build on this initial success as more funding partners become comfortable with our risk management capabilities and track record.

 

101


Table of Contents

Our wealth management business seeks to establish, maintain and grow long-term relationships with financial institution investment product providers, including banks, trust companies, securities companies, insurance companies and fund management companies, in order to provide attractive investment opportunities to our platform investors. We facilitated the offering of approximately 8,600 products on our platform as of June 30, 2020, sourced from 429 institutional product providers. We need to maintain or increase the number, variety and quality of wealth management products on our platform in order to reliably facilitate the right products to the right investors.

Risk Management

Even as we limit the amount of direct credit risk we are willing to bear at any time, the end-to-end performance of our risk management system remains crucial to the success of our business. An accurate evaluation of credit risk is key to our ability to attract third-party partners. Risk management empowers us to identify creditworthy customers who have been underserved by traditional financial institutions, offer differentiated products to borrowers with different risks profiles, and improve our overall loan performance. Our mature collection framework and data collected from these efforts also represent an integral part of our advanced risk management system, enhancing our relationship with our funding partners and credit enhancement partners. Our DPD 30+ delinquency rate, which we define as the outstanding balance of loans for which any payment is 30 to 179 calendar days past due divided by the outstanding balance of loans, remained at less than 0.7% for secured loans we facilitated and less than 1.9% for general unsecured loans we facilitated as of December 31, 2017, 2018 and 2019. See “Business—Overview—COVID-19 Impact” for the impact of the pandemic on delinquency rates in the first six months of 2020.

We take no investment risk on the wealth management products whose sale we facilitate through our platform. The risk management system for our wealth management business concentrates on suitability-related risk, which, if not handled properly, may result in losses that affect our financial performance. To better understand our platform investors’ risk tolerance, we have developed proprietary data-driven KYC models to supplement traditional investor questionnaires. For KYP purposes, we have built models to assign risk ratings to both investment products and their providers. Building upon our ability to accurately assess investors and products through our KYC and KYP systems, we have established an effective matching algorithm that automatically assess investor risk tolerance and product ratings to ensure that appropriate products and portfolios are offered to suitable investors. We believe that our ability to control suitability-related risk is essential to maintaining client satisfaction and promoting reinvestment on our platform.

Operational Efficiency

Our operational efficiency and cost structure have a large impact on the results of our business. Our variable costs are primarily comprised of sales and marketing expenses and operation and servicing expenses. Our sales and marketing expenses primarily relate to borrower acquisition expenses. Our fixed costs, which are primarily comprised of general and administrative expenses and technology and analytics expenses, benefit significantly from economies of scale. In particular, the application of advanced technology in our credit assessment and loan collection process scales up our capabilities without a proportionate increase in operational expenses. Our fixed costs as a percentage of our total income declined from 14.8% in 2017 to 10.0% in 2019. Our fixed costs as a percentage of our total income were 8.6% in the first six months of 2020.

Economic Conditions in China

The demand for retail credit facilitation and wealth management in China is dependent upon overall economic conditions. General economic factors, including GDP growth, the interest rate environment and unemployment rates, may affect borrowers’ willingness to seek loans and investors’ ability and desire to invest. The gradual slowing in the growth rate of the Chinese economy in recent years has created headwinds for our own growth. COVID-19 or trade tensions may have adverse long-term effects that could further reduce economic

 

102


Table of Contents

growth or cause the Chinese economy to contract. In addition, a decrease in individuals’ levels of disposable income may affect their creditworthiness and potentially lead to an increase in default rates, as well as potentially reduce the amount they are able to invest in wealth management products.

Regulatory Environment in China

The regulatory environment for retail credit facilitation and wealth management in China is developing and evolving, creating both challenges and opportunities that could affect our financial performance. The Chinese government has been putting the pieces in place for a new regulatory framework covering all aspects of our business. New regulations may result in both opportunities and challenges for us by weeding out weaker players, triggering consolidation within the industry and increasing compliance risk. We have a proven record of navigating complex regulatory changes over the last several years, as we have comprehensively overhauled our product offerings and business models, and we believe we are well positioned to embrace the opportunities arising from further changes. We will continue to make efforts to ensure that we are in compliance with the existing and new laws, regulations and governmental policies relating to our industry.

ON– AND OFF–BALANCE SHEET TREATMENT OF LOANS AND RISK EXPOSURE

Our business model is capital-light. As a loan facilitation platform, we have established diversified funding sources, including banks, trust plans and our own licensed microloan and consumer finance subsidiaries, to ensure that we have scalable and stable funding. We help banks to source prospective borrowers and the banks extend loans to select individuals among those prospective borrowers using their own funds. We also work with trust companies to set up trust plans with loans that we facilitated as the underlying assets. Our funding partners disburse the loans and earn the loan interest income and we earn retail credit facilitation service fees for the services we provide and guarantee income for the credit enhancement services we provide. Third-party funding sources supplied the overwhelming majority of the funding for the loans that we facilitated in 2019 and the first six months of 2020, with only the remaining funded by us directly through our licensed microloan and consumer finance companies. Those loans that are funded by us directly through our licensed microloan and consumer finance companies are recorded on our balance sheet at net carrying amount, whether or not third parties provide credit enhancement on those loans.

Due to the needs of investors in certain trust plans with loans we facilitated as the underlying assets, we hold subordinated tranches of the trust plans or put in guarantee deposits, so these trust plans yield variable residual returns to us from an accounting prospective. We therefore consolidate the loans under this trust funding model on our balance sheet under IFRS 10, even though the loans underlying the trust plans are substantially all funded by third-party investors and the loans are funded by the trust plans. Although the loans underlying the consolidated trust plans are recorded on our balance sheet, these trust plans are a capital-light funding source for us, with substantially all credit risks insured or guaranteed by credit enhancement partners, and they do not change our role as a loan facilitator by nature. As of June 30, 2020, we consolidated 51.8% of the outstanding balance of loans we facilitated with trusts as the funding source. All cashflows directly attributable to these on–balance sheet loans, including the contractual interest income, service fees, guarantee fees, and borrower acquisition expenses, are recorded as net interest income using the effective interest method in accordance with IFRS 9. As a result, the net carrying value of the loans we facilitated plus the interest receivables on those loans amounted to RMB80.9 billion (US$11.5 billion) as of June 30, 2020, which was recorded on our balance sheet.

As of June 30, 2020, we had credit risk exposure to only 2.8% of the outstanding balance of the loans we facilitated. The credit risk exposure between our third-party credit enhancement partners and ourselves is on a pari passu basis, meaning that we share losses in proportion to our respective guarantee arrangements. The parties that provide credit enhancement will indemnify the lender when the loans that we facilitated are 80 days past due. We need to record losses only to the extent of our exposed credit risk based on our guarantee products. For those loans that are less than 90 days past due, we will apply our estimation on the probability of default and loss given default under the expected credit loss impairment model to reach an amount of expected impairment

 

103


Table of Contents

losses which is charged to our income statement under impairment losses. If the loans are 90 days past due, we record our losses based on our best estimate of recoverable amount.

KEY OPERATING METRICS

We regularly review a number of operating metrics to evaluate our business, measure our performance, identify trends, formulate financial projections and make strategic decisions.

 

     As of and For the Year Ended December 31,     As of and For the
Six Months Ended
June 30,
 
     2017     2018     2019     2019     2020  
     (RMB billions, except
number of investors and percentages)
 

Retail Credit Facilitation

          

Outstanding balance of loans facilitated

     288.4       375.0       462.2       407.9       519.4  

Percentage with risk exposure for our company

     24.6     5.3     2.2     3.1     2.8

Off–balance sheet

     188.2       339.5       414.0       380.2       438.2  

Without credit risk exposure

     180.1       335.0       409.4       375.4       430.2  

With credit risk exposure

     8.1       4.6       4.6       4.8       8.1  

On–balance sheet

     100.2       35.5       48.2       27.7       81.2  

Without credit risk exposure

     37.5       20.0       42.7       20.0       74.6  

With credit risk exposure

     62.8       15.4       5.5       7.6       6.6  

Volume of new loans facilitated

     343.8       397.0       493.7       227.9       284.5  

Off–balance sheet

     180.1       321.1       440.7       214.5       223.5  

On–balance sheet

     163.7       75.8       53.0       13.4       61.0  

Weighted average contractual tenor (months)(1)

          

General unsecured products

     34.1       34.8       35.2       35.2       35.1  

Secured products

     29.5       35.7       35.9       35.8       36.0  

Retail credit facilitation service related income over average outstanding balance of loans facilitated(2)

     11.4     11.1     10.6     11.2 %(3)      10.0 %(3) 

Wealth Management

          

Number of registered users (millions)

     33.8       40.4       44.0       42.7       44.7  

Number of active investors (millions)

     9.6       11.2       12.5       11.6       12.8  

Total client assets

     461.7       369.4       346.9       367.4       374.7  

Current products

     125.3       182.5       243.6       197.9       326.9  

Legacy products

     336.4       186.9       103.3       169.5       47.8  

 

 

(1)

Calculated as contractual tenor weighted by volume of new loans facilitated

(2)

Calculated as the sum of retail credit facilitation service fee, net interest income, guarantee income and the penalty fees and account management fees divided by the average outstanding balance of loans facilitated for each period.

(3)

Annualized

 

104


Table of Contents

KEY COMPONENTS OF OUR RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

Income

As a result of our capital-light business model, the majority of our income is fee-based income. Technology platform–based income represents our core income and accounted for 83.5% of our total income in the first six months of 2020, as compared with 61.9% in 2017. Technology platform–based income comprises two kinds of fees: retail credit facilitation service fees and wealth management transaction and service fees. Our retail credit business generates a mixture of retail credit facilitation service fees, net interest income and guarantee income, while our wealth management business primarily generates wealth management transaction and service fees.

Our on–balance sheet loans include loans that we fund ourselves directly through our licensed microloan and consumer finance subsidiaries and loans that we fund indirectly through consolidated trust plans that generate interest income recognized under IFRS 9. Our off–balance sheet loans generate retail credit facilitation service fees recognized under IFRS 15 and guarantee income to the extent that we supply part of the credit enhancement service. Although the underlying business arrangements might be similar, the application of IFRS 15 or IFRS 9 can have an impact on the timing and amount of fee or interest income recognition. Early repayment of loans by borrowers will reduce the number of months that the fees or interest income are being recognized and thus affect the total amount of fees or interest income in absolute terms.

The following table sets forth the breakdown of our total income, both in absolute amounts and as percentages of our total income, for the years and periods indicated:

 

     For the Year Ended December 31,      For the Six Months Ended June 30,  
     2017      2018      2019      2019      2020  
     RMB      %      RMB      %      RMB      US$      %      RMB      %      RMB     US$     %  
     (in millions, except percentages)  

Technology platform–based income:

                                                                                                  

Retail credit facilitation service fees

     15,336        55.1        29,576        73.0        39,325        5,566        82.2        19,015        81.1        20,754       2,938       80.8  

Wealth management transaction and service fees

     1,885        6.8        2,645        6.5        2,604        369        5.4        1,492        6.4        699       99       2.7  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total technology platform–based income

     17,221        61.9        32,221        79.6        41,929        5,935        87.7        20,507        87.5        21,453       3,036       83.5  

Net interest income

     7,256        26.1        5,894        14.6        3,909        553        8.2        2,172        9.3        2,998       424       11.7  

Guarantee income

     1,456        5.2        814        2.0        465        66        1.0        314        1.3        170       24       0.7  

Other income

     810        2.9        508        1.3        879        124        1.8        329        1.4        656       93       2.6  

Investment income

     1,060        3.8        1,017        2.5        579        82        1.2        100        0.4        447       63       1.7  

Share of net profits of investments accounted for using the equity method

     16        0.1        46        0.1        73        10        0.2        25        0.1        (41     (6     (0.2
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total income

     27,819        100.0        40,500        100.0        47,834        6,770        100.0        23,446        100.0        25,684       3,635       100.0  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Technology platform–based income

Technology platform–based income includes retail credit facilitation service fees and wealth management transaction and service fees.

Retail credit facilitation service fees

Retail credit facilitation services consist of both loan facilitation services and post-origination services, which are considered to be two distinctive services under one product provided to our borrowers and funding partners. Loan facilitation services include credit assessment of the borrower, facilitating loans from the funding partner to the borrower and providing technical assistance to the borrower and the funding partner. Post-origination services include repayment reminders, loan data management, and collection services.

 

105


Table of Contents

The following table sets forth the breakdown of our retail credit facilitation service fees for the years and periods indicated:

 

     For the Year Ended December 31,      For the Six Months
Ended June 30,
 
     2017      2018      2019      2019      2020  
     (RMB
millions)
     (%)      (RMB
millions)
     (%)      (RMB
millions)
     (%)      (RMB
millions)
     (%)      (RMB
millions)
     (%)  

Loan facilitation service fees

     5,092        33.2        8,295        28.0        9,716        24.7        5,135        27.0        4,378        21.1  

Post-origination service fees

     10,244        66.8        21,281        72.0        29,608        75.3        13,880        73.0        16,376        78.9  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total retail credit facilitation service fees

     15,336        100.0        29,576        100.0        39,325        100.0        19,015        100.0        20,754        100.0  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

We do not provide loan facilitation services or post-origination services on a standalone basis. Because retail credit facilitation service fees are recognized upon completion of different performance obligations, they include the service fees for both the off–balance sheet loans newly facilitated during the current financial year and those had been facilitated in previous years.

The following table sets forth the retail credit facilitation service fees that are expected to arise from the remaining performance of long-term contracts for our retail credit facilitation service as of June 30, 2020. Upon the fulfillment of the obligations under service contracts, the fees are expected to be recognized in the respective periods in the amounts as described in the table below given the best estimated loan repayment time. The actual amount that we recognize is subject to the actual repayment behavior of borrowers, which may differ from the estimation in our model. If early repayment increases, the total service fee expected to be paid by the borrowers decreases, thus decreasing the revenue we recognize for each of the loans facilitated, and the reverse is true if early repayment decreases. Although the estimate of loan repayment time represents our best estimate based on the information that is currently available to us, there is no assurance that the actual loan repayment time will not deviate from our best estimate, which in turn would affect the amounts of retail credit facilitation service fees in the respective expected periods of recognition.

 

Retail credit facilitation service fees

  July 2020 to
December 2020
    2021     2022     January 2023
to June 2023
    Total  
    (RMB millions, except percentages)  

Expected period of recognition

    15,188       37.9%       17,712       44.2%       6,473       16.2%       680       1.7%       40,053       100.0%  

When predicting the repayment behavior of borrowers and effective tenor of loans, historical early repayment data is the key indicator of future trends. On a regular basis, we review the actual early repayments that have occurred and adjust the early repayment assumption used in revenue recognition to reflect our best estimate of the effective tenor for outstanding loans.

The table below sets forth the estimated effective tenor of loans, after considering assumptions of early repayment, as of December 31, 2019 and June 30, 2020.

 

     As of  
     December 31, 2019      June 30, 2020  
     (months)  

General unsecured loans

     21.41        20.19  

Secured loans

     15.92        12.90  

 

106


Table of Contents

The table below sets forth the impact of changes in estimated effective tenor on retail credit facilitation service fees of RMB40,053 million expected as of June 30, 2020 to be recognized in the remaining period of the loans when the remaining performance obligations are satisfied.

 

     General
unsecured
loans
    Secured
loans
    Total  
     (RMB millions)  

Change in estimated effective tenor

  

–1 month

     (3,127     (358     (3,485

+1 month

     3,127       358       3,485  

Changes to our funding mix such as the discontinuation of funding from peer-to-peer individual investors have not been a constraint on our growth, and volume of new loans facilitated continued to steadily grow as we successfully replaced the funding from peer-to-peer individual investors with other sources. See “Business—Retail Credit Facilitation—Funding Sources.”

Wealth management transaction and service fees

Wealth management transaction and service fees consist primarily of fees from current products and fees from legacy products. Fees from current products are primarily generated from asset management plans, bank products, mutual funds, trust plans and other service fees such as technology service fees and service fees related to certain non-core businesses. Fees from legacy products mainly include fees for facilitating the offer of B2C and peer-to-peer product-related value-added services to wealth management investors. A portion of the fees from peer-to-peer product-related value-added services are recognized over the life of the products. Peer-to-peer-related loan facilitation service fees that we charge to our borrowers are recognized as retail credit facilitation service fees.

We ceased to facilitate the offering of B2C products in the second half of 2017 and peer-to-peer products in August 2019. These legacy products accounted for 82.4% of our wealth management transaction and service fees for the year ended December 31, 2019 and 40.5% for the six months ended June 30, 2020. We generate fees from peer-to-peer product-related value-added services in proportion to the outstanding client assets balance and such fees will continue to contribute to our revenue with a declining proportion before it completely runs off in 2022. B2C products have run off completely and will have no impact on our future revenues.

The following table sets forth the breakdown of our wealth management transaction and service fees for the years and periods indicated:

 

     In the Year Ended
December 31,
     In the Six Months
Ended June 30,
 
     2017      2018      2019      2019      2020  
     (RMB millions)  

Current products

              

Asset management plan products

     31        85        139        56        78  

Bank products

     —          3        89        16        137  

Mutual fund products

     46        126        69        36        26  

Trust products

     —          —          31        —          68  

Other products(1)

     1        3        3        1        2  

Other service fees(2)

     200        190        129        106        106  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Current products

     279        406        459        215        416  

Legacy products

     1,606        2,239        2,146        1,277        283  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     1,885        2,645        2,604        1,492        699  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

107


Table of Contents

 

Notes:

(1)

Other products mainly include stocks and insurance products.

(2)

Other service fees primarily relate to technology service fees and a non-core business that involves the facilitation of financial assets trading among financial institutions. The income is primarily based on trading volume.

For more details on the average take rates of current products, see “Business—Wealth Management—Products and Product Partners.”

Net interest income

Net interest income consists primarily of net interest income from consolidated trusts and microloans and consumer finance. Due to regulatory changes in December 2017, we no longer funded the loans made by our microloan subsidiaries on a large scale. In late 2018, we began to introduce a third-party funded trust plan model under which some, but not all, of the trust plans required consolidation under IFRS 10. Under IFRS 10, we consolidate those trust plans over which we have control and from which we receive variable returns which are affected by our control over these trust plans. Consequently, we recognize net interest income based on the cashflows directly attributable to loans funded by these consolidated trust plans using the effective interest rate method. Hence, borrower acquisition expenses from such third-party funded trust plans are recognized as offsetting net interest income under IFRS 9. However, we only bear limited credit risk even in the trusts that we consolidate, consistent with our capital-light model. In June 2020, we also started to serve consumers under our newly licensed consumer finance subsidiary. See “Business—Retail Credit Facilitation—Funding Sources—Trusts” and “—On– and Off–Balance Sheet Treatment of Loans and Risk Exposure.”

The following table sets forth the breakdown of our net interest income for the years and periods indicated. Net interest income accounted for 8.2% of our total income in 2019 and 11.7% of our total income in the first six months of 2020.

 

     For the Year Ended December 31,      For the Six Months Ended
June 30,
 
     2017      2018      2019      2019      2020  
     RMB      RMB      RMB      US$      RMB      RMB      US$  
     (in millions)  

Consolidated trust plans:

                    

Interest income

     —          —          2,030        287        307        4,175        591  

Interest expense

     —          —          (965      (137      (132      (1,825      (258
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net interest income from consolidated trust plans:

     —          —          1,066        151        175        2,351        333  

Microloans and consumer finance:

                    

Interest income

     14,514        10,243        2,896        410        2,029        649        92  

Interest expense

     (7,258      (4,349      (52      (7      (32      (1      (0
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net interest income from microloans and consumer finance

     7,256        5,894        2,844        402        1,997        647        92  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net interest income

     7,256        5,894        3,909        553        2,172        2,998        424  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Guarantee income

As part of our integrated capital-light business model, no matter whether under our bank-funding model or trust-funding model, our third-party credit enhancement partners provide the majority of the credit enhancement. We earn guarantee income as a return to our credit risk exposure to the extent that we provide credit enhancement service for loans we facilitate. We do not provide guarantees as a stand-alone service for loans that we did not facilitate. Guarantee income consists primarily of the fees we charge to our borrowers for the

 

108


Table of Contents

guarantee services we provide on loan products. Guarantee income accounted for 1.0% of our total income in 2019 and 0.7% of our total income in the first six months of 2020.

Other income

Other income consists primarily of account management service fees and penalty fees. Account management service fees represent service fees charged to credit enhancement partners for reminder services provided to them for loans facilitated by us that are covered by their credit enhancement services. Penalty fee income represents both late payment fees and early repayment fees paid by borrowers. Other income accounted for 1.8% of our total income in 2019 and 2.6% of our total income in the first six months of 2020.

Investment income

Investment income primarily consists of interest income and realized and unrealized gains and losses on financial assets and financial investments. Historically, the financial assets and investments have mainly consisted of asset management plans, mutual fund investments, trust plans, factoring products, structured deposits, bank wealth management products and debt investments. We mainly invest with an aim to balance capital preservation and liquidity needs. Investment income accounted for 1.2% of our total income in 2019 and 1.7% of our total income in the first six months of 2020.

Total Expenses

Our expenses include sales and marketing expenses, general and administrative expenses, operation and servicing expenses, and technology and analytics expenses, among others. The following table sets forth the breakdown of our expenses, both in absolute amounts and as percentages of our total income, for the years and periods indicated:

 

     For the Year Ended December 31,     For the Six Months Ended June 30,  
     2017     2018      2019     2019     2020  
     RMB     %     RMB      %      RMB     US$     %     RMB     %     RMB     US$     %  
     (in millions, except percentages)  

Sales and marketing expenses

     7,451       26.8       10,767        26.6        14,931       2,113       31.2       7,108       30.3       8,620       1,220       33.6  

General and administrative expenses

     2,823       10.1       2,796        6.9        2,853       404       6.0       1,519       6.5       1,348       191       5.2  

Operation and servicing expenses

     3,072       11.0       4,367        10.8        5,471       774       11.4       2,497       10.6       2,819       399       11.0  

Technology and analytics expenses

     1,302       4.7       1,659        4.1        1,952       276       4.1       864       3.7       849       120       3.3  

Credit impairment losses

     —         —         935        2.3        1,863       264       3.9       470       2.0       1,099       156       4.3  

Asset impairment losses

     3,736       13.4       7        0.0        135       19       0.3       (0     (0.0     —               —    

Finance costs

     1,297       4.7       900        2.2        1,520       215       3.2       830       3.5       887       126       3.5  

Other gains/(losses) – net

     (225     (0.8     420        1.0        (325     (46     (0.7     (190     (0.8     (46     (6     (0.2
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total expenses

     19,455       69.9       21,850        54.0        28,400       4,020       59.4       13,099       55.9       15,576       2,205       60.6  

Sales and marketing expenses

Sales and marketing expenses consist primarily of borrower acquisition expenses, investor acquisition and retention expenses, and general sales and marketing expenses. Sales and marketing expenses account for a large percentage of our total expenses, and we expect that this will continue to be the case going forward.

Our borrower acquisition expenses mainly represent the expenses we incur for off–balance sheet loan facilitation as compensation to our sales employees and third-party channels. Borrower acquisition expenses are capitalized and amortized on a systematic basis consistent with revenue recognition. For our on–balance sheet loans, as part of the cashflows directly attributable to the loans, the corresponding expenses were reflected in net interest income rather than in borrower acquisition expenses, in accordance with IFRS 9.

 

109


Table of Contents

Our business model for our retail credit business relies on sales channels, both our own and third-party ones, that employ large numbers of personnel. For example, we had over 56,000 employees in direct sales and over 4,000 employees in online telemarketing as of June 30, 2020.

The following table sets forth the breakdown of our borrower acquisition costs, both in absolute amounts and percentages of total borrower acquisition costs, for the periods indicated:

 

    For the Year Ended December 31,     For the Six Months Ended June 30,  
    2017     2018     2019     2019     2020  
    (RMB)     (%)     (RMB)     (%)     (RMB)     (US$)     (%)     (RMB)     (%)     (RMB)     (US$)     (%)  
    (in millions, except percentages)     (in millions, except percentages)  

Direct sales

    981       41.7       2,045       42.3       3,646       516       41.8       1,785       42.0       2,513       356       42.5  

Channel partners

    874       37.1       1,863       38.5       3,925       556       45.1       1,855       43.6       2,810       398       47.6  

Online and telemarketing

    499       21.2       930       19.2       1,143       162       13.1       613       14.4       583       83       9.9  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total borrower acquisition costs

    2,355       100.0       4,838       100.0       8,715       1,233       100.0       4,252       100.0       5,906       836       100.0  

The borrower acquisition costs were all related to the off–balance sheet loans. The percentage of borrower acquisition costs paid to our direct sales team was consistent year over year while our borrower acquisition focus has shifted towards our channel partners and our direct sales channel as we continue to focus our sales and marketing efforts on a higher borrower quality and thus lower credit risk target customer segment.

Our investor acquisition and retention expenses mainly represent the costs incurred to acquire and retain investors. These included primarily expenses for our member referral channel and our online direct marketing channel. The expenses for our online direct marketing channel consist primarily of incentives paid for new investor referrals, coupons, and online marketing expenses.

The following table sets forth the breakdown of our investor acquisition and retention costs, both in absolute amounts and percentages of total investor acquisition and retention costs, for the periods indicated:

 

    For the Year Ended December 31,     For the Six Months Ended June 30,  
    2017     2018     2019     2019     2020  
    (RMB)     (%)     (RMB)     (%)     (RMB)     (US$)     (%)     (RMB)     (%)     (RMB)     (US$)     (%)  
    (in millions, except percentages)     (in millions, except percentages)  

Ping An ecosystem

    307       42.2       495       45.5       476       67       53.1       205       58.3       209       30       52.6  

Online direct marketing

    316       43.5       500       46.0       324       46       36.7       106       30.1       155       22       38.9  

Member referral

    104       14.3       92       8.5       89       13       10.2       41       11.6       34       5       8.5  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total investor acquisition and retention costs

    727       100.0       1,087       100.0       889       126       100.0       353       100.0       399       56       100.0  

The investor acquisition and retention fee rate is relatively stable within each channel year over year, but we may change the channel mix from time to time as necessary to implement our strategy.

Our general sales and marketing expenses mainly represent payroll and related expenses for personnel engaged in marketing, brand promotion costs, consulting service fees, business development costs and other marketing and advertising costs.

 

110


Table of Contents

The following table sets forth the breakdown of our sales and marketing expenses, both in absolute amounts and as percentages of our total sales and marketing expenses, for the periods indicated:

 

     For the Year Ended December 31,      For the Six Months Ended June 30,  
     2017      2018      2019      2019      2020  
     RMB      %      RMB      %      RMB      US$      %      RMB      %      RMB      US$      %  
     (in millions, except percentages)  

Borrower acquisition

     2,355        31.6        4,838        44.9        8,715        1,233        58.4        4,252        59.8        5,906        836        68.5  

Investor acquisition and retention

     727        9.8        1,087        10.1        889        126        6.0        353        5.0        399        56        4.6  

General sales and marketing expenses

     4,370        58.6        4,842        45.0        5,328        754        35.7        2,504        35.2        2,316        328        26.9  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total sales and marketing expenses

     7,451        100.0        10,767        100.0        14,931        2,113        100.0        7,108        100.0        8,620        1,220        100.0  

General and administrative expenses

General and administrative expenses consist primarily of employee benefit expenses and office rentals that are not included in sales and marketing, operation and servicing, or technology and analytics expenses, tax surcharges, consulting service fees, business entertainment costs and other expenses.

Operation and servicing expenses

Operation and servicing expenses consist primarily of (i) platform operation expenses, which mainly represent the expenses to external payment networks and partner banks for processing transactions, (ii) loan servicing expenses that are associated with facilitating and servicing loans, which mainly represent the expenses related to credit assessment, customer and system support, payment processing services and collection, (iii) the cost of operating consolidated trust plans and (iv) salaries and benefits for personnel associated operation and servicing.

Technology and analytics expenses

Technology and analytics expenses consist primarily of the expenses with respect to research and development expenses and maintenance expenses related our technology systems, technology service fees, as well as depreciation and salaries and benefits for IT personnel.

Impairment Losses

We adopted IFRS 9 on January 1, 2018, using a modified retrospective method. Results for reporting periods beginning after January 1, 2018 are presented under IFRS 9, while prior period amounts are not adjusted and continue to be reported in accordance with incurred losses. Under the incurred loss model, we recognize impairments related to financial assets within asset impairment losses, while under IFRS 9 we used an expected loss model to determine and recognize impairments, which were recorded within credit impairment losses.

 

111


Table of Contents

The following table sets forth credit and asset impairment losses for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2018 and 2019, and the six months ended June 30, 2019 and 2020:

 

     For the Year Ended December 31,      For the Six Months
Ended June 30,
 
     2017      2018      2019      2019      2020  
     (RMB millions)  

Credit impairment losses

     —          935        1,863        470        1,099  

Asset impairment losses

     3,736        7        135        (0      —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     3,736        942        1,998        470        1,099  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The following table sets forth the key components of impairment losses for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2018 and 2019, and the six months ended June 30, 2019 and 2020:

 

     For the Year Ended December 31,      For the Six Months
Ended June 30,
 
     2017      2018      2019      2019      2020  
     (RMB millions)  

Loan-related(1)

     3,726        813        761        325        1,145  

Investment-related(2)

     15        122        1,011        122        (61

Others(3)

     (5      7        226        24        14  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     3,736        942        1,998        470        1,099  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

  (1)

Loan-related impairment losses consist of actual and expected losses from loan to customers, accounts and other receivables and contract assets related to our retail credit facilitation business and guarantee contracts.

  (2)

Investment related impairment losses consist of losses from financial assets at amortized cost.

  (3)

Other impairment losses primarily consist of losses from accounts and other receivables related to wealth management business, goodwill and intangible assets.

The investment-related impairment losses of RMB1.0 billion (US$0.1 billion) in 2019 mainly relate to impairment losses of legacy B2C-related financial assets at amortized cost. To facilitate the exit of investors after we discontinued our facilitation of the offering of B2C products in the second half of 2017, as a one-time event, we decided to repurchase certain trust plans, asset management plans and debt investments, and subsequently there were impairment costs on these assets. The increase in loan-related impairment losses in the first half of 2020 was primarily due to the growth of both risk-bearing loan balance on our balance sheet and guarantee exposure off–balance sheet as a result of our business growth, and the growth in provision in accounts receivables and contract assets related to our retail credit facilitation business caused by the COVID-19 pandemic.

Finance Costs

Finance cost primarily consists of the interest expenses in connection with our convertible promissory note issued in October 2015 for acquiring our retail credit facilitation business, interest expenses on the debt component of the convertible redeemable preferred shares, and the interest expenses of our bank borrowings for general corporate operations that are not related to our retail credit facilitation business. We issued Class C ordinary shares to certain investors in November 2018 and January 2019. As these investors have certain preferences over holders of other classes of shares and Class C ordinary shares can be converted to ordinary shares or redeemed in cash under certain circumstances, the Class C ordinary shares are recorded as convertible redeemable preferred shares in the consolidated financial statements. Please refer to Note 3.21 of the consolidated financial statements for the accounting policy related to convertible redeemable preferred shares.

 

112


Table of Contents

TAXATION

Cayman Islands

We are incorporated in the Cayman Islands. The Cayman Islands currently have no income, corporation or capital gains tax and no estate duty, inheritance tax or gift tax. The Cayman Islands does not impose a withholding tax on payments of dividends to shareholders.

Hong Kong

Before April 1, 2018, our subsidiaries incorporated in Hong Kong were subject to Hong Kong profit tax at a rate of 16.5%. Since April 1, 2018, our subsidiaries incorporated in Hong Kong have been subject to Hong Kong profit tax at a rate of 8.25% on assessable profits up to HK$2,000,000 (US$258,061) and 16.5% on any part of assessable profits over that amount. No Hong Kong profit tax has been levied on us as we did not have assessable profit that was earned in or derived from our Hong Kong subsidiary during the periods included in this prospectus. Hong Kong does not impose a withholding tax on dividends.

Singapore

Singapore has an income tax rate of 17%. No Singapore income tax has been levied on us as we did not have estimated assessable profit that was subject to Singapore income tax during the periods included in this prospectus.

China

Generally, our subsidiaries and consolidated affiliated entities incorporated in China are subject to enterprise income tax on their worldwide taxable income as determined under PRC tax laws and accounting standards at a rate of 25%. Some of our subsidiaries are entitled to a favorable statutory tax rate of 15% under the Western Development Strategy or because of their qualifications as “High and New Technology Enterprises”, or because of favorable local tax treatment.

We are subject to value added tax, or VAT, at rates from 3% to 13%, and in the past at rates of up to 17%, on the services we provide to borrowers and investors, less any deductible VAT we have already paid or borne. We are also subject to surcharges on VAT payments in accordance with PRC law. VAT has been phased in since 2012 to replace the business tax that was previously applicable to the services we provide. During the periods presented, we were not subject to business tax on the services we provide.

Dividends paid by our wholly foreign-owned subsidiary in China to our intermediary holding company in Hong Kong will be subject to a withholding tax rate of 10%, unless the relevant Hong Kong entity satisfies all the requirements under the Arrangement between the PRC and the Hong Kong Special Administrative Region on the Avoidance of Double Taxation and Prevention of Fiscal Evasion with respect to Taxes on Income and Capital and receives approval from the relevant tax authority. If our Hong Kong subsidiary satisfies all the requirements under the tax arrangement and receives approval from the relevant tax authority, then the dividends paid to the Hong Kong subsidiary would be subject to withholding tax at the standard rate of 5%.

If our holding company in the Cayman Islands or any of our subsidiaries outside of China were deemed to be a “resident enterprise” under the PRC Enterprise Income Tax Law, it would be subject to enterprise income tax on its worldwide income at a rate of 25%. See “Risk Factors—Risks Relating to Doing Business in China—If we are classified as a PRC resident enterprise for PRC income tax purposes, such classification could result in unfavorable tax consequences to us and our non-PRC shareholders or ADS holders.”

Income tax expenses

For the years ended December 31, 2017, 2018 and 2019, our income tax expenses were RMB2.3 billion, RMB5.1 billion and RMB6.1 billion (US$0.9 billion), respectively. Our income tax expenses were RMB2.8

 

113


Table of Contents

billion (US$0.4 billion) for the first six months of 2020. Our effective tax rate was 31.5% for 2019 and 28.1% for the first six months of 2020. Our effective tax rate during these periods was higher than the PRC enterprise income tax rate of 25% primarily because a significant amount of our expenses are not deductible for tax purposes, including expenses of certain one-off marketing and other activities.

RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

The following table sets forth a summary of our consolidated results of operations for the period indicated, both in absolute amounts and as percentages of our total income. This information should be read together with our consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. The operating results in any period are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected for any future period.

 

     For the Year Ended December 31,     For the Six Months Ended June 30,  
     2017     2018     2019     2019     2020  
     RMB     %     RMB     %     RMB     US$     %     RMB     %     RMB     US$     %  
     (in millions, except percentages)  

Technology platform–based income:

                        

Retail credit facilitation service fees:

                        

Loan facilitation service fees

     5,092       18.3       8,295       20.5       9,716       1,375       20.3       5,135       21.9       4,378       620       17.0  

Post-origination service fees

     10,244       36.8       21,281       52.5       29,608       4,191       61.9       13,880       59.2       16,376       2,318       63.8  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Retail credit facilitation service fees

     15,336       55.1       29,576       73.0       39,325       5,566       82.2       19,015       81.1       20,754       2,938       80.8  

Wealth management transaction and service fees

     1,885       6.8       2,645       6.5       2,604       369       5.4       1,492       6.4       699       99       2.7  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total technology platform–based income

     17,221       61.9       32,221       79.6       41,929       5,935       87.7       20,507       87.5       21,453       3,036       83.5  

Net interest income

     7,256       26.1       5,894       14.6       3,909       553       8.2       2,172       9.3       2,998       424       11.7  

Guarantee income

     1,456       5.2       814       2.0       465       66       1.0       314       1.3       170       24       0.7  

Other income

     810       2.9       508       1.3       879       124       1.8       329       1.4       656       93       2.6  

Investment income

     1,060       3.8       1,017       2.5       579       82       1.2       100       0.4       447       63       1.7  

Share of net profits of investments accounted for using the equity method

     16       0.1       46       0.1       73       10       0.2       25       0.1       (41     (6     (0.2

Total income

     27,819       100.0       40,500       100.0       47,834       6,770       100.0       23,446       100.0       25,684       3,635       100.0  

Sales and marketing expenses:

                        

Borrower acquisition

     (2,355     (8.5     (4,838     (11.9     (8,715     (1,233     (18.2     (4,252     (18.1     (5,906     (836     (23.0

Investor acquisition and retention

     (727     (2.6     (1,087     (2.7     (889     (126     (1.9     (353     (1.5     (399     (56     (1.6

General sales and marketing expenses

     (4,370     (15.7     (4,842     (12.0     (5,328     (754     (11.1     (2,504     (10.7     (2,316     (328     (9.0
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Sales and marketing expenses

     (7,451     (26.8     (10,767     (26.6     (14,931     (2,113     (31.2     (7,108     (30.3     (8,620     (1,220     (33.6

General and administrative expenses

     (2,823     (10.1     (2,796     (6.9     (2,853     (404     (6.0     (1,519     (6.5     (1,348     (191     (5.2

Operation and servicing expenses

     (3,072     (11.0     (4,367     (10.8     (5,471     (774     (11.4     (2,497     (10.6     (2,819     (399     (11.0

Technology and analytics expenses

     (1,302     (4.7     (1,659     (4.1     (1,952     (276     (4.1     (864     (3.7     (849     (120     (3.3

Credit impairment losses

     —         —         (935     (2.3     (1,863     (264     (3.9     (470     (2.0     (1,099     (156     (4.3

Asset impairment losses

     (3,736     (13.4     (7     (0.0     (135     (19     (0.3     0       0.0       —               —    

Finance costs

     (1,297     (4.7     (900     (2.2     (1,520     (215     (3.2     (830     (3.5     (887     (126     (3.5

Other gains/(losses) – net

     225       0.8       (420     (1.0     325       46       0.7       190       0.8       46       6       0.2  

Total expenses

     (19,455     (69.9     (21,850     (54.0     (28,400     (4,020     (59.4     (13,099     (55.9     (15,576     (2,205     (60.6

Profit before income tax

     8,364       30.1       18,649       46.0       19,434       2,751       40.6       10,347       44.1       10,108       1,431       39.4  

Less: Income tax expenses

     (2,337     (8.4     (5,073     (12.5     (6,117     (866     (12.8     (2,869     (12.2     (2,836     (401     (11.0
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net profit

     6,027       21.7       13,576       33.5       13,317       1,885       27.8       7,478       31.9       7,272       1,029       28.3  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Six months ended June 30, 2020 compared to six months ended June 30, 2019

Technology Platform–based Income

Our technology platform–based income increased by 4.6% from RMB20.5 billion in the six months ended June 30, 2019 to RMB21.5 billion (US$3.0 billion) in the six months ended June 30, 2020. This increase was primarily due to an increase in retail credit facilitation service fees, partially offset by a decrease in wealth management transaction and service fees.

 

114


Table of Contents

Retail credit facilitation service fee

Our retail credit facilitation service fees increased by 9.1% from RMB19.0 billion in the six months ended June 30, 2019 to RMB20.8 billion (US$2.9 billion) in the six months ended June 30, 2020. This increase was primarily due to an increase of 18.0% in post-origination service fees from RMB13.9 billion in the six months ended June 30, 2019 to RMB16.4 billion (US$2.3 billion) in the six months ended June 30, 2020, partially offset by a decrease of 14.7% in loan facilitation service fees from RMB5.1 billion in the six months ended June 30, 2019 to RMB4.4 billion (US$0.6 billion) in the six months ended June 30, 2020. The proportionately slower growth of our retail credit facilitation service fees was mainly due to early repayments by borrowers and changes in funding mix that affected the scope of services we provided.

Our loan facilitation service fees decreased despite the 4.2% growth of volume of new off–balance sheet loans mainly due to the impact from early repayment by borrowers, as well as funding mix changes for loans facilitated and resultant revenue recognition. More loan facilitation service fees were recognized upfront if the loans were funded by our peer-to-peer platform given additional investor and borrower matching services provided. As we stopped using our peer-to-peer platform as a funding source in August 2019, a lower portion of retail credit facilitation service fees was recognized upfront as loan facilitation service fees in the six months ended June 30, 2020 compared with the same period in 2019 when we still were funding loans with our peer-to-peer platform.

The increase in post-origination service fees was primarily due to the successive years of high growth in the outstanding balance of off–balance sheet loans facilitated through our platform since 2017, partly offset by the impact from early repayment by borrowers in the first six months ended June 30, 2020. As the loans that we facilitated for our funding partners have contractual tenors as long as 36 months and the post-origination service fees are recognized upon completion of obligations throughout the life cycle of the loans products, the increase of loans facilitated through our platform through previous years which we continued to serve in the six months ended June 30, 2020 still contributed to our post-origination service fees in the six months ended June 30, 2020. Therefore, our post-origination service fees were less impacted by changes in the pricing for our services during the period.

Wealth management transaction and service fee

Our wealth management transaction and service fees decreased by 53.1% from RMB1.5 billion in the six months ended June 30, 2019 to RMB0.7 billion (US$0.1 billion) in the six months ended June 30, 2020. This decrease was primarily attributable to a decrease of 77.8% in our transaction and service fees for legacy products from RMB1.3 billion in the six months ended June 30, 2019 to RMB0.3 billion (US$40 million) in the six months ended June 30, 2020, partially offset by an increase of 93.4% in service fees for current products from RMB0.2 billion in the six months ended June 30, 2019 to RMB0.4 billion (US$0.1 billion) in the six months ended June 30, 2020. Transaction and service fees for legacy products decreased between these two periods primarily because we discontinued our facilitation of peer-to-peer products in August 2019.

Net Interest Income

Our net interest income increased by 38.1% from RMB2.2 billion in the six months ended June 30, 2019 to RMB3.0 billion (US$0.4 billion) in the six months ended June 30, 2020.

Consolidated trust plans

Our net interest income from consolidated trust plans increased from RMB0.2 billion in the six months ended June 30, 2019 to RMB2.4 billion (US$0.3 billion) in the six months ended June 30, 2020. In late 2018, we began to introduce a third-party funded trust plan model under which some, but not all, of the trust plans are required to be consolidated under IFRS 10. The increase of interest income from consolidated trust

 

115


Table of Contents

plans from RMB0.3 billion in the six months ended June 30, 2019 to RMB4.2 billion (US$0.6 billion) in the six months ended June 30, 2020, and the increase of interest expenses from RMB 0.1 billion in the six months ended June 30, 2019 to RMB1.8 billion (US$0.3 billion) in the six months ended June 30, 2020, were both mainly driven by our increased use of such trust plan funding. Our average balance of loans originated by consolidated trust plans increased over ninefold from RMB5.6 billion in the six months ended June 30, 2019 to RMB58.5 billion (US$8.3 billion) in the six months ended June 30, 2020. Interest income represents interest income receivable by loans funded by these trust plans while interest expenses represent interests payable by these consolidated trust plans to their investors.

Microloans and Consumer Finance

Our net interest income from microloans and consumer finance decreased from RMB2.0 billion in the six months ended June 30, 2019 to RMB0.6 billion (US$0.1 billion) in the six months ended June 30, 2020, as we no longer funded loans directly through our microloan subsidiaries on a large scale and the outstanding balance of such loans continued to decline. The decrease in interest income from microloans and consumer finance from RMB2.0 billion in the six months ended June 30, 2019 to RMB0.6 billion (US$92 million) in the six months ended June 30, 2020 was mainly driven by the 76% decrease in the average balance of loans disbursed by our microloan and consumer finance subsidiaries from RMB26.0 billion to RMB6.2 billion (US$0.9 billion). Interest expenses from microloans and consumer finance decreased from RMB32 million in the six months ended June 30, 2019 to RMB1 million (US$0.2 million) in the six months ended June 30, 2020, as a significant portion of the asset-backed securities we used to securitize the loans made by our microloan subsidiaries came to maturity in 2019 and the balance was continuously declining in the six months ended June 30, 2020. Therefore, we ceased to incur any meaningful interest expenses payable to investors in asset-backed securities.

Guarantee Income

Our guarantee income decreased by 45.7% from RMB0.3 billion in the six months ended June 30, 2019 to RMB0.2 billion (US$24 million) in the six months ended June 30, 2020. This decrease was primarily attributable to more collaboration with credit enhancement partners.

Sales and Marketing Expenses

Our sales and marketing expenses increased by 21.3% from RMB7.1 billion in the six months ended June 30, 2019 to RMB8.6 billion (US$1.2 billion) in the six months ended June 30, 2020.

Borrower acquisition expenses

Our borrower acquisition expenses increased by 38.9% from RMB4.3 billion in the six months ended June 30, 2019 to RMB5.9 billion (US$0.8 billion) in the six months ended June 30, 2020. Our borrower acquisition expenses primarily represent the expenses we incur as compensation for new loans facilitated through our platform that generated retail credit facilitation service fees, both for loans facilitated in the six months ended June 30, 2020 and for loans facilitated in prior years whose remaining balance and tenor of obligations had not lapsed.

Borrower acquisition expenses are considered incremental costs to obtain the contracts and are capitalized and amortized throughout the life cycle of the loan products in a systematic basis consistent with revenue recognition until the service period has ended due to repayment or maturity of loans. As our loan products have contractual tenors as long as 36 months, the increase in borrower acquisition costs and loans facilitated in 2018 and 2019 which we continued to serve in the six months ended June 30, 2020 had a brought forward incremental impact on the borrower acquisition expenses in the six months ended June 30, 2020.

 

116


Table of Contents

The increase in borrower acquisition expenses was primarily due to higher borrower acquisition costs as a percentage of volume of new loans facilitated and the successive growth in new loans facilitated in 2018 and 2019. In 2018 and 2019, we recorded increases of 80.4% and 21.9%, respectively, in the outstanding balance of the off–balance sheet loans facilitated through our platform, from RMB188.2 billion in 2017 to RMB339.5 billion in 2018 and RMB414.0 billion (US$59.5 billion) in 2019. In the six months ended 2020, we recorded an increase of 15.3% in the outstanding balance of the off–balance sheet loans facilitated through our platform, from RMB380.2 billion as of June 30, 2019 to RMB438.2 billion (US$62.0 billion) as of June 30, 2020. Consequently, our borrower acquisition expenses increased more rapidly than the growth of the corresponding types of loans in the six months ended June 30, 2020. The increase in our borrower acquisition expenses in the six months ended June 30, 2020 was also partly offset by adjustment to our borrower acquisition cost structure.

Investor acquisition and retention expenses

Our investor acquisition and retention expenses increased by 13.1% from RMB353 million in the six months ended June 30, 2019 to RMB399 million (US$56 million) in the six months ended June 30, 2020. The increase was mainly due to a 34.2% increase in client assets of current products in the six months ended June 30, 2020, as compared to an 8.4% increase in client assets of current products in the six months ended June 30, 2019.

General sales and marketing expenses

Our general sales and marketing expenses decreased by 7.5% from RMB2.5 billion in the six months ended June 30, 2019 to RMB2.3 billion (US$0.3 billion) in the six months ended June 30, 2020 primarily due to a decrease in marketing activities and promotion costs caused by the COVID-19 pandemic.

General and Administrative Expenses

Our general and administrative expenses decreased by 11.3% from RMB1.5 billion in the six months ended June 30, 2019 to RMB1.3 billion (US$0.2 billion) in the six months ended June 30, 2020. This decrease was primarily due to a decrease in our headcount and our back office operations as we streamlined our business operations.

Operation and Servicing Expenses

Our operation and servicing expenses increased by 12.9% from RMB2.5 billion in the six months ended June 30, 2019 to RMB2.8 billion (US$0.4 billion) in the six months ended June 30, 2020. This increase was primarily due to the growth of our outstanding balance of loans facilitated by 27.4% from RMB407.9 billion as of June 30, 2019 to RMB519.4 billion (US$73.5 billion) as of June 30, 2020, as well as increased payment processing expenses in line with the volume of loan repayments, and partially offset by improved efficiency in loan approval and collection.

Technology and Analytics Expenses

Our technology and analytics expenses decreased by 1.8% from RMB0.9 billion in the six months ended June 30, 2019 to RMB0.8 billion (US$0.1 billion) in the six months ended June 30, 2020. Our technology and analytics expenses largely remained flat due to our continual investment in technology and improvement of operating efficiency.

Impairment Losses

Our impairment losses, including credit impairment losses and asset impairment losses, increased by 134% from RMB0.5 billion in the six months ended June 30, 2019 to RMB1.1 billion (US$0.2 billion) in the

 

117


Table of Contents

six months ended June 30, 2020. Loan-related impairment losses increased by 252% from RMB0.3 billion in the six months ended June 30, 2019 to RMB1.1 billion (US$0.2 billion) in the six months ended June 30, 2020. The increase was primarily due to the growth of both risk bearing loan balance on balance sheet as a result of business growth, and the growth in provision in accounts receivables and contract assets related to our retail credit facilitation business caused by the COVID-19 pandemic. The reverse of investment-related impairment losses of RMB61 million (US$9 million) in the six months ended June 30, 2020 mainly related to the recovery from legacy B2C-related financial assets at amortized cost. As an one-time event, we chose to repurchase certain trust plans, asset management plans and debt investments in order to facilitate the exit of investors after we discontinued our facilitation of offering of B2C products in the second half of 2017.

Finance Costs

Our finance costs increased by 6.9% from RMB0.8 billion in the six months ended June 30, 2019 to RMB0.9 billion (US$0.1 billion) in the six months ended June 30, 2020. This increase was primarily due to an increase in interest expenses related to the liability component of the convertible redeemable preferred shares from RMB310 million in the six months ended June 30, 2019 to RMB342 million (US$48 million) in the six months ended June 30, 2020.

Income Tax Expenses

Our income tax expenses decreased by 1.1% from RMB2.9 billion in the six months ended June 30, 2019 to RMB2.8 billion (US$0.4 billion) in the six months ended June 30, 2020. The decrease was in line with the 2.3% decrease in profit before income tax.

Net Profits

As a result of the above, our net profits decreased by 2.8% from RMB7.5 billion in the six months ended June 30, 2019 to RMB7.3 billion (US$1.0 billion) in the six months ended June 30, 2020.

Year ended December 31, 2019 compared to year ended December 31, 2018

Technology Platform–based Income

Our technology platform–based income increased by 30.1% from RMB32.2 billion in 2018 to RMB41.9 billion (US$5.9 billion) in 2019. This increase was primarily due to an increase in retail credit facilitation service fees, partially offset by a decrease in wealth management transaction and service fees.

Retail credit facilitation service fee

Our retail credit facilitation service fees increased by 33.0% from RMB29.6 billion in 2018 to RMB39.3 billion (US$5.6 billion) in 2019. This increase was primarily due to an increase of 17.1% in loan facilitation service fees from RMB8.3 billion in 2018 to RMB9.7 billion (US$1.4 billion) in 2019 and an increase of 39.1% in post-origination service fees from RMB21.3 billion in 2018 to RMB29.6 billion (US$4.2 billion) in 2019.

The increase in loan facilitation service fees which were recognized upfront at the time of loan origination was mainly due to an increase of 37.2% in the volume of new off–balance sheet loans facilitated through our platform from RMB321.1 billion in 2018 to RMB440.7 billion (US$62.4 billion) in 2019. The growth of our loan facilitation fees was lower than the growth of volume of new off–balance sheet loans mainly due to funding mix changes for our unsecured products and resultant revenue recognition schedule in 2019. More loan facilitation service fees were recognized upfront if the loans were funded by our peer-to-peer platform given the additional investor and borrower matching services provided. With declining volume of new off–balance sheet unsecured loans funded by peer-to-peer investors in 2019, a lower portion of retail credit facilitation service fees was recognized upfront as loan facilitation service fees, therefore causing the lower growth in fees than the growth rate in volume of new loans facilitated.

 

118


Table of Contents

The increase in post-origination service fees was primarily due to the successive years of high growth in the outstanding balance of off–balance sheet loans facilitated through our platform since 2017. As the loans that we facilitated for our funding partners have contractual tenors as long as 36 months and the post-origination service fees are recognized upon completion of obligations throughout the life cycle of the loans products, the increase of loans facilitated through our platform in 2018 and before which we continued to serve in 2019 still contributed to our post-origination service fees in 2019. Therefore, our post-origination service fees grew at a faster pace than the single-year growth rate in the outstanding balance of the off–balance sheet loans facilitated through our platform in 2019.

Wealth management transaction and service fee

Our wealth management transaction and service fees decreased by 1.6% from RMB2.65 billion in 2018 to RMB2.60 billion (US$0.4 billion) in 2019. This decrease was primarily attributable to a decrease of 4.2% in our transaction and service fees for legacy products from RMB2.2 billion in 2018 to RMB2.1 billion (US$0.3 billion) in 2019, partially offset by an increase of 12.9% in service fees for current products from RMB0.4 billion in 2018 to RMB0.5 billion (US$0.1 billion) in 2019. Transaction and service fees for legacy products plateaued in 2019 as we discontinued our facilitation of peer-to-peer products in August 2019.

Net Interest Income

Our net interest income decreased by 33.7% from RMB5.9 billion in 2018 to RMB3.9 billion (US$0.6 billion) in 2019.

Consolidated trust plans

Our net interest income from consolidated trust plans increased from nil in 2018 to RMB1.1 billion (US$151 million) in 2019. We began to use trust plans as a funding source in late 2018 but only introduced consolidated trust plans in 2019.

Microloans

Our net interest income from microloans decreased from RMB5.9 billion in 2018 to RMB2.8 billion (US$0.4 billion) in 2019, as we no longer funded loans directly through our microloan subsidiaries on a large scale after December 2017. The decrease in interest income from microloans from RMB10.2 billion in 2018 to RMB2.9 billion (US$0.4 billion) in 2019 was mainly driven by the 68% decrease in the average balance of loans disbursed by our microloan subsidiaries from RMB67.8 billion in 2018 to RMB21.6 billion (US$3.1 billion) in 2019. Interest expenses from microloans decreased from RMB4.3 billion in 2018 to RMB52 million (US$7 million) in 2019, as nearly all the asset-backed securities we used to securitize the loans made by our microloan subsidiaries came to maturity in 2019 and we ceased to incur any interest expenses payable to investors in asset-backed securities.

Guarantee Income

Our guarantee income decreased by 42.9% from RMB0.8 billion in 2018 to RMB0.5 billion (US$0.1 billion) in 2019. This decrease was primarily attributable to our strategy to collaborate with more credit enhancement partners rather than guarantee loans with our own guarantee company.

Sales and Marketing Expenses

Our sales and marketing expenses increased by 38.7% from RMB10.8 billion in 2018 to RMB14.9 billion (US$2.1 billion) in 2019.

 

119


Table of Contents

Borrower acquisition expenses

Our borrower acquisition expenses increased by 80.1% from RMB4.8 billion in 2018 to RMB8.7 billion (US$1.2 billion) in 2019. Our borrower acquisition expenses primarily represent the expenses we incur as compensation for new loans facilitated through our platform that generated retail credit facilitation service fees, both for loans facilitated in 2019 and for loans facilitated in prior years whose remaining balance and tenor of obligations had not lapsed.

Borrower acquisition expenses are considered incremental costs to obtain the contracts and are capitalized and amortized throughout the life cycle of the loan products in a systematic basis consistent with revenue recognition until the service period has ended due to repayment or maturity of loans. As our loan products have contractual tenors as long as 36 months, the increase in loans facilitated in 2017 and 2018 which we continued to serve in 2019 had a brought forward incremental impact on the borrower acquisition expenses in 2019.

The increase in borrower acquisition expenses was primarily due to the successive high growth in new loans facilitated in 2017 and 2018. In 2018 and 2019, we recorded increases of 80.4% and 21.9%, respectively, in the outstanding balance of the off–balance sheet loans facilitated through our platform, from RMB188.2 billion in 2017 to RMB339.5 billion in 2018 and RMB414.0 billion (US$58.6 billion) in 2019. Consequently, our borrower acquisition expenses increased more rapidly than the growth of the corresponding types of loans in 2019. The increase in our borrower acquisition expenses in 2019 was also partly caused by our channel mix changes in search of higher quality customers.

Investor acquisition and retention expenses

Our investor acquisition and retention expenses decreased by 18.2% from RMB1.1 billion in 2018 to RMB0.9 billion (US$0.1 billion) in 2019, in line with the decrease in client assets in 2019.

General sales and marketing expenses

Our general sales and marketing expenses increased by 10.0% from RMB4.8 billion in 2018 to RMB5.3 billion (US$0.8 billion) in 2019 primarily due to an increase in brand-related marketing activities to grow our business and payroll, bonus and benefits of employees performing sales and marketing functions.

General and Administrative Expenses

Our general and administrative expenses increased by 2.0% from RMB2.8 billion in 2018 to RMB2.9 billion (US$0.4 billion) in 2019. This increase was primarily due to an increase in our headcount and our back office operations in line with the growth of our business.

Operation and Servicing Expenses

Our operation and servicing expenses increased by 25.3% from RMB4.4 billion in 2018 to RMB5.5 billion (US$0.8 billion) in 2019. This increase was primarily due to the growth of our outstanding balance of loans facilitated by 23.3% from RMB375.0 billion in 2018 to RMB462.2 billion (US$65.4 billion) in 2019, as well as increased payment processing expenses in line with the volume of loan repayments.

Technology and Analytics Expenses

Our technology and analytics expenses increased by 17.7% from RMB1.7 billion in 2018 to RMB2.0 billion (US$0.3 billion) in 2019. This increase was primarily due to our continual investment in technology as a technology driven company.

 

120


Table of Contents

Impairment Losses

Our impairment losses, including credit impairment losses and asset impairment losses, increased by 112% from RMB0.9 billion in 2018 to RMB2.0 billion (US$0.3 billion) in 2019. The investment-related impairment losses of RMB1.0 billion (US$0.1 billion) in 2019 mainly relate to impairment losses of legacy B2C-related financial assets at amortized cost. This impairment was a one-time event related to regulatory changes that impacted the entire industry. We decided to repurchase certain trust plans, asset management plans and debt investments in order to facilitate the exit of investors after we discontinued our facilitation of offering of B2C products in the second half of 2017. These trust plans and debt investments were overdue as of December 31, 2019, and impairment losses were recorded based on our best estimate of future recoverable amounts. This was an exceptional departure, due to special circumstances, from the general principle that we take no investment risk on the wealth management products whose sale we facilitate through our platform. Loans related impairment losses decreased by 6.4% from RMB813 million in 2018 to RMB761 million in 2019. The decrease was primarily due to the decrease in losses from guarantee contracts and better than expected recovery from default guarantee payments, partially offset by the increase in accounts receivables and contract assets from retail credit facilitation services and reduced reversal related to losses from on balance sheet loans as we continued to implement our capital light strategy.

Finance Costs

Our finance costs increased by 68.8% from RMB0.9 billion in 2018 to RMB1.5 billion (US$0.2 billion) in 2019. This increase was primarily due to an increase in interest expenses related to the liability component of the convertible redeemable preferred shares from RMB49 million in 2018 to RMB0.6 billion (US$0.1 billion) in 2019.

Income Tax Expenses

Our income tax expenses increased by 20.6% from RMB5.1 billion in 2018 to RMB6.1 billion (US$0.9 billion) in 2019. The increase was mainly due to an increase in our taxable income and the reversal of certain deferred tax assets.

Net Profits

As a result of the above, our net profits decreased by 1.9% from RMB13.6 billion in 2018 to RMB13.3 billion (US$1.9 billion) in 2019.

Year ended December 31, 2018 compared to year ended December 31, 2017

Technology Platform–based Income

Our technology platform–based income increased by 87.1% from RMB17.2 billion in 2017 to RMB32.2 billion in 2018. This increase was due to the increases in retail credit facilitation service fees and wealth management transaction and service fees.

Retail credit facilitation service fee

Our retail credit facilitation service fee increased by 92.9% from RMB15.3 billion in 2017 to RMB29.6 billion in 2018. This increase was primarily due to an increase of 62.9% in facilitation service fees from RMB5.1 billion in 2017 to RMB8.3 billion in 2018 and an increase of 107.7% in post-origination service fees from RMB10.2 billion in 2017 to RMB21.3 billion in 2018.

The increase in loan facilitation service fees was mainly due to an increase of 78.3% in the volume of new off-balance sheet loans facilitated through our platform from RMB180.1 billion in 2017 to RMB321.1 billion in 2018.

 

121


Table of Contents

The increase in post-origination service fees which were recognized upfront at the time of loan origination was primarily due to the high growth in the outstanding balance of off–balance sheet loans facilitated through our platform in 2017. Because our loan products have contractual tenors as long as 36 months and the post-origination service fees are upon completion of obligations throughout the life cycle of the loans products, the increase in the outstanding balance sheet loans facilitated through our platform in 2017 and before which we continued to serve in 2018 still have brought forward incremental on our post-origination service fees in 2018. Therefore, the increase in our post-origination service fees grew more rapidly than the growth in outstanding balance of off–balance sheet loans in 2018.

Wealth management transaction and service fee

Our wealth management transaction and service fees increased by 40.3% from RMB1.9 billion in 2017 to RMB2.6 billion in 2018. This increase was primarily attributable to an increase of 39.4% in transaction and service fees for legacy products from RMB1.6 billion to RMB2.2 billion as well as an increase of 45.6% in service fees for current products from RMB0.3 billion in 2017 to RMB0.4 billion in 2018. The increase in transaction and service fees for legacy products was due to growth in peer-to-peer products, as we had ceased to facilitate the offering of B2C products in the second half of 2017.

Net Interest Income

Our net interest income decreased by 18.8% from RMB7.3 billion in 2017 to RMB5.9 billion in 2018, driven by the 15% decrease in the average balance of loans disbursed by our microloan subsidiaries from RMB79.6 billion in 2017 to RMB67.8 billion in 2018, as we no longer funded loans directly through our own microloan subsidiaries on a large scale after December 2017 while the remaining on–balance sheet loans under such funding model began to run off in 2018.

Guarantee Income

Our guarantee income decreased by 44.1% from RMB1.5 billion in 2017 to RMB0.8 billion in 2018. This decrease was primarily attributable to our strategy to collaborate with more credit enhancement partners rather than guarantee loans with our own guarantee company.

Sales and Marketing Expenses

Our sales and marketing expenses increased by 44.5% from RMB7.5 billion in 2017 to RMB10.8 billion in 2018.

Borrower acquisition expenses

Our borrower acquisition expenses increased by 105.5% from RMB2.4 billion in 2017 to RMB4.8 billion in 2018. Our borrower acquisition expenses mainly represent the expenses we incur for loan facilitation as compensation to our sales employees and third-party channels for facilitation of loans facilitated through our platform that generated retail credit facilitation service fees, both for loans facilitated in 2018 and for loans facilitated in prior years whose remaining balance and tenor of obligations had not lapsed. The increase in borrower acquisition expenses was primarily due to the successive high growth in new loans facilitated in 2017 and 2018.

Investor acquisition and retention expenses

Our investor acquisition and retention expenses increased by 49.6% from RMB0.7 billion in 2017 to RMB1.1 billion in 2018, primarily due to increased efforts to retain existing investors after we discontinued our facilitation of the offering of B2C products in the second half of 2017.

 

122


Table of Contents

General sales and marketing expenses

Our general sales and marketing expenses increased by 10.8% from RMB4.4 billion in 2017 to RMB4.8 billion in 2018 primarily due to an increase in payroll, bonus and benefits of employees performing sales and marketing functions.

General and Administrative Expenses

Our general and administrative expenses decreased by 0.9% from RMB2,823 million in 2017 to RMB2,796 million in 2018. This decrease was primarily due to reductions in cost from the discontinuation of legacy products.

Operation and Servicing Expenses

Our operation and servicing expenses increased by 42.2% from RMB3.1 billion in 2017 to RMB4.4 billion in 2018. This increase was primarily due to the 30% increase in our outstanding balance of loans facilitated from RMB288.4 billion in 2017 to RMB375.0 billion in 2018.

Technology and Analytics Expenses

Our technology and analytics expenses increased by 27.4% from RMB1.3 billion in 2017 to RMB1.7 billion in 2018. This increase was primarily due to our continual investment and focus in technology.

Impairment Losses

Our impairment losses, including credit impairment losses and asset impairment losses, decreased by 74.8% from RMB3.7 billion in 2017 to RMB0.9 billion in 2018. As our transition to a capital-light business model significantly reduced our credit exposure to the loans we facilitated from 2017 to 2018, our impairment losses on loans to customers and guarantees were also reduced significantly. The decrease in loan-related impairment losses in 2018 was partially offset by an increase in impairment due to the adoption of IFRS 9 in 2018.

Finance Costs

Our finance costs decreased by 30.6% from RMB1.3 billion in 2017 to RMB0.9 billion in 2018. This decrease was primarily due to (i) a decrease in interest expenses on borrowings from RMB0.2 billion in 2017 to RMB75 million in 2018 and (ii) a decrease in interest expenses on consolidated wealth management products from RMB0.5 billion in 2017 to RMB0.2 billion in 2018.

Income Tax Expenses

Our income tax expenses increased by 117% from RMB2.3 billion in 2017 to RMB5.1 billion in 2018. The increase was mainly due to an increase in our taxable income.

Net Profits

As a result of the above, our net profits increased by 125% from RMB6.0 billion in 2017 to RMB13.6 billion in 2018.

 

123


Table of Contents

Selected Quarterly Results of Operations

The following table sets forth our historical unaudited condensed consolidated selected quarterly results of operations for the periods indicated. We have prepared this unaudited condensed consolidated selected quarterly financial data on the same basis as we have prepared our audited consolidated financial statements.

 

     For the Three Months Ended  
     Sep 30,
2018
    Dec 31,
2018
    Mar 31,
2019
    Jun 30,
2019
    Sep 30,
2019
    Dec 31,
2019
    Mar 31,
2020
    Jun 30,
2020
 
     (RMB millions)  

Technology platform—based income

     8,296       9,391       10,190       10,317       10,644       10,778       11,079       10,374  

Retail credit facilitation service fee

     7,650       8,743       9,426       9,589       10,011       10,299       10,670       10,084  

Wealth management transaction and service fee

     646       648       763       728       633       479       409       291  

Net interest income

     1,782       1,217       1,158       1,014       769       969       1,375       1,624  

Guarantee income

     195       138       184       130       93       58       79       92  

Other income

     97       149       133       197       207       343       304       351  

Investment income

     293       170       95       4       112       368       226       220  

Share of net profits of investments accounted for using the equity method

     —         20       19       6       14       34       (17     (24
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total income

     10,663       11,084       11,778       11,668       11,838       12,549       13,046       12,637  

Sales and marketing expenses

     (2,680     (3,430     (3,729     (3,379     (3,770     (4,053     (4,014     (4,606

General and administrative expenses

     (768     (855     (770     (749     (667     (667     (688     (659

Operation and servicing expenses

     (1,174     (1,406     (1,122     (1,375     (1,482     (1,492     (1,292     (1,527

Technology and analytics expenses

     (404     (473     (403     (461     (530     (558     (413     (436

Credit impairment losses

     (207     (534     (184     (286     (422     (971     (502     (597

Asset impairment losses

     —         (7     —         —         —         (135     —         —    

Finance costs

     (214     (357     (407     (423     (297     (393     (446     (441

Other gains/(losses)—net

     30       (477     102       88       20       115       71       (25
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total expenses

     (5,417 )      (7,540 )      (6,515 )      (6,585 )      (7,147 )      (8,153 )      (7,284 )      (8,291 ) 

Profit before income tax

     5,246       3,545       5,264       5,083       4,691       4,396       5,762       4,346  

Income tax expenses

     (1,417     (1,048     (1,383     (1,486     (1,277     (1,971     (1,576     (1,260
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net profit

     3,829       2,497       3,880       3,598       3,414       2,425       4,185       3,086  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

124


Table of Contents

LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES

The following table sets forth a summary of our cash flows for the periods presented:

 

     For the Year Ended December 31,      For the Six Months Ended
June 30,
 
     2017      2018      2019      2019      2020  
     RMB      RMB      RMB      US$      RMB      RMB      US$  
     (in millions)  

Summary Consolidated Cash Flows Data:

                    

Net cash generated from/(used in) operating activities

     2,675        (1,452      2,192        310        1,949        4,476        634  

Net cash (used in)/generated from investing activities

     (1,630      3,494        (11,014      (1,559      1,706        (369      (52

Net cash generated from/(used in) financing activities

     6,505        (2,008      (2,612      (370      (4,196      3,744        530  

Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents

     (47      (86      170        24        2        (9      (1

Net increase/(decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

     7,503        (52      (11,264      (1,594      (539      7,842        1,110  

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of the year

     11,125        18,628        18,576        2,629        18,576        7,312        1,035  

Cash and cash equivalents at end of the year

     18,628        18,576        7,312        1,035        18,038        15,154        2,145  

Cash and cash equivalents includes cash on hand, deposits held at call with financial institutions, and other short-term, highly liquid investments with original maturities of three months or less that are readily convertible to known amounts of cash and which are subject to an insignificant risk of changes in value. We have been reducing the proportion of loans that we fund ourselves and increasing the proportion funded by third-party banks and trust plans. As a result, we no longer need to maintain the same level of short term liquidity for meeting loan drawdowns and daily settlement as in the past. We are investing surplus cash in financial assets which are longer in tenor and offer higher returns than cash and short term deposits at banks, such that our investments decreased from RMB22.7 billion as of December 31, 2017 to RMB19.6 billion as of December 31, 2018 and then increased to RMB27.2 billion (US$3.9 billion) as of December 31, 2019 and RMB30.0 billion (US$4.2 billion) as of June 30, 2020. Under our capital-light business model, we will rigorously assess various options for the deployment of surplus capital or surplus funds, including investment in financial assets, acquisitions or dividend payouts to shareholders.

We had net cash generated from operating activities of RMB2.7 billion in 2017, net cash used in operating activities of RMB1.5 billion in 2018, and net cash generated from operating activities of RMB2.2 billion (US$0.3 billion) in 2019. In the first six months of 2020, we had net cash generated from operating activities of RMB4.5 billion (US$0.6 billion). As of June 30, 2020, we had RMB15.2 billion (US$2.1 billion) in cash at bank, of which 97.4% was held in Renminbi.

We believe that net cash generated from operating activities and our cash on hand will be sufficient to meet our current and anticipated needs for general corporate purposes for at least the next 12 months. After this offering, we may decide to enhance our liquidity position or increase our cash reserve through additional capital and finance funding. The issuance and sale of additional equity would result in further dilution to our shareholders. The incurrence of indebtedness would result in increased fixed obligations and could result in

 

125


Table of Contents

operating covenants that would restrict our operations. We cannot assure you that financing will be available in amounts or on terms acceptable to us, if at all.

In utilizing the proceeds we expect to receive from this offering, we may make additional capital contributions to our PRC subsidiaries, establish new PRC subsidiaries and make capital contributions to these new PRC subsidiaries, make loans to our PRC subsidiaries, acquire onshore entities, or acquire offshore entities with business operations in China in offshore transactions. However, most of these uses are subject to PRC regulations and approvals. For example:

 

   

capital contributions to our PRC subsidiaries must be approved by the Ministry of Commerce or its local counterparts; and

 

   

loans by us to our PRC subsidiaries to finance their activities cannot exceed statutory limits and must be registered with SAFE or its local branches.

See “Regulation—PRC Regulations—Regulations Relating to Foreign Exchange.”

Substantially all of our future income is likely to be in Renminbi. Under existing PRC foreign exchange regulations, payments of current account items, including profit distributions, interest payments and trade and service-related foreign exchange transactions, can be made in foreign currencies without prior SAFE approval as long as certain routine procedural requirements are fulfilled. Therefore, our PRC subsidiaries are allowed to pay dividends in foreign currencies to us without prior SAFE approval by following certain routine procedural requirements. However, approval from or registration with competent government authorities is required where the Renminbi is to be converted into foreign currency and remitted out of China to pay capital expenses such as the repayment of loans denominated in foreign currencies. The PRC government may at its discretion restrict access to foreign currencies for current account transactions in the future.

Operating Activities

Net cash generated from operating activities for the six months ended June 30, 2020, was RMB4.5 billion (US$0.6 billion), as compared to profit before income tax of RMB10.1 billion (US$1.4 billion) for the same period. The difference was primarily due to an increase in accounts and other receivables of RMB34.9 billion (US$4.9 billion) and an increase in accounts and other payables of RMB29.8 billion (US$4.2 billion). In addition to these changes in our working capital accounts, the difference between our net cash generated from operating activities and our profit before income tax was also due to the impact of certain other items, in particular credit impairment losses (excluding guarantee contracts) of RMB1.0 billion (US$0.1 billion), finance cost classified as financing activities of RMB0.9 billion (US$0.1 billion) and depreciation of right-to-use assets of RMB0.3 billion (US$43 million), partially offset by investment income classified as investing activities of RMB0.4 billion (US$0.1 billion).

Net cash generated from operating activities for the year ended December 31, 2019 was RMB2.2 billion (US$0.3 billion), as compared to profit before income tax of RMB19.4 billion (US$2.8 billion) for the same year. The difference was primarily due to an increase in accounts and other receivables of RMB34.7 billion (US$4.9 billion) and an increase in accounts and other payables of RMB17.5 billion (US$2.5 billion). In addition to these changes in our working capital accounts, the difference between our net cash generated from operating activities and our profit before income tax was also due to the impact of certain other items, in particular credit impairment losses (excluding guarantee contracts) of RMB1.7 billion (US$0.2 billion), finance cost classified as financing activities of RMB1.8 billion (US$0.3 billion), fair value losses on financial assets at fair value through profit or loss of RMB0.7 billion (US$0.1 billion), and depreciation of right-to-use assets of RMB0.5 billion (US$0.1 billion), partially offset by investment income classified as investing activities of RMB1.0 billion (US$0.1 billion).

Net cash used in operating activities for the year ended December 31, 2018 was RMB1.5 billion, as compared to profit before income tax of RMB18.6 billion for the same year. The difference was primarily due to

 

126


Table of Contents

a decrease in accounts and other payables of RMB80.1 billion and a decrease in accounts and other receivables of RMB61.4 billion. In addition to these changes in our working capital accounts, the difference between our net cash generated from operating activities and our profit before income tax was also due to the impact of certain other items, in particular finance cost classified as financing activities of RMB0.9 billion, depreciation of right-to-use assets of RMB0.5 billion, and credit impairment losses of RMB0.4 billion, partially offset by investment income classified as investing activities of RMB0.7 billion.

Net cash generated from operating activities for the year ended December 31, 2017 was RMB2.7 billion, as compared to profit before income tax of RMB8.4 billion in the same year. The difference was primarily due to an increase in accounts and other receivables of RMB39.3 billion and an increase in accounts and other payables of RMB31.1 billion. In addition to these changes in our working capital accounts, the difference between our net cash generated from operating activities and our profit before income tax was also due to the impact of certain other items, in particular asset impairment losses (excluding guarantee) of RMB3.0 billion, finance cost classified as financing activities of RMB0.9 billion, and depreciation of right-to-use assets of RMB0.4 billion, partially offset by a decrease in financing guarantee liabilities of RMB0.5 billion and investment income classified as investing activities of RMB0.5 billion.

Investing Activities

Net cash used in investing activities for the six months ended June 30, 2020 was RMB0.4 billion (US$0.1 billion), primarily as a result of payment for acquisition of investment assets of RMB97.2 billion (US$13.8 billion), partially offset by proceeds from sale of investment assets of RMB96.4 billion (US$13.6 billion). We also received RMB0.5 billion (US$0.1 billion) in interest on investment assets.

Net cash used in investing activities for the year ended December 31, 2019 was RMB11.0 billion (US$1.6 billion), primarily as a result of payment for acquisition of investment assets of RMB128.6 billion (US$18.2 billion), partially offset by proceeds from sale of investment assets of RMB118.6 billion (US$16.8 billion). We also made payments of RMB1.7 billion (US$0.2 billion) for acquisition of subsidiary net of cash acquired in connection with the acquisition of Ping An Financing Guarantee (Tianjin) Co., Ltd., and received RMB0.8 billion in interest on investment assets.

Net cash generated from investing activities for the year ended December 31, 2018 was RMB3.5 billion, primarily as a result of proceeds from sale of investment assets of RMB135.0 billion, partially offset by payment for acquisition of investment assets of RMB132.1 billion. We also received RMB0.8 billion in interest on investment assets and made payments of RMB0.3 billion for property, plant and equipment and other long-term assets.

Net cash used in investing activities for the year ended December 31, 2017 was RMB1.6 billion, primarily as a result of payment for acquisition of investment assets of RMB113.6 billion, partially offset by proceeds from sale of investment assets of RMB112.2 billion. We also received RMB0.5 billion in interest on investment assets and made payments of RMB0.5 billion for property, plant and equipment and other long term assets and RMB0.3 billion for investments in associates, which are companies over which we exert significant influence but not control.

Financing Activities

Net cash generated from financing activities for the six months ended June 30, 2020 was RMB3.7 billion (US$0.5 billion), primarily as a result of proceeds from borrowings of RMB5.0 billion (US$0.7 billion) and proceeds from issuance of shares and other equity securities of RMB1.6 billion (US$0.2 billion), partially offset by repayments of borrowings of RMB2.3 billion (US$0.3 billion).

Net cash used in financing activities for the year ended December 31, 2019 was RMB2.6 billion (US$0.4 billion), primarily as a result of repayments of borrowings of RMB6.7 billion (US$0.9 billion), partially offset by proceeds from borrowings of RMB4.5 billion (US$0.6 billion).

 

127


Table of Contents

Net cash used in financing activities for the year ended December 31, 2018 was RMB2.0 billion, primarily as a result of repayments of borrowings of RMB11.7 billion, partially offset by proceeds from issuance of shares and other equity securities of RMB9.2 billion in our series C round of financing.

Net cash generated from financing activities for the year ended December 31, 2017 was RMB6.5 billion, primarily as a result of proceeds from borrowings of RMB15.6 billion, partially offset by repayments of borrowings of RMB8.7 billion and payments for interest expenses of RMB0.3 billion.

CONTRACTUAL OBLIGATIONS

The following table sets forth our contractual obligations as of December 31, 2019:

 

     Total      Less than 1 year      1–3 years      3–5 years      More than 5 years  
     RMB      US$      RMB      US$      RMB      US$      RMB      US$      RMB      US$  
     (in millions)  

Non-cancellable leases

     1,026        145        503        71        480        68        43        6        —          —    

Non-cancellable leases represent leases for office premises.

Other than as shown above, we did not have any significant capital and other commitments, long-term obligations, or guarantees as of December 31, 2019.

OFF–BALANCE SHEET COMMITMENTS AND ARRANGEMENTS

Under our capital-light business model, third-party credit enhancement partners provide the majority of the financial guarantees for the loans we facilitate, while we provide only a relatively small proportion. The following table sets forth the balance of our remaining commitment as at each balance sheet date under the financing guarantee contracts for which we do not consolidate the underlying loans.

 

     As of December 31,      As of June 30,  
     2017      2018      2019      2020  
     RMB      RMB      RMB      US$      RMB      US$  
     (in millions)  

Financing guarantee commitments

     8,055        4,587        4,639        657        8,072        1,143  

Aside from the above, we have not entered into any financial guarantees or other commitments to guarantee the payment obligations of any unconsolidated third parties. We have not entered into any derivative contracts that are indexed to our shares and classified as shareholders’ equity or that are not reflected in our consolidated financial statements. We do not have any retained or contingent interest in assets transferred to an unconsolidated entity that serves as credit, liquidity or market risk support to such entity. We do not have any variable interest in any unconsolidated entity that provides financing, liquidity, market risk or credit support to us or engages in leasing, hedging or product development services with us.

HOLDING COMPANY STRUCTURE

Lufax Holding Ltd is a holding company with no material operations of its own. We conduct our operations primarily through our PRC subsidiaries, our consolidated affiliated entities and our consolidated affiliated entities’ subsidiaries in China. As a result, Lufax Holding Ltd’s ability to pay dividends depends upon dividends paid by our PRC subsidiaries. If our existing PRC subsidiaries or any newly formed ones incur debt on their own behalf in the future, the instruments governing their debt may restrict their ability to pay dividends to us. In addition, our wholly foreign-owned subsidiaries in China are permitted to pay dividends to us only out of their retained earnings, if any, as determined in accordance with PRC accounting standards and regulations. Under PRC law, each of our subsidiaries and consolidated affiliated entities in China is required to set aside at least

 

128


Table of Contents

10% of its after-tax profits each year, if any, to fund certain statutory reserve funds until such reserve funds reach 50% of its registered capital. In addition, our subsidiaries and consolidated affiliated entities may allocate a portion of their after-tax profits based on PRC accounting standards to discretionary surplus funds at their discretion. The statutory reserve funds and the discretionary funds are not distributable as cash dividends. Remittance of dividends by a wholly foreign-owned company out of China is subject to examination by the banks designated by SAFE. Some of our PRC subsidiaries will not be able to pay dividends until they generate accumulated profits and meet the requirements for statutory reserve funds or general risk reserves.

INFLATION

To date, inflation in China has not materially impacted our results of operations. According to the National Bureau of Statistics of China, the year-over-year percent changes in the consumer price index for December 2017, 2018 and 2019 were increases of 1.8%, 1.9% and 4.5%, respectively. Although we have not been materially affected by inflation in the past, we may be affected by higher rates of inflation in China in the future, particularly if it affects labor costs. See “Risk Factors—Risks Relating to Our Business—If labor costs in the PRC increase substantially, our business and costs of operations may be adversely affected.”

QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK

Foreign Exchange Risk

Foreign currency risk is the risk of loss resulting from changes in foreign currency exchange rates. Fluctuations in exchange rates between the RMB and other currencies in which we conduct business may affect our financial position and results of operations. The foreign currency risk we have assumed mainly comes from movements in the USD/RMB exchange rate.

We and our major overseas intermediate holding companies’ functional currency is USD. We are mainly exposed to foreign exchange risk arising from our cash and cash equivalents and loans to subsidiaries dominated in RMB. We have entered into spot-forward USD/RMB currency swaps to manage our exposure to foreign currency risk arising from loans to subsidiaries dominated in RMB.

Our subsidiaries are mainly operating in mainland China with most of the transactions settled in RMB. We consider that our business in mainland China is not exposed to any significant foreign exchange risk as there are no significant financial assets or liabilities of these subsidiaries denominated in the currencies other than the respective functional currency.

The table below illustrates the impact of an appreciation or depreciation of RMB spot and forward rates against USD by 5% on our profit before income tax:

 

     2017     2018     2019  
     Profit before
income tax
    Profit before
income tax
    Profit before
income tax
 
     (RMB millions)  

5% appreciation of RMB

     1       13       15  

5% depreciation of RMB

     (1     (13     (15

Interest Rate Risk

Interest rate risk is the risk that the fair value/future cash flows of a financial instrument will fluctuate because of changes in market interest rates.

Interest on floating rate instruments is repriced at intervals of less than one year. Interest on fixed interest rate instruments is priced at inception of the financial instruments and is fixed until maturity. Floating rate

 

129


Table of Contents

instruments expose us to cash flow interest rate risk, whereas fixed rate instruments expose us to fair value interest risk. Our interest rate risk mainly arises from fixed rate instruments including term deposits, accounts and other receivables, loans to customers, accounts and other payables and borrowings, etc. Our interest rate risk policy requires us to manage interest rate risk by managing the maturities of interest-bearing financial assets and interest-bearing financial liabilities.

The following table sets out our financial assets and financial liabilities exposed to interest rate risk by maturity or repricing date, whichever is the earlier.

 

     As of December 31, 2019  
     < 3
months
     3 months to
1 year
     1 to 2
years
    2 to 3
years
    > 3
years
    Overdue      No
interest
     Total  
     (RMB millions)  

ASSETS

                    

Cash at bank

     7,242        111        —         —         —         —          —          7,352  

Restricted cash

     24,603        —          —         —         —         —          —          24,603  

Financial assets at fair value through profit or loss

     1,645        2,827        1       18       51       2,764        11,278        18,583  

Financial assets at amortized cost

     2,236        4,866        162       33       —         1,327        —          8,623  

Accounts and other receivables and contract assets

     —          —          —         —         —         —          26,296        26,296  

Loans to customers

     4,057        12,172        14,678       6,989       3,495       6,107        —          47,499  

Total financial assets

     39,782        19,976        14,841       7,040       3,546       10,198        37,574        132,956  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

LIABILITIES

                    

Payable to platform investors

     —          —          —         —         —         —          15,344        15,344  

Borrowings

     379        2,599        —         —         —         —          12        2,990  

Accounts and other payables and contract liabilities

     —          —          —         —         —         —          4,826        4,826  

Payable to investors of consolidated structured entities

     4,844        12,641        14,932       14,352       —         —          474        47,243  

Financing guarantee liabilities

     —          —          —         —         —         —          243        243  

Lease liabilities

     119        325        318       136       41       —          —          939  

Convertible promissory note payable

     —          —          —         —         10,014       —          —          10,014  

Convertible redeemable preferred shares

     —          —          —         —         10,259       —          —          10,259  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total financial liabilities

     5,342        15,564        15,250       14,489       20,315       —          20,900        91,858  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total interest rate sensitivity gap

     34,440        4,413        (409     (7,449     (16,769     10,198        16,674        41,098  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The table below shows the length of time that overdue loans to customers have been past due.

 

     As of December 31, 2019  
     1–29 days
past due
    30–89 days
past due
    Overdue more
than 89 days
    Total  
     (RMB millions)  

Gross carrying amount of loans to customers

     5,625       324       1,373       7,323  

ECL allowance

     (101     (53     (1,061     (1,216
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

     5,524       271       312       6,107  

 

130


Table of Contents

As of December 31, 2019, approximately 88% of the on-balance sheet loans to customers were covered by credit insurance provided by credit enhancement partners. The total on-balance sheet overdue loans do not have a direct impact on our expected credit losses as the expected credit losses are primarily derived from on-balance sheet loans not covered by credit insurance. When the overdue loans not covered by credit insurance increases, our probability of default will increase which will result in higher expected credit losses. Our risk taking strategy is dependent on the need of our funding partners, which might change from time to time.

We perform interest rate sensitivity analysis on our profit by measuring the impact of a change in profit of financial assets and liabilities. On an assumption of a parallel shift of 100 basis points in Renminbi, U.S. dollar, Hong Kong dollar, Indonesian rupiah and Singapore dollar interest rates, we calculate the changes in profit for the year on a monthly basis.

The table below illustrates the impact to profit before tax of the coming year as of each reporting date based on the structure of interest-bearing assets and liabilities as of December 31, 2017, 2018 and 2019, caused by a parallel shift of 100 basis points of Renminbi, U.S. dollar, Hong Kong dollar, Indonesian rupiah and Singapore dollar interest rates.

 

     For the Year Ended December 31,  
     2017      2018      2019  
     (RMB millions)  

Change in interest rate

  

–100 basis points

     42        (231      (318

+100 basis points

     (42      231        318  

In the sensitivity analysis, we adopt the following assumptions when determining business conditions and financial index:

 

   

The fluctuation rates of different interest-bearing assets and liabilities are the same;

 

   

All assets and liabilities are re-priced in the middle of relevant periods;

 

   

Analysis is based on static gap on reporting date, regardless of subsequent changes;

 

   

No consideration of impact on customers’ behavior resulting from interest rate changes;

 

   

No consideration of impact on market price resulting from interest rate changes;

 

   

No consideration of actions taken by us.

Therefore, the actual changes of net profit may differ from the analysis above.

Credit Risk

Credit risks refer to the risk of losses incurred by the inabilities of debtors or counterparties to fulfill their contractual obligations or by the adverse changes in their credit conditions. We are exposed to credit risks primarily associated with our deposit arrangements with commercial banks, financial assets at fair value through profit or loss, accounts and other receivables, loans to customers, available-for-sale financial assets, etc. We use a variety of controls to identify, measure, monitor and report credit risk.

Credit risk exposure

Without taking collateral and other credit enhancements into consideration, for on–balance sheet assets, the maximum exposures are based on net carrying amounts as reported in the financial statements. The following

 

131


Table of Contents

table sets forth our maximum credit exposure without regard to the exposure guaranteed by third-parties as of December 31, 2018 and 2019:

 

     As at December 31, 2018 (RMB millions)  
Book value    Stage 1      Stage 2      Stage 3      Purchased
or Originated
Credit
Impaired
     Maximum
Credit Risk
Exposure
 

On-balance sheet

              

Cash at bank

     18,576        —          —          —          18,576  

Restricted cash

     7,937        —          —          —          7,937  

Financial assets at amortized cost

     2,562        424        29        93        3,108  

Accounts and other receivables and contract assets

     19,667        209        220        —          20,095  

Loans to customers

     33,469        329        630        —          34,428  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     82,211        961        879        93        84,144  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Off-balance sheet

              

Financing guarantee commitment

     4,505        83        —          —          4,587  

 

     As at December 31, 2019 (RMB millions)  
Book value    Stage 1      Stage 2      Stage 3      Purchased
or Originated
Credit
Impaired
     Maximum
Credit Risk
Exposure
 

On-balance sheet

              

Cash at bank

     7,352        —          —          —          7,352  

Restricted cash

     24,603        —          —          —          24,603  

Financial assets at amortized cost

     7,209        —          1,334        80        8,623  

Accounts and other receivables and contract assets

     25,805        227        264        —          26,296  

Loans to customers

     46,916        271        312        —          47,499  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     111,886        498        1,910        80        114,373  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Off-balance sheet

              

Financing guarantee commitment

     4,600        39        —          —          4,639  

As of December 31, 2018 and 2019, loans to customers amounting to RMB20.0 billion and RMB42.7 billion (US$6.0 billion), respectively, were covered by credit insurance provided by external insurance companies. After subtracting these guarantee arrangements from the maximum credit risk exposures as listed in the tables above, the loans to customers with credit risk exposure for our company are the carrying amount of loans after provision for impairment losses and interest receivable of the loans is considered. The on–balance sheet credit risk exposure for our company as of December 31, 2018 and 2019, amounted to RMB15.4 billion and RMB5.5 billion, respectively. Our credit risk exposure is defined as the net credit risk exposure that we will bear. This represents the gross outstanding balance of the exposure after deducting the credit insurance amount provided by third-party credit enhancement partners and impairment losses already provided to the exposure.

Expected credit loss for loans

Credit risk measurement

The estimation of credit exposure for risk management purposes is complex and requires the use of models, as the exposure varies with changes in market conditions, expected cash flows and the passage of time. The assessment of credit risk of a portfolio of assets entails further estimations as to the likelihood of defaults occurring, of the associated loss ratios and of default correlations between counterparties. We measure credit risk using Probability of Default (PD), Exposure at Default (EAD) and Loss Given Default (LGD). This is similar to the approach used for the purposes of measuring ECL under IFRS 9.

 

132


Table of Contents

Measurement of Expected Credit Loss

IFRS 9 outlines a “three-stage” model for impairment based on changes in credit quality since initial recognition as summarized below:

 

   

A financial instrument that is not credit-impaired on initial recognition is classified in “Stage 1” and has its credit risk continuously monitored by us.

 

   

If a significant increase in credit risk since initial recognition is identified, the financial instrument is moved to “Stage 2” but is not yet deemed to be credit-impaired.

 

   

If the financial instrument is credit-impaired, the financial instrument is then moved to “Stage 3”.

Financial instruments in Stage 1 have their ECL measured at an amount equal to the portion of lifetime ECL that result from default events possible within the next 12 months. Instruments in Stages 2 or 3 have their ECL measured based on ECL on a lifetime basis.

The following diagram summarizes the impairment requirements under IFRS 9 (other than purchased or originated credit-impaired financial assets)

Change in credit quality since initial recognition

 

LOGO

 

Stage 1

  

Stage 2

  

Stage 3

(Initial recognition)    (Significant increase in credit risk since initial recognition)    (Credit-impaired assets)
12-month ECL    Lifetime ECL    Lifetime ECL

The key judgments and assumptions we have adopted in addressing the requirements of the standard are discussed below:

 

  (a)

Significant increase in credit risk

We consider a loan to have experienced a significant increase in credit risk if the borrower is more than 30 days past due on its contractual payments. We do not consider any qualitative criteria since we monitor the risk of borrowers purely based on the overdue period.

The criteria used to identify a significant increase in credit risk are monitored and reviewed periodically for appropriateness by the independent credit risk team.

 

  (b)

Definition of default and credit-impaired assets

We define a financial instrument as in default, which is fully aligned with the definition of credit-impaired if the borrower is more than 90 days past due on its contractual payments. We do not consider any qualitative criteria since we monitor the risk of borrowers purely based on overdue period.

The criteria above have been applied to all financial instruments we hold and are consistent with the definition of default used for internal credit risk management purposes. The default definition has been applied consistently to model the Probability of Default (PD), Exposure at Default (EAD) and Loss given Default (LGD) throughout our expected loss calculations.

Sensitivity analysis

Expected credit losses are sensitive to the parameters used in the model, the macro-economic variables of the forward-looking forecast, the weight probabilities in the three scenarios, and other factors considered in the application of expert judgment. Changes in these input parameters, assumptions, models, and judgments will have an impact on the measurement of expected credit losses.

 

133


Table of Contents

We have the highest weight of the base scenario. The loans to customers and financing guarantee contracts assumed that if the weight of the upside scenario increased by 10% and the weight of the base scenario decreased by 10%, our ECL impairment provision as of December 31, 2018, 2019 and the six months ended June 30, 2020 would be reduced by RMB2 million, RMB2 million and RMB2 million, respectively, and if the weight of the downside scenario increased by 10% and the weight of the base scenarios decreased by 10%, our ECL impairment provision would be increased by RMB3 million and RMB1 million and RMB2 million, respectively.

The following table shows the changes of ECL impairment provision on loans to customers and financing guarantee liabilities related to ECL assuming the financial assets in stage 2 were reclassified to stage 1 due to significant improvement in credit risk.

 

     As of December 31     As of June 30  
     2018     2019     2020  
     (RMB millions, except percentages)  

Total ECL and financing guarantee liabilities under assumption of reclassification of financial assets from stage 2 to stage 1

     1,713       1,425       1,169  

Total ECL and financing guarantee liabilities related to ECL recognized in the consolidated balance sheet

     1,868       1,494       1,252  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Difference—amount

     (155     (69     (83

Difference—ratio

     (8 %)      (5 %)      (7 %) 

Liquidity risk

Liquidity risk is the risk of not having access to sufficient funds or being unable to liquidate a position in a timely manner at a reasonable price to meet our obligations as they become due.

We aim to maintain sufficient cash at bank and marketable securities. Due to the dynamic nature of the underlying businesses, we maintain flexibility in funding by maintaining adequate cash at bank.

The following table analyzes our financial liabilities into relevant maturity grouping based on the remaining period at the end of each reporting period to the contractual maturity date. The amounts disclosed in the table are undiscounted contractual cash flows, including interests with financial liabilities denominated in foreign currencies translated into RMB using the spot rate as of balance sheet date:

 

     As of December 31, 2019  
     Repayable
on demand
     Within 1
year
     1 to 2
years
     2 to 3
years
     Over 3
years
     Total  
     (RMB millions)  

Financial liabilities

                 

Payable to platform investors

     15,344        —          —          —          —          15,344  

Borrowings

     —          3,048        —          —          —          3,048  

Accounts and other payables and contract liabilities

     4,826        —          —          —          —          4,826  

Payable to investors of consolidated structured entities

     475        21,707        16,293        15,122        —          53,597  

Financing guarantee liabilities

     4,639        —          —          —          —          4,639  

Lease liabilities

     —          486        338        142        43        1,009  

Convertible promissory note payable

     —          101        101        101        13,680        13,982  

Convertible redeemable preferred shares

     —          —          —          —          12,805        12,805  

Net value

     25,284        25,341        16,732        15,364        26,528        109,250  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

134


Table of Contents

Fair value estimation

Our main financial instruments carried at fair value are financial assets at fair value through profit or loss and available-for-sale financial assets.

We use the following hierarchy for determining and disclosing the fair value of financial instruments by valuation techniques:

Level 1: Quoted (unadjusted) prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities. A market is regarded as active if quoted prices are readily and regularly available from an exchange, dealer, broker, industry group, pricing service, or regulatory agency, and those prices represent actual and regularly occurring market transactions on an arm’s length basis. The primary quoted market price used for financial assets we hold is the current bid price. Financial instruments included in Level 1 comprise primarily equity investments, fund investments and bond investments traded on stock exchanges and open-ended mutual funds.

Level 2: Other valuation techniques for which all inputs which have a significant effect on the recorded fair value are observable, either directly (such as price) or indirectly (such as calculated based on price). These valuation techniques maximize the use of observable market data where it is available and rely as little as possible on entity specific estimates.

Level 3: Valuation techniques which use any inputs which have a significant effect on the recorded fair value that are not based on observable market data (unobservable inputs).

The level of fair value calculation is determined by the lowest level input with material significance in the overall calculation. As such, the significance of the input should be considered from an overall perspective in the calculation of fair value.

Valuation methods for Level 2 and Level 3 financial instruments:

For Level 2 financial instruments, valuations are generally obtained from third party pricing services for identical or comparable assets, or through the use of valuation methodologies using observable market inputs, or recent quoted market prices. Valuation service providers typically gather, analyze and interpret information related to market transactions and other key valuation model inputs from multiple sources, and through the use of widely accepted internal valuation models, provide a theoretical quote on various securities.

For Level 3 financial instruments, prices are determined using valuation methodologies such as discounted cash flow models and other similar techniques. Determinations to classify fair value measures within Level 3 of the valuation hierarchy are generally based on the significance of the unobservable factors to the overall fair value measurement, and valuation methodologies such as discounted cash flow models and other similar techniques.

 

135


Table of Contents

The following table sets forth the financial instruments recorded at fair value by level of the fair value hierarchy:

 

     As of December 31, 2017  
     Level 1      Level 2      Level 3      Total  
     (RMB millions)  

Financial assets at fair value through profit or loss

           

Asset management plans

     —          4,587        3,620        8,207  

Mutual funds

     881        —          —          881  

Trust plans

     —          52        —          52  

Structured deposits

     —          280        —          280  

Bank wealth management products

     —          496        —          496  

Private fund investment

     —          —          2,525        2,525  

Financial investments – available-for-sale

     —          1,609        915        2,524  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     881        7,025        7,059        14,966  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

     As of December 31, 2018  
     Level 1      Level 2      Level 3      Total  
     (RMB millions)  

Financial assets at fair value through profit or loss

           

Asset management plans

     —          4,028        —          4,028  

Mutual funds

     1,276        —          —          1,276  

Trust plans

     —          4,102        —          4,102  

Factoring products

     —          821        —          821  

Structured deposits

     —          1,301        —          1,301  

Bank wealth management products

     —          2,284        —          2,284  

Private fund investment

     —          —          2,633        2,633  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     1,276        12,536        2,633        16,444  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

     As of December 31, 2019  
     Level 1      Level 2      Level 3      Total  
     (RMB millions)  

Financial assets at fair value through profit or loss

           

Asset management plans

     —          6,057        794        6,850  

Mutual funds

     5,733        —          —          5,733  

Trust plans

     —          1,788        1,683        3,470  

Factoring products

     —          1,480        344        1,824  

Structured deposits

     —          431        —          431  

Bank wealth management products

     —          252        —          252  

Corporate bond

     —          —          15        15  

Private fund investment

     —          —          8        8  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     5,733        10,007        2,843        18,583  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

There were no changes in valuation techniques during the period.

 

136


Table of Contents

The following table presents the changes in level 3 instruments for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2018 and 2019:

 

     For the Year ended December 31,  
     2017      2017      2018      2019  
     Available-for-sale
financial assets
     Financial assets at fair value through profit or loss  
     (RMB millions)  

As of beginning of the year

     98        6,850        6,145        2,633  

Adoption of IFRS 9

     —          —          915        —    

Additions

     1,655        26,776        12,003        1,353  

Disposal

     (856      (27,500      (16,439      (1,961

Transfer into level 3

     —          —          —          1,478  

Gains or losses recognized in other comprehensive income

     18        —          —          —    

Gains or losses recognized in profit or loss

     —          19        10        (660
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

As of end of the year

     915        6,145        2,633        2,843  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

CRITICAL ACCOUNTING POLICIES, JUDGMENTS AND ESTIMATES

An accounting policy is considered critical if it requires an accounting estimate to be made based on assumptions about matters that are highly uncertain at the time such estimate is made, and if different accounting estimates that reasonably could have been used, or changes in the accounting estimates that are reasonably likely to occur periodically, could materially impact the consolidated financial statements.

We prepare our consolidated financial statements in accordance with IFRS as issued by the IASB. Preparing these financial statements in conformity with IFRS as issued by the IASB requires the use of certain critical accounting estimates and also requires us to exercise judgments in the process of applying our accounting policies. We evaluate our estimates and judgments on an ongoing basis. Our estimates are based on historical experience and various other assumptions that we believe to be reasonable under the circumstances. Our actual results may differ from these estimates.

The following descriptions of critical accounting policies, judgments and estimates should be read in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes and other disclosures included in this prospectus. When reviewing our financial statements, you should consider (i) our selection of critical accounting policies, (ii) the judgments and other uncertainties affecting the application of such policies and (iii) the sensitivity of reported results to changes in conditions and assumptions.

Consolidation of structured entities

A structured entity is an entity that has been designed so that voting or similar rights are not the dominant factor in deciding who controls the entity, such as when any voting rights relate to administrative tasks only, and the relevant activities are directly by means of contractual or related arrangements. To determine whether we control the structured entities of which we act as an asset manager, we apply judgment based on all relevant facts and circumstances to determine whether we are acting as the principal or agent for the structured entities. If we are acting as the principal, we have control over the structured entities. In assessing whether we are acting as the principal, we consider factors such as the scope of the asset manager’s decision-making authority, rights held by other parties, remuneration to which we are entitled, and exposure to variable returns results from our additional involvement with structured entities. To determine whether we control the consolidated affiliated entities, we assess the legal enforceability of Contractual Arrangements. We will perform a reassessment once the facts and circumstances change leading to changes in the above factors.

 

137


Table of Contents

Recognition and measurement of financial assets

We adopted IFRS 9 as issued by the IASB in July 2014 with a date of transition of January 1, 2018, which resulted in changes in accounting policies and adjustments to the amounts previously recognized in the financial statements. We did not early adopt any of IFRS 9 in previous periods. Please refer to Note 3.2 of the consolidated financial statements for the impact upon adoption of IFRS 9.

We recognize a financial asset or a financial liability in our statement of financial position when, and only when, we become a party to the contractual provisions of the instrument.

We classify our financial assets in the following measurement categories, which depend on our business model for managing the financial assets and the contractual terms of the cash flows:

 

   

those to be measured at amortized cost;

 

   

those to be measured at fair value through other comprehensive income, or FVOCI; or

 

   

those to be measured at fair value through profit or loss, or FVPL.

Debt instruments are those instruments that meet the definition of a financial liability from the issuer’s perspective, such as loans and government and corporate bonds. Subsequent measurement of debt instruments are:

 

   

Amortized cost: Interest income from debt instruments measured at amortized cost is included in interest income using the effective interest rate method. Any gain or loss arising from derecognition or impairment is recognized directly in profit or loss.

 

   

FVOCI: Movements in the carrying amount from debt investments measured at FVOCI are taken through other comprehensive income, except for the recognition of impairment gains or losses, interest revenue and foreign exchange gains and losses which are recognized in profit or loss. When the financial asset is derecognized, the cumulative gain or loss on the instrument’s amortized cost previously recognized in other comprehensive income is reclassified from equity to profit or loss. Interest income from these financial assets is included in interest income using the effective interest rate method.

 

   

FVPL: The gains or losses arising from fair value changes on the debt investments measured at FVPL are recognized in profit or loss.

Impairment

Expected credit loss refers to the weighted average amount of credit loss of financial instruments based on the probability of default. Credit loss refers to the difference between all contractual cash flows receivable and all cash flows that the entity expects to receive, discounted at the original effective interest rate.

We assess on a forward-looking basis the expected credit losses associated with its debt instruments carried at amortized cost, FVOCI, with the exposure arising from loan commitments and financing guarantee contracts that are not in the scope of “Insurance Contracts”. A number of significant judgments are also required in applying the accounting requirements for measuring ECL, such as:

 

   

Choosing appropriate models and assumptions for the measurement of ECL including exposure at default (EAD), probability of default (PD), and loss given default (LGD);

 

   

Determining criteria for significant increase in credit risk; and

 

   

Establishing the number and relative weightings of forward-looking scenarios for the associated ECL.

For the financial assets subject to ECL measurement, we assess the significant increase in credit risk since initial recognition or whether an asset is considered to be credit impaired. “Three-stage” expected credit loss

 

138


Table of Contents

models are established and staging definitions are set for each of these financial assets class. Incorporating forward-looking information, expected credit losses for financial assets are recognized into the different stages.

Stage 1: A financial instrument that is not credit-impaired on initial recognition is classified in “Stage 1” and has its credit risk continuously monitored by us. The impairment provisions are measured at an amount equal to the 12-month expected credit losses for the financial assets which are not considered to have significantly increased in credit risk since initial recognition.

Stage 2: If a significant increase in credit risk since initial recognition is identified, the financial instrument is moved to “Stage 2” but is not yet deemed to be credit-impaired. The impairment provisions are measured based on expected credit losses on lifetime basis.

Stage 3: If the financial instrument is credit-impaired, the financial instrument is then moved to “Stage 3”. The impairment provisions are measured based on expected credit losses on lifetime basis.

For the financial instruments in Stage 1 and Stage 2, we calculate the interest income based on its gross carrying amount (i.e. amortized cost) before adjusting for impairment provision using the effective interest method. For the financial instruments in Stage 3, the interest income is calculated based on the carrying amount of the asset, net of the impairment provision, using the effective interest method. Financial assets that are originated or purchased credit impaired are financial assets that are impaired at the time of initial recognition, and the impairment provision for these assets is the expected credit loss for the entire lifetime.

We recognize or reverse the loss allowance through profit or loss. For debt instruments measured at FVOCI, impairment gains or losses are included in the net impairment losses on financial assets and correspondingly reduce the accumulated changes in fair value included in the other comprehensive income reserve of equity.

For account receivables and contract assets, we refer to historical experience of credit loss, combined with the current situation and forward-looking information, to formulate the lifetime expected credit loss of the financial assets.

Derecognition

Financial assets are derecognized when:

 

   

the contractual rights to receive the cash flows from the financial assets have expired;

 

   

they have been transferred and we transfer substantially all the risks and rewards of ownership; or

 

   

they have been transferred and we neither transfer nor retain substantially all the risks and rewards of ownership and we have not retained control.

When the equity financial assets measured at FVOCI are derecognized, the cumulative gain or loss previously recognized in other comprehensive income is reclassified from equity to retained profits. When the other financial assets are derecognized, the cumulative gain or loss previously recognized in other comprehensive income is reclassified from equity to profit or loss.

We write off financial assets, in whole or in part, when we have exhausted all practical recovery efforts and have concluded there is no expectation of recovery. Indicators that there is no reasonable expectation of recovery include: (a) ceasing enforcement activity, and (b) where our recovery method is foreclosing on collateral and the value of the collateral is such that there is no reasonable expectation of recovering in full.

Fair value of financial instruments determined using valuation techniques

Fair value, in the absence of an active market, is estimated by using valuation techniques, applying currently applicable and sufficiently available data, and the valuation techniques supported by other information, which

 

139


Table of Contents

mainly include the market approach and the income approach, with reference to recent arm’s length transactions or the current market value of another instrument which is substantially the same, and by using the discounted cash flow analysis and option pricing models.

When using valuation techniques to determine the fair value of financial instruments, we choose the input value in consistency with market participants, considering transactions of related assets and liabilities. All related observable market parameters are considered in priority, including interest rate, foreign exchange rate, commodity prices, and share prices or index. When related observable parameters are unavailable or inaccessible, we use unobservable parameters and make estimates for credit risk, market volatility, and liquidity adjustments.

Using different valuation techniques and parameter assumptions may lead to significant differences in fair value estimations.

Revenue recognition

Revenue represents the amount of consideration we are entitled to upon the transfer of promised goods or services in the ordinary course of our activities and is recorded net of value-added tax, or VAT. Revenues are recognized when or as control of the asset or service is transferred to the customer. Depending on the terms of the contract, control of the goods and services may be transferred over time or at a point in time. Services are provided over time if our performance:

 

   

provides all of the benefit received and consumed simultaneously by the customer;

 

   

creates and enhances an asset that the customer controls as we perform; and

 

   

does not create an asset with an alternative use to us and we have an enforceable right to payment for performance completed to date.

If control of the goods and services transfers over time, revenue is recognized over the period of the contract by reference to the progress towards complete satisfaction of that performance obligation. Otherwise, revenue is recognized at a point in time when the customer obtains control of the goods and services.

The progress towards complete satisfaction of the performance obligation is measured based on one of the following methods that best depict our performance in satisfying the performance obligation:

 

   

direct measurements of the value transferred by us to the customer; or

 

   

our efforts or inputs to the satisfaction of the performance obligation.

When either party to a contract has performed, we present the contract in the statement of financial position as a contract asset or a contract liability, depending on the relationship between the entity’s performance and the customer’s payment.

A contract asset is our right to consideration in exchange for goods or services that we have transferred to a customer. If the value ascribed to the services rendered by us exceed the payment, a contract asset is recognized. Judgment is required in determining whether a right to consideration is unconditional and thus qualifies as a receivable.

A receivable is recorded when we have an unconditional right to consideration on the date the payment is due even if it has not yet performed under the contract.

A contract liability is our obligation to transfer goods or services to a customer for which we have received consideration (or an amount of consideration is due) from the customer, which is recognized as revenue upon transfer of control to the customers.

 

140


Table of Contents

The specific accounting policies for our main types of revenue are as below:

Retail credit facilitation service fee

We engage primarily in operating a platform in facilitating borrowers and funding partners or peer-to-peer investors. For the loans that we determine that it is not the legal lender in the loan origination and repayment process or does no need to consolidate, we do not record loans to customers and payables arising from such transactions.

We determine that both borrower and funding partners or peer-to-peer investors are our customers. In accordance with a series of contracts entered into among the borrowers, funding partners or peer-to-peer investors and us, we provided loan facilitation and post-origination services to their customers. The loan facilitation services primarily include credit assessment and financing advisory service (i.e. source funding for borrowers). The post-origination services primarily include repayment processing and loan collection service. We determine loan facilitation and post-origination as two performance obligations.

We generally collect guarantee income and one combined service fee covering both loan facilitation and post-origination services from the borrowers on monthly installment. The total consideration including service fees and guarantee income is first allocated to guarantee liability at its fair value upon inception of the loan contracts and the residual consideration are then allocated to loan facilitation and post-origination services based on their standalone selling price. We do not have observable standalone selling price for the loan facilitation services or post-origination services because we do not provide loan facilitation services or post-origination services on a standalone basis in similar circumstances to similar customers. There is no direct observable standalone selling price for similar services in the market that is reasonably available to us. As a result, the estimation of standalone selling price involves significant judgment. We use an expected cost plus margin approach to estimate the standalone selling prices of loan facilitation services and post-origination services as the basis of revenue allocation. When estimating the selling prices, we consider the cost related to such services, profit margin, customer demand, effect of competition on services, and other market factors.

The transaction price allocated to loan facilitation is recognized as revenue upon execution of loan agreements between funding partners or peer-to-peer investors and borrowers; the consideration allocated to post-facilitation services is recognized over the period of the loan according to the pattern of when the underlying services are performed. The transaction price allocated to loan facilitation is recognized as revenue upon execution of loan agreements between investors and borrowers; the consideration allocated to post-facilitation services is recognized over the period of the loan on a systematic basis, which approximates the pattern of when the post-origination services are performed.

As the loans facilitated by us are generally over 12 months, any incremental costs (i.e. sales commissions paid to direct sales, channel partners and others) of obtaining such contracts are recognized as contract assets and amortized on a systematic basis consistent with the pattern of the transfer of the services provided to its customers during the term of underlying loans. We assess the recoverability of contract assets related to the incremental costs of obtaining a contract in accordance with IFRS 9 at each balance sheet date. Any cost that are not expected to be recoverable are expensed as incurred.

Wealth management transaction and service fee

We offer a full suite of wealth management products from third-party institutional investment product providers to the investors on our wealth management platform. Such products include asset management plans, bank products, mutual funds, private investment funds, trust plans and others. We refer to these as current products. Wealth management transaction and service fees consist primarily of fees collected from product providers for facilitation of wealth management products offered on our wealth management platform. We generally receive a service fee based on a certain percentage of the volume of the wealth

 

141


Table of Contents

management products facilitated by us. Such fee is recognized upon successful facilitation which is the only performance obligation agreed in the contract.

For certain products, we receive a recurring service fee as a percentage of the outstanding balance of underlying wealth management products held by the investors unless such investments are disposed of by investors. Such service fee is determined to be variable consideration that does not meet the “probable of not reversing” threshold. As such, we recognize revenue related to such wealth management products based on our best estimate and true up adjustments and made based on amounts confirmed by the product providers.

We historically offered a variety of products and related services that we no longer offer, primarily due to shifts in strategy and regulatory requirements. We refer to these as legacy products. Legacy products are primarily comprised of certain types of structured alternative products originated from financial institutions, which we refer to as B2C products, and peer-to-peer products. Fees from legacy B2C products consist primarily of services fees for distribution of these products which were recognized upon successful sales of B2C products. Fees from peer-to-peer products primarily consist of value-added services fees, including secondary market service fees and services fees related to automated investment tools. Transaction fee collected for peer-to-peer business was included in the total consideration, which was allocated to loan facilitation and post origination services within the retail credit facilitation business.

We historically offered automated reinvestment service to peer-to-peer investors to enable them to reinvest their monthly repayment in other peer-to-peer products. We charge the surplus gain, i.e., the amount by which the actual rate of return exceeds the stated expected rate of return of such reinvestment service, as the reinvestment management fee. The reinvestment management fee is a separate fee charged to investors in a separate contract and therefore is allocate specifically to the reinvestment management performance obligation. We determine that the “probable of not reserving” threshold is met for surplus gain and therefore surplus gain is included in the transaction price upon the effective of reinvestment service. We estimate the surplus gain from time to time for the duration of the reinvestment service to monitor the expected outcome and revenue is recognized over the term of the reinvestment service as the investor simultaneously receives and consumes the benefits provided by our performance throughout the term of the reinvestment service.

Goodwill impairment assessment

We test annually whether goodwill has suffered any impairment. The recoverable amount of asset groups and groups of asset groups is the present value of the future cash flows expected to be derived from them. These calculations require the use of accounting estimates. If we revise the gross margin that is used in the calculation of the future cash flows of asset groups and groups of asset groups, and the revised gross margin is lower than the one currently used, we would need to recognize further impairment against goodwill. If we revise the pre-tax discount rate applied to the discounted cash flows, and the revised pre-tax discount rate is higher than the one currently applied, we would need to recognize further impairment against goodwill. If the actual gross margin or pre-tax discount rate is lower than our estimates, we cannot reverse the impairment loss of goodwill previously provided for.

Income taxes

We are subject to income taxes in the PRC and other jurisdictions. Significant judgment is required in determining the provision for income taxes in each of these jurisdictions. There are many transactions and calculations for which the ultimate tax determination is uncertain. We recognize liabilities for anticipated tax audit issues based on estimates of whether additional taxes will be due. Where the final tax outcome of these matters is different from the amounts that were initially recorded, the differences will impact the current and deferred tax assets and liabilities in the period in which the determination is made.

Deferred tax assets relating to certain temporary differences and tax losses are recognized when we consider it probable that future taxable profits will be available against which the temporary differences or tax losses can

 

142


Table of Contents

be utilized. When the expectation is different from the original estimate, the differences will impact the recognition of deferred tax assets and taxation charges in the period in which the estimate is changed.

Compound financial instruments

Compound financial instruments contain both a liability and an equity component. The compound financial instruments issued by us comprise convertible promissory notes and convertible redeemable preferred shares.

The liability component, representing the obligation to make fixed payments of compound financial instruments, may be converted to ordinary shares at the option of the holders, and the number of shares to be issued is based on an initial fixed conversion price subject to anti-dilutive adjustments.

Principal and interest are classified as liability and initially recognized at the fair value, calculated using the market interest rate of a similar liability that does not have an equity conversion option, and subsequently measured at amortized cost using the effective interest method. The equity component, representing an embedded option to convert the liability into ordinary shares, is initially recognized in other reserves as the difference between the proceeds received from the compound financial instruments as a whole and the amount of the liability component. Any directly attributable transaction costs are allocated to the liability and equity components in proportion to the allocation of proceeds.

On conversion of the compound financial instruments into shares and convertible redeemable preferred shares, the amount transferred to share capital is calculated as the par value of the shares multiplied by the number of shares converted. The difference between the carrying value of the related component of the converted notes and the amount transferred to share capital is recognized in share premium.

Share-based compensation

An equity-settled share-based compensation plan was granted to certain of our employees, under which we receive services from employees as consideration for our equity instruments, namely options. The fair value of the employee services received in exchange for the grant of the options is recognized as an expense. The total amount to be expensed is determined by reference to the fair value of the options granted:

 

   

including any market performance;

 

   

excluding the impact of any service and non-market performance vesting conditions; and

 

   

including the impact of any non-vesting conditions.

At the end of each reporting period, we revise our estimates of the number of options that are expected to vest based on non-market performance and service conditions. We recognize the impact of any revision to original estimates in our statement of comprehensive income, with a corresponding adjustment to equity.

If the terms of an equity-settled award are modified, at a minimum an expense is recognized as if the terms had not been modified. An additional expense is recognized for any modification that increases the total fair value of the share-based payment arrangement, or is otherwise beneficial to the employee, as measured at the date of modification.

If an equity-settled award is canceled, it is treated as if it had vested on the date of cancellation, and any expense not yet recognized for the award is recognized immediately. However, if a new award is substituted for the canceled award and designated as a replacement award on the date that it is granted, the canceled and new awards are treated as if they were a modification of the original award, as described in the previous paragraph.

 

143


Table of Contents

Fair value of ordinary shares

Prior to this offering, we have been a private company with no quoted market prices for our ordinary shares. We therefore need to make estimates of the fair value of our ordinary shares at various dates at the date of grant of a share-based award to our employees as the input to determine the grant date fair value of the award.

The fair values per ordinary share were estimated at the date of grant using the following key assumptions:

 

     March 31,
2017
     December 31,
2017
     June 30,
2018
 
     (%)  

Discount rate(1)

     15.00        13.00        13.00  

Volatility(2)

     39.15        42.73        48.52  

Discount for lack of marketability

     15        15        15  

 

  (1)

Discount rate is determined based on a number of factors including the risk-free rate, comparative industry risk, equity risk premium, company size and non-systemic risk factors.

  (2)

Volatility is based on the historical volatility of similar public companies for a period equal to the expected life preceding the grant date.

The following table sets forth the fair value of our ordinary shares estimated at different times with the assistance from an independent valuation firm.

 

     Fair value per
ordinary share
    

Valuation approach

  

Purpose of valuation

     (RMB)            

March 31, 2017

     92.27      Income approach—DCF    Share option grant

December 31, 2017

     118.35      Income approach—DCF    Share option grant

June 30, 2018

     171.22      Income approach—DCF    Share option grant

In determining the fair value of our ordinary shares, we applied the income approach / discounted cash flow analysis as our primary approach based on our projected cash flow using our best estimate as of the valuation date. The determination of the fair value of our ordinary shares requires complex and subjective judgments to be made regarding our projected financial and operating results, our unique business risks, the liquidity of our shares and our operating history and prospects at the time of valuation.

The discounted cash flow method of the income approach involves applying appropriate discount rates to discount the forecasted future cash flows to the present value. In determining an appropriate discount rate, we have considered using the capital asset pricing model, or CAPM, the most commonly adopted method for estimating the discount rate. We also applied a discount for lack of marketability, or DLOM, of 15%, to reflect the fact that there is no ready market for shares in a closely-held company like ours.

RECENT ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS

For detailed discussion of recent accounting pronouncements, see Note 3 to the consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

144


Table of Contents

MARKET OPPORTUNITIES

China’s Financial System and Opportunities for the Fintech Industry

China has the second largest financial system globally, both by retail credit lending volume in 2019 and by the total amount of investable assets as of December 31, 2019, according to the Oliver Wyman Report. In 2019, the total retail credit provided by China’s financial system had reached RMB55.9 trillion (US$7.9 trillion), representing a five-year CAGR of 15.9% between 2014 and 2019. China’s total personal investable assets have also grown from RMB107 trillion in 2014 to RMB192 trillion (US$27 trillion) in 2019, representing a five-year CAGR of 12%, and is expected to reach RMB319 trillion in 2024 at a five-year CAGR of 11%, as estimated in the Oliver Wyman Report.

The growth of China’s financial system is driven by a variety of factors, primarily including:

 

   

China’s large economy and its continued growth, driven by significant investment and consumption. China became the second largest economy globally in 2010 and its real GDP reached RMB77.9 trillion (US$11.0 trillion) in 2019. While the COVID-19 pandemic has had a negative effect on China’s economic growth, real GDP is still expected to reach around RMB101.8 trillion in 2024, representing a five-year CAGR of 5.5% between 2019 and 2024. In 2019, investment and private consumption contributed more than 80% of GDP.

 

   

The increasingly important role played by small businesses. The number of small businesses in China increased from approximately 61 million in 2014 to approximately 106 million in 2019 as a result of a consistently favorable economic and regulatory environment. Small businesses contributed more than 60% of China’s GDP and 80% of total employment in 2019.

 

   

The rise of the middle class and affluent population in China, driven by continued urbanization and improving educational opportunities. By 2024, China’s middle-class and affluent populations, which are defined as individuals with personal investable assets of RMB100,000 to RMB3 million and RMB3 million to RMB10 million, respectively, are expected to reach approximately 294 million and 8 million, representing five-year CAGRs of 6.1% and 8.1%, respectively, and in the aggregate contribute approximately 45% of China’s total personal investable assets.

Under-penetration of Financial Services in China

Despite its significant growth, China’s financial services industry is still at a relatively early stage of development, and there remains substantial room for growth, especially in the areas of small business financing, personal consumption lending and wealth management. Favorable policies focusing on financial inclusion are underpinning the growth in small business financing and personal consumption lending. In addition, China had a gross domestic savings rate of 44% in 2018, compared to 18% in the United States, indicating strong growth potential and need for further diversification in personal investment. However, traditional financial services providers such as banks, which have historically dominated China’s financial services industry, lack the resources or technical expertise to effectively serve the financing needs of small business owners and consumers, as well as the wealth management needs of the middle class and affluent segments of the population. As banks in China are typically not well-equipped with sufficient data, technology or other resources to efficiently access or serve these customers while maintaining adequate risk management standards, they tend to serve primarily large corporations and wealthy individuals.

Industry Transformations and Opportunities Enabled by Technological Innovations

The rapid development of technology has propelled the transformation of the financial industry and empowered innovative players to compete more effectively. The ongoing COVID-19 pandemic has further driven digitalization in the financial services sector with changes in customer behavior, more support from regulators for online financial services, and the increasing willingness of traditional financial institutions to form

 

145


Table of Contents

partnerships with more tech-savvy players to advance their technology capabilities. Transformations and opportunities brought by technology and innovations include the following.

 

   

Lending. Players with data-empowered lending technology will have significant competitive advantages in identifying qualified borrowers, performing effective risk assessment and delivering a seamless customer experience.

 

   

Investing. As China’s wealth management industry continues to shift from principal- or return-guaranteed products towards net asset value-based products, players capable of utilizing smart technologies will have significant competitive advantages in delivering tailored product recommendations, personalized portfolio advisory services and a user-friendly online experience.

 

   

Enablement. Tech-driven players can allow traditional financial institutions to effectively access small business owners and individuals, and provide risk management and operational technology enablement to traditional financial institutions that do not have advanced in-house technological capabilities.

 

   

Cooperation. Traditional financial institutions are actively looking to form partnerships with technology-savvy platforms to address the gaps in their capabilities. As a result, there are more sustainable growth opportunities for technology-driven players and potential for further industry transformation.

The Retail Credit Market in China

The retail credit market in China primarily consists of (i) small business loans, which refer to loans that are borrowed either by the business owners or by the business entities, and (ii) individual consumer loans, which refer to loans borrowed by individuals for general consumption purposes other than home mortgages and auto loans. The table below illustrates the size of China’s retail credit market by outstanding balance and total demand, each as of December 31, 2019 and as expected for December 31, 2024:

 

     Outstanding Balance      Total Demand  
     2019      2024E      2019      2024E  
     (RMB trillions)  

Retail Credit

           

Small business loans

     43.1        76.6        89.7        126.6  

Individual consumer loans

     12.7        22.6        N/A        N/A  

Source: Oliver Wyman Report

Small businesses serve as the backbone of the Chinese economy and make significant contributions to China’s GDP growth, employment, tax revenues and innovation. Small businesses refer to businesses with annual revenues of less than RMB20 million (US$3 million) for purposes of this section.

According to the Oliver Wyman Report, the outstanding balance of small business loans in China reached RMB43.1 trillion (US$6.1 trillion) in 2019, representing a five-year CAGR of 14.3% between 2014 and 2019, and is expected to grow to RMB76.6 trillion in 2024, at a five-year CAGR of 12.2%. In comparison, the total demand for small business loans in 2019 was estimated to be RMB89.7 trillion (US$12.7 trillion), indicating that approximately 52% of demand (or RMB46.6 trillion) remained unserved. Such unserved demand is forecast to reach RMB50.0 trillion by 2024.

The funding gap is primarily due to the difficulties faced by small businesses, which typically do not have an established operating history or substantial assets to be used as collateral in obtaining sufficient credit at a reasonable cost. In addition, traditional financial institutions and large online-only TechFin companies (such as Ant Financial and WeBank) are often less well equipped to meet small businesses’ specific needs for more personalized consultation, large ticket size and longer-tenured operating loans, choices of both secured and

 

146


Table of Contents

unsecured loans and prompt response to urgent funding requests. In comparison, technology-enabled players with strong technology and credit data analytic capabilities and effective offline-to-online models are presented with great opportunities in addressing this underserved market.

According to the Oliver Wyman Report, the outstanding volume of individual consumer loans reached RMB12.7 trillion (US$1.8 trillion) in 2019, representing a five-year CAGR of 22.3% between 2014 and 2019, and is expected to grow to RMB22.6 trillion in 2024, at a five-year CAGR of 12.2%, as China continues to shift toward a consumption-driven economy. Personal consumption as a percentage of GDP has increased from 36.6% in 2014 to 38.9% in 2019, and is expected to grow further to 42.3% in 2024. While the existing consumer loan leverage ratio in China has grown from 7.2% in 2014 to 12.9% in 2019, and is expected to continue to grow steadily in the next five years, it is still low compared to 18.9% for the United States in 2019.

Competitive Landscape

The two main types of players in China’s retail credit market are (i) traditional financial institutions, which primarily include traditional banks, financial leasing companies, commercial factoring companies, offline consumer finance companies and offline small loan companies, and (ii) non-traditional financial service providers, which primarily include fintech companies, online-only TechFin companies and online lending platforms.

Traditional financial institutions: Traditional financial institutions typically provide loans to borrowers with longer operating history and significant collateral. They face difficulties in serving small businesses and their owners, which requires data-driven risk assessment capabilities, a fast and convenient loan origination process and strong collection capabilities.

Non-traditional financial service providers: Non-traditional financial service providers serve as facilitators of loan products designed and offered by traditional financial institutions. Non-traditional financial service providers can address some of the difficulties that traditional financial institutions face and are experiencing significantly faster growth than the overall retail credit market as a result. According to the Oliver Wyman Report, the total outstanding retail credit loan balance of the leading non-traditional financial service providers reached RMB3.6 trillion (US$0.5 trillion) in 2019, comprising of RMB2.8 trillion (US$0.4 trillion) in individual consumer loans and RMB0.8 trillion (US$0.1 trillion) in small business loans. The total outstanding retail credit loan balance of the leading non-traditional financial service providers is growing at a five-year CAGR of 90.4%, compared with a five-year CAGR of 15.9% for the overall retail credit market, and it is expected to grow to RMB10.0 trillion in 2024 at a CAGR of 22.7%.

However, not all non-traditional financial service providers are created equal. Small lending platforms and large online-only TechFin companies typically facilitate a limited range of product offerings that focus on smaller-sized loans with shorter terms, as they often lack the financial data and infrastructure to effectively assess and manage risks or provide face-to-face consultation and collection services. In comparison, large fintech companies that have rich data to support robust pricing and risk management processes, innovative offline-to-online customer acquisition models, and optimized end-to-end lending processes empowered by smart applications of cutting-edge technologies are well situated to serve the untapped needs. Leading fintech companies can also provide technology enablement and tailored risk sharing solutions to traditional financial institutions, helping them increase their customer flows through enhanced acquisition channels and service network coverage, upgrade their risk assessment systems, streamline their offline-to-online service processes and improve post-origination management.

 

147


Table of Contents

As of June 2020, Lufax ranked as the second largest player in terms of outstanding loan balance in the retail credit market served by non-traditional financial service providers, as shown in the tables below. The average ticket size of loans offered by Lufax is also significantly larger than that of the other players in the market.

 

Top 5 non-traditional financial service providers in the retail credit market

Ranking

   Provider    Estimated Outstanding
Balance (RMB billions)
     Estimated Market
Share
   

Estimated Average

Ticket Size (RMB)

1

   Player 1      2,000–2,300        46–53  

5,000

2

   Lufax      519        12  

146,513 (general unsecured)–422,398 (secured)

3

   Player 3      330–380        7–9   9,000

4

   Player 4      200–250        4–6   3,000

5

   Player 5      90–120        2–3   3,000

 

Top 5 non-traditional financial service providers in small business loans market

Ranking

   Provider    Estimated Outstanding
Balance (RMB billions)
     Estimated Market
Share
   

Loan Product Type

1

   Player 1      400–500        38–48   Medium ticket size; unsecured

2

   Lufax      331        32   Large ticket size; secured and unsecured

3

   Player 3      40–70        4–7   Large ticket size; unsecured

4

   Player 4      30–40        3–4   Large ticket size; unsecured

5

   Player 5      20–30        2–3   Large ticket size; unsecured

Source for both tables: Oliver Wyman Report

Opportunities and Profitability

The distribution of loan volume and profit by ticket size demonstrated by the charts below shows that significant profit opportunities lie in the market for large ticket size loans. This market is typically served by traditional financial institutions and large fintech players.

 

LOGO

* Estimated by pre-tax profit, which is calculated as transaction volume × (internal rate of return-cost of funding) × duration – outstanding balance × expected loss-operating cost. Only key market participants are included.

Source: Oliver Wyman Report

 

148


Table of Contents

Retail credit providers of large ticket size loans are able to capture significantly higher profitability as a result of the following factors:

 

   

Online-only TechFin platforms lack financial data and expertise required to serve large-sized loans, while traditional financial institutions often lack the technology to build robust risk assessment capabilities and streamline their loan origination process.

 

   

Large fintech companies equipped with financial expertise, data and advanced technology are well situated to complement and cooperate with traditional institutions in serving large ticket size loans.

 

   

As the average loan ticket size increases, customer acquisition and operating costs as a percentage of loan sizes decrease, leading to higher profitability.

 

   

Players with strong collection capabilities, established brand, high customer quality and long operating history are more attractive to financial institutions serving as funding partners, and can thus access more funding at favorable rates.

At the same time, the entry barriers for providers serving the large ticket size segment are high. Successful players must have robust credit assessment and pricing capabilities, a strong offline sales force that can proactively reach and identify high-quality borrowers with matching needs, the ability to deliver a fast, streamlined offline-to-online borrowing experience, and technology-empowered and fully compliant post-origination management and collection capabilities.

Key Success Factors

The following factors are the keys to successfully operating as a retail credit provider of larger-sized loans in China:

 

   

effective offline borrower acquisition and servicing channels that seamlessly connect prospective borrowers to the online application process at scale;

 

   

robust risk management and pricing mechanisms supported by extensive credit and financial data and advanced credit assessment technologies;

 

   

ability to provide outstanding customer experience, including a streamlined loan application and service process and flexible product offerings in terms of ticket size, tenor and product type (unsecured and secured); and

 

   

comprehensive and fully compliant post-origination and collection services.

Regulatory Landscape

PRC regulatory authorities, including the People’s Bank of China and the China Banking and Insurance Regulatory Commission, or the CBIRC, have issued guidelines and policy directives for the retail credit industry, including clear guidelines on the roles of traditional financial institutions and non-traditional financial service providers, which further promote the sustainability of cooperation between these financial institutions. See “Regulation—PRC Regulations.” Tighter regulations have increased overall compliance costs, promoted more commercially reasonable and sensible credit products, enhanced the competitive edge of established market players and encouraged consolidation within the industry. The total market share of the top 3 non-traditional financial service providers by loan balance increased from 45% to 70% from 2017 to the first half of 2020, according to the Oliver Wyman Report. Established players with industry-leading practices and sufficient resources and flexibility to effectively adapt to the evolving regulatory environment are best poised to capture additional market share and solidify their market leading positions.

The Wealth Management Market in China

There have been significant changes in products offered by the wealth management industry in response to China’s new asset management regulations, giving rise to greater specialization between asset managers and

 

149


Table of Contents

distribution channels, and accelerating the transition from guaranteed and short-term products to net asset value—based and long-term products. As a result, the market has seen a heightened focus on suitability for wealth management products, a rising demand for portfolio diversification and an increasing emphasis placed on technology-empowered capabilities.

Historically, personal investable assets in China have been largely managed individually. However, both traditional financial institutions and non-traditional financial service providers are playing increasingly important roles in serving the wealth management needs of a growing middle class and affluent population which enjoys increasing disposable income, investable assets and overall wealth, and has an increasing demand for personalized investment services.

 

LOGO

Notes:

 

  1.

As percentage of 1.0 billion clients in total as of end of 2019

  2.

As percentages of total investable assets of RMB192 trillion as of end of 2019

Source: Oliver Wyman Report

As estimated in the Oliver Wyman Report, total assets under management of the wealth management market reached RMB49.4 trillion (US$7.0 trillion) in 2019 and are expected to grow to RMB118.0 trillion by the end of 2024, representing a five-year CAGR of 19%. In particular, wealth management players who can leverage advanced technology, offer efficient processing time and maintain low distribution costs are experiencing significant growth. As estimated in the Oliver Wyman Report, the non-traditional financial service provider wealth management market had assets under management of RMB7.6 trillion (US$1.1 trillion) in 2019, is expected to grow at a five-year CAGR of 29% to reach RMB27.5 trillion by the end of 2024, and the online penetration rate of wealth management services in China by total assets under management was 29% in 2019, compared with 43% in the U.S., and is expected to reach 42% in 2024.

According to the Oliver Wyman Report, the growth in the wealth management market has been driven by the fast growth of the middle class and affluent population, which accounted for 49% of personal investable assets in 2019, and particularly by their increasing demand for more diversified investment opportunities. The middle class and affluent segments have particular investment needs and for the most part have been underserved by traditional institutions and large online-only TechFin platforms. Their main investment needs include a

 

150


Table of Contents

broader range of products to select from, personalized value-added services matching their risk appetite and investment goals, transparent and real-time monitoring and disclosure, and a seamless customer experience with integrated investment and savings accounts.

Competitive Landscape

The three main types of players in China’s wealth management market are (i) traditional financial institutions, such as banks and securities companies, which typically have established offline networks, (ii) online non-traditional financial service providers, which primarily include large online-only TechFin platforms and large fintech companies, and (iii) offline non-traditional financial service providers.

Traditional financial institutions: Traditional financial institutions primarily operate through their offline infrastructure, which often leads to higher costs and difficulties in meeting evolving customer demands. Traditional financial institutions also face challenges in effectively adopting automation and leveraging advanced techniques to build and manage portfolios and to provide targeted investment advice.

Online non-traditional financial service providers: Within the online non-traditional financial service providers, large online-only TechFin platforms often do not possess sufficient data, deep product knowledge or established brands to efficiently attract quality investors. As a result, online-only TechFin platforms’ product offerings are usually limited to simple and homogeneous solutions. In comparison, large fintech companies with extensive knowledge and financial expertise are able to offer a wide range of products from a large number of product providers and effectively acquire high-quality investors.

Offline non-traditional financial service providers: Offline non-traditional financial service providers focus on serving high net worth individuals with advisory-focused offline services but have limited customer scale.

Only leading fintech platforms with leading data and technology advantages, strong suitability matching capabilities, and an offline-to-online customer acquisition model can effectively serve the middle class and affluent segments and continue to benefit from the industry transformation. In addition, leading non-traditional financial service providers are also equipped to provide technology enablement services to traditional financial institutions, helping them keep up with advances in financial technology trends and creating opportunities for open banking and integrated financial platforms.

As of June 2020, Lufax ranked as the third largest non-traditional financial service provider in the wealth management market in terms of client assets, as shown in the tables below. As of June 30, 2020, Lufax’s average wealth management client assets were more than three times higher than the weighted average of the client assets of the other players among the top five non-traditional financial service providers, which were approximately RMB8,000 (US$1,132) according to the Oliver Wyman Report.

 

Top 5 non-traditional financial service providers in the wealth management market ranked by client assets

 

Ranking

  

Provider

   Client Assets
(RMB billions)
     Market Share     Average Client Assets per
Investor

(RMB)
 

1

   Player 1      4,000–4,200        48–51     8,000  

2

   Player 2      1,300–1,500        16–18     8,000  

3

   Lufax      375        5     29,000  

4

   Player 4      250–300        3–4     8,000  

5

   Player 5      180–210        2–3     11,000,000  

 

151


Table of Contents

Top 5 non-traditional financial service providers in the wealth management market ranked by client assets
(excluding money market funds)

Ranking

  

Provider

  

Client Assets

(RMB billions)

  

Market Share

1

   Player 1    1,500–1,700    37–42%

2

   Player 2    450–500    11–12%

3

   Lufax    358    9%

4

   Player 4    180–210    4–5%

5

   Player 5    150–180    3–4%

Source for both tables: Oliver Wyman Report

Opportunities and Profitability

Leading wealth management providers focusing on the affluent and middle class segments are able to capture notably higher profitability, as these investors represent the most significant revenue and growth potential in the Chinese market. Affluent segment investors typically demand more sophisticated product offerings, which lead to higher take rates, while middle class segment investors generate large transaction volumes. The table below shows the distribution of revenue by business model and investor segment for the wealth management market. As of December 31, 2019, approximately 29% of China’s wealth management market was online.

Revenue by Business Model and Investor Segment

(RMB in billions and % of total revenues of RMB310 billion in 2019)

 

LOGO

Source: Oliver Wyman Report

At the same time, the entry barriers for wealth management providers serving the affluent and middle class segments are high. Successful players must have advanced data and technologies to provide individualized investment recommendations and seamless investing experiences, and a strong brand and established operating history to build credibility, and they must comply with licensing and other regulatory requirements.

Key Success Factors

The following factors are the key to successfully operate in China’s wealth management market:

 

   

effective investor acquisition through an offline-to-online model;

 

152


Table of Contents
   

a comprehensive suite of product offerings supported by sourcing capabilities;

 

   

strong ability to design and offer investor-centric, value-added services and highly personalized products;

 

   

deep insights into products and accurate facilitation of products based on investors’ investment goals and risk appetites, enabled by data-driven analysis; and

 

   

an ability to navigate the evolving regulatory environment.

Regulatory Landscape

Like the retail credit market, China’s wealth management industry has experienced increasing regulatory supervision. Regulations adopted by the People’s Bank of China, the CSRC and the CBIRC laid out clear divisions between financial product designs and distribution, brought heightened focus on risk management and disclosure requirements and driven the shift from guaranteed products towards net asset value—based products. See “Regulation—PRC Regulations.” As a result, asset management companies owned by traditional financial institutions such as banks are also moving towards offering more net asset value—based products and looking for third-party distribution channels, creating more opportunities for independent, open and technology-empowered third-party platforms. Tighter regulations have increased overall compliance costs, enhanced the competitive edge of established market players and encouraged consolidation within the industry. The total market share of top three non-traditional financial service providers in the wealth management market by client assets increased from 45% to 70% from 2017 to the first half of 2020, according to the Oliver Wyman Report. As with the retail credit market, established players with industry-leading practices, adequate resources and flexibility to adapt to the evolving regulatory environment effectively are best poised to capture additional market shares and solidify their market leading positions.

 

153


Table of Contents

BUSINESS

OVERVIEW

We are a leading technology-empowered personal financial services platform in China. Our mission is to make retail borrowing and wealth management easier, safer and more efficient. We primarily address the large unmet demand for personal lending among small business owners as well as salaried workers in China, and we provide tailor-made wealth management solutions to China’s fast growing middle class and affluent population. As of June 30, 2020, our total balance of retail credit facilitated reached RMB519.4 billion (US$73.5 billion), and the total client assets generated through our online wealth management platform reached RMB374.7 billion (US$53.0 billion), ranking us number two and number three, respectively, among non-traditional financial service providers in China according to Oliver Wyman.

China has the second largest financial system globally, both by retail credit lending volume in 2019 and by the total amount of investable assets as of December 31, 2019. The estimated demand for small business financing was RMB89.7 trillion (US$12.7 trillion) in 2019, of which RMB46.6 trillion (US$6.6 trillion) was unmet. In addition, the current outstanding balance of consumer loans in China is estimated to be RMB12.7 trillion (US$1.8 trillion) as of December 31, 2019. As of the same date, China’s personal investable assets reached RMB192 trillion (US$27 trillion), making it the second largest personal wealth management market globally, and only RMB49 trillion (US$7 trillion) or 26% has been placed in wealth management products. For more details, including sources, see “Market Opportunities.”

We are well positioned to capture markets which have been underserved by traditional financial institutions and online-only TechFin platforms backed by major internet companies, such as Ant Financial, WeBank and Tencent Licaitong. Many traditional financial institutions do not have the necessary skills, data and technology to fully address these customer needs, while online-only TechFin platforms generally lack the financial data and financial services capability to price credit risk appropriately for borrowers and provide suitable products to investors. Our business is built on:

 

   

Unique capital-light, hub-and-spoke business model: We operate a scalable capital-light business model focusing on large, underserved, yet highly attractive segments. Our platform has two “hubs”, connecting hundreds of financial institution “spokes,” to facilitate lending and wealth management products tailored to individual customers’ needs and risk appetites. Our hubs are tied to an integrated account which accumulates users’ data to drive ongoing personalization of services.

 

   

Proven technology applications: Our distinctiveness is founded on our ability to develop purpose-built technology, combine it with our financial expertise, and embed these solutions throughout our business. With proprietary data accumulated over 15 years, we have created cutting edge capabilities in know your product (KYP), know your business (KYB), and know your customer (KYC) to effectively assess risk and facilitate products to customers. These three areas leverage extensive data, AI applications, machine learning, and blockchain solutions to price credit and manage suitability-related risks effectively, and to deliver sophisticated digital customer services efficiently. Our strong cooperation with the Ping An ecosystem allows us early access to ongoing investment in technology innovation in financial services, including through Ping An Group’s 8 research institutes and more than 21,000 patents and patent applications.

 

   

Deep financial services expertise: Our relationship with Ping An Group, a top 2 Fortune Global 500 financial institution by 2019 revenue, provides us with valuable access to its ecosystem. Through commercial relationships across the Ping An ecosystem, we benefit from potential access to Ping An Group’s approximately 210 million financial services customers, a proportion of which are small business owners and middle class and affluent investors. We also have collaboration with Ping An businesses, distribution channels, and product capabilities spanning insurance, investment, banking, and analytics.

 

154


Table of Contents
   

Strong offline-to-online channel integration: Our deep integration across channels allows us to better meet the borrowing and wealth management needs of small business owners and middle class and affluent investors through a superior online customer experience complemented with the option of offline assistance. Combining our large direct salesforce of over 56,000 members and online telemarketing team of over 4,000 personnel, with our collaboration across the Ping An ecosystem, empowers us to provide more sophisticated services to small business owners and middle class and affluent investors more effectively than online-only TechFin platforms.

 

   

Through-the-cycle track record: Our strong performance through credit cycles demonstrates the benefit of our superior financial data and our ability to price and manage risk effectively relative to our online-only peers, as well as our ability to respond quickly and adjust our business effectively to regulatory changes. Moreover, we have delivered stable operating results through cycles. Over the three years from 2017 through 2019, our total balance of loans facilitated grew at a CAGR of 26.6%, while our total wealth management client assets, excluding legacy products, grew at a CAGR of 39.4%. Our stable growth, operating results, and superior credit quality over time highlight the caliber of our experienced management team and the clear benefits of our financial DNA.

Unique Business Model: Technology-empowered Personal Financial Services “Hub & Spoke” Platform

 

 

LOGO

We have implemented a unique, capital-light, hub-and-spoke business model combining purpose-built technology applications, extensive data and financial services expertise to effectively facilitate the right products to the right customers.

 

   

In terms of the retail credit facilitation hub, as of June 30, 2020, we have connected 13.4 million cumulative borrowers with more than 50 banks, trusts and insurers as spokes on our platform. We provide small business owners with convenient access to affordable, large-ticket-size funding, while enabling financial institution partners to tap into a fast-growing, high-quality small business segment in a cost-effective way. We integrate our direct sales team and network of channel partners, including the Ping An ecosystem, to acquire high quality borrowers. We operate a capital-light business model. As of June 30, 2020, we have credit risk exposure for only 2.8% of the outstanding balance of loans we facilitated.

 

155


Table of Contents
   

In terms of the wealth management hub, as of June 30, 2020, we have connected with 429 institutional product providers, our spokes, to facilitate the offering of approximately 8,600 wealth management products to 12.8 million active investors. We leverage the Ping An ecosystem, our online marketing team and our member referral programs to source customers. We offer middle class and affluent customers tailored selections of investment products that are aligned with their risk appetite and investment objectives. As of June 30, 2020, approximately 75% of the client assets invested through our platform are from customers that invest more than RMB300,000 (US$42,462). Approximately 88% of these customers utilize one or more of our integrated account functions. These customers generally enjoy priority access to limited availability investments and dedicated services from online relationship managers to augment information for sophisticated products.

 

   

Our integrated account serves as a single interface to connect all borrowers and investors to products, transactions, and services offered through the platform. Its real time processing allows us to continually develop, deepen, and retain customer relationships. Upon registering, new customers link an existing bank account to initiate investments and loans to be automatically funded and repaid through smart functionality. The integrated account allows customers to track all transactions, view performance, and automatically sweep balances into investments. Upon first purchase, AI verification tools deploy facial and voice recognition to confirm customer identification, undertake KYC processing, and screen for fraud, and subsequently leverage this data via voice bots to confirm customer understanding of risks when purchasing more sophisticated products. Through the integrated account, we provide a steady stream of recommendations, product alerts, and portfolio allocation analysis to help customers realize their long-term goals. Services such as our integrated account functions contributed to a 95.0% retention rate among wealth management customers in as of June 30, 2020.

Retail Credit Facilitation

Huge small business owner market with unmet needs. The unmet financing demand of small businesses in China was approximately RMB47 trillion (US$7 trillion) as of December 31, 2019. This market opportunity is huge because small business owners need larger ticket size loans and longer tenors for their personal or operating purposes, often on short notice, and they need both highly personalized services and a fast and convenient application process. Similarly, when salaried workers require larger loans for flexible use, they cannot fulfill their needs through traditional credit card and loan products either.

Current players unable to meet more complex borrower needs. Traditional banks cannot serve small business owners and certain salaried worker customers effectively because they generally find it hard to provide larger ticket size loans without collateral. They may lack sophisticated data-driven risk assessment abilities and they generally do not possess developed technology for cost-efficient online capabilities. Similarly, online-only TechFin companies tend to focus on smaller size loans at shorter tenors where pricing for risk is less important, as they rely more on social behavior data rather than financial data for credit decisioning given their lack of financial services background. Online-only TechFin companies and many traditional banks outsource their collection functions, which reduces their ability to manage risk in their portfolios, particularly at larger ticket sizes or at challenging points in the credit cycle.

Unique data and financial DNA allow us to address these needs. Our unique combination of capabilities allows us to address the needs of small business owners and salaried workers:

 

  (1)

Advanced risk models built on our over 15 years of proprietary credit data as well as analytics and insights derived from cooperation with other members of the Ping An ecosystem;

 

  (2)

Cutting-edge data analytics and AI technologies to automate and digitize the entire loan facilitation process including AI-driven customer targeting, loan underwriting leveraging micro facial expression technologies, and smart robot-based customer service and collection processes;

 

  (3)

Integrated offline-to-online distribution channels including a large nationwide direct salesforce of over 56,000 members, various channel partners, including the Ping An ecosystem, and online telemarketing;

 

156


Table of Contents
  (4)

An experienced and focused in-house collection team of more than 9,500 members; and

 

  (5)

A long and consistent operating track record of close cooperation with more than 50 funding and credit enhancement partners.

We target high quality borrowers with larger ticket sizes. Our target customers are high quality borrowers who have financial assets, real estate, or some access to commercial bank credit and yet are underserved by online-only TechFin companies and traditional financial institutions in China. Among the borrowers we served in the first six months of 2020, excluding legacy products, approximately 92% of them have credit cards and around 57% of them own residential real estate, while 57% of them do not have unsecured bank loans outstanding. These customers typically need larger loans for operating or consumptions purposes. Larger ticket size loans generally offer greater economies of scale and more attractive customer lifetime value, which makes these customers an attractive segment for us. Medium to large ticket size loans generate approximately 77% of total pre-tax profit of the retail credit market. In the first six months of 2020, the average size of loans facilitated on our platform was RMB146,513 (US$20,738) for general unsecured loans and RMB422,398 (US$59,787) for secured loans, compared to an estimated average ticket size of only approximately RMB5,000 (US$708) for the other top 5 lenders among non-traditional financial service providers. Due to the high entry barriers surrounding the large ticket size, small business owner lending space, we enjoy market leadership, high profitability and limited direct competition.

We have delivered stable through-the-cycle results. The balance of loans we facilitated grew at a CAGR of 26.6% from 2017 to 2019, while the DPD 30+ delinquency rate remained at less than 0.7% for secured loans we facilitated and less than 1.9% for general unsecured loans we facilitated as of December 31, 2017, 2018 and 2019, demonstrating the appeal of our target customer segments and our ability to effectively price for risk. We define DPD 30+ delinquency rate as the outstanding balance of loans for which any payment is 30 to 179 calendar days past due divided by the outstanding balance of loans. See “— COVID-19 Impact” below for the impact of the pandemic on delinquency rates in the first six months of 2020.

Wealth Management

Large, fast growing wealth management market. Driven by the fast growth and high savings rate of the middle class and affluent population in China and their increasing demand for personalized investment and wealth management, the assets under management for the wealth management market reached RMB49 trillion (US$7 trillion) in 2019. The wealth management market is expected to grow to RMB118 trillion by the end of 2024, representing a CAGR of 19%.

Current players are not able to meet middle class and affluent investors’ needs. With the recent introduction of the New Asset Management Guidelines, the wealth management industry is moving from being product-centric to customer-centric, creating opportunities for technology- and data-driven personalized service offerings. However, the wealth management needs of the middle class and affluent are significantly underserved because these customers generally do not qualify for more comprehensive private banking services at traditional banks. They seek an increasingly sophisticated range of options but they may have difficulty selecting suitable solutions without assistance. Most commercial banks offer limited products, mainly through higher-cost offline account managers who have limited wealth management expertise and lack specialized suitability management tools. Similarly, online-only TechFin companies seldom offer much beyond the most basic wealth management products with their focus to date mostly on smaller ticket cash management products linked to their ecommerce, social and payment platforms.

We uniquely address sophisticated needs by tailoring through technology. With nearly 10 years of accumulated data and experience, we are able to provide a full suite of wealth management services tailored to address more sophisticated investor needs:

 

  (1)

Comprehensive KYP and KYC data, leveraging underlying AI models, enables accurately facilitating suitable products and portfolios to customers on a real-time basis with ongoing post investment monitoring;

 

157


Table of Contents
  (2)

Broad partnerships with 429 financial institutions, facilitating the offering of approximately 8,600 products across asset categories, support dynamic portfolio creation and performance-based product selection for changing market conditions;

 

  (3)

Integrated offline-to-online marketing allows us to source and personalize services for high quality investors;

 

  (4)

A robust integrated account with automated sweep, investment, and alert functions, supported by online relationship managers for high value customers, empowers investors to fulfill increasingly dynamic and sophisticated investment needs; and

 

  (5)

Real-time recording of account verification data, customer risk tolerance information, product attribute disclosures, product purchasing clicks, and post-order risk comprehension verification calls on blockchain supports suitable selling regulatory requirements commensurate with more sophisticated products, with high efficiency.

We target large, profitable segments. The middle class and affluent customer segments are increasingly seeking diversification of assets and services including dynamic adjustment of their portfolios to meet their goals. As of June 30, 2020, we served 44.7 million registered users and 12.8 million active investors, and 75.4% of our total client assets were contributed by higher value investors with client assets above RMB300,000 (US$42,462). As of June 30, 2020, our average wealth management client assets were approximately RMB29,331 (US$4,151), more than three times higher than average client assets of the other top 5 non-traditional financial service providers, which is estimated to average around RMB8,000 (US$1,132). Our target investors tend to demand sophisticated product offerings, representing additional revenue potential. These features make them an attractive target customer base.

COVID-19 Impact

The resilience and fundamental strengths of our business model have been further proven during COVID-19. Although the DPD 30+ delinquency rate for general unsecured loans increased from 1.8% as of December 31, 2019 to 3.3% as of June 30, 2020 and the DPD 30+ delinquency rate for secured loans increased from 0.6% to 1.4% as of the same dates, we swiftly resumed the operation of our business and flow rate, which is an early indicator for delinquency, began to improve. In response to nationwide lockdowns in China at the end of January 2020, we made remote working arrangements for our collections staff, extended the usage of AI collection technology, and accelerated the launch of AI underwriting robots. As a result of these measures, we have seen recovery in early delinquency indicators in the second quarter of 2020, to levels around those that prevailed for most of 2019. The 1-to-89-day general unsecured loans flow rate improved to 0.6% in May, 0.5% in June and 0.5% in July after reaching a peak of 1.0% in February 2020 and the secured loans flow rate likewise improved to 0.2% in May, 0.2% in June and 0.1% in July after reaching a peak of 0.7% in February 2020. See “—Retail Credit Facilitation—Risk Management for Retail Credit—COVID-19 Impact” for the flow rate charts. Since we take limited credit risk under our capital-light business model, the increase in delinquencies had less impact on our financial results than those of our peers who bear higher credit risk than we do.

Critical aspects of our business model have been reinforced during COVID-19. Although we source customers through offline-to-online channels, our ability to serve customers entirely online has allowed our businesses to benefit from changing consumer behaviors and, as a result, maintain growth in the initial COVID-19 lockdown period. In a bid to drive economic recovery, Chinese government policies have further emphasized the importance of small businesses in reigniting growth and employment. Our ability to serve small business owners in cooperation with financial institutions is squarely in line with policy priorities. Our success in controlling credit risks through the COVID-19 crisis is reinforcing long-standing relationships with our institutional funding partners. Capital markets volatility accompanying COVID-19 is accelerating individual investor understanding of the need to invest in a more diversified manner, further underpinning the importance of our data-driven matching engines to guide investors to more sustainable investing. The new policy priorities, increased online customer behavior, and greater openness by traditional financial institutions to seek new forms

 

158


Table of Contents

of business collaboration resulting from the pandemic are, together, likely to reinforce our competitive advantages.

Solid Performance and Growth Trajectory

Our platform has demonstrated significant growth and profitability in the last three years. Over the three years from 2017 through 2019, our total balance of loans facilitated grew at a CAGR of 26.6%, while our total wealth management client assets, excluding legacy products, grew at a CAGR of 39.4%. Our total income increased from RMB27.8 billion to RMB47.8 billion (US$6.8 billion), representing a CAGR of 31.1%, and our net profit increased from RMB6.0 billion to RMB13.3 billion (US$1.9 billion), representing a CAGR of 48.6%, during the same period. We had total income of RMB25.7 billion (US$3.6 billion) and net profit of RMB7.3 billion (US$1.0 billion) for the first six months of 2020. As we have become increasingly capital-light, our income contribution from technology platform services grew from 61.9% to 87.7% from 2017 to 2019, while our net margin increased from 21.7% to 27.8% during the same period. For the first six months of 2020, our income contribution from technology platform services was 83.5% and our net margin was 28.3%.

OUR STRENGTHS

We believe that the following competitive strengths contribute to our success and differentiate us from our competitors:

Leading Platform in a Sizable and Attractive Market

We are ranked among the top 3 in both retail credit and wealth management among non-traditional financial service providers in China.

In retail credit, we were ranked number 2 among non-traditional financial service providers in China as of June 30, 2020, with a 12% estimated market share in outstanding balances of retail credit facilitated and a 32% estimated market share in outstanding balances of small business loans facilitated. We target the small business owner loan market with personal loans, which is a highly attractive segment within retail credit, posing substantial entry barriers to both traditional financial institutions and online-only TechFin companies. As of June 30, 2020, our retail credit business had achieved substantial scale, with RMB519.4 billion (US$73.5 billion) in total outstanding balance of loans facilitated and 13.4 million cumulative borrowers served. We had an average ticket size of RMB146,513 (US$20,738) for general unsecured loans and approximately RMB422,398 (US$59,787) for secured loans in the first six months of 2020. This compares to an average ticket size of approximately RMB5,000 (US$708) for the other top 5 lenders among non-traditional financial service providers. Larger ticket sizes translate into a higher value per customer, which in turn means that borrower acquisition costs are covered earlier in the life of the loan and collection efforts are justified. Our success in providing larger-ticket-size loans with longer tenor is attributed to our extensive proprietary credit and financial data, our large offline sales team, and our tech-powered online experience.

In wealth management, we were ranked number 3 among non-traditional financial service providers in China as of June 30, 2020, with a 9% market share by client assets, excluding money market funds. We facilitated over RMB1.0 trillion (US$142 billion) in online transaction volume for wealth management products in 2019 and over RMB500 billion (US$71 billion) in the first six months of 2020. As of June 30, 2020, we had RMB374.7 billion (US$53.0 billion) in total client assets and served 12.8 million active investors. Our wealth management client assets per investor were approximately RMB29,331 (US$4,151) as of that same date, compared to average client assets per investor of RMB8,000 (US$1,132) for the other players among the top 5. Our advanced suitability management tools, AI-driven portfolio investing services and long-standing, widely recognized brand allow us to attract and effectively serve middle class and affluent customer segments that have more sophisticated needs and offer higher revenue potential.

 

159


Table of Contents

Customer-centric Product Offerings and Offline-to-Online Channels

The breadth and depth of products that we offer to our customers are critical to the success of our platform. On the retail credit facilitation side, we facilitate the offering to borrowers of an array of loan products with flexibility in structure (secured and unsecured), size (up to RMB10 million (US$1.4 million) for secured and up to RMB1 million (US$142 thousand) for unsecured) and contractual tenor (up to 36 months) at affordable rates to meet their small business and consumption needs. Our 16 years of through-cycle credit data, supplemented by access to Ping An ecosystem analytics and insights, is critical in assessing borrowers’ ability and willingness to repay larger-size loans. On the wealth management side, through partnerships with 429 institutional product providers, we facilitate the offering of approximately 8,600 products covering all major wealth management product categories in China, including asset management plans, bank products, mutual funds, private investment funds, trust products and insurance products.

Our purpose-built end-to-end technology platform integrates with offline-to-online capabilities, which confers significant competitive advantages combining elegance, scalability and flexibility of digital technology with deep customer relationships and effective risk management.

We acquire customers primarily through our direct sales team, various channel partners, including the Ping An ecosystem, and direct online marketing. On the retail credit facilitation side, our nationwide direct sales force of over 56,000 members covers over 270 cities across all provinces in China except Tibet. The active and personal involvement of our own employees ensures deep client relationships. We pair this with the Ping An ecosystem, which leverages experience and knowledge of the markets to identify high-quality clients with unmet financing needs. These are supplemented by over 210 other active channel partners and an online and telemarketing team of over 4,000 members that maintains contact with existing and past customers to help them borrow new loans. Our business is well diversified with multiple acquisition channels and nationwide coverage. No single city accounted for more than 3.5% of the total balance of loans we facilitated as of June 30, 2020, excluding legacy products. At the same time, our offline-to-online model enables us to maintain a robust centralized risk management system on the basis of a paperless and fully online loan application and approval process. On the wealth management side, the investors we acquire through the Ping An ecosystem typically are of higher quality and invest more with our platform given multiple touch points across Ping An Group. With only 4.5 million active investors sourced from approximately 210 million financial services customers in the Ping An ecosystem as of June 30, 2020, there is significant room for future growth.

Technology-enabled Customer Experience and Services

One of our key strengths lies in our knowledge of how to apply and integrate cutting-edge technologies with our product and service offerings to enable a seamless and personalized experience throughout the customer journey.

With over 15 years of proprietary data, and by leveraging AI, data analytics, and blockchain technologies, we have created cutting-edge capabilities in KYP, KYB and KYC to effectively price risk, facilitate suitable products and deliver sophisticated digital customer services.

In our retail credit facilitation business, we leverage our proprietary KYC and KYB data technology for targeted marketing and risk assessment tailored for small business loans. Our segmentation algorithms allow us to carry out cluster analysis of customer segments to automatically screen potential customers, enabling us to select and target high-quality borrowers. The resulting analytical insights empower our direct sales and telemarketing agents to improve acquisition efficiency and proactively assist our customers. We deploy biometric identification, natural language processing, and optical character recognition to eliminate some of the more onerous procedures and simplify the process for the borrower to provide loan documentation. We have also reshaped the traditional credit approval process with advanced technology. Interviews are conducted remotely, utilizing our advanced voice and facial recognition technologies. We are among the first in the industry to develop micro facial expression analytics to detect fraud.

 

160


Table of Contents

Based on a vast amount of credit and financial data from our proprietary database, Ping An ecosystem analytics and insights, and behavioral data that we have amassed during the application and interview process, our credit approval model allows us to significantly reduce turnaround time for large ticket loans. The entire loan application, fraud detection and credit approval process for general unsecured loans can be as fast as 20 minutes, compared to days or weeks for many Chinese commercial banks. We have recently launched a revolutionary 100% AI video approval tool, AI+ Video Loan, that eliminates any manual input and allows the application and approval process to be completed by video conversation. With regards to loan collection, our predictive modelling technology and proprietary collection algorithms allow us to segment delinquent customers and design the most appropriate course of action for each one. We utilize a combination of SMS reminders, automated calls powered by voicebot technology, and our offline collection team to improve collection cost effectiveness and customer experience. We also use natural language processing technology to monitor the conversations between our collection team and our customers to ensure that collection practices are conducted in a fully compliant manner. Our application of technology to customer experience is designed to both enhance customer satisfaction and increase our operating efficiency.

In our wealth management business, we apply multiple smart technologies to provide highly personalized services. Our state-of-the-art AI-enabled risk matching system processes an enormous array of KYP and KYC data to facilitate the right product to the right investor at the right time. We use machine learning to analyze and predict investor behavior and intentions, which is then used to generate individually tailored content for targeted marketing, effective customer interaction and post-investment monitoring. Our AI-driven smart robots are responsible for key stages in the investing life cycle and execute marketing strategies to further drive customer engagement. This technology enables us to serve middle class and affluent investors by providing high-end customer services at a price that the private wealth management departments of traditional banks cannot match.

We utilize quantitative models and machine learning to provide customized portfolio investment recommendations based on investor behavior and risk preference to help them achieve better returns with controlled risk. We provide integrated account services to allow remote account opening and automatic settlement. Dedicated account managers offer priority opportunity to purchase popular products and personalized consultations for complex products. As a result, our number of active investors grew at a CAGR of 14.1% from 2017 to 2019, while our investor retention ratio remained above 90% each year. Going forward, we are leveraging our technology to build an end-to-end digital wealth management enablement solution to empower small and medium-size financial institutions via multi-tenant clouds through to extend our hub-and-spoke model.

Cutting-edge Data-driven Risk Management

We are at the forefront of embedding advanced AI, big data, blockchain technology and analytics into business processes resulting in a highly sophisticated, holistic and adaptable risk management system.

In our retail credit facilitation business, we have built our proprietary risk pricing models with extensive credit, financial and behavioral data through over 15 years of operations, access to Ping An ecosystem analytics and insights, and data from diverse third party sources accessed under proper authorization and within lawful parameters. Credit and financial data are highly relevant to credit decisions for larger size, longer tenor loans that require the assessment of not only willingness to repay but also the ability to repay.

We start with more than 6,000 predictive variables for each borrower, which we narrow down to 1,063 key variables that are used for our loan decision models, of which approximately 92% are credit and financial data. Only about 8% of the data we rely on is consumption and other online behavioral data that is typically used by online-only TechFin players and found on social media, search engines, or online shopping websites. In our experience, consumption and social behavioral data can be useful in anti-fraud checks to assess willingness to repay but has limited utility in assessing the ability to repay. Our proprietary models combined with the large volume of credit and financial data collected over 15 years allow us to accurately price risks based on borrower creditworthiness.

 

161


Table of Contents

As part of the initial loan decision, we apply cutting-edge anti-fraud technologies such as facial and voice recognition, biometric identification, and micro facial expression and social network analysis. If the loan is not repaid on time, we use AI robots and advanced segmentation algorithms to choose the most cost-effective approach for customers of different risk levels. We combine AI efforts with an on-the-ground collection team of more than 9,500 employees, which has proven effective even through the pandemic crisis.

Our in-house collection team is crucial for timely and effective collection of larger size loans. Data from post-loan monitoring and collection efforts is constantly fed back into customer selection and credit approval algorithms to make sure our models are continuously refined to optimize outcomes. We ensure close collaboration between our local and centralized management teams and monitor macroeconomic and industry factors to take preemptive or mitigating actions in anticipation of potential credit events.

In our wealth management business, we strictly enforce suitability management and transparent disclosure before, during and after the investment to avoid any misunderstanding on the part of the investor, highlighting that there are no explicit or implicit guarantees for principal or returns on investments. We use blockchain technology to accomplish suitability management and transparent disclosure as well as to record interactions with investors on our platform to ensure full traceability in case of complaints or disputes.

Before our investors make an investment, we supplement traditional questionnaires with big data analysis and machine learning to arrive at a customer rating based on the investor’s risk appetite and experience. This rating is updated in real time based on the investor’s subsequent behavior. We also assess the riskiness of each product on our platform in terms of both the product provider and the underlying assets. We monitor asset risks over the entire life cycle of the asset to generate real-time, dynamic product ratings and risk alerts based on big data analysis of both company specific data and broader market trends. During the investment process, we focus on suitability management.

We have strict measures in place to ensure that investors are only allowed to view and purchase products that do not exceed the investor’s own risk tolerance, while the AI-based proprietary product recommendation engine that we use provides precision product facilitation based on the investor’s needs, risk appetite and experience. At the time of investment, investors are provided with reminders to avoid concentration risk in a single asset category or product. After the investment, we continuously monitor the client’s assets for emerging risks and provide additional disclosure in the form of product risk warnings, platform disclaimers and real-time updates, as needed. We believe we maintain one of the most comprehensive standards on disclosure in the industry.

Scalable Capital-light Business Model

We have implemented a capital-light business model that has allowed us to grow rapidly with minimal constraints from capital demands, and generate attractive technology platform-based fees. Our capital-light business model combined with cloud-native infrastructure and distributed architecture allows us to scale rapidly with lower costs.

We increased the percentage of the volume of new loans we facilitated that were funded by third parties from 51.8% in 2017 to 99.3% in the first six months of 2020. We also decreased the percentage on which we bore credit risk from 24.6% as of December 31, 2017 to 2.8% as of June 30, 2020. We have established funding partnerships with more than 50 financial institutions, with 28% of our funding from national joint stock banks, 33% from city and rural and other commercial banks, and 39% from trust companies for the new loans we facilitated in the first six months of 2020.

In addition to the credit enhancement model where we cooperate primarily with Ping An P&C, which has been our most important credit enhancement partner since 2016, we have also achieved initial success in testing new models with our funding partners where they do not require or require only limited third party credit

 

162


Table of Contents

enhancement going forward. We plan to introduce new models to meet varying risk appetites among our funding partners, so that funding partners can choose the level of risk and return they prefer.

Our wealth management business facilitates the distribution of third-party wealth management products without assuming credit risks or making any implicit or explicit guarantees, while controlling reputational and suitability-risks through the application of sophisticated suitability management technology.

As we have become increasingly capital light, the percentage of our total income contributed by technology platform-based income increased significantly from 61.9% in 2017 to 83.5% in the first six months of 2020. Our outstanding balance of loans facilitated grew at a 26.6% CAGR from 2017 to 2019 and 27.4% from June 30, 2019 to June 30, 2020, while our client assets excluding legacy products grew at a 39.4% CAGR from 2017 to 2019 and 34.2% year on year in the first six months of 2020. At the same time, we are able to deliver strong profitability with our net margin improving from 21.7% in 2017 to 28.3% in the first six months of 2020.

Our capital-light business model is only made possible by our deep, multi-faceted partnerships with financial institutions. Our long track record and consistent performance have allowed us broad access to cost-efficient funding. Although we bear limited credit risk under our loan facilitation model, we adopt a principal mindset in identifying creditworthy customers for our funding and credit enhancement partners to ensure sustainable mutually beneficial outcomes. Our larger ticket size loans and superior risk management capabilities are particularly valuable in providing scale while controlling risks for these institutional partners.

We adopt the same philosophy in our wealth management business, where we generate large transaction volumes for our institutional product providers. We recently launched an end-to-end digital enablement solution for bank wealth management business which will further extend our institutional relationships and allow us to capture additional growth opportunities. We believe the depth and breadth of our institutional relationships is critical in allowing our business to remain capital light to continue to scale quickly.

Innovation and Synergies within the Ping An Ecosystem

We have benefited immensely from our relationship with Ping An Group while maintaining a high degree of self-sufficiency. Ping An is not only a pre-eminent trusted financial services brand in China and worldwide, it is also a recognized leader in fintech technologies. Being a member of the Ping An ecosystem has been instrumental for us in establishing our own credibility within the retail credit and wealth management fields. Ping An Group also has a wealth of institutional knowledge about China’s financial industry regulatory system. Ping An P&C has formed a long-term and mutually beneficial strategic relationship with us to provide credit enhancement to loans we have facilitated.

Our cooperation with other members of Ping An Group is likewise mutually beneficial. The synergy between our products and complementary product offerings within the Ping An ecosystem has enhanced customer loyalty for all parties. We leverage the Ping An ecosystem to acquire high quality borrowers and affluent platform investors. On average, the borrowers we acquire through the Ping An ecosystem are more creditworthy, and the investors purchase more wealth management products. The new loans we facilitated through the Ping An ecosystem was RMB65.1 billion, RMB104.5 billion and RMB197.4 billion (US$28.4 billion) in 2017, 2018, and 2019 respectively and RMB105.1 billion (US$14.9 billion) in the first six months of 2020. Total client assets in current products acquired from the Ping An ecosystem was RMB40.4 billion, RMB77.4 billion and RMB102.4 billion (US$14.5 billion) in 2017, 2018, and 2019 respectively and RMB142.3 billion (US$20.3 billion) in the first six months of 2020. Many of the advanced technologies that we use, such as facial and voice recognition technology for verifying customer identities, AI and machine learning algorithms, and the application of blockchain to suitability management, have been licensed from the Ping An ecosystem. Ping An Group’s financial DNA, and its dedication to a culture of risk management and compliance, has positively shaped our company’s development.

 

163


Table of Contents

Experienced Management Team with Proven Track Record of Delivering Growth and Profitability

We have an experienced management team comprised of professionals from both financial institutions and technology market leaders, who bring abundant PRC local expertise and international experience to the table. The foresight of our management team, combined with their industry thought leadership and strong execution capabilities, has been a key driver for the business’s rapid transformation and operational resilience against the backdrop of the changing regulatory landscape in China.

Our business was designed to be adaptable. The breadth of our product offerings allows us to react quickly to changing regulations by discontinuing some products and substituting with others. Our multi-channel offline-to-online customer sourcing allows us to acquire qualified investors to adapt to the New Asset Management Guidelines. Our diversified funding sources allowed us to smoothly transition to full institutional funding without any business interruption after we exited from the peer-to-peer market. At every point on this journey, our management team was able to deliver superior and consistent operational and financial performance, and as a result, we have created significant shareholder value over the last three years despite significant regulatory headwinds. For example, our total income grew at a CAGR of 31.1% from 2017 to 2019 and our net profit at a CAGR of 48.6% over the same period. Finally, our management’s deep industry and regulatory insights have instilled the highest standards of compliance and risk culture in our company and reinforced the trust of our customers, partners and regulators, yielding robust results.

OUR STRATEGIES

We intend to continue to achieve our goals by pursuing the following strategies:

Retail Credit Facilitation

Solidify our leadership in the small business owner personal lending space. We plan to solidify our leadership by sourcing additional high-quality customers and further enhancing our risk selection through the feedback loop from more loan servicing and collections data. We plan to increase our operating efficiency by broadening the coverage and increasing the productivity of our direct sales team, by adopting new and improved technology to equip our direct sales and collection teams, and by further penetrating the Ping An ecosystem. We plan to continue to revolutionize customer experience through technology innovation such as improving AI+ Video Loan that offers seamless end-to-end, self-service experience, as we expand into diverse small business verticals and serve increasing inbound customers attracted from online channels. We also aim to deepen our relationship with small business owner customers by enhancing our full suite of customer engagement and financial services such as cash management, revolving credit, and wealth management and serving as the core hub and aggregation platform for small business owner ecosystem. We further intend to take measures to build relationships with new funding and insurance spokes while strengthening our relationships with existing ones, in order to provide affordable pricing to support the long-term development of small business owners.

Further refine our capital-light business model. We have achieved initial success in testing a model where we and our funding partners share more of the risks and more of the returns from loans, relying less on third-party credit guarantee insurance to play this role. This model has been embraced by those funding partners who have worked with us for a longer time, and we believe that we can build on this initial success as more funding partners become comfortable with our risk management capabilities and track record.

Deepen data advantage and further leverage technology. We believe that we can further enhance our risk management capabilities and further improve customer experience by continuing to upgrade our dynamic risk pricing models, employing state-of-the-art technologies to provide a frictionless customer experience, and achieve better economies of scale by capturing a higher share of the borrowing of our large existing customer base.

Grow our consumer finance business. We intend to grow our consumer finance business under our newly obtained consumer finance license as a supplement to our existing large-ticket-size loan offerings. We believe

 

164


Table of Contents

there is a very large consumer finance opportunity in China as middle class wealth and consumption continues to grow.

Wealth Management

Lead the evolution of China’s wealth management industry. We intend to further expand our product expertise through deepening our already strong relationships with product spokes and enhancing our portfolio construction capabilities, while at the same time offering greater transparency and suitability matching tools and further personalizing our services to maintain our leadership position in the industry.

Broaden customer outreach through hub-and-spoke partnerships with traditional financial institutions. We plan to consolidate our strengths in an end-to-end digital wealth management and offer enablement solutions to traditional financial institutions as they endeavor to adapt to the New Asset Management Guidelines to tap into new growth opportunities.

Invest in core data and technology. We will further develop our AI and big data capabilities to better personalize our portfolio and service offerings and drive automation to lower our operating and customer acquisition costs.

Expand overseas. We intend to build on our initial presence in Singapore and Hong Kong to better address the pool of investable assets held by wealthy overseas Chinese throughout the region, while exploring partnerships with Asian financial institutions to best navigate local regulatory and market environments.

Integrated Account

Enhance aggregation functionality. We intend to enable customers to aggregate their financial information, covering accounts at multiple institutions, via the platform, to enhance all-in-one personal financial analytics and planning.

Broaden financial and life data scenarios and analytics. In addition to current investment analytics, we plan to create an online depository for customers’ asset certificates (e.g. home ownership), insurance coverage, tax status, and medical information to increase frequency, breadth, and depth of borrower and investor engagement through new data-driven services.

RETAIL CREDIT FACILITATION

We provide retail credit facilitation services to high-quality borrowers in China under the Puhui brand. Established in 2005 and acquired by us in 2016 from Ping An Group, Puhui has over 15 years of operating history with rich risk management experience and credit-relevant data. Puhui offers a full suite of retail credit products and has an extensive nationwide presence facilitating loans in over 290 cities across all provinces in China except Tibet.

Our retail credit facilitation business connects borrowers, funding partners and credit enhancement partners, with our purpose-built end-to-end technology platform at the hub. Our technology platform integrates with offline-to-online capabilities, which confers significant competitive advantages in terms of deep customer relationship and effective risk management. At each stage of the customer journey from origination to servicing and collection, we apply advanced technology, including big data, AI and blockchain technology, to provide an elegant user experience for borrowers, ecosystem partners and sales teams. The entire loan application, fraud detection and credit approval process for general unsecured loans can be as fast as 20 minutes, compared to days or weeks for many Chinese commercial banks. Such efficiency is made possible by an extensive range of data sets that we have accumulated and can access under proper authorization and within lawful parameters. Our direct sales force and channel partners leverage data analytics and AI to target high quality borrowers with larger

 

165


Table of Contents

ticket size relative to other non-traditional financial service providers and with a faster loan approval process than traditional financial institutions. Integration of our direct salesforce and channel partners into our end-to-end technology platform helps us deepen our customer relationships to effectively manage the risk of larger ticket size loans while delivering the efficiencies afforded by digital technology.

We primarily target small business owners and to a lesser extent salaried workers in China who have residential property, financial assets or some access to commercial bank credit and yet are underserved by traditional financial institutions. Our borrowers use the proceeds of loans we facilitate primarily for working capital purposes in small businesses and to a lesser extent personal consumption.

We facilitate a diversified suite of loan products, including both unsecured loans and secured loans. The products we facilitate offer flexibility in ticket size and loan tenor to address different borrower needs. The average ticket size for general unsecured loans was RMB141,070 (US$19,967) in 2019 and RMB146,513 (US$20,738) in the first six months of 2020, while average contractual tenor was 35.2 and 35.1 months, respectively. The average ticket size for secured loans was RMB486,611 (US$68,875) in 2019 and RMB422,398 (US$59,787) in the first six months of 2020, while average contractual tenor was 35.9 months and 36.0 months, respectively. In 2019, general unsecured loans represented 76.0% and secured loans 23.8% of the volume of new loans we facilitated, with the remaining 0.2% consisting of legacy loans. In the first six months of 2020, general unsecured loans represented 75.6% and secured loans 24.4% of the volume of new loans we facilitate.

We acquire borrowers through a combination of direct sales, channel partners, and online and telemarketing channels. Our offline-to-online model is the key to opening up the small business owner segment of the loan market. We had over 56,000 full-time employees in an extensive direct sales network covering more than 270 cities across all provinces in China except Tibet as of June 30, 2020. Our channel partners include the Ping An ecosystem, through which we may access a nationwide distribution network and approximately 210 million financial services customers, as well as over 210 active third-party channel partner entities. Our channel partners introduce borrowers and are paid referral fees for each loan originated. In addition, we had over 4,000 employees engaged in targeted online and telemarketing campaigns, mainly directed at existing and past customers.

We cooperated with 49 banks and 5 trust companies as of June 30, 2020 in funding the loans we originate. In a small number of cases we make loans using funds from our own licensed microloan and consumer finance subsidiaries, primarily to test out new products. Banks, trust plans run by trust companies, and our microloan and consumer finance subsidiaries funded 60.6%, 38.7% and 0.7%, respectively, of the volume of new loans we facilitated in the first six months of 2020. We have transitioned smoothly to obtaining all of our third-party funding from banks and trust plans run by trust companies. In the first six months of 2020, we obtained all of our third-party funding for new loans we facilitated from a diversified range of banks and trusts, with none of our funding sources accounting for more than 10% of the funding for the loans originated through our platform.

We utilize third-party credit enhancement to limit our credit risk exposure. Of the outstanding balance of loans we had facilitated as of June 30, 2020, third-party credit enhancement partners insured or guaranteed 94.2%, our subsidiaries bore credit risk on 2.8%, and funding partners bore credit risk on the remaining 3.0%. Of the 94.2% guaranteed or insured by third-party credit insurance partners, Ping An P&C, which is a member of Ping An Group, provided 91.2% of the third-party credit enhancement for the loans that we facilitated, while 3.0% was guaranteed or insured by other third parties.

By making use of third-party funding and third-party credit enhancement, we have implemented an asset-light and capital-light business model that has allowed us to grow rapidly with minimal constraint from capital demands. In the first six months of 2020, we funded only 0.7% of the new loans we facilitated, and we bore credit risk for only 2.8% of the outstanding balance of loans we facilitated as of June 30, 2020. Our ability to identify, acquire and manage creditworthy borrowers has made us a trusted partner for funding partners and credit enhancement partners alike. Our DPD 30+ delinquency rate remained at less than 0.7% for secured loans we facilitated and less than 1.9% for general unsecured loans we facilitated as of December 31, 2017, 2018 and

 

166


Table of Contents

2019. We define DPD 30+ delinquency rate as the outstanding balance of loans for which any payment is 30 to 179 calendar days past due, divided by the outstanding balance of loans. As of June 30, 2020, our DPD 30+ delinquency rate was 1.4% for secured loans and 3.3% for general unsecured loans we facilitated. See “—COVID-19 Impact” below for the impact of the pandemic on delinquency rates in the first six months of 2020.

We have grown significantly in recent years. As of December 31, 2017, 2018 and 2019, the outstanding balance of loans we facilitated was RMB288.4 billion, RMB375.0 billion and RMB462.2 billion (US$65.4 billion), respectively, representing a CAGR of 26.6% from 2017 to 2019, and it was RMB519.4 billion (US$73.5 billion) as of June 30, 2020, representing a 27.4% year-on-year growth in outstanding loan balance despite the challenging environment of the COVID-19 pandemic. The number of cumulative borrowers was 7.5 million, 10.3 million and 12.4 million as of December 31, 2017, 2018 and 2019, respectively, and 13.4 million as of June 30, 2020. In 2017, 2018 and 2019, the total volume of new loans we facilitated was RMB343.8 billion, RMB397.0 billion and RMB493.7 billion (US$69.9 billion), respectively representing a CAGR of 19.8% from 2017 to 2019. In the first six months of 2020 we facilitated RMB284.5 billion (US$40.3 billion) in new loans, representing a year-on-year growth rate of 24.8%. We recognized retail credit facilitation service fees across all products of RMB15.3 billion, RMB29.6 billion and RMB39.3 billion (US$5.6 billion) in 2017, 2018 and 2019, respectively, representing a CAGR of 60.1% from 2017 to 2019. We recognized RMB20.8 billion (US$2.9 billion) in retail credit facilitation service fees for the first six months of 2020, representing a year-on-year growth of 9.1%.

Our Borrowers

We target high-quality borrowers in China, primarily small business owners and to a lesser extent salaried workers who have residential property, financial assets and some access to commercial bank credit and yet are underserved by traditional financial institutions. As of June 30, 2020, we had 13.4 million cumulative borrowers and 4.7 million borrowers who have loans currently outstanding. New borrowers in the first six months of 2020 averaged 39 years of age, and 46% of them were women. Data we access from the People’s Bank of China indicates that 92% of them have at least one credit card but 57% of them have no outstanding unsecured bank loans as of June 30, 2020. Based on data they have provided voluntarily, 47% have a life insurance policy and 57% own residential property, though the actual numbers should be higher since not all of them chose to supply this information.

Small business owners accounted for approximately 60%, 59% and 63% of all new loans we facilitated in 2017, 2018 and 2019, respectively, excluding legacy loans, and 69% in the first six months of 2020. In the first six months of 2020, they accounted for substantially all of the new secured loans and approximately 59% of the new general unsecured loans we facilitated. Many of our small business owner borrowers have fewer than 30 employees and annual revenues of less than RMB5 million (US$0.7 million). The small businesses for whose owners we facilitate loans are engaged in a very diverse set of businesses. These include retail, wholesale, manufacturing, construction, and services. This diversity in economic activity, coupled with geographical diversity, diversifies our risk. Some of the small businesses are separate legal persons from their owners and some are not, but in either case the borrower is always the owner of the business in his or her personal capacity, so that the owner cannot avoid repayment of the loan on the basis of having limited liability for the debts of the entity.

Small business owners often need larger ticket size loans on short notice for imminent operating needs. Their demand is underserved by traditional commercial banks in China, which typically cannot provide larger ticket size loans to individuals without collateral, and by online-only TechFin and smaller fintech platforms, which typically do not facilitate larger ticket size loans. As we continue to target small business owners, we expect them to account for an even larger percentage of all new loans we facilitate going forward.

 

167


Table of Contents

In addition, we facilitate loans to salaried workers who need large ticket size consumption loans for purposes such as education, home decoration, and purchase of consumer durables. In June 2020, we also started to serve consumers under our newly established consumer finance subsidiary.

Our Loan Products

We facilitate secured loans and unsecured loans. The typical borrower of a secured loan is a small business owner who uses the loan proceeds for business operations. Borrowers of general unsecured loans include both small business owners and salaried workers who use the loan proceeds for business operations or personal consumption. We base our credit assessment on individual data for salaried workers and a combination of individual and business data for small business owners, plus the characteristics of the collateral for borrowers of secured loans, who are almost all small business owners. Substantially all the collateral is residential property. The following chart summarizes some of the characteristics of borrowers and the loans we facilitate for them in the first six months of 2020:

 

   

General Unsecured Loans

 

Secured Loans

Typical Borrower Profile

 

•  Small business owners

 

•  Salaried workers

 

•  Small business owners

Use of Proceeds

 

•  Small business operations

 

•  Personal consumption

 

•  Small business operations

Credit Risk Assessment

 

•  Individual, business

 

•  Individual

 

•  Individual, business, collateral

Average Ticket Size

 

•  RMB165,266 (US$23,392)

 

•  RMB125,818 (US$17,808)

 

•  RMB422,398 (US$59,787)

Average Contractual Tenor

 

•  35.3 months

 

•  34.9 months

 

•  36.0 months

APR

 

•  28.9%

 

•  28.2%

 

•  17.4%

Annualized Nominal Borrowing Cost

 

•  17.0%

 

•  16.5%

 

•  11.5%

Repayment Schedule

 

•  Fixed installments

 

•  Fixed installments and revolving credit

 

•  Fixed installments or balloon payment

The outstanding balance of loans we facilitated has grown year over year. The following table shows the outstanding balance of loans facilitated by product as of the dates indicated. We refer to our current unsecured loan products as general unsecured loans to distinguish them from certain legacy unsecured loan products which we no longer offer.

 

     As of December 31,      As of June 30,  
     2017      2018      2019      2020  
     (RMB
millions)
     (%)      (RMB
millions)
     (%)      (RMB
millions)
     (%)      (RMB
millions)
     (%)  

Outstanding Balance of Loans Facilitated

                       

General unsecured loans

     159,273        55.2        266,219        71.0        366,486        79.3        417,497        80.4  

Secured loans

     94,280        32.7        65,400        17.4        88,599        19.2        100,488        19.3  

Legacy unsecured loans

     34,881        12.1        43,387        11.6        7,158        1.5        1,424        0.3  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     288,434        100.0        375,006        100.0        462,243        100.0        519,410        100.0  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

168


Table of Contents

The following table sets forth the percentage of the outstanding balance of loans with fixed installment and balloon payment repayment schedules as of December 31, 2017, 2018 and 2019 and as of June 30, 2020.

 

     As of December 31,      As of
June 30,
 
     2017      2018      2019      2020  
     (%)  

Fixed installments

     95.3        99.8        94.3        92.3  

Balloon payments

     4.7        0.2        5.7        7.7  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     100.0        100.0        100.0        100.0  

The following table shows the volume of new loans facilitated by product during the periods indicated.

 

     For the Year Ended December 31,      For the Six Months
Ended June 30,
 
     2017      2018      2019      2020  
     (RMB
millions)
     (%)      (RMB
millions)
     (%)      (RMB
millions)
     (%)      (RMB
millions)
     (%)  

Volume of New Loans Facilitated

                       

General unsecured loans

     159,079        46.3        275,214        69.3        375,343        76.0        215,060        75.6  

Secured loans

     120,383        35.0        51,630        13.0        117,312        23.8        69,401        24.4  

Legacy unsecured loans

     64,330        18.7        70,119        17.7        1,068        0.2        —          —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     343,792        100.0        396,962        100.0        493,723        100.0        284,461        100.0  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Loans are available on flexible terms. The loan products available on our platform permit large ticket sizes, long tenors and early repayment options, which are important features of loan products for small business owners.

The maximum permitted ticket size in the first six months of 2020 was RMB10 million for secured loans and RMB1 million for unsecured loans. Average loan size was considerably smaller. The following table shows the average ticket size for loans we facilitated, for both general unsecured loans and secured loans.

 

     For the Year Ended December 31,      For the Six Months
Ended June 30,
 
     2017      2018      2019      2020  
     (RMB)  

Average Ticket Size

           

General unsecured loans

     106,646        127,778        141,070        146,513  

Secured loans

     509,699        656,773        486,611        422,398  

The maximum contractual tenor for loans we facilitated in the first six months of 2020 was 36 months, and most borrowers chose the maximum tenor. The following table shows the average contractual tenor for loans we facilitated, for both general unsecured loans and secured loans.

 

     For the Year Ended December 31,      For the Six Months
Ended June 30,
 
     2017      2018      2019      2020  
     (months)  

Average Contractual Tenor

           

General unsecured loans

     34.1        34.8        35.2        35.1  

Secured loans

     29.5        35.7        35.9        36.0  

Due to customer behavior and early repayment options, the effective tenor will be shorter than the average contractual tenor. We are taking measures to mitigate the impact of early repayment, including charging early

 

169


Table of Contents

repayment fees if borrowers early repay the loans in the first several months after inception and charging monthly service fees based on the monthly outstanding loan balance, which decreases with each repayment, instead of based on a fixed monthly number calculated based on the loan principal at origination.

The table below sets forth the gross amount of early repayment applied against the loan principal for secured and general unsecured loans in the years ended December 31, 2017, 2018, and 2019, and in the six months ended June 30, 2020.

 

Vintage

   Loan
Principal at
Origination
     Early Repayment Amount  
   For the Year Ended
December 31,
     For the
Six
Months
Ended
June 30,
 
   2017      2018      2019      2020  
     (RMB millions)  

Before 2017

            33,529        12,998        1,979         

2017

     279,462        38,989        60,778        19,493        2,081  

2018

     326,843               48,630        75,470        17,006  

2019

     492,656                      89,026        76,102  

First half 2020

     284,461                             14,964  
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

        72,518        122,406        185,968        110,153  
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Secured loans have both fixed installment and balloon payment schedules, whereas general unsecured loans typically have fixed installment repayment schedules. Early repayment options are available for the loan products on our platform. We do not permit borrowers to refinance their loans to a lower interest rate without early repayment. Certain high-quality borrowers of general unsecured loans may be offered an additional loan before their original loan is completely repaid. In the first six months of 2020, 7.6% of the volume of new general unsecured loans facilitated represented additional loans to existing borrowers.

For the six months ended June 30, 2020, the average APR was 28.6% for general unsecured loans we facilitated and 17.4% for our secured loans. APR represents the monthly all-in borrowing cost as a percentage of the outstanding balance annualized by a factor of 12. The all-in borrowing cost comprises the actual amount of (a) interest, (b) insurance premiums or guarantee fees and (c) retail credit facilitation service fees. The following table shows the average APR for the new loans we facilitated, for both general unsecured loans and secured loans. We reduced our fee rates for certain borrowers and changed certain credit criteria for borrowers in early September. As a result, the APR of all new loans applied for after September 4, 2020 was below 24%.

 

     For the Year Ended December 31,      For
the Six
Months
Ended
June 30,
 
     2017      2018      2019      2020  
     (%)  

APR

           

General unsecured loans

     31.6        29.0        29.0        28.6  

Secured loans

     19.5        20.6        18.7        17.4  

 

170


Table of Contents

The following table presents the proportion of volume of new loans we facilitated by APR in the first six months of 2020, for both general unsecured loans and secured loans.

 

     Below 24%      24 to 30%      30% to 36%      Total  
     (%)  

APR

           

General unsecured loans

     28.8        42.4        28.9        100.0  

Secured loans

     100.0        —          —          100.0  

The following table presents the average ticket size of new loans we facilitated by APR in the first six months of 2020, for both general unsecured loans and secured loans.

 

Average Ticket Size

   Below 24%      24 to 30%      30 to 36%      All  
     (RMB)  

General unsecured loans

     192,255        164,971        104,533        146,513  

Secured loans

     422,398        —          —          422,398  

The following table shows the average annualized nominal borrowing cost for new loans we facilitated, for both general unsecured loans and secured loans. Annualized nominal borrowing cost represents the annualized all-in borrowing cost as a percentage of the original principal amount. We believe this is a generally used calculation of borrowing cost in the Chinese retail credit facilitation industry.

 

     For the Year Ended December 31,      For
the Six
Months
Ended
June 30,
 
     2017      2018      2019      2020  
     (%)  

Annualized Nominal Borrowing Cost

           

General unsecured loans

     18.6        16.9        17.0        16.8  

Secured loans

     12.3        11.6        11.5        11.5  

General Unsecured Loans

General unsecured loans target both small business owners and salaried workers. In the first six months of 2020, approximately 59% of our general unsecured loan borrowers were small business owners and 41% were salaried workers. The average contractual tenor of new general unsecured loans we facilitated during this period was 35.1 months and the average ticket size was RMB146,513 (US$20,738). In the first six months of 2020, 28.8% of the volume of new general unsecured loans we facilitated had an APR lower than 24%, another 42.4% had an APR between 24% and 30%, and 28.9% had an APR between 30% and 36%.

As of December 31, 2017, 2018 and 2019, our outstanding balance of general unsecured loans facilitated was RMB159.3 billion, RMB266.2 billion and RMB366.5 billion (US$51.9 billion), respectively, and as of June 30, 2020, it was RMB417.5 billion (US$59.1 billion). In 2017, 2018 and 2019, our total volume of general unsecured loans facilitated amounted to RMB159.1 billion, RMB275.2 billion and RMB375.3 billion (US$53.1 billion), respectively, and in the first six months of 2020 it was RMB215.1 billion (US$30.4 billion).

 

171


Table of Contents

The following table presents the volume of general unsecured loans we facilitated by ticket size for the periods indicated:

 

     For the Year Ended December 31,      For the
Six Months Ended
June 30,
 
     2017      2018      2019      2020  
     (RMB
millions)
     (%)      (RMB
millions)
     (%)      (RMB
millions)
     (%)      (RMB
millions)
     (%)  

Ticket Size

                       

Up to RMB50,000

     13,266        8.3        12,240        4.4        17,549        4.7        8,294        3.9  

RMB50,001 to RMB100,000

     45,765        28.8        55,327        20.1        65,390        17.4        34,566        16.1  

RMB100,001 to RMB200,000

     76,005        47.8        167,375        60.8        147,875        39.4        78,252        36.4  

RMB200,001 to RMB300,000

     13,748        8.6        39,509        14.4        114,239        30.4        62,995        29.3  

RMB300,001 or above

     10,295        6.5        762        0.3        30,291        8.1        30,953        14.4  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     159,079        100.0        275,214        100.0        375,343        100.0        215,060        100.0  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

We focus on facilitating loans with higher ticket size, which is an important feature for satisfying the needs of small business owners. As shown in the table above, only a small percentage of the general unsecured loans we facilitated had ticket sizes of RMB50,000 or lower. Loans with ticket sizes over RMB200,000 increased substantially in 2019 and the first six months of 2020 compared with earlier periods.

Secured Loans

Secured loans target small business owners. Substantially all of our secured loan borrowers are small business owners and virtually all of the loans are secured by residential property. We offer flexible contractual tenors of up to 36 months, and the vast majority of borrowers choose the longest available contractual tenor. In the first six months of 2020, the average contractual tenor of new secured loans we facilitated was 36.0 months and the average ticket size was RMB422,398 (US$59,787). All of the secured loans that we facilitated in the first six months of 2020 had an APR below 24%.

As of December 31, 2017, 2018 and 2019, our outstanding balance of secured loans facilitated was RMB94.3 billion, RMB65.4 billion and RMB88.6 billion (US$12.5 billion), respectively, and as of June 30, 2020, it was RMB100.5 billion (US$14.2 billion). In 2017, 2018 and 2019, our total volume of secured loans facilitated amounted to RMB120.4 billion, RMB51.6 billion and RMB117.3 billion (US$16.6 billion), respectively, and in the first six months of 2020 it was RMB69.4 billion (US$9.8 billion). The dip in both volume and outstanding balance of secured loans facilitated in 2018 occurred after we stopped funding loans directly on a large scale by our microloan subsidiaries in December 2017 and transitioned to banks and trust companies as the main source of funding for the loans we facilitated instead.

We focus on facilitating loans collateralized by residential property located in economically more developed cities, given such cities’ relatively stable economic growth and real estate prices. The collaterals are well diversified across China, with a large proportion located in more developed cities. The average loan-to-value ratio at origination for the secured loans we facilitated has been stable at 67%, 68% and 67% as of December 31, 2017, 2018 and 2019, respectively, and at 67% as of June 30, 2020.

Legacy Unsecured Loans

We previously offered a category of unsecured revolving credit lines which we have phased out for strategic reasons. We treat these credit lines as legacy products and exclude them from the scope of general unsecured loans.

 

172


Table of Contents

Retail Credit Origination

We had facilitated loans for 13.4 million cumulative borrowers as of June 30, 2020. We acquire borrowers primarily through offline channels, because we focus on loans with larger ticket sizes that often require additional consultation services to be provided to the borrowers during the origination process. The origination of these loans incurs higher costs as compared to the origination of smaller ticket size consumer loans but it also generates more value.

The following table shows the volume of new loans we facilitated by origination channels for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2018 and 2019, and the six months ended June 30, 2020, excluding legacy products.

 

     For the Year Ended December 31,      For the Six
Months Ended
June 30,
 
     2017      2018      2019      2020  
     (RMB
billions)
     (%)      (RMB
billions)
     (%)      (RMB
billions)
     (%)      (RMB
billions)
     (%)  

Volume of New Loans Facilitated

                       

Direct sales

     126.0        45.1        147.5        45.1        221.6        45.0        137.2        48.2  

Channel partners

     103.2        36.9        117.6        36.0        213.6        43.4        113.2        39.8  

Online and telemarketing

     50.3        18.0        61.8        18.9        57.4        11.7        34.1        12.0  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     279.5        100.0        326.8        100.0        492.7        100.0        284.5        100.0  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The following table shows the origination cost as a percentage of the volume of new loans we facilitated for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2018 and 2019, and the six months ended June 30, 2020, excluding legacy products.

 

     For the Year Ended December 31,      For the
Six
Months
Ended
June 30,
 
     2017      2018      2019      2020  
    

(%)

 

Origination Cost

           

New loan volume based borrower acquisition cost(1)

     2.5        2.6        2.8        2.5  

Retail credit facilitation related general sales and marketing expenses(2)

     1.1        1.1        0.8        0.6  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     3.6        3.7        3.6        3.1  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

Note:

(1)

New loan volume based borrower acquisition cost is calculated based on cost incurred during the year without considering allocation of the amount over the loan tenure and timing impact of IFRS 15 or IFRS 9.

(2)

Retail credit facilitation related general sales and marketing expenses mainly consisted of salary and premises of our proprietary salesforce, loan related promotion and channel management expenses.

Direct Sales

We have an extensive direct sales network of over 56,000 full-time employees as of June 30, 2020, approximately 94% of whom have a junior college education or above. Together they cover more than 270 cities across all provinces in China except Tibet, giving us excellent coverage of areas nationwide with good potential for making loans to small business owners.

Our direct sales force proactively seeks out potential borrowers using their own knowledge and contacts with the help of a specialized mobile application designed to optimize their time and efforts. This system tracks

 

173


Table of Contents

and shows location and travel data for all of our sales employees in real time. Our system can further overlay an AI heat map showing our borrowers and their borrowing characteristics, which allows us to identify regions with higher sales potential. Our direct sales channel gives us the capability to facilitate loans with larger ticket size as these borrowers tend to have more demand for face-to-face consultation.

In supervising and evaluating the performance of our direct sales network, we give close attention to the creditworthiness of the borrowers they bring in. The productivity of our direct sales force has been continually improving, as evidenced by the increase in volume of new loans sourced per employee per year from RMB2.9 million in 2017 to RMB3.2 million in 2018, RMB4.0 million (US$0.6 million) in 2019 and RMB2.4 million (US$0.7 million) in the first six months of 2020. Our direct sales channel was responsible for sourcing RMB221.6 billion (US$31.4 billion), or 45.0%, of the new loans we facilitated in 2019 and RMB137.2 billion (US$19.4 billion), or 48.2%, of the new loans we facilitated in the first six months of 2020.

Channel Partners

We complement our direct sales force with a large and robust set of channel partners. Our channel partners introduce borrowers and are paid referral fees for each loan originated.

We leverage the Ping An ecosystem to acquire borrowers, and pay referral fees for each loan originated. Borrowers from the Ping An ecosystem tend to be relatively well-to-do and they generally have higher credit quality and borrow at larger ticket sizes. As a result, we are able to streamline the application process for them. The Ping An ecosystem was responsible for sourcing RMB197.4 billion (US$27.9 billion), or 40.1%, of the new loans we facilitated in 2019 and RMB105.1 billion (US$14.9 billion), or 36.9%, of the new loans we facilitated in the first six months of 2020. We set the referral fees at a level that we believe is economical for us and attractive to members of the Ping An ecosystem, who only participate in the referral program to the extent they wish to.

The following table shows the volume of general unsecured loans originated from the Ping An ecosystem and other channel partners in 2017, 2018, 2019 and the first six months of 2020.

 

     For the Year Ended December 31,      For the Six Months
Ended June 30,
 
     2017      2018      2019      2020  
     (RMB
billions)
     (%)      (RMB
billions)
     (%)      (RMB
billions)
     (%)      (RMB
billions)
     (%)  

Volume of New Loans Facilitated

                       

Ping An ecosystem

     65.1        63.1        104.5        88.9        197.4        92.4        105.1        92.9  

Other channel partners

     38.1        36.9        13.0        11.1        16.2        7.6        8.1        7.1  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total channel partners

     103.2        100.0        117.6        100.0        213.6        100.0        113.2        100.0  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

In addition to the Ping An ecosystem, we cooperated with over 210 other active third-party channel partners as of June 30, 2020. An active channel partner is one who introduced borrowers to us in each of the three preceding months. Our channel partners include a wide range of businesses, such as point-of-sale payment agencies, tax system providers and second-hand car transaction platforms. Our channel partners are supported by our proprietary partner management system that helps us allocate resources and design incentive plans more efficiently. Our other third-party channel partners were responsible for sourcing RMB16.2 billion (US$2.3 billion), or 3.3%, of the new loans we facilitated in 2019 and RMB8.1 billion (US$1.1 billion), or 2.8%, of the new loans we facilitated in the first six months of 2020.

Online and Telemarketing

As of June 30, 2020, we employed over 4,000 employees to engage in targeted online and telemarketing campaigns to reach customers based on their potential need for loans, which we have identified from online

 

174


Table of Contents

behavioral data and other big data techniques. Our online and telemarketing channel primarily facilitates general unsecured loans, and it focuses on helping high-quality borrowers borrow new loans. The productivity of our online and telemarketing channel has been improving with the application of advanced AI technology, as evidenced by the increase in volume of new loans sourced per employee per year from RMB8.0 million in 2017 to RMB8.0 million in 2018, RMB9.4 million (US$1.3 million) in 2019 and RMB8.0 million (US$1.1 million) in the first six months of 2020. Our online and telemarketing channel was responsible for sourcing RMB57.4 billion (US$8.1 billion), or 11.7%, of the new loans we facilitated in 2019 and RMB34.1 billion (US$4.8 billion), or 12.0%, of the new loans we facilitated in the first six months of 2020. By facilitating new borrowing by customers who are eligible based on our credit assessment, we are able to reduce our marginal borrower acquisition cost while maintaining the risk profile of our outstanding balance of loans facilitated.

Borrower Experience

The loan application process is entirely online and paperless. Our mobile application makes it easy, convenient and hassle-free for borrowers to apply for our loans. We acquire borrowers offline but enable them to submit their loan applications online through our mobile application. Since 2019, all of our transactions have occurred on our mobile application.

The process of creating an account is quick and simple. A borrower can create an account with us using a mobile phone number. Once an account has been created, the borrower will be able to apply for our loan products online.

We have access to data and analytical insights that enable us to make an immediate credit assessment decision once we have verified the borrower’s identification. The borrower’s identity is verified through facial recognition and device fingerprint.

If borrowers wish to provide documentation to support their risk profile and increase their credit limit, our mobile application allows borrowers of general unsecured loans to upload insurance policies, automobile registration, residential mortgages and deeds, and tax bills. They scan the documents and our system reads them through optical character recognition and natural language processing. Our system guides borrowers towards the most suitable loan options based on the information provided. The information will be considered as part of our credit assessment process and may impact the approved loan amount and borrowing cost.

We believe that offline teams are essential for penetrating our target markets but that online processes are necessary for efficient and speedy delivery of customer service. By 2019, all of our loan applications for both secured and unsecured loans were processed online. For secured loans, we are collaborating on a pilot program to enable borrowers to pledge residential property as collateral either completely online or with only one visit to the government agency where the collateral is recorded.

We began to roll out a 100% AI application and approval process for select borrowers of general unsecured loans in June 2020. It uses automatic speech recognition, optical character recognition and natural language processing to communicate with the prospective borrower. Loan processing time can be significantly shortened as a result and application conversion improved. The entire process should typically take only 20 minutes in total, entirely through one screen interaction, with zero text input. All online applications begin with the same portal, leading to an immediate credit offer for qualified applicants. The potential borrower then has an AI credit assessment interview, during which anti-fraud, credit assessment, and loan approval processes run seamlessly in the background so that the credit assessment can be completed before the interaction ends. The credit assessment is provided to the funding partner and credit enhancement partner for their evaluation and approval, and the borrower signs the contract online in the app by indicating agreement to all of the terms. The funds are normally disbursed on the same day and the borrower is notified through the app once the transfer is completed.

We select high-quality borrowers to target for new loans. These include borrowers who have made nine straight months of repayments on their current loans and borrowers who have

 

175


Table of Contents

already repaid their loans. Applications from repeat customers can be completed expeditiously and we provide assistance by telephone when needed.

Loan Underwriting and Collection

Our credit approval process, comprised of anti-fraud and credit assessments, is supported by both financial and behavioral data and managed by our risk management department. In addition to meeting the basic requirements on nationality, age, residency and the availability of credit and other history, a borrower must pass both our anti-fraud and credit assessments to be eligible for our loan products. Our average credit approval time is approximately 30 minutes for general unsecured loans and approximately two hours for secured loans in the first six months of 2020, and funding is generally available on the same day.

Data

Our credit assessment is built upon a variety of our own and third-party data, under proper authorization and within lawful ranges, including the data of the Credit Reference Center of the People’s Bank of China, data publicly available from other governmental institutions, and a variety of consumption, social or other behavioral data. We have accumulated over 15 years of through-cycle credit data from approximately 49.0 million unique individual applicants, supplemented by access to Ping An ecosystem analytics and insights and access to enterprise data for approximately 10 million businesses through external data providers. Our proprietary and third-party data includes both know-your-customer or KYC personal financial information and know-your-business or KYB business information for loans to small business owners. All data are accessed and used only with the customer’s consent.

Out of over 6,000 variables per borrower, we applied machine learning algorithms and regression analysis to select approximately 1,500 of the most relevant variables to build our anti-fraud models and 1,063 of the most relevant variables to build our loan decision models.

To underwrite loans with larger ticket sizes, our experience shows that both ability to repay and willingness to repay are important in the credit underwriting process. Behavioral data are nearly as useful as credit and financial data in anti-fraud assessment, as they can be helpful in evaluating a borrower’s willingness to repay. However, credit and financial data are substantially more predictive of creditworthiness as they can help evaluate a borrower’s ability to repay. As a result, credit and financial data comprise approximately 58% of the variables of our anti-fraud assessment and 92% of the variables of our credit assessment, while behavioral data make up the remaining 42% of the variables for our anti-fraud assessment and 8% of the variables of our credit assessment.

Anti-fraud Assessment

Our anti-fraud assessment checks for identity fraud, against negative records and for organized fraud. We verify the borrower’s identity by crosschecking against the National Citizen Identity Information Center’s ID database using facial recognition technology. We also verify the borrower’s identity using device fingerprinting and phone number and bank card verifications. By cross checking within and across data sources, we ensure that the borrower is who he or she claims to be and that the same borrower is completing the application from beginning to end.

Next we check each borrower against blacklists and negative records, including lists that we have built up through our own operations, from third-party sources and from publicized fraud attempts. We also further check if the borrower uses technology to provide falsified information, such as false location information using VPNs or IP address proxies.

Furthermore, we use our social network model built upon graphic computation and machine learning algorithms to identify and screen out organized fraud attempts. We have an extensive database of mobile phone

 

176


Table of Contents

device fingerprint, location and IP data to support our social network model. We check the borrower’s key information using our fraud detection model, which contains over 1,000 expert rules.

Credit Assessment

Borrowers who pass our anti-fraud assessment process move onto our credit assessment process. We have three key models for credit assessment: an application score model, a risk-based pricing model and a loan sizing model.

The image below illustrates our end-to-end technology-enabled online customer credit application process with AI customer service. The whole process is 100% online, leading to seamless credit line offers.

 

LOGO

The application score model generates a score for each borrower, based on which we determine the borrower’s eligibility for a given loan. Our acceptance criteria and assessment processes vary depending on the borrower risk rating. The applicant must have a risk rating of G8 or above on our rating system to qualify for a loan. In the first six months of 2020, we gave AI-assisted live interviews or purely AI interviews to 71.7% of borrowers of unsecured loans, and the other 28.3% of borrowers of unsecured loans had the interview waived because nothing in their data required further clarification. As described above, we began to roll out a 100% AI application and approval process for select borrowers in July 2020. Borrowers of secured loans, who have extensive personal interaction with our direct sales team or our channel partners, are all given live interviews.

When we give a live interview, our credit approval team interviews borrowers using web conferencing tools. During interviews, we use facial and voice recognition to identify borrowers and micro facial expression and speech emotion analytics to analyze borrowers’ emotional reactions to assist in assessing the trustworthiness of the borrowers. Other than live interviews, our credit assessment process is entirely automated, which helps us to achieve a unified and data-driven decision process with strong predictive power.

After being screened by the application score model, the borrower will be further assessed by our risk-based pricing and loan sizing models. In our risk-based pricing model, we consider the borrower’s risk rating and debt to income ratio and the value of the borrower’s assets to determine the appropriate risk-based pricing. After taking into account the borrower’s risk rating and debt to income ratio and the value of the borrower’s assets, the borrower can only qualify for a loan if the assigned pricing does not exceed the maximum permitted APR. Our loan sizing model is primarily based on the borrower’s credit and financial information, which we access with due authorization, such as other loan or credit card repayment records, insurance repayment records, car value, social insurance records and indebtedness information. Every loan applicant must authorize us to check their data

 

177


Table of Contents

through the Credit Reference Center of the People’s Bank of China, and these checks form a routine part of our credit assessment process. The data includes information on outstanding loans funded by licensed financial institutions in China such as banks, trusts, consumer finance companies and financing leasing companies. Our sizing model for secured loans further takes into consideration the value of the pledged collateral, which we determine in an efficient and expeditious manner with help from online valuers. Since we specialize in large ticket size loans, a borrower only qualifies for a loan if they meet the minimum creditworthiness threshold of at least RMB20,000 (US$2,831).

For small business owners, know your business or KYB is an additional element of our credit assessment process. We analyze data relating to the borrower’s business including its corporate credit rating, if any, its VAT, point-of-sale and UnionPay records, its utility bills, and any insurance, memberships in industry organizations or other pertinent information. We believe that it is essential to combine both KYC and KYB data for small business owners to accurately assess their creditworthiness.

Credit Approval by Our Partners

Once a loan application passes our credit assessment process, if funding partners and credit enhancement partners are involved then we will refer the loan to them for them to conduct an independent evaluation of the loan application. We only match borrowers who we believe meet our partners’ lending criteria, and our partners independently review all of the application information before making a lending decision. Loans are disbursed by the funding partner directly to the borrower.

Loan Servicing and Collection Practices

Borrowers can set up automatic repayments on our mobile application. We have established a post-loan servicing model based on credit scores to triage delinquencies. We check the loan records of our existing borrowers through the Credit Reference Center of the People’s Bank of China with their authorization on a regular basis so as to monitor their liability status and we use customer segmentation modeling to divide borrowers into low, medium and high risk. We also provide a repayment reminder service to our borrowers, including text message reminders for low-risk borrowers and AI-enabled contact for medium- and high-risk borrowers. In the first six months of 2020, we carried out 52% of our repayment reminders through messages and the other 48% through AI-enabled phone calls.

If borrowers fail to repay on time, our collection process will be initiated. Borrowers whose loans are overdue by one day are contacted by AI, and all other borrowers with overdue loans are contacted by a live collection agent. The relatively large average ticket size of the loans that we facilitate makes it more cost-efficient for us to escalate the collection process for delinquent loans, as compared to platforms that facilitate small consumer loans.

Our collection professionals cannot access the mobile phone numbers of our borrowers and can only contact them through our systems. All contact with customers is recorded and saved using blockchain technology and retained for use in resolving disputes and ensuring that our collection team is fully in compliance with applicable laws and rules at all times. Data we accumulate in the collection process gets fed back into our credit assessment process in a closed loop.

We have established a team of post-loan servicing professionals numbering more than 9,500 as of June 30, 2020. The productivity of our post-loan servicing team has been continually improving, as evidenced by the increase in average outstanding loan balance per post-loan servicing employee per year from RMB34.6 million in 2018 to RMB47.8 million (US$7.1 million) in 2019 and RMB54.3 million (US$7.7 million) in the first six months of 2020.

In line with common industry practice, we use third-party collection agencies to collect loans that are delinquent for more than 80 days. We regularly evaluate our agency partner companies based on their performance, service quality and compliance with relevant laws and regulations.

 

178


Table of Contents

In addition to the collection efforts described above, we have an additional foreclosure procedure for our secured loans. Acting as an agent for the credit enhancement partner, we first repossess the collateral using our local collection team, supported by third-party local collection agencies as necessary. We then assess the condition of the residential property, obtain third-party appraisal reports of its value and initiate the process to foreclose on the residential property. Upon foreclosure, we dispose of residential property via auction or consignment and use the proceeds to minimize or mitigate losses for the lender.

Funding Sources

Funding sources for the loans we facilitate include banks, trusts, and our own microloan and consumer finance subsidiaries. Historically, we also funded loans through individual investors on our peer-to-peer platform, though we stopped doing so in August 2019.

The following table shows the volume of new loans facilitated in each period by funding source:

 

    For the Year Ended December 31,     For the Six Months
Ended June 30,
 
    2017     2018     2019     2020  
    (RMB
billions)
    (%)     (RMB
billions)
    (%)     (RMB
billions)
    (%)     (RMB
billions)
    (%)  

Volume of New Loans Facilitated by Funding Source

               

Banks

    66.5       19.3       186.2       46.9       312.0       63.2       172.3       60.6  

Trusts

    —         —         5.0       1.3       104.9       21.2       110.2       38.7  

Microloan and consumer finance subsidiaries

    165.7       48.2       12.7       3.2       0.8       0.2       2.0       0.7  

Peer-to-peer individual investors

    111.6       32.5       193.0       48.6       76.0       15.4       —         —    
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

    343.8       100.0       397.0       100.0       493.7       100.0       284.5       100.0  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

As the numbers above show, we have successfully managed two major changes in the sources of our funding in recent years. The decrease in the funding from our microloan subsidiaries in 2018 was due to new regulations in December 2017 that made it impractical to continue to use asset-backed securities, or ABSs, to securitize the loans made by our microloan subsidiaries. We compensated by increasing funding from banks and peer-to-peer individual investors in 2018. The decrease in the funding from peer-to-peer individual investors in 2019 was due to a series of government regulatory initiatives that prompted us to cease using such funding in August 2019. We compensated by increasing funding from banks and trusts. In each case, we were successful in replacing the funding with other sources and we were able to continue growing our total volume of loan facilitation.

We are continually refining our funding mix. Our ability to facilitate loans has not been constrained by our funding supply. We have strong relationships with 49 banks and 5 trust companies as of June 30, 2020, and we only utilized 49% of the credit facility that banks were prepared to make available to our borrowers and 31% of the credit facility that trust companies were prepared to make available to our borrowers. We believe our relationships with banks and trust companies are sustainable as our ability to help them generate interest income by facilitating loans from our high quality borrowers makes us a valuable partner to them. In the first six months of 2020, no single funding source accounted for more than 10% of the funding for the loans originated through our platform.

We enter into trilateral agreements with each funding partner and credit enhancement partner that contain the principal terms governing funding arrangements and credit enhancement for the loans that we facilitate with them. These agreements will generally include provisions specifying the proportion of loans to be insured or guaranteed by the credit enhancement partner and the geographical scope of the collaboration, and some of them set out the rate of interest to be charged by the funding partner for the loans. They also provide that each party

 

179


Table of Contents

will perform its own credit assessment of the borrowers, that the funding partner will enter into the loan agreement with the borrower, and that the credit enhancement partner will reimburse the lending partner for each loan that is 80 days past due. Under these agreements, each party has the right to perform post loan services or delegate them to another party. Typically no party has the right to market anything to the customers other than the loan-related services that are covered by the agreement.

Banks

Under the bank funding model, a third-party bank lends directly to the borrower. We provide loan facilitation services for borrowers and facilitate borrowers to obtain loans from third-party banks.

We partnered with 47 banks in 2019 and 49 banks in the first six months of 2020. These banks included national joint-stock banks, city commercial banks, rural commercial banks, and regional banks, among others. The banks determine the creditworthiness of borrowers that we refer, though we help gather the information our bank partners need. Banks funded approximately 63.2% of the new loans we facilitated in 2019 and 60.6% of the new loans we facilitated in the first six months of 2020. Among the new loans we facilitated that were funded by our bank funding partners in the first six months of 2020, 46.0% of the funding was from national joint-stock banks, 35.8% of the funding was from city commercial banks, and 18.2% of the funding was from rural commercial banks and others. Maintaining stable and long-term relationships with banks is an important factor in sustainable funding.

Trusts

Under the trust model, a third-party trust company sets up a trust plan to which investors contribute funds through three major funding sources, including retail funding directed by private banks, institutional funding from banks, securities and insurance companies, and funding from open market issuance. We provide loan facilitation services for borrowers and facilitate borrowers to obtain loans from trusts. We perform credit assessments and match borrowers to the trust plans. In a small percentage of cases we also provide financing guarantee services in connection with the loans. The trust plans to which we contribute funds are fully consolidated on our balance sheet as consolidated trusts, as are some trust plans for which we act as the asset manager even when we do not contribute any funds. Since we normally use third-party credit enhancement when we do contribute funds, we are not exposed to credit risk for most of the trusts that we consolidate.

We partnered with three trust companies in 2019 and five trust companies in the first six months of 2020. Trusts funded approximately 21.2% of the new loans we facilitated in 2019 and 38.7% of the new loans we facilitated in the first six months of 2020. The loans funded by consolidated trusts appear on our balance sheet, and those funded by unconsolidated trusts do not. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—On– and Off–Balance Sheet Treatment of Loans and Risk Exposure.”

Microloan and Consumer Finance Subsidiaries

We have three microloan subsidiaries and a newly licensed consumer finance subsidiary that make loans in a small number of cases from their own funds, primarily to enable us to test out new loan products before seeking third-party funding sources for them on a commercial scale. Our microloan and consumer finance subsidiaries funded 0.2% of the new loans we facilitated in 2019 and 0.7% of the new loans we facilitated in the first six months of 2020.

Peer-to-Peer Individual Investors

Historically, we also funded loans through individual investors on our peer-to-peer platform. Under this model, we sourced borrowers, sourced lenders and matched borrowers and lenders, facilitated applications by borrowers for loans online, and helped with the transfer of funds between lenders and borrowers. We also

 

180


Table of Contents

collected service fees from lenders for loan facilitation services. Peer-to-peer individual investors funded approximately 15.4% of the new loans we facilitated in 2019, but none of the new loans we facilitated in the first six months of 2020. While we no longer facilitate new loans under this model since August 2019, we will continue to collect service fees and guarantee fees on outstanding loans as long as they remain outstanding. The last of these loans matures in 2022.

Credit Enhancement Arrangements and Risk Exposure

We arrange for credit enhancement, including insurance and guarantees, to protect the lenders of the loans we facilitate. We worked with six credit enhancement partners in 2019 and the first six months of 2020, including four credit insurance companies and two guarantee companies. The proportion of loans facilitated that are insured or guaranteed by third parties was 75.4%, 94.1% and 95.6% of the outstanding balance as of December 31, 2017, 2018 and 2019, respectively, and 94.2% as of June 30, 2020. The volume of loans insured or guaranteed by third parties, for which we do not take any credit risk has risen since 2017. For most of the loans we facilitated with credit enhancement arrangement, we guarantee approximately 1% of the unpaid principal and interest, and a third-party insurance or guarantee company provides credit enhancement for the other 99%.

All of our credit enhancement partners, both insurance companies and financing guarantee companies, are regulated and inspected by the Chinese authorities and subject to detailed statutory and regulatory requirements. Insurance companies are regulated and inspected by the China Banking and Insurance Regulatory Commission, or the CBIRC. Pursuant to the relevant regulations and rules regarding insurance companies issued by the CBIRC, the minimum registered capital of an insurance company is no less than RMB200 million and must be fully paid up in cash. For insurance companies engaged in credit guarantee insurance, the core solvency adequacy ratio at the end of the last two quarters must be no less than 75%, and the comprehensive solvency adequacy ratio must be no less than 150%. We engage in a strict assessment process in selecting our credit enhancement partners. We assess whether an insurer has a license from the CBIRC to provide credit insurance on three-year retail credit, whether it is able to meet the CBIRC’s stringent requirements for solvency ratios, concentration risks, leverage ratios and liquidity stress tests under the Measures for Regulating the Credit Insurance and Guaranty Insurance issued by the CBIRC in May 2020, and whether it has the relevant experience, track record and reputation within the industry. Our insurers are required to publicly file their quarterly solvency reports with the CBIRC, and we review their public filings to verify that they remain in compliance with the relevant requirements. Financing guarantee companies are regulated and inspected by the financial authorities of the local provincial or municipal government. Pursuant to the relevant regulations and rules regarding financing guarantee companies, the minimum registered capital of a financing guarantee company is not less than RMB20 million and must be fully paid up in currency, and net assets must be no less than one-fifteenth of their total outstanding guaranteed amount.

The following table shows the outstanding balance of loans we facilitated by guarantee status as of the dates indicated.

 

     As of December 31,      As of
June 30,
 
     2017      2018      2019      2020  
     (%)  

Guarantee Status

           

Insured or guaranteed by third parties

     75.4        94.1        95.6        94.2  

Not insured nor guaranteed by third parties

     24.6        5.9        4.4        5.8  

Credit risk borne by us

     24.6        5.3        2.2        2.8  

Credit risk borne by funding partners

     0.0        0.6        2.2        3.0  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     100.0        100.0        100.0        100.0  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

181


Table of Contents

Insured or Guaranteed by Third Parties

We utilize third-party credit enhancement to limit credit risk exposure for funding parties through cooperation with insurance and guarantee companies. As of June 30, 2020, 94.2% of the outstanding balance of loans we facilitated are insured and guaranteed by third parties, and we do not bear any credit risk on them. Most importantly, we work together with Ping An P&C, which has provided credit enhancement on standard commercial arm’s-length terms for loans we facilitate. Ping An P&C insured 91.2% of the outstanding balance of loans we had facilitated as of June 30, 2020. No other credit enhancement partner insured or guaranteed more than 1.6% of the outstanding balance of loans we facilitated as of June 30, 2020. For loans we facilitate that are insured by Ping An P&C, we have entered into agreements with terms of three years with Ping An P&C and each of the funding partners. These third-party credit enhancement partners provide credit guarantee insurance or guarantees on the loans we facilitate and will repay the lenders if a loan becomes sufficiently delinquent. We are not aware of any instance where our credit enhancement partners have ever failed to fulfill their insurance or guarantee obligations. Our credit enhancement partners conduct their own evaluation of each borrower to determine whether they will provide insurance or guarantees while we help our partners collect the necessary information.

We have established a highly automated claims process with our funding and credit enhancement partners. Once a loan becomes delinquent for 80 days, a notice of claim will be automatically sent to the third party credit enhancement provider. As of June 30, 2020, we were the funding source for only 0.7% of the outstanding balance of loans we facilitated, so normally this payment occurs without our participation and the timing of it does not affect our cash flow or cash position.

The table below shows the amount of claims submitted to credit enhancement partners for the loans consolidated on our balance sheet and the amount of claims reimbursed during each period. The discrepancies in amounts submitted and amounts reimbursed are mainly due to timing differences. When we make a claim, the credit enhancement provider will typically complete its review and make the payment to us within one business day.

 

     In the Year Ended December 31,      In the Six Months
Ended June 30
 
     2017      2018      2019      2020  
     (RMB millions)  

Amount of claims submitted

     289.2        1,813.9        805.1        677.5  

Amount of claims reimbursed

     282.3        1,817.2        801.3        678.6  

Not Insured nor Guaranteed by Third Parties

As of June 30, 2020, 5.8% of the outstanding balance of loans we facilitated were not insured or guaranteed by third parties. As of June 30, 2020, we had credit risk exposure to 2.8% of the outstanding balance of loans we facilitated. We will adjust the amount of credit risk that we bear ourselves from time to time, in line with other leading platforms in the retail credit facilitation industry, consistent with our capital-light business model.

As of June 30, 2020, our funding partners had the credit risk exposure to the remaining 3.0% of the outstanding balance of loans we facilitated. We plan to introduce new models for credit enhancement to meet varying risk appetites among our funding partners, so that funding partners can choose the level of risk and return they prefer. Under these new models, we would bear up to 20% of the risk on the loans that we facilitate and we would encourage our funding partners to also bear more risk in lieu of relying on credit enhancement partners. We believe that the accuracy and effectiveness of our credit assessment and risk management will persuade more funding partners to accept more of the risk and more of the returns on the loans that we facilitate, rather than relying on credit enhancement partners.

 

182


Table of Contents

Risk Management for Retail Credit Facilitation

Risk management is a core tenet of our management philosophy and permeates all of our operations. We have developed comprehensive risk management and internal control systems to address credit risk and operational risk that we face. We start with more than 6,000 predictive variables for each borrower and narrow down to 1,063 key variables that are used for our loan decisions, of which approximately 92% are credit and financial data.

Credit Risk Management

Credit risk is the risk that the borrowers of our loans default and do not repay, including due to a lack of intention to repay or a lack of ability to repay. This directly impacts us for the loans guaranteed by our subsidiaries.

We manage credit risk through anti-fraud assessment, credit assessment and loan servicing and collections. See “—Loan Underwriting and Collection.”

G1 is the lowest risk, and G8 is the highest risk among qualified borrowers. The risk level is determined based on two primary considerations. The first is credit risk score, modeled using statistical techniques and based on the records of the Credit Reference Center of the People’s Bank of China and the borrower’s prior records such as repayment, delinquency and application histories. The other consideration takes into account the customer’s assets, such as residential property, vehicle and insurance policies. Borrowers with higher credit risk scores and better assets will be assigned a lower risk level.

The following table shows the percentage of new general unsecured loans and the DPD 30+ delinquency rate for general unsecured loans at each risk level in 2017, 2018, 2019 and the first six months of 2020, excluding legacy products. We define the DPD 30+ delinquency rate as the outstanding balance of loans for which any payment is 30 to 179 calendar days past due divided by the outstanding balance of loans. This reflects a comprehensive picture of credit quality for all the loans we facilitate on a whole portfolio basis, not just the loans that are consolidated on our balance sheet.

 

    For the Year Ended December 31,     For the Six
Months Ended
June 30,
    DPD 30+
Delinquency Rate
 
                As of
December 31,
    As of
June 30,
 
    2017     2018     2019     2020     2019     2020  
    (%)     (%)  

G1

    7.7       10.2       13.3       13.6       0.6       1.2  

G2

    11.2       18.2       23.0       23.6       0.7       1.6  

G3

    15.8       18.7       22.2       21.8       1.3       2.7  

G4

    20.7       28.1       19.7       17.7       2.2       4.2  

G5

    21.0       14.7       13.3       13.9       2.7       4.7  

G6

    9.8       6.4       7.2       7.8       3.4       5.7  

G7

    13.2       3.5       1.2       1.6       9.8       11.3  

G8

    0.6       0.1       0.1       0.0       11.4       18.1  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

    100.0       100.0       100.0       100.0       1.8       3.3  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

183


Table of Contents

The following table shows the DPD 30+ delinquency rates for general unsecured loans and secured loans as of December 31, 2017, 2018 and 2019 and June 30, 2020.

 

     As of December 31,      As of
June 30,
 

DPD 30+ Delinquency Rates by Type of Loan

   2017      2018      2019      2020  

General unsecured loans

     1.3        1.8        1.8        3.3  

Secured loans

     0.5        0.5        0.6        1.4  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     1.0        1.5        1.6        2.9  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The following table presents the DPD 30+ delinquency rates for general unsecured loans by APR as of December 31, 2017, 2018 and 2019 and June 30, 2020.

 

     As of December 31,      As of
June 30,
 

DPD 30+ Delinquency Rates by APR

   2017      2018      2019      2020  
     (%)  

Below 24%

     0.9        0.6        0.7        0.8  

24-30%

     0.6        1.0        1.4        2.9  

Above 30%

     2.1        3.3        3.0        5.3  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total general unsecured loans

     1.3        1.8        1.8        3.3  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The following table presents the DPD 90+ delinquency rates for general unsecured loans by APR as of December 31, 2017, 2018 and 2019 and June 30, 2020. We define the DPD 90+ delinquency rate as the outstanding balance of loans for which any payment is 90 to 179 calendar days past due, divided by the outstanding balance of loans. This reflects a comprehensive picture of credit quality for all the loans we facilitate on a whole portfolio basis, not just the loans that are consolidated on our balance sheet. In addition, when a loan becomes 80 days past due and the funding provider is reimbursed by a credit enhancement partner, we still treat the loan as overdue for purposes of the DPD 90+ calculation, since the loan has not been repaid by the borrower. The credit enhancement partner acquires the creditor rights after reimbursing the funding provider and we continue to provide post-loan services to the credit enhancement partner.

 

     As of December 31,      As of
June 30,
 

DPD 90+ Delinquency Rates by Type of Loan

   2017      2018      2019      2020  
     (%)  

General unsecured loans

     0.7        1.0        1.0        2.1  

Secured loans

     0.2        0.3        0.3        0.9  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     0.5        0.9        0.8        1.8  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

184


Table of Contents

The following chart shows the DPD 90+ delinquency rates by vintage as of June 30, 2020, on general unsecured loans that we have facilitated. DPD 90+ delinquency rates by vintage is defined as the total balance of outstanding principal of a vintage for which any payment is over 90 calendar days past due as of a particular date (adjusted to reflect total amount of recovered past due payments for principal and without taking into account charge-offs), divided by the total initial principal in such vintage. Months on book, or MOB, is the number of complete calendar months that have elapsed since the calendar month in which the loan was originated, measured at the end of each calendar month.

 

LOGO

The following chart shows the DPD 90+ delinquency rates by vintage as of June 30, 2020 on secured loans that we have facilitated.

 

LOGO

The borrowers are diversified by geography and industry. Excluding legacy loans, no city accounted for more than approximately 3.5% of the outstanding balance of loans as of June 30, 2020. The small businesses for whose owners we facilitate loans include businesses in the retail, wholesale, manufacturing, construction, and services sectors of the economy.

COVID-19 Impact

The resilience and fundamental strengths of our business model have been further proven during COVID-19. Although the DPD 30+ delinquency rate for general unsecured loans increased from 1.8% as of

 

185


Table of Contents

December 31, 2019 to 3.3% as of June 30, 2020 and the DPD 30+ delinquency rate for secured loans increased from 0.6% to 1.4% as of the same dates, we swiftly resumed the operation of our business and flow rate, which is an early indicator for delinquency, began to improve. In response to nationwide lockdowns in China at the end of January 2020, we made remote working arrangements for our collection staff, extended the usage of AI collection technology, and accelerated the launch of AI underwriting robots. We also tightened lending standards within industries that were mostly directly impacted by the pandemic and facilitated more loans within industries that were particularly resilient. As a result of these measures, we have seen recovery in early delinquency indicators in the second quarter of 2020, to levels around those that prevailed for most of 2019.

The following chart shows the flow rates for the general unsecured loans we have facilitated that became delinquent for 1 to 89 days. Flow rate is a forward-looking indicator that estimates the percentage of current loans that will become non-performing at the end of three months, and is defined as the product of (i) the loan balance that is overdue from 1 to 29 days as a percentage of the total current loan balance of the previous month, (ii) the loan balance that is overdue from 30 to 59 days as a percentage of the loan balance that was overdue from 1 to 29 days in the previous month, and (iii) the loan balance that is overdue from 60 to 89 days as a percentage of the loan balance that was overdue from 30 days to 59 days in the previous month.

 

LOGO

The following chart shows the flow rates for the secured loans we have facilitated that became delinquent for 1 to 89 days.

 

LOGO

WEALTH MANAGEMENT

We provide wealth management services to middle class and affluent people in China under the Lufax brand. Established in 2011 originally as a subsidiary within Ping An Group, Lufax has been in operation for almost a decade and has developed extensive experience, relationships and investor-relevant data within the wealth management sector.

 

186


Table of Contents

Our wealth management business seamlessly connects investors with approximately 8,600 products from 429 third-party product providers through our highly personalized services hub. As of June 30, 2020, we connect 12.8 million active investors with products supplied by 429 financial institution investment product providers, including 100 asset management companies, 40 banks, 25 trust companies, 103 private investment fund management companies, 123 mutual fund companies, and 38 other product providers such as securities companies and insurance companies. With such a vast portfolio of products and product providers, we leverage technology and extensive data analytics to facilitate the right investments with the right investors at the right time. Our analytics are also predictive, seeking to anticipate investors’ real-time intentions and likely next steps, such as the propensity to purchase certain wealth management products, viewing the latest financial market information, or planning for portfolio rebalancing. Through our technology platform, we seamlessly connect investors to an end-to-end digital solution across the entire investment cycle. Dedicated account managers offer priority opportunity to purchase popular products and personalized consultations for complex products. In additional to personalized services facilitating the right products to specific investors, our end-to-end solution encompasses automated portfolio investments tools provided by our business partner, integrated smart accounts, portfolio tracking and statements, special risk alerts and high end investor services as well as overall risk management. Our end-to-end technology platform also integrates with our offline-to-online customer acquisition capabilities. We recently launched an end-to-end digital wealth management enablement solution to empower small and medium-size financial institutions.

We target Chinese middle class and affluent investors who have massive demand for wealth management services but are currently underserved by traditional financial institutions. They have significant investable funds but are not wealthy enough to qualify for private banking services at the traditional banks and they are dissatisfied with the very basic and undifferentiated investment opportunities that are offered to them. They need a wide range of options to diversify their risks and achieve stable returns, but they also need assistance in selecting ones that are suitable for their investing goals, as well as the assurance that they are investing their hard-earned money on a reputable platform.

We source our platform investors through Ping An ecosystem, direct online marketing and member referral channels, and through our experience, we have been able to optimize our acquisition focus and enhance cost efficiency. We have one of the highest average client assets per investor in the industry. Our average client assets per active investor was RMB29,331 (US$4,152) as of June 30, 2020, and 75.4% of our total client assets were contributed by investors with client assets over RMB300,000 (US$42,462) as of the same date.

Our services and risk management capabilities are critical in enabling us to provide personalized investment experiences and deliver products in a convenient and customized manner to our platform investors. We are a pioneer in using big data technology and analytics to develop a holistic and adaptable risk management system comprised of proprietary KYC, KYP and matching systems. We match investor risk tolerance with product and portfolio risk profiles based on KYC and KYP ratings to ensure suitability of our offerings. Our risk matching capabilities serve as the foundation of our personalized services, including an integrated smart account, proprietary product selections, post-investment risk monitoring and real-time updates.

We operate a capital-light model where we source and facilitate distribution of third-party financial products and do not assume product risks or obligations to meet any implicit guarantee expectations. We are committed to reducing suitability-related risk by matching the right products to the right investors at the right time through our proprietary LuFlex system. Our operating efficiency is enhanced by our ever growing understanding of customers through more data, optimized acquisition channels and growing economies of scale.

We have begun to expand internationally to tap into the large pool of investable funds controlled by overseas Chinese. In September 2017, we began doing business in Singapore. In September 2019, we began to develop an online wealth management platform for investors in Hong Kong as well. With a presence in both Singapore and Hong Kong, we believe we can effectively target a large proportion of the overseas Chinese investors in the region.

 

187


Table of Contents

We have been successful in attracting a large and fast growing base of active investors. We had 9.6 million, 11.2 million and 12.5 million active investors as of December 31, 2017, 2018 and 2019, respectively, and 12.8 million as of June 30, 2020. We define active investors as investors who have made at least one investment through our wealth management platform or have had client assets with us above zero in the past twelve months. Our total wealth management client assets were RMB461.7 billion, RMB369.4 billion and RMB346.9 billion (US$49.1 billion) as of December 31, 2017, 2018 and 2019, respectively, and RMB374.7 billion (US$53.0 billion) as of June 30, 2020. Excluding legacy products, our total wealth management client assets were RMB125.3 billion, RMB182.5 billion and RMB243.6 billion (US$34.5 billion) as of December 31, 2017, 2018 and 2019, respectively, and RMB326.9 billion (US$46.3 billion) as of June 30, 2020.

Meanwhile, our broad spectrum of investment products, technology-driven investment service and premier investment experience have enabled us to maintain high investor stickiness and service our customers’ full life span investment demands. The average number of investment products held per investor was 6.2 for investors with client assets between RMB300,001 and RMB1,000,000, and 9.3 for investors with client assets above RMB1,000,000 as of June 30, 2020. We believe that high investor stickiness to our platform will contribute to an expansion in unit economics and help maximize our investors’ lifetime value to us.

Our Platform Investors

We serve the Chinese middle class and affluent investors with ample investible assets, whose investment demand is not sufficiently addressed by the traditional wealth management industry in China. Our platform investors average 38 years of age, and approximately 55% are female. We have a large and growing investor base, and a large proportion of our total client assets come from those investors who invest with us on a larger scale. Our active investors have been registered on our platform for an average of three and a half years.

The table below presents information about our platform investors and client assets as of the dates indicated.

 

     As of December 31,     As of June 30,  
     2017      2018     2019     2020  
                   YOY%            YOY%            YOY%  

Number of registered users (millions)

     33.8        40.4        19.5       44.0        8.9       44.7        4.7  

Number of active investors (millions)

     9.6        11.2        16.7       12.5        11.6       12.8        2.4  

Total client assets (RMB billions)

     461.7        369.4        (20.0     346.9        (6.1     374.7        2.0  

Current products (RMB billions)

     125.3        182.5        45.7       243.6        33.5       326.9        65.2  

Legacy products (RMB billions)

     336.4        186.9        (44.4     103.3        (44.7     47.8        (71.8

Average client assets in total products per active investor (RMB)

     48,062        33,067        (31.2     27,743        (16.1     29,331        (7.6

Average client assets in current products per active investor (RMB)

     13,333        16,637        24.8       19,774        18.9       25,936        49.2  

Contribution of client assets from active investors with client assets over
RMB300,000 (%)

     77.7        73.2          73.1          75.4     

 

Note:

  The three columns marked “YOY%” show the percentage increase or decrease in the absolute numbers compared to the corresponding numbers from one year earlier.

We target investors with higher investible assets. As shown above, our platform investors with client assets over RMB300,000 (US$42,462) contributed 77.7%, 73.2% and 73.1% of total client assets on our platform as of December 31, 2017, 2018 and 2019, respectively, and 75.4% as of June 30, 2020. In addition to investing more on the platform, our higher end investors are also active and hold a broader set of products. Out of our platform investors with client assets greater than RMB300,000 (US$42,462), approximately 88% have opened an integrated smart account as of June 30, 2020.

 

188


Table of Contents

The table below shows the breakdown of our total client assets by investor category as of the dates indicated, excluding legacy products.

 

     As of December 31,      As of June 30,  
     2017      2018      2019      2020  
     (RMB
billions)
     (%)      (RMB
billions)
     (%)      (RMB
billions)
     (%)      (RMB
billions)
     (%)  

Total Client Assets for Current Products

                       

Up to RMB100,000

     22.5        18.0        23.6        13.0        22.8        9.4        22.6        6.9  

RMB100,001 to RMB300,000

     28.2        22.5        39.5        21.6        47.9        19.7        51.9        15.9  

RMB300,001 to RMB1,000,000

     25.1        20.0        47.6        26.1        69.8        28.7        88.3        27.0  

RMB1,000,001 or more

     46.0        36.7        66.8        36.6        96.2        39.5        152.8        46.7  

Others(1)

     3.5        2.8        5.0        2.7        6.8        2.8        11.4        3.5  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     125.3        100.0        182.5        100.0        243.6        100.0        326.9        100.0  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1)

Others includes stocks.

The table below shows the average client assets in current products categorized by investor client assets in total products, including both current and legacy products, as of the dates indicated.

 

    As of December 31,     As of June 30,  
Average Client Assets in Current Products per Active Investor   2017     2018     2019     2020  
    (RMB)  

Up to RMB100,000

    2,611       2,294       1,944       1,883  

RMB100,001 to RMB300,000

    68,368       105,035       140,317       158,769  

RMB300,001 to RMB1,000,000

    95,712       224,128       362,274       457,672  

RMB1,000,001 or more

    488,716       912,243       1,468,741       2,153,034  

Average client assets in current products per active
investor

    13,333       16,637       19,774       25,936  

The table below shows the average number of products held categorized by investor client assets in total products as of the dates indicated, excluding investors who only hold legacy products.

 

     As of December 31,      As of June 30,  
Average Number of Products Held per Active Investor    2017      2018      2019      2020  

Up to RMB100,000

     1.3        1.4        1.3        1.3  

RMB100,001 to RMB300,000

     2.7        3.5        3.8        3.9  

RMB300,001 to RMB1,000,000

     3.9        4.6        5.8        6.2  

RMB1,000,001 or more

     6.3        5.8        8.5        9.3  

Average number of products held

     1.7        1.7        1.6        1.6  

Many of our platform investors are qualified investors as defined by Chinese regulations. We offer a broad suite of product selections catering to the needs of qualified investors and are able to facilitate suitable products to them. See “Regulation—PRC Regulations—Regulations Relating to Wealth Management Business”.

Although we primarily target the middle class and affluent, we also focus on growing the overall scale of our investor base. We believe that investors in the lower categories of average client assets have the potential to increase their client assets invested on our platform over time and generate greater value in the future.

We have attracted investors with diversified demographics, age and gender. Our platform investors have a variety of investment purposes, including preservation of wealth, stable growth and higher returns. The table

 

189


Table of Contents

below shows the top 10 provinces where our platform investors are located in by total client assets as of June 30, 2020.

 

     Total Client
Assets
     Active
Investors
     Average Client Assets
per Active Investor
 
     (RMB billions)      (thousands)      (RMB)  

Province

        

Guangdong

     44.0        1,454        30,254  

Shanghai

     40.6        536        75,746  

Jiangsu

     31.2        862        36,157  

Beijing

     29.6        444        66,654  

Zhejiang

     28.4        667        42,623  

Shandong

     21.2        994        21,345  

Liaoning

     20.2        504        40,122  

Heilongjiang

     14.1        349        40,293  

Fujian

     11.9        423        28,199  

Hubei

     11.9        532        22,267  

Other

     121.7        601        20,248  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     374.7        12,776        29,331  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Products and Product Partners

We facilitated the offering of approximately 8,600 products on our platform as of June 30, 2020, including over 2,800 asset management plans, over 200 bank products, over 4,600 mutual fund products, 190 private investment fund products and 520 trust products, among others.

Given the recent changes in regulatory landscape, we have experienced major shifts in our product mix since 2017. In response to regulatory changes affecting the entire industry, we stopped the facilitation of offering B2C products in the second half of 2017 and peer-to-peer products in August 2019. We focus on proactively expanding our current product offerings. Client assets invested in our current products have grown from RMB125.3 billion as of December 31, 2017 to RMB182.5 billion as of December 31, 2018 and RMB243.6 billion (US$34.5 billion) as of December 31, 2019, and to RMB326.9 billion (US$46.3 billion) as of June 30, 2020. In line with the industry-wide shift from fixed-return products towards net asset value-based products, the percentage of client assets invested in net asset value-based products was 5.7%, 9.8%, 12.3% as of December 31, 2017, 2018 and 2019 respectively, and it increased to 17.2% as of June 30, 2020.

We have been able to help our platform investors navigate these major shifts while maintaining positive returns and staying loyal to our platform. We have generally been successful in retaining active investors from year to year. Our retention rate, which we define as the percentage of our active investors at any given time who had been active investors one year earlier, has shown steady improvement at 91.0% as of December 31, 2018, 93.3% as of December 31, 2019, and 95.0% as of June 30, 2020.

 

190


Table of Contents

The table below shows the client assets for each product category as of the dates indicated. As we have discontinued our facilitation of legacy products, we have focused on retaining our platform investors by offering an increasing number and selection of additional investment products.

 

     As of December 31,      As of June 30,  
     2017      2018      2019      2020  
     (RMB
billions)
     (% of
total)
     (RMB
billions)
     (% of
total)
     (RMB
billions)
     (% of
total)
     (RMB
billions)
     (% of
total)
 

Client Assets by Product Category

                       

Asset management plans

     62.0        13.4        85.2        23.1        94.2        27.2        100.9        26.9  

Bank products

     —          —          6.8        1.8        49.2        14.2        97.1        25.9  

Private investment funds

     4.2        0.9        19.3        5.2        26.4        7.6        26.9        7.2  

Mutual funds, excluding money market funds

     5.3        1.1        16.9        4.6        22.6        6.5        35.4        9.4  

Money market funds

     35.2        7.6        38.9        10.5        18.1        5.2        16.3        4.4  

Trust products

     2.2        0.5        0.6        0.2        16.0        4.6        32.0        8.5  

Others(1)

     16.4        3.6        14.7        4.0        17.0        4.9        18.3        4.9  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total of Current Products

     125.3        27.1        182.5        49.4        243.6        70.2        326.9        87.2  

Peer-to-peer products

     138.0        29.9        186.9        50.6        103.3        29.8        47.8        12.8  

B2C products

     198.4        43.0       
—  
 
    
—  
 
    
—  
 
    
—  
 
    
—  
 
    
—  
 
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total of Legacy Products

     336.4        72.9        186.9        50.6        103.3        29.8        47.8        12.8  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total of All Products

     461.7        100.0        369.4        100.0        346.9        100.0        374.7        100.0  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1)

Others includes stocks, insurance products and cash balance in accounts.

Our full-suite product offerings are supported by strong product sourcing capabilities. As of June 30, 2020, we have relationships with 429 institutional financial investment product providers, including 40 banks, 25 trust companies, 123 mutual fund companies, 103 private investment fund management companies, 100 asset management companies, and 38 others such as securities companies and insurance companies.

We require our investment product providers to maintain the requisite licenses to issue their products in compliance with relevant regulations to our platform investors.

Most of our current wealth management products generate fees in proportion to the client asset balance. For the first six months of 2020, 31% of our wealth management transaction and service fees were collected from platform investors, and the other 69% were collected from asset providers.

 

191


Table of Contents

The table below shows the average take rate for each product category as of the dates indicated, including mutual funds, private investment funds, and asset management plans distributed through an affiliated company. The take rate below is calculated as a percentage of the fees collected from third-party asset providers and platform investors by us and the affiliated company, which we intend to acquire a majority interest in, over the corresponding average client assets generated through our platform. See “Corporate History and Structure” for the proposed acquisition.

 

     In the Year Ended
December 31,
     In the Six Months
Ended June 30,(1)
 

Average take rate

   2017      2018      2019      2020  
     (in basis points)  

Current products

           

Asset management plans(2)

     17.7        27.6        23.0        21.9  

Bank products(3)

     —          7.9        31.7        37.4  

Private investment funds(4)

     234.6        117.2        80.1        88.3  

Mutual funds(2)

     31.8        41.3        35.4        49.1  

Trust products(3)

     —          —          37.1        56.8  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Current products

     25.5        35.4        32.1        38.2  

Legacy products

     43.1        85.6        147.9        75.0  

 

(1)

Annualized.

(2)

For asset management plans and mutual funds, part of the income was recognized as transaction and service fees by us and the rest of the income was recognized as distribution fees by the affiliated company mentioned above.

(3)

Income from bank products and trust products was all recognized by us as transaction and service fees.

(4)

Income from private investment funds was recognized as distribution fees by the affiliated company mentioned above. Fluctuation in the take rate of private investment funds was mainly due to changes in product mix.

Asset Management Plans

Asset management plans include a variety of products issued by securities companies and pension insurance companies. As of June 30, 2020, we facilitated the offering of 2,822 asset management plan products from 100 suppliers. Total client assets held in asset management plan products were RMB62.0 billion, RMB85.2 billion and RMB94.2 billion (US$13.3 billion) as of December 31, 2017, 2018 and 2019, respectively, and RMB100.9 billion (US$14.3 billion) as of June 30, 2020. Asset management plans have minimum investment thresholds between RMB1,000 (US$142) and RMB1,000,000 (US$141,541).

Bank Products

We help our bank partners to distribute their products, including a variety of bank deposit products classified by term (less than six months, six months to one year, more than one year) and minimum investment requirement (from products requiring less than RMB10,000 (US$1,415) to products requiring more than RMB200,000 (US$28,308)). We are now beginning to introduce other bank wealth management products as well. As of June 30, 2020, we facilitated the offering of 203 bank products from 40 banks. Bank products have grown rapidly in popularity on our platform. Total client assets held in bank products were approximately nil, RMB6.8 billion and RMB49.2 billion (US$7.0 billion) as of December 31, 2017, 2018 and 2019, respectively, and RMB97.1 billion (US$13.7 billion) as of June 30, 2020.

Private Investment Funds

We facilitate the distribution of private investment fund products, including securities investment funds, private equity and venture capital funds and others. Securities investment funds are private funds and funds of funds that invest in public securities or in asset management plans that invest in such public securities. Private equity and venture capital fund products include private equity funds, venture capital funds and funds of funds that invest in equity securities acquired outside of public trading markets or asset management

 

192


Table of Contents

plans that invest in such equity securities. As of June 30, 2020, we facilitated the offering of 190 private investment fund products from 103 suppliers. Total client assets held in private investment fund products were RMB4.2 billion, RMB19.3 billion and RMB26.4 billion (US$3.7 billion) as of December 31, 2017, 2018 and 2019, respectively, and RMB26.9 billion (US$3.8 billion) as of June 30, 2020. The following table shows the breakdown of client assets in private investment funds by fund type as of the dates indicated.

 

     As of December 31,      As of June 30,  
     2017      2018      2019      2020  
     (RMB
billions)
     (%)      (RMB
billions)
     (%)      (RMB
billions)
     (%)      (RMB
billions)
     (%)  

Client Assets by Category

                       

Securities investment

     2.9        69.0        13.4        69.4        21.0        79.5        22.4        83.3  

Private equity and venture capital

     1.3        31.0        5.9        30.6        5.4        20.5        4.5        16.6  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Private Investment Funds

     4.2        100.0        19.3        100.0        26.4        100.0        26.9        100.0  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Private investment funds are sold to qualified investors and have a minimum investment threshold of RMB1,000,000 (US$141,541).

Mutual Funds

We facilitate the distribution of mutual fund products, including a variety of money market, hybrid, fixed income, equity and other funds that are publicly available to all investors. As of June 30, 2020, we facilitated the offering of 4,660 mutual fund products from 123 suppliers. Total client assets held in mutual fund products were RMB40.5 billion, RMB55.9 billion and RMB40.7 billion (US$5.8 billion) as of December 31, 2017, 2018 and 2019, respectively, and RMB51.7 billion (US$7.3 billion) as of June 30, 2020. As the following table shows, the distribution of client assets between different types of mutual funds became considerably more diverse in 2019 and 2020. The client assets of money market funds decreased from December 31, 2017 to June 30, 2020 as our platform investors diversified their assets into more sophisticated products offered on our platform.

 

     As of December 31,      As of June 30,  
     2017      2018      2019      2020  
     (RMB
billions)
     (%)      (RMB
billions)
     (%)      (RMB
billions)
     (%)      (RMB
billions)
     (%)  

Client Assets by Mutual Fund Type

                       

Money market funds

     35.2        86.9        38.9        69.7        18.1        44.5        16.3        31.6  

Hybrid funds

     2.0        5.0        7.1        12.6        10.0        24.6        9.5        18.4  

Fixed income funds

     2.1        5.1        7.2        12.8        9.6        23.5        21.8        42.1  

Equity funds

     1.2        3.1        1.6        2.9        2.9        7.0        3.9        7.6  

Other

     0.0        0.0        1.1        1.9        0.1        0.4        0.2        0.4  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Mutual Funds

     40.5        100.0        55.9        100.0        40.7        100.0        51.7        100.0  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The majority of client assets held in money market fund products are linked to automatic investments made by our integrated smart account using idle investor funds it holds. See “—Integrated Account”.

Trust Products

We help our trust company partners to distribute their products by providing information technology services. The duration of the trust plan may be six months, one year, two years, or longer. As of June 30, 2020, we helped 25 suppliers to distribute 520 trust products. The minimum ticket size is typically RMB1,000,000 (US$141,541), though trusts with standard bond products may have a minimum ticket size as low as RMB300,000 (US$42,462). Total client assets held in trusts were RMB2.2 billion, RMB0.6 billion and RMB16.0 billion (US$2.3 billion) as of December 31, 2017, 2018 and 2019, respectively, and RMB32.0 billion (US$4.5 billion) as of June 30, 2020.

 

193


Table of Contents

Others

We also facilitate the distribution of a wide variety of other products, including stocks and insurance products. As of June 30, 2020, we facilitated the offering of over 160 other products from 38 suppliers. The cash balance in accounts is also included here in the category of “others.” Total client assets held in other products were RMB16.4 billion, RMB14.7 billion and RMB17.0 billion (US$2.4 billion) as of December 31, 2017, 2018 and 2019, respectively, and RMB18.3 billion (US$2.6 billion) as of June 30, 2020. The following table shows the breakdown of client assets in other products by product type as of the dates indicated.

 

     As of December 31,      As of June 30,  
     2017      2018      2019      2020  
     (RMB
billions)
     (%)      (RMB
billions)
     (%)      (RMB
billions)
     (%)      (RMB
billions)
     (%)  

Client Assets by Category

                       

Stocks

     3.2        19.6        3.6        24.5        5.2        30.7        6.4        34.8  

Insurance products

     6.3        38.4        2.6        17.6        3.2        19.0        3.7        20.5  

Cash balance in accounts

     6.9        42.0        8.5        57.9        8.5        50.3        8.2        44.8  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Others

     16.4        100.0        14.7        100.0        17.0        100.0        18.3        100.0  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Legacy Products

We stopped facilitating the offer of B2C products in the second half of 2017 and peer-to-peer products in August 2019, primarily due to changes in strategy and regulatory requirements. For a further description of the changes in regulations, see “Regulation—PRC Regulations—Regulations Relating to Online Lending Information Intermediary Services”. Since peer-to-peer products have a tenor of up to 36 months, the last of the legacy products will have run off of our platform by 2022.

Legacy products collectively accounted for 72.9% of client assets as of December 31, 2017. As legacy products have matured or been redeemed, we have endeavored to retain the investors and shift the client assets to our current product categories by leveraging our diversified product offering, our matching capabilities and our personalized investment services. As of December 31, 2019, legacy products as a percentage of total client assets had fallen to 29.8%, and by June 30, 2020, they had fallen to 12.8%.

Platform Investor Acquisition

We acquire our platform investors through three channels: Ping An ecosystem, online direct marketing and member referral channel.

The following table shows total client assets by channel, excluding legacy products:

 

     As of December 31,      As of June 30,  
     2017      2018      2019      2020  
     (RMB
billions)
     (%)      (RMB
billions)
     (%)      (RMB
billions)
     (%)      (RMB
billions)
     (%)  

Total Client Assets by Channel

                       

Ping An ecosystem

     40.4        33.1        77.4        43.5        102.4        43.2        142.3        45.0  

Online direct marketing

     56.7        46.4        69.4        39.0        90.8        38.3        120.9        38.2  

Member referral

     24.9        20.4        31.1        17.5        43.6        18.4        53.3        16.8  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     122.1        100.0        177.8        100.0        236.9        100.0        316.5        100.0  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

Note: Excludes stocks and others.

 

194


Table of Contents

The following table shows active investors by channel, excluding investors who only held legacy products:

 

     As of December 31,      As of June 30,  
     2017      2018      2019      2020  
     (millions)      (%)      (millions)      (%)      (millions)      (%)      (millions)      (%)  

Active Investors by Channel

                       

Ping An ecosystem

     2.0        20.9        3.2        28.8        4.3        34.9        4.4        35.0  

Online direct marketing

     3.2        34.0        3.6        32.7        3.8        30.9        4.0        31.6  

Member referral

     4.2        45.1        4.2        38.2        4.2        33.8        4.2        33.4  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     9.4        100.0        11.0        100.0        12.3        100.0        12.6        100.0  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The following table shows average client assets per active investor by channel, excluding legacy products and investors who only held legacy products:

 

     As of December 31,      As of June 30,  
     2017      2018      2019      2020  
            (RMB)                

Average Client Assets per Active Investor

           

Ping An ecosystem

     20,534        24,455        23,800        32,228  

Online direct marketing

     17,792        19,183        23,611        30,387  

Member referral

     5,877        7,416        10,467        12,658  

Our diversified investor acquisition channels and our ability to refine them through our operating experience have enabled us to source investors in an effective and efficient way.

Ping An Ecosystem

We leverage the Ping An ecosystem to source high quality investors. We pay referral fees to members of the Ping An ecosystem upfront on each purchase of products displayed on our platform by investors they referred. Investors sourced through the Ping An ecosystem typically invest more with our platform with average client assets per investor, excluding legacy products and investors who only held legacy products, of RMB32,228 (US$4,562) as of June 30, 2020. The synergy between our products and complementary product offerings within the Ping An ecosystem has enhanced customer loyalty for all parties.

Online Direct Marketing

Our online direct marketing reaches our targeted investors directly through online advertisements. For example, we advertise through search engines, mobile app stores, and direct links from websites of many companies in Ping An Group. We continually monitor the effectiveness of our online channels to identify the most cost efficient advertising channels and manage them efficiently.

Member Referral

Our platform investors are willing to refer their friends and family to our platform due to our ability to serve their investment demands and to develop deep relationships with them. Through our analysis of big data, we are able to identify our platform investors with affluent friends and family and we incentivize them to recommend our wealth management platform by offering them investment vouchers.

Investor Experience and Personalized Services

We offer our platform investors with seamless and customized investing experience, and we continuously improve the investing experience through technology. We widely use AI-based robots to optimize customer

 

195


Table of Contents

services. For the first six months in 2020, 85% of the inbound enquiries from investor were handled by our chatbot. We also rolled out drop-off chatbot where our AI robot will imitate outbound enquiry directly to solve the problem the investors may encounter during the investing experience. As a result, our investing completion rate, defined as the percentage of investors completing an investment among the investors browsing the product pages, improved by 14%.

Our effective engagement and interaction with our platform investors leads to higher customer stickiness and retention. For the six months ended June 30, 2020, the average number of visits on our platform per month per investor was approximately 16 visits for investor with client assets of RMB300,001 to RMB1,000,000, and approximately 30 visits for investor with client assets above RMB1,000,000. Our retention rate, which we define as the percentage of the active investors as of one year earlier who were still active investors at the end of that year, was 91.0% as of December 31, 2018 and 93.3% as of December 31, 2019. Our retention rate as of June 30, 2020, was 95.0%.

We offer the following services to make investing through our platform easier and more personalized.

LuFlex

LuFlex is a digitalized marketing and operation system that leverages our vast data, AI algorithms and proprietary technologies to facilitate the right product to the right customer at the right time, using the right form of contact.

Based on the vast amount of data that we have accumulated in close to a decade of operations, we have developed four categories of tags, namely, KYC (know your customer), KYP (know your product), content, and promotion. The massive data is then screened and categorized under the four tags. We have embedded an array of KYI (know your intention) models in LuFlex to analyze and ascertain a customer’s real-time intention and possible next-step action, such as the propensity to purchase certain wealth management products, viewing the latest financial market information, or planning for his or her portfolio.

We utilize multiple proprietary tools to better serve the investors’ individualized needs and assist them along their investment journey. This starts with the offline-to-online customer acquisition process, where LuFlex assists the direct marketer or channel partner with an outbound call robot and targeted marketing tools. During the investor onboarding process, LuFlex provides multi-dimensional user profiling to support KYC. During the browsing and product selection process, LuFlex provides the intelligent product matching engine that enables investors to find the products that best suit them, based on a combination of our KYC and KYP ratings and our KYI models. The intelligent product matching engine provides customers with personalized content and interface that match their purchasing habits and portfolio, in the form of different product layouts and tailored search results. Portfolio investment services help investors achieve and maintain the desired balance of risk and diversification on a portfolio level. “Smart robots” are applied in more than 2,000 scenarios and are capable of intent identification, sentiment analysis, multi-round dialog, and semantic error correction. LuFlex operates the automated operating platform that allows investors to manage their portfolios quickly and efficiently after making investments. It also pushes content to them in real time, including special risk alerts relating to their portfolio. Finally, LuFlex supports real-time customer services based on our proprietary customer retention models. Our customer services robot can use app push notifications, Weixin messages and text messages to interact with our customers, and a special relationship management tool facilitates communications between our customers and our customer service personnel.

In all, LuFlex plays an important role in our efforts to provide moment-to-moment personalized services to our customers and helps attract and retain customers.

 

196


Table of Contents

Lufax APP

Our highly powerful and intelligent Lufax APP provides a one-stop technology-enabled platform for our customers. The images below illustrate the main interface and various sections for our Lufax App, to show how our AI-based one-click portfolio investment platform creates a simple investor user experience, tailored per customer attributes.

Personalized offer / content: On the “Wealth” section of our Lufax App, investors have the option either to choose the products identified by the robot or actively select the products they prefer. For the former, our platform can generate experience-based precise product recommendations matching the investor’s profile based on sophisticated KYC, KYP and KYI processes and on the individual investors’ risk appetite. For the latter, our platform shows a product mapping that demonstrate all the major products offered on the app across risks, returns and tenors so that investors themselves can choose. Throughout the whole process, investors are given fully transparent product disclosure, an easy interface for viewing historical performance, and a one-click procedure for making an investment. Every step, every click, every view is recorded by blockchain to ensure a monitored investment process.

 

LOGO

 

197


Table of Contents

Active market intelligence and user generated content interactions: On the “Discovery” section of our Lufax App, investors can get access to the latest market information and intelligence real time. They can also interact with others in the community through user generated comment including guidance and comments on investments.

 

LOGO

Automated Portfolio Investment Tools

To help our platform investors develop diversified investing and to provide a personalized investment experience, our platform supports automated portfolio investment tools which construct tailored portfolios of products based on KYP and KYC ratings. Portfolio options are designed to accommodate different investment time horizons using a diversified set of products to optimize expected returns. Based on a broad set of product offerings on our platform and assisted by our automated investment and redemption features, these tools enable investors to diversify their investment strategies with one click. The automated portfolio investment tools facilitated RMB1.0 billion, RMB12.1 billion, RMB31.4 billion (US$4.4 billion) in transactions in 2017, 2018, and 2019, respectively and RMB29.5 billion (US$4.2 billion) in the first six months of 2020. As of June 30, 2020, these tools cumulatively facilitated RMB73.9 billion (US$10.5 billion) in transactions through portfolio investments. Total client assets invested through the automated portfolio investment tools were RMB0.6 billion, RMB6.9 billion and RMB16.4 billion (US$2.3 billion) as of December 31, 2017, 2018 and 2019, respectively, and RMB17.8 billion (US$2.5 billion) as of June 30, 2020. We believe these tools set the foundation for more personalized and convenient investor services and will help us capture a larger investor wallet share in the future. As of June 30, 2020, we facilitated the offering of 24 automated portfolios on our platform, with the average client assets invested in automated portfolio reached RMB73,457 (US$10,397), higher than the average client assets of investors who invested directly in non-money-market mutual fund products of RMB42,066 (US$5,954). Our platform investors tend to have a longer holding time for automated portfolio investments, with an average holding time of 191 days for past investors, compared to 120 days average holding time for past investors who invested in individual non-money-market mutual fund products. The average annualized take rate for mutual fund investors who invested in automated portfolio was 55bps as of June 30, 2020, higher than the average annualized rate of 44bps for those who didn’t invest in automated portfolio.

 

198


Table of Contents

Wealth overview and AI robotic relationship management

Investors can have a holistic picture of their personal balance sheet and historical return from investment through the “My Account” section of the Lufax App. This is also where investors can choose to interact with “AskBob” AI robot customer representatives to enjoy consistent online and in-person recommendation.

 

LOGO

 

LOGO

 

199


Table of Contents

LOGO

Additional Services to High End Investors

We have differentiated services for different investors. We offer additional services to high end investors, including investors with client assets over RMB1,000,000 (US$141,541), to deepen our relationship with them and provide them with an incentive to increase the assets they invest through us. These investors enjoy a number of benefits not typically given to other retail investors, including preferred access to popular products or products with limited supply, access to dedicated online investor relationship managers with extensive knowledge and financial expertise and access to investment-related content. Compared to our other investors, our high end investors purchase a broader range of products and are more likely to have opened an integrated smart account with us.

Portfolio Tracking and Statements

We provide portfolio tracking and statement services that enable investors to view the status of all of their investments in one place. Our product partners continually feed us information on products of theirs whose sales we have facilitated on our platform. By purchasing through our platform, investors can track the overall performance of their investments, monitor their overall risk posture, and rebalance or refine their asset allocation despite having products from many different product partners originating from disparate platforms.

Special Risk Alerts

We alert investors about product risk based on big data analysis of both company specific data and broad market trends. An alert via phone will be sent to investors who are investing in relative risky products for the first time. Investors will also receive an alert from us at the time they make an investment if their investments are heavily concentrated in a single asset category or product.

Risk Management for Wealth Management

There are five elements in our risk management framework: KYC, KYP, risk matching, investor education and information disclosure.

 

200


Table of Contents

Know Your Customer (KYC)

We believe an accurate understanding of investor risk tolerance is the foundation for facilitating suitable products to investors. In addition to our partners’ own KYC procedures, to better understand our platform investors’ risk tolerance, we as a platform have also developed proprietary data-driven KYC models to supplement traditional investor questionnaires. Combining the output of these models with the responses to our questionnaires, we assign each investor a risk rating ranging from C1 to C5, with C1 being the most risk-averse and C5 being the least so. Each investor is given opportunities three times per year to update their risk rating by recompleting the questionnaire or requesting a re-evaluation to reflect the change of their status. We also monitor and periodically update our platform investors’ risk rating through our analysis of investment behavior data. The following graph shows the distribution of the number of platform investors and client assets per platform investor by KYC risk rating as of June 30, 2020.

 

     Active Clients      Client Assets(1)  
     (millions)      (RMB billions)      (% of total)  

Client Numbers by Risk Tolerance

        

C1 and unrated

     8.3        23.0        6.3  

C2

     2.3        69.5        19.1  

C3

     1.4        119.2        32.7  

C4

     0.6        83.0        22.8  

C5

     0.2        69.2        19.0  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     12.8        364.0        100.0  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

  (1)

Excludes stock and others

Our platform investors with higher risk ratings tend to have higher investible assets, as evidenced by higher average client assets per investor for C5 investors than C1 investors.

Know Your Product (KYP)

Our KYP system is a comprehensive, intelligent and data driven system which covers full product offerings and life cycles.

Risk Policies. We implement risk policies to ensure all departments comply with our risk management framework by setting clear rules, approval requirements and limits regarding our investment product providers, underlying assets, and asset classes.

 

201


Table of Contents

Risk Ratings. We have built models to assign risk ratings to both investment products and their providers by considering variables such as the scale of assets under management, historical returns of assets managed, Sharp ratios, macroeconomic outlooks, product structure, investment strategy and ratings by third-party rating agencies. The risk ratings on our products range from R1 to R5, with R1 being the least risky and R5 being the most risky. These ratings will be disclosed to investors and used for investor assessment and product pricing. The following table shows the distribution of client assets by KYP risk rating as of June 30, 2020:

 

     Client Assets  
     (RMB billions)      (% of total)  

Client Assets by Risk Ratings

     

R1

     128.5        34.3  

R2

     115.4        30.8  

R3

     37.9        10.1  

R4

     9.0        2.4  

R5

     5.6        1.5  

Trust products(1)

     30.1        8.0  

Unrated(2)

     48.2        12.9  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     374.7        100.0  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

  (1)

Certain trust products have a separate system of risk ratings with seven levels

  (2)

Unrated products are primarily cash balance in accounts and stocks

Risk Monitoring. Our risk monitoring system tracks financial and non-financial metrics throughout the life of the investment product. If any risks are detected, it will alert our risk management team to conduct further due diligence, which will be reflected in the risk rating of the product and disclosed to investors.

Risk Matching

We are committed to reducing suitability-related risk by facilitating the right products to the right investors at the right time. Building upon our capability to accurately assess investors and products through our KYC and KYP systems, we have established an effective algorithm that automatically assesses investor risk tolerance and product ratings to ensure that proper products and portfolios are offered to suitable investors. Enabled by an automated risk-matching algorithm, the process guides and limits investors to invest in products or portfolios with comparable or lower risk ratings.

Our matching rules vary among products. For certain fixed-income products, investors can invest in products (i) with a risk rating up to their own risk rating and (ii) with risk ratings one level higher than their own if they confirm a risk alert. For example, a C2 investor can invest in products rated R1 or R2. The investor would be asked to confirm the pop-up risk alert for investing in products rated R3 and they would be restricted from investing in products rated R4 or R5. For other products offered on our platform, investors can invest provided they confirm a risk alert for any product with higher risk ratings than their own.

The contacts with customers are recorded and saved using blockchain technology and retained for use in suitability management. There is a permanent record to show that the investor has received and viewed the disclosure, acknowledged the risks in the investment, and affirmatively chosen to make the investment.

Information Disclosure

We believe that information disclosure is critical for investors to make a well informed investment. We endeavor to ensure transparent disclosure on our products and their underlying assets in a truthful, complete, accurate and timely manner.

 

202


Table of Contents

We disclose the relevant KYP ratings to investors using a star system to show the relative risk level of a product. Based on information gathered through our KYP process, we will continuously update our ratings and disclose any material information or changes regarding the underlying assets.

Investor Education

We provide online investor education through easy-to-understand quizzes, learning games and investment scenario studies. Supported by technology, we make investment education more personalized, interesting and entertaining, and help investors grow their understanding of financial products and improve their investment capabilities.

INTEGRATED ACCOUNT

The integrated account serves as a single interface for all borrowers and investors on the platform. Within our apps, it provides customers with a single view of their transactions, interest payments, product holdings, investment performance, and analytics, to help them judge the performance and diversification of their investments.

The transactional elements of the integrated account are founded on two types of underlying accounts: a money market fund and a type II bank account. All customers bind an existing bank account to one or both of these accounts when purchasing products and services via our platform. The entire account binding and opening process takes just several minutes with anti-money laundering and anti-fraud models running in parallel. The account opening process also leverages facial and voice recognition technology to verify customer identities and utilizes this data for ongoing services on the platform.

Once the account is established, customers can select a number of automated functions to gain convenience in their financial management. These include setting automated monthly deductions from their payroll account to execute investments on the platform, enabling sweep functions so that idle funds always earn a return, setting automatic deductions to repay loans, establishing monthly investment programs to execute mutual fund purchases, and setting instructions to make monthly credit card, mortgage, and utilities payments. Customers can also set instructions to reserve for limited availability products and determine alerts they would like to receive when products hit certain performance triggers. Customer behavior within the integrated account feeds into our overall understanding of customers’ financial objectives and likely future intent.

The integrated account is a key feature page on the wealth management app. In addition to its transactional elements, the integrated account page is a key portal to stream AI-enabled product selections and value added services to investors. Through this portal, investors can review their KYC status, and understand how their asset allocation compares to model allocations and peers with similar profiles. Analysis, supported by AI chat bots, is provided on potential investment concentration risks and suggestions are offered on how to better achieve diversification and balance relative risk and return across asset classes. Also within this page are functions to review platform membership status and manage loyalty benefits that customers accumulate. More than half of product investments were initiated from the integrated account app page in 2019. In 2019, we achieved 93% retention of wealth management investors, where the integrated account played an important role in driving on-going customer engagement.

Given its importance, our strategies for the integrated account are dynamic and will continue to evolve. Plans are underway, subject to evolving open banking regulation, to provide customers with functionality to aggregate information for investment holdings held across financial institution partners connected to the platform. Additional efforts are being initiated for customers to create a convenient on-line repository for their housing certificates, insurance policies, tax status, and medical information, among other things. With customer consent, this repository will enable the platform to provide new smart tools and peer group comparisons to generate recommendations for long-term household financial planning. The goal of the integrated account is to

 

203


Table of Contents

cover both financial and life stage needs to better tailor recommendations, create greater customer value, and deepen the frequency and quality of customer relationships.

OUR TECHNOLOGY

We have developed our proprietary end-to-end system, which is robust and unique as it is powered by the most cutting-edge technologies and designed to support our comprehensive business model. Our end-to-end system covers the entire aspects of our operation and enables us to strengthen our product sourcing and facilitation capabilities, streamline our loan facilitation process, optimize customer experience and achieve economies of scale and operational efficiency. Designed for scalability and flexibility, our end-to-end system handles massive volumes of data required to evaluate a large number of customers, product providers and products profiles, facilitate loan transactions, facilitate to investors products that meet their needs, and monitor fund transfers, investment results and repayment activities. For example, we deploy biometric identification, natural language processing, and optical character recognition to eliminate some of the more onerous loan application procedures and simplify the process for borrowers to provide loan documentation. We believe it is best-in-class in China and not easily replicated.

Many of the advanced technologies that we use, such as facial and voice recognition technology for verifying customer identities, AI and machine learning algorithms, and the application of blockchain to suitability management, have been licensed from Ping An Group and OneConnect. This represents a tremendous savings in time and effort for us over developing these building blocks ourselves. We train these technologies using our own data and business scenarios to create our own proprietary applied technologies unique to our retail credit facilitation and online wealth management businesses.

Artificial Intelligence

Faster processor speeds, lower hardware costs, increasing sophisticated algorithms and the accumulation of high quality data have enabled us to adopt AI in more and more fields across our business. AI has helped us to reduce costs by increasing productivity and making decisions based on information that is too complex for a human to process. Our technology possesses leading artificial neural networks and by processing more examples from our over 15 years of through-cycle proprietary data, our neural network system evolves better and better over time. As a result we developed a deep learning model that could enable algorithms to powerfully analyze unstructured data for faster and cheaper credit scoring and quality loan assessments, precise marketing, custom-built intelligent customer service bots, pioneering regulatory compliance and various other business areas. Intelligent algorithms are able to spot anomalies and fraudulent information in a matter of seconds. The more we apply AI the more new use cases we find for it.

One of the key technologies here is natural language processing, which improves decision-making by analyzing large volumes of text and identifying key considerations affecting actions. For example, an ongoing AI-powered dialog in our underwriting process leads to a more comprehensive understanding of the applicant. Using an algorithmic approach, we apply data analysis to provide credit scores for individuals with “thin” credit files, using alternative data sources to review loan applications. Leveraging such technologies allows for faster and cheaper credit scoring and ultimately makes quality loan assessments accessible to a larger number of people.

Another AI use case is our custom-built intelligent customer service bots and systems, used to streamline large parts of tedious customer service process. These automatically follow up on customer application break-points and rout the applicant to the right department within our company.

Recently, we also introduced our latest pioneering regulatory technology, which focuses on making regulatory compliance more efficient and native to our core processes. The system uses natural language processing to cope with new regulations. To comply with these regulations, we apply AI-powered data analysis

 

204


Table of Contents

to build integrated risk and reporting systems. AI helps tackle regulatory quality issues, increasing the value of data to the authorities.

Data Science

Data technology is extensively used in the entire aspects of our operations, including KYC, KYP, anti-fraud and credit assessment, targeted marketing, product design and customer experience. We have invested significant resources in building up a petabyte-scale data platform, which covers a wide range of information pertinent to a customer’s profile and creditworthiness from a holistic perspective, particularly financial data that are more indicative of our customer’s financial strength and creditworthiness. We have accumulated over 15 years of through-cycle credit data, supplemented by access to Ping An ecosystem analytics and insights and access to enterprise data through external data providers, and our data-mining capabilities enable us to convert the originally unstructured data into structured data using deep learning and artificial intelligence techniques.

For example, through the application of deep learning and big data analytics, our platform supports automated portfolio investment tools that construct tailored investment portfolio options that match investors’ risk appetites and can achieve higher investment return through diversification and automated investments. Based on our platform investors’ investment behavior data, we also facilitate the offering of personalized investment products and services using automated algorithms and analytics, which significantly improve the conversion rate of our marketing activities. In addition, our data-driven anti-fraud model enable us to identify and screen out organized fraud attempts through graphic computation and machine learning algorithms. Furthermore, we have developed an AI-driven customer services information message system, which allows us to migrate our customer services from traditional telephone model to online interactive model and answer over 90% of our customers’ questions by machine, improving our operational efficiencies and customer experiences.

Blockchain

Blockchain is an open, distributed ledger that stores transaction data in a verifiable and immutable way, enabling parties to conduct business with each other on a single, unified system. We use our blockchain technology, built using the Ping An ecosystem’s FiMAX architecture, to accomplish suitability management and transparent disclosure as well as to record interactions with investors on our platform to ensure full traceability in case of complaints or disputes. The FiMAX architecture supports enterprise-grade blockchain development in addressing the challenges that arise using different parties’ encrypted data in ways that maintain the integrity of each user’s encryption. Combining FiMAX’s patented crypto-controlled data-sharing algorithm and per-field encryption technologies, we believe that FiMAX is one of the first technology platforms in the industry to achieve data connectivity while retaining various users’ data encryption—features that are critical for real life applications in the financial services industry.

Stable and Scalable Cloud-based Infrastructure

Our platform is built on cloud-native infrastructure supplied by Ping An Cloud. Ping An Cloud is an industry-wide cloud computing platform of Ping An Group in China, providing enterprises with a full range of cloud services from Infrastructure as a Service (IaaS), Platform as a Service (PaaS) to Software as a Service (SaaS). In addition to products, it also provides customized solutions combined with business scenarios as well as reliable and stable technical support. Ping An Cloud provides us with computing services, storage, server and bandwidth. We maintain redundancy through a real-time multi-layer data backup system to ensure the reliability of our network. Cloud-native flexibility enables us to deliver financial services with fast and seamless digital experience.

Our platform adopts modular architecture that consists of multiple connected components, each of which can be separately upgraded and replaced without compromising the functioning of other components. This advanced architecture gives us increased flexibility in adding or removing modules, and it speeds up the deployment of new capabilities, features and functionalities.

 

205


Table of Contents

Our technology has built-in software and hardware redundancy. Our platform is built on distributed computing architecture so that a single point of failure does not cause the entire system to fail. Combined with our modular architecture, this makes our platform both highly stable and easily scalable.

Research and Development

Since our inception, we have cultivated a culture of innovation and invested significantly in technology. We have a research and development department of over 1,500 engineers and scientists who have extensive working experience in China’s internet and financial institution industries. Benefiting from the diversified background and expertise of our technology team, we have built our system infrastructure on the highest standards of both the internet and financial institutions industries.

Multilevel Security

We are committed to maintaining a secure online platform, as data protection and privacy are critical to our business. We have developed our propriety security system, covering entire aspects of our operation and use a variety of techniques to protect our customer’s data. We rely on multiple layers of network segregation using firewalls to protect against attacks or unauthorized access. We also employ proprietary technologies to protect our users. For example, if we suspect that a user’s account or a transaction may have been compromised, we may use micro expression, facial recognition or voice recognition to validate that the person accessing the account or authorizing the transaction is the actual account holder. We also use automated data tiering technology to store our users’ data to ensure safety and for any transmission of sensitive user information, we use data encryption to ensure confidentiality. Our security system has been certified by ISO27001 standard and PRC national level III security protection standard.

INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY

We strongly emphasize the establishment, application, administration and protection of intellectual property rights. Through research, development and application in our ordinary course of business, we have obtained various intellectual property rights, including for our Shanghai Lufax mobile application and for our Lu.com domain name, which offer enormous value to our businesses.

We regard our patents, copyrights, trademarks, domain names, know-how, proprietary technologies and similar intellectual property as critical to our success, and we rely on patent, copyright, trademark, and trade secret law and confidentiality, invention assignment and non-compete agreements with our employees and others to protect our proprietary rights. As of June 30, 2020, we had registered 43 patents with the PRC State Intellectual Property Office in China and 186 software copyrights with the PRC National Copyright Administration. We had 207 registered domain names and 279 registered trademarks as of the same date.

Despite our efforts to protect our proprietary rights, unauthorized parties may attempt to copy or otherwise obtain and use our technology. Monitoring unauthorized use of our technology is difficult and costly, and we cannot be certain that the steps we have taken will prevent misappropriation of our technology. From time to time, we may have to resort to litigation to enforce our intellectual property rights, which could result in substantial costs and diversion of our resources.

In addition, third parties may initiate litigation against us alleging infringement of their proprietary rights or declaring their non-infringement of our intellectual property rights. In the event of a successful claim of infringement and our failure or inability to develop non-infringing technology or license the infringed or similar technology on a timely basis, our business could be harmed. Moreover, even if we are able to license the infringed or similar technology, license fees could be substantial and may adversely affect our results of operations.

 

206


Table of Contents

See “Risk Factors—Risks Relating to Our Business—We may not be able to prevent others from making unauthorized use of our intellectual property, which could harm our business and competitive position” and “Risk Factors—Risks Relating to Our Business—We may be subject to intellectual property infringement claims, which may be expensive to defend and may disrupt our business and operations.”

COMPETITION

We compete primarily with online-only TechFin platforms backed by major internet companies, such as Ant Financial and Tencent Licaitong, and to a lesser extent with traditional financial institutions, such as banks, which are focused on retail lending or wealth management. Online-only TechFin platforms refers to competitors that originate from services offered by a technology company, rather than a financial institution, so they tend to compete with us in segments of the market that are more amenable to purely technological solutions and do not necessarily require strong financial expertise. Banks may compete with us or cooperate with us as funding partners or wealth management product providers.

Our retail credit facilitation business occupies a large and deep market that we believe presents high barriers to entry to most of the larger competitors in the financial services space. Traditional financial institutions have low funding costs and well-known brands, but not all of them have the necessary skills, data and technology to fully address the needs of small business owners. Online-only TechFin platforms backed by major internet companies have their own customer ecosystems, strong technological capability and the ability to deliver good online customer experience, but they lack the financial data and financial services capability to price credit risk appropriately. Many traditional banks and online-only TechFin platforms outsource their collection functions, which reduces their ability to manage risk in their portfolios, particularly at larger ticket sizes or at challenging points in the credit cycle. Smaller independent online-only TechFin platforms lack the credibility and support of a major backer, the role that Ping An plays for us.

Our wealth management business likewise takes aim at a large and deep market that is underserved by offline and online competitors alike, namely, China’s large and growing middle class and affluent population. These segments of the population are not wealthy enough to qualify for private banking services at the traditional banks or offline wealth management advisors, but they need enough personalized services to guide them to the right product at the right time, which can only be accomplished in a cost-efficient manner by leveraging technology in a way that is informed by experience. Many commercial banks offer their products mainly through higher-cost offline account managers who have limited wealth management expertise and lack specialized suitability management tools, and online-only TechFin platforms typically only offer some basic wealth management products.

Some of our larger competitors have significant financial resources to support heavy spending on sales and marketing and to provide more services to customers. We believe that our ability to compete effectively for borrowers and investors depends on many factors, including the variety of our products, user experience on our platform, effectiveness of our risk management, our partnership with third parties, our marketing and selling efforts and the strength and reputation of our brand.

Furthermore, as our business continues to grow rapidly, we face significant competition for highly skilled personnel. The success of our growth strategy depends in part on our ability to retain existing personnel and add additional highly skilled employees.

EMPLOYEES

We had 84,830 full-time employees as of June 30, 2020, as compared with 84,647 full-time employees as of December 31, 2019, 77,642 full-time employees as of December 31, 2018 and 69,237 full-time employees as of December 31, 2017.

 

207


Table of Contents

The following table sets forth the numbers of our employees categorized by function as of June 30, 2020.

 

     Number of Employees      Percentage  

Sales and marketing, retail credit facilitation

     66,081        77.9  

Direct sales

     56,764        66.9  

Channel management

     5,078        6.0  

Online sales

     4,239        5.0  

Sales and marketing, wealth management

     619        0.7  

Credit assessment

     2,619        3.1  

Post-origination services

     9,567        11.3  

General and administrative

     4,325        5.1  

Technology and research

     1,252        1.5  

Operations

     74        0.1  

Other

     293        0.3  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     84,830        100.0  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

The following table sets forth the number of our employees by geography as of June 30, 2020.

 

     Number of Employees      Percentage  

Guangdong

     10,006        11.8  

Jiangsu

     8,644        10.2  

Shanghai

     6,974        8.2  

Shandong

     5,886        6.9  

Henan

     4,511        5.3  

Sichuan

     4,437        5.2  

Hubei

     4,212        5.0  

Anhui

     4,105        4.8  

Hebei

     4,100        4.8  

Zhejiang

     3,007        3.5  

Other

     28,948        34.1  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     84,830        100.0  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Our success depends on our ability to attract, retain and motivate qualified personnel, including personnel from both the finance and technology industries. As part of our retention strategy, we offer employees competitive salaries, performance-based cash bonuses, incentive share grants and other incentives. Our management recognizes the importance of realizing personal values for our employees and promotes a transparent appraisal system for all our employees seeking career advancement across different business departments. Our appraisal system provides the basis for making human resource decisions such as base compensation, bonuses, career promotion and employee share incentive grants. In order to maintain a competitive edge, we will continue to focus on attracting and retaining qualified professionals by providing an incentive-based and market-driven compensation structure that rewards performance and results.

We primarily recruit our employees through recruitment agencies, on-campus job fairs, industry referrals, internal referrals and online channels. In addition to on-the-job training, we regularly provide management, financial, technology, regulatory and other training to our employees by internally sourced speakers or externally hired consultants. Our employees may also attend external training with the approval of their supervisor.

As required by PRC laws and regulations, we participate in housing fund and various employee social security plans that are organized by the regional government authorities, including housing, pension, medical, work-related injury, maternity insurance and unemployment benefit plans, under which we make contributions at

 

208


Table of Contents

specified percentages of the salaries of our employees. We also purchase commercial health and accident insurance coverage for our employees.

To date, we have not experienced any labor strikes or other material labor disputes that have affected our operations. We believe that we have a good relationship with our employees.

FACILITIES

We are headquartered in Shanghai. We have 695 offices in China and another 4 offices in Hong Kong, Singapore, and Indonesia. The following table sets forth a summary of our facilities as of June 30, 2020:

 

     Number of Facilities      Aggregate Size (m2)  

Shanghai

     27        96,581  

Guangdong

     90        82,696  

Jiangsu

     62        59,664  

Sichuan

     35        56,868  

Shandong

     36        45,014  

Henan

     31        32,338  

Anhui

     22        28,149  

Hubei

     26        27,715  

Zhejiang

     49        26,653  

Hebei

     25        23,566  

Other

     296        216,230  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total 

     699        695,473  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

We lease our premises under lease agreements. The lease terms vary from three months to six years. Much of our system hardware is hosted in leased facilities located in Shanghai, Shenzhen and Hebei that are operated by our IT staff. We also maintain a real-time backup system and a remote backup system at separate facilities also located in Shanghai, Shenzhen and Hebei. We believe that our existing facilities are generally adequate to meet our current needs, but we expect to seek additional space as needed to accommodate future growth.

INSURANCE

We maintain major insurance coverage for areas such as office buildings and facilities, equipment and materials, and losses due to fire, flood and other natural disasters. We believe our insurance coverage is adequate and in line with the commercial practice of industries we operate.

While a significant portion of our loan products carry credit guarantee insurance provided by third parties, the insurance premiums are paid by the borrower as part of the cost of the loan, and we are not obligated to pay any of the premiums.

LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

We are currently not a party to any material legal or administrative proceedings. We may from time to time be subject to various legal or administrative claims and proceedings arising in the ordinary course of business. Litigation or any other legal or administrative proceeding, regardless of the outcome, is likely to result in substantial cost and diversion of our resources, including our management’s time and attention.

 

209


Table of Contents

REGULATION

This section sets forth a summary of the most significant laws, rules and regulations that affect our business activities in the PRC, Singapore and Hong Kong and our shareholders’ rights to receive dividends and other distributions from us.

PRC Regulations

We operate in an increasingly complex legal and regulatory environment. We are subject to a variety of PRC and foreign laws, rules and regulations across numerous aspects of our business. This section sets forth a summary of the principal PRC laws, judicial interpretations, rules and regulations relevant to our business and operations in the PRC.

Regulations Relating to Foreign Investment

The establishment, operation and management of corporate entities in the PRC, including foreign-invested companies, are subject to the Company Law, which was issued by the Standing Committee of the National People’s Congress, or the NPC Standing Committee, and was last amended on October 26, 2018. Unless otherwise provided in the PRC’s foreign investment laws, the provisions of the Company Law shall prevail.

Investments in the PRC by foreign investors and foreign-invested enterprises are regulated by the Catalog of Industries in which Foreign Investment is Encouraged (2019 edition) and the Special Administrative Measures for Foreign Investment Access (Negative List 2020), or the 2020 Negative List. The establishment of wholly foreign-owned enterprises is generally allowed in industries not included in the 2020 Negative List. Industries not listed in the 2020 Negative List are generally open to foreign investments unless specifically restricted by other applicable Chinese regulations. Under the 2020 Negative List, foreign equity in companies providing value-added telecommunications services, excluding e-commerce, domestic multi-party communications, data collection and transmission services, and call centers, should not exceed 50%.

The establishment procedures, filing and approval procedures, registered capital requirements, foreign exchange restrictions, accounting practices, taxation, and labor matters of a wholly foreign-owned enterprise are governed by the Foreign Investment Law, which took effect on January 1, 2020. It replaced most laws and regulations previously governing foreign investment in the PRC. The Company Law and the Partnership Enterprise Law of the PRC generally govern the organization of a foreign invested enterprise.

The Foreign Investment Law mainly stipulates four forms of foreign investments: (a) a foreign investor, individually or collectively with other investors, establishes a foreign-invested enterprise within PRC; (b) a foreign investor acquires stock shares, equity shares, interests in assets, or other like rights and interests of an enterprise within PRC; (c) a foreign investor, individually or collectively with other investors, invests in a new project within the PRC; and (d) foreign investors invest in the PRC through any other methods under laws, administrative regulations, or provisions prescribed by the State Council of the PRC. It does not mention the relevant concept and regulatory regime of consolidated affiliated entities structures and uncertainties still exist in relation to its interpretation and implementation.

Under the Foreign Investment Law, foreign investment is accorded pre-admission national treatment, which means that treatment given to foreign investors and their investments shall not be less favorable than those given to domestic investors and their investments, except where a foreign investment falls under the 2020 Negative List. It also provides several protective rules and principles for foreign investors and their investments in the PRC, including foreign investors’ funds being freely transferred out and into the territory of the PRC through the entire life cycle from the entry to the exit of foreign investment, a comprehensive system to guarantee fair competition among foreign-invested enterprises and domestic enterprises to be established, and prohibition of the state to expropriate any foreign investment except under special circumstances.

 

210


Table of Contents

In addition, the Foreign Investment Law subjects foreign investors and foreign-invested enterprises to legal liabilities for failing to report their investment information in accordance with the requirements of an information reporting system to be established. It also provides that foreign invested enterprises established according to the previous laws regulating foreign investment before the Foreign Investment Law came into effect may maintain their structure and corporate governance within five years after the implementation of the Foreign Investment Law. This means that foreign invested enterprises may be required to adjust their structure and corporate governance in accordance with the PRC Company Law and other laws and regulations governing the corporate governance.

On December 26, 2019, the State Council promulgated the Implementation Regulations for the Foreign Investment Law, which became effective on January 1, 2020. The Implementation Regulations for the Foreign Investment Law emphasizes the promotion of foreign investment, refined specific measures, and also replaced various previous laws and regulations. On December 26, 2019, the Supreme People’s Court issued an Interpretation on Several Issues Concerning the Application of the Foreign Investment law of the PRC, which also came into effect on January 1, 2020. The interpretation applies to any contractual dispute arising from the acquisition of relevant rights and interests by a foreign investor through gift, division of property, merger of enterprises, division of enterprises, etc. On December 30, 2019, the Ministry of Commerce and the State Administration for Market Regulation jointly issued the Measures on Reporting of Foreign Investment Information, which replaced the existing filing and approval procedures regarding the establishment and change of foreign-invested companies. On December 31, 2019, the Ministry of Commerce issued the Announcement on Matters Relating to Foreign Investment Information Reporting which emphasized the information reporting requirements provided by the Measures on Reporting of Foreign Investment Information, and stipulated the forms for information reporting.

Regulations Relating to Value-Added Telecommunication Services

The Telecommunications Regulations of the PRC, which was issued by the State Council in 2000 and last amended on February 6, 2016, provides the general framework for the provision of telecommunication services by PRC companies. It requires a telecommunication service provider in China to obtain an operating license from the MIIT or its provincial branch prior to commencement of operations.

The Telecommunications Regulations of the PRC categorize telecommunication services in China as either basic telecommunications services or value-added telecommunications services. According to the Catalog of Telecommunications Business, attached to the Telecommunications Regulations and issued by the MIIT in 2015 and last amended on June 6, 2019, online data processing, transaction processing and information services provided via fixed network, mobile network and internet are value-added telecommunication services.

On July 3, 2017, the MIIT issued the Administrative Measures for Telecommunications Business Operating Permit, which took effect on September 1, 2017. It sets forth more specific provisions regarding the types of licenses required to operate value-added telecommunications services, the qualifications and procedures for obtaining the licenses and the administration and supervision of these licenses. Operators are required to submit an application within the prescribed period to the original permit-issuing authority with respect to changes in the business scope or the operating entity resulting from shareholder changes or the merger and division of the company as prescribed under relevant regulations.

Regulations on Foreign Investment in Value-Added Telecommunications

Foreign direct investment in telecommunications companies in China is governed by the Administrative Rules on Foreign-invested Telecommunications Enterprises, which was issued by the State Council in 2001 and last amended on February 6, 2016. It provides that a foreign investor’s beneficial equity ownership in an entity providing value-added telecommunications services in China shall not exceed 50%. In addition, for a foreign investor to acquire any equity interest in a business providing value-added telecommunications services in China,

 

211


Table of Contents

it must demonstrate a good track record and experience in providing these services. However, the 2020 Negative List provides that foreign investors may hold 100% equity interest in e-commerce, domestic multi-party communications, data collection and transmission services and call centers.

The MIIT’s Circular on Strengthening the Administration of Foreign Investment in and Operation of Value-added Telecommunications Business, issued on July 13, 2006, requires foreign investors to set up foreign-invested enterprises and obtain a license for value-added telecommunications services. It prohibits domestic companies holding value-added telecommunications services licenses from leasing, transferring or selling their licenses in any form, or providing any resource, sites or facilities, to any foreign investors intending to conduct this type of businesses in China. In addition to restricting dealings with foreign investors, it contains a number of detailed requirements applicable to operators of value-added telecommunications services, including that operators or their shareholders must legally own the domain names and trademarks used in their daily operations and each operator must possess the necessary facilities for its approved business operations and maintain its facilities in the regions covered by its license. The MIIT or its provincial counterpart has the power to require corrective actions after discovering any non-compliance by operators, and where operators fail to take those steps, the MIIT or its provincial counterpart can revoke the value-added telecommunications services license.

Regulations on Internet Information Services

The Administrative Measures on Internet Information Services, which was issued by the State Council in 2000 and amended on January 8, 2011, set out guidelines on the provision of internet information services. Pursuant to the these measures, “internet information services” are defined as services that provide information to online users through the internet. These measures require internet information services operators to obtain an internet content provider license, or ICP license, from the relevant government authorities before engaging in any commercial internet information services operations in China. Internet information services operators operating non-commercial internet information services are required to complete the relevant filing procedures.

In addition, internet information service providers are required to monitor their websites to ensure that they do not contain content prohibited by law or regulation. The PRC government may require corrective actions to address non-compliance by ICP license holders or revoke their ICP license for serious violations. Furthermore, the MIIT Circular on Regulating the Use of Domain Names in Internet Information Services, issued on November 27, 2017 and came into effect on January 1, 2018, requires internet information service providers to register and own the domain names they use in providing internet information services. Our consolidated affiliated entities and their subsidiaries hold licenses for value-added telecommunications services covering online data processing and transaction processing business and internet information services. Shanghai Lujiazui International Financial Asset Exchange Co., Ltd. is applying for the renewal of an ICP license.

Regulations on Mobile Internet Application Information Services

On June 28, 2016, the Cyberspace Administration of China issued the Administrative Provisions on Mobile Internet Application Information Services, which took effect on August 1, 2016. It requires internet information service providers who provide information services through mobile internet applications, in other words apps, to authenticate the identity of the registered users, establish procedures for protection of user information, establish procedures for information content censorship and management, ensure that users are given adequate information concerning an app and are able to choose whether an App is installed and whether or not to use an installed App and its functions and keep records of users’ logs for 60 days. If an internet information service provider violates these regulations, mobile app stores through which it distributes its apps may issue warnings, suspend the release of its apps, or terminate the sale of its apps, and/or report the violations to governmental authorities.

Under the Interim Measures on the Administration of Pre-Installation and Distribution of Applications for Mobile Smart Terminals, which took effect on July 1, 2017, the internet information service provider is also

 

212


Table of Contents

required to ensure that an app, as well as its ancillary resource files, configuration files and user data, can be conveniently uninstalled by its users, unless it is a basic function software (i.e., software that supports the normal functioning of hardware and operating system of a mobile smart device).

The MIIT issued the Notice on the Further Special Rectification of Apps Infringing upon Users’ Personal Rights and Interests, or the Further Rectification Notice, on July 22, 2020. The Further Rectification Notice requires that certain conducts of app service providers should be inspected, including, among others, (i) collecting personal information without the user’s consent, collecting or using personal information beyond the necessary scope of providing services, and forcing users to receive advertisements; (ii) requesting user’s permission in a compulsory and frequent manner, or frequently launching third-parties apps; and (iii) deceiving and misleading users into downloading apps or providing personal information. The Further Rectification Notice also set forth that the period for the regulatory specific inspection on apps and that the MIIT will order the non-compliant entities to modify their business within five business days, or otherwise to make public announcement to remove the apps from the app stores and impose other administrative penalties.

Regulations Relating to Retail Credit Facilitation

Regulations on Loans

The PRC Contract Law, which will be repealed by the Civil Code of the PRC on January 1, 2021, requires that the interest rates charged under a loan agreement must not violate applicable provisions of the PRC laws and regulations. The PRC Contract Law also provides that the interest shall not be deducted from the proceeds of the loan in advance, and if the interest is deducted from the proceeds in advance, the loan shall be repaid and the interest shall be calculated based on the actual loan amount.

The Interim Measures for the Administration of Private Loans was issued by the China Banking Regulatory Commission, or CBRC, on February 12, 2010, which provides that lenders shall not issue private loans without specified purposes. In addition, lenders shall only entrust certain part of loan investigation to qualified third-party companies and shall not entrust the whole process of loan investigation to third-party companies.

The Provisions on Several Issues Concerning Laws Applicable to Trials of Private Lending Cases issued by the Supreme People’s Court, which came into effect on September 1, 2015, or the 2015 Judicial Interpretation, which provides that agreements between lenders and borrowers on loans with interest rates below 24% per annum are valid and enforceable. As to the loans with interest rates per annum between 24% (exclusive) and 36% (inclusive), if the interest on the loans has already been paid to the lender, and so long as such payment has not damaged the interest of the state, the community and any third parties, the courts will turn down the borrower’s request to demand the return of the excess interest payment. If the annual interest rate of a private loan is higher than 36%, the agreement on the excess part of the interest is invalid, and if the borrower requests the lender to return the part of interest exceeding 36% of the annual interest that has been paid, the courts will support such requests. In addition, on August 4, 2017, the Supreme People’s Court issued the Several Opinions on Further Strengthening the Judicial Work in the Finance Sector, which provides, among others, that (i) if the total amount of interest, compounded interest, default interest and other fees charged by a lender under a loan contract substantially exceeds the actual loss of such lender, the request by the debtor under such loan contract to reduce or to adjust the part of the aforementioned fees exceeding the amount accrued at an annual rate of 24% will be upheld; and (ii) in the context of peer-to-peer lending disputes, if the online lending information intermediaries and lenders circumvent the statutory limit of the interest rate by charging intermediary fees, such fees shall be deemed invalid.

On August 20, 2020, the Supreme People’s Court issued the Decision on Amending the Provisions of the Supreme People’s Court on Several Issues the Application of Law in the Trial of Private Lending Cases, or the Judicial Interpretation Amendment, which amended several provisions of the 2015 Judicial Interpretation including the upper limit of judicial protection for private lending interest rates. The Judicial Interpretation

 

213


Table of Contents

Amendment provides that where the lender requests the borrower to pay interest in accordance with the interest rate agreed upon in the agreement, the people’s court shall support such request, except where the interest rate agreed by both parties exceeds four times of the one-year Loan Prime Rate at the time of the establishment of the agreement, or the Quadruple LPR Limit. The one-year Loan Prime Rate refers to the one-year loan market quoted interest rate issued by the National Bank Interbank Funding Center which was authorized by the PBOC, on the 20th of each month since August 20, 2019. According to the Judicial Interpretation Amendment, the upper limit of interest rates of 24% and 36% provided in the 2015 Judicial Interpretation, are replaced by the Quadruple LPR Limit. Moreover, if the lender and the borrower agree on both the overdue interest rate and the liquidated damages or other fees, the lender may choose to claim any or all of them, but the portion in total exceeding the Quadruple LPR Limit shall not be supported by the people’s court. The Judicial Interpretation Amendment applies to new first-instance cases of private lending disputes accepted by the People’s Court after the implementation of the Judicial Interpretation Amendment on August 20, 2020. If the lending occurred before August 20, 2019, the upper limit of the protected interest rate can be determined by referring to four times of the one-year Loan Prime Rate at the time of the plaintiff’s filing of lawsuit.

Circular 141 provides that institutions or third-party agencies shall not conducting loan collection by means of violence, intimidation, insult, defamation, harassment or other illegal methods. In case of violation, the relevant authorities, depending on the severity of the circumstances, may suspend such entity’s business, order rectification, reprimand such entity, reject its filing procedures, or terminate its business qualification. In addition, the relevant authority may order any website or platform operator to suspend its business, if such website or platform operator helped the entity to conduct business in violation of laws or regulations.

The Supreme People’s Court, the Supreme People’s Procuratorate, the Ministry of Public Security and the Ministry of Justice jointly issued the Notice on Promulgating the Opinions on Several Issues concerning the Handling of Criminal Cases of Illegal Lending on July 12, 2019, which came into effect on October 21, 2019. It clarifies the standards for the determination of whether the illegal lending activity constitutes the crime of illegal business operations. It provides that it will be convicted of the crime of illegal business operations and punished in accordance with Item 4 of Article 225 of the Criminal Law, if it meets all of the following criteria: (i) without the approval of the regulatory authorities or beyond the business scope, for the purpose of making profits, frequently granting loans to non-specific objects of the society which disturbs the order of the financial market, (ii) having been deemed as a “serious circumstance”. “Frequently granting loans to non-specific objects of the society” shall refer to lending to non-specific several persons (including entities and individuals) in the name of loans or in any other name for more than 10 times within two years. If the repayment period is extended after the maturity of the loan, the number of times the loan is granted shall be counted as once.

On July 12, 2020, the Interim Measures for the Administration of Online Loans by Commercial Banks came into effect. While they apply to commercial banks, consumer finance companies and auto finance companies directly, they also require them to strengthen loan cooperation management, which would affect the institutions cooperating with them to develop internet loan businesses, and their existing business models. Pursuant to these interim measures, commercial banks shall evaluate their cooperation agencies and implement list management. Commercial banks shall not accept direct and disguised credit enhancement services from unqualified cooperation agencies, nor entrust third-party collection agencies with illegal records. The interim measures also provide that, except for cooperating institutions that jointly provide loans, commercial banks shall not entrust the cooperating institutions to perform key operations, such as loan issuance, loan principal and interest recovery, and stopping of loan payment. Pursuant to the interim measures, commercial banks shall independently carry out risk assessment and credit approval for the loans they fund, and take primary responsibility for post-loan management. Commercial banks shall not entrust third-party institutions with records of violent collection or other illegal records to collect loans. The CBIRC and its local branches shall evaluate the reports and relevant materials submitted by commercial banks, and key assessment factors include independent control of credit approval procedures, contract signing and other core risk management procedures of commercial banks.

On July 22, 2020, the Supreme People’s Court and the NDRC jointly released the Opinions on Providing Judicial Services and Safeguards for Accelerating the Improvement of the Socialist Market Economic System for

 

214


Table of Contents

the New Era, or the Opinions. The Opinions set out that if the interest and fees, including compound interests, penalty interests and liquid damages, claimed by one party to the loan contract exceed the upper limit under judicial protection, the claim will not be supported by the court, and if the parties to the loan disguise the financing cost in an attempt to circumvent the upper limit, the rights and obligations of all parties to the loan will be determined by the actual loan relationship. In addition, the Opinions indicate that the relevant governmental authorities should promptly revise and improve the judicial interpretation of the legal issues for private lending trial cases and significantly reduce the upper limit of private lending rates under judicial protection. The timetable and other details of the regulatory revisions proposed by the Opinions remain uncertain.

Regulations Relating to Microloan Companies

Pursuant to the Guiding Opinions on the Pilot Operation of Microloan Companies, which were jointly promulgated by the CBRC and the People’s Bank of China on May 4, 2008, if a provincial government determines a competent department to be responsible for the supervision and administration of microloan companies and the regulation of risks associated with microloan companies, such provincial government may carry out the pilot operation of microloan companies within such province. The Guiding Opinions on the Pilot Operation of Microloan Companies further provided that when granting loans, microloan companies are required to adhere to the principle of “small sum and decentralization.” The balance of loans granted by a microloan company to a same borrower cannot exceed 5% of the net capital of the company. Microloan companies are required to operate on the market-oriented principle. The loan interest ceiling is floating but cannot exceed the ceiling prescribed by the judicatory authority, and the loan interest floor is required to be 0.9 times the loan base interest rate published by the People’s Bank of China. The specific floating range is required to be determined independently according to the market principles.

On November 21, 2017, the Rectification Office issued the Notice on the Immediate Suspension of Approvals for the Establishment of Online Microloan Companies, which provides that the regulatory authorities for microloan companies shall not grant any approval of establishment of online microloan companies, or grant any approval for existed microloan companies to conducting business across the provinces.

Circular 141 requires the relevant regulatory authorities to suspend the approval of the establishment of online microloan companies and the approval of any microloan business across provinces. Circular 141 also specifies that online microloan companies shall not provide campus loans, shall suspend the funding of online microloans with no specific scenario or no designated purpose, and gradually reduce the outstanding amount of such loans and take rectification measures. Furthermore, according to Circular 141, microloan companies that have exceeded the required threshold of certain caps or ratios shall stipulate plans to reduce the business scale and comply the threshold within a time limitation. In case of violation, the relevant authorities, depending on the severity of the circumstances, may suspend such microloan company’s business, order rectification, reprimand such company, reject its filing procedures, or terminate its business qualification. In addition, the relevant authority may order any website or platform operator to suspend its business, if such website or platform operator helped the entity to conduct business in violation of laws or regulations.

On December 8, 2017, the Notice on Specific Rectification Implementation Measures for Risk of Online Microloan Businesses of Microloan Companies, or Circular 56, was issued, which defines “online microloans” as microloans provided through the internet by online microloan companies controlled by internet companies. The features of online microloans include online borrower acquisition, credit assessment based on the online information collected from business operation and internet consumption, as well as loan application, approval and funding made through online procedures. Circular 141 requires all relevant regulatory authorities of microloan companies to suspend the approval of the establishment of any online microloan companies and the approval of any microloan business conducted across provinces. It aims to investigate the legal compliance of microloan business carried out by microloan companies through internet, and focus on remediation of microloan companies without the qualification of online lending operation or lending business. There are 11 key areas of investigation and renovation: (i) strict management of the authority of examination and approval;

 

215


Table of Contents

(ii) reexamination of the online microloan management qualifications; (iii) equity management; (iv) on-balance sheet financing; (v) asset securitization and other financing; (vi) integrated actual interest rate; (vii) the behavior of loan management and collection; (viii) the scope of the loan; (ix) business cooperation; (x) information security; and (xi) illegal operation.

In addition, consistent with the Guidance on the Guiding Opinions on the Pilot Operation of Microloan Companies and the Circular 141, Circular 56 emphasize several aspects where inspection and rectification measures must be carried out for the online microloans industry, which include, among others, (i) the microloan companies shall be approved by the local authorities in accordance with the applicable regulations promulgated by the State Council, and the approved online microloan companies in violation of any regulatory requirements shall be re-examined; (ii) qualification requirements to conduct online microloan business (including the qualification of shareholders, sources of borrowers, internet scenario and the digital risk-management technology); (iii) whether the “integrated actual interest” (namely the aggregated borrowing costs charged to borrowers in the form of interest and various fees) are annualized and subject to the limit on interest rate of private lending set forth in the Private Lending Judicial Interpretations issued by the Supreme People’s Court and, whether any interest, handling fee, management fee or deposit are deducted from the principal of loans provided to the borrowers in advance; (iv) whether microloan companies cooperate with internet platforms without relevant website registration or telecommunication business license to offer microloans and whether microloan companies cooperate with institutions with no lending qualification to offer loans or provide funds to such institutions for them to offer loans, and with respect to the loan business conducted in cooperation with third-party institutions, whether the online microloan companies outsource their core business (including the credit assessment and risk control), or accept any credit enhancement services provided by any third-party institutions with no guarantee qualification; or whether any applicable third-party institution collects any interest or fees from the borrowers; and (v) whether entities that conduct online microloans business have obtained relevant approval or license for lending business. It also sets forth that all related institutions shall be subject to inspection and investigation before the end of January 2018. Depending on the results, different measures will be taken on the institutions that need rectification before the end of March 2018, including: (i) for institutions that hold online microloan licenses but do not meet the qualification requirements to conduct online microloan business, their online microloan licenses shall be revoked and such institutions will be prohibited from conducting loan business outside the administrative jurisdiction of their respective approved authorities; and (ii) for institutions holding online microloan licenses that meet the qualification requirements to conduct online microloan business but were found not in compliance with other requirements, such as the requirements on the integrated actual interest rate, the scope of loans and cooperation with third-party institutions, such institutions shall take rectification measures within a certain period specified by the local authorities, and in the event that the rectification measures do not meet the local authorities’ requirements, such institutions shall be subject to several sanctions, including revocation of their online microloan licenses and to cease their business operations.

On September 16, 2020, the CBIRC issued the Notice on Strengthening the Supervision and Management of Microloan Companies, or Circular 86. Circular 86 aims to regulate the operation of microloan companies, prevent and resolve relevant risks, promote the healthy growth of the microloan industry. Circular 86 stipulates the following requirements with respect to the microloan companies, including without limitation: (i) the financing balance of the microloan company funding by bank loans, shareholder loans and other nonstandard financing instruments shall not exceed such company’s net assets; (ii) the financing balance of the microloan company funding by issuance of bonds, asset securitization products and other instruments of standardized debt assets shall not exceed four times of its net assets; (iii) the balance of loans offered to one borrower shall not exceed 10% of the net assets of the microloan company, and the balance of loans offered to one borrower and such borrower’s related parties shall not exceed 15% of the net assets of the microloan company; (iv) microloan companies are prohibited from upfront deduction of interest, commission fees, management fees or deposits from loans by microloan companies before they are released to the borrowers, and if microloan companies has deducted any upfront fees in violation of rules and regulations, the borrower will only need to repay the actual loan amount after the exclusion of the interests and fees deducted, and the loan’s interest rate shall be calculated accordingly; (v) microloan companies shall conduct business in the administrative area at the county level where

 

216


Table of Contents

the company is domiciled in principle, except as otherwise provided for the operation of online microloan business; and (vi) the microloan companies and third-party loan collection agencies entrusted shall not collect loans by violence, threats of violence, or other ways that intentionally cause harm, infringe personal freedom, illegally occupy property, or interfere with day-to-day life through insulting, slandering, harassing, or disseminating private personal information, or other illegal methods. The local financial regulatory authorities may further lower the ratio caps in (i) and (ii) in accordance with regulatory requirements.

Regulations on Hunan, Chongqing and Shenzhen Microloan Companies

On June 26, 2009, Hunan Municipality released Hunan’s Promotion of Pilot Operation of Microloan Companies, which sets forth certain requirements for setting up a microloan company, and stipulates that microloan companies shall not absorb public deposits or illegally raise funds in any way. On August 17, 2009, Hunan Municipality issued Measures for Supervision and Management of Microloan Companies in Hunan Province (Trial), which further stipulates the requirements for setting up a microloan company. It sets forth that the balance of loans to the same borrower shall not exceed 5% of the net capital of the microloan company, and the single loan granted to the same borrower by the microloan company shall not exceed 1% of its net capital. According to the Implementation Opinions of the Financial Office of the Hunan Provincial People’s Government on Promoting the Sustainable and Healthy Development of Microloan Companies, issued on March 8, 2017, the financing capital of a microloan company shall not exceed 300% of its net capital.

The principal laws governing Chongqing microloan companies are the Interim Measures for the Administration of Pilot Operation of Chongqing Microloan Companies, effective on August 1, 2008, and Supervision Guidelines on the Internet Loan Business of Chongqing Microloan Companies (Trial), issued on December 25, 2015. The Chongqing Municipal Finance Office is responsible for the examination and approval of microloan companies in Chongqing. Upon approval, microloan companies may conduct the following businesses: (i) granting loans; (ii) discounted note business; and (iii) asset transfer. The balance of loans to the same borrower shall not exceed 5% of the net capital of the microloan company, and the upper limit of the balance for the borrower which is the group enterprise is 15% of the net capital of the microloan company. The upper limit of the loan interest rate is 4 times the benchmark interest rate of loans announced by the People’s Bank of China, and the lower limit is 0.9 times the benchmark interest rate of loans announced by the People’s Bank of China. According to the Interim Measures for the Financing Supervision of Chongqing Microloan Companies, issued on June 4, 2012, the financing balance of a microloan company in Chongqing shall not exceed 230% of its net capital.

The principal law governing Shenzhen microloan companies is the Administrative Rules of Shenzhen Microloan Companies (Trial), issued by Shenzhen Government on September 3, 2011. It stipulates several conditions for the sponsors of microloan companies. Microloan companies are encouraged to focus on providing credit services to SMEs, individual industrial and commercial households, and individual entrepreneurs. The use of microloans shall follow the principle of small and decentralized, the balance of loans to the same borrower shall not exceed 5% of the net capital of the microloan company, and the upper limit of the balance for the same borrower is RMB5 million. The upper limit of the loan interest rate shall not exceed the upper limit prescribed by national policies and relevant regulations, and the lower limit is 0.9 times the benchmark interest rate of loans announced by the People’s Bank of China. According to the Notice on Shenzhen Microloan Companies Launching Innovation Business, issued on February 20, 2014, the total proportion of funds incorporated through external compliant channels (including interbank borrowing) shall not exceed 200% of the company’s net assets in the previous year.

Notice on the Pilot of the Financing Innovation of Shenzhen Microloan Companies was issued on February 20, 2014, which stipulates that the microloan companies could finance from banks, Qianhai equity trading exchange, Qianhai financial assets exchange and other approved platforms. The total funds financed through the external compliance channels into the proportion of (including interbank lending) shall not exceed 200% of the company’s annual net assets, and the proportion of lending capital through interbank placements shall not exceed 30% of the net assets of the previous year.

 

217


Table of Contents

Regulations Relating to Financing Guarantee Companies

The Tentative Measures for the Administration of Financing Guarantee Companies were jointly promulgated by the CBRC, NDRC, MIIT, Ministry of Finance, Ministry of Commerce, the People’s Bank of China, and the State Administration for Market Regulation on March 8, 2010, which stipulated the registered capital, business scope, operating rules, risk control and supervision of financing guarantee companies, and also provided that the outstanding balance of financing guarantee liabilities of the financing guarantee company shall not exceed 10 times of its net assets. The State Council released the Regulation on Financing Guarantee Companies, effective from October 1, 2017, to further clarify various regulatory indicators. Financing guarantee shall mean the activities where a guarantor provides guarantee for debt financing such as borrowings or debentures of a debtor. According to such regulation, any entity without a qualified license to engage in financing guarantee business will be ordered to suspend its operation and subject to a fine between RMB 500,000 and RMB 1 million, and its relevant illegal income will be confiscated accordingly. In addition, if the outstanding balance of financing guarantee liabilities of the financing guarantee company does not meet the requirements pursuant to the aforementioned rules, it will be ordered to make timely rectification. If the company fail to make rectification in a timely manner, a fine of between RMB100,000 and RMB500,000 will be imposed, and the illegal income will be confiscated. Such a company may be ordered to suspend its business for rectification, and, under serious circumstances, its license for financing guarantee business may be revoked.

The Notice on Issuing Four Supporting Systems for the Regulations on the Supervision and Administration of Financing Guarantee Companies was jointly promulgated by the CBRC, the NDRC, the MIIT, the Ministry of Finance, the Ministry of Agriculture and Rural Affairs and the People’s Bank of China on April 2, 2018, which includes the Administrative Measures on Financing Guarantee Business Permits, the Measures on the Measurement of the Balance of Financing Guarantee Liability, Administrative Measures on the Asset Proportion of Financing Guarantee Companies and Guidelines for Business Cooperation between Banking Financial Institutions and Financing Guarantee Companies. In the case of establishment, merger, division or capital reduction, a financing guarantee company shall have its financing guarantee business permit issued or replaced upon approval of the regulatory body.

There are also other regulations governing the financing guarantee industry, including but not limited to the Notice on Issuing the Guidelines for Administration of Financing Guarantee Institutions Business License, the Notice on Issuing the Guidelines for Information Disclosure of Financing Guarantee Companies, the Notice on Issuing the Guidelines for Internal Control of Financing Guarantee Companies, and the Notice on Issuing the Guidelines for the Corporate Governance of Financing Guarantee Companies.

The Notice on the Promulgation of Supplementary Provisions on the Supervision and Administration of Financing Guarantee Companies, jointly promulgated by the CIBRC, the NDRC, the MIIT, the Ministry of Commerce, the People’s Bank of China, the Ministry of Housing and Urban-Rural Development, the Ministry of Agriculture and Rural Affairs, and the State Administration for Market Regulation on October 9, 2019, stipulates that all local regulatory departments shall conduct a comprehensive investigation, and strictly carry out the license supervision of institutions that actually operate financing guarantee business. In addition, regulatory departments shall effectively manage the standardization of the names of financing guarantee companies within their respective jurisdictions in concert with market regulatory departments. Where the balance of a single guarantee amount is no more than RMB5 million and the guaranteed person is a micro or small enterprise, the weight of loan guarantee business is 75%; where the balance of a single guarantee amount is no more than RMB2 million and the guaranteed person is a peasant household, the weight of loan guarantee business is 75%; the weight of housing property guarantee business for supporting residents to purchase houses is 30%. For companies engaging in financing guarantee business without the financing guarantee business operation license, the relevant authority will order them to close down and settle the legacy business properly.

On July 14, 2020, the CBIRC issued the Guidelines for Off-Site Supervision of Financing Guarantee Companies, or the Off-Site Supervision Guidelines, which took effect on September 1, 2020. The Off-Site

 

218


Table of Contents

Supervision Guidelines stipulate the guidelines for the competent regulatory authorities to continuously analyze and evaluate the risk of financing guarantee companies and the financing guarantee industry, by way of collecting report data and other internal and external data of the financing guarantee companies and by carrying out corresponding measures. Pursuant to the Off-Site Supervision Guidelines, financing guarantee companies shall establish and implement an off-site supervision information report system and submit related data and non-data information in accordance with the requirements of the competent regulatory authorities. The Off-Site Supervision Guidelines note that the corporate governance, internal control, risk management capabilities, guarantee business, associated guarantee risks, asset quality, liquidity indicators and investment conditions of financing guarantee companies shall be the key areas for the off-site supervision.

Regulations on Credit Guarantee Insurance

The Interim Measures for Regulating the Credit Guarantee Insurance were issued by the China Insurance Regulatory Commission, or CIRC, on July 11, 2017 to regulate the business operation of the credit guarantee insurance. It was repealed by the Measures for Regulating the Credit Insurance and Guaranty Insurance issued by the CBIRC on May 8, 2020. Pursuant to these measures, “financial credit guarantee business” refers to the credit guarantee business in which insurance companies provide insurance protection for the performance of credit risks of financing contracts such as borrowing and financing leases. Insurance companies shall not outsource credit risk review and credit management businesses to third-party partners, and shall not underwrite financial credit guarantee business in which the interest rates of loans exceed regulatory upper limit. Insurance companies shall strengthen the supervision and management of the operation activities of cooperative institutions, the head office shall formulate a unified template for cooperation agreements to clarify the rights and obligations of both parties, insurance companies shall make clear requirements in terms of access, evaluation, withdrawal, and complaints according to the characteristics and risks of different cooperative institutions. The Notice of the General Office of China Banking and Insurance Regulatory Commission on Relevant Issues Concerning Further Strengthening and Improving the Product Supervision of Property Insurance Companies, effective from March 1, 2020, stipulates that the credit insurance and guarantee insurance products over one year are required to compete the record-filing instead of approval procedure.

On September 14, 2020, the CBIRC issued the Notice of Guidelines for Pre-guarantee Management and Post-guarantee Management of Financing Credit Insurance Business, which provides that insurance companies shall conduct risk supervision on cooperative institutions when they engage in a credit insurance marketing business through such cooperative institutions. If cooperative institutions induce the borrowers to change the purpose of loans, conceal the use of capital, guide customers to make malicious complaints, or conduct false promotion for expanding insurance liability, the insurance companies shall promptly impose punishment measures on such cooperative institutions according to their cooperative agreements and the requirements under the cooperative management system.

 

219


Table of Contents

Regulations Relating to Cash Loans

Circular 141 describes “cash loans” as loans that are unrelated to the circumstances of their use, with no designated use for the loan proceeds, no limitation for the borrower groups and no collateral for the loans. The description of a cash loan under Circular 141 is vague and subject to further regulatory interpretation. Circular 141 sets forth various prohibitions and obligations on banking financial institutions participating in “cash loan” businesses, including that: (i) banking financial institutions shall not provide any unlicensed institutions in any form with the funds to be used for lending, or grant loans together with such institutions; (ii) with respect to a lending business conducted in collaboration with a third party institution, outsourcing of the core business (including the credit assessment and risk control) is prohibited, and any credit enhancement service, whether or not in a disguised form (including the commitment to bear the risk of default), provided by any third-party institutions without guarantee qualification are also prohibited, and (iii) banking financial institutions must require and ensure that such third-party institutions do not collect any interest or fees from the borrowers.

Regulations Relating to Wealth Management Business

The People’s Bank of China, the CSRC, the CBIRC and SAFE issued the Guideline on Asset Management Business of Financial Institutions, or the New Asset Management Guidelines, on April 27, 2018, which stipulates that financial institutions shall independently manage an asset management product, build separate account books and make separate accounting and also prescribes that financial institutions shall not provide any direct or indirect, explicit or implicit guarantee or repurchase commitment for any non-standardized creditor’s equity or equity asset invested by the asset management products. Furthermore, it proposes the definition and classification of the asset management and asset management products, qualification requirements for non-financial institutions carrying out management, information disclosure and transparency standard, investment scope of asset management products, rigid payment regulatory requirements, unified debt requirements and leverage requirements, eliminating multi-layer nesting and limiting channel services, and intelligent investment advisors.

Further, the New Asset Management Guidelines divides the investors of asset management products into two categories, namely non-specific social public and qualified investors. A qualified investor is a natural person or a legal person who has the corresponding risk identification ability and risk-taking ability, and invests in a single asset management product which is not less than a certain amount and meets the following requirements:

 

  (1)

the financial assets of the family are not less than RMB5 million, or in the last three years, the average annual income of the family is not less than RMB400,000, and has more than two years of investment experience;

 

  (2)

the net assets are not less than RMB10 million at the end of the previous year;

 

  (3)

other cases of qualified investors recognized by the financial supervision and administration authorities.

The amount invested by a qualified investor in a single fixed income product shall be not less than RMB300,000, and the amount invested in a single mixed product shall be not less than RMB400,000. The amount invested in a single equity product, a single commodity and a financial derivative product shall be not less than RMB1 million. If the qualified investors invest in different products at the same time, the amount of the investment is carried out in accordance with the highest standard.

The Notice on Further Regulating Financial Marketing and Publicity Activities was issued jointly by the People’s Bank of China, CBIRC, CSRC and SAFE and came into effect on January 25, 2020. Financial marketing and publicity activities refer to the activities in which business operators of financial products or financial services publicize and promote financial products or financial services with various publicity tools or methods. Entities which have not obtained the corresponding financial business license shall not carry out marketing and publicity activities relating to the financial business. However, the information release platform, media, etc., which have been entrusted by business operators of financial products or financial services that have

 

220


Table of Contents

obtained financial business license, are entitled to carry out financial marketing and publicity activities for them. In the event that a business operator violates the relevant provisions but the circumstance is minor, it may be required to have an interview with the regulatory authority for admonishment and reminding of the risks, and to make corrections within a time limit. In case of failure to make corrections or its activities infringing upon the legitimate rights and interests of financial consumers, the business operator may be ordered to suspend the financial marketing and publicity activities.

Regulations Relating to Private Investment Funds

The Securities Investment Fund Law of PRC, issued by the NPC Standing Committee in 2003 and amended on April 24, 2015, governs the administration and supervision of securities investment funds, which includes private investment funds. In addition, private investment funds are regulated by rules and regulations enacted by the CSRC, and the Asset Management Association of China, or the AMAC.

The CSRC issued the Interim Measures for the Supervision and Administration of Private Investment Funds on August 21, 2014. Under the Interim Measures, “private investment funds” are investment funds established by raising capitals from qualified investors in a non-public manner within the territory of the PRC. The Interim Measures contains provisions relating to fund manager registration, private fund record keeping and filing requirements, qualified investor systems, regulations on fund raising by private funds, industry self-regulation, and the supervision and administration measures of private investment funds.

As for qualified investor system, qualified investor of a private equity fund means a corporate or individual investor that has the relevant risk identification ability and risk appetite, invests RMB1 million or more in a single private equity fund and comply with the following relevant criteria: (1) being a corporation that has a net asset of not less than RMB10 million; (2) being an individual that has financial assets of not less than RMB3 million or has an average annual income of not less than RMB500,000 for the past three years. The following investors are deemed as qualified investors: (1) the National Social Security Fund, pension funds (such as companies’ annuities) and social welfare funds (such as charity funds); (2) investment scheme established according to the relevant law and registered with the AMAC; (3) managers and practitioners of private equity funds who also invest in the private equity funds managed by themselves; and (4) other investors stipulated by the CSRC.

According to the Measures for the Registration of Private Investment Fund Managers and Filling of Private Investment Funds (Trial) issued by the AMAC and took effect on February 7, 2014, the Administration Measures for the Fund Raising of Private Investment Funds, effective from July 15, 2016, only two kinds of institutions are qualified to conduct fund raising for private investment funds: (a) private fund managers registered with the AMAC (only applicable when raising funds for the funds established and managed by themselves); and (b) fund distributors with a fund distribution license who are AMAC members in case of authorization of such private fund managers. In addition, the Measures set forth detailed procedures for fund raising, and require fund management service providers to comply with certain anti-money laundering requirements.

On December 7, 2018, the AMAC released the Notice for Private Fund Manager Registration, which set further requirements for the registration and ongoing compliance matters for private fund managers. On December 23, 2019, the AMAC issued the Notice Regarding the Filing Procedure for Private Investment Funds, which clarifies the procedural requirements upon the completion of fund raising by private investment funds and specifies the scope of material issues to be filed with the AMAC.

Regulations Relating to Internet Finance

On July 14, 2015, ten PRC regulatory agencies, including the People’s Bank of China, MIIT, the CBRC, and other relevant government authorities, promulgated the Guidelines on Promoting the Sound Development of Internet Finance, or the Internet Finance Guidelines. The Internet Finance Guidelines defines the internet finance

 

221


Table of Contents

as a new financial business model whereby traditional financial institutions and internet enterprises use internet technology and information and communications technology to provide loans, payments, investments and information intermediary services.

On April 14, 2016, Promulgation of Implementation Plan for the Special Rectification regarding Internet Insurance Risks was jointly issued by the People’s Bank of China, CIRC, CSRC and other authorities. It provides that any internet company conducting asset management business shall be ordered by the competent authority to rectify, if any of the following issues occur: (i) the licensed financial institutions entrusting internet companies without the license for sale of financial products to sell them; (ii) the internet companies without any asset management business qualifications, conducting online asset management business; or (iii) the internet companies without any financial licenses, conducting cross-border online financial activities (except for the peer-to-peer, equity crowdfunding, internet insurance, third-party payment, asset management business).

On June 30, 2017, the Internet Finance Office issued the Notice on the Clean-up and Reorganization of Illegal Business in Cooperation with Internet Platforms and Various Trading Venues, which stipulates that the supervision of the internet platform and trading venues shall order internet platforms within the jurisdiction to stop illegal business before July 15, 2017 and properly resolve any illegal stock business.

The Office of the Leading Group of Special Rectification of Internet Financial Risks, or the Rectification Office, issued the Notice on Increasing the Strengthening of the Asset Management Business Remediation and the Acceptance Work via the Internet on March 28, 2018, or Circular 29. Under the Circular 29, non-financial institutions are not allowed to issue or sell asset management products, except as otherwise stipulated. An asset management business conducted through the internet is subject to the oversight of financial regulatory authorities and the relevant licensing requirements. Any public issuance or sale of asset management products through the internet would be deemed as a financing business and the relevant asset management approvals, licenses or permits are required to conduct such business. Any entities, including internet asset management platforms, are not allowed to publicly raise funds through “directed commission plans,” “directed financing plans,” “wealth management plans,” “asset management plans,” “transfers of right to earnings” or similar products, or to act as an agent for any type of trading exchanges to sell asset management products without permission.

Regulations Relating to Fund-Raising

The Measures for the Banning of Illegal Financial Institutions and Illegal Financial Business Operations promulgated by the State Council, which was amended in January 2011, and the Notice on Relevant Issues Concerning the Penalty on Illegal Fund-Raising issued by the General Office of the State Council in July 2007, explicitly prohibit illegal public fund-raising. The main features of illegal public fund-raising include: (i) illegally soliciting and raising funds from the general public by means of issuing stocks, bonds, lotteries or other securities without obtaining the approval of relevant authorities, (ii) promising a return of interest or profits or investment returns in cash, properties or other forms within a specified period of time, and (iii) using a legitimate form to disguise the unlawful purpose. The Supreme People’s Court, the Supreme People’s Procuratorate, and the Ministry of Public Security jointly released the Opinions on Several Issues Concerning Criminal Cases of Illegal Fund Raising on January 30, 2019, to further clarify the issues regarding illegal public fund-raising.

Regulations on Sales of Money Market Funds

According to the Administrative Measures on Supervision of Money Market Funds, which was issued by the CSRC and the People’s Bank of China and became effective on February 1, 2016, money market fund refers to a fund invested in money market instruments and authorized to subscribe for and redeem fund shares on each trading day. No person may engage in the fund sales promotion, share offering, subscription, redemption or other related activities without relevant fund sales business qualifications granted by CSRC. According to the Guidelines of the CSRC and the People’s Bank of China on Further Regulating the Internet Sales and Redemption of Money Market Funds, which came into effect on June 1, 2018, unlicensed institutions are

 

222


Table of Contents

prohibited from retaining investor fund sales information. When fund managers, fund sales agencies and internet companies cooperate to conduct online sales of MMFs, certain information shall be disclosed in a conspicuous way to the investors. Besides duties under the Money Market Funds Measures, fund sales agencies are concurrently required by the Administrative Measures for the Sale of Securities Investment Funds to file with relevant governmental authorities certain information in connection with their online sale of securities investment funds, including MMFs.

Regulations Relating to Peer-to-Peer Products

Historically, we facilitated the offering of peer-to-peer products, though we stopped doing so in August 2019. We treat peer-to-peer products as legacy products, which will have run off of our platform by 2022. Since mid-2015, the PRC government and relevant regulatory authorities have issued various laws and regulations governing the industry. However, the interpretation and implementation of some of these laws and regulations remain uncertain and may be subject to further detailed guidance to be promulgated by the regulators.

The Internet Finance Guidelines defines peer-to-peer lending and borrowing as direct loans between lenders and borrowers through an online platform, which shall be governed by the Contract Law of the PRC, the General Principles of the Civil Law of the PRC, and related judicial interpretations promulgated by the Supreme People’s Court. The Contract Law of the PRC, and the General Principles of the Civil Law of the PRC, will be repealed by the Civil Code of the PRC on January 1, 2021, and the Civil Code of the PRC integrates the rules and guidelines set forth by the Contract Law, the General Principles of the Civil Law, the General Provisions of the Civil Law and other basic civil laws of the PRC. The Civil Code of the PRC will build the foundation of developing the civil and commercial legal regime in China. On April 12, 2016, the General Office of the State Council issued the Circular on Issuing the Implementation Plan of the Special Rectification of Internet Financial Risks, which, among other things, sets forth certain principles for online lending information intermediaries, including the requirements that they shall not set up capital pools or provide loans, finance for themselves, promise repayment of principal and interest, or engage in offline marketing. On April 13, 2016, the CBRC issued the Circular on Issuing the Implementation Plan of the Special Rectification of Peer-to-Peer Lending Risks to further specify certain criteria and principles for the rectification and regulating of online lending information intermediaries. On August 17, 2016, the CBRC, the MIIT and other relevant government authorities issued the Provisional Measures for Administration of Business Activities of Internet Lending Information Intermediaries, setting out a legal framework for the entire peer-to-peer lending industry. It categorizes online lending information intermediaries as financial information intermediary institutions that are engaged in peer-to-peer lending information intermediary services and provide borrowers and lenders with information collection, information publication, credit assessment, information exchange, loan facilitation and other intermediary services mainly through the internet.

In accordance with these regulations, an online lending information intermediary shall make a filing with the competent local financial regulatory authority. On October 28, 2016, the CBRC, the State Administration for Market Regulation and the MIIT jointly released the Notice on the Promulgation of Guidelines for Administration of Record-filing of Peer-to-Peer Lending Information Intermediaries, which provides specific implementation rules in relation to the filing and registration requirements set out under the Provisional Measures for Administration of Business Activities of Internet Lending Information Intermediaries. Pursuant to it, a newly established online lending information intermediary is required to make a filing with the local financial regulatory authority within ten business days after it obtains a business license, while the online lending information intermediaries established and started to conduct business prior to the promulgation of the Record-filing Guidelines shall apply for record-filing after completion of risk rectifications in accordance with relevant arrangement under the Peer-to-Peer Implementation Plan. On December 8, 2017, the Notice on Effectively Conducting the special rectification and acceptance of peer-to-peer online lending risks was released, which provides further clarification on several matters regarding the rectification and record-filing of online lending information intermediaries and sets forth certain requirements.

 

223


Table of Contents

Pursuant to the aforementioned regulations, an online lending information intermediary shall not be in violation of the relevant rules before it can qualify for the record-filing. Intermediaries that provide online lending information services shall not engage in certain activities, including, among others, (i) holding investors’ fund or setting up capital pools with investors’ fund, (ii) providing security or guarantee to investors as to the principals and returns of the investment, (iii) issuing or selling any wealth management products, (iv) splitting the terms of any financing project, and (v) promoting its financial products on physical premises. The intermediaries are also required to set up custody accounts with qualified banks to hold user funds. Any violation of the Provisional Measures for Administration of Business Activities of Internet Lending Information Intermediaries by an online lending information intermediary may lead to certain penalties as determined by applicable laws and regulations.

Under the Notice on the Regulation and Rectification of the “Cash Loan” Business, or Circular 141, issued on December 1, 2017 and the Notice on Further Strengthening the Regulation and Management Work of Campus Online Lending Business issued in May 2017 by the CBRC, the General Office of the Ministry of Education and Ministry of Human Resources and Social Security, an online lending information intermediary shall not provide the loan-matching service for on-campus students or other borrowers having no source of income or debt-paying ability.

On August 13, 2018, the Notice on Conducting Compliance Inspection of Peer-to-Peer Online Lending Information Intermediaries and the Checklist of Issues for Compliance Inspection of Online Lending Information Intermediaries were issued, which emphasize the issues the compliance inspection will focus on. The compliance inspection shall be carried at three levels as follows: (i) the self-inspection carried out by the online lending information intermediary itself; (ii) the self-discipline inspection carried out by a local internet finance association or competent intermediary and/or the National Internet Finance Association of China; and (iii) the administrative verification carried out by the provincial online lending rectification office on the basis of the self-inspection and self-discipline inspection abovementioned.

On December 19, 2018, the Notice on the Classification and Disposal of Online Lending Institutions and Risk Prevention was promulgated, which provides that online lending information intermediaries shall be classified into the following two categories according to their risk profiles: (i) institutions with exposed risks, and (ii) institutions without exposed risks, which are further classified as non-operating institutions, small-scale institutions, high-risk institutions and normal operating institutions. With respect to the normal operating institutions, the relevant governmental authorities shall require the institutions to strictly limit balance of loans and number of lenders and shall assess the risk profiles of such institutions regularly and adjust their classifications in a timely manner if necessary.

In accordance with the relevant news publicly reported, on January 23, 2019, the PRC government issued the Notice on Further Implementing the Compliance Inspection and Follow-up Work of Peer-to-Peer Online Lending, which requires that all lending platforms have to strictly follow the “triple reductions” policy, namely, to reduce the total outstanding lending capital, reduce the total number of borrowers, and reduce the total number of investors. If a platform fails to follow the triple reduction policy, its operations will be forced to cease until the platform is in full compliance. We have timely responded to aforementioned requirements.

The Pilot Work Plan on Conditional Filing for Online Lending Information Intermediaries was released on April 8, 2019, which stipulates that the filing will continue, and clarifies the time schedule and overall goal. In accordance with the relevant news publicly reported, on November 28, 2019, the Guiding Opinions on the Pilot Transformation of Online Lending Information Intermediaries into Microloan Companies was promulgated, which provides that some qualified online lending information intermediaries and online loan institutions can be transformed into microloan companies.

 

224


Table of Contents

Regulations Relating to Consumer Finance Companies

The Measures for the Pilot Management of Consumer Finance Companies, issued by the CBRC in 2013, stipulates the conditions for the investor of the consumer finance company, its business scope, and operating rules. The Measures for the Implementation of Administrative Licensing Matters for Non-Banking Financial Institutions, which was most recently amended on March 23, 2020, further stipulates the establishment of shareholder qualifications and other matters.

With the approval of the CBIRC, consumer finance companies may conduct some or all of the following Renminbi businesses: (i) disbursement of consumer loans to individuals; (ii) acceptance of deposits from a shareholder’s subsidiary in China and shareholders in China; (iii) taking loans from financial institutions in China; (iv) issuance of financial bonds upon approval; (v) interbank borrowings in China; (vi) advisory and agency businesses related to consumer finance; (vii) sale of insurance products relating to consumer loans in the capacity of an agent; (viii) investments in fixed-returns securities; and any other businesses approved by the CBIRC. The establishment, change, termination of a consumer finance company, and administrative licensing procedures for approval of appointment qualifications of directors and senior management personnel shall comply with the relevant provisions of the CBIRC.

Regulations Relating to Trading Exchanges

On November 11, 2011, the State Council issued Decision of the State Council on Sorting Out and Rectifying Various Trading Venues to Effectively Prevent Financial Risks, according to which, all the trading exchanges engaging in transactions of property rights, works of culture and art, forward transactions of bulk commodities and other similar transactions, or the trading exchanges with the word “exchange” in their names must report their names to corresponding provincial governments for approval, unless otherwise approved by the State Council or the financial regulatory department under the State Council. The governments at the provincial level supervise the trading exchanges and firms within their jurisdictions, while the State Council supervises the trading exchanges and firms that had received approval for establishment from it.

On July 12, 2012, the general office of the State Council issued the Implementation Opinions on Sorting Out and Rectifying Various Trading Venues to further regulate various trading exchanges established with approval from provincial or other local governments. Each of the provincial governments shall conduct inspection of trading exchanges within its jurisdiction. Exchanges that are not in compliance may be banned from launching new products, be ordered to make rectification or even be shut down. Trading exchanges are prohibited to carry out the following activities: (i) split the equity into equal shares for public offering; (ii) conduct the transaction in a centralized manner; (iii) the rights and interests be continuously listed and traded in accordance with standardized trading units; (iv) the total number of equity holders exceed 200; (v) standardized contract transactions be conducted in a centralized transaction; (vi) trading exchanges be established to engage in insurance, credit, gold and other financial product transactions without the approval of the relevant financial management department of the State Council, and other trading exchanges engage in insurance, credit, or gold financial product transactions.

The Rectification Office of CSRC issued the Notice of Cleaning Up and Rectifying Trading Exchanges in the Early Stage of “Looking Back” on March 16, 2017, and which emphasized the rules provided by the Decision of the State Council on Sorting Out and Rectifying Various Trading Venues to Effectively Prevent Financial Risks and the Implementation Opinions on Sorting Out and Rectifying Various Trading Venues.

On June 30, 2017, the Notice on the Rectification of Internet Platforms and Various Trading Exchanges to Engage in Illegal Businesses was released by the Rectification Office. It requires no increase in cooperating with various trading exchanges to carry out illegal business by July 15, 2017. In the meanwhile, the internet platforms shall cooperate with the trading exchanges to properly resolve stock violation business.

On November 1, 2018, the Opinions on the Proper Disposal of the Problems and Risks Left by Local Trading Exchanges was issued by the Inter-Ministerial Joint Meeting on Sorting Out and Rectifying Various

 

225


Table of Contents

Trading Venues, which further emphasized the requirements and methods to continuously sort out the stock risks properly.

Regulations Relating to Internet Advertising

The main regulations governing internet advertising include the Advertising Law of the PRC, which was recently amended on October 26, 2018, and the Interim Measures for Administration of Internet Advertising which was issued by the State Administration for Market Regulation in 2016. Pursuant to these regulations, internet advertisers are responsible for the authenticity of the content of advertisements. The identity, administrative license, cited information and other certificates that advertisers are required to obtain in publishing internet advertisements shall be true and valid. Internet advertisements shall be distinguishable and prominently marked as “advertisements” in order to enable consumers to identify them as advertisements. Publishing and circulating advertisements through the internet shall not affect the normal use of the internet by users. It is not allowed to induce users to click on the content of advertisements by any fraudulent means, or to attach advertisements or advertising links in the emails without permission. The Internet Advertising Measures also impose several restrictions on the forms of advertisements and activities used in advertising. “Internet advertising” refers to commercial advertisements that directly or indirectly promote goods or services through websites, web pages, internet applications or other internet media in various forms, including texts, pictures, audio clips and videos. Where internet advertisements are not identifiable and marked as “advertisements”, a fine of not more than RMB100,000 may be imposed on the advertisers in accordance with Advertising Law. A fine ranging from RMB5,000 to RMB30,000 may be imposed on the advertisers for any failure to provide a prominently marked “CLOSE” button to ensure “one-click closure”. Advertisers who induce users to click on the content of advertisements by fraudulent means or without permission, attach advertisements or advertising links in the emails shall be imposed a fine ranging from RMB10,000 to RMB30,000.

Regulations Relating to Anti-Money Laundering

The Anti-money Laundering Law of the PRC was promulgated by the NPC Standing Committee in 2006 and effective since January 1, 2007. It sets forth the principal anti-money laundering requirements applicable to financial institutions as well as non-financial institutions with anti-money laundering obligations, including the adoption of precautionary and supervisory measures, establishment and improvement of various systems for client identification, retention of clients’ identification information and transactions records, and large transaction and suspicious transaction reporting. Pursuant to the PRC Anti-money Laundering Law, financial institutions subject to the Anti-money Laundering Law include banks, postal saving institutions, credit unions, trust investment companies, securities companies, futures brokerage companies, insurance companies and other financial institutions determined and announced by the anti-money laundering administrative authority of the State Council, while the list of the non-financial institutions with anti-money laundering obligations will be formulated jointly by the anti-money laundering administrative authority and other relevant departments of State Council. The People’s Bank of China and other governmental authorities issued a series of administrative rules and regulations to specify the anti-money laundering obligations of financial institutions and designated non-financial institutions, such as insurance brokerage companies, insurance agencies and payment institutions. The list of the non-financial institutions subject to anti-money laundering obligations has not been promulgated yet.

Furthermore, the Internet Finance Guidelines requires internet financial actors to comply with certain anti-money laundering requirements, including taking measures to recognize the identity of customers, monitoring and reporting of suspicious transactions, preservation of customer information and transaction records, and provision of assistance to the public security department and judicial authority in investigations and proceedings in relation to anti-money laundering matters.

The Administrative Measures for Anti-Money Laundering and Counter-Terrorism Financing by Internet Financial Service Agencies (Trial) was jointly promulgated by the People’s Bank of China, the CBIRC and the

 

226


Table of Contents

CSRC and came into effect on January 1, 2019. It specifies the anti-money laundering obligations of internet finance service agencies and regulate that the internet finance service agencies shall (i) adopt continuous customer identification measures; (ii) implement the system for reporting large-value or suspicious transactions; (iii) conduct real-time monitoring of the lists of listed terrorist organizations and terrorists; and (iv) properly keep the information, data and materials such as customer identification and suspicious transaction reports.

We have implemented various policies and procedures, including internal controls and “know-your-customer” procedures, aimed at preventing money laundering and terrorism financing. See “Risk Factors—Risks Relating to Our Business—We may be subject to domestic and overseas anti-money laundering and anti-terrorist financing laws and regulations and any failure by us, funding partners or payment agents to comply with such laws and regulations could damage our reputation, expose us to significant penalties, and decrease our income and profitability.”

Regulations Relating to Blockchain

The Administrative Regulations on Blockchain Information Services, which was issued by the State Internet Information Office and took effect on February 15, 2019, regulates information services provided to the public through internet sites, applications and other means based on blockchain technology or systems. It set forth regulations relating to content security management, record keeping and filing, technical conditions, real identity information authentication, security assessment and information security risks rectification application to blockchain information service providers. Penalties for violating the regulations include warnings, suspension of business, fines, and criminal liability.

According to the Announcement of the Instructions regarding the Safety Assessment Clauses of the Regulations on the Management of Blockchain Information Services issued by the State Internet Information Office on August 9, 2019, enterprises conducting blockchain information services are required to carry out safety assessment measures, such as entrusting qualified assessment agencies to conduct safety assessments or conducting self-assessment of safety risks on blockchain information services, and such enterprises are required to submit the relevant assessment reports to the relevant authorities.

Regulations Relating to Consumers Rights and Interests Protection

The Consumers Rights and Interests Protection Law of the PRC, which released by the NPC Standing Committee on October 25, 2013, provides the general regulatory principles and rules regarding consumers rights and interests protection in the PRC. According to the Consumers Rights and Interests Protection Law of the PRC, business operators should guarantee that the products and services they provide satisfy the requirements for personal or property safety, and provide consumers with authentic information about the quality, function, usage and term of validity of the products or services.

On November 8, 2019, the Notice of the Supreme People’s Court on Issuing the Minutes of the National Court Work Conference for Civil and Commercial Trials was issued, which provides guidance for the people’s courts at all levels in civil and commercial trials. For the trial of cases involving disputes over protection of financial consumers’ rights and interests, the Minutes emphasize that issuers and sellers of financial products as well as suppliers of financial services shall assume appropriate obligation, which refers to the obligation to know customers and products and to sell or provide appropriate products or services to financial consumers in the process of promoting or selling bank wealth management products, insurance investment products, trust wealth management products, collective wealth management plans of securities companies, shares of leveraged funds, options and other off-exchange derivatives and other high-risk financial products to financial consumers, as well as the obligation to provide services to financial consumers during the process of their participation in high-risk investment activities such as securities margin trading, new third board, growth enterprise board and futures. The Minutes further stipulate the liability where the issuer or seller of a financial product fails to fulfill its suitability obligation, leading to any loss to the financial consumer in the process of purchasing the financial product. In

 

227


Table of Contents

case a financial service supplier fails to perform suitability obligations, causing losses to financial consumers after accepting financial services relating to high-risk level investments, the financial consumer may request the financial service provider to bear compensation liability.

Regulations Relating to Information Security and Privacy Protection

Regulations on Information Security

In recent years, PRC government authorities have enacted laws and regulations with respect to internet information security and protection of personal information from abuse or unauthorized disclosure. Pursuant to the Decision on the Maintenance of Internet Security issued by the NPC Standing Committee in 2000 and amended on August 27, 2009, persons may be subject to criminal liabilities in China for any attempt to: (i) gain improper entry to a computer or system of strategic importance; (ii) disseminate politically disruptive information; (iii) leak state secrets; (iv) spread false commercial information or (v) infringe upon intellectual property rights and other activities prohibited by relevant laws and regulations.

The Administration Measures on the Security Protection of Computer Information Network with International Connections, issued by the Ministry of Public Security and last amended in 2011, prohibits using the internet in ways that result in a leak of state secrets or a spread of socially destabilizing content. The Ministry of Public Security has supervision and inspection powers and relevant local security bureaus may also have jurisdiction. If a value-added-telecommunications service license holder violates these measures, the government of the PRC may revoke its value-added-telecommunications service license and shut down its websites.

The Cyber Security Law of the PRC was promulgated by the NPC Standing Committee and took effect on June 1, 2017. Pursuant to it, network operators must comply with laws and regulations and fulfill their obligations to safeguard security of the network when conducting business and providing services. Those who provide services through networks must take technical measures and other necessary measures pursuant to laws, regulations and compulsory national requirements to safeguard the safe and stable operation of the networks, respond to network security incidents effectively, prevent illegal and criminal activities, and maintain the integrity, confidentiality and usability of network data. Network operator shall not collect personal information that is irrelevant to the services it provides or collect or use the personal information in violation of the provisions of laws or agreements between both parties. The Regulations on Cyber Security Supervision and Inspection of Public Security Organs, which was issued by the Ministry of Public Security and came into effect on November 1, 2018, is an important basis for the Public Security Bureau to strengthen the enforcement of the Cyber Security Law.

Pursuant to the Ninth Amendment to the Criminal Law issued by the NPC Standing Committee in 2015, any internet service provider that fails to fulfill the obligations related to internet information security administration as required by applicable laws and refuses rectification orders is subject to criminal penalty for (i) any dissemination of illegal information in large scale, (ii) any severe effect due to leakage of the client’s information, (iii) any serious loss of criminal evidence, or (iv) other severe situation. The amendment also states that any individual or entity that (i) sells or provides personal information to others that violates applicable law, or (ii) steals or illegally obtains any personal information, is subject to criminal penalty for severe violations. The Supreme People’s Court and the Supreme People’s Procuratorate released the Interpretations of the Supreme People’s Court and the Supreme People’s Procuratorate on Several Issues Concerning the Application of Law in the Handling of Criminal Cases Involving Infringement of Citizens’ Personal Information, which took effect on June 1, 2017. It clarifies several concepts regarding the crime of “infringement of citizens’ personal information,” including “citizen’s personal information,” “provision,” and “unlawful acquisition.”

In addition, the General Provisions of the Civil Law of the PRC, which was issued by the NPC Standing Committee and came into effect on October 1, 2017, requires personal information of individuals to be protected. Any organization or individual requiring personal information of others shall obtain such information legally and

 

228


Table of Contents

ensure the security of such information, and shall not illegally collect, use, process, or transmit such personal information, or illegally buy, sell, provide, or publish such personal information. The General Provisions of the Civil Law of the PRC will be repealed by the Civil Code of the PRC, which was issued by the National People’s Congress on May 28, 2020 and will take effect from January 1, 2021.

Pursuant to the Announcement of Conducting Special Supervision against the Illegal Collection and Use of Personal Information by Apps, which was issued on January 23, 2019, app operators should collect and use personal information in compliance with the Cyber Security Law and should be responsible for the security of personal information obtained from users and take effective measures to strengthen the personal information protection. Furthermore, app operators should not force their users to make authorization by means of bundling, suspending installation or in other default forms and should not collect personal information in violation of laws, regulations or breach of user agreements. Such regulatory requirements were emphasized by the Notice on the Special Rectification of Apps Infringing upon Users’ Personal Rights and Interests, which was issued by the MIIT on October 31, 2019. The Interpretations on Certain Issues Regarding the Applicable of Law in the Handling of Criminal Case Involving Illegal Use of Information Networks and Assisting Committing Internet Crimes, which was jointly issued by the Supreme People’s Court and the Supreme People’s Procuratorate and came into effect on November 1, 2019, further clarifies the meaning of internet service provider and the severe situations of the relevant crimes.

The Guidelines for Internet Personal Information Security Protection, issued by the Ministry of Public Security and came into effect on April 10, 2019, provide guidelines by internet service providers to carry out measures for personal information protection. These are non-binding standards and guidelines applicable to personal information holders, including both the enterprises that provide services via the internet and organizations or individuals that control and process personal information by using private networks or offline environments. The Guidelines for Internet Personal Information Security Protection requires such personal information holders to establish a personal information administrative control system, implement technical safeguards and protect personal information during their business processes.

The Measures on Cyber Security Review was jointly issued on April 13, 2020 and took effect on June 1, 2020. It provides detailed rules regarding cyber security review, any operator in violation of the regulations shall be penalized in accordance with Article 65 of the Cyber Security Law.

On July 2, 2020, the Data Security Law (Draft) was published to solicit public comments. The Data Security Law (Draft) mainly sets forth specific provisions regarding establishing basic systems for data security management, including hierarchical data classification management system, risk assessment system, monitoring and early warning system, and emergency disposal system. In addition, it clarifies the data security protection obligations of organizations and individuals carrying out data activities and implementing Data security protection responsibility.

On August 31, 2020, the Administrative Provisions for Text Message and Voice Call Service (Draft) was published to solicit public comments. It provides that no entity or individual can send commercial text messages or make commercial calls to users without user consent. In case of violation, the relevant governmental authorities may order to make rectification, impose warnings or fines, make public announcements, or enforce other administrative measures. Under severe circumstances, the relevant governmental authorities may revoke the telecommunication licenses and phone number sources of the violating entity or individual.

On September 22, 2020, the Ministry of Public Security issued the Guiding Opinions on Implementing the Network Security Level Protection System and Critical Information Infrastructure Security Protection System, which stipulates that internet operators shall cooperate with public security authorities to crack down on illegal and criminal online activities. In event of online crimes, material cyber security threats and incidents, the internet operators shall promptly report to and provide necessary assistance to the public security authorities.

 

229


Table of Contents

Regulations on Privacy Protection

The Regulations on Technological Measures for Internet Security Protection was issued by the Ministry of Public Security and came into effect on March 1, 2006. It requires internet service providers to utilize standard technical measures for internet security protection.

Under the Several Provisions on Regulating the Market Order of Internet Information Services, which was issued by the MIIT and came into effect on March 15, 2012, internet service providers are also prohibited from collecting any personal user information or providing any information to third parties without the consent of the user. The Cyber Security Law provides an exception to the consent requirement where the information is anonymous, not personally identifiable and unrecoverable. Internet service providers must expressly inform the users of the method, content and purpose of the collection and processing of user personal information and may only collect information necessary for its services. Internet service providers are also required to properly maintain user personal information, and in case of any leak or likely leak of user personal information, they must take remedial measures immediately and report any material leak to the telecommunications regulatory authority.

In addition, the Decision on Strengthening Network Information Protection issued by the NPC Standing Committee on December 28, 2012 emphasizes the need to protect electronic information that contains individual identification information and other private data. The decision requires internet service providers to establish and publish policies regarding the collection and use of personal electronic information and to take necessary measures to ensure the security of the information and to prevent leakage, damage or loss. Furthermore, the MIIT’s Order on Protection of Personal Information of Telecommunications and Internet Users, which took effect on September 1, 2013, contains detailed requirements on the use and collection of personal information as well as the security measures to be taken by internet service providers.

Regulations Relating to Taxation

Regulations on Enterprise Income Tax

The Enterprise Income Tax Law of the PRC was issued by the NPC Standing Committee in 2007 and most recently amended on December 29, 2018. The Implementation Rules for the Enterprise Income Tax Law of the PRC was issued by the State Council and was amended on April 23, 2019. According to these regulations, taxpayers consist of resident enterprises and non-resident enterprises. Resident enterprises are defined as enterprises that are established in China in accordance with the PRC laws, or that are established in accordance with the laws of foreign countries but whose actual or de facto control entity is within the PRC. Non-resident enterprises are defined as enterprises that are set up in accordance with the laws of foreign countries and whose actual administration is conducted outside the PRC, but (i) have entities or premises in China, or (ii) have no entities or premises but have income generated from China. According to the Enterprise Income Tax Law, foreign-invested enterprises in the PRC are subject to a uniform enterprise income tax rate of 25%. A non-resident enterprise that has an establishment or premises within the PRC must pay enterprise income tax at a rate of 25% on its income that is derived from such establishment or premises inside the PRC and that is sourced outside the PRC but is actually connected with the said establishment or premises. However, if non-resident enterprises have not formed permanent establishments or premises in the PRC, or if they have formed permanent establishment institutions or premises in the PRC but there is no actual relationship between the relevant income derived in the PRC and the established institutions or premises set up by them, the enterprise income tax is, in that case, set at the rate of 10% for their income sourced from inside the PRC.

Enterprises that are recognized as high and new technology enterprises in accordance with the Notice of the Ministry of Science, the Ministry of Finance and the State Administration of Taxation on Amending and Issuing the Administrative Measures for the Determination of High and New Tech Enterprises are entitled to enjoy a preferential enterprise income tax rate of 15%. The validity period of the high and new technology enterprise qualification shall be three years from the date of issuance of the certificate of high and new technology enterprise. An enterprise can re-apply for such recognition as a high and new technology enterprise before or after the previous certificate expires.

 

230


Table of Contents

On February 3, 2015, the State Administration of Taxation issued the Announcement on Several Issues Concerning Enterprise Income Tax on Indirect Transfer of Assets by Non-Resident Enterprises, or SAT Circular 7. SAT Circular 7 provides comprehensive guidelines relating to, and heightening the Chinese tax authorities’ scrutiny of, indirect transfers by a non-resident enterprise of assets (including assets of organizations and premises in the PRC, immovable property in the PRC and equity investments in PRC resident enterprises), or the PRC Taxable Assets. For instance, if a non-resident enterprise transfers equity interest in an overseas holding company that directly or indirectly holds certain PRC Taxable Assets and if the transfer is believed by the Chinese tax authorities to have no reasonable commercial purpose other than to evade enterprise income tax, SAT Circular 7 allows the Chinese tax authorities to reclassify the indirect transfer of PRC Taxable Assets into a direct transfer and therefore impose PRC enterprise income tax at a rate of a 10% on the non-resident enterprise. On the other hand, indirect transfers falling into the scope of the safe harbors under SAT Circular 7 are not subject to PRC tax under SAT Circular 7. The safe harbors include qualified group restructurings, public market trades and exemptions under tax treaties or arrangements.

The State Administration of Taxation issued the Announcement on Issues Relating to Withholding at Source of Income Tax of Non-resident Enterprises, or SAT Circular 37, which took effect on December 1, 2017 and was amended on June 15, 2018. According to SAT Circular 37, the balance after deducting the equity net value from the equity transfer income shall be the taxable income amount of equity transfer income.

Under SAT Circular 7 and the Law on the Administration of Tax Collection issued by the NPC Standing Committee in 1992 and last amended on April 24, 2015, in the case of an indirect transfer, entities or individuals that are obligated to pay the transfer price to the transferor shall act as withholding agents. If they fail to make withholding or withhold the full amount of tax payable, the transferor of equity must declare and pay tax to the tax authorities in charge within seven days from the occurrence of the tax payment obligation. Where the withholding agent does not make withholding, and the transferor of equity does not pay the payable amount, the tax authority may impose late payment interest on the transferor. In addition, the tax authority may also hold the withholding agents liable and impose a penalty of ranging from 50% to 300% of the unpaid tax on them. The penalty imposed on the withholding agents may be reduced or waived if the withholding agents have submitted the relevant materials in connection with the indirect transfer to the PRC tax authorities in accordance with SAT Circular 7.

Regulations on Dividend Tax

Pursuant to the SAT Circular on Relevant Issues relating to the Implementation of Dividend Clauses in Tax Agreements, which took effect on February 20, 2009, all of the following requirements must be satisfied to enjoy the preferential tax rates provided under the tax agreements: (1) the tax resident that receives dividends should be a company as provided in the tax agreement; (2) the equity interest and voting shares of the PRC resident company directly owned by the tax resident satisfy the percentages specified in the tax agreement; and (3) the equity interest of the PRC resident company directly owned by such tax resident at any time during the 12 months prior to receiving the dividends satisfy the percentage specified in the tax agreement.

The Enterprise Income Tax Law provides that an income tax rate of 10% will normally be applicable to dividends payable to investors that are “non-resident enterprises,” and gains derived by such investors, which (a) do not have an establishment or place of business in the PRC or (b) have an establishment or place of business in the PRC, but the relevant income is not effectively connected with the establishment or place of business to the extent such dividends and gains are derived from sources within the PRC. The income tax on the dividends may be reduced pursuant to a tax treaty between China and other applicable jurisdictions. Pursuant to the Arrangement Between the Mainland of China and the Hong Kong Special Administrative Region for the Avoidance of Double Taxation and the Prevention of Fiscal Evasion with Respect to Taxes on Income, issued by the State Administration of Taxation in 2006, and other applicable PRC laws, if a Hong Kong resident enterprise is determined by the competent PRC tax authority to have satisfied the relevant conditions and requirements under such Double Tax Avoidance Arrangement and other applicable laws, the 10% withholding tax on the

 

231


Table of Contents

dividends the Hong Kong resident enterprise receives from a PRC resident enterprise may be reduced to 5% upon receiving approval from the in-charge tax authority. However, based on the SAT Notice on Certain Issues with Respect to the Enforcement of Dividend Provisions in Tax Treaties, issued and effective on February 20, 2009, if the relevant PRC tax authorities determine, in their discretion, that a company benefits from such reduced income tax rate due to a structure or arrangement that is primarily tax-driven, such PRC tax authorities may adjust the preferential tax treatment. Based on the SAT Announcement of Taxation on Issues Relating to “Beneficial Owner” in Tax Treaties, effective from April 1, 2018, to determine the “beneficial owner” status of a resident of the treaty counterparty seeking to enjoy tax treaty benefits, a comprehensive analysis must be carried out in accordance with the factors set out in the announcement.

On August 27, 2015, the State Administration of Taxation issued the Announcement on Promulgating the Administrative Measures for Tax Convention Treatment for Non-resident Taxpayers, which was amended on June 15, 2018. The announcement was repealed by the Announcement of State Taxation Administration on Promulgation of the Administrative Measures on Non-resident Taxpayers Enjoying Treaty Benefits, which was propagated on October 14, 2019 and took effect on January 1, 2020. Under such announcement, non-resident taxpayers meeting conditions for enjoying the convention treatment may be entitled to the convention treatment themselves when filing a tax return or making a withholding declaration through a withholding agent, subject to the subsequent administration by the tax authorities. Such taxpayers who make their own declaration must self-assess whether they are entitled to tax treaty benefits, make truthful declarations and submit the relevant reports, statements and materials required by the relevant tax authorities.

Regulations on Value-added Tax

All entities and individuals engaged in the sale of goods, provision of processing, repairs and replacement services, and the importation of goods within the territory of the PRC must pay value-added tax, or VAT, in accordance with the Provisional Regulations on Value-added Tax of the PRC and its implementation rules. The Provisional Regulations on VAT was issued by the State Council in 1993 and amended by the Notice of Adjustment of VAT Rates issued on April 4, 2018 and by the Notice of Strengthening Reform of VAT Policies issued on March 20, 2019. VAT payable is calculated as “output VAT” minus “input VAT”. The rate of VAT varies from 3% to 13% depending on the product type.

Regulations Relating to Intellectual Property

Regulations on Trademark Law

Trademarks in the PRC are governed by the Trademark Law of the PRC, last amended on April 23, 2019 and effective on November 1, 2019, and the Regulations for the Implementation of Trademark Law of the PRC, last amended on April 29, 2014 and effective on May 1, 2014. The Trademark Office of the National Intellectual Property Administration is responsible for the registration and administration of trademarks throughout the PRC and the Trademark Review and Adjudication Board of the State Administration for Market Regulation under the State Council is responsible for handling trademark disputes.

Registered trademarks in the PRC refer to trademarks that have been approved and registered by the Trademark Office, including commodity trademarks, service trademarks, collective marks and certification marks. A trademark registrant will enjoy an exclusive right to use the trademark, which will be protected by laws and regulations. Any visible mark in the form of word, graphic, alphabet, number, 3D (three-dimension) mark, color combination or the combination of these elements that can distinguish the commodities of the natural person, legal person or other organizations from those of others can be registered as a trademark. A trademark for which an application is filed for registration must be distinctive to be distinguishable, and may not go against the legitimate rights previously obtained by others. A trademark registrant is entitled to include the words “Registered Trademark” or a sign indicating that it is registered.

Any of the following acts will be an infringement upon the right to exclusive use of a registered trademark: (1) using a trademark that is identical to a registered trademark on the same kind of commodities without a

 

232


Table of Contents

license from the registrant of the registered trademark; (2) using a trademark that is similar to a registered trademark on the same kind of commodities, or using a trademark that is identical or similar to the registered trademark on similar goods without a license from the registrant of the registered trademark, if the use is likely to cause confusion; (3) selling commodities that infringe upon the right to exclusive use of a registered trademark; (4) counterfeit or unauthorized production of the label of another’s registered trademark, or sale of any such label that is counterfeited or produced without authorization; (5) changing a registered trademark and putting the commodities with the changed trademark into the market without the consent of the registrant of the registered trademark; (6) providing, intentionally, facilitation for activities infringing upon others’ exclusive right of trademark use, and facilitating others to commit infringement on the exclusive right of trademark use; or (7) causing other damage to the right to exclusive use of a holder of a registered trademark. In the event of infringement of the registered trademark above that leads to disputes, the parties concerned may settle such disputes through negotiations; if no negotiation is prospective or fails, the trademark registrant or any interested party may file a lawsuit before the People’s Court or request the administrative department for market regulation for handling.

Regulations on Patent Law

Patents in the PRC are mainly protected under the Patent Law, which was issued by the NPC Standing Committee in 1984 and last amended on December 27, 2008, and its implementation rules, which were promulgated by the State Council of the PRC in 2001 and last amended on January 9, 2010. The draft amendments to the Patent Law are under the review of the NPC Standing Committee. The Patent Law and its implementation rules provide for three types of patents: “invention,” “utility model” and “design.” “Invention” refers to any new technical solution relating to a product, a process or improvement thereof; “utility model” refers to any new technical solution relating to the shape, structure, or their combination, of a product, which is suitable for practical use; and “design” refers to any new design of the shape, pattern, color or the combination of any two of them, of a product, that creates an aesthetical feeling and is suitable for industrial application. Invention patents are valid for 20 years, while design patents and utility model patents are valid for 10 years, each calculated from the date of application. To be patentable, invention or utility models must meet three criteria: novelty, inventiveness and practicability. Except under certain specific circumstances provided by law, any third-party user must obtain consent or a proper license from the patent owner to use the patent. Otherwise, the use constitutes an infringement of the patent rights.

If a dispute arises due to patent infringement, the dispute must be settled through consultation involving both parties. If one or both parties are unwilling to submit to consultation, or if the consultation fails, then the patentee or any interested party may initiate legal proceedings in the People’s Court, or request the patent administrative department to handle the matter.

Regulations on Domain Names

Domain names are protected under the Administrative Measures on Internet Domain Names, issued by the MIIT on August 24, 2017 and effective as of November 1, 2017. It regulates efforts to undertake internet domain name services as well as the operation, maintenance, supervision and administration thereof and other relevant activities within the territory of the PRC. A person that has domain name root servers, an institution for operating domain name root servers, a domain name registry and a domain name registrar operating within the territory of the PRC must obtain a permit for this purpose from the MIIT or the relevant communications administration of the local province, autonomous region or municipality. Domain name owners must register their domain names, and the MIIT is in charge of the administration of PRC internet domain names. In the case of infringement, the telecommunications authority will take measures to stop the infringer and give it a warning or impose a fine of more than RMB10,000 but less than RMB30,000 depending on the seriousness of the case.

 

233


Table of Contents

Regulations on Copyright and Software Products

Under the Copyright Law of the PRC which was last amended on February 26, 2010, works of Chinese citizens, legal persons or other organizations, whether published or not, enjoy copyright in their works, which include, among others, works of literature, art, architectural works, natural science, social science, graphic works and model works such as engineering design plan, product design plan, map, schematic diagram and computer software. In order to further implement the Computer Software Protection Regulations, the National Copyright Administration issued the Measures for the Registrations of Computer Software Copyright effective on February 20, 2002, which provides procedures for software copyright registration, license contract registration and transfer contract registration. The Copyright Protection Center of the PRC is mandated as the software registration institution under the regulations.

Similarly, under the Computer Software Protection Regulations last amended on January 30, 2013 and became effective on March 1, 2013, Chinese citizens, legal persons and other organizations shall enjoy copyright on the software they develop, regardless of whether the software has been released publicly. Software copyright commences from the date on which the development of the software is completed. A software copyright owner may register with the software registration institution recognized by the copyright administration department of the State Council of the PRC. A registration certificate issued by the software registration institution is a preliminary proof of the registered items. The protection period for software copyright of a legal person or other organizations shall be fifty years, concluding on December 31 of the fiftieth year after the software’s initial release.

Regulations Relating to Labor

Regulations on Labor Contract

The main PRC employment laws and regulations applicable to us include the Labor Law, the Labor Contract Law, the Implementing Regulations on the Labor Contract Law of the PRC and other relevant laws and regulations.

The Labor Law was last amended on December 29, 2018. Under the Labor Law, employers shall enter into employment contracts with their employees based on the principles of equality, consent and agreement through consultation. Wages will be paid based on the policy of performance, equal pay for equal work, lowest wage protection and special labor protection for female worker and juvenile workers. The Labor Law also requires employers to establish and effectively implement a system of ensuring occupational safety and health, educate employees on occupational safety and health, preventing work-related accidents and reducing occupational hazards. Employers are also required to pay their employees’ social insurance premiums.

The Labor Contract Law was last amended on December 28, 2012 and took effect on July 1, 2013. Under the Labor Contract Law and its implementing regulations, enterprises established in the PRC shall enter into employment agreements with their employees to provide for the term of employment, job duties, work time, holidays and statutory payments, labor protection, working condition and occupational hazard prevention and protection and other essential contents. Both employers and employees will duly perform their duties. The Labor Contract Law also provides for the scenario of rescission and termination. Except for certain situations explicitly stipulated in the Labor Contract Law that are not subject to economic compensation, economic compensation shall be paid to the employee by the employer for the rescission or termination of the employment agreement.

Regulations on Social Insurance and Housing Funds

Pursuant to the Social Insurance Law of the PRC, which was last amended on December 29, 2018, the PRC established social insurance systems such as basic pension insurance, basic medical insurance, work-related injury insurance, unemployment insurance and maternity insurance. Employers are required to contribute, on behalf of their employees, to a number of social security funds, including funds for basic pension insurance,

 

234


Table of Contents

unemployment insurance, basic medical insurance, work-related injury insurance and maternity insurance. Employers must apply for completion of social security registration with the local social security agency within 30 days from the date of incorporation with their business license, registration certificate or corporation seal. Employers that fail to complete social security registration will be ordered by the social security administrative authorities to make correction within a stipulated period; where correction is not made within the stipulated period, the employers will be subject to fines ranging from one to three times the amount of the payable social security premiums, and the person(s)-in-charge who is/are directly accountable and other directly accountable personnel will be subject to fines ranging from RMB500 to RMB3,000. If an employer does not pay the full amount of social insurance premiums as scheduled, the social insurance premium collection institution will order it to make the payment or make up the difference within the stipulated period and impose a daily surcharge equivalent to 0.05% of the overdue payment from the date on which the payment is overdue. If payment is not made within the stipulated period, the relevant administration department will impose a fine from one to three times the amount of overdue payment.

Pursuant to the Regulations on the Administration of Housing Funds last amended on March 24, 2019, employers must complete housing funds registration with local housing fund administration centers and open housing fund accounts for their employees in the bank. Employers must, within 30 days from their date of establishment, go through housing funds registration with local housing fund administration centers and complete housing fund account establishment procedures for employees with the examination and approval documents of the housing fund management center within 20 days from completion of registration. The contribution rate of housing funds of an employee and employer may not be less than 5% of the monthly average salary in the previous year, and cities with good conditions may properly raise the contribution rate. Employers are required to pay and deposit housing funds on behalf of their employees in full and in a timely manner, and any employer that fails to open such bank account or contribute housing funds may be fined and ordered to make payment within a prescribed time limit. If the employer still fails to do so, the housing fund administration center may apply to the court for enforcement of the unpaid amount.

Pursuant to the Opinions of the General Office of the State Council on Comprehensively Promoting the Implementation of the Combination of Maternity Insurance and Basic Medical Insurance for Employees issued on March 6, 2019, maternity insurance and basic medical insurance for employees will be consolidated. On July 20, 2018, the General Office of the Central Committee of the Communist Party of China and the General Office of the State Council of the PRC issued the Reform Plan of the State Tax and Local Tax Collection Administration System. Under this plan, tax authorities are responsible for the collection of social insurance contributions in the PRC beginning from January 1, 2019.

Pursuant to the Interim Measures for Participation in Social Insurance by Hong Kong, Macao and Taiwan Residents in the Mainland, which was promulgated by the Ministry of Human Resources and Social Security on November 29, 2019, effective on January 1, 2020, employers registered in the Mainland China shall contribute basic pension insurance, basic medical insurance, work-related injury insurance, unemployment insurance and maternity insurance for Hong Kong, Macao and Taiwan residents who are employed or recruited by them.

Regulations Relating to Foreign Exchange

Regulation on Foreign Currency Exchange

The principal law governing foreign currency exchange in the PRC is the Foreign Exchange Administration Regulations of the PRC. The Foreign Exchange Administration Regulations, most recently amended on August 5, 2008, stipulates that Renminbi is freely convertible into other currencies for current account items, including the distribution of dividends, interest payments, trade and service-related foreign exchange transactions. However, it is not freely convertible for capital account items, such as direct investments, loans, repatriation of investments and investments in securities outside of China, unless prior approval is obtained from SAFE, or its local branch, and prior registration with SAFE is made.

 

235


Table of Contents

Pursuant to the Regulation of Settlement, Sale and Payment of Foreign Exchange, promulgated by the People’s Bank of China and effective on July 1, 1996, foreign-invested enterprises may only buy, sell or remit foreign currencies at those banks authorized to conduct foreign exchange business after providing valid commercial supporting documents and, in the case of capital account item transactions, obtaining approvals from SAFE or its local counterpart. Foreign-invested enterprises are permitted to convert their after-tax dividends into foreign exchange and to remit such foreign exchange out of their foreign exchange bank accounts in the PRC. However, foreign exchange transactions involving overseas direct investment or investment and exchange in securities and derivative products abroad are subject to registration with SAFE and approval from or filing with the relevant PRC government authorities.

The Notice on Reforming the Administration of Foreign Exchange Settlement of Capital of Foreign Invested Enterprises, issued by SAFE and most recently amended on December 30, 2019, further expanding the extent of convertibility under direct investment. It stipulates that the use of capital funds and exchange settlement funds by foreign-invested enterprises will be subject to foreign exchange management regulations and the implementation of negative list management.

On June 9, 2016, SAFE promulgated the Circular on Reforming and Regulating Policies on the Management of the Settlement of Foreign Exchange of Capital Accounts. It unifies the Discretional Foreign Exchange Settlement for all the domestic institutions. The Discretional Foreign Exchange Settlement refers to foreign exchange capital in the capital account that has been confirmed by the relevant policies subject to the Discretional Foreign Exchange Settlement (including foreign exchange capital, foreign loans and funds remitted from the proceeds from the overseas listing) and which can be settled at the banks based on the actual operational needs of the domestic institutions. The proportion of Discretional Foreign Exchange Settlement of the foreign exchange capital is temporarily determined as 100%. Violations of SAFE Circulars could result in administrative penalties under the Regulations of the PRC on Foreign Exchange Control and relevant provisions. Furthermore, it stipulates that the use of foreign exchange income of capital accounts of foreign-invested enterprises must follow the principles of authenticity and self-use within the business scope of enterprises. Foreign exchange income of capital accounts and capital in Renminbi obtained by foreign-invested enterprises from foreign exchange settlement may not be directly or indirectly used for the following purposes: (i) payment outside of the business scope of the enterprises or the payment prohibited by relevant laws and regulations; (ii) investment in securities or financial schemes other than bank-guaranteed products unless otherwise provided by relevant laws and regulations; (iii) granting loans to non-connected enterprises, unless otherwise permitted by its business scope; and (iv) construction or purchase of real estate that is not for self-use (except for the real estate enterprises).

On January 26, 2017, SAFE promulgated the Notice on Improving the Check of Authenticity and Compliance to Further Promote Foreign Exchange Control, which stipulates several capital control measures with respect to the outbound remittance of profit from domestic entities to offshore entities, including (i) under the principle of genuine transaction, banks must check board resolutions regarding profit distribution, the original versions of tax filing records and audited financial statements; and (ii) domestic entities must hold income to account against previous years’ losses before remitting profits. Moreover, domestic entities must make detailed explanations of the sources of capital and utilization arrangements, and provide board resolutions, contracts and other proof when completing the registration procedures in connection with an outbound investment.

On October 23, 2019, SAFE issued the Notice of the State Administration of Foreign Exchange on Further Promoting the Convenience of Cross-border Trade and Investment, or SAFE Circular 28, which cancels the restrictions on the domestic equity investment with capital of non-investment foreign-invested enterprises, including the capital obtained from foreign exchange settlement. Such investments should be real and should be in compliance with the relevant laws, regulations and rules, including the provisions of the 2020 Negative List. In addition, it stipulates that qualified enterprises in certain pilot areas may use their capital income from capital, foreign debt and overseas listing, for the purpose of domestic payments without providing authenticity certifications to the relevant banks in advance for those domestic payments.

 

236


Table of Contents

On April 10, 2020, SAFE issued the Notice on Optimizing Foreign Exchange Administration to Support the Development of Foreign-related Business. It stipulates that on the premise of ensuring the true and compliant use of funds and compliance with the existing regulations on use of income under the capital account, enterprises which satisfy the criteria are allowed to use income under the capital account, such as capital funds, foreign debt and overseas listing for domestic payment, without prior provision of proof materials for veracity to the bank for each transaction. The authority to process the deregistration of qualified overseas loans under domestic guarantee and overseas lending shall be delegated to banks.

Regulations on Dividend Distribution

Pursuant to the laws and regulations on foreign investment, wholly foreign-owned enterprise in China may pay dividends only out of their accumulated after-tax profits, if any, determined in accordance with PRC accounting standards and regulations. In addition, wholly foreign-owned enterprises in China must allocate at least 10% of their respective accumulated after-tax profits each year, after making up previous years’ accumulated losses each year, if any, to fund certain statutory reserve funds until these reserves have reached 50% of the registered capital of the enterprises. A PRC company may not distribute any profits until any losses from prior fiscal years have been offset. Profits retained from prior fiscal years may be distributed together with distributable profits from the current fiscal year. These reserves are not distributable as cash dividends. According to the Rules on the Accounting of Financial Enterprises released by the Ministry of Finance, financial enterprises shall allocate general risk reserves prior to the distribution of dividends.

Regulations on Foreign Exchange Registration of Overseas Investment by PRC Residents

On July 4, 2014, SAFE promulgated the Notice on Relevant Issues Relating to Domestic Residents’ Investment and Financing and Round-Trip Investment through Special Purpose Vehicles, or SAFE Circular 37, for the purpose of simplifying the approval process and for the promotion of the cross-border investment. SAFE Circular 37 supersedes the Notice on Relevant Issues on the Foreign Exchange Administration of Raising Funds through Overseas Special Purpose Vehicle and Investing Back in China by Domestic Residents, and revises and regulates the relevant matters involving foreign exchange registration for round-trip investment. Under SAFE Circular 37, (1) PRC residents (including PRC entities and PRC individuals) must register with the local SAFE branch before he or she contributes assets or equity interest in an overseas special purpose vehicle that is directly established or indirectly controlled by the PRC resident for the purpose of conducting investment or financing; and (2) following the initial registration, PRC residents must update their SAFE registration when the offshore special purpose vehicle undergoes material events relating to any change of basic information, including change of such PRC citizens or residents’ name, operation term, increases or decreases in investment amount, transfers or exchanges of shares, or mergers or divisions.

Pursuant to the SAFE Circular on Further Simplification and Improvement of Foreign Exchange Administration on Direct Investment, which was amended on December 30, 2019, the registrations described in the preceding paragraph must be directly reviewed and handled by qualified banks, and SAFE and its branches will perform indirect regulation over the foreign exchange registration through qualified banks.

Failure to comply with the registration procedures set forth in SAFE Circular 37 may result in restrictions being imposed on the foreign exchange activities of the relevant onshore company, including the payment of dividends and other distributions to its offshore parent or affiliate, and may also subject relevant PRC residents to penalties under PRC foreign exchange administration regulations. PRC residents who control the company from time to time are required to register with SAFE in connection with their investments in the company. Moreover, failure to comply with the various SAFE registration requirements described above could result in liability under PRC law for evasion of foreign exchange controls.

Regulations on Stock Incentive Plans

On February 15, 2012, SAFE promulgated the Notice on Foreign Exchange Administration of PRC Residents Participating in Share Incentive Plans of Offshore Listed Companies. Individuals participating in any

 

237


Table of Contents

stock incentive plan of any overseas publicly listed company who are Chinese citizens or foreign citizens who reside in mainland China for a continuous period of not less than one year, subject to a few exceptions, are required to register with SAFE or its local branches and complete certain other procedures. These plan participants must also retain an overseas entrusted institution to handle matters in connection with their exercise of stock options, the purchase and sale of corresponding stock or interests and fund transfers. In addition, the agent in China is required to further amend the SAFE registration with respect to the stock incentive plan if there is any material change to the stock incentive plan, the mainland Chinese agent or the overseas entrusted institution or other material changes. The Chinese agents must, on behalf of the PRC residents who have the right to exercise the employee share options, apply to SAFE or its local branches for an annual quota for the payment of foreign currencies in connection with the PRC residents’ exercise of the employee share options. The foreign exchange proceeds received by the PRC residents from the sale of shares under the stock incentive plans granted and dividends distributed by the overseas listed companies must be remitted into the bank accounts in China opened by the Chinese agents before distribution to such PRC residents. Under the Circular of the State Administration of Taxation on Issues Concerning Individual Income Tax in Relation to Equity Incentives promulgated by the State Administration of Taxation and effective from August 24, 2009, listed companies and their domestic organizations must, according to the individual income tax calculation methods for “wage and salary income” and stock option income, lawfully withhold and pay individual income tax on such income.

Regulations on Loans Between a Foreign Company and its Chinese Subsidiaries

A loan made by foreign investors as shareholders in a foreign-invested enterprise is considered to be foreign debt in the PRC and is regulated by various laws and regulations, including the Regulation on Foreign Exchange Administration of the PRC, the Interim Provisions on the Management of Foreign Debts promulgated by SAFE, the NDRC and the Ministry of Finance and implement on March 1, 2003, the Administrative Measures for Registration of Foreign Debts promulgated by SAFE on April 28, 2013 and amended on May 4, 2015 and the Notice of the People’s Bank of China on Matters Concerning the Prudent Macro Management of All Cross-Border Financing promulgated on January 11, 2017. Under these rules, a shareholder loan in the form of foreign debt made to a Chinese entity does not require the prior approval of SAFE. However, such foreign debt must be registered with and recorded by SAFE or its local branches. SAFE Circular 28 provides that a non-financial enterprise in the pilot areas may register the permitted amounts of foreign debts, which is as twice of the non-financial enterprise’s net assets, at the local foreign exchange bureau. Such non-financial enterprise may borrow foreign debts within the permitted amounts and directly handle the relevant procedures in banks without registration of each foreign debt. However, the non-financial enterprise should report its international income and expenditure regularly.

Regulations Relating to Outbound Direct Investment

The Administrative Measures on Overseas Investments was promulgated by the NDRC and took effect on March 1, 2018. Pursuant to it, non-sensitive overseas investment projects are required to make record filings with the local branch of the NDRC. On September 6, 2014, Ministry of Commerce promulgated the Administrative Measures on Overseas Investments, which took effect on October 6, 2014. According to this regulation, overseas investments of PRC enterprises that involve non-sensitive countries and regions and non-sensitive industries must make record filings with a local branch of Ministry of Commerce. The Notice of the State Administration of Foreign Exchange on Further Improving and Adjusting Foreign Exchange Administration Policies for Direct Investment was issued by SAFE in 2012 and last amended on December 30, 2019, under which PRC enterprises must register for overseas direct investment with local banks. The shareholders or beneficial owners who are PRC entities are required to be in compliance with the related overseas investment regulations. If they fail to complete the filings or registrations required by overseas direct investment regulations, the relevant authority may order them to suspend or cease the implementation of such investment and make corrections within a specified time.

 

238


Table of Contents

Regulations Relating to M&A Rules and Overseas Listing

On August 8, 2006, six PRC regulatory agencies, including Ministry of Commerce, the State-owned Assets Supervision and Administration Commission of the State Council, the State Administration of Taxation, the State Administration for Market Regulation, the CSRC and SAFE, issued the Regulations on Mergers and Acquisitions of Domestic Enterprises by Foreign Investors, or the M&A Rules, which was amended on June 22, 2009. Foreign investors are subject to the M&A Rules when they purchase equity interest of a domestic company or subscribe for the increased capital of a domestic company that changes a domestic company into a foreign-invested enterprise; or when the foreign investors establish a foreign-invested enterprise in the PRC, purchase the assets of a domestic company and operate the assets via such foreign-invested enterprise; or when the foreign investors purchase the assets of a domestic company, establish a foreign-invested enterprise by injecting such assets and operate the assets. The M&A Rules, among other things, require offshore special purpose vehicles formed for overseas listing purposes through acquisitions of PRC domestic companies and controlled by PRC companies or individuals to obtain the approval of the CSRC prior to publicly listing their securities on an overseas stock exchange. The M&A Rules also provide that if a PRC entity or individual plans to merge or acquire its related PRC entity through an overseas company legitimately incorporated or controlled by such entity or individual, such a merger or acquisition shall be subject to examination and approval by Ministry of Commerce.

The M&A Rules and other recently adopted regulations and rules concerning mergers and acquisitions also establish additional procedures and requirements that could make merger and acquisition activities by foreign investors more time-consuming and complex. For example, the M&A Rules require that Ministry of Commerce be notified in advance of any change-of-control transaction in which a foreign investor takes control of a PRC domestic enterprise, if (i) any important industry is concerned, (ii) such transaction involves factors that impact or may impact national economic security or (iii) such transaction will lead to a change in control of a domestic enterprise which holds a famous trademark or PRC time-honored brand.

Hong Kong Regulations

Introduction

The Securities and Futures Commission of the Hong Kong SAR, or the SFC, is an independent statutory body set up to regulate Hong Kong’s securities and futures markets.

The Securities and Futures Ordinance, or the SFO, including its subsidiary legislation, is the principal legislation regulating the securities and futures industry in Hong Kong, including the regulation of securities and the offering of investments to the public in Hong Kong, and intermediaries and their conduct of regulated activities. In particular, Part V of the SFO deals with licensing and registration matters. The SFO is administered by the SFC.

Overview of Licensing Requirements under the SFO

The SFO provides a single licensing regime under which there are 12 types of regulated activities as specified in Schedule 5 to the SFO, namely: dealing in securities; dealing in futures contracts; leveraged foreign exchange trading; advising on securities; advising on futures contracts; advising on corporate finance; providing automated trading services; securities margin financing; asset management; providing credit rating services; dealing in OTC derivative products or advising on OTC derivative products (not yet in operation as at the date hereof); and providing client clearing services for OTC derivative transactions.

As of the date of this prospectus, Lu International (Hong Kong) Limited was licensed under the SFO to carry out dealings in securities, advising on securities and asset management under the SFO.

Certain Other Requirements under the SFO

When considering the fitness and properness of a corporate applicant, the SFC looks at those matters in respect of its substantial shareholders, directors, shadow directors, officers and any person who is to be employed

 

239


Table of Contents

or associated with the applicant. The SFC may also look at any other corporation in the same group or any director, shadow director or officer of such corporation.

In addition, licensed corporations, licensed representatives and responsible officers (i) must remain fit and proper as defined under the SFO at all times, (ii) is required to maintain minimum paid-up share capital and liquid capital, and (iii) are required to comply with the applicable anti-money laundering and counter-terrorist financing laws and regulations in Hong Kong as well as the Guideline on Anti-Money Laundering and Counter-Terrorist Financing issued by the SFC.

Specific Requirements in Relation to our Business

Licensed corporations must adhere to the SFC’s Guidelines on Online Distribution and Advisory Platforms when conducting its regulated activities in providing order execution, distribution services via online platforms.

For those licensed corporations who propose to onboard clients with Hong Kong bank accounts via online approach, they shall follow the acceptable approach issued by the SFC, namely that the licensed corporation shall:

(i) obtain a client agreement which is signed by a client by way of an electronic signature together with a copy of the client’s identity document (an identity card or relevant sections of the client’s passport);

(ii) successfully transfer an initial deposit of not less than HK$10,000 from a bank account in the client’s name maintained with a licensed bank in Hong Kong (Designated Bank Account) to the intermediary’s bank account;

(iii) conduct all future deposits and withdrawals for the client’s trading account through the Designated Bank Account(s) only; and

(iv) maintain proper records of the account opening process for each client which are readily accessible for compliance checking and audit purposes.

For those licensed corporations who propose to employ certification services for client account opening, they are required to engaged certification services providers being recognized by the Electronic Transactions Ordinance (Cap. 553) or accepted by the HKSAR government.

Singapore Regulations

Introduction

The Securities and Futures Act (Cap. 289) of Singapore, or the SFA, including its subsidiary legislation, is the principal legislation regulating the activities and institutions in the securities and derivatives industry in Singapore, including the regulation of capital markets products, the offering of investments to the public in Singapore, and intermediaries and their conduct of regulated activities. In particular, Part IV of the SFA deals with matters relating to holders of capital markets services license and their representatives.

The SFA is administered by the Monetary Authority of Singapore, or the MAS. which is the regulatory body in Singapore. The functions of the MAS include acting as the central bank of Singapore and conducting integrated supervision of the financial services sector and financial stability surveillance.

Under the SFA, capital markets products include securities and units in a collective investment scheme, or CIS. Offers of investments to investors in Singapore are regulated under Part XIII of the SFA. Unless otherwise exempted, the SFA requires all offers of securities or securities-based derivatives contracts to be accompanied by

 

240


Table of Contents

a prospectus and product highlights sheet that complies with such requirements as may be prescribed by the MAS and is lodged and registered by the MAS. Unless otherwise exempted, an offer of units in a CIS, which must be authorized (if it is constituted in Singapore) or recognized (if it is constituted outside Singapore) by the MAS, must be made in or accompanied by a prospectus and product highlights sheet that complies with such requirements as may be prescribed by the MAS and is lodged and registered by the MAS.

Overview of Licensing Requirements under the SFA

Under the SFA, any person who carries on a business in a regulated activity or holds itself out as carrying on a business in a regulated activity must be a holder of a capital markets services license for that regulated activity, unless any exemption applies. Any individual or body corporate or unincorporated, whether in Singapore or otherwise, is required to seek the approval of the MAS before obtaining effective control of a holder of a capital markets services license. A person is regarded is as obtaining effective control if the person will acquire or hold, directly or indirectly, 20% or more of the issued share capital of the holder or control, directly or indirectly, 20% or more of the voting power in the holder.

Further, if a person actively markets to the public in Singapore, whether by itself or another person on his behalf, and whether in Singapore or from a place outside of Singapore, any services that it provides and such services, if provided in Singapore, would constitute a regulated activity, then that person may also be subject to the licensing requirements under the SFA.

Regulations on Data Privacy and Protection

The Personal Data Protection Act 2012 (No. 26 of 2012) of Singapore, or the PDPA, governs the collection, use and disclosure of individuals’ personal data by organizations. The PDPA also established the Personal Data Protection Commission, or the PDPC, to administer and enforce the PDPA. Personal data means data, whether true or not, about an individual who can be identified from that data or from that data and other information to which the organization has or is likely to have access.

An organization is required to comply with the following obligations prescribed by the PDPA:

 

   

obtain the consent of the individual before collecting, using, or disclosing his personal data, for purposes that a reasonable person would consider appropriate in the circumstances;

 

   

notify the individual of the purpose of collecting his personal data;

 

   

only use personal data for purposes consented by the individual;

 

   

put in place mechanisms for individuals to withdraw their consent;

 

   

take reasonable efforts to ensure that personal data collected is accurate and complete if the personal data is likely to be used to make a decision that affects the individual, or is likely to be disclosed to another organization;

 

   

when requested, correct any error or omission in an individual’s personal data;

 

   

upon an individual’s request, provide an individual with his personal data in the organization’s possession and control, as well as information about the ways in which the personal data has been used or disclosed in the past year;

 

   

protect personal data by making reasonable security arrangements to prevent unauthorized access, collection, use, disclosure, copying, modification, disposal or similar risks;

 

   

cease to retain personal data as long as it is reasonable to assume that the purpose for which it was collected is no longer being served by retaining it and the retention is no longer necessary for business or legal purpose;

 

241


Table of Contents
   

not to transfer any personal data out of Singapore except in accordance with the requirements set out in the PDPA; and

 

   

implement the necessary policies and practices in order to meet its obligations under the PDPA and make information about its policies and practices available on request.

If the PDPC finds that an organization is not complying with any provision in the PDPA, it may direct the organization to stop collecting, using or disclosing personal data in contravention of the PDPA, destroy personal data collected in contravention of the PDPA, comply with any direction of the PDPC to provide access to or correct the personal data and/or to pay a financial penalty.

Indonesia Regulations

Introduction

Peer-to-peer lending platforms in Indonesia are non-bank financial service providers entirely supervised by the Indonesia Financial Services Authority, or the OJK.

Summary of Peer-to-Peer Lending Regulation

Below is a summary of OJK Regulation No. 77/POJK.01/2016 regarding information technology-based lending services:

 

   

Entity/Ownership

Foreign shareholder capitalization is allowed with a maximum ownership of 85% from the total capitalization. Minimum capital requirement is 2.5 billion Indonesian Rupiah.

 

   

Registration & Licensing

A peer-to-peer lending company must register its activities with the OJK. Within one year after registration, a peer-to-peer lending company must submit a license application to the OJK.

 

   

Limitation of Activities

Borrower should be Indonesian citizen or business entity domiciled in Indonesia. Lender could be Indonesian or foreign entity/company. Each borrower in peer-to-peer lending is limited to borrow a maximum of 2 billion Indonesian Rupiah.

 

   

OJK Approval

Approval from the OJK must be obtained for any changes to capitalization and shareholder composition.

 

   

Mitigation Risk

Peer-to-peer lending company shall make sure that it meets risk mitigation requirement such as (a) electronic know-your-customer procedure feasibility, (b) customer mobile phone access for facial recognition, voice recognition and location, (c) credit scoring availability, and (d) cooperation with credit insurance to protect lender.

 

   

Customer Protection

To protect customer, peer-to-peer lending company must be transparent in providing all information under loan agreement, which must ensure fairness of business, privacy of customer data, provision of dispute solution, among others.

 

   

DC and DRC

Data center and data recovery center of a peer-to-peer lending company must be within Indonesian territory.

 

242


Table of Contents
   

Anti-Money Laundering & Terrorism Prevention

Peer-to-peer lending company shall implement anti-money laundering and terrorism prevention procedures by way of know-your-customer or customer due diligence in accordance with OJK anti-money laundering regulations.

 

   

Prohibition

Peer-to-peer lending company is prohibited from the following activities: (i) conducting any business activities other than those regulated under the OJK; (ii) acting as lender or borrower; (iii) providing guarantee for third party’s liability; (iv) providing recommendations to users; (v) issuing bonds/debt securities (e.g. promissory notes or medium term notes); and (vi) conducting direct marketing to users or the public through personal communication media without customer approval.

 

   

Report

 

  (i)

At the registration stage, peer-to-peer lending company shall carry out monthly and quarterly reporting to the OJK;

 

  (ii)

At the licensing stage, P2P lending company shall carry out monthly and yearly reporting to the OJK, which form shall be in accordance with OJK template.

Overview of Licensing Requirements for Peer-to-Peer Lending

As part of peer-to-peer regulation requirements, peer-to-peer lending company must obtain peer-to-peer license from the OJK, the requirements for which include, among others: (i) with respect to the company’s corporate documents, providing corporate profile in accordance with the OJK template, the company’s latest shareholding structure and proof of capital injection, which shall not originate from loans; and (ii) with respect to the company’s business and operations, obtaining ISO 27001 certification regarding information security, carrying out socialization activities in 12 provinces throughout Indonesia to support financial inclusion, having a permanent office, sufficient manpower and ecosystem readiness with third parties such as banks, payment gateways, auditors, data center/data recovery center, collection agencies, e-commerce companies and credit insurance companies, meeting OJK standard successful rate; and becoming a member of Indonesia Fintech Lending Associate and connect with its fintech data center.

Regulations on Data Privacy and Protection

As of the date of this prospectus, the Indonesia government is still in the process of discussion and finalization of a specific regulation regarding data protection. However, there are certain regulations concerning the use of electronic data. The principal law governing data protection in Indonesia is Law No. 11 of 2008 regarding Electronic Information and Transactions, or the EIT Law, as amended by Law No. 19 of 2016 regarding the Amendment of EIT Law, Government Regulation No. 71 of 2019 regarding Provisions of Electronic Systems and Transactions, or Reg. 71, and its implementing regulation, Minister of Communications & Information Regulation No. 20 of 2016 regarding the Protection of Personal Data in an Electronic System, or the MoCI Regulation. The key regulatory authority for data protection in Indonesia is the Minister of Communications & Information which supervise the implementation of the MoCI Regulations. Reg.71 defines personal data as any data relating to a person that is identified and/or is self-identifiable, or is combined with other information, directly or indirectly, through electronic and non-electronic systems.

Specifically for financial institution, the OJK issued OJK Regulation No. 1/POJK.07/2013 regarding Financial Consumer Protection, which was last amended by OJK Regulation No. 18/POJK.07/2018. The regulation prohibits financial service providers from disclosing customer personal data and/or information to third parties, unless they receive written consent from the customer or are required to make such disclosure by law.

Failure to comply with such requirements on personal data will subject the company to administrative sanction that terminates the company’s access to such personal data.

 

243


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT

Directors and Executive Officers

The following table sets forth information regarding our executive officers and directors.

 

Directors and Executive Officers

   Age   

Position/Title

Guangheng Ji

   51    Co-Chairman of the Board and Chairman of Lufax Executive Committee

Renjie Li

   65    Chairman of the Board

Gregory Dean Gibb

   53    Director and Chief Executive Officer

Yong Suk Cho

   49    Director and Chief Executive Officer of Puhui

Jason Bo Yao

   49    Director

Sin Yin Tan

   43    Director

Eddie Siu Wah Law

   55    Director

Peter Jurdjevic

   50    Director

Jiming Ha

   58    Director

Rusheng Yang

   52    Director

Weidong Li

   52    Director

Xudong Zhang

   54    Director

James Xigui Zheng

   55    Chief Financial Officer

David Siu Kam Choy

   45    Controller and Chief Financial Officer of Puhui

Jinliang Mao

   54    Chief Technology Officer

Mr. Guangheng Ji has been the co-chairman of the board and the chairman of Lufax Executive Committee since April 2020. Mr. Ji has over 25 years of experience in the finance industry. Mr. Ji served as a number of positions at Industrial and Commercial Bank of China from July 1994 to April 2009, vice president of Shanghai Pudong Development Bank Co., Ltd., a company listed on the Shanghai Stock Exchange (SSE: 600000), from April 2009 to November 2015, chairman of the board of Shanghai Rural Commercial Bank Co., Ltd. from November 2015 to March 2019, and vice chairman of the board and co-president of Baoneng Group from March 2019 to March 2020. Mr. Ji obtained his bachelor’s and master’s degrees in geography and Ph.D. degree in economics from Peking University in July 1991, July 1994 and July 2009, respectively.

Mr. Renjie Li has been the chairman of the board and a director of our company since March 2016. He has also been the chairman and chief executive officer of Chong Qing Financial Assets Exchange and Qianhai Financial Assets Exchange since August 2016 and March 2016, respectively. Mr. Li has over 30 years of experience in banking, finance and wealth management. From July 1982 to September 1994, Mr. Li served various positions at the Fuzhou Branch and the Fujian Province Branch of People’s Bank of China. From October 1994 to April 1998, Mr. Li served as the executive director of Hong Kong Jiang Nan Finance Co., Ltd. and the chairman of Great Wall Securities Co., Ltd. From May 1998 to September 2001, Mr. Li served as the president of the Shenzhen Branch of Industrial Bank Co., Ltd. From October 2001 to February 2016, Mr. Li served various senior management positions at Industrial Bank Co., Ltd., a company listed on the Shanghai Stock Exchange (SSE: 601166), including its vice president, president and director. Mr. Li obtained his bachelor’s degree in finance from Xiamen University in July 1982. Mr. Li is a qualified senior economist in the PRC.

Mr. Gregory Dean Gibb has been the chief executive officer since March 2016 and a director of our company since December 2014. He has also been the co-chairman and chief executive officer of Shanghai Lufax since September 2011. Mr. Gibb has over 20 years of experience serving multinational and domestic companies in the finance and investment industry. Mr. Gibb served as the marketing assistant in Merrill Lynch International from July 1989 to December 1991, various positions at McKinsey & Company from January 1992 to August

 

244


Table of Contents

2006, including as its global senior director, and subsequently the chief operating officer of Taishin Financial Holding Co., Ltd, a company listed on the Taiwan Stock Exchange (TWSE: 2887), from September 2006 to May 2011. After that, Mr. Gibb joined Ping An Insurance (Group) Company of China and served as the chief innovation officer from May 2011 to September 2013. Mr. Gibb obtained his bachelor of arts degree from Middlebury College in May 1989.

Mr. Yong Suk Cho has been a director of our company and the chief executive officer of Puhui since 2016. Mr. Cho has extensive experience in the consumer finance industry. Mr. Cho served as the vice president of portfolio management team of Citibank Korea Inc. from July 1999 to March 2006, and senior vice president of marketing department of the Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation Limited, Seoul Branch from April 2006 to September 2007. Mr. Cho subsequently joined Ping An where he held a number of management positions, including section chief, assistant general manager, deputy general manager and general manager of the credit guarantee insurance business department from October 2007 to February 2015, during which he was in charge of planning, finance and risk management business lines. Mr. Cho obtained his MBA degree from the University of California, Berkeley, Haas School of Business in May 1999.

Mr. Jason Bo Yao has been a director of our company since December 2014. He is currently the co-chief executive officer of Ping An Group and has also been serving as a director of Ping An Healthcare and Technology Co., Ltd., a company listed on the Hong Kong Stock Exchange (HKG: 1833), since May 2016 and a director of Ping An Bank Co., Ltd., a company listed on the Shenzhen Stock Exchange (SZSE: 000001), since June 2010. Mr. Yao has extensive experience in management. He joined Ping An Group in 2001 and has been serving as the chief actuary since January 2007, a director since June 2009, the chief financial officer since April 2010, the executive vice president since January 2016, and the co-chief executive officer since July 2020. Prior to that, Mr. Yao also served in Ping An Group as a deputy chief actuary, deputy chief financial officer, general manager of planning and actuary department and an assistant to the general manager from May 2001 to April 2010. Mr. Yao obtained his bachelor’s degree in math from Georgia State University in August 1993 and his MBA degree from New York University in January 2000. Mr. Yao was qualified as a Fellow of the Society of Actuaries (FSA) by the Society of Actuaries, the professional organization for actuaries based in North America, in 2000.

Ms. Sin Yin Tan has been a director of our company since December 2014. She is currently the co-chief executive officer of Ping An Group, overseeing Ping An Group’s technology businesses and digital innovation. She is a standing member of Ping An Group’s Executive Management Committee and Investment Management Committee, overseeing the group’s insurance, banking, investment and technology business. She serves on the board of various Ping An subsidiaries, including Ping An Bank Co., Ltd., a company listed on the Shenzhen Stock Exchange (SZSE: 000001), Ping An Life Insurance and Ping An P&C. Before joining Ping An Group, Ms. Tan was a global partner at McKinsey & Company where she served clients in the U.S. and Asia for 13 years. Ms. Tan received her bachelor’s degrees in electrical engineering and economics from the Massachusetts Institute of Technology (MIT) and master’s degree in electrical engineering and computer science from MIT.

Mr. Eddie Siu Wah Law has been a director of our company since March 2015. Mr. Law currently serves as the chairman of Zheng He Capital Management Limited. Mr. Law joined Goldman Sachs in 1992 and retired as a managing director of the firm’s fixed income, currency and commodities division in 2011. Mr. Law obtained his bachelor’s degree in business administration from University of Western Ontario in June 1991.

Mr. Peter Jurdjevic has been a director of our company since July 2020. He is currently the head of financial institutions at Qatar Investment Authority. Mr. Jurdjevic has extensive experience in the finance industry. He worked at KPMG as a consultant from June 1993 to March 1997, and at Lehman Brothers as an associate from March 1997 to March 1998. He subsequently joined Citigroup where he served various management positions from March 1998 to March 2010, including managing director and head of global fixed income new products group. From March 2010 to April 2019, he was managing director and head of global finance solutions at Barclays Investment Bank. Mr. Jurdjevic obtained his bachelor’s degree from the University

 

245


Table of Contents

of Pennsylvania in 1993 and his MBA degree from New York University in 1996. He is a registered FSA investment adviser and a certified public accountant.

Mr. Jiming Ha has been an independent director of our company since April 2018. Mr. Ha currently is a visiting professor at Darden Business School, University of Virginia. From August 1993 to April 2004, Mr. Ha served as a senior economist at International Monetary Fund. From April 2004 to October 2010, he served as a managing director at China International Capital Corporation. From October 2010 to April 2017, he served as a managing director at Goldman Sachs (Asia). Mr. Ha obtained his bachelor’s degree and master’s degree from Fudan University and his Ph.D. degree in economics from the University of Kansas.

Mr. Rusheng Yang has been an independent director of our company since July 2020. Mr. Yang currently is a partner at Jonten Certified Public Accountants and has also been an independent director of Webank Co., Ltd. since November 2018, an independent director of Ping An Bank Co., Ltd., a company listed on the Shenzhen Stock Exchange (SZSE: 000001), since February 2017, and an independent director of IPE Group Limited, a company listed on the Hong Kong Stock Exchange (HKG: 929), since June 2017. Mr. Yang has over 20 years of experience in the finance, audit and tax industries. Mr. Yang served as finance specialist at Shenzhen Jiancai Group from 1993 to 1994, senior manager at Shenzhen Yongming CPA Co., Ltd. from 1994 to 2000, partner at Shenzhen Guangshen Certified Public Accountants Firm from 2001 to 2004, managing partner at Shenzhen Youxin Certified Public Accountants Firm from 2005 to 2007, partner at Wanlong Asia CPA Co., Ltd. from 2007 to 2009, partner at Crowe Horwath China Certified Public Accountants Co., Ltd. from 2009 to 2013, and partner at Rui Hua Certified Public Accountants from 2013 to 2020. Mr. Yang obtained his master’s degree in economics from Jinan University in 1993. Mr. Yang is a certified public accountant and a certified tax agent in the PRC.

Mr. Weidong Li has been an independent director of our company since April 2018. Mr. Li has also been an independent director of Ping An Securities Co., Ltd. since September 2016, an independent director of Shenzhen MYS Environmental Protection & Technology Co., Ltd., a company listed on the Shenzhen Stock Exchange (SZSE: 002303), since September 2013, an independent director of Netac Technology Co., Ltd., a company listed on the Shenzhen Stock Exchange (SZSE: 300042), from February 2014 to February 2017, and a partner and a director at Guangdong Haipai Law Firm since November 2003 and November 2012, respectively. Mr. Li has extensive experience in corporate legal affairs. Mr. Li was a lawyer at Nanjing Zhongshan Law Firm from September 1992 to January 1994 and Jiangsu Jingwei Law Firm from February 1994 to April 1997. Mr. Li obtained his bachelor’s degrees in science and law from Nanjing University in July 1990 and July 1992, respectively, and was a research scholar in international financial law in the City University of Hong Kong from 1997 to 2003. He obtained his Ph.D. degree from the City University of Hong Kong in November 2004. Mr. Li has been a registered foreign lawyer with the Law Society of Hong Kong since May 2014.

Mr. Xudong Zhang has been an independent director of our company since April 2018. Mr. Zhang has also been an independent director of Ping An Securities Co., Ltd. since January 2017. Mr. Zhang has extensive experiences in the financial services industry. Mr. Zhang served as a private placement service analyst in New England Mutual Life Insurance Company from October 1990 to June 1994, a vice president of corporate finance division in First BankBoston, N.A. from July 1994 to September 1996, a managing director of corporate finance department of Koch Industries, Inc. from September 1996 to July 1998, the chairman and chief executive officer of AnJia Group from July 1999 to December 2006. Mr. Zhang subsequently served as the managing director of institutional client services and head of Hong Kong and China equities divisions of Deutsche Bank from March 2007 to August 2009, and the global partner and head of Greater China securities of Goldman Sachs (Asia) L.L.C. from September 2009 to December 2012. He was the chairman of Sapinda Asia Pacific Holdings Limited from July 2014 to December 2016. Mr. Zhang is currently the senior partner of GSR Capital and partner of China Canada Global Resources Fund. Mr. Zhang also served as an advisor to the CSRC on asset securitization from April 2003 to March 2007, and an advisor to China Development Bank from September 2004 to August 2006. Mr. Zhang obtained his master’s degree in economic development from Southern New Hampshire University (formerly known as New Hampshire College) in September 1990.

 

246


Table of Contents

Mr. James Xigui Zheng has been the chief financial officer of our company since December 2017. He has also been the chief financial officer of Shanghai Lufax since August 2014. Mr. Zheng served as the senior consultant at Accenture (formerly known as Andersen Consulting) from 1992 to 1994. From 1994 to 2000, Mr. Zheng held various positions at U S West Inc. MediaOne (now part of Comcast) and U S West Communications (now part of CenturyLink). Mr. Zheng joined eBay Inc. in May 2000 where he served various senior management positions, including chief financial officer and chief operation officer of eBay China from August 2003 to July 2005 and the chief operating officer of PayPal China from July 2005 to August 2007. Mr. Zheng served as the president at Beijing Kaituo Tianji Information Technology Limited Company from August 2007 to March 2010. He subsequently joined Shanghai Fosun Hi-tech (Group) Co., Ltd. where he was the deputy chief financial officer of the group from May 2010 to August 2012, the chief executive officer of JOY.CN from August 2012 to September 2013 and the managing director in Fosun Capital from September 2013 to August 2014. Mr. Zheng obtained his MBA degree from the University of Denver in June 1992. He is a certified public accountant in the State of Colorado.

Mr. David Siu Kam Choy has been appointed the controller of our company effective August 2020 and has been the chief financial officer of Ping An Puhui Enterprise Management Co., Ltd. since October 2018. Mr. Choy served in various positions at KPMG Hong Kong and Ernst & Young Beijing, Guangzhou and Hong Kong from September 1997 to September 2005, and served as the financial controller of Shenzhen Development Bank Company Limited (now known as Ping An Bank Co., Ltd.) from October 2005 to March 2007. Mr. Choy subsequently joined Ping An Insurance where he served as the deputy general manager of group finance department from March 2007 to January 2009, deputy general manager of group planning department from January 2009 to March 2014, and general manager of group treasury department from March 2014 to September 2018. Representing Ping An Insurance during his service at the group, Mr. Choy also served in various directorship roles within the Ping An Group, namely, chairman of China Ping An Insurance Overseas (Holdings) Limited, non-executive director of each of Shenzhen Ping An Fintech Company, Ping An Asset Management (HK) Limited, Ping An Real Estate Company and Ping An Yiqianbao e-commerce Company. Mr. Choy obtained his bachelor’s degree in business administration major in finance from the Hong Kong University of Science & Technology in 1997 and his master’s degree in corporate governance and directorship from the Hong Kong Baptist University in 2014. He also completed the senior executives program in corporate governance at Stanford University in 2016.

Mr. Jinliang Mao has been the chief technology officer of our company since November 2017. He has also been the general manager of Lufax Holding Technology (Shenzhen) Co., Ltd. since September 2018. Mr. Mao has extensive experience in internet technology. He joined Ping An in April 1993 and has since then held various positions relating to information management within Ping An Group. Mr. Mao obtained his bachelor’s degree in engineering from National University of Defense Technology in July 1988 and master’s degree in engineering from National University of Defense Technology in June 1991.

Employment Agreements and Indemnification Agreements

We have entered into employment agreements with our senior executive officers. Pursuant to these agreements, we are entitled to terminate a senior executive officer’s employment for cause at any time for certain acts of the officer, such as being convicted of any criminal conduct, any act of gross or willful misconduct or any serious, willful, grossly negligent or persistent breach of any employment agreement provision, or engaging in any conduct which may make the continued employment of such officer detrimental to our company. We may also terminate a senior executive officer’s employment without cause upon 60-day advance written notice, and a senior executive officer may terminate his/her employment agreement voluntarily at any time with a 60-day advance written notice. The employment agreements also contain confidentiality, non-disclosure, assignment of intellectual property, non-competition, non-solicitation and non-interference provisions.

We have also entered into indemnification agreements with our directors and senior executive officers. Under these agreements, we agree to indemnify them against certain liabilities and expenses that they incur in connection with claims made by reason of their being a director or officer of our company.

 

247


Table of Contents

Board of Directors

Our board of directors will consist of 12 directors upon the SEC’s declaration of effectiveness of our registration statement on Form F-1 of which this prospectus is a part. A director is not required to hold any shares in our company to qualify to serve as a director. A director may vote with respect to any contract, proposed contract, or arrangement in which he or she is materially interested. A director may exercise all the powers of the company to borrow money, mortgage its business, property and uncalled capital and issue debentures or other securities whenever money is borrowed or as security for any obligation of the company or of any third party.

Committees of the Board of Directors

We have established an audit committee and a nomination and remuneration committee under the board of directors. We have adopted a charter for each of the two committees. Each committee’s members and functions are described below.

Audit Committee. Our audit committee consists of Mr. Rusheng Yang, Mr. Jiming Ha, Mr. Xudong Zhang, Mr. Jason Bo Yao and Mr. Renjie Li, and is chaired by Mr. Rusheng Yang. Each of Mr. Rusheng Yang, Mr. Jiming Ha and Mr. Xudong Zhang satisfies the “independence” requirements of Section 303A of the Corporate Governance Rules of the NYSE and meet the independence standards under Rule 10A-3 under the Exchange Act. We have determined that Mr. Rusheng Yang qualifies as an “audit committee financial expert.” The audit committee oversees our accounting and financial reporting processes and the audits of the financial statements of our company. The audit committee is responsible for, among other things:

 

   

selecting the independent registered public accounting firm and pre-approving all auditing and non-auditing services permitted to be performed by the independent registered public accounting firm;

 

   

reviewing with the independent registered public accounting firm any audit problems or difficulties and management’s response;

 

   

reviewing and approving all proposed related party transactions, as defined in Item 404 of Regulation S-K under the Securities Act;

 

   

discussing the annual audited financial statements with management and the independent registered public accounting firm;

 

   

reviewing major issues as to the adequacy of our internal controls and any special audit steps adopted in light of material control deficiencies;

 

   

annually reviewing and reassessing the adequacy of our audit committee charter;

 

   

meeting separately and periodically with management and the independent registered public accounting firm; and

 

   

reporting regularly to the board.

Nomination and Remuneration Committee. Our nomination and remuneration committee consists of Mr. Weidong Li, Mr. Xudong Zhang, Mr. Rusheng Yang, Ms. Sin Yin Tan and Mr. Eddie Siu Wah Law, and is chaired by Mr. Weidong Li. Each of Mr. Weidong Li, Mr. Xudong Zhang and Mr. Rusheng Yang satisfies the “independence” requirements of Section 303A of the Corporate Governance Rules of the NYSE. The nomination and remuneration committee assists the board in selecting individuals qualified to become our directors, determining the composition of the board and its committees, reviewing and approving the compensation structure, including all forms of compensation, relating to our directors and executive officers. Our chief executive officer may not be present at any committee meeting during which his compensation is deliberated upon. The nomination and remuneration committee is responsible for, among other things:

 

   

recommending nominees to the board for election or re-election to the board, or for appointment to fill any vacancy on the board;

 

248


Table of Contents
   

reviewing annually with the board the current composition of the board with regards to characteristics such as independence, age, skills, experience and availability of service to us;

 

   

selecting and recommending to the board the names of directors to serve as members of the audit committee, as well as of the nomination and remuneration committee itself;

 

   

monitoring compliance with our code of business conduct and ethics, including reviewing the adequacy and effectiveness of our procedures to ensure proper compliance;

 

   

reviewing the total compensation package for our executive officers and making recommendations to the board with respect to it;

 

   

reviewing the compensation of our non-employee directors and making recommendations to the board with respect to it; and

 

   

periodically reviewing and approving any long-term incentive compensation or equity plans, programs or similar arrangements, annual bonuses, and employee pension and welfare benefit plans.

Duties of Directors

Under Cayman Islands law, our directors have fiduciary duties, including duties of loyalty and a duty to act honestly in good faith with a view to our best interests. Our directors also have a duty to exercise the skill they actually possess and such care and diligence that a reasonably prudent person would exercise in comparable circumstances. In fulfilling their duty of care to us, our directors must ensure compliance with our memorandum and articles of association. We have the right to seek damages if a duty owed by our directors is breached. You should refer to “Description of Share Capital—Differences in Corporate Law” for additional information on our standard of corporate governance under Cayman Islands law.

Terms of Directors and Officers

Our officers are elected by and serve at the discretion of the board of directors. Our directors are not subject to a term of office and hold office until such time as they resign or are removed from office by ordinary resolution of the shareholders. A director will be removed from office automatically if, among other things, the director (i) becomes bankrupt or makes any arrangement or composition with his or her creditors; or (ii) dies or is found by our company to be of unsound mind.

Compensation of Directors and Executive Officers

For the year ended December 31, 2019, we paid an aggregate of RMB45.3 million (US$6.4 million) in cash and benefits to our executive officers and directors. For share incentive grants to our officers and directors, see “—Share Incentive Plans.” We have not set aside or accrued any amount to provide pension, retirement or other similar benefits to our executive officers and directors or entered into service contracts with our directors providing for benefits upon termination of employment. Our PRC subsidiaries are required by law to make contributions equal to certain percentages of each employee’s salary for his or her pension insurance, medical insurance, unemployment insurance and other statutory benefits and a housing fund.

Share Incentive Plans

Amended and Restated Phase I Share Incentive Plan

In December 2014, we adopted the Phase I Share Incentive Plan, as amended and restated, which we refer to as the 2014 Plan in this prospectus. The maximum aggregate number of shares authorized and reserved under the 2014 Plan is 20,644,803 Class A ordinary shares, all of which are held by Tun Kung Company Limited. As of the date of this prospectus, options to purchase a total of 16,547,287 Class A ordinary shares are outstanding under the 2014 Plan.

 

249


Table of Contents

The following paragraphs summarize the principal terms of the 2014 Plan.

Grant of options. The 2014 Plan permits us to grant certain amount of options to qualified participants to purchase a specified number of our Class A ordinary shares at a specified price during specified time periods. The options may be vested and exercised subject to certain terms and conditions. Our board of directors determines whether we will grant any options on an annual basis.

Plan administration. Our board of directors determines the participants to receive options, number of options to be granted, time and number of options to be vested, and other terms and conditions of each grant. Our board of directors may delegate relevant authority to a director, a committee of the board, or other designated person (including but not limited to Tun Kung Company Limited) to administer the 2014 Plan. Our board of directors currently delegates Tun Kung Company Limited to administer the 2014 Plan.

Grant notice. Options granted under the 2014 Plan are evidenced by a grant notice that sets forth number of options granted, date of grant, vesting schedule, exercise price, term of effectiveness, exercisable periods, and other terms and conditions.

Eligibility. We may grant options to our employees and other persons determined by our board of directors.

Vesting schedule. Unless otherwise approved by our board of directors, the vesting schedule for each grant is four years, and each grant may start to vest on the first anniversary of the date of grant, with the maximum number of options vested for each year being 25% of such grant.

Exercise of options. Our board of directors determines the exercise price for each grant, which is stated in the grant notice. Unless otherwise stated in the 2014 Plan and the grant notice or determined by the board of directors, options vested will be exercisable on and after the initial exercisable date, prior to the expiration of its term of effectiveness. The initial exercisable date will be determined by our board of directors as they deem appropriate, which may not be earlier than 180 days prior to the occurrence of our initial public offering and may not be later than 30 days after the occurrence of our initial public offering. Options that are vested and exercisable will terminate if they are not exercised prior to the time as stated under the 2014 Plan and the grant notice. Unless otherwise agreed, each grant of options has a term of effectiveness of ten years from its date of grant.

Transfer restrictions. Unless otherwise permitted by the applicable laws and agreed by our board of directors, options may not be transferred, pledged or disposed in any manner by the participants.

Termination and amendment. Our board of directors has the authority to terminate or change the 2014 Plan at any time at its discretion.

Amended and Restated Phase II Share Incentive Plan

In August 2015, we adopted the Phase II Share Incentive Plan, as amended and restated, which we refer to as the 2015 Plan in this prospectus. The maximum aggregate number of shares authorized and reserved under the 2015 Plan is 10,000,000 Class A ordinary shares. As of the date of this prospectus, options to purchase a total of 5,194,179 Class A ordinary shares are outstanding under the 2015 Plan.

The following paragraphs summarize the principal terms of the 2015 Plan.

Grant of options. The 2015 Plan permits us to grant certain amount of options to qualified participants to purchase a specified number of (i) our Class A ordinary shares prior to the occurrence of our initial public offering or (ii) our ordinary shares with a par value of US$0.00001 per share after the occurrence of our initial public offering, at a specified price during specified time periods. The 2015 Plan only applies to options granted prior to this offering. The options may be vested and exercised subject to certain terms and conditions. Our board of directors determines whether we will grant any options on an annual basis.

 

250


Table of Contents

Plan administration. Our board of directors determines the participants to receive options, number of options to be granted, time and number of options to be vested, number of vested options to be exercised, and other terms and conditions of each grant. Our board of directors may delegate relevant authority to a director, a committee of the board, or other designated person to administer the 2015 Plan. Our board of directors currently delegates Tun Kung Company Limited to administer the 2015 Plan.

Grant notice. Options granted under the 2015 Plan are evidenced by a grant notice that sets forth number of options granted, date of grant, vesting schedule, exercise price, term of effectiveness, exercisable periods, and other terms and conditions.

Eligibility. We may grant options to our employees and other persons determined by our board of directors.

Vesting schedule. Unless otherwise approved by our board of directors, the vesting schedule for each grant is four years, and each grant may start to vest on the first anniversary of the date of grant, with the maximum number of options vested for each year being 25% of such grant.

Exercise of options. Our board of directors determines the exercise price for each grant, which is stated in the grant notice. Unless otherwise stated in the 2015 Plan and the grant notice or determined by the board of directors, options vested will be exercisable on and after the initial exercisable date, prior to the expiration of its term of effectiveness. The initial exercisable date will be determined by our board of directors as they deem appropriate, which may not be earlier than 180 days prior to or six months after the occurrence of our initial public offering, as applicable. Options that are vested and exercisable will terminate if they are not exercised prior to the time as stated under the 2015 Plan and the grant notice. Unless otherwise agreed, each grant of options has a term of effectiveness of ten years from its date of grant.

Transfer restrictions. Unless otherwise permitted by the applicable laws and agreed by our board of directors, options may not be transferred, pledged or disposed in any manner by the participants.

Termination and amendment. Our board of directors has the authority to terminate or change the 2015 Plan at any time at its discretion.

2019 Performance Share Unit Plan

In September 2019, we adopted the 2019 Performance Share Unit Plan, which we refer to as the 2019 Plan in this prospectus. The maximum aggregate number of shares authorized and reserved under the 2019 Plan is 15,000,000 Class A ordinary shares, all of which are held by Tun Kung Company Limited. As of the date of this prospectus, performance share units to purchase a total of 1,161,600 Class A ordinary shares are outstanding under the 2019 Plan.

The following paragraphs summarize the principal terms of the 2019 Plan.

Grant of performance share units. The 2019 Plan permits us to grant certain amount of performance share units to qualified participants to purchase a specified number of (i) our Class A ordinary shares prior to the occurrence of our initial public offering or (ii) our ordinary shares with a par value of US$0.00001 per share after the occurrence of our initial public offering, at a specified price during specified time periods. The performance share units may be vested and exercised subject to certain terms and conditions. Our board of directors determines whether we will grant any performance share units on an annual basis.

Plan administration. Our board of directors, or the plan administrator authorized by our board of directors, may determine the participants to receive performance share units and the number of performance share units to be granted. Our board of directors may further determine time and number of performance share units to be vested, number of vested performance share units to be exercised, and other terms and conditions of each grant.

 

251


Table of Contents

Our board of directors may delegate relevant authority to a director, a committee of the board, or other designated person to administer the 2019 Plan. Our board of directors currently delegates Tun Kung Company Limited to administer the 2019 Plan.

Grant notice. Performance share units granted under the 2019 Plan are evidenced by a grant notice that sets forth number of performance share units granted, date of grant, vesting schedule, exercise price, exercise method, term of effectiveness, exercisable periods, and other terms and conditions.

Eligibility. We may grant performance share units to our directors, officers, employees, consultants, and other persons determined by our board of directors.

Vesting schedule. Unless otherwise approved by our board of directors, the vesting schedule for each grant is four years, and each grant may start to vest on the first anniversary of the date of grant, with the maximum number of performance share units vested for each year being 25% of such grant.

Exercise of performance share units. Exercise price for each grant is stated in the grant notice, which may be changed by our board of directors at its discretion. Unless otherwise stated in the 2019 Plan and the grant notice or determined by the board of directors, performance share units vested will be exercisable on and after the initial exercisable date, prior to the expiration of its term of effectiveness. The initial exercisable date will be determined by our board of directors as they deem appropriate, which may not be earlier than 180 days prior to or six months after the occurrence of our initial public offering, as applicable. Performance share units that are vested and exercisable will terminate if they are not exercised prior to the time as stated under the 2019 Plan and the grant notice. Unless otherwise agreed, each grant of performance share units has a term of effectiveness of ten years from its date of grant.

Transfer restrictions. Unless otherwise permitted by the applicable laws and agreed by our board of directors, performance share units may not be transferred, pledged or disposed in any manner by the participants.

Termination and amendment. Our board of directors has the authority to terminate or change the 2019 Plan at any time at its discretion.

 

252


Table of Contents

The following table summarizes, as of the date of this prospectus, the number of Class A ordinary shares under outstanding options, performance share units and other equity awards that we granted to our directors and executive officers, excluding awards that were forfeited or canceled after the relevant grant dates.

 

Name

   Class A Ordinary
Shares Underlying
Equity Awards
Granted
   Exercise Price
(RMB/Share)
  

Date of Grant

  

Date of Expiration

Guangheng Ji

   *    Nominal price    April 1, 2020    Various dates between April 1, 2030 and April 1, 2035

Renjie Li

   *    50.00 - 118.00    Various dates between January 8, 2016 and December 29, 2017    Various dates between January 8, 2026 and December 29, 2032

Gregory Dean Gibb

   *    8.00 - 98.06    Various dates between December 22, 2014 and April 1, 2017    Various dates between December 22, 2024 and April 1, 2032

Yong Suk Cho

   *    50.00 - 118.00    Various dates between August 14, 2015 and December 29, 2017    Various dates between August 14, 2025 and December 29, 2032

James Xigui Zheng

   *    8.00 -118.00    Various dates between December 22, 2014 and December 29, 2017    Various dates between December 22, 2024 and December 29, 2032

David Siu Kam Choy

   *    8.00   

December 22, 2014

   Various dates between December 22, 2024 and December 22, 2029

Jinliang Mao

   *    50.00 - 118.00    Various dates between August 14, 2015 and December 29, 2017    Various dates between August 14, 2025 and December 29, 2032

 

Note:

 

(1)

* Less than 1% of our total outstanding shares as of the date of this prospectus.

As of the date of this prospectus, our employees other than directors and executive officers as a group held options and performance share units to purchase 16,931,466 Class A ordinary shares, with exercise prices ranging from a nominal price per share to RMB118.0 per share.

 

253


Table of Contents

PRINCIPAL [AND SELLING] SHAREHOLDERS

The following table sets forth information concerning the beneficial ownership of our ordinary shares as of the date of this prospectus by:

 

   

each of our directors and executive officers;

 

   

each person known to us to beneficially own more than 5% of our total outstanding shares on an as-converted basis; [and]

 

   

[the selling shareholders.]

The calculations in the table below are based on 1,124,006,331 ordinary shares outstanding as of the date of this prospectus, assuming (1) all issued and outstanding Class B ordinary shares and Class C ordinary shares have been converted into Class A ordinary shares on a one-for-one basis, (2) all the then issued and outstanding Class A ordinary shares and the remaining authorized and unissued Class A ordinary shares will be re-designated and re-classified into ordinary shares on a one-for-one basis immediately prior to the completion of this offering; and                      ordinary shares outstanding immediately after the completion of this offering, assuming that the underwriters do not exercise their option to purchase additional ADSs and taking into account the conversion of all outstanding Automatically Convertible Notes upon the closing of this offering but excluding any ordinary shares that may be issued upon the conversion of any outstanding Optionally Convertible Notes as described in “Description of Share Capital.” All of our shareholders who own our ordinary shares on an as-converted basis have the same voting rights.

Beneficial ownership is determined in accordance with the rules and regulations of the SEC. In computing the number of shares beneficially owned by a person and the percentage ownership of that person, we have included shares that the person has the right to acquire within 60 days, including through the exercise of any option, warrant or other right or the conversion of any other security. These shares, however, are not included in the computation of the percentage ownership of any other person.

 

     Ordinary Shares
Beneficially Owned Prior
to This Offering
     Ordinary
Shares Being Sold
in This Offering
     Ordinary
Shares Beneficially
Owned Immediately
After This Offering
 
     Number      %      Number      %      Number      %  

Directors and Executive Officers**:

                                           

Guangheng Ji

     —          —                

Renjie Li

     —          —                

Gregory Dean Gibb

     —          —                

Yong Suk Cho (1)

     —          —                

Jason Bo Yao (2)

     —          —                

Sin Yin Tan (3)

     —          —                

Eddie Siu Wah Law (4)

     37,835,052        3.4              

Peter Jurdjevic(5)

     —          —                

Jiming Ha

     —          —                

Rusheng Yang (6)

     —          —                

Weidong Li (7)

     —          —                

Xudong Zhang

     —          —                

James Xigui Zheng

     —          —                

David Siu Kam Choy(1)

     —          —                

Jinliang Mao

     —          —                

Principal[ and Selling] Shareholders:

                 

Tun Kung Company Limited (8)

     480,095,000        42.7              

Ping An Group (9)

     474,905,000        42.3              

 

254


Table of Contents

 

Note:

 

**

Except as indicated otherwise below, the business address of our directors and executive officers is No. 1333 Lujiazui Ring Road 15/F, Shanghai, People’s Republic of China.

(1)

The business address of Mr. Yong Suk Cho and Mr. David Siu Kam Choy is 19th Floor, Tower A, Shanghai Ping An Building, No. 206 Kaibin Road, Xuhui District, Shanghai, People’s Republic of China.

(2)

The business address of Mr. Jason Bo Yao is 111K Yitian Road No. 5033, Futian District, Shenzhen, Guangdong, People’s Republic of China.

(3)

The business address of Ms. Sin Yin Tan is 109K Yitian Road No. 5033, Futian District, Shenzhen, Guangdong, People’s Republic of China.

(4)

Represents (i) 129,341 Class A ordinary shares held by Anchor Sun Limited, (ii) 513,695 Class A ordinary shares held by Central Echo Limited, (iii) 8,669,310 Class A ordinary shares held by Platinum Scope Limited, (iv) 687,654 Class A ordinary shares held by King Arm Limited, and (v) 27,835,052 Class B ordinary shares held by Key Horizon Limited. Each of Anchor Sun Limited, Central Echo Limited, Platinum Scope Limited, King Arm Limited and Key Horizon Limited is incorporated under the laws of British Virgin Islands, and Mr. Law is the sole director and sole shareholder of Anchor Sun Limited and Central Echo Limited and director of Platinum Scope Limited, King Arm Limited and Key Horizon Limited. The registered address of Anchor Sun Limited, Central Echo Limited, Platinum Scope Limited, King Arm Limited and Key Horizon Limited is Vistra Corporate Services Centre, Wickhams Cay II, Road Town, Tortola, British Virgin Islands. Platinum Scope Limited is wholly-owned by Zheng He China Fund, L.P., a limited liability partnership established under the laws of the Cayman Islands and whose general partner is ZH GP 3 Limited. King Arm Limited is wholly-owned by Zheng He Lufax Fund II, L.P., a limited liability partnership established under the laws of the Cayman Islands and whose general partner is ZH GP 2 Limited. Key Horizon Limited is wholly-owned by Zheng He Lufax Fund I, L.P., a limited liability partnership established under the laws of the Cayman Islands and whose general partner is ZH GP Limited. Mr. Law is the director and sole shareholder of ZH GP Limited, ZH GP 2 Limited and ZH GP 3 Limited. The registered address of Zheng He China Fund, L.P., Zheng He Lufax Fund II, L.P. and ZH GP 2 Limited and ZH GP 3 Limited is c/o Walkers Corporate Limited, Cayman Corporate Centre, 27 Hospital Road, George Town, Grand Cayman KY1-9008, Cayman Islands. The registered address of Zheng He Lufax Fund I, L.P. and ZH GP Limited is c/o Intertrust Corporate Services (Cayman) Limited, 190 Elgin Avenue, George Town, Grand Cayman KY1-9005, Cayman Islands.

(5)

The business address of Mr. Peter Jurdjevic is Qatar Investment Authority, Ooredoo Tower (Building 14), A1 Dafna Street (Street 801), A1 Dafna (Zone 61), Doha, Qatar.

(6)

The business address of Mr. Rusheng Yang is 2609B, Jinzhonghuan Commerce Building, No. 3037 Jintian Road, Futian District, Shenzhen, People’s Republic of China.

(7)

The business address of Mr. Weidong Li is 1603 Pilkem Commercial Centre, 8 Pilkem Street, Kowloon, Hong Kong.

(8)

Represents 480,095,000 Class A ordinary shares held by Tun Kung Company Limited, a British Virgin Islands company. Each of Tongjun Investment Company Limited and Lanbang Investment Company Limited owns 41.0% and 37.4% of the issued and outstanding share capital of Tun Kung Company Limited, respectively. Tongjun Investment Company Limited and Lanbang Investment Company Limited are both British Virgin Islands companies. Each of the two individuals, Mr. Wenwei Dou and Ms. Wenjun Wang, owns 50% of Tongjun Investment Company Limited’s shares. Each of the two individuals, Mr. Xuelian Yang and Mr. Jingkui Shi, owns 50% of Lanbang Investment Company Limited’s shares. Our board of directors currently delegates Tun Kung Company Limited to administer the 2014 Plan, 2015 Plan and 2019 Plan. 35,644,803 of the 480,095,000 Class A ordinary shares held by Tun Kung Company Limited are reserved for our share incentive plans.

Tongjun Investment Company Limited is a company directly held by two individuals, Mr. Wenwei Dou and Ms. Wenjun Wang, as nominee shareholders to hold the shares of Tongjun Investment Company Limited on behalf of certain senior employees of Ping An Insurance (Group) Company of China, Ltd. and its subsidiaries or associates, or the TJ Beneficiaries. Mr. Wenwei Dou is a senior attorney of Ping An

 

255


Table of Contents

Insurance. The nominee shareholders act upon, and vote and pass shareholders’ resolutions in relation to the matters of Tongjun Investment Company Limited in accordance with instructions from a five-person management committee, or the TJ Management Committee. The five members of the TJ Management Committee, which consist of Jun Yao, Jianrong Xiao, Peng Gao, Wenwei Dou and Wenjun Wang, represent the TJ Beneficiaries in making investment decisions for and supervise the management and operation of Tongjun Investment Company Limited. The five members of the TJ Management Committee are employees of Ping An Group. None of the five members is a director or senior management of Ping An Insurance, or a director, senior management or employee of our company.

The registered address of Lanbang Investment Company Limited, Tongjun Investment Company Limited and Tun Kung Company Limited is Commerce House, Wickhams Cay 1, P.O. Box 3140, Road Town, Tortola, VG1110, British Virgin Islands.

 

(9)

Represents 285,000,000 Class A ordinary shares held by An Ke Technology Company Limited, a Hong Kong company and 189,905,000 Class A ordinary shares held by China Ping An Insurance Overseas (Holdings) Limited, a Hong Kong company. An Ke Technology Company Limited is a wholly owned subsidiary of Shenzhen Ping An Financial Technology Consulting Co. Ltd. which is wholly owned by Ping An Insurance (Group) Company of China, Ltd., a company incorporated under the laws of the PRC whose shares are listed on the Shanghai Stock Exchange and the Hong Kong Stock Exchange. The registered address of An Ke Technology Company Limited is Room 2107, 21/F, C C Wu Building, 302-308 Hennessy Road, Wanchai, Hong Kong. China Ping An Insurance Overseas (Holdings) Limited is a direct wholly-owned subsidiary of Ping An Insurance (Group) Company of China, Ltd. The registered address of China Ping An Insurance Overseas (Holdings) Limited is Suite 2318, 23/F, Two International Finance Centre, 8 Finance Street, Central, Hong Kong.

Each shareholder of Lanbang Investment Company Limited, Mr. Jingkui Shi and Mr. Xuelian Yang, has granted an option to An Ke Technology Company Limited to purchase up to 100% of his shares in Lanbang Investment Company Limited, or the Lanbang Offshore Call Options. Lanbang Investment Company Limited holds 37.4% of the shares of Tun Kung Company Limited, which in turn beneficially owns 42.7% of our ordinary shares on an as-converted basis prior to this offering. See note (8) to our ownership table above. Each shareholder of Lanbang Investment Company Limited is entitled to his voting and other rights in Lanbang Investment Company Limited prior to An Ke Technology Company Limited’s exercise of the Lanbang Offshore Call Options.

Lanbang Investment Company Limited has also granted an option to An Ke Technology Company Limited to purchase up to 100% of its shares in Tun Kung Company Limited, or the Tun Kung Offshore Call Options, and together with the Lanbang Offshore Call Options, the Offshore Call Options. Lanbang Investment Company Limited is entitled to its voting and other rights in Tun Kung Company Limited prior to An Ke Technology Company Limited’s exercise of the Tun Kung Offshore Call Options.

The shareholders of Lanbang Investment Company Limited also hold the entire equity interest in Shanghai Lanbang Investment Limited Liability Company, or Shanghai Lanbang, which holds 18.29% of the equity interest in two of our consolidated affiliated entities, Shanghai Xiongguo Corporation Management Co., Ltd. and Shenzhen Lufax Holding Enterprise Management Limited. Each of Mr. Jingkui Shi and Mr. Xuelian Yang has granted an option to Shenzhen Ping An Financial Technology Consulting Co., Ltd, the parent company of An Ke Technology Company Limited, to purchase up to 100% of his equity interest in Shanghai Lanbang, or the Onshore Call Options, and together with the Offshore Call Options, the Call Options.

The Call Options are exercisable concurrently, in whole or in part, during the ten-year period immediately beginning from the date which is one year after the date of this offering. Such ten-year period may be extended by An Ke Technology Company Limited by written notice.

The exercise price of the Offshore Call Options is calculated pursuant to a formula, which is primarily based upon a predetermined value as multiplied by the ratio of the market price of our ADSs representing our

 

256


Table of Contents

ordinary shares plus any dividends and distributions to the price of our shares paid by our A-round investors. If An Ke Technology Company Limited had already exercised an option to call the shares under Tun Kung Offshore Call Options before the first exercise of the option to call the shares under Lanbang Offshore Call Options, the exercise price for the first exercise of the option to call the shares under Lanbang Offshore Call Options shall be increased by an amount calculated based on the proceeds received by Lanbang Investment Company Limited pursuant to the exercise of the Tun Kung Offshore Call Options. The exercise price of the Onshore Call Options is calculated pursuant to another formula, which is primarily based upon a predetermined value plus an amount as adjusted by a premium rate.

In October 2015, in connection with our acquisition of the retail credit facilitation business from Ping An Group, we issued convertible promissory notes in an aggregate principal amount of US$1,953,800,000, or the Notes, to China Ping An Insurance Overseas (Holdings) Limited. On the same date, China Ping An Insurance Overseas (Holdings) Limited agreed to transfer US$937,824,000 of the outstanding principal amount of the Notes and all rights, benefits and interests attached thereunder to An Ke Technology Company Limited. Each of the Notes bears interest from the date of issuance, unless otherwise agreed, at the rate of 0.7375% per annum of the principal amount of each of the Notes outstanding from time to time, which will be payable by us semi-annually until the eighth anniversary of the issuance date of the Notes, or the Maturity Date. Subject to the terms and conditions set forth in each of the Notes, each of China Ping An Insurance Overseas (Holdings) Limited and An Ke Technology Company Limited has the right in the manner provided in the Notes, as applicable, to convert the whole or any part of the outstanding principal amount of the Notes, as applicable, into our ordinary shares, par value US$0.00001 per share (or its equivalent upon the initial public offering of the shares on the stock exchange, including any American depositary shares representing our ordinary shares), during the period starting from the date which is one year after our listing date to five business days before the Maturity Date (exclusive) at an initial conversion price of US$14.8869 per ordinary share subject to certain adjustments as set forth in each of the Notes. Unless previously converted or purchased and canceled, we shall redeem each of the Notes at 100% of its principal amount together with accrued interests on the Maturity Date.

As of the date of this prospectus, none of our Class A ordinary shares, Class B ordinary shares or Class C ordinary shares are held by record holders in the United States.

Except as described hereof, we are not aware of any arrangement that may, at a subsequent date, result in a change of control of our company.

 

257


Table of Contents

RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

Contractual Arrangements with Our Consolidated Affiliated Entities and Their Respective Shareholders

See “Corporate History and Structure—Contractual Arrangements with Our Principal Consolidated Affiliated Entities.”

Shareholders Agreement

See “Description of Share Capital—History of Securities Issuances.”

Private Placements

See “Description of Share Capital—History of Securities Issuances.”

Employment Agreements and Indemnification Agreements

See “Management—Employment Agreements and Indemnification Agreements.”

Share Incentive Plans

See “Management—Share Incentive Plans.”

Transactions with Ping An Group

Summary of Transactions with Ping An Group

For the years ended December 31, 2017, 2018 and 2019 and the six months ended June 30, 2020, we provided various types of services, including loan account management, wealth management product facilitation, technology support and other services, to Ping An Group for an aggregate of RMB897.8 million, RMB745.9 million, RMB1,023.6 million (US$144.9 million) and RMB754.6 million (US$106.8 million) in technology platform based income and other income, respectively. Such income represented 3.2%, 1.8%, 2.1% and 2.9% of our total income for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2018 and 2019 and the six months ended June 30, 2020, respectively.

For the years ended December 31, 2017, 2018 and 2019 and the six months ended June 30, 2020, we had investment income and interest income from Ping An Group in the amount of RMB490.0 million, RMB211.2 million, RMB268.9 million (US$38.1 million) and RMB139.9 million (US$19.8 million), respectively, in connection with our investment products issued or managed by Ping An Group and bank deposit at Ping An Group, representing 1.8%, 0.5%, 0.6% and 0.5% of our total income for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2018 and 2019 and the six months ended June 30, 2020, respectively.

For the years ended December 31, 2017, 2018 and 2019 and the six months ended June 30, 2020, we had total expenses to Ping An Group in the amount of RMB2041.6 million, RMB2152.3 million, RMB2551.0 million (US$361.1 million) and RMB1409.0 million (US$199.4 million), respectively, primarily in connection with technology support, transaction settlement, custodian, accounting processing, HR support, data communication and customer acquisition services provided by Ping An Group to us, representing 10.5%, 9.9%, 9.0% and 9.0% of our total expenses for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2018 and 2019 and the six months ended June 30, 2020, respectively.

We incurred interest expense to Ping An Group in the aggregate amount of RMB427.0 million, RMB637.4 million, RMB154.3 million (US$21.8 million) and RMB70.1 million (US$9.9 million), respectively, for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2018 and 2019 and the six months ended June 30, 2020, in connection

 

258


Table of Contents

with borrowings from Ping An Group and interest paid to Ping An Group for its subscription in the consolidated wealth management products managed by us, representing 2.2%, 2.9%, 0.5% and 0.5% of our total expenses for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2018 and 2019 and the six months ended June 30, 2020, respectively.

We had cash balances of RMB18.8 billion, RMB17.5 billion, RMB14.6 billion (US$2.1 billion) and RMB13.2 billion (US$1.9 billion) held at banks who are affiliates with Ping An Group as of December 31, 2017, 2018 and 2019 and June 30, 2020, respectively, representing 10.4%, 14.8%, 9.8% and 6.9% of our total assets as of December 31, 2017, 2018 and 2019 and June 30, 2020, respectively.

We had account and other receivables and contract assets due from Ping An Group in the amount of RMB8,346.0 million, RMB2,606.6 million, RMB2,784.8 million (US$394.2 million) and RMB2,243.7 million (US$317.6 million) as of December 31, 2017, 2018 and 2019 and June 30, 2020, respectively, representing 4.6%, 2.2%, 1.9% and 1.2% of our total assets as of December 31, 2017, 2018 and 2019 and June 30, 2020, respectively.

As of December 31, 2017, 2018 and 2019 and June 30, 2020, we had balance of financial assets at amortized cost and financial investments (loans and receivables) with Ping An Group in the amount of RMB7,546.2 million, RMB1,497.9 million, RMB6,903.3 million (US$977.1 million) and RMB5,902.4 million (US$835.4 million), respectively, primarily in connection with certain asset management plan products we purchased from Ping An Group, representing 4.2%, 1.3%, 4.6% and 3.1% of our total assets as of December 31, 2017, 2018 and 2019 and June 30, 2020, respectively.

As of December 31, 2017, 2018 and 2019 and June 30, 2020, in addition to the convertible promissory notes we issued to PAOH as described below, we had borrowings due to Ping An Group in the amount of RMB12,355.5 million, RMB2,334.6 million, nil and nil, respectively, representing 7.8%, 2.8%, nil and nil of our total liabilities as of December 31, 2017, 2018 and 2019 and June 30, 2020, respectively. The interest rates for these borrowings ranged from 3.0% to 8.2%.

As of December 31, 2017, 2018 and 2019 and June 30, 2020, we had account and other payables and contract liabilities due to Ping An Group in the amount of RMB2,165.0 million, RMB4,018.7 million, RMB2,521.4 million (US$356.9 million) and RMB462.5 million (US$65.5 million), respectively, representing 1.4%, 4.8%, 2.5% and 0.3% of our total liabilities as of December 31, 2017, 2018 and 2019 and June 30, 2020, respectively.

Convertible Promissory Notes Issued to China Ping An Insurance Overseas (Holdings) Limited and An Ke Technology Company Limited

In October 2015, in connection with our acquisition of the retail credit facilitation business from Ping An Group, we issued convertible promissory notes in an aggregate principal amount of US$1,953,800,000, or the Notes, to China Ping An Insurance Overseas (Holdings) Limited, or PAOH. The acquisition was consummated in May 2016. On the same date, PAOH agreed to transfer US$937,824,000 of the outstanding principal amount of the Notes and all rights, benefits and interests attached thereunder to An Ke Technology Company Limited, or An Ke.

Each of the Notes bears interest from the date of issuance, unless otherwise agreed, at the rate of 0.7375% per annum of the principal amount of each of the Notes outstanding from time to time, which will be payable by us semi-annually until the eighth anniversary of the issuance date of the Notes, or the Maturity Date. Subject to the terms and conditions set forth in each of the Notes, each of PAOH and An Ke has the right in the manner provided in the Notes, as applicable, to convert the whole or any part of the outstanding principal amount of the Notes, as applicable, into our Class A ordinary shares, par value US$0.00001 per share (or its equivalent upon the initial public offering of the shares on the stock exchange, including any American depositary shares representing our ordinary shares), during the period starting from the date which is one year after our listing date

 

259


Table of Contents

to five business days before the Maturity Date (exclusive) at an initial conversion price of US$14.8869 per ordinary share subject to certain adjustments as set forth in each of the Notes. Unless previously converted or purchased and canceled, we shall redeem each of the Notes at 100% of its principal amount together with accrued interest on the Maturity Date.

For the years ended December 31, 2017, 2018 and 2019, the contractual interest we were required to pay in relation to the convertible promissory notes were US$7.5 million, US$7.5 million and US$7.5 million to PAOH and US$6.9 million, US$6.9 million and US$6.9 million to An Ke, respectively.

Capital Contribution in Ping An Consumer Finance Co., Ltd.

On December 4, 2019, we and Ping An Insurance established Ping An Consumer Finance Co., Ltd., or Ping An Consumer Finance, by contributing RMB3.5 billion and RMB1.5 billion, respectively, as registered capital. Ping An Consumer Finance commenced its operations after obtaining approval from the CBIRC in April 2020, and the capital contributed by Ping An Insurance amounting to RMB1.5 billion was recorded as non-controlling interests. See “Corporate History and Structure” for additional descriptions on Ping An Consumer Finance.

 

260


Table of Contents

DESCRIPTION OF SHARE CAPITAL

We are a Cayman Islands exempted company with limited liability and our affairs are governed by our memorandum and articles of association, as amended and restated from time to time, and the Companies Law (Revised) of the Cayman Islands, which is referred to as the Companies Law below.

As of the date hereof, our authorized share capital is US$50,000 divided into 5,000,000,000 shares of a nominal or par value of US$0.00001 each, of which: (i) 4,000,000,000 shares are designated as Class A ordinary shares, (ii) 500,000,000 shares are designated as Class B ordinary shares; and (iii) 500,000,000 shares are designated as Class C ordinary shares. Immediately prior to the completion of this offering, (1) all of our issued and outstanding Class B ordinary shares and Class C ordinary shares will be automatically converted into                  Class A ordinary shares on a one-for-one basis, (2) the remaining authorized and unissued Class B ordinary shares and Class C ordinary shares will be re-designated and re-classified into Class A ordinary shares, (3) all of the then issued and outstanding Class A ordinary shares and the remaining authorized and unissued Class A ordinary shares will be re-designated and reclassified into ordinary shares on a one-for-one basis. Immediately prior to the completion of this offering, our authorized share capital will be US$100,000 divided into 10,000,000,000 shares of US$0.00001 par value each.

We plan to adopt an amended and restated memorandum and articles of association, which will become effective immediately prior to the completion of this offering and will replace our existing amended and restated memorandum and articles of association in their entirety. The following are summaries of material provisions of our post-offering amended and restated memorandum and articles of association and the Companies Law insofar as they relate to the material terms of our shares.

Shares

General

Immediately after the completion of this offering, we will have                  shares issued and outstanding, assuming the underwriters do not exercise their option to acquire additional ADSs and taking into account the conversion of all outstanding Automatically Convertible Notes upon the closing of this offering but excluding any ordinary shares that may be issued upon the conversion of any outstanding Optionally Convertible Notes as described in “— C-Round Restructuring Convertible Notes.” All of our outstanding shares are fully paid and non-assessable. Certificates representing the shares are issued in registered form. Our shareholders who are non-residents of the Cayman Islands may freely hold and vote their shares. Our company will issue only non-negotiable shares, and will not issue bearer or negotiable shares.

Dividends

Subject to the Companies Law, the company in general meeting or our directors may declare dividends in any currency to be paid to our shareholders. Dividends may be declared and paid out of our profits, realized or unrealized, or from any reserve set aside from profits which our directors determine is no longer needed. Our board of directors may also declare and pay dividends out of the share premium account or any other fund or account that can be authorized for this purpose in accordance with the Companies Law. Except in so far as the rights attaching to, or the terms of issue of, any share otherwise provides, (1) all dividends shall be declared and paid according to the amounts paid up on the shares in respect of which the dividend is paid, but no amount paid up on a share in advance of calls shall be treated for this purpose as paid up on that share and (2) all dividends shall be apportioned and paid pro rata according to the amounts paid up on the shares during any portion or portions of the period in respect of which the dividend is paid.

Our directors may also pay interim dividends, whenever our financial position, in the opinion of our directors, justifies such payment.

 

261


Table of Contents

Our directors may deduct from any dividend or bonus payable to any shareholder all sums of money (if any) presently payable by such shareholder to us on account of calls or otherwise.

No dividend or other money payable by us on or in respect of any share shall bear interest against us. In respect of any dividend proposed to be paid or declared on our share capital, our directors may resolve and direct that (1) such dividend be satisfied wholly or in part in the form of an allotment of shares credited as fully paid up, provided that our shareholders entitled thereto will be entitled to elect to receive such dividend (or part thereof if our directors so determine) in cash in lieu of such allotment or (2) the shareholders entitled to such dividend will be entitled to elect to receive an allotment of shares credited as fully paid up in lieu of the whole or such part of the dividend as our directors may think fit. Our shareholders may, upon the recommendation of our directors, by ordinary resolution resolve in respect of any particular dividend that, notwithstanding the foregoing, a dividend may be satisfied wholly in the form of an allotment of shares credited as fully paid up without offering any right to shareholders to elect to receive such dividend in cash in lieu of such allotment.

Any dividend, interest or other sum payable in cash to the holder of shares may be paid by check or warrant sent by mail addressed to the holder at his registered address, or addressed to such person and at such addresses as the holder may direct. Every check or warrant shall, unless the holder or joint holders otherwise direct, be made payable to the order of the holder or, in the case of joint holders, to the order of the holder whose name stands first on the register in respect of such shares, and shall be sent at his or their risk and payment of the check or warrant by the bank on which it is drawn shall constitute a good discharge to us.

All dividends unclaimed for one year after having been declared may be invested or otherwise made use of by our board of directors for the benefit of our company until claimed. Any dividend unclaimed after a period of six years from the date of declaration of such dividend shall be forfeited and reverted to us.

Whenever our directors have resolved that a dividend be paid or declared, our directors may further resolve that such dividend be satisfied wholly or in part by the distribution of specific assets of any kind, and in particular of paid up shares, debentures or warrants to subscribe for our securities or securities of any other company. Where any difficulty arises with regard to such distribution, our directors may settle it as they think expedient. In particular, our directors may issue fractional certificates, ignore fractions altogether or round the same up or down, fix the value for distribution purposes of any such specific assets, determine that cash payments shall be made to any of our shareholders upon the footing of the value so fixed in order to adjust the rights of the parties, vest any such specific assets in trustees as may seem expedient to our directors, and appoint any person to sign any requisite instruments of transfer and other documents on behalf of the persons entitled to the dividend, which appointment shall be effective and binding on our shareholders.

Voting Rights

On a show of hands each shareholder is entitled to one vote or, on a poll, each shareholder is entitled to one vote for each share, on all matters that require a shareholder’s vote. Voting at any shareholders’ meeting is by show of hands of shareholders who are present in person or by proxy or, in the case of a shareholder being a corporation, by its duly authorized representative, unless a poll is demanded.

A poll may be demanded by the chairman of such meeting or any shareholder present in person or by proxy.

No shareholder shall be entitled to vote or be reckoned in a quorum, in respect of any share, unless such shareholder is duly registered as our shareholder and all calls or installments due by such shareholder to us have been paid.

If a clearing house (or its nominee(s)) or a central depositary entity, being a corporation, is our shareholder, it may authorize such person or persons as it thinks fit to act as its representative(s) at any meeting or at any meeting of any class of shareholders, provided that, if more than one person is so authorized, the authorization

 

262


Table of Contents

shall specify the number and class of shares in respect of which each such person is so authorized. A person authorized pursuant to this provision is entitled to exercise the same powers on behalf of the clearing house or central depositary entity (or its nominee(s)) as if such person was the registered holder of our shares held by that clearing house or central depositary entity (or its nominee(s)) including the right to vote individually in a show of hands.

Transfer of Shares

Subject to any applicable restrictions set forth in our articles of association, including, for example, the board of directors’ discretion to refuse to register a transfer of any share (not being a fully paid up share) to a person of whom it does not approve, or any share issued under share incentive plans for employees upon which a restriction on transfer imposed thereby still subsists, or a transfer of any share to more than four joint holders, any of our shareholders may transfer all or any of his or her shares by an instrument of transfer in the usual or common form or in a form prescribed by the NYSE or in another form that our directors may approve.

Our directors may decline to register any transfer of any share which is not paid up or on which we have a lien. Our directors may also decline to register any transfer of any share unless:

 

   

the instrument of transfer is lodged with us and is accompanied by the certificate for the shares to which it relates and such other evidence as our directors may reasonably require to show the right of the transferor to make the transfer;

 

   

the instrument of transfer is in respect of only one class of share;

 

   

the instrument of transfer is properly stamped (in circumstances where stamping is required); and

 

   

fee of such maximum sum as the NYSE may determine to be payable or such lesser sum as our directors may from time to time require is paid to us in respect thereof.

Liquidation

Subject to any future shares which are issued with specific rights, (1) if we are wound up and the assets available for distribution among our shareholders are more than sufficient to repay the whole of the capital paid up at the commencement of the winding up, the excess shall be distributed pari passu among those shareholders in proportion to the amount paid up at the commencement of the winding up on the shares held by them, respectively, and (2) if we are wound up and the assets available for distribution among the shareholders as such are insufficient to repay the whole of the paid-up capital, those assets shall be distributed so that, as nearly as may be, the losses shall be borne by the shareholders in proportion to the capital paid up at the commencement of the winding up on the shares held by them, respectively.

If we are wound up (whether the liquidation is voluntary or by the court), the liquidator may with the sanction of our special resolution and any other sanction required by the Companies Law, divide among our shareholders in specie or kind the whole or any part of our assets (whether or not they shall consist of property of the same kind) and may, for such purpose, set such value as the liquidator deems fair upon any property to be divided and may determine how such division shall be carried out as between the shareholders or different classes of shareholders.

The liquidator may also vest the whole or any part of these assets in trustees upon such trusts for the benefit of the shareholders as the liquidator shall think fit, but so that no shareholder will be compelled to accept any assets, shares or other securities upon which there is a liability.

Calls on Shares and Forfeiture of Shares

Subject to our post-offering amended and restated memorandum and articles of association and to the terms of allotment our board of directors may from time to time make calls upon shareholders for any amounts unpaid

 

263


Table of Contents

on their shares in a notice served to such shareholders at least 14 clear days prior to the specified time of payment.

The shares that have been called upon and remain unpaid are subject to forfeiture.

Redemption, Repurchase and Surrender of Shares

We are empowered by the Companies Law and our post-offering amended and restated memorandum and articles of association to purchase our own shares, subject to certain restrictions.

Our directors may only exercise this power on our behalf, subject to the Companies Law, our post-offering memorandum and articles of association and to any applicable requirements imposed from time to time by the NYSE, the Securities and Exchange Commission, or by any other recognized stock exchange on which our securities are listed.

Under the Companies Law, the redemption or repurchase of any share may be paid out of our company’s profits or out of the proceeds of a fresh issue of shares made for the purpose of such redemption or repurchase, or out of capital (including share premium account and capital redemption reserve) if the company can, immediately following such payment, pay its debts as they fall due in the ordinary course of business. In addition, under the Companies Law, no such share may be redeemed or repurchased (1) unless it is fully paid up, (2) if such redemption or repurchase would result in there being no shares outstanding, or (3) if the company has commenced liquidation. In addition, our company may accept the surrender of any fully paid share for no consideration.

Variations of Rights of Shares

If at any time, our share capital is divided into different classes of shares, all or any of the special rights attached to any class of shares may, subject to the provisions of the Companies Law, be varied with the sanction of a special resolution passed at a general meeting of the holders of the shares of that class. Consequently, the rights of any class of shares cannot be detrimentally altered without a majority of two-thirds of the vote of all of the shares in that class.

The rights conferred upon the holders of the shares of any class issued with preferred or other rights shall not, unless otherwise expressly provided by the terms of issue of the shares of that class, be deemed to be varied by (i) the creation or issue of further shares ranking pari passu with such existing class of shares or (ii) the creation, establishment or issue of shares of any other class of share with preferred or other rights (including, without limitation, the creation of shares with enhanced or weighted voting rights) pursuant to the post-offering amended and restated memorandum and articles of association.

Inspection of Books and Records

Holders of our shares have no general right under Cayman Islands law to inspect or obtain copies of our list of shareholders or our corporate records. However, we will provide our shareholders with annual audited financial statements. See “Where You Can Find Additional Information.”

Issuance of Additional Shares

Our post-offering amended and restated memorandum and articles of association authorizes our board of directors to create, establish and issue additional shares and (without approval of the shareholders) divide the shares of the Company into different classes from time to time as our board of directors shall determine, to the extent of available authorized but unissued shares.

 

264


Table of Contents

Our post-offering amended and restated memorandum and articles of association also authorizes our board of directors to establish from time to time one or more classes or series of shares and to determine, with respect to any classes or series of shares, the terms and rights of that class or series, including:

 

   

the designation (or re-designations as the case may be) of the class or series;

 

   

the number of shares of the class or series;

 

   

the dividend rights, dividend rates, conversion rights, voting rights; and

 

   

the rights and terms of redemption and liquidation preferences.

Our board of directors may issue shares without action by our shareholders to the extent authorized but unissued. Issuance of these shares may dilute the voting power of holders of shares.

Anti-Takeover Provisions

Some provisions of our post-offering amended and restated memorandum and articles of association may discourage, delay or prevent a change of control of our company or management that shareholders may consider favorable, including provisions that authorize our board of directors to create, establish and issue shares in one or more class or series and to designate the price, rights, preferences, privileges and restrictions of such shares without any further vote or action by our shareholders.

Register of Members

In accordance with Section 48 of the Companies Law, the register of members is prima facie evidence of the registered holder or member of shares of a company. Therefore, a person becomes a registered holder or member of shares of the company only upon entry being made in the register of members. Our directors will maintain one register of members, at the offices of Conyers Trust Company (Cayman) Limited, Cricket Square, Hutchins Drive, P.O. Box 2681, Grand Cayman, KY1-1111, Cayman Islands, which provides us with corporate administrative services. We will perform the procedures necessary to register the shares in the register of members as required in “PART III – Distribution of Capital and Liability of Members of Companies and Associations” of the Companies Law, and will ensure that the entries on the register of members are made without any delay.

The depositary (or its nominee) will be included in our register of members as the only holder of the ordinary shares underlying the ADSs in this offering. The ordinary shares underlying the ADSs are not shares in bearer form, but are in registered form and are “non-negotiable” or “registered” shares in which case the ordinary shares underlying the ADSs can only be transferred on the books of the company in accordance with Section 166 of the Companies Law.

Further, Section 46 of the Companies Law provides for recourse to be available to our investors in case we fail to update our register of members. In the event we fail to update our register of member, the depositary, as the aggrieved party, may apply for an order with the courts of the Cayman Islands for the rectification of the register.

General Meetings of Shareholders and Shareholder Proposals

As a Cayman Islands exempted company, we are not obliged by the Companies Law to call shareholders’ annual general meetings. Our post-offering amended and restated memorandum and articles of association provide that we may, but are not obliged to hold in each year hold a general meeting as our annual general meeting in which case we shall specify the meeting as such in the notices calling it, and the annual general meeting shall be held at such time and place as may be determined by our directors.

 

265


Table of Contents

Shareholders’ annual general meetings and any other general meetings of our shareholders may be convened by a majority of our board of directors. Advance notice of at least seven clear days is required for the convening of our annual general shareholders’ meeting and any other general meeting of our shareholders. A quorum required for a general meeting of shareholders consists of at least two shareholders present or by proxy, representing not less than one-third in nominal value of the total issued voting shares in our company.

Cayman Islands law provides shareholders with only limited rights to requisition a general meeting, and does not provide shareholders with any right to put any proposal before a general meeting. However, these rights may be provided in a company’s articles of association. Our post-offering amended and restated memorandum and articles of association allow any two or more shareholders holding shares representing in aggregate not less than one-third of the total voting rights in the paid up capital of our company, to requisition an extraordinary general meeting of the shareholders, in which case our directors are obliged to call such meeting and to put the resolutions so requisitioned to a vote at such meeting; however, our post-offering amended and restated memorandum and articles of association do not provide our shareholders with any right to put any proposals before annual general meetings or extraordinary general meetings not called by such shareholders.

Election and Removal of Directors

Unless otherwise determined by our company in general meeting, our post-offering amended and restated memorandum and articles of association provide that our board will consist of not less than three directors. There are no provisions relating to retirement of directors upon reaching any age limit.

The directors have the power to appoint any person as a director either to fill a casual vacancy on the board or as an addition to the existing board. An appointment of a director may be on terms that the director shall automatically retire from office (unless he has sooner vacated office) at the next or a subsequent annual general meeting or upon any specified event or after any specified period in a written agreement between the Company and the director, if any; but no such term shall be implied in the absence of express provision. Each director whose term of office expires shall be eligible for re-appointment at a meeting of the shareholders or re-appointment by the board of directors.

Our shareholders may also appoint any person to be a director by way of ordinary resolution.

A director may be removed with or without cause by ordinary resolution.

Proceedings of Board of Directors

Our post-offering amended and restated memorandum and articles of association provide that our business is to be managed and conducted by our board of directors. The quorum necessary for board meetings may be fixed by the board and, unless so fixed at another number, will be a majority of the directors.

Our post-offering amended and restated memorandum and articles of association provide that the board may from time to time at its discretion exercise all powers of our company to raise or borrow money, to mortgage or charge all or any part of the undertaking, property and assets (present and future) and uncalled capital of our company and (subject to the Companies Law) issue debentures, bonds and other securities of our company, whether outright or as collateral security for any debt, liability or obligation of our company or of any third party.

Alteration of Capital

Our shareholders may from time to time by ordinary resolution in accordance with the Companies Law:

 

   

increase our share capital by such sum, to be divided into shares of such amount, as the resolution shall prescribe;

 

266


Table of Contents
   

consolidate and divide all or any of our share capital into shares of a larger amount than our existing shares;

 

   

divide shares into several classes and without prejudice to any special rights previously conferred on the holders of existing shares, attach to the shares respectively any preferential, deferred, qualified or special rights, privileges, conditions or such restrictions that in the absence of any such determination in a general meeting may be determined by our directors;

 

   

sub-divide our shares or any of them into shares of smaller amount than is fixed by our amended and restated memorandum of association, subject nevertheless to the Companies Law, so that the resolution whereby any share is sub-divided may determine that, as between the holders of the shares resulting from such subdivision, one or more of the shares may have any such preferred, deferred or other special rights over, or may have such deferred rights or be subject to any such restrictions as compared with the others, as we have power to attach to unissued or new shares; and

 

   

cancel any shares which, at the date of the passing of the resolution, have not been taken or agreed to be taken by any person and diminish the amount of our share capital by the amount of the shares so canceled subject to the provisions of the Companies Law.

Our shareholders may by special resolution, subject to any confirmation or consent required by the Companies Law, reduce our share capital or any capital redemption reserve in any manner permitted by law.

Exempted Company

We are an exempted company with limited liability under the Companies Law of the Cayman Islands. The Companies Law in the Cayman Islands distinguishes between ordinary resident companies and exempted companies. Any company that is registered in the Cayman Islands but conducts business mainly outside of the Cayman Islands may apply to be registered as an exempted company. The requirements for an exempted company are essentially the same as for an ordinary company except for the exemptions and privileges listed below:

 

   

an exempted company does not have to file an annual return of its shareholders with the Registrar of Companies;

 

   

subject to its memorandum and articles of association, an exempted company’s register of members is not required to be open to inspection;

 

   

subject to its memorandum and articles of association, an exempted company does not have to hold an annual general meeting;

 

   

an exempted company may issue no par value, negotiable shares;

 

   

an exempted company may obtain an undertaking against the imposition of any future taxation (such undertakings are usually given for 20 years in the first instance);

 

   

an exempted company may register by way of continuation in another jurisdiction and be deregistered in the Cayman Islands;

 

   

an exempted company may register as a limited duration company; and

 

   

an exempted company may register as a segregated portfolio company.

“Limited liability” means that the liability of each shareholder is limited to the amount unpaid by the shareholder on that shareholder’s shares of the company (except in exceptional circumstances, such as involving fraud, the establishment of an agency relationship or an illegal or improper purpose or other circumstances in which a court may be prepared to pierce or lift the corporate veil). Upon the closing of this offering, we will be subject to reporting and other informational requirements of the Exchange Act, as applicable to foreign private

 

267


Table of Contents

issuers. Except as otherwise disclosed in this prospectus, we currently intend to comply with the NYSE rules in lieu of following home country practice after the closing of this offering.

Exclusive Forum

Unless we consent in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York (or, if the Southern District of New York lacks subject matter jurisdiction over a particular dispute, the state courts of New York County, New York) shall be the exclusive forum within the United States for the resolution of any complaint asserting a cause of action arising out of or relating in any way to the federal securities laws of the United States, regardless of whether such legal suit, action, or proceeding also involves parties other than the Company.

Differences in Corporate Law

The Companies Law is derived, to a large extent, from the older Companies Acts of England but does not follow recent United Kingdom statutory enactments, and accordingly there are significant differences between the Companies Law and the current Companies Act of England.

In addition, the Companies Law differs from laws applicable to United States corporations and their shareholders. Set forth below is a summary of certain significant differences between the provisions of the Companies Law applicable to us and the laws applicable to United States corporations and companies incorporated in the State of Delaware.

Mergers and Similar Arrangements

The Companies Law permits mergers and consolidations between Cayman Islands companies and between Cayman Islands companies and non-Cayman Islands companies. For these purposes, (1) “merger” means the merging of two or more constituent companies and the vesting of their undertaking, property and liabilities in one of such companies as the surviving company and (2) a “consolidation” means the combination of two or more constituent companies into a consolidated company and the vesting of the undertaking, property and liabilities of such companies to the consolidated company.

In order to effect such a merger or consolidation, the directors of each constituent company must approve a written plan of merger or consolidation, which must then be authorized by (1) a special resolution of the shareholders of each constituent company, and (2) such other authorization, if any, as may be specified in such constituent company’s articles of association. The written plan of merger or consolidation must be filed with the Registrar of Companies together with a declaration as to the solvency of the consolidated or surviving company, a list of the assets and liabilities of each constituent company and an undertaking that a copy of the certificate of merger or consolidation will be given to the members and creditors of each constituent company and that notification of the merger or consolidation will be published in the Cayman Islands Gazette. Dissenting shareholders have the right to be paid the fair value of their shares (which, if not agreed between the parties, will be determined by the Cayman Islands court) if they follow the required procedures, subject to certain exceptions. Court approval is not required for a merger or consolidation which is effected in compliance with these statutory procedures.

A merger between a Cayman parent company and its Cayman subsidiary or subsidiaries does not require authorization by a resolution of shareholders of that Cayman subsidiary if a copy of the plan of merger is given to every member of that Cayman subsidiary to be merged unless that member agrees otherwise. For this purpose a company is a “parent” of a subsidiary if it holds issued shares that together represent at least ninety percent (90%) of the votes at a general meeting of the subsidiary.

The consent of each holder of a fixed or floating security interest over a constituent company is required unless this requirement is waived by a court in the Cayman Islands.

 

268


Table of Contents

Save in certain limited circumstances, a shareholder of a Cayman constituent company who dissents from the merger or consolidation is entitled to payment of the fair value of his shares (which, if not agreed between the parties, will be determined by the Cayman Islands court) upon dissenting to the merger or consolidation, provide the dissenting shareholder complies strictly with the procedures set out in the Companies Law. The exercise of dissenter rights will preclude the exercise by the dissenting shareholder of any other rights to which he or she might otherwise be entitled by virtue of holding shares, save for the right to seek relief on the grounds that the merger or consolidation is void or unlawful.

Separate from the statutory provisions relating to mergers and consolidations, the Companies Law also contains statutory provisions that facilitate the reconstruction and amalgamation of companies, provided that the arrangement is approved by a majority in number of each class of shareholders or creditors with whom the arrangement is to be made, and who must in addition represent three-fourths in value of each such class of shareholders or creditors, as the case may be, that are present and voting either in person or by proxy at a meeting, or meetings, convened for that purpose. The convening of the meetings and subsequently the arrangement must be sanctioned by the Grand Court of the Cayman Islands. While a dissenting shareholder has the right to express to the court the view that the transaction ought not to be approved, the Grand Court can be expected to approve the arrangement if it determines that:

 

   

the statutory provisions as to the required majority vote have been met;

 

   

the shareholders have been fairly represented at the meeting in question and the statutory majority are acting bona fide without coercion of the minority to promote interests adverse to those of the class;

 

   

the arrangement is such that may be reasonably approved by an intelligent and honest man of that class acting in respect of his interest; and

 

   

the arrangement is not one that would more properly be sanctioned under some other provision of the Companies Law.

The Companies Law also contains a statutory power of compulsory acquisition which may facilitate the “squeeze out” of dissentient minority shareholder upon a tender offer. When a tender offer is made and accepted by holders of 90.0% of the shares affected within four months, the offeror may, within a two-month period commencing on the expiration of such four-month period, require the holders of the remaining shares to transfer such shares on the terms of the offer. An objection can be made to the Grand Court of the Cayman Islands but this is unlikely to succeed in the case of an offer which has been so approved unless there is evidence of fraud, bad faith or collusion.

If an arrangement and reconstruction is thus approved, the dissenting shareholder would have no rights comparable to appraisal rights, which would otherwise ordinarily be available to dissenting shareholders of Delaware corporations, providing rights to receive payment in cash for the judicially determined value of the shares.

Shareholders’ Suits

In principle, we will normally be the proper plaintiff to sue for a wrong done to us as a company, and as a general rule a derivative action may not be brought by a minority shareholder. However, based on English authorities, which would in all likelihood be of persuasive authority in the Cayman Islands, the Cayman Islands court can be expected to follow and apply the common law principles (namely the rule in Foss v. Harbottle and the exceptions thereto) so that a non-controlling shareholder may be permitted to commence a class action against or derivative actions in the name of our company to challenge actions where:

 

   

an act which is ultra vires or illegal and is therefore incapable of ratification by the shareholders;

 

   

the act complained of, although not ultra vires, could only be effected duly if authorized by more than a simple majority vote that has not been obtained; and

 

269


Table of Contents
   

an act which constitute a fraud against the minority where the wrongdoer are themselves in control of the company.

Indemnification of Directors and Executive Officers and Limitation of Liability

Cayman Islands law does not limit the extent to which a company’s memorandum and articles of association may provide for indemnification of officers and directors, except to the extent any such provision may be held by the Cayman Islands courts to be contrary to public policy, such as to provide indemnification against civil fraud or the consequences of committing a crime.

Our post-offering amended and restated memorandum and articles of association permit indemnification of officers and directors for losses, damages, costs and expenses incurred in their capacities as such unless such losses or damages arise from dishonesty or fraud of such directors or officers. This standard of conduct is generally the same as permitted under the Delaware General Corporation Law for a Delaware corporation.

In addition, we have entered into indemnification agreements with our directors and executive officers that provide such persons with additional indemnification beyond that provided in our post-offering amended and restated memorandum and articles of association.

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to our directors, officers or persons controlling us under the foregoing provisions, we have been informed that in the opinion of the SEC, such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is therefore unenforceable.

Directors’ Fiduciary Duties

Under Delaware corporate law, a director of a Delaware corporation has a fiduciary duty to the corporation and its shareholders. This duty has two components: the duty of care and the duty of loyalty. The duty of care requires that a director act in good faith, with the care that an ordinarily prudent person would exercise under similar circumstances. Under this duty, a director must inform himself of, and disclose to shareholders, all material information reasonably available regarding a significant transaction.

The duty of loyalty requires that a director acts in a manner he or she reasonably believes to be in the best interests of the corporation. He or she must not use his corporate position for personal gain or advantage. This duty prohibits self-dealing by a director and mandates that the best interest of the corporation and its shareholders take precedence over any interest possessed by a director, officer or controlling shareholder and not shared by the shareholders generally.

In general, actions of a director are presumed to have been made on an informed basis, in good faith and in the honest belief that the action taken was in the best interests of the corporation. However, this presumption may be rebutted by evidence of a breach of one of the fiduciary duties. Should such evidence be presented concerning a transaction by a director, the director must prove the procedural fairness of the transaction and that the transaction was of fair value to the corporation.

As a matter of Cayman Islands law, a director of a Cayman Islands company is in the position of a fiduciary with respect to the company and therefore it is considered that he or she owes the following duties to the company:

 

   

a duty to act in good faith in the best interests of the company,

 

   

a duty not to make a personal profit based on his or her position as director (unless the company permits him or her to do so),

 

270


Table of Contents
   

a duty not to put himself or herself in a position where the interests of the company conflict with his or her personal interest or his or her duty to a third party, and

 

   

a duty to exercise powers for the purpose for which such powers were intended.

A director of a Cayman Islands company owes to the company a duty to act with skill and care. It was previously considered that a director need not exhibit in the performance of his or her duties a greater degree of skill than may reasonably be expected from a person of his or her knowledge and experience. However, English and Commonwealth courts have moved towards an objective standard with regard to the required skill and care and these authorities are likely to be followed in the Cayman Islands.

Shareholder Action by Written Consent

Under the Delaware General Corporation Law, a corporation may eliminate the right of shareholders to act by written consent by amendment to its certificate of incorporation. Under Cayman Islands law, a company may eliminate the ability of shareholders to approve corporate matters by way of written resolution signed by or on behalf of each shareholder who would have been entitled to vote on such matters at a general meeting without a meeting being held by amending the articles of association.

Our post-offering amended and restated memorandum and articles of association do not allow shareholders to act by written resolutions.

Shareholder Proposals

Under the Delaware General Corporation Law, a shareholder has the right to put any proposal before the annual meeting of shareholders, provided it complies with the notice provisions in the governing documents. A special meeting may be called by the board of directors or any other person authorized to do so in the governing documents, but shareholders may be precluded from calling special meetings.

With respect to shareholder proposals, Cayman Islands law is essentially the same as Delaware law. The Companies Law does not provide shareholders with an express right to put forth any proposal before an annual meeting of the shareholders. However, the Companies Law may provide shareholders with limited rights to requisition a general meeting but such rights must be stipulated in the articles of association of the company.

Any two or more shareholders holding not less than one-third of the votes attaching to the total issued and paid up share capital of the company at the date of deposit of the requisition shall at all times have the right, by written requisition to the board of directors or the secretary of the company, to require an extraordinary general meeting to be called by the board of directors for the transaction of any business specified in such requisition.

Cumulative Voting

Under the Delaware General Corporation Law, cumulative voting for election of directors is not permitted unless the corporation’s certificate of incorporation specifically provides for it. Cumulative voting potentially facilitates the representation of minority shareholders on a board of directors since it permits the minority shareholder to cast all the votes to which the shareholder is entitled on a single director, which increases the shareholder’s voting power with respect to electing such director.

There are no prohibitions in relation to cumulative voting under the laws of the Cayman Islands but our post-offering amended and restated memorandum and articles of association do not provide for cumulative voting. As a result, our shareholders are not afforded any less protections or rights on this issue than shareholders of a Delaware corporation.

 

271


Table of Contents

Removal of Directors

Under the Delaware General Corporation Law, a director of a corporation with a classified board may be removed only for cause with the approval of a majority of the outstanding shares entitled to vote, unless the certificate of incorporation provides otherwise. Under our post-offering amended and restated memorandum and articles of association, directors may be removed with or without cause, by an ordinary resolution of our shareholders.

Transactions with Interested Shareholders

The Delaware General Corporation Law contains a business combination statute applicable to Delaware public corporations whereby, unless the corporation has specifically elected not to be governed by such statute by amendment to its certificate of incorporation, it is prohibited from engaging in certain business combinations with an “interested shareholder” for three years following the date that such person becomes an interested shareholder. An interested shareholder generally is a person or a group who or which owns or owned 15% or more of the target’s outstanding voting shares within the past three years.

This statute has the effect of limiting the ability of a potential acquirer to make a two-tiered bid for the target in which all shareholders would not be treated equally. The statute does not apply if, among other things, prior to the date on which such shareholder becomes an interested shareholder, the board of directors approves either the business combination or the transaction which resulted in the person becoming an interested shareholder. This encourages any potential acquirer of a Delaware corporation to negotiate the terms of any acquisition transaction with the target’s board of directors.

Cayman Islands law has no comparable statute. As a result, we cannot avail ourselves of the types of protections afforded by the Delaware business combination statute. However, although Cayman Islands law does not regulate transactions between a company and its significant shareholders, it does provide that such transactions must be entered into bona fide in the best interests of the company and for a proper purpose and not with the effect of constituting a fraud on the minority shareholders.

Dissolution; Winding Up

Under the Delaware General Corporation Law, unless the board of directors approves the proposal to dissolve, dissolution must be approved by shareholders holding 100% of the total voting power of the corporation. Only if the dissolution is initiated by the board of directors may it be approved by a simple majority of the corporation’s outstanding shares. Delaware law allows a Delaware corporation to include in its certificate of incorporation a supermajority voting requirement in connection with dissolutions initiated by the board.

Under Cayman Islands law, a company may be wound up by either an order of the courts of the Cayman Islands or by a special resolution of its members or, if the company is unable to pay its debts as they fall due, by an ordinary resolution of its members. The court has authority to order winding up in a number of specified circumstances including where it is, in the opinion of the court, just and equitable to do so.

Variation of Rights of Shares

Under the Delaware General Corporation Law, a corporation may vary the rights of a class of shares with the approval of a majority of the outstanding shares of such class, unless the certificate of incorporation provides otherwise. Under Cayman Islands law and our post-offering amended and restated memorandum and articles of association, if our share capital is divided into more than one class of shares, we may vary the rights attached to any class with sanction of a resolution passed by a majority of two-thirds of the votes cast at a separate meeting of the holders of the shares of that class.

 

272


Table of Contents

Amendment of Governing Documents

Under the Delaware General Corporation Law, a corporation’s governing documents may be amended with the approval of a majority of the outstanding shares entitled to vote, unless the certificate of incorporation provides otherwise.

Under the Cayman Islands law, our post-offering amended and restated memorandum and articles of association may only be amended with a special resolution of our shareholders.

Rights of Non-resident or Foreign Shareholders

There are no limitations imposed by our post-offering amended and restated memorandum and articles of association on the rights of non-resident or foreign shareholders to hold or exercise voting rights on our shares.

In addition, there are no provisions in our post-offering amended and restated memorandum and articles of association governing the ownership threshold above which shareholder ownership must be disclosed.

Inspection of Books and Records

Under the Delaware General Corporation Law, any shareholder of a corporation may for any proper purpose inspect or make copies of the corporation’s stock ledger, list of shareholders and other books and records.

Holders of our shares will have no general right under Cayman Islands law to inspect or obtain copies of our list of shareholders or our corporate records. However, we intend to provide our shareholders with annual reports containing audited financial statements. See “Where You Can Find Additional Information.”

History of Securities Issuances

The following is a summary of our securities issuances in the past.

Class A Ordinary Shares

On December 2, 2014, we were incorporated under the laws of Cayman Islands. On the same day, we issued one Class A Ordinary Share to the initial subscriber, which was transferred to Lanbang Investment Company Limited on the same day. On the same day, we issued 949,999,999 Class A Ordinary Shares, among which (i) 173,744,732 Class A Ordinary Shares to Lanbang Investment Company Limited, (ii) 280,705,464 Class A Ordinary Shares to Tongjun Investment Company Limited, (iii) 20,644,803 Class A Ordinary Shares to Linzhi Jinsheng Investment Company Limited, and (iv) 474,905,000 Class A Ordinary Shares to An Ke Technology Company Limited, for a nominal consideration in connection with our corporate restructuring to mirror the then-shareholding structure in Shanghai Lujiazui International Financial Asset Exchange Co. Ltd.

As part of the reorganization, we acquired 40% equity interest in each of Ping An Jixin (Shanghai) Investment Management Co., Ltd. and Chongqing Chongjinsuo Enterprise Management Company in 2018. Upon the completion of the transaction, we issued 22,146,871 Class A Ordinary Shares to Honor Reliance Development Limited, for a nominal consideration on June 12, 2018. Ping An Jixin (Shanghai) Investment Management Co., Ltd., Chongqing Chongjinsuo Enterprise Management Company and Honor Reliance Development Limited are all controlled by the same person.

On December 24, 2019, we issued 15,000,000 Class A Ordinary Shares to Tun Kung Company Limited to be reserved for share awards available under our 2019 Plan.

Class B Ordinary Shares

On March 23, 2015 and January 15, 2016, we issued a total of 73,124,858 Class B Ordinary Shares for a total consideration of US$776.6 million to our A-round investors, namely, Key Horizon Limited, CDH Merivale

 

273


Table of Contents

Limited, Fintech Investment Co. Ltd., Sino Delightful Holdings Limited, Ease Run Global Limited, Fung Shing Investments Ltd., Excelwit Investments Limited, Guosheng Internet Investment L.P. and Union Expert Investment Holding Limited.

On January 15, 2016, we issued a total of 62,071,988 Class B Ordinary Shares for a total consideration of approximately US$924 million to our B-round investors, namely, Bank of China Group Investment Limited, Chia Tai Bright Enterprise Limited, Spectron Enterprises Limited, Magic Continent Limited, CMBC International Holdings Limited, Country Garden Holdings Company Limited, Guotai Junan Finance (Hong Kong) Limited, Guosheng Internet Investment L.P., Lu Hu Investment Company Limited and Fung Shing Investments Ltd.

Class C Ordinary Shares

On November 29, 2018 and January 31, 2019, we issued a total of 46,949,725 Class C Ordinary Shares for a total consideration of approximately US$1,411.9 million to our C-round investors, namely, F3 Holding LLC, DIC Holding LLC, HS Investments AP13 Limited, HS Investments (A) L.P., HS Investments (C) Limited, So Cheung Wing, Lux Holdings Limited, LionRock LJS L.P. (formerly known as LionRock Money L.P.), All-Stars PESP V Limited, Macquarie Capital Asian Fintech Investments Holdings LP, SBI Hong Kong Holdings Co., Limited, SBI AI&Blockchain Investment LPS, J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, UBS AG, London Branch, Hermitage Galaxy Fund SPC (on behalf of, Hermitage Fund Four SP), Broad Street Principal Investments L.L.C., United Overseas Bank Limited, Bangkok Bank Public Company Limited, Sabre Capital (Mauritius) Limited.

C-Round Restructuring Convertible Notes

On September 30, 2020, we issued automatically convertible promissory notes and optionally convertible promissory notes (together, the C-Round Restructuring Convertible Notes) in a total principal amount of US$1,361,925,000 to certain holders of our Class C ordinary shares in exchange for a total of 45,287,111 Class C ordinary shares held by them. These holders are F3 Holding LLC, DIC Holding LLC, HS Investments AP13 Limited, So Cheung Wing, Lux Holdings Limited, LionRock LJS L.P., All-Stars PESP V Limited, Macquarie Capital Asian Fintech Investments Holdings LP, SBI Hong Kong Holdings Co., Limited, SBI AI&Blockchain Investment LPS, HS Investments (A) L.P., HS Investments (C) Limited, UBS AG, London Branch, Hermitage Galaxy Fund SPC on behalf of Hermitage Fund Four SP, Broad Street Principal Investments L.L.C., United Overseas Bank Limited, Sabre Capital (Mauritius) Limited, Rajendra Singh 2011 Florida Trust FBO Hersh Raj Singh, Rajendra Singh 2011 Florida Trust FBO Samir Raj Singh, LMA SPC for the account of Map 248 Segregated Portfolio, Aaron Nieman, Blaine Marder, J.P. Morgan Securities LLC and Generation Growth Investors Limited.

The automatically convertible promissory notes, or the Automatically Convertible Notes, shall be mandatorily and automatically converted into our ordinary shares upon the closing of this offering. The number of ordinary shares to be issued to the holder of Automatically Convertible Note(s) upon the automatic conversion shall be determined by dividing the outstanding principal amount of Automatically Convertible Note(s) by the price per ordinary share issued by us in this offering, subject to adjustments. The Automatically Convertible Notes bear interest from (and excluding) the date of issuance at the rate of six percent (6%) per annum of the principal amount outstanding, which will be payable by us upon the conversion of the notes at the closing of this offering.

Pursuant to the optionally convertible promissory notes, or the Optionally Convertible Notes, at any time during the period commencing on the closing of this offering and ending on the business day immediately prior to September 30, 2023, or the Maturity Date, the holder of Optionally Convertible Note(s) shall have the right (but not the obligation) to require the Company to convert all or any portion of the outstanding principal amount of the Optionally Convertible Note(s) into ordinary shares; and at any time during the period commencing on the

 

274


Table of Contents

first anniversary of the closing of this offering and ending on the business day immediately prior to the Maturity Date we shall have the right (but not the obligation) to require the holders to convert all (but not less than all) of the outstanding principal amount of Optionally Convertible Note(s) into ordinary shares, so long as the closing price of the ADSs representing the ordinary shares during a specified period of time is at least 125% of approximately US$30.07 per ordinary share. The conversion price for the Optionally Convertible Notes is approximately US$30.07 per ordinary share, subject to adjustments. The Optionally Convertible Notes bear interest from (and excluding) the date of issuance at the rate of 6% per annum of the principal amount outstanding, which will be payable by us upon each of the first and second anniversary of date of issuance as well as the earlier of the Maturity Date or the date(s) of conversion until the notes become fully repaid or converted.

Holders of the C-Round Restructuring Convertible Notes and certain of our other shareholders have agreed to lockup restrictions in connection with the issuance of the C-Round Restructuring Convertible Notes. See “—Underwriting.”

Shareholders Agreement

We entered into our amended and restated shareholders agreement on January 31, 2019 with our shareholders, which consist of holders of our Class A Ordinary Shares, Class B Ordinary Shares and Class C Ordinary Shares.

The shareholders agreement provides for certain shareholders’ rights, including information rights, right to subscribe for new shares, right of first offer and tag along right and contains provisions governing our board of directors and other corporate governance matters. Except for the registration rights, all shareholders’ rights, as well as the provisions governing the board of directors, will automatically terminate upon the completion of this offering.

Securityholders Agreement

We entered into our securityholders agreement on September 30, 2020 with An Ke Technology Company Limited, China Ping An Insurance Overseas (Holdings) Limited, Tun Kung Company Limited and our securityholders, which consist of holders of the C-Round Restructuring Convertible Notes. For more details, see “—C-Round Restructuring Convertible Notes.”

The securityholders agreement provides for certain securityholders’ rights, including information rights, right to subscribe for new shares, right of first offer and tag along right and contains provisions governing our board of directors and other corporate governance matters. Except for the registration rights, all securityholders’ rights, as well as the provisions governing the board of directors, will automatically terminate upon the completion of this offering.

Registration Rights

Pursuant to our current shareholders agreement and securityholders agreement, we shall procure the listing of the shares held by the shareholders at the same time as a qualified initial public offering and, if applicable, the shareholders shall be given customary registration rights in relation to the shares held to the extent that such rights are required to enable the shareholders’ shares to be traded on the relevant securities or stock exchange. The registration rights shall terminate after the expiration of the market stand-off period after a qualified listing.

Option and Performance Share Unit Grants

We have granted options and performance share units to purchase our shares to certain of our directors, executive officers and employees under the share incentive plans, for their past and future services. See “Management—Share Incentive Plans.”

 

275


Table of Contents

DESCRIPTION OF AMERICAN DEPOSITARY SHARES

Citibank, N.A. has agreed to act as the depositary for the American Depositary Shares. Citibank’s depositary offices are located at 388 Greenwich Street, New York, New York 10013. American Depositary Shares are frequently referred to as “ADSs” and represent ownership interests in securities that are on deposit with the depositary. ADSs may be represented by certificates that are commonly known as “American Depositary Receipts” or “ADRs.” The depositary typically appoints a custodian to safekeep the securities on deposit. In this case, the custodian is Citibank, N.A. - Hong Kong, located at 9/F, Citi Tower, One Bay East, 83 Hon Hai Road, Kwun Tong, Kowloon, Hong Kong.

We have appointed Citibank as depositary pursuant to a deposit agreement. A copy of the deposit agreement is on file with the SEC under cover of a Registration Statement on Form F-6. You may obtain a copy of the deposit agreement from the SEC’s Public Reference Room at 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549 and from the SEC’s website (www.sec.gov). Please refer to Registration Number 333-[            ] when retrieving such copy.

We are providing you with a summary description of the material terms of the ADSs and of your material rights as an owner of ADSs. Please remember that summaries by their nature lack the precision of the information summarized and that the rights and obligations of an owner of ADSs will be determined by reference to the terms of the deposit agreement and not by this summary. We urge you to review the deposit agreement in its entirety. The portions of this summary description that are italicized describe matters that may be relevant to the ownership of ADSs but that may not be contained in the deposit agreement.

Each ADS represents the right to receive, and to exercise the beneficial ownership interests in, [ratio] ordinary shares that are on deposit with the depositary and/or custodian. An ADS also represents the right to receive, and to exercise the beneficial interests in, any other property received by the depositary or the custodian on behalf of the owner of the ADS but that has not been distributed to the owners of ADSs because of legal restrictions or practical considerations. We and the depositary may agree to change the ADS-to-Share ratio by amending the deposit agreement. This amendment may give rise to, or change, the depositary fees payable by ADS owners. The custodian, the depositary and their respective nominees will hold all deposited property for the benefit of the holders and beneficial owners of ADSs. The deposited property does not constitute the proprietary assets of the depositary, the custodian or their nominees. Beneficial ownership in the deposited property will under the terms of the deposit agreement be vested in the beneficial owners of the ADSs. The depositary, the custodian and their respective nominees will be the record holders of the deposited property represented by the ADSs for the benefit of the holders and beneficial owners of the corresponding ADSs. A beneficial owner of ADSs may or may not be the holder of ADSs. Beneficial owners of ADSs will be able to receive, and to exercise beneficial ownership interests in, the deposited property only through the registered holders of the ADSs, the registered holders of the ADSs (on behalf of the applicable ADS owners) only through the depositary, and the depositary (on behalf of the owners of the corresponding ADSs) directly, or indirectly, through the custodian or their respective nominees, in each case upon the terms of the deposit agreement.

If you become an owner of ADSs, you will become a party to the deposit agreement and therefore will be bound to its terms and to the terms of any ADR that represents your ADSs. The deposit agreement and the ADR specify our rights and obligations as well as your rights and obligations as an owner of ADSs and those of the depositary. As an ADS holder you appoint the depositary to act on your behalf in certain circumstances. The deposit agreement and the ADRs are governed by New York law. However, our obligations to the holders of ordinary shares will continue to be governed by the laws of the Cayman Islands, which may be different from the laws in the United States.

In addition, applicable laws and regulations may require you to satisfy reporting requirements and obtain regulatory approvals in certain circumstances. You are solely responsible for complying with such reporting requirements and obtaining such approvals. Neither the depositary, the custodian, us or any of their or our

 

276


Table of Contents

respective agents or affiliates shall be required to take any actions whatsoever on your behalf to satisfy such reporting requirements or obtain such regulatory approvals under applicable laws and regulations.

As an owner of ADSs, we will not treat you as one of our shareholders and you will not have direct shareholder rights. The depositary will hold on your behalf the shareholder rights attached to the ordinary shares underlying your ADSs. As an owner of ADSs you will be able to exercise the shareholders rights for the ordinary shares represented by your ADSs through the depositary only to the extent contemplated in the deposit agreement. To exercise any shareholder rights not contemplated in the deposit agreement you will, as an ADS owner, need to arrange for the cancellation of your ADSs and become a direct shareholder.

The manner in which you own the ADSs (e.g., in a brokerage account vs. as registered holder, or as holder of certificated vs. uncertificated ADSs) may affect your rights and obligations, and the manner in which, and extent to which, the depositary’s services are made available to you. As an owner of ADSs, you may hold your ADSs either by means of an ADR registered in your name, through a brokerage or safekeeping account, or through an account established by the depositary in your name reflecting the registration of uncertificated ADSs directly on the books of the depositary (commonly referred to as the “direct registration system” or “DRS”). The direct registration system reflects the uncertificated (book-entry) registration of ownership of ADSs by the depositary. Under the direct registration system, ownership of ADSs is evidenced by periodic statements issued by the depositary to the holders of the ADSs. The direct registration system includes automated transfers between the depositary and The Depository Trust Company (“DTC”), the central book-entry clearing and settlement system for equity securities in the United States. If you decide to hold your ADSs through your brokerage or safekeeping account, you must rely on the procedures of your broker or bank to assert your rights as ADS owner. Banks and brokers typically hold securities such as the ADSs through clearing and settlement systems such as DTC. The procedures of such clearing and settlement systems may limit your ability to exercise your rights as an owner of ADSs. Please consult with your broker or bank if you have any questions concerning these limitations and procedures. All ADSs held through DTC will be registered in the name of a nominee of DTC. This summary description assumes you have opted to own the ADSs directly by means of an ADS registered in your name and, as such, we will refer to you as the “holder.” When we refer to “you,” we assume the reader owns ADSs and will own ADSs at the relevant time.

The registration of the ordinary shares in the name of the depositary or the custodian shall, to the maximum extent permitted by applicable law, vest in the depositary or the custodian the record ownership in the applicable ordinary shares with the beneficial ownership rights and interests in such ordinary shares being at all times vested with the beneficial owners of the ADSs representing the ordinary shares. The depositary or the custodian shall at all times be entitled to exercise the beneficial ownership rights in all deposited property, in each case only on behalf of the holders and beneficial owners of the ADSs representing the deposited property.

Dividends and Distributions

As a holder of ADSs, you generally have the right to receive the distributions we make on the securities deposited with the custodian. Your receipt of these distributions may be limited, however, by practical considerations and legal limitations. Holders of ADSs will receive such distributions under the terms of the deposit agreement in proportion to the number of ADSs held as of the specified record date, after deduction of the applicable fees, taxes and expenses.

Distributions of Cash

Whenever we make a cash distribution for the securities on deposit with the custodian, we will deposit the funds with the custodian. Upon receipt of confirmation of the deposit of the requisite funds, the depositary will arrange for the funds received in a currency other than U.S. dollars to be converted into U.S. dollars and for the distribution of the U.S. dollars to the holders, subject to the laws and regulations of the Cayman Islands.

 

277


Table of Contents

The conversion into U.S. dollars will take place only if practicable and if the U.S. dollars are transferable to the United States. The depositary will apply the same method for distributing the proceeds of the sale of any property (such as undistributed rights) held by the custodian in respect of securities on deposit.

The distribution of cash will be made net of the fees, expenses, taxes and governmental charges payable by holders under the terms of the deposit agreement. The depositary will hold any cash amounts it is unable to distribute in a non-interest bearing account for the benefit of the applicable holders and beneficial owners of ADSs until the distribution can be effected or the funds that the depositary holds must be escheated as unclaimed property in accordance with the laws of the relevant states of the United States.

Distributions of Ordinary Shares

Whenever we make a free distribution of ordinary shares for the securities on deposit with the custodian, we will deposit the applicable number of ordinary shares with the custodian. Upon receipt of confirmation of such deposit, the depositary will either distribute to holders new ADSs representing the ordinary shares deposited or modify the ADS-to-ordinary share ratio, in which case each ADS you hold will represent rights and interests in the additional ordinary shares so deposited. Only whole new ADSs will be distributed. Fractional entitlements will be sold and the proceeds of such sale will be distributed as in the case of a cash distribution.

The distribution of new ADSs or the modification of the ADS-to-ordinary share ratio upon a distribution of ordinary shares will be made net of the fees, expenses, taxes and governmental charges payable by holders under the terms of the deposit agreement. In order to pay such taxes or governmental charges, the depositary may sell all or a portion of the new ordinary shares so distributed.

No such distribution of new ADSs will be made if it would violate a law (e.g., the U.S. securities laws) or if it is not operationally practicable. If the depositary does not distribute new ADSs as described above, it may sell the ordinary shares received upon the terms described in the deposit agreement and will distribute the proceeds of the sale as in the case of a distribution of cash.

Distributions of Rights

Whenever we intend to distribute rights to subscribe for additional ordinary shares, we will give prior notice to the depositary and we will assist the depositary in determining whether it is lawful and reasonably practicable to distribute rights to subscribe for additional ADSs to holders.

The depositary will establish procedures to distribute rights to subscribe for additional ADSs to holders and to enable such holders to exercise such rights if it is lawful and reasonably practicable to make the rights available to holders of ADSs, and if we provide all of the documentation contemplated in the deposit agreement (such as opinions to address the lawfulness of the transaction). You may have to pay fees, expenses, taxes and other governmental charges to subscribe for the new ADSs upon the exercise of your rights. The depositary is not obligated to establish procedures to facilitate the distribution and exercise by holders of rights to subscribe for new ordinary shares other than in the form of ADSs.

The depositary will not distribute the rights to you if:

 

   

We do not timely request that the rights be distributed to you or we request that the rights not be distributed to you; or

 

   

We fail to deliver satisfactory documents to the depositary; or

 

   

It is not reasonably practicable to distribute the rights.

The depositary will sell the rights that are not exercised or not distributed if such sale is lawful and reasonably practicable. The proceeds of such sale will be distributed to holders as in the case of a cash distribution. If the depositary is unable to sell the rights, it will allow the rights to lapse.

 

278


Table of Contents

Elective Distributions

Whenever we intend to distribute a dividend payable at the election of shareholders either in cash or in additional shares, we will give prior notice thereof to the depositary and will indicate whether we wish the elective distribution to be made available to you. In such case, we will assist the depositary in determining whether such distribution is lawful and reasonably practicable.

The depositary will make the election available to you only if it is reasonably practicable and if we have provided all of the documentation contemplated in the deposit agreement. In such case, the depositary will establish procedures to enable you to elect to receive either cash or additional ADSs, in each case as described in the deposit agreement.

If the election is not made available to you, you will receive either cash or additional ADSs, depending on what a shareholder in the Cayman Islands would receive upon failing to make an election, as more fully described in the deposit agreement.

Other Distributions

Whenever we intend to distribute property other than cash, ordinary shares or rights to subscribe for additional ordinary shares, we will notify the depositary in advance and will indicate whether we wish such distribution to be made to you. If so, we will assist the depositary in determining whether such distribution to holders is lawful and reasonably practicable.

If it is reasonably practicable to distribute such property to you and if we provide to the depositary all of the documentation contemplated in the deposit agreement, the depositary will distribute the property to the holders in a manner it deems practicable.

The distribution will be made net of fees, expenses, taxes and governmental charges payable by holders under the terms of the deposit agreement. In order to pay such taxes and governmental charges, the depositary may sell all or a portion of the property received.

The depositary will not distribute the property to you and will sell the property if:

 

   

We do not request that the property be distributed to you or if we request that the property not be distributed to you; or

 

   

We do not deliver satisfactory documents to the depositary; or

 

   

The depositary determines that all or a portion of the distribution to you is not reasonably practicable.

The proceeds of such a sale will be distributed to holders as in the case of a cash distribution.

Redemption

Whenever we decide to redeem any of the securities on deposit with the custodian, we will notify the depositary in advance. If it is practicable and if we provide all of the documentation contemplated in the deposit agreement, the depositary will provide notice of the redemption to the holders.

The custodian will be instructed to surrender the shares being redeemed against payment of the applicable redemption price. The depositary will convert into U.S. dollars upon the terms of the deposit agreement the redemption funds received in a currency other than U.S. dollars and will establish procedures to enable holders to receive the net proceeds from the redemption upon surrender of their ADSs to the depositary. You may have to pay fees, expenses, taxes and other governmental charges upon the redemption of your ADSs. If less than all ADSs are being redeemed, the ADSs to be retired will be selected by lot or on a pro rata basis, as the depositary may determine.

 

279


Table of Contents

Changes Affecting Ordinary shares

The ordinary shares held on deposit for your ADSs may change from time to time. For example, there may be a change in nominal or par value, split-up, cancellation, consolidation or any other reclassification of such ordinary shares or a recapitalization, reorganization, merger, consolidation or sale of assets of the Company.

If any such change were to occur, your ADSs would, to the extent permitted by law and the deposit agreement, represent the right to receive the property received or exchanged in respect of the ordinary shares held on deposit. The depositary may in such circumstances deliver new ADSs to you, amend the deposit agreement, the ADRs and the applicable Registration Statement(s) on Form F-6, call for the exchange of your existing ADSs for new ADSs and take any other actions that are appropriate to reflect as to the ADSs the change affecting the Shares. If the depositary may not lawfully distribute such property to you, the depositary may sell such property and distribute the net proceeds to you as in the case of a cash distribution.

Issuance of ADSs upon Deposit of Ordinary Shares

Upon completion of the offering, the ordinary shares being offered pursuant to the prospectus will be deposited by us [and by the selling shareholders] with the custodian. Upon receipt of confirmation of such deposit, the depositary will issue ADSs to the underwriters named in the prospectus.

After the closing of the offer, the depositary may create ADSs on your behalf if you or your broker deposit the ordinary shares with the custodian. The depositary will deliver these ADSs to the person you indicate only after you pay any applicable issuance fees and any charges and taxes payable for the transfer of the ordinary shares to the custodian. Your ability to deposit ordinary shares and receive ADSs may be limited by U.S. and Cayman Islands legal considerations applicable at the time of deposit.

The issuance of ADSs may be delayed until the depositary or the custodian receives confirmation that all required approvals have been given and that the ordinary shares have been duly transferred to the custodian. The depositary will only issue ADSs in whole numbers.

When you make a deposit of ordinary shares, you will be responsible for transferring good and valid title to the depositary. As such, you will be deemed to represent and warrant that:

 

   

The ordinary shares are duly authorized, validly issued, fully paid, non-assessable and legally obtained.

 

   

All preemptive (and similar) rights, if any, with respect to such ordinary shares have been validly waived or exercised.

 

   

You are duly authorized to deposit the ordinary shares.

 

   

The ordinary shares presented for deposit are free and clear of any lien, encumbrance, security interest, charge, mortgage or adverse claim, and are not, and the ADSs issuable upon such deposit will not be, “restricted securities” (as defined in the deposit agreement).

 

   

The ordinary shares presented for deposit have not been stripped of any rights or entitlements.

If any of the representations or warranties are incorrect in any way, we and the depositary may, at your cost and expense, take any and all actions necessary to correct the consequences of the misrepresentations.

Transfer, Combination and Split Up of ADRs

As an ADR holder, you will be entitled to transfer, combine or split up your ADRs and the ADSs evidenced thereby. For transfers of ADRs, you will have to surrender the ADRs to be transferred to the depositary and also must:

 

   

ensure that the surrendered ADR is properly endorsed or otherwise in proper form for transfer;

 

280


Table of Contents
   

provide such proof of identity and genuineness of signatures as the depositary deems appropriate;

 

   

provide any transfer stamps required by the State of New York or the United States; and

 

   

pay all applicable fees, charges, expenses, taxes and other government charges payable by ADR holders pursuant to the terms of the deposit agreement, upon the transfer of ADRs.

To have your ADRs either combined or split up, you must surrender the ADRs in question to the depositary with your request to have them combined or split up, and you must pay all applicable fees, charges and expenses payable by ADR holders, pursuant to the terms of the deposit agreement, upon a combination or split up of ADRs.

Withdrawal of Ordinary Shares upon Cancellation of ADSs

As a holder, you will be entitled to present your ADSs to the depositary for cancellation and then receive the corresponding number of underlying ordinary shares at the custodian’s offices. Your ability to withdraw the ordinary shares held in respect of the ADSs may be limited by U.S. and Cayman Islands law considerations applicable at the time of withdrawal. In order to withdraw the ordinary shares represented by your ADSs, you will be required to pay to the depositary the fees for cancellation of ADSs and any charges and taxes payable upon the transfer of the ordinary shares. You assume the risk for delivery of all funds and securities upon withdrawal. Once canceled, the ADSs will not have any rights under the deposit agreement.

If you hold ADSs registered in your name, the depositary may ask you to provide proof of identity and genuineness of any signature and such other documents as the depositary may deem appropriate before it will cancel your ADSs. The withdrawal of the ordinary shares represented by your ADSs may be delayed until the depositary receives satisfactory evidence of compliance with all applicable laws and regulations. Please keep in mind that the depositary will only accept ADSs for cancellation that represent a whole number of securities on deposit.

You will have the right to withdraw the securities represented by your ADSs at any time except for:

 

   

Temporary delays that may arise because (i) the transfer books for the ordinary shares or ADSs are closed, or (ii) ordinary shares are immobilized on account of a shareholders’ meeting or a payment of dividends.

 

   

Obligations to pay fees, taxes and similar charges.

 

   

Restrictions imposed because of laws or regulations applicable to ADSs or the withdrawal of securities on deposit.

The deposit agreement may not be modified to impair your right to withdraw the securities represented by your ADSs except to comply with mandatory provisions of law.

Voting Rights

As a holder, you generally have the right under the deposit agreement to instruct the depositary to exercise the voting rights for the ordinary shares represented by your ADSs. The voting rights of holders of ordinary shares are described in “Description of Share Capital.”

At our request, the depositary will distribute to you any notice of shareholders’ meeting received from us together with information explaining how to instruct the depositary to exercise the voting rights of the securities represented by ADSs. In lieu of distributing such materials, the depositary may distribute to holders of ADSs instructions on how to retrieve such materials upon request.

 

281


Table of Contents

If the depositary timely receives voting instructions from a holder of ADSs, it will endeavor to vote the securities (in person or by proxy) represented by the holder’s ADSs as follows:

 

   

In the event of voting by show of hands, the depositary will vote (or cause the custodian to vote) all ordinary shares held on deposit at that time in accordance with the voting instructions received from a majority of holders of ADSs who provide timely voting instructions.

 

   

In the event of voting by poll, the depositary will vote (or cause the Custodian to vote) the ordinary shares held on deposit in accordance with the voting instructions received from the holders of ADSs.

Securities for which no voting instructions have been received will not be voted (except [(a) as set forth above in the case voting is by show of hands, (b) in the event of voting by poll, holders of ADSs in respect of which no timely voting instructions have been received shall be deemed to have instructed the depositary to give a discretionary proxy to a person designated by us to vote the ordinary shares represented by such holders’ ADSs; provided, however, that no such discretionary proxy shall be given with respect to any matter to be voted upon as to which we inform the depositary that (i) we do not wish such proxy to be given, (ii) substantial opposition exists, or (iii) the rights of holders of ordinary shares may be adversely affected, and (c)] as otherwise contemplated in the deposit agreement). Please note that the ability of the depositary to carry out voting instructions may be limited by practical and legal limitations and the terms of the securities on deposit. We cannot assure you that you will receive voting materials in time to enable you to return voting instructions to the depositary in a timely manner.

Fees and Charges

As an ADS holder, you will be required to pay the following fees under the terms of the deposit agreement:

 

Service    Fees

•  Issuance of ADSs (e.g., an issuance of ADS upon a deposit of ordinary shares, upon a change in the ADS(s)-to-ordinary shares ratio, or for any other reason), excluding ADS issuances as a result of distributions of ordinary shares)

   Up to U.S. 5¢ per ADS issued

•  Cancellation of ADSs (e.g., a cancellation of ADSs for delivery of deposited property, upon a change in the ADS(s)-to-ordinary shares ratio, or for any other reason)

   Up to U.S. 5¢ per ADS cancelled

•  Distribution of cash dividends or other cash distributions (e.g., upon a sale of rights and other entitlements)

   Up to U.S. 5¢ per ADS held

•  Distribution of ADSs pursuant to (i) stock dividends or other free stock distributions, or (ii) exercise of rights to purchase additional ADSs

   Up to U.S. 5¢ per ADS held

•  Distribution of securities other than ADSs or rights to purchase additional ADSs (e.g., upon a spin-off)

   Up to U.S. 5¢ per ADS held

•  ADS Services

   Up to U.S. 5¢ per ADS held on the applicable record date(s) established by the depositary

 

282


Table of Contents
Service    Fees

•  Registration of ADS transfers (e.g., upon a registration of the transfer of registered ownership of ADSs, upon a transfer of ADSs into DTC and vice versa, or for any other reason)

   Up to U.S. 5¢ per ADS (or fraction thereof) transferred

•  Conversion of ADSs of one series for ADSs of another series (e.g., upon conversion of Partial Entitlement ADSs for Full Entitlement ADSs, or upon conversion of Restricted ADSs (each as defined in the Deposit Agreement) into freely transferable ADSs, and vice versa).

   Up to U.S. 5¢ per ADS (or fraction thereof) converted

As an ADS holder you will also be responsible to pay certain charges such as:

 

   

taxes (including applicable interest and penalties) and other governmental charges;

 

   

the registration fees as may from time to time be in effect for the registration of ordinary shares on the share register and applicable to transfers of ordinary shares to or from the name of the custodian, the depositary or any nominees upon the making of deposits and withdrawals, respectively;

 

   

certain cable, telex and facsimile transmission and delivery expenses;

 

   

the fees, expenses, spreads, taxes and other charges of the depositary and/or service providers (which may be a division, branch or affiliate of the depositary) in the conversion of foreign currency;

 

   

the reasonable and customary out-of-pocket expenses incurred by the depositary in connection with compliance with exchange control regulations and other regulatory requirements applicable to ordinary shares, ADSs and ADRs; and

 

   

the fees, charges, costs and expenses incurred by the depositary, the custodian, or any nominee in connection with the ADR program.

ADS fees and charges for (i) the issuance of ADSs, and (ii) the cancellation of ADSs are charged to the person for whom the ADSs are issued (in the case of ADS issuances) and to the person for whom ADSs are cancelled (in the case of ADS cancellations). In the case of ADSs issued by the depositary into DTC, the ADS issuance and cancellation fees and charges may be deducted from distributions made through DTC, and may be charged to the DTC participant(s) receiving the ADSs being issued or the DTC participant(s) holding the ADSs being cancelled, as the case may be, on behalf of the beneficial owner(s) and will be charged by the DTC participant(s) to the account of the applicable beneficial owner(s) in accordance with the procedures and practices of the DTC participants as in effect at the time. ADS fees and charges in respect of distributions and the ADS service fee are charged to the holders as of the applicable ADS record date. In the case of distributions of cash, the amount of the applicable ADS fees and charges is deducted from the funds being distributed. In the case of (i) distributions other than cash and (ii) the ADS service fee, holders as of the ADS record date will be invoiced for the amount of the ADS fees and charges and such ADS fees and charges may be deducted from distributions made to holders of ADSs. For ADSs held through DTC, the ADS fees and charges for distributions other than cash and the ADS service fee may be deducted from distributions made through DTC, and may be charged to the DTC participants in accordance with the procedures and practices prescribed by DTC and the DTC participants in turn charge the amount of such ADS fees and charges to the beneficial owners for whom they hold ADSs. In the case of (i) registration of ADS transfers, the ADS transfer fee will be payable by the ADS Holder whose ADSs are being transferred or by the person to whom the ADSs are transferred, and (ii) conversion of ADSs of one series for ADSs of another series, the ADS conversion fee will be payable by the Holder whose ADSs are converted or by the person to whom the converted ADSs are delivered.

 

283


Table of Contents

In the event of refusal to pay the depositary fees, the depositary may, under the terms of the deposit agreement, refuse the requested service until payment is received or may set off the amount of the depositary fees from any distribution to be made to the ADS holder. Certain depositary fees and charges (such as the ADS services fee) may become payable shortly after the closing of the ADS offering. Note that the fees and charges you may be required to pay may vary over time and may be changed by us and by the depositary. You will receive prior notice of such changes. The depositary may reimburse us for certain expenses incurred by us in respect of the ADR program, by making available a portion of the ADS fees charged in respect of the ADR program or otherwise, upon such terms and conditions as we and the depositary agree from time to time.

Amendments and Termination

We may agree with the depositary to modify the deposit agreement at any time without your consent. We undertake to give holders 30 days’ prior notice of any modifications that would materially prejudice any of their substantial rights under the deposit agreement. We will not consider to be materially prejudicial to your substantial rights any modifications or supplements that are reasonably necessary for the ADSs to be registered under the Securities Act or to be eligible for book-entry settlement, in each case without imposing or increasing the fees and charges you are required to pay. In addition, we may not be able to provide you with prior notice of any modifications or supplements that are required to accommodate compliance with applicable provisions of law.

You will be bound by the modifications to the deposit agreement if you continue to hold your ADSs after the modifications to the deposit agreement become effective. The deposit agreement cannot be amended to prevent you from withdrawing the ordinary shares represented by your ADSs (except as permitted by law).

We have the right to direct the depositary to terminate the deposit agreement. Similarly, the depositary may in certain circumstances on its own initiative terminate the deposit agreement. In either case, the depositary must give notice to the holders at least 30 days before termination. Until termination, your rights under the deposit agreement will be unaffected.

After termination, the depositary will continue to collect distributions received (but will not distribute any such property until you request the cancellation of your ADSs) and may sell the securities held on deposit. After the sale, the depositary will hold the proceeds from such sale and any other funds then held for the holders of ADSs in a non-interest bearing account. At that point, the depositary will have no further obligations to holders other than to account for the funds then held for the holders of ADSs still outstanding (after deduction of applicable fees, taxes and expenses).

[In connection with any termination of the deposit agreement, the depositary may make available to owners of ADSs a means to withdraw the ordinary shares represented by ADSs and to direct the depositary of such ordinary shares into an unsponsored American depositary share program established by the depositary. The ability to receive unsponsored American depositary shares upon termination of the deposit agreement would be subject to satisfaction of certain U.S. regulatory requirements applicable to the creation of unsponsored American depositary shares and the payment of applicable depositary fees.]

Books of Depositary

The depositary will maintain ADS holder records at its depositary office. You may inspect such records at such office during regular business hours but solely for the purpose of communicating with other holders in the interest of business matters relating to the ADSs and the deposit agreement.

The depositary will maintain in New York facilities to record and process the issuance, cancellation, combination, split-up and transfer of ADSs. These facilities may be closed from time to time, to the extent not prohibited by law.

 

284


Table of Contents

Limitations on Obligations and Liabilities

The deposit agreement limits our obligations and the depositary’s obligations to you. Please note the following:

 

   

We and the depositary are obligated only to take the actions specifically stated in the deposit agreement without negligence or bad faith.

 

   

The depositary disclaims any liability for any failure to carry out voting instructions, for any manner in which a vote is cast or for the effect of any vote, provided it acts in good faith and in accordance with the terms of the deposit agreement.

 

   

The depositary disclaims any liability for any failure to determine the lawfulness or practicality of any action, for the content of any document forwarded to you on our behalf or for the accuracy of any translation of such a document, for the investment risks associated with investing in ordinary shares, for the validity or worth of the ordinary shares, for any tax consequences that result from the ownership of ADSs, for the credit-worthiness of any third party, for allowing any rights to lapse under the terms of the deposit agreement, for the timeliness of any of our notices or for our failure to give notice.

 

   

We and the depositary will not be obligated to perform any act that is inconsistent with the terms of the deposit agreement.

 

   

We and the depositary disclaim any liability if we or the depositary are prevented or forbidden from or subject to any civil or criminal penalty or restraint on account of, or delayed in, doing or performing any act or thing required by the terms of the deposit agreement, by reason of any provision, present or future of any law or regulation, or by reason of present or future provision of any provision of our articles of association, or any provision of or governing the securities on deposit, or by reason of any act of God or war or other circumstances beyond our control.

 

   

We and the depositary disclaim any liability by reason of any exercise of, or failure to exercise, any discretion provided for in the deposit agreement or in our articles of association or in any provisions of or governing the securities on deposit.

 

   

We and the depositary further disclaim any liability for any action or inaction in reliance on the advice or information received from legal counsel, accountants, any person presenting Shares for deposit, any holder of ADSs or authorized representatives thereof, or any other person believed by either of us in good faith to be competent to give such advice or information.

 

   

We and the depositary also disclaim liability for the inability by a holder to benefit from any distribution, offering, right or other benefit that is made available to holders of ordinary shares but is not, under the terms of the deposit agreement, made available to you.

 

   

We and the depositary may rely without any liability upon any written notice, request or other document believed to be genuine and to have been signed or presented by the proper parties.

 

   

We and the depositary also disclaim liability for any consequential or punitive damages for any breach of the terms of the deposit agreement.

 

   

No disclaimer of any Securities Act liability is intended by any provision of the deposit agreement.

 

   

Nothing in the deposit agreement gives rise to a partnership or joint venture, or establishes a fiduciary relationship, among us, the depositary and you as ADS holder.

 

   

Nothing in the deposit agreement precludes Citibank (or its affiliates) from engaging in transactions in which parties adverse to us or the ADS owners have interests, and nothing in the deposit agreement obligates Citibank to disclose those transactions, or any information obtained in the course of those transactions, to us or to the ADS owners, or to account for any payment received as part of those transactions.

 

285


Table of Contents

Taxes

You will be responsible for the taxes and other governmental charges payable on the ADSs and the securities represented by the ADSs. We, the depositary and the custodian may deduct from any distribution the taxes and governmental charges payable by holders and may sell any and all property on deposit to pay the taxes and governmental charges payable by holders. You will be liable for any deficiency if the sale proceeds do not cover the taxes that are due.

The depositary may refuse to issue ADSs, to deliver, transfer, split and combine ADRs or to release securities on deposit until all taxes and charges are paid by the applicable holder. The depositary and the custodian may take reasonable administrative actions to obtain tax refunds and reduced tax withholding for any distributions on your behalf. However, you may be required to provide to the depositary and to the custodian proof of taxpayer status and residence and such other information as the depositary and the custodian may require to fulfill legal obligations. You are required to indemnify us, the depositary and the custodian for any claims with respect to taxes based on any tax benefit obtained for you.

Foreign Currency Conversion

The depositary will arrange for the conversion of all foreign currency received into U.S. dollars if such conversion is practical, and it will distribute the U.S. dollars in accordance with the terms of the deposit agreement. You may have to pay fees and expenses incurred in converting foreign currency, such as fees and expenses incurred in complying with currency exchange controls and other governmental requirements.

If the conversion of foreign currency is not practical or lawful, or if any required approvals are denied or not obtainable at a reasonable cost or within a reasonable period, the depositary may take the following actions in its discretion:

 

   

Convert the foreign currency to the extent practical and lawful and distribute the U.S. dollars to the holders for whom the conversion and distribution is lawful and practical.

 

   

Distribute the foreign currency to holders for whom the distribution is lawful and practical.

 

   

Hold the foreign currency (without liability for interest) for the applicable holders.

Governing Law/Waiver of Jury Trial

The deposit agreement, the ADRs and the ADSs will be interpreted in accordance with the laws of the State of New York. The rights of holders of ordinary shares (including ordinary shares represented by ADSs) is governed by the laws of the Cayman Islands.

AS A PARTY TO THE DEPOSIT AGREEMENT, YOU IRREVOCABLY WAIVE, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, YOUR RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF THE DEPOSIT AGREEMENT OR THE ADRs AGAINST US AND/OR THE DEPOSITARY.

The deposit agreement provides that, to the extent permitted by law, ADS holders waive the right to a jury trial of any claim they may have against us or the depositary arising out of or relating to our ordinary shares, the ADSs or the deposit agreement, including any claim under U.S. federal securities laws. The waiver continues to apply to claims that arise during the period when a holder holds the ADSs, whether the ADS holder purchased the ADSs in this offering or secondary transactions, even if the ADS holder subsequently withdraws the underlying ordinary shares. If we or the depositary opposed a jury trial demand based on the waiver, the court would determine whether the waiver was enforceable in the facts and circumstances of that case in accordance with applicable case law. However, you will not be deemed, by agreeing to the terms of the deposit agreement, to have waived our or the depositary’s compliance with U.S. federal securities laws and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

 

286


Table of Contents

Jurisdiction

We have agreed with the depositary that the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York (or, if the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York lacks subject matter jurisdiction over a particular dispute, state courts in New York County, New York) shall have exclusive jurisdiction to hear and determine any dispute arising from or relating in any way to the deposit agreement.

 

287


Table of Contents

SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

Upon completion of this offering, we will have                      ADSs outstanding, representing                      ordinary shares, or approximately             % of our outstanding ordinary shares assuming the underwriters do not exercise their option to purchase additional ADSs and taking into account the conversion of all outstanding Automatically Convertible Notes upon the closing of this offering but excluding any ordinary shares that may be issued upon the conversion of any outstanding Optionally Convertible Notes as described in “Description of Share Capital.” All of the ADSs sold in this offering will be freely transferable by persons other than our “affiliates” without restriction or further registration under the Securities Act. Sales of substantial amounts of our ADSs in the public market could adversely affect prevailing market prices of our ADSs. Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our ordinary shares or the ADSs. While we intend to list the ADSs on the NYSE, we cannot assure you that a regular trading market will develop in the ADSs. We do not expect that a trading market will develop in our ordinary shares not represented by the ADSs.

Lock-Up Agreements

[We have agreed, for a period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus, not to offer, sell, contract to sell, pledge, grant any option to purchase, make any short sale or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, except in this offering, any of our ordinary shares or ADSs or securities that are substantially similar to our ordinary shares or ADSs, including but not limited to any options or warrants to purchase our ordinary shares, ADSs or any securities that are convertible into or exchangeable for, or that represent the right to receive, our ordinary shares, ADSs or any such substantially similar securities (other than pursuant to employee stock option plans existing on, or upon the conversion or exchange of convertible or exchangeable securities outstanding as of, the date such lock-up agreement was executed), without the prior written consent of the representatives of the underwriters.

Furthermore, [each of our directors, officers and existing shareholders] has also entered into a similar lock-up agreement for a period of 180 days from the date of this prospectus, subject to certain exceptions, with respect to our ordinary shares, ADSs and securities that are substantially similar to our ordinary shares or ADSs. [These restrictions also apply to any ADSs acquired by our directors and executive officers in the offering pursuant to the directed share program, if any. These parties collectively own [all of] our outstanding ordinary shares, without giving effect to this offering.

In addition, certain of our principal shareholders have agreed to be subject to additional lock-up restrictions for a period of 12 months from the date of this prospectus, with respect to all or a portion of their ADSs, ordinary shares or similar securities. Furthermore, holders of the Automatically Convertible Notes and Optionally Convertible Notes have agreed to be subject to similar lock-up restrictions for a period of at least six months from the date of this prospectus. See “Underwriting” for more information.]

Other than this offering, we are not aware of any plans by any significant shareholders to dispose of significant numbers of our ADSs or ordinary shares. However, one or more existing shareholders or owners of securities convertible or exchangeable into or exercisable for our ADSs or ordinary shares may dispose of significant numbers of our ADSs or ordinary shares in the future. We cannot predict what effect, if any, future sales of our ADSs or ordinary shares, or the availability of ADSs or ordinary shares for future sale, will have on the trading price of our ADSs from time to time. Sales of substantial amounts of our ADSs or ordinary shares in the public market, or the perception that these sales could occur, could adversely affect the trading price of our ADSs.]

 

288


Table of Contents

Rule 144

All of our ordinary shares outstanding prior to this offering are “restricted shares” as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act and may be sold publicly in the United States only if they are subject to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act or pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements. Under Rule 144 as currently in effect, a person who has beneficially owned our restricted shares for at least six months is generally entitled to sell the restricted securities without registration under the Securities Act beginning 90 days after the date of this prospectus, subject to certain additional restrictions. Persons who are our affiliates and have beneficially owned our restricted securities for at least six months may sell a number of restricted securities within any three-month period that does not exceed the greater of the following:

 

   

1% of the then outstanding ordinary shares, in the form of ADSs or otherwise, which will equal approximately                      ordinary shares immediately after this offering (taking into account the conversion of all outstanding Automatically Convertible Notes upon the closing of this offering but excluding any ordinary shares that may be issued upon the conversion of any outstanding Optionally Convertible Notes as described in “Description of Share Capital.”); or

 

   

the average weekly trading volume of our ordinary shares in the form of ADSs or otherwise, on the NYSE, during the four calendar weeks preceding the date on which notice of the sale is filed with the SEC.

Sales by our affiliates under Rule 144 are also subject to certain requirements relating to manner of sale, notice and the availability of current public information about us.

Rule 701

In general, under Rule 701 of the Securities Act as currently in effect, each of our employees, consultants or advisors who purchases our ordinary shares from us in connection with a compensatory stock plan or other written agreement executed prior to the completion of this offering is eligible to resell those ordinary shares in reliance on Rule 144, but without compliance with some of the restrictions, including the holding period, contained in Rule 144. However, the Rule 701 shares would remain subject to lock-up arrangements and would only become eligible for sale when the lock-up period expires.

 

289


Table of Contents

TAXATION

The following summary of material Cayman Islands, PRC and U.S. federal income tax consequences of an investment in our ADSs or ordinary shares is based upon laws and relevant interpretations thereof in effect as of the date of this prospectus, all of which are subject to change. This summary does not deal with all possible tax consequences relating to an investment in our ADSs or ordinary shares, such as the tax consequences under state, local and other tax laws.

Cayman Islands Taxation

The Cayman Islands currently levies no taxes on individuals or corporations based upon profits, income, gains or appreciation and there is no taxation in the nature of inheritance tax or estate duty. There are no other taxes likely to be material to us and the holders of our ordinary shares levied by the government of the Cayman Islands except for stamp duties which may be applicable on instruments executed in, or after execution brought within the jurisdiction of, the Cayman Islands. The Cayman Islands is a party to a double tax treaty entered into with the United Kingdom in 2010 but otherwise is not party to any double tax treaties.

There are no exchange control regulations or currency restrictions in the Cayman Islands.

Pursuant to Section 6 of the Tax Concessions Law (2020 Revision) of the Cayman Islands, we have obtained an undertaking from the Governor-in-Cabinet:

(1) that no law which is enacted in the Cayman Islands imposing any tax to be levied on profits or income or gains or appreciation shall apply to us or our operations; and

(2) that the aforesaid tax or any tax in the nature of estate duty or inheritance tax shall not be payable on our shares, debentures or other obligations.

The undertaking for us is for a period of 20 years from December 16, 2014.

People’s Republic of China Taxation

Although we are incorporated in the Cayman Islands, we may be treated as a PRC resident enterprise for PRC tax purposes under the Enterprise Income Tax Law. The Enterprise Income Tax Law and its implementation rules provide that an enterprise established under the laws of a foreign country or region but whose “de facto management body” is located in the PRC is treated as a PRC resident enterprise for PRC tax purposes. The implementing rules of the Enterprise Income Tax Law merely define the “de facto management body” as the “organizational body which effectively manages and controls the production and business operation, personnel, accounting, properties and other aspects of operations of an enterprise.” In April 2009, the State Administration of Taxation issued the Circular Regarding the Determination of Chinese-Controlled Overseas Incorporated Enterprises as PRC Tax Resident Enterprises on the Basis of De Facto Management Bodies, known as Circular 82, which provides certain specific criteria for determining whether the “de facto management body” of a PRC-controlled enterprise that is incorporated offshore is located in China. Although this circular only applies to offshore enterprises controlled by PRC enterprises or PRC enterprise groups, not those controlled by PRC individuals or foreigners, the criteria set forth in the circular may reflect the State Administration of Taxation’s general position on how the “de facto management body” test should be applied in determining the tax resident status of all offshore enterprises. According to Circular 82, an offshore incorporated enterprise controlled by a PRC enterprise or a PRC enterprise group will be regarded as a PRC tax resident by virtue of having its ‘‘de facto management body’’ in China only if all of the following conditions are met: (i) the primary location of the day-to-day operational management is in China; (ii) decisions relating to the enterprise’s financial and human resource matters are made or are subject to approval by organizations or personnel in China; (iii) the enterprise’s primary assets, accounting books and records, company seals, and board and shareholder resolutions, are located

 

290


Table of Contents

or maintained in China; and (iv) at least 50% of voting board members or senior executives habitually reside in China. Based on a review of the facts and circumstances, we do not believe that Lufax Holding Ltd should be considered a PRC resident enterprise for PRC tax purposes. However, there is limited guidance and implementation history of the Enterprise Income Tax Law and its implementation rules. The tax resident status of an enterprise is subject to determination by the PRC tax authorities and uncertainties remain with respect to the interpretation of the term “de facto management body.” If Lufax Holding Ltd were to be considered a PRC resident enterprise, then PRC income tax at a rate of 10% would generally be applicable to any gain realized on the transfer of our ADSs or ordinary shares by investors that are “non-resident enterprises” of the PRC and to any interest or dividends payable by us to such investors. It is unclear whether our non-PRC individual shareholders (including our ADS holders) would be subject to any PRC tax on dividends or gains obtained by such non-PRC individual shareholders in the event we are determined to be a PRC resident enterprise. If any PRC tax were to apply to such dividends or gains, it would generally apply at a rate of 20% unless a reduced rate is available under an applicable tax treaty. However, it is also unclear whether non-PRC shareholders of Lufax Holding Ltd would be able to claim the benefits of any tax treaties between their country of tax residence and China in the event that Lufax Holding Ltd is treated as a PRC resident enterprise. See “Risk Factors—Risks Relating to Doing Business in China—If we are classified as a PRC resident enterprise for PRC income tax purposes, such classification could result in unfavorable tax consequences to us and our non-PRC shareholders or ADS holders.”

United States Federal Income Tax Considerations

The following discussion is a summary of U.S. federal income tax considerations generally applicable to the ownership and disposition of our ADSs or ordinary shares by a U.S. Holder (as defined below) that acquires our ADSs in this offering and holds our ADSs or ordinary shares as “capital assets” (generally, property held for investment) under the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”). This discussion is based upon existing U.S. federal tax law, which is subject to differing interpretations or change, possibly with retroactive effect. No ruling has been sought from the Internal Revenue Service (the “IRS”) with respect to any U.S. federal income tax consequences described below, and there can be no assurance that the IRS or a court will not take a contrary position. This discussion, moreover, does not address the U.S. federal estate, gift, Medicare, and alternative minimum tax considerations, or any state, local and non-U.S. tax considerations, relating to the ownership or disposition of our ADSs or ordinary shares. The following summary does not address all aspects of U.S. federal income taxation that may be important to particular investors in light of their individual circumstances or to persons in special tax situations such as:

 

   

banks and other financial institutions;

 

   

insurance companies;

 

   

pension plans;

 

   

cooperatives;

 

   

regulated investment companies;

 

   

real estate investment trusts;

 

   

broker-dealers;

 

   

traders that elect to use a mark-to-market method of accounting;

 

   

certain former U.S. citizens or long-term residents;

 

   

tax-exempt entities (including private foundations);

 

   

persons liable for alternative minimum tax;

 

   

persons who acquire their ADSs or ordinary shares pursuant to any employee share option or otherwise as compensation;

 

291


Table of Contents
   

investors that will hold their ADSs or ordinary shares as part of a straddle, hedge, conversion, constructive sale or other integrated transaction for U.S. federal income tax purposes;

 

   

investors that have a functional currency other than the U.S. dollar;

 

   

persons that actually or constructively own ADSs or ordinary shares representing 10% or more of our stock (by vote or value); or

 

   

partnerships or other entities taxable as partnerships for U.S. federal income tax purposes, or persons holding ADSs or ordinary shares through such entities;

all of whom may be subject to tax rules that differ significantly from those discussed below.

Each U.S. Holder is urged to consult its tax advisor regarding the application of U.S. federal taxation to its particular circumstances, and the state, local, non-U.S. and other tax considerations of the ownership and disposition of our ADSs or ordinary shares.

General

For purposes of this discussion, a “U.S. Holder” is a beneficial owner of our ADSs or ordinary shares that is, for U.S. federal income tax purposes:

 

   

an individual who is a citizen or resident of the United States;

 

   

a corporation (or other entity treated as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes) created in, or organized under the laws of, the United States or any state thereof or the District of Columbia;

 

   

an estate the income of which is includible in gross income for U.S. federal income tax purposes regardless of its source; or

 

   

a trust (A) the administration of which is subject to the primary supervision of a U.S. court and which has one or more U.S. persons who have the authority to control all substantial decisions of the trust or (B) that has otherwise validly elected to be treated as a U.S. person under the Code.

If a partnership (or other entity treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes) is a beneficial owner of our ADSs or ordinary shares, the tax treatment of a partner in the partnership will generally depend upon the status of the partner and the activities of the partnership. Partnerships holding our ADSs or ordinary shares and their partners are urged to consult their tax advisors regarding an investment in our ADSs or ordinary shares.

For U.S. federal income tax purposes, a U.S. Holder of ADSs generally will be treated as the beneficial owner of the underlying shares represented by the ADSs. The remainder of this discussion assumes that a U.S. Holder of our ADSs will be treated in this manner. Accordingly, deposits or withdrawals of ordinary shares for ADSs generally will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax.

Passive Foreign Investment Company Considerations

A non-U.S. corporation, such as our company, will be classified as a PFIC for U.S. federal income tax purposes for any taxable year if either (i) 75% or more of its gross income for such year consists of certain types of “passive” income or (ii) 50% or more of the value of its assets (generally determined on the basis of a quarterly average) during such year is attributable to assets that produce or are held for the production of passive income (the “asset test”). For this purpose, cash and assets readily convertible into cash are categorized as passive assets and the company’s goodwill and other unbooked intangibles not reflected on its balance sheet are taken into account. Passive income generally includes, among other things, dividends, interest, rents, royalties, and gains from the disposition of passive assets. We will be treated as owning a proportionate share of the assets and earning a proportionate share of the income of any other corporation in which we own, directly or indirectly, 25% or more (by value) of the stock.

 

292


Table of Contents

Although the law in this regard is not entirely clear, we intend to treat our consolidated affiliated entities (including their subsidiaries, if any) as being owned by us for U.S. federal income tax purposes, not only because we exercise effective control over the operation of such entities but also because we are entitled to substantially all of their economic benefits, and, as a result, we consolidate their results of operations in our consolidated financial statements. If it were determined, however, that we are not the owner of our consolidated affiliated entities for U.S. federal income tax purposes, the composition of our income and assets would change and we may be treated as a PFIC for the current taxable year and any subsequent taxable year.

Assuming that we are the owner of our consolidated affiliated entities (including their subsidiaries, if any) for U.S. federal income tax purposes, and based upon our current and expected income and assets, including the expected proceeds from this offering, and projections as to the market price of our ADSs immediately following this offering, we do not expect to be a PFIC for the current taxable year or the foreseeable future. However, no assurance can be given in this regard because the determination of whether we will be or become a PFIC will depend, in part, upon the composition of our income and assets. Furthermore, fluctuations in the market price of our ADSs may cause us to be classified as a PFIC for the current or future taxable years because the value of our assets for purposes of the asset test, including the value of our goodwill and other unbooked intangibles, may be determined by reference to the market price of our ADSs from time to time (which may be volatile). In estimating the value of our goodwill and other unbooked intangibles, we have taken into account our anticipated market capitalization immediately following the close of this offering. Among other matters, if our market capitalization is less than anticipated or subsequently declines, we may be or become classified as a PFIC for the current taxable year or future taxable years. Furthermore, the composition of our income and assets will also be affected by how, and how quickly, we use our liquid assets and the cash raised in this offering. Under circumstances where our revenue from activities that produce passive income significantly increases relative to our revenue from activities that produce non-passive income, or where we determine not to deploy significant amounts of cash for active purposes or if it were determined that we do not own the stock of our consolidated affiliated entities for U.S. federal income tax purposes, our risk of becoming classified as a PFIC may substantially increase. It is also possible that the IRS may challenge our classification of certain income and assets as non-passive, which may result in our company being or becoming a PFIC for the current or future taxable years. Because PFIC status is a factual determination made annually after the close of each taxable year, there can be no assurance that we will not be a PFIC for the current taxable year or any future taxable year.

If we are a PFIC for any year during which a U.S. Holder holds our ADSs or ordinary shares, we generally will continue to be treated as a PFIC for all succeeding years during which such U.S. Holder holds our ADSs or ordinary shares, unless we were to cease to be a PFIC and the U.S. Holder were to make a “deemed sale” election with respect to the ADSs or ordinary shares.

The discussion below under “—Dividends” and “—Sale or Other Disposition” is written on the basis that we will not be or become classified as a PFIC for U.S. federal income tax purposes. The U.S. federal income tax rules that apply generally if we are treated as a PFIC are discussed below under “—Passive Foreign Investment Company Rules.”

 

  (i)

Dividends

The gross amount of any distributions paid on our ADSs or ordinary shares (including the amount of any PRC tax withheld) out of our current or accumulated earnings and profits, as determined under U.S. federal income tax principles, will generally be includible in the gross income of a U.S. Holder as dividend income on the day actually or constructively received by the U.S. Holder, in the case of ordinary shares, or by the depositary, in the case of ADSs. Because we do not intend to determine our earnings and profits on the basis of U.S. federal income tax principles, any distribution we pay will generally be treated as a “dividend” for U.S. federal income tax purposes. Dividends received on our ADSs or ordinary shares will not be eligible for the dividends received deduction allowed to corporations in respect of dividends received from U.S. corporations.

 

293


Table of Contents

Individuals and other non-corporate U.S. Holders will be subject to tax on any such dividends at the lower capital gains tax rate applicable to “qualified dividend income,” provided that certain conditions are satisfied, including that (1) our ADSs or ordinary shares on which the dividends are paid are readily tradable on an established securities market in the United States, or, in the event that we are deemed to be a PRC resident enterprise under the PRC tax law, we are eligible for the benefit of the U.S.-PRC income tax treaty (the “Treaty”), (2) we are neither a PFIC nor treated as such with respect to a U.S. Holder (as discussed below) for the taxable year in which the dividend is paid or the preceding taxable year, and (3) certain holding period requirements are met. For this purpose, ADSs listed on the NYSE will generally be considered to be readily tradable on an established securities market in the United States. U.S. Holders are urged to consult their tax advisors regarding the availability of the lower rate for dividends paid with respect to our ADSs or ordinary shares. In the event that we are deemed to be a PRC resident enterprise under the PRC Enterprise Income Tax Law (see “Taxation—People’s Republic of China Taxation”), we may be eligible for the benefits of the Treaty. If we are eligible for such benefits, dividends we pay on our ordinary shares, regardless of whether such shares are represented by the ADSs, and regardless of whether our ADSs are readily tradable on an established securities market in the United States, would be potentially eligible for the reduced rates of taxation described in the preceding paragraph.

For U.S. foreign tax credit purposes, dividends paid on our ADSs or ordinary shares generally will be treated as income from foreign sources and generally will constitute passive category income. In the event that we are deemed to be a PRC resident enterprise under the PRC Enterprise Income Tax Law, a U.S. Holder may be subject to PRC withholding taxes on dividends paid on our ADSs or ordinary shares (see “Taxation—People’s Republic of China Taxation”). Depending on the U.S. Holder’s particular facts and circumstances and subject to a number of complex conditions and limitations, PRC withholding taxes on dividends that are non-refundable under the Treaty may be treated as foreign taxes eligible for credit against a U.S. Holder’s U.S. federal income tax liability. A U.S. Holder who does not elect to claim a foreign tax credit for foreign tax withheld may instead claim a deduction for U.S. federal income tax purposes, in respect of such withholding, but only for a year in which such holder elects to do so for all creditable foreign income taxes. The rules governing the foreign tax credit are complex and U.S. Holders are urged to consult their tax advisors regarding the availability of the foreign tax credit under their particular circumstances.

 

  (ii)

Sale or Other Disposition

A U.S. Holder will generally recognize gain or loss upon the sale or other disposition of ADSs or ordinary shares in an amount equal to the difference between the amount realized upon the disposition and the holder’s adjusted tax basis in such ADSs or ordinary shares. The gain or loss will generally be capital gain or loss. Any capital gain or loss will be long term if the ADSs or ordinary shares have been held for more than one year at the time of disposition. The deductibility of a capital loss may be subject to limitations.

Any such gain or loss that the U.S. Holder recognizes will generally be treated as U.S. source income or loss for foreign tax credit limitation purposes, which will generally limit the availability of foreign tax credits. However, in the event we are deemed to be a PRC resident enterprise under the PRC Enterprise Income Tax Law, and if PRC tax were to be imposed on any gain from the disposition of the ADSs or ordinary shares, a U.S. Holder that is eligible for the benefits of the Treaty may elect to treat such gain as PRC source income for foreign tax credit purposes. If a U.S. Holder is not eligible for the benefits of the Treaty or fails to make the election to treat any gain as PRC source income, then such U.S. Holder may not be able to use the foreign tax credit arising from any PRC tax imposed on the disposition of the ADSs or ordinary shares unless such credit can be applied (subject to applicable limitations) against U.S. federal income tax due on other income derived from foreign sources in the same income category (generally, the passive category). Each U.S. Holder is advised to consult its tax advisor regarding the tax consequences if a foreign tax is imposed on a disposition of our ADSs or ordinary shares, including the availability of the foreign tax credit under its particular circumstances.

 

294


Table of Contents
  (iii)

Passive Foreign Investment Company Rules

If we are classified as a PFIC for any taxable year during which a U.S. Holder holds our ADSs or ordinary shares, and unless the U.S. Holder makes a mark-to-market election (as described below), the U.S. Holder will generally be subject to special tax rules on (i) any excess distribution that we make to the U.S. Holder (which generally means any distribution paid during a taxable year to a U.S. Holder that is greater than 125 percent of the average annual distributions paid to the U.S. Holder in the three preceding taxable years or, if shorter, the U.S. Holder’s holding period for the ADSs or ordinary shares), and (ii) any gain recognized on the sale or other disposition (including, under certain circumstances, a pledge) of ADSs or ordinary shares. Under the PFIC rules:

 

   

the excess distribution or gain will be allocated ratably over the U.S. Holder’s holding period for the ADSs or ordinary shares;

 

   

the amount allocated to the taxable year of the distribution or gain and any taxable years in the U.S. Holder’s holding period prior to the first taxable year in which we are classified as a PFIC (each, a “pre-PFIC year”), will be taxable as ordinary income; and

 

   

the amount allocated to each prior taxable year, other than a pre-PFIC year, will be subject to tax at the highest tax rate in effect for individuals or corporations, as appropriate, for that year, increased by an additional tax equal to the interest on the resulting tax deemed deferred with respect to each such taxable year.

If we are a PFIC for any taxable year during which a U.S. Holder holds our ADSs or ordinary shares and any of our subsidiaries, our consolidated affiliated entities or any of the subsidiaries of our consolidated affiliated entities is also a PFIC, such U.S. Holder would be treated as owning a proportionate amount (by value) of the shares of the lower-tier PFIC for purposes of the application of these rules. U.S. Holders are urged to consult their tax advisors regarding the application of the PFIC rules to any of our subsidiaries, our consolidated affiliated entities or any of the subsidiaries of our consolidated affiliated entities.

As an alternative to the foregoing rules, a U.S. Holder of “marketable stock” (as defined below) in a PFIC may make a mark-to-market election with respect to such stock. If a U.S. Holder makes this election with respect to our ADSs, the holder will generally (i) include as ordinary income for each taxable year that we are a PFIC the excess, if any, of the fair market value of ADSs held at the end of the taxable year over the adjusted tax basis of such ADSs and (ii) deduct as an ordinary loss the excess, if any, of the adjusted tax basis of the ADSs over the fair market value of such ADSs held at the end of the taxable year, but such deduction will only be allowed to the extent of the net amount previously included in income as a result of the mark-to-market election. The U.S. Holder’s adjusted tax basis in the ADSs would be adjusted to reflect any income or loss resulting from the mark-to-market election. If a U.S. Holder makes a mark-to-market election in respect of our ADSs and we cease to be classified as a PFIC, the holder will not be required to take into account the gain or loss described above during any period that we are not classified as a PFIC. If a U.S. Holder makes a mark-to-market election, any gain such U.S. Holder recognizes upon the sale or other disposition of our ADSs in a year when we are a PFIC will be treated as ordinary income and any loss will be treated as ordinary loss, but such loss will only be treated as ordinary loss to the extent of the net amount previously included in income as a result of the mark-to-market election.

The mark-to-market election is available only for “marketable stock,” which is stock that is regularly traded on a qualified exchange or other market, as defined in applicable United States Treasury regulations. We expect that our ADSs, but not our ordinary shares, will be treated as marketable stock upon their listing on the NYSE, provided that they are regularly traded. We anticipate that our ADSs should qualify as being regularly traded, but no assurances may be given in this regard.

Because a mark-to-market election cannot technically be made for any lower-tier PFICs that we may own, a U.S. Holder may continue to be subject to the PFIC rules with respect to such U.S. Holder’s indirect interest in any investments held by us that are treated as an equity interest in a PFIC for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

 

295


Table of Contents

We do not intend to provide information necessary for U.S. Holders to make qualified electing fund elections which, if available, would result in tax treatment different from (and generally less adverse than) the general tax treatment for PFICs described above.

If a U.S. Holder owns our ADSs or ordinary shares during any taxable year that we are a PFIC, the holder must generally file an annual IRS Form 8621. You should consult your tax advisor regarding the U.S. federal income tax considerations of owning and disposing of our ADSs or ordinary shares if we are or become a PFIC.

 

296


Table of Contents

UNDERWRITING

We[, the selling shareholders] and the underwriters named below have entered into an underwriting agreement with respect to the ADSs being offered. Subject to certain conditions set out in the underwriting agreement, each underwriter has severally agreed to purchase the number of ADSs indicated in the following table. Goldman Sachs (Asia) L.L.C., BofA Securities, Inc., UBS Securities LLC, HSBC Securities (USA) Inc. and China PA Securities (Hong Kong) Company Limited are acting as the representatives of the underwriters. The underwriters and the representatives are collectively referred to as the “underwriters”.

 

Underwriter

   Number of ADSs  

Goldman Sachs (Asia) L.L.C.

                           

BofA Securities, Inc.

  

UBS Securities LLC

  

HSBC Securities (USA) Inc.

  

China PA Securities (Hong Kong) Company Limited

  

Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC

  

CLSA Limited

  

Jefferies LLC

  
  

 

 

 

Total

  
  

 

 

 

The underwriters are offering the ADSs subject to their acceptance of the ADSs from us[ and the selling shareholders] and subject to prior sale. The underwriting agreement provides that the obligations of the several underwriters to pay for and accept delivery of the ADSs offered by this prospectus are subject to the approval of certain legal matters by their counsel and to certain other conditions. The underwriting agreement provides that the underwriters are obligated, severally and not jointly, to take and pay for all of the ADSs offered by this prospectus if any such ADSs are taken, other than those ADSs covered by the option to purchase additional ADSs described below. The underwriting agreement also provides that if an underwriter defaults, the purchase commitments of non-defaulting underwriters may be increased or the offering may be terminated.

We[ and the selling shareholders] have agreed to indemnify the underwriters and certain of their controlling persons against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act, and to contribute to payments that the underwriters may be required to make in respect of those liabilities.

Certain of the underwriters are expected to make offers and sales both inside and outside the United States through their respective selling agents. Any offers or sales in the United States will be conducted by broker-dealers registered with the SEC. Goldman Sachs (Asia) L.L.C. will offer ADSs in the United States through its SEC-registered broker-dealer affiliate in the United States, Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC. China PA Securities (Hong Kong) Company Limited is not a broker-dealer registered with the SEC. China PA Securities (Hong Kong) Company Limited has agreed that it does not intend to and will not offer or sell any of our ADSs in the United States or to U.S. persons in connection with this offering. CLSA Limited is not a broker-dealer registered with the SEC. CLSA Limited has agreed that it does not intend to and will not offer or sell any of our ADSs in the United States or to U.S. persons in connection with this offering.

The address of Goldman Sachs (Asia) L.L.C. is 68th Floor, Cheung Kong Center, 2 Queens Road, Central, Hong Kong. The address of BofA Securities, Inc. is One Bryant Park, New York, NY 10036, United States. The address of UBS Securities LLC is 1285 Avenue of the Americas, New York, New York 10019, United States. The address of HSBC Securities (USA) Inc. is 452 Fifth Avenue, T8, New York, NY, 10018, United States. The address of China PA Securities (Hong Kong) Company Limited is Units 3601, 07 & 11-13, 36/F, The Center, 99 Queen’s Road Central, Hong Kong. The address of Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC is 1585 Broadway, New York, New York 10036, United States. The address of CLSA Limited is 18/F, One Pacific Place, 88 Queensway, Hong Kong. The address of Jefferies LLC is 520 Madison Avenue, New York, NY 10022, United States.

 

297


Table of Contents

We [and the selling shareholders] have granted to the underwriters an option, exercisable for 30 days from the date of this prospectus, to purchase up to an aggregate of                additional ADSs from us                 [and                additional ADSs from the selling shareholders] at the initial public offering price listed on the cover page of this prospectus, less the underwriting discounts and commissions. To the extent the option is exercised, each underwriter will become severally obligated, subject to certain conditions, to purchase additional ADSs approximately proportionate to each underwriter’s initial amount reflected in the table above and will offer the additional ADSs on the same term as those on which the ADSs are being offered.

The underwriters initially propose to offer part of the ADSs directly to the public at the public offering price on the cover page of this prospectus and part of the ADSs to certain dealers at a price that represents a concession not in excess of US$                 per ADS from the initial public offering price. After the initial public offering, the offering price and other selling terms may from time to time be varied by the underwriters.

The underwriting fee is equal to the public offering price per ADS less the amount paid by the underwriters to us per ADS. The underwriting fee is US$                per ADS. The following table summarizes the compensation and estimated expenses we[ and the selling shareholders] will pay:

 

            Total  
     Per ADS      Without
Option to
Purchase
Additional
ADSs
     With
Option to
Purchase
Additional
ADSs
 

Initial public offering price

   $                        $                        $                    

Underwriting discounts and commissions paid by us

   $        $        $    

Proceeds, before expenses, to us

   $        $        $    

[Underwriting discounts and commissions paid by the selling shareholders                 ]

   $        $        $    

[Proceeds, before expenses, to the selling shareholders                 ]

   $        $        $    

We estimate that the total expenses of this offering, including registration, filing and listing fees, printing fees and legal and accounting expenses, but excluding the underwriting discounts and commissions, will be approximately US$                .

[We have agreed that, without the prior written consent of the representatives on behalf of the underwriters and subject to certain exceptions, we will not, during the period ending 180 days after the date of this prospectus, (i) offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, grant any option to purchase, make any short sale or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any ordinary shares or ADSs or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for such ordinary shares or ADSs; (ii) enter into any swap or other agreement that transfers to another, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of the ordinary shares or ADSs; (iii) submit or file any registration statement with the SEC relating to the offering of any ordinary shares, ADSs or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for ordinary shares or ADSs; or (iv) publicly disclose the intention to make any offer, sale, pledge, disposition or filing, in each case regardless of whether any such transaction described above is to be settled by delivery of ordinary shares, ADSs, or such other securities, in cash or otherwise.]

[Our directors, officers and existing shareholders[, including the selling shareholders] have agreed that, without the prior written consent of the representatives on behalf of the underwriters and subject to certain exceptions, they will not, during the period ending 180 days after the date of this prospectus, (i) offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, lend, or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any ordinary shares or ADSs or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for such ordinary shares or ADSs or (ii) enter into any swap, hedge or other arrangement that transfers to another, in whole or in part, any of

 

298


Table of Contents

the economic consequences of ownership of the ordinary shares or ADSs, whether any such transaction described above is to be settled by delivery of ordinary shares, ADSs or such other securities, in cash or otherwise, or (iii) publicly disclose the intention to make any such offer, sale, pledge or disposition, or to enter into any such transaction, swap, hedge or other arrangement. The restrictions described in the preceding sentence are referred to as the “Lock-up Restrictions.” Besides the Lock-up Restrictions during the 180-day period, An Ke Technology Company Limited and China Ping An Insurance Overseas (Holdings) Limited have agreed that they will be subject to the Lock-up Restrictions for a period of 12 months from the date of this prospectus with respect to all of their ordinary shares, ADSs and other similar securities. Tun Kung Company Limited has agreed that they will be subject to the Lock-up Restrictions for a period of 12 months from the date of this prospectus with respect to one third of their ordinary shares, ADSs and other similar securities.]

In addition, holders of the Automatically Convertible Notes have agreed that, without the prior written consent of the representatives on behalf of the underwriters and subject to certain exceptions, they will be subject to the Lock-up Restrictions for a period of six months from the date of this prospectus with respect to fifty percent of the ordinary shares issued upon conversion of the Automatically Convertible Notes, and for a period of 12 months commencing from the date of this prospectus with respect to the remaining fifty percent of such ordinary shares.

Holder of the Optionally Convertible Notes have agreed that, without the prior written consent of the representatives on behalf of the underwriters and subject to certain exceptions, they will be subject to the Lock-up Restrictions for a period of 12 months commencing from the date of this prospectus with respect to all of the ordinary shares issued upon conversion of the Optionally Convertible Notes.

We have applied to list our ADSs on the NYSE under the symbol “LU”.

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our ordinary shares or the ADSs. The initial public offering price was determined by negotiations among us and the representatives and will not necessarily reflect the market price of the ADSs following this offering. Among the factors considered in determining the initial public offering price of the ADSs, in addition to prevailing market conditions, were our historical performance, estimates of our business potential and earnings prospects, an assessment of our management and the consideration of the above factors in relation to market valuation of companies in related businesses. We cannot assure you that the initial public offering price will correspond to the price at which the ADSs will trade in the public market subsequent to this offering or that an active trading market for the ADSs will develop and continue after this offering.

In connection with the offering, the underwriters may purchase and sell ADSs in the open market. These transactions may include short sales, stabilizing transactions and purchases to cover positions created by short sales in accordance with Regulation M under the Exchange Act. Short sales involve the sale by the underwriters of a greater number of ADSs than they are required to purchase in the offering, and a short position represents the amount of such sales that have not been covered by subsequent purchases. “Covered” short sales are sales made in an amount not greater than the underwriters’ option to purchase additional ADSs in the offering. The underwriters may close out any covered short position by either exercising their option to purchase additional ADSs or purchasing ADSs in the open market. In determining the source of ADSs to close out the covered short position, the underwriters will consider, among other things, the price of ADSs available for purchase in the open market as compared to the price at which they may purchase additional ADSs pursuant to the option granted to them. “Naked” short sales are any sales in excess of such option. The underwriters must close out any naked short position by purchasing ADSs in the open market. A naked short position is more likely to be created if the underwriters are concerned that there may be downward pressure on the price of the ADSs in the open market after pricing that could adversely affect investors who purchase in the offering. Stabilizing transactions consist of various bids for, or purchases of, ADSs made by the underwriters in the open market prior to the completion of the offering.

 

299


Table of Contents

The underwriters may also impose a penalty bid. This occurs when a particular underwriter repays to the underwriters a portion of the underwriting discount received by it because the representatives have repurchased ADSs sold by, or for the account of, such underwriter in stabilizing or short covering transactions.

Purchases to cover a short position and stabilizing transactions, as well as other purchases by the underwriters for their own accounts, may have the effect of preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of the ADSs, and together with the imposition of the penalty bid, may stabilize, maintain or otherwise affect the market price of the ADSs. As a result, the price of the ADSs may be higher than the price that otherwise might exist in the open market. The underwriters are not required to engage in these activities, and if these activities are commenced, they are required to be conducted in accordance with applicable laws and regulations, and they may be discontinued at any time. These transactions may be effected on the NYSE, the over-the-counter market or otherwise.

A prospectus in electronic format may be made available on the web sites maintained by one or more of the underwriters, or one or more securities dealers, if any, participating in this offering and one or more of the underwriters participating in this offering may distribute prospectuses electronically. The underwriters may agree to allocate a number of ADSs for sale to their online brokerage account holders. Internet distributions will be allocated on the same basis as other allocations. In addition, ADSs may be sold by the underwriters to securities dealers who resell ADSs to online brokerage account holders.

The underwriters and their respective affiliates are full-service financial institutions engaged in various activities, which may include securities trading, commercial and investment banking, financial advisory, investment management, investment research, principal investment, hedging, market making, financing and brokerage activities and other financial and non-financial activities and services. Certain of the underwriters and their respective affiliates have, from time to time, performed, and may in the future perform, various financial advisory, commercial and investment banking services and other services for us and for persons and entities with relationships with us, for which they received or will receive customary fees and expenses.

In addition, in the ordinary course of their business activities, the underwriters and their respective affiliates may make or hold a broad array of investments and actively trade debt and equity securities (or related derivative securities) and financial instruments (including bank loans) for their own account and for the accounts of their customers and may at any time hold long and short positions in such securities and instruments. These investments and securities activities may involve securities and/or instruments of us and/or persons and entities with relationships with us. The underwriters and their respective affiliates may also make or communicate independent investment recommendations, market color or trading ideas and/or publish or express independent research views in respect of such assets, securities or financial instruments and may at any time hold, or recommend to clients that they acquire, long and/or short positions in such assets, securities and instruments.

China PA Securities (Hong Kong) Company Limited, an underwriter in this offering, is an indirect subsidiary of Ping An Insurance, one of our principal shareholders. Ping An Insurance shares two common directors with us. See “Corporate History and Structure—Our Relationship with Ping An Group” for a more detailed description of our relationship with Ping An Group.

[At our request, the underwriters have reserved up to                % of the ADSs being offered by this prospectus (assuming exercise in full by the underwriters of their option to purchase additional ADSs) for sale, at the initial public offering price, to some of our directors, officers, existing shareholders, employees, and business associates and related persons. The number of ADSs available for sale to the general public will be reduced to the extent these individuals purchase such reserved ADSs. Any reserved ADSs that are not so purchased will be offered by the underwriters to the general public on the same basis as the other ADSs offered by this prospectus.]

Selling Restrictions

No action has been taken in any jurisdiction (except in the United States) that would permit a public offering of the ADSs, or the possession, circulation or distribution of this prospectus or any other material relating to us or

 

300


Table of Contents

the ADSs in any jurisdiction where action for that purpose is required. Accordingly, the ADSs may not be offered or sold, directly or indirectly, and neither this prospectus nor any other material or advertisements in connection with the ADSs may be distributed or published, in or from any country or jurisdiction except in compliance with any applicable laws, rules and regulations of any such country or jurisdiction. Persons into whose possession this prospectus comes are advised to inform themselves about and to observe any restrictions relating to the offering and the distribution of this prospectus. This prospectus does not constitute an offer to sell or a solicitation of an offer to buy any securities offered by this prospectus in any jurisdiction in which such an offer or a solicitation is unlawful.

Australia

No placement document, prospectus, product disclosure statement or other disclosure document has been lodged with the Australian Securities and Investments Commission (“ASIC”), in relation to the offering. This prospectus does not constitute a prospectus, product disclosure statement or other disclosure document under the Corporations Act 2001 (the “Corporations Act”), and does not purport to include the information required for a prospectus, product disclosure statement or other disclosure document under the Corporations Act. Any offer in Australia of the ADSs may only be made to persons (the “Exempt Investors”) who are “sophisticated investors” (within the meaning of section 708(8) of the Corporations Act), “professional investors” (within the meaning of section 708(11) of the Corporations Act) or otherwise pursuant to one or more exemptions contained in section 708 of the Corporations Act so that it is lawful to offer the ADSs without disclosure to investors under Chapter 6D of the Corporations Act. The ADSs applied for by Exempt Investors in Australia must not be offered for sale in Australia in the period of 12 months after the date of allotment under the offering, except in circumstances where disclosure to investors under Chapter 6D of the Corporations Act would not be required pursuant to an exemption under section 708 of the Corporations Act or otherwise or where the offer is pursuant to a disclosure document which complies with Chapter 6D of the Corporations Act. Any person acquiring ADSs must observe such Australian on-sale restrictions. This prospectus contains general information only and does not take account of the investment objectives, financial situation or particular needs of any particular person. It does not contain any securities recommendations or financial product advice. Before making an investment decision, investors need to consider whether the information in this prospectus is appropriate to their needs, objectives and circumstances, and, if necessary, seek expert advice on those matters.

Bermuda

The ADSs may be offered or sold in Bermuda only in compliance with the provisions of the Investment Business Act of 2003 of Bermuda which regulates the sale of securities in Bermuda. Additionally, non-Bermudian persons (including companies) may not carry on or engage in any trade or business in Bermuda unless such persons are permitted to do so under applicable Bermuda legislation.

British Virgin Islands

The ADSs are not being, and may not be offered to the public or to any person in the British Virgin Islands for purchase or subscription by us or on our behalf. The ADSs may be offered to companies incorporated under the BVI Business Companies Act, 2004 (British Virgin Islands) (each a BVI Company), but only where the offer will be made to, and received by, the relevant BVI Company entirely outside of the British Virgin Islands.

This prospectus has not been, and will not be, registered with the Financial Services Commission of the British Virgin Islands. No registered prospectus has been or will be prepared in respect of the ADSs for the purposes of the Securities and Investment Business Act, 2010, or SIBA or the Public Issuers Code of the British Virgin Islands.

The ADSs may be offered to persons located in the British Virgin Islands who are “qualified investors” for the purposes of SIBA. Qualified investors include (i) certain entities which are regulated by the Financial

 

301


Table of Contents

Services Commission in the British Virgin Islands, including banks, insurance companies, licensees under SIBA and public, professional and private mutual funds; (ii) a company, any securities of which are listed on a recognized exchange; and (iii) persons defined as “professional investors” under SIBA, which is any person (a) whose ordinary business involves, whether for that person’s own account or the account of others, the acquisition or disposal of property of the same kind as the property, or a substantial part of our property; or (b) who has signed a declaration that he, whether individually or jointly with his spouse, has a net worth in excess of US$1,000,000 and that he consents to being treated as a professional investor.

Canada

The ADSs may be sold only to purchasers resident or located in the Provinces of Ontario, Québec, Alberta and British Columbia, purchasing, or deemed to be purchasing, as principal that are accredited investors, as defined in National Instrument 45-106 Prospectus Exemptions or subsection 73.3(1) of the Securities Act (Ontario), and are permitted clients, as defined in National Instrument 31-103 Registration Requirements, Exemptions and Ongoing Registrant Obligations. Any resale of the securities must be made in accordance with an exemption from, or in a transaction not subject to, the prospectus requirements of applicable securities laws.

Securities legislation in certain provinces or territories of Canada may provide a purchaser with remedies for rescission or damages if this prospectus (including any amendment thereto) contains a misrepresentation, provided that the remedies for rescission or damages are exercised by the purchaser within the time limit prescribed by the securities legislation of the purchaser’s province or territory. The purchaser should refer to any applicable provisions of the securities legislation of the purchaser’s province or territory for particulars of these rights or consult with a legal advisor.

Pursuant to section 3A.3 of National Instrument 33-105 Underwriting Conflicts, or NI 33-105, the underwriters are not required to comply with the disclosure requirements of NI 33-105 regarding underwriter conflicts of interest in connection with this offering.

Cayman Islands

This prospectus does not constitute an invitation or offer to the public in the Cayman Islands of the ADSs or ordinary shares, whether by way of sale or subscription. The underwriters have not offered or sold, and will not offer or sell, directly or indirectly, any ADSs or ordinary shares in the Cayman Islands.

Dubai International Financial Center

This document relates to an exempt offer in accordance with the Offered Securities Rules of the Dubai Financial Services Authority. This document is intended for distribution only to persons of a type specified in those rules. It must not be delivered to, or relied on by, any other person. The Dubai Financial Services Authority has no responsibility for reviewing or verifying any documents in connection with exempt offers. The Dubai Financial Services Authority has not approved this document nor taken steps to verify the information set out in it, and has no responsibility for it. The ADSs which are the subject of the offering contemplated by this document may be illiquid and/or subject to restrictions on their resale. Prospective purchasers of the ADSs offered should conduct their own due diligence on the ADSs. If you do not understand the contents of this document you should consult an authorized financial advisor.

European Economic Area

In relation to each Member State of the European Economic Area (each a “Relevant State”), no ADSs have been offered or will be offered pursuant to this offering to the public in that Relevant State prior to the publication of a prospectus in relation to the ADSs which has been approved by the competent authority in that Relevant State or, where appropriate, approved in another Relevant State and notified to the competent authority

 

302


Table of Contents

in that Relevant State, all in accordance with the Prospectus Regulation, except that offers of ADSs may be made to the public in that Relevant State at any time under the following exemptions under the Prospectus Regulation:

 

  (a)

to any legal entity which is a qualified investor as defined under the Prospectus Regulation;

 

  (b)

to fewer than 150 natural or legal persons (other than qualified investors as defined under the Prospectus Regulation), subject to obtaining the prior consent of the underwriters; or

 

  (c)

in any other circumstances falling within Article 1(4) of the Prospectus Regulation,

provided that no such offer of ADSs shall require us or any underwriter to publish a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of the Prospectus Regulation or supplement a prospectus pursuant to Article 23 of the Prospectus Regulation and each person who initially acquires any ADSs or to whom any offer is made will be deemed to have represented, acknowledged and agreed to and with each of the underwriters and our company that it is a “qualified investor” within the meaning of Article 2(e) of the Prospectus Regulation. In the case of any ADSs being offered to a financial intermediary as that term is used in the Prospectus Regulation, each such financial intermediary will be deemed to have represented, acknowledged and agreed that the ADSs acquired by it in the offer have not been acquired on a non-discretionary basis on behalf of, nor have they been acquired with a view to their offer or resale to, persons in circumstances which may give rise to an offer of any ADSs to the public other than their offer or resale in a Relevant State to qualified investors as so defined or in circumstances in which the prior consent of the underwriters have been obtained to each such proposed offer or resale.

For the purposes of this provision, the expression an “offer to the public” in relation to ADSs in any Relevant State means the communication in any form and by any means of sufficient information on the terms of the offer and any ADSs to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide to purchase or subscribe for any ADSs, and the expression “Prospectus Regulation” means Regulation (EU) 2017/1129.

Hong Kong

The ADSs may not be offered or sold in Hong Kong by means of any document other than (i) to “professional investors” as defined in the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap.571, Laws of Hong Kong) and any rules made under that Ordinance, or (ii) in other circumstances which do not result in the document being a “prospectus” as defined in the Companies Ordinance (Cap.32, Laws of Hong Kong) or which do not constitute an offer to the public within the meaning of that Ordinance. No advertisement, invitation or document relating to the ADSs may be issued or may be in the possession of any person for the purpose of issue, whether in Hong Kong or elsewhere, which is directed at, or the contents of which are likely to be accessed or read by, the public of Hong Kong (except if permitted to do so under the securities laws of Hong Kong) other than with respect to ADSs which are or are intended to be disposed of only to persons outside Hong Kong or only to “professional investors” as defined in the Securities and Futures Ordinance and any rules made under that Ordinance.

Israel

This prospectus does not constitute a prospectus under the Israeli Securities Law, 5728-1968, and has not been filed with or approved by the Israel Securities Authority. In Israel, this prospectus is being distributed only to, and is directed only at, investors listed in the first addendum, or the Addendum, to the Israeli Securities Law, consisting primarily of joint investment in trust funds, provident funds, insurance companies, banks, portfolio managers, investment advisors, members of the Tel Aviv Stock Exchange, underwriters purchasing for their own account, venture capital funds, entities with equity in excess of NIS 50 million and qualified individuals, each as defined in the Addendum (as it may be amended from time to time), collectively referred to as qualified investors. Qualified investors may be required to submit written confirmation that they meet the criteria for one of the categories of investors set forth in the prospectus.

 

303


Table of Contents

Japan

The ADSs have not been and will not be registered under the Financial Instruments and Exchange Law of Japan (Law No. 25 of 1948, as amended) and accordingly, have not been, directly or indirectly, offered or sold and will not be offered or sold, directly or indirectly, in Japan, or for the benefit of any Japanese Person or to others for re-offering or resale, directly or indirectly, in Japan or to any Japanese Person, except pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements, and otherwise in compliance with, the Financial Instruments and Exchange Law of Japan and the other applicable laws and regulations of Japan. For the purposes of this paragraph, “Japanese Person” shall mean any person resident in Japan, including any corporation or other entity organized under the laws of Japan.

Korea

The ADSs may not be offered, sold and delivered directly or indirectly, or offered or sold to any person for reoffering or resale, directly or indirectly, in Korea or to any resident of Korea except pursuant to the applicable laws and regulations of Korea, including the Korea Securities and Exchange Act and the Foreign Exchange Transaction Law and the decrees and regulations thereunder. The ADSs have not been registered with the Financial Services Commission of Korea for public offering in Korea. Furthermore, the ADSs may not be resold to Korean residents unless the purchaser of the ADSs complies with all applicable regulatory requirements (including but not limited to government approval requirements under the Foreign Exchange Transaction Law and its subordinate decrees and regulations) in connection with the purchase of the ADSs.

Kuwait

Unless all necessary approvals from the Kuwait Ministry of Commerce and Industry required by Law No. 31/1990 “Regulating the Negotiation of Securities and Establishment of Investment Funds,” its Executive Regulations and the various Ministerial Orders issued pursuant thereto or in connection therewith, have been given in relation to the marketing and sale of the ADSs, these may not be marketed, offered for sale, nor sold in the State of Kuwait. Neither this prospectus (including any related document), nor any of the information contained therein is intended to lead to the conclusion of any contract of whatsoever nature within Kuwait.

Malaysia

No prospectus or other offering material or document in connection with the offer and sale of the securities has been or will be registered with the Securities Commission of Malaysia, or Commission, for the Commission’s approval pursuant to the Capital Markets and Services Act 2007. Accordingly, this prospectus and any other document or material in connection with the offer or sale, or invitation for subscription or purchase, of the securities may not be circulated or distributed, nor may the securities be offered or sold, or be made the subject of an invitation for subscription or purchase, whether directly or indirectly, to persons in Malaysia other than (i) a closed end fund approved by the Commission; (ii) a holder of a Capital Markets Services License; (iii) a person who acquires the securities as principal, if the offer is on terms that the securities may only be acquired at a consideration of not less than RM250,000 (or its equivalent in foreign currencies) for each transaction; (iv) an individual whose total net personal assets or total net joint assets with his or her spouse exceeds RM3 million (or its equivalent in foreign currencies), excluding the value of the primary residence of the individual; (v) an individual who has a gross annual income exceeding RM300,000 (or its equivalent in foreign currencies) per annum in the preceding twelve months; (vi) an individual who, jointly with his or her spouse, has a gross annual income of RM400,000 (or its equivalent in foreign currencies), per annum in the preceding twelve months; (vii) a corporation with total net assets exceeding RM10 million (or its equivalent in a foreign currencies) based on the last audited accounts; (viii) a partnership with total net assets exceeding RM10 million (or its equivalent in foreign currencies); (ix) a bank licensee or insurance licensee as defined in the Labuan Financial Services and Securities Act 2010; (x) an Islamic bank licensee or takaful licensee as defined in the Labuan Financial Services and Securities Act 2010; and (xi) any other person as may be specified by the

 

304


Table of Contents

Commission; provided that, in the each of the preceding categories (i) to (xi), the distribution of the securities is made by a holder of a Capital Markets Services License who carries on the business of dealing in securities. The distribution in Malaysia of this prospectus is subject to Malaysian laws. This prospectus does not constitute and may not be used for the purpose of public offering or an issue, offer for subscription or purchase, invitation to subscribe for or purchase any securities requiring the registration of a prospectus with the Commission under the Capital Markets and Services Act 2007.

PRC

This prospectus has not been and will not be circulated or distributed in the PRC, and the ADSs may not be offered or sold, and will not be offered or sold, directly or indirectly, to any resident of the PRC or to persons for re-offering or resale, directly or indirectly, to any resident of the PRC except pursuant to applicable laws and regulations of the PRC. For the purpose of this paragraph, the PRC does not include Taiwan and the Special Administrative Regions of Hong Kong and Macao.

Qatar

In the State of Qatar, the offer contained herein is made on an exclusive basis to the specifically intended recipient thereof, upon that person’s request and initiative, for personal use only and shall in no way be construed as a general offer for the sale of securities to the public or an attempt to do business as a bank, an investment company or otherwise in the State of Qatar. This prospectus and the underlying securities have not been approved or licensed by the Qatar Central Bank or the Qatar Financial Center Regulatory Authority or any other regulator in the State of Qatar. The information contained in this prospectus shall only be shared with any third parties in Qatar on a need to know basis for the purpose of evaluating the contained offer. Any distribution of this prospectus by the recipient to third parties in Qatar beyond the terms hereof is not permitted and shall be at the liability of such recipient.

Saudi Arabia

This prospectus may not be distributed in the Kingdom of Saudi Arabia except to such persons as are permitted under the Offers of Securities Regulations issued by the Capital Market Authority. The Capital Market Authority does not make any representation as to the accuracy or completeness of this prospectus, and expressly disclaims any liability whatsoever for any loss arising from, or incurred in reliance upon, any part of this prospectus. Prospective purchasers of the securities offered hereby should conduct their own due diligence on the accuracy of the information relating to the securities. If you do not understand the contents of this prospectus you should consult an authorized financial adviser.

Singapore

This prospectus has not been registered as a prospectus with the Monetary Authority of Singapore. Accordingly, this prospectus and any other document or material in connection with the offer or sale, or invitation for subscription or purchase, of ADSs may not be circulated or distributed, nor may the ADSs be offered or sold, or be made the subject of an invitation for subscription or purchase, whether directly or indirectly, to persons in Singapore other than

 

   

to an institutional investor (as defined in Section 4A of the Securities and Futures Act, Chapter 289 of Singapore, as modified or amended from time to time (the “SFA”)) pursuant to Section 274 of the SFA,

 

   

to a relevant person (as defined in Section 275(2) of the SFA) pursuant to Section 275(1) of the SFA, or any person pursuant to Section 275(1A) of the SFA, and in accordance with the conditions specified in Section 275 of the SFA, or

 

   

otherwise pursuant to, and in accordance with the conditions of, any other applicable provision of the SFA.

 

305


Table of Contents

Where the ADSs are subscribed or purchased under Section 275 of the SFA by a relevant person which is:

 

   

a corporation (which is not an accredited investor (as defined in Section 4A of the SFA)) the sole business of which is to hold investments and the entire share capital of which is owned by one or more individuals, each of whom is an accredited investor; or

 

   

a trust (where the trustee is not an accredited investor) whose sole purpose is to hold investments and each beneficiary of the trust is an individual who is an accredited investor, securities or securities-based derivatives contracts (each term as defined in Section 2(1) of the SFA) of that corporation or the beneficiaries’ rights and interest (howsoever described) in that trust shall not be transferred within six months after that corporation or that trust has acquired the ADSs pursuant to an offer made under Section 275 of the SFA except:

 

  (i)

to an institutional investor under Section 274 of the SFA or to a relevant person defined in Section 275(2) of the SFA, or to any person arising from an offer referred to in Section 275(1A) or Section 276(4)(i)(B) of the SFA;

 

  (ii)

where no consideration is or will be given for the transfer;

 

  (iii)

where the transfer is by operation of law;

 

  (iv)

as specified in Section 276(7) of the SFA; or

 

  (v)

as specified in Regulation 37A of the Securities and Futures (Offers of Investments) (Securities and Securities-based Derivatives Contracts) Regulations 2018 of Singapore.

Solely for purposes of the notification requirements under Section 309B(1)(c) of the SFA, the ADSs are “prescribed capital markets products” (as defined in the Securities and Futures (Capital Markets Products) Regulations 2018) and Excluded Investment Products (as defined in MAS Notice SFA 04-N12: Notice on the Sale of Investment Products and MAS Notice FAA-N16: Notice on Recommendations on Investment Products).

Switzerland

This document is not intended to constitute an offer or solicitation to purchase or invest in the ADSs described herein. The ADSs may not be publicly offered, sold or advertised, directly or indirectly, in, into or from Switzerland and will not be listed on the SIX Swiss Exchange, or SIX, or on any other exchange or regulated trading facility in Switzerland. This prospectus has been prepared without regard to the disclosure standards for issuance prospectuses under art. 652a or art. 1156 of the Swiss Code of Obligations or the disclosure standards for listing prospectuses under art. 27 ff. of the SIX Listing Rules or the listing rules of any other stock exchange or regulated trading facility in Switzerland. Neither this prospectus nor any other offering or marketing material relating to our company or the ADSs have been or will be filed with or approved by any Swiss regulatory authority. In particular, this prospectus will not be filed with, and the offer of the ADSs will not be supervised by, the Swiss Financial Market Supervisory Authority Neither this document nor any other offering or marketing material relating to the ADSs constitutes a prospectus as such term is understood pursuant to article 652a or article 1156 of the Swiss Code of Obligations or a listing prospectus within the meaning of the listing rules of the SIX Swiss Exchange or any other regulated trading facility in Switzerland, and neither this document nor any other offering or marketing material relating to the ADSs may be publicly distributed or otherwise made publicly available in Switzerland.

Neither this document nor any other offering or marketing material relating to the offering, nor our company nor the ADSs have been or will be filed with or approved by any Swiss regulatory authority. In particular, this prospectus will not be filed with, and the offer of the ADSs are not subject to the supervision by, any Swiss regulatory authority, e.g., the Swiss Financial Markets Supervisory Authority FINMA (FINMA), and the offer of the ADSs has not been and will not be authorized under the Swiss Federal Act on Collective Investment Schemes (the “CISA”). The investor protection afforded to acquirers of interests in collective investment schemes under the CISA does not extend to acquirers of the ADSs.

 

306


Table of Contents

Taiwan

The ADSs have not been and will not be registered or filed with, or approved by, the Financial Supervisory Commission of Taiwan pursuant to relevant securities laws and regulations and may not be offered or sold in Taiwan through a public offering or in circumstances which constitute an offer within the meaning of the Securities and Exchange Act of Taiwan or relevant laws and regulations that require a registration, filing or approval of the Financial Supervisory Commission of Taiwan. No person or entity in Taiwan has been authorized to offer, sell, give advice regarding or otherwise intermediate the offering and sale of the ADSs in Taiwan.

United Arab Emirates

The ADSs have not been offered or sold, and will not be offered or sold, directly or indirectly, in the United Arab Emirates, except: (i) in compliance with all applicable laws and regulations of the United Arab Emirates; and (ii) through persons or corporate entities authorized and licensed to provide investment advice and/or engage in brokerage activity and/or trade in respect of foreign securities in the United Arab Emirates. The information contained in this prospectus does not constitute a public offer of securities in the United Arab Emirates in accordance with the Commercial Companies Law (Federal Law No. 8 of 1984 (as amended)) or otherwise and is not intended to be a public offer and is addressed only to persons who are sophisticated investors.

United Kingdom

In the United Kingdom, this document is being distributed only to, and is directed only at, and any offer subsequently made may only be directed at persons who are “qualified investors” (as defined in the Prospectus Regulation) (i) who have professional experience in matters relating to investments falling within Article 19(5) of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 (Financial Promotion) Order 2005, as amended (the “Order”) and/or (ii) who are high net worth companies (or persons to whom it may otherwise be lawfully communicated) falling within Article 49(2)(a) to (d) of the Order (all such persons together being referred to as “relevant persons”) or otherwise in circumstances which have not resulted and will not result in an offer to the public of the ADSs in the United Kingdom within the meaning of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000.

 

   

Any person in the United Kingdom that is not a relevant person should not act or rely on the information included in this document or use it as basis for taking any action. In the United Kingdom, any investment or investment activity that this document relates to may be made or taken exclusively by relevant persons.

 

307


Table of Contents

LEGAL MATTERS

The validity of the ADSs and certain other legal matters with respect to U.S. federal and New York State law in connection with this offering will be passed upon for us by Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom LLP. Certain legal matters with respect to U.S. federal and New York State law in connection with this offering will be passed upon for the underwriters by Kirkland & Ellis International LLP. The validity of the ordinary shares represented by the ADSs offered in this offering and other certain legal matters as to Cayman Islands law will be passed upon for us by Conyers Dill & Pearman. Legal matters as to PRC law will be passed upon for us by Haiwen & Partners and for the underwriters by Zhong Lun Law Firm. Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom LLP may rely upon Conyers Dill & Pearman with respect to matters governed by Cayman Islands law and Haiwen & Partners with respect to matters governed by PRC law. Kirkland & Ellis International LLP may rely upon Zhong Lun Law Firm with respect to matters governed by PRC law.

 

308


Table of Contents

EXPERTS

The financial statements of Lufax Holding Ltd as of December 31, 2019, 2018, and 2017 and January 1, 2017, and for each of the three years ended December 31, 2019 included in this prospectus have been so included in reliance on the report of PricewaterhouseCoopers Zhong Tian LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, given on the authority of said firm as experts in auditing and accounting.

The registered business address of PricewaterhouseCoopers Zhong Tian LLP is 6/F DBS Bank Tower, 1318 Lu Jia Zui Ring Road, Pudong New Area, Shanghai, 200120, the People’s Republic of China.

 

309


Table of Contents

WHERE YOU CAN FIND ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

We have filed a registration statement on Form F-1, including the relevant exhibits, with the SEC under the Securities Act with respect to the underlying ordinary shares represented by the ADSs to be sold in this offering. We have also filed a related registration statement on Form F-6 with the SEC to register the ADSs. This prospectus, which constitutes a part of the registration statement on Form F-1, does not contain all of the information contained in the registration statement. You should read our registration statements and their exhibits for further information with respect to us and our ADSs.

Immediately upon the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part we will become subject to periodic reporting and other informational requirements of the Exchange Act as applicable to foreign private issuers. Accordingly, we will be required to file reports, including annual reports on Form 20-F, and other information with the SEC. As a foreign private issuer, we are exempt from the rules of the Exchange Act prescribing the furnishing and content of proxy statements to shareholders, and Section 16 short swing profit reporting for our officers and directors and for holders of more than 10% of our ordinary shares.

All information filed with the SEC can be obtained over the internet at the SEC’s website at www.sec.gov.

 

310


Table of Contents

Lufax Holding Ltd

INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

    Page(s)  

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

    F-2  

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2018 and 2019

    F-3  

Consolidated Statements of Financial Position as of January 1, 2017, December 31, 2017, 2018 and 2019

    F-5  

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Equity for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2018 and 2019

    F-7  

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December  31, 2017, 2018 and 2019

    F-10  

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

    F-11  

Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income for Six Months Ended June 30, 2019 and 2020

    F-115  

Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Statements of Financial Position as of December 31, 2019 and June 30, 2020

    F-117  

Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Statements of Changes in Equity for Six Months Ended June 30, 2019 and 2020

    F-119  

Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for Six Months Ended June 30, 2019 and 2020

    F-121  

Notes to Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Interim Financial Statements

    F-122  

 

F-1


Table of Contents

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

To the Board of Directors and Shareholders of Lufax Holding Ltd

Opinion on the Financial Statements

We have audited the accompanying consolidated statements of financial position of Lufax Holding Ltd and its subsidiaries (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2019, 2018, 2017 and January 1, 2017, and the related consolidated statements of comprehensive income, of changes in equity and of cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2019, including the related notes (collectively referred to as the “consolidated financial statements”). In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of December 31, 2019, 2018, 2017 and January 1, 2017, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2019 in conformity with International Financial Reporting Standards as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board.

Change in Accounting Principle

As discussed in Note 3.2 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company changed the manner in which it accounts for financial instruments in 2018.

Basis for Opinion

These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s consolidated financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB) and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

We conducted our audits of these consolidated financial statements in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB and in accordance with auditing standards generally accepted in the United States of America. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud.

Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the consolidated financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the consolidated financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the consolidated financial statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers Zhong Tian LLP

Shanghai, the People’s Republic of China

July 28, 2020

We have served as the Company’s auditor since 2013.

 

F-2


Table of Contents

LUFAX HOLDING LTD

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

 

            Year ended December 31,  
     Note      2017     2018     2019  
            RMB’000     RMB’000     RMB’000  

Technology platform-based income

        17,221,116       32,221,439       41,929,077  

Retail credit facilitation service fees

     6        15,335,981       29,575,994       39,324,848  

Wealth management transaction and service fees

     7        1,885,135       2,645,445       2,604,229  

Net interest income

     8        7,255,967       5,894,481       3,909,196  

Guarantee income

        1,455,677       813,789       464,743  

Other income

     9        810,460       507,536       878,868  

Investment income

     10        1,059,565       1,016,551       579,077  

Share of net profits of investments accounted for using the equity method

     25        16,200       45,763       72,807  
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total income

        27,818,985       40,499,559       47,833,768  
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Sales and marketing expenses

     11        (7,450,984     (10,766,966     (14,931,096

General and administrative expenses

     11        (2,822,510     (2,796,098     (2,853,049

Operation and servicing expenses

     11        (3,071,754     (4,366,516     (5,471,468

Technology and analytics expenses

     11        (1,302,440     (1,658,733     (1,952,260

Credit impairment losses

     12        N/A     (934,594     (1,862,745

Asset impairment losses

     13        (3,735,786     (7,492     (134,516

Finance costs

     14        (1,296,534     (900,263     (1,519,907

Other gains/(losses) - net

     15        224,735       (419,637     325,114  
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total expenses

        (19,455,273     (21,850,299     (28,399,927
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Profit before income tax

        8,363,712       18,649,260       19,433,841  

Less: Income tax expenses

     16        (2,336,723     (5,073,326     (6,116,697
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net profit for the year

        6,026,989       13,575,934       13,317,144  
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net profit/(loss) attributable to:

         

Owners of the Company

        5,965,460       13,619,928       13,332,431  

Non-controlling interests

        61,529       (43,994     (15,287
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
        6,026,989       13,575,934       13,317,144  
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

*

The Company adopted IFRS 9 using modified retrospective method on January 1, 2018 with comparative figures not adjusted and continued to be presented using Previous GAAP. Certain financial statement line items (“FSLI”) are not applicable until 2018 or post 2017 as a result of the adoption of IFRS 9.

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.

 

F-3


Table of Contents

LUFAX HOLDING LTD

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (CONTINUED)

 

            Year ended December 31,  
     Note      2017      2018     2019  
            RMB’000      RMB’000     RMB’000  

Other comprehensive income/(loss), net of tax:

          

Items that may be subsequently reclassified to profit or loss

          

-Changes in the fair value of available-for-sale financial assets

        586        N/A     N/A

-Exchange differences on translation of foreign operation

        328,141        (267,427     (176,833
     

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total comprehensive income for the year

        6,355,716        13,308,507       13,140,311  
     

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total comprehensive income attributable to:

          

Owners of the Company

        6,294,187        13,352,501       13,155,598  

Non-controlling interests

        61,529        (43,994     (15,287
     

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 
        6,355,716        13,308,507       13,140,311  
     

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Earnings per share (expressed in RMB per share)

          

-Basic and diluted earnings per share

     17        5.60        12.65       12.27  
     

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

*

The Company adopted IFRS 9 using modified retrospective method on January 1, 2018 with comparative figures not adjusted and continued to be presented using Previous GAAP. Certain financial statement line items (“FSLI”) are not applicable until 2018 or post 2017 as a result of the adoption of IFRS 9.

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.

 

F-4


Table of Contents

LUFAX HOLDING LTD

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF FINANCIAL POSITION

 

            As of January 1,     As of December 31,  
     Note      2017     2017     2018     2019  
            RMB’000     RMB’000     RMB’000     RMB’000  

ASSETS

           

Cash at bank

     18        11,209,938       18,713,201       18,576,090       7,352,394  

Restricted cash

     18        9,057,003       6,557,990       7,937,113       24,602,779  

Financial assets at fair value through profit or loss

     19        11,057,772       12,441,560       16,444,395       18,583,056  

Financial assets at amortized cost

     20        N/A     N/A     3,107,847       8,623,012  

Accounts and other receivables and contract assets

     21        10,557,968       18,466,674       20,094,836       26,296,438  

Loans to customers

     22        56,692,490       97,552,937       34,427,694       47,498,512  

Financial investments – loans and receivables

        12,323,154       7,721,229       N/A     N/A

Financial investments – available-for-sale

        7,669,600       2,524,123       N/A     N/A

Deferred tax assets

     23        3,178,929       3,268,261       3,160,309       3,000,156  

Property and equipment

     24        526,046       706,769       622,907       517,237  

Investments accounted for using the equity method

     25        —         316,200       361,963       434,770  

Intangible assets

     26        1,836,923       1,658,469       1,973,368       1,896,575  

Right-of-use assets

     27        614,789       852,132       740,240       914,960  

Goodwill

     28        8,979,197       8,981,712       9,107,919       9,046,830  

Other assets

     29        657,933       597,197       1,363,866       766,795  
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total assets

        134,361,742       180,358,454       117,918,547       149,533,514  
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

LIABILITIES

           

Payable to platform investors

     30        12,725,677       10,212,352       9,820,079       15,344,417  

Borrowings

     31        8,260,752       15,101,819       4,896,764       2,989,862  

Bond payable

        —         —         289,199       —    

Current income tax liabilities

        592,841       1,275,035       1,702,524       1,264,027  

Accounts and other payables and contract liabilities

     32        3,739,853       3,756,400       6,243,986       4,826,010  

Payable to investors of consolidated structured entities

     33        82,488,160       114,727,817       31,810,251       47,243,050  

Financing guarantee liabilities

        1,114,376       564,449       273,916       242,749  

Deferred tax liabilities

     23        945,217       1,454,505       3,610,406       5,311,972  

Lease liabilities

     27        590,923       865,468       772,960       939,089  

Convertible promissory note payable

     34        7,955,778       8,070,915       9,134,809       10,014,377  

Convertible redeemable preferred shares

     35        —         —         8,935,493       10,258,898  

Other liabilities

     36        1,628,147       3,093,482       5,480,311       2,953,646  
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities

        120,041,724       159,122,242       82,970,698       101,388,097  
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

*

The Company adopted IFRS 9 using modified retrospective method on January 1, 2018 with comparative figures not adjusted and continued to be presented using Previous GAAP. Certain financial statement line items (“FSLI”) are not applicable until 2018 or post 2017 as a result of the adoption of IFRS 9.

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.

 

F-5


Table of Contents

LUFAX HOLDING LTD

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF FINANCIAL POSITION (CONTINUED)

 

            As of January 1,     As of December 31,  
     Note      2017     2017     2018     2019  
            RMB’000     RMB’000     RMB’000     RMB’000  

EQUITY

           

Share capital

     37        67       67       68       69  

Share premium

     37        10,870,339       10,870,339       14,113,311       14,113,311  

Treasury shares

     42        (1     (1     (1     (2

Other reserves

     38        6,583,242       7,120,196       4,578,516       4,582,291  

(Accumulated losses)/retained earnings

     39        (3,288,461     2,676,999       16,237,230       29,345,949  
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total equity attributable to owners of the Company

        14,165,186       20,667,600       34,929,124       48,041,618  
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Non-controlling interests

        154,832       568,612       18,725       103,799  
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total equity

        14,320,018       21,236,212       34,947,849       48,145,417  
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities and equity

        134,361,742       180,358,454       117,918,547       149,533,514  
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.

 

F-6


Table of Contents

LUFAX HOLDING LTD

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN EQUITY

 

    Note     Attributable to owners of the Company              
          Share
capital
    Share
premium
    Treasury
shares
    Other
reserves
    (Accumulated losses)
/retained earnings
    Total     Non-controlling
interests
    Total
Equity
 
          RMB’000     RMB’000     RMB’000     RMB’000     RMB’000     RMB’000     RMB’000     RMB’000  

As of January 1, 2017

      67       10,870,339       (1     6,583,242       (3,288,461     14,165,186       154,832       14,320,018  
   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net profit for the year

      —         —         —         —         5,965,460       5,965,460       61,529       6,026,989  

Other comprehensive income

      —         —         —         328,727       —         328,727       —         328,727  
   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total comprehensive income for the year

      —         —         —         328,727       5,965,460       6,294,187       61,529       6,355,716  
   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Contributions from non-controlling interests

      —         —         —         —         —         —         351,200       351,200  

Share-based payment

    42       —         —         —         208,227       —         208,227       1,051       209,278  
   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

As of December 31, 2017

      67       10,870,339       (1     7,120,196       2,676,999       20,667,600       568,612       21,236,212  
   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.

 

F-7


Table of Contents

LUFAX HOLDING LTD

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN EQUITY (CONTINUED)

 

    Note     Attributable to owners of the Company              
          Share
capital
    Share
premium
    Treasury
shares
    Other
reserves
    Retained
earnings
    Total     Non-controlling
interests
    Total
Equity
 
          RMB’000     RMB’000     RMB’000     RMB’000     RMB’000     RMB’000     RMB’000     RMB’000  

As of December 31, 2017

      67       10,870,339       (1     7,120,196       2,676,999       20,667,600       568,612       21,236,212  

Changes on initial application of IFRS 9

    3.2 (a)      —         —         —         (602     (59,697     (60,299     (779     (61,078
   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Restated balance as of January 1, 2018

      67       10,870,339       (1     7,119,594       2,617,302       20,607,301       567,833       21,175,134  
   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net profit for the year

      —         —         —         —         13,619,928       13,619,928       (43,994     13,575,934  

Other comprehensive loss

      —         —         —         (267,427     —         (267,427     —         (267,427
   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total comprehensive income for the year

      —         —         —         (267,427     13,619,928       13,352,501       (43,994     13,308,507  
   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Transactions with equity holders

                 

Value of conversion rights - convertible redeemable preferred shares

    38       —         —         —         218,050       —         218,050       —         218,050  

Acquisition of non-controlling interests of a subsidiary

    38       1       3,242,972       —         (2,619,888     —         623,085       (623,085     —    

Contributions from non-controlling interests

      —         —         —         —         —         —         118,000       118,000  

Share-based payment

    42       —         —         —         128,187       —         128,187       (29     128,158  
   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

As of December 31, 2018

      68       14,113,311       (1     4,578,516       16,237,230       34,929,124       18,725       34,947,849  
   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.

 

F-8


Table of Contents

LUFAX HOLDING LTD

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN EQUITY (CONTINUED)

 

    Note     Attributable to owners of the Company              
          Share
capital
    Share
premium
    Treasury
shares
    Other
reserves
    Retained
earnings
    Total     Non-controlling
interests
    Total
Equity
 
          RMB’000     RMB’000     RMB’000     RMB’000     RMB’000     RMB’000     RMB’000     RMB’000  

As of December 31, 2018

      68       14,113,311       (1     4,578,516       16,237,230       34,929,124       18,725       34,947,849  
   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net profit for the year

      —         —         —         —         13,332,431       13,332,431       (15,287     13,317,144  

Other comprehensive loss

      —         —         —         (176,833     —         (176,833     —         (176,833
   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total comprehensive income for the year

      —         —         —         (176,833     13,332,431       13,155,598       (15,287     13,140,311  
   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Transactions with equity holders

                 

Issuance of shares held for employee incentive plan

    42       1       —         (1     —         —         —         —         —    

Value of conversion rights - convertible redeemable preferred shares

    38       —         —         —         11,956       —         11,956       —         11,956  

Contributions from non-controlling interests

      —         —         —         —         —         —         100,744       100,744  

Appropriations to general reserve

    38       —         —         —         223,712       (223,712     —         —         —    

Share-based payment

    42       —         —         —         (55,060     —         (55,060     (383     (55,443
   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

As of December 31, 2019

      69       14,113,311       (2     4,582,291       29,345,949       48,041,618       103,799       48,145,417  
   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.

 

F-9


Table of Contents

LUFAX HOLDING LTD

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

 

      Year ended December 31,  
    Note     2017     2018     2019  
          RMB’000     RMB’000     RMB’000  

Cash flows from operating activities

       

Cash generated from operating activities

    41 (a)      3,945,410       1,537,249       6,422,582  

Income tax paid

      (1,270,693     (2,989,616     (4,230,688
   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash generated from/(used in) operating activities

      2,674,717       (1,452,367     2,191,894  
   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash flows from investing activities

       

Proceeds from sale of investment assets

      112,224,538       134,989,169       118,648,110  

Proceeds from sale of property and equipment

      8,166       46,625       8,401  

Interest received on investment assets

      475,802       759,333       801,740  

Net cash received from disposal of subsidiary

      —         276       —    

Payment for acquisition of investment assets

      (113,566,600     (132,109,150     (128,570,535

Payment for property and equipment and other long-term assets

      (469,243     (269,894     (181,746

Payment for acquisition of subsidiary, net of cash acquired

      (2,515     77,226       (1,719,481

Payment for investments in associates

      (300,000     —         —    
   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash (used in)/generated from investing activities

      (1,629,852     3,493,585       (11,013,511
   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash flows from financing activities

       

Proceeds from issuance of shares and other equity securities

      351,200       9,230,364       677,773  

Including: Proceeds from capital contribution from the non-controlling shareholder of a subsidiary

      351,200       —         100,744  

Proceeds from borrowings

      15,553,641       1,944,928       4,492,266  

Repayment of borrowings

      (8,682,760     (11,697,792     (6,710,036

Payment for lease liabilities

      (431,688     (561,520     (572,635

Payment for interest expenses

      (285,045     (923,562     (499,493
   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash generated from/(used in) financing activities

      6,505,348       (2,007,582     (2,612,125
   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents

      (46,950     (85,747     169,713  
   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net increase/(decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

      7,503,263       (52,111     (11,264,029

Add: Cash and cash equivalents at the beginning of the year

      11,124,938       18,628,201       18,576,090  
   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents at the end of year

    41 (c)      18,628,201       18,576,090       7,312,061  
   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.

 

F-10


Table of Contents

LUFAX HOLDING LTD

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2017, 2018 AND 2019

 

1

General information

Lufax Holding Ltd (the “Company”) was incorporated in the Cayman Islands on December 2, 2014 as an exempted company with limited liability under the Companies Law (Revised) of the Cayman Islands. The address of its registered office is Conyers Trust Company (Cayman) Limited, Cricket Square, Hutchins Drive, PO Box 2681, Grand Cayman, KY1-1111, Cayman Islands.

The Company is an investment holding company and with its consolidated subsidiaries and consolidated structured entities that are controlled through contractual arrangements (“Consolidated Affiliated Entities”) (collectively referred to as the “Group”) are principally engaged in retail credit facilitation and wealth management businesses in the People’s Republic of China (the “PRC”).

 

2

Reorganisation

The history of the Group’s retail credit business dates back to August 2005, when Ping An Insurance (Group) Company of China, Ltd. (together with its subsidiaries hereinafter “Ping An Group”) launched a consumer loan business in Shenzhen, China. The history of the wealth management business dates back to September 2011, when Ping An Group established Shanghai Lujiazui International Financial Asset Exchange Co., Ltd. as its wealth management subsidiary at the time. In 2014, the Group underwent a series of reorganizations and the Company was incorporated in the Cayman Islands as the holding company with the registered share capital of USD50,000, consisting of 5,000,000,000 common stock with a par value of USD0.00001 per share.

According to the share purchase agreement on August 27, 2015, the Company acquired 100% equity interest in Gem Alliance Limited (an investment holding company incorporated in the Cayman Islands and principally engaged in retail credit facilitation business in PRC through its wholly-owned subsidiary, hereinafter “Puhui”) from Ping An Overseas (Holdings) Limited (“PAOH”). A convertible promissory note (note 34) was issued as consideration as part of this transaction. The acquisition was consummated in May 2016. Since then, Puhui which operates retail credit business has become a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Group.

On January 25, 2017, the Company incorporated a wholly-owned subsidiary in Singapore, Lu International (Singapore) Financial Asset Exchange Pte. Ltd., to operate a wealth management platform for investors with assets outside China. On September 23, 2019, the Company acquired Lu International (Hong Kong) Limited, to develop an online wealth management platform targeting Hong Kong investors.

On June 12, 2018, the Company issued 22,146,871 class A ordinary shares to Honor Reliance Development Limited in exchange for 40% equity interest in each of Pingan Jixin (Shanghai) Investment Management Co., Ltd. (hereinafter “Pingan Jixin”) and Chongqing Chongjinsuo Enterprise Management Company.

On November 21, 2019, the China Banking and Insurance Regulatory Commission (“CBIRC”) approved the establishment of Ping An Consumer Finance Co., Ltd. (“Ping An Consumer Finance”). The Group subscribed RMB3.5 billion (Note 18) or 70% of the equity interest of Ping An Consumer Finance while Ping An Group subscribed RMB1.5 billion or 30%. As of December 31, 2019, Ping An Consumer Finance was in its pre-operation phase and was subject to further approval from CBIRC before it can operate the consumer finance business (Note 46).

The Company carried out three rounds of equity financing, the first two in 2015 and 2016, and the third one with separate closings in 2018 and 2019.

 

F-11


Table of Contents

LUFAX HOLDING LTD

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2017, 2018 AND 2019

 

2

Reorganisation (Continued)

 

On March 23, 2015, the Company issued a total of 50,000,000 Class B ordinary shares at the price of USD9.70 per share for a total consideration of approximately US$485.0 million to A-round investors.

On January 15, 2016, the Company issued a total of 62,071,988 Class B ordinary shares at the price of USD14.8869 per share for a total consideration of approximately USD924.1 million to B-round investors. Concurrently, pursuant to the exercise of the top up rights of A-round investors, the Company issued a total of 23,124,858 Class B ordinary shares at the price of USD12.61 per share for a total consideration of approximately USD291.6 million to A-round investors.

Class B ordinary shares has liquidation preference over and can be converted to Class A ordinary shares under certain circumstances.

The Group completed C-round investment on November 29, 2018 and January 31, 2019. Please refer to Note 35 for the detail information.

 

(a)

As of December 31, 2019, the Company had direct or indirect interests in the principal subsidiaries and our principal consolidated affiliated entities as below.

 

Company Name

   Country/place and date of
incorporation
     Attributable
equity
interest to
the Group
 

Controlled through direct equity holding:

     

Gem Blazing Limited

     Cayman/May 28, 2015        100

Wincon Hong Kong Investment Company Limited

     Hong Kong/December 29, 2014        100

Weikun (Shanghai) Technology Service Co., Ltd. (“Weikun Technology”)

     Shanghai/February 28, 2015        100

Jinjiong (Shenzhen) Technology Service Company Ltd.

     Shenzhen/October 16, 2017        100

Lufax Holding (Shenzhen) Technology Service Co. Ltd.

     Shenzhen/September 25, 2018        100

Gem Alliance Limited

     Cayman/May 26, 2015        100

Harmonious Splendor Limited

     Hong Kong/June 1, 2015        100

Ping An Puhui Financing Guarantee Co., Ltd.

     Nanjing/December 25, 2007        100

Ping An Puhui Enterprises Management Co., Ltd.

     Shenzhen/July 7, 2015        100

Chongqing Jin An Microloan Limited

     Chongqing/December 25, 2014        100

Ping An Puhui Investment & Consulting Co., Ltd.

     Shenzhen/September 5, 2005        100

Shenzhen Ping An Puhui Microloan Co., Ltd.

     Shenzhen/September 19, 2010        100

Ping An Puhui Information Services Co., Ltd.

     Harbin/July 18, 2016        100

Hunan Ping An Puhui Microloan Co., Ltd.

     Changsha/March 31, 2017        100

Ping An Financing Guarantee (Tianjin) Co., Ltd.

     Tianjin/March 12, 2012        100

Controlled through Contractual Agreements:

     

Shanghai Xiongguo Enterprise Management Co., Ltd. (“Xiongguo”)

     Shanghai/December 10, 2014        100

Shanghai Lujiazui International Financial Assets Exchange Co., Ltd.

     Shanghai/September 29, 2011        100

Shenzhen Lufax Holding Enterprise Management Co., Ltd.

     Shenzhen/May 23, 2018        100

The English name of certain subsidiaries of the Group represent the best effort by the Company’s management to translate their Chinese names, as these subsidiaries do not have official English names.

 

F-12


Table of Contents

LUFAX HOLDING LTD

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2017, 2018 AND 2019

 

2

Reorganisation (Continued)

 

(b)

The following table sets forth the major consolidated structured entities other than Consolidated Affiliated Entities of the Group as of December 31, 2019.

 

Name             
  Amount of investment
by the Group
     Total assets of
structure entities
 
    RMB’000      RMB’000  

Trust A

    —          17,333,608  

Trust B

    —          6,623,607  

Trust C

    —          5,328,229  

Wealth management product A

    2,186,200        4,248,200  

Wealth management product B

    700,000        1,565,000  

Trust D

    —          1,477,034  

Trust E

    1,020,000        1,020,000  

Trust F

    1,020,000        1,020,000  

Trust G

    1,000,000        1,000,000  

Trust H

    15,000        1,000,000  
 

 

 

    

 

 

 
    5,941,200        40,615,678  
 

 

 

    

 

 

 

Beneficiary of certain consolidated trust plans was Ping An Insurance (Group) Company of China, Ltd. and its subsidiaries. As of December 31, 2019, the outstanding principal was RMB10,795 million.

 

(c)

PRC laws and regulations prohibit or restrict foreign ownership of companies that conduct certain internet-based business, which include activities and services provided by the Group. The Group operates part of its business in the PRC through a series of contractual arrangements (collectively, “Contractual Arrangements”) entered into among wholly-owned subsidiaries of the Company (“WFOE”), Consolidated Affiliated Entities that are legally owned by shareholders authorized by the Group (“OPCO”) and the shareholders of Consolidated Affiliated Entities (“Onshore Shareholders”). The Contractual Arrangements include Exclusive Equity Interest Option Agreements, Exclusive Business Cooperation Arrangements, Exclusive Asset Option Agreements, Share Pledge Agreements and Voting Trust Agreements.

Under the Contractual Arrangements, the Company has the power to control the management, and financial and operating policies of the Consolidated Affiliated Entities, has exposure or rights to variable returns from its involvement with the Consolidated Affiliated Entities, and has ability to use its power over the Consolidated Affiliated Entities to affect the amount of the returns. As a result, all of these Consolidated Affiliated Entities are accounted for as consolidated structured entities of the Company and their financial statements have also been consolidated by the Company. The table below sets forth the principal Consolidated Affiliated Entities of the Group as of December 31, 2019:

 

Contract Date    WFOE    OPCO
March 23, 2015    Weikun Technology    Xiongguo

March 23, 2015

  

Weikun Technology

  

Shang Lujiazui International Financial Asset Exchange Co., Ltd.

November 21, 2018

  

Lufax (Shenzhen) Technology Service Co. Ltd.

  

Shenzhen Lufax Holding Enterprise Management Co., Ltd.

 

F-13


Table of Contents

LUFAX HOLDING LTD

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2017, 2018 AND 2019

 

2

Reorganisation (Continued)

 

The principal terms of the Contractual Arrangements are further described below:

 

 

Exclusive Equity Interest Option Agreement

Each Onshore Shareholder (which, collectively, legally own 100% of the shares of OPCO) have irrevocably and unconditionally granted WFOE an irrevocable and exclusive right to purchase, or designate one or more persons (each, a “Designee”) to purchase the equity interests in OPCO. WFOE shall be entitled to absolute discretion over the time, manner and times to exercise the option. Except for WFOE and the Designee(s), no other person shall be entitled to the Equity Interest Purchase Option or other rights with respect to the equity interests of OPCO held by any Onshore Shareholder. OPCO agreed to the grant by each Onshore Shareholder of the Equity Interest Purchase Option to WFOE.

 

 

Exclusive Business Cooperation Agreement

OPCO appointed WFOE as OPCO’s exclusive services provider to provide OPCO with complete business support and technical and consulting services during the term of the Agreement. OPCO agreed to accept all the consultations and services provided by WFOE exclusively unless with written consent of the WFOE and to accept the consultations and services by a third party appointed by WFOE. WFOE shall provide financial support for OPCO to maintain an ordinary business.

 

 

Exclusive Asset Option Agreement

OPCO irrevocably and unconditionally granted WFOE an irrevocable and exclusive right to purchase, or designate one or more persons (each, a “Designee”) to purchase the assets then held by OPCO once or at multiple times at any time in part or in whole at WFOE’s sole and absolute discretion. WFOE is entitled to absolute discretion over the time, manner and times to exercise the Option. Except for WFOE and the Designee(s), no other person shall be entitled to the Assets Purchase Option or other rights with respect to the assets of OPCO. Each Onshore Shareholder agreed to the grant by OPCO of the Assets Option to WFOE.

 

 

Share Pledge Agreement

As collateral security for the prompt and complete performance of any and all obligations of each Onshore Shareholder (legally owns 100% of the shares of OPCO) under the Cooperation Agreements (collectively, the “Secured Obligations”), Onshore Shareholder pledged to WFOE a first security interest in its share of the equity interest of OPCO.

 

 

Voting trust Agreement

Each Onshore Shareholder exclusively entrusted and authorized WFOE to exercise voting, management, and other shareholder rights of OPCO on its behalf. The powers and rights of WFOE granted under the said exclusive entrustment include but not limited to the following: propose, convene and attend shareholders’ meetings of OPCO; exercise all the shareholder’s rights and shareholder’s voting rights that each Onshore Shareholder is entitled to under the laws of the PRC and OPCO’s Articles of Association, including but not limited to the sale or transfer or pledge or disposition of Shares in part or in whole, and participate in dividend distributions or any other type of distribution of OPCO.

 

F-14


Table of Contents

LUFAX HOLDING LTD

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2017, 2018 AND 2019

 

2

Reorganisation (Continued)

 

(d)

Risks in relation to the Consolidated Affiliated Entities

In the opinion of the Company’s management, the Contractual Arrangements discussed above have resulted in the Company and WFOE having the power to direct activities that most significantly impact the Consolidated Affiliated Entities, including appointing key management, setting up operating policies, exerting financial controls and transferring profit or assets out of the Consolidated Affiliated Entities at its discretion. The Company has the power to direct activities of the Consolidated Affiliated Entities and can have assets transferred out of the Consolidated Affiliated Entities under its control. Currently there is no contractual arrangement that could require the Company to provide additional financial support to the Consolidated Affiliated Entities. As the Company is conducting its Internet-related conduct mainly through the Consolidated Affiliated Entities, the Company may provide such support on a discretionary basis in the future, which could expose the Company to a loss. As the Consolidated Affiliated Entities organized in the PRC were established as limited liability companies under PRC law, their creditors do not have recourse to the general credit of WFOE for the liabilities of the Consolidated Affiliated Entities, and WFOE does not have the obligation to assume the liabilities of these Consolidated Affiliated Entities.

The Company determined that the Contractual Arrangements are in compliance with PRC law and are legally enforceable. However, uncertainties in the PRC legal system could limit the Group’s ability to enforce the Contractual Arrangements.

On March 15, 2019, the Foreign Investment Law was formally passed by the thirteenth National People’s Congress and it has taken effect on January 1, 2020. The Foreign Investment Law will replace the Law on Sino-Foreign Equity Joint Ventures, the Law on Sino-Foreign Cooperative Joint Ventures and the Law on Foreign-Capital Enterprises to become the legal foundation for foreign investment in the PRC.

The Foreign Investment Law stipulates certain forms of foreign investment. However, the Foreign Investment Law does not explicitly stipulate contractual arrangements such as those the Company relies on as a form of foreign investment. Notwithstanding the above, the Foreign Investment Law stipulates that foreign investment includes “foreign investors investing through any other methods under laws, administrative regulations or provisions prescribed by the State Council.” Future laws, administrative regulations or provisions prescribed by the State Council may possibly regard Contractual Arrangements as a form of foreign investment. If this happens, it is uncertain whether the Contractual Arrangements with the Consolidated Affiliated Entities, its subsidiaries and its shareholders would be recognized as foreign investment, or whether the Contractual Arrangements would be deemed to be in violation of the foreign investment access requirements. As well as the uncertainty on how the Contractual Arrangements will be handle, there is substantial uncertainty regarding the interpretation and the implementation of the Foreign Investment Law. The relevant government authorities have broad discretion in interpreting the law. Therefore, there is no guarantee that the Contractual Arrangements, the business of the Consolidated Affiliated Entities and financial conditions of the Company will not be materially and adversely affected.

The Company’s ability to control Consolidated Affiliated Entities also depends on rights provided to WFOEs under the Voting trust Agreement, to vote on all matters requiring shareholder approval. As noted above, the Company believes the Voting trust Agreement is legally enforceable, but they may not be as effective as direct equity ownership. In addition, if the corporate structure of the Group or the

 

F-15


Table of Contents

LUFAX HOLDING LTD

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2017, 2018 AND 2019

 

2

Reorganisation (Continued)

 

(d)

Risks in relation to the Consolidated Affiliated Entities (Continued)

 

Contractual Arrangements between WFOEs the Consolidated Affiliated Entities and their respective shareholders and subsidiaries were found to be in violation of any existing PRC laws and regulations, the relevant PRC regulatory authorities could:

 

   

revoke Consolidated Affiliated Entities’ business and operating licenses;

 

   

revoke Consolidated Affiliated Entities to discontinue or restrict its operations;

 

   

restrict Consolidated Affiliated Entities’ right to collect revenues;

 

   

block Consolidated Affiliated Entities’ websites;

 

   

require the Group to restructure the operations, re-apply for the necessary licenses or relocate its business, staff and assets;

 

   

impose additional conditions or requirements with the Group may not be able to comply; or

 

   

take other regulatory or enforcement actions against the Group that could be harmful to the Group’s business.

 

(e)

The following are major financial statements amounts and balances of the Group’s Consolidated Affiliated Entities and their subsidiaries as of and for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2018 and 2019.

 

     As of December 31,  
     2017
RMB’000
     2018
RMB’000
     2019
RMB’000
 

Total assets

     25,071,893        25,645,298        36,205,619  

Total liabilities

     23,760,037        24,996,111        37,801,141  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     Year ended December 31,  
     2017
RMB’000
     2018
RMB’000
     2019
RMB’000
 

Total income

     5,214,978        9,202,334        3,564,138  

Net profit/(loss)

     153,196        (352,238      (2,403,015

Net cash generated from/(used in) operating activities

     54,097        163,555        (354,094

Net cash used in investing activities

     (2,019,200      (1,792,443      (8,002,289

Net cash generated from financing activities

     1,460,185        1,045,979        8,390,785  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net (decrease)/increase in cash

     (504,918      (582,909      34,402  

Cash at the beginning of the year

     1,737,025        1,530,832        962,121  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Cash at the end of the year

     1,232,107        947,923        996,523  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

As of December 31, 2017, 2018 and 2019, the total assets of Group’s Consolidated Affiliated Entities were mainly consisting of cash at bank, restricted cash, financial assets at fair value through profit or loss, financial assets at amortized cost, account and other receivables and contract assets, financial investments - loans and receivables, financial investments - available-for-sale, deferred tax assets and other assets. As of December 31, 2017, 2018 and 2019, the total liabilities were mainly consisting of payable to platform users, borrowings, accounts and other payables and contract liabilities, payables to investors of consolidated structured entities and other liabilities.

 

F-16


Table of Contents

LUFAX HOLDING LTD

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2017, 2018 AND 2019

 

3

Summary of significant accounting policies

The principal accounting policies applied in the preparation of the consolidated financial statements are set out below. These policies have been consistently applied to all the years presented unless otherwise stated.

 

3.1

Basis of preparation

The consolidated financial statements of the Group have been prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards (“IFRS”) issued by the International Accounting Standards Board (“IASB”). The consolidated financial statements have been prepared under the historical cost convention, as modified by the revaluation of available-for-sale financial assets, financial assets and liabilities (including derivative instruments) at fair value through profit or loss, which are carried at fair value.

The preparation of the consolidated financial statements in conformity with IFRSs requires the use of certain critical accounting estimates. It also requires management to exercise its judgment in the process of applying the Group’s accounting policies. The areas involving a higher degree of judgment or complexity, or areas where assumptions and estimates are significant to the consolidated financial statements are disclosed in Note 5 below.

First time adoption of IFRS

IFRS 1 “First-time adoption of International Financial Reporting Standards” has been applied in preparing the consolidated financial statements for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2018 and 2019. The Company previously prepared its consolidated financial statements in accordance with Accounting Standard for Business Enterprises issued by the Ministry of Finance of China (“CAS” or “Previous GAAP”). The Company did not elect any of the optional exemptions to full retrospective application of IFRS at transition. The adoption of mandatory exceptions to full retrospective applications of IFRS had no impact at transition.

All effective standards, amendments to standards and interpretations, which are mandatory for the financial year beginning on January 1, 2019, are consistently applied to the Group throughout the year ended December 31, 2017, 2018 and 2019 except that the Group adopted IFRS 9 on January 1, 2018.

The Group chose to apply the transition relief given in IFRS and did not restate the financial information for the year ended December 31, 2017 in accordance with IFRS 9 in the year of initial application. The Group discloses accounting policies for financial instruments in Note 3.9 and 3.2(c) for both periods. Accounting policies which conform with IFRS 9 that were applicable from 2018 onwards and accounting policies which conform with Previous GAAP that were applicable for the year then ended 31 December 2017. Any differences between the previous carrying amounts and the carrying amounts at the date of initial application were recognized in the opening retained earnings of 2018. The adoption of IFRS 9 has resulted in changes in accounting policies of recognition, classification and measurement of financial assets and financial liabilities and impairment of financial assets.

Upon transition to IFRS on January 1, 2017, the Group measured lease liabilities at the present value of the remaining lease payments, discounted using the lessee’s incremental borrowing rate at the date of transition and right-of-use assets at an amount equal to the lease liability, adjusted by the amount of any prepaid or accrued lease payments relating to the lease recognized in the statement of financial position

 

F-17


Table of Contents

LUFAX HOLDING LTD

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2017, 2018 AND 2019

 

3

Summary of significant accounting policies (Continued)

 

3.1

Basis of preparation (Continued)

First time adoption of IFRS (Continued)

 

immediately before the date of transition. The Group applied the following options as a lessee on a lease-by-lease basis:

 

   

Apply a single discount rate to a portfolio of leases with reasonably similar characteristics

 

   

Elect to account for leases that end within 12 months as short-term leases

 

   

Exclude initial direct costs from the measurement of the right-of-use asset

 

   

Use hindsight in determining the lease term

The table below sets forth the reconciliation of total equity and comprehensive income in relation to adoption of IFRS:

 

     As of
January 1,
     As of December 31,  
In RMB’000    2017      2017      2018      2019  

Total equity reported under Previous GAAP

     13,840,696        19,896,187        34,990,288        48,146,561  

Adjustments of IFRS 15

     479,322        1,367,926        —          —    

Adjustments of IFRS 16

     —          (27,901      (42,439      (1,144
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total equity reported under IFRS

     14,320,018        21,236,212        34,947,849        48,145,417  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

    Year ended December 31,  
In RMB’000   2017     2018     2019  

Comprehensive income under Previous GAAP

    5,495,013       13,323,045       13,099,016  

Adjustments of IFRS 15

    888,604       —         —    

Adjustments of IFRS 16

    (27,901     (14,538     41,295  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Comprehensive income under IFRS

    6,355,716       13,308,507       13,140,311  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The IFRS adjustments are primarily due to the full retrospective adjustment of IFRS 15 and IFRS 16. Under the Previous GAAP, the Company adopted IFRS 15 equivalent CAS accounting standard on January 1, 2018 using modified retrospective method with any differences between the previous carrying amounts and the carrying amounts at the date of initial application were recognized in the opening retained earnings of 2018 while the Company didn’t adopt the IFRS 16 equivalent CAS accounting standard.

The IFRS 15 adjustments primarily arose from the change in accounting treatment of contract acquisition costs. Under Previous GAAP, the contract acquisition cost was expensed as incurred. Under IFRS 15, the contract acquisition cost was capitalized as an asset and amortized on a systematic basis consistent with revenue recognition.

The Company has reclassified certain amounts at transition to conform to its financial statement presentation under IFRS. The cumulative reclassification adjustments made are not material.

The adoption of IFRS had no impact on the statement of cash flows.

 

F-18


Table of Contents

LUFAX HOLDING LTD

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2017, 2018 AND 2019

 

3

Summary of significant accounting policies (Continued)

 

3.1

Basis of preparation (Continued)

 

New and amended standards and interpretations not yet adopted by the Group

 

         

Effective for the annual periods
beginning on or after

  

Note

Amendments to IAS 1 and IAS 8

  

Definition of “Materiality”

   January 1, 2020    (a)

Amendments to IFRS 3

  

Definition of “a Business”

   January 1, 2020    (a)

Amendments to IFRS 9, IAS 39 and IFRS 7

  

Interest Rate Benchmark Reform

   January 1, 2020    (a)

Amendments to IFRS 10 and IAS 28

  

Sale or contribution of assets between an investor and its associate or joint venture

   To be determined.    (b)

IFRS 17

  

Insurance contracts

   January 1, 2023    (b)

Amendments to IAS 1

  

Classification of Liabilities as Current or Non-current

   January 1, 2023    (b)

 

(a)

The Group adopted these amendments on January 1, 2020 and noted no significant impact on the Group’s financial position or performance.

(b)

The Group does not expect that adoption of these standards will have a significant impact on the Group’s financial position or performance.

 

3.2

Changes in accounting policies

 

(a)

Impact of adoption - IFRS 9 “Financial Instruments”

As IFRS 9 was generally adopted without restating comparative information, the reclassifications and the adjustments arising from the new impairment rules were therefore not reflected in the restated balance sheets as of January 1 and December 31, 2017 but were recognized in the opening balance sheet on January 1, 2018.

The impact on the Group’s financial statements as of January 1, 2018 is as follows:

 

Financial statement

Items

 

As of

December 31,
2017
RMB’000

    Impact of IFRS 9 adoption    

As of

January 1,
2018
RMB’000

 
    Reclassification
effects
RMB’000
   

Re-measurement
effects

RMB’000

 

Assets

       

Include:

       

Cash at bank

    18,713,201       —         (30     18,713,171  

Financial assets at fair value through profit or loss

    12,441,560       2,524,123       (4,684     14,960,999  

Financial assets at amortized cost

    N/A       7,721,229       (4,619     7,716,610  

Loans to customers

    97,552,937       —         (147,815     97,405,122  

Financial investments - available-for-sale

    2,524,123       (2,524,123     —         —    

Financial investments - loans and receivables

    7,721,229       (7,721,229     —         —    

Deferred tax assets

    3,268,261       —         17,797       3,286,058  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

    142,221,311       —         (139,351     142,081,960  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-19


Table of Contents

LUFAX HOLDING LTD

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2017, 2018 AND 2019

 

3

Summary of significant accounting policies (Continued)

 

3.2

Changes in accounting policies (Continued)

 

(a)

Impact of adoption - IFRS 9 “Financial Instruments” (Continued)

 

Financial statement

Items

 

As of

December 31,
2017
RMB’000

    Impact of IFRS 9 adoption    

As of

January 1,
2018
RMB’000

 
    Reclassification
effects
RMB’000
   

Re-measurement
effects

RMB’000

 

Liabilities

       

Include:

       

Financing guarantee liabilities

    564,449       —         (78,273     486,176  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

    564,449       —         (78,273     486,176  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Equity

       

Include:

       

Other reserves

    7,120,196       —         (602     7,119,594  

Retained earnings

    2,676,999       —         (59,697     2,617,302  

Non-controlling interests

    568,612       —         (779     567,833  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

    10,365,807       —         (61,078     10,304,729  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(b)

Impairment of financial assets

Commencing January 1, 2018, the Group assesses on a forward-looking basis the expected credit loss associated with its debt instruments carried at amortized cost and fair value through other comprehensive income. The impairment methodology applied depends on whether there has been a significant increase in credit risk.

Applying the expected credit losses model resulted in the recognition of losses allowance on January 1, 2018 is as follow:

 

Impairment provision    As of
December 31, 2017
     As of
January 1, 2018
 

Loans to customers

     4,207,626        4,355,441  

Financial assets at amortized cost

     N/A        203,469  

Financial investments – loans and receivables

     198,850        N/A  

Other financial assets

     1,037,396        1,037,396  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     5,443,872        5,596,306  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Financing guarantee liabilities

     564,449        486,176  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(c)

Financial assets - Accounting policies applied prior to January 1, 2018

Classification and measurement of financial assets

Financial assets within the scope of Previous GAAP are classified as financial assets at fair value through profit or loss, held-to-maturity financial assets, loans and receivables and available-for-sale financial assets, as appropriate.

 

F-20


Table of Contents

LUFAX HOLDING LTD

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2017, 2018 AND 2019

 

3

Summary of significant accounting policies (Continued)

 

3.2

Changes in accounting policies (Continued)

 

(c)

Financial assets - Accounting policies applied prior to January 1, 2018 (Continued)

Classification and measurement of financial assets (Continued)

 

The classification depends on the purpose for which the investments were acquired or originated. Financial assets are classified as at fair value through profit or loss where the Group’s documented investment strategy is to manage financial investments on a fair value basis, because the related liabilities are also managed on this basis. The available-for-sale and held-to-maturity categories are used when the relevant liabilities (including shareholders’ funds) are relatively passively managed and/or carried at amortized cost.

All regular way purchases and sales of financial assets are recognized on the trade date, i.e., the date the Group commits to purchase or sell the asset. Regular way purchases or sales of financial assets require delivery of assets within the time frame generally established by regulation or convention in the market place.

Financial instruments at fair value through profit or loss have two sub-categories namely financial instruments held for trading and those designated at fair value through profit or loss at inception. Financial instruments typically bought with the intention to sell in the near future are classified as held for trading. A financial instrument can only be designated at inception as at fair value through profit or loss and cannot be subsequently changed. For financial instruments designated at fair value through profit or loss, the following criteria must be met:

 

   

the designation eliminates or significantly reduces the inconsistent treatment that would otherwise arise from measuring the assets or liabilities or recognizing the gains or losses on them on a different basis; or

 

   

the assets and liabilities are part of a group of financial assets, financial liabilities or both which are managed and their performance evaluated on a fair value basis, in accordance with a documented risk management or investment strategy; or

 

   

the financial asset contains an embedded derivative that needs to be separately recorded.

These financial instruments are initially recorded at fair value. Subsequent to initial recognition, they are remeasured at fair value. Fair value adjustments and realized gains and losses are recognized in the profit or loss.

Financial assets at fair value through profit or loss include derivative financial instruments.

Held-to-maturity financial assets are non-derivative financial assets that comprise fixed or determinable payments and maturities of which the Group has the positive intention and ability to hold until maturity. Investments intended to be held for an undefined period are not included in this classification. These investments are initially recognized at cost, being the fair value of the consideration paid for the acquisition of the investment. All transaction costs directly attributable to the acquisition are also included in the cost of the investment. Subsequent to initial recognition, these investments are carried at amortized cost using the effective interest method and less any provision for impairment. The amortized cost is computed as the amount initially recognized minus principal repayments, plus or minus the

 

F-21


Table of Contents

LUFAX HOLDING LTD

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2017, 2018 AND 2019

 

3

Summary of significant accounting policies (Continued)

 

3.2

Changes in accounting policies (Continued)

 

(c)

Financial assets - Accounting policies applied prior to January 1, 2018 (Continued)

Classification and measurement of financial assets (Continued)

 

cumulative amortization using the effective interest method of any difference between the initially recognized amount and the maturity amount. This calculation includes all fees and points paid or received between parties to the contract that are an integral part of the effective interest rate, transaction costs and all other premiums and discounts. Gains and losses are recognized in the profit or loss when the investments are derecognized or impaired, as well as through the amortization process.

Loans and receivables are non-derivative financial assets with fixed or determinable payments that are not quoted in an active market. Loans and receivables acquired by the Group are initially recognized at cost, being the fair value of the consideration paid for the acquisition of the investment. All transaction costs directly attributable to the acquisition are also included in the cost of the investment. Subsequent to initial recognition, these investments are carried at amortized cost, using the effective interest method less any provision for impairment. Gains and losses are recognized in the profit or loss when the investments are derecognized or impaired, as well as through the amortization process.

Available-for-sale financial investments include equity and debt securities. Equity investments classified as available-for-sale are those, which are neither classified as held for trading nor designated at fair value through profit or loss. Debt securities in this category are those that are intended to be held for an indefinite period of time and which may be sold in response to needs for liquidity or in response to changes in the market conditions.

After initial recognition, available-for-sale financial assets are subsequently measured at fair value, with unrealized gains or losses recognized as other comprehensive income in the capital reserve until the asset is derecognized, at which time, the cumulative gain or loss is recognized in investment income, or until the investment is determined to be impaired, when the cumulative loss is recognized in the profit or loss in investment income and removed from the capital reserve.

Reclassification of financial assets with fixed or determinable payments and fixed maturity from available-for-sale to held-to-maturity is permitted when the Group has the ability and intention to hold the financial asset until maturity.

For a financial asset reclassified from the available-for-sale category, the fair value at the date of reclassification becomes its new amortized cost and any previous gain or loss on that asset that has been recognized in equity is amortized to profit or loss over the remaining life of the investment using the effective interest rate (‘EIR’). Any difference between the new amortized cost and the expected cash flows is also amortized over the remaining life of the asset using the EIR. If the asset is subsequently determined to be impaired, then the amount recorded in equity is reclassified to the profit or loss.

Impairment of financial assets

The Group assesses at the end of the reporting period the carrying amount of financial assets. If there is any objective evidence that a financial asset is impaired, the Group provides for such impairment losses. The objective evidence which indicates impairment of financial assets represents events actually

 

F-22


Table of Contents

LUFAX HOLDING LTD

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2017, 2018 AND 2019

 

3

Summary of significant accounting policies (Continued)

 

3.2

Changes in accounting policies (Continued)

 

(c)

Financial assets - Accounting policies applied prior to January 1, 2018 (Continued)

Impairment of financial assets (Continued)

 

occurring after initial recognition of financial assets which have an impact on the financial assets’ estimated future cash flows, and the impact can be reliably measured.

Available-for-sale financial assets

As of the end of each reporting period, the Group evaluates each of the available-for-sale equity instruments to determine whether the investments are impaired. If objective evidence of impairment exists, the Group records an impairment loss in the profit or loss equal to the difference between the cost of the instrument and the current fair value, adjusted for losses recorded in previous periods. Any unrealized gains or losses previously recognized in the available-for-sale financial assets reserve is removed and recognized in the profit or loss as part of the calculation of impairment loss described above.

For equity instruments, a significant or prolonged decline in the fair value of an equity instrument bellow the cost is objective evidence of impairment. In conducting an impairment analysis, the Group considers quantitative and qualitative evidence. More specifically, the Group collectively considers the magnitude of the decline in fair value relative to the cost, volatility, and the duration of the decline in evaluating whether a decline in fair value is significant. The Group considers the period and consistency of the decline in evaluating whether a decline in fair value is prolonged. The Group generally considers a decline of 50% or more as significant and a period of 12 months or longer is considered to be prolonged.

The Group also considers qualitative evidence that includes, but is not necessarily limited to the following:

 

   

Significant financial difficulty of the investee, including failure to comply with contractual obligations, financial restructuring, deterioration of going concern expectations;

 

   

Adverse changes relative to the investee’s technology, market, customer base, macroeconomic indicators relative to the business, significant legal or regulatory matters.

Impairments do not establish a new cost basis and, accordingly, to the extent an impairment loss has been previously recorded due to the significant or prolonged criteria described above, any subsequent losses, including any portion attributable to foreign currency changes, are also recognized in profit or loss until the asset is derecognized.

If after an impairment loss has been recognized on an available-for-sale debt instrument, and the fair value of the debt instrument increases in a subsequent period whereby the increase can be objectively related to an event occurring after the impairment losses were recognized, the impairment loss is reversed which is recognized in profit or loss. Impairment losses recognized for equity instruments classified as available-for-sale are not reversed through profit or loss.

 

F-23


Table of Contents

LUFAX HOLDING LTD

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2017, 2018 AND 2019

 

3

Summary of significant accounting policies (Continued)

 

3.2

Changes in accounting policies (Continued)

 

(c)

Financial assets - Accounting policies applied prior to January 1, 2018 (Continued)

 

Financial assets carried at amortized cost

If financial assets carried at amortized cost are impaired, the carrying amount of the financial assets is reduced to the present value of estimated future cash flows (excluding future credit losses that have not been incurred) and the reduction is recognized as an impairment loss in the profit or loss. The present value of estimated future cash flows shall be calculated with the financial asset’s original effective interest rate and the related collateral value shall also be taken into account.

For a financial asset that is individually significant, the Group assesses the asset individually for impairment, and recognizes the amount of impairment in profit or loss. For a financial asset that is not individually significant, the Group assesses the asset individually for impairment or includes the asset in a group of financial assets with similar credit risk characteristics and collectively assesses them for impairment. If it is determined that no objective evidence of impairment exists for an individually assessed financial asset, whether the financial asset is individually significant or not, the financial asset is included in a group of financial assets with similar credit risk characteristics and collectively assessed for impairment. Financial assets for which an impairment loss is individually recognized are not included with similar risk characteristics in the collective assessment for impairment.

After the Group recognizes an impairment loss of financial assets carried at amortized cost, if there is objective evidence that the financial assets’ value restores and the restoration can be related objectively to an event occurring after the impairment was recognized, the previously recognized impairment loss shall be reversed and recognized in profit or loss. However, the reversal shall not result in a carrying amount of the financial asset that exceeds what the amortized cost would have been had the impairment not been recognized at the date the impairment was reversed.

Financial assets carried at cost

If there is objective evidence that an impairment loss has been incurred on an unquoted equity instrument that is not carried at fair value because its fair value cannot be reliably measured, or on a derivative asset that is linked to and must be settled by delivery of such an unquoted equity instrument, the amount of loss is measured as the difference between the asset’s carrying amount and the present value of estimated future cash flows discounted at the current market rate of return for a similar financial asset. Impairment losses on these assets are not reversed.

 

3.3

Principles of consolidation and equity accounting

 

3.3.1

Subsidiaries

Subsidiaries are all entities (including consolidated structured entities as stated in Note 2 above) over which the Group has control. The Group controls an entity when the Group is exposed to, or has rights to, variable returns from its involvement with the entity and has the ability to affect those returns through its power to direct the activities of the entity. Subsidiaries are fully consolidated from the date on which control is transferred to the Group. They are deconsolidated from the date that control ceases.

The acquisition method of accounting is used to account for business combinations by the Group (refer to Note 3.5).

 

F-24


Table of Contents

LUFAX HOLDING LTD

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2017, 2018 AND 2019

 

3

Summary of significant accounting policies (Continued)

 

3.3

Principles of consolidation and equity accounting (Continued)

 

3.3.1

Subsidiaries (Continued)

 

Intra-group transactions, balances and unreleased gains on transactions between group companies are eliminated. Unrealized losses are also eliminated unless the transaction provides evidence of an impairment of the transferred assets. Accounting policies of subsidiaries have been changed where necessary to ensure consistency with the policies adopted by the Group.

Non-controlling interests in the results and equity of subsidiaries are shown separately in the consolidated statements of comprehensive income, consolidated statement of changes in equity and consolidated balance sheet, respectively.

 

3.3.2

Associates

An associate is an entity over which the Group has significant influence but not control, generally accompanying a shareholding of between 20% and 50% of the voting rights. Significant influence could be demonstrated for an investment of less than 20%, for example, by representation on the board of directors or equivalent governing body of the investee.

Investments in associates are accounted for using the equity method of accounting. Under the equity method, the investment is initially recognized at cost, and the carrying amount is increased or decreased to recognize the investor’s share of the profit or loss of the investee after the date of acquisition. The Group’s investments in associates include goodwill identified on acquisition, net of any accumulated impairment loss. Upon the acquisition of the ownership interest in an associate, any difference between the cost of the associate and the Group’s share of the net fair value of the associate’s identifiable assets and liabilities is accounted for as goodwill.

If the ownership interest in an associate is reduced but significant influence is retained, only a proportionate share of the amounts previously recognized in other comprehensive income is reclassified to profit or loss where appropriate.

The Group’s share of post-acquisition profit or loss is recognized in the statement of profit or loss, and its share of post-acquisition movements in other comprehensive income is recognized in other comprehensive income or loss. The cumulative post-acquisition movements are adjusted against the carrying amount of the investment. When the Group’s share of losses in an associate equals or exceeds its interest in the associate, including any other unsecured receivables, the Group does not recognize further losses, unless it has incurred legal or constructive obligations or made payments on behalf of the associate.

The Group determines at each reporting date whether there is any objective evidence that the investment in the associate is impaired. If this is the case, the Group calculates the amount of impairment as the difference between the recoverable amount of the associate and its carrying value and recognizes the amount adjacent to ‘share of profit of investments accounted for using equity method’ in the consolidated statement of comprehensive income.

Profits and losses resulting from upstream and downstream transactions between the Group and its associates are recognized in the Group’s financial statements only to the extent of unrelated investor’s interests in the associates. Unrealised losses are eliminated unless the transaction provides evidence of

 

F-25


Table of Contents

LUFAX HOLDING LTD

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2017, 2018 AND 2019

 

3

Summary of significant accounting policies (Continued)

 

3.3

Principles of consolidation and equity accounting (Continued)

 

3.3.2

Associates (Continued)

 

an impairment of the asset transferred. Accounting policies of associates have been changed where necessary to ensure consistency with the policies adopted by the Group.

Gain or losses on dilution of equity interest in associates are recognized in the consolidated statement of comprehensive income.

 

3.4

Structured entities

A structured entity is an entity that has been designed so that voting or similar rights are not the dominant factor in deciding who controls the entity, such as when any voting rights relate to administrative tasks only, and the relevant activities are directly by means of contractual or related arrangements.

The Group determines whether it is an agent or principal in relation to those structured entities in which the Group acts as an asset manager based on management’s judgement. If an assets manager is an agent, it acts primarily on behalf of others and so does not control the structured entity. It may be the principal if it acts primarily for itself, and therefore controls the structured entity.

With respect to the Consolidated Affiliated Entities, the Group acts as a principal and the determination of the consolidation of the Consolidated Affiliated Entities is set out in Note 2. The unconsolidated structured entities in which the Group acts as an asset manager is set out in Note 4.3.

 

3.5

Business combination

The Group applies the acquisition method to account for business combinations. The consideration transferred for the acquisition of a subsidiary is the fair value of the assets transferred, the liabilities incurred to the former owners of the acquiree and the equity interests issued by the Group. The consideration transferred includes the fair value of any asset or liability resulting from a contingent consideration arrangement. Identifiable assets acquired and liabilities and contingent liabilities assumed in a business combination are measured initially at their fair values at the acquisition date.

The Group recognizes any non-controlling interest in the acquiree on an acquisition-by-acquisition basis. Non-controlling interests in the acquiree that are present ownership interests and entitle their holders to a proportionate share of the entity’s net assets in the event of liquidation are measured at either fair value or the present ownership interests’ proportionate share in the recognized amounts of the acquirer’s identifiable net assets. All other components of non-controlling interests are measured at their acquisition date fair value, unless another measurement basis is required by IFRS.

Acquisition-related costs are expensed as incurred.

If the business combination is achieved in stages, the acquisition date carrying value of the acquirer’s previously held equity interest in the acquiree is re-measured to fair value at the acquisition date; any gains or losses arising from such re-measurement are recognized in profit or loss.

 

F-26


Table of Contents

LUFAX HOLDING LTD

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2017, 2018 AND 2019

 

3

Summary of significant accounting policies (Continued)

 

3.5

Business combination (Continued)

 

Any contingent consideration to be transferred by the Group is recognized at fair value at the acquisition date. Subsequent changes to the fair value of the contingent consideration that is deemed to be an asset or liability is recognized in profit or loss. Contingent consideration that is classified as equity is not remeasured, and its subsequent settlement is accounted for within equity.

The excess of the consideration transferred, the amount of any non-controlling interest in the acquiree and the acquisition-date fair value of any previous equity interest in the acquiree over the fair value of the identifiable net assets acquired is recorded as goodwill. If the total of consideration transferred, non-controlling interest recognized and previously held interest measured is less than the fair value of the net assets of the subsidiary acquired in the case of a bargain purchase, the difference is recognized directly in the consolidated statement of comprehensive income.

 

3.6

Segment reporting

Operating segments are reported in a manner consistent with the internal reporting provided to the chief operating decision-maker, who is responsible for allocation of resources and assessing performance of the operating segments and make strategic decisions. The Group’s chief operating decision makers have been identified as the executive directors of the Company, who review the consolidated results of operations when making decisions about allocating resources and assessing performance of the Group as a whole.

For the purpose of internal reporting and management’s operation review, the chief operating decision makers and management personnel do not segregate the Group’s business by product or service lines. Hence, the Group has only one operating segment. In addition, the Group does not distinguish between markets or segments for the purpose of internal reporting. As the Group’s assets and liabilities are substantially located in the PRC, substantially all revenues are earned and substantially all expenses are incurred in the PRC, accordingly, no geographical segments are presented.

 

3.7

Foreign currency translation

 

(i)

Functional and presentation currency

Items included in the financial statements of each of the Group’s entities are measured using the currency of the primary economic environment in which the entity operates (‘the functional currency’). The functional currency of the Company and the major overseas-incorporated subsidiaries is United States dollar (“USD”). RMB is the functional currency of the subsidiaries in the PRC. As the major operations of the Group are within the PRC, the Group determined to present its consolidated financial statement in RMB (unless otherwise stated).

 

(ii)

Transactions and balances

Foreign currency transactions are translated into the functional currency using the exchange rates at the dates of the transactions. Foreign exchange gains and losses resulting from the settlement of such transactions, and from the translation of monetary assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies at year end exchange rates, are generally recognized in consolidated statements of comprehensive income.

 

F-27


Table of Contents

LUFAX HOLDING LTD

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2017, 2018 AND 2019

 

3

Summary of significant accounting policies (Continued)

 

3.7

Foreign currency translation (Continued)

 

(ii)

Transactions and balances (Continued)

 

Foreign exchange gains and losses that relate to borrowings are presented in the consolidated statements of comprehensive income, within finance costs. All other foreign exchange gains and losses are presented in the consolidated statements of comprehensive income on a net basis within other gains/(losses).

Non-monetary items that are measured at fair value in a foreign currency are translated using the exchange rates at the date when the fair value was determined. Translation differences on assets and liabilities carried at fair value are reported as part of the fair value gain or loss. For example, translation differences on non-monetary assets and liabilities such as equities held at fair value through profit or loss are recognized in profit or loss as part of the fair value gain or loss, and translation differences on non-monetary assets such as equities classified as of fair value through other comprehensive income are recognized in other comprehensive income.

 

(iii)

Group companies

The results and financial position of all foreign operations (none of which has the currency of a hyper-inflationary economy) that have a functional currency different from the presentation currency are translated into the presentation currency as follows:

 

   

assets and liabilities for each balance sheet presented are translated at the closing rate at the date of that balance sheet,

 

   

income and expenses for each statement of profit or loss and statement of comprehensive income are translated at average exchange rates (unless this is not a reasonable approximation of the cumulative effect of the rates prevailing on the transaction dates, in which case income and expenses are translated at the dates of the transactions), and

 

   

all resulting exchange differences are recognized in other comprehensive income.

 

3.8

Cash and cash equivalents

For the purpose of presentation in the statement of cash flows, cash and cash equivalents includes cash on hand, deposits held at call with financial institutions, other short-term, highly liquid investments with original maturities of three months or less that are readily convertible to known amounts of cash and which are subject to an insignificant risk of changes in value.

 

3.9

Financial assets - Accounting policies applied from January 1, 2018

 

(i)

Recognition

The Group shall recognize a financial asset or a financial liability in its statement of financial position when, and only when, it becomes a party to the contractual provisions of the instrument.

At initial recognition, the Group measures a financial asset at its fair value plus, in the case of a financial asset not at fair value through profit or loss, transaction costs that are incremental and directly attributable to the acquisition or issue of the financial asset. Transaction costs of financial assets carried at fair value through profit or loss are expensed in profit or loss.

 

F-28


Table of Contents

LUFAX HOLDING LTD

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2017, 2018 AND 2019

 

3

Summary of significant accounting policies (Continued)

 

3.9

Financial assets - Accounting policies applied from January 1, 2018 (Continued)

 

(ii)

Classification and Measurement

The Group classifies its financial assets in the following measurement categories, which depends on the Group’s business model for managing the financial assets and the contractual terms of the cash flows:

 

   

those to be measured at amortized cost (“AC”);

 

   

those to be measured at fair value through other comprehensive income (“FVOCI”); or

 

   

those to be measured at fair value through profit or loss (“FVPL”).

The Group determines the classification of debt investments according to its business model and the contractual cash flow characteristics of the financial assets. The investments shall be classified as FVPL if the cash flows cannot pass solely payments of principal and interest on the principal amount (“SPPI”) testing. Otherwise, the classification finally depends on the business model. For investments in equity instruments, investments are classified as FVPL in general, except those designated as the equity investment at FVOCI.

Debt instruments

Debt instruments are those instruments that meet the definition of a financial liability from the issuer’s perspective, such as loans, government and corporate bonds, etc. Subsequent measurement of debt instruments depends on the Group’s business model for managing the asset and the cash flow characteristics of the asset. There are three measurement categories into which the Group classifies its debt instruments:

 

   

Amortized cost: Assets that are held for collection of contractual cash flows where those cash flows represent solely payments of principal and interest, and that are not designated at FVPL are measured at amortized cost. Interest income from these financial assets is included in interest income using the effective interest rate method. Any gain or loss arising from derecognition or impairment is recognized directly in profit or loss. Such assets held by the Group mainly include cash at bank, accounts and other receivables and contract assets, financial assets at AC, loans to customers measured at AC, etc.

 

   

FVOCI: Assets that are held for collection of contractual cash flows and for selling the financial assets, where the assets’ cash flows represent solely payments of principal and interest, and that are not designated as FVPL are measured at FVOCI. Movements in the carrying amount are taken through OCI, except for the recognition of impairment gains or losses, interest revenue and foreign exchange gains and losses which are recognized in profit or loss. When the financial asset is derecognized, the cumulative gain or loss on the instrument’s amortized cost previously recognized in OCI is reclassified from equity to profit or loss. Interest income from these financial assets is included in interest income using the effective interest rate method.

 

   

FVPL: Assets that do not meet the criteria for amortized cost or FVOCI are measured at FVPL. The gains or losses arising from fair value changes on the debt investments measured at FVPL are recognized in profit or loss.

 

F-29


Table of Contents

LUFAX HOLDING LTD

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2017, 2018 AND 2019

 

3

Summary of significant accounting policies (Continued)

 

3.9

Financial assets - Accounting policies applied from January 1, 2018 (Continued)

 

(ii)

Classification and Measurement (Continued)

 

Equity instruments

The Group subsequently measures all equity investments at fair value. Where the Group’s management has elected to present fair value gains and losses on equity investments in OCI, there is no subsequent reclassification of fair value gains and losses to profit or loss following the derecognition of the investment. Dividends, representing a return on such investments continue to be recognized in profit or loss when the Group’s right to receive payments is established.

 

(iii)

Impairment

Expected credit loss refers to the weighted average amount of credit loss of financial instruments based on the probability of default. Credit loss refers to the difference between all contractual cash flows receivable and all cash flows that the entity expects to receive, discounted at the original effective interest rate.

The Group assesses on a forward-looking basis the expected credit losses associated with its debt instruments carried at amortized cost, FVOCI, with the exposure arising from loan commitments and financing guarantee contracts that are not in the scope of ‘Insurance Contracts’. A number of significant judgements are also required in applying the accounting requirements for measuring ECL, such as:

 

   

Choosing appropriate models and assumptions for the measurement of ECL including exposure at default (EAD), probability of default (PD), loss given default (LGD), etc.;

 

   

Determining criteria for significant increase in credit risk;

 

   

Establishing the number and relative weightings of forward-looking scenarios for the associated ECL.

For the financial instruments subject to ECL measurement, the Group assesses the significant increase in credit risk since initial recognition or whether an asset is considered to be credit impaired, ‘Three-stage’ expected credit loss models are established and staging definition are set for each of these financial assets class. Incorporating forward-looking information, expected credit losses for financial assets are recognized into the different stages.

Stage 1: A financial instrument that is not credit-impaired on initial recognition is classified in ‘Stage 1’ and has its credit risk continuously monitored by the Group. The impairment provision is measured at an amount equal to the 12-month expected credit losses for the financial assets which are not considered to have significantly increased in credit risk since initial recognition.

Stage 2: If a significant increase in credit risk (‘SICR’) since initial recognition is identified, the financial instrument is moved to ‘Stage 2’ but is not yet deemed to be credit-impaired. The impairment provision is measured based on expected credit losses on a lifetime basis.

Stage 3: If the financial instrument is credit-impaired, the financial instrument is then moved to ‘Stage 3’. The impairment provision is measured based on expected credit losses on a lifetime basis.

 

F-30


Table of Contents

LUFAX HOLDING LTD

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2017, 2018 AND 2019

 

3

Summary of significant accounting policies (Continued)

 

3.9

Financial assets - Accounting policies applied from January 1, 2018 (Continued)

 

(iii)

Impairment (Continued)

 

For the financial Instruments in Stage 1 and Stage 2, the Group calculates the interest income based on its gross carrying amount (i.e. amortized cost) before adjusting for impairment provision using the effective interest method. For the financial instruments in Stage 3, the interest income is calculated based on the carrying amount of the asset, net of the impairment provision, using the effective interest method. Financial assets that are originated or purchased credit impaired are financial assets that are impaired at the time of initial recognition, and the impairment provision for these assets is the expected credit loss for the entire lifetime.

The Group recognizes or reverses the loss allowance through profit or loss. For debt instruments measured at FVOCI, impairment gains or losses are included in the net impairment losses on financial assets and corresponding by reducing the accumulated changes in fair value included in the OCI reserve of equity.

For account receivables, the Group refers to historical experience of credit loss, combined with current situation and forward-looking information, to formulate the lifetime expected credit loss of the financial assets.

 

(iv)

Derecognition

Financial assets are derecognized if one of the following criteria are met:

 

   

the contractual rights to receive the cash flows from the financial assets have expired;

 

   

they have been transferred and the Group transfers substantially all the risks and rewards of ownership;

 

   

they have been transferred and the Group neither transfers nor retains substantially all the risks and rewards of ownership and the Group has not retained control.

When the equity financial assets measured at FVOCI are derecognized, the cumulative gain or loss previously recognized in OCI is reclassified from equity to retained profits. When the other financial assets are derecognized, the cumulative gain or loss previously recognized in OCI is reclassified from equity to profit or loss.

Write-off Financial assets (and the related impairment allowances) are normally written off, either partially or in full, when there is no realistic prospect of recovery. Where loans to customers and receivables arising from default guarantee payments are secured, this is generally after receipt of any proceeds from the realization of security. In circumstances where there is no credit enhancement, loans to customers, accounts receivables related to retail credit facilitation business and the related allowance were written off when they are delinquent for 180 days or more.

 

3.10

Financial liabilities

At initial recognition, the Group classifies a financial liability as at fair value through profit or loss or other financial liabilities. The Group measures a financial liability at its fair value plus, in the case of a

 

F-31


Table of Contents

LUFAX HOLDING LTD

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2017, 2018 AND 2019

 

3

Summary of significant accounting policies (Continued)

 

3.10

Financial liabilities (Continued)

 

financial liability not at fair value through profit or loss, transaction costs that are incremental and directly attributable to the acquisition or issue of the financial liability. Transaction costs of financial liabilities carried at FVPL are expensed in profit or loss.

When all or part of the current obligations of a financial liability have been discharged, the Group derecognizes the portion of the financial liability or obligation that has been discharged. The difference between the carrying amount of the derecognized liability and the consideration is recognized in profit or loss.

 

(i)

Financial liabilities at fair value through profit or loss

Financial liabilities at fair value through profit or loss include financial liabilities held for trading and other financial liabilities designated as such at initial recognition. Financial liabilities held for trading are the financial liabilities that:

 

   

are incurred principally for the purpose of repurchasing it in the near term;

 

   

on initial recognition are part of a portfolio of identified financial instruments that are managed together and for which there is evidence of a recent actual pattern of short-term profit-taking; or

 

   

are derivatives (except for a derivative that is a designated and effective hedging instrument or a financing guarantee contract).

Such financial liabilities held for trading shall subsequently measure at fair value. All the related realized and unrealized gains/(losses) are recognized in profit/(loss) in the current period.

The Group may, at initial recognition, designate a financial liability as measured at fair value through profit or loss when one of the following criteria is met:

 

   

it eliminates or significantly reduces a measurement or recognition inconsistency that would otherwise arise from measuring assets or liabilities or recognizing the gains and losses on them on different bases; or

 

   

a group of financial liabilities or financial assets and financial liabilities is managed and its performance is evaluated on a fair value basis, in accordance with a documented risk management or investment strategy, and information about the group is provided internally on that basis to the entity’s key management personnel; or

 

   

a contract contains one or more embedded derivatives, with the host being not an asset within the scope of IFRS 9, and the embedded derivative(s) do(es) significantly modify the cash flows.

Once designated as at fair value through profit or loss at initial recognition, the financial liabilities shall not be reclassified to other financial liabilities in subsequent periods. Financial liabilities designated at FVPL are subsequently measured at fair value. Any changes in fair value are recognized in profit or loss, except for changes in fair value arising from changes in the Group’s own credit risk which are recognized in the OCI. Changes in fair value due to changes in the Group’s own credit risk are not subsequently reclassified to profit or loss upon derecognition of the liabilities.

 

F-32


Table of Contents

LUFAX HOLDING LTD

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2017, 2018 AND 2019

 

3

Summary of significant accounting policies (Continued)

 

3.11

Determination of fair value

The fair value of a financial instrument that is traded in an active market is determined by reference to quoted market bid prices for assets and offer prices for liabilities, at the close of business at the end of the reporting period. If quoted market prices are not available, reference can also be made to broker or dealer price quotations.

For financial instruments where there is no active market, the fair value is determined by using valuation techniques. Such techniques should be appropriate in the circumstances for which sufficient data is available, and the inputs should be consistent with the objective of estimating the price at which an orderly transaction to sell the asset or to transfer the liability would take place between market participants at the measurement date under current market conditions, and maximize the use of relevant observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs.

Such techniques include using recent prices in arm’s length transactions, reference to the current market value of another instrument which is substantially the same, discounted cash flow analysis and/or option pricing models. For discounted cash flow techniques, estimated future cash flows are based on management’s best estimates and the discount rate used is a market related rate for similar instruments. Certain financial instruments, including derivative financial instruments, are valued using pricing models that consider, among other factors, contractual and market prices, correlation, time value of money, credit risk, yield curve volatility factors and/or prepayment rates of the underlying positions. The use of different pricing models and assumptions could produce materially different estimates of fair values.

Determining whether to classify financial instruments into level 3 of the fair value hierarchy is generally based on the significance of the unobservable factors involved in valuation methodologies.

 

3.12

Offsetting financial instruments

Financial assets and liabilities are offset and the net amount is reported in the consolidated statements of financial position when there is an unconditional and legally enforceable right to offset the recognized amounts and there is an intention to settle on a net basis, or realise the assets and settle the liabilities simultaneously. The legally enforceable right must not be contingent on future events and must be enforceable in the normal course of business and in the event of default, insolvency or bankruptcy of the company or the counterparty.

 

3.13

Intangible assets

 

(i)

Trademarks and licences

Trademarks and licences acquired separately are measured on initial recognition at cost. The cost of intangible assets acquired in a business combination is the fair value as of the date of acquisition. The useful lives of intangible assets are assessed to be either finite or indefinite. Intangible assets with finite lives are subsequently amortized on the straight-line basis over the useful economic life and assessed for impairment whenever there is an indication that the intangible asset may be impaired. The amortization period and the amortization method for an intangible asset with a finite useful life are reviewed at least at each financial year end.

 

F-33


Table of Contents

LUFAX HOLDING LTD

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2017, 2018 AND 2019

 

3

Summary of significant accounting policies (Continued)

 

3.13

Intangible assets (Continued)

 

(i)

Trademarks and licences (Continued)

 

Trademarks and licences with indefinite useful lives are tested for impairment annually either individually or at the cash-generating unit level. Such intangible assets are not amortized. The useful life of an intangible asset with an indefinite life is reviewed annually to determine whether the indefinite life assessment continues to be supportable. If not, the change in the useful life assessment from indefinite to finite is accounted for on a prospective basis.

 

(ii)

Computer software

Costs associated with maintaining computer software programmes are recognized as an expense as incurred. Development costs that are directly attributable to the design and testing of identifiable and unique software products controlled by the Group are recognized as intangible assets when the following criteria are met:

 

   

is technically feasible to complete the software so that it will be available for use;

 

   

management intends to complete the software and use or sell it;

 

   

there is an ability to use or sell the software;

 

   

it can be demonstrated how the software will generate probable future economic benefits;

 

   

adequate technical, financial and other resources to complete the development and to use or sell the software are available; and

 

   

the expenditure attributable to the software during its development can be reliably measured.

Directly attributable costs that are capitalized as part of the software include employee costs and an appropriate portion of relevant overheads.

Research expenditure and development expenditure that do not meet the criteria above are recognized as an expense as incurred. Development costs previously recognized as an expense are not recognized as an asset in a subsequent period. Capitalized development costs are recorded as intangible assets and amortized from the point at which the asset is ready for use.

 

(iii)

Amortisation methods and periods

The Group amortizes intangible assets with a limited useful life using the straight-line method over the following periods:

 

     Expected useful life  

• Trademarks and licences

     6 years  

• Computer software

     3-5 years  

 

3.14

Goodwill

Goodwill is initially measured at cost, being the excess of the aggregate of the consideration transferred, the amount recognized for non-controlling interests and any fair value of the Group’s previously held equity interests in the acquiree over the identifiable net assets acquired and liabilities assumed. If the

 

F-34


Table of Contents

LUFAX HOLDING LTD

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2017, 2018 AND 2019

 

3

Summary of significant accounting policies (Continued)

 

3.14

Goodwill (Continued)

 

sum of this consideration and other items is lower than the fair value of the net assets acquired, the difference is, after reassessment, recognized in profit or loss as a gain on bargain purchase.

After initial recognition, goodwill is measured at cost less any accumulated impairment losses. Goodwill is tested for impairment annually or more frequently if events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying value may be impaired. The Group performs its annual impairment test of goodwill as of year ended. For the purpose of impairment testing, goodwill acquired in a business combination is, from the acquisition date, allocated to each of the Group’s cash-generating units, or groups of cash-generating units, that are expected to benefit from the synergies of the combination, irrespective of whether other assets or liabilities of the Group are assigned to those units or groups of units.

Impairment is determined by assessing the recoverable amount of the cash-generating unit (group of cash-generating units) to which the goodwill relates. Where the recoverable amount of the cash-generating unit (group of cash-generating units) is less than the carrying amount, an impairment loss is recognized. An impairment loss recognized for goodwill is not reversed in subsequent periods.

Where goodwill has been allocated to a cash-generating unit (or group of cash-generating units) and part of the operation within that unit is disposed of, the goodwill associated with the operation disposed of is included in the carrying amount of the operation when determining the gain or loss on the disposal. Goodwill disposed in these circumstances is measured based on the relative value of the disposed operation and the portion of the cash-generating unit retained.

 

3.15

Property and equipment

The Group’s property and equipment mainly comprise buildings, leasehold improvements, office furniture and equipment, computer and electronic equipment, motor vehicles, and construction in progress.

The assets purchased or constructed are initially measured at acquisition cost.

Subsequent expenditures incurred for the property and equipment are included in the cost of the property and equipment if it is probable that economic benefits associated with the asset will flow to the Group and the subsequent expenditures can be measured reliably. Meanwhile the carrying amount of the replaced part is derecognized. Other subsequent expenditures are recognized in profit or loss in the period in which they are incurred.

Depreciation is calculated on the straight-line method to write down the cost of such assets to their residual values over their estimated useful lives. The residual values and useful lives of assets are reviewed, and adjusted if appropriate, at each financial reporting date.

 

F-35


Table of Contents

LUFAX HOLDING LTD

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2017, 2018 AND 2019

 

3

Summary of significant accounting policies (Continued)

 

3.15

Property and equipment (Continued)

 

Land and buildings comprise primarily office premises. The estimated useful lives, depreciation rate and estimated residual value rate of buildings, leasehold improvements, office furniture and equipment, computer and electronic equipment and motor vehicles are as follows:

 

Category

   Expected useful
life
     Estimated residual
value rate
     Annual
depreciation rate
 

Buildings

     30 years        5%        3%  

Office furniture and equipment

     3-5 years        0%-5%        19%-33%  

Electronic equipment

     2-5 years        0%-5%        19%-50%  

Motor vehicles

     3-5 years        5%-10%        18%-32%  

Leasehold improvements

     3-5 years        0%        20%-33%  

An item of property and equipment is derecognized upon disposal or when no future economic benefits are expected to arise from the continued use of the asset. Any gain or loss arising on the disposal or retirement of an item of property and equipment is determined as the difference between the sales proceeds and the carrying amount of the asset and is recognized in profit or loss.

Construction in progress is measured at its actual costs. The actual costs include various construction expenditures during the construction period and other relevant costs. Construction in progress is not depreciated. Construction in progress is transferred to a property and equipment when it is ready for intended use.

 

3.16

Impairment of non-financial assets

The Group assesses at each reporting date whether there is an indication that a non-financial asset other than deferred tax assets may be impaired. If any such indication exists, or when annual impairment testing for a non-financial asset is required, the Group makes an estimate of the asset’s recoverable amount. A non-financial asset’s recoverable amount is the higher of the asset’s or cash-generating unit’s fair value less costs to sell and its value in use and is determined for an individual asset, unless the asset does not generate cash inflows that are largely independent of those from other assets or groups of assets, in which case the recoverable amount is determined for the cash-generating unit to which the asset belongs. Where the carrying amount of a non-financial asset exceeds its recoverable amount, the asset is considered impaired and is written down to its recoverable amount. In assessing value in use, the estimated future cash flows are discounted to their present value using a pre-tax discount rate that reflects current market assessments of the time value of money and the risks specific to the asset. In determining fair value less costs to disposal, an appropriate valuation model is used. These calculations are corroborated by quoted share prices or other available fair value indicators.

For non-financial assets other than goodwill (Note 3.14), an assessment is made at each reporting date as to whether there is any indication that previously recognized impairment losses may no longer exist or may have decreased. If such an indication exists, the Group makes an estimate of the recoverable amount. A previously recognized impairment loss is reversed only if there has been a change in the estimates used to determine the asset’s recoverable amount since the last impairment loss was recognized. If that is the case, the carrying amount of the asset is increased to its recoverable amount. That increased amount cannot exceed the carrying amount that would have been determined, net of

 

F-36


Table of Contents

LUFAX HOLDING LTD

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2017, 2018 AND 2019

 

3

Summary of significant accounting policies (Continued)

 

3.16

Impairment of non-financial assets (Continued)

 

depreciation, had no impairment loss been recognized for the asset in prior years. Such a reversal is recognized in the statement of comprehensive income.

Intangible assets with indefinite useful lives are tested for impairment at least annually at each year end if triggering events are not identified, either individually or at the cash-generating unit level, as appropriate.

 

3.17

Current and deferred income tax

Income tax comprises current and deferred tax. Income tax is recognized in the consolidated statement of comprehensive income, or in other comprehensive income or in equity if it relates to items that are recognized in the same or a different period directly in other comprehensive income or in equity.

Current tax assets and liabilities for the current and prior periods are measured at the amount expected to be recovered from or paid to the taxation authorities.

Deferred tax is provided, using the liability method, on all temporary differences at the end of the reporting period between the tax bases of assets and liabilities and their carrying amounts for financial reporting purposes.

Deferred tax liabilities are recognized for all taxable temporary differences, except:

 

  (a)

when the deferred tax liability arises from the initial recognition of goodwill or an asset or liability in a transaction that is not a business combination and, at the time of the transaction, affects neither the accounting profit nor taxable profit or loss; and

 

  (b)

in respect of taxable temporary differences associated with investments in subsidiaries, associates and interests in jointly controlled entities, when the timing of the reversal of the temporary differences can be controlled and it is probable that the temporary differences will not reverse in the foreseeable future.

Deferred tax assets are recognized for all deductible temporary differences, the carry-forward of unused tax credits and any unused tax losses, to the extent that it is probable that taxable profit will be available against which the deductible temporary differences, and the carry-forward of unused tax credits and unused tax losses can be utilized, except:

 

  (a)

when the deferred tax asset relating to the deductible temporary differences arises from the initial recognition of an asset or liability in a transaction that is not a business combination and, at the time of the transaction, affects neither the accounting profit nor taxable profit or loss; and

 

  (b)

in respect of deductible temporary differences associated with investments in subsidiaries, associates and interests in jointly controlled entities, deferred tax assets are only recognized to the extent that it is probable that the temporary differences will reverse in the foreseeable future and taxable profit will be available against which the temporary differences can be utilized.

The carrying amount of deferred tax assets is reviewed at the end of each reporting period and reduced to the extent that it is no longer probable that sufficient taxable profit will be available to allow all or

 

F-37


Table of Contents

LUFAX HOLDING LTD

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2017, 2018 AND 2019

 

3

Summary of significant accounting policies (Continued)

 

3.17

Current and deferred income tax (Continued)

 

part of the deferred tax asset to be utilized. Conversely, previously unrecognized deferred tax assets are reassessed by the end of each reporting period and are recognized to the extent that it is probable that sufficient taxable profit will be available to allow all or part of the deferred tax asset to be utilized.

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured at the tax rates that are expected to apply to the period when the asset is realized or the liability is settled, based on tax rates (and tax laws) that have been enacted or substantively enacted at the end of the reporting period.

Deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities are offset, if a legally enforceable right exists to set off current tax assets against current tax liabilities and the deferred taxes relate to the same taxable entity and the same taxation authority.

 

3.18

Borrowings

Borrowings are recognized initially at fair value, net of transaction costs incurred. Borrowings are subsequently measured at amortized cost; any difference between the proceeds (net of transaction costs) and the redemption value is recognized in the consolidated statement of comprehensive income over the period of the borrowings using the effective interest method. Fees paid on the establishment of loan facilities are recognized as transaction costs of the loan to the extent that it is probable that some or all the facility will be drawn down. In this case, the fee is deferred until the draw-down occurs. To the extent there is no evidence that it is probable that some or all of the facility will be drawn down, the fee is capitalized as a pre-payment for liquidity services and amortized over the period of the facility to which it relates.

 

3.19

Share capital and share premium

Ordinary shares are classified as equity.

Incremental costs directly attributable to the issue of new ordinary shares or options are shown in equity as a deduction, net of tax, from the proceeds.

Ordinary shares have a par value of USD0.00001. Initial capital injection over par value per share are accounted for as share premium.

Where any group company purchases the Company’s equity instruments, for example as the result of a share buy-back or a share-based payment plan, the consideration paid, including any directly attributable incremental costs (net of income taxes) is deducted from equity attributable to the owners of the Company as treasury shares until the shares are cancelled or reissued. Where such ordinary shares are subsequently reissued, any consideration received, net of any directly attributable incremental transaction costs and the related income tax effects, is included in equity attributable to the owners of the Company.

 

3.20

Accounts and other payables

Accounts and other payables mainly include payable due to third parties in relation to personal loans, payable to platform investors, employment benefits payables, interest payables, payable to external suppliers, tax and other statutory liabilities, and deposit payables etc.

 

F-38


Table of Contents

LUFAX HOLDING LTD

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2017, 2018 AND 2019

 

3

Summary of significant accounting policies (Continued)

 

3.20

Accounts and other payables (Continued)

 

Accounts and other payables are recognized initially at fair value and subsequently measured at amortized cost using the effective interest method.

 

3.21

Compound financial instruments

Compound financial instruments contain both a liability and an equity component. The compound financial instruments issued by the Group comprise convertible promissory notes (Note 34) and convertible redeemable preferred shares (Note 35).

The liability component, representing the obligation to make fixed payments of compound financial instruments may be converted to ordinary shares at the option of the holders, and the number of shares to be issued is based on an initial fixed conversion price subject to anti-dilutive adjustments. Principal and interest, is classified as liability and initially recognized at the fair value, calculated using the market interest rate of a similar liability that does not have an equity conversion option, and is subsequently measured at amortized cost using the effective interest method. The equity component, representing an embedded option to convert the liability into ordinary shares, is initially recognized in other reserves as the difference between the proceeds received from the compound financial instruments as a whole and the amount of the liability component. Any directly attributable transaction costs are allocated to the liability and equity components in proportion to the allocation of proceeds.

On conversion of the compound financial instruments into shares and convertible redeemable preferred shares, the amount transferred to share capital is calculated as the par value of the shares multiplied by the number of shares converted. The difference between the carrying value of the related component of the converted notes and the amount transferred to share capital is recognized in share premium.

 

3.22

Employee benefits

 

  (a)

Pension obligations

The employees of the Group are mainly covered by various defined contribution pension plans. The Group makes and accrues contributions on a monthly basis to the pension plans, which are mainly sponsored by the related government authorities that are responsible for the pension liability to retired employees. Under such plans, the Group has no other significant legal or constructive obligations for retirement benefits beyond the said contributions, which are expensed as incurred.

 

  (b)

Housing benefits

The employees of the Group are entitled to participate in various government-sponsored housing funds. The Group contributes on a monthly basis to these funds based on certain percentages of the salaries of the employees. The Group’s liability in respect of these funds is limited to the contributions payable in each period.

 

  (c)

Medical benefits

The Group makes monthly contributions for medical benefits to the local authorities in accordance with the relevant local regulations for the employees. The Group’s liability in respect of employee medical benefits is limited to the contributions payable in each period.

 

F-39


Table of Contents

LUFAX HOLDING LTD

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2017, 2018 AND 2019

 

3

Summary of significant accounting policies (Continued)

 

3.23

Share-based payment

The Group operates an equity-settled, share-based compensation plan (share purchase scheme), under which the Group receives services from employees as consideration for equity instruments.

The total amount to be expensed is determined by reference to the fair value of the shares granted, which includes the impact of market performance conditions (for example, an entity’s share price) but excludes the impact of any service and non-market performance vesting conditions (for example, profitability, sales growth targets and remaining as an employee of the entity over a specified time period) and includes the impact of any non-vesting conditions (for example, the requirement for employees to save or holding shares for a specified period of time). The Group also estimates the number of total shares expected to vest taking into consideration of service and non-market performance conditions.

Total expense based on fair value of the shares granted and number of shares expected to vest is recognized over the vesting period.

At the end of each reporting period, the Group revises its estimates of the number of awarded shares that are expected to vest based on the non-market performance and service conditions. It recognizes the impact of the revision to original estimates, if any, in the statement of profit or loss, with a corresponding adjustment to equity.

The Group uses the shares reserved and managed by Tun King Company limited to settle with the awardees under the share-based compensation plan upon vesting.

 

3.24

Revenue recognition

Revenue represents the amount of consideration the Group is entitled to upon the transfer of promised goods or services in the ordinary course of the Group’s activities and is recorded net of value-added tax (“VAT”). Revenues are recognized when or as control of the asset or service is transferred to the customer. Depending on the terms of the contract, control of the goods and services may be transferred over time or at a point in time. Services is provided over time if the Group’s performance:

 

   

provides all of the benefit received and consumed simultaneously by the customer;

 

   

creates and enhances an asset that the customer controls as the Group performs; and

 

   

does not create an asset with an alternative use to the Group and the Group has an enforceable right to payment for performance completed to date.

If control of the goods and services transfers over time, revenue is recognized over the period of the contract by reference to the progress towards complete satisfaction of that performance obligation. Otherwise, revenue is recognized at a point in time when the customer obtains control of the goods and services.

The progress towards complete satisfaction of the performance obligation is measured based on one of the following methods that best depict the Group’s performance in satisfying the performance obligation:

 

   

direct measurements of the value transferred by the Group to the customer; or

 

   

the Group’s efforts or inputs to the satisfaction of the performance obligation.

 

F-40


Table of Contents

LUFAX HOLDING LTD

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2017, 2018 AND 2019

 

3

Summary of significant accounting policies (Continued)

 

3.24

Revenue recognition (Continued)

 

When either party to a contract has performed, the Group presents the contract in the statement of financial position as a contract asset or a contract liability, depending on the relationship between the entity’s performance and the customer’s payment.

A contract asset is the Group’s right to consideration in exchange for goods or services that the Group has transferred to a customer. If the value ascribed to the services rendered by the Group exceed the payment, a contract asset is recognized. Judgement is required in determining whether a right to consideration is unconditional and thus qualifies as a receivable.

A receivable is recorded when the Group has an unconditional right to consideration on the date the payment is due even if it has not yet performed under the contract.

A contract liability is the Group’s obligation to transfer goods or services to a customer for which the Group has received consideration (or an amount of consideration is due) from the customer, which is recognized as revenue upon transfer of control to the customers.

The specific accounting policies for the Group’s main types of revenue are as below:

 

3.24.1

Retail credit facilitation service fees

The Group engages primarily in operating a platform in facilitating borrowers and institutional funding partners or individual investors. For the loans that the Group determines that it is not the legal lender in the loan origination and repayment process or does not need to consolidate, the Group does not record loans to customers and payables arising from such transactions.

The Group determines that both borrower and institutional funding partners or individual investors are its customers. In accordance with a series of contracts entered into among the borrowers, institutional funding partners or individual investors and the Group, the Group provides loan facilitation and post origination services to its customers. The loan facilitation services primarily include credit assessment and financing advisory service. The post origination services primarily include repayment processing and loan collection service. The Group determines loan facilitation and post origination as two performance obligations. Account management service provided to credit enhancement partners is considered a separate service outside of these two performance obligations.

The Group generally collects guarantee fee and one combined service fee covering both loan facilitation and post origination services from the borrowers on monthly instalment. The total consideration including service fees and guarantee fee are firstly allocated to the guarantee liability at its fair value upon inception of the loan contracts and the residual consideration are then allocated to loan facilitation and post origination services based on their estimated standalone selling price. The Group does not have observable standalone selling price for the loan facilitation services or post origination services because it does not provide loan facilitation services or post origination services on a standalone basis in similar circumstances to similar customers. There is no direct observable standalone selling price for similar services in the market that is reasonably available to the Group. As a result, the estimation of standalone selling price involves significant judgment. The Group uses an expected cost plus margin approach to estimate the standalone selling prices of loan facilitation services and post origination services as the

 

F-41


Table of Contents

LUFAX HOLDING LTD

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2017, 2018 AND 2019

 

3

Summary of significant accounting policies (Continued)

 

3.24

Revenue recognition (Continued)

 

3.24.1

Retail credit facilitation service fees (Continued)

 

basis of revenue allocation. When estimating the selling prices, the Group considers the cost related to such services, profit margin, customer demand, effect of competition on services, and other market factors.

The transaction price allocated to loan facilitation is recognized as revenue upon execution of loan agreements between institutional funding partners or individual investors and borrowers; the consideration allocated to post-facilitation services is recognized over the period of the loan according to the pattern of when the underlying services are performed. The transaction price allocated to loan facilitation is recognized as revenue upon execution of loan agreements between investors and borrowers; the consideration allocated to post-facilitation services is recognized over the period of the loan on a systematic basis, which approximates the pattern of when the post origination services are performed.

As the loans facilitated by the Group are generally over 12 months, any incremental costs (i.e. fees paid to direct sales, channel partners and others) of obtaining such contracts are capitalized and amortized on a systematic basis consistent with the pattern of the transfer of the services provided to its customers during the term of underlying loans. The Group assesses the recoverability of the capitalized incremental costs of obtaining a contract in accordance with IFRS 15 at each balance sheet date. Any costs that are not expected to be recoverable are expensed as incurred.

 

3.24.2

Wealth management transaction and service fees

The Group offers a full suite of wealth management products from third-party institutional investment product providers to the investors on its wealth management platform. Such products include asset management plans, bank products, mutual funds, private investment funds, trust plans and others (collectively “current products”). Wealth management service fees consist primarily of fee collected from product providers for facilitation of wealth management products offered on its wealth management platform. The Group generally receives a service fee based on a certain percentage of the volume of wealth management products facilitated by the Group. Such fee is recognized upon successful facilitation, which is the only performance obligation agreed in the contract.

For certain products, the Group receives a recurring service fee as a percentage of the outstanding balance of underlying wealth management products held by the investors until such investments are disposed by investors. Such service fee is determined to be variable consideration that does not meet the “probable of not reversing” threshold. As such, the Group recognizes revenue related to such wealth management products based on its best estimate and true up adjustments and made based on amount confirmed by the product providers.

The Group historically offered a variety of products and related services that the Group no longer offers (“Legacy Products”), primarily due to shift in strategy and regulatory requirements. Legacy Products are primarily composed of certain types of structured alternative products originated from financial institutions (“B2C products”) and peer-to-peer products. The Group ceased to offer B2C products in the second half of 2017 and peer-to-peer products in August 2019. Fee from B2C products consist primarily

 

F-42


Table of Contents

LUFAX HOLDING LTD

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2017, 2018 AND 2019

 

3

Summary of significant accounting policies (Continued)

 

3.24

Revenue recognition (Continued)

 

3.24.2

Wealth management transaction and service fees (Continued)

 

of service fee for distribution of these products which were recognized upon successful sales of B2C products. Fee from peer-to-peer products primarily consist of value-added services fee, including secondary market service fee and services fee related to automated investment tools. Transaction fee collected for peer-to-peer business was included in the total consideration, which was allocated to loan facilitation and post origination services within the retail credit facilitation business.

The Group historically offered automated investment tool to individual investors to enable them to reinvest their monthly proceeds in other peer-to-peer products. The Group charges the surplus gain i.e., the actual rate of return exceeds the stated expected rate of return of such reinvestment, as a service fee. Such service fee is a separate fee charged to investors in a separate contract and therefore is allocated specifically to the reinvestment management performance obligation. The Group determines that the “probable of not reserving” threshold is met for surplus gain and therefore surplus gain is included in the transaction price upon the effective date of such service. The Group estimates the surplus gain continuously for the duration of the reinvestment service to monitor the expected outcome and revenue is recognized over the term of the reinvestment service as the investor simultaneously receives and consumes the benefits provided by the Group’s performance throughout the term of the reinvestment period.

 

3.24.3

Interest income

Interest income is calculated by applying the effective interest rate to the gross carrying amount of a financial asset except for financial assets that subsequently become credit-impaired. For credit-impaired financial assets the effective interest rate is applied to the net carrying amount of the financial asset (after deduction of the loss allowance).

 

3.25

Leases

The Group leases various properties. Rental contracts are typically made for fixed periods of 1 to 5 years but may have extension options. Lease terms are negotiated on an individual basis and contain a wide range of different terms and conditions. The agreements do not impose any covenants, but leased assets may not be used as security for borrowing purposes.

Leases are recognized as a right-of-use asset and corresponding liability at the date at which the leased asset is available for use by the Group. Each lease payment is allocated between the liability and finance cost. The finance cost is charged to profit or loss over the lease period so as to produce a constant periodic rate of interest on the remaining balance of the liability for each period. The right-of-use asset is depreciated over the lease term on a straight-line basis.

Assets and liabilities arising from a lease are initially measured on a present value basis. Lease liabilities include the net present value of the following lease payments:

 

   

fixed payments (including in-substance fixed payments), less any lease incentives receivable,

 

   

variable lease payments that are based on an index or a rate,

 

   

amounts expected to be payable by the lessee under residual value guarantees,

 

F-43


Table of Contents

LUFAX HOLDING LTD

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2017, 2018 AND 2019

 

3

Summary of significant accounting policies (Continued)

 

3.25

Leases (Continued)

 

   

the exercise price of a purchase option if the lessee is reasonably certain to exercise that option, and

 

   

payments of penalties for terminating the lease, if the lease term reflects the lessee exercising that option.

The lease payments are discounted using the interest rate implicit in the lease, if that rate can be determined, or the Group’s incremental borrowing rate.

Right-of-use assets are measured at cost comprising the following:

 

   

the amount of the initial measured of lease liability,

 

   

any lease payments made at or before the commencement date less any lease incentives received,

 

   

any initial direct costs, and

 

   

restoration costs.

Payments associated with short-term leases and leases of low-value assets are recognized on a straight-line basis as an expense in profit or loss.

 

3.26

Provisions

Provisions are recognized when the Group has a present obligation as a result of a past event, and it is probable that the Group will be required to settle that obligation and a reliable estimate can be made of the amount of the obligation.

Provisions are measured at the best estimate of most likely consideration required to settle the present obligation at the end of the reporting period, taking into account the risks and uncertainties surrounding the obligation. Where a provision is measured using the cash flows estimated to settle the present obligation, its carrying amount is the present value of those cash flows.

 

3.27

Government grants

Grants from the government are recognized at their fair value where there is a reasonable assurance that the grant will be received and the Group will comply with all attached conditions.

Government grants relating to costs are deferred and recognized in the consolidated statement of comprehensive income over the period necessary to match them with the costs that they are intended to compensate.

 

4

Financial instruments and risks

The Group’s activities expose it to a variety of market risks (comprising foreign currency risk and interest rate risk), credit risk and liquidity risk. The Group’s overall risk management program focuses on the unpredictability of financial markets and seeks to minimize potential adverse effects on the Group’s financial performance. Risk management is carried out by the senior management of the Group.

 

F-44


Table of Contents

LUFAX HOLDING LTD

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2017, 2018 AND 2019

 

4

Financial instruments and risks (Continued)

 

4.1

Financial risk factors

 

4.1.1

Market risk

Market risk is the risk of changes in fair value of financial instruments and future cash flows from fluctuation of market prices, which includes two types of risks from volatility of foreign exchange rates (foreign currency risk), and market interest rates (interest rate risk).

 

(a)

Foreign currency risk

Foreign currency risk is the risk of loss resulting from changes in foreign currency exchange rates. Fluctuations in exchange rates between the RMB and other currencies in which the Group conducts business may affect its financial position and results of operations. The foreign currency risk assumed by the Group mainly comes from movements in the USD/RMB exchange rates.

The Company and its major overseas intermediate holding companies’ functional currency is USD. They are mainly exposed to foreign exchange risk arising from their cash and cash equivalents and loans to subsidiaries dominated in RMB. The Group has entered into spot-forward USD/RMB currency swaps to manage its exposure to foreign currency risk arising from loans to subsidiaries dominated in RMB.

The subsidiaries of the Group are mainly operating in mainland China with most of the transactions settled in RMB. The Group considers that business in mainland China is not exposed to any significant foreign exchange risk as there are no significant financial assets or liabilities of these subsidiaries denominated in the currencies other than the respective functional currency.

The table below illustrates the impact of an appreciation or depreciation of RMB spot and forward rates against USD by 5% on the Group’s profit before income tax.

 

     As of December 31,  
     2017      2018      2019  
     RMB’000      RMB’000      RMB’000  

5% appreciation of RMB

     647        13,043        15,079  

5% depreciation of RMB

     (647      (13,043      (15,079

 

(b)

Interest rate risk

Interest rate risk is the risk that the fair value/future cash flows of a financial instrument will fluctuate because of changes in market interest rates.

Interest on floating rate instruments is repriced at intervals of less than one year. Interest on fixed interest rate instruments is priced at inception of the financial instruments and is fixed until maturity. Floating rate instruments expose the Group to cash flow interest rate risk, whereas fixed rate instruments expose the Group to fair value interest risk. The Group’s interest rate risk mainly arises from fixed rate instruments including term deposits, accounts and other receivables, loans to customers, accounts and other payables and borrowings etc. The Group’s interest rate risk policy requires it to manage interest rate risk by managing the maturities of interest-bearing financial assets and interest-bearing financial liabilities.

 

F-45


Table of Contents

LUFAX HOLDING LTD

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2017, 2018 AND 2019

 

4

Financial instruments and risks (Continued)

 

4.1

Financial risk factors (Continued)

 

4.1.1

Market risk (Continued)

 

(b)

Interest rate risk (Continued)

 

The following table sets out the Group’s financial assets and financial liabilities exposed to interest rate risk by maturity or repricing date (whichever is the earlier):

 

    As of December 31, 2017  
    Less than
3 months
RMB’000
    3 months to
1 year
RMB’000
    1-2 years
RMB’000
    2-3 years
RMB’000
    More than
3 years
RMB’000
    Overdue
RMB’000
    No interest
RMB’000
    Total
RMB’000
 

ASSETS

               

Cash at bank

    18,628,201       85,000       —         —         —         —         —         18,713,201  

Restricted cash

    6,557,990       —         —         —         —         —         —         6,557,990  

Financial assets at fair value through profit or loss

    280,357       —         —         —         —         —         12,161,203       12,441,560  

Accounts and other receivables and contract assets

          —         —         —         —         —         18,466,674       18,466,674  

Loans to customers

    13,294,464       39,883,391       27,987,913       4,265,344       8,530,688       3,591,137       —         97,552,937  

Financial investments – loans and receivables

    4,290,715       3,249,897       62,492       —         —         118,125       —         7,721,229  

Financial investments – available-for-sale

    1,546,050       471,010       —         —         —         —         507,063       2,524,123  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total financial assets

    44,597,777       43,689,298       28,050,405       4,265,344       8,530,688       3,709,262       31,134,940       163,977,714  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-46


Table of Contents

LUFAX HOLDING LTD

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2017, 2018 AND 2019

 

4

Financial instruments and risks (Continued)

 

4.1

Financial risk factors (Continued)

 

4.1.1

Market risk (Continued)

 

(b)

Interest rate risk (Continued)

The following table sets out the Group’s financial assets and financial liabilities exposed to interest rate risk by maturity or repricing date (whichever is the earlier): (Continued)

 

    As of December 31, 2017  
    Less than
3 months
RMB’000
    3 months to 1
year
RMB’000
    1-2 years
RMB’000
    2-3 years
RMB’000
    More than
3 years
RMB’000
    Overdue
RMB’000
    No interest
RMB’000
    Total
RMB’000
 

LIABILITIES

               

Payable to platform investors

    —         —         —         —         —         —         10,212,352       10,212,352  

Borrowings

    4,220,610       10,754,271       —         —         11,000       —         115,938       15,101,819  

Accounts and other payables and contract liabilities

    —         —         —         —         —         —         3,756,400       3,756,400  

Payable to investors of consolidated structured entities

    30,849,856       65,744,045       17,080,767       1,043,464       —         —         9,685       114,727,817  

Financing guarantee liabilities

    —         —         —         —         —         —         564,449       564,449  

Lease liabilities

    119,624       314,283       242,927       115,889       72,745       —         —         865,468  

Convertible promissory note payable

    —         —         —         —         8,070,915       —         —         8,070,915  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total financial liabilities

    35,190,090       76,812,599       17,323,694       1,159,353       8,154,660       —         14,658,824       153,299,220  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total interest rate sensitivity gap

    9,407,687       (33,123,301     10,726,711       3,105,991       376,028       3,709,262       16,476,116       10,678,494  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-47


Table of Contents

LUFAX HOLDING LTD

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2017, 2018 AND 2019

 

4

Financial instruments and risks (Continued)

 

4.1

Financial risk factors (Continued)

 

4.1.1

Market risk (Continued)

 

(b)

Interest rate risk (Continued)

The following table sets out the Group’s financial assets and financial liabilities exposed to interest rate risk by maturity or repricing date (whichever is the earlier): (Continued)

 

    As of December 31, 2018  
    Less than
3 months
RMB’000
    3 months to
1 year
RMB’000
    1-2 years
RMB’000
    2-3 years
RMB’000
    More than
3 years
RMB’000
    Overdue
RMB’000
    No interest
RMB’000
    Total
RMB’000
 

ASSETS

               

Cash at bank

    18,576,090       —         —         —         —         —         —         18,576,090  

Restricted cash

    7,937,113       —         —         —         —         —         —         7,937,113  

Financial assets at fair value through profit or loss

    1,690,559       4,356,131       2,000       618       —         —         10,395,087       16,444,395  

Financial assets at amortized cost

    1,456,839       1,009,628       64,528       31,429       —         545,423       —         3,107,847  

Accounts and other receivables and contract assets

    —         —         —         —         —         —         20,094,836       20,094,836  

Loans to customers

    7,335,297       22,005,890       2,997,655       60,782       30,391       1,997,679       —         34,427,694  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total financial assets

    36,995,898       27,371,649       3,064,183       92,829       30,391       2,543,102       30,489,923       100,587,975  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-48


Table of Contents

LUFAX HOLDING LTD

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2017, 2018 AND 2019

 

4

Financial instruments and risks (Continued)

 

4.1

Financial risk factors (Continued)

 

4.1.1

Market risk (Continued)

 

(b)

Interest rate risk (Continued)

The following table sets out the Group’s financial assets and financial liabilities exposed to interest rate risk by maturity or repricing date (whichever is the earlier): (Continued)

 

    As of December 31, 2018  
    Less than
3 months
RMB’000
    3 months to
1 year
RMB’000
    1-2 years
RMB’000
    2-3 years
RMB’000
    More than
3 years
RMB’000
    Overdue
RMB’000
    No interest
RMB’000
    Total
RMB’000
 

LIABILITIES

               

Payable to platform investors

    —         —         —         —         —         —         9,820,079       9,820,079  

Borrowings

    2,572,576       2,298,000       —         8,000       —         —         18,188       4,896,764  

Bond payable

    —         289,199       —         —         —         —         —         289,199  

Accounts and other payables and contract liabilities

    —         —         —         —               —         6,243,986       6,243,986  

Payable to investors of consolidated structured entities

    9,925,698       19,949,705       1,929,295       —         —         —         5,553       31,810,251  

Financing guarantee liabilities

    —         —         —         —         —         —         273,916       273,916  

Lease liabilities

    99,123       284,236       224,562       123,008       42,031       —         —         772,960  

Convertible promissory note payable

    —         —         —         —         9,134,809       —         —         9,134,809  

Convertible redeemable preferred shares

    —         —         —         —         8,935,493       —         —         8,935,493  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total financial liabilities

    12,597,397       22,821,140       2,153,857       131,008       18,112,333       —         16,361,722       72,177,457  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total interest rate sensitivity gap

    24,398,501       4,550,509       910,326       (38,179     (18,081,942     2,543,102       14,128,201       28,410,518  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-49


Table of Contents

LUFAX HOLDING LTD

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2017, 2018 AND 2019

 

4

Financial instruments and risks (Continued)

 

4.1

Financial risk factors (Continued)

 

4.1.1

Market risk (Continued)

 

(b)

Interest rate risk (Continued)

The following table sets out the Group’s financial assets and financial liabilities exposed to interest rate risk by maturity or repricing date (whichever is the earlier): (Continued)

 

    As of December 31, 2019  
    Less than
3 months
RMB’000
    3 months to
1 year
RMB’000
    1-2 years
RMB’000
    2-3 years
RMB’000
    More than
3 years
RMB’000
    Overdue
RMB’000
    No interest
RMB’000
    Total
RMB’000
 

ASSETS

               

Cash at bank

    7,241,643       110,751       —         —         —         —         —         7,352,394  

Restricted cash

    24,602,779       —         —         —         —         —         —         24,602,779  

Financial assets at fair value through profit or loss

    1,644,507       2,826,748       1,000       17,717       51,123       2,764,313       11,277,648       18,583,056  

Financial assets at amortized cost

    2,235,622       4,866,232       161,674       32,874       —         1,326,610       —         8,623,012  

Accounts and other receivables and contract assets

    —         —         —         —         —         —         26,296,438       26,296,438  

Loans to customers

    4,057,473       12,172,419       14,678,077       6,989,171       3,494,586       6,106,786       —         47,498,512  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total financial assets

    39,782,024       19,976,150       14,840,751       7,039,762       3,545,709       10,197,709       37,574,086       132,956,191  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-50


Table of Contents

LUFAX HOLDING LTD

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2017, 2018 AND 2019

 

4

Financial instruments and risks (Continued)

 

4.1

Financial risk factors (Continued)

 

4.1.1

Market risk (Continued)

 

(b)

Interest rate risk (Continued)

The following table sets out the Group’s financial assets and financial liabilities exposed to interest rate risk by maturity or repricing date (whichever is the earlier): (Continued)

 

    As of December 31, 2019  
    Less than
3 months
RMB’000
    3 months to
1 year
RMB’000
    1-2 years
RMB’000
    2-3 years
RMB’000
    More than
3 years
RMB’000
    Overdue
RMB’000
    No interest
RMB’000
    Total
RMB’000
 

LIABILITIES

               

Payable to platform investors

                                        15,344,417       15,344,417  

Borrowings

    378,900       2,598,540                               12,422       2,989,862  

Accounts and other payables and contract liabilities

                                        4,826,010       4,826,010  

Payable to investors of consolidated structured entities

    4,843,980       12,640,500       14,932,203       14,352,203                   474,164       47,243,050  

Financing guarantee liabilities

                                        242,749       242,749  

Lease liabilities

    118,785       324,589       317,778       136,455       41,482                   939,089  

Convertible promissory note payable

                            10,014,377                   10,014,377  

Convertible redeemable preferred shares

                            10,258,898                   10,258,898  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total financial liabilities

    5,341,665       15,563,629       15,249,981       14,488,658       20,314,757             20,899,762       91,858,452  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total interest rate sensitivity gap

    34,440,359       4,412,521       (409,230     (7,448,896     (16,769,048     10,197,709       16,674,324       41,097,739  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The Group performs interest rate sensitivity analysis on profit for the Group by measuring the impact of a change in profit of financial assets and liabilities. On an assumption of a parallel shift of 100 basis points in RMB, USD, HKD, IDR and SGD interest rates, the Group calculates the changes in profit for the year on a monthly basis.

 

F-51


Table of Contents

LUFAX HOLDING LTD

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2017, 2018 AND 2019

 

4

Financial instruments and risks (Continued)

 

4.1

Financial risk factors (Continued)

 

4.1.1

Market risk (Continued)

 

(b)

Interest rate risk (Continued)

 

The table below illustrates the impact to profit before tax of the coming year as of each reporting date based on the structure of interest-bearing assets and liabilities as of December 31, 2017, 2018 and 2019, caused by a parallel shift of 100 basis points of RMB, USD, HKD, IDR and SGD interest rates.

 

     As of December 31,  
     2017      2018      2019  
     RMB’000      RMB’000      RMB’000  

Change in interest rate

        

-100 basis points

     41,895        (230,551      (317,900

+100 basis points

     (41,895      230,551        317,900  

In the sensitivity analysis, the Group adopts the following assumptions when determining business conditions and financial index:

 

   

The fluctuation rates of different interest-bearing assets and liabilities are the same;

 

   

All assets and liabilities are re-priced in the middle of relevant periods;

 

   

Analysis is based on static gap on reporting date, regardless of subsequent changes;

 

   

No consideration of impact on customers’ behaviour resulting from interest rate changes;

 

   

No consideration of impact on market price resulting from interest rate changes;

 

   

No consideration of actions taken by the Group.

Therefore, the actual changes of net profit may differ from the analysis above.

 

4.1.2

Credit risk

Credit risks refer to the risk of losses incurred by the inabilities of debtors or counterparties to fulfil their contractual obligations or by the adverse changes in their credit conditions. The Group is exposed to credit risks primarily associated with its deposit arrangements with commercial banks, financial assets at fair value through profit or loss, accounts and other receivables, loans to customers, available-for-sale financial assets, etc. The Group uses a variety of controls to identify, measure, monitor and report credit risk.

Credit risk management

The Group’s financial assets at fair value through profit or loss, and available-for-sale financial assets investments mainly include security investment funds, trust products, wealth management products, asset management plans and other equity investments. The Group executes due diligence, assesses counterparties’ qualification and manages credit risks of existing investments.

 

F-52


Table of Contents

LUFAX HOLDING LTD

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2017, 2018 AND 2019

 

4

Financial instruments and risks (Continued)

 

4.1

Financial risk factors (Continued)

 

4.1.2

Credit risk (Continued)

Credit risk management (Continued)

 

The Group has formulated a complete set of credit management processes and internal control mechanisms, so as to carry out whole process management of credit business. Credit management procedures for its retail loans comprise the processes of credit origination, credit review, credit approval, disbursement, post-disbursement monitoring and collection. Risks arising from financial guarantees and loan commitments are similar to those associated with loans. Transactions of financial guarantees and loan commitments are, therefore, subject to the same portfolio management and the same requirements for application and collateral as loans to customers.

To those accounts and other receivables and contract assets, there are policies to control the credit risk exposures. The Group evaluates the possibility of guarantee from third parties, credit record and other factors such as current market condition. The Group monitors customer credit records at regular intervals, and takes action such as official notifications, shortening credit periods or cancelling credit periods etc. to ensure the Group’s credit risk remains under control when the customers with bad credit records are identified.

Credit exposure

Without taking collateral and other credit enhancements into consideration, for on-balance sheet assets, the maximum exposures are based on net carrying amounts as reported in the financial statements. The Group also assumes credit risk due to financing guarantee. The following table sets forth the credit exposure of the Group as of December 31, 2017, 2018 and 2019:

 

     As of December 31,  
     2017      2018      2019  
     RMB’000      RMB’000      RMB’000  

On-balance sheet

        

Cash at bank

     18,713,201        18,576,090        7,352,394  

Restricted cash

     6,557,990        7,937,113        24,602,779  

Financial assets at fair value through profit or loss

     12,441,560        16,444,395        18,583,056  

Financial assets at amortized cost

     N/A        3,107,847        8,623,012  

Accounts and other receivables and contract assets

     18,466,674        20,094,836        26,296,438  

Loans to customers

     97,552,937        34,427,694        47,498,512  

Financial investments – loans and receivables

     7,721,229        N/A        N/A  

Financial investments – available-for-sale

     2,524,123        N/A        N/A  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     163,977,714        100,587,975        132,956,191  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Off-balance sheet

        

Financing guarantee commitment

     8,054,767        4,587,426        4,639,331  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-53


Table of Contents

LUFAX HOLDING LTD

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2017, 2018 AND 2019

 

4

Financial instruments and risks (Continued)

 

4.1

Financial risk factors (Continued)

 

4.1.2

Credit risk (Continued)

Credit exposure (Continued)

 

Collateral and other credit enhancements

The amount and type of collateral required depends on an assessment of the credit risk of the counterparty. Guidelines are implemented regarding the types of collateral and the valuation parameters. The collateral obtained are typically residential properties.

Management monitors the market value of the collateral, requests additional collateral when needed and performs an impairment valuation when applicable.

It is the Group’s policy to dispose of repossessed properties in an orderly fashion. The proceeds are used to reduce or repay the outstanding balance. In general, the Group does not occupy repossessed properties for business use.

Aging analysis of financial assets (under Previous GAAP for 2017)

 

    As of December 31, 2017  
    Not due and
not impaired
RMB’000
    Past due but not impaired           Total  
    1-30 days
past due
RMB’000
    31-90 days
past due
RMB’000
    91 days
or more
past due
RMB’000
    Total past
due but not
impaired
RMB’000
    Impaired
RMB’000
    RMB’000  

Cash at bank

    18,713,201       —         —         —         —         —         18,713,201  

Restricted cash

    6,557,990       —         —         —         —         —         6,557,990  

Financial assets at fair value through profit or loss

    12,441,560       —         —         —         —         —         12,441,560  

Accounts and other receivables and contract assets

    16,736,176       1,315,225       148,230       16,771       1,480,226       1,233,598       19,450,000  

Loans to customers

    98,575,649       117,600       921,342       —         1,038,942       2,145,972       101,760,563  

Financial investments – loans and receivables

    7,598,170       —         7,694       —         7,694       315,984       7,921,848  

Financial investments – available-for-sale

    2,524,123       —         —         —         —         —         2,524,123  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross total

    163,146,869       1,432,825       1,077,266       16,771       2,526,862       3,695,554       169,369,285  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Expected credit loss

Credit risk measurement

The estimation of credit exposure for risk management purposes is complex and requires the use of models, as the exposure varies with changes in market conditions, expected cash flows and the passage of time. The assessment of credit risk of a portfolio of assets entails further estimations as to the likelihood of defaults occurring, of the associated loss ratios and of default correlations between counterparties. The Group measures credit risk using Probability of Default (PD), Exposure at Default

 

F-54


Table of Contents

LUFAX HOLDING LTD

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2017, 2018 AND 2019

 

4

Financial instruments and risks (Continued)

 

4.1

Financial risk factors (Continued)

 

4.1.2

Credit risk (Continued)

Expected credit loss (Continued)

Credit risk measurement (Continued)

 

(EAD) and Loss Given Default (LGD). This is similar to the approach used for the purposes of measuring ECL under IFRS 9.

Measurement of ECL

IFRS 9 outlines a ‘three-stage’ model for impairment based on changes in credit quality since initial recognition as summarized below:

 

   

A financial instrument that is not credit-impaired on initial recognition is classified in ‘Stage 1’ and has its credit risk continuously monitored by the Group.

 

   

If a significant increase in credit risk (‘SICR’) since initial recognition is identified, the financial instrument is moved to ‘Stage 2’ but is not yet deemed to be credit-impaired.

 

   

If the financial instrument is credit-impaired, the financial instrument is then moved to ‘Stage 3’.

Financial instruments in Stage 1 have their ECL measured at an amount equal to the portion of lifetime ECL that result from default events possible within the next 12 months. Instruments in Stages 2 or 3 have their ECL measured based on ECL on a lifetime basis.

 

   

A pervasive concept in measuring ECL in accordance with IFRS 9 is that it should consider forward-looking information.

Purchased or originated credit-impaired financial assets are those financial assets that are credit-impaired on initial recognition. Their ECL is always measured on a lifetime basis (Stage 3).

The following diagram summarizes the impairment requirements under IFRS 9 (other than purchased or originated credit-impaired financial assets)

Change in credit quality since initial recognition

 

LOGO

 

Stage 1

 

Stage 2

 

Stage 3

(Initial recognition)   (Significant increase in credit
risk since initial recognition)
  (Credit-impaired assets)
12-month ECL   Lifetime ECL   Lifetime ECL

The key judgements and assumptions adopted by the Group in addressing the requirements of the standard are discussed below:

 

(a)

Significant increase in credit risk (SICR)

The Group considers a loan to have experienced a significant increase in credit risk if the borrower is more than 30 days past due on its contractual payments. No qualitative criteria is considered by the Group since the Group monitors the risk of borrowers purely based on the overdue period.

 

F-55


Table of Contents

LUFAX HOLDING LTD

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2017, 2018 AND 2019

 

4

Financial instruments and risks (Continued)

 

4.1

Financial risk factors (Continued)

 

4.1.2

Credit risk (Continued)

 

Expected credit loss (Continued)

Measurement of ECL (Continued)

 

(a)

Significant increase in credit risk (SICR) (Continued)

 

The criteria used to identify SICR are monitored and reviewed periodically for appropriateness by the independent credit risk team.

 

(b)

Definition of default and credit-impaired assets

The Group defines a financial instrument as in default, which is fully aligned with the definition of credit-impaired if the borrower is more than 90 days past due on its contractual payments. No qualitative criteria is considered by the Group since the Group monitors the risk of borrowers purely based on the overdue period.

The criteria above have been applied to all financial instruments held by the Group and are consistent with the definition of default used for internal credit risk management purposes. The default definition has been applied consistently to model the Probability of Default (PD), Exposure at Default (EAD) and Loss given Default (LGD) throughout the Group’s expected loss calculations.

 

(c)

Measuring ECL – Explanation of inputs, assumptions and estimation techniques

The ECL is measured on either a 12-month (12M) or Lifetime basis depending on whether a significant increase in credit risk has occurred since initial recognition or whether an asset is considered to be credit-impaired. ECL are the discounted product of the Probability of Default (PD), Exposure at Default (EAD), and Loss Given Default (LGD), defined as follows:

 

   

The PD represents the likelihood of a borrower defaulting on its financial obligation (as mentioned in “Definition of default and credit-impaired assets” above), either over the next 12 months (12M PD), or over the remaining lifetime (Lifetime PD) of the obligation.

 

   

Loss Given Default (LGD) represents the Group’s expectation of the extent of loss on a defaulted exposure. LGD varies by type and availability of collateral or other credit support. LGD is expressed as a percentage loss per unit of exposure at the time of default (EAD).

 

   

EAD is based on the amounts the Group expects to be owed at the time of default, over the next 12 months (12M EAD) or over the remaining lifetime (Lifetime EAD). For example, for a revolving commitment, the Group includes the current drawn balance plus any further amount that is expected to be drawn up to the current contractual limit by the time of default, should it occur.

The ECL is determined by projecting the PD, LGD and EAD for each future month and for each individual exposure or collective segment. These three components are multiplied together and adjusted for the likelihood of survival (i.e. the exposure has not prepaid or defaulted in an earlier month).

The Lifetime PD is developed by applying a maturity profile to the current 12M PD. The maturity profile looks at how defaults develop on a portfolio from the point of initial recognition throughout the

 

F-56


Table of Contents

LUFAX HOLDING LTD

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2017, 2018 AND 2019

 

4

Financial instruments and risks (Continued)

 

4.1

Financial risk factors (Continued)

 

4.1.2

Credit risk (Continued)

 

Expected credit loss (Continued)

Measurement of ECL (Continued)

 

(c)

Measuring ECL – Explanation of inputs, assumptions and estimation techniques (Continued)

 

lifetime of the loans. The maturity profile is based on historical observed data and is assumed to be the same across all assets within a portfolio. This is supported by historical analysis.

The 12-month and lifetime EADs are determined based on the expected payment profile. For amortising products and bullet repayment loans, this is based on the contractual repayments owed by the borrower over a 12-month or lifetime basis. This will also be adjusted for any expected overpayments made by a borrower. Early repayment/refinance assumptions are also incorporated into the calculation.

The 12-month and lifetime LGDs are determined based on the factors which impact the recoveries made post default. These vary by product type.

Forward-looking economic information is included in determining the 12-month and lifetime PD. These assumptions vary by product type.

There have been no significant changes in estimation techniques or significant assumptions made during the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2019.

 

(d)

Forward-looking information incorporated in the ECL models

The Group has developed macro-economic forward-looking adjustment model by establishing a pool of macro-economic indicators, preparing data, filtering model factors and adjusting forward-looking elements, and the indicators include gross domestic product (GDP) year on year percentage change, customer price index (CPI) year on year percentage change and other macro-economic variables. Through regression analysis, the relationship among these economic indicators in history with EAD, PD and LGD is determined, and the EAD, PD, LGD are then determined through forecasting economic indicators. The forecasting methods and critical assumptions applied had no material changes during the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2019.

In 2018 and 2019, the Group collected 10-year time series data of macro-economic parameters from the China Macroeconomic Database published by an authoritative data supplier, and analysed the inter-period relationship between economic parameters, and simulated randomization through the Monte Carlo method to formulate prediction function. Combined with the expert judgement, the Group established the values used for different scenarios. In addition to the base economic scenario, the Group also considers other possible scenarios and relative weightings. The scenario is set, by analysing each major product structure, to ensure non-linearity is considered. The Group regularly reassess the number of scenarios and their attributes. In 2018 and 2019, the Group combined statistical analysis results to determine the weights of different scenarios, and also considered the range of possible outcomes represented by each scenario, to determine the final macro-economic assumptions and weights for measuring the relevant expected credit loss.

 

F-57


Table of Contents

LUFAX HOLDING LTD

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2017, 2018 AND 2019

 

4

Financial instruments and risks (Continued)

 

4.1

Financial risk factors (Continued)

 

4.1.2

Credit risk (Continued)

 

Expected credit loss (Continued)

Measurement of ECL (Continued)

 

(d)

Forward-looking information incorporated in the ECL models (Continued)

 

The impact of these economic indicators on PD and LGD varies to different businesses. The Group comprehensively considers internal and external data, expert forecasts and statistical analysis to determine the relationship between these economic indicators with PD and LGD. The Group evaluates and forecasts these economic indicators at least annually at balance sheet date, provides the best estimates for the future, and regularly evaluates the results.

In 2018 and 2019, the Group considered different macroeconomic scenarios. The key macroeconomic assumptions used to estimate expected credit losses are listed below.

 

     As of
December 31,
2018
       As of
December 31,
2019
 

GDP – year on year percentage change

     6.2%-6.6%          5.9%-6.3%  

CPI – year on year percentage change

     2.0%-3.0%          2.0%-3.0%  

Broad measure of money supply (M1) – year on year percentage change

     3.0%-8.6%          5.2%-7.1%  

Similar to other economic forecasts, the estimates of economic indicators have high inherent uncertainties, actual results may have significant differences with estimates. The Group considered the estimates above represented the optimal estimation of possible outcomes.

Sensitivity analysis

Expected credit losses are sensitive to the parameters used in the model, the macro-economic variables of the forward-looking forecast, the weight probabilities in the three scenarios, and other factors considered in the application of expert judgement. Changes in these input parameters, assumptions, models, and judgments will have an impact on the measurement of expected credit losses.

The Group has the highest weight of the base scenario. The loans to customers and financing guarantee contracts assumed that if the weight of the upside scenario increased by 10% and the weight of the base scenario reduced by 10%, the Group’s ECL impairment provision as of December 31, 2018 and 2019 would be reduced by RMB2 million and RMB2 million, respectively; if the weight of the downside scenario increased by 10% and the weight of the base scenarios reduced by 10%, the Group’s ECL impairment provision would be increased by RMB3 million and RMB1 million, respectively.

 

F-58


Table of Contents

LUFAX HOLDING LTD

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2017, 2018 AND 2019

 

4

Financial instruments and risks (Continued)

 

4.1

Financial risk factors (Continued)

 

4.1.2

Credit risk (Continued)

 

Expected credit loss (Continued)

Measurement of ECL (Continued)

 

(d)

Forward-looking information incorporated in the ECL models (Continued)

 

The following table shows the changes of ECL impairment provision on loans to customers and financing guarantee liabilities related to ECL assuming the financial assets in stage 2 reclassified to stage 1 due to significant improvement in credit risk.

 

     As of December 31,  
     2018     2019  
     RMB’000     RMB’000  

Total ECL and financing guarantee liabilities under assumption of reclassification of financial instruments from stage 2 to stage 1

     1,713,126       1,425,379  

Total ECL and financing guarantee liabilities related to ECL recognized in the consolidated balance sheet

     1,867,762       1,494,063  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Difference-amount

     (154,636     (68,684

Difference-ratio

     -8     -5
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Maximum exposure to credit risk before collateral held or other credit enhancements

The following table presents the credit risk exposure of the financial instruments under the scope of expected credit loss. Without considering guarantee or any other credit enhancement measures, for on-balance sheet assets, the maximum credit risk exposure is presented as the net carrying amount of the financial assets:

 

     As of December 31, 2018  

(in RMB’000)

 

Book value

   Stage I      Stage II      Stage III      Purchased
or
originated
credit
impaired
     Maximum
Credit Risk
Exposure
 

On-balance sheet

              

Cash at bank

     18,576,090        —          —          —          18,576,090  

Restricted cash

     7,937,113        —          —          —          7,937,113  

Financial assets at amortized cost

     2,562,423        423,563        28,942        92,919        3,107,847  

Accounts and other receivables and contract assets

     19,666,732        208,532        219,572        —          20,094,836  

Loans to customers

     33,468,734        328,824        630,136        —          34,427,694  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     82,211,092        960,919        878,650        92,919        84,143,580  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Off-balance sheet

              

Financing guarantee commitment

     4,504,919        82,507        —          —          4,587,426  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-59


Table of Contents

LUFAX HOLDING LTD

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2017, 2018 AND 2019

 

4

Financial instruments and risks (Continued)

 

4.1

Financial risk factors (Continued)

 

4.1.2

Credit risk (Continued)

Expected credit loss (Continued)

Maximum exposure to credit risk before collateral held or other credit enhancements (Continued)

 

     As of December 31, 2019  

(in RMB’000)

 

Book value

   Stage I      Stage II      Stage III      Purchased
or
originated
credit
impaired
     Maximum
Credit Risk
Exposure
 

On-balance sheet

              

Cash at bank

     7,352,394        —          —          —          7,352,394  

Restricted cash

     24,602,779        —          —          —          24,602,779  

Financial assets at amortized cost

     7,209,198        —          1,333,999        79,815        8,623,012  

Accounts and other receivables and contract assets

     25,805,452        226,662        264,324        —          26,296,438  

Loans to customers

     46,915,779        271,182        311,551        —          47,498,512  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     111,885,602        497,844        1,909,874        79,815        114,373,135  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Off-balance sheet

              

Financing guarantee commitment

     4,600,281        39,050        —          —          4,639,331  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

4.1.3

Liquidity risk

Liquidity risk is the risk of not having access to sufficient funds or being unable to liquidate a position in a timely manner at a reasonable price to meet the Group’s obligations as they become due.

The Group aims to maintain sufficient cash at bank and marketable securities. Due to the dynamic nature of the underlying businesses, the Group maintains flexibility in funding by maintaining adequate cash at bank.

 

F-60


Table of Contents

LUFAX HOLDING LTD

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2017, 2018 AND 2019

 

4

Financial instruments and risks (Continued)

 

4.1

Financial risk factors (Continued)

 

4.1.3

Liquidity risk (Continued)

 

The following table analyses the Group’s financial liabilities into relevant maturity grouping based on the remaining period at the end of each reporting period to the contractual maturity date. The amounts disclosed in the table are undiscounted contractual cash flows including interests with financial liabilities denominated in foreign currencies are translated into RMB using the spot rate as of balance sheet date:

 

    As of December 31, 2017  
   

Repayable

on demand
RMB’000

    Within 1 year
RMB’000
    1 to 2 years
RMB’000
    2 to 3 years
RMB’000
    Over 3 years
RMB’000
    Undated
RMB’000
    Total
RMB’000
 

Financial liabilities -

             

Payable to platform investors

    10,212,352       —         —         —         —         —         10,212,352  

Borrowings

    —         15,349,212       523       523       11,261       —         15,361,519  

Accounts and other payables and contract liabilities

    3,741,363       —         —         —         —         15,037       3,756,400  

Payable to investors of consolidated structured entities

    624,711       117,053,355       24,157,828       3,890,014       —         —         145,725,908  

Financing guarantee liabilities

    8,054,767       —         —         —         —         —         8,054,767  

Lease liabilities

    —         477,502       263,547       124,333       75,882       —         941,264  

Convertible promissory note payable

    —         94,153       94,153       94,153       13,096,056       —         13,378,515  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
    22,633,193       132,974,222       24,516,051       4,109,023       13,183,199       15,037       197,430,725  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-61


Table of Contents

LUFAX HOLDING LTD

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2017, 2018 AND 2019

 

4

Financial instruments and risks (Continued)

 

4.1

Financial risk factors (Continued)

 

4.1.3

Liquidity risk (Continued)

 

    As of December 31, 2018  
   

Repayable

on demand
RMB’000

    Within 1 year
RMB’000
    1 to 2 years
RMB’000
    2 to 3 years
RMB’000
    Over 3 years
RMB’000
    Undated
RMB’000
    Total
RMB’000
 

Financial liabilities -

             

Payable to platform investors

    9,820,079       —         —         —         —         —         9,820,079  

Borrowings

    —         4,932,376       381       8,225       —         —         4,940,982  

Bond payable

    —         308,939       —         —         —         —         308,939  

Accounts and other payables and contract liabilities

    4,508,633       1,720,000       —         —         —         15,353       6,243,986  

Payable to investors of consolidated structured entities

    —         31,314,238       4,520,133       —         —         —         35,834,371  

Financing guarantee liabilities

    4,587,426       —         —         —         —         —         4,587,426  

Lease liabilities

    —         420,501       242,256       130,376       43,568       —         836,701  

Convertible promissory note payable

    —         98,894       98,894       98,894       13,656,555       —         13,953,237  

Convertible redeemable preferred shares

    —         —         —         —         11,874,726       —         11,874,726  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
    18,916,138       38,794,948       4,861,664       237,495       25,574,849       15,353       88,400,447  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

    As of December 31, 2019  
   

Repayable

on demand
RMB’000

    Within 1 year
RMB’000
    1 to 2 years
RMB’000
    2 to 3 years
RMB’000
    Over 3 years
RMB’000
    Total
RMB’000
 

Financial liabilities -

           

Payable to platform investors

    15,344,417       —         —         —         —         15,344,417  

Borrowings

    —         3,047,827       —         —         —         3,047,827  

Accounts and other payables and contract liabilities

    4,826,010       —         —         —         —         4,826,010  

Payable to investors of consolidated structured entities

    474,677       21,706,803       16,293,460       15,121,595       —         53,596,535  

Financing guarantee liabilities

    4,639,331       —         —         —         —         4,639,331  

Lease liabilities

    —         486,110       338,374       142,126       42,767       1,009,377  

Convertible promissory note payable

    —         100,522       100,522       100,522       13,680,361       13,981,927  

Convertible redeemable preferred shares

    —         —         —         —         12,804,833       12,804,833  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
    25,284,435       25,341,262       16,732,356       15,364,243       26,527,961       109,250,257  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-62


Table of Contents

LUFAX HOLDING LTD

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2017, 2018 AND 2019

 

4

Financial instruments and risks (Continued)

 

4.1

Financial risk factors (Continued)

 

4.1.4

Operational risk

Operational risk is the risk of loss resulting from inadequate or failure of proper internal controls on business processes, employees and systems or from uncontrollable external events. The Group is exposed to many types of operational risks in the conduct of its business. The Group attempts to manage operational risk by establishing clear policies and requiring well documented business processes to ensure that transactions are properly authorized, supported and recorded.

 

4.2

Capital management

The Group’s capital requirements are primarily dependent on the scale and the type of business that it undertakes, as well as the industry and geographic location in which it operates. The primary objectives of the Group’s capital management are to safeguard the Group’s ability to continue as a going concern and to maintain healthy capital ratios in order to support its business and to maximize shareholders’ value.

The Group monitors capital (including share capital and reserve) by regularly reviewing the capital structure. Adjustments to current capital structure are made in light of changes in economic conditions and risk characteristics of the Group’s activities. In order to maintain or adjust the capital structure, the Group may adjust the amount of dividends paid, return capital to ordinary shareholders or issue capital securities.

 

4.3

Group’s maximum exposure to structured entities

The Group uses structured entities in the normal course of business for a number of purposes, for example, structured transactions for customers, to provide finance to public and private sector infrastructure projects, and to generate fees from managing assets on behalf of third-party investors. These structured entities are financed through the issue of notes or units to investors. Refer to Note 5.8 for the Group’s consolidation consideration related to structured entities.

The following table shows the Group’s maximum exposure to the unconsolidated structured entities representing the Group’s maximum possible risk exposure that could occur as a result of the Group’s arrangements with structured entities. The maximum exposure is contingent in nature and approximates the sum of direct investments made by the Group.

The following table sets forth the size of unconsolidated structured entities and the Group’s funding and maximum exposure as of December 31, 2017, 2018 and 2019,

 

     As of December 31, 2017  
(In RMB’000)    Carrying
amount
     Group’s
maximum
exposure
     Interest held by Group  

Unconsolidated structured products managed by third parties

     7,982,011        7,982,011        Investment income  

Unconsolidated structured products managed by affiliated entities

     6,583,315        6,699,922       
Investment income/
service fee

 

 

F-63


Table of Contents

LUFAX HOLDING LTD

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2017, 2018 AND 2019

 

4

Financial instruments and risks (Continued)

 

4.3

Group’s maximum exposure to structured entities (Continued)

 

     As of December 31, 2018  
(In RMB’000)    Carrying
amount
     Group’s
maximum
exposure
     Interest held by Group  

Unconsolidated structured products managed by third parties

     5,840,477        5,840,477        Investment income  

Unconsolidated structured products managed by affiliated entities

     8,482,148        8,554,416       
Investment income/
service fee

 

 

     As of December 31, 2019  
(In RMB’000)    Carrying
amount
     Group’s
maximum
exposure
     Interest held by Group  

Unconsolidated structured products managed by third parties

     6,617,543        6,617,543        Investment income  

Unconsolidated structured products managed by affiliated entities

     9,695,236        9,748,907       
Investment income/
service fee

 

The information about size above cannot be acquired from open market.

 

4.4

Fair value estimation

The Group’s main financial instruments carried at fair value are financial assets at fair value through profit or loss and available-for-sale financial assets.

The Group uses the following hierarchy for determining and disclosing the fair value of financial instruments by valuation techniques:

Level 1: Quoted (unadjusted) prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities. A market is regarded as active if quoted prices are readily and regularly available from an exchange, dealer, broker, industry group, pricing service, or regulatory agency, and those prices represent actual and regularly occurring market transactions on an arm’s length basis. The primary quoted market price used for financial assets held by the Group is the current bid price. Financial instruments included in Level 1 comprise primarily equity investments, fund investments and bond investments traded on stock exchanges and open-ended mutual funds.

Level 2: Other valuation techniques for which all inputs which have a significant effect on the recorded fair value are observable, either directly (such as price) or indirectly (such as calculated based on price). These valuation techniques maximize the use of observable market data where it is available and rely as little as possible on entity specific estimates.

Level 3: Valuation techniques which use any inputs which have a significant effect on the recorded fair value that are not based on observable market data (unobservable inputs).

The level of fair value calculation is determined by the lowest level input with material significance in the overall calculation. As such, the significance of the input should be considered from an overall perspective in the calculation of fair value.

 

F-64


Table of Contents

LUFAX HOLDING LTD

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2017, 2018 AND 2019

 

4

Financial instruments and risks (Continued)

 

4.4

Fair value estimation (Continued)

 

Valuation methods for Level 2 and Level 3 financial instruments:

For Level 2 financial instruments, valuations are generally obtained from third party pricing services for identical or comparable assets, or through the use of valuation methodologies using observable market inputs, or recent quoted market prices. Valuation service providers typically gather, analyze and interpret information related to market transactions and other key valuation model inputs from multiple sources, and through the use of widely accepted internal valuation models, provide a theoretical quote on various securities.

For Level 3 financial instruments, prices are determined using valuation methodologies such as discounted cash flow models and other similar techniques. Determinations to classify fair value measures within Level 3 of the valuation hierarchy are generally based on the significance of the unobservable factors to the overall fair value measurement, and valuation methodologies such as discounted cash flow models and other similar techniques.

The following table sets forth the financial instruments recorded at fair value by level of the fair value hierarchy:

 

As of December 31, 2017    Level 1
RMB’000
     Level 2
RMB’000
     Level 3
RMB’000
     Total
RMB’000
 

Financial assets at fair value through profit or loss

           

Asset management plans

     —          4,587,433        3,619,738        8,207,171  

Mutual Fund

     881,499        —          —          881,499  

Trust plans

     —          51,982        —          51,982  

Structured deposits

     —          280,357        —          280,357  

Bank wealth management products

     —          495,708        —          495,708  

Private fund investment

     —          —          2,524,843        2,524,843  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Financial investments – available -for -sale

     —          1,609,388        914,735        2,524,123  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     881,499        7,024,868        7,059,316        14,965,683  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

As of December 31, 2018    Level 1
RMB’000
     Level 2
RMB’000
     Level 3
RMB’000
     Total
RMB’000
 

Financial assets at fair value through profit or loss

           

Asset management plans

     —          4,028,446        —          4,028,446  

Mutual Fund

     1,275,624        —          —          1,275,624  

Trust plans

     —          4,101,519        —          4,101,519  

Factoring products

     —          820,897        —          820,897  

Structured deposits

     —          1,300,873        —          1,300,873  

Bank wealth management products

     —          2,284,146        —          2,284,146  

Private fund investment

     —          —          2,632,890        2,632,890  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     1,275,624        12,535,881        2,632,890        16,444,395  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-65


Table of Contents

LUFAX HOLDING LTD

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2017, 2018 AND 2019

 

4

Financial instruments and risks (Continued)

 

4.4

Fair value estimation (Continued)

 

As of December 31, 2019    Level 1
RMB’000
     Level 2
RMB’000
     Level 3
RMB’000
     Total
RMB’000
 

Financial assets at fair value through profit or loss

           

Asset management plans

     —          6,056,754        793,514        6,850,268  

Mutual Fund

     5,732,842        —          —          5,732,842  

Trust plans

     —          1,787,954        1,682,519        3,470,473  

Factoring products

     —          1,480,223        344,023        1,824,246  

Structured deposits

     —          430,760        —          430,760  

Bank wealth management products

     —          251,684        —          251,684  

Corporate bond

     —          —          15,271        15,271  

Private fund investment

     —          —          7,512        7,512  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     5,732,842        10,007,375        2,842,839        18,583,056  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

There were no changes in valuation techniques during the period.

The following table presents the changes in level 3 instruments for the year ended December 31, 2017, 2018 and 2019:

 

    Year ended December 31  
    2017     2017     2018     2019  
    Available-for-sale
financial assets
    Financial assets at fair value through profit
or loss
 
    RMB’000     RMB’000     RMB’000     RMB’000  

As of beginning of the year

    98,000       6,850,013       6,144,581       2,632,890  

Adoption of IFRS 9

    —         —         914,735       —    

Additions

    1,655,100       26,775,616       12,002,979       1,353,173  

Disposal

    (856,100     (27,500,000     (16,439,194     (1,961,315

Transfer into level 3

    —         —         —         1,477,950  

Gains or losses recognized in other comprehensive income

    17,735       —         —         —    

Gains or losses recognized in profit or loss

    —         18,952       9,789       (659,859
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

As of end of the year

    914,735       6,144,581       2,632,890       2,842,839  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

That large majority of gains or losses recognized in profit or loss arose from instruments still held at the end of each year.

 

5

Critical accounting estimates and judgements

The Group makes estimates and judgments that affect the reported amounts of revenues, expenses, assets and liabilities and the disclosure of contingent liabilities in these financial statements. Estimates and judgments are continually assessed based on historical experience and other factors, including expectations of future events that are believed to be reasonable under the circumstances.

 

F-66


Table of Contents

LUFAX HOLDING LTD

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2017, 2018 AND 2019

 

5

Critical accounting estimates and judgements (Continued)

 

In the process of applying the Group’s accounting policies, management has made the following judgments and accounting estimation, which have the significant effect on the amounts recognized in the financial statements.

 

5.1

Goodwill impairment assessment

The Group tests annually whether goodwill has suffered any impairment. The recoverable amount of cash generating units and groups of cash generating units is the present value of the future cash flows expected to be derived from them. These calculations require the use of accounting estimates. If management revises the gross margin that is used in the calculation of the future cash flows of asset groups and groups of asset groups, and the revised gross margin is lower than the one currently used, the Group would need to recognize further impairment against goodwill. If management revises the pre-tax discount rate applied to the discounted cash flows, and the revised pre-tax discount rate is higher than the one currently applied, the Group would need to recognize further impairment against goodwill. If the actual gross margin or pre-tax discount rate is lower than management’s estimates, the impairment loss of goodwill previously provided for is not allowed to be reversed by the Group.

 

5.2

Recognition of loan facilitation and service fees

The Group recognizes loan facilitation and post origination service fees by allocating total consideration to be received during the performance of borrowing period to different performance obligations. The Group estimates total consideration to be received by considering early termination scenarios. From time to time, the Group reviews actual early termination data observed and adjusts the early termination assumptions used in revenue recognition to reflect management’s best estimate. The Group considers the upfront loan facilitation services and post loan facilitation services as distinct performance obligations. However, the Group does not provide these services separately, and the third-party evidence of selling price does not exist either, as public information is not available regarding the amount of fees competitors charge for these services. As a result, the Group uses the expected-cost-plus-a-margin approach to determine its best estimate of selling prices of the different deliverables as the basis for allocation. When estimating the selling prices, the Group considers the cost related to such services, profit margin, customer demand, effect of competition, and other market factors, if applicable.

 

5.3

Income taxes

The Group is subject to income taxes in the PRC and other jurisdictions. Significant judgement is required in determining the provision for income taxes in each of these jurisdictions. Where the final tax outcome of these matters is different from the amounts that were initially recorded, such differences will impact the current and deferred tax assets and liabilities in the period in which such determination is made.

Deferred tax assets relating to certain temporary differences and tax losses are recognized when management considers it is probable that future taxable profits will be available against which the temporary differences or tax losses can be utilized. When the expectation is different from the original estimate, such differences will impact the recognition of deferred tax assets and taxation charges in the period in which such estimate is changed.

 

F-67


Table of Contents

LUFAX HOLDING LTD

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2017, 2018 AND 2019

 

5

Critical accounting estimates and judgements (Continued)

 

5.4

Classification of financial instruments

The judgments in determining the classification of financial assets include the analysis of business models and the characteristics of contractual cash flows.

An entity’s business model refers to how an entity manages its financial assets in order to generate cash flows. That is, the entity’s business model determines whether cash flows will result from collecting contractual cash flows, selling financial assets or both. It is typically observable through the activities that the entity undertakes to achieve the objective of the business model. An entity will need to use judgement when it assesses its business model for managing financial assets and that assessment is not determined by a single factor or activity. Instead, the entity must consider all relevant evidence that is available at the date of the assessment.

The contractual cash flow characteristics of financial assets refer to the cash flow attributes agreed on in the financial asset contract and reflect the economic characteristics of the relevant financial assets, that is, the contractual cash flows generated by the relevant financial assets on a specific date are only for the principal and the outstanding principal based on the payment of interest, the principal refers to the fair value of the financial asset at initial recognition. The principal amount may change during the duration of the financial asset due to reasons such as early repayment; interest includes the time value of money, credit risk related to the amount of outstanding principal in a particular period, and consideration of other basic borrowing risks, costs and profits.

 

5.5

Fair value of financial instruments determined using valuation techniques

Fair value, in the absence of an active market, is estimated by using valuation techniques, applying currently applicable and sufficiently available data, and the valuation techniques supported by other information, which mainly include market approach and income approach, reference to the recent arm’s length transactions, current market value of another instrument which is substantially the same, and by using the discounted cash flow analysis and option pricing models.

When using valuation techniques to determine the fair value of financial instruments, the Group would choose the input value in consistency with market participants, considering transactions of related assets and liabilities. All related observable market parameters are considered in priority, including interest rate, foreign exchange rate, commodity prices, and share prices or index. When related observable parameters are unavailable or inaccessible, the Group uses unobservable parameters and makes estimates for credit risk, market volatility, and liquidity adjustments.

Using different valuation techniques and parameter assumptions may lead to significant differences of fair value estimations.

 

5.6

Impairment allowance on loans to customers - under Previous GAAP

Impairment allowances on loans to customers represent management’s best estimate of losses incurred in the loan portfolios at the reporting date. Management is required to exercise judgement in making assumptions and estimates when calculating loan impairment allowances. The Group makes judgments as to whether there is any observable data indicating that there is a measurable decrease in the estimated future cash flows from a portfolio of loans before the decrease can be identified with an individual loan in that portfolio. This evidence may include observable data indicating that there has been an adverse change in the payment status of borrowers in a group (e.g. payment delinquency or default), or national

 

F-68


Table of Contents

LUFAX HOLDING LTD

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2017, 2018 AND 2019

 

5

Critical accounting estimates and judgements (Continued)

 

5.6

Impairment allowance on loans to customers - under Previous GAAP (Continued)

 

or local economic conditions that correlate with defaults on assets in the Group. When loans are collectively assessed for impairment, management uses estimates based on historical loss experience for assets with credit risk characteristics similar to those in the portfolio and objective evidence of impairment. Historical loss experience is adjusted on the basis of the relevant observable data that reflects current economic conditions. The methodology and assumptions used for estimating the amount and timing of future cash flows, the historical loss experience and the relevant observable data that reflects current economic conditions are reviewed regularly to reduce any differences between loss estimates and actual loss experience.

 

5.7

Measurement of the expected credit losses – under IFRS 9

The measurement of the expected credit losses for financial assets measured at amortized cost and financing guarantee contracts is an area that requires the use of complex models and significant assumptions about future economic conditions and credit behaviour. Explanation of the inputs, assumptions and estimation techniques used in measuring ECL is further detailed in note 4.1.2.

A number of significant judgements are also required in applying the accounting requirements for measuring ECL, such as:

 

   

Determining criteria for significant increase in credit risk;

 

   

Choosing appropriate models and assumptions for the measurement of ECL;

 

   

Establishing the number and relative weightings of forward-looking scenarios for each type of product/market and the associated ECL; and

 

   

Establishing groups of similar financial assets for the purposes of measuring ECL.

 

5.8

Determination of control over the structured entities

To determine whether the Group controls the structured entities of which the Group acts as an asset manager, management applies judgment based on all relevant fact and circumstance to determine whether the Group is acting as the principal or agent for the structured entities. If the Group is acting as the principal, it has control over the structured entities. In assessing whether the Group is acting as the principal, the Group considers factors such as the scope of the asset manager’s decision-making authority, rights held by other parties, remuneration to which it is entitled, and exposure to variable returns results from its additional involvement with structured entities. The Group will perform reassessment once the fact and circumstance change leading to changes in the above factors.

Please refer to Note 4.3 for disclosure of the maximum risk exposure of unconsolidated structured entities of the Group.

 

F-69


Table of Contents

LUFAX HOLDING LTD

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2017, 2018 AND 2019

 

6

Retail credit facilitation service fees

 

     Year ended December 31,  
     2017      2018      2019  
     RMB’000      RMB’000      RMB’000  

Loan facilitation service

     5,091,950        8,295,490        9,716,401  

Post origination service

     10,244,031        21,280,504        29,608,447  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     15,335,981        29,575,994        39,324,848  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The table below sets forth the remaining performance obligations of long-term contracts:

 

     As of December 31,  
     2017      2018      2019  
     RMB’000      RMB’000      RMB’000  

Aggregate amount of the transaction price allocated to long-term contracts that are partially or fully unsatisfied at the end of each year

        

Expected to be recognized within one year

     13,012,445        21,461,161        26,123,173  

Expected to be recognized in one to two years

     6,462,843        10,211,651        13,246,129  

Expected to be recognized in two to three years

     1,735,056        3,247,583        4,137,167  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     21,210,344        34,920,395        43,506,469  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

7

Wealth management transaction and service fees

 

     Year ended December 31,  
     2017      2018      2019  
     RMB’000      RMB’000      RMB’000  

Current Products

     278,856        405,997        458,503  

Legacy Products

     1,606,279        2,239,448        2,145,726  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     1,885,135        2,645,445        2,604,229  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-70


Table of Contents

LUFAX HOLDING LTD

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2017, 2018 AND 2019

 

8

Net interest income

 

     Year ended December 31,  
     2017      2018      2019  
     RMB’000      RMB’000      RMB’000  

Loans originated by consolidated trust plans

        

Interest income

     —          —          2,030,485  

Interest expense

     —          —          (964,790
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net interest income from loans originated by consolidated trust plans

     —          —          1,065,695  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Loans originated by microloan lending companies

        

Interest income

     14,514,459        10,243,475        2,895,600  

Interest expense

     (7,258,492      (4,348,994      (52,099
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net interest income from loans originated by microloan lending companies

     7,255,967        5,894,481        2,843,501  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total net interest income

     7,255,967        5,894,481        3,909,196  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
9

Other income

 

     Year ended December 31,  
     2017      2018      2019  
     RMB’000      RMB’000      RMB’000  

Account management service fees

     759,963        435,854        716,001  

Penalty fee income

     46,149        61,737        129,317  

Others

     4,348        9,945        33,550  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     810,460        507,536        878,868  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

10

Investment income

 

     Year ended December 31,  
     2017      2018      2019  
     RMB’000      RMB’000      RMB’000  

Interest income from

        

Financial assets at amortized cost

     N/A        186,921        194,771  

Financial investments - loans and receivables

     367,096        N/A        N/A  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     367,096        186,921        194,771  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Realized gains from disposal

        

Financial assets at fair value through profit or loss

     432,785        827,902        1,116,431  

Financial investments - available-for-sale

     222,553        N/A        N/A  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     655,338        827,902        1,116,431  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net unrealized gains/(losses)

        

Financial assets at fair value through profit or loss (Note 19(b))

     37,131        1,728        (732,125
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     1,059,565        1,016,551        579,077  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-71


Table of Contents

LUFAX HOLDING LTD

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2017, 2018 AND 2019

 

11

Expense by nature

 

     Year ended December 31,  
     2017      2018      2019  
     RMB’000      RMB’000      RMB’000  

Employee benefit expenses (Note 11.1)

     7,850,805        10,077,375        12,352,323  

Loan origination and servicing expenses

     1,979,332        3,608,637        6,530,999  

Outsourcing service expenses

     614,235        904,898        997,145  

Payment processing expenses

     585,799        679,141        849,763  

Business entertainment expenses

     313,185        563,187        802,577  

Promotion and advertising expenses

     1,004,506        1,472,650        1,149,759  

Depreciation of right-of-use assets (Note 27)

     415,627        529,269        509,026  

Low-value and short-term lease expense

     106,609        56,924        84,277  

Property management fee

     126,550        139,685        185,141  

Taxes and surcharges

     210,039        240,071        286,546  

Depreciation of property and equipment (Note 24)

     214,849        250,280        276,266  

Amortization of intangible assets (Note 26)

     239,252        171,915        31,967  

Others

     986,900        894,281        1,152,084  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total sales and marketing expenses, general and administrative expenses, operation and servicing expenses, technology and analytics expenses

     14,647,688        19,588,313        25,207,873  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

     Year ended December 31,  
     2017      2018      2019  
     RMB’000      RMB’000      RMB’000  

Sales and marketing expense

        

Borrower acquisition expenses

     2,354,546        4,837,764        8,714,516  

Investor acquisition and retention expenses

     726,848        1,087,165        888,839  

General sales and marketing expenses (a)

     4,369,590        4,842,037        5,327,741  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     7,450,984        10,766,966        14,931,096  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(a)

For the year ended December 31, 2019, the general sales and marketing expenses included wages, salaries and bonuses of RMB3,079 million (2017: RMB2,552 million; 2018: RMB2,723 million), promotion and entertainment expenses of RMB1,288 million (2017: RMB717 million; 2018: RMB995 million) and office rental expenses including depreciation of right-of-use assets and low-value and short-term lease expense of RMB217 million (2017: RMB221 million; 2018: RMB226 million) for direct sales team.

 

F-72


Table of Contents

LUFAX HOLDING LTD

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2017, 2018 AND 2019

 

11

Expense by nature (Continued)

 

11.1

Employee benefit expenses

 

     Year ended December 31,  
     2017      2018      2019  
     RMB’000      RMB’000      RMB’000  

Wages, salaries and bonuses

     5,256,774        6,855,372        8,689,993  

Other social security costs, housing benefits and other employee benefits

     1,567,496        2,010,418        2,473,673  

Pension costs – defined contribution plans

     817,257        1,083,427        1,244,100  

Share-based payment (Note 42)

     209,278        128,158        (55,443
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     7,850,805        10,077,375        12,352,323  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

12

Credit impairment losses

 

     Year ended December 31,  
     2018      2019  
     RMB’000      RMB’000  

Financial assets at amortized cost

     121,989        1,010,867  

Accounts and other receivables and contract assets

     723,774        794,116  

Financing guarantee contracts

     501,704        120,961  

Loans to customers

     (412,843      (63,240

Others

     (30      41  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
     934,594        1,862,745  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

13

Asset impairment losses

 

     Year ended December 31,  
     2017      2018      2019  
     RMB’000      RMB’000      RMB’000  

Goodwill

     —          2,800        67,752  

Intangible assets

     —          —          64,209  

Loans to customers

     2,628,323        N/A        N/A  

Financing guarantee contracts

     733,258        N/A        N/A  

Accounts and other receivables and contract assets

     371,239        N/A        N/A  

Financial investments – loans and receivables

     15,406        N/A        N/A  

Others

     (12,440      4,692        2,555  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     3,735,786        7,492        134,516  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-73


Table of Contents

LUFAX HOLDING LTD

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2017, 2018 AND 2019

 

14

Finance costs

 

     Year ended December 31,  
     2017      2018      2019  
     RMB’000      RMB’000      RMB’000  

Interest expenses on convertible promissory note

     688,969        733,234        819,754  

Interest expenses on convertible redeemable preferred shares

     —          49,378        636,835  

Interest expenses on borrowings

     163,957        75,466        329,450  

Interest expenses on consolidated wealth management products

     533,347        181,350        139,094  

Interest expense on lease liabilities

     55,424        54,281        58,170  

Bank interest income

     (145,163      (193,446      (463,396
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     1,296,534        900,263        1,519,907  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

15

Other gains/(losses) - net

 

     Year ended December 31,  
     2017      2018      2019  
     RMB’000      RMB’000      RMB’000  

Government grants (a)

     147,383        196,601        236,709  

(Provision)/reversal of provision (Note 36(a))

     —          (530,221      70,221  

Gains on derecognition of long aging payables

     —          14,901        67,909  

Input VAT super-deduction

     —          —          32,897  

Foreign exchange gains/(losses)

     76,453        (125,918      (95,947

Others

     899        25,000        13,325  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     224,735        (419,637      325,114  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(a)

The Group receives government grants in the PRC from various levels of local governments from time to time which are granted for general corporate purposes and to support its ongoing operations in the region. The grants are determined at the discretion of the relevant government authority and there are no restrictions on their use.

 

16

Income tax expenses

The following table sets forth the income tax expense of the Group for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2018 and 2019:

 

     Year ended December 31,  
     2017      2018      2019  
     RMB’000      RMB’000      RMB’000  

Current income tax

     1,916,767        2,791,676        4,254,978  

Deferred income tax

     419,956        2,281,650        1,861,719  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     2,336,723        5,073,326        6,116,697  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-74


Table of Contents

LUFAX HOLDING LTD

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2017, 2018 AND 2019

 

16

Income tax expenses (Continued)

 

The following table sets forth the reconciliation from income tax calculated based on the applicable tax rates and profit before income tax presented in the consolidated financial statements to the income tax expenses:

 

     Year ended December 31,  
     2017      2018      2019  
     RMB’000      RMB’000      RMB’000  

Profit before income tax

     8,363,712        18,649,260        19,433,841  

Income tax calculated at the PRC statutory tax rate of 25%

     2,090,928        4,662,315        4,858,460  

Tax effect of:

        

Differential income tax rates applicable to subsidiaries (Note a, b and c)

     150,542        62,062        350,051  

Expenses and losses not deductible for tax purposes

     72,185        113,973        530,638  

Deductible temporary differences and tax losses for which no deferred tax asset was recognized

     27,186        47,687        244,187  

Reversal of deferred tax assets recognized in prior years related to deductible tax differences

     59,356        —          190,104  

Utilisation of previously unrecognized tax losses

     (3,689      —          (2,439

Utilization of previously unrecognized deductible temporary difference

     (8,037      (1,230      (2,724

Income not subject to tax

     (20,573      (17,688      (36,536

Effect of tax rate changes on deferred income taxes

     (27,464      173,680        (37,959

Others

     (3,711      32,527        22,915  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Income tax expense

     2,336,723        5,073,326        6,116,697  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

(a) Cayman Islands and BVI Income Tax

The Company is incorporated under the laws of the Cayman Islands as an exempted company with limited liability under the Companies Law of the Cayman Islands and is not subject to Cayman Islands income tax. The Group entities established under the BVI Business Companies Acts are exempted from BVI income taxes.

(b) Hong Kong Income Tax

Under the current Hong Kong Inland Revenue Ordinance, the Company’s subsidiaries incorporated in Hong Kong are subject to 16.5% income tax on their taxable income generated from operations in Hong Kong. Additionally, payments of dividends by the subsidiaries incorporated in Hong Kong to the Company are not subject to any Hong Kong withholding tax. Commencing from the year of assessment of 2018 and 2019, the first HKD2 million of profits earned by the Company’s subsidiaries incorporated in Hong Kong will be taxed at half the current tax rate (i.e. 8.25%) while the remaining profits will continue to be taxed at the existing 16.5% tax rate.

 

F-75


Table of Contents

LUFAX HOLDING LTD

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2017, 2018 AND 2019

 

16

Income tax expenses (Continued)

 

(c) Singapore Income Tax

Singapore income tax rate is 17%. No Singapore profits tax was provided for as there was no estimated assessable profit that was subject to Singapore profits tax for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2018 and 2019.

(d) PRC Corporate Income Tax (“CIT”)

The income tax provision of the Group in respect of its operations in the PRC was generally calculated at the tax rate of 25% on the assessable profits for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2018 and 2019, based on the existing legislation, interpretations and practices in respect thereof.

On November 27, 2018, the Group’s subsidiary Weikun Technology qualified as High and New Technology Enterprises, which entitles it to a preferential CIT rate of 15% for consecutive three years. Furthermore, according to the policy issued by State Tax Administration of PRC (hereinafter “STA”) (Guofa (2007) No.40), Weikun Technology is entitled to a preferential CIT rate of 12.5% for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2019.

According to the policy issued jointly by MoF and STA (Caishui (2014) No.26), if the main business revenue of a company reaches 70% of its total revenue, the preferential CIT rate of 15% can be elected. The branch of Shenzhen Pingan Puhui Enterprise Management Co., Ltd., which operate in Qianhai district, Shenzhen, was qualified to elect preferential CIT rate of 15% for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2018, and it used statutory tax rate of 25% for the year ended December 31, 2019.

(e) PRC Withholding Tax (“WHT”)

According to the New Corporate Income Tax Law (“New CIT Law”), distribution of profits earned by the PRC companies since January 1, 2008 to foreign investors is subject to withholding tax of 5% or 10%, depending on the country of incorporation of the foreign investor, upon the distribution of profits to overseas-incorporated immediate holding companies.

Chongqing Jin An Microloan Limited declared and paid the dividend of RMB111 million and RMB453 million to foreign investor during the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2019, respectively. Except that the Group does not have any plan to require its PRC subsidiaries to distribute their retained earnings and intends to retain them to operate and expand business in the PRC. Accordingly, no deferred tax liability on WHT was accrued at the end of each period presented.

 

F-76


Table of Contents

LUFAX HOLDING LTD

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2017, 2018 AND 2019

 

17

Earnings per share

 

(a)

Basic earnings per share is calculated by dividing the profit attributable to owners of the Group by the weighted average number of ordinary shares in issue during the year excluding ordinary shares purchased by the Group.

 

     Year ended December 31,  
     2017      2018      2019  
     RMB’000      RMB’000      RMB’000  

Profit attributable to owners of the Company

     5,965,460        13,619,928        13,332,431  

Weighted average number of ordinary shares in issue

     1,064,552,043        1,076,869,344        1,086,698,914  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Basic earnings per share (in RMB)

     5.60        12.65        12.27  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(b)

Diluted earnings per share is calculated by adjusting the weighted average number of ordinary shares outstanding to assume conversion of all dilutive potential ordinary shares. For the year ended December 31, 2017, 2018 and 2019, the Group has three categories of potential dilutive ordinary shares: convertible instruments including convertible promissory note (Note 34), convertible redeemable preferred shares (Note 35) and share options (Note 42).

Share options are not included in the computation of diluted earnings as the share options could not be exercised until the Company completes its initial public offering (“IPO”). Convertible promissory note is also excluded in the computation of diluted earnings as the convertible promissory note can only be converted into ordinary shares upon successful IPO. As of December 31, 2017, 2018 and 2019, such contingent event had not occurred. Potential ordinary shares issuable upon conversion of Class C ordinary shares, recorded as convertible redeemable preferred shares in the consolidated financial statements, were not included in the calculation of diluted earnings per share for the year ended December 31, 2018 and 2019, as its effect would have been anti-dilutive. Accordingly, dilutive earnings per share for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2018 and 2019 are the same as basic earnings per share of the respective years.

 

F-77


Table of Contents

LUFAX HOLDING LTD

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2017, 2018 AND 2019

 

18

Cash at bank and restricted cash

 

     As of December 31,  
Cash at bank    2017      2018      2019  
     RMB’000      RMB’000      RMB’000  

Demand deposits

        

RMB

     18,398,266        11,653,394        6,470,513  

USD

     201,484        6,740,685        658,735  

IDR

     —          1,414        55,070  

HKD

     3,831        1,468        9,300  

SGD

     24,620        29,423        7,662  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     18,628,201        18,426,384        7,201,280  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Time deposits

        

IDR

     —          149,706        110,781  

RMB

     85,000        —          40,374  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     85,000        149,706        151,155  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Less: Provision for impairment losses

     —          —          (41
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     18,713,201        18,576,090        7,352,394  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

     As of December 31,  
     2017      2018      2019  
     RMB’000      RMB’000      RMB’000  

Restricted cash

        

Deposits held on behalf of platform investors (a)

     6,140,848        7,330,281        13,038,088  

Cash from consolidated trust plans (b)

     —          583,477        8,055,423  

Deposits for subsidiary establishment (Note 2)

     —          —          3,500,000  

Guarantee deposits

     412,039        23,355        9,268  

Restricted Cash related to government grants

     5,103        —          —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     6,557,990        7,937,113        24,602,779  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(a)

Deposits held on behalf of platform investors represents funds received from platform investors while investment decisions are yet to be made, or investors’ funds withdrawal is in processing due to settlement time.

 

(b)

Cash from consolidated trust plans is the cash held by the Group’s consolidated trust plans for future retail credit business.

 

F-78


Table of Contents

LUFAX HOLDING LTD

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2017, 2018 AND 2019

 

19

Financial assets at fair value through profit or loss

 

     As of December 31,  
     2017      2018      2019  
     RMB’000      RMB’000      RMB’000  

Unlisted securities

        

Asset management plans

     8,207,171        4,028,446        6,850,268  

Mutual funds

     881,499        1,275,624        5,732,842  

Trust plans

     51,982        4,101,519        3,470,473  

Factoring products

     —          820,897        1,824,246  

Structured deposits

     280,357        1,300,873        430,760  

Bank wealth management products

     495,708        2,284,146        251,684  

Corporate bond

     —          —          15,271  

Private fund investment

     2,524,843        2,632,890        7,512  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     12,441,560        16,444,395        18,583,056  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(a)

In 2019, the Group invested in a trust plan, whose collateral was the beneficiary rights of the shares of one of the Company’s shareholders. As of December 31, 2019, the carrying amount of the trust plan was RMB217 million, which was recognized as financial assets at fair value through profit or loss.

 

(b)

As of December 31, 2019, financial assets at fair value through profit or loss amounting to RMB3,496 million were past due (2017 and 2018: Nil). Fair value loss of RMB661 million was recognized in 2019 for these overdue financial assets based on the discounted future recoverable cash flows estimated at the reporting date.

 

20

Financial assets at amortized cost

 

     As of December 31,  
     2018      2019  
     RMB’000      RMB’000  

Unlisted securities

     

Debt Investments

     2,877,154        9,890,158  

Trust plans

     570,000        —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
     3,447,154        9,890,158  

Interest receivable

     37,773        120,801  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
     3,484,927        10,010,959  

Less: Provision for impairment losses

     (377,080      (1,387,947
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
     3,107,847        8,623,012  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(a)

As of December 31, 2019, financial assets at amortized cost amounting to RMB2,632 million were past due (2017 and 2018: Nil and 778 million). An impairment loss of RMB1,075 million was recognized in 2019 based on the discounted future recoverable cash flows estimated at the reporting date (2017 and 2018: Nil and 334 million).

 

F-79


Table of Contents

LUFAX HOLDING LTD

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2017, 2018 AND 2019

 

20

Financial assets at amortized cost (Continued)

 

(b)

The following table sets forth the movement of gross carrying amount of financial assets at amortized cost for the year ended December 31, 2018:

 

     Year ended December 31, 2018  
     RMB’000     RMB’000     RMB’000     RMB’000     RMB’000  
     Stage 1     Stage 2     Stage 3     POCI*     Total  

Restated balance as of January 1, 2018

     7,598,170       7,694       254,765       59,450       7,920,079  

New originated or purchased

     9,470,670       —         —         108,556       9,579,226  

Transfer

     (561,101     535,000       26,101       —         —    

— From stage 1 to stage 2

     (535,000     535,000       —         —         —    

— From stage 1 to stage 3

     (26,101     —         26,101       —         —    

De-recognized in the current period (including repayment)

     (13,928,824     (7,694     (2,844     (75,016     (14,014,378
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

As of December 31, 2018

     2,578,915       535,000       278,022       92,990       3,484,927  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(c)

The following table sets forth the movement of ECL allowance for the year ended December 31, 2018:

 

     Year ended December 31, 2018  
     RMB’000     RMB’000     RMB’000     RMB’000     RMB’000  
     Stage 1     Stage 2     Stage 3     POCI     Total  

Restated balance as of January 1, 2018

     4,684       210       196,871       1,704       203,469  

New originated or purchased

     33,200       —         —         2,140       35,340  

Transfer

     (1,966     111,437       26,101       —         135,572  

— From stage 1 to stage 2

     (1,875     1,875       —         —         —    

— From stage 1 to stage 3

     (91     —         91       —         —    

Net impact on expected credit loss by stage transfer

     —         109,562       26,010       —         135,572  

De-recognized in the current period (including repayment)

     (29,044     (210     (564     (2,300     (32,118

Changes in parameters of the model of expected credit loss

     9,618       —         26,672       (1,473     34,817  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

As of December 31, 2018

     16,492       111,437       249,080       71       377,080  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

* Purchased or originated credit-impaired financial assets. (“POCI”)

 

F-80


Table of Contents

LUFAX HOLDING LTD

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2017, 2018 AND 2019

 

20

Financial assets at amortized cost (Continued)

 

(d)

The following table sets forth the movement of gross carrying amount of financial assets at amortized cost for the year ended December 31, 2019:

 

     Year ended December 31, 2019  
     RMB’000     RMB’000     RMB’000     RMB’000     RMB’000  
     Stage 1     Stage 2     Stage 3     POCI     Total  

As of January 1, 2019

     2,578,915       535,000       278,022       92,990       3,484,927  

New originated or purchased

     15,379,522       —         —         99,493       15,479,015  

Transfer

     (2,403,628     —         2,403,628       —         —    

— From stage 1 to stage 3

     (2,403,628     —         2,403,628       —         —    

De-recognized in the current period (including repayment)

     (8,331,614     (535,000     (26,518     (59,851     (8,952,983
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

As of December 31, 2019

     7,223,195       —         2,655,132       132,632       10,010,959  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(e)

The following table sets forth the movement of ECL allowance for the year ended December 31, 2019:

 

     Year ended December 31, 2019  
     RMB’000     RMB’000     RMB’000     RMB’000     RMB’000  
     Stage 1     Stage 2     Stage 3     POCI     Total  

As of January 1, 2019,

     16,492       111,437       249,080       71       377,080  

New originated or purchased

     64,072       —         —         (661     63,411  

Transfer

     (10,014     —         1,072,170       —         1,062,156  

— From stage 1 to stage 3

     (10,014     —         10,014       —         —    

Net impact on expected credit loss by stage transfer

     —         —         1,062,156       —         1,062,156  

De-recognized in the current period (including repayment)

     (50,718     (111,437     (2,758     (1,932     (166,845

Changes in parameters of the model of expected credit loss

     (5,835     —         2,641       55,339       52,145  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

As of December 31, 2019

     13,997       —         1,321,133       52,817       1,387,947  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-81


Table of Contents

LUFAX HOLDING LTD

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2017, 2018 AND 2019

 

21

Accounts and other receivables and contract assets

 

     As of December 31,  
     2017      2018      2019  
     RMB’000      RMB’000      RMB’000  

Loan facilitation and service fees

     1,014,154        7,415,139        11,468,513  

Contract acquisition cost

     3,083,115        6,734,200        10,150,851  

Receivable from external payment services providers (a)

     10,722,844        3,826,745        2,657,132  

Wealth management transaction and service fees receivables

     1,093,582        1,347,759        1,038,111  

— Current Products

     212,371        254,012        299,068  

— Legacy Products

     881,211        1,093,747        739,043  

Receivables arising from default guarantee payments

     514,815        79,831        56  

Other deposit receivables

     949,145        387,366        568,631  

Trust statutory deposits (b)

     —          —          460,641  

Guarantee fee

     297,977        100,626        52,747  

Others

     1,016,111        455,494        301,382  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Less: Provision for impairment losses (c)

     (225,069      (252,324      (401,626
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     18,466,674        20,094,836        26,296,438  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(a)

The Group maintains accounts with external online payment services providers to collect and transfer deposits, principal and interests to platform investors. The Group recorded the related amounts as deposits receivable from external payment service providers and the corresponding liabilities as payables to platform investors.

 

(b)

The balances represent cash deposited in China Trust Protection Fund Co., Ltd. as required by trust regulations.

 

(c)

The following table sets forth the movements in the provision for impairment losses:

 

     Year ended December 31,  
     2017      2018      2019  
     RMB’000      RMB’000      RMB’000  

At beginning of the year

     877,493        225,069        252,324  

Impairment loss recognized in the consolidated statement of comprehensive income

     371,239        723,774        794,116  

Written off during the year

     (1,023,663      (835,572      (839,243

Recovery of receivables written off previously

     —          139,053        194,429  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

At end of the year

     225,069        252,324        401,626  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-82


Table of Contents

LUFAX HOLDING LTD

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2017, 2018 AND 2019

 

21

Accounts and other receivables and contract assets (Continued)

 

(d)

The loss allowance as of December 31, 2018 was determined as follows for loan facilitation and service fees, wealth management transaction and service fees receivables and guarantee fee:

 

     As of December 31, 2018  
     Current     1-90 days
past due
    91-180 days
past due
    Total  
Accounts and other receivables and contract assets    RMB’000     RMB’000     RMB’000     RMB’000  

Expected loss rate

     1.25     20.00     53.41     2.85

Loan facilitation and service fee

     7,023,119       234,442       157,578       7,415,139  

Wealth management transaction and service fee receivables

     1,347,759       —         —         1,347,759  

Guarantee fee

     67,302       7,001       26,323       100,626  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss allowance

     (105,805     (48,289     (98,230     (252,324
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(e)

The loss allowance as of December 31, 2019 was determined as follows for loan facilitation and service fees, wealth management transaction and service fees receivables and guarantee fee:

 

     As of December 31, 2019  
     Current     1-90 days
past due
    91-180 days
past due
    Total  
Accounts and other receivables and contract assets    RMB’000     RMB’000     RMB’000     RMB’000  

Expected loss rate

     1.74     20.00     55.00     3.20

Loan facilitation and service fee

     10,887,088       368,244       213,181       11,468,513  

Wealth management transaction and service fee receivables

     1,038,111       —         —         1,038,111  

Guarantee fee

     45,590       3,499       3,658       52,747  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss allowance

     (208,018     (74,346     (119,262     (401,626
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

As of December 31, 2017, 2018 and 2019, the remaining amount of consideration the Group expects to receive is higher than the carrying amount of contract acquisition cost. As such no loss allowance were recorded.

 

F-83


Table of Contents

LUFAX HOLDING LTD

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2017, 2018 AND 2019

 

22

Loans to customers

 

     As of December 31,  
     2017      2018      2019  
     RMB’000      RMB’000      RMB’000  

Loans originated by consolidated trust plans

     —          113,237        40,363,196  

Loans originated by microloan lending companies

     100,230,210        35,351,446        7,850,380  

Interest receivable

     1,530,353        556,857        536,250  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Less: Provision for impairment losses

        

Stage 1

     N/A        (318,987      (136,396

Stage 2

     N/A        (111,091      (53,258

Stage 3

     N/A        (1,163,768      (1,061,660
     (4,207,626      (1,593,846      (1,251,314
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     97,552,937        34,427,694        47,498,512  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(a)

As of December 31, 2017, 2018 and 2019, respectively, loans amounted to RMB37,465 million, RMB20,037 million and RMB42,704 million were covered by credit insurance provided by external insurance companies. Out of which, overwhelmingly majority of the balance were covered by credit insurance provided by Ping An Property and Casualty Insurance Company (“Ping An P&C”), a subsidiary of Ping An Group. External insurance companies independently underwrites the borrowers and entered into the credit insurance directly with the borrowers. The beneficiaries of such credit insurance are the investors who provide funding to the borrowers.

 

(b)

As of 31 December 2017, 2018 and 2019, part of the loan balance was related to loans from asset based securitization plans. These loans were originated by microloan lending companies within the Group that do not meet the criteria of derecognition as the Group continued to provide credit enhancement to the assets backed securitization plans. The asset based securitization plans represented a liability of the Group and were recorded as payable to investors of consolidated structured entities (Note 33) in the consolidated financial statements, which consisted of principal and accrued interests.

 

(c)

For the year ended December 31, 2017, 2018 and 2019, the amount of concession provided to customers were not material.

 

(d)

Changes in the provision for assets impairment loss:

 

     Year ended
December 31,
2017
 
     RMB’000  

At beginning of the year

     2,578,866  

Impairment loss recognized in the consolidated statement of profit and loss

     2,628,323  

Write off during the year

     (1,478,985

Recovery of loans written off previously

     479,422  
  

 

 

 

At end of the year

     4,207,626  
  

 

 

 

 

F-84


Table of Contents

LUFAX HOLDING LTD

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2017, 2018 AND 2019

 

22

Loans to customers (Continued)

 

(e)

The following table sets forth the movement of gross carrying amount of loans to customers for the year ended December 31, 2018:

 

     Year ended December 31, 2018  
     RMB’000      RMB’000      RMB’000      RMB’000  
     Stage 1      Stage 2      Stage 3      Total  

Restated balance as of January 1, 2018

     98,693,249        921,342        2,145,972        101,760,563  

New originated or purchased loans

     75,842,416        —          —          75,842,416  

Transfer

     (2,168,776      (249,595      2,418,371        —    

— From stage 1 to stage 2

     (381,778      381,778        —          —    

— From stage 1 to stage 3

     (1,791,610      —          1,791,610        —    

— From stage 2 to stage 1

     4,612        (4,612      —          —    

— From stage 2 to stage 3

     —          (626,761      626,761        —    

Loans de-recognized in the current period (including repayment of loans)

     (138,579,168      (231,832      (421,687      (139,232,687

Write-offs

     —          —          (2,348,752      (2,348,752
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

As of December 31, 2018

     33,787,721        439,915        1,793,904        36,021,540  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(f)

The following table sets forth the movement of ECL allowance for the year ended December 31, 2018:

 

     Year ended December 31, 2018  
     RMB’000      RMB’000      RMB’000      RMB’000  
     Stage 1      Stage 2      Stage 3      Total  

Restated balance as of January 1, 2018

     2,409,593        414,386        1,531,462        4,355,441  

New originated or purchased loans

     70,659        —          —          70,659  

Transfer

     (174,932      (257,583      2,216,965        1,784,450  

— From stage 1 to stage 2

     (15,946      15,946        —          —    

— From stage 1 to stage 3

     (159,428      —          159,428        —    

— From stage 2 to stage 1

     2,902        (2,902      —          —    

— From stage 2 to stage 3

     —          (352,976      352,976        —    

Net impact on expected credit loss by stage transfer

     (2,460      82,349        1,704,561        1,784,450  

Loans de-recognized in the current period (including repayment of loans)

     (1,946,864      (45,732      (366,968      (2,359,564

Changes in parameters of the model of expected credit loss

     (39,469      20        131,061        91,612  

Write-offs

     —          —          (2,348,752      (2,348,752
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

As of December 31, 2018

     318,987        111,091        1,163,768        1,593,846  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

As of December 31, 2018, loans to customers amounting to RMB2,349 million were written off in 2018 and were still subject to enforcement activity.

 

F-85


Table of Contents

LUFAX HOLDING LTD

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2017, 2018 AND 2019

 

22

Loans to customers (Continued)

 

(g)

The following table sets forth the movement of gross carrying amount of loans to customers for the year ended December 31, 2019:

 

     Year ended December 31, 2019  
     RMB’000      RMB’000      RMB’000      RMB’000  
     Stage 1      Stage 2      Stage 3      Total  

As of January 1, 2019

     33,787,721        439,915        1,793,904        36,021,540  

New originated or purchased loans

     53,015,937        —          —          53,015,937  

Transfer

     (1,207,945      116,102        1,091,843        —    

— From stage 1 to stage 2

     (274,558      274,558        —          —    

— From stage 1 to stage 3

     (935,301      —          935,301        —    

— From stage 2 to stage 1

     1,914        (1,914      —          —    

— From stage 2 to stage 3

     —          (157,987      157,987        —    

— From stage 3 to stage 2

     —          1,445        (1,445      —    

Loans de-recognized in the current period (including repayment of loans)

     (38,543,538      (231,577      (1,233,244      (40,008,359

Write-offs

     —          —          (279,292      (279,292
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

As of December 31, 2019

     47,052,175        324,440        1,373,211        48,749,826  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(h)

The following table sets forth the movement of ECL allowance for the year ended December 31, 2019:

 

     Year ended December 31, 2019  
     RMB’000      RMB’000      RMB’000      RMB’000  
     Stage 1      Stage 2      Stage 3      Total  

As of January 1, 2019,

     318,987        111,091        1,163,768        1,593,846  

New originated or purchased loans

     14,948        —          —          14,948  

Transfer

     (19,116      (9,368      803,752        775,268  

— From stage 1 to stage 2

     (4,815      4,815        —          —    

— From stage 1 to stage 3

     (14,663      —          14,663        —    

— From stage 2 to stage 1

     1,347        (1,347      —          —    

— From stage 2 to stage 3

     —          (54,270      54,270        —    

— From stage 3 to stage 2

     —          1,210        (1,210      —    

Net impact on expected credit loss by stage transfer

     (985      40,224        736,029        775,268  

Loans de-recognized in the current period (including repayment of loans)

     (214,897      (28,844      (679,038      (922,779

Changes in parameters of the model of expected credit loss

     36,474        (19,621      52,470        69,323  

Write-offs

     —          —          (279,292      (279,292
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

As of December 31, 2019

     136,396        53,258        1,061,660        1,251,314  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

As of December 31, 2019, loans to customers amounting to RMB279 million were written off in 2019 and were still subject to enforcement activity.

 

F-86


Table of Contents

LUFAX HOLDING LTD

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2017, 2018 AND 2019

 

23

Deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities

Deferred income assets and liabilities of the Group are set out as follows:

 

     As of December 31,  
     2017      2018      2019  
     RMB’000      RMB’000      RMB’000  

Deferred tax assets

     3,268,261        3,160,309        3,000,156  

Deferred tax liabilities

     (1,454,505      (3,610,406      (5,311,972
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net amount

     1,813,756        (450,097      (2,311,816
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Deferred assets and liabilities not taking into consideration the offsetting of balances are set out as follows:

 

(a)

The following table sets forth the details of deferred tax assets:

 

     As of December 31,  
     2017      2018      2019  
     RMB’000      RMB’000      RMB’000  

Deductible tax losses

     995,335        841,114        1,047,234  

Provision for asset impairments

     1,066,542        769,748        939,239  

Employee benefit payables

     234,732        432,919        563,567  

Accrued expenses

     279,834        625,986        430,965  

Unexercised share-based payment

     86,917        75,801        75,345  

Guarantee liabilities

     141,651        68,479        60,687  

Consolidation adjustment

     103,044        72,548        40,446  

Servicing Liabilities

     —          169,409        6,790  

Advertising and business promotion fees

     232,561        204,749        559  

Others

     156,812        44,387        25,724  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     3,297,428        3,305,140        3,190,556  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(b)

Deductible temporary differences and deductible losses that are not recognized as deferred tax assets are analyzed as follows:

 

     As of December 31,  
     2017      2018      2019  
     RMB’000      RMB’000      RMB’000  

Deductible temporary differences

     6,864        139,420        2,119,410  

Deductible losses

     517,664        244,325        892,733  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     524,528        383,745        3,012,143  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-87


Table of Contents

LUFAX HOLDING LTD

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2017, 2018 AND 2019

 

23

Deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities (Continued)

 

(c)

Deductible losses that are not recognized as deferred tax assets will expire as follows:

 

     As of December 31,  
     2017      2018      2019  
     RMB’000      RMB’000      RMB’000  

2018

     56,956        —          —    

2019

     159,312        39,828        —    

2020

     48,900        12,225        12,225  

2021

     68,960        17,970        17,240  

2022

     182,486        45,765        48,457  

2023

     —          106,182        74,894  

2024

     —          —          241,781  

No due date

     1,050        22,355        498,136  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     517,664        244,325        892,733  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(d)

The following table sets forth the movements of the deferred tax asset:

 

Movements   Deductible
tax losses
    Provision
for asset
impairments
    Employee
benefit
payables
    Accrued
expenses
    Unexercised
share-based
payment
    Guarantee
liabilities
    Advertising
and
business
promotion
fees
    Others     Total  
    RMB’000     RMB’000     RMB’000     RMB’000     RMB’000     RMB’000     RMB’000     RMB’000     RMB’000  

As of January 1, 2017

    1,258,572       782,398       323,722       248,315       32,470       278,594       232,366       38,132       3,194,569  

Credited/(charged) - to profit or loss

    (263,237     284,144       (88,990     31,519       54,447       (136,943     195       221,724       102,859  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

As of December 31, 2017

    995,335       1,066,542       234,732       279,834       86,917       141,651       232,561       259,856       3,297,428  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Impact on adoption of IFRS 9

    210       17,312       —         —         —         —         —         275       17,797  

As of January 1, 2018

    995,545       1,083,854       234,732       279,834       86,917       141,651       232,561       260,131       3,315,225  

Credited/(charged) - to profit or loss

    (154,431     (315,563     197,623       345,851       (18,728     (73,172     (27,812     26,213       (20,019

Acquisition of subsidiary

    —         1,457       564       301       7,612       —         —         —         9,934  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

As of December 31, 2018

    841,114       769,748       432,919       625,986       75,801       68,479       204,749       286,344       3,305,140  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

As of January 1, 2019

    841,114       769,748       432,919       625,986       75,801       68,479       204,749       286,344       3,305,140  

Credited/(charged) - to profit or loss

    206,120       169,491       130,648       (195,021     (456     (7,792     (204,190     (213,384     (114,584
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

As of December 31, 2019

    1,047,234       939,239       563,567       430,965       75,345       60,687       559       72,960       3,190,556  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-88


Table of Contents

LUFAX HOLDING LTD

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2017, 2018 AND 2019

 

23

Deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities (Continued)

 

(e)

The following table sets forth for the details of deferred tax liabilities:

 

     As of December 31,  
     2017      2018      2019  
     RMB’000      RMB’000      RMB’000  

Revenue recognition differences between accounting and tax book

     893,586        2,956,906        4,476,834  

Intangible assets arisen from business combination

     348,255        456,281        452,258  

Unrealized consolidated earnings

     —          279,653        295,637  

Capitalized expense

     208,249        22,757        260,671  

Changes in fair value

     15,509        29,650        16,956  

Depreciation of property and equipment

     18,073        9,990        16  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     1,483,672        3,755,237        5,502,372  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(f)

The following table sets forth the movements of the deferred tax liabilities:

 

Movements   Revenue
recognition
differences
between
accounting
and tax book
    Intangible
assets arisen
from
business
combination
    Unrealized
consolidated
earnings
    Capitalized
expense
    Changes in
fair value
    Depreciation of
property and
equipment
    Total  
    RMB’000     RMB’000     RMB’000     RMB’000     RMB’000     RMB’000     RMB’000  

As of January 1, 2017

    597,385       349,406       —         755       4,871       8,440       960,857  

Charged/(credited) - to profit or loss

    296,201       (1,151     —         207,494       10,638       9,633       522,815  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

As of December 31, 2017

    893,586       348,255       —         208,249       15,509       18,073       1,483,672  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

As of January 1, 2018

    893,586       348,255       —         208,249       15,509       18,073       1,483,672  

Charged/(credited) - to profit or loss

    2,063,320       1,526       279,653       (185,492     4,682       (8,083     2,155,606  

Acquisition of a subsidiary

    —         106,500       —         —         9,459       —         115,959  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

As of December 31, 2018

    2,956,906       456,281       279,653       22,757       29,650       9,990       3,755,237  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

As of January 1, 2019

    2,956,906       456,281       279,653       22,757       29,650       9,990       3,755,237  

Charged/(credited) - to profit or loss

    1,519,928       (4,023     15,984       237,914       (12,694     (9,974     1,747,135  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

As of December 31, 2019

    4,476,834       452,258       295,637       260,671       16,956       16       5,502,372  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-89


Table of Contents

LUFAX HOLDING LTD

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2017, 2018 AND 2019

 

23

Deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities (Continued)

 

(g)

The following table sets forth the net balances of deferred tax assets and liabilities after offsetting:

 

     As of December 31,  
     2017     2018     2019  
    

Offset
amount

RMB’000

   

Balance
after
offsetting

RMB’000

   

Offset
amount

RMB’000

   

Balance
after
offsetting

RMB’000

   

Offset
amount

RMB’000

   

Balance
after
offsetting

RMB’000

 

Deferred tax assets

     (29,167     3,268,261       (144,831     3,160,309       (190,400     3,000,156  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Deferred tax liabilities

     29,167       (1,454,505     144,831       (3,610,406     190,400       (5,311,972
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

24

Property and equipment

 

    

Buildings, office
and electrical

equipment,

motor vehicles

     Leasehold
improvements
     Construction in
progress
     Total  
     RMB’000      RMB’000      RMB’000      RMB’000  

As of January 1, 2017

           

Cost

     392,962        305,070        —          698,032  

Accumulated depreciation

     (102,845      (69,141      —          (171,986
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net book amount

     290,117        235,929        —          526,046  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Year ended December 31, 2017

           

Opening net book amount

     290,117        235,929        —          526,046  

Additions

     101,900        208,999        97,546        408,445  

Disposals

     (12,873      —          —          (12,873

Depreciation charge

     (79,606      (135,243      —          (214,849
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Closing net book amount

     299,538        309,685        97,546        706,769  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

As of December 31, 2017

           

Cost

     447,846        514,069        97,546        1,059,461  

Accumulated depreciation

     (148,308      (204,384      —          (352,692
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net book amount

     299,538        309,685        97,546        706,769  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-90


Table of Contents

LUFAX HOLDING LTD

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2017, 2018 AND 2019

 

24

Property and equipment (Continued)

 

    

Buildings, office
and electrical

equipment,

motor vehicles

     Leasehold
improvements
     Construction in
progress
     Total  
     RMB’000      RMB’000      RMB’000      RMB’000  

As of January 1, 2018

           

Cost

     447,846        514,069        97,546        1,059,461  

Accumulated depreciation

     (148,308      (204,384      —          (352,692
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net book amount

     299,538        309,685        97,546        706,769  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Year ended December 31, 2018

           

Opening net book amount

     299,538        309,685        97,546        706,769  

Additions

     119,527        146,291        5,930        271,748  

Transfers

     43,837        —          (43,837      —    

Disposals

     (46,628      —          (58,702      (105,330

Depreciation charge

     (88,976      (161,304      —          (250,280
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Closing net book amount

     327,298        294,672        937        622,907  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

As of December 31, 2018

           

Cost

     541,279        660,360        937        1,202,576  

Accumulated depreciation

     (213,981      (365,688      —          (579,669
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net book amount

     327,298        294,672        937        622,907  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

    

Buildings, office
and electrical

equipment,

motor vehicles

     Leasehold
improvements
     Construction in
progress
     Total  
     RMB’000      RMB’000      RMB’000      RMB’000  

As of January 1, 2019

           

Cost

     541,279        660,360        937        1,202,576  

Accumulated depreciation

     (213,981      (365,688      —          (579,669
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net book amount

     327,298        294,672        937        622,907  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Year ended December 31, 2019

           

Opening net book amount

     327,298        294,672        937        622,907  

Additions

     81,615        99,712        —          181,327  

Transfer

     —          937        (937      —    

Disposals

     (10,731      —          —          (10,731

Depreciation charge

     (101,217      (175,049      —          (276,266
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Closing net book amount

     296,965        220,272        —          517,237  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

As of December 31, 2019

           

Cost

     590,724        761,009        937        1,352,670  

Accumulated depreciation

     (293,759      (540,737      (937      (835,433
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net book amount

     296,965        220,272        —          517,237  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-91


Table of Contents

LUFAX HOLDING LTD

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2017, 2018 AND 2019

 

25

Investments accounted for using the equity method

 

     Year ended December 31,  
     2017      2018      2019  
     RMB’000      RMB’000      RMB’000  

At beginning of the year

     20,000        336,200        381,963  

Additions

     300,000        —          —    

Share of net profit

     16,200        45,763        72,807  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

At end of the year

     336,200        381,963        454,770  

Less: Provision for impairment losses

     (20,000      (20,000      (20,000
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     316,200        361,963        434,770  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The following table sets forth the major associate of the Group as of December 31, 2017, 2018 and 2019, which, in the opinion of the directors, is material to the Group. The associate listed below has share capital consisting solely of ordinary shares, which were held directly by the Group.

 

Associate   Place of
incorporation/
operations
 

Registered share
capital

RMB’000

    Principal activities   Percentage of ownership interest
attributable to the Group
 
  At December 31,  
  2017     2018     2019  

Chongqing Fucheng Asset Management Co., Ltd. (“Fucheng”)

  Chongqing/
China
    1,500,000     Information consulting, investment management and financial advisory services     12     20     20

The Group determined that it does not have controlling financial interest in above investee but rather possesses significant influence. The associate listed above is a private company with no quoted market price available for its shares. There are no contingent liabilities relating to the Group’s interest in the associate.

The following table sets forth the summarized financial information of the Group’s major associate:

 

     Fucheng  
     As of/Year ended December 31,  
     2017      2018      2019  
     RMB’000      RMB’000      RMB’000  

Current assets

     7,792,922        10,922,682        11,180,101  

Non-current assets

     89,669        2,592,336        349,147  

Current liabilities

     1,695,871        3,000,664        1,652,743  

Non-current liabilities

     4,604,905        8,640,502        7,679,455  

Revenue

     198,725        1,038,133        1,510,083  

Net profit and comprehensive income

     81,815        292,037        323,198  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-92


Table of Contents

LUFAX HOLDING LTD

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2017, 2018 AND 2019

 

26

Intangible assets

 

     Trademarks
and licences
RMB’000
    

Computer

software
RMB’000

     Construction
in progress
RMB’000
     Total
RMB’000
 

As of January 1, 2017

           

Cost

     1,389,576        471,806        21,056        1,882,438  

Accumulated amortisation

     (3,404      (42,111      —          (45,515
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net book amount

     1,386,172        429,695        21,056        1,836,923  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Year ended December 31, 2017

           

Opening net book amount

     1,386,172        429,695        21,056        1,836,923  

Additions

     —          25,451        35,347        60,798  

Transfer

     —          42,758        (42,758      —    

Amortisation charge

     (834      (238,418      —          (239,252
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Closing net book amount

     1,385,338        259,486        13,645        1,658,469  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

As of December 31, 2017

           

Cost

     1,389,576        540,015        13,645        1,943,236  

Accumulated amortisation

     (4,238      (280,529      —          (284,767
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net book amount

     1,385,338        259,486        13,645        1,658,469  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

     Trademarks
and licences
RMB’000
    

Computer

software
RMB’000

     Construction
in progress
RMB’000
     Total
RMB’000
 

As of January 1, 2018

           

Cost

     1,389,576        540,015        13,645        1,943,236  

Accumulated amortisation

     (4,238      (280,529      —          (284,767
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net book amount

     1,385,338        259,486        13,645        1,658,469  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Year ended December 31, 2018

           

Opening net book amount

     1,385,338        259,486        13,645        1,658,469  

Acquisition of subsidiaries

     426,000        3        —          426,003  

Additions

     —          5,515        55,296        60,811  

Transfer

     —          14,523        (14,523      —    

Amortisation charge

     —          (171,915      —          (171,915
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Closing net book amount

     1,811,338        107,612        54,418        1,973,368  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

As of December 31, 2018

           

Cost

     1,815,576        560,056        54,418        2,430,050  

Accumulated amortisation

     (4,238      (452,444      —          (456,682
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net book amount

     1,811,338        107,612        54,418        1,973,368  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-93


Table of Contents

LUFAX HOLDING LTD

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2017, 2018 AND 2019

 

26

Intangible assets (Continued)

 

     Trademarks
and licences
RMB’000
    

Computer

software
RMB’000

     Construction
in progress
RMB’000
     Total
RMB’000
 

As of January 1, 2019

           

Cost

     1,815,576        560,056        54,418        2,430,050  

Accumulated amortisation

     (4,238      (452,444      —          (456,682
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net book amount

     1,811,338        107,612        54,418        1,973,368  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Year ended December 31, 2019

           

Opening net book amount

     1,811,338        107,612        54,418        1,973,368  

Additions

     —          19,383        —          19,383  

Transfer

     —          54,418        (54,418      —    

Impairment

     —          (64,209      —          (64,209

Amortisation charge

     (762      (31,205      —          (31,967
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Closing net book amount

     1,810,576        85,999        —          1,896,575  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

As of December 31, 2019

           

Cost

     1,815,576        633,857        —          2,449,433  

Accumulated amortisation

     (5,000      (483,649      —          (488,649

Impairment

     —          (64,209      —          (64,209
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net book amount

     1,810,576        85,999        —          1,896,575  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The trademarks and licenses were intangible assets acquired in business combinations as part of the reorganization of the Group. Most of the trademarks and licenses acquired were determined to be indefinite useful life as there is no foreseeable limit to the period over which these assets are expected to generate net cash inflows for the Group.

Impairment review on the trademarks and licenses with indefinite useful life were conducted by the Group as of December 31, 2017, 2018 and 2019 according to IAS 36 “Impairment of assets”. For the purposes of impairment assessment, the recoverable amount of the trademarks and licenses with indefinite life were determined based on the higher amount of the fair value less cost of disposal (“FVLCD”) and value-in-use calculations. Given there is no active market for the Group’s trademarks and licenses with indefinite life, the recoverable amounts of these trademarks and licenses were determined based on the value-in-use calculations. The value-in-use calculations use cash flow projections based on business plan for a three to seven years’ period considering past performance and expectation of future market developments. The discount rate used reflects market assessments of the time value and the specific risks relating to intangible assets.

 

F-94


Table of Contents

LUFAX HOLDING LTD

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2017, 2018 AND 2019

 

27

Leases

 

(a)

Amounts recognized in the statement of financial position

The statement of financial position shows the following amounts relating to leases:

 

     As of December 31,  
     2017      2018      2019  
Right-of-use assets    RMB’000      RMB’000      RMB’000  

Properties

     852,132        740,240        914,960  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Lease liabilities

     865,468        772,960        939,089  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(b)

Amounts recognized in the statement of profit or loss

The statement of profit or loss shows the following amounts relating to leases:

 

     Year ended December 31,  
     2017      2018      2019  
Depreciation charge of right-of-use assets    RMB’000      RMB’000      RMB’000  

Properties

     415,627        529,269        509,026  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Interest expense (included in finance costs)

     55,424        54,281        58,170  

Expense relating to short-term leases (included in origination and servicing expenses; general and administrative expenses; research and development expenses; sales and marketing expenses)

     79,185        35,179        61,836  

Expense relating to leases of low-value assets (included in origination and servicing expenses; general and administrative expenses; research and development expenses; sales and marketing expenses)

     27,424        21,745        22,441  

The total cash outflow for leases for years end December 31, 2017, 2018 and 2019 were RMB540 million, RMB621 million and RMB660 million respectively.

 

(c)

The Group’s leasing activities and how these are accounted for

The Group leases various offices. Rental contracts are typically made for fixed periods of 1 to 5 years. Lease terms are negotiated on an individual basis and contain a wide range of different terms and conditions. The lease agreements do not impose any covenants other than the security interests in the leased assets that are held by the lessor. Leased assets may not be used as security for borrowing purposes.

 

F-95


Table of Contents

LUFAX HOLDING LTD

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2017, 2018 AND 2019

 

27

Leases (Continued)

 

(d)

Movement of right-of-use assets

 

     Year ended December 31,  
     2017      2018      2019  
     RMB’000      RMB’000      RMB’000  

Opening net book amount

     614,789        852,132        740,240  

Additions

     652,970        417,377        683,746  

Depreciation charge

     (415,627      (529,269      (509,026
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Closing net book amount

     852,132        740,240        914,960  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

     As of December 31,  
     2017      2018      2019  
     RMB’000      RMB’000      RMB’000  

Cost

     1,267,759        1,427,592        1,656,613  

Accumulated depreciation

     (415,627      (687,352      (741,653
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net book amount

     852,132        740,240        914,960  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

28

Goodwill

 

    

As of

January 1, 2017
RMB’000

     Increase
RMB’000
     Decrease
RMB’000
    

As of

December 31, 2017
RMB’000

 

Puhui

     8,911,445        —          —          8,911,445  

Pingan Jixin

     67,752        —          —          67,752  

Jinniu Loan

     —          2,515        —          2,515  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     8,979,197        2,515        —          8,981,712  

Less: Impairment losses

     —          —          —          —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     8,979,197        2,515        —          8,981,712  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

    

As of

January 1, 2018
RMB’000

     Increase
RMB’000
     Decrease
RMB’000
    

As of

December 31, 2018
RMB’000

 

Puhui

     8,911,445        —          —          8,911,445  

Tianjin Guarantee

     —          126,207        —          126,207  

Pingan Jixin

     67,752        —          —          67,752  

Yunque Dongfang

     —          2,800        —          2,800  

Jinniu Loan

     2,515        —          —          2,515  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     8,981,712        129,007        —          9,110,719  

Less: Impairment losses

     —          (2,800      —          (2,800
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     8,981,712        126,207        —          9,107,919  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-96


Table of Contents

LUFAX HOLDING LTD

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2017, 2018 AND 2019

 

28

Goodwill (Continued)

 

    

As of

January 1, 2019
RMB’000

     Increase
RMB’000
     Decrease
RMB’000
    

As of

December 31, 2019
RMB’000

 

Puhui

     8,911,445        —          —          8,911,445  

Tianjin Guarantee

     126,207        —          —          126,207  

Pingan Jixin

     67,752        —          —          67,752  

Lu International (Hong Kong) Limited

     —          6,663        —          6,663  

Yunque Dongfang

     2,800        —          —          2,800  

Jinniu Loan

     2,515        —          —          2,515  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     9,110,719        6,663        —          9,117,382  

Less: Impairment losses

     (2,800      (67,752      —          (70,552
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     9,107,919        (61,089      —          9,046,830  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The primary valuation technique used for recoverable amount of cash-generating unit or group of units is cash flow projection based on business plans approved by management covering a three to seven years’ period and a risk adjusted discount rate. Cash flows beyond that period have been extrapolated using a steady growth rate and terminal value. The following table sets forth the discount rate and growth rate used by the Group. The high growth rate as of December 31, 2019 was mainly due to the substantial increase in the business volume of Tianjin Guarantee during the early period after the acquisition. The subsequent growth rate gradually stabilized at the terminal growth rate of 3%.

 

     As of December 31,  
     2017      2018      2019  

Discount rates

     16%-19%        16%-21%        16%-21%  

Growth rates

     3%-34%        3%-25%        3%-123%  

Impairment losses amounting to RMB3 million and RMB68 million were recognized in the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2019, respectively based on the results of impairment test. Except that, the results of cash flow projections exceed the carrying amount of each related cash-generating unit or group of units. However, subsequent impairment tests may be based upon different assumptions and future cash flow projections, which may result in an impairment of these assets in the foreseeable future.

 

F-97


Table of Contents

LUFAX HOLDING LTD

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2017, 2018 AND 2019

 

29

Other assets

 

     As of December 31,  
     2017      2018      2019  
     RMB’000      RMB’000      RMB’000  

Recoverable value-added tax

     187,122        550,887        391,274  

Prepaid expenses

     254,665        192,122        214,073  

Prepaid income tax

     37,998        579,956        96,310  

Repossessed assets

     117,517        78,355        69,755  

Low-valued consumables

     55,836        6,585        3,902  

Others

     9,565        5,306        30,787  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     662,703        1,413,211        806,101  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Less: Provisions for impairment

     (65,506      (49,345      (39,306
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     597,197        1,363,866        766,795  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

30

Payable to platform investors

Payable to platform investors is the funds, from the investors that were not yet used to purchase investment products displayed on the Company’s platform.

 

31

Borrowings

 

     As of December 31,  
     2017      2018      2019  
     RMB’000      RMB’000      RMB’000  

Secured

        

- Bank borrowings(a)

     800,000        —          —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Unsecured

        

- Bank borrowings

     11,040,881        544,000        2,977,440  

- Corporate borrowings

     1,145,000        2,334,576        —    

- Trust plan borrowings

     2,000,000        2,000,000        —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     14,985,881        4,878,576        2,977,440  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Interest payable

     115,938        18,188        12,422  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total borrowings

     15,101,819        4,896,764        2,989,862  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(a)

As of December 31, 2017, the secured bank borrowing is guaranteed by a bank deposit of RMB819 million.

 

F-98


Table of Contents

LUFAX HOLDING LTD

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2017, 2018 AND 2019

 

31

Borrowings (Continued)

 

(b)

The following table sets forth the range of interest rates of borrowings as of December 31, 2017, 2018 and 2019:

 

     As of December 31,  
         2017              2018              2019      

Bank borrowings - fixed rate

     4.75%-5.22%        4.76%-5.87%        4.08%-6.09%  

Bank borrowings - floating rate

     —          —          4.04%  

Other borrowings - fixed rate

     4.70%-8.20%        3.00%-7.00%        —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

32

Accounts and other payables and contract liabilities

 

     As of December 31,  
     2017      2018      2019  
     RMB’000      RMB’000      RMB’000  

Employment benefits payable

     2,713,146        2,709,584        3,030,885  

Tax payable

     346,114        593,027        631,590  

Payable to external suppliers

     157,590        476,484        525,952  

Payable for purchase of a subsidiary

     —          1,720,000        —    

Others

     539,550        744,891        637,583  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     3,756,400        6,243,986        4,826,010  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

33

Payable to investors of consolidated structured entities

 

     As of December 31,  
     2017      2018      2019  
     RMB’000      RMB’000      RMB’000  

Payable to investors of consolidated trust plans

     —          —          42,896,764  

Payable to investors of asset based securitization plans (Note 22(b))

     112,090,401        28,746,435        1,331,829  

Payable to investors of consolidated wealth management plans

     2,637,416        3,063,816        3,014,457  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     114,727,817        31,810,251        47,243,050  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

34

Convertible promissory note payable

In October 2015, in connection with the acquisition of Puhui, the Company issued a convertible promissory note (the “Note”) to PAOH, a subsidiary of Ping An Group, in an aggregate principal amount of USD1,953.8 million. On the same date, PAOH agreed to transfer USD937,824,000 of the principal amount of the Note and all rights, benefits and interests attached thereunder to An Ke Technology Company Limited. The Note bears interest paid semi-annually at the rate of 0.7375% per annum and at the same time. Subject to its terms and conditions, the holders of the Note have the right to convert into Class A ordinary shares of the Company within the conversion period commencing on the listing day of the Company until the date which is five business days before (and excluding) the eighth anniversary of the issuance date of the Note at the conversion price of USD14.8869 per share. The

 

F-99


Table of Contents

LUFAX HOLDING LTD

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2017, 2018 AND 2019

 

34

Convertible promissory note payable (Continued)

 

Group measured the liability component at initial recognition based on its best estimate of the present value of the redemption amount and recognized the residual to the equity component to reflect the value of conversion rights. Subsequent to initial recognition, the liability component of Convertible promissory note payable measured at amortized cost using effective interest rate method with interest expenses recorded in the finance costs. The equity component will not be re-measured subsequently.

 

    

Liabilities

RMB’000

    

Equity

RMB’000

 

Carrying value as of January 1, 2017

     7,955,778        5,744,955  

Interest accrued at effective interest rate

     688,969        —    

Interest paid

     (91,276      —    

Exchange differences

     (482,556      —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Carrying value as of December 31, 2017

     8,070,915        5,744,955  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Carrying value as of January 1, 2018

     8,070,915        5,744,955  

Interest accrued at effective interest rate

     733,234        —    

Interest paid

     (98,894      —    

Exchange differences

     429,554        —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Carrying value as of December 31, 2018

     9,134,809        5,744,955  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Carrying value as of January 1, 2019

     9,134,809        5,744,955  

Interest accrued at effective interest rate

     819,754        —    

Interest paid

     (100,522      —    

Exchange differences

     160,336        —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Carrying value as of December 31, 2019

     10,014,377        5,744,955  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

35

Convertible redeemable preferred shares

On November 29, 2018 and January 31, 2019, the Group completed C-round investment with a series of independent third-party investors and issued 44,256,290 and 2,693,435 shares of Class C ordinary shares at the price of approximately $30.07 per share, for cash consideration of RMB9,230 million and RMB542 million, respectively.

 

F-100


Table of Contents

LUFAX HOLDING LTD

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2017, 2018 AND 2019

 

35

Convertible redeemable preferred shares (Continued)

 

Class C ordinary shares can be redeemed or converted into class A ordinary shares under different conditions. Therefore, Class C ordinary shares are treated as a compound instrument, which is split into liability and equity component upon initial recognition. The Group measured the liability component at initial recognition based on its best estimate of the present value of the redemption amount and recognized the residual to the equity component to reflect the value of conversion rights. Subsequent to initial recognition, the liability component of Class C ordinary shares are measured at amortized cost using effective interest rate method with interest expenses recorded in the finance costs. The equity component will not be re-measured subsequently.

 

    

Liabilities

RMB’000

    

Equity

RMB’000

 

Carrying value as of January 1, 2018

     —          —    

Issuance of Class C ordinary shares

     9,011,510        218,050  

Interest accrued at effective interest rate

     49,378        —    

Exchange differences

     (125,395      —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Carrying value as of December 31, 2018

     8,935,493        218,050  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Carrying value as of January 1, 2019

     8,935,493        218,050  

Issuance of Class C ordinary shares

     530,030        11,956  

Interest accrued at effective interest rate

     636,835        —    

Exchange differences

     156,540        —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Carrying value as of December 31, 2019

     10,258,898        230,006  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

The key terms of the Class C ordinary shares are summarized as follows:

 

(a)

Dividends right

The holders of Class C ordinary shares shall be entitled to one vote per share. Subject to provisions to the contrary elsewhere in the memorandum and articles of association (“MoA”) of the Company, or as required by the Cayman Island Companies Law (“Companies Law”), the holders of Class A ordinary shares shall vote together with the holders of Class ordinary shares and the holders of Class C ordinary shares, and not as a separate class, on all matters put before the shareholders. Subject to the Companies Law and the MoA, shareholders shall determine, from time to time and by reference to the operations, performance and requirements of the Company, whether and how much of the distributable profits shall be declared and paid as dividends. The holders of Class C ordinary shares shall be entitled to such dividends as may from time to time be approved by shareholders by ordinary resolution.

 

(b)

Conversion feature

Without any action being required by the holder of Class C ordinary shares and whether or not the certificates representing such ordinary shares are surrendered to the Company or its transfer agent, the Class C ordinary shares shall automatically be converted into Class A ordinary shares provided as at the time of the conversion and shall have all rights attached to Class A ordinary shares as stated in the MoA, upon completion of a an initial public offering of the Company’s shares and/or securities on an internationally recognized stock exchange, including but not limited to, NYSE, NASDAQ and the Hong Kong Stock Exchange (Main Board) (“Qualified Listing”).

 

F-101


Table of Contents

LUFAX HOLDING LTD

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2017, 2018 AND 2019

 

35

Convertible redeemable preferred shares (Continued)

 

(c)

Redemption feature

There is no fixed maturity date for Class C ordinary shares. However, the Class C ordinary shares are subject to a redemption feature via a put option granted to each C-round investors, pursuant to which C-round investors may require the Company to, within exercise period, purchase its respective Class C ordinary shares (including any additional shares issued by way of capitalization of profits or reserves and any securities directly or indirectly in relation to any reorganisation or reconstruction of capital, including a subdivision or consolidation) from C-round investors for a consideration of subscription amount plus 6% return per annum. The exercise period includes on or within the period of 30 days immediately following the date falling three, four, five years after the closing date of C-round investment if a Qualified Listing has not occurred on or before that date.

 

(d)

Liquidation preferences

Upon the occurrence of a Liquidation Event in respect of the Company, the assets of the Company and the proceeds received in respect of the Shares shall be distributed to Class C Ordinary Shareholder as follows:

Each Class C Ordinary Shareholder shall be entitled to receive in preference to all other Shareholders an amount per Class C Ordinary Share held by such Class C Ordinary Shareholder equal to the sum of (i) the subscription price paid to the Company with respect to such Class C Ordinary Share (as proportionally adjusted for any subdivision or consolidation of the Class C Ordinary Shares), and (ii) an amount equal to any declared but unpaid dividends with respect to such Class C Ordinary Share (the “Class C Amount”). If the Company has insufficient assets or proceeds resulting from the Liquidation Event (as applicable) to permit the payment to all holders of the then issued and outstanding Class C Ordinary Shares, then the entire assets and funds of the Company legally available for distribution shall be distributed ratably among the holders of the then issued and outstanding Class C Ordinary Shares in proportion to the full Class C Amount that each such holder would otherwise be entitled to receive.

If there are any proceeds legally available for distribution after payment in full to other class of shareholders, the remaining amount shall be distributed among the holders of all Shares on a pro rata basis in proportion to their relative shareholding.

 

36

Other liabilities

 

     As of December 31,  
     2017      2018      2019  
     RMB’000      RMB’000      RMB’000  

Accrued expenses

     1,847,082        2,784,592        2,122,001  

Provisions (a)

     96,637        628,042        560,000  

Service liability (b)

     945,730        1,904,800        239,094  

Output VAT to be recognized

     37,497        22,569        13,491  

Others

     166,536        140,308        19,060  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     3,093,482      5,480,311      2,953,646  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(a)

As of December 31, 2018, an uncertain tax provision amounting to RMB530 million was provided mostly in relation to the VAT for asset based securitization plans, which was resolved in 2019.

As of December 31, 2019, due to certain investment related disputes, a provision amounting to RMB460 million was provided for the Group’s agreed share in the loss of such investors.

 

F-102


Table of Contents

LUFAX HOLDING LTD

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2017, 2018 AND 2019

 

36

Other liabilities (Continued)

 

(b)

Service liability represented unrecognized revenue in relation to the ongoing monitoring services for the portion of funding advanced by institutional partners. Revenue will be recognized over the period of loans.

 

37

Share capital and share premium

 

    Class A ordinary share     Class B ordinary share     Total ordinary share  
    Number of
shares
    Share
capital
    Share
premium
    Number of
shares
    Share
capital
    Share
premium
    Number of
shares
    Share
capital
    Share
premium
 
          RMB’000     RMB’000           RMB’000     RMB’000     RMB’000     RMB’000     RMB’000  

As of January 1, 2017

    950,000,000       59       —         135,196,846       8       10,870,339       1,085,196,846       67       10,870,339  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

As of December 31, 2017

    950,000,000       59       —         135,196,846       8       10,870,339       1,085,196,846       67       10,870,339  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

As of January 1, 2018

                 

Issuance of ordinary shares

    22,146,871       1       3,242,972       —         —         —         22,146,871       1       3,242,972  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

As of December 31, 2018

    972,146,871       60       3,242,972       135,196,846       8       10,870,339       1,107,343,717       68       14,113,311  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

As of January 1, 2019

                 

Issuance of ordinary shares

    15,000,000       1       —         —         —         —         15,000,000       1       —    
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

As of December 31, 2019

    987,146,871       61       3,242,972       135,196,846       8       10,870,339       1,122,343,717       69       14,113,311  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The key terms of the Class B ordinary shares are summarized below:

 

(a)

Dividends rights

The holders of Class B ordinary shares shall be entitled to one vote per share. Subject to provisions to the contrary elsewhere in the MoA of the Company, or as required by the Companies Law, the holders of Class A ordinary shares shall vote together with the holders of Class ordinary shares and the holders of Class B ordinary shares, and not as a separate class, on all matters put before the shareholders. Subject to the Companies Law and the MoA, shareholders shall determine, from time to time and by reference to the operations, performance and requirements of the Company, whether and how much of the distributable profits shall be declared and paid as dividends. The holders of Class B ordinary shares shall be entitled to such dividends as may from time to time be approved by shareholders by ordinary resolution.

 

(b)

Conversion feature

Without any action being required by the holder of Class B ordinary shares and whether or not the certificates representing such ordinary shares are surrendered to the Company or its transfer agent, the Class B ordinary shares shall automatically be converted into Class A ordinary shares provided as at the time of the conversion and shall have all rights attached to Class A ordinary shares as stated in the MoA, upon completion of a Qualified Listing.

 

(c)

Liquidation preferences

Upon the occurrence of a Liquidation Event in respect of the Company, the assets of the Company and the proceeds received in respect of the Shares shall be distributed to Class B Ordinary Shareholders as follows:

If there are any proceeds legally available for distribution after payment in full to the Class C Ordinary Shareholders, each Class B Ordinary Shareholder shall be entitled to receive in preference to all other

 

F-103


Table of Contents

LUFAX HOLDING LTD

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2017, 2018 AND 2019

 

37

Share capital and share premium (Continued)

 

(c)

Liquidation preferences (Continued)

 

Shareholders (other than the Class C Ordinary Shareholders) an amount per Class B Ordinary Share held by such Class B Ordinary Shareholder equal to the sum of (i) the subscription price paid to the Company with respect to such Class B Ordinary Share (as proportionally adjusted for any subdivision or consolidation of the Class B Ordinary Shares), and (ii) an amount equal to any declared but unpaid dividends with respect to such Class B Ordinary Share (the “Class B Amount”). If the Company has insufficient assets or proceeds resulting from the Liquidation Event (as applicable) to permit the payment to all holders of the then issued and outstanding Class B Ordinary Shares, then the entire assets and funds of the Company legally available for distribution shall be distributed ratably among the holders of the then issued and outstanding Class B Ordinary Shares in proportion to the full Class B Amount that each such holder would otherwise be entitled to receive.

If there are any proceeds legally available for distribution after payment in full to other class of shareholders, the remaining amount shall be distributed among the holders of all shares on a pro rata basis in proportion to their relative shareholding.

 

38

Other reserves

 

    Employee
Share-based
compensation
reserve
RMB’000
    Translation
differences
RMB’000
   

Fair value
changes of
the
available-for-

sale financial
assets

RMB’000

   

Value of
conversion rights

- convertible
redeemable
preferred shares
(Note 35)
RMB’000

   

Value of
conversion
rights -

convertible
promissory note
(Note 34)
RMB’000

    Capital
reserve
RMB’000
    Total
RMB’000
 

As of January 1, 2017

    169,971       (351,700     16       —         5,744,955       1,020,000       6,583,242  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Foreign operation translation difference

    —         328,141       —         —         —         —         328,141  

Changes in fair value charged to other comprehensive income

    —         —         586       —         —         —         586  

Share-based payment

    208,227       —         —         —         —         —         208,227  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

As of December 31, 2017

    378,198       (23,559     602       —         5,744,955       1,020,000       7,120,196  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Impact on adoption of IFRS 9

    —         —         (602     —         —         —         (602
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

As of January 1, 2018

    378,198       (23,559     —         —         5,744,955       1,020,000       7,119,594  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Acquisition of non-controlling interests of a subsidiary

    —         —         —         —         —         (2,619,888     (2,619,888

Issuance of convertible redeemable preferred shares

    —         —         —         218,050       —         —         218,050  

Foreign operation translation difference

    —         (267,427     —         —         —         —         (267,427

Share-based payment

    128,187       —         —         —         —         —         128,187  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

As of December 31, 2018

    506,385       (290,986     —         218,050       5,744,955       (1,599,888     4,578,516  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-104


Table of Contents

LUFAX HOLDING LTD

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2017, 2018 AND 2019

 

38

Other reserves (Continued)

 

    Employee
Share-based
compensation
reserve
RMB’000
    Translation
differences
RMB’000
    General
reserve
RMB’000
   

Value of
conversion rights

- convertible
redeemable
preferred shares
(Note 35)
RMB’000

   

Value of
conversion
rights -

convertible
promissory note
(Note 34)
RMB’000

    Capital
reserve
RMB’000
    Total
RMB’000
 

As of January 1, 2019

    506,385       (290,986     —         218,050       5,744,955       (1,599,888     4,578,516  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Issuance of convertible redeemable preferred shares

    —         —         —         11,956       —         —         11,956  

Foreign operation translation difference

    —         (176,833     —         —         —         —         (176,833

Appropriation to general reserve

    —         —         223,712       —         —         —         223,712  

Share-based payment

    (55,060     —         —         —         —         —         (55,060
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

As of December 31, 2019

    451,325       (467,819     223,712       230,006       5,744,955       (1,599,888     4,582,291  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

39

(Accumulated losses)/retained earnings

In accordance with the relevant laws and regulations, each of the Company’s subsidiaries, the Consolidated Affiliated Entities and Subsidiaries of Consolidated Affiliated Entities incorporated in PRC is required to annually appropriate 10% of after-tax income to statutory surplus reserve prior to payment of any dividends, unless such reserve funds have reached 50% of its respective registered capital. As of December 31, 2017, 2018 and 2019, the accumulated statutory surplus reserve was RMB435 million, RMB1,244 million and RMB2,049 million, respectively, and such reserves are not available for dividend distribution.

 

40

Commitment

 

(a)

Financing Guarantee Commitment

The Group provides financial guarantees to individuals and small and micro-business owners who successfully obtain loans through the Group’s platform. The following table sets forth the balance of such commitment under the financing guarantee contracts for which the Group does not consolidate the underlying loans.

 

     As of December 31,  
     2017      2018      2019  
     RMB’000      RMB’000      RMB’000  

Financing Guarantee Commitments

     8,054,767        4,587,426        4,639,331  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(b)

Capital Commitment

On December 31, 2019, a subsidiary of the Group signed an investment agreement whereby the subsidiary committed to subscribe shares of RMB672 million of a limited partnership in order to restructure certain financial assets held by the Group. Such transaction was completed in January 2020.

 

F-105


Table of Contents

LUFAX HOLDING LTD

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2017, 2018 AND 2019

 

41

Note to consolidated statements of cash flows

 

(a)

Reconciliation from profit before income tax to cash used in operating activities:

 

     Year ended December 31,  
     2017      2018      2019  
     RMB’000      RMB’000      RMB’000  

Profits before income tax

     8,363,712        18,649,260        19,433,841  

Adjustments for:

        

Depreciation of property and equipment

     214,849        250,280        276,266  

Depreciation of right-of-use assets

     415,627        529,269        509,026  

Amortization of intangible assets

     239,252        171,915        31,967  

Share of profits of associates and joint ventures

     (16,200      (45,763      (72,807

Change in financing guarantee liabilities

     (549,927      (212,260      (31,167

Net gains on sale of property and equipment, and intangible assets

     4,707        350        83  

Net unrealized (gains)/losses on financial assets at fair value through profit or loss

     (37,131      (1,728      732,125  

Non-cash employee benefits expense—share based payment

     209,278        128,158        (55,443

Asset impairment losses (excluding guarantee)

     3,002,528        7,492        134,516  

Credit impairment losses (excluding guarantee)

     N/A        432,890        1,741,784  

Finance cost classified as financing activities

     908,350        912,359        1,844,209  

Investment income classified as investing activities

     (480,396      (709,167      (988,429

Foreign exchange (gains)/losses

     (76,453      125,918        95,947  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     12,198,196        20,238,973        23,651,918  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Change in operating assets and liabilities, net of effects from purchase of controlled entity:

        

(Increase)/Decrease in accounts and other receivables

     (39,340,979      61,391,901        (34,684,983

Increase/(Decrease) in accounts and other payables

     31,088,193        (80,093,625      17,455,647  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Cash flow from operating activities

     3,945,410        1,537,249        6,422,582  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-106


Table of Contents

LUFAX HOLDING LTD

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2017, 2018 AND 2019

 

41

Note to consolidated statements of cash flows (Continued)

 

(b)

Net decrease in cash and cash equivalents

 

     Year ended December 31,  
     2017      2018      2019  
     RMB’000      RMB’000      RMB’000  

Cash and cash equivalents at the end of the year

     18,628,201        18,576,090        7,312,061  

Less: Cash and cash equivalents at the beginning of the year

     (11,124,938      (18,628,201      (18,576,090
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net increase/(decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

     7,503,263        (52,111      (11,264,029
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(c)

Cash and cash equivalents

 

     Year ended December 31,  
     2017      2018      2019  
     RMB’000      RMB’000      RMB’000  

Cash at bank (Note 18)

     18,713,201        18,576,090        7,352,394  

Less: Time deposits (Note 18)

     (85,000 )       —          (40,374

Add: Provision for impairment losses

     —          —          41  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents at the end of the year

     18,628,201        18,576,090        7,312,061  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(d)

Net Debt Reconciliation

This section sets out an analysis of net debt and the movements in net debt for each of the periods presented.

Net debt

 

     Year ended December 31,  
     2017      2018      2019  
     RMB’000      RMB’000      RMB’000  

Cash and cash equivalents

     18,628,201        18,576,090        7,312,061  

Liquid investments

     16,973,807        10,356,116        13,840,656  

Borrowings

     (15,101,819      (4,896,764      (2,989,862

Bond payable

     —          (289,199      —    

Convertible promissory note payable

     (8,070,915      (9,134,809      (10,014,377

Convertible redeemable preferred shares

     —          (8,935,493      (10,258,898

Lease liabilities

     (865,468      (772,960      (939,089
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net debt

     11,563,806        4,902,981        (3,049,509
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Cash and liquid investments

     35,602,008        28,932,206        21,152,717  

Gross debt – fixed interest rates

     (24,038,202      (24,029,225      (22,795,359

Gross debt – variable interest rates

     —          —          (1,406,867
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net debt

     11,563,806        4,902,981        (3,049,509
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-107


Table of Contents

LUFAX HOLDING LTD

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2017, 2018 AND 2019

 

41

Note to consolidated statements of cash flows (Continued)

 

(d)

Net Debt Reconciliation (Continued)

 

    Cash and
cash
equivalents
    Liquid
investments
    Borrowings     Bond
payable
    Convertible
promissory
note
payable
    Convertible
redeemable
preferred
shares
    Lease
liabilities
    Total  
    RMB’000     RMB’000     RMB’000     RMB’000     RMB’000     RMB’000     RMB’000     RMB’000  

As of January 1, 2017

    11,124,938       11,528,669       (8,260,752     —         (7,955,778     —         (590,923     5,846,154  

Cash flows

    7,503,263       5,408,007       (6,178,106     —         91,276       —         431,688       7,256,128  

Acquisitions-leases

    —         —         —         —         —         —         (650,809     (650,809

Foreign exchange adjustments

    —         —         —         —         482,556       —         —         482,556  

Accrued expense

    —         —         (662,961     —         (688,969     —         (55,424     (1,407,354

Unrealized gains

    —         37,131       —         —         —         —         —         37,131  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

As of December 31, 2017

    18,628,201       16,973,807       (15,101,819     —         (8,070,915     —         (865,468     11,563,806  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash flows

    (52,111     (6,602,752     10,744,081       (288,639     98,894       (9,011,510     561,520       (4,550,517

Acquisitions-leases

    —         —         —         —         —         —         (414,731     (414,731

Foreign exchange adjustments

    —         —         —         —         (429,554     125,395       —         (304,159

Accrued expense

    —         —         (539,026     (560     (733,234     (49,378     (54,281     (1,376,479

Unrealized gains

    —         (14,939     —         —         —         —         —         (14,939
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

As of December 31, 2018

    18,576,090       10,356,116       (4,896,764     (289,199     (9,134,809     (8,935,493     (772,960     4,902,981  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash flows

    (11,264,029     3,568,484       2,220,683       305,447       100,522       (530,030     572,635       (5,026,288

Acquisitions-leases

    —         —         —         —         —         —         (680,594     (680,594

Foreign exchange adjustments

    —         —         (116,158     —         (160,336     (156,540     (58,170     (491,204

Accrued expense

    —         —         (197,623     (16,248     (819,754     (636,835     —         (1,670,460

Unrealized gains

    —         (83,944     —         —         —         —         —         (83,944
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

As of December 31, 2019

    7,312,061       13,840,656       (2,989,862     —         (10,014,377     (10,258,898     (939,089     (3,049,509
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

(i) Liquid investments comprise investments trading in an active market, which are classified as financial assets held at fair value through profit or loss.

 

42

Share-based payment

The employees of the Group participate in the share-based compensation plan. On December 12, 2014, the Board of Directors of the Company approved the establishment of Phase I Share Incentive Plan (“2014 Plan”) to grant a maximum of 20,644,803 Class A ordinary shares to attract and retain talents, procure long-term sustainable development of the Company and the affiliated entities of the Company, as well as maximize the shareholders’ value. Pursuit to the 2014 Plan, 20,644,803 Class A ordinary shares were issued for the purpose of administering the share-based compensation plan. Such shares reserved for the 2014 Plan were treated as treasury shares in the consolidated financial statements.

On August 21, 2015, the Board of Directors of the Company approved the establishment of Phase II Share Incentive Plan (“2015 Plan”) to grant a maximum of 25,000,000 Class A ordinary shares. 2014 Plan and 2015 Plan permit the awards of options.

Options granted under the 2014 Plan and 2015 Plan are valid and effective for 10 years from the date of grant and are generally vested evenly in four years. The Group determined that the vesting period will commence no later than the grant date and end on the IPO date or service condition ending date, whichever is later. From time to time, the Group revised the vesting period to reflect the best available

 

F-108


Table of Contents

LUFAX HOLDING LTD

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2017, 2018 AND 2019

 

42

Share-based payment (Continued)

 

estimate of the IPO date. Any change in the estimate of the IPO date would result in an adjustment of share-based compensation expenses on cumulative basis in the period such changes were made.

The Group does not have statutory or constructive obligations to purchase or repay options by cash.

The following table sets forth the changes in the number of outstanding options and weighted average exercise prices:

 

   

Average exercise price

per share option (USD)

     Number of options
(in ’000)
 

Outstanding as of January 1, 2017

    65.64        27,468  

Granted during the year

    98.29        2,580  

Forfeited during the year

    61.90        (2,941
 

 

 

    

 

 

 

Outstanding as of December 31, 2017

    69.15        27,107  
 

 

 

    

 

 

 

Outstanding as of January 1, 2018

    69.15        27,107  

Granted during the year

    109.26        3,075  

Forfeited during the year

    38.94        (1,363
 

 

 

    

 

 

 

Outstanding as of December 31, 2018

    74.86        28,819  
 

 

 

    

 

 

 

Outstanding as of January 1, 2019

    74.86        28,819  

Forfeited during the year

    73.92        (3,475
 

 

 

    

 

 

 

As of December 31, 2019

    74.99        25,344  
 

 

 

    

 

 

 

No options expired during the periods covered by the above table. The weighted-average remaining contract life for outstanding share options was 8.30 years, 7.43 years and 6.45 years as of December 31, 2017, 2018 and 2019, respectively.

The Group used the discounted cash flow method to determine the underlying equity fair value of the Company. Based on fair value of the underlying equity, the Group used Binomial option-pricing model to determine the fair value of the share option as of the grant date. The risk-free rate was estimated based on the yield of Hong Kong government bond with a maturity life equal to the option life of the share option. Volatility was estimated at grant date based on average of historical volatilities of the comparable companies with length commensurable to the time to maturity of the share option. Dividend yield was estimated based on management’s best estimate at the grant date. The following table sets forth the key assumptions used in the binomial model for the share options granted during the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2018.

 

     Options granted in  
     Year ended December 31,  
     2018     2017  

Expected life

     10 years       10 years  

Risk-free rate

     1.81     1.79%-1.81%  

Expected volatility rate

     48.52     41.84%-42.73%  

Expected dividend yield

     0     0%  

Early exercise multiplier

     2.4x-2.8x       2.2x-2.8x  

On September 4, 2019, the Board of Directors of the Company approved the establishment of 2019 Performance Share Unit Plan (“2019 Plan”) to grant a maximum of 15,000,000 Class A ordinary shares which is reallocated from the 2015 Plan. On December 24, 2019, the Company issued 15,000,000

 

F-109


Table of Contents

LUFAX HOLDING LTD

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2017, 2018 AND 2019

 

42

Share-based payment (Continued)

 

Class A ordinary shares to Tun Kung Company Limited to be reserved for share awards available under the 2019 Plan. Such shares reserved for 2019 Plan were treated as treasury shares in the consolidated financial statements. As of December 31, 2019, no shares were granted under the 2019 Plan.

 

43

Related parties and related party transactions

The following significant transactions were carried out between the Group and its related parties during the years ended December 31, 2017, 2018 and 2019.

 

(a)

Names and relationships with related parties

The following table sets forth the major related parties which have major transactions with the Group during the years ended December 31, 2017, 2018 and 2019:

 

                    

Name of related parties

  

Relationship with the Company

 

Ping An Insurance (Group) Company of China, Ltd. and its subsidiaries

   Significant influence on the Group and its subsidiaries

 

43.1

Significant transactions with related parties

 

     Year ended December 31,  
     2017      2018      2019  
     RMB’000      RMB’000      RMB’000  

Technology platform based income

        

Ping An Insurance (Group) Company of China, Ltd. and its subsidiaries

     134,344        336,586        323,176  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Other income

        

Ping An Insurance (Group) Company of China, Ltd. and its subsidiaries

     763,454        409,278        700,464  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net interest income-Interest expense

        

Ping An Insurance (Group) Company of China, Ltd. and its subsidiaries

     161,601        294,357        —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Investment income

        

Ping An Insurance (Group) Company of China, Ltd. and its subsidiaries

     408,007        142,453        82,879  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Finance costs-Interest income

        

Ping An Insurance (Group) Company of China, Ltd. and its subsidiaries

     82,032        68,745        186,065  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Finance costs-Interest expense

        

Ping An Insurance (Group) Company of China, Ltd. and its subsidiaries

     265,411        343,084        154,264  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Sales and marketing expenses, general and administrative expenses, operation and servicing expenses, and technology and analytics expenses

        

Ping An Insurance (Group) Company of China, Ltd. and its subsidiaries

     1,858,243        1,877,919        2,582,797  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-110


Table of Contents

LUFAX HOLDING LTD

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2017, 2018 AND 2019

 

43

Related parties and related party transactions (Continued)

 

43.1

Significant transactions with related parties (Continued)

 

Technology platform based income

Ping An Group is a product provider of the Group’s wealth management platform. The investment products provided by Ping An Group primarily includes private investment funds, insurance products, trust plans and others. Fees are collected from Ping An Group for facilitation of investment products offered on the Group’s wealth management platform. The Group generally receives a service fee based on a certain percentage of the volume of investment products facilitated. Such fee is recognized upon successful facilitation.

Other income

Other income mainly comprises income for the loan account management services provided by the Group to Ping An Group. The Group generally receives the service fee monthly based on certain rates charged on the number of managed accounts.

Net interest income – Interest expense

The interest expense mainly consists of interest paid for borrowings from Ping An Group. These borrowings were used to providing funding for on-balance sheet loans under our retail credit facilitation business. The interest expenses are calculated based on the effective interest rates and the carrying amount of such borrowings.

Investment income

Investment income mainly consists of investment return received by the Group on investment products issued or managed by Ping An Group.

Finance costs

Ping An Group provides deposit service and financing service to the Group.

Finance costs include interests paid to Ping An Group for borrowings used for non-retail credit facilitation business, interests paid to Ping An Group for its subscription in the consolidated wealth management products managed by the Group and interest income received from Ping An Group for cash deposited by the Group in Ping An Group. The finance cost is calculated based on the effective interest rates on the outstanding balances.

Sales and marketing expenses, general and administrative expenses, operation and servicing expenses, and technology and analytics expenses

Ping An Group provides a wide spectrum of services to the Group, including but not limited to: (1) accounting processing and data communication services; (2) transaction settlement and custodian service; (3) office premise rental services; (4) technology support; (5) HR support. The Group, in return, pays service fees to Ping An Group. The precise scope of service, service fee calculation, method of payment and other details of the service arrangement are agreed between the relevant parties separately.

The services fees paid by the Group to Ping An Group are determined on the following basis: (1) through bidding procedure according to the internal rules and procedures of the Group; and (2) if no

 

F-111


Table of Contents

LUFAX HOLDING LTD

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2017, 2018 AND 2019

 

43

Related parties and related party transactions (Continued)

 

43.1

Significant transactions with related parties (Continued)

Sales and marketing expenses, general and administrative expenses, operation and servicing expenses, and technology and analytics expenses (Continued)

 

tendering and bidding process is required under the Group’s internal rules, through mutual negotiations between the parties based on historical fees of such services and comparable market rates.

Convertible promissory note payable

Ping An Group also held a convertible promissory note issued by the Company, which disclosed in note 34.

 

43.2

Year end balances with related parties

 

     As of December 31,  
     2017      2018      2019  
     RMB’000      RMB’000      RMB’000  

Cash

        

Ping An Insurance (Group) Company of China, Ltd. and its subsidiaries

     18,793,852        17,501,490        14,600,958  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Account and other receivables and contract assets

        

Ping An Insurance (Group) Company of China, Ltd. and its subsidiaries

     8,345,985        2,606,576        2,784,752  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Borrowings

        

Ping An Insurance (Group) Company of China, Ltd. and its subsidiaries

     12,355,461        2,334,576        —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Account and other payables and contract liabilities and payable to investors of consolidated structured entities

        

Ping An Insurance (Group) Company of China, Ltd. and its subsidiaries

     2,164,971        4,018,656        2,521,441  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Financial assets at amortized cost

        

Ping An Insurance (Group) Company of China, Ltd. and its subsidiaries

     —          1,497,913        6,903,263  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Financial investments – loans and receivables

        

Ping An Insurance (Group) Company of China, Ltd. and its subsidiaries

     7,546,236        —          —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-112


Table of Contents

LUFAX HOLDING LTD

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2017, 2018 AND 2019

 

43

Related parties and related party transactions (Continued)

 

43.3

Key management personnel compensation

Key management includes directors (executive and non-executive) and senior officers. The following table sets forth the compensations paid or payable to key management for employee services:

 

     Year ended December 31,  
     2017      2018      2019  
     RMB’000      RMB’000      RMB’000  

Wages and salaries

     15,829        16,859        19,564  

Welfare and other benefits

     26,325        26,801        25,752  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Including: Bonuses

     20,890        20,810        19,490  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Share-based payment

     23,181        28,837        4,578  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     65,335        72,497        49,894  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

44

Dividends

No dividend has been paid or declared by the Company during each of the years ended December 31, 2017, 2018 and 2019.

 

45

Contingent liability

Other than as disclosed in the previous notes, the Group did not have any other contingent liability as of December 31, 2017, 2018 and 2019.

 

46

Subsequent events

The Company has evaluated its subsequent events through July 28, 2020, the date the financial statements were available to be issued, and has concluded that there are no subsequent events requiring disclosure other than the following significant events took place subsequent to December 31, 2019:

 

(a)

Impact assessment on COVID-19

In early 2020, the Chinese government took a number of actions to contain the spread of COVID-19. The COVID-19 resulted in temporary closure of many corporate offices, retail stores, and manufacturing facilities and factories across China. These negatively affect our small business owners borrower customers. This led to a temporary and abnormal increase in loan delinquency and indemnity of our loans facilitated in provinces seriously affected by COVID-19 in February to May 2020. As a result, for all loans facilitated by the Group, the DPD 30+ delinquency rate for general unsecured loans increased from 1.8% as of December 31, 2019 to 3.3% as of June 30, 2020 while the delinquency rate for secured loans increased from 0.6% as of December 31, 2019 to 1.4% as of June 30 ,2020.

In respond to the pandemic, the Group made remote working arrangements for our collections staff, extended the usage of AI collection technology, and accelerated the launch of AI underwriting robots. The Group resumed work in early February 2020 and the productivity has resumed back to normal capacity in late March.

 

F-113


Table of Contents

LUFAX HOLDING LTD

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2017, 2018 AND 2019

 

46

Subsequent events (Continued)

 

(b)

Wincon Hong Kong Investment Company Limited, a subsidiary of the Company, signed a syndicated loan agreement with 14 banks including Citi Global Financial Asia Limited and Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation Limited in the sum of USD 1,290,000 thousands in February 2020. The interest rate is determined to be LIBOR plus 1.25%, and the term of the loan is 3 years from the date of drawdown. The Company assumes guarantee responsibility for this loan agreement.

 

(c)

On April 9, 2020, Ping An Consumer Finance started its business in Shanghai after obtaining the approval from CBIRC.

 

F-114


Table of Contents

LUFAX HOLDING LTD

UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

 

     Note      Six Months Ended June 30,  
            2019     2020  
            RMB’000     RMB’000  

Technology platform-based income

        20,506,958       21,453,124  

Retail credit facilitation service fees

     5        19,014,993       20,753,875  

Wealth management transaction and service fees

     6        1,491,965       699,249  

Net interest income

     7        2,171,731       2,998,206  

Guarantee income

        313,970       170,466  

Other income

        329,238       655,608  

Investment income

        99,531       446,771  

Share of net profits of investments accounted for using the equity method

        25,004       (40,647
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total income

        23,446,432       25,683,528  
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Sales and marketing expenses

     8        (7,108,247     (8,620,294

General and administrative expenses

     8        (1,519,331     (1,347,713

Operation and servicing expenses

     8        (2,496,993     (2,818,606

Technology and analytics expenses

     8        (864,475     (848,677

Credit impairment losses

     9        (470,155     (1,098,804

Asset impairment losses

        62       —    

Finance costs

        (830,052     (887,347

Other gains — net

        189,927       45,679  
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total expenses

        (13,099,264     (15,575,762
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Profit before income tax

        10,347,168       10,107,766  

Less: Income tax expenses

        (2,869,056     (2,836,207
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net profit for the period

        7,478,112       7,271,559  
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net profit/(loss) attributable to:

       

Owners of the Company

        7,483,839       7,283,502  

Non-controlling interests

        (5,727     (11,943
     

 

 

   

 

 

 
        7,478,112       7,271,559  
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the condensed consolidated financial statements.

 

F-115


Table of Contents

LUFAX HOLDING LTD

UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (CONTINUED)

 

     Note      Six Months Ended June 30,  
            2019     2020  
            RMB’000     RMB’000  

Other comprehensive loss, net of tax:

       

Items that may be subsequently reclassified to profit or loss

       

— Exchange differences on translation of foreign operation

        (75,075     (154,158
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total comprehensive income for the period

        7,403,037       7,117,401  
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total comprehensive income attributable to:

       

Owners of the Company

        7,408,764       7,128,378  

Non-controlling interests

        (5,727     (10,977
     

 

 

   

 

 

 
        7,403,037       7,117,401  
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Earnings per share (expressed in RMB per share)

       

— Basic earnings per share

     10        6.89       6.70  

— Diluted earnings per share

     10        6.88       6.70  
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the condensed consolidated financial statements.

 

F-116


Table of Contents

LUFAX HOLDING LTD

UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF FINANCIAL POSITION

 

            As of  
     Note      December 31, 2019      June 30, 2020  
            RMB’000      RMB’000  

ASSETS

        

Cash at bank

     11        7,352,394        15,509,302  

Restricted cash

     11        24,602,779        21,757,738  

Financial assets at fair value through profit or loss

     12        18,583,056        22,724,046  

Financial assets at amortized cost

     13        8,623,012        7,250,205  

Financial assets purchased under reverse repurchase agreements

     14        —          801,907  

Accounts and other receivables and contract assets

     15        26,296,438        26,524,155  

Loans to customers

     16        47,498,512        80,906,607  

Deferred tax assets

        3,000,156        2,722,033  

Property and equipment

        517,237        441,537  

Investments accounted for using the equity method

        434,770        434,446  

Intangible assets

        1,896,575        1,918,954  

Right-of-use assets

        914,960        1,051,586  

Goodwill

        9,046,830        9,046,830  

Other assets

        766,795        1,048,739  
     

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total assets

        149,533,514        192,138,085  
     

 

 

    

 

 

 

LIABILITIES

        

Payable to platform investors

        15,344,417        12,668,222  

Borrowings

     17        2,989,862        5,664,718  

Current income tax liabilities

        1,264,027        1,319,294  

Accounts and other payables and contract liabilities

        4,826,010        4,983,295  

Payable to investors of consolidated structured entities

     18        47,243,050        79,688,795  

Financing guarantee liabilities

        242,749        340,227  

Deferred tax liabilities

        5,311,972        5,385,733  

Lease liabilities

        939,089        1,076,368  

Convertible promissory note payable

        10,014,377        10,556,944  

Convertible redeemable preferred shares

        10,258,898        10,754,438  

Other liabilities

        2,953,646        2,802,248  
     

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total liabilities

        101,388,097        135,240,282  
     

 

 

    

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the condensed consolidated financial statements.

 

 

F-117


Table of Contents

LUFAX HOLDING LTD

UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF FINANCIAL POSITION (CONTINUED)

 

            As of  
     Note      December 31, 2019     June 30, 2020  
            RMB’000     RMB’000  

EQUITY

       

Share capital

        69       69  

Share premium

        14,113,311       14,113,311  

Treasury shares

        (2     (2

Other reserves

        4,582,291       4,498,247  

Retained earnings

        29,345,949       36,629,451  
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total equity attributable to owners of the Company

        48,041,618       55,241,076  

Non-controlling interests

        103,799       1,656,727  
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total equity

        48,145,417       56,897,803  
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities and equity

        149,533,514       192,138,085  
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the condensed consolidated financial statements.

 

F-118


Table of Contents

LUFAX HOLDING LTD

UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN EQUITY

 

          Attributable to owners of the Company              
    Note     Share
capital
    Share
premium
    Treasury
shares
    Other
reserves
    Retained
earnings
    Total     Non-controlling
interests
    Total
Equity
 
          RMB’000     RMB’000     RMB’000     RMB’000     RMB’000     RMB’000     RMB’000     RMB’000  

As of December 31, 2018

      68       14,113,311       (1     4,578,516       16,237,230       34,929,124       18,725       34,947,849  
   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net profit/(loss) for the period

      —         —         —         —         7,483,839       7,483,839       (5,727     7,478,112  

Other comprehensive loss

      —         —         —         (75,075     —         (75,075     —         (75,075
   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total comprehensive income/(loss) for the period

      —         —         —         (75,075     7,483,839       7,408,764       (5,727     7,403,037  
   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Transactions with equity holders:

                 

Issuance of Class C ordinary shares

      —         —         —         12,414       —         12,414       —         12,414  

Contributions from non-controlling interests

      —         —         —         —         —         —         100,000       100,000  

Share-based payment

      —         —         —         (7,522     —         (7,522     28       (7,494
   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

As of June 30, 2019

      68       14,113,311       (1     4,508,333       23,721,069       42,342,780       113,026       42,455,806  
   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the condensed consolidated financial statements.

 

F-119


Table of Contents

LUFAX HOLDING LTD

UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN EQUITY (CONTINUED)

 

          Attributable to owners of the Company              
    Note     Share
capital
    Share
premium
    Treasury
shares
    Other
reserves
    Retained
earnings
    Total     Non-controlling
interests
    Total
Equity
 
          RMB’000     RMB’000     RMB’000     RMB’000     RMB’000     RMB’000     RMB’000     RMB’000  

As of December 31, 2019

      69       14,113,311       (2     4,582,291       29,345,949       48,041,618       103,799       48,145,417  
   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net profit/(loss) for the period

      —         —         —         —         7,283,502       7,283,502       (11,943     7,271,559  

Other comprehensive loss

      —         —         —         (155,124     —         (155,124     966       (154,158
   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total comprehensive income/(loss) for the period

      —         —         —         (155,124     7,283,502       7,128,378       (10,977     7,117,401  
   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Transactions with equity holders:

                 

Contributions from non-controlling interests

    20.1       —         —         —         —         —         —         1,563,252       1,563,252  

Share-based payment

      —         —         —         71,080       —         71,080       653       71,733  
   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

As of June 30, 2020

      69       14,113,311       (2     4,498,247       36,629,451       55,241,076       1,656,727       56,897,803  
   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the condensed consolidated financial statements.

 

F-120


Table of Contents

LUFAX HOLDING LTD

UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

 

     Note      Six Months Ended June 30,  
            2019     2020  
            RMB’000     RMB’000  

Cash flows from operating activities

       

Cash generated from operating activities

     19(a)        4,818,502       7,312,676  

Income tax paid

        (2,869,056     (2,836,207
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash generated from operating activities

        1,949,446       4,476,469  
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash flows from investing activities

       

Proceeds from sale of investment assets

        56,650,859       96,385,673  

Proceeds from sale of property and equipment

        55,083       9  

Interest received on investment assets

        264,243       528,841  

Payment for acquisition of investment assets

        (53,413,945     (97,181,521

Payment for property and equipment and other long-term assets

        (129,697     (61,750

Payment for acquisition of subsidiary, net of cash acquired

     19(c)        (1,720,186     —    

Payment for investment in associate

        —         (40,323
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash generated from/(used in) investing activities

        1,706,357       (369,071
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash flows from financing activities

       

Proceeds from issuance of shares and other equity securities

        595,071       1,563,252  

Including: Proceeds from capital contribution from the non-controlling shareholder of a subsidiary

        100,000       1,563,252  

Proceeds from borrowings

        629,518       4,968,377  

Repayment of borrowings

        (4,910,213     (2,294,048

Payment for lease liabilities

        (316,756     (347,792

Payment for interest expenses

        (193,955     (145,946

Net cash (used in)/generated from financing activities

        (4,196,335     3,743,843  
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents

        2,016       (9,169
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net (decrease)/increase in cash and cash equivalents

        (538,516     7,842,072  

Add: Cash and cash equivalents at the beginning of the period

        18,576,090       7,312,061  
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents at the end of the period

     19(b)        18,037,574       15,154,133  
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the condensed consolidated financial statements.

 

F-121


Table of Contents

LUFAX HOLDING LTD

NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED INTERIM FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

FOR THE SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30, 2020

 

1

General information

Lufax Holding Ltd (the “Company”) was incorporated in the Cayman Islands on December 2, 2014 as an exempted company with limited liability under the Companies Law (Revised) of the Cayman Islands. The address of its registered office is Conyers Trust Company (Cayman) Limited, Cricket Square, Hutchins Drive, PO Box 2681, Grand Cayman, KY1-1111, Cayman Islands.

The Company is an investment holding company and with its consolidated subsidiaries and consolidated structured entities that are controlled through contractual arrangements (“Consolidated Affiliated Entities”) (collectively referred to as the “Group”) are principally engaged in retail credit facilitation and wealth management businesses in the People’s Republic of China (the “PRC”).

Since early 2020, the outbreak of the coronavirus (COVID-19) pandemic has spread across China and beyond, resulted in temporary closure of many corporate offices, retail stores, and manufacturing facilities and factories across China. These negatively affect the Group’s small business owners borrower customers. This led to a temporary and abnormal increase in loan delinquency and indemnity of the Group’s loans facilitated in provinces seriously affected by COVID-19 in February to May 2020. As a result, for all loans facilitated by the Group, the DPD 30+ delinquency rate, which is defined as the outstanding balance of loans for which any payment is 30 to 179 calendar days past due (loans overdue by 180 days or more are typically charged off) divided by the outstanding balance of loans, for general unsecured loans increased from 1.8% as of December 31, 2019 to 3.3% as of June 30, 2020 and for secured loans increased from 0.6% to 1.4% as of the same dates.

In response to the pandemic, the Group made remote working arrangements for collections staff and extended the usage of AI collection technology, the productivity has resumed back to normal capacity in late March. As a result of these measures, the Group has seen recovery in flow rate, which is defined as a forward-looking indicator that estimates the percentage of current loans that will become non-performing at the end of three months, and is defined as the product of (i) the loan balance that is overdue from 1 to 29 days as a percentage of the total current loan balance of the previous month, (ii) the loan balance that is overdue from 30 to 59 days as a percentage of the loan balance that was overdue from 1 to 29 days in the previous month, and (iii) the loan balance that is overdue from 60 to 89 days as a percentage of the loan balance that was overdue from 30 days to 59 days in the previous month, in the second quarter of 2020 approaching 2019 year-end levels. The flow rate for general unsecured loans the Group have facilitated improved back to the 0.5% level as of June 30, 2020 from a peak of 1.0% in February 2020 and the secured loans flow rate improved back to the 0.2% level as of June 30, 2020 from a peak of 0.7% in February 2020.

 

2

Basis of preparation

The condensed consolidated interim financial statements have been prepared in accordance with International Accounting Standard (“IAS”) 34 Interim Financial Reporting issued by the International Accounting Standards Board (“IASB”) and should be read in conjunction with the audited consolidated financial statements as of and for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2018 and 2019 of the Company (“Annual Financial Statements”), which have been prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards as issued by International Accounting Standards Board (“IFRS as issued by IASB”).

 

F-122


Table of Contents

LUFAX HOLDING LTD

NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED INTERIM FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

FOR THE SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30, 2020

 

3

Significant accounting policies

Except as described below, the accounting policies and method of computation used in the preparation of the condensed consolidated interim financial statements are consistent with those used in the Annual Financial Statements.

New and amended standards and interpretations adopted by the Group

 

         

Effective for the annual periods
beginning on or after

Amendments to IAS 1 and IAS 8

   Definition of “Materiality”    January 1, 2020

Amendments to IFRS 3

   Definition of “a Business”    January 1, 2020

Amendments to IFRS 9, IAS 39 and IFRS 7

   Interest Rate Benchmark Reform    January 1, 2020

The Group adopted these amendments on January 1, 2020 and noted no significant impact on the Group’s financial position or performance.

New and amended standards and interpretations not yet adopted by the Group

 

         

Effective for the annual periods
beginning on or after

Amendments to IFRS 10 and IAS 28

  

Sale or contribution of assets between an investor and its associate or joint venture

   To be determined.

Amendments to IAS 37

  

Onerous contracts — cost of fulfilling a contract

   January 1, 2022

Amendments to IAS 16

  

Property, Plant and Equipment: Proceeds before Intended Use

   January 1, 2022

IFRS 17

   Insurance contracts    January 1, 2023

Amendments to IAS 1

  

Classification of Liabilities as Current or Non-current

   January 1, 2023

The Group does not expect that adoption of these standards will have a significant impact on the Group’s financial position or performance.

 

4

Critical accounting estimates and judgements

The preparation of the condensed consolidated interim financial statements requires management to make judgments, estimates and assumptions that affect the application of accounting policies and the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, income and expense. Actual results may differ from these estimates.

In preparing the condensed consolidated interim financial statements, the nature of significant judgments made by management in applying accounting policies and the key sources of estimation uncertainty were consistent with those described in the audited consolidated financial statements as of and for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2018 and 2019 of the Company.

 

F-123


Table of Contents

LUFAX HOLDING LTD

NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED INTERIM FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

FOR THE SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30, 2020

 

5

Retail credit facilitation service fees

 

     Six Months Ended June 30,  
     2019      2020  
     RMB’000      RMB’000  

Loan facilitation service

     5,134,595        4,377,952  

Post origination service

     13,880,398        16,375,923  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     19,014,993        20,753,875  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

The table below sets forth the remaining performance obligations of long-term contracts:

 

     As of June 30, 2020  
     RMB’000  

Aggregate amount of the transaction price allocated to long-term contracts that are partially or fully unsatisfied at the end of each period

  

Expected to be recognized within one year

     25,837,311  

Expected to be recognized in one to two years

     11,309,642  

Expected to be recognized in two to three years

     2,905,958  
  

 

 

 
     40,052,911  
  

 

 

 

 

6

Wealth management transaction and service fees

 

     Six Months Ended June 30,  
     2019      2020  
     RMB’000      RMB’000  

Current Products

     215,105        416,099  

Legacy Products

     1,276,860        283,150  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
     1,491,965        699,249  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

7

Net interest income

 

     Six Months Ended June 30,  
     2019      2020  
     RMB’000      RMB’000  

Loans originated by consolidated trust plans

     

Interest income

     306,629        4,175,379  

Interest expense

     (131,945      (1,824,602
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net interest income from loans originated by consolidated trust plans

     174,684        2,350,777  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Loans originated by micro loan lending companies and consumer finance company

     

Interest income

     2,028,842        648,721  

Interest expense

     (31,795      (1,292
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net interest income from loans originated by micro loan lending companies and consumer finance company

     1,997,047        647,429  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total net interest income

     2,171,731        2,998,206  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-124


Table of Contents

LUFAX HOLDING LTD

NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED INTERIM FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

FOR THE SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30, 2020

 

8

Expense by nature

 

     Six Months Ended June 30,  
     2019      2020  
     RMB’000      RMB’000  

Employee benefit expenses (Note 8.1)

     6,174,191        7,610,267  

Loan origination and servicing expenses

     2,842,832        2,899,807  

Payment processing expenses

     402,261        569,504  

Promotion and advertising expenses

     578,504        507,430  

Outsourcing service expenses

     519,540        532,832  

Depreciation of right-of-use assets

     255,159        300,959  

Business entertainment expenses

     273,041        244,718  

Taxes and surcharges

     140,117        210,167  

Depreciation of property and equipment

     136,833        109,811  

Low-value and short-term lease expense

     88,284        68,424  

Amortization of intangible assets

     11,290        18,980  

Others

     566,994        562,391  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total sales and marketing expenses, general and administrative expenses, operation and servicing expenses, technology and analytics expenses

     11,989,046        13,635,290  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

     Six Months Ended June 30,  
     2019      2020  
     RMB’000      RMB’000  

Sales and marketing expense

     

Borrower acquisition expenses

     4,251,996        5,905,881  

Investor acquisition and retention expenses

     352,524        398,764  

General sales and marketing expenses (a)

     2,503,727        2,315,649  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
     7,108,247        8,620,294  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(a)

For six months ended June 30, 2020, the general sales and marketing expenses included wages, salaries and bonuses of RMB1,473 million (six months ended June 30, 2019: RMB1,491 million), promotion and entertainment expenses of RMB442 million (six months ended June 30, 2019: RMB592 million) and office rental expenses including depreciation of right-of-use assets and low-value and short-term lease expense of RMB127million (six months ended June 30, 2019: RMB116 million) for direct sales team.

 

8.1

Employee benefit expense

 

     Six Months Ended June 30,  
     2019      2020  
     RMB’000      RMB’000  

Wages, salaries and bonuses

     4,483,389        6,171,863  

Other social security costs, housing benefits and other employee benefits

     1,083,700        1,136,982  

Pension costs — defined contribution plans

     614,596        229,689  

Share-based payment

     (7,494      71,733  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
     6,174,191        7,610,267  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-125


Table of Contents

LUFAX HOLDING LTD

NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED INTERIM FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

FOR THE SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30, 2020

 

9

Credit impairment losses

 

     Six Months Ended June 30,  
     2019      2020  
     RMB’000      RMB’000  

Accounts and other receivables and contract assets

     389,736        727,328  

Financing guarantee contracts

     75,847        227,597  

Loans to customers

     (117,143      204,619  

Financial assets at amortized cost

     121,721        (60,730

Others

     (6      (10
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
     470,155        1,098,804  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

10

Earnings per share

 

(a)

Basic earnings per share is calculated by dividing the profit attributable to owners of the Group by the weighted average number of ordinary shares in issue during the six months ended June 30, 2020 excluding ordinary shares purchased by the Group.

 

     Six Months Ended June 30,  
     2019      2020  
     RMB’000      RMB’000  

Profit attributable to owners of the Company

     7,483,839        7,283,502  

Weighted average number of ordinary shares in issue

     1,086,698,914        1,086,698,914  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Basic earnings per share (in RMB)

     6.89        6.70  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(b)

Diluted earnings per share is calculated by adjusting the weighted average number of ordinary shares outstanding to assume conversion of all dilutive potential ordinary shares.

Potential ordinary shares issuable upon conversion of Class C ordinary shares, recorded as convertible redeemable preferred shares in the consolidated financial statements, were included in the calculation of diluted earnings per share for the six months ended June 30, 2019, but not for the six months ended June 30, 2020 as its effect would have been anti-dilutive.

 

     Six Months Ended June 30,  
     2019      2020  
     RMB’000      RMB’000  

Earnings

     

Profit attributable to owners of the Company

     7,483,839        7,283,502  

Interest expense on convertible instruments, net of tax

     309,732        —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net profit used to determine diluted earnings per share

     7,793,571        7,283,502  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Weighted average number of ordinary shares

     

Weighted average number of ordinary shares in issue

     1,086,698,914        1,086,698,914  

Adjustments for:

     

Assumed conversion of convertible instruments

     46,490,953        —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Weighted average number of ordinary shares for diluted earnings per share

     1,133,189,867        1,086,698,914  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Diluted earnings per share

     6.88        6.70  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-126


Table of Contents

LUFAX HOLDING LTD

NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED INTERIM FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

FOR THE SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30, 2020

 

11

Cash at bank and restricted cash

 

     As of  
     December 31,
2019
     June 30,
2020
 

Cash at bank

   RMB’000      RMB’000  

Demand deposits

     

RMB

     6,470,513        14,761,912  

USD

     658,735        236,445  

IDR

     55,070        31,624  

HKD

     9,300        7,858  

SGD

     7,662        3,473  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
     7,201,280        15,041,312  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Time deposits

     

IDR

     110,781        122,964  

RMB

     40,374        345,057  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
     151,155        468,021  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Less: Provision for impairment losses

     (41      (31
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
     7,352,394        15,509,302  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

     As of  
     December 31,
2019
     June 30,
2020
 
     RMB’000      RMB’000  

Restricted cash

     

Cash from consolidated trust plans

     8,055,423        10,891,891  

Deposits held on behalf of platform investors

     13,038,088        10,862,647  

Guarantee deposits

     9,268        3,200  

Deposits for subsidiary establishment (Note 20.1)

     3,500,000        —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
     24,602,779        21,757,738  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-127


Table of Contents

LUFAX HOLDING LTD

NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED INTERIM FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

FOR THE SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30, 2020

 

12

Financial assets at fair value through profit or loss

 

     As of  
     December 31,
2019
     June 30,
2020
 
     RMB’000      RMB’000  

Unlisted securities

     

Asset management plans

     6,850,268        8,664,008  

Trust plans

     3,470,473        5,170,894  

Mutual funds

     5,732,842        3,886,478  

Structured deposits

     430,760        1,457,365  

Private fund investment

     7,512        1,431,848  

Factoring products

     1,824,246        1,288,098  

Bank wealth management products

     251,684        810,122  

Corporate bond

     15,271        15,233  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
     18,583,056        22,724,046  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(a)

The Group uses the following hierarchy for determining and disclosing the fair value of financial instruments by valuation techniques:

Level 1: Quoted (unadjusted) prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities. A market is regarded as active if quoted prices are readily and regularly available from an exchange, dealer, broker, industry group, pricing service, or regulatory agency, and those prices represent actual and regularly occurring market transactions on an arm’s length basis. The primary quoted market price used for financial assets held by the Group is the current bid price. Financial instruments included in Level 1 comprise primarily equity investments, fund investments and bond investments traded on stock exchanges and open-ended mutual funds.

Level 2: Other valuation techniques for which all inputs which have a significant effect on the recorded fair value are observable, either directly (such as price) or indirectly (such as calculated based on price). These valuation techniques maximize the use of observable market data where it is available and rely as little as possible on entity specific estimates.

Level 3: Valuation techniques which use any inputs which have a significant effect on the recorded fair value that are not based on observable market data (unobservable inputs).

The level of fair value calculation is determined by the lowest level input with material significance in the overall calculation. As such, the significance of the input should be considered from an overall perspective in the calculation of fair value.

Valuation methods for Level 2 and Level 3 financial instruments:

For Level 2 financial instruments, valuations are generally obtained from third party pricing services for identical or comparable assets, or through the use of valuation methodologies using observable market inputs, or recent quoted market prices. Valuation service providers typically gather, analyze and interpret information related to market transactions and other key valuation model inputs from multiple sources, and through the use of widely accepted internal valuation models, provide a theoretical quote on various securities.

For Level 3 financial instruments, prices are determined using valuation methodologies such as discounted cash flow models and other similar techniques. Determinations to classify fair value

 

F-128


Table of Contents

LUFAX HOLDING LTD

NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED INTERIM FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

FOR THE SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30, 2020

 

12

Financial assets at fair value through profit or loss (Continued)

 

(a)

The Group uses the following hierarchy for determining and disclosing the fair value of financial instruments by valuation techniques (Continued):

Valuation methods for Level 2 and Level 3 financial instruments (Continued):

 

measures within Level 3 of the valuation hierarchy are generally based on the significance of the unobservable factors to the overall fair value measurement, and valuation methodologies such as discounted cash flow models and other similar techniques.

The following table sets forth the financial assets at fair value through profit or loss by level of the fair value hierarchy:

 

As of June 30, 2020    Level 1      Level 2      Level 3      Total  
     RMB’000      RMB’000      RMB’000      RMB’000  

Asset management plans

     —          8,196,209        467,799        8,664,008  

Trust plans

     —          3,829,922        1,340,972        5,170,894  

Mutual Fund

     3,886,478        —          —          3,886,478  

Structured deposits

     —          1,457,365        —          1,457,365  

Private fund investment

     —          1,425,585        6,263        1,431,848  

Factoring products

     —          957,159        330,939        1,288,098  

Bank wealth management products

     —          810,122        —          810,122  

Corporate bond

     —          —          15,233        15,233  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     3,886,478        16,676,362        2,161,206        22,724,046  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

There were no changes in valuation techniques during the period.

 

(b)

The following table presents the changes in level 3 instruments for six months ended June 30, 2020:

 

     Six Months Ended
June 30, 2020
 
     RMB’000  

As of January 1, 2020

     2,842,839  

Additions

     1,450  

Disposal

     (777,278

Gains or losses recognized in profit or loss

     94,195  
  

 

 

 

As of June 30, 2020

     2,161,206  
  

 

 

 

That large majority of gains or losses recognized in profit or loss arose from instruments still held at the end of each year.

There were no transfers between levels during the period ended June 30, 2020.

 

F-129


Table of Contents

LUFAX HOLDING LTD

NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED INTERIM FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

FOR THE SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30, 2020

 

13

Financial assets at amortized cost

 

     As of  
     December 31,
2019
     June 30,
2020
 
     RMB’000      RMB’000  

Unlisted securities

     

Debt Investments

     9,890,158        8,226,024  

Interest receivable

     120,801        92,595  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
     10,010,959        8,318,619  

Less: Provision for impairment losses

     (1,387,947      (1,068,414
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
     8,623,012        7,250,205  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(a)

The following table sets forth the movement of gross carrying amount of financial assets at amortized cost for the period ended June 30, 2020:

 

     Six Months Ended June 30, 2020  
     RMB’000     RMB’000      RMB’000     RMB’000     RMB’000  
     Stage 1     Stage 2      Stage 3     POCI*     Total  

As of January 1, 2020

     7,223,195       —          2,655,132       132,632       10,010,959  

New originated or purchased

     4,875,457       —          —         12,366       4,887,823  

Write-offs

     —         —          (246,069     (12,734     (258,803

De-recognized in the current period (including repayment)

     (5,996,575     —          (278,789     (45,996     (6,321,360
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

As of June 30, 2020

     6,102,077       —          2,130,274       86,268       8,318,619  
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

*

Purchased or originated credit-impaired financial assets. (“POCI”)

 

(b)

The following table sets forth the movement of expected credit losses (“ECL”) allowance for the period ended June 30, 2020:

 

     Six Months Ended June 30, 2020  
     RMB’000     RMB’000      RMB’000     RMB’000     RMB’000  
     Stage 1     Stage 2      Stage 3     POCI     Total  

As of January 1, 2020

     13,997       —          1,321,133       52,817       1,387,947  

New originated or purchased

     6,708       —          —         35       6,743  

De-recognized in the current period (including repayment)

     (9,617     —          (39,533     —         (49,150

Write-offs

     —         —          (246,069     (12,734     (258,803

Changes in parameters of the model of expected credit loss

     (6,121     —          (5,659     (6,543     (18,323
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

As of June 30, 2020

     4,967       —          1,029,872       33,575       1,068,414  
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-130


Table of Contents

LUFAX HOLDING LTD

NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED INTERIM FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

FOR THE SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30, 2020

 

14

Financial assets purchased under reverse repurchase agreements

Classified by collateral:

 

     As of  
     December 31,
2019
     June 30,
2020
 
     RMB’000      RMB’000  

Bonds(a)

     —          801,907  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(a)

The Group enters into purchases of assets under reverse repurchase agreements. The Group may not take physical possession of assets purchased under such agreements. In the event of default by the counterparty to repurchase the assets, the Group has the right to the underlying assets. The difference between the purchasing price and reselling price is recognized as investment income over the term of the agreement using the effective interest method.

 

15

Accounts and other receivables and contract assets

 

     As of  
     December 31,
2019
     June 30,
2020
 
     RMB’000      RMB’000  

Loan facilitation and service fees

     11,468,513        12,266,684  

Contract acquisition cost

     10,150,851        9,720,855  

Receivable from external payment services providers

     2,657,132        2,200,046  

Wealth management transaction and service fees receivables

     1,038,111        883,588  

— Legacy Products

     739,043        238,232  

— Current Products

     299,068        645,356  

Receivables arising from default guarantee payments

     56        5,434  

Other deposit receivables

     568,631        773,281  

Trust statutory deposits

     460,641        714,864  

Guarantee income

     52,747        24,768  

Others

     301,382        486,311  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Less: Provision for impairment

     (401,626      (551,676
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
     26,296,438        26,524,155  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(a)

The following table sets forth the movements in the provision for impairment losses:

 

     Six Months Ended
June 30, 2020
 
     RMB’000  

As of January 1, 2020

     401,626  

Impairment loss recognized in the condensed consolidated statement of comprehensive income

     727,328  

Written off during the year

     (600,196

Recovery of receivables written off previously

     22,918  
  

 

 

 

As of June 30, 2020

     551,676  
  

 

 

 

 

F-131


Table of Contents

LUFAX HOLDING LTD

NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED INTERIM FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

FOR THE SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30, 2020

 

15

Accounts and other receivables and contract assets (Continued)

 

(b)

The loss allowance as of June 30, 2020 was determined as follows for loan facilitation and service fees, wealth management transaction and service fees receivables and guarantee incomes:

 

     As of June 30, 2020  
Accounts and other receivables and contract assets    Current     1-90 days
past due
    91-180 days
past due
    Total  
     RMB’000     RMB’000     RMB’000     RMB’000  

Expected loss rate

     1.63     33.27     67.42     4.19

Loan facilitation and service fee

     11,619,624       264,939       382,121       12,266,684  

Wealth management transaction and service fee receivables

     883,588       —         —         883,588  

Guarantee fee

     21,477       1,384       1,907       24,768  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss allowance

     (204,153     (88,602     (258,921     (551,676
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

As of June 30, 2020, the remaining amount of consideration the Group expects to receive is higher than the carrying amount of contract acquisition cost. As such no loss allowance were recorded.

 

16

Loans to customers

 

     As of  
     December 31,
2019
    June 30,
2020
 
     RMB’000     RMB’000  

Loans originated by consolidated trust plans

     40,363,196       76,545,990  

Loans originated by micro loan lending companies and consumer finance company

     7,850,380       4,627,320  

Interest receivable

     536,250       644,949  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Less: Provision for impairment losses

    

Stage 1

     (136,396     (162,841

Stage 2

     (53,258     (57,803

Stage 3

     (1,061,660     (691,008
     (1,251,314     (911,652
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
     47,498,512       80,906,607  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(a)

As of June 30, 2020, loans amounting to RMB74,583 million were covered by external credit enhancement providers. Out of which, overwhelmingly majority of the balance were covered by credit insurance provided by Ping An Property and Casualty Insurance Company (“Ping An P&C”), a subsidiary of Ping An Group. External credit enhancement providers independently underwrites the borrowers and entered into the credit enhancement directly with the borrowers. The beneficiaries of such credit enhancement are the investors who provide funding to the borrowers.

 

(b)

As of December 31, 2019 and June 30, 2020, part of the loan balance was related to loans from asset based securitization plans. These loans were originated by micro loan lending companies within the Group that do not meet the criteria of derecognition as the Group continued to provide credit enhancement to the assets backed securitization plans. The asset based securitization plans represented a liability of the Group and were recorded as payable to investors of consolidated structured entities in the condensed consolidated financial statements, which consisted of principal and accrued interests.

 

F-132


Table of Contents

LUFAX HOLDING LTD

NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED INTERIM FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

FOR THE SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30, 2020

 

16

Loans to customers (Continued)

 

(c)

Measurement of ECL

There have been no changes in the risk management policies since December 31, 2019. However, the coronavirus (COVID-19) pandemic has developed rapidly in 2020, with a significant number of cases globally. Measures taken to contain the COVID-19 pandemic have significantly affected economic activity, which in turn has implications for financial reporting.

There have been no significant changes in estimation techniques or significant assumptions made during the current reporting period. While the uncertainties arising from COVID-19 pandemic are substantial and circumstances are certain to change, the COVID-19 pandemic does have some negative impacts when determining the severity and likelihood of downside economic scenarios that are used to estimate under IFRS 9 in 2020, especially on the measurement of the Group’s ECL.

The estimation of credit exposure for risk management purposes is complex and requires the use of models, as the exposure varies with changes in market conditions, expected cash flows and the passage of time. The assessment of credit risk of a portfolio of assets entails further estimations as to the likelihood of defaults occurring, of the associated loss ratios and of default correlations between counterparties. The Group measures credit risk using Probability of Default (PD), Exposure at Default (EAD) and Loss Given Default (LGD). This is consistent with the models applied in the consolidated financial statements for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2018 and 2019.

The key macroeconomic assumptions used to estimate expected credit losses for the period ended June 30, 2020 are listed below.

 

     As of June 30, 2020  

GDP — year on year percentage change

     0.0%-3.8

CPI — year on year percentage change

     1.7%-3.5

Broad measure of money supply (M1) — year on year percentage change

     5.0%-8.2

The Group has the highest weight of the base scenario. The loans to customers and financial guarantee contracts assumed that if the weight of the upside scenario increased by 10% and the weight of the base scenario reduced by 10%, the Group’s ECL impairment provision as of June 30, 2020 would be reduced by RMB2 million; if the weight of the downside scenario increased by 10% and the weight of the base scenarios reduced by 10%, the Group’s ECL impairment provision would be increased by RMB2 million.

The following table shows the changes of ECL impairment provision on loans to customers and financial guarantee liabilities related to ECL assuming the financial assets in stage 2 reclassified to stage 1 due to significant improvement in credit risk.

 

     As of June 30, 2020  
     RMB’000  

Total ECL and financial guarantee liabilities under assumption of reclassification of financial instruments from stage 2 to stage 1

     1,168,520  

Total ECL and financial guarantee liabilities related to ECL recognized in the consolidated balance sheet

     1,251,879  
  

 

 

 

Difference-amount

     (83,359

Difference-ratio

     -7
  

 

 

 

 

F-133


Table of Contents

LUFAX HOLDING LTD

NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED INTERIM FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

FOR THE SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30, 2020

 

16

Loans to customers (Continued)

 

(d)

The following table sets forth the movement of gross carrying amount of loans to customers for the period ended June 30, 2020:

 

     Six Months Ended June 30, 2020  
     RMB’000     RMB’000     RMB’000     RMB’000  
     Stage 1     Stage 2     Stage 3     Total  

As of January 1, 2020

     47,052,175       324,440       1,373,211       48,749,826  

New originated or purchased loans

     60,988,863       —         —         60,988,863  

Transfer

     (931,853     651,415       280,438       —    

— From stage 1 to stage 2

     (688,107     688,107       —         —    

— From stage 1 to stage 3

     (244,711     —         244,711       —    

— From stage 2 to stage 1

     965       (965     —         —    

— From stage 2 to stage 3

     —         (37,511     37,511       —    

— From stage 3 to stage 2

     —         1,784       (1,784     —    

Loans de-recognized in the current period (including repayment of loans)

     (26,941,478     (192,548     (242,123     (27,376,149

Write-offs

     —         —         (544,281     (544,281
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

As of June 30, 2020

     80,167,707       783,307       867,245       81,818,259  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(e)

The following table sets forth the movement of ECL allowance for the period ended June 30, 2020:

 

     Six Months Ended June 30, 2020  
     RMB’000     RMB’000     RMB’000     RMB’000  
     Stage 1     Stage 2     Stage 3     Total  

As of January 1, 2020

     136,396       53,258       1,061,660       1,251,314  

New originated or purchased loans

     42,072       —         —         42,072  

Transfer

     (18,832     24,117       178,747       184,032  

— From stage 1 to stage 2

     (12,495     12,495       —         —    

— From stage 1 to stage 3

     (6,518     —         6,518       —    

— From stage 2 to stage 1

     816       (816     —         —    

— From stage 2 to stage 3

     —         (19,484     19,484       —    

— From stage 3 to stage 2

     —         1,478       (1,478     —    

Net impact on expected credit loss by stage transfer

     (635     30,444       154,223       184,032  

Loans de-recognized in the current period (including repayment of loans)

     (25,821     (22,808     (105,526     (154,155

Changes in parameters of the model of expected credit loss

     29,026       3,236       100,408       132,670  

Write-offs

     —         —         (544,281     (544,281
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

As of June 30, 2020

     162,841       57,803       691,008       911,652  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-134


Table of Contents

LUFAX HOLDING LTD

NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED INTERIM FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

FOR THE SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30, 2020

 

17

Borrowings

 

     As of  
     December 31,
2019
     June 30,
2020
 
     RMB’000      RMB’000  

Unsecured

     

— Bank borrowings (a)

     2,977,440        5,630,088  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Interest payable

     12,422        34,630  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total borrowings

     2,989,862        5,664,718  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(a)

As of June 30, 2020, the Group had USD650 million (equivalent to approximately RMB4,602 million) unsecured borrowings related to a three-year syndicated loan facility agreement entered into on February 13, 2020, with the available commitment USD1,290 million. The interest rate is determined based on monthly LIBOR rate plus 1.25% and the interest is repaid on monthly basis.

 

(b)

The following table sets forth the range of interest rates of borrowings as of December 31, 2019 and June 30, 2020:

 

     As of  
     December 31,
2019
     June 30,
2020
 

Bank borrowings — fixed rate

     4.08%-6.09%        4.35%-5.40%  

Bank borrowings — floating rate

     4.04%        1.44%, 2.77%  

 

18

Payable to investors of consolidated structured entities

 

     As of  
     December 31,
2019
     June 30,
2020
 
     RMB’000      RMB’000  

Payable to investors of consolidated trust plans

     42,896,764        78,632,708  

Payable to investors of asset based securitization plans

     1,331,829        99,489  

Payable to investors of consolidated wealth management plans

     3,014,457        956,598  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
     47,243,050        79,688,795  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-135


Table of Contents

LUFAX HOLDING LTD

NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED INTERIM FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

FOR THE SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30, 2020

 

19

Note to consolidated statements of cash flows

 

(a)

Reconciliation from profit before income tax to cash used in operating activities:

 

     Six Months Ended June 30  
     2019     2020  
     RMB’000     RMB’000  

Profit before income tax

     10,347,168       10,107,766  

Adjustments for:

    

Depreciation of property and equipment

     136,833       109,811  

Depreciation of right-of-use assets

     255,159       300,959  

Amortization of intangible assets

     11,290       18,980  

Share of profits of associates and joint ventures

     (25,004     40,647  

Change in financing guarantee liabilities

     40,043       97,478  

Net gains on sale of property and equipment, and intangible assets

     133       1,143  

Net unrealized losses on financial assets at fair value through profit or loss

     416,358       161,572  

Non-cash employee benefits expense — share based payment

     (7,494     71,733  

Asset impairment losses

     (62     —    

Credit impairment losses (excluding guarantee)

     354,264       968,636  

Finance cost classified as financing activities

     873,359       923,295  

Investment income classified as investing activities

     (289,044     (393,091

Foreign exchange gains

     (12,283     (9,169
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
     12,100,720       12,399,760  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Change in operating assets and liabilities, net of effects from purchase of controlled entity

    

Decrease/(increase) in accounts and other receivables

     248,611       (34,916,997

(Decrease)/increase in accounts and other payables

     (7,530,829     29,829,913  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
     4,818,502       7,312,676  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(b)

Cash and cash equivalents

 

     As of June 30,
2020
 
     RMB’000  

Cash at bank (Note 11)

     15,509,302  

Less: Time deposits (Note 11)

     (355,200

Add: Provision for impairment losses

     31  

Cash and cash equivalents at the end of the period

     15,154,133  
  

 

 

 

 

(c)

On December 31, 2018, the Group entered into an equity transfer agreement with a subsidiary of Ping An Insurance (Group) Company of China, Ltd. to acquire 100% equity interest in Ping An Financing Guarantee (Tianjin) Co., Ltd. at a total consideration of RMB1,720 million and the payment was completed in June 2019.

 

F-136


Table of Contents

LUFAX HOLDING LTD

NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED INTERIM FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

FOR THE SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30, 2020

 

20

Related parties and related party transactions

The following significant transactions were carried out between the Group and its related parties during the six months ended June 30, 2019 and 2020.

 

(a)

Names and relationships with related parties

The following table sets forth the major related parties which have major transactions with the Group during the six months ended June 30, 2019 and 2020 as follows:

 

Name of related parties

  

Relationship with the Company

Ping An Insurance (Group) Company of China, Ltd. and its subsidiaries

  

Significant influence on the Group and its subsidiaries

 

20.1

The summary of significant related party transactions is as follows:

 

     Six Months Ended
June 30
 
     2019      2020  
     RMB’000      RMB’000  

Technology platform based income

     

Ping An Insurance (Group) Company of China, Ltd. and its subsidiaries

     162,484        232,021  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Other income

     

Ping An Insurance (Group) Company of China, Ltd. and its subsidiaries

     286,314        522,574  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Investment income

     

Ping An Insurance (Group) Company of China, Ltd. and its subsidiaries

     16,858        121,454  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Finance costs-Interest income

     

Ping An Insurance (Group) Company of China, Ltd. and its subsidiaries

     67,948        18,470  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Finance costs-Interest expense

     

Ping An Insurance (Group) Company of China, Ltd. and its subsidiaries

     83,052        70,123  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Sales and marketing expenses, general and administrative expenses, operation and servicing expenses, and technology and analytics expenses

     

Ping An Insurance (Group) Company of China, Ltd. and its subsidiaries

     1,125,537        1,357,349  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Convertible promissory note payable

Ping An Group also held a convertible promissory note issued by the Company.

Capital contribution in subsidiary of the Company

On December 4, 2019, the Group, together with Ping An Insurance (Group) Company of China, Ltd. established Ping An Consumer Finance Co., Ltd. (“Ping An Consumer Finance”) by contributing RMB3.5 billion and RMB1.5 billion, respectively, as registered capital. As of December 31, 2019, the funds contributed to Ping An Consumer Finance was restricted as further approval is required from China Banking and Insurance Regulatory Commission (“CBIRC”) before it can start its operation. Such approval was obtained from CBIRC in April 2020 and the capital contributed by Ping An Insurance (Group) Company of China, Ltd. amounting to RMB1.5 billion was recorded as non-controlling interests in the condensed consolidated financial statements.

 

F-137


Table of Contents

LUFAX HOLDING LTD

NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED INTERIM FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

FOR THE SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30, 2020

 

20

Related parties and related party transactions (Continued)

 

20.2

The summary of balance of the Group with related parties is as follows:

 

     As of  
     December 31, 2019      June 30, 2020  
     RMB’000      RMB’000  

Cash

     

Ping An Insurance (Group) Company of China, Ltd. and its subsidiaries

     14,600,958        13,227,119  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Account and other receivables and contract assets

     

Ping An Insurance (Group) Company of China, Ltd. and its subsidiaries

     2,784,752        2,243,656  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Account and other payables and contract liabilities and payable to investors of consolidated structured entities

     

Ping An Insurance (Group) Company of China, Ltd. and its subsidiaries

     2,521,441        462,503  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Financial assets at amortized cost

     

Ping An Insurance (Group) Company of China, Ltd. and its subsidiaries

     6,903,263        5,902,395  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

20.3

Key management personnel compensation

Key management includes directors (executive and non-executive) and senior officers. The following table sets forth the compensations paid or payable to key management for employee services:

 

     Six Months Ended June 30,  
     2019      2020  
     RMB’000      RMB’000  

Wages and salaries

     9,732        9,782  

Welfare and other benefits

     13,508        17,561  

Including: Bonuses

     9,745        15,058  

Share-based payment

     98        26,879  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
     23,338        54,222  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

21

Subsequent events

The Company has evaluated its subsequent events through October 7, 2020, the date the financial statements were available to be issued, and has concluded that there are no subsequent events requiring disclosure other than the following significant events took place subsequent to June 30, 2020:

 

  (a)

On August 20, 2020, the Supreme People’s Court issued the Decision on Amending the Provisions of the Supreme People’s Court on Several Issues Concerning the Application of Law in the Trial of Private Lending Cases (“the Judicial Interpretation Amendment”), which amended the upper limit of private lending interest rates under judicial protection to four times of the one-year Loan Prime Rate (“LPR”) at the time of the establishment of the loan agreement (“Quadruple LPR Limit”). The latest LPR issued by the National Bank Interbank Funding Center on August 20, 2020 was 3.85%. If the interest rate of a loan exceeds the Quadruple LPR Limit, the exceeding part will not be supported and enforceable in the PRC judicial system. There remain uncertainties in the interpretation and implementation of the Judicial Interpretation Amendment, including its applicability to licensed financial institutions, the basis of calculation formula used to determine

 

F-138


Table of Contents

LUFAX HOLDING LTD

NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED INTERIM FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

FOR THE SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30, 2020

 

21

Subsequent events (Continued)

 

  the interest limit, and the scope of inclusion of related fees and insurance premiums, as well as inconsistencies between the standard and level of enforcement by different PRC courts. The Company lowered its fee rate since early September 2020. It, together with its business partners, may further lower future fee rates from time to time as a result of changes in regulations or business strategy. The Company may also repay certain borrowers if the historical and legacy loan products are deemed to have violated the applicable laws and regulations. The Company is in the process of fully analyzing the impact of the Judicial Interpretation Amendment to its business, results of operations and financial condition.

 

  (b)

On August 31, 2020, the Group entered into an amendment agreement to the convertible promissory note issued to China Ping An Insurance Overseas (Holding) Ltd. and An Ke Technology Company Ltd. (“CB holders”). In accordance with this agreement, the CB holders can only exercise their conversion right one year after the Group’s listing date. This amendment does not have any material impact to the Group’s financial position and results of operations.

 

  (c)

On September 23, 2020, the Company entered into a securities exchange agreement with certain C-round investors to exchange their respective Class C ordinary shares into automatically convertible promissory notes or optionally convertible promissory notes (collectively, “Convertible Notes”). The principal amount of the respective convertible note equals the subscription amount paid to the Company by the respective C-round investors as part of the C-round financing. Upon closing of this transaction, the Company has to pay to each of the C-round investors who choose to exchange their Class C ordinary share a cash consideration equal to a six percent per annum interest on their respective subscription amount from the date their Class C ordinary shares were issued.

The automatically convertible promissory notes mature on September 30, 2023 and bear interest on the outstanding principal amount at the rate of six percent per annum. If a closing of a qualified listing occurs prior to the maturity date, the automatically convertible promissory notes are automatically converted into ordinary shares. The number of ordinary shares to be issued to each holder of automatically convertible promissory notes is determined by dividing the outstanding principal amounts of such automatically convertible promissory notes by the price per ordinary shares issued by the Company in the qualified listing, subject to adjustments.

The optionally convertible promissory notes mature on September 30, 2023 and bear interest on the outstanding principal amount at the rate of six percent per annum. If a closing of a qualified listing occurs prior to the maturity date, at any time during the period commencing on such qualified listing closing and ending on the business day immediately prior to the maturity date, the holder of the optionally convertible promissory notes shall have the right (but not the obligation) to require the Company to convert all or any portion of the outstanding principal amount of the optionally convertible promissory notes into ordinary shares. The number of ordinary shares to be issued is determined by dividing the outstanding principal amounts of the optionally convertible promissory notes by the conversion price of approximately USD30.07 (“Conversion Price”), subject to certain anti-dilution adjustments if applicable. Further, if the closing of a qualified listing occurs prior to the maturity date, at any time during the period commencing on the first anniversary of such qualified listing closing and ending on the business date immediately prior to the maturity date, the Company shall have the right (but not the obligation) to convert all (but not

 

F-139


Table of Contents

LUFAX HOLDING LTD

NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED INTERIM FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

FOR THE SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30, 2020

 

21

Subsequent events (Continued)

 

less than all) of the outstanding principal amount of the optionally convertible promissory notes into ordinary shares so long as the closing price of the ADSs representing the ordinary share for each of any 20 trading days occurring within a period of 30 consecutive trading days is at least 125% of the Conversion Price. The number of ordinary shares to be issued to the holders of optionally convertible promissory notes under this circumstance is determined by dividing the outstanding principal amount by the applicable Conversion Price, subject to adjustments.

Upon closing of this transaction on September 30, 2020, the Company issued automatically convertible promissory notes and optionally convertible promissory notes amounting to USD204.3 million (equivalent of approximately RMB1,391.3 million) and USD1,157.6 million (equivalent of approximately RMB7,883.5 million) to C-round investors who chose to exchange, respectively, with 1,662,614 Class C ordinary shares outstanding after this transaction. The Company was obligated to pay USD151.4 million (equivalent of approximately RMB1,031.2 million) to all these C-round investors in aggregate. USD136.3 million (equivalent of approximately RMB928.1 million) was paid on September 30, 2020 with USD15.1 million (equivalent of approximately RMB103.1 million) retained at the Company (“Retained Amount”). The Retained Amount will be paid to the respective C-round investors if certain tax filing documents are provided by the investors to the Company.

The Company expects to record an one-time loss in Q3 2020 of approximately USD200 million (equivalent of approximately RMB1,362 million) upon closing of this transaction because the aggregate fair value of the Convertible Notes and cash consideration paid to C-round investors is higher than the fair value of Class C ordinary shares as of September 30, 2020.

 

F-140


Table of Contents

PART II

INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

ITEM 6. INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS.

Cayman Islands law does not limit the extent to which a company’s articles of association may provide for indemnification of officers and directors, except to the extent any such provision may be held by the Cayman Islands courts to be contrary to public policy, such as to provide indemnification against civil fraud or the consequences or committing a crime. Our post-offering amended and restated memorandum and articles of association provide that each officer or director of our company shall be indemnified against all actions, proceedings, costs, charges, expenses, losses, damages or liabilities incurred or sustained by such director or officer, other than by reason of such person’s own dishonesty, willful default or fraud, in or about the conduct of our company’s business or affairs (including as a result of any mistake of judgment) or in the execution or discharge of his duties, powers, authorities or discretions, including without prejudice to the generality of the foregoing, any costs, expenses, losses or liabilities incurred by such director or officer in defending (whether successfully or otherwise) any civil proceedings concerning our company or its affairs in any court whether in the Cayman Islands or elsewhere.

Pursuant to the form of indemnification agreement filed as Exhibit 10.4 to this Registration Statement, we will agree to indemnify our directors and senior officers against certain liabilities and expenses that they incur in connection with claims made by reason of their being a director or officer of our company.

The form of Underwriting Agreement to be filed as Exhibit 1.1 to this Registration Statement will also provide for indemnification of us and our officers and directors.

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”) may be permitted to directors, officers or persons controlling us pursuant to the foregoing provisions, we have been informed that in the opinion of the SEC such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is therefore unenforceable.

ITEM 7. RECENT SALES OF UNREGISTERED SECURITIES.

During the past three years, we have issued the following securities. We believe that each of the following issuances was exempt from registration under the Securities Act in reliance on Regulation D under the Securities Act or pursuant to Section 4(2) of the Securities Act regarding transactions not involving a public offering or in reliance on Regulation S under the Securities Act regarding sales by an issuer in offshore transactions.

 

Purchaser

   Date of
Issuance
   Number of
Securities
   Class of
Securities
  

Consideration

Honor Reliance Development Limited    June 12, 2018    22,146,871    Class A Ordinary
Share
   (i) 40% equity interest in each of Ping An Jixin (Shanghai) Investment Management Co., Ltd. and Chongqing Chongjinsuo Enterprise Management Company and (ii) nominal price

Tun Kung Company Limited

   December 24,
2019
   15,000,000    Class A Ordinary
Share
   Nominal price (reserved for share awards available under our 2019 Plan)

F3 Holding LLC

   November 29,
2018
   19,452,584    Class C Ordinary
Shares
   US$585,000,000

DIC Holding LLC

   November 29,
2018
   2,161,398    Class C Ordinary
Shares
   US$65,000,000

 

II-1


Table of Contents

Purchaser

   Date of
Issuance
   Number of
Securities
   Class of
Securities
  

Consideration

HS Investments AP13 Limited

   November 29,
2018
   665,045    Class C Ordinary
Shares
   US$19,999,982

HS Investments (A) L.P.

   November 29,
2018
   166,262    Class C Ordinary
Shares
   US$5,000,018

HS Investments (C) Limited

   November 29,
2018
   332,523    Class C Ordinary
Shares
   US$10,000,006

So Cheung Wing

   November 29,
2018
   5,586,383    Class C Ordinary
Shares
   US$168,000,000

Lux Holdings Limited

   November 29,
2018
   4,987,842    Class C Ordinary
Shares
   US$150,000,000

LionRock LJS L.P. (formerly known as LionRock Money L.P.)

   November 29,
2018
   2,261,155    Class C Ordinary
Shares
   US$68,000,000

All-Stars PESP V Limited

   November 29,
2018
   1,662,614    Class C Ordinary
Shares
   US$50,000,000
Macquarie Capital Asian Fintech Investments Holdings LP    November 29,
2018
   1,094,831    Class C Ordinary
Shares
   US$32,925,000
SBI Hong Kong Holdings Co., Limited    November 29,
2018
   166,261    Class C Ordinary
Shares
   US$5,000,000
SBI AI&Blockchain Investment LPS    November 29,
2018
   166,261    Class C Ordinary
Shares
   US$5,000,000

J.P. Morgan Securities LLC

   November 29,
2018
   1,163,830    Class C Ordinary
Shares
   US$35,000,000

UBS AG, London Branch

   November 29,
2018
   1,562,858    Class C Ordinary
Shares
   US$47,000,000
Hermitage Galaxy Fund SPC on behalf of Hermitage Fund Four SP    November 29,
2018
   997,568    Class C Ordinary
Shares
   US$30,000,000
Broad Street Principal Investments L.L.C.    November 29,
2018
   831,307    Class C Ordinary
Shares
   US$25,000,000
United Overseas Bank Limited    November 29,
2018
   997,568    Class C Ordinary
Shares
   US$30,000,000
Bangkok Bank Public Company Limited    January 31,
2019
   1,662,614    Class C Ordinary
Shares
   US$50,000,000

Lux Holdings Limited

   January 31,
2019
   1,014,195    Class C Ordinary
Shares
   US$30,500,000
Sabre Capital (Mauritius) Limited    January 31,
2019
   16,626    Class C Ordinary
Shares
   US$500,000

 

Purchaser

  

Date of

Issuance

  

Type of

Securities

   Principal Amount   

Consideration

F3 Holding LLC    September 30, 2020    Optionally Convertible Note    US$585,000,000    19,452,584 Class C Ordinary Shares
DIC Holding LLC    September 30, 2020    Optionally Convertible Note    US$65,000,000    2,161,398 Class C Ordinary Shares
HS Investments AP13 Limited    September 30, 2020    Optionally Convertible Note    US$20,000,000    665,045 Class C Ordinary Shares

 

II-2


Table of Contents

Purchaser

  

Date of

Issuance

  

Type of

Securities

   Principal Amount   

Consideration

So Cheung Wing    September 30, 2020    Automatically Convertible Note    US$168,000,000    5,586,383 Class C Ordinary Shares
Lux Holdings Limited    September 30, 2020    Optionally Convertible Note    US$150,000,000    4,987,842 Class C Ordinary Shares (acquired on November 29, 2018)
      Optionally Convertible Note    US$30,500,000    1,014,195 Class C Ordinary Shares (acquired on January 31, 2019)
LionRock LJS L.P.    September 30, 2020    Optionally Convertible Note    US$68,000,000    2,261,155 Class C Ordinary Shares
All-Stars PESP V Limited    September 30, 2020    Optionally Convertible Note    US$50,000,000    1,662,614 Class C Ordinary Shares
Macquarie Capital Asian Fintech Investments Holdings LP    September 30, 2020    Optionally Convertible Note    US$32,925,000    1,094,831 Class C Ordinary Shares
SBI Hong Kong Holdings Co., Limited    September 30, 2020    Optionally Convertible Note    US$5,000,000    166,261 Class C Ordinary Shares
SBI AI&Blockchain Investment LPS    September 30, 2020    Optionally Convertible Note    US$5,000,000    166,261 Class C Ordinary Shares
HS Investments (A) L.P.    September 30, 2020    Optionally Convertible Note    US$5,000,000    166,262 Class C Ordinary Shares
HS Investments (C) Limited    September 30, 2020    Optionally Convertible Note    US$10,000,000    332,523 Class C Ordinary Shares
UBS AG, London Branch    September 30, 2020    Optionally Convertible Note    US$39,000,000    1,296,839 Class C Ordinary Shares
      Automatically Convertible Note    US$8,000,000    266,019 Class C Ordinary Shares
Hermitage Galaxy Fund SPC on behalf of Hermitage Fund Four SP    September 30, 2020    Optionally Convertible Note    US$30,000,000    997,568 Class C Ordinary Shares
Broad Street Principal Investments L.L.C.    September 30, 2020    Optionally Convertible Note    US$25,000,000    831,307 Class C Ordinary Shares
United Overseas Bank Limited    September 30, 2020    Optionally Convertible Note    US$30,000,000    997,568 Class C Ordinary Shares
Sabre Capital (Mauritius) Limited    September 30, 2020    Optionally Convertible Note    US$500,000    16,626 Class C Ordinary Shares
Rajendra Singh 2011 Florida Trust FBO Hersh Raj Singh    September 30, 2020    Optionally Convertible Note    US$2,500,000    83,131 Class C Ordinary Shares
Rajendra Singh 2011 Florida Trust FBO Samir Raj Singh    September 30, 2020    Optionally Convertible Note    US$2,500,000    83,131 Class C Ordinary Shares

 

II-3


Table of Contents

Purchaser

  

Date of

Issuance

  

Type of

Securities

   Principal Amount   

Consideration

LMA SPC for the account of Map 248 Segregated Portfolio    September 30, 2020    Automatically Convertible Note    US$20,000,000    665,046 Class C Ordinary Shares
Aaron Nieman    September 30, 2020    Optionally Convertible Note    US$500,000    16,626 Class C Ordinary Shares
Blaine Marder    September 30, 2020    Optionally Convertible Note    US$200,000    6,650 Class C Ordinary Shares
J.P. Morgan Securities LLC    September 30, 2020    Automatically Convertible Note    US$8,300,000    275,994 Class C Ordinary Shares
Generation Growth Investors Limited    September 30, 2020    Optionally Convertible Note    US$1,000,000    33,252 Class C Ordinary Shares

ITEM 8. EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES.

 

(a)

Exhibits

See Exhibit Index beginning on page II-4 of this registration statement.

 

(b)

Financial Statement Schedules

Schedules have been omitted because the information required to be set forth therein is not applicable or is shown in the Consolidated Financial Statements or the Notes thereto.

ITEM 9. UNDERTAKINGS.

The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the underwriter at the closing specified in the underwriting agreements, certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required by the underwriter to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the provisions described in Item 6, or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the SEC such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is therefore unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes that:

(1) For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the registrant under Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as of the time it was declared effective.

(2) For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

 

II-4


Table of Contents

Lufax Holding Ltd

EXHIBIT INDEX

 

Exhibit
Number
  

Description of Document

  1.1*    Form of Underwriting Agreement
  3.1    Fourth Amended and Restated Memorandum of Association and Seventh Amended and Restated Articles of Association of the Registrant, as currently in effect
  3.2    Form of Fifth Amended and Restated Memorandum of Association and Eighth Amended and Restated Memorandum and Articles of Association of the Registrant, as effective upon the completion of this offering
  4.1*    Registrant’s Specimen American Depositary Receipt (included in Exhibit 4.3)
  4.2*    Registrant’s Specimen Certificate for Ordinary Shares
  4.3*    Form of Deposit Agreement, among the Registrant, the depositary and all holders and beneficial owners of American Depositary Shares issued thereunder
  4.4    Amended and Restated Shareholders Agreement relating to Lufax Holding Ltd between the Registrant and other parties thereto dated January 31, 2019
  4.5    Convertible Promissory Note of the Registrant issued to China Ping An Insurance Overseas (Holdings) Limited dated October 8, 2015
  4.6    Convertible Promissory Note of the Registrant issued to An Ke Technology Company Limited dated October 8, 2015
  4.7    Amendment and Supplemental Agreement to the Share Purchase Agreement and the Convertible Promissory Notes, among the Registrant, China Ping An Insurance Overseas (Holdings) Limited and An Ke Technology Company Limited dated August 31, 2020
  4.8    Securities Exchange Agreement by and among the Registrant and other parties thereto dated September  23, 2020 (with forms of automatically convertible promissory notes and optionally convertible promissory notes attached thereto)
  4.9    Securityholders Agreement relating to Lufax Holding Ltd between the Registrant and other parties thereto dated September 30, 2020
  5.1    Opinion of Conyers Dill & Pearman regarding the validity of the ordinary shares being registered
  8.1    Opinion of Conyers Dill & Pearman regarding certain Cayman Islands tax matters
  8.2    Opinion of Haiwen & Partners regarding certain PRC tax matters (included in Exhibit 99.2)
10.1    English translation of Amended and Restated Phase I Share Incentive Plan
10.2    English translation of Amended and Restated Phase II Share Incentive Plan
10.3    English translation of 2019 Performance Share Unit Plan
10.4    Form of Indemnification Agreement with the Registrant’s directors and executive officers
10.5    Form of Employment Agreement between the Registrant and its executive officers
10.6    Exclusive Asset Option Agreement, by and among Weikun (Shanghai) Technology Service Co., Ltd (formerly known as Shanghai Huiyuan Management Consulting Company Limited), Xinjiang Tongjun Equity Investment Limited Partnership, Linzhi Jinsheng Investment Management Limited Partnership, Shanghai Lanbang Investment Limited Liability Company, Shenzhen Ping An Financial Technology Consulting Co., Ltd and Shanghai Xiongguo Corporation Management Co., Ltd., dated March 23, 2015

 

II-5


Table of Contents
Exhibit
Number
  

Description of Document

10.7    Exclusive Equity Interest Option Agreement, by and among Weikun (Shanghai) Technology Service Co., Ltd (formerly known as Shanghai Huiyuan Management Consulting Company Limited), Xinjiang Tongjun Equity Investment Limited Partnership, Linzhi Jinsheng Investment Management Limited Partnership, Shanghai Lanbang Investment Limited Liability Company, Shenzhen Ping An Financial Technology Consulting Co., Ltd and Shanghai Xiongguo Corporation Management Co., Ltd., dated March 23, 2015
10.8    Exclusive Business Cooperation Agreement, by and between Weikun (Shanghai) Technology Service Co., Ltd (formerly known as Shanghai Huiyuan Management Consulting Company Limited) and Shanghai Xiongguo Corporation Management Co., Ltd., dated March 23, 2015
10.9    Share Pledge Agreement, by and among Weikun (Shanghai) Technology Service Co., Ltd (formerly known as Shanghai Huiyuan Management Consulting Company Limited), Xinjiang Tongjun Equity Investment Limited Partnership and Shanghai Xiongguo Corporation Management Co., Ltd., dated March 23, 2015
10.10    Share Pledge Agreement, by and among Weikun (Shanghai) Technology Service Co., Ltd (formerly known as Shanghai Huiyuan Management Consulting Company Limited), Linzhi Jinsheng Investment Management Limited Partnership and Shanghai Xiongguo Corporation Management Co., Ltd., dated March 23, 2015
10.11    Share Pledge Agreement, by and among Weikun (Shanghai) Technology Service Co., Ltd (formerly known as Shanghai Huiyuan Management Consulting Company Limited), Shanghai Lanbang Investment Limited Liability Company and Shanghai Xiongguo Corporation Management Co., Ltd., dated March 23, 2015
10.12    Share Pledge Agreement, by and among Weikun (Shanghai) Technology Service Co., Ltd (formerly known as Shanghai Huiyuan Management Consulting Company Limited), Shenzhen Ping An Financial Technology Consulting Co., Ltd and Shanghai Xiongguo Corporation Management Co., Ltd., dated March 23, 2015
10.13    Voting Trust Agreement, by and among Weikun (Shanghai) Technology Service Co., Ltd (formerly known as Shanghai Huiyuan Management Consulting Company Limited), Xinjiang Tongjun Equity Investment Limited Partnership, Linzhi Jinsheng Investment Management Limited Partnership, Shanghai Lanbang Investment Limited Liability Company, Shenzhen Ping An Financial Technology Consulting Co., Ltd and Shanghai Xiongguo Corporation Management Co., Ltd., dated March 23, 2015
10.14    Exclusive Asset Option Agreement, by and among Weikun (Shanghai) Technology Service Co., Ltd (formerly known as Shanghai Huiyuan Management Consulting Company Limited), Shanghai Xiongguo Corporation Management Co., Ltd., Shanghai Huikang Information Technology Co., Ltd. and Shanghai Lujiazui International Financial Asset Exchange Co., Ltd., dated March 23, 2015
10.15    Exclusive Equity Interest Option Agreement, by and among Weikun (Shanghai) Technology Service Co., Ltd (formerly known as Shanghai Huiyuan Management Consulting Company Limited), Shanghai Xiongguo Corporation Management Co., Ltd., Shanghai Huikang Information Technology Co., Ltd., Shanghai Lujiazui International Financial Asset Exchange Co., Ltd. and certain other party thereto, dated March 23, 2015
10.16    Exclusive Equity Interest Option Agreement, by and among Weikun (Shanghai) Technology Service Co., Ltd (formerly known as Shanghai Huiyuan Management Consulting Company Limited), Shanghai Huikang Information Technology Co., Ltd., Shanghai Lujiazui International Financial Asset Exchange Co., Ltd. and certain other party thereto, dated March 23, 2015

 

II-6


Table of Contents
Exhibit
Number
  

Description of Document

10.17    Exclusive Business Cooperation Agreement, by and between Weikun (Shanghai) Technology Service Co., Ltd (formerly known as Shanghai Huiyuan Management Consulting Company Limited) and Shanghai Lujiazui International Financial Asset Exchange Co., Ltd., dated March 23, 2015
10.18    Share Pledge Agreement, by and among Weikun (Shanghai) Technology Service Co., Ltd (formerly known as Shanghai Huiyuan Management Consulting Company Limited), Shanghai Xiongguo Corporation Management Co., Ltd. and Shanghai Lujiazui International Financial Asset Exchange Co., Ltd., dated March 23, 2015
10.19    Share Pledge Agreement, by and among Weikun (Shanghai) Technology Service Co., Ltd (formerly known as Shanghai Huiyuan Management Consulting Company Limited), Shanghai Huikang Information Technology Co., Ltd. and Shanghai Lujiazui International Financial Asset Exchange Co., Ltd., dated March 23, 2015
10.20    Voting Trust Agreement, by and among Weikun (Shanghai) Technology Service Co., Ltd (formerly known as Shanghai Huiyuan Management Consulting Company Limited), Shanghai Xiongguo Corporation Management Co., Ltd., Shanghai Huikang Information Technology Co., Ltd. and Shanghai Lujiazui International Financial Asset Exchange Co., Ltd., dated March 23, 2015
10.21    Exclusive Asset Option Agreement, by and among Lufax Holding (Shenzhen) Technology Service Co., Ltd., Shenzhen Ping An Financial Technology Consultation Company, Shanghai Lanbang Investment Company, Xinjiang Tongjun Equity Investment Limited Partnership, Linzhi Jinsheng Investment Management Limited Partnership, Shenzhen Lufax Holding Enterprise Management Co., Ltd. and other parties thereto, dated November 21, 2018
10.22    Exclusive Equity Interest Option Agreement, by and among Lufax Holding (Shenzhen) Technology Service Co., Ltd., Shenzhen Ping An Financial Technology Consultation Company, Shanghai Lanbang Investment Company, Xinjiang Tongjun Equity Investment Limited Partnership, Linzhi Jinsheng Investment Management Limited Partnership, Shenzhen Lufax Holding Enterprise Management Co., Ltd. and other parties thereto, dated November 21, 2018
10.23    Exclusive Business Cooperation Agreement, by and between Lufax Holding (Shenzhen) Technology Service Co., Ltd. and Shenzhen Lufax Holding Enterprise Management Co., Ltd., dated November 21, 2018
10.24    Share Pledge Agreement, by and among Lufax Holding (Shenzhen) Technology Service Co., Ltd., Shenzhen Ping An Financial Technology Consultation Company, Shanghai Lanbang Investment Company, Xinjiang Tongjun Equity Investment Limited Partnership, Linzhi Jinsheng Investment Management Limited Partnership, Shenzhen Lufax Holding Enterprise Management Co., Ltd. and other parties thereto, dated November 21, 2018
10.25    Voting Proxy Agreement, by and among Lufax Holding (Shenzhen) Technology Service Co., Ltd., Shenzhen Ping An Financial Technology Consultation Company, Shanghai Lanbang Investment Company, Xinjiang Tongjun Equity Investment Limited Partnership, Linzhi Jinsheng Investment Management Limited Partnership, Shenzhen Lufax Holding Enterprise Management Co., Ltd. and other parties thereto, dated November 21, 2018
10.26    English translation of form of letter of undertakings, from each individual shareholder of direct shareholders of Shenzhen Lufax Holding Enterprise Management Co., Ltd.
10.27    English translation of form of spousal consent letter, from the spouse of each individual shareholder of direct shareholders of Shenzhen Lufax Holding Enterprise Management Co., Ltd.
21.1    Principal subsidiaries and consolidated affiliated entities of the Registrant
23.1    Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers Zhong Tian LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm

 

II-7


Table of Contents


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the registrant certifies that it has reasonable grounds to believe that it meets all of the requirements for filing on Form F-1 and has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in Shanghai, China, on October 7, 2020.

 

Lufax Holding Ltd
By:  

/s/ Gregory Dean Gibb

  Name: Gregory Dean Gibb
  Title: Director and Chief Executive Officer

 

II-9


Table of Contents

POWER OF ATTORNEY

Each person whose signature appears below constitutes and appoints Gregory Dean Gibb and James Xigui Zheng as attorneys-in-fact with full power of substitution, for him or her in any and all capacities, to do any and all acts and all things and to execute any and all instruments which said attorney and agent may deem necessary or desirable to enable the registrant to comply with the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), and any rules, regulations and requirements of the Securities and Exchange Commission thereunder, in connection with the registration under the Securities Act of ordinary shares of the registrant (the “Shares”), including, without limitation, the power and authority to sign the name of each of the undersigned in the capacities indicated below to the Registration Statement on Form F-1 (the “Registration Statement”) to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission with respect to such Shares, to any and all amendments or supplements to such Registration Statement, whether such amendments or supplements are filed before or after the effective date of such Registration Statement, to any related Registration Statement filed pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, and to any and all instruments or documents filed as part of or in connection with such Registration Statement or any and all amendments thereto, whether such amendments are filed before or after the effective date of such Registration Statement; and each of the undersigned hereby ratifies and confirms all that such attorney and agent shall do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act, this Registration Statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 

Signature

  

Title

 

Date

/s/ Guangheng Ji

   Co-Chairman of the Board and Chairman of Lufax Executive Committee   October 7, 2020
Guangheng Ji

/s/ Renjie Li

   Chairman of the Board   October 7, 2020
Renjie Li

/s/ Gregory Dean Gibb

   Director and Chief Executive Officer (Principal Executive Officer)   October 7, 2020
Gregory Dean Gibb

/s/ Yong Suk Cho

   Director and Chief Executive Officer of Puhui   October 7, 2020
Yong Suk Cho

/s/ Jason Bo Yao

   Director   October 7, 2020
Jason Bo Yao

/s/ Sin Yin Tan

   Director   October 7, 2020
Sin Yin Tan

/s/ Eddie Siu Wah Law

   Director   October 7, 2020
Eddie Siu Wah Law

/s/ Peter Jurdjevic

   Director   October 7, 2020
Peter Jurdjevic

/s/ Jiming Ha

   Director   October 7, 2020
Jiming Ha

 

II-10


Table of Contents

Signature

  

Title

 

Date

/s/ Rusheng Yang

   Director   October 7, 2020
Rusheng Yang

/s/ Weidong Li

   Director   October 7, 2020
Weidong Li

/s/ Xudong Zhang

   Director   October 7, 2020
Xudong Zhang

/s/ James Xigui Zheng

   Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)   October 7, 2020
James Xigui Zheng

/s/ David Siu Kam Choy

   Controller and Chief Financial Officer of Puhui   October 7, 2020
David Siu Kam Choy

 

II-11


Table of Contents

SIGNATURE OF AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE IN THE UNITED STATES

Pursuant to the Securities Act of 1933, the undersigned, the duly authorized representative in the United States of Lufax Holding Ltd, has signed this registration statement or amendment thereto in New York on October 7, 2020.

 

Cogency Global Inc.

Authorized U.S. Representative

By:  

/s/ Colleen A. De Vries

  Name: Colleen A. De Vries
  Title: Senior Vice President

 

II-12

 

Exhibit 3.1

THE COMPANIES LAW

EXEMPTED COMPANY LIMITED BY SHARES

FOURTH AMENDED AND RESTATED

MEMORANDUM OF ASSOCIATION

OF

Lufax Holding Ltd

陆金所控股有限公司

(Adopted pursuant to written resolutions of all the shareholders passed on 10 October 2018 and with effect from 18 October 2018)

 

1.

The name of the Company is Lufax Holding Ltd 陆金所控股有限公司.

 

2.

The registered office of the Company shall be at the offices of Conyers Trust Company (Cayman) Limited, Cricket Square, Hutchins Drive, PO Box 2681, Grand Cayman, KY1-1111, Cayman Islands.

 

3.

Subject to the following provisions of this Memorandum, the objects for which the Company is established are investment holding in its subsidiaries and to operate and manage the business of the Company and its subsidiaries.

 

4.

Subject to the following provisions of this Memorandum, the Company shall have and be capable of exercising all the functions of a natural person of full capacity irrespective of any question of corporate benefit, as provided by Section 27(2) of the Companies Law.

 

5.

Nothing in this Memorandum shall permit the Company to carry on a business for which a licence is required under the laws of the Cayman Islands unless duly licensed.

 

6.

The Company shall not trade in the Cayman Islands with any person, firm or corporation except in furtherance of the business of the Company carried on outside the Cayman Islands; provided that nothing in this clause shall be construed as to prevent the Company effecting and concluding contracts in the Cayman Islands, and exercising in the Cayman Islands all of its powers necessary for the carrying on of its business outside the Cayman Islands.

 

7.

The liability of each member is limited to the amount from time to time unpaid on such member’s shares.


 

 

8.

The share capital of the Company is US$50,000 divided into a maximum of 5,000,000,000 shares, of which 4,000,000,000 shares are designated as Class A Ordinary Shares of US$0.00001 par value each, 500,000,000 shares are designated as Class B Ordinary Shares of US$0.00001 par value each and 500,000,000 shares are designated as Class C Ordinary Shares of US$0.00001 par value each, with power for the Company insofar as is permitted by applicable law and the Articles of Association (including without limitation Schedule A thereto), to redeem or purchase any of its shares and to increase or reduce the said capital and to issue any part of its capital, whether original, redeemed or increased with or without any preference, priority or special privilege or subject to any postponement of rights or to any conditions or restrictions and so that unless the conditions of issue shall otherwise expressly declare every issue of shares whether declared to be preference or otherwise shall be subject to the powers hereinbefore contained.

The Company may exercise the power contained in the Companies Law to deregister in the Cayman Islands and be registered by way of continuation in another jurisdiction.


 

SEVENTH AMENDED AND RESTATED

ARTICLES OF ASSOCIATION

OF

Lufax Holding Ltd

陆金所控股有限公司

(Adopted pursuant to special resolution of the shareholders passed on 30 September 2020 and with effect from 30 September 2020)


 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

INTERPRETATION
1.   

Definitions

SHARES
2.   

Power to Issue Shares

3.   

Redemption, Purchase, Surrender and Treasury Shares

4.   

Rights Attaching to Shares

5.   

Calls on Shares

6.   

Joint and Several Liability to Pay Calls

7.   

Forfeiture of Shares

8.   

Share Certificates

9.   

Fractional Shares

REGISTRATION OF SHARES
10.   

Register of Members

11.   

Registered Holder Absolute Owner

12.   

Transfer of Registered Shares

13.   

Transmission of Registered Shares

14.   

Listed Shares

ALTERATION OF SHARE CAPITAL
15.   

Power to Alter Capital

16.   

Variation of Rights Attaching to Shares

DIVIDENDS AND CAPITALISATION
17.   

Dividends

18.   

Power to Set Aside Profits

19.   

Method of Payment

20.   

Capitalisation

MEETINGS OF MEMBERS
21.   

Annual General Meetings

22.   

Extraordinary General Meetings

23.   

Requisitioned General Meetings

24.   

Notice

25.   

Giving Notice and Access

26.   

Postponement of General Meeting

27.   

Electronic Participation in Meetings

28.   

Reserved Matters for Meeting

29.   

Quorum at General Meetings

30.   

Chairman to Preside

31.   

Voting on Resolutions

32.   

Vote Taken by Poll

33.   

Voting by Joint Holders of Shares

34.   

Instrument of Proxy

35.   

Representation of Corporate Member

36.   

Adjournment of General Meeting

37.   

Written Resolutions

38.   

Directors Attendance at General Meetings

DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS
39.   

Appointment and Removal of Directors

40.   

Alternate Directors

41.   

Vacancy in the Office of Director

42.   

Remuneration of Directors

43.   

Defect in Appointment

44.   

Directors to Manage Business

45.   

Powers of the Board of Directors

46.   

Board Committees

47.   

Register of Directors and Officers

48.   

Officers

49.   

Appointment of Officers

50.   

Duties of Officers

51.   

Remuneration of Officers

52.   

Conflicts of Interest

53.   

Indemnification and Exculpation of Directors and Officers

MEETINGS OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS
54.   

Board Meetings

55.   

Notice of Board Meetings

56.   

Electronic Participation in Meetings

57.   

Representation of Director

58.   

Quorum at Board Meetings

59.   

Board to Continue in the Event of Vacancy

60.   

Chairman to Preside

61.   

Written Resolutions

62.   

Validity of Prior Acts of the Board

CORPORATE RECORDS
63.   

Minutes

64.   

Register of Mortgages and Charges

65.   

Form and Use of Seal

 


 

 

ACCOUNTS
66.   

Books of Account

67.   

Financial Year End

68.   

Access to Information

AUDITS
69.   

Audit

70.   

Appointment of Auditors

71.   

Remuneration of Auditors

72.   

Duties of Auditor

73.   

Access to Records

VOLUNTARY WINDING-UP AND DISSOLUTION
74.   

Winding-Up

CHANGES TO CONSTITUTION
75.   

Changes to Articles

76.   

Changes to the Memorandum of Association

77.   

Discontinuance

SCHEDULE A
SCHEDULE B

    

 


Lufax Holding Ltd 陆金所控股有限公司

 

 

 

SEVENTH AMENDED AND RESTATED

ARTICLES OF ASSOCIATION

OF

Lufax Holding Ltd

陆金所控股有限公司

(Adopted pursuant to special resolution of the shareholders passed on 30 September 2020 and with effect from 30 September 2020)

Table A

The regulations in Table A in the First Schedule to the Companies Law (as defined below) do not apply to the Company.

INTERPRETATION

 

1.

Definitions

 

1.1

In these Articles, the following words and expressions shall, where not inconsistent with the context, have the following meanings, respectively:

 

A-round Investors    the A-round Lead Investor and A-round Non-Lead Investors;
A-round Lead Investor    Key Horizon Limited;
A-round Non-Lead Investors    CDH Merivale Limited, L.P., Fintech Investment Co. Ltd., Sino Delightful Holdings Limited, Ease Run Global Limited, and Fung Shing Investments Ltd.;
Alternate Director    an alternate director appointed in accordance with these Articles;
An Ke    An Ke Technology Company Limited;
Articles    these Articles of Association as altered from time to time;
as-converted / as-converted basis    with respect to each Note, the number of Class A Ordinary Shares equal to the quotient of the outstanding principal amount of such Note, divided by the OCN Conversion Price and, where expressed by reference to any shareholding percentage, such percentage shall be calculated by reference to the aggregate holding of Shares as if all Notes had been converted into Shares on the foregoing basis;

 

1


Lufax Holding Ltd 陆金所控股有限公司

 

 

 

Associate    has the meaning given to “associate” under Chapter 14A of the Rules Governing the Listing of Securities on the Hong Kong Stock Exchange;
Auditor    the person or firm for the time being appointed as Auditor of the Company and shall include an individual or partnership;
Automatically Convertible Notes    has the meaning given under the Securityholders Agreement;
Average Post-Closing Sale Price   

an amount equal to:

 

(a)    the aggregate consideration (including all cash and non-cash consideration) paid or payable in respect of all Transfers of Shares by the Ping An Shareholders and any of their respective Affiliates (other than Transfers to their respective Affiliates in accordance with paragraph 2.6.1 of Schedule B) from the Closing Date to the date of receipt by the relevant C-round Investor of the Ping An Share Sale Notice under paragraph 2.5.2(i) of Schedule B (both dates inclusive); divided by

 

(b)    the aggregate number of Shares which have been Transferred by such persons (other than to their respective Affiliates in accordance with paragraph 2.6.1 of Schedule B) during such period.

B-round Investors    Bank Of China Group Investment Limited, Spectron Enterprises Limited, Country Garden Holdings Company Limited, Guotai Junan Finance (Hong Kong) Limited, CMBC International Holdings Limited, Guosheng Internet Investment L.P., Chia Tai Bright Enterprise Limited, Magic Continent Limited, Lu Hu Investment Company Limited and Fung Shing Investments Ltd.;
Board    the board of directors (including, for the avoidance of doubt, a sole director) appointed or elected pursuant to these Articles and acting at a meeting of directors at which there is a quorum or by written resolution in accordance with these Articles;

 

2


Lufax Holding Ltd 陆金所控股有限公司

 

 

 

Business Day    a day (which for these purposes ends at 5.30p.m. local time) on which banks are open for commercial business in the Cayman Islands, Qatar, Hong Kong and China, other than a Friday, Saturday, Sunday or a public holiday;
C-round Investors    C-round Lead Investor, C-round Lead Investor Affiliate, HS Investments AP13 Limited, HS Investments (A) L.P., HS Investments (C) Limited, So Cheung Wing, Lux Holdings Limited, LionRock LJS L.P., All-Stars PESP V Limited, Macquarie Capital Asian Fintech Investments Holdings LP, SBI Hong Kong Holdings Co., Limited, SBI AI&Blockchain Investment LPS, UBS AG, London Branch, Hermitage Galaxy Fund SPC on behalf of Hermitage Fund Four SP, Broad Street Principal Investments L.L.C., United Overseas Bank Limited, Bangkok Bank Public Company Limited, Sabre Capital (Mauritius) Limited, Rajendra Singh 2011 Florida Trust FBO Hersh Raj Singh, Rajendra Singh 2011 Florida Trust FBO Samir Raj Singh, LMA SPC for the account of Map 248 Segregated Portfolio, Aaron Nieman (c/o LH Capital Markets, LLC.), Blaine Marder (c/o LH Capital Markets, LLC.), J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, and Generation Growth Investors Limited (c/o Maples Corporate Services (BVI) Ltd);
C-round Lead Investor    F3 Holding LLC;
C-round Lead Investor Affiliate    DIC Holding LLC;
C-round Share Subscription Agreement    the share subscription agreement dated 6 September 2018, as amended by an amendment to share subscription agreement dated 27 November 2018 and a second amendment to share subscription agreement dated 27 December 2018, and as the same may be further amended and supplemented from time to time, entered into by each of the C-round Investors and the Company;
Class A Ordinary Shares    the class A ordinary Shares of USD $0.00001 each in the capital of the Company, each having the rights set forth in these Articles, or any shares in the share capital of the Company of any such class A ordinary Shares that have been re-classified to ordinary shares;

 

3


Lufax Holding Ltd 陆金所控股有限公司

 

 

 

Class A Ordinary Shareholders    Members holding Class A Ordinary Shares;
Class B Ordinary Shares    the class B ordinary Shares of USD $0.00001 each in the capital of the Company, each having the rights set forth in these Articles;
Class B Ordinary Shareholders    Members holding Class B Ordinary Shares;
Class C Ordinary Shares    the class C ordinary Shares of USD $0.00001 each in the capital of the Company, each having the rights set forth in these Articles;
Class C Ordinary Shareholders    Members holding Class C Ordinary Shares;
Closing    has the meaning given under the C-round Share Subscription Agreement;
Closing Date    has the meaning given under the C-round Share Subscription Agreement ;
Companies Law    the Companies Law (as amended) of the Cayman Islands;
Company ESOP    the Company’s employee stock option plan duly adopted by the Company on 12 December 2014 as amended from time to time;
Company Phase II ESOP    the Company’s employee stock option plan duly approved by the board of directors of the Company on 21 August 2015 and as amended from time to time;
Company PSU Plan    the Company’s employee performance share unit plan approved by the board of directors of the Company on 4 September 2019 and as amended from time to time;
Company    the company for which these Articles are approved and confirmed;
connected persons    has the meaning given under the Hong Kong Listing Rules;

 

4


Lufax Holding Ltd 陆金所控股有限公司

 

 

 

Convertible Promissory Notes    has the meaning given under the C-round Share Subscription Agreement;
Conversion Price    has the meaning given under the relevant Convertible Promissory Note;
Conversion Shares    the Class A Ordinary Shares issued upon any conversion of any Note in accordance with the terms and conditions set out therein;
Court    the Grand Court of the Cayman Islands;
Current Valuation    the aggregate valuation of the Company from time to time calculated by reference to the price per Share paid by Shareholders as part of the latest issue of Shares by the Company and the number of Shares on a Fully-Diluted Basis; as at the date of the Securities Exchange Agreement, the Current Valuation shall be the subscription price paid by each of the C-round Investors to subscribe for each Class C Ordinary Share under the C-round Share Subscription Agreement multiplied by the aggregate number of Shares on a Fully-Diluted Basis;
days    calendar days, provided that, except as otherwise set forth in these Articles, if any period of days set forth in these Articles shall expire on any day which is not a Business Day, such period shall be automatically extended to the next occurring Business Day;
Deed of Adherence    the deed of adherence in the agreed form as set out in schedule 4 to the Shareholders Agreement;
Director    a director, including a sole director, for the time being of the Company and shall include an Alternate Director;
ESOP Proportional Interest    means as of any time of determination, with respect to the ESOP Shares, the percentage interest determined by dividing (x) the ESOP Shares by (y) the total issued Shares;
ESOP Shares    20,644,803 Class A Ordinary Shares or the economic interests thereof allotted to beneficiaries of the Company ESOP, held by Tun Kung;

 

5


Lufax Holding Ltd 陆金所控股有限公司

 

 

 

First Closing Date    15 January 2016;
Fully-Diluted Basis    all outstanding Shares assuming the issuance of all Shares issuable upon conversion or exercise of any outstanding convertible securities of the Company, including without limitation, the Notes, the Convertible Promissory Notes and all Class A Ordinary Shares reserved for issuance pursuant to the Company ESOP, the Company Phase II ESOP and the Company PSU Plan, provided that, in respect of the Notes, the number of Shares under this definition shall be deemed to refer to the number of Class A Ordinary Shares equal to the quotient of the outstanding principal amount of such Note divided by the OCN Conversion Price;
Group Companies    the Company and its Subsidiaries from time to time and “Group Company” shall mean any one of them;
Hong Kong    the Hong Kong Special Administrative Region of the PRC;
Hong Kong Listing Rules    the Rules Governing the Listing of Securities on the Hong Kong Stock Exchange;
Hong Kong Stock Exchange    The Stock Exchange of Hong Kong Limited;
Honor Reliance    Honor Reliance Development Limited;
IFRS    International Financial Reporting Standards;
Investors    means A-round Investors, Other Non-Lead Investors, B-round Investors and C-round Investors collectively;
Lanbang    Lanbang Investment Company Limited;
Law or Laws    means any constitutional provision, statute or other law, rule, regulation, listing rule, decree, official policy or interpretation of any nation or government or any province or state, municipal or local or any other political subdivision thereof, or any entity, authority or body exercising executive, legislative, judicial, regulatory or administrative functions of or pertaining to government, including, without limitation, any government authority, agency, department, board, commission or instrumentality or any political subdivision thereof, any court, tribunal or arbitrator, stock or securities exchange and any self-regulatory organization;

 

6


Lufax Holding Ltd 陆金所控股有限公司

 

 

 

Linzhi    Linzhi Jinsheng Investment Company Limited;
Liquidation Event    any liquidation, dissolution or winding-up (whether voluntary or involuntary) of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries;
Material Related Party Transaction    any contract, arrangement or understanding with any of the Company’s, or any Group Company’s, related parties (including without limitation their respective connected persons) where any of the percentage ratios described in Article 28.4 exceeds zero point one per cent (0.1%) but all are less than five per cent (5%);
Member    the person registered in the Register of Members as the holder of shares in the Company and, when two or more persons are so registered as joint holders of Shares, means the person whose name stands first in the Register of Members as one of such joint holders or all of such persons, as the context so requires;
Memorandum    the memorandum of association of the Company, as may be amended from time to time;
month    calendar month;
Non-ESOP Proportional Interest    means as of any time of determination, with respect to the Non-ESOP Shares, the percentage interest determined by dividing (x) the Non-ESOP Shares by (y) the total issued Shares;
Non-ESOP Shares    means the Class A Ordinary Shares to be held by Tun Kung excluding the ESOP Shares;
Note Holder    means each C-round Investor which holds any Note(s);
Notes    means the Automatically Convertible Notes and the Optionally Convertible Notes;

 

7


Lufax Holding Ltd 陆金所控股有限公司

 

 

 

notice    written notice as further provided in these Articles unless otherwise specifically stated;
OCN Conversion Price    has the meaning given under the Securityholders Agreement;
Officer    any person appointed by the Board to hold an office in the Company;
Optionally Convertible Notes    has the meaning given under the Securityholders Agreement;
ordinary resolution    a resolution passed at a general meeting (or, if so specified, a meeting of Members holding a class of Shares) of the Company by a simple majority of the votes cast, or a written resolution passed in accordance with Article 37;
Other Non-Lead Investors    Union Expert Investment Holding Limited and Excelwit Investments Limited;
paid-up    paid-up or credited as paid-up;
PAO    China Ping An Insurance Overseas (Holdings) Limited;
Ping An Group    Ping An Insurance (Group) Company of China, Ltd. and its Subsidiaries;
Ping An Shareholders    An Ke and PAO;
PRC or China    the People’s Republic of China which for the purposes of these Articles excludes Hong Kong, the Macao Special Administrative Region of the PRC and Taiwan;
Prohibited Transferee    any of the four (4) persons set out in schedule 5 to the Shareholders Agreement or any of their respective Affiliates;
Put Option    has the meaning given in paragraph 5.1 of Schedule B;
Put Option Price    has the meaning given in paragraph 5.1 of Schedule B;
Put Option Shares    has the meaning given in paragraph 5.1 of Schedule B;

 

8


Lufax Holding Ltd 陆金所控股有限公司

 

 

 

Qualified Listing    refers to an initial public offering of the Company’s Shares and/or securities on (a) The New York Stock Exchange, the NASDAQ Global Select Market, the NASDAQ Global Market or the Hong Kong Stock Exchange (Main Board) (or any of their respective successors), or (b) only after prior consultation with the Significant C-Round Investors and those other Investors with capital market expertise in any relevant markets which request such consultation with respect to any proposed Qualified Listing, including with respect to (i) the funding needs of the Company, (ii) the amount of proceeds to be raised in any proposed Qualified Listing and the proposed use of these proceeds, and (iii) the market conditions for conducting an equity offering of the Company and outlook for such conditions at such time, any other internationally recognized stock exchange;
Register of Directors and Officers    the register of directors and officers of the Company referred to in these Articles;
Register of Members    the register of members maintained by the Company in accordance with the Companies Law;
Return    means, with respect to each C-round Investor, an amount in USD which would, when paid to that C-round Investor together with an amount equal to the Subscription Amount paid by such C-round Investor, result in the receipt by such C-round Investor of a return of six per cent. (6%) per annum on such Subscription Amount calculated on a daily basis for the period from the Closing Date to the date of completion of the sale and purchase of the Put Option Shares by and from such C-round Investor pursuant to the Put Option (both dates inclusive);
Seal    the common seal or any official or duplicate seal of the Company;
Secretary    the person appointed to perform any or all of the duties of secretary of the Company and includes any deputy or assistant secretary and any person appointed by the Board to perform any of the duties of the Secretary;

 

9


Lufax Holding Ltd 陆金所控股有限公司

 

 

 

securities    shares, debentures that may be converted into shares of the Company, rights and options in shares, interests in collective investment schemes, interests commonly regarded as securities but does not include deposits or negotiable certificates or documents evidencing a deposit of the Company;
Securities Exchange Agreement    the securities exchange agreement dated 23 September 2020, and as the same may be further amended and supplemented from time to time, entered into amongst the Company and the Note Holders;
Securityholders Agreement    the securityholders agreement dated on or about the date of adoption of these Articles by the Company, and as the same may be further amended and supplemented from time to time, entered into amongst the Company, the Ping An Shareholders, Tun Kung and the Note Holders;
Shareholder    any holder of any Shares;
Shareholders Agreement    the amended and restated shareholders agreement relating to the Company dated 31 January 2019, entered into amongst the Company, the Ping An Shareholders, Tun Kung, Other Non-Lead Investors, the A-round Investors, the B-round Investors, the C-round Investors and Honor Reliance;
Share Swap    the Transfer of Shares of the Company by Tongjun, Lanbang and Linzhi to Tun Kung in exchange for shares in Tun Kung reflecting proportionally their existing shareholding in the Company;
Shares    collectively the ordinary shares (including Class A Ordinary Shares, Class B Ordinary Shares and Class C Ordinary Shares) in the share capital of the Company and includes a fraction of a share;
Significant C-round Investors    the C-round Lead Investor, the C-round Lead Investor Affiliate and each other Investor which (together with any of its Affiliates) paid an aggregate Subscription Price of at least USD 150 million to the Company pursuant to the C-round Share Subscription Agreement, each, a “Significant C-round Investor”;

 

10


Lufax Holding Ltd 陆金所控股有限公司

 

 

 

Significant Subsidiary    any Subsidiary of the Company which, by reference to the latest accounts available as at the date of the relevant transaction, had profits representing more than twenty per cent (20%) of the profits of the Group Companies as a whole;
Special Resolution   

(i) a resolution passed by a majority of at least two-thirds of such members as, being entitled to do so, vote in person or by proxy at a general meeting of which notice specifying the intention to propose a resolution as a special resolution has been duly given (and, for the avoidance of doubt, unanimity qualifies as a majority); or

 

(ii)  a written resolution passed by unanimous consent of all the Members entitled to vote;

Subscribed Shares    has the meaning given under the C-round Share Subscription Agreement;
Subscription Amount    has the meaning given under the C-round Share Subscription Agreement;
Subscription Price    has the meaning given under the C-round Share Subscription Agreement;
Subsidiary    as to any person, any person (i) of which such first person directly or indirectly owns securities or other equity interests representing more than fifty per cent (50%) of the aggregate voting power, (ii) of which such first person possesses the right to elect more than fifty per cent (50%) of the directors or persons holding similar positions through contractual arrangements (including without limitation variable interest entity (VIE) arrangements) or otherwise, (iii) which such first person otherwise controls through contractual arrangements or otherwise (including without limitation variable interest entity (VIE) arrangements) or (iv) the financial position and results of operation of which such first person could be consolidated if preparing financial statements under the IFRS;

 

11


Lufax Holding Ltd 陆金所控股有限公司

 

 

 

Tag Along Sale    has the meaning given in paragraph 2.5.2 of Schedule B;
Tongjun    Tongjun Investment Company Limited;
Transfer    with respect to any securities, (i) when used as a verb, to sell, assign, dispose of, exchange, pledge, encumber, hypothecate or otherwise transfer such securities or any participation or interest therein, whether directly or indirectly (including pursuant to a derivative transaction), or agree or commit to do any of the foregoing and (ii) when used as a noun, a direct or indirect sale, assignment, disposition, exchange, pledge, encumbrance, hypothecation, or other transfer of such securities or any participation or interest therein or any agreement or commitment to do any of the foregoing;
Tun Kung    Tun Kung Company Limited;
USD    United States dollars, the lawful currency of the United States of America;
written resolution    a resolution passed in accordance with Article 37 or 61; and
year    calendar year.

 

1.2

In these Articles, where not inconsistent with the context:

 

  (a)

words denoting the plural number include the singular number and vice versa;

 

  (b)

words denoting the masculine gender include the feminine and neuter genders;

 

  (c)

words importing persons include companies, associations or bodies of persons whether corporate or not;

 

  (d)

the words:-

 

  (i)

“may” shall be construed as permissive; and

 

  (ii)

“shall” shall be construed as imperative;

 

  (e)

a reference to statutory provision shall be deemed to include any amendment or re-enactment thereof;

 

12


Lufax Holding Ltd 陆金所控股有限公司

 

 

 

  (f)

the word “corporation” means corporation whether or not a company within the meaning of the Companies Law; and

 

  (g)

unless otherwise provided herein, words or expressions defined in the Companies Law shall bear the same meaning in these Articles.

 

1.3

In these Articles expressions referring to writing or its cognates shall, unless the contrary intention appears, include facsimile, printing, lithography, photography, electronic mail and other modes of representing words in visible form.

 

1.4

Headings used in these Articles are for convenience only and are not to be used or relied upon in the construction hereof.

SHARES

 

2.

Power to Issue Shares

 

2.1

Subject to these Articles (including without limitation Schedule B hereof) and to any resolution of the Members to the contrary, and without prejudice to any special rights previously conferred on the holders of any existing shares or class of shares, the Board shall have the power to issue any unissued shares on such terms and conditions as it may determine and any shares or class of shares (including the issue or grant of options, warrants and other rights, renounceable or otherwise in respect of shares) may be issued with such preferred, deferred or other special rights or such restrictions, whether in regard to dividend, voting, return of capital, or otherwise, provided that no share shall be issued at a discount except in accordance with the Companies Law.

 

3.

Redemption, Purchase, Surrender and Treasury Shares

 

3.1

Subject to the Companies Law, the Company is authorised to issue shares which are to be redeemed or are liable to be redeemed at the option of the Company or a Member and may make payments in respect of such redemption in accordance with the Companies Law.

 

3.2

The Company is authorised to purchase any share in the Company (including a redeemable share) by agreement with the holder and may make payments in respect of such purchase in accordance with the Companies Law.

 

3.3

The Company authorises the Board to determine the manner or any of the terms of any redemption or purchase.

 

3.4

A delay in payment of the redemption price shall not affect the redemption but, in the case of a delay of more than thirty (30) days, interest shall be paid for the period from the due date until actual payment at a rate which the Board, after due enquiry, estimates to be representative of the rates being offered by Class A banks in the Cayman Islands for thirty day deposits in the same currency.

 

13


Lufax Holding Ltd 陆金所控股有限公司

 

 

 

3.5

The Company authorises the Board pursuant to section 37(5) of the Companies Law to make a payment in respect of the redemption or purchase of its own shares otherwise than out of its profits, share premium account, or the proceeds of a fresh issue of shares.

 

3.6

No share may be redeemed or purchased unless it is fully paid-up.

 

3.7

The Company may accept the surrender for no consideration of any fully paid share (including a redeemable share) unless, as a result of the surrender, there would no longer be any issued shares of the company other than shares held as treasury shares.

 

3.8

The Company is authorised to hold treasury shares in accordance with the Companies Law.

 

3.9

The Board may designate as treasury shares any of its shares that it purchases or redeems, or any shares surrendered to it, in accordance with the Companies Law.

 

3.10

Shares held by the Company as treasury shares shall continue to be classified as treasury shares until such shares are either cancelled or transferred in accordance with the Companies Law.

 

4.

Rights Attaching to Shares

Subject to Article 2.1, the Memorandum of Association and any resolution of the Members to the contrary and without prejudice to any special rights conferred thereby on the holders of any other shares or class of shares, the share capital of the Company shall be USD50,000 divided into 4,000,000,000 Class A Ordinary Shares, 500,000,000 Class B Ordinary Shares and 500,000,000 Class C Ordinary Shares. The rights, preferences and restrictions of the Class A Ordinary Shares, Class B Ordinary Shares and Class C Ordinary Shares are set forth in Schedule A to these Articles of Association.

 

5.

Calls on Shares

 

5.1

The Board may make such calls as it thinks fit upon the Members in respect of any monies (whether in respect of nominal value or premium) unpaid on the shares allotted to or held by such Members and, if a call is not paid on or before the day appointed for payment thereof, the Member may at the discretion of the Board be liable to pay the Company interest on the amount of such call at such rate as the Board may determine, from the date when such call was payable up to the actual date of payment. The Board may differentiate between the holders as to the amount of calls to be paid and the times of payment of such calls.

 

5.2

The Company may accept from any Member the whole or a part of the amount remaining unpaid on any shares held by him, although no part of that amount has been called up.

 

5.3

The terms of any issue of shares may include different provisions with respect to different Members in the amounts and times of payments of calls on their shares.

 

14


Lufax Holding Ltd 陆金所控股有限公司

 

 

 

6.

Joint and Several Liability to Pay Calls

The joint holders of a share shall be jointly and severally liable to pay all calls in respect thereof.

 

7.

Forfeiture of Shares

 

7.1

If any Member fails to pay, on the day appointed for payment thereof, any call in respect of any share allotted to or held by such Member, the Board may, at any time thereafter during such time as the call remains unpaid, direct the Secretary to forward such Member a notice in writing in the form, or as near thereto as circumstances admit, of the following:

Notice of Liability to Forfeiture for Non-Payment of Call

[Name of Company] (the “Company”)

You have failed to pay the call of [amount of call] made on [date], in respect of the [number] share(s) [number in figures] standing in your name in the Register of Members of the Company, on [date], the day appointed for payment of such call. You are hereby notified that unless you pay such call together with interest thereon at the rate of [            ] per annum computed from the said [date] at the registered office of the Company the share(s) will be liable to be forfeited.

 

Dated this [date]
                                                                             
[Signature of Secretary] By Order of the Board

 

7.2

If the requirements of such notice are not complied with, any such share may at any time thereafter before the payment of such call and the interest due in respect thereof be forfeited by a resolution of the Board to that effect, and such share shall thereupon become the property of the Company and may be disposed of as the Board shall determine. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the disposal may take place by sale, repurchase, redemption or any other method of disposal permitted by and consistent with these Articles and the Companies Law.

 

7.3

A Member whose share or shares have been so forfeited shall, notwithstanding such forfeiture, be liable to pay to the Company all calls owing on such share or shares at the time of the forfeiture, together with all interest due thereon and any costs and expenses incurred by the Company in connection therewith.

 

7.4

The Board may accept the surrender of any shares which it is in a position to forfeit on such terms and conditions as may be agreed. Subject to those terms and conditions, a surrendered share shall be treated as if it had been forfeited.

 

15


Lufax Holding Ltd 陆金所控股有限公司

 

 

 

8.

Share Certificates

 

8.1

Every Member shall be entitled to a certificate under the common seal (if any) or a facsimile thereof of the Company or bearing the signature (or a facsimile thereof) of a Director or the Secretary or a person expressly authorised to sign specifying the number and, where appropriate, the class of shares held by such Member and whether the same are fully paid up and, if not, specifying the amount paid on such shares. The Board may by resolution determine, either generally or in a particular case, that any or all signatures on certificates may be printed thereon or affixed by mechanical means.

 

8.2

If any share certificate shall be proved to the satisfaction of the Board to have been worn out, lost, mislaid or destroyed, the Board may cause a new certificate to be issued and request an indemnity for the lost certificate if it sees fit.

 

8.3

Share certificates may not be issued in bearer form.

 

9.

Fractional Shares

The Company may issue its shares in fractional denominations and deal with such fractions to the same extent as its whole shares and shares in fractional denominations shall have in proportion to the respective fractions represented thereby all of the rights of whole shares including (but without limiting the generality of the foregoing) the right to vote, to receive dividends and distributions and to participate in a winding-up.

REGISTRATION OF SHARES

 

10.

Register of Members

 

10.1

The Board shall cause to be kept in one or more books a Register of Members which may be kept in or outside the Cayman Islands at such place as the Board shall appoint and shall enter therein the following particulars:-

 

  (a)

the name and address of each Member, the number, and (where appropriate) the class of shares held by such Member and the amount paid or agreed to be considered as paid on such shares;

 

  (b)

the date on which each person was entered in the Register of Members; and

 

  (c)

the date on which any person ceased to be a Member.

 

10.2

The Board may cause to be kept in any country or territory one or more branch registers of such category or categories of members as the Board may determine from time to time and any branch register shall be deemed to be part of the Company’s Register of Members.

 

10.3

Any register maintained by the Company in respect of listed shares may be kept by recording the particulars set out in Article 10.1 in a form otherwise than legible if such recording otherwise complies with the Laws applicable to and the rules and regulations of the relevant approved stock exchange.

 

16


Lufax Holding Ltd 陆金所控股有限公司

 

 

 

11.

Registered Holder Absolute Owner

 

11.1

The Company shall be entitled to treat the registered holder of any share as the absolute owner thereof and accordingly shall not be bound to recognise any equitable claim or other claim to, or interest in, such share on the part of any other person.

 

11.2

No person shall be entitled to recognition by the Company as holding any share upon any trust and the Company shall not be bound by, or be compelled in any way to recognise, (even when having notice thereof) any equitable, contingent, future or partial interest in any share or any other right in respect of any share except an absolute right to the entirety of the share in the holder. If, notwithstanding this Article, notice of any trust is at the holder’s request entered in the Register of Members or on a share certificate in respect of a share, then, except as aforesaid:

 

  (a)

such notice shall be deemed to be solely for the holder’s convenience;

 

  (b)

the Company shall not be required in any way to recognise any beneficiary, or the beneficiary, of the trust as having an interest in the share or shares concerned;

 

  (c)

the Company shall not be concerned with the trust in any way, as to the identity or powers of the trustees, the validity, purposes or terms of the trust, the question of whether anything done in relation to the shares may amount to a breach of trust or otherwise; and

 

  (d)

the holder shall keep the Company fully indemnified against any liability or expense which may be incurred or suffered as a direct or indirect consequence of the Company entering notice of the trust in the Register of Members or on a share certificate and continuing to recognise the holder as having an absolute right to the entirety of the share or shares concerned.

 

12.

Transfer of Registered Shares

 

12.1

Subject to Schedule B hereof, Shares are transferable. The instrument of transfer of any Share shall be in writing and shall be executed by or on behalf of the transferor and the transferor shall be deemed to remain the holder of a share until the name of the transferee is entered in the register in respect thereof.

 

12.2

The Directors shall register a transfer of Shares made in accordance with Schedule B.

 

17


Lufax Holding Ltd 陆金所控股有限公司

 

 

 

13.

Transmission of Registered Shares

 

13.1

In the case of the death of a Member, the survivor or survivors where the deceased Member was a joint holder, and the legal personal representatives of the deceased Member where the deceased Member was a sole holder, shall be the only persons recognised by the Company as having any title to the deceased Member’s interest in the shares. Nothing herein contained shall release the estate of a deceased joint holder from any liability in respect of any share which had been jointly held by such deceased Member with other persons. Subject to the provisions of Section 39 of the Companies Law, for the purpose of this Article 13, legal personal representative means the executor or administrator of a deceased Member or such other person as the Board may, in its absolute discretion, decide as being properly authorised to deal with the shares of a deceased Member.

 

13.2

Any person becoming entitled to a share in consequence of the death or bankruptcy of any Member may be registered as a Member upon such evidence as the Board may deem sufficient or may elect to nominate some person to be registered as a transferee of such share, and in such case the person becoming entitled shall execute in favour of such nominee an instrument of transfer in writing in the form, or as near thereto as circumstances admit, of the following:

Transfer by a Person Becoming Entitled on Death/Bankruptcy of a

Member

[Name of Company] (the “Company”)

I/We, having become entitled in consequence of the [death/bankruptcy] of [name and address of deceased Member] to [number] share(s) standing in the Register of Members of the Company in the name of the said [name of deceased/bankrupt Member] instead of being registered myself/ourselves, elect to have [name of transferee] (the “Transferee”) registered as a transferee of such share(s) and I/we do hereby accordingly transfer the said share(s) to the Transferee to hold the same unto the Transferee, his or her executors, administrators and assigns, subject to the conditions on which the same were held at the time of the execution hereof; and the Transferee does hereby agree to take the said share(s) subject to the same conditions.

 

DATED this [date]    
Signed by:     In the presence of:

 

   

 

Transferor     Witness

 

   

 

Transferee     Witness

 

18


Lufax Holding Ltd 陆金所控股有限公司

 

 

 

13.3

On the presentation of the foregoing materials to the Board, accompanied by such evidence as the Board may require to prove the title of the transferor, the transferee shall be registered as a Member. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Board shall, in any case, have the same right to decline or suspend registration as it would have had in the case of a transfer of the share by that Member before such Member’s death or bankruptcy, as the case may be.

 

13.4

Where two or more persons are registered as joint holders of a share or shares, then in the event of the death of any joint holder or holders the remaining joint holder or holders shall be absolutely entitled to the said share or shares and the Company shall recognise no claim in respect of the estate of any joint holder except in the case of the last survivor of such joint holders.

 

14.

Listed Shares

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in these Articles, shares that are listed or admitted to trading on an approved stock exchange may be evidenced and transferred in accordance with the rules and regulations of such exchange.

ALTERATION OF SHARE CAPITAL

 

15.

Power to Alter Capital

 

15.1

Subject to the Companies Law and Article 16, the Company may from time to time by ordinary resolution alter the conditions of its Memorandum of Association to:

 

  (a)

increase its capital by such sum divided into shares of such amounts as the resolution shall prescribe or, if the Company has shares without par value, increase its share capital by such number of shares without nominal or par value, or increase the aggregate consideration for which its shares may be issued, as it thinks expedient;

 

  (b)

consolidate and divide all or any of its share capital into shares of larger amount than its existing shares;

 

  (c)

convert all or any of its paid-up shares into stock, and reconvert that stock into paid-up shares of any denomination;

 

  (d)

subdivide its shares or any of them into shares of an amount smaller than that fixed by the Memorandum of Association; or

 

  (e)

cancel shares which at the date of the passing of the resolution have not been taken or agreed to be taken by any person, and diminish the amount of its share capital by the amount of the shares so cancelled or, in the case of shares without par value, diminish the number of shares into which its capital is divided.

 

19


Lufax Holding Ltd 陆金所控股有限公司

 

 

 

15.2

For the avoidance of doubt it is declared that paragraphs (b), (c) and (d) of Article 15.1 do not apply if at any time the shares of the Company have no par value.

 

15.3

Subject to the Companies Law, the Company may from time to time by Special Resolution reduce its share capital.

 

16.

Variation of Rights Attaching to Shares

If, at any time, the share capital is divided into different classes of shares, the rights attached to any class (unless otherwise provided by the terms of issue of the shares of that class) may, whether or not the Company is being wound-up, be varied with the consent in writing of the holders of three-fourths of the issued shares of that class or with the sanction of a resolution passed by a majority of the votes cast at a separate general meeting of the holders of the shares of the class at which meeting the necessary quorum shall be two persons at least holding or representing by proxy one-third of the issued shares of the class. The rights conferred upon the holders of the shares of any class or series issued with preferred or other rights shall not be deemed to be varied by the creation or issue of further shares ranking senior or pari passu therewith.

DIVIDENDS AND CAPITALISATION

 

17.

Dividends

 

17.1

The Board may, with sanction of an ordinary resolution, and subject to these Articles and in accordance with the Companies Law, declare a dividend to be paid to the Members, in proportion to the number of shares held by them, and such dividend may be paid in cash or wholly or partly by the distribution of specific assets (which may consist of the shares or securities of any other company).

 

17.2

Where the Members determine by ordinary resolution that a dividend shall be paid wholly or partly by the distribution of specific assets, the Board may settle all questions concerning such distribution. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Board may, unless otherwise decided by the Members, fix the value of such specific assets and vest any such specific assets in trustees on such terms as the Board thinks fit.

 

17.3

Dividends may be declared and paid out of profits of the Company, realised or unrealised, or from any reserve set aside from profits which the Board determines is no longer needed, or not in the same amount. Dividends may also be declared and paid out of share premium account or any other fund or account which can be authorised for this purpose in accordance with the Companies Law.

 

17.4

No unpaid dividend shall bear interest as against the Company.

 

17.5

The Company may pay dividends in proportion to the amount paid up on each share where a larger amount is paid up on some shares than on others.

 

20


Lufax Holding Ltd 陆金所控股有限公司

 

 

 

17.6

The Board may declare and make such other distributions (in cash or in specie) to the Members as may be lawfully made out of the assets of the Company. No unpaid distribution shall bear interest as against the Company.

 

17.7

The Board may fix any date as the record date for determining the Members entitled to receive any dividend or other distribution, but, unless so fixed, the record date shall be the date of the Directors’ resolution declaring same.

 

18.

Power to Set Aside Profits

 

18.1

The Board may, before declaring a dividend, set aside out of the surplus or profits of the Company, such amount as it thinks proper as a reserve to be used to meet contingencies or for equalising dividends or for any other purpose. Pending application, such sums may be employed in the business of the Company or invested, and need not be kept separate from other assets of the Company. The Board may also, without placing the same to reserve, carry forward any profit which it decides not to distribute.

 

18.2

Subject to any direction from the Company in general meeting, the Board may on behalf of the Company exercise all the powers and options conferred on the Company by the Companies Law in regard to the Company’s share premium account.

 

19.

Method of Payment

 

19.1

Any dividend, interest, or other monies payable in cash in respect of the shares may be paid by cheque or draft sent through the post directed to the Member at such Member’s address in the Register of Members, or to such person and to such address as the holder may in writing direct.

 

19.2

In the case of joint holders of shares, any dividend, interest or other monies payable in cash in respect of shares may be paid by cheque or draft sent through the post directed to the address of the holder first named in the Register of Members, or to such person and to such address as the joint holders may in writing direct. If two or more persons are registered as joint holders of any shares, any one can give an effectual receipt for any dividend paid in respect of such shares.

 

19.3

The Board may deduct from the dividends or distributions payable to any Member all monies due from such Member to the Company on account of calls or otherwise.

 

20.

Capitalisation

 

20.1

The Board may capitalise any amount for the time being standing to the credit of any of the Company’s share premium or other reserve accounts or to the credit of the profit and loss account or otherwise available for distribution by applying such amount in paying up unissued shares to be allotted as fully paid bonus shares pro rata to the Members.

 

20.2

The Board may capitalise any amount for the time being standing to the credit of a reserve account or amounts otherwise available for dividend or distribution by applying such amounts in paying up in full, partly or nil paid shares of those Members who would have been entitled to such amounts if they were distributed by way of dividend or distribution.

 

21


Lufax Holding Ltd 陆金所控股有限公司

 

 

 

MEETINGS OF MEMBERS

 

21.

Annual General Meetings

The Company may in each year hold a general meeting as its annual general meeting. The annual general meeting of the Company may be held at such time and place as the chairman of the Company (if there is one) or any two Directors or any Director and the Secretary or the Board shall appoint.

 

22.

Extraordinary General Meetings

 

22.1

General meetings other than annual general meetings shall be called extraordinary general meetings.

 

22.2

The chairman of the Company or any two Directors or any Director and the Secretary or the Board may convene an extraordinary general meeting whenever in their judgment such a meeting is necessary.

 

23.

Requisitioned General Meetings

 

23.1

The Board shall, on the requisition of Members holding at the date of the deposit of the requisition not less than one-tenth of such of the paid-up share capital of the Company as at the date of the deposit carries the right to vote at general meetings, forthwith proceed to convene an extraordinary general meeting. To be effective the requisition shall state the objects of the meeting, shall be in writing, signed by the requisitionists, and shall be deposited at the registered office. The requisition may consist of several documents in like form each signed by one or more requisitionists.

 

23.2

If the Board does not, within twenty-one (21) days from the date of the requisition, duly proceed to call an extraordinary general meeting, the requisitionists, or any of them representing more than one half of the total voting rights of all of them, may themselves convene an extraordinary general meeting; but any meeting so called shall not be held more than ninety (90) days after the requisition. An extraordinary general meeting called by requisitionists shall be called in the same manner, as nearly as possible, as that in which general meetings are to be called by the Board.

 

24.

Notice

 

24.1

At least seven (7) days’ notice of an annual general meeting shall be given to each Member entitled to attend and vote thereat, stating the date, place and time at which the meeting is to be held and if different, the record date for determining Members entitled to attend and vote at the general meeting, and, as far as practicable, the other business to be conducted at the meeting.

 

22


Lufax Holding Ltd 陆金所控股有限公司

 

 

 

24.2

At least seven (7) days’ notice of an extraordinary general meeting shall be given to each Member entitled to attend and vote thereat, stating the date, time, place and the general nature of the business to be considered at the meeting.

 

24.3

The Board may fix any date as the record date for determining the Members entitled to receive notice of and to vote at any general meeting of the Company but, unless so fixed, as regards the entitlement to receive notice of a meeting or notice of any other matter, the record date shall be the date of despatch of the notice and, as regards the entitlement to vote at a meeting, and any adjournment thereof, the record date shall be the date of the original meeting.

 

24.4

A general meeting shall, notwithstanding that it is called on shorter notice than that specified in these Articles, be deemed to have been properly called if it is so agreed by (i) all the Members entitled to attend and vote thereat in the case of an annual general meeting; and (ii) in the case of an extraordinary general meeting, by ninety per cent (90%) of the Members entitled to attend and vote thereat; provided always (in respect of each of paragraphs (i) and (ii)) that all Members entitled to attend and vote thereat have been notified in advance in accordance with Article 25.

 

24.5

The accidental omission to give notice of a general meeting to, or the non-receipt of a notice of a general meeting by, any person entitled to receive notice shall not invalidate the proceedings at that meeting.

 

25.

Giving Notice and Access

 

25.1

A notice may be given by the Company to a Member:

 

  (a)

by delivering it to such Member in person, in which case the notice shall be deemed to have been served upon such delivery; or

 

  (b)

by delivering it by courier (which, in the case of any notice to the C-round Lead Investor, the C-round Lead Investor Affiliate or any of their respective Affiliates, provides delivery service in Qatar) to such Member’s address in the Register of Members,

in each case, confirmed by transmitting it by electronic mail not less than twenty-four (24) hours after such delivery, in accordance with such directions as may be given by such Member to the Company for such purpose.

 

25.2

Any notice delivered in accordance with Article 25.1 shall be deemed effective if given on a Business Day by 1.30pm in the place of receipt or, if completed after 1.30pm or on a day that is not a Business Day, on the following Business Day.

 

25.3

Any notice required to be given to a Member shall, with respect to any shares held jointly by two or more persons, be given to whichever of such persons is named first in the Register of Members and notice so given shall be sufficient notice to all the holders of such shares.

 

23


Lufax Holding Ltd 陆金所控股有限公司

 

 

 

26.

Postponement of General Meeting

The Board may postpone any general meeting called in accordance with these Articles provided that notice of postponement is given to the Members before the time for such meeting. Fresh notice of the date, time and place for the postponed meeting shall be given to each Member in accordance with these Articles.

 

27.

Electronic Participation in Meetings

Members may participate in any general meeting by such telephonic, electronic or other communication facilities or means as permit all persons participating in the meeting to communicate with each other simultaneously and instantaneously, and participation in such a meeting shall constitute presence in person at such meeting.

 

28.

Reserved Matters for Meeting

 

28.1

Subject to the Companies Law, the following matters shall be passed by an ordinary resolution of the Members:

 

  (a)

the alteration of conditions of the Memorandum of Association in respect of share capital;

 

  (b)

the power of a company to issue shares at a discount;

 

  (c)

power to direct the manner in which an inspectors report is made, and to whom it is sent;

 

  (d)

to wind up the Company voluntarily under the Companies Law if it is unable to pay its debts as they fall due;

 

  (e)

the appointment of a liquidator in a voluntary winding up (Section 119(2)(b)) and sanctioning of the continuance of powers of directors following the appointment of a liquidator;

 

  (f)

the removal of a voluntary liquidator;

 

  (g)

the acceptance of the resignation of a voluntary liquidator;

 

  (h)

the fixing of the remuneration of a liquidator in a voluntary winding up; and

 

  (i)

approving the Company’s profit distribution scheme (including dividend policy) and plans to recover losses.

 

28.2

Subject to the Companies Law and Article 16, the following matters shall be passed by a Special Resolution of the Members:

 

  (a)

the alteration of the Memorandum of Association;

 

24


Lufax Holding Ltd 陆金所控股有限公司

 

 

 

  (b)

the reduction of share capital;

 

  (c)

the alteration or addition to these Articles;

 

  (d)

the adoption of new Articles of Association;

 

  (e)

the changing of the name (or dual foreign name, if any) of the Company;

 

  (f)

the appointment pursuant to the Companies Law, of an inspector to examine the affairs of the Company;

 

  (g)

requiring the Court to wind up the Company under the Companies Law;

 

  (h)

to wind the Company up voluntarily under the Companies Law for any reason other than it being unable to pay its debts as they fall due;

 

  (i)

a consolidation or merger of the Company with another company; and

 

  (j)

deregistration of the Company by continuation into a foreign jurisdiction.

 

28.3

Subject to the Companies Law and notwithstanding any provision in these Articles, the Company shall not:

 

  (a)

amend, or agree to amend, any provision of any of the Convertible Promissory Notes which relates to, or is likely to impact on, the Conversion Price; or

 

  (b)

in respect of any Significant Subsidiary, either:

 

  (i)

dispose of, or agree to dispose of, thirty per cent (30%) or more of its shares, securities, voting rights or any other interests; or

 

  (ii)

permit or approve the issue of such number of shares or other securities carrying voting or economic rights representing thirty per cent (30%) or more of its total fully diluted share capital or any other equity rights,

in each case as part of one transaction or a series of related transactions, unless such disposal or issuance is made to a Group Company directly or indirectly (including by way of variable interest entity (VIE) arrangements) wholly-owned by the Company,

in each case, without the prior written approval of the holders in aggregate of more than fifty per cent (50%) of the Shares held by the C-round Investors (on an as-converted basis) taken as a whole.

 

25


Lufax Holding Ltd 陆金所控股有限公司

 

 

 

28.4

Subject to the Companies Law and notwithstanding any provision in these Articles, the Company shall not enter into, or agree to enter into, any contract, arrangement or understanding with any of the Company’s, or any Group Company’s, related parties (including without limitation their respective connected persons) where any of the (i) assets ratio, (ii) revenue ratio, (iii) equity capital ratio (if applicable) and (iv) consideration ratio, calculated in accordance with Chapter 14 of the Hong Kong Listing Rules (save that, for the consideration ratio, the Current Valuation shall be taken as the denominator) in respect of such contract, arrangement or understanding exceeds five per cent (5%) without having first obtained the prior written approval of holders in aggregate of more than fifty per cent (50%) of the Shares held by the Shareholders and the Note Holders (on an as-converted basis) taken as a whole, which do not have a material interest in such contract, arrangement or understanding.

For purposes of this Article 28.4, each of the Ping An Shareholders and Tun Kung (and each of their respective Affiliates) shall be considered to have a material interest in any contract, arrangement or understanding proposed to be entered into by the Company with:

 

  (a)

any member of the Ping An Group;

 

  (b)

Tun Kung; and/or

 

  (c)

any of their respective Affiliates,

and, accordingly, shall not be entitled to approve such contract, arrangement or understanding in accordance with this Article.

 

28.5

The Company shall not submit any listing application for any initial public offering or any other listing of the Shares and/or securities of any Group Company on any stock exchange to any applicable listing authority without (i) the prior approval by way of a resolution of Members holding more than two-thirds of the Shares being entitled to and voting in person or by proxy at a general meeting convened in accordance with Article 24, or (ii) by way of a written resolution of Members holding more than two-thirds of the Shares being entitled to vote thereon, provided always that:

 

  (a)

any such resolution shall only be passed if it also receives the affirmative vote of each of the Ping An Shareholders and Tun Kung (in each case, for so long as they hold any Shares at such time); and

 

  (b)

in respect of Article 28.5(ii) above, at least seven (7) days’ notice of any such proposed resolution shall be given to all Members entitled to vote thereon prior to such resolution being passed.

 

29.

Quorum at General Meetings

 

29.1

At any general meeting two or more persons present in person and representing in person or by proxy in excess of 50% of the total issued voting shares in the Company throughout the meeting shall form a quorum for the transaction of business, provided that if the Company shall at any time have only one Member, one Member present in person or by proxy shall form a quorum for the transaction of business at any general meeting held during such time.

 

26


Lufax Holding Ltd 陆金所控股有限公司

 

 

 

29.2

If within half an hour from the time appointed for the meeting a quorum is not present, then, in the case of a meeting convened on a requisition, the meeting shall be deemed cancelled and, in any other case, the meeting shall stand adjourned to the same day one week later, at the same time and place or to such other day, time or place as the Board may determine. Unless the meeting is adjourned to a specific date, time and place announced at the meeting being adjourned, fresh notice of the resumption of the meeting shall be given to each Member entitled to attend and vote thereat in accordance with these Articles.

 

30.

Chairman to Preside

A chairman of a meeting of the Members shall be appointed or elected by those present at the meeting and entitled to vote.

 

31.

Voting on Resolutions

 

31.1

Subject to the Companies Law and these Articles, any question proposed for the consideration of the Members at any general meeting shall be decided by the affirmative votes of a majority of the votes cast on a poll in accordance with these Articles and in the case of an equality of votes the resolution shall fail.

 

31.2

No Member shall be entitled to vote at a general meeting unless such Member has paid all the calls on all shares held by such Member.

 

31.3

At any general meeting if an amendment is proposed to any resolution under consideration and the chairman of the meeting rules on whether or not the proposed amendment is out of order, the proceedings on the substantive resolution shall not be invalidated by any error in such ruling.

 

32.

Vote Taken by Poll

 

32.1

Where a vote is taken by poll, subject to any rights or restrictions for the time being lawfully attached to any class of shares, every person present at such meeting shall have one vote for each share of which such person is the holder or for which such person holds a proxy and such vote shall be counted by ballot as described herein, or in the case of a general meeting at which one or more Members are present by telephone, electronic or other communication facilities or means, in such manner as the chairman of the meeting may direct. A person entitled to more than one vote need not use all his votes or cast all the votes he uses in the same way.

 

32.2

At a general meeting where a vote is taken by poll, each person physically present and entitled to vote shall be furnished with a ballot paper on which such person shall record his vote in such manner as shall be determined at the meeting having regard to the nature of the question on which the vote is taken, and each ballot paper shall be signed or initialled or otherwise marked so as to identify the voter and the registered holder in the case of a proxy. Each person present by telephone, electronic or other communication facilities or means shall cast his vote in such manner as the chairman of the meeting shall direct. At the conclusion of the poll, the ballot papers and votes cast in accordance with such directions shall be examined and counted by a committee of not less than two Members or proxy holders appointed by the chairman of the meeting for the purpose and the result of the poll shall be declared by the chairman of the meeting.

 

27


Lufax Holding Ltd 陆金所控股有限公司

 

 

 

33.

Voting by Joint Holders of Shares

In the case of joint holders, the vote of the senior who tenders a vote (whether in person or by proxy) shall be accepted to the exclusion of the votes of the other joint holders, and for this purpose seniority shall be determined by the order in which the names stand in the Register of Members.

 

34.

Instrument of Proxy

 

34.1

An instrument appointing a proxy shall be in writing or transmitted by electronic mail in substantially the following form or such other form as the chairman of the meeting shall accept:

Proxy

[Name of Company] (the “Company”)

I/We, [insert names here] , being a Member of the Company with [number] shares, HEREBY APPOINT [name] of [address] or failing him, [name] of [address] to be my/our proxy to vote for me/us at the meeting of the Members to be held on [date] and at any adjournment thereof. [Any restrictions on voting to be inserted here].

 

Signed this [date]  

 

 
Member(s)  

 

34.2

The instrument of proxy shall be signed or, in the case of a transmission by electronic mail, electronically signed in a manner acceptable to the chairman of the meeting, by the appointor or by the appointor’s attorney duly authorised in writing, or if the appointor is a corporation, either under its seal or signed or, in the case of a transmission by electronic mail, electronically signed in a manner acceptable to the chairman of the meeting, by a duly authorised officer or attorney.

 

34.3

A Member who is the holder of two or more shares may appoint more than one proxy to represent him and vote on his behalf in respect of different shares.

 

28


Lufax Holding Ltd 陆金所控股有限公司

 

 

 

34.4

The decision of the chairman of any general meeting as to the validity of any appointment of a proxy shall be final.

 

35.

Representation of Corporate Member

 

35.1

A corporation which is a Member may, by written instrument, authorise such person or persons as it thinks fit to act as its representative at any meeting and any person so authorised shall be entitled to exercise the same powers on behalf of the corporation which such person represents as that corporation could exercise if it were an individual Member, and that Member shall be deemed to be present in person at any such meeting attended by its authorised representative or representatives.

 

35.2

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the chairman of the meeting may accept such assurances as he thinks fit as to the right of any person to attend and vote at general meetings on behalf of a corporation which is a Member.

 

36.

Adjournment of General Meeting

The chairman of a general meeting may, with the consent of the Members at any general meeting at which a quorum is present, and shall if so directed by the meeting, adjourn the meeting. Unless the meeting is adjourned to a specific date, place and time announced at the meeting being adjourned, fresh notice of the date, place and time for the resumption of the adjourned meeting shall be given to each Member entitled to attend and vote thereat, in accordance with these Articles.

 

37.

Written Resolutions

 

37.1

Subject to these Articles, anything which may be done by resolution of the Company in general meeting or by resolution of a meeting of any class of the Members may be done without a meeting by written resolution in accordance with this Article 37.

 

37.2

Save as otherwise provided in these Articles, a written resolution is passed when it is signed by (or in the case of a Member that is a corporation, on behalf of):

 

  (a)

at least two-thirds of the Members entitled to vote thereon (in the case of an ordinary resolution); or

 

  (b)

the Members holding at least two-thirds of the Shares of the relevant class thereof and entitled to vote thereon,

and may be signed in as many counterparts as may be necessary provided always that (i) in respect of paragraph (a) above, notice of any such proposed resolution shall be given to all Members entitled to vote thereon prior to such resolution being passed and (ii) in respect of paragraph (b) above, at least seven (7) days’ notice of any such proposed resolution shall be given to all Members of the relevant class entitled to vote thereon prior to such resolution being passed.

 

29


Lufax Holding Ltd 陆金所控股有限公司

 

 

 

A written Special Resolution is passed when it is signed by (or in the case of a Member that is a corporation, on behalf of) all of the Members entitled to vote thereon and may be signed in as many counterparts as may be necessary.

 

37.3

A resolution in writing made in accordance with this Article 37 is as valid as if it had been passed by the Company in general meeting or by a meeting of the relevant class of Members, as the case may be, and any reference in any Article to a meeting at which a resolution is passed or to Members voting in favour of a resolution shall be construed accordingly.

 

37.4

A resolution in writing made in accordance with this Article 37 shall constitute minutes for the purposes of the Companies Law.

 

37.5

For the purposes of this Article 37, the date of the resolution is the date when the resolution is signed by (or in the case of a Member that is a corporation, on behalf of) the last Member to sign and any reference in any Article to the date of passing of a resolution is, in relation to a resolution made in accordance with this Article 37, a reference to such date.

 

38.

Directors Attendance at General Meetings

The Directors shall be entitled to receive notice of, attend and be heard at any general meeting.

DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS

 

39.

Appointment and Removal of Directors

 

39.1

The Board shall comprise of twelve (12) Directors as follows:

 

  (a)

ten (10) Directors appointed by (i) the Board or (ii) the Shareholders by ordinary resolution;

 

  (b)

one (1) Director appointed by the A-round Lead Investor for so long as its shareholding percentage in the Company is no less than one per cent (1%) on a Fully-Diluted Basis; and

 

  (c)

one (1) Director appointed by the C-round Lead Investor for so long as its as-converted shareholding percentage in the Company, when aggregated with the shareholding of the C-round Lead Investor Affiliate and any of their respective Affiliates, is no less than zero point five per cent (0.5%) on a Fully-Diluted Basis.

The appointment of the Director referred to in paragraphs (b) and (c) above shall take effect immediately upon receipt by the Company of a written notice of appointment from the relevant Investor entitled to appoint such Director together with a consent to act from such Director.

 

30


Lufax Holding Ltd 陆金所控股有限公司

 

 

 

39.2

[intentionally omitted]

 

39.3

The Director appointed by the A-round Lead Investor pursuant to paragraph (b) of Article 39.1 shall hold office at the discretion of the A-round Lead Investor and shall cease to hold office only when written notice removing such Director issued by the A-round Lead Investor is received at the registered office of the Company. Notwithstanding any provision in these Articles, the A-round Lead Investor removing its nominated Director shall be responsible for, and shall indemnify the Company against, any claim by that Director for unfair or wrongful dismissal arising out of his removal from office.

 

39.4

The Director appointed by the C-round Lead Investor pursuant to paragraph (c) of Article 39.1 shall hold office at the discretion of the C-round Lead Investor and shall cease to hold office only when written notice removing such Director issued by the C-round Lead Investor is received at the registered office of the Company. Notwithstanding any provision in these Articles, the C-round Lead Investor removing its nominated Director shall be responsible for, and shall indemnify the Company against, any claim by that Director for unfair or wrongful dismissal arising out of his removal from office.

 

39.5

The Directors appointed by the Board or the Shareholders pursuant to paragraph (a) of Article 39.1 may be removed by the Shareholders by ordinary resolution.

 

40.

Alternate Directors

 

40.1

Any Director may appoint a person or persons to act as a Director in the alternative to himself by notice deposited with the Secretary.

 

40.2

Any person elected or appointed pursuant to this Article 40 shall have all the rights and powers of the Director or Directors for whom such person is elected or appointed in the alternative, provided that such person shall not be counted more than once in determining whether or not a quorum is present.

 

40.3

An Alternate Director shall be entitled to receive notice of all Board meetings and to attend and vote at any such meeting at which a Director for whom such Alternate Director was appointed in the alternative is not personally present and generally to perform at such meeting all the functions of such Director for whom such Alternate Director was appointed.

 

40.4

An Alternate Director’s office shall terminate –

 

  (a)

on the occurrence in relation to the Alternate Director of any event which, if it occurred in relation to his appointor, would result in the termination of the appointor’s directorship;

 

  (b)

when the Alternate Director’s appointor revokes the appointment by notice to the Company in writing specifying when the appointment is to terminate; or

 

31


Lufax Holding Ltd 陆金所控股有限公司

 

 

 

  (c)

if the Alternate Director’s appointor ceases for any reason to be a Director.

 

40.5

If an Alternate Director is himself a Director or attends a Board meeting as the Alternate Director of more than one Director, his voting rights shall be cumulative.

 

40.6

Unless the Board determines otherwise, an Alternate Director may also represent his appointor at meetings of any committee of the Board on which his appointor serves; and the provisions of this Article 40 shall apply equally to such committee meetings as to Board meetings.

 

40.7

Save as provided in these Articles an Alternate Director shall not, as such, have any power to act as a Director or to represent his appointor and shall not be deemed to be a Director for the purposes of these Articles.

 

41.

Vacancy in the Office of Director

The office of Director shall be vacated if the Director:

 

  (a)

is removed from office pursuant to these Articles;

 

  (b)

dies or becomes bankrupt, or makes any arrangement or composition with his creditors generally;

 

  (c)

is or becomes of unsound mind or an order for his detention is made under the Mental Health Law of the Cayman Islands or any analogous Law of a jurisdiction outside the Cayman Islands, or dies; or

 

  (d)

resigns his office by notice to the Company.

Any vacancy on the Board so created shall be filled in accordance with Article 39.

 

42.

Remuneration of Directors

The Company may reimburse the Directors for reasonable fees incurred in the course of their discharging their duties as a Director, including without limitation travel expenses, as it sees fit.

 

43.

Defect in Appointment

All acts done in good faith by the Board, any Director, a member of a committee appointed by the Board, any person to whom the Board may have delegated any of its powers, or any person acting as a Director shall, notwithstanding that it be afterwards discovered that there was some defect in the appointment of any Director or person acting as aforesaid, or that he was, or any of them were, disqualified, be as valid as if every such person had been duly appointed and was qualified to be a Director or act in the relevant capacity.

 

32


Lufax Holding Ltd 陆金所控股有限公司

 

 

 

44.

Directors to Manage Business

Subject to Article 28, the business of the Company shall be managed and conducted by the Board. In managing the business of the Company, the Board may exercise all such powers of the Company as are not, by the Companies Law or by these Articles, required to be exercised by the Company in general meeting subject, nevertheless, to these Articles and the provisions of the Companies Law.

 

45.

Powers of the Board of Directors

The Board may:

 

  (a)

appoint, suspend, or remove any manager, secretary, clerk, agent or employee of the Company and may fix their remuneration and determine their duties;

 

  (b)

exercise all the powers of the Company to borrow money and to mortgage or charge or otherwise grant a security interest in its undertaking, property and uncalled capital, or any part thereof, and may, subject to Schedule B hereto, issue debentures, debenture stock and other securities whether outright or as security for any debt, liability or obligation of the Company or any third party;

 

  (c)

appoint one or more Directors to the office of managing director or chief executive officer of the Company, who shall, subject to the control of the Board, supervise and administer all of the general business and affairs of the Company;

 

  (d)

appoint a person to act as manager of the Company’s day-to-day business and may entrust to and confer upon such manager such powers and duties as it deems appropriate for the transaction or conduct of such business;

 

  (e)

by power of attorney, appoint any company, firm, person or body of persons, whether nominated directly or indirectly by the Board, to be an attorney of the Company for such purposes and with such powers, authorities and discretions (not exceeding those vested in or exercisable by the Board) and for such period and subject to such conditions as it may think fit and any such power of attorney may contain such provisions for the protection and convenience of persons dealing with any such attorney as the Board may think fit and may also authorise any such attorney to sub-delegate all or any of the powers, authorities and discretions so vested in the attorney;

 

  (f)

procure that the Company pays all expenses incurred in promoting and incorporating the Company;

 

33


Lufax Holding Ltd 陆金所控股有限公司

 

 

 

  (g)

delegate any of its powers (including the power to sub-delegate) to a committee of one or more persons appointed by the Board and every such committee shall conform to such directions as the Board shall impose on them. Subject to any directions or regulations made by the Board for this purpose, the meetings and proceedings of any such committee shall be governed by the provisions of these Articles regulating the meetings and proceedings of the Board, including provisions for written resolutions;

 

  (h)

delegate any of its powers (including the power to sub-delegate) to any person on such terms and in such manner as the Board may see fit;

 

  (i)

present any petition and make any application in connection with the liquidation or reorganisation of the Company;

 

  (j)

in connection with the issue of any share, pay such commission and brokerage as may be permitted by Law;

 

  (k)

authorise any company, firm, person or body of persons to act on behalf of the Company for any specific purpose and in connection therewith to execute any deed, agreement, document or instrument on behalf of the Company; and

 

  (l)

approve, amend or terminate the Company ESOP or other stock sharing plans.

 

46.

Board Committees

 

46.1

The Board may establish board committees (“Board Committees”), including without limitation the following:

 

  (a)

Audit Board Committee;

 

  (b)

Nomination and Remuneration Board Committee; and

 

  (c)

Risk Management Committee.

 

46.2

The Board may establish other Board Committees from time to time as it deems appropriate.

 

46.3

The composition of the Board Committees shall be determined by the Board.

 

34


Lufax Holding Ltd 陆金所控股有限公司

 

 

 

46.4

The Board shall determine the roles, responsibilities and scope of authority of each of the Board Committees, provided that with respect to the Audit Board Committee, the Board shall procure that the following information be submitted to the Audit Board Committee for review:

 

  (a)

management accounts (including balance sheet and profit and loss statement plus relevant key performance indicators) together with reconciliation to IFRS of the Company and other Group Companies, on a quarterly basis, within thirty (30) days after the end of each calendar quarter; and

 

  (b)

reviewed unaudited interim financial statements (including balance sheet, profit and loss statement and cashflow statement) together with reconciliation to IFRS of the Company and other Group Companies within sixty (60) days after each period end.

 

47.

Register of Directors and Officers

 

47.1

The Board shall cause to be kept in one or more books at the registered office of the Company a Register of Directors and Officers in accordance with the Companies Law and shall enter therein the following particulars with respect to each Director and Officer:

 

  (a)

first name and surname; and

 

  (b)

address.

 

47.2

The Board shall, within the period of thirty (30) days from the occurrence of:-

 

  (a)

any change among its Directors and Officers; or

 

  (b)

any change in the particulars contained in the Register of Directors and Officers,

cause to be entered on the Register of Directors and Officers the particulars of such change and the date on which such change occurred, and shall notify the Registrar of Companies of any such change that takes place.

 

48.

Officers

The Officers shall consist of a Secretary and such additional Officers as the Board may determine all of whom shall be deemed to be Officers for the purposes of these Articles.

 

49.

Appointment of Officers

The Secretary (and additional Officers, if any) shall be appointed by the Board from time to time.

 

50.

Duties of Officers

The Officers shall have such powers and perform such duties in the management, business and affairs of the Company as may be delegated to them by the Board from time to time.

 

35


Lufax Holding Ltd 陆金所控股有限公司

 

 

 

51.

Remuneration of Officers

The Officers shall receive such remuneration as the Board may determine.

 

52.

Conflicts of Interest

 

52.1

Any Director, or any Director’s firm, partner or any company with whom any Director is associated, may act in any capacity for, be employed by or render services to the Company on such terms, including with respect to remuneration, as may be agreed between the parties. Nothing herein contained shall authorise a Director or a Director’s firm, partner or company to act as Auditor to the Company.

 

52.2

A Director who is directly or indirectly interested in a contract or proposed contract with the Company (an “Interested Director”) shall declare the nature of such interest.

 

52.3

An Interested Director who has complied with the requirements of the foregoing Article may:

 

  (a)

vote in respect of such contract or proposed contract; and/or

 

  (b)

be counted in the quorum for the meeting at which the contract or proposed contract is to be voted on,

and no such contract or proposed contract shall be void or voidable by reason only that the Interested Director voted on it or was counted in the quorum of the relevant meeting and the Interested Director shall not be liable to account to the Company for any profit realised thereby.

 

53.

Indemnification and Exculpation of Directors and Officers

 

53.1

The Directors, Secretary and other Officers (such term to include any person appointed to any committee by the Board) acting in relation to any of the affairs of the Company or any subsidiary thereof, and the liquidator or trustees (if any) acting in relation to any of the affairs of the Company or any subsidiary thereof and every one of them (whether for the time being or formerly) and their heirs, executors, administrators and personal representatives (each an “indemnified party”) shall be indemnified and secured harmless out of the assets of the Company from and against all actions, costs, charges, losses, damages and expenses which they or any of them shall or may incur or sustain by or by reason of any act done, concurred in or omitted in or about the execution of their duty, or supposed duty, or in their respective offices or trusts, and no indemnified party shall be answerable for the acts, receipts, neglects or defaults of the others of them or for joining in any receipts for the sake of conformity, or for any bankers or other persons with whom any monies or effects belonging to the Company shall or may be lodged or deposited for safe custody, or for insufficiency or deficiency of any security upon which any monies of or belonging to the Company shall be placed out on or invested, or for any other loss, misfortune or damage which may happen in the execution of their respective offices or trusts, or in relation thereto, PROVIDED THAT this indemnity shall not extend to any matter in respect of any fraud or dishonesty in relation to the Company which may attach to any of the indemnified parties. Each Member agrees to waive any claim or right of action such Member might have, whether individually or by or in the right of the Company, against any Director or Officer on account of any action taken by such Director or Officer, or the failure of such Director or Officer to take any action in the performance of his duties with or for the Company or any subsidiary thereof, PROVIDED THAT such waiver shall not extend to any matter in respect of any fraud or dishonesty in relation to the Company which may attach to such Director or Officer.

 

36


Lufax Holding Ltd 陆金所控股有限公司

 

 

 

53.2

Subject to applicable Laws, the Company shall purchase and maintain insurance for the benefit of each Director and Officer against any liability incurred by such Director or Officer in his or her capacity as a Director or Officer and indemnifying such Director or Officer in respect of any loss arising or liability attaching to him or her by virtue of any rule of law in respect of any negligence, default, breach of duty or breach of trust of which the Director or Officer may be guilty in relation to the Company or any Subsidiary thereof. For the avoidance of doubt, references in this Article 53.2 to any Director include any Alternate Director appointed by such Director in accordance with these Articles.

MEETINGS OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS

 

54.

Board Meetings

The Board may meet for the transaction of business, adjourn and otherwise regulate its meetings as it sees fit. Save for the matters submitted to the Second Scheduled Meeting in accordance with Article 58 or the matters approved by written resolution of the Board in accordance with Article 61, a resolution put to the vote at a Board meeting shall be carried by the affirmative votes of at least seven (7) Directors attending in person or by an Alternate Director or by proxy appointed pursuant to Article 57.3. Every Director shall have one vote. In the event of a voting deadlock of the Board with respect to any matter pertaining to the Company, the chairman presiding at the Board meeting shall have the right to cast a tie-breaking vote.

 

55.

Notice of Board Meetings

A Director may, and the Secretary on the requisition of a Director shall, at any time summon a Board meeting. Save for the Second Scheduled Meeting convened pursuant to Article 58, no Board meeting shall be convened on less than ten (10) days’ notice. Notice of a Board meeting shall be deemed to be duly given to a Director if it is delivered to such Director by post, electronic means or other mode of representing words in a visible form at such Director’s last known address or in accordance with any other instructions given by such Director to the Company for this purpose, and any notification to a Director verbally (including in person or by telephone) shall be required to be followed up with a notice delivered in writing in accordance with the foregoing and such notice shall be effective at the time of such delivery in writing. Notwithstanding the aforesaid, a meeting of the Board shall be deemed to be duly and validly convened, notwithstanding that it is called by shorter or irregular notice, if all the Directors entitled to receive notice and attend the meeting have so agreed in writing.

 

37


Lufax Holding Ltd 陆金所控股有限公司

 

 

 

56.

Electronic Participation in Meetings

Directors may participate in any meeting by such telephonic, electronic or other communication facilities or means as permit all persons participating in the meeting to communicate with each other simultaneously and instantaneously, and participation in such a meeting shall constitute presence in person at such meeting.

 

57.

Representation of Director

 

57.1

A Director which is a corporation may, by written instrument, authorise such person or persons as it thinks fit to act as its representative at any meeting and any person so authorised shall be entitled to exercise the same powers on behalf of the corporation which such person represents as that corporation could exercise if it were an individual Director, and that Director shall be deemed to be present in person at any such meeting attended by its authorised representative or representatives.

 

57.2

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the chairman of the meeting may accept such assurances as he thinks fit as to the right of any person to attend and vote at Board meetings on behalf of a corporation which is a Director.

 

57.3

A Director who is not present at a Board meeting, and whose Alternate Director (if any) is not present at the meeting, may be represented at the meeting by a proxy duly appointed, in which event the presence and vote of the proxy shall be deemed to be that of the Director. All the provisions of these Articles regulating the appointment of proxies by Members shall apply equally to the appointment of proxies by Directors.

 

58.

Quorum at Board Meetings

The quorum for Board meetings shall be eight (8) Directors attending in person or by an Alternate Director or by proxy appointed pursuant to Article 57.3. If quorum is not reached within 30 minutes after the scheduled meeting time (the “First Scheduled Meeting”), the chairman of the Board meeting shall, on the day following the First Scheduled Meeting, notify all Directors to attend a re-convened Board meeting at the specified time and date (being not more than five (5) days after the first-scheduled date) (the “Second Scheduled Meeting”). If a quorum is still not reached at the Second Scheduled Meeting, then the Directors attending in person or by an Alternate Director or by proxy appointed pursuant to Article 57.3 at the Second Scheduled Meeting shall be deemed to constitute a quorum and all matters submitted to the Board at the Second Scheduled Meeting shall be passed by the affirmative vote of a simple majority of the Directors attending in person or by an Alternate Director or by proxy appointed pursuant to Article 57.3.

 

59.

Board to Continue in the Event of Vacancy

The Board may act notwithstanding any vacancy in its number.

 

38


Lufax Holding Ltd 陆金所控股有限公司

 

 

 

60.

Chairman to Preside

A chairman of a Board meeting shall be appointed or elected by the Directors present at the meeting.

 

61.

Written Resolutions

 

61.1

Anything which may be passed by resolution of the Directors may, without a meeting and without any previous notice being required, be approved by written resolution in accordance with this Article 61. For the purposes of this Article 61 only, “the Directors” shall not include an Alternate Director.

 

61.2

A written resolution shall be signed by all of the Directors and may be signed by (or in the case of a Director that is a corporation, on behalf of) the Directors in as many counterparts as may be necessary.

 

61.3

A written resolution made in accordance with this Article 61 is as valid as if it had been passed by the Directors in a directors’ meeting, and any reference in any Article to a meeting at which a resolution is passed or to Directors voting in favour of a resolution shall be construed accordingly.

 

61.4

A resolution in writing made in accordance with this Article 61 shall constitute minutes for the purposes of the Companies Law.

 

61.5

For the purposes of this Article 61, the date of the resolution is the date when the resolution is signed by (or in the case of a Director that is a corporation, on behalf of) the last Director to sign and any reference in any Article to the date of passing of a resolution is, in relation to a resolution made in accordance with this Article 61, a reference to such date.

 

62.

Validity of Prior Acts of the Board

No regulation or alteration to these Articles made by the Company in general meeting shall invalidate any prior act of the Board which would have been valid if that regulation or alteration had not been made.

CORPORATE RECORDS

 

63.

Minutes

The Board shall cause minutes to be duly entered in books provided for the purpose:

 

  (a)

of all elections and appointments of Officers;

 

  (b)

of the names of the Directors present at each Board meeting and of any committee appointed by the Board; and

 

39


Lufax Holding Ltd 陆金所控股有限公司

 

 

 

  (c)

of all resolutions and proceedings of general meetings of the Members, Board meetings, meetings of managers and meetings of committees appointed by the Board.

 

64.

Register of Mortgages and Charges

 

64.1

The Board shall cause to be kept the Register of Mortgages and Charges required by the Companies Law.

 

64.2

The Register of Mortgages and Charges shall be open to inspection in accordance with the Companies Law, at the registered office of the Company on every business day in the Cayman Islands, subject to such reasonable restrictions as the Board may impose, so that not less than two hours in each such business day be allowed for inspection.

 

65.

Form and Use of Seal

 

65.1

The Company may adopt a seal, which shall bear the name of the Company in legible characters, and which may, at the discretion of the Board, be followed with or preceded by its dual foreign name or translated name (if any), in such form as the Board may determine. The Board may adopt one or more duplicate seals for use in or outside the Cayman Islands and, if the Board thinks fit, a duplicate Seal may bear on its face the name of the country, territory, district or place where it is to be issued.

 

65.2

The Seal (if any) shall only be used by the authority of the Board or of a committee of the Board authorised by the Board in that behalf and, until otherwise determined by the Board, the Seal shall be affixed in the presence of a Director or the Secretary or an assistant secretary or some other person authorised for this purpose by the Board or the committee of the Board.

 

65.3

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Seal (if any) may without further authority be affixed by way of authentication to any document required to be filed with the Registrar of Companies in the Cayman Islands, and may be so affixed by any Director, Secretary or assistant secretary of the Company or any other person or institution having authority to file the document as aforesaid.

ACCOUNTS

 

66.

Books of Account

 

66.1

The Board shall cause to be kept proper books of account including, where applicable, material underlying documentation including contracts and invoices, and with respect to:-

 

  (a)

all sums of money received and expended by the Company and the matters in respect of which the receipt and expenditure takes place;

 

  (b)

all sales and purchases of goods by the Company; and

 

40


Lufax Holding Ltd 陆金所控股有限公司

 

 

 

  (c)

all assets and liabilities of the Company.

 

66.2

Such books of account shall be kept and proper books of account shall not be deemed to be kept with respect to the matters aforesaid if there are not kept, at such place as the Board thinks fit, such books as are necessary to give a true and fair view of the state of the Company’s affairs and to explain its transactions.

 

66.3

Such books of account shall be retained for a minimum period of five years from the date on which they are prepared.

 

66.4

No Member (not being a Director) shall have any right of inspecting any account or book or document of the Company.

 

67.

Financial Year End

The financial year end of the Company shall be 31st December in each year but, subject to any direction of the Company in general meeting, the Board may from time to time prescribe some other period to be the financial year, provided that the Board may not without the sanction of an ordinary resolution prescribe or allow any financial year longer than eighteen months.

 

68.

Access to Information

 

68.1

The Company shall, in a timely manner:

 

  (a)

prepare and, after approval by the Board, submit to the Members and the Note Holders (in the case of an Investor or Honor Reliance, as long as (i) the Investor or Honor Reliance continues to own, directly or indirectly, such number of shares or Note(s), as applicable, representing not less than zero point one two five per cent (0.125%) of the Company’s issued and outstanding Shares on a Fully-Diluted Basis, or (ii) such information is reasonably required by the Investor or Honor Reliance or any of their respective controlling Affiliates to comply with any applicable Law resulting from the listing or quotation of such person’s securities on any stock or securities exchange) annual budgets (including without limitation full profit and loss accounts, balance sheets/statements of financial position and cashflow statements) prior to the start of each financial year commencing after the First Closing Date;

 

41


Lufax Holding Ltd 陆金所控股有限公司

 

 

 

  (b)

prepare and, after approval by the Board, submit to the Members and the Note Holders (in the case of an Investor or Honor Reliance, as long as (i) the Investor or Honor Reliance continues to own, directly or indirectly, such number of shares or Note(s), as applicable, representing not less than zero point one two five per cent (0.125%) of the Company’s issued and outstanding Shares on a Fully-Diluted Basis, or (ii) such information is reasonably required by the Investor or Honor Reliance or any of their respective controlling Affiliates to comply with any applicable Law resulting from the listing or quotation of such person’s securities on any stock or securities exchange) (1) audited annual financial statements of the Company within ninety (90) days after the end of the relevant period; (2) unaudited semi-annual management financial statements of the Company within sixty (60) days after the end of the relevant period; (3) unaudited quarterly management financial statements of the Company within forty-five (45) days after the end of the relevant period; and (4) upon request, unaudited monthly management accounts as soon as reasonably practicable after the end of the relevant month;

 

  (c)

prepare and, after approval by the Board, submit to the Shareholders and the Note Holders (in the case of an Investor or Honor Reliance, as long as (i) the Investor or Honor Reliance continues to own, directly or indirectly, such number of shares or Note(s), as applicable, representing not less than zero point one two five per cent (0.125%) of the Company’s issued and outstanding Shares on a Fully-Diluted Basis, or (ii) such information is reasonably required by the Investor or Honor Reliance or any of their respective controlling Affiliates to comply with any applicable Law resulting from the listing or quotation of such person’s securities on any stock or securities exchange) quarterly reports in respect of all Material Related Party Transactions carried out by the Group Companies which have been entered into other than in the ordinary and usual course of business, in each case within forty-five (45) days after the end of the relevant period;

 

  (d)

submit to each Note Holder copies of all notices, circulars and other information which the Company provides to all of its Shareholders (including all notices and agenda of the general meetings of the Shareholders, provided that such Investor acknowledges and agrees that it will not be entitled to attend and vote at such meetings unless it is a Shareholder), on or as promptly as practicable after the date such notices, circulars and other information are provided to the Shareholders; and

 

  (e)

allow the Members and the Note Holders (excluding the A-round Non-Lead Investors, Other Non-Lead Investors, B-round Investors and Honor Reliance) and their duly authorised representatives to inspect the accounting books and records of the Company and any Subsidiary and to make extracts and copies at the expense of the inspecting party.

 

68.2

Any information in relation to the Company and other Group Companies shall be considered as confidential information and any such information which the Board has approved for the purpose of sharing with the investors of the A-round Lead Investor shall also be considered as confidential information and may only be shared provided that such investors shall keep such information confidential and not disclose any such information to any third party.

 

42


Lufax Holding Ltd 陆金所控股有限公司

 

 

 

AUDITS

 

69.

Audit

Nothing in these Articles shall be construed as making it obligatory to appoint Auditors.

 

70.

Appointment of Auditors

 

70.1

The Company may in general meeting appoint Auditors to hold office for such period as the Members may determine.

 

70.2

Whenever there are no Auditors appointed as aforesaid the Board may appoint Auditors to hold office for such period as the Board may determine or earlier removal from office by the Company in general meeting.

 

70.3

The Auditor may be a Member but no Director, Officer or employee of the Company shall, during his continuance in office, be eligible to act as an Auditor of the Company.

 

71.

Remuneration of Auditors

 

71.1

The remuneration of an Auditor appointed by the Members shall be fixed by the Company in general meeting.

 

71.2

The remuneration of an Auditor appointed by the Board in accordance with these Articles shall be fixed by the Board.

 

72.

Duties of Auditor

The Auditor shall make a report to the Members on the accounts examined by him and on every set of financial statements laid before the Company in general meeting, or circulated to Members, pursuant to this Article 72 during the Auditor’s tenure of office.

 

73.

Access to Records

 

73.1

The Auditor shall at all reasonable times have access to the Company’s books, accounts and vouchers and shall be entitled to require from the Company’s Directors and Officers such information and explanations as the Auditor thinks necessary for the performance of the Auditor’s duties and, if the Auditor fails to obtain all the information and explanations which, to the best of his knowledge and belief, are necessary for the purposes of their audit, he shall state that fact in his report to the Members.

 

73.2

The Auditor shall be entitled to attend any general meeting at which any financial statements which have been examined or reported on by him are to be laid before the Company and to make any statement or explanation he may desire with respect to the financial statements.

 

43


Lufax Holding Ltd 陆金所控股有限公司

 

 

 

VOLUNTARY WINDING-UP AND DISSOLUTION

 

74.

Winding-Up

 

74.1

The Company may be voluntarily wound-up by a Special Resolution.

 

74.2

Subject to these Articles, if the Company shall be wound up the liquidator may, with the sanction of a Special Resolution, divide amongst the Members in specie or in kind the whole or any part of the assets of the Company (whether they shall consist of property of the same kind or not) and may, for such purpose, set such value as he deems fair upon any property to be divided as aforesaid and may determine how such division shall be carried out as between the Members or different classes of Members. Subject to these Articles, the liquidator may, with the like sanction, vest the whole or any part of such assets in the trustees upon such trusts for the benefit of the Members as the liquidator shall think fit, but so that no Member shall be compelled to accept any shares or other securities or assets whereon there is any liability.

CHANGES TO CONSTITUTION

 

75.

Changes to Articles

Subject to the Companies Law and Article 16, and to the conditions contained in its Memorandum and the Securityholders Agreement, the Company may, by Special Resolution, alter or add to its Articles.

 

76.

Changes to the Memorandum of Association

Subject to the Companies Law and these Articles and the Securityholders Agreement, the Company may from time to time by Special Resolution alter its Memorandum of Association with respect to any objects, powers or other matters specified therein.

 

77.

Discontinuance

The Board may exercise all the powers of the Company to transfer by way of continuation the Company to a named country or jurisdiction outside the Cayman Islands pursuant to the Companies Law.

 

44


Lufax Holding Ltd 陆金所控股有限公司

 

 

 

SCHEDULE A

The holders of Class A Ordinary Shares, Class B Ordinary Shares and Class C Ordinary Shares shall, in addition to any other rights conferred on them under these Memorandum and Articles of association have the rights set out in this Schedule A, which forms part of the Articles of Association of the Company. In any event of any inconsistency between the provisions set out herein and other provisions of the Memorandum and the Articles of Association, the provisions set out herein shall prevail to the extent permitted by applicable Laws.

 

1.

Dividends

Subject to the Companies Law and these Articles, the Members shall determine, from time to time and by reference to the operations, performance and requirements of the Company, whether and how much of the distributable profits shall be declared and paid as dividends. The holders of Class A Ordinary Shares, Class B Ordinary Shares and Class C Ordinary Shares shall be entitled to such dividends as may from time to time be approved by the Members by ordinary resolution.

 

2.

Liquidation Preference

Subject to paragraph 2A, upon the occurrence of a Liquidation Event in respect of the Company, the assets of the Company and the proceeds received in respect of the Shares shall be distributed in the following order:

 

  (i)

firstly, each Class C Ordinary Shareholder shall be entitled to receive in preference to all other Shareholders an amount per Class C Ordinary Share held by such Class C Ordinary Shareholder equal to the sum of (i) the subscription price paid to the Company with respect to such Class C Ordinary Share (as proportionally adjusted for any subdivision or consolidation of the Class C Ordinary Shares), and (ii) an amount equal to any declared but unpaid dividends with respect to such Class C Ordinary Share (the “Class C Amount”). If the Company has insufficient assets or proceeds resulting from the Liquidation Event (as applicable) to permit the payment to all holders of the then issued and outstanding Class C Ordinary Shares, then the entire assets and funds of the Company legally available for distribution shall be distributed rateably among the holders of the then issued and outstanding Class C Ordinary Shares in proportion to the full Class C Amount that each such holder would otherwise be entitled to receive under this paragraph 2(i);

 

45


Lufax Holding Ltd 陆金所控股有限公司

 

 

 

  (ii)

secondly, if there are any proceeds legally available for distribution after payment in full to the Class C Ordinary Shareholders under paragraph 2(i) above, each Class B Ordinary Shareholder shall be entitled to receive in preference to all other Shareholders (other than the Class C Ordinary Shareholders) an amount per Class B Ordinary Share held by such Class B Ordinary Shareholder equal to the sum of (i) the subscription price paid to the Company with respect to such Class B Ordinary Share (as proportionally adjusted for any subdivision or consolidation of the Class B Ordinary Shares), and (ii) an amount equal to any declared but unpaid dividends with respect to such Class B Ordinary Share (the “Class B Amount”). If the Company has insufficient assets or proceeds resulting from the Liquidation Event (as applicable) to permit the payment to all holders of the then issued and outstanding Class B Ordinary Shares, then the entire assets and funds of the Company legally available for distribution shall be distributed rateably among the holders of the then issued and outstanding Class B Ordinary Shares in proportion to the full Class B Amount that each such holder would otherwise be entitled to receive under this paragraph 2(ii);

 

  (iii)

thirdly, if there are any proceeds legally available for distribution after payment in full to the Class C Ordinary Shareholders and the Class B Ordinary Shareholders under paragraphs 2(i) and 2(ii) above, each of the Class A Ordinary Shareholders shall be entitled to receive the Class B Amount (as proportionally adjusted for any subdivision or consolidation of the Class A Ordinary Shares). If the Company has insufficient assets or proceeds resulting from the Liquidation Event (as applicable) to permit the payment to all holders of the then issued and outstanding Class A Ordinary Shares, then the entire assets and funds of the Company legally available for distribution shall be distributed rateably among the holders of the then issued and outstanding Class A Ordinary Shares in proportion to the full Class B Amount that each such holder would otherwise be entitled to receive under this paragraph 2(iii); and

 

  (iv)

lastly, if there are any proceeds legally available for distribution after payment in full under paragraphs 2(i), 2(ii) and 2(iii) above, the remaining amount shall be distributed among the holders of all Shares on a pro rata basis in proportion to their relative shareholding.

 

46


Lufax Holding Ltd 陆金所控股有限公司

 

 

 

Upon the occurrence of:

 

  (x)

a Liquidation Event in respect of any of the Subsidiaries of the Company for any reason;

 

  (y)

a disposal of shares, securities, voting rights or any other interests in any Significant Subsidiary where such disposal is required to be approved in accordance with clause 11.4.2(i)(a) of the Shareholders Agreement or Article 28.3(b), in each case as part of one transaction or a series of related transactions; or

 

  (z)

a disposal of all, or substantially all, of the assets of the Company or any Significant Subsidiary, in each case as part of one transaction or a series of related transactions, other than any such disposal to a Group Company directly or indirectly (including by way of variable interest entity (VIE) arrangements) wholly-owned by the Company,

the Shareholders and the Company shall use best commercial efforts (including without limitation exercising the voting rights attached to their Shares in support of any such relevant resolution of the Company) to ensure that the assets of the relevant Subsidiary and the proceeds received from such Liquidation Event or the proceeds of such other relevant transactions referred to in paragraphs 2(y) and (z) shall, in each case, be distributed in such a way so that the Company receives the full economic benefit of such assets and proceeds, which shall, at the request of any of the Class B Ordinary Shareholders or the Class C Ordinary Shareholders, be further distributed in accordance with paragraphs 2(i), (ii), (iii) and (iv) (save that any reference therein to (a) “Liquidation Event” shall be deemed to be a reference to the relevant Liquidation Event or transaction under this paragraph and (b) “assets and funds of the Company” shall be deemed to be a reference to the assets and proceeds received from the relevant Liquidation Event or transaction under this paragraph).

 

2A.

Previous Distributions

For the purposes of paragraphs 2(i), (ii), (iii) and (iv), as at the date of the relevant distribution by the Company, including any distribution pursuant to paragraphs 2(x), (y) and (z), the aggregate of all previous distributions received by Shareholders from (and including) Closing shall be taken into account.

 

3.

Voting Rights

The holders of Class A Ordinary Shares, Class B Ordinary Shares and Class C Ordinary Shares shall be entitled to one vote per share. Subject to provisions to the contrary elsewhere in the Memorandum and these Articles, or as required by the Companies Law, the holders of Class A Ordinary Shares shall vote together with the holders of Class B Ordinary Shares and the holders of Class C Ordinary Shares, and not as a separate class, on all matters put before the Shareholders.

 

47


Lufax Holding Ltd 陆金所控股有限公司

 

 

 

4.

Restrictions on Rights of Tun Kung with Respect to the ESOP Shares

Without prejudice to its statutory rights under the Companies Law, with respect to the ESOP Proportional Interest only, Tun Kung shall not, in its capacity as a holder of Class A Ordinary Shares of the Company, have the following rights:

 

  (i)

the right to subscribe for new Shares in accordance with Schedule B unless such subscription is approved at a general meeting or for the purpose of implementing the Company ESOP;

 

  (ii)

the right of first offer or acquisition rights in accordance with Schedule B; and

 

  (iii)

the right to Transfer the ESOP Shares unless such Transfer is approved at a general meeting or for the purpose of implementing the Company ESOP; and

 

  (iv)

the liquidation proceeds (if any) distributed to Tun Kung in connection with the ESOP Proportional Interest according to paragraph 2 shall not be retained by Tun Kung but shall be distributed among Ping An Shareholders and Tun Kung, on a pro rata basis in proportion to the shareholding of the Ping An Shareholders and the Non-ESOP Proportional Interest in the Company, or otherwise disposed of as agreed by the Ping An Shareholders and Tun Kung.

 

48


Lufax Holding Ltd 陆金所控股有限公司

 

 

 

5.

Conversion Rights

Without any action being required by the holder of Class B Ordinary Shares and Class C Ordinary Shares and whether or not the certificates representing such Shares are surrendered to the Company or its registered office, the Class B Ordinary Shares and Class C Ordinary Shares shall automatically be converted into such number of Class A Ordinary Shares as determined as hereinafter provided as at the time of the conversion (the “Share Conversion Ratio”), and shall have all rights attached to Class A Ordinary Shares as stated in these Articles, immediately prior to a Qualified Listing. As at the Closing Date, the Share Conversion Ratio for each Class B Ordinary Share and each Class C Ordinary Share shall be (in respect of each Class B Ordinary Share) one Class A Ordinary Share for one Class B Ordinary Share and (in respect of each Class C Ordinary Share) one Class A Ordinary Share for one Class C Ordinary Share. In the event that the outstanding Class A Ordinary Shares shall be subdivided (by share dividend, share split or otherwise) into a greater number of Class A Ordinary Shares, the Share Conversion Ratio then in effect with respect to the Class B Ordinary Shares and the Class C Ordinary Shares shall, concurrently with the effectiveness of such subdivision, be proportionately increased such that each Class B Ordinary Share and each Class C Ordinary Share shall be converted into a proportionately higher number of Class A Ordinary Shares. In the event that the outstanding Class A Ordinary Shares shall be combined or consolidated, by reclassification or otherwise, into a fewer number of Class A Ordinary Shares, the Share Conversion Ratio then in effect with respect to the Class B Ordinary Shares and the Class C Ordinary Shares shall, concurrently with the effectiveness of such combination or consolidation, be proportionately decreased such that each Class B Ordinary Share and each Class C Ordinary Share shall be converted into a proportionately lower number of Class A Ordinary Shares. To the extent equivalent alterations as mentioned in this paragraph 5 above are made (a) to the Class B Ordinary Shares but the same alterations are not made to the Class A Ordinary Shares or the Class C Ordinary Shares, equivalent adjustments as set out above shall be made to the Share Conversion Ratio of each Class C Ordinary Share; or (b) to the Class C Ordinary Shares but the same alterations are not made to the Class A Ordinary Shares or the Class B Ordinary Shares, equivalent adjustments as set out above shall be made to the Share Conversion Ratio of each Class B Ordinary Share. The number of Class A Ordinary Shares into which all Class B Ordinary Shares and Class C Ordinary Shares held by each Shareholder shall convert pursuant to this paragraph 5 shall be aggregated before determining the aggregate number of Class A Ordinary Shares to be held by such Shareholder upon any conversion in accordance with this paragraph 5. Any fractional entitlements to Class A Ordinary Shares upon any conversion in accordance with this paragraph 5 shall be dealt with in accordance with Article 9. All conversions referred to under this paragraph 5 shall be effected by the repurchase of the relevant Class B Ordinary Shares and/or Class C Ordinary Shares (as appropriate, with all such Shares to be cancelled immediately upon the completion of such repurchase and not held as treasury shares) and the simultaneous issuance of the appropriate number of Class A Ordinary Shares.

 

49


Lufax Holding Ltd 陆金所控股有限公司

 

 

 

SCHEDULE B

 

1.

RIGHT TO SUBSCRIBE FOR NEW SHARES

 

1.1

Issue of new shares or other securities is subject to the approval of the Shareholders and upon the Shareholders resolving to issue new shares or other securities in the Company, the Company shall issue a notice (the “Subscription Notice”) to each of the Shareholders and the Note Holders (collectively, the “Holders”). Each of the Holders (or, at the election of the relevant Holder, any of its Affiliates) shall have the option (but not the obligation) at its own discretion to decide, within thirty (30) days upon receipt of the Subscription Notice, to subscribe for all or part of new shares or other securities in proportion to their relative shareholding percentage (on an as-converted basis) (the computation of which shall, in the case of Tun Kung, exclude the ESOP Shares) in the Company on the terms stated on the Subscription Notice. It is a condition of such subscription by an Affiliate of any Holder that such Affiliate shall provide evidence of its Affiliate relationship with the relevant Holder.

 

1.2

If any of the Holders (or their respective Affiliates, as the case may be) (each a “Partially-Subscribing Party”) does not choose to fully subscribe for its pro rata portion of the new shares or other securities, and any other Holder (or its Affiliate, as the case may be) (each a “Fully-Subscribing Party”) chooses to fully subscribe for its pro rata portion of the new shares or other securities, then the Fully-Subscribing Party shall have the option (but not the obligation) to subscribe for those new shares or other securities not already subscribed for by the Partially-Subscribing Party, in proportion to their relative shareholding percentage (on an as-converted basis) (the computation of which shall, in the case of Tun Kung, exclude the ESOP Shares) in the Company before issuance of the new shares or other securities and on the terms stated on the Subscription Notice.

 

1.3

In respect of any new shares or other securities that are not subscribed for following the aforementioned procedures, the Company shall have the right to issue and allot such new shares or other securities to any third parties on terms and conditions not more favourable than those stated on the Subscription Notice within one hundred and twenty (120) days from the earlier of (i) the lapse of the Subscription Notice, or (ii) the date the last Fully-Subscribing Party indicates its decision not to subscribe for the available new shares or other securities, provided that any such third party(ies) subscribing for such new shares or other securities shall execute a Deed of Adherence or other deed of adherence in the form approved by the Company.

 

1.4

If the Company (i) proposes to issue and allot the available new shares or other securities to third parties on terms and conditions more favourable than those stated in the Subscription Notice, or (ii) does not issue and allot the available new shares or other securities, the Company shall issue subscription notices to all Holders in respect of all new shares or other securities following the aforementioned procedures in this paragraph 1.

 

50


Lufax Holding Ltd 陆金所控股有限公司

 

 

 

1.5

For the purposes of these Articles, “Affiliate” means, with respect to a person, any other person that, directly or indirectly, controls, is controlled by or is under common control with such person; “control” (including with correlative meanings, the terms “controlling”, “controlled by” and “under common control with”), as used with respect to any person, means (i) the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of such person, whether through the ownership of voting securities or by contract or otherwise or (ii) the ownership of more than fifty per cent (50%) of a person’s voting securities. For purpose of this Schedule B, the Affiliates of the Shareholders do not include the Company; the Affiliates of the C-round Lead Investor shall be deemed to include the C-round Lead Investor Affiliate; the Affiliates of the C-round Lead Investor Affiliate shall be deemed to include the C-round Lead Investor; and, other than for the purposes of paragraph 2.6, the Affiliates of Tun Kung shall include Lanbang.

 

1.6

For the purposes of this paragraph 1, new shares or securities do not include:

 

  1.6.1

shares converted from the Company’s capital reserves (if applicable);

 

  1.6.2

shares issued by the Company in connection with a Qualified Listing;

 

  1.6.3

Class C Ordinary Shares issued by the Company pursuant to the C-round Share Subscription Agreement;

 

  1.6.4

Notes issued by the Company pursuant to the Securities Exchange Agreement; or

 

  1.6.5

shares or securities issued for the purposes of acquiring all or substantially all assets of another company or entity, or a merger representing fifty per cent (50%) or more of the voting rights, asset acquisition or other shares or securities for restructuring.

 

1.7

For the purposes of this paragraph 1, rights given to the Holders do not apply to the ESOP Shares and the Holders’ right under this paragraph 1 shall be determined by reference to the total issued Shares of the Company without taking into account the ESOP Shares.

 

51


Lufax Holding Ltd 陆金所控股有限公司

 

 

 

2.

Transfer of Shares

 

2.1

Unless otherwise specified in these Articles, on and after the Closing:

 

  2.1.1

the Shareholders shall not Transfer any Shares in any way without complying with this paragraph 2;

 

  2.1.2

Tun Kung shall not Transfer any of the ESOP Shares it holds unless it is approved at a general meeting according to these Articles or for the purpose of implementing the Company ESOP, and, for the avoidance of doubt, in either such case, paragraph 2.2 of this Schedule B shall not apply;

 

  2.1.3

no Shares may be Transferred to any person who is not already a Shareholder, unless the proposed transferee has executed a Deed of Adherence;

 

  2.1.4

save for:

 

  (i)

any Transfer required as part of the Company’s corporate restructuring to be conducted in connection with such Qualified Listing;

 

  (ii)

any Transfer pursuant to the exercise of the Put Option; or

 

  (iii)

any Transfer pursuant to a Tag Along Sale (but, for the avoidance of doubt, excluding any Transfer under paragraph 2.5.2(vi)),

if the Company proposes to conduct a Qualified Listing on the Hong Kong Stock Exchange, any Transfer of Shares pursuant to this paragraph 2 shall be completed prior to the date falling twenty-eight (28) clear days before the date of the first submission by the Company of its listing application to the Hong Kong Stock Exchange as approved by the Shareholders in accordance with Article 28.5, provided that, for the avoidance of doubt, upon the occurrence of any withdrawal, rejection, return or lapse of such Company’s listing application to the Hong Kong Stock Exchange, the right of any Shareholder to Transfer any Shares pursuant to this paragraph 2 shall be restored in its entirety; and

 

  2.1.5

any Transfer of Shares not made in compliance with this Schedule B shall be null and void as against the Company, shall not be recorded on the books of the Company and shall not be recognized by the Company.

 

52


Lufax Holding Ltd 陆金所控股有限公司

 

 

 

2.2

Transfer of Shares by Shareholders

 

  2.2.1

Subject to paragraph 4 of Schedule A hereof and paragraphs 2.1.2, 2.4 and 2.5.2(vi) of this Schedule B and except for any Transfer pursuant to the exercise of the Put Option, if any Shareholder (other than Tun Kung or, in the first three (3) years following the Closing Date only, the Ping An Shareholders) (the “Transferring Shareholder”) intends to Transfer to any person on and after the Closing, other than (i) an Affiliate of such Transferring Shareholder in accordance with paragraph 2.6 of this Schedule B or (ii) (in the case of any Shareholder, other than the Ping An Shareholders and Tun Kung and any of their respective Affiliates) any Ping An Shareholder, Tun Kung or any of their respective Affiliates, all or part of the Shares held by such Transferring Shareholder (the “Sale Shares”), each of the other Shareholders (the “Non-Transferring Shareholders”) shall have the right of first offer to purchase all or part of the Sale Shares subject to, and in accordance with, this paragraph 2.2 (the “Right of First Offer”).

 

  2.2.2

The Transferring Shareholder shall issue a notice (the “Transfer Notice”) to each of the Non-Transferring Shareholders of its intention to make a Transfer of the Sale Shares.

 

  2.2.3

If any Non-Transferring Shareholder wishes to purchase any of the Transfer Shares, it shall, within twenty (20) days of the date of the Transfer Notice (the “Offer Closing Date”), send a notice to the Transferring Shareholder (a “Purchase Notice”), which shall be irrevocable, containing:

 

  (i)

an offer to purchase (a) such portion of the Sale Shares as reflects, as nearly as possible, the number of the Sale Shares for the time being held by such Non-Transferring Shareholder as a proportion of the total number of Shares held by all the Non-Transferring Shareholders and (b) any number of the Sale Shares for which the other Non-Transferring Shareholders do not make an offer (the “Excess Sale Shares”) ((a) and (b) together, the “Offer”); and

 

  (ii)

the terms on which such Non-Transferring Shareholder is prepared to make the Offer, including the consideration offered for the Sale Shares.

 

  2.2.4

If any Non-Transferring Shareholder does not wish to make an Offer, it may either: (i) send a notice to the Transferring Shareholder before the Offer Closing Date declining to make an Offer; or (ii) do nothing in which case, following the Offer Closing Date, it shall be considered not to have made an Offer. If any Non-Transferring Shareholder does not send a Purchase Notice on or before the Offer Closing Date to the Transferring Shareholder, the Offer of any other Non-Transferring Shareholder which has sent a Purchase Notice in accordance with paragraph 2.2.3 shall be deemed to include an offer to purchase a number of Excess Sale Shares reflecting, as nearly as possible, the number of Sale Shares it offered to buy in such Purchase Notice as a proportion of the total number of Sale Shares in respect of which Purchase Notices were sent in accordance with paragraph 2.2.3.

 

53


Lufax Holding Ltd 陆金所控股有限公司

 

 

 

  2.2.5

Within thirty (30) days of the Offer Closing Date, the Transferring Shareholder shall send a notice to any Non-Transferring Shareholder which has sent a Purchase Notice, indicating whether the Transferring Shareholder accepts its Offer and, in the case of acceptance, the number of Sale Shares (including any Excess Sale Shares) which that Non-Transferring Shareholder is obliged to buy under paragraphs 2.2.3 and 2.2.4.

 

  2.2.6

Notwithstanding any provisions in this Schedule B, the Transferring Shareholder shall not be obliged to accept any Offer.

 

  2.2.7

Following the Offer Closing Date or, if later, the date the Transferring Shareholder has sent a notice to the final Non-Transferring Shareholder required to be notified pursuant to paragraph 2.2.5, the Transferring Shareholder shall be free to enter into a binding contract to sell any Sale Shares in respect of which it has not received an Offer or (having received an Offer) or accepted an Offer to any bona fide third party (the “Third Party”) within one hundred and eighty (180) days of the Offer Closing Date, provided that:

 

  (i)

the price paid per Share by the Third Party for such Sale Shares is higher than the highest price offered per Share by any Non-Transferring Shareholder whose Offer was not accepted, provided that there shall be no minimum price if Offers are not made by any Non-Transferring Shareholder before the Offer Closing Date in respect of, in aggregate, at least the total number of Sale Shares set out in the Transfer Notice;

 

  (ii)

the terms agreed with the Third Party are not more favourable to such Third Party than those offered by any Non-Transferring Shareholder whose Offer was not accepted; and

 

  (iii)

the Third Party agrees to execute a Deed of Adherence.

 

  2.2.8

If the Transferring Shareholder wishes to sell any Sale Shares in accordance with paragraph 2.2.7 above, but any proviso to that paragraph is not satisfied, the Transferring Shareholder shall offer the Non-Transferring Shareholders the opportunity to match the terms agreed with the Third Party. If the Non-Transferring Shareholders do not make matching offers within thirty (30) days of such offer, the Transferring Shareholder shall be free to enter into a binding contract to sell the relevant Sale Shares to the Third Party, provided that the Third Party agrees to enter into a Deed of Adherence.

 

54


Lufax Holding Ltd 陆金所控股有限公司

 

 

 

2.3

[Intentionally omitted]

 

2.4

Shareholders’ Approval Required for Transfer of Shares

 

  2.4.1

Subject to paragraphs 2.5.2, 2.5.3 and 2.6 and except for any Transfer (a) pursuant to the exercise of the Put Option or (b) in the case of any Shareholder other than Tun Kung or its respective Affiliates, to any Ping An Shareholder, Tun Kung or any of their respective Affiliates:

 

  (i)

prior to the third (3rd) anniversary of the Closing Date, the Significant C-round Investors; and

 

  (ii)

at any time, the Shareholders (other than the Ping An Shareholders and the Significant C-round Investors),

in each case shall not be permitted to Transfer any of the Shares they hold without the written consent from the Shareholders of the Company (excluding the transferor Shareholder and any of its Affiliates) holding a majority of the Shares then outstanding (excluding the Shares held by the transferor Shareholder and any of its Affiliates). Any reference to the Transfer of Shares in this paragraph 2.4 shall include any change in the direct or indirect beneficial interest in a Shareholder and this paragraph 2.4 shall apply accordingly. Subject to paragraph 2.4.2, a Shareholder seeking to Transfer Shares pursuant to this paragraph 2.4.1 shall only be required to disclose information to the Shareholders whose consent is sought. Without prejudice to any other rights of the Company or any Shareholder in respect of a breach of this paragraph 2.4.1, a Shareholder which has breached this paragraph 2.4.1 shall lose its rights to information under Article 68 and any other rights to financial and operating information of the Company, other than statutory rights.

 

  2.4.2

Other than Transfers to Affiliates of Tun Kung in accordance with paragraph 2.6, if Tun Kung (or any of its Affiliates to which it has Transferred any Shares in accordance with paragraph 2.6) Transfers any Shares, within twenty (20) days after the date of such Transfer, it shall notify each of the Significant C-round Investors of the material details of such Transfer, including the class and number of Shares or other securities subject to such Transfer, the aggregate consideration payable for such Transfer (and the form thereof) and the identity of the purchaser of such Shares.

 

55


Lufax Holding Ltd 陆金所控股有限公司

 

 

 

2.5

Transfer of Shares by Ping An Shareholders

 

  2.5.1

Except as otherwise provided in these Articles, each of the Ping An Shareholders may Transfer any Shares it holds to any interested buyer at its sole discretion.

 

  2.5.2

Investors’ Tag Along Right

 

  (i)

Subject to paragraph 2.2 (except in respect of any Investor exercising its rights under this paragraph 2.5.2), where any member of Ping An Group (including without limitation any Ping An Shareholder) proposes to effect a Transfer of Shares to an interested buyer (the “Proposed Ping An Transferee A”) (the “Ping An Share Sale”) resulting in Ping An Group:

 

  (a)

taken as a whole, no longer being the largest Shareholder in the Company (through Ping An Shareholders or their respective Affiliates to which they have Transferred Shares in accordance with paragraph 2.6), other than Tun Kung; or

 

  (b)

collectively holding (through Ping An Shareholders or their respective Affiliates to which they have Transferred Shares in accordance with paragraph 2.6) less than thirty five per cent (35%) of the then outstanding Shares in issue,

Ping An Group, through An Ke or PAO (the “Selling Ping An Shareholder”) shall issue a notice (the “Ping An Share Sale Notice”) to each of the Investors setting forth the details of the Ping An Share Sale including the identity of the Proposed Ping An Transferee A and the terms of the transfer of the Shares. Notwithstanding paragraph 2.4, each of the Investors shall have the option (but not the obligation) at its own discretion to decide, within thirty-five (35) days upon receipt of the Ping An Share Sale Notice, by delivering a written notice to the Selling Ping An Shareholder and the Company (the “Tag Along Notice”), require the Selling Ping An Shareholder to procure the sale of all, or (at each Investor’s sole discretion) a pro rata share in proportion to its relative shareholding, of such Investor’s Shares to the Proposed Ping An Transferee A on the same terms and conditions as the Ping An Share Sale.

 

56


Lufax Holding Ltd 陆金所控股有限公司

 

 

 

  (ii)

Subject to paragraph 2.2 (except in respect of any Investor exercising its rights under this paragraph 2.5.2(ii)), where any Ping An Share Sale does not satisfy either paragraph 2.5.2(i)(a) or paragraph 2.5.2(i)(b), the Selling Ping An Shareholder shall issue the Ping An Share Sale Notice to each of the Significant C-round Investors setting forth the details of such Ping An Share Sale including the identity of the Proposed Ping An Transferee A and the terms of the Transfer of the Shares. Each of the Significant C-round Investors shall have the option (but not the obligation) at its own discretion to decide, within thirty-five (35) days upon receipt of the Ping An Share Sale Notice, by delivering a Tag Along Notice, to require the Selling Ping An Shareholder to use its best efforts to procure the sale of a pro rata share in proportion to its relative shareholding of such Significant C-round Investor’s Shares to the Proposed Ping An Transferee A on the same terms and conditions as the Ping An Share Sale (any sale pursuant to paragraph 2.5.2(i) or this paragraph 2.5.2(ii)) being a “Tag Along Sale”).

 

  (iii)

Where one or more of the Investors have delivered a Tag Along Notice in accordance with paragraph 2.5.2(i), the Selling Ping An Shareholder shall not complete the Ping An Share Sale unless the Ping An Share Sale is completed together with the Tag Along Sale and the Company shall not register any Transfer of Shares in relation to any Ping An Share Sale unless the provisions of this paragraph 2.5.2 have been complied with.

 

  (iv)

The Investor(s) participating in the Tag Along Sale shall:

 

  (a)

receive directly from the Proposed Ping An Transferee A the consideration to be paid for the Shares it is selling in the Tag Along Sale;

 

  (b)

co-operate in good faith to complete the Tag Along Sale to the Proposed Ping An Transferee A; and

 

  (c)

on or before completion of the Tag Along Sale, deliver to the Proposed Ping An Transferee A the transfer documents and certificates representing the Shares to be sold by the Investor as part of the Tag Along Sale (or share certificate indemnities in place of any lost certificates),

and the Company shall, upon updating the Register of Members for any Transfer made in accordance with this paragraph 2.5.2, issue new share certificates to each of the relevant Shareholders in respect of the Shares held by each of them.

 

57


Lufax Holding Ltd 陆金所控股有限公司

 

 

 

  (v)

There will be no liability either:

 

  (a)

from the Selling Ping An Shareholder to the Investors; or

 

  (b)

from the Investors to the Selling Ping An Shareholder,

if the Tag Along Sale does not complete as a result of a failure of the relevant Ping An Share Sale to complete or, in the case of a Tag Along Sale pursuant to paragraph 2.5.2(ii), if the Tag Along Sale does not complete for any reason, provided in each case that the Selling Ping An Shareholder shall use its best efforts and act in good faith to procure the completion of the Tag Along Sale.

 

  (vi)

Notwithstanding anything in the foregoing to the contrary, if a Tag Along Sale pursuant to paragraph 2.5.2(ii) does not complete within the timeframe set forth in clause 15.1 of the Shareholders Agreement (provided, that the reference in such clause to forty (40) days shall be deemed to be to ninety (90) days for the purposes of this paragraph 2.5.2(vi)), but the Ping An Share Sale to which it relates completes, in whole or in part, other than as a result of a breach by the relevant Significant C-round Investor of its obligations under paragraph 2.5.2(iv)(b) or 2.5.2(iv)(c), subject only to paragraph 2.5.2(vii), any Significant C-round Investor which delivered a Tag Along Notice in accordance with paragraph 2.5.2(ii) shall be entitled to sell the Shares that it proposed to sell pursuant to such Tag Along Notice.

 

  (vii)

Prior to any Transfer of Shares by any Significant C-round Investor in accordance with paragraph 2.5.2(vi), the relevant Significant C-round Investor shall obtain consent from the Shareholders of the Company (excluding the transferor Significant C-round Investor and any of its Affiliates) holding a majority of the Shares then outstanding (excluding the Shares held by the transferor Significant C-round Investor and any of its Affiliates) as if paragraph 2.4.1 applied to such Transfer, save that such consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed and, for these purposes, such consent may only be reasonably withheld or delayed if the Transfer is proposed to be made to a Prohibited Transferee. For the avoidance of doubt: (a) a Significant C-round Investor seeking to Transfer Shares pursuant to paragraph 2.5.2(vi) shall only be required to disclose information to the Shareholders whose consent is sought in accordance with this paragraph 2.5.2(vii); and (b) consent pursuant to this paragraph 2.5.2(vii) shall be required for a Transfer of Shares under paragraph 2.5.2(vi) notwithstanding the time limitation applicable to the Significant C-round Investors under paragraph 2.4.1(i).

 

58


Lufax Holding Ltd 陆金所控股有限公司

 

 

 

  2.5.3

Ping An Drag Along Right

 

  (i)

Notwithstanding any provision in these Articles, the Ping An Shareholders and any Affiliates to which they have Transferred Shares in accordance with paragraph 2.6 (in this paragraph 2.5.3, the “Drag Along Ping An Transferors”) may, together, at any time propose to sell all (and not less than all) of their Shares to any interested buyer (the “Proposed Ping An Transferee B”) who also proposes to acquire all the Shares held by the other Shareholders (the “Drag Along Sale”) provided that:

 

  (a)

the Proposed Ping An Transferee B is not an Associate of any of the Ping An Shareholders or Tun Kung;

 

  (b)

such proposed sale is a bona fide arm’s length transaction being effected in good faith by the Drag Along Ping An Transferors;

 

  (c)

the Drag Along Ping An Transferors shall ensure that the consideration payable to any C-round Investors pursuant to such Drag Along Sale shall: (A) if and to the extent (on a pro rata basis) the consideration payable to the Drag Along Ping An Transferors will be in cash, be payable in cash on completion of such Drag Along Sale; and (B) if and to the extent (on a pro rata basis) the consideration payable to the Drag Along Ping An Transferors will be in non-cash form, at the election of each C-round Investor, either (x) be payable in cash of equivalent value to any such non-cash consideration (on a per Share basis) by the Drag Along Ping An Transferors on completion of such Drag Along Sale or (y) be in the same form payable to the Drag Along Ping An Transferors and shall be subject to the same terms and conditions as applicable to such non-cash consideration payable to the Drag Along Ping An Transferors; and

 

59


Lufax Holding Ltd 陆金所控股有限公司

 

 

 

  (d)

if the Drag Along Notice in respect of the Drag Along Sale is received by the Shareholders in accordance with paragraph 2.5.3(ii) after the end of the exercise period for the Put Option set out in paragraph 5.2.1(c) but on or prior to the tenth (10th) anniversary of the Closing Date, the consideration payable to the Significant C-round Investors pursuant to such Drag Along Sale shall be equal to or greater than the Put Option Price, in each case, as calculated on a per Share basis.

 

  (ii)

Where the conditions set out in paragraph 2.5.3(i) are met, the Drag Along Ping An Transferors may, at any time provided that no less than thirty-five (35) days’ prior notice (the “Drag Along Notice Period”) has been given, require all the other Shareholders (other than any C-round Investor which has at the time of the Drag Along Notice already exercised or at any time following receipt of the Drag Along Notice exercises the Put Option in accordance with its terms) to sell all (and not less than all) of their Shares to the Proposed Ping An Transferee B by delivering to the Company and all the other Shareholders written notice of its decision to compel all the other Shareholders to sell all of their Shares and participate in the Drag Along Sale (the “Drag Along Notice”) on the same terms and conditions as the Drag Along Ping An Transferors (subject to the consideration payable to any C-round Investor being payable in accordance with paragraphs 2.5.3(i)(c) and 2.5.3(i)(d) (as applicable)).

 

  (iii)

The Investor(s) required to participate in the Drag Along Sale in accordance with paragraph 2.5.3(ii) (which, for the avoidance of doubt, shall exclude any C-round Investor which has at the time of the Drag Along Notice already exercised or at any time following receipt of the Drag Along Notice exercises the Put Option in accordance with its terms) (the “Dragged Shareholders”) shall:

 

  (a)

in respect of any Investor, where paragraph 2.5.3(i)(c)(B) applies, prior to the expiry of the Drag Along Notice Period, notify the Drag Along Ping An Transferors in writing of its election to receive a cash equivalent under paragraph 2.5.3(i)(c)(B)(x) or non-cash consideration under paragraph 2.5.3(i)(c)(B)(y). In the absence of any notice within such time period, such Investor shall be deemed to have elected to receive the cash equivalent under paragraph 2.5.3(i)(c)(B)(x);

 

60


Lufax Holding Ltd 陆金所控股有限公司

 

 

 

  (b)

receive directly from the Proposed Ping An Transferee B the consideration to be paid for the Shares it is selling in the Drag Along Sale (save where an Investor has elected or is deemed to have elected under paragraph 2.5.3(iii)(a) to receive a cash equivalent from the Drag Along Ping An Transferors in accordance with paragraph 2.5.3(i)(c)(B)(x) in which case such Investor shall be paid such cash equivalent by the Drag Along Ping An Transferors);

 

  (c)

co-operate in good faith to complete the Drag Along Sale to the Proposed Ping An Transferee B; and

 

  (d)

use its best commercial efforts to deliver to the Proposed Ping An Transferee B the transfer documents and certificates representing all of the Shares held by such Dragged Shareholder (or share certificate indemnities in place of any lost certificates) on or before completion of the Drag Along Sale and, if not, as soon as reasonably practicable thereafter but in any event no later than forty (40) days following the completion of the Drag Along Sale.

 

  (iv)

In the event that any Dragged Shareholder fails to deliver such transfer documents and certificates or share certificate indemnities, as applicable, to the Proposed Ping An Transferee B in accordance with paragraph 2.5.3(iii), the Company will be deemed to have been appointed attorney-in-fact of the relevant Investor with full power to (and each of the Shareholders hereby irrevocably appoints the Company as the attorney-in-fact of such Shareholder with full power and authority, where the circumstances set out in this paragraph 2.5.3(iv) apply to such Shareholder in its capacity as a Dragged Shareholder only, to act, in the name of, and for and on behalf of, such Shareholder to):

 

  (a)

execute, complete and deliver, in the name of such Shareholder, the necessary transfer documents;

 

  (b)

receive the purchase money for such Shareholder (which must be paid in cash into a separate bank account in the Company’s name and held on trust for such Shareholder), provided that the Company shall, on receipt of the relevant transfer documents and certificates or share certificate indemnities (as applicable), pay the purchase money to such Shareholder; and

 

61


Lufax Holding Ltd 陆金所控股有限公司

 

 

 

  (c)

cause the Proposed Ping An Transferee B to be registered as the holder of such Shares.

 

  (v)

In the circumstances described in paragraph 2.5.3(iv), the receipt by the Company of the purchase money will be a good discharge to the Proposed Ping An Transferee B (who will not be bound to see the application of that purchase money) and after the Proposed Ping An Transferee B has been registered in purported exercise of the aforesaid powers the validity of the proceedings will not be questioned by any person.

 

  (vi)

Each Dragged Shareholder must use all reasonable efforts to sell its Shares in the Drag Along Sale in compliance with the Companies Law and the Drag Along Notice.

 

  (vii)

Each Dragged Shareholder shall represent and warrant in favour of the Proposed Ping An Transferee B at the date of completion of the Drag Along Sale that:

 

  (a)

the Shares being sold by it will, at the time of such Drag Along Sale, be free of all liens, charges and encumbrances; and

 

  (b)

it is the sole legal and beneficial owner of such Shares.

 

  (viii)

There will be no liability on the part of the Drag Along Ping An Transferors to the Dragged Shareholders if the Drag Along Sale is not completed for whatever reason.

 

  (ix)

For the avoidance of doubt:

 

  (a)

if any C-round Investor exercises the Put Option, it shall not be required to comply with any Drag Along Notice under this paragraph 2.5.3;

 

  (b)

in the event the Ping An Shareholders do not exercise the drag along right under this paragraph 2.5.3, the Investors’ tag along rights under paragraph 2.5.2 shall not be affected and shall remain exercisable; and

 

62


Lufax Holding Ltd 陆金所控股有限公司

 

 

 

  (c)

if any Drag Along Sale is terminated for any reason prior to completion, with effect from such termination, paragraph 2 shall apply to any Transfer by the Drag Along Ping An Transferors (whether to the Proposed Ping An Transferee B or otherwise) as if no Drag Along Notice had been given in respect thereof.

 

2.6

Transfer to Affiliate

 

  2.6.1

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Shareholders are permitted to Transfer all or part of their respective shareholdings in the Company to one or multiple Affiliates of such party (each an “Affiliate-Transferee”), provided that the relevant Shareholder (each an “Affiliate-Transferor”) shall provide sufficient evidence to the other Shareholders in respect of the Affiliate relationship between it and its Affiliate-Transferee(s), and procure that such Affiliate-Transferee(s) shall accept in writing in accordance with paragraph 2.1.3 to be bound by the Shareholders Agreement and these Articles. If such Affiliate-Transferee at any time ceases to be an Affiliate of the Affiliate-Transferor, such Affiliate-Transferee shall, prior to ceasing to be an Affiliate of such Affiliate-Transferor, Transfer the Shares held by it back to the Affiliate-Transferor or to another Affiliate of that Affiliate-Transferor, and in the case of a Transfer to another Affiliate, this paragraph 2.6.1 shall apply to such subsequent Transfer as if it were the original Transfer by the Affiliate-Transferor hereunder.

 

  2.6.2

For the purpose of this paragraph 2.6, any Transfer between the beneficial owners of the same Shareholder as at the date of the Shareholders Agreement shall be treated as a permitted Transfer under this paragraph 2.6.

 

  2.6.3

In addition, notwithstanding anything in the foregoing, Tun Kung may Transfer all or part of its shareholding in the Company to Lanbang, Tongjun and Linzhi to effect the unwinding of the Share Swap provided that Tun Kung shall provide reasonable prior notice to the Company and the other Shareholders. Upon receiving such notice, the Ping An Shareholders and Investors shall enter into a shareholders agreement with Lanbang, Tongjun and Linzhi in substantially the same form as the Shareholders Agreement.

 

2.7

Notwithstanding anything in this paragraph 2 to the contrary, the restrictions on Transfer set forth in this paragraph 2 shall not apply to any Transfer of any indirect equity interest in any C-round Investor (i) by any passive limited partner of any investment fund which holds any equity interest in such C-round Investor, provided always that such passive limited partner is not itself an Affiliate or connected person of the adviser, manager or general partner of that investment fund, or (ii) which is conducted on a public securities exchange or market.

 

63


Lufax Holding Ltd 陆金所控股有限公司

 

 

 

3.

Completion of Transfer of Shares

 

3.1

The Directors may round up or down fractional entitlements in the number of transferred Shares under any sale of Shares.

 

3.2

In addition to any requirements under any additional agreements which may be entered into by the parties to the share Transfer as conditions precedent to a transfer of shares, the Directors and officers who have been appointed by the selling Shareholder shall, upon the Company’s receipt of relevant removal notice issued by the selling Shareholder in accordance with Article 39.3 or Article 39.4 (as appropriate), resign without claiming compensation.

 

4.

Qualified Listing

 

4.1

The Company shall procure the listing of the Shares and the Conversion Shares held by the Investors at the same time as the Qualified Listing and, if applicable, the Investors shall be given customary registration rights in relation to the Shares or the Conversion Shares held by it to the extent such rights are required to enable the Investors’ Shares or Conversion Shares to be traded on the relevant securities or stock exchange.

 

4.2

Without prejudice to any accrued rights which any Member, any Note Holder or the Company may have, the rights and obligations of all Shareholders and Note Holders under these Articles (except under paragraph 4.1 of this Schedule B) shall terminate when the Company completes a Qualified Listing.

 

5.

Put Option

 

5.1

The C-round Investors’ Put Option. From and after the Closing, the Company irrevocably grants to each C-round Investor a put option (the “Put Option”), pursuant to which such C-round Investor may require the Company to purchase its respective Subscribed Shares (including any additional shares issued in respect of such Subscribed Shares by way of capitalisation of profits or reserves and any securities directly or indirectly representing such shares following any reorganisation or reconstruction of capital, including a subdivision or consolidation) (the “Put Option Shares”) from such C-round Investor for the Subscription Amount plus the Return (the “Put Option Price”).

 

64


Lufax Holding Ltd 陆金所控股有限公司

 

 

 

5.2

Exercise.

 

  5.2.1

Each C-round Investor may exercise the Put Option by giving written notice to the Company (which notice shall be irrevocable) in the following exercise periods (the “Exercise Periods”, and each, an “Exercise Period”):

 

  (a)

on or within the period of thirty (30) days immediately following the date falling three (3) years after the Closing Date if a Qualified Listing has not occurred on or before that date;

 

  (b)

on or within the period of thirty (30) days immediately following the date falling four (4) years after the Closing Date if a Qualified Listing has not occurred on or before that date; or

 

  (c)

on or within the period of thirty (30) days immediately following the date falling five (5) years after the Closing Date if a Qualified Listing has not occurred on or before that date.

 

  5.2.2

Notwithstanding paragraph 5.2.1 and the provisions of paragraph 2.5.3, but subject to paragraph 5.2.4, if any of the Ping An Shareholders (or any of their respective Affiliates to which they have transferred Shares in accordance with paragraph 2.6.1) at any time delivers a Drag Along Notice requiring any C-round Investor to sell its Shares pursuant to a Drag Along Sale at an aggregate amount of consideration per Share below the Put Option Price, such C-round Investor shall be entitled to exercise the Put Option by giving written notice to the Company (which notice shall, subject to the deemed withdrawal upon termination of the Drag Along Sale as set out in this paragraph 5.2.2 below, be irrevocable) within a period of thirty (30) days following the date of receipt of such Drag Along Notice; provided that completion of the sale and purchase of such C-round Investor’s Put Option Shares shall occur concurrently with the completion of the Drag Along Sale and if the Drag Along Sale is terminated for any reason prior to completion, any notice of exercise of the Put Option delivered by any C-round Investor with respect to such Drag Along Sale shall be deemed to have been withdrawn, without prejudice to such C-round Investor’s right to deliver any other exercise notice pursuant to this paragraph 5.2.

 

  5.2.3

Notwithstanding paragraph 5.2.1, but subject to paragraph 5.2.4, if:

 

  (a)

any of the Ping An Shareholders at any time delivers to any C-round Investor a Ping An Share Sale Notice under paragraph 2.5.2(i) in respect of a Ping An Share Sale; and

 

  (b)

the Average Post-Closing Sale Price is less than the Subscription Price,

 

65


Lufax Holding Ltd 陆金所控股有限公司

 

 

 

such C-round Investor shall be entitled to exercise the Put Option by giving written notice to the Company (which notice shall be irrevocable) within a period of thirty (30) days following the date of receipt of such Ping An Share Sale Notice.

 

  5.2.4

Notwithstanding paragraphs 5.2.1 to 5.2.3 (inclusive), the Put Option shall lapse immediately after:

 

  (a)

the end of the Exercise Period referred to in paragraph 5.2.1(c); or

 

  (b)

if a Drag Along Notice has been delivered to any C-round Investor during the Exercise Period referred to in paragraph 5.2.1(c), the end of the exercise period referred to in paragraph 5.2.2; or

 

  (c)

if a Ping An Share Sale Notice has been delivered to any C-round Investor during the Exercise Period referred to in paragraph 5.2.1(c), the end of the exercise period referred to in paragraph 5.2.3,

and the Company shall be discharged of the obligation to acquire any Put Option Shares with effect from the latest of such periods and, if the Put Option is exercised by any C-round Investor prior to the end of any period described in (a), (b) or (c) above, the date on which completion of the sale and purchase of such C-round Investor’s Put Option Shares has taken place in accordance with this paragraph 5.

 

5.3

Completion. The sale and purchase of any C-round Investor’s Put Option Shares shall be completed at Davis Polk & Wardwell, Hong Kong or such other place as the Company and the relevant C-round Investor may agree on the ninetieth (90th) day after the date of notice of exercise of the Put Option pursuant to paragraph 5.2 (or, where such day is not a Business Day, on the following Business Day); provided, with respect to any exercise of the Put Option in connection with any Drag Along Sale pursuant to paragraph 5.2.2, completion of the sale and purchase of the Put Option Shares shall occur concurrently with the completion of such Drag Along Sale. On completion, the relevant C-round Investor shall deliver to the Company or as it may direct an instrument(s) of transfer in respect of the Put Option Shares duly executed by it (or its Affiliate designee(s)), together with the relevant share certificate(s), against payment by the Company of the Put Option Price by wire transfer in USD in immediately available funds to the bank account or accounts as designated by the relevant C-round Investor.

 

66


Lufax Holding Ltd 陆金所控股有限公司

 

 

 

5.4

Other Terms. Upon completion of the sale and purchase of the Put Option Shares pursuant to paragraph 5.3, the relevant C-round Investor shall sell the Put Option Shares free from encumbrances and with all rights attaching to them on or after such completion, and such C-round Investor shall execute and deliver other documents and take other steps at the reasonable request and cost of the Company following completion where this is required to vest the Put Option Shares in the Company and otherwise to give it the full benefit of this paragraph 5. Any Put Option Shares purchased by the Company pursuant to this paragraph 5 shall be cancelled immediately upon completion of such purchase and shall not be held as treasury shares.

 

5.5

Information. In connection with, or in contemplation of, any exercise of the Put Option, during the period of sixty (60) days prior to the expiration of each Exercise Period, the Company shall prepare and submit to any C-round Investor such information (financial and otherwise) as such C-round Investor may reasonably require relating to the Company or any other Group Company as soon as reasonably practicable, and in any event within ten (10) days, following a request from such C-round Investor for such information.

 

5.6

Termination of Put Option under paragraph 5.2.2 and paragraph 5.2.3.

 

  5.6.1

Subject to paragraphs 5.6.2 and 5.6.3, any right of any C-round Investor to exercise the Put Option under paragraph 5.2.2 and paragraph 5.2.3 shall terminate on the date of the first submission by the Company of its listing application to the Hong Kong Stock Exchange as approved by the Shareholders in accordance with Article 28.5.

 

  5.6.2

If, as at the proposed date of the first submission of a listing application referred to in paragraph 5.6.1:

 

  (a)

the exercise period referred to in paragraph 5.2.2 or paragraph 5.2.3 has commenced but has not expired, the relevant C-round Investor shall be entitled to first exercise the Put Option during the outstanding exercise period under paragraph 5.2.2 or paragraph 5.2.3 (as applicable) and, if exercised, complete the sale and purchase of the Put Option Shares pursuant to paragraph 5.3; or

 

  (b)

the Put Option has already been exercised under either paragraph 5.2.2 or paragraph 5.2.3 but the sale and purchase of the relevant C-round Investor’s Put Option Shares has not been completed pursuant to paragraph 5.3, the relevant C-round Investor shall be entitled to first complete the sale and purchase of the Put Option Shares pursuant to paragraph 5.3,

 

67


Lufax Holding Ltd 陆金所控股有限公司

 

 

 

and, in each case, the Company shall delay the submission of the relevant listing application accordingly.

 

  5.6.3

Notwithstanding paragraph 5.6.1, if, following submission, the Company’s listing application to the Hong Kong Stock Exchange referred to in paragraph 5.6.1 is withdrawn, rejected, returned or lapses, the right of any C-round Investor to exercise the Put Option under paragraph 5.2.2 and paragraph 5.2.3 shall be restored in its entirety as if such right had not terminated under paragraph 5.6.1.

 

  5.6.4

In any event, the right of any C-round Investor to exercise the Put Option under paragraph 5.2.2 and paragraph 5.2.3 shall lapse upon a Qualified Listing being completed or such C-round Investor ceasing to own any Class C Ordinary Shares.

 

68

Exhibit 3.2

THE COMPANIES LAW

EXEMPTED COMPANY LIMITED BY SHARES

FIFTH AMENDED AND RESTATED

MEMORANDUM OF ASSOCIATION

OF

LUFAX HOLDING LTD

陆金所控股有限公司

(Conditionally adopted by way of a special resolution of the shareholders passed on September 30, 2020 and to become effective immediately prior to the completion of the initial public offering of the Company’s American depositary shares representing its ordinary shares with effect from [•])

 

1.

The name of the Company is Lufax Holding Ltd 陆金所控股有限公司.

 

2.

The registered office of the Company shall be at the offices of Conyers Trust Company (Cayman) Limited, Cricket Square, Hutchins Drive, PO Box 2681, Grand Cayman, KY1-1111, Cayman Islands.

 

3.

Subject to the following provisions of this Memorandum, the objects for which the Company is established are unrestricted and the Company shall have full power and authority to carry out any object not prohibited by the Companies Law or any other law of the Cayman Islands.

 

4.

Subject to the following provisions of this Memorandum, the Company shall have and be capable of exercising all the functions of a natural person of full capacity irrespective of any question of corporate benefit, as provided by Section 27(2) of the Companies Law.

 

5.

Nothing in this Memorandum shall permit the Company to carry on a business for which a licence is required under the laws of the Cayman Islands unless duly licensed.

 

6.

The Company shall not trade in the Cayman Islands with any person, firm or corporation except in furtherance of the business of the Company carried on outside the Cayman Islands; provided that nothing in this clause shall be construed as to prevent the Company effecting and concluding contracts in the Cayman Islands, and exercising in the Cayman Islands all of its powers necessary for the carrying on of its business outside the Cayman Islands.

 

7.

The liability of each member is limited to the amount from time to time unpaid on such member’s shares.


8.

The share capital of the Company is US$100,000 divided into 10,000,000,000 shares of US$0.00001 par value each, with power for the Company insofar as is permitted by applicable law and the Articles of Association, to redeem or purchase any of its shares and to increase or reduce the said capital and to issue any part of its capital, whether original, redeemed or increased with or without any preference, priority or special privilege or subject to any postponement of rights or to any conditions or restrictions and so that unless the conditions of issue shall otherwise expressly declare every issue of shares whether declared to be preference or otherwise shall be subject to the powers hereinbefore contained.

 

9.

The Company may exercise the power contained in the Companies Law to deregister in the Cayman Islands and be registered by way of continuation in another jurisdiction.


The Companies Law (As Amended)

Company Limited by Shares

THE EIGHTH AMENDED AND RESTATED

ARTICLES OF ASSOCIATION

OF

Lufax Holding Ltd

陆金所控股有限公司

(Conditionally adopted by way of a special resolution of the shareholders passed on September 30, 2020 and to become effective immediately prior to the completion of the initial public offering of the Company’s American depositary shares representing its ordinary shares with effect from [•])


I N D E X

 

SUBJECT

   Article No.  

Table A

     1  

Interpretation

     2  

Share Capital

     3  

Alteration Of Capital

     4-7  

Share Rights

     8-10  

Variation Of Rights

     11-12  

Shares

     13-16  

Share Certificates

     17-22  

Lien

     23-25  

Calls On Shares

     26-34  

Forfeiture Of Shares

     35-43  

Register Of Members

     44-45  

Record Dates

     46  

Transfer Of Shares

     47-52  

Transmission Of Shares

     53-55  

Untraceable Members

     56  

General Meetings

     57-59  

Notice Of General Meetings

     60-61  

Proceedings At General Meetings

     62-66  

Voting

     67-78  

Proxies

     79-84  

Corporations Acting By Representatives

     85  

No Action By Written Resolutions Of Members

     86  

Board Of Directors

     87  

Disqualification Of Directors

     88  

Executive Directors

     89-90  

Alternate Directors

     91-94  

Directors’ Fees And Expenses

     95-97  

Directors’ Interests

     98-101  

General Powers Of The Directors

     102-107  

Borrowing Powers

     108-111  

Proceedings Of The Directors

     112-121  

Officers

     122-125  

Register of Directors and Officers

     126  

Minutes

     127  

Seal

     128  

Authentication Of Documents

     129  

Destruction Of Documents

     130  

Dividends And Other Payments

     131-140  

Reserves

     141  

Capitalisation

     142-143  

Subscription Rights Reserve

     144  

Accounting Records

     145-146  

Audit

     147-152  

Notices

     153-155  

Signatures

     156  

Winding Up

     157-158  

Indemnity

     159  

Amendment To Memorandum and Articles of Association And Name of Company

     160  

Information

     161  

Exclusive Forum

     162  


TABLE A

1. The regulations in Table A in the First Schedule to the Companies Law (as amended) do not apply to the Company.

INTERPRETATION

2. (1) In these Articles, unless the context otherwise requires, the words standing in the first column of the following table shall bear the meaning set opposite them respectively in the second column.

 

         WORD   

MEANING

“ADSs”

   American depositary shares representing the Company’s ordinary shares.

“Audit Committee”

   any audit committee of the Company as may be formed by the Board pursuant to Article 118 hereof, or any successor audit committee.

“Auditor”

   the independent auditor of the Company which shall be an internationally recognized firm of independent accountants.

“Articles”

   these Articles in their present form or as supplemented or amended or substituted from time to time.

“Board” or “Directors”

   the board of directors of the Company or the directors present at a meeting of directors of the Company at which a quorum is present.

“capital”

   the share capital from time to time of the Company.

“Chairman of the Board”

   has the meaning given in Article 122(2).

“clear days”

   in relation to the period of a notice, that period excluding the day when the notice is given or deemed to be given and the day for which it is given or on which it is to take effect.

“clearing house”

   a clearing house recognised by the laws of the jurisdiction in which the shares of the Company (or depositary receipts therefor) are listed or quoted on a stock exchange or interdealer quotation system in such jurisdiction.

“Company”

   Lufax Holding Ltd 陆金所控股有限公司.

“competent regulatory authority”

   a competent regulatory authority in the territory where the shares of the Company (or depositary receipts therefor) are listed or quoted on a stock exchange or interdealer quotation system in such territory.

 

- 1 -


“debenture” and “debenture holder”

   include debenture stock and debenture stockholder respectively.

“Designated Stock Exchange”

   the stock exchange on which the Company’s ADSs or any shares are listed for trading.

“dollars” and “$”

   dollars, the legal currency of the United States of America.

“Exchange Act”

   the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

“head office”

   such office of the Company as the Directors may from time to time determine to be the principal office of the Company.

“Law”

   The Companies Law (as amended) of the Cayman Islands.

“Member”

   a duly registered holder from time to time of the shares in the capital of the Company.

“Memorandum of Association”

   the memorandum of association of the Company, as amended from time to time.

“month”

   a calendar month.

“Notice”

   written notice unless otherwise specifically stated and as further defined in these Articles.

“Office”

   the registered office of the Company for the time being.

“ordinary resolution”

   a resolution shall be an ordinary resolution when it has been passed by a simple majority of votes cast by such Members as, being entitled so to do, vote in person or, in the case of any Member being a corporation, by its duly authorised representative or, where proxies are allowed, by proxy at a general meeting of which not less than ten (10) clear days’ Notice has been duly given;

“Ordinary Share”

   an ordinary share of par value $0.00001 each in the share capital of the Company having the rights set out in these Articles.

“paid up”

   paid up or credited as paid up.

“Register”

   the principal register and where applicable, any branch register of Members to be maintained at such place within or outside the Cayman Islands as the Board shall determine from time to time.

 

- 2 -


“Registration Office”

   in respect of any class of share capital such place as the Board may from time to time determine to keep a branch register of Members in respect of that class of share capital and where (except in cases where the Board otherwise directs) the transfers or other documents of title for such class of share capital are to be lodged for registration and are to be registered.

“SEC”

   the United States Securities and Exchange Commission.

“Seal”

   common seal or any one or more duplicate seals of the Company (including a securities seal) for use in the Cayman Islands or in any place outside the Cayman Islands.

“Secretary”

   any person, firm or corporation appointed by the Board to perform any of the duties of secretary of the Company and includes any assistant, deputy, temporary or acting secretary.

“share”

   a share in the capital of the Company, and includes an Ordinary Share. All references to “shares” herein shall be deemed to be shares of any or all classes as the context may require. For the avoidance of doubt in these Articles the expression “share” shall include a fraction of a share.

“special resolution”

   a resolution shall be a special resolution when it has been passed by a majority of not less than two-thirds of votes cast by such Members as, being entitled so to do, vote in person or, in the case of such Members as are corporations, by their respective duly authorised representative or, where proxies are allowed, by proxy at a general meeting of which Notice specifying (without prejudice to the power contained in these Articles to amend the same) the intention to propose the resolution as a special resolution has been duly given;
   a special resolution shall be effective for any purpose for which an ordinary resolution is expressed to be required under any provision of these Articles or the Statutes.

“Statutes”

   the Law and every other law of the Cayman Islands for the time being in force applying to or affecting the Company, its Memorandum of Association and/or these Articles.

“year”

   a calendar year.

 

- 3 -


(2) In these Articles, unless there be something within the subject or context inconsistent with such construction:

 

  (a)

words importing the singular include the plural and vice versa;

 

  (b)

words importing a gender include both gender and the neuter;

 

  (c)

words importing persons include companies, associations and bodies of persons whether corporate or not;

 

  (d)

the words:

 

  (i)

“may” shall be construed as permissive;

 

  (ii)

“shall” or “will” shall be construed as imperative;

 

  (e)

expressions referring to writing shall, unless the contrary intention appears, be construed as including printing, lithography, photography and other modes of representing words or figures in a visible form, and including where the representation takes the form of electronic display, provided that both the mode of service of the relevant document or notice and the Member’s election comply with all applicable Statutes, rules and regulations;

 

  (f)

references to any law, ordinance, statute or statutory provision shall be interpreted as relating to any statutory modification or re-enactment thereof for the time being in force;

 

  (g)

save as aforesaid words and expressions defined in the Statutes shall bear the same meanings in these Articles if not inconsistent with the subject in the context;

 

  (h)

references to a document being executed include references to it being executed under hand or under seal or by electronic signature or by any other method and references to a notice or document include a notice or document recorded or stored in any digital, electronic, electrical, magnetic or other retrievable form or medium and information in visible form whether having physical substance or not;

 

  (i)

Section 8 and Section 19 of the Electronic Transactions Law (2003) of the Cayman Islands, as amended from time to time, shall not apply to these Articles to the extent they impose obligations or requirements in addition to those set out in these Articles.

SHARE CAPITAL

3. (1) The share capital of the Company at the date on which these Articles come into effect shall be divided into 10,000,000,000 shares of a par value of $0.00001 each.

(2) Subject to the Law, the Company’s Memorandum and Articles of Association and, where applicable, the rules of the Designated Stock Exchange and/or any competent regulatory authority, the Company shall have the power to purchase or otherwise acquire its own shares and such power shall be exercisable by the Board in such manner, upon such terms and subject to such conditions as it in its absolute discretion thinks fit and any determination by the Board of the manner of purchase shall be deemed authorised by these Articles for purposes of the Law. The Company is hereby authorised to make payments in respect of the purchase of its shares out of capital or out of any other account or fund which can be authorised for this purpose in accordance with the Law.

 

- 4 -


(3) The Company is authorised to hold treasury shares in accordance with the Law and may designate as treasury shares any of its shares that it purchases or redeems, or any share surrendered to it subject to the rules of the Designated Stock Exchange and/or any competent regulatory authority. Shares held by the Company as treasury shares shall continue to be classified as treasury shares until such shares are either cancelled or transferred as the Board may determine on such terms and subject to such conditions as it in its absolute discretion thinks fits in accordance with the Law subject to the rules of the Designated Stock Exchange and/or any competent regulatory authority.

(4) The Company may accept the surrender for no consideration of any fully paid share unless, as a result of such surrender, there would no longer be any issued shares of the Company other than shares held as treasury shares.

(5) No share shall be issued to bearer.

ALTERATION OF CAPITAL

4. The Company may from time to time by ordinary resolution (except for sub-paragraph (c) below which requires special resolution) in accordance with the Law alter the conditions of its Memorandum of Association to:

 

  (a)

increase its capital by such sum, to be divided into shares of such amounts, as the resolution shall prescribe;

 

  (b)

consolidate and divide all or any of its capital into shares of larger amount than its existing shares;

 

  (c)

without prejudice to the powers of the Board under Article 13, divide its shares into several classes and without prejudice to any special rights previously conferred on the holders of existing shares attach thereto respectively any preferential, deferred, qualified or special rights, privileges, conditions or such restrictions which in the absence of any such determination by the Company in general meeting, as the Directors may determine provided always that, for the avoidance of doubt, where a class of shares has been authorized by the Company no resolution of the Members in general meeting is required for the issuance of shares of that class and the Directors may issue shares of that class and determine such rights, privileges, conditions or restrictions attaching thereto as aforesaid, and further provided that where the Company issues shares which do not carry voting rights, the words “non-voting” shall appear in the designation of such shares in the Register and where the equity capital includes shares with different voting rights, the designation of each class of shares in the Register, other than those with the most favourable voting rights, must include the words “restricted voting” or “limited voting”;

 

  (d)

sub-divide its shares, or any of them, into shares of smaller amount than is fixed by the Company’s Memorandum of Association (subject, nevertheless, to the Law), and may by such resolution determine that, as between the holders of the shares resulting from such sub-division, one or more of the shares may have any such preferred, deferred or other rights or be subject to any such restrictions as compared with the other or others as the Company has power to attach to unissued or new shares;

 

- 5 -


  (e)

cancel any shares which, at the date of the passing of the resolution, have not been taken, or agreed to be taken, by any person, and diminish the amount of its capital by the amount of the shares so cancelled or, in the case of shares, without par value, diminish the number of shares into which its capital is divided.

5. The Board may settle as it considers expedient any difficulty which arises in relation to any consolidation and division under the last preceding Article and in particular but without prejudice to the generality of the foregoing may issue certificates in respect of fractions of shares or arrange for the sale of the shares representing fractions and the distribution of the net proceeds of sale (after deduction of the expenses of such sale) in due proportion amongst the Members who would have been entitled to the fractions, and for this purpose the Board may authorise some person to transfer the shares representing fractions to their purchaser or resolve that such net proceeds be paid to the Company for the Company’s benefit. Such purchaser will not be bound to see to the application of the purchase money nor will his title to the shares be affected by any irregularity or invalidity in the proceedings relating to the sale.

6. The Company may from time to time by special resolution, subject to any confirmation or consent required by the Law, reduce its share capital or any capital redemption reserve or other undistributable reserve in any manner permitted by law.

7. Except so far as otherwise provided by the conditions of issue, or by these Articles, any capital raised by the creation of new shares shall be treated as if it formed part of the original capital of the Company, and such shares shall be subject to the provisions contained in these Articles with reference to the payment of calls and instalments, transfer and transmission, forfeiture, lien, cancellation, surrender, voting and otherwise.

SHARE RIGHTS

8. Subject to the provisions of the Law, the rules of the Designated Stock Exchange and the Memorandum of Association and the Articles of Association and to any special rights conferred on the holders of any shares or class of shares, and without prejudice to Article 13 hereof, any share in the Company (whether forming part of the present capital or not) may be issued with or have attached thereto such rights or restrictions whether in regard to dividend, voting, return of capital or otherwise as the Board may determine, including without limitation on terms that they may be, or at the option of the Company or the holder are, liable to be redeemed on such terms and in such manner, including out of capital, as the Board may deem fit.

9. Subject to the Law, any preferred shares may be issued or converted into shares that, at a determinable date or at the option of the Company or the holder, if so authorised by the Memorandum of Association, are liable to be redeemed on such terms and in such manner as the Company before the issue or conversion may by ordinary resolution of the Members determine. Where the Company purchases for redemption a redeemable share, purchases not made through the market or by tender shall be limited to a maximum price as may from time to time be determined by the Board, either generally or with regard to specific purchases. If purchases are by tender, tenders shall comply with applicable laws.

 

- 6 -


10. Subject to Article 13(1), the Memorandum of Association and any resolution of the Members to the contrary and without prejudice to any special rights conferred thereby on the holders of any other shares or class of shares, the holders of shares shall, subject to these Articles:

 

  (a)

be entitled to one vote per share;

 

  (b)

be entitled to such dividends as the Board may from time to time declare;

 

  (c)

in the event of a winding up or dissolution of the Company, whether voluntary or involuntary or for the purpose of a reorganisation or otherwise or upon any distribution of capital, be entitled to the surplus assets of the Company; and

 

  (d)

generally, be entitled to enjoy all of the rights attaching to shares.

VARIATION OF RIGHTS

11. Subject to the Law and without prejudice to Article 8, all or any of the special rights for the time being attached to the shares or any class of shares may, unless otherwise provided by the terms of issue of the shares of that class, from time to time (whether or not the Company is being wound up) be varied, modified or abrogated with the sanction of a special resolution passed at a separate general meeting of the holders of the shares of that class. To every such separate general meeting all the provisions of these Articles relating to general meetings of the Company shall, mutatis mutandis, apply, but so that:

 

  (a)

the necessary quorum (whether at a separate general meeting or at its adjourned meeting) shall be a person or persons or (in the case of a Member being a corporation) its duly authorized representative together holding or representing by proxy not less than one-third in nominal value of the issued shares of that class;

 

  (b)

every holder of shares of the class shall be entitled on a poll to one vote for every such share held by him; and

 

  (c)

any holder of shares of the class present in person or by proxy or authorised representative may demand a poll.

12. The special rights conferred upon the holders of any shares or class of shares shall not, unless otherwise expressly provided in the rights attaching to or the terms of issue of such shares, be deemed to be varied, modified or abrogated by (i) the creation or issue of further shares ranking pari passu therewith or (ii) the creation, establishment or issue of shares of any other class of shares with preferred or other rights (including, without limitation, the creation of shares with enhanced or weighted voting rights) pursuant to Article 4(c) or Article 13.

 

- 7 -


SHARES

13. (1) Subject to the Law, these Articles and, where applicable, the rules of the Designated Stock Exchange and without prejudice to any special rights or restrictions for the time being attached to any shares or any class of shares, the unissued shares of the Company (whether forming part of the original or any increased capital) shall be at the disposal of the Board, which may offer, allot, grant options over or otherwise dispose of them to such persons, at such times and for such consideration and upon such terms and conditions as the Board may in its absolute discretion determine but so that no shares shall be issued at a discount. In particular and without prejudice to the generality of the foregoing, the Board is hereby empowered to authorize by resolution or resolutions from time to time, without approval of the Members, the division of shares of the Company into different classes, the creation, establishment and issuance of one or more classes or series of shares and to fix the designations (or re-designations as the case may be), powers, preferences and relative, participating, optional and other rights, if any, and the qualifications, limitations and restrictions thereof, if any, including, without limitation, the number of shares constituting each such class or series, dividend rights, conversion rights, redemption privileges, voting powers, full or limited or no voting powers, and liquidation preferences, and to increase or decrease the size of any such class or series (but not below the number of shares of any class or series of shares then outstanding) to the extent permitted by the Law. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the resolution or resolutions of the Board providing for the creation or establishment of any class(es) or series of shares may, to the extent permitted by law, provide that such class(es) or series shall be superior to, rank equally with or be junior to the shares of any other class(es) or series.

(2) Neither the Company nor the Board shall be obliged, when making or granting any allotment of, offer of, option over or disposal of shares, to make, or make available, any such allotment, offer, option or shares to Members or others with registered addresses in any particular territory or territories being a territory or territories where, in the absence of a registration statement or other special formalities, this would or might, in the opinion of the Board, be unlawful or impracticable. Members affected as a result of the foregoing sentence shall not be, or be deemed to be, a separate class of members for any purpose whatsoever. Except as otherwise expressly provided in the resolution or resolutions providing for the establishment of any class or series of preferred shares, no vote of the holders of preferred shares or ordinary shares shall be a prerequisite to the issuance of any shares of any class or series of the preferred shares authorized by and complying with the conditions of the Memorandum and Articles of Association.

(3) The Board may issue options, warrants or convertible securities or securities of similar nature conferring the right upon the holders thereof to subscribe for, purchase or receive any class of shares or securities in the capital of the Company on such terms as it may from time to time determine.

14. The Company may in connection with the issue of any shares exercise all powers of paying commission and brokerage conferred or permitted by the Law. Subject to the Law, the commission may be satisfied by the payment of cash or by the allotment of fully or partly paid shares or partly in one and partly in the other.

15. Except as required by law, no person shall be recognised by the Company as holding any share upon any trust and the Company shall not be bound by or required in any way to recognise (even when having notice thereof) any equitable, contingent, future or partial interest in any share or any fractional part of a share or (except only as otherwise provided by these Articles or by law) any other rights in respect of any share except an absolute right to the entirety thereof in the registered holder.

16. Subject to the Law and these Articles, the Board may at any time after the allotment of shares but before any person has been entered in the Register as the holder, recognise a renunciation thereof by the allottee in favour of some other person and may accord to any allottee of a share a right to effect such renunciation upon and subject to such terms and conditions as the Board considers fit to impose.

 

- 8 -


SHARE CERTIFICATES

17. Every share certificate shall be issued under the Seal or a facsimile thereof or with the Seal printed thereon and shall specify the number and class and distinguishing numbers (if any) of the shares to which it relates, and the amount paid up thereon and may otherwise be in such form as the Directors may from time to time determine. No certificate shall be issued representing shares of more than one class. The Board may by resolution determine, either generally or in any particular case or cases, that any signatures on any such certificates (or certificates in respect of other securities) need not be autographic but may be affixed to such certificates by some mechanical means or may be printed thereon.

18. (1) In the case of a share held jointly by several persons, the Company shall not be bound to issue more than one certificate therefor and delivery of a certificate to one of several joint holders shall be sufficient delivery to all such holders.

(2) Where a share stands in the names of two or more persons, the person first named in the Register shall as regards service of notices and, subject to the provisions of these Articles, all or any other matters connected with the Company, except the transfer of the shares, be deemed the sole holder thereof.

19. Every person whose name is entered, upon an allotment of shares, as a Member in the Register shall be entitled, without payment, to receive one certificate for all such shares of any one class or several certificates each for one or more of such shares of such class upon payment for every certificate after the first of such reasonable out-of-pocket expenses as the Board from time to time determines; provided however, the Company is not obligated to issue a share certificate to a Members unless the Member requests it from the Company.

20. Share certificates shall be issued within the relevant time limit as prescribed by the Law or as the Designated Stock Exchange may from time to time determine, whichever is the shorter, after allotment or, except in the case of a transfer which the Company is for the time being entitled to refuse to register and does not register, after lodgment of a transfer with the Company.

21. (1) Upon every transfer of shares the certificate held by the transferor shall be given up to be cancelled, and shall forthwith be cancelled accordingly, and a new certificate shall be issued to the transferee in respect of the shares transferred to him at such fee as is provided in paragraph (2) of this Article. If any of the shares included in the certificate so given up shall be retained by the transferor a new certificate for the balance shall be issued to him at the aforesaid fee payable by the transferor to the Company in respect thereof.

(2) The fee referred to in paragraph (1) above shall be an amount not exceeding the relevant maximum amount as the Designated Stock Exchange may from time to time determine provided that the Board may at any time determine a lower amount for such fee.

22. If a share certificate shall be damaged or defaced or alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed a new certificate representing the same shares may be issued to the relevant Member upon request and on payment of such fee as the Board may determine and, subject to compliance with such terms (if any) as to evidence and indemnity and to payment of the costs and reasonable out-of-pocket expenses of the Company in investigating such evidence and preparing such indemnity as the Board may think fit and, in case of damage or defacement, on delivery of the old certificate to the Company provided always that where share warrants have been issued, no new share warrant shall be issued to replace one that has been lost unless the Board has determined that the original has been destroyed.

 

- 9 -


LIEN

23. The Company shall have a first and paramount lien on every share (not being a fully paid share) for all moneys (whether presently payable or not) called or payable at a fixed time in respect of that share. The Company shall also have a first and paramount lien on every share (not being a fully paid share) registered in the name of a Member (whether or not jointly with other Members) for all amounts of money presently payable by such Member or his estate to the Company whether the same shall have been incurred before or after notice to the Company of any equitable or other interest of any person other than such member, and whether the period for the payment or discharge of the same shall have actually arrived or not, and notwithstanding that the same are joint debts or liabilities of such Member or his estate and any other person, whether a Member or not. The Company’s lien on a share shall extend to all dividends or other moneys payable thereon or in respect thereof. The Board may at any time, generally or in any particular case, waive any lien that has arisen or declare any share exempt in whole or in part, from the provisions of this Article.

24. Subject to these Articles, the Company may sell in such manner as the Board determines any share on which the Company has a lien, but no sale shall be made unless some sum in respect of which the lien exists is presently payable, or the liability or engagement in respect of which such lien exists is liable to be presently fulfilled or discharged nor until the expiration of fourteen (14) clear days after a notice in writing, stating and demanding payment of the sum presently payable, or specifying the liability or engagement and demanding fulfilment or discharge thereof and giving notice of the intention to sell in default, has been served on the registered holder for the time being of the share or the person entitled thereto by reason of his death or bankruptcy.

25. The net proceeds of the sale shall be received by the Company and applied in or towards payment or discharge of the debt or liability in respect of which the lien exists, so far as the same is presently payable, and any residue shall (subject to a like lien for debts or liabilities not presently payable as existed upon the share prior to the sale) be paid to the person entitled to the share at the time of the sale. To give effect to any such sale the Board may authorise some person to transfer the shares sold to the purchaser thereof. The purchaser shall be registered as the holder of the shares so transferred and he shall not be bound to see to the application of the purchase money, nor shall his title to the shares be affected by any irregularity or invalidity in the proceedings relating to the sale.

CALLS ON SHARES

26. Subject to these Articles and to the terms of allotment, the Board may from time to time make calls upon the Members in respect of any moneys unpaid on their shares (whether on account of the nominal value of the shares or by way of premium), and each Member shall (subject to being given at least fourteen (14) clear days’ Notice specifying the time and place of payment) pay to the Company as required by such notice the amount called on his shares. A call may be extended, postponed or revoked in whole or in part as the Board determines but no Member shall be entitled to any such extension, postponement or revocation except as a matter of grace and favour.

 

- 10 -


27. A call shall be deemed to have been made at the time when the resolution of the Board authorising the call was passed and may be made payable either in one lump sum or by instalments.

28. A person upon whom a call is made shall remain liable for calls made upon him notwithstanding the subsequent transfer of the shares in respect of which the call was made. The joint holders of a share shall be jointly and severally liable to pay all calls and instalments due in respect thereof or other moneys due in respect thereof.

29. If a sum called in respect of a share is not paid before or on the day appointed for payment thereof, the person from whom the sum is due shall pay interest on the amount unpaid from the day appointed for payment thereof to the time of actual payment at such rate (not exceeding twenty per cent. (20%) per annum) as the Board may determine, but the Board may in its absolute discretion waive payment of such interest in whole or in part.

30. No Member shall be entitled to receive any dividend or bonus or to be present and vote (save as proxy for another Member) at any general meeting either personally or by proxy, or be reckoned in a quorum, or exercise any other privilege as a Member until all calls or instalments due by him to the Company, whether alone or jointly with any other person, together with interest and expenses (if any) shall have been paid.

31. On the trial or hearing of any action or other proceedings for the recovery of any money due for any call, it shall be sufficient to prove that the name of the Member sued is entered in the Register as the holder, or one of the holders, of the shares in respect of which such debt accrued, that the resolution making the call is duly recorded in the minute book, and that notice of such call was duly given to the Member sued, in pursuance of these Articles; and it shall not be necessary to prove the appointment of the Directors who made such call, nor any other matters whatsoever, but the proof of the matters aforesaid shall be conclusive evidence of the debt.

32. Any amount payable in respect of a share upon allotment or at any fixed date, whether in respect of nominal value or premium or as an instalment of a call, shall be deemed to be a call duly made and payable on the date fixed for payment and if it is not paid the provisions of these Articles shall apply as if that amount had become due and payable by virtue of a call duly made and notified.

33. On the issue of shares the Board may differentiate between the allottees or holders as to the amount of calls to be paid and the times of payment.

34. The Board may, if it thinks fit, receive from any Member willing to advance the same, and either in money or money’s worth, all or any part of the moneys uncalled and unpaid or instalments payable upon any shares held by him and upon all or any of the moneys so advanced (until the same would, but for such advance, become presently payable) pay interest at such rate (if any) as the Board may decide. The Board may at any time repay the amount so advanced upon giving to such Member not less than one (1) month’s Notice of its intention in that behalf, unless before the expiration of such notice the amount so advanced shall have been called up on the shares in respect of which it was advanced. Such payment in advance shall not entitle the holder of such share or shares to participate in respect thereof in a dividend subsequently declared.

 

- 11 -


FORFEITURE OF SHARES

35. (1) If a call remains unpaid after it has become due and payable the Board may give to the person from whom it is due not less than fourteen (14) clear days’ Notice:

 

  (a)

requiring payment of the amount unpaid together with any interest which may have accrued and which may still accrue up to the date of actual payment; and

 

  (b)

stating that if the Notice is not complied with the shares on which the call was made will be liable to be forfeited.

(2) If the requirements of any such Notice are not complied with, any share in respect of which such Notice has been given may at any time thereafter, before payment of all calls and interest due in respect thereof has been made, be forfeited by a resolution of the Board to that effect, and such forfeiture shall include all dividends and bonuses declared in respect of the forfeited share but not actually paid before the forfeiture.

36. When any share has been forfeited, notice of the forfeiture shall be served upon the person who was before forfeiture the holder of the share. No forfeiture shall be invalidated by any omission or neglect to give such Notice.

37. The Board may accept the surrender of any share liable to be forfeited hereunder and, in such case, references in these Articles to forfeiture will include surrender.

38. Any share so forfeited shall be deemed the property of the Company and may be sold, re-allotted or otherwise disposed of to such person, upon such terms and in such manner as the Board determines, and at any time before a sale, re-allotment or disposition the forfeiture may be annulled by the Board on such terms as the Board determines.

39. A person whose shares have been forfeited shall cease to be a Member in respect of the forfeited shares but nevertheless shall remain liable to pay the Company all moneys which at the date of forfeiture were presently payable by him to the Company in respect of the shares, with (if the Board shall in its discretion so requires) interest thereon from the date of forfeiture until payment at such rate (not exceeding twenty per cent. (20%) per annum) as the Board shall determine. The Board may enforce payment thereof if it thinks fit, and without any deduction or allowance for the value of the forfeited shares, at the date of forfeiture, but his liability shall cease if and when the Company shall have received payment in full of all such moneys in respect of the shares. For the purposes of this Article any sum which, by the terms of issue of a share, is payable thereon at a fixed time which is subsequent to the date of forfeiture, whether on account of the nominal value of the share or by way of premium, shall notwithstanding that time has not yet arrived be deemed to be payable at the date of forfeiture, and the same shall become due and payable immediately upon the forfeiture, but interest thereon shall only be payable in respect of any period between the said fixed time and the date of actual payment.

40. A declaration by a Director or the Secretary that a share has been forfeited on a specified date shall be conclusive evidence of the facts therein stated as against all persons claiming to be entitled to the share, and such declaration shall (subject to the execution of an instrument of transfer by the Company if necessary) constitute a good title to the share, and the person to whom the share is disposed of shall be registered as the holder of the share and shall not be bound to see to the application of the consideration (if any), nor shall his title to the share be affected by any irregularity in or invalidity of the proceedings in reference to the forfeiture, sale or disposal of the share. When any share shall have been forfeited, notice of the declaration shall be given to the Member in whose name it stood immediately prior to the forfeiture, and an entry of the forfeiture, with the date thereof, shall forthwith be made in the Register, but no forfeiture shall be in any manner invalidated by any omission or neglect to give such notice or make any such entry.

 

- 12 -


41. Notwithstanding any such forfeiture as aforesaid the Board may at any time, before any shares so forfeited shall have been sold, re-allotted or otherwise disposed of, permit the shares forfeited to be bought back upon the terms of payment of all calls and interest due upon and expenses incurred in respect of the share, and upon such further terms (if any) as it thinks fit.

42. The forfeiture of a share shall not prejudice the right of the Company to any call already made or instalment payable thereon.

43. The provisions of these Articles as to forfeiture shall apply in the case of non-payment of any sum which, by the terms of issue of a share, becomes payable at a fixed time, whether on account of the nominal value of the share or by way of premium, as if the same had been payable by virtue of a call duly made and notified.

REGISTER OF MEMBERS

44. (1) The Company shall keep in one or more books a Register of its Members and shall enter therein the following particulars, that is to say:

 

  (a)

the name and address of each Member, the number and class of shares held by him and the amount paid or agreed to be considered as paid on such shares;

 

  (b)

the date on which each person was entered in the Register; and

 

  (c)

the date on which any person ceased to be a Member.

(2) The Company may keep an overseas or local or other branch register of Members resident in any place, and the Board may make and vary such regulations as it determines in respect of the keeping of any such register and maintaining a Registration Office in connection therewith.

45. The Register and branch register of Members, as the case may be, shall be open to inspection for such times and on such days as the Board shall determine by Members without charge or by any other person, upon a maximum payment of $2.50 or such other sum specified by the Board, at the Office or Registration Office or such other place at which the Register is kept in accordance with the Law. The Register including any overseas or local or other branch register of Members may, after compliance with any notice requirement of the Designated Stock Exchange or by any electronic means in such manner as may be accepted by the Designated Stock Exchange to that effect, be closed at such times or for such periods not exceeding in the whole thirty (30) days in each year as the Board may determine and either generally or in respect of any class of shares.

RECORD DATES

46. For the purpose of determining the Members entitled to notice of or to vote at any general meeting, or any adjournment thereof, or entitled to express consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting, or entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment of any rights, or entitled to exercise any rights in respect of any change, conversion or exchange of shares or for the purpose of any other lawful action, the Board may fix, in advance, a date as the record date for any such determination of Members, which date shall not be more than sixty (60) days nor less than ten (10) days before the date of such meeting, nor more than sixty (60) days prior to any other such action.

 

- 13 -


If the Board does not fix a record date for any general meeting, the record date for determining the Members entitled to a notice of or to vote at such meeting shall be at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which notice is given, or, if in accordance with these Articles notice is waived, at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which the meeting is held. The record date for determining the Members for any other purpose shall be at the close of business on the day on which the Board adopts the resolution relating thereto.

A determination of the Members of record entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of the Members shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting; provided, however, that the Board may fix a new record date for the adjourned meeting.

TRANSFER OF SHARES

47. Subject to these Articles, any Member may transfer all or any of his shares by an instrument of transfer in the usual or common form or in a form prescribed by the Designated Stock Exchange or in any other form approved by the Board and may be under hand or, if the transferor or transferee is a clearing house or a central depository house or its nominee(s), by hand or by machine imprinted signature or by such other manner of execution as the Board may approve from time to time.

48. The instrument of transfer shall be executed by or on behalf of the transferor and the transferee provided that the Board may dispense with the execution of the instrument of transfer by the transferee in any case which it thinks fit in its discretion to do so. Without prejudice to the last preceding Article, the Board may also resolve, either generally or in any particular case, upon request by either the transferor or transferee, to accept mechanically executed transfers. The transferor shall be deemed to remain the holder of the share until the name of the transferee is entered in the Register in respect thereof. Nothing in these Articles shall preclude the Board from recognising a renunciation of the allotment or provisional allotment of any share by the allottee in favour of some other person.

49. (1) The Board may, in its absolute discretion, and without giving any reason therefor, refuse to register a transfer of any share (not being a fully paid up share) to a person of whom it does not approve, or any share issued under any share incentive scheme for employees upon which a restriction on transfer imposed thereby still subsists, and it may also, without prejudice to the foregoing generality, refuse to register a transfer of any share to more than four joint holders or a transfer of any share (not being a fully paid up share) on which the Company has a lien.

(2) The Board in so far as permitted by any applicable law may, in its absolute discretion, at any time and from time to time transfer any share upon the Register to any branch register or any share on any branch register to the Register or any other branch register. In the event of any such transfer, the shareholder requesting such transfer shall bear the cost of effecting the transfer unless the Board otherwise determines.

 

- 14 -


(3) Unless the Board otherwise agrees (which agreement may be on such terms and subject to such conditions as the Board in its absolute discretion may from time to time determine, and which agreement the Board shall, without giving any reason therefor, be entitled in its absolute discretion to give or withhold), no shares upon the Register shall be transferred to any branch register nor shall shares on any branch register be transferred to the Register or any other branch register and all transfers and other documents of title shall be lodged for registration, and registered, in the case of any shares on a branch register, at the relevant Registration Office, and, in the case of any shares on the Register, at the Office or such other place at which the Register is kept in accordance with the Law.

50. Without limiting the generality of the last preceding Article, the Board may decline to recognise any instrument of transfer unless:-

 

  (a)

a fee of such maximum sum as the Designated Stock Exchange may determine to be payable or such lesser sum as the Board may from time to time require is paid to the Company in respect thereof;

 

  (b)

the instrument of transfer is in respect of only one class of share;

 

  (c)

the instrument of transfer is lodged at the Office or such other place at which the Register is kept in accordance with the Law or the Registration Office (as the case may be) accompanied by the relevant share certificate(s) and such other evidence as the Board may reasonably require to show the right of the transferor to make the transfer (and, if the instrument of transfer is executed by some other person on his behalf, the authority of that person so to do); and

 

  (d)

if applicable, the instrument of transfer is duly and properly stamped.

51. If the Board refuses to register a transfer of any share, it shall, within three months after the date on which the transfer was lodged with the Company, send to each of the transferor and transferee notice of the refusal.

52. The registration of transfers of shares or of any class of shares may, after compliance with any notice requirements of the Designated Stock Exchange be suspended at such times and for such periods (not exceeding in the whole thirty (30) days in any year) as the Board may determine.

TRANSMISSION OF SHARES

53. If a Member dies, the survivor or survivors where the deceased was a joint holder, and his legal personal representatives where he was a sole or only surviving holder, will be the only persons recognised by the Company as having any title to his interest in the shares; but nothing in this Article will release the estate of a deceased Member (whether sole or joint) from any liability in respect of any share which had been solely or jointly held by him.

 

- 15 -


54. Any person becoming entitled to a share in consequence of the death or bankruptcy or winding-up of a Member may, upon such evidence as to his title being produced as may be required by the Board, elect either to become the holder of the share or to have some person nominated by him registered as the transferee thereof. If he elects to become the holder he shall notify the Company in writing either at the Registration Office or the Office, as the case may be, to that effect. If he elects to have another person registered he shall execute a transfer of the share in favour of that person. The provisions of these Articles relating to the transfer and registration of transfers of shares shall apply to such notice or transfer as aforesaid as if the death or bankruptcy of the Member had not occurred and the notice or transfer were a transfer signed by such Member.

55. A person becoming entitled to a share by reason of the death or bankruptcy or winding-up of a Member shall be entitled to the same dividends and other advantages to which he would be entitled if he were the registered holder of the share. However, the Board may, if it thinks fit, withhold the payment of any dividend payable or other advantages in respect of such share until such person shall become the registered holder of the share or shall have effectually transferred such share, but, subject to the requirements of Article 76(2) being met, such a person may vote at meetings.

UNTRACEABLE MEMBERS

56. (1) Without prejudice to the rights of the Company under paragraph (2) of this Article, the Company may cease sending cheques for dividend entitlements or dividend warrants by post if such cheques or warrants have been left uncashed on two consecutive occasions. However, the Company may exercise the power to cease sending cheques for dividend entitlements or dividend warrants after the first occasion on which such a cheque or warrant is returned undelivered.

(2) The Company shall have the power to sell, in such manner as the Board thinks fit, any shares of a Member who is untraceable, but no such sale shall be made unless:

 

  (a)

all cheques or warrants in respect of dividends of the shares in question, being not less than three (3) in total number, for any sum payable in cash to the holder of such shares in respect of them sent during the relevant period in the manner authorised by the Articles have remained uncashed;

 

  (b)

so far as it is aware at the end of the relevant period, the Company has not at any time during the relevant period received any indication of the existence of the Member who is the holder of such shares or of a person entitled to such shares by death, bankruptcy or operation of law; and

 

  (c)

the Company, if so required by the rules governing the listing of shares on the Designated Stock Exchange, has given notice to, and caused advertisement in newspapers to be made in accordance with the requirements of, the Designated Stock Exchange of its intention to sell such shares in the manner required by the Designated Stock Exchange, and a period of three (3) months or such shorter period as may be allowed by the Designated Stock Exchange has elapsed since the date of such advertisement.

For the purpose of the foregoing, the “relevant period” means the period commencing twelve (12) years before the date of publication of the advertisement referred to in paragraph (c) of this Article and ending at the expiry of the period referred to in that paragraph.

 

- 16 -


(3) To give effect to any such sale the Board may authorise some person to transfer the said shares and an instrument of transfer signed or otherwise executed by or on behalf of such person shall be as effective as if it had been executed by the registered holder or the person entitled by transmission to such shares, and the purchaser shall not be bound to see to the application of the purchase money nor shall his title to the shares be affected by any irregularity or invalidity in the proceedings relating to the sale. The net proceeds of the sale will belong to the Company and upon receipt by the Company of such net proceeds it shall become indebted to the former Member for an amount equal to such net proceeds. No trust shall be created in respect of such debt and no interest shall be payable in respect of it and the Company shall not be required to account for any money earned from the net proceeds which may be employed in the business of the Company or as it thinks fit. Any sale under this Article shall be valid and effective notwithstanding that the Member holding the shares sold is dead, bankrupt or otherwise under any legal disability or incapacity.

GENERAL MEETINGS

57. The Company may, but is not obliged to, hold a general meeting in each year as its annual general meeting and shall specify the meeting as such in the notices calling it. The annual general meeting shall be held at such time and place as may be determined by the Directors.

58. Each general meeting, other than an annual general meeting, shall be called an extraordinary general meeting. General meetings may be held at such times and in any location in the world as may be determined by the Board.

59. A majority of the Board or the Chairman of the Board may call annual general meetings and extraordinary general meetings, which shall be held at such times and locations (as permitted hereby) as such person or persons shall determine. Any two or more Members holding at the date of deposit of the requisition not less than one-third of the paid up capital of the Company carrying the right of voting at general meetings of the Company shall at all times have the right, by written requisition to the Board or the Secretary of the Company, to require an extraordinary general meeting to be called by the Board for the transaction of any business specified in such requisition; and such meeting shall be held within two (2) months after the deposit of such requisition. If within sixty-one (61) days of such deposit the Board fails to proceed to convene such meeting the requisitionist(s) himself (themselves) may do so in the same manner, and all reasonable expenses incurred by the requisitionist(s) as a result of the failure of the Board shall be reimbursed to the requisitionist(s) by the Company.

NOTICE OF GENERAL MEETINGS

60. (1) An annual general meeting and any extraordinary general meeting may be called by not less than seven (7) clear days’ Notice but a general meeting may be called by shorter notice, subject to the Law, if it is so agreed:

 

  (a)

in the case of a meeting called as an annual general meeting, by all the Members entitled to attend and vote thereat; and

 

  (b)

in the case of any other meeting, by two-thirds of the Members having the right to attend and vote at the meeting.

 

- 17 -


(2) The notice shall specify the time and place of the meeting and the general nature of the business. The notice convening an annual general meeting shall specify the meeting as such. Notice of every general meeting shall be given to all Members other than to such Members as, under the provisions of these Articles or the terms of issue of the shares they hold, are not entitled to receive such notices from the Company, to all persons entitled to a share in consequence of the death or bankruptcy or winding-up of a Member and to each of the Directors and the Auditors.

61. The accidental omission to give Notice of a meeting or (in cases where instruments of proxy are sent out with the Notice) to send such instrument of proxy to, or the non-receipt of such Notice or such instrument of proxy by, any person entitled to receive such Notice shall not invalidate any resolution passed or the proceedings at that meeting.

PROCEEDINGS AT GENERAL MEETINGS

62. No business other than the appointment of a chairman of a meeting shall be transacted at any general meeting unless a quorum is present at the commencement of the business. At any general meeting of the Company, two (2) Members entitled to vote and present in person or by proxy or (in the case of a Member being a corporation) by its duly authorised representative representing not less than one-third in nominal value of the total issued voting shares in the Company throughout the meeting shall form a quorum for all purposes.

63. If within thirty (30) minutes (or such longer time not exceeding one hour as the chairman of the meeting may determine to wait) after the time appointed for the meeting a quorum is not present, the meeting shall stand adjourned to the same day in the next week at the same time and place or to such time and place as the Board may determine. If at such adjourned meeting a quorum is not present within half an hour from the time appointed for holding the meeting, the meeting shall be dissolved.

64. The Chairman of the Board shall preside as chairman at every general meeting. If at any meeting the chairman is not present within fifteen (15) minutes after the time appointed for holding the meeting, or is not willing to act as chairman, the Directors present shall choose one of their number to act, or if one Director only is present he shall preside as chairman if willing to act. If no Director is present, or if each of the Directors present declines to take the chair, or if the chairman chosen shall retire from the chair, the Members present in person or (in the case of a Member being a corporation) by its duly authorised representative or by proxy and entitled to vote shall elect one of their number to be chairman.

65. The chairman may adjourn the meeting from time to time and from place to place, but no business shall be transacted at any adjourned meeting other than the business which might lawfully have been transacted at the meeting had the adjournment not taken place. When a meeting is adjourned for fourteen (14) days or more, at least seven (7) clear days’ notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given specifying the time and place of the adjourned meeting, but it shall not be necessary to specify in such notice the nature of the business to be transacted at the adjourned meeting and the general nature of the business to be transacted. Where a meeting is adjourned for less than fourteen (14) days, at least two (2) clear days’ notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given specifying the time and place of the adjourned meeting, but it shall not be necessary to specify in such notice the nature of the business to be transacted at the adjourned meeting and the general nature of the business to be transacted.

 

- 18 -


66. If an amendment is proposed to any resolution under consideration but is in good faith ruled out of order by the chairman of the meeting, the proceedings on the substantive resolution shall not be invalidated by any error in such ruling. In the case of a resolution duly proposed as a special resolution, no amendment thereto (other than a mere clerical amendment to correct a patent error) may in any event be considered or voted upon.

VOTING

67. Subject to any special rights or restrictions as to voting for the time being attached to any shares by or in accordance with these Articles, at any general meeting on a show of hands every Member present in person (or being a corporation, is present by a duly authorised representative), or by proxy shall have one vote and on a poll every Member present in person or by proxy or, in the case of a Member being a corporation, by its duly authorised representative shall have one vote for every fully paid share of which he is the holder but so that no amount paid up or credited as paid up on a share in advance of calls or instalments is treated for the foregoing purposes as paid up on the share. Notwithstanding anything contained in these Articles, where more than one proxy is appointed by a Member which is a clearing house or a central depository house (or its nominee(s)), each such proxy shall have one vote on a show of hands. A resolution put to the vote of a meeting shall be decided on a show of hands unless voting by way of a poll is required by the rules of the Designated Stock Exchange or (before or on the declaration of the result of the show of hands or on the withdrawal of any other demand for a poll) a poll is demanded:

 

  (a)

by the chairman of such meeting; or

 

  (b)

by a Member or Members present in person or (in the case of a Member being a corporation) by its duly authorised representative or by proxy and representing not less than one-tenth of the total voting rights of all Members having the right to vote at the meeting.

68. Unless a poll is duly demanded and the demand is not withdrawn, a declaration by the chairman that a resolution has been carried, or carried unanimously, or by a particular majority, or not carried by a particular majority, or lost, and an entry to that effect made in the minute book of the Company, shall be conclusive evidence of the facts without proof of the number or proportion of the votes recorded for or against the resolution.

69. If a poll is duly demanded the result of the poll shall be deemed to be the resolution of the meeting at which the poll was demanded. The Company shall only be required to disclose the voting figures on a poll if such disclosure is required by the rules of the Designated Stock Exchange.

70. A poll demanded on the election of a chairman, or on a question of adjournment, shall be taken forthwith. A poll demanded on any other question shall be taken in such manner (including the use of ballot or voting papers or tickets) and either forthwith or at such time (being not later than thirty (30) days after the date of the demand) and place as the chairman directs. It shall not be necessary (unless the chairman otherwise directs) for notice to be given of a poll not taken immediately.

71. The demand for a poll shall not prevent the continuance of a meeting or the transaction of any business other than the question on which the poll has been demanded, and, with the consent of the chairman, it may be withdrawn at any time before the close of the meeting or the taking of the poll, whichever is the earlier.

72. On a poll votes may be given either personally or by proxy.

 

- 19 -


73. A person entitled to more than one vote on a poll need not use all his votes or cast all the votes he uses in the same way.

74. All questions submitted to a meeting shall be decided by a simple majority of votes except where a greater majority is required by these Articles or by the Law. In the case of an equality of votes, whether on a show of hands or on a poll, the chairman of such meeting shall be entitled to a second or casting vote in addition to any other vote he may have.

75. Where there are joint holders of any share any one of such joint holders may vote, either in person or by proxy, in respect of such share as if he were solely entitled thereto, but if more than one of such joint holders be present at any meeting the vote of the senior holder who tenders a vote, whether in person or by proxy, shall be accepted to the exclusion of the votes of the other joint holders, and for this purpose seniority shall be determined by the order in which the names stand in the Register in respect of the joint holding. Several executors or administrators of a deceased Member in whose name any share stands shall for the purposes of this Article be deemed joint holders thereof.

76. (1) A Member who is a patient for any purpose relating to mental health or in respect of whom an order has been made by any court having jurisdiction for the protection or management of the affairs of persons incapable of managing their own affairs may vote, whether on a show of hands or on a poll, by his receiver, committee, curator bonis or other person in the nature of a receiver, committee or curator bonis appointed by such court, and such receiver, committee, curator bonis or other person may vote on a poll by proxy, and may otherwise act and be treated as if he were the registered holder of such shares for the purposes of general meetings, provided that such evidence as the Board may require of the authority of the person claiming to vote shall have been deposited at the Office, head office or Registration Office, as appropriate, not less than forty-eight (48) hours before the time appointed for holding the meeting, or adjourned meeting or poll, as the case may be.

(2) Any person entitled under Article 54 to be registered as the holder of any shares may vote at any general meeting in respect thereof in the same manner as if he were the registered holder of such shares, provided that forty-eight (48) hours at least before the time of the holding of the meeting or adjourned meeting, as the case may be, at which he proposes to vote, he shall satisfy the Board of his entitlement to such shares, or the Board shall have previously admitted his right to vote at such meeting in respect thereof.

77. No Member shall, unless the Board otherwise determines, be entitled to attend and vote and to be reckoned in a quorum at any general meeting unless he is duly registered and all calls or other sums presently payable by him in respect of shares in the Company have been paid.

78. If:

 

  (a)

any objection shall be raised to the qualification of any voter; or

 

  (b)

any votes have been counted which ought not to have been counted or which might have been rejected; or

 

  (c)

any votes are not counted which ought to have been counted;

the objection or error shall not vitiate the decision of the meeting or adjourned meeting on any resolution unless the same is raised or pointed out at the meeting or, as the case may be, the adjourned meeting at which the vote objected to is given or tendered or at which the error occurs. Any objection or error shall be referred to the chairman of the meeting and shall only vitiate the decision of the meeting on any resolution if the chairman decides that the same may have affected the decision of the meeting. The decision of the chairman on such matters shall be final and conclusive.

 

- 20 -


PROXIES

79. Any Member entitled to attend and vote at a general meeting of the Company shall be entitled to appoint another person as his proxy to attend and vote instead of him. A Member who is the holder of two or more shares may appoint more than one proxy to represent him and vote on his behalf at a general meeting of the Company or at a class meeting. A proxy need not be a Member. In addition, a proxy or proxies representing either a Member who is an individual or a Member which is a corporation shall be entitled to exercise the same powers on behalf of the Member which he or they represent as such Member could exercise.

80. The instrument appointing a proxy shall be in writing under the hand of the appointor or of his attorney duly authorised in writing or, if the appointor is a corporation, either under its seal or under the hand of an officer, attorney or other person authorised to sign the same. In the case of an instrument of proxy purporting to be signed on behalf of a corporation by an officer thereof it shall be assumed, unless the contrary appears, that such officer was duly authorised to sign such instrument of proxy on behalf of the corporation without further evidence of the facts.

81. The instrument appointing a proxy and (if required by the Board) the power of attorney or other authority (if any) under which it is signed, or a certified copy of such power or authority, shall be delivered to such place or one of such places (if any) as may be specified for that purpose in or by way of note to or in any document accompanying the notice convening the meeting (or, if no place is so specified at the Registration Office or the Office, as may be appropriate) not less than forty-eight (48) hours before the time appointed for holding the meeting or adjourned meeting at which the person named in the instrument proposes to vote or, in the case of a poll taken subsequently to the date of a meeting or adjourned meeting, not less than twenty-four (24) hours before the time appointed for the taking of the poll and in default the instrument of proxy shall not be treated as valid. No instrument appointing a proxy shall be valid after the expiration of twelve (12) months from the date named in it as the date of its execution, except at an adjourned meeting or on a poll demanded at a meeting or an adjourned meeting in cases where the meeting was originally held within twelve (12) months from such date. Delivery of an instrument appointing a proxy shall not preclude a Member from attending and voting in person at the meeting convened and in such event, the instrument appointing a proxy shall be deemed to be revoked.

82. Instruments of proxy shall be in any common form or in such other form as the Board may approve (provided that this shall not preclude the use of the two-way form) and the Board may, if it thinks fit, send out with the notice of any meeting forms of instrument of proxy for use at the meeting. The instrument of proxy shall be deemed to confer authority to demand or join in demanding a poll and to vote on any amendment of a resolution put to the meeting for which it is given as the proxy thinks fit. The instrument of proxy shall, unless the contrary is stated therein, be valid as well for any adjournment of the meeting as for the meeting to which it relates.

 

- 21 -


83. A vote given in accordance with the terms of an instrument of proxy shall be valid notwithstanding the previous death or insanity of the principal, or revocation of the instrument of proxy or of the authority under which it was executed, provided that no intimation in writing of such death, insanity or revocation shall have been received by the Company at the Office or the Registration Office (or such other place as may be specified for the delivery of instruments of proxy in the notice convening the meeting or other document sent therewith) two (2) hours at least before the commencement of the meeting or adjourned meeting, or the taking of the poll, at which the instrument of proxy is used.

84. Anything which under these Articles a Member may do by proxy he may likewise do by his duly appointed attorney and the provisions of these Articles relating to proxies and instruments appointing proxies shall apply mutatis mutandis in relation to any such attorney and the instrument under which such attorney is appointed.

CORPORATIONS ACTING BY REPRESENTATIVES

85. (1) Any corporation which is a Member may by resolution of its directors or other governing body authorise such person as it thinks fit to act as its representative at any meeting of the Company or at any meeting of any class of Members. The person so authorised shall be entitled to exercise the same powers on behalf of such corporation as the corporation could exercise if it were an individual Member and such corporation shall for the purposes of these Articles be deemed to be present in person at any such meeting if a person so authorised is present thereat.

(2) If a clearing house or a central depository entity (or its nominee(s)), being a corporation, is a Member, it may authorise such persons as it thinks fit to act as its representatives at any meeting of the Company or at any meeting of any class of Members provided that the authorisation shall specify the number and class of shares in respect of which each such representative is so authorised. Each person so authorised under the provisions of this Article shall be deemed to have been duly authorised without further evidence of the facts and be entitled to exercise the same rights and powers on behalf of the clearing house or a central depository entity (or its nominee(s)) as if such person was the registered holder of the shares of the Company held by the clearing house or a central depository entity (or its nominee(s)) including the right to vote individually on a show of hands.

(3) Any reference in these Articles to a duly authorised representative of a Member being a corporation shall mean a representative authorised under the provisions of this Article.

NO ACTION BY WRITTEN RESOLUTIONS OF MEMBERS

86. Any action required or permitted to be taken at any annual or extraordinary general meetings of the Company may be taken only upon the vote of the Members at an annual or extraordinary general meeting duly noticed and convened in accordance with these Articles and the Law and may not be taken by written resolution of Members without a meeting.

BOARD OF DIRECTORS

87. (1) Unless otherwise determined by the Company in general meeting, the number of Directors shall not be less than three (3). There shall be no maximum number of Directors unless otherwise determined from time to time by the Members in general meeting.

(2) Subject to the Articles and the Law, the Company may by ordinary resolution appoint any person to be a Director either to fill a casual vacancy or as an addition to the existing Board.

 

- 22 -


(3) The Directors shall have the power from time to time and at any time to appoint any person as a Director to fill a casual vacancy on the Board or as an addition to the existing Board. An appointment of a Director may be on terms that the Director shall automatically retire from office (unless he has sooner vacated office) at the next or a subsequent annual general meeting or upon any specified event or after any specified period in a written agreement between the Company and the Director, if any; but no such term shall be implied in the absence of express provision. Each Director whose term of office expires shall be eligible for re-appointment at a meeting of the Members or re-appointment by the Board.

(4) No Director shall be required to hold any shares of the Company by way of qualification and a Director who is not a Member shall be entitled to receive notice of and to attend and speak at any general meeting of the Company and of all classes of shares of the Company.

(5) Subject to any provision to the contrary in these Articles, a Director may be removed by way of an ordinary resolution of the Members at any time before the expiration of his period of office notwithstanding anything in these Articles or in any agreement between the Company and such Director (but without prejudice to any claim for damages under any such agreement).

(6) A vacancy on the Board created by the removal of a Director under the provisions of subparagraph (5) above may be filled by the appointment by ordinary resolution of the Members at the meeting at which such Director is removed or by the affirmative vote of a simple majority of the remaining Directors present and voting at a Board meeting.

(7) The Company may from time to time in general meeting by ordinary resolution increase or reduce the number of Directors but so that the number of Directors shall never be less than two (2).

DISQUALIFICATION OF DIRECTORS

88. The office of a Director shall be vacated if the Director:

(1) resigns his office by notice in writing delivered to the Company at the Office or tendered at a meeting of the Board;

(2) becomes of unsound mind or dies;

(3) without special leave of absence from the Board, is absent from meetings of the Board for three consecutive meetings and the Board resolves that his office be vacated;

(4) becomes bankrupt or has a receiving order made against him or suspends payment or compounds with his creditors;

(5) is prohibited by law from being a Director; or

(6) ceases to be a Director by virtue of any provision of the Statutes or is removed from office pursuant to these Articles.

 

- 23 -


EXECUTIVE DIRECTORS

89. The Board may from time to time appoint any one or more of its body to be a managing director, joint managing director or deputy managing director or to hold any other employment or executive office with the Company for such period (subject to their continuance as Directors) and upon such terms as the Board may determine and the Board may revoke or terminate any of such appointments. Any such revocation or termination as aforesaid shall be without prejudice to any claim for damages that such Director may have against the Company or the Company may have against such Director. A Director appointed to an office under this Article shall be subject to the same provisions as to removal as the other Directors of the Company, and he shall (subject to the provisions of any contract between him and the Company) ipso facto and immediately cease to hold such office if he shall cease to hold the office of Director for any cause.

90. Notwithstanding Articles 95, 96 and 97, an executive director appointed to an office under Article 89 hereof shall receive such remuneration (whether by way of salary, commission, participation in profits or otherwise or by all or any of those modes) and such other benefits (including pension and/or gratuity and/or other benefits on retirement) and allowances as the Board may from time to time determine, and either in addition to or in lieu of his remuneration as a Director.

ALTERNATE DIRECTORS

91. Any Director may at any time by Notice delivered to the Office or head office or at a meeting of the Directors appoint any person (including another Director) to be his alternate Director. Any person so appointed shall have all the rights and powers of the Director or Directors for whom such person is appointed in the alternative provided that such person shall not be counted more than once in determining whether or not a quorum is present. An alternate Director may be removed at any time by the body which appointed him and, subject thereto, the office of alternate Director shall continue until the happening of any event which, if he were a Director, would cause him to vacate such office or if his appointer ceases for any reason to be a Director. Any appointment or removal of an alternate Director shall be effected by Notice signed by the appointor and delivered to the Office or head office or tendered at a meeting of the Board. An alternate Director may also be a Director in his own right and may act as alternate to more than one Director. An alternate Director shall, if his appointor so requests, be entitled to receive notices of meetings of the Board or of committees of the Board to the same extent as, but in lieu of, the Director appointing him and shall be entitled to such extent to attend and vote as a Director at any such meeting at which the Director appointing him is not personally present and generally at such meeting to exercise and discharge all the functions, powers and duties of his appointor as a Director and for the purposes of the proceedings at such meeting the provisions of these Articles shall apply as if he were a Director save that as an alternate for more than one Director, he shall have a voting right for every Director for whom he has been appointed as an alternate.

92. An alternate Director shall only be a Director for the purposes of the Law and shall only be subject to the provisions of the Law insofar as they relate to the duties and obligations of a Director when performing the functions of the Director for whom he is appointed in the alternative and shall alone be responsible to the Company for his acts and defaults and shall not be deemed to be the agent of or for the Director appointing him. An alternate Director shall be entitled to contract and be interested in and benefit from contracts or arrangements or transactions and to be repaid expenses and to be indemnified by the Company to the same extent mutatis mutandis as if he were a Director but he shall not be entitled to receive from the Company any fee in his capacity as an alternate Director except only such part, if any, of the remuneration otherwise payable to his appointor as such appointor may by Notice to the Company from time to time direct.

 

- 24 -


93. Every person acting as an alternate Director shall have one vote for each Director for whom he acts as alternate (in addition to his own vote if he is also a Director). If his appointor is for the time being absent from the People’s Republic of China or otherwise not available or unable to act, the signature of an alternate Director to any resolution in writing of the Board or a committee of the Board of which his appointor is a member shall, unless the notice of his appointment provides to the contrary, be as effective as the signature of his appointor.

94. An alternate Director shall ipso facto cease to be an alternate Director if his appointor ceases for any reason to be a Director, however, such alternate Director or any other person may be re-appointed by the Directors to serve as an alternate Director PROVIDED always that, if at any meeting any Director retires but is re-elected at the same meeting, any appointment of such alternate Director pursuant to these Articles which was in force immediately before his retirement shall remain in force as though he had not retired.

DIRECTORS’ FEES AND EXPENSES

95. The Directors shall receive such remuneration as the Board may from time to time determine. Each Director shall be entitled to be repaid or prepaid all traveling, hotel and incidental expenses reasonably incurred or expected to be incurred by him in attending meetings of the Board or committees of the board or general meetings or separate meetings of any class of shares or of debenture of the Company or otherwise in connection with the discharge of his duties as a Director.

96. Any Director who, by request, goes or resides abroad for any purpose of the Company or who performs services which in the opinion of the Board go beyond the ordinary duties of a Director may be paid such extra remuneration (whether by way of salary, commission, participation in profits or otherwise) as the Board may determine and such extra

remuneration shall be in addition to or in substitution for any ordinary remuneration provided for by or pursuant to any other Article.

97. The Board shall determine any payment to any Director or past Director of the Company by way of compensation for loss of office, or as consideration for or in connection with his retirement from office (not being payment to which the Director is contractually entitled).

DIRECTORS’ INTERESTS

98. A Director may:

 

  (a)

hold any other office or place of profit with the Company (except that of Auditor) in conjunction with his office of Director for such period and upon such terms as the Board may determine. Any remuneration (whether by way of salary, commission, participation in profits or otherwise) paid to any Director in respect of any such other office or place of profit shall be in addition to any remuneration provided for by or pursuant to any other Article;

 

- 25 -


  (b)

act by himself or his firm in a professional capacity for the Company (otherwise than as Auditor) and he or his firm may be remunerated for professional services as if he were not a Director;

 

  (c)

continue to be or become a director, managing director, joint managing director, deputy managing director, executive director, manager or other officer or member of any other company promoted by the Company or in which the Company may be interested as a vendor, shareholder or otherwise and (unless otherwise agreed) no such Director shall be accountable for any remuneration, profits or other benefits received by him as a director, managing director, joint managing director, deputy managing director, executive director, manager or other officer or member of or from his interests in any such other company. Subject as otherwise provided by these Articles the Directors may exercise or cause to be exercised the voting powers conferred by the shares in any other company held or owned by the Company, or exercisable by them as Directors of such other company in such manner in all respects as they think fit (including the exercise thereof in favour of any resolution appointing themselves or any of them directors, managing directors, joint managing directors, deputy managing directors, executive directors, managers or other officers of such company) or voting or providing for the payment of remuneration to the director, managing director, joint managing director, deputy managing director, executive director, manager or other officers of such other company and any Director may vote in favour of the exercise of such voting rights in manner aforesaid notwithstanding that he may be, or about to be, appointed a director, managing director, joint managing director, deputy managing director, executive director, manager or other officer of such a company, and that as such he is or may become interested in the exercise of such voting rights in manner aforesaid.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, no “Independent Director” as defined in the rules of the Designated Stock Exchange, and with respect of whom the Board has determined constitutes an “Independent Director” for purposes of compliance with applicable law or the rules of the Designated Stock Exchange, shall without the consent of the Audit Committee (if an Audit Committee has been formed by the Board pursuant to Article 118) take any of the foregoing actions or any other action that would reasonably be likely to affect such Director’s status as an “Independent Director” of the Company.

99. Subject to the Law and to these Articles, no Director or proposed or intending Director shall be disqualified by his office from contracting with the Company, either with regard to his tenure of any office or place of profit or as vendor, purchaser or in any other manner whatsoever, nor shall any such contract or any other contract or arrangement in which any Director is in any way interested be liable to be avoided, nor shall any Director so contracting or being so interested be liable to account to the Company or the Members for any remuneration, profit or other benefits realised by any such contract or arrangement by reason of such Director holding that office or of the fiduciary relationship thereby established provided that such Director shall disclose the nature of his interest in any contract or arrangement in which he is interested in accordance with Article 100 herein. Any such transaction that would reasonably be likely to affect a Director’s status as an “Independent Director”, or that would constitute a “related party transaction” as defined by the rules of the Designated Stock Exchange or under applicable laws, shall require the approval of the Audit Committee (if an Audit Committee has been formed by the Board pursuant to Article 118).

 

- 26 -


100. A Director who to his knowledge is in any way, whether directly or indirectly, interested in a contract or arrangement or proposed contract or arrangement with the Company shall declare the nature of his interest at the meeting of the Board at which the question of entering into the contract or arrangement is first considered, if he knows his interest then exists, or in any other case at the first meeting of the Board after he knows that he is or has become so interested. For the purposes of this Article, a general Notice to the Board by a Director to the effect that:

 

  (a)

he is a member or officer of a specified company or firm and is to be regarded as interested in any contract or arrangement which may after the date of the Notice be made with that company or firm; or

 

  (b)

he is to be regarded as interested in any contract or arrangement which may after the date of the Notice be made with a specified person who is connected with him;

shall be deemed to be a sufficient declaration of interest under this Article in relation to any such contract or arrangement, provided that no such Notice shall be effective unless either it is given at a meeting of the Board or the Director takes reasonable steps to secure that it is brought up and read at the next Board meeting after it is given.

101. Following a declaration being made pursuant to the last preceding two Articles, subject to any separate requirement for Audit Committee (if an Audit Committee has been formed by the Board pursuant to Article 118) approval under applicable law or the listing rules of the Company’s Designated Stock Exchange, and unless disqualified by the chairman of the relevant Board meeting, a Director may vote in respect of any contract or proposed contract or arrangement in which such Director is interested and may be counted in the quorum at such meeting.

GENERAL POWERS OF THE DIRECTORS

102. (1) The business of the Company shall be managed and conducted by the Board, which may pay all expenses incurred in forming and registering the Company and may exercise all powers of the Company (whether relating to the management of the business of the Company or otherwise) which are not by the Statutes or by these Articles required to be exercised by the Company in general meeting, subject nevertheless to the provisions of the Statutes and of these Articles and to such regulations being not inconsistent with such provisions, as may be prescribed by the Company in general meeting, but no regulations made by the Company in general meeting shall invalidate any prior act of the Board which would have been valid if such regulations had not been made. The general powers given by this Article shall not be limited or restricted by any special authority or power given to the Board by any other Article.

(2) Without prejudice to the general powers conferred by these Articles it is hereby expressly declared that the Board shall have the following powers:

 

  (a)

to give to any person the right or option of requiring at a future date that an allotment shall be made to him of any share at par or at such premium as may be agreed;

 

  (b)

to give to any Directors, officers or employees of the Company an interest in any particular business or transaction or participation in the profits thereof or in the general profits of the Company either in addition to or in substitution for a salary or other remuneration; and

 

- 27 -


  (c)

to resolve that the Company be deregistered in the Cayman Islands and continued in a named jurisdiction outside the Cayman Islands subject to the provisions of the Law.

103. The Board may establish any regional or local boards or agencies for managing any of the affairs of the Company in any place, and may appoint any persons to be members of such local boards, or any managers or agents, and may fix their remuneration (either by way of salary or by commission or by conferring the right to participation in the profits of the Company or by a combination of two or more of these modes) and pay the working expenses of any staff employed by them upon the business of the Company. The Board may delegate to any regional or local board, manager or agent any of the powers, authorities and discretions vested in or exercisable by the Board (other than its powers to make calls and forfeit shares), with power to sub-delegate, and may authorise the members of any of them to fill any vacancies therein and to act notwithstanding vacancies. Any such appointment or delegation may be made upon such terms and subject to such conditions as the Board may think fit, and the Board may remove any person appointed as aforesaid, and may revoke or vary such delegation, but no person dealing in good faith and without notice of any such revocation or variation shall be affected thereby.

104. The Board may by power of attorney appoint any company, firm or person, to be the attorney or attorneys of the Company for such purposes and with such powers, authorities and discretions (not exceeding those vested in or exercisable by the Board under these Articles) and for such period and subject to such conditions as it may think fit, and any such power of attorney may contain such provisions for the protection and convenience of persons dealing with any such attorney as the Board may think fit, and may also authorise any such attorney to sub-delegate all or any of the powers, authorities and discretions vested in him. Such attorney or attorneys may, if so authorised under the Seal of the Company, execute any deed or instrument under their personal seal with the same effect as the affixation of the Company’s Seal.

105. The Board may entrust to and confer upon a managing director, joint managing director, deputy managing director, an executive director or any Director any of the powers exercisable by it upon such terms and conditions and with such restrictions as it thinks fit, and either collaterally with, or to the exclusion of, its own powers, and may from time to time revoke or vary all or any of such powers but no person dealing in good faith and without notice of such revocation or variation shall be affected thereby.

106. All cheques, promissory notes, drafts, bills of exchange and other instruments, whether negotiable or transferable or not, and all receipts for moneys paid to the Company shall be signed, drawn, accepted, endorsed or otherwise executed, as the case may be, in such manner as the Board shall from time to time by resolution determine. The Company’s banking accounts shall be kept with such banker or bankers as the Board shall from time to time determine.

107. (1) The Board may establish or concur or join with other companies (being subsidiary companies of the Company or companies with which it is associated in business) in establishing and making contributions out of the Company’s moneys to any schemes or funds for providing pensions, sickness or compassionate allowances, life assurance or other benefits for employees (which expression as used in this and the following paragraph shall include any Director or ex-Director who may hold or have held any executive office or any office of profit under the Company or any of its subsidiary companies) and ex-employees of the Company and their dependants or any class or classes of such person.

 

- 28 -


(2) The Board may pay, enter into agreements to pay or make grants of revocable or irrevocable pensions or other benefits to employees and ex-employees and their dependants, or to any of such persons, including pensions or benefits additional to those, if any, to which such employees or ex-employees or their dependants are or may become entitled under any such scheme or fund as mentioned in the last preceding paragraph. Any such pension or benefit may, as the Board considers desirable, be granted to an employee either before and in anticipation of or upon or at any time after his actual retirement, and may be subject or not subject to any terms or conditions as the Board may determine.

BORROWING POWERS

108. The Board may exercise all the powers of the Company to raise or borrow money and to mortgage or charge all or any part of the undertaking, property and assets (present and future) and uncalled capital of the Company and, subject to the Law, to issue debentures, bonds and other securities, whether outright or as collateral security for any debt, liability or obligation of the Company or of any third party.

109. Debentures, bonds and other securities may be made assignable free from any equities between the Company and the person to whom the same may be issued.

110. Any debentures, bonds or other securities may be issued at a discount (other than shares), premium or otherwise and with any special privileges as to redemption, surrender, drawings, allotment of shares, attending and voting at general meetings of the Company, appointment of Directors and otherwise.

111. (1) Where any uncalled capital of the Company is charged, all persons taking any subsequent charge thereon shall take the same subject to such prior charge, and shall not be entitled, by notice to the Members or otherwise, to obtain priority over such prior charge.

(2) The Board shall cause a proper register to be kept, in accordance with the provisions of the Law, of all charges specifically affecting the property of the Company and of any series of debentures issued by the Company and shall duly comply with the requirements of the Law in regard to the registration of charges and debentures therein specified and otherwise.

PROCEEDINGS OF THE DIRECTORS

112. The Board may meet for the despatch of business, adjourn and otherwise regulate its meetings as it considers appropriate. Questions arising at any meeting shall be determined by a majority of votes. In the case of any equality of votes the chairman of the meeting shall have an additional or casting vote.

113. A meeting of the Board may be convened by the Secretary on request of a Director or by any Director. The Secretary shall convene a meeting of the Board of which notice may be given in writing or by telephone or in such other manner as the Board may from time to time determine whenever he shall be required so to do by the president or chairman, as the case may be, or any Director.

 

- 29 -


114. (1) The quorum necessary for the transaction of the business of the Board may be fixed by the Board and, unless so fixed at any other number, shall be a majority of the Directors. An alternate Director shall be counted in a quorum in the case of the absence of a Director for whom he is the alternate provided that he shall not be counted more than once for the purpose of determining whether or not a quorum is present.

(2) Directors may participate in any meeting of the Board by means of a conference telephone or other communications equipment through which all persons participating in the meeting can communicate with each other simultaneously and instantaneously and, for the purpose of counting a quorum, such participation shall constitute presence at a meeting as if those participating were present in person.

(3) Any Director who ceases to be a Director at a Board meeting may continue to be present and to act as a Director and be counted in the quorum until the termination of such Board meeting if no other Director objects and if otherwise a quorum of Directors would not be present.

115. The continuing Directors or a sole continuing Director may act notwithstanding any vacancy in the Board but, if and so long as the number of Directors is reduced below the minimum number fixed by or in accordance with these Articles as the quorum, the continuing Directors or Director, notwithstanding that the number of Directors is below the number fixed by or in accordance with these Articles as the quorum or that there is only one continuing Director, may act for the purpose of filling vacancies in the Board or of summoning general meetings of the Company but not for any other purpose.

116. The Chairman of the Board shall be the chairman of all meetings of the Board. If the Chairman of the Board is not present at any meeting within five (5) minutes after the time appointed for holding the same, the Directors present may choose one of their number to be chairman of the meeting.

117. A meeting of the Board at which a quorum is present shall be competent to exercise all the powers, authorities and discretions for the time being vested in or exercisable by the Board.

118. (1) The Board may delegate any of its powers, authorities and discretions to committees, consisting of such Director or Directors and other persons as it thinks fit, and they may, from time to time, revoke such delegation or revoke the appointment of and discharge any such committees either wholly or in part, and either as to persons or purposes. Any committee so formed shall, in the exercise of the powers, authorities and discretions so delegated, conform to any regulations which may be imposed on it by the Board.

(2) All acts done by any such committee in conformity with such regulations, and in fulfilment of the purposes for which it was appointed, but not otherwise, shall have like force and effect as if done by the Board, and the Board (or if the Board delegates such power, the committee) shall have power to remunerate the members of any such committee, and charge such remuneration to the current expenses of the Company.

119. The meetings and proceedings of any committee consisting of two or more members shall be governed by the provisions contained in these Articles for regulating the meetings and proceedings of the Board so far as the same are applicable and are not superseded by any regulations imposed by the Board under the last preceding Article, indicating, without limitation, any committee charter adopted by the Board for purposes or in respect of any such committee.

 

- 30 -


120. A resolution in writing signed by all the Directors or all the members of a committee of Directors entitled to receive notice of a meeting of Directors or committee of Directors, as the case may be (an alternate Director, subject as provided otherwise in the terms of appointment of the alternate Director, being entitled to sign such a resolution on behalf of his appointer if his appointer is for the time being not available or unable to act), except such as are temporarily unable to act through ill-health or disability shall (provided that such number is sufficient to constitute a quorum and further provided that a copy of such resolution has been given or the contents thereof communicated to all the Directors for the time being entitled to receive notices of Board meetings in the same manner as notices of meetings are required to be given by these Articles) be as valid and effectual as if a resolution had been passed at a meeting of the Board or committee of Directors, as the case may be, duly convened and held. Such resolution may be contained in one document or in several documents in like form each signed by one or more of the Directors and for this purpose a facsimile signature of a Director shall be treated as valid.

121. All acts bona fide done by the Board or by any committee or by any person acting as a Director or members of a committee, shall, notwithstanding that it is afterwards discovered that there was some defect in the appointment of any member of the Board or such committee or person acting as aforesaid or that they or any of them were disqualified or had vacated office, be as valid as if every such person had been duly appointed and was qualified and had continued to be a Director or member of such committee.

OFFICERS

122. (1) The officers of the Company shall consist of the Chairman of the Board, the Directors and Secretary and such additional officers (who may or may not be Directors) as the Board may from time to time determine, all of whom shall be deemed to be officers for the purposes of the Law and these Articles.

(2) The Directors shall, as soon as may be after each appointment or election of Directors, elect amongst the Directors a chairman (“Chairman of the Board”) and if more than one Director is proposed for this office, the election to such office shall take place in such manner as the Directors may determine.

(3) The officers shall receive such remuneration as the Directors may from time to time determine.

123. (1) The Secretary and additional officers, if any, shall be appointed by the Board and shall hold office on such terms and for such period as the Board may determine. If thought fit, two or more persons may be appointed as joint Secretaries. The Board may also appoint from time to time on such terms as it thinks fit one or more assistant or deputy Secretaries.

(2) The Secretary shall attend all meetings of the Members and shall keep correct minutes of such meetings and enter the same in the proper books provided for the purpose. He shall perform such other duties as are prescribed by the Law or these Articles or as may be prescribed by the Board.

124. The officers of the Company shall have such powers and perform such duties in the management, business and affairs of the Company as may be delegated to them by the Directors from time to time.

125. A provision of the Law or of these Articles requiring or authorising a thing to be done by or to a Director and the Secretary shall not be satisfied by its being done by or to the same person acting both as Director and as or in place of the Secretary.

 

- 31 -


REGISTER OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS

126. The Company shall cause to be kept in one or more books at its Office a Register of Directors and Officers in which there shall be entered the full names and addresses of the Directors and Officers and such other particulars as required by the Law or as the Directors may determine. The Company shall send to the Registrar of Companies in the Cayman Islands a copy of such register, and shall from time to time notify to the said Registrar of any change that takes place in relation to such Directors and Officers as required by the Law.

MINUTES

127. (1) The Board shall cause minutes to be duly entered in books provided for the purpose:

 

  (a)

of all elections and appointments of officers;

 

  (b)

of the names of the Directors present at each meeting of the Directors and of any committee of the Directors;

 

  (c)

of all resolutions and proceedings of each general meeting of the Members, meetings of the Board and meetings of committees of the Board and where there are managers, of all proceedings of meetings of the managers.

 

  (2)

Minutes shall be kept by the Secretary at the Office.

SEAL

128. (1) The Company shall have one or more Seals, as the Board may determine. For the purpose of sealing documents creating or evidencing securities issued by the Company, the Company may have a securities seal which is a facsimile of the Seal of the Company with the addition of the word “Securities” on its face or in such other form as the Board may approve. The Board shall provide for the custody of each Seal and no Seal shall be used without the authority of the Board or of a committee of the Board authorised by the Board in that behalf. Subject as otherwise provided in these Articles, any instrument to which a Seal is affixed shall be signed autographically by one Director and the Secretary or by two Directors or by such other person (including a Director) or persons as the Board may appoint, either generally or in any particular case, save that as regards any certificates for shares or debentures or other securities of the Company the Board may by resolution determine that such signatures or either of them shall be dispensed with or affixed by some method or system of mechanical signature. Every instrument executed in manner provided by this Article shall be deemed to be sealed and executed with the authority of the Board previously given.

(2) Where the Company has a Seal for use abroad, the Board may by writing under the Seal appoint any agent or committee abroad to be the duly authorised agent of the Company for the purpose of affixing and using such Seal and the Board may impose restrictions on the use thereof as may be thought fit. Wherever in these Articles reference is made to the Seal, the reference shall, when and so far as may be applicable, be deemed to include any such other Seal as aforesaid.

 

- 32 -


AUTHENTICATION OF DOCUMENTS

129. Any Director or the Secretary or any person appointed by the Board for the purpose may authenticate any documents affecting the constitution of the Company and any resolution passed by the Company or the Board or any committee, and any books, records, documents and accounts relating to the business of the Company, and to certify copies thereof or extracts therefrom as true copies or extracts, and if any books, records, documents or accounts are elsewhere than at the Office or the head office the local manager or other officer of the Company having the custody thereof shall be deemed to be a person so appointed by the Board. A document purporting to be a copy of a resolution, or an extract from the minutes of a meeting, of the Company or of the Board or any committee which is so certified shall be conclusive evidence in favour of all persons dealing with the Company upon the faith thereof that such resolution has been duly passed or, as the case may be, that such minutes or extract is a true and accurate record of proceedings at a duly constituted meeting.

DESTRUCTION OF DOCUMENTS

130. (1) Subject to applicable laws, the Company shall be entitled to destroy the following documents at the following times:

 

  (a)

any share certificate which has been cancelled at any time after the expiry of one (1) year from the date of such cancellation;

 

  (b)

any dividend mandate or any variation or cancellation thereof or any notification of change of name or address at any time after the expiry of two (2) years from the date such mandate variation cancellation or notification was recorded by the Company;

 

  (c)

any instrument of transfer of shares which has been registered at any time after the expiry of seven (7) years from the date of registration;

 

  (d)

any allotment letters after the expiry of seven (7) years from the date of issue thereof; and

 

  (e)

copies of powers of attorney, grants of probate and letters of administration at any time after the expiry of seven (7) years after the account to which the relevant power of attorney, grant of probate or letters of administration related has been closed;

and it shall conclusively be presumed in favour of the Company that every entry in the Register purporting to be made on the basis of any such documents so destroyed was duly and properly made and every share certificate so destroyed was a valid certificate duly and properly cancelled and that every instrument of transfer so destroyed was a valid and effective instrument duly and properly registered and that every other document destroyed hereunder was a valid and effective document in accordance with the recorded particulars thereof in the books or records of the Company. Provided always that: (1) the foregoing provisions of this Article shall apply only to the destruction of a document in good faith and without express notice to the Company that the preservation of such document was relevant to a claim; (2) nothing contained in this Article shall be construed as imposing upon the Company any liability in respect of the destruction of any such document earlier than as aforesaid or in any case where the conditions of proviso (1) above are not fulfilled; and (3) references in this Article to the destruction of any document include references to its disposal in any manner.

 

- 33 -


(2) Notwithstanding any provision contained in these Articles, the Directors may, if permitted by applicable law, authorise the destruction of documents set out in sub-paragraphs (a) to (e) of paragraph (1) of this Article and any other documents in relation to share registration which have been microfilmed or electronically stored by the Company or by the share registrar on its behalf provided always that this Article shall apply only to the destruction of a document in good faith and without express notice to the Company and its share registrar that the preservation of such document was relevant to a claim.

DIVIDENDS AND OTHER PAYMENTS

131. Subject to the Law, the Company in general meeting or the Board may from time to time declare dividends in any currency to be paid to the Members but no dividend shall be declared in excess of the amount recommended by the Board.

132. Dividends may be declared and paid out of the profits of the Company, realised or unrealised, or from any reserve set aside from profits which the Directors determine is no longer needed. The Board may also declare and pay dividends out of share premium account or any other fund or account which can be authorised for this purpose in accordance with the Law.

133. Except in so far as the rights attaching to, or the terms of issue of, any share otherwise provide:

 

  (a)

all dividends shall be declared and paid according to the amounts paid up on the shares in respect of which the dividend is paid, but no amount paid up on a share in advance of calls shall be treated for the purposes of this Article as paid up on the share; and

 

  (b)

all dividends shall be apportioned and paid pro rata according to the amounts paid up on the shares during any portion or portions of the period in respect of which the dividend is paid.

134. The Board may from time to time pay to the Members such interim dividends as appear to the Board to be justified by the profits of the Company and in particular (but without prejudice to the generality of the foregoing) if at any time the share capital of the Company is divided into different classes, the Board may pay such interim dividends in respect of those shares in the capital of the Company which confer on the holders thereof deferred or non-preferential rights as well as in respect of those shares which confer on the holders thereof preferential rights with regard to dividend and provided that the Board acts bona fide the Board shall not incur any responsibility to the holders of shares conferring any preference for any damage that they may suffer by reason of the payment of an interim dividend on any shares having deferred or non-preferential rights and may also pay any fixed dividend which is payable on any shares of the Company half-yearly or on any other dates, whenever such profits, in the opinion of the Board, justifies such payment.

135. The Board may deduct from any dividend or other moneys payable to a Member by the Company on or in respect of any shares all sums of money (if any) presently payable by him to the Company on account of calls or otherwise.

136. No dividend or other moneys payable by the Company on or in respect of any share shall bear interest against the Company.

 

- 34 -


137. Any dividend, interest or other sum payable in cash to the holder of shares may be paid by cheque or warrant sent through the post addressed to the holder at his registered address or, in the case of joint holders, addressed to the holder whose name stands first in the Register in respect of the shares at his address as appearing in the Register or addressed to such person and at such address as the holder or joint holders may in writing direct. Every such cheque or warrant shall, unless the holder or joint holders otherwise direct, be made payable to the order of the holder or, in the case of joint holders, to the order of the holder whose name stands first on the Register in respect of such shares, and shall be sent at his or their risk and payment of the cheque or warrant by the bank on which it is drawn shall constitute a good discharge to the Company notwithstanding that it may subsequently appear that the same has been stolen or that any endorsement thereon has been forged. Any one of two or more joint holders may give effectual receipts for any dividends or other moneys payable or property distributable in respect of the shares held by such joint holders.

138. All dividends or bonuses unclaimed for one (1) year after having been declared may be invested or otherwise made use of by the Board for the benefit of the Company until claimed. Any dividend or bonuses unclaimed after a period of six (6) years from the date of declaration shall be forfeited and shall revert to the Company. The payment by the Board of any unclaimed dividend or other sums payable on or in respect of a share into a separate account shall not constitute the Company a trustee in respect thereof.

139. Whenever the Board or the Company in general meeting has resolved that a dividend be paid or declared, the Board may further resolve that such dividend be satisfied wholly or in part by the distribution of specific assets of any kind and in particular of paid up shares, debentures or warrants to subscribe securities of the Company or any other company, or in any one or more of such ways, and where any difficulty arises in regard to the distribution the Board may settle the same as it thinks expedient, and in particular may issue certificates in respect of fractions of shares, disregard fractional entitlements or round the same up or down, and may fix the value for distribution of such specific assets, or any part thereof, and may determine that cash payments shall be made to any Members upon the basis of the value so fixed in order to adjust the rights of all parties, and may vest any such specific assets in trustees as may seem expedient to the Board and may appoint any person to sign any requisite instruments of transfer and other documents on behalf of the persons entitled to the dividend, and such appointment shall be effective and binding on the Members. The Board may resolve that no such assets shall be made available to Members with registered addresses in any particular territory or territories where, in the absence of a registration statement or other special formalities, such distribution of assets would or might, in the opinion of the Board, be unlawful or impracticable and in such event the only entitlement of the Members aforesaid shall be to receive cash payments as aforesaid. Members affected as a result of the foregoing sentence shall not be or be deemed to be a separate class of Members for any purpose whatsoever.

140. (1) Whenever the Board or the Company in general meeting has resolved that a dividend be paid or declared on any class of the share capital of the Company, the Board may further resolve either:

 

  (a)

that such dividend be satisfied wholly or in part in the form of an allotment of shares credited as fully paid up, provided that the Members entitled thereto will be entitled to elect to receive such dividend (or part thereof if the Board so determines) in cash in lieu of such allotment. In such case, the following provisions shall apply:

 

  (i)

the basis of any such allotment shall be determined by the Board;

 

- 35 -


  (ii)

the Board, after determining the basis of allotment, shall give not less than ten (10) days’ Notice to the holders of the relevant shares of the right of election accorded to them and shall send with such notice forms of election and specify the procedure to be followed and the place at which and the latest date and time by which duly completed forms of election must be lodged in order to be effective;

 

  (iii)

the right of election may be exercised in respect of the whole or part of that portion of the dividend in respect of which the right of election has been accorded; and

 

  (iv)

the dividend (or that part of the dividend to be satisfied by the allotment of shares as aforesaid) shall not be payable in cash on shares in respect whereof the cash election has not been duly exercised (“the non-elected shares”) and in satisfaction thereof shares of the relevant class shall be allotted credited as fully paid up to the holders of the non-elected shares on the basis of allotment determined as aforesaid and for such purpose the Board shall capitalise and apply out of any part of the undivided profits of the Company (including profits carried and standing to the credit of any reserves or other special account, share premium account, capital redemption reserve other than the Subscription Rights Reserve) as the Board may determine, such sum as may be required to pay up in full the appropriate number of shares of the relevant class for allotment and distribution to and amongst the holders of the non-elected shares on such basis; or

 

  (b)

that the Members entitled to such dividend shall be entitled to elect to receive an allotment of shares credited as fully paid up in lieu of the whole or such part of the dividend as the Board may think fit. In such case, the following provisions shall apply:

 

  (i)

the basis of any such allotment shall be determined by the Board;

 

  (ii)

the Board, after determining the basis of allotment, shall give not less than ten (10) days’ Notice to the holders of the relevant shares of the right of election accorded to them and shall send with such notice forms of election and specify the procedure to be followed and the place at which and the latest date and time by which duly completed forms of election must be lodged in order to be effective;

 

  (iii)

the right of election may be exercised in respect of the whole or part of that portion of the dividend in respect of which the right of election has been accorded; and

 

  (iv)

the dividend (or that part of the dividend in respect of which a right of election has been accorded) shall not be payable in cash on shares in respect whereof the share election has been duly exercised (“the elected shares”) and in lieu thereof shares of the relevant class shall be allotted credited as fully paid up to the holders of the elected shares on the basis of allotment determined as aforesaid and for such purpose the Board shall capitalise and apply out of any part of the undivided profits of the Company (including profits carried and standing to the credit of any reserves or other special account, share premium account, capital redemption reserve other than the Subscription Rights Reserve) as the Board may determine, such sum as may be required to pay up in full the appropriate number of shares of the relevant class for allotment and distribution to and amongst the holders of the elected shares on such basis.

 

- 36 -


  (2)

  

(a)   The shares allotted pursuant to the provisions of paragraph (1) of this Article shall rank pari passu in all respects with shares of the same class (if any) then in issue save only as regards participation in the relevant dividend or in any other distributions, bonuses or rights paid, made, declared or announced prior to or contemporaneously with the payment or declaration of the relevant dividend unless, contemporaneously with the announcement by the Board of their proposal to apply the provisions of sub-paragraph (a) or (b) of paragraph (2) of this Article in relation to the relevant dividend or contemporaneously with their announcement of the distribution, bonus or rights in question, the Board shall specify that the shares to be allotted pursuant to the provisions of paragraph (1) of this Article shall rank for participation in such distribution, bonus or rights.

 

  (b)

The Board may do all acts and things considered necessary or expedient to give effect to any capitalisation pursuant to the provisions of paragraph (1) of this Article, with full power to the Board to make such provisions as it thinks fit in the case of shares becoming distributable in fractions (including provisions whereby, in whole or in part, fractional entitlements are aggregated and sold and the net proceeds distributed to those entitled, or are disregarded or rounded up or down or whereby the benefit of fractional entitlements accrues to the Company rather than to the Members concerned). The Board may authorise any person to enter into on behalf of all Members interested, an agreement with the Company providing for such capitalisation and matters incidental thereto and any agreement made pursuant to such authority shall be effective and binding on all concerned.

(3) The Board may, or the Company may upon the recommendation of the Board by ordinary resolution, resolve in respect of any one particular dividend of the Company that notwithstanding the provisions of paragraph (1) of this Article a dividend may be satisfied wholly in the form of an allotment of shares credited as fully paid up without offering any right to shareholders to elect to receive such dividend in cash in lieu of such allotment.

(4) The Board may on any occasion determine that rights of election and the allotment of shares under paragraph (1) of this Article shall not be made available or made to any shareholders with registered addresses in any territory where, in the absence of a registration statement or other special formalities, the circulation of an offer of such rights of election or the allotment of shares would or might, in the opinion of the Board, be unlawful or impracticable, and in such event the provisions aforesaid shall be read and construed subject to such determination. Members affected as a result of the foregoing sentence shall not be or be deemed to be a separate class of Members for any purpose whatsoever.

(5) Any resolution declaring a dividend on shares of any class, whether a resolution of the Company in general meeting or a resolution of the Board, may specify that the same shall be payable or distributable to the persons registered as the holders of such shares at the close of business on a particular date, notwithstanding that it may be a date prior to that on which the resolution is passed, and thereupon the dividend shall be payable or distributable to them in accordance with their respective holdings so registered, but without prejudice to the rights inter se in respect of such dividend of transferors and transferees of any such shares. The provisions of this Article shall mutatis mutandis apply to bonuses, capitalisation issues, distributions of realised capital profits or offers or grants made by the Company to the Members.

 

- 37 -


RESERVES

141. (1) The Board shall establish an account to be called the share premium account and shall carry to the credit of such account from time to time a sum equal to the amount or value of the premium paid on the issue of any share in the Company. Unless otherwise provided by the provisions of these Articles, the Board may apply the share premium account in any manner permitted by the Law. The Company shall at all times comply with the provisions of the Law in relation to the share premium account.

(2) Before recommending any dividend, the Board may set aside out of the profits of the Company such sums as it determines as reserves which shall, at the discretion of the Board, be applicable for any purpose to which the profits of the Company may be properly applied and pending such application may, also at such discretion, either be employed in the business of the Company or be invested in such investments as the Board may from time to time think fit and so that it shall not be necessary to keep any investments constituting the reserve or reserves separate or distinct from any other investments of the Company. The Board may also without placing the same to reserve carry forward any profits which it may think prudent not to distribute.

CAPITALISATION

142. The Company may, upon the recommendation of the Board, at any time and from time to time pass an ordinary resolution to the effect that it is desirable to capitalise all or any part of any amount for the time being standing to the credit of any reserve or fund (including a share premium account and capital redemption reserve and the profit and loss account) whether or not the same is available for distribution and accordingly that such amount be set free for distribution among the Members or any class of Members who would be entitled thereto if it were distributed by way of dividend and in the same proportions, on the basis that the same is not paid in cash but is applied either in or towards paying up the amounts for the time being unpaid on any shares in the Company held by such Members respectively or in paying up in full unissued shares, debentures or other obligations of the Company, to be allotted and distributed credited as fully paid up among such Members, or partly in one way and partly in the other, and the Board shall give effect to such resolution provided that, for the purposes of this Article, a share premium account and any capital redemption reserve or fund representing unrealised profits, may be applied only in paying up in full unissued shares of the Company to be allotted to such Members credited as fully paid.

143. The Board may settle, as it considers appropriate, any difficulty arising in regard to any distribution under the last preceding Article and in particular may issue certificates in respect of fractions of shares or authorise any person to sell and transfer any fractions or may resolve that the distribution should be as nearly as may be practicable in the correct proportion but not exactly so or may ignore fractions altogether, and may determine that cash payments shall be made to any Members in order to adjust the rights of all parties, as may seem expedient to the Board. The Board may appoint any person to sign on behalf of the persons entitled to participate in the distribution any contract necessary or desirable for giving effect thereto and such appointment shall be effective and binding upon the Members.

 

- 38 -


SUBSCRIPTION RIGHTS RESERVE

144. The following provisions shall have effect to the extent that they are not prohibited by and are in compliance with the Law:

 

  (1)

If, so long as any of the rights attached to any warrants issued by the Company to subscribe for shares of the Company shall remain exercisable, the Company does any act or engages in any transaction which, as a result of any adjustments to the subscription price in accordance with the provisions of the conditions of the warrants, would reduce the subscription price to below the par value of a share, then the following provisions shall apply:

 

  (a)

as from the date of such act or transaction the Company shall establish and thereafter (subject as provided in this Article) maintain in accordance with the provisions of this Article a reserve (the “Subscription Rights Reserve”) the amount of which shall at no time be less than the sum which for the time being would be required to be capitalised and applied in paying up in full the nominal amount of the additional shares required to be issued and allotted credited as fully paid pursuant to sub-paragraph (c) below on the exercise in full of all the subscription rights outstanding and shall apply the Subscription Rights Reserve in paying up such additional shares in full as and when the same are allotted;

 

  (b)

the Subscription Rights Reserve shall not be used for any purpose other than that specified above unless all other reserves of the Company (other than share premium account) have been extinguished and will then only be used to make good losses of the Company if and so far as is required by law;

 

  (c)

upon the exercise of all or any of the subscription rights represented by any warrant, the relevant subscription rights shall be exercisable in respect of a nominal amount of shares equal to the amount in cash which the holder of such warrant is required to pay on exercise of the subscription rights represented thereby (or, as the case may be the relevant portion thereof in the event of a partial exercise of the subscription rights) and, in addition, there shall be allotted in respect of such subscription rights to the exercising warrantholder, credited as fully paid, such additional nominal amount of shares as is equal to the difference between:

 

  (i)

the said amount in cash which the holder of such warrant is required to pay on exercise of the subscription rights represented thereby (or, as the case may be, the relevant portion thereof in the event of a partial exercise of the subscription rights); and

 

  (ii)

the nominal amount of shares in respect of which such subscription rights would have been exercisable having regard to the provisions of the conditions of the warrants, had it been possible for such subscription rights to represent the right to subscribe for shares at less than par and immediately upon such exercise so much of the sum standing to the credit of the Subscription Rights Reserve as is required to pay up in full such additional nominal amount of shares shall be capitalised and applied in paying up in full such additional nominal amount of shares which shall forthwith be allotted credited as fully paid to the exercising warrantholders; and

 

- 39 -


  (d)

if, upon the exercise of the subscription rights represented by any warrant, the amount standing to the credit of the Subscription Rights Reserve is not sufficient to pay up in full such additional nominal amount of shares equal to such difference as aforesaid to which the exercising warrantholder is entitled, the Board shall apply any profits or reserves then or thereafter becoming available (including, to the extent permitted by law, share premium account) for such purpose until such additional nominal amount of shares is paid up and allotted as aforesaid and until then no dividend or other distribution shall be paid or made on the fully paid shares of the Company then in issue. Pending such payment and allotment, the exercising warrantholder shall be issued by the Company with a certificate evidencing his right to the allotment of such additional nominal amount of shares. The rights represented by any such certificate shall be in registered form and shall be transferable in whole or in part in units of one share in the like manner as the shares for the time being are transferable, and the Company shall make such arrangements in relation to the maintenance of a register therefor and other matters in relation thereto as the Board may think fit and adequate particulars thereof shall be made known to each relevant exercising warrantholder upon the issue of such certificate.

(2) Shares allotted pursuant to the provisions of this Article shall rank pari passu in all respects with the other shares allotted on the relevant exercise of the subscription rights represented by the warrant concerned. Notwithstanding anything contained in paragraph (1) of this Article, no fraction of any share shall be allotted on exercise of the subscription rights.

(3) The provision of this Article as to the establishment and maintenance of the Subscription Rights Reserve shall not be altered or added to in any way which would vary or abrogate, or which would have the effect of varying or abrogating the provisions for the benefit of any warrantholder or class of warrantholders under this Article without the sanction of a special resolution of such warrantholders or class of warrantholders.

(4) A certificate or report by the auditors for the time being of the Company as to whether or not the Subscription Rights Reserve is required to be established and maintained and if so the amount thereof so required to be established and maintained, as to the purposes for which the Subscription Rights Reserve has been used, as to the extent to which it has been used to make good losses of the Company, as to the additional nominal amount of shares required to be allotted to exercising warrantholders credited as fully paid, and as to any other matter concerning the Subscription Rights Reserve shall (in the absence of manifest error) be conclusive and binding upon the Company and all warrantholders and shareholders.

ACCOUNTING RECORDS

145. The Board shall cause true accounts to be kept of the sums of money received and expended by the Company, and the matters in respect of which such receipt and expenditure take place, and of the property, assets, credits and liabilities of the Company and of all other matters required by the Law or necessary to give a true and fair view of the Company’s affairs and to explain its transactions.

146. The accounting records shall be kept at the Office or, at such other place or places as the Board decides and shall always be open to inspection by the Directors. No Member (other than a Director) shall have any right of inspecting any accounting record or book or document of the Company except as conferred by law or authorised by the Board or the Company in general meeting.

 

- 40 -


AUDIT

147. Subject to applicable law and rules of the Designated Stock Exchange, the Board may appoint an auditor, who shall hold office until removed from office by a resolution of the Board, to audit the accounts of the Company. Such auditor may be a Member but no Director or officer or employee of the Company shall, during his continuance in office, be eligible to act as an auditor of the Company.

148. Subject to the Law the accounts of the Company shall be audited at least once in every year.

149. The remuneration of the Auditor shall be fixed by the Audit Committee or, in the absence of such an Audit Committee, by the Board.

150. If the office of auditor becomes vacant by the resignation or death of the Auditor, or by his becoming incapable of acting by reason of illness or other disability at a time when his services are required, the Directors shall fill the vacancy and determine the remuneration of such Auditor.

151. The Auditor shall at all reasonable times have access to all books kept by the Company and to all accounts and vouchers relating thereto; and he may call on the Directors or officers of the Company for any information in their possession relating to the books or affairs of the Company.

152. The Auditor shall, if so required by the Directors, make a report on the accounts of the Company during their tenure of office at the next annual general meeting following their appointment, and at any time during their term of office, upon request of the Directors or of the Members at any general meeting.

NOTICES

153. Any Notice or document, whether or not, to be given or issued under these Articles from the Company to a Member shall be in writing or by cable, telex or facsimile transmission message or other form of electronic transmission or communication and any such Notice and document may be served or delivered by the Company on or to any Member either personally or by sending it through the post in a prepaid envelope addressed to such Member at his registered address as appearing in the Register or at any other address supplied by him to the Company for the purpose or, as the case may be, by transmitting it to any such address or transmitting it to any telex or facsimile transmission number or electronic number or address or website supplied by him to the Company for the giving of Notice to him or which the person transmitting the notice reasonably and bona fide believes at the relevant time will result in the Notice being duly received by the Member or may also be served by advertisement in appropriate newspapers in accordance with the requirements of the Designated Stock Exchange or, to the extent permitted by the applicable laws, by placing it on the Company’s website and giving to the member a notice stating that the notice or other document is available there (a “notice of availability”). The notice of availability may be given to the Member by any of the means set out above. In the case of joint holders of a share all notices shall be given to that one of the joint holders whose name stands first in the Register and notice so given shall be deemed a sufficient service on or delivery to all the joint holders.

 

- 41 -


154. Any Notice or other document:

 

  (a)

if served or delivered by post, shall where appropriate be sent by airmail and shall be deemed to have been served or delivered on the day following that on which the envelope containing the same, properly prepaid and addressed, is put into the post; in proving such service or delivery it shall be sufficient to prove that the envelope or wrapper containing the notice or document was properly addressed and put into the post and a certificate in writing signed by the Secretary or other officer of the Company or other person appointed by the Board that the envelope or wrapper containing the Notice or other document was so addressed and put into the post shall be conclusive evidence thereof;

 

  (b)

if sent by electronic communication, shall be deemed to be given on the day on which it is transmitted from the server of the Company or its agent. A Notice placed on the Company’s website is deemed given by the Company to a Member on the day following that on which a notice of availability is deemed served on the Member;

 

  (c)

if served or delivered in any other manner contemplated by these Articles, shall be deemed to have been served or delivered at the time of personal service or delivery or, as the case may be, at the time of the relevant despatch or transmission; and in proving such service or delivery a certificate in writing signed by the Secretary or other officer of the Company or other person appointed by the Board as to the act and time of such service, delivery, despatch or transmission shall be conclusive evidence thereof; and

 

  (d)

may be given to a Member either in the English language or the Chinese language, subject to due compliance with all applicable Statutes, rules and regulations.

155. (1) Any Notice or other document delivered or sent by post to or left at the registered address of any Member in pursuance of these Articles shall, notwithstanding that such Member is then dead or bankrupt or that any other event has occurred, and whether or not the Company has notice of the death or bankruptcy or other event, be deemed to have been duly served or delivered in respect of any share registered in the name of such Member as sole or joint holder unless his name shall, at the time of the service or delivery of the Notice or document, have been removed from the Register as the holder of the share, and such service or delivery shall for all purposes be deemed a sufficient service or delivery of such Notice or document on all persons interested (whether jointly with or as claiming through or under him) in the share.

(2) A Notice may be given by the Company to the person entitled to a share in consequence of the death, mental disorder or bankruptcy of a Member by sending it through the post in a prepaid letter, envelope or wrapper addressed to him by name, or by the title of representative of the deceased, or trustee of the bankrupt, or by any like description, at the address, if any, supplied for the purpose by the person claiming to be so entitled, or (until such an address has been so supplied) by giving the notice in any manner in which the same might have been given if the death, mental disorder or bankruptcy had not occurred.

(3) Any person who by operation of law, transfer or other means whatsoever shall become entitled to any share shall be bound by every Notice in respect of such share which prior to his name and address being entered on the Register shall have been duly given to the person from whom he derives his title to such share.

 

- 42 -


SIGNATURES

156. For the purposes of these Articles, a cable or telex or facsimile or electronic transmission message purporting to come from a holder of shares or, as the case may be, a Director, or, in the case of a corporation which is a holder of shares from a director or the secretary thereof or a duly appointed attorney or duly authorised representative thereof for it and on its behalf, shall in the absence of express evidence to the contrary available to the person relying thereon at the relevant time be deemed to be a document or instrument in writing signed by such holder or Director in the terms in which it is received.

WINDING UP

157. (1) The Board shall have power in the name and on behalf of the Company to present a petition to the court for the Company to be wound up.

(2) A resolution that the Company be wound up by the court or be wound up voluntarily shall be a special resolution.

158. (1) Subject to any special rights, privileges or restrictions as to the distribution of available surplus assets on liquidation for the time being attached to any class or classes of shares (i) if the Company shall be wound up and the assets available for distribution amongst the Members shall be more than sufficient to repay the whole of the capital paid up at the commencement of the winding up, the excess shall be distributed pari passu amongst such members in proportion to the amount paid up on the shares held by them respectively and (ii) if the Company shall be wound up and the assets available for distribution amongst the Members as such shall be insufficient to repay the whole of the paid-up capital such assets shall be distributed so that, a nearly as may be, the losses shall be borne by the Members in proportion to the capital paid up, or which ought to have been paid up, at the commencement of the winding up on the shares held by them respectively.

(2) If the Company shall be wound up (whether the liquidation is voluntary or by the court) the liquidator may, with the authority of a special resolution and any other sanction required by the Law, divide among the Members in specie or kind the whole or any part of the assets of the Company and whether or not the assets shall consist of properties of one kind or shall consist of properties to be divided as aforesaid of different kinds, and may for such purpose set such value as he deems fair upon any one or more class or classes of property and may determine how such division shall be carried out as between the Members or different classes of Members. The liquidator may, with the like authority, vest any part of the assets in trustees upon such trusts for the benefit of the Members as the liquidator with the like authority shall think fit, and the liquidation of the Company may be closed and the Company dissolved, but so that no contributory shall be compelled to accept any shares or other property in respect of which there is a liability.

 

- 43 -


INDEMNITY

159. (1) The Directors, Secretary and other officers for the time being of the Company (but not including the Auditor) and the liquidator or trustees (if any) for the time being acting in relation to any of the affairs of the Company and every one of them, and every one of their heirs, executors and administrators, shall be indemnified and secured harmless out of the assets and profits of the Company from and against all actions, costs, charges, losses, damages and expenses which they or any of them, their or any of their heirs, executors or administrators, shall or may incur or sustain by or by reason of any act done, concurred in or omitted in or about the execution of their duty, or supposed duty, in their respective offices or trusts; and none of them shall be answerable for the acts, receipts, neglects or defaults of the other or others of them or for joining in any receipts for the sake of conformity, or for any bankers or other persons with whom any moneys or effects belonging to the Company shall or may be lodged or deposited for safe custody, or for insufficiency or deficiency of any security upon which any moneys of or belonging to the Company shall be placed out on or invested, or for any other loss, misfortune or damage which may happen in the execution of their respective offices or trusts, or in relation thereto; PROVIDED THAT this indemnity shall not extend to any matter in respect of any fraud or dishonesty which may attach to any of said persons.

(2) Each Member agrees to waive any claim or right of action he might have, whether individually or by or in the right of the Company, against any Director on account of any action taken by such Director, or the failure of such Director to take any action in the performance of his duties with or for the Company; PROVIDED THAT such waiver shall not extend to any matter in respect of any fraud or dishonesty which may attach to such Director.

AMENDMENT TO MEMORANDUM AND ARTICLES OF ASSOCIATION

AND NAME OF COMPANY

160. No Article shall be rescinded, altered or amended and no new Article shall be made until the same has been approved by a special resolution of the Members. A special resolution shall be required to alter the provisions of the Memorandum of Association or to change the name of the Company.

INFORMATION

161. No Member shall be entitled to require discovery of or any information respecting any detail of the Company’s trading or any matter which is or may be in the nature of a trade secret or secret process which may relate to the conduct of the business of the Company and which in the opinion of the Directors it will be inexpedient in the interests of the members of the Company to communicate to the public.

 

- 44 -


EXCLUSIVE FORUM

162. Unless the Company consents in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York (or, if the Southern District of New York lacks subject matter jurisdiction over a particular dispute, the state courts of New York County, New York) shall be the exclusive forum within the United States for the resolution of any complaint asserting a cause of action arising out of or relating in any way to the federal securities laws of the United States, regardless of whether such legal suit, action, or proceeding also involves parties other than the Company. Any person or entity purchasing or otherwise acquiring any share or other securities in the Company, or purchasing or otherwise acquiring American depositary shares issued pursuant to deposit agreements, shall be deemed to have notice of and consented to the provisions of this Article. Without prejudice to the foregoing, if the provision in this Article is held to be illegal, invalid or unenforceable under applicable law, the legality, validity or enforceability of the rest of these Articles shall not be affected and this Article shall be interpreted and construed to the maximum extent possible to apply in the relevant jurisdiction with whatever modification or deletion may be necessary so as best to give effect to the intention of the Company.

 

- 45 -

Exhibit 4.4

AMENDED AND RESTATED SHAREHOLDERS AGREEMENT

relating to

LUFAX HOLDING LTD

(陆金所控股有限公司)

DATED 31 JANUARY 2019

BY AND AMONG

AN KE TECHNOLOGY COMPANY LIMITED

CHINA PING AN INSURANCE OVERSEAS (HOLDINGS) LIMITED TUN KUNG

COMPANY LIMITED

- and -

PARTIES LISTED IN SCHEDULE 1

- and -

HONOR RELIANCE DEVELOPMENT LIMITED

(信誠發展有限公司)

- and -

LUFAX HOLDING LTD

(陆金所控股有限公司)

 


CONTENTS

 

1.

  DEFINITIONS      3  

2.

  EFFECTIVENESS      11  

3.

  BUSINESS OF THE COMPANY      11  

4.

  SHAREHOLDERS MEETINGS      11  

5.

  RESTRICTIONS ON RIGHTS OF TUN KUNG WITH RESPECT TO THE ESOP SHARES      11  

6.

  THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS      12  

7.

  POWERS OF THE BOARD AND BOARD RESOLUTIONS      14  

8.

  REMUNERATION FOR DIRECTORS      15  

9.

  MANAGEMENT OF THE COMPANY      15  

10.

  ACCESS TO INFORMATION      16  

11.

  COVENANTS BY THE COMPANY      17  

12.

  DISTRIBUTION POLICY      18  

13.

  RIGHT TO SUBSCRIBE FOR NEW SHARES      20  

14.

  TRANSFER OF SHARES      22  

15.

  COMPLETION OF TRANSFER OF SHARES      33  

16.

  TERMINATION      34  

17.

  QUALIFIED LISTING      34  

18.

  ANNOUNCEMENTS AND CONFIDENTIALITY      36  

19.

  ADDITIONAL COVENANTS BY THE PARTIES      37  

19A.

  PUT OPTION      38  

20.

  NO PARTNERSHIP      41  

21.

  ARTICLES      42  

22.

  SUCCESSORS IN TITLE      42  

23.

  AMENDMENT AND WAIVER      42  

24.

  TIME OF ESSENCE      42  

25.

  NOTICES      42  

26.

  SEVERABILITY      43  

27.

  COUNTERPARTS      43  

28.

  COSTS      43  

29.

  ENTIRE AGREEMENT      44  

30.

  FORCE MAJEURE      44  

31.

  GOVERNING LAW AND DISPUTE RESOLUTION      44  

32.

  THIRD PARTY RIGHTS      45  

 

i


SCHEDULE 1: INVESTORS OF THE COMPANY

     74  

SCHEDULE 2: HONOR RELIANCE DEVELOPMENT LIMITED

     78  

SCHEDULE 3: EXISTING BOARD OF DIRECTORS

     79  

SCHEDULE 4: DEED OF ADHERENCE

     80  

SCHEDULE 5: PROHIBITED TRANSFEREES

     81  

 

 

ii


THIS SHAREHOLDERS AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”) is made on 31 January 2019

BY AND AMONG:

 

(1)

AN KE TECHNOLOGY COMPANY LIMITED, a company registered in Hong Kong with number [***] whose registered office is at [***] (“An Ke”);

 

(2)

CHINA PING AN INSURANCE OVERSEAS (HOLDINGS) LIMITED, a company registered in Hong Kong with number [***] whose registered office is at [***] (“PAO”);

An Ke and PAO are collectively referred to as the “Ping An Shareholders”;

 

(3)

TUN KUNG COMPANY LIMITED, a company registered in the British Virgin Islands with number [***] whose registered office is at [***] (“Tun Kung”);

 

(4)

Investors Listed in Part 1 A of Schedule 1 (collectively referred to as “A-round Investors” and each an “A-round Investor) and Part 1 B of Schedule 1 (collectively referred to as “Other Non-Lead Investors”);

 

(5)

Investors Listed in Part 2 of Schedule 1 (collectively referred to as “B-round Investors” and each an “B-round Investor”);

 

(6)

Investors Listed in Part 3 of Schedule 1 (collectively referred to as “C-round Investors” and each a “C-round Investor”);

All the investors listed in Schedule 1 are collectively referred to as the “Investors”, and each an “Investor”;

 

(7)

HONOR RELIANCE DEVELOPMENT LIMITED (信誠發展有限公司) Listed in Schedule 2 (“Honor Reliance”);

and

 

(8)

LUFAX HOLDING LTD (陆金所控股有限公司), an exempted company registered in the Cayman Islands whose registered office is at the offices of Conyers Trust Company (Cayman) Limited, Cricket Square, Hutchins Drive, PO Box 2681, Grand Cayman, KY1-1111, Cayman Islands (the “Company”),

(each, a “Party” and, collectively, the “Parties”). Each person which executes and delivers a counterpart signature page to this Agreement as an “Additional C-round Investor” after the date hereof and on or prior to the latest date permitted for such execution and delivery pursuant to Section 3.3 of the C-round Share Subscription Agreement is referred to herein as an “Additional C-round Investor” and shall thereupon be deemed to have entered into, and be party to, this Agreement, and the terms “C-round Investor” and “C-round Investors”, “Investor” and “Investors” and “Party” and “Parties” shall thereafter be construed accordingly to include such Additional C-round Investor and Additional C-round Investors, respectively, and Part 3 of Schedule 1 hereto shall be deemed amended to include each Additional C-round Investor and its respective information, including without limitation the number of Class C Ordinary Shares subscribed for by such Additional C-round Investor pursuant to the C-round Share Subscription Agreement.

 

1


RECITALS

 

A.

Prior to the date of this Agreement, the Company was owned as follows on a Fully-Diluted Basis:

 

Tun Kung:

   475,095,000    Class A Ordinary Shares    (36.3266%)

An Ke:

   285,000,000    Class A Ordinary Shares    (21.7916%)

PAO:

   189,905,000    Class A Ordinary Shares    (14.5205%)

Convertible Promissory Note Holders:

   131,242,905    Class A Ordinary Shares    (10.0351%)

Company Phase II ESOP:

   25,000,000    Class A Ordinary Shares    (1.9115%)

A-round Lead Investor (as defined in Schedule 1):

   27,835,052    Class B Ordinary Shares    (2.1283%)

Non-Lead Investor A (as defined in Schedule 1):

   9,800,239    Class B Ordinary Shares    (0.7493%)

Non-Lead Investor B (as defined in Schedule 1):

   7,538,645    Class B Ordinary Shares    (0.5764%)

Non-Lead Investor C (as defined in Schedule 1):

   6,030,927    Class B Ordinary Shares    (0.4611%)

Non-Lead Investor D (as defined in Schedule 1):

   3,247,423    Class B Ordinary Shares    (0.2483%)

Non-Lead Investor E (as defined in Schedule 1):

   5,873,985    Class B Ordinary Shares    (0.4491%)

Other Non-Lead Investors:

   13,806,185    Class B Ordinary Shares    (1.0556%)

B-round Investors (excluding Non-Lead Investor E):

   61,064,390    Class B Ordinary Shares    (4.6691%)

Honor Reliance:

   22,146,871    Class A Ordinary Shares    (1.6934%)

C-round Investors

   44,256,290    Class C Ordinary Shares    (3.3839%)

The number of Shares held by the Convertible Promissory Note Holders is subject to adjustments contained in the Convertible Promissory Note.

 

B.

For the operation and management of the Company and other Group Companies, the Ping An Shareholders, Tun Kung and the A-round Investors entered into an amended and restated shareholders agreement on 27 November 2015. The then existing shareholders, Other Non-Lead Investors and the B-round Investors entered into an amended and restated shareholders agreement on 15 January 2016 as supplemented by a supplemental agreement on 11 April 2018. The then existing shareholders and Honor Reliance entered into a further amended and restated shareholders agreement on 12 June 2018.

 

2


C.

The Parties entered into an amended and restated shareholders agreement on 29 November 2018. The Parties desire to enter into this Agreement on the terms and conditions set forth herein, which shall amend, restate, supersede and replace in its entirety the amended and restated shareholders agreement dated 29 November 2018.

 

D.

The Company, through its indirectly wholly-owned subsidiary Wincon HK, which in turn, directly or indirectly, owns 100% of the equity interest in the WFOE, controls all equity interests in a group of companies registered in the PRC and their business operations through certain control agreements.

 

E.

The Investors, Tun Kung, the Ping An Shareholders and Honor Reliance desire to operate and manage the Company and other Group Companies in accordance with the terms and conditions of this Agreement.

IT IS ACCORDINGLY AGREED as follows:

 

1.

DEFINITIONS

 

1.1.

In this Agreement unless the context requires otherwise:

A-round Investor” means each Party listed in Part 1A of Schedule 1.

A-round Lead Investor has the meaning given in Part 1A of Schedule 1.

A-round Lead Investor Share Subscription Agreement means that certain share subscription agreement dated 9 January 2015 entered into by Zheng He Lufax Fund I L.P. (previously known as BlackPine Zheng He Opportunities Fund II, L.P.) and the Company.

A-round Non-Lead Investors” means each of the A-round Investors other than the A-round Lead Investor.

A-round Non-Lead Investor Share Subscription Agreements means the (i) certain share subscription agreements dated 9 January 2015 entered into by the Non- Lead Investor A and the Company; (ii) certain share subscription agreements dated 9 January 2015 entered into by the Non-Lead Investor B and the Company; and (iii) certain share subscription agreements dated 9 January 2015 entered into by the Non- Lead Investor C and the Company; (iv) certain share subscription agreements dated 9 January 2015 entered into by the Non-Lead Investor D and the Company; and (v) certain share subscription agreements dated 28 January 2015 entered into by the Non- Lead Investor E and the Company.

A-round Share Subscription Agreements means the A-round Lead Investor Share Subscription Agreement and the A-round Non-Lead Investor Share Subscription Agreements.

Affiliate has the meaning given in clause 13.5.

Affiliate-Transferee has the meaning given in clause 14.5.

Affiliate-Transferor has the meaning given in clause 14.5.

 

3


Articles means the amended and restated memorandum and articles of association of the Company in the agreed form and to be adopted effective on or about the date hereof.

Associate has the meaning given to “associate” under Chapter 14A of the Rules Governing the Listing of Securities on the Hong Kong Stock Exchange.

Average Post-Closing Sale Price” means an amount equal to:

 

  (a)

the aggregate consideration (including all cash and non-cash consideration) paid or payable in respect of all Transfers of Shares by the Ping An Shareholders and any of their respective Affiliates (other than Transfers to their respective Affiliates in accordance with clause 14.5) from the Closing Date to the date of receipt by the relevant C-round Investor of the Ping An Share Sale Notice under clause 14.4.2(i) (both dates inclusive); divided by

 

  (b)

the aggregate number of Shares which have been Transferred by such persons (other than to their respective Affiliates in accordance with clause 14.5) during such period.

B-round Investor” means each Party listed in Part 2 of Schedule 1.

B-round Share Subscription Agreements means certain share subscription agreements dated 11 December 2015 (as amended and supplemented) entered into by each of the B-round Investors and the Company.

Board means the board of directors of the Company from time to time.

Board Committees has the meaning given in clause 9.1.

Business Day means a day (which for these purposes ends at 5.30 p.m. local time) on which banks are open for commercial business in the Cayman Islands, Qatar, Hong Kong and China other than a Friday, Saturday, Sunday or a public holiday.

Class A Ordinary Shares means the class A ordinary Shares of USD $0.00001 each in the capital of the Company, each having the rights and preferences set forth in the Articles and this Agreement.

Class A Ordinary Shareholders means the holders of Class A Ordinary Shares.

Class B Ordinary Shares means the class B ordinary Shares of USD $0.00001 each in the capital of the Company, each having the rights and preferences set forth in the Articles and this Agreement.

Class B Ordinary Shareholders means the holders of Class B Ordinary Shares.

Class C Ordinary Shares means the class C ordinary Shares of USD $0.00001 each in the capital of the Company, each having the rights and preferences set forth in the Articles and this Agreement.

Class C Ordinary Shareholders means the holders of Class C Ordinary Shares.

Closing has the meaning given under the C-round Share Subscription Agreement.

 

4


Closing Date has the meaning given under the C-round Share Subscription Agreement.

Companies Law means the Cayman Islands Companies Law, Cap 22 (as consolidated and revised).

Company ESOP means the Company’s employee stock option plan duly approved by the Board on 12 December 2014 and as amended from time to time.

Company Phase II ESOP means the Company’s employee stock option plan duly approved by the Board on 21 August 2015 and as amended from time to time.

Confidential Information means any information of a confidential or commercially sensitive nature (however stored), whether or not marked as such, relating to the business, customers or financial or other affairs of any Shareholder or Group Company.

connected persons” has the meaning given under the Hong Kong Listing Rules.

control has the meaning given in clause 13.5.

controlling shareholder has the meaning given under the Hong Kong Listing Rules.

Conversion Price” has the meaning given under the relevant Convertible Promissory Note.

Convertible Promissory Note Holders” has the meaning given under the C-round Share Subscription Agreement.

Convertible Promissory Notes” has the meaning given under the C-round Share Subscription Agreement.

C-round Investor” means each Party listed in Part 3 of Schedule 1.

C-round Lead Investor” means F3 Holding LLC.

C-round Lead Investor Affiliate” means DIC Holding LLC.

C-round Share Subscription Agreement means the share subscription agreement dated 6 September 2018, as amended as of 27 November 2018 and 27 December 2018 and as may be amended from time to time thereafter in accordance with its terms, entered into by each of the C-round Investors and the Company.

Current Valuation” means the aggregate valuation of the Company from time to time calculated by reference to the price per Share paid by Shareholders as part of the latest issue of Shares by the Company and the number of Shares on a Fully-Diluted Basis; as at the date of this Agreement, the Current Valuation shall be the Subscription Price paid by each of the C-round Investors under the C-round Share Subscription Agreement multiplied by the aggregate number of Shares on a Fully-Diluted Basis.

days” means calendar days, provided that, except as otherwise set forth herein, if any period of days set forth herein shall expire on any day which is not a Business Day, such period shall be automatically extended to the next occurring Business Day.

 

5


Deed of Adherence” means the deed of adherence in the agreed form as set out in Schedule 4 to this Agreement.

Director means a director of the Company.

Drag Along Notice has the meaning given in clause 14.4.3.

Drag Along Notice Period has the meaning given in clause 14.4.3.

Drag Along Ping An Transferors has the meaning given in clause 14.4.3.

Drag Along Sale has the meaning given in clause 14.4.3.

Dragged Shareholders” has the meaning given in clause 14.4.3.

ESOP Proportional Interest means as of any time of determination, with respect to the ESOP Shares, the percentage interest determined by dividing (x) the ESOP Shares by (y) the total issued Shares.

ESOP Shares means the 20,644,803 Class A Ordinary Shares or the economic interests thereof allotted to beneficiaries of the Company ESOP, held by Tun Kung.

Excess Sale Shares” has the meaning given in clause 14.2.3.

First Scheduled Meeting has the meaning given in clause 7.4.

Fully-Diluted Basis means all outstanding Shares assuming the issuance of all Shares issuable upon conversion or exercise of any outstanding convertible securities of the Company, including without limitation all Class A Ordinary Shares reserved for issuance pursuant to the Company ESOP.

Fully-Subscribing Party has the meaning given in clause 13.2.

Group Company and “Group Companies means, individually and collectively, the Company and its Subsidiaries from time to time.

HKIAC has the meaning given in clause 31.2.

HKIAC Rules has the meaning given in clause 31.2.

Hong Kong means the Hong Kong Special Administrative Region of the PRC.

Hong Kong Listing Rules” means the Rules Governing the Listing of Securities on the Hong Kong Stock Exchange.

Hong Kong Stock Exchange” means The Stock Exchange of Hong Kong Limited.

Honor Reliance Share Subscription Agreement means the share subscription agreement dated 31 May 2018 entered into by Honor Reliance, Wu Xu (吴旭) and the Company for the subscription of the Class A Ordinary Shares of the Company.

IFRS means International Financial Reporting Standards.

 

6


Investors means all the investors listed in Schedule 1 collectively.

Lanbang means Lanbang Investment Company Limited.

Law or “Laws means any constitutional provision, statute or other law, rule, regulation, listing rule, decree, official policy or interpretation of any nation or government or any province or state, municipal or local or any other political subdivision thereof, or any entity, authority or body exercising executive, legislative, judicial, regulatory or administrative functions of or pertaining to government, including, without limitation, any government authority, agency, department, board, commission or instrumentality or any political subdivision thereof, any court, tribunal or arbitrator, stock or securities exchange and any self-regulatory organization.

Linzhi means Linzhi Jinsheng Investment Company Limited.

Liquidation Event means any liquidation, dissolution or winding-up (whether voluntary or involuntary) of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries.

Non-ESOP Proportional Interest means as of any time of determination, with respect to the Non-ESOP Shares, the percentage interest determined by dividing (x) the Non-ESOP Shares by (y) the total issued Shares of the Company.

Non-ESOP Shares means the Class A Ordinary Shares held by Tun Kung excluding the ESOP Shares.

Offer has the meaning given in clause 14.2.3.

Offer Closing Date has the meaning given in clause 14.2.3.

Other Non-Lead Investors” means each Party listed in Part 1B of Schedule 1.

Partially-Subscribing Party has the meaning given in clause 13.2.

Ping An Group means Ping An Insurance (Group) Company of China, Ltd. and its Subsidiaries.

Ping An Share Sale has the meaning given in clause 14.4.2.

Ping An Share Sale Notice has the meaning given in clause 14.4.2.

Ping An Transactions means collectively certain transactions to be entered into between An Ke and/or its designated Affiliate, and certain direct or indirect shareholder(s) of Tun Kung pursuant to which An Ke and/or its designated Affiliate will be:

 

  (a)

granted certain call option(s) pursuant to call option agreement(s) (“Option Contracts”) to indirectly acquire 173,744,733 Class A Ordinary Shares (“Ping An Call Option”); and

 

  (b)

given one or more share mortgage(s)/charge(s) over certain shares of Tun Kung or its shareholder as security for their performance under the Option Contracts, in each case on a Fully-Diluted Basis after taking into account the Shares held by the Investors, and, for avoidance of doubt, the exercise of the Ping An Call Option will not dilute any Investor’s shareholding in the Company.

 

7


PRC or “China” means the People’s Republic of China which for the purposes of this Agreement excludes Hong Kong, the Macao Special Administrative Region of the PRC and Taiwan.

Prohibited Transferee” means any of the four (4) persons set out in Schedule 5 or any of their respective Affiliates.

Proposed Ping An Transferee A has the meaning given in clause 14.4.2.

Proposed Ping An Transferee B has the meaning given in clause 14.4.3.

Purchase Notice” has the meaning given in clause 14.2.3.

Put Option” has the meaning given in clause 19A.1.

Put Option Price” has the meaning given in clause 19A.1.

Put Option Shares” has the meaning given in clause 19A.1.

Qualified Listing has the meaning given in clause 17.2.

Return means, with respect to each C-round Investor, an amount in USD which would, when paid to that C-round Investor together with an amount equal to the Subscription Amount paid by such C-round Investor, result in the receipt by such C-round Investor of a return of six per cent. (6%) per annum on such Subscription Amount calculated on a daily basis for the period from the Closing Date to the date of completion of the sale and purchase of the Put Option Shares by and from such C-round Investor pursuant to the Put Option (both dates inclusive).

Right of First Offer has the meaning given in clause 14.2.

RMB” means renminbi, the lawful currency of the PRC.

Sale Shares has the meaning given in clause 14.2.

Second Scheduled Meeting” has the meaning given in clause 7.4.

Selling Ping An Shareholder has the meaning given in clause 14.4.2.

Share Conversion Ratio has the meaning given in clause 17.6.

Shareholder means any of the Class A Ordinary Shareholders, Class B Ordinary Shareholders, Class C Ordinary Shareholders, or one or more of them as the case may be.

Shareholders Meeting means the Shareholders’ general meeting of the Company.

 

8


Shares means collectively the ordinary shares (including Class A Ordinary Shares, Class B Ordinary Shares and Class C Ordinary Shares) in the share capital of the Company.

Share Swap means the Transfer of their respective Shares in the Company by Tongjun, Lanbang and Linzhi to Tun Kung in exchange for shares in Tun Kung reflecting proportionally their existing shareholding in the Company completed on 27 November 2015.

Significant C-round Investors” means the C-round Lead Investor, the C-round Lead Investor Affiliate and each other Investor which (together with any of its Affiliates) pays an aggregate Subscription Price of at least USD 150 million to the Company pursuant to the C-round Share Subscription Agreement, each, a “Significant C-round Investor”.

Significant Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary of the Company which, by reference to the latest accounts available as at the date of the relevant transaction, had profits representing more than twenty per cent (20%) of the profits of the Group Companies as a whole.

Subscribed Shares” has the meaning given under the C-round Share Subscription Agreement.

Subscription Amount” has the meaning given under the C-round Share Subscription Agreement.

Subscription Notice has the meaning given in clause 13.1.

Subscription Price” has the meaning given under the C-round Share Subscription Agreement.

Subsidiary means, as to any person, any person (A) of which such first person directly or indirectly owns securities or other equity interests representing more than fifty per cent (50%) of the aggregate voting power, (B) of which such first person possesses the right to elect more than fifty per cent (50%) of the directors or persons holding similar positions through contractual arrangements (including without limitation variable interest entity (VIE) arrangements) or otherwise, (C) which such first person otherwise controls through contractual arrangements or otherwise (including without limitation variable interest entity (VIE) arrangements) or (D) the financial position and results of operation of which such first person could be consolidated if preparing financial statements under the IFRS.

Tag Along Notice has the meaning given in clause 14.4.2.

Tag Along Sale has the meaning given in clause 14.4.2.

Third Party” has the meaning given in clause 14.2.7.

Tongjun means Tongjun Investment Company Limited.

 

9


Tongjun Transaction means the certain transaction entered into between Tongjun and A-round Lead Investor or its designated Affiliate, pursuant to which, A-round Lead Investor or its designated Affiliate purchased an exchangeable note from Tongjun whereby upon Qualified Listing, A-round Lead Investor or its designated Affiliate may exercise its conversion right under such note for the Shares of the Company at the agreed conversion price, which is equal to the per share subscription price under the B-round Share Subscription Agreement(s).

Transaction Documents means collectively this Agreement, the A-round Share Subscription Agreements, the B-round Share Subscription Agreements, the Honor Reliance Share Subscription Agreement, the C-round Share Subscription Agreement, the Articles, and other agreements designated as such by the Parties.

Transfer means, with respect to any securities, (i) when used as a verb, to sell, assign, dispose of, exchange, pledge, encumber, hypothecate or otherwise transfer such securities or any participation or interest therein, whether directly or indirectly (including pursuant to a derivative transaction), or agree or commit to do any of the foregoing and (ii) when used as a noun, a direct or indirect sale, assignment, disposition, exchange, pledge, encumbrance, hypothecation, or other transfer of such securities or any participation or interest therein or any agreement or commitment to do any of the foregoing.

Transfer Notice has the meaning given in clause 14.2.

Transferring Shareholder has the meaning given in clause 14.2.

USD means United States dollars, the lawful currency of the United States of America.

WFOE means Lufax (Shanghai) Technology Service Co., Ltd, a company incorporated in the PRC which is directly or indirectly wholly owned by Wincon HK.

Wincon HK means Wincon Hong Kong Investment Company Limited, a company incorporated in Hong Kong whose registered office is at 18th Floor, Edinburgh Tower, The Landmark, 15 Queen’s Road Central, Hong Kong.

 

1.2.

In this Agreement where the context admits:

 

  1.2.1

reference to a clause, paragraph or schedule is to a clause, paragraph or schedule of or to this Agreement respectively;

 

  1.2.2

reference to the Parties to this Agreement includes their respective successors and permitted assigns;

 

  1.2.3

reference to any gender includes the other gender;

 

  1.2.4

reference to persons includes bodies corporate or unincorporated;

 

  1.2.5

reference to any professional firm or company includes any firm or company effectively succeeding to the whole, or substantially the whole, of its practice or business;

 

  1.2.6

the index and headings are for ease of reference only and will not affect the construction or interpretation of this Agreement;

 

10


  1.2.7

words denoting the singular include the plural and vice versa;

 

  1.2.8

general words shall not be given a restrictive meaning by reason of their being preceded or following by words indicating a particular class of matters or by examples falling within the general words and, accordingly, any phrase introduced by the terms “other”, “including”, “including without limitation”, “include” and “in particular” or any similar expression shall be construed as illustrative and shall not limit the sense of the words preceding them;

 

  1.2.9

where a sum is stated in RMB it will be deemed, where appropriate, to be a reference to a sum in USD having an equivalent value using the middle rate for converting RMB into USD published by the People’s Bank of China on one (1) Business Day prior to the date upon which such comparison is made; and

 

  1.2.10

this Agreement incorporates the schedules to it.

 

2.

EFFECTIVENESS

This Agreement shall enter into effect upon the consummation of Closing.

 

3.

BUSINESS OF THE COMPANY

 

3.1.

The business of the Company is investment holding, including holding an investment through its indirectly wholly-owned subsidiary Wincon HK in the WFOE which operates and manages the business of the Group Companies in the PRC.

 

3.2.

The Shareholders agree that the only business of the Company will be the business stated in clause 3.1, unless changed by the Shareholders in accordance with this Agreement and the Articles. The Shareholders agree to co-operate with each other in the running and operation of the Company to achieve this objective and to act reasonably and in good faith.

 

4.

SHAREHOLDERS MEETINGS

 

4.1.

The Shareholders Meeting of the Company shall be governed in accordance with the Companies Law and relevant Laws, this Agreement and the Articles.

 

4.2.

At a Shareholders Meeting of the Company, each Share shall be entitled to one vote.

 

4.3.

Unless otherwise provided herein or by the Articles or any applicable Law, Class A Ordinary Shares, Class B Ordinary Shares and Class C Ordinary Shares shall vote together as a single class.

 

5.

RESTRICTIONS ON RIGHTS OF TUN KUNG WITH RESPECT TO THE ESOP SHARES

 

5.1.

ESOP Shares are held by Tun Kung solely for the purpose of administering and implementing the Company ESOP. Without prejudice to its statutory rights under the applicable Laws, with respect to the ESOP Proportional Interest only, Tun Kung shall not enjoy:

 

11


  5.1.1

the right to subscribe for new Shares in accordance with clause 13 unless such subscription is approved at a Shareholders Meeting according to the Articles or for the purpose of implementing the Company ESOP;

 

  5.1.2

the right of first offer or acquisition rights in accordance with clause 14; and

 

  5.1.3

right to Transfer the ESOP Shares unless such Transfer is approved at a Shareholders Meeting according to the Articles or for the purpose of implementing the Company ESOP.

 

5.2.

The liquidation proceeds (if any) distributed to Tun Kung in connection with the ESOP Proportional Interest according to clauses 12.2.3 and 12.2.4 shall be distributed among Ping An Shareholders and Tun Kung on a pro rata basis in proportion to the shareholding of the Ping An Shareholders and the Non-ESOP Proportional Interest in the Company respectively, or otherwise disposed of as agreed by the Ping An Shareholders and Tun Kung.

 

6.

THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS

 

6.1.

Unless otherwise agreed between the Shareholders in accordance with this Agreement and the Articles, the Board shall comprise twelve (12) members as follows:

 

  6.1.1

ten (10) Directors appointed by (i) the Board or (ii) the Shareholders by ordinary resolution;

 

  6.1.2

one (1) Director appointed by the A-round Lead Investor for so long as its shareholding percentage in the Company is no less than one per cent (1%) on a Fully-Diluted Basis; and

 

  6.1.3

one (1) Director appointed by the C-round Lead Investor for so long as its shareholding percentage in the Company, when aggregated with the shareholding of the C-round Lead Investor Affiliate and any of their respective Affiliates, is no less than zero point five per cent (0.5%) on a Fully-Diluted Basis.

Each of the A-round Lead Investor and the C-round Lead Investor shall undertake such actions as necessary to enable the appointment of their respective Directors and their replacement pursuant to clauses 6.1.2 and 6.1.3. The appointment of each such Director shall take effect immediately upon receipt by the Company of a written notice of appointment from the relevant Investor entitled to appoint such Director together with a consent to act from such Director.

Subject to applicable Laws, the Board shall, and the Shareholders shall procure that the Directors respectively appointed by each of them (as applicable) shall, pass such resolutions and take such other actions as are necessary to give effect to each appointment made pursuant to this clause 6.1. The Parties acknowledge and agree that all actions approved or implemented by or at the Board meeting or the Shareholders Meeting shall, to the maximum extent permitted by applicable Laws, be concurrently approved and implemented at the shareholder or board level, as appropriate, of each of the Group Companies, and the Parties shall take all necessary actions to promptly effect such approval and implementation.

 

12


6.2.

Unless otherwise agreed between the Shareholders in accordance with this Agreement, the boards of directors of Wincon HK and of the WFOE shall comprise nine (9) members as follows:

 

  6.2.1

eight (8) Directors appointed by (i) the board of the respective company or (ii) the shareholders of the respective company by ordinary resolution; and

 

  6.2.2

one (1) Director appointed by the A-round Lead Investor for so long as its shareholding percentage in the Company is no less than one per cent (1%) on a Fully-Diluted Basis.

The A-round Lead Investor shall undertake such actions as necessary to enable the appointment of the Directors and its replacement pursuant to clause 6.2.2.

Subject to applicable Laws, the Board shall, and the Shareholders shall procure that the Director respectively appointed by each of them (as applicable) shall, pass such resolutions and take such other actions as are necessary to give effect to each appointment made pursuant to this clause 6.2. The Parties acknowledge and agree that all actions approved or implemented by or at the Board meeting or the Shareholders Meeting shall, to the maximum extent permitted by applicable Laws, be concurrently approved and implemented at the shareholder or board level, as appropriate, of each of the Group Companies, and the Parties shall take all necessary actions to promptly effect such approval and implementation.

 

6.3.

The Director appointed by the A-round Lead Investor pursuant to clause 6.1.2 and clause 6.2.2 shall hold office at the discretion of the A-round Lead Investor and shall cease to hold office only when written notice removing such Director issued by the A-round Lead Investor is received at the registered office of the Company; accordingly, the A-round Lead Investor removing its nominated Director shall be responsible for, and shall indemnify the Company against, any claim by that Director for unfair or wrongful dismissal arising out of his removal from office.

 

6.4.

The Director appointed by the C-round Lead Investor pursuant to clause 6.1.3 shall hold office at the discretion of the C-round Lead Investor and shall cease to hold office only when written notice removing such Director issued by the C-round Lead Investor is received at the registered office of the Company; accordingly, the C-round Lead Investor removing its nominated Director shall be responsible for, and shall indemnify the Company against, any claim by that Director for unfair or wrongful dismissal arising out of his removal from office.

 

6.5.

The Directors appointed by the Board or the Shareholders pursuant to clause 6.1.1 and clause 6.2.1 may be removed by the Shareholders by ordinary resolution.

 

6.6.

Subject to applicable Laws, the Company shall purchase and maintain insurance for the benefit of each Director against any liability incurred by such Director in his or her capacity as a Director and indemnifying such Director in respect of any loss arising or liability attaching to him or her by virtue of any rule of law in respect of any negligence, default, breach of duty or breach of trust of which the Director may be guilty in relation to the Company or any Subsidiary thereof. For the avoidance of doubt, references in this clause 6.6 to any Director include any alternate director appointed by such Director in accordance with the Articles.

 

13


7.

POWERS OF THE BOARD AND BOARD RESOLUTIONS

 

7.1.

Every Director shall have one vote. Board meetings shall be convened and proceeded in accordance with the Companies Law, the Articles and this Agreement.

 

7.2.

Except for the matters to be otherwise determined and approved as required by applicable Laws, the Articles or this Agreement, the business and affairs of the Company shall be managed and approved by the Board in accordance with applicable Laws, the Articles or this Agreement.

 

7.3.

Save for the matters submitted to the Second Scheduled Meeting in accordance with clause 7.4 or the matters approved by written resolution of the Board in accordance with clause 7.5, all matters submitted to the Board shall be passed at a properly convened Board meeting by affirmative vote of at least seven (7) Directors attending in person or by an alternate director or by proxy appointed pursuant to the Articles in accordance with the Companies Law and the Articles. In the event of a voting deadlock of the Board of Directors with respect to any matter pertaining to the Company, the chairman presiding at the Board meeting shall have the right to cast a tie-breaking vote.

 

7.4.

The quorum for Board meetings shall be eight (8) Directors attending in person or by an alternate director or by proxy appointed pursuant to the Articles. If quorum is not reached within thirty (30) minutes after the scheduled meeting time (the “First Scheduled Meeting”), the chairman presiding at the Board meeting shall, on the day following the First Scheduled Meeting, notify all Directors to attend a re-convened Board meeting at the specified time and date (being not more than five (5) days after the first-scheduled date) (the “Second Scheduled Meeting”). If a quorum is still not reached at the Second Scheduled Meeting, then the Directors attending in person or by an alternate director or by proxy appointed pursuant to the Articles at the Second Scheduled Meeting shall be deemed to constitute a quorum and all matters submitted to the Board at the Second Scheduled Meeting shall be passed by the affirmative vote of a simple majority of the Directors attending in person or by an alternate director or by proxy appointed pursuant to the Articles in accordance with the Companies Law and the Articles.

 

7.5.

Any matters which may be passed by resolution of the Directors may, without a Board meeting and without any previous notice being required, be approved by written resolution in accordance with this clause 7.5 and the Articles. Any written resolution must be signed by all of the Directors (in as many counterparts as may be necessary).

 

7.6.

The Company shall make available telephonic, electronic or other communication facilities or means to Directors as permit all persons participating in the meeting to communicate with each other simultaneously and instantaneously, and participation in such a meeting shall constitute presence in person at such meeting.

 

7.7.

Save for the Second Scheduled Meeting convened under clause 7.4, no Board meeting shall be convened on less than ten (10) days’ notice. Notwithstanding the foresaid, a meeting of the Board shall be deemed to be duly and validly convened, notwithstanding that it is called by shorter or irregular notice, if all the Directors entitled to receive notice and attend the meeting have so agreed.

 

14


8.

REMUNERATION FOR DIRECTORS

The Company may reimburse the Directors for reasonable fees incurred in the course of discharging their duties as a Director, including without limitation travel expenses, as it sees fit.

 

9.

MANAGEMENT OF THE COMPANY

 

9.1.

Board Committees

 

  9.1.1

The Board has the power to establish board committees (the “Board Committees”) and has established the following Board Committees as of the date hereof:

 

  9.1.1.1

Finance and Audit Board Committee;

 

  9.1.1.2

Nomination and Remuneration Board Committee; and

 

  9.1.1.3

Risk Management Committee.

 

  9.1.2

The Board may establish other Board Committees from time to time as it deems appropriate.

 

  9.1.3

The composition of the Board Committees shall be determined by the Board.

 

  9.1.4

The Board shall determine the roles, responsibilities and scope of authority of each of the Board Committees, provided that, with respect to the Finance and Audit Board Committee, the Board shall procure that the following information be submitted to the Finance and Audit Board Committee for review:

 

  9.1.4.1

management accounts (including balance sheet and profit and loss statement plus relevant key performance indicators) together with reconciliation to IFRS of the Company and other Group Companies, on a quarterly basis, within thirty (30) days after the end of each calendar quarter; and

 

  9.1.4.2

reviewed unaudited interim financial statements (including balance sheet, profit and loss statement and cashflow statement) together with reconciliation to IFRS of the Company and other Group Companies within sixty (60) days after each period end.

 

9.2.

Management Structure

The Board shall determine senior management positions and business departments of the Company in accordance with the Company’s operational and management needs. The senior management staff of the Company shall be appointed and replaced by the Board, and their terms of office shall be terms considered as appropriate by the Board.

 

15


10.

ACCESS TO INFORMATION

 

10.1.

Subject to the terms of this Agreement, the Company shall, in a timely manner:

 

  10.1.1

prepare and, after approval by the Board, submit to the Shareholders (in the case of an Investor or Honor Reliance, as long as (i) the Investor or Honor Reliance continues to own, directly or indirectly, such number of shares representing not less than zero point one two five per cent (0.125%) of the Company’s issued and outstanding Shares on a Fully-Diluted Basis, or (ii) such information is reasonably required by the Investor or Honor Reliance or any of their respective controlling Affiliates to comply with any applicable Law resulting from the listing or quotation of such person’s securities on any stock or securities exchange) annual budgets (including without limitation full profit and loss accounts, balance sheets/statements of financial position and cashflow statements) prior to the start of each financial year commencing after the Closing Date;

 

  10.1.2

prepare and, after approval by the Board, submit to the Shareholders (in the case of an Investor or Honor Reliance, as long as (i) the Investor or Honor Reliance continues to own, directly or indirectly, such number of shares representing not less than zero point one two five per cent (0.125%) of the Company’s issued and outstanding Shares on a Fully-Diluted Basis, or (ii) such information is reasonably required by the Investor or Honor Reliance or any of their respective controlling Affiliates to comply with any applicable Law resulting from the listing or quotation of such person’s securities on any stock or securities exchange) (i) audited annual financial statements of the Company within ninety (90) days after the end of the relevant period; (ii) unaudited semi-annual management financial statements of the Company within sixty (60) days after the end of the relevant period; and (iii) unaudited quarterly management financial statements of the Company within forty-five (45) days after the end of the relevant period; and (iv) upon request, unaudited monthly management accounts as soon as reasonably practicable after the end of the relevant month;

 

  10.1.3

prepare and, after approval by the Board, submit to the Shareholders (in the case of an Investor or Honor Reliance, as long as (i) the Investor or Honor Reliance continues to own, directly or indirectly, such number of shares representing not less than zero point one two five per cent (0.125%) of the Company’s issued and outstanding Shares on a Fully-Diluted Basis, or (ii) such information is reasonably required by the Investor or Honor Reliance or any of their respective controlling Affiliates to comply with any applicable Law resulting from the listing or quotation of such person’s securities on any stock or securities exchange) quarterly reports in respect of all material related party transactions (as defined in clause 11.4.1(ii) below) carried out by the Group Companies which have been entered into other than in the ordinary and usual course of business, in each case within forty-five (45) days after the end of the relevant period; and

 

  10.1.4

allow the Shareholders (excluding the A-round Non-Lead Investors, Other Non-Lead Investors, B-round Investors and Honor Reliance) and their duly authorised representatives to inspect the accounting books and records of the Company and any Subsidiary and to make extracts and copies at the expense of the inspecting Party.

 

16


10.2.

Any information in relation to the Company and other Group Companies shall be considered as Confidential Information and any such information which the Board has approved for the purpose of sharing with the investors of the A-round Lead Investor shall also be considered as Confidential Information and may only be shared provided that such investors shall keep such information confidential and not disclose any such information to any third party.

 

11.

COVENANTS BY THE COMPANY

 

11.1.

The Company undertakes with each of the Shareholders, so far as it lawfully may, to be bound by and comply with the terms and conditions of this Agreement insofar as the same relate to the Company.

 

11.2.

[Reserved]

 

11.3.

The Company shall not submit any listing application for any initial public offering or any other listing of the Shares and/or securities of any Group Company on any stock exchange to any applicable listing authority without the prior approval by way of a resolution at a general meeting of the Shareholders, or by way of a written resolution, in each case approved by Shareholders holding more than two-thirds of the Shares, provided always that any such resolution shall only be passed if it also receives the affirmative vote of each of the Ping An Shareholders and Tun Kung (in each case, for so long as they hold any Shares at such time).

 

11.4.

The Company shall not, and shall procure that no Group Company shall:

 

  11.4.1

enter into, or agree to enter into, any contracts, arrangements or understandings with any of the Company’s or the Group Company’s related parties (in each case including without limitation their respective connected persons) unless:

 

  (i)

such contract, arrangement or understanding is, or will be, entered into by the Company or the relevant Group Company on normal commercial terms or better for the Company or relevant Group Company; and

 

  (ii)

subject to clause 11.4.3, all of the applicable percentage ratios, being the (A) assets ratio, (B) revenue ratio, (C) equity capital ratio (if applicable) and (D) consideration ratio, calculated in accordance with Chapter 14 of the Hong Kong Listing Rules (save that, for the consideration ratio, the Current Valuation shall be taken as the denominator) in respect of such contract, arrangement or understanding do not exceed five per cent (5%).

Where any of such percentage ratios exceeds zero point one per cent (0.1%) but all are less than five per cent (5%), such contract, arrangement or understanding shall constitute “material related party transactions” for the purposes of clause 10.1.3;

 

  11.4.2

without the prior approval of holders of more than fifty per cent (50%) of the Class C Ordinary Shares at a meeting of holders of the Class C Ordinary Shares, or by way of a written resolution of the holders of Class C Ordinary Shares in accordance with the Articles:

 

  (i)

in respect of any Significant Subsidiary, either:

 

17


  (a)

dispose of, or agree to dispose of, thirty per cent (30%) or more of its shares, securities, voting rights or any other interests; or

 

  (b)

issue, or agree to issue, such number of shares or other securities carrying voting or economic rights representing thirty per cent (30%) or more of its total fully diluted share capital or any other equity rights,

in each case as part of one transaction or a series of related transactions, unless such disposal or issuance is made to a Group Company directly or indirectly (including by way of variable interest entity (VIE) arrangements) wholly-owned by the Company; or

 

  (ii)

amend, or agree to amend, any provision of any of the Convertible Promissory Notes which relates to, or is likely to impact, the Conversion Price.

 

  11.4.3

Notwithstanding clause 11.4.1(ii), where any one or more of the applicable percentage ratios referred to therein exceed five per cent (5%), the Company (or the Group Company, as the case may be) shall be entitled to enter into, or agree to enter into, such contract, arrangement or understanding, provided that the Company has first obtained the prior written approval of Shareholders which in aggregate hold more than fifty per cent (50%) of the issued Shares held by those Shareholders which do not have a material interest in such contract, arrangement or understanding. For the purposes of this clause 11.4.3 only, each of the Ping An Shareholders and Tun Kung (and each of their respective Affiliates) shall be considered to have a material interest in any contract, arrangement or understanding proposed to be entered into with:

 

  (i)

any member of the Ping An Group;

 

  (ii)

Tun Kung; and/or

 

  (iii)

any of their respective Affiliates,

and, accordingly, shall not be entitled to approve such contract, arrangement or understanding in accordance with this clause 11.4.3.

 

12.

DISTRIBUTION POLICY

 

12.1.

Subject to the Companies Law and the Articles, the Shareholders shall determine, from time to time and by reference to the operations, performance and requirements of the Company, whether and how much of the distributable profits shall be declared and paid as dividends to the Shareholders.

 

12.2.

Subject to clause 12.4, upon the occurrence of a Liquidation Event in respect of the Company, the assets of the Company and the proceeds received in respect of the Shares shall be distributed as follows in descending order:

 

18


  12.2.1

firstly, each Class C Ordinary Shareholder shall be entitled to receive in preference to all other Shareholders an amount per Class C Ordinary Share held by such Class C Ordinary Shareholder equal to the sum of (i) the subscription price paid to the Company with respect to such Class C Ordinary Share (as proportionally adjusted for any subdivision or consolidation of the Class C Ordinary Shares), and (ii) an amount equal to any declared but unpaid dividends with respect to such Class C Ordinary Share (the “Class C Amount”). If the Company has insufficient assets or proceeds resulting from the Liquidation Event (as applicable) to permit the payment to all holders of the then issued and outstanding Class C Ordinary Shares, then the entire assets and funds of the Company legally available for distribution shall be distributed rateably among the holders of the then issued and outstanding Class C Ordinary Shares in proportion to the full Class C Amount that each such holder would otherwise be entitled to receive under this clause 12.2.1;

 

  12.2.2

secondly, if there are any proceeds legally available for distribution after payment in full to the Class C Ordinary Shareholders under clause 12.2.1 above, each Class B Ordinary Shareholder shall be entitled to receive in preference to all other Shareholders (other than the Class C Ordinary Shareholders) an amount per Class B Ordinary Share held by such Class B Ordinary Shareholder equal to the sum of (i) the subscription price paid to the Company with respect to such Class B Ordinary Share (as proportionally adjusted for any subdivision or consolidation of the Class B Ordinary Shares), and (ii) an amount equal to any declared but unpaid dividends with respect to such Class B Ordinary Share (the “Class B Amount”). If the Company has insufficient assets or proceeds resulting from the Liquidation Event (as applicable) to permit the payment to all holders of the then issued and outstanding Class B Ordinary Shares, then the entire assets and funds of the Company legally available for distribution shall be distributed rateably among the holders of the then issued and outstanding Class B Ordinary Shares in proportion to the full Class B Amount that each such holder would otherwise be entitled to receive under this clause 12.2.2;

 

  12.2.3

thirdly, if there are any proceeds legally available for distribution after payment in full to the Class C Ordinary Shareholders and the Class B Ordinary Shareholders under clauses 12.2.1 and 12.2.2 above, each of the Class A Ordinary Shareholders shall be entitled to receive the Class B Amount (as proportionally adjusted for any subdivision or consolidation of the Class A Ordinary Shares). If the Company has insufficient assets or proceeds resulting from the Liquidation Event (as applicable) to permit the payment to all holders of the then issued and outstanding Class A Ordinary Shares, then the entire assets and funds of the Company legally available for distribution shall be distributed rateably among the holders of the then issued and outstanding Class A Ordinary Shares in proportion to the full Class B Amount that each such holder would otherwise be entitled to receive under this clause 12.2.3; and

 

  12.2.4

lastly, if there are any proceeds legally available for distribution after payment in full under clauses 12.2.1, 12.2.2 and 12.2.3 above, the remaining amount shall be distributed among the holders of all Shares on a pro rata basis in proportion to their relative shareholding.

 

12.3.

Upon the occurrence of:

 

  12.3.1

a Liquidation Event in respect of any of the Subsidiaries of the Company for any reason;

 

19


  12.3.2

a disposal of shares, securities, voting rights or any other interests in any Significant Subsidiary where such disposal is required to be approved in accordance with clause 11.4.2(i)(a), in each case as part of one transaction or a series of related transactions; or

 

  12.3.3

a disposal of all, or substantially all, of the assets of the Company or any Significant Subsidiary, in each case as part of one transaction or a series of related transactions, other than any such disposal to a Group Company directly or indirectly (including by way of variable interest entity (VIE) arrangements) wholly-owned by the Company,

the Company shall, and the Parties shall use best commercial efforts (including without limitation exercising the voting rights attached to their Shares in support of any such relevant resolution of the Company) to, ensure that the assets of the relevant Subsidiary and the proceeds received from such Liquidation Event or the proceeds of such other relevant transactions referred to in clause 12.3.2 or 12.3.3 shall, in each case, be distributed in such a way so that the Company receives the full economic benefit of such assets and proceeds, which shall, at the request of any of the Class B Ordinary Shareholders or Class C Ordinary Shareholders, be further distributed in accordance with clause 12.2 (save that any reference therein to (a) “Liquidation Event” shall be deemed to be a reference to the relevant Liquidation Event or transaction under this clause 12.3 and (b) “assets and funds of the Company” shall be deemed to be a reference to the assets and proceeds received from the relevant Liquidation Event or transaction under this clause 12.3).

 

12.4.

For the purposes of clause 12.2, as at the date of the relevant distribution by the Company, including any distribution pursuant to clause 12.3, the aggregate of all previous distributions received by Shareholders from (and including) Closing shall be taken into account.

 

13.

RIGHT TO SUBSCRIBE FOR NEW SHARES

 

13.1.

Subject to and upon the Shareholders resolving to issue new shares or other securities in the Company, the Company shall issue a notice (the “Subscription Notice”) to each of the Shareholders. Each of the Shareholders (or, at the election of the relevant Shareholder, any of its Affiliates) shall have the option (but not the obligation) at its own discretion to decide, within thirty (30) days upon receipt of the Subscription Notice, to subscribe for all or part of new shares or other securities in proportion to their relative shareholding (the computation of which shall, in the case of Tun Kung, exclude the ESOP Shares) in the Company on the terms stated on the Subscription Notice. It is a condition of such subscription by an Affiliate of any Shareholder that such Affiliate shall provide evidence of its Affiliate relationship with the relevant Shareholder.

 

13.2.

If any of the Shareholders (or their respective Affiliates, as the case may be) (each a “Partially-Subscribing Party”) does not choose to fully subscribe for its pro rata portion of the new shares or other securities, and any other Shareholder (or its Affiliate, as the case may be) (each a “Fully-Subscribing Party”) chooses to fully subscribe for its pro rata portion of the new shares or other securities, then the Fully-Subscribing Party shall have the option (but not the obligation) to subscribe for those new shares or other securities not already subscribed for by the Partially-Subscribing Party, in proportion to their relative shareholding (the computation of which shall, in the case of Tun Kung, exclude the ESOP Shares) in the Company before issuance of the new shares or other securities and on the terms stated on the Subscription Notice.

 

20


13.3.

In respect of any new shares or other securities that are not subscribed for following the aforementioned procedures, the Company shall have the right to issue and allot such new shares or other securities to any third parties on terms and conditions not more favourable than those stated on the Subscription Notice within one hundred and twenty (120) days from the earlier of (i) the lapse of the Subscription Notice, or (ii) the date the last Fully-Subscribing Party indicates its decision not to subscribe for the available new shares or other securities, provided that any such third party(ies) subscribing for such new shares or other securities shall execute a Deed of Adherence.

 

13.4.

If the Company (i) proposes to issue and allot the available new shares or other securities to third parties on terms and conditions more favourable than those stated in the Subscription Notice, or (ii) does not issue and allot the available new shares or other securities, the Company shall issue subscription notices to all Shareholders in respect of all new shares following the aforementioned procedures in this clause 13.

 

13.5.

For the purposes of this Agreement, “Affiliate” means, with respect to a person, any other person that, directly or indirectly, controls, is controlled by or is under common control with such person; “control” (including with correlative meanings, the terms “controlling”, “controlled by” and “under common control with”), as used with respect to any person, means (i) the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of such person, whether through the ownership of voting securities or by contract or otherwise or (ii) the ownership of more than fifty per cent (50%) of a person’s voting securities. For the purpose of this Agreement only: the Affiliates of the Shareholders do not include the Company; the Affiliates of the C-round Lead Investor shall be deemed to include the C-round Lead Investor Affiliate; the Affiliates of the C-round Lead Investor Affiliate shall be deemed to include the C-round Lead Investor; and, other than for the purposes of clause 14.5, the Affiliates of Tun Kung shall include Lanbang.

 

13.6.

For the purposes of this clause 13, new shares or securities do not include:

 

  13.6.1

shares converted from the Company’s capital reserves (if applicable);

 

  13.6.2

shares issued by the Company in connection with a Qualified Listing;

 

  13.6.3

Class C Ordinary Shares issued by the Company pursuant to the C-round Share Subscription Agreement; or

 

  13.6.4

shares or securities issued for the purposes of acquiring all or substantially all assets of another company or entity, or a merger representing fifty per cent (50%) or more of the voting rights, asset acquisition or other shares or securities for restructuring.

 

13.7.

For the purposes of this clause 13, rights given to the Shareholders do not apply to the ESOP Shares and the Shareholders’ right under this clause 13 shall be determined by reference to the total issued Shares of the Company without taking into account the ESOP Shares.

 

21


14.

TRANSFER OF SHARES

 

14.1.

Unless otherwise specified in this Agreement, on and after the Closing:

 

  14.1.1

the Shareholders shall not Transfer any Shares in any way without complying with this clause 14;

 

  14.1.2

during the term of this Agreement, Tun Kung shall not Transfer any of the ESOP Shares it holds unless it is approved by the Shareholders Meeting according to the Articles or for the purpose of implementing the Company ESOP, and, for the avoidance of doubt, in either such case clause 14.2 below shall not apply;

 

  14.1.3

no Shares may be Transferred to any person who is not already a Shareholder, unless the proposed transferee has executed a Deed of Adherence;

 

  14.1.4

save for:

 

  (i)

any Transfer required as part of the Company’s corporate restructuring to be conducted in connection with such Qualified Listing;

 

  (ii)

any Transfer pursuant to the exercise of the Put Option; or

 

  (iii)

any Transfer pursuant to a Tag Along Sale (but, for the avoidance of doubt, excluding any Transfer under clause 14.4.2(vi)),

if the Company proposes to conduct a Qualified Listing on the Hong Kong Stock Exchange, any Transfer of Shares pursuant to this clause 14 shall be completed prior to the date falling twenty-eight (28) clear days before the date of the first submission by the Company of its listing application to the Hong Kong Stock Exchange as approved by the Shareholders in accordance with clause 11.3, provided that, for the avoidance of doubt, upon the occurrence of any withdrawal, rejection, return or lapse of such Company’s listing application to the Hong Kong Stock Exchange, the right of any Shareholder to Transfer any Shares pursuant to this clause 14 shall be restored in its entirety; and

 

  14.1.5

any Transfer of Shares not made in compliance with this Agreement shall be null and void as against the Company, shall not be recorded on the books of the Company and shall not be recognized by the Company.

 

14.2.

Transfer of Shares by Shareholders

 

  14.2.1

Subject to clauses 5.1, 14.1.2, 14.3, 14.4.2(vi) and 14.6 and except for any Transfer pursuant to the exercise of the Put Option, if any Shareholder (other than Tun Kung or, in the first three (3) years following the Closing Date only, the Ping An Shareholders) (the “Transferring Shareholder”) intends to Transfer to any person on and after the Closing, other than (i) an Affiliate of such Transferring Shareholder in accordance with clause 14.5 or (ii) (in the case of any Shareholder, other than the Ping An Shareholders and Tun Kung and any of their respective Affiliates) any Ping An Shareholder, Tun Kung or any of their respective Affiliates, all or part of the Shares held by such Transferring Shareholder (the “Sale Shares”), each of the other Shareholders (the “Non-Transferring Shareholders”) shall have the right of first offer to purchase all or part of the Sale Shares subject to, and in accordance with, this clause 14.2 (the “Right of First Offer”).

 

22


  14.2.2

The Transferring Shareholder shall issue a notice (the “Transfer Notice”) to each of the Non-Transferring Shareholders of its intention to make a Transfer of the Sale Shares.

 

  14.2.3

If any Non-Transferring Shareholder wishes to purchase any of the Transfer Shares, it shall, within twenty (20) days of the date of the Transfer Notice (the “Offer Closing Date”), send a notice to the Transferring Shareholder (a “Purchase Notice”), which shall be irrevocable, containing:

 

  (i)

an offer to purchase (a) such portion of the Sale Shares as reflects, as nearly as possible, the number of the Sale Shares for the time being held by such Non-Transferring Shareholder as a proportion of the total number of Shares held by all the Non-Transferring Shareholders and (b) any number of the Sale Shares for which the other Non-Transferring Shareholders do not make an offer (the “Excess Sale Shares”) ((a) and (b) together, the “Offer”); and

 

  (ii)

the terms on which such Non-Transferring Shareholder is prepared to make the Offer, including the consideration offered for the Sale Shares.

 

  14.2.4

If any Non-Transferring Shareholder does not wish to make an Offer, it may either: (i) send a notice to the Transferring Shareholder before the Offer Closing Date declining to make an Offer; or (ii) do nothing in which case, following the Offer Closing Date, it shall be considered not to have made an Offer. If any Non-Transferring Shareholder does not send a Purchase Notice on or before the Offer Closing Date to the Transferring Shareholder, the Offer of any other Non-Transferring Shareholder which has sent a Purchase Notice in accordance with clause 14.2.3 shall be deemed to include an offer to purchase a number of Excess Sale Shares reflecting, as nearly as possible, the number of Sale Shares it offered to buy in such Purchase Notice as a proportion of the total number of Sale Shares in respect of which Purchase Notices were sent in accordance with clause 14.2.3.

 

  14.2.5

Within thirty (30) days of the Offer Closing Date, the Transferring Shareholder shall send a notice to any Non-Transferring Shareholder which has sent a Purchase Notice, indicating whether the Transferring Shareholder accepts its Offer and, in the case of acceptance, the number of Sale Shares (including any Excess Sale Shares) which that Non-Transferring Shareholder is obliged to buy under clause 14.2.3 and clause 14.2.4.

 

  14.2.6

For the avoidance of doubt, the Transferring Shareholder shall not be obliged to accept any Offer.

 

  14.2.7

Following the Offer Closing Date or, if later, the date the Transferring Shareholder has sent a notice to the final Non-Transferring Shareholder required to be notified pursuant to clause 14.2.5, the Transferring Shareholder shall be free to enter into a binding contract to sell any Sale Shares in respect of which it has not received an Offer or (having received an Offer) accepted an Offer to any bona fide third party (the “Third Party”) within 180 days of the Offer Closing Date, provided that:

 

23


  (i)

the price paid per Share by the Third Party for such Sale Shares is higher than the highest price offered per Share by any Non-Transferring Shareholder whose Offer was not accepted, provided that there shall be no minimum price if Offers are not made by any Non-Transferring Shareholder before the Offer Closing Date in respect of, in aggregate, at least the total number of Sale Shares set out in the Transfer Notice;

 

  (ii)

the terms agreed with the Third Party are not more favourable to such Third Party than those offered by any Non-Transferring Shareholder whose Offer was not accepted; and

 

  (iii)

the Third Party agrees to execute a Deed of Adherence.

 

  14.2.8

If the Transferring Shareholder wishes to sell any Sale Shares in accordance with clause 14.2.7, but any proviso to that clause is not satisfied, the Transferring Shareholder shall offer the Non-Transferring Shareholders the opportunity to match the terms agreed with the Third Party. If the Non-Transferring Shareholders do not make matching offers within thirty (30) days of such offer, the Transferring Shareholder shall be free to enter into a binding contract to sell the relevant Sale Shares to the Third Party, provided that the Third Party agrees to enter into a Deed of Adherence in the form required by this Agreement.

 

14.3.

Shareholders Approval Required for Transfer of Shares

 

  14.3.1

Subject to clauses 14.4.2, 14.4.3 and 14.5 and except for any Transfer (a) pursuant to the exercise of the Put Option or (b) in the case of any Shareholder other than Tun Kung or its respective Affiliates, to any Ping An Shareholder, Tun Kung or any of their respective Affiliates:

 

  (i)

prior to the third (3rd) anniversary of the Closing Date, the Significant C-round Investors; and

 

  (ii)

at any time, the Shareholders (other than the Ping An Shareholders and the Significant C-round Investors),

in each case shall not be permitted to Transfer any of the Shares they hold without the written consent from the Shareholders of the Company (excluding the transferor Shareholder and any of its Affiliates) holding a majority of the Shares then outstanding (excluding the Shares held by the transferor Shareholder and any of its Affiliates). Any reference to the Transfer of Shares in this clause 14.3 shall include any change in the direct or indirect beneficial interest in a Shareholder and this clause 14.3 shall apply accordingly. Subject to clause 14.3.2, a Shareholder seeking to Transfer Shares pursuant to this clause 14.3.1 shall only be required to disclose information to the Shareholders whose consent is sought. Without prejudice to any other rights of any Party to this Agreement in respect of a breach of this clause 14.3.1, a Shareholder which has breached this clause 14.3 shall lose its rights to information under clause 10 of this Agreement and any other rights to financial and operating information of the Company, other than statutory rights.

 

24


  14.3.2

Other than Transfers to Affiliates of Tun Kung in accordance with clause 14.5, if Tun Kung (or any of its Affiliates to which it has Transferred any Shares in accordance with clause 14.5) Transfers any Shares, within twenty (20) days after the date of such Transfer, it shall notify each of the Significant C-round Investors of the material details of such Transfer, including the class and number of Shares or other securities subject to such Transfer, the aggregate consideration payable for such Transfer (and the form thereof) and the identity of the purchaser of such Shares.

 

14.4.

Transfer of Shares by Ping An Shareholders

 

  14.4.1

Except as otherwise provided in this clause 14, the Parties agree that each of the Ping An Shareholders may Transfer any Shares it holds to any interested buyer at its sole discretion.

 

  14.4.2

Investors’ Tag Along Right

 

  (i)

Subject to clause 14.2 (except in respect of any Investor exercising its rights under this clause 14.4.2), where any member of Ping An Group (including without limitation any Ping An Shareholder) proposes to effect a Transfer of Shares to an interested buyer (the “Proposed Ping An Transferee A”) (the “Ping An Share Sale”) resulting in Ping An Group:

 

  (a)

taken as a whole, no longer being the largest Shareholder in the Company (through Ping An Shareholders or their respective Affiliates to which they have Transferred Shares in accordance with clause 14.5), other than Tun Kung; or

 

  (b)

collectively holding (through Ping An Shareholders or their respective Affiliates to which they have Transferred Shares in accordance with clause 14.5) less than thirty-five per cent (35%) of the then outstanding Shares in issue,

Ping An Group, through An Ke or PAO (the “Selling Ping An Shareholder”), shall issue a notice (the “Ping An Share Sale Notice”) to each of the Investors setting forth the details of the Ping An Share Sale including the identity of the Proposed Ping An Transferee A and the terms of the Transfer of the Shares. Notwithstanding clause 14.3, each of the Investors shall have the option (but not the obligation) at its own discretion to decide, within thirty-five (35) days upon receipt of the Ping An Share Sale Notice, by delivering a written notice to the Selling Ping An Shareholder and the Company (the “Tag Along Notice”), to require the Selling Ping An Shareholder to procure the sale of all, or (at each Investor’s sole discretion) a pro rata share in proportion to its relative shareholding, of such Investor’s Shares to the Proposed Ping An Transferee A on the same terms and conditions as the Ping An Share Sale.

 

25


  (ii)

Subject to clause 14.2 (except in respect of any Investor exercising its rights under this clause 14.4.2), where any Ping An Share Sale does not satisfy either clause 14.4.2(i)(a) or clause 14.4.2(i)(b), the Selling Ping An Shareholder shall issue the Ping An Share Sale Notice to each of the Significant C-round Investors setting forth the details of such Ping An Share Sale including the identity of the Proposed Ping An Transferee A and the terms of the Transfer of the Shares. Each of the Significant C-round Investors shall have the option (but not the obligation) at its own discretion to decide, within thirty-five (35) days upon receipt of the Ping An Share Sale Notice, by delivering a Tag Along Notice, to require the Selling Ping An Shareholder to use its best efforts to procure the sale of a pro rata share in proportion to its relative shareholding of such Significant C-round Investor’s Shares to the Proposed Ping An Transferee A on the same terms and conditions as the Ping An Share Sale (any sale pursuant to clause 14.4.2(i) or this clause 14.4.2(ii) being a “Tag Along Sale”).

 

  (iii)

Where one or more of the Investors have delivered a Tag Along Notice in accordance with clause 14.4.2(i), the Selling Ping An Shareholder shall not complete the Ping An Share Sale unless the Ping An Share Sale is completed together with the Tag Along Sale and the Company shall not register any Transfer of Shares in relation to any Ping An Share Sale unless the provisions of this clause 14.4.2 have been complied with.

 

  (iv)

The Investor(s) participating in the Tag Along Sale shall:

 

  (a)

receive directly from the Proposed Ping An Transferee A the consideration to be paid for the Shares it is selling in the Tag Along Sale;

 

  (b)

co-operate in good faith to complete the Tag Along Sale to the Proposed Ping An Transferee A; and

 

  (c)

on or before completion of the Tag Along Sale, deliver to the Proposed Ping An Transferee A the transfer documents and certificates representing the Shares to be sold by the Investor as part of the Tag Along Sale (or share certificate indemnities in place of any lost certificates),

and the Company shall, upon updating the register of members of the Company for any Transfer made in accordance with this clause 14.4.2, issue new share certificates to each of the relevant Shareholders in respect of the Shares held by each of them.

 

  (v)

There will be no liability either:

 

  (a)

from the Selling Ping An Shareholder to the Investors; or

 

  (b)

from the Investors to the Selling Ping An Shareholder,

 

26


if the Tag Along Sale does not complete as a result of a failure of the relevant Ping An Share Sale to complete or, in the case of a Tag Along Sale pursuant to clause 14.4.2(ii), if the Tag Along Sale does not complete for any reason, provided in each case that the Selling Ping An Shareholder shall use its best efforts and act in good faith to procure the completion of the Tag Along Sale.

 

  (vi)

Notwithstanding anything in clauses 14.2 through 14.4 to the contrary, if a Tag Along Sale pursuant to clause 14.4.2(ii) does not complete within the timeframe set forth in clause 15.1 (provided, that the reference in such clause to forty (40) days shall be deemed to be to ninety (90) days for the purposes of this clause 14.4.2(vi)), but the Ping An Share Sale to which it relates completes, in whole or in part, other than as a result of a breach by the relevant Significant C-round Investor of its obligations under clause 14.4.2(iv)(b) or 14.4.2(iv)(c), subject only to clause 14.4.2(vii), any Significant C-round Investor which delivered a Tag Along Notice in accordance with clause 14.4.2(ii) shall be entitled to sell the Shares that it proposed to sell pursuant to such Tag Along Notice.

 

  (vii)

Prior to any Transfer of Shares by any Significant C-round Investor in accordance with clause 14.4.2(vi), the relevant Significant C-round Investor shall obtain consent from the Shareholders of the Company (excluding the transferor Significant C-round Investor and any of its Affiliates) holding a majority of the Shares then outstanding (excluding the Shares held by the transferor Significant C-round Investor and any of its Affiliates) as if clause 14.3.1 applied to such Transfer, save that such consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed and, for these purposes, such consent may only be reasonably withheld or delayed if the Transfer is proposed to be made to a Prohibited Transferee. For the avoidance of doubt: (a) a Significant C-round Investor seeking to Transfer Shares pursuant to clause 14.4.2(vi) shall only be required to disclose information to the Shareholders whose consent is sought in accordance with this clause 14.4.2(vii); and (b) consent pursuant to this clause 14.4.2(vii) shall be required for a Transfer of Shares under clause 14.4.2(vi) notwithstanding the time limitation applicable to the Significant C-round Investors under clause 14.3.1(i).

 

  14.4.3

Ping An Drag Along Right

 

  (i)

Subject to clause 14.2, the Ping An Shareholders and any Affiliates to which they have Transferred Shares in accordance with clause 14.5 (in this clause 14.4.3, the “Drag Along Ping An Transferors”) may, together, at any time propose to sell all (and not less than all) of their Shares to any interested buyer (the “Proposed Ping An Transferee B”) who also proposes to acquire all the Shares held by the other Shareholders (the “Drag Along Sale”) provided that:

 

  (a)

the Proposed Ping An Transferee B is not an Associate of any of the Ping An Shareholders or Tun Kung;

 

27


  (b)

such proposed sale is a bona fide arm’s length transaction being effected in good faith by the Drag Along Ping An Transferors;

 

  (c)

the Drag Along Ping An Transferors shall ensure that the consideration payable to any C-round Investors pursuant to such Drag Along Sale shall: (A) if and to the extent (on a pro rata basis) the consideration payable to the Drag Along Ping An Transferors will be in cash, be payable in cash on completion of such Drag Along Sale; and (B) if and to the extent (on a pro rata basis) the consideration payable to the Drag Along Ping An Transferors will be in non-cash form, at the election of each C-round Investor, either (x) be payable in cash of equivalent value to any such non-cash consideration (on a per Share basis) by the Drag Along Ping An Transferors on completion of such Drag Along Sale or (y) be in the same form payable to the Drag Along Ping An Transferors and shall be subject to the same terms and conditions as applicable to such non-cash consideration payable to the Drag Along Ping An Transferors; and

 

  (d)

if the Drag Along Notice in respect of the Drag Along Sale is received by the Shareholders in accordance with clause 14.4.3(ii) after the end of the exercise period for the Put Option set out in clause 19A.2.1(c) but on or prior to the tenth (10th) anniversary of the Closing Date, the consideration payable to the Significant C-round Investors pursuant to such Drag Along Sale shall be equal to or greater than the Put Option Price, in each case, as calculated on a per Share basis.

 

  (ii)

Where the conditions set out in clause 14.4.3(i) are met, the Drag Along Ping An Transferors may, at any time provided that no less than thirty-five (35) days’ prior notice (the “Drag Along Notice Period”) has been given, require all the other Shareholders (other than any C-round Investor which has at the time of the Drag Along Notice already exercised or at any time following receipt of the Drag Along Notice exercises the Put Option in accordance with its terms) to sell all (and not less than all) of their Shares to the Proposed Ping An Transferee B by delivering to the Company and all the other Shareholders written notice of its decision to compel all the other Shareholders to sell all of their Shares and participate in the Drag Along Sale (the “Drag Along Notice”) on the same terms and conditions as the Drag Along Ping An Transferors (subject to the consideration payable to any C-round Investor being payable in accordance with clauses 14.4.3(i)(c) and 14.4.3(i)(d) (as applicable)).

 

  (iii)

The Investor(s) required to participate in the Drag Along Sale in accordance with clause 14.4.3(ii) (which, for the avoidance of doubt, shall exclude any C-round Investor which has at the time of the Drag Along Notice already exercised, or at any time following receipt of the Drag Along Notice exercises, the Put Option in accordance with its terms) (the “Dragged Shareholders”) shall:

 

28


  (a)

in respect of any Investor, where clause 14.4.3(i)(c)(B) applies, prior to the expiry of the Drag Along Notice Period, notify the Drag Along Ping An Transferors in writing of its election to receive a cash equivalent under clause 14.4.3(i)(c)(B)(x) or non-cash consideration under clause 14.4.3(i)(c)(B)(y). In the absence of any notice within such time period, such Investor shall be deemed to have elected to receive the cash equivalent under clause 14.4.3(i)(c)(B)(x);

 

  (b)

receive directly from the Proposed Ping An Transferee B the consideration to be paid for the Shares it is selling in the Drag Along Sale (save where an Investor has elected or is deemed to have elected under clause 14.4.3(iii)(a) to receive a cash equivalent from the Drag Along Ping An Transferors in accordance with clause 14.4.3(i)(c)(B)(x) in which case such Investor shall be paid such cash equivalent by the Drag Along Ping An Transferors);

 

  (c)

co-operate in good faith to complete the Drag Along Sale to the Proposed Ping An Transferee B; and

 

  (d)

use its best commercial efforts to deliver to the Proposed Ping An Transferee B the transfer documents and certificates representing all of the Shares held by such Dragged Shareholder (or share certificate indemnities in place of any lost certificates) on or before completion of the Drag Along Sale and, if not, as soon as reasonably practicable thereafter but in any event no later than forty (40) days following the completion of the Drag Along Sale.

 

  (iv)

In the event that any Dragged Shareholder fails to deliver such transfer documents and certificates or share certificate indemnities, as applicable, to the Proposed Ping An Transferee B in accordance with clause 14.4.3(iii), the Company will be deemed to have been appointed attorney-in-fact of the relevant Investor with full power to (and each of the Shareholders hereby irrevocably appoints the Company as the attorney-in-fact of such Shareholder with full power and authority, where the circumstances set out in this clause 14.4.3(iv) apply to such Shareholder in its capacity as a Dragged Shareholder only, to act, in the name of, and for and on behalf of, such Shareholder to):

 

  (a)

execute, complete and deliver, in the name of such Shareholder, the necessary transfer documents;

 

  (b)

receive the purchase money for such Shareholder (which must be paid in cash into a separate bank account in the Company’s name and held on trust for such Shareholder), provided that the Company shall, on receipt of the relevant transfer documents and certificates or share certificate indemnities (as applicable), pay the purchase money to such Shareholder; and

 

29


  (c)

cause the Proposed Ping An Transferee B to be registered as the holder of such Shares.

 

  (v)

In the circumstances described in clause 14.4.3(iv), the receipt by the Company of the purchase money will be a good discharge to the Proposed Ping An Transferee B (who will not be bound to see the application of that purchase money) and after the Proposed Ping An Transferee B has been registered in purported exercise of the aforesaid powers the validity of the proceedings will not be questioned by any person.

 

  (vi)

Each Dragged Shareholder must use all reasonable efforts to sell its Shares in the Drag Along Sale in compliance with all applicable Laws and the Drag Along Notice.

 

  (vii)

Each Dragged Shareholder shall represent and warrant in favour of the Proposed Ping An Transferee B at the date of completion of the Drag Along Sale that:

 

  (a)

the Shares being sold by it will, at the time of such Drag Along Sale, be free of all liens, charges and encumbrances; and

 

  (b)

it is the sole legal and beneficial owner of such Shares.

 

  (viii)

There will be no liability on the part of the Drag Along Ping An Transferors to the Dragged Shareholders if the Drag Along Sale is not completed for whatever reason.

 

  (ix)

For the avoidance of doubt:

 

  (a)

if any C-round Investor exercises the Put Option, it shall not be required to comply with any Drag Along Notice under this clause 14.4.3;

 

  (b)

in the event the Ping An Shareholders do not exercise the drag along right under this clause 14.4.3, the Investors’ tag along rights under clause 14.4.2 shall not be affected and shall remain exercisable; and

 

  (c)

if any Drag Along Sale is terminated for any reason prior to completion, with effect from such termination, clause 14 shall apply to any Transfer by the Drag Along Ping An Transferors (whether to the Proposed Ping An Transferee B or otherwise) as if no Drag Along Notice had been given in respect thereof.

 

30


14.5.

Transfer to Affiliate

 

  14.5.1

Notwithstanding anything in clauses 14.2 through 14.4 to the contrary, the Parties agree that the Shareholders are permitted to Transfer all or part of their respective shareholdings in the Company to one or multiple Affiliates of such Party (each an “Affiliate-Transferee”), provided that the relevant Shareholder (the “Affiliate-Transferor”) shall provide sufficient evidence to the other Shareholders in respect of the Affiliate relationship between it and its Affiliate-Transferee(s), and shall procure that such Affiliate-Transferee(s) shall accept in writing in accordance with clause 14.1.3 to be bound by this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents to which such Affiliate-Transferor is party, in each case as if it were a party thereto in respect of the rights and obligations of the Affiliate-Transferor (but, for the avoidance of doubt, if the Affiliate-Transferor is the A-round Lead Investor or the C-round Lead Investor and such Affiliate-Transferor retains any Shares after such Transfer in accordance with this clause 14.5, the rights granted to the relevant Affiliate-Transferor under clause 6 shall only be exercisable by such Affiliate-Transferor and not by any of its respective Affiliate-Transferees). If such Affiliate-Transferee at any time ceases to be an Affiliate of the Affiliate-Transferor, such Affiliate-Transferee shall, prior to ceasing to be an Affiliate of such Affiliate-Transferor, Transfer the Shares held by it back to the Affiliate-Transferor or to another Affiliate of that Affiliate-Transferor, and in the case of a Transfer to another Affiliate, this clause 14.5.1 shall apply to such subsequent Transfer as if it were the original Transfer by the Affiliate-Transferor hereunder.

 

  14.5.2

In addition, notwithstanding anything in clauses 14.2 through 14.4 to the contrary and subject to clause 19.5, the Parties agree that Tun Kung is permitted to Transfer all or part of its shareholding in the Company to Lanbang, Tongjun and Linzhi to effect the unwinding of the Share Swap provided that Tun Kung shall provide reasonable prior notice to the Company and the other Shareholders. Upon receiving such notice, the Ping An Shareholders and Investors shall enter into a shareholders agreement with Lanbang, Tongjun and Linzhi in substantially the same form as this Agreement.

 

  14.5.3

For the purposes of this clause 14.5, any Transfer between the current beneficial owners of the same Shareholder as at the date of this Agreement shall be treated as a permitted Transfer under this clause 14.5.

 

14.6.

Ping An Call Option and Tongjun Transaction

 

  14.6.1

Notwithstanding anything in clauses 14.2 through 14.4 to the contrary but subject to clause 19.4, in respect of any Transfer of shares pursuant to the Ping An Call Option and Tongjun Transaction, the Parties hereby:

 

  (i)

agree that such Transfer of shares shall neither be subject to any restrictions under this Agreement nor give rise to any right to the Investors under this Agreement; and

 

  (ii)

waive any right of first offer, tag along rights and/or other rights that they may have under applicable Laws.

 

31


14.7.

“Market Stand off” Agreement

 

  14.7.1

Subject to clause 14.7.3, each of the Shareholders (other than the A-round Investors and the B-round Investors) hereby agrees that it will not, without the prior written consent of the Company or the underwriter(s) managing any Qualified Listing of the Company’s securities, for a period of time specified by managing underwriter(s) not to exceed one hundred and eighty (180) days commencing from the date of closing of the Qualified Listing, or such other period as may reasonably be requested by the Company or an underwriter to accommodate regulatory restrictions, (i) lend; offer; pledge; sell; contract to sell; sell any option or contract to purchase; purchase any option or contract to sell; grant any option, right, or warrant to purchase; or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any Shares or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable (directly or indirectly) for Shares or (ii) enter into any swap or other arrangement that transfers to another, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of such securities, whether any such transaction described in clause (i) or (ii) above is to be settled by delivery of Shares or other securities, in cash, or otherwise. The foregoing provisions of this clause 14.7.1 shall not apply to (x) the sale of any shares to an underwriter pursuant to an underwriting agreement, (y) the transfer of any shares to any trust for the direct or indirect benefit of each such Shareholder, provided that the trustee of the trust agrees to be bound in writing by the restrictions set forth herein, and provided further that any such transfer shall not involve a disposition for value, or (z) pledges of Shares or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable (directly or indirectly) for Shares as collateral in accordance with and subject to the terms and conditions of a loan agreement and any related pledge and security agreements existing on the date of the applicable underwriting agreement relating to the Qualified Listing, any subsequent foreclosure on such collateral shares pledged pursuant to such existing pledges in accordance with and subject to the terms and conditions of such loan agreement and any related pledge and security agreements, or any resale by the applicable lender parties of any such collateral shares pledged pursuant to such existing pledges (including Shares actually issued upon the conversion or exchange of such collateral shares in the event of any foreclosure or foreclosure sale) to a third party in a substantially concurrent transaction made pursuant to the provisions of the applicable loan agreement and any related pledge and security agreement; and shall be applicable to each such Shareholder only if all officers and directors of the Company are subject to the same restrictions and the Company uses all reasonable efforts to obtain a similar agreement from all shareholders then individually owning more than one per cent (1%) of the Company’s outstanding Shares.

 

  14.7.2

Each of the Shareholders further agrees to execute such agreements as may be reasonably requested by the underwriters in connection with any such registration that are consistent with this clause 14.7 or that are necessary to give further effect thereto. Any discretionary waiver or termination of the restrictions of any or all of such agreements by the Company or the underwriters shall apply pro rata to all the Shareholders subject to such agreements, based on the number of shares subject to such agreements.

 

  14.7.3

Clause 14.7.1 shall only apply to Tun Kung if it is not required by applicable regulatory provisions of any stock exchange on which the Company is to be listed to be subject to restrictions on substantially the same, or more restrictive, terms (including with respect to the applicable time period) as set out in clause 14.7.1.

 

32


  14.7.4

Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the provisions of this clause 14.7 shall not apply to any shares purchased in the Qualified Listing or in the secondary market following the Qualified Listing.

 

14.8.

Notwithstanding anything in this clause 14 to the contrary, the restrictions on Transfer set forth in this clause 14 shall not apply to any Transfer of any indirect equity interest in any C-round Investor (i) by any passive limited partner of any investment fund which holds any equity interest in such C-round Investor, provided always that such passive limited partner is not itself an Affiliate or connected person of the adviser, manager or general partner of that investment fund, or (ii) which is conducted on a public securities exchange or market.

 

15.

COMPLETION OF TRANSFER OF SHARES

 

15.1.

Save as otherwise provided in this Agreement, a sale of shares pursuant to this Agreement shall be completed in such place and on such date as the Parties to such share Transfer may agree provided that it is not less than ten (10) nor more than forty (40) days after the date upon which it becomes bound to sell or purchase the shares.

 

15.2.

The Directors may round up or down fractional entitlements in the number of transferred Shares under any sale of Shares.

 

15.3.

In addition to any requirements under any additional agreements which may be entered into by the parties to the share Transfer, at completion:

 

  15.3.1

the purchasing Shareholder shall pay to the selling Shareholder the purchase price in cash in USD except if the purchase price is settled by non-cash consideration in accordance with this Agreement; and

 

  15.3.2

the selling Shareholder shall deliver to the purchaser:

 

  15.3.2.1

a duly executed instrument of transfer of the shares to be sold;

 

  15.3.2.2

the relevant share certificate(s) or other documents of title (or a share certificate indemnity in the case of any lost share certificate);

 

  15.3.2.3

any power of attorney or other authority under which the Transfer has been executed; and

 

  15.3.2.4

letters of resignation from the selling Shareholder’s appointee Directors waiving any claims they may have against the Company.

 

15.4.

The selling Shareholder shall sell its shares as beneficial owner free from all encumbrances.

 

15.5.

In addition to any requirements under any additional agreements which may be entered into by the parties to the share Transfer as conditions precedent to a Transfer of shares:

 

  15.5.1

the purchaser shall pay, or shall procure that the Company shall pay, to the selling Shareholder all outstanding liabilities owing by the Company to the selling Shareholder; and

 

33


  15.5.2

the Directors and officers who have been appointed by the selling Shareholder shall, upon the Company’s receipt of relevant removal notice issued by the selling Shareholder in accordance with clause 6.3, resign without claiming compensation.

 

15.6.

In addition to any requirements under any additional agreements which may be entered into by the parties to the share Transfer, the purchaser shall use its reasonable endeavours to obtain the release of the selling Shareholder from any guarantee, security or other assurance given by the selling Shareholder on behalf of the Company before, or as soon as is reasonably practicable after, a Transfer of shares, and pending such release shall indemnify and keep indemnified the selling Shareholder against any claims made in relation to those matters.

 

15.7.

The Shareholders shall give their written consent to (if and to the extent required to effect such Transfer), and shall procure that the Board shall approve and register a Transfer of shares made in accordance with this Agreement.

 

16.

TERMINATION

 

16.1.

This Agreement shall continue in force until terminated in accordance with this clause 16.

 

16.2.

Unless terminated earlier in accordance with other provisions, this Agreement shall terminate in respect of a Shareholder if at any time, as a result of a Transfer of Shares made in accordance with this Agreement and the Articles, that Shareholder holds no Shares, but without prejudice to any accrued rights which any other Party may have in respect of that Shareholder prior to termination, provided that the provisions of clause 18 shall survive any such termination with respect to such Shareholder as set forth below.

 

16.3.

Any termination of this Agreement will not affect or impair any liabilities or obligations accrued as a result of any Party’s failure to comply with or fulfil any issues, undertakings or conditions hereunder.

 

17.

QUALIFIED LISTING

 

17.1.

The Shareholders shall, when the Company has reasonable cause to complete a Qualified Listing, use their respective best efforts to procure that the Company will complete a Qualified Listing.

 

17.2.

For the purposes of this Agreement, a “Qualified Listing” refers to an initial public offering of the Company’s shares and/or securities on an internationally recognized stock exchange, including, but not limited to, NYSE, NASDAQ and the Hong Kong Stock Exchange (Main Board).

 

17.3.

The Company shall use commercially reasonable efforts to consult with the Significant C-round Investors and those other C-round Investors with capital market expertise in any relevant markets which request such consultation with respect to any proposed Qualified Listing, including with respect to (i) the funding needs of the Company, (ii) the amount of proceeds to be raised in any proposed Qualified Listing and the proposed use of these proceeds, and (iii) the market conditions for conducting an equity offering of the Company and outlook for such conditions at such time.

 

34


17.4.

The Company shall procure the listing of the Shares held by the Investors at the same time as the Qualified Listing and, if applicable, the Investors shall be given customary registration rights in relation to the Shares held by it to the extent such rights are required to enable the Investors’ Shares to be traded on the relevant securities or stock exchange.

 

17.5.

The Company shall, in consultation with the Shareholders, procure the Group Companies’ shareholding structure be adjusted, if necessary, in accordance with the applicable Laws when the Company carries out the Qualified Listing and the relevant requirements of the stock or securities exchange where the Qualified Listing is proposed to take place, and in such manner that the rights of the Shareholders as stated in the Articles and this Agreement are not adversely affected.

 

17.6.

The Parties agree that immediately prior to a Qualified Listing, all Class B Ordinary Shares and Class C Ordinary Shares shall be automatically converted into such number of Class A Ordinary Shares as determined as hereinafter provided as at the time of the conversion (the “Share Conversion Ratio”), and shall have all rights attached to Class A Ordinary Shares as stated in the Articles and this Agreement. As at the Closing Date, the Share Conversion Ratio for each Class B Ordinary Share and each Class C Ordinary Share shall be (in respect of each Class B Ordinary Share) one Class A Ordinary Share for one Class B Ordinary Share and (in respect of each Class C Ordinary Share) one Class A Ordinary Share for one Class C Ordinary Share. In the event that the outstanding Class A Ordinary Shares shall be subdivided (by share dividend, share split or otherwise) into a greater number of Class A Ordinary Shares, the Share Conversion Ratio then in effect with respect to the Class B Ordinary Shares and the Class C Ordinary Shares shall, concurrently with the effectiveness of such subdivision, be proportionately increased such that each Class B Ordinary Share and each Class C Ordinary Share shall be converted into a proportionately higher number of Class A Ordinary Shares. In the event that the outstanding Class A Ordinary Shares shall be combined or consolidated, by reclassification or otherwise, into a fewer number of Class A Ordinary Shares, the Share Conversion Ratio then in effect with respect to the Class B Ordinary Shares and the Class C Ordinary Shares shall, concurrently with the effectiveness of such combination or consolidation, be proportionately decreased such that each Class B Ordinary Share and each Class C Ordinary Share shall be converted into a proportionately lower number of Class A Ordinary Shares. To the extent equivalent alterations as mentioned in this clause 17.6 above are made (a) to the Class B Ordinary Shares but the same alterations are not made to the Class A Ordinary Shares or the Class C Ordinary Shares, equivalent adjustments as set out above shall be made to the Share Conversion Ratio of each Class C Ordinary Share; or (b) to the Class C Ordinary Shares but the same alterations are not made to the Class A Ordinary Shares or the Class B Ordinary Shares, equivalent adjustments as set out above shall be made to the Share Conversion Ratio of each Class B Ordinary Share. The number of Class A Ordinary Shares into which all Class B Ordinary Shares and Class C Ordinary Shares held by each Shareholder shall convert pursuant to this clause 17.6 shall be aggregated before determining the aggregate number of Class A Ordinary Shares to be held by such Shareholder upon any conversion in accordance with this clause 17.6. Any fractional entitlements to Class A Ordinary Shares upon any conversion in accordance with this clause 17.6 shall be dealt with in accordance with Article 9.

 

35


17.7.

The rights and obligations of all Parties under this Agreement shall terminate when the Company completes a Qualified Listing; provided however, that (a) the rights and obligations of all Parties under this clause 17.7 and clauses 14.7, 17.4 and 18.2 shall survive the completion of any Qualified Listing and shall terminate after the expiration of the market stand-off period, as set forth therein, and (b) such termination shall be without prejudice to any accrued rights which any Party may have prior to such termination.

 

18.

ANNOUNCEMENTS AND CONFIDENTIALITY

 

18.1.

No announcement concerning this Agreement or the Transaction Documents shall be made by one Party (whether prior to or after the Closing Date) without the prior approval of Shanghai Lujiazui International Financial Asset Exchange Co., Ltd., a Subsidiary of the Company, except for such announcement as may be required by applicable Laws or the rules of a stock exchange binding on the relevant Party, in which event the disclosing Party shall notify the other Parties and take into consideration reasonable comments made by such other Parties.

 

18.2.

In addition to the foregoing, the Parties understand and acknowledge that this Agreement, the Transaction Documents, the oral or written information exchanged between or obtained by the Parties and their Affiliates as a result of the Transaction Documents, the information related to any dispute arising from or in connection with the performance, interpretation, breach, termination or validity of the Transaction Documents are all Confidential Information. The Parties shall, and shall procure each of their representatives (including but not limited to any senior management staff, Director, employee, shareholder, agent and Affiliate), keep confidential and not disclose to any third party (excluding any shareholder, investor or potential investor, Affiliate and professional advisor of the Company or of the Investor) the Confidential Information unless:

 

  18.2.1

the Confidential Information is or becomes generally available to the public other than as a result of a disclosure by a Party or its representatives or a third party source that was not bound by a confidentiality agreement;

 

  18.2.2

the Confidential Information was available to the Party or its representatives on a non-confidential basis prior to its disclosure by the other Parties hereto or its representatives; or

 

  18.2.3

the Confidential Information is required to be disclosed under applicable Law, including but not limited to the disclosure made in accordance with any listing rule or any securities regulatory authority, in which case the Party having a disclosure obligation shall, at the reasonable time before the disclosure, consult other Parties over such disclosure and shall, as per the requirements of other Parties, seek possible confidential treatments for the Confidential Information subject to disclosure.

 

18.3.

The restriction in this clause 18 shall continue to apply after the termination of this Agreement without limit in point of time, but shall cease to apply to information or knowledge which may properly come into the public domain through no fault of the restricted Party

 

36


19.

ADDITIONAL COVENANTS BY THE PARTIES

 

19.1.

Each Shareholder covenants with the others that so long as this Agreement remains in force and effect it will:

 

  19.1.1

act in good faith;

 

  19.1.2

promptly execute and expedite all such documents as are required in respect of this Agreement;

 

  19.1.3

promptly notify the other of all or any matters coming to its notice which may affect the Company or its business;

 

  19.1.4

use and exercise the votes controlled by it at all meetings of the Company in order to ensure the observance of the terms and the spirit of this Agreement; and

 

  19.1.5

generally do all things necessary to give effect to this Agreement.

 

19.2.

The Company shall, and each of the Shareholders shall (to the extent it is able to within its powers as a Shareholder), during the term of this Agreement:

 

  19.2.1

undertake all actions necessary to ensure that (i) the articles of association or similar constitutional document of the Group Companies are amended to reflect the terms (insofar as permitted by applicable Laws) of this Agreement and the Transaction Documents, and (ii) any amendments to such articles of association or similar constitutional document of any Group Company which (in the reasonable opinion of the Board) would or would be likely to have a disproportionate material adverse effect on any class of Shareholders (as compared, in each case, with all other Shareholders), insofar as permitted by applicable Laws, shall not be approved and effected by the Company unless such amendment has also been approved by holders of seventy-five per cent (75%) of the class of Shares held by each of the Shareholder(s) on whom there would be such a material adverse effect;

 

  19.2.2

ensure that the Company maintains control over the management and operations of the Group Companies; and

 

  19.2.3

ensure that the Company or its Subsidiary shall at all times have the right by proxy or otherwise, to vote the outstanding equity interests of the Group Companies.

 

19.3.

Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Agreement but subject to clause 19.4, the Shareholders acknowledge and confirm that any Transfer of Shares pursuant to the Ping An Transactions shall not be subject to approval, consent or waiver by the Shareholders or the Board, or the exercise of the Right of First Offer by the other Shareholders. But to the extent any such approval, consent or waiver shall become necessary to perfect the title of the said Shares, all Shareholders shall exercise their voting rights in the Group Companies to facilitate the relevant Transfer or disposal pursuant to the Ping An Transactions, including without limitation waiving their respective right of first offer and entering into an amended and restated shareholders agreement in form and substance substantially similar to this Agreement.

 

37


19.4.

Each of the Ping An Shareholders covenants with the other Shareholders that it shall ensure that:

 

  19.4.1

none of the terms and conditions of any of:

 

  (a)

the Ping An Transactions; and

 

  (b)

the call options granted to any member of the Ping An Group in respect of shares in Tun Kung, any of Tun Kung’s direct or indirect shareholders or Shanghai Lanbang Investment Company Limited (“Shanghai Lanbang”),

shall be amended in such a way as to change (i) the number of securities in Tun Kung, any of its direct or indirect shareholder(s) or Shanghai Lanbang to which any of such Ping An Transactions, or any call option granted to any member of the Ping An Group, relate and/or (ii) the circumstances in which such call options granted to any member of the Ping An Group may be exercised or the security granted pursuant to the Ping An Transactions may be enforced; and

 

  19.4.2

none of:

 

  (a)

the Ping An Call Option; and

 

  (b)

any call option granted to any member of the Ping An Group in respect of shares in Tun Kung, any of Tun Kung’s direct or indirect shareholder(s) or Shanghai Lanbang,

shall be exercised if Tun Kung is not the controlling shareholder of the Company with the largest holding of Shares or such exercise would, or would be reasonably likely to, result in Tun Kung ceasing to be the largest controlling shareholder of the Company.

 

19.5.

Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Agreement, Tun Kung covenants with the other Shareholders that it shall not Transfer any Shares, or effect any agreement, arrangement or transaction, which would, or would be likely to, cause it to cease to be the controlling shareholder of the Company with the largest holding of Shares.

 

19.6.

Each of the rights and obligations of the C-round Lead Investor Affiliate under this Agreement may be exercised or fulfilled (as applicable) by the C-round Lead Investor on behalf of the C-round Lead Investor Affiliate. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in all circumstances, the liability of each of C-round Lead Investor and C-round Lead Investor Affiliate shall be several, and not joint or joint and several.

 

38


19A.

PUT OPTION

 

19A.1

The C-round Investors’ Put Option. In consideration for the entry into the C-round Share Subscription Agreement by the C-round Investors, from and after the Closing, the Company irrevocably grants to each C-round Investor a put option (the “Put Option”), pursuant to which such C-round Investor may require the Company to purchase its respective Subscribed Shares (including any additional shares issued in respect of such Subscribed Shares by way of capitalisation of profits or reserves and any securities directly or indirectly representing such shares following any reorganisation or reconstruction of capital, including a subdivision or consolidation) (the “Put Option Shares”) from such C-round Investor for the Subscription Amount plus the Return (the “Put Option Price”).

 

19A.2

Exercise.

 

  19A.2.1

Each C-round Investor may exercise the Put Option by giving written notice to the Company (which notice shall be irrevocable) in the following exercise periods (the “Exercise Periods”, and each, an “Exercise Period”):

 

  (a)

on or within the period of thirty (30) days immediately following the date falling three (3) years after the Closing Date if a Qualified Listing has not occurred on or before that date;

 

  (b)

on or within the period of thirty (30) days immediately following the date falling four (4) years after the Closing Date if a Qualified Listing has not occurred on or before that date; or

 

  (c)

on or within the period of thirty (30) days immediately following the date falling five (5) years after the Closing Date if a Qualified Listing has not occurred on or before that date.

 

  19A.2.2

Notwithstanding clause 19A.2.1 and the provisions of clause 14.4.3, but subject to clause 19A.2.4, if any of the Ping An Shareholders (or any of their respective Affiliates to which they have transferred Shares in accordance with clause 14.5) at any time delivers a Drag Along Notice requiring any C-round Investor to sell its Shares pursuant to a Drag Along Sale at an aggregate amount of consideration per Share below the Put Option Price, such C-round Investor shall be entitled to exercise the Put Option by giving written notice to the Company (which notice shall, subject to the deemed withdrawal upon termination of the Drag Along Sale as set out in this clause 19A.2.2 below, be irrevocable) within a period of thirty (30) days following the date of receipt of such Drag Along Notice; provided that completion of the sale and purchase of such C-round Investor’s Put Option Shares shall occur concurrently with the completion of the Drag Along Sale and if the Drag Along Sale is terminated for any reason prior to completion, any notice of exercise of the Put Option delivered by any C-round Investor with respect to such Drag Along Sale shall be deemed to have been withdrawn, without prejudice to such C-round Investor’s right to deliver any other exercise notice pursuant to this clause 19A.2.

 

  19A.2.3

Notwithstanding clause 19A.2.1, but subject to clause 19A.2.4, if:

 

  (a)

any of the Ping An Shareholders at any time delivers to any C-round Investor a Ping An Share Sale Notice under clause 14.4.2(i) in respect of a Ping An Share Sale; and

 

  (b)

the Average Post-Closing Sale Price is less than the Subscription Price,

 

39


such C-round Investor shall be entitled to exercise the Put Option by giving written notice to the Company (which notice shall be irrevocable) within a period of thirty (30) days following the date of receipt of such Ping An Share Sale Notice.

 

  19A.2.4

Notwithstanding clauses 19A.2.1 to 19A.2.3 (inclusive), the Put Option shall lapse immediately after:

 

  (a)

the end of the Exercise Period referred to in clause 19A.2.1(c); or

 

  (b)

if a Drag Along Notice has been delivered to any C-round Investor during the Exercise Period referred to in clause 19A.2.1(c), the end of the exercise period referred to in clause 19A.2.2; or

 

  (c)

if a Ping An Share Sale Notice has been delivered to any C-round Investor during the Exercise Period referred to in clause 19A.2.1(c), the end of the exercise period referred to in clause 19A.2.3,

and the Company shall be discharged of the obligation to acquire any Put Option Shares with effect from the latest of such periods and, if the Put Option is exercised by any C-round Investor prior to the end of any period described in (a), (b) or (c) above, the date on which completion of the sale and purchase of such C-round Investor’s Put Option Shares has taken place in accordance with this clause 19A.

 

19A.3

Completion. The sale and purchase of any C-round Investor’s Put Option Shares shall be completed at Davis Polk & Wardwell, Hong Kong or such other place as the Company and the relevant C-round Investor may agree on the ninetieth (90th) day after the date of notice of exercise of the Put Option pursuant to clause 19A.2 (or, where such day is not a Business Day, on the following Business Day); provided, with respect to any exercise of the Put Option in connection with any Drag Along Sale pursuant to clause 19A.2.2, completion of the sale and purchase of the Put Option Shares shall occur concurrently with the completion of such Drag Along Sale. On completion, the relevant C-round Investor shall deliver to the Company or as it may direct an instrument(s) of transfer in respect of the Put Option Shares duly executed by it (or its Affiliate designee(s)), together with the relevant share certificate(s), against payment by the Company of the Put Option Price by wire transfer in USD in immediately available funds to the bank account or accounts as designated by the relevant C-round Investor.

 

19A.4

Other Terms. Upon completion of the sale and purchase of the Put Option Shares pursuant to clause 19A.3, the relevant C-round Investor shall sell the Put Option Shares free from encumbrances and with all rights attaching to them on or after such completion, and such C-round Investor shall execute and deliver other documents and take other steps at the reasonable request and cost of the Company following completion where this is required to vest the Put Option Shares in the Company and otherwise to give it the full benefit of this clause 19A. Any Put Option Shares purchased by the Company pursuant to this clause 19A shall be cancelled immediately upon completion of such purchase and shall not be held as treasury shares.

 

40


19A.5

Information. In connection with, or in contemplation of, any exercise of the Put Option, during the period of sixty (60) days prior to the expiration of each Exercise Period, the Company shall prepare and submit to any C-round Investor such information (financial and otherwise) as such C-round Investor may reasonably require relating to the Company or any other Group Company as soon as reasonably practicable, and in any event within ten (10) days, following a request from such C-round Investor for such information.

 

19A.6

Termination of Put Option under clause 19A.2.2 and clause 19A.2.3.

 

  19A.6.1

Subject to clauses 19A.6.2 and 19A.6.3, any right of any C-round Investor to exercise the Put Option under clause 19A.2.2 and clause 19A.2.3 shall terminate on the date of the first submission by the Company of its listing application to the Hong Kong Stock Exchange as approved by the Shareholders in accordance with clause 11.3.

 

  19A.6.2

If, as at the proposed date of the first submission of a listing application referred to in clause 19A.6.1:

 

  (a)

the exercise period referred to in clause 19A.2.2 or clause 19A.2.3 has commenced but has not expired, the relevant C-round Investor shall be entitled to first exercise the Put Option during the outstanding exercise period under clause 19A.2.2 or clause 19A.2.3 (as applicable) and, if exercised, complete the sale and purchase of the Put Option Shares pursuant to clause 19A.3; or

 

  (b)

the Put Option has already been exercised under either clause 19A.2.2 or clause 19A.2.3 but the sale and purchase of the relevant C-round Investor’s Put Option Shares has not been completed pursuant to clause 19A.3, the relevant C-round Investor shall be entitled to first complete the sale and purchase of the Put Option Shares pursuant to clause 19A.3,

and, in each case, the Company shall delay the submission of the relevant listing application accordingly.

 

  19A.6.3

Notwithstanding clause 19A.6.1, if, following submission, the Company’s listing application to the Hong Kong Stock Exchange referred to in clause 19A.6.1 is withdrawn, rejected, returned or lapses, the right of any C-round Investor to exercise the Put Option under clause 19A.2.2 and clause 19A.2.3 shall be restored in its entirety as if such right had not terminated under clause 19A.6.1.

 

  19A.6.4

In any event, the right of any C-round Investor to exercise the Put Option under clause 19A.2.2 and clause 19A.2.3 shall lapse upon a Qualified Listing being completed.

 

20.

NO PARTNERSHIP

Nothing contained in this Agreement shall be deemed to constitute a partnership between the Parties or any of them.

 

41


21.

ARTICLES

If there is a conflict or inconsistency between the provisions of this Agreement and the Articles, the Articles shall, subject to the Companies Law, be amended to reflect and be consistent with the provisions of this Agreement. Without limitation of the foregoing, as soon as practicable after the Closing, the Parties shall take all necessary actions to amend the Articles to reflect the amendments to the Shareholders Agreement as set forth in paragraph 3 of the amendment to the C-round Subscription Agreement dated 27 November 2018.

 

22.

SUCCESSORS IN TITLE

This Agreement shall be binding upon and enure for the benefit of each Party’s successors in title. This includes any successor to any Shares in the Company transferred in accordance with this Agreement or the Articles. No Party shall assign this Agreement without the written consent of the other Parties.

 

23.

AMENDMENT AND WAIVER

 

23.1.

No variation of this Agreement shall be valid unless it is in writing and signed by or on behalf of each Party.

 

23.2.

No waiver by any Party of any breach or non-fulfilment by any other Party of any provisions of this Agreement shall be deemed to be a waiver of any subsequent or other breach of that or any other provision, and no failure to exercise or delay in exercising any right or remedy under this Agreement shall constitute a waiver of such right or remedy. No single or partial exercise of any right or remedy under this Agreement shall preclude or restrict the further exercise of any such right or remedy. The rights and remedies of a Party under this Agreement are cumulative and not exclusive of any rights and remedies provided by Law.

 

24.

TIME OF ESSENCE

Unless otherwise expressly provided, time shall be of the essence of this Agreement both as to any time, date or period mentioned in this Agreement and to any time, date or period substituted by agreement of the Parties.

 

25.

NOTICES

 

25.1.

All notices and other communications required or permitted hereby shall be in writing and addressed to the relevant recipient in the manner provided below, and shall be deemed to have been duly and sufficiently given only if: (a) delivered either personally by hand, or by an international courier service (which, in the case of notices or other communications to the C-round Lead Investor and the C-round Lead Investor Affiliate, provides delivery service in Qatar), and, in each case, (b) confirmed by email to the relevant recipient not less than 24 hours after such delivery.

 

25.2.

Notices shall be deemed effective if given on a Business Day, in the manners prescribed in clause 25.1, by 1:30 p.m. in the place of receipt or on the following Business Day if completed after 1:30 p.m.

 

42


25.3.

All notices and other communications to each of the Shareholders in relation to this Agreement should be addressed to the address of such Investor set forth opposite such Investor’s name in Schedule 1.

 

25.4.

All notices and other communications to the Company in relation to this Agreement should be addressed to:

Lufax Holding Ltd

[***]

All notices and other communications to An Ke in relation to this Agreement should be addressed to:

An Ke Technology Company Limited

[***]

All notices and other communications to PAO in relation to this Agreement should be addressed to:

China Ping An Insurance Overseas (Holdings) Limited

[***]

All notices and other communications to Tun Kung in relation to this Agreement should be addressed to:

Tun Kung Company Limited

[***]

 

26.

SEVERABILITY

The invalidity, illegality or unenforceability of any provisions of this Agreement shall not affect the continuation in force of the remainder of this Agreement.

 

27.

COUNTERPARTS

This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts (including the counterpart of any Additional C-round Investor which executes and delivers such counterpart pursuant to the preamble hereto), each of which when executed by one or more of the Parties shall constitute an original but all of which shall constitute one and the same instrument. This Agreement may also be executed and delivered via electronic mail (including pdf) or other transmission method and any counterpart so delivered shall be deemed to have been duly and validly delivered and be valid and effective for all purposes. The Parties agree that this Agreement shall become effective and be binding immediately as between such Parties on the Closing, and shall not be conditional on, or affected by, the entry into this Agreement by any Additional C-round Investors.

 

28.

COSTS

Each Party shall pay its own costs and expenses in relation to the negotiation, preparation, execution and implementation of this Agreement.

 

43


29.

ENTIRE AGREEMENT

 

29.1.

This Agreement and the other Transaction Documents constitute the entire agreement between the Parties in connection with its subject matter.

 

29.2.

No Party has relied on any express or implied representation or warranty except as expressly set out in the Transaction Documents.

 

30.

FORCE MAJEURE

 

30.1.

No Party shall be liable to the others or be deemed to be in breach of this Agreement by reason of any delay in performing, or failure to perform, any of its obligations under this Agreement if such delay or failure was beyond that Party’s reasonable control (including without limitation, any strike, lockout or other industrial action, act of God, war or threat of war, accidental or malicious damage, prohibition or restriction by governments or other legal authority or other events recognized as force majeure events by normal international commercial customs).

 

30.2.

A Party claiming to be unable to perform its obligations under this Agreement (either on time or at all) in any of the circumstances set out in clause 30.1 must immediately notify the other Parties of the nature and extent of the circumstances in question, and shall provide sufficient evidence for reasonable assessment by the other Parties of the occurrence and continuance of the events set out in clause 30.1 within fifteen (15) days after such occurrence.

 

30.3.

This clause 30 shall cease to apply when such circumstances have ceased to have effect on the performance of this Agreement.

 

30.4.

If any circumstance relied on by any Party for the purposes of this clause 30 continues for more than 180 days, the other Parties shall be entitled to terminate this Agreement by thirty (30) days’ notice.

 

31.

GOVERNING LAW AND DISPUTE RESOLUTION

 

31.1.

This Agreement will be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of Hong Kong without giving effect to conflict of laws principles.

 

31.2.

Disputes between the Parties shall be settled by arbitration at the Hong Kong International Arbitration Centre (“HKIAC”) in Hong Kong under the Hong Kong International Arbitration Centre Administered Arbitration Rules (the “HKIAC Rules”) in force when the notice of arbitration is submitted in accordance with the HKIAC Rules, except as amended as follows:

 

  31.2.1

there shall be three (3) arbitrators to be appointed in accordance with the HKIAC Rules;

 

  31.2.2

the language to be used in the arbitral proceedings shall be English;

 

  31.2.3

subject to the overall discretion of the arbitration tribunal, the costs of the arbitration, including the HKIAC’s and arbitrators’ fees and legal costs, shall be borne by the Party losing the arbitration;

 

44


  31.2.4

while such dispute is being arbitrated under this clause 31.2, none of the Parties shall be permitted to disclose any information or details relating to such dispute without the written consent of the other Parties to the dispute, except (i) to the Parties’ professional advisors and the Parties’ Affiliates and their respective professional advisors; and (ii) as may be required by applicable Laws or under the rules of any securities exchange; and

 

  31.2.5

other than the matter being disputed, the Parties shall continue to perform their respective obligations under this Agreement, which are not in dispute.

 

31.3.

The award of the arbitration tribunal shall be final and binding. The Parties shall waive their rights of appeal, if any, to the extent allowed by Law.

 

32.

THIRD PARTY RIGHTS

Any person who is not a named party to this Agreement shall have no right under the Contract (Rights of Third Parties) Ordinance (Cap. 623 of the Laws of Hong Kong) to enforce any term of, or enjoy any benefit under, this Agreement.

 

45


THE COMPANY:      
Executed for and on behalf of   )    
LUFAX HOLDING LTD   )    
陆金所控股有限公司   )    
  )    
  )    
  )   Signature   /s/ RENJIE LI
    Name (block capitals)   RENJIE LI

[Signature Page to the Amended and Restated Shareholders Agreement by and among Lufax Holding Ltd and its shareholders]


COMPANY SHAREHOLDERS:      
Executed by AN KE TECHNOLOGY   )    
COMPANY LIMITED   )    
  )    
  )   Signature   /s/ CHOY, SIU KAM DAVID
    Name (block capitals)   CHOY, SIU KAM DAVID
Executed by CHINA PING AN   )    
INSURANCE OVERSEAS   )    
(HOLDINGS) LIMITED   )    
  )   Signature   /s/ TUNG HOI
    Name (block capitals)   TUNG HOI
Executed by TUN KUNG COMPANY   )    
LIMITED   )    
  )   Signature   /s/ JINGKUI SHI
    Name (block capitals)   JINGKUI SHI

[Signature Page to the Amended and Restated Shareholders Agreement by and among Lufax Holding Ltd and its shareholders]


A-ROUND INVESTORS:      
Executed by KEY HORIZON LIMITED   )    
  )    
  )    
  )   Signature   /s/ LAW SIU WAH EDDIE
    Name (block capitals)   LAW SIU WAH EDDIE
Executed by CDH MERIVALE   )    
LIMITED   )    
  )    
  )   Signature   /s/ WILLIAM HSU
    Name (block capitals)   WILLIAM HSU
Executed by FINTECH INVESTMENT   )    
CO. LTD.   )    
  )    
  )   Signature   /s/ WANG LEI
    Name (block capitals)   WANG LEI

[Signature Page to the Amended and Restated Shareholders Agreement by and among Lufax Holding Ltd and its shareholders]


Executed by SINO DELIGHTFUL   )    
HOLDINGS LIMITED   )    
  )    
  )   Signature   /s/ CAO CHENGPENG
    Name (block capitals)   CAO CHENGPENG
Executed by EASE RUN GLOBAL   )    
LIMITED   )    
  )    
  )   Signature   /s/ LEUNG CHIU
    Name (block capitals)   LEUNG CHIU
Executed by FUNG SHING   )    
INVESTMENTS LTD.   )    
  )    
  )   Signature   /s/ CHENG DONG YANG
    Name (block capitals)   CHENG DONG YANG

[Signature Page to the Amended and Restated Shareholders Agreement by and among Lufax Holding Ltd and its shareholders]


OTHER NON-LEAD INVESTORS:      
Executed by UNION EXPERT   )    
INVESTMENT HOLDING LIMITED   )    
  )    
  )   Signature   /s/ CAO CHENGPENG
    Name (block capitals)   CAO CHENGPENG

[Signature Page to the Amended and Restated Shareholders Agreement by and among Lufax Holding Ltd and its shareholders]


Executed by EXCELWIT   )    
INVESTMENTS LIMITED   )    
  )    
  )   Signature   /s/ ZHICHEN HUANG
    Name (block capitals)   ZHICHEN HUANG

[Signature Page to the Amended and Restated Shareholders Agreement by and among Lufax Holding Ltd and its shareholders]


B-ROUND INVESTORS:      
Executed by BANK OF CHINA GROUP   )    
INVESTMENT LIMITED   )    
  )    
  )   Signature   /s/ WANG XIAOZHUO
    Name (block capitals)   WANG XIAOZHUO
Executed by SPECTRON   )    
ENTERPRISES LIMITED   )    
  )    
  )   Signature   /s/ LIN ZHONG
    Name (block capitals)   LIN ZHONG
Executed by COUNTRY GARDEN   )    
HOLDINGS COMPANY LIMITED   )    
  )    
  )   Signature   /s/ MO BIN
    Name (block capitals)   MO BIN

[Signature Page to the Amended and Restated Shareholders Agreement by and among Lufax Holding Ltd and its shareholders]


Executed by GUOTAI JUNAN   )    
FINANCE (HONG KONG) LIMITED   )    
  )    
  )   Signature   /s/ WONG TUNG CHING
    Name (block capitals)   WONG TUNG CHING
Executed by CMBC INTERNATIONAL   )    
HOLDINGS LIMITED   )    
  )    
  )   Signature   /s/ DING ZHISUO
    Name (block capitals)   DING ZHISUO
      DIRECTOR
Executed by GUOSHENG INTERNET   )    
INVESTMENT L.P.   )    
on behalf of Guosheng Internet   )    
Investment Management Limited   )    
as general partner   )    
  )    
  )   Signature   /s/ CHEUNG WAI TONG
    Name (block capitals)   CHEUNG WAI TONG
Executed by CHIA TAI BRIGHT   )    
ENTERPRISE LIMITED   )    
  )    
  )   Signature   /s/ HO PING-HSIEN/YUICHI TOYODA
    Name (block capitals)   HO PING-HSIEN/YUICHI TOYODA

[Signature Page to the Amended and Restated Shareholders Agreement by and among Lufax Holding Ltd and its shareholders]


Executed by MAGIC CONTINENT   )    
LIMITED   )    
  )    
  )   Signature   /s/ Cheung Miu
    Name (block capitals)   Cheung Miu

[Signature Page to the Amended and Restated Shareholders Agreement by and among Lufax Holding Ltd and its shareholders]


Executed by LU HU INVESTMENT   )    
COMPANY LIMITED   )    
  )    
  )   Signature   /s/ LIU XIAOBO
    Name (block capitals)   LIU XIAOBO

[Signature Page to the Amended and Restated Shareholders Agreement by and among Lufax Holding Ltd and its shareholders]


Executed by HONOR RELIANCE   )    
DEVELOPMENT LIMITED   )    
(信誠發展有限公司)   )    
  )    
  )   Signature   /s/ Xu Wu
    Name (block capitals)   Xu Wu

[Signature Page to the Amended and Restated Shareholders Agreement by and among Lufax Holding Ltd and its shareholders]


C-ROUND INVESTORS:      
Executed by F3 Holding LLC   )    
  )    
  )    
  )    
  )   Signature   /s/ AHMAD AL-KHANJI
    Name (block capitals)   AHMAD AL-KHANJI
Executed by DIC Holding LLC   )    
  )    
  )    
  )    
  )   Signature   /s/ ABDULAZIZ AL-SEHLAWI
    Name (block capitals)   ABDULAZIZ AL-SEHLAWI

[Signature Page to the Amended and Restated Shareholders Agreement by and among Lufax Holding Ltd and its shareholders]


Executed by HS Investments AP13   )    
Limited   )    
  )    
  )    
  )   Signature   /s/ JAMES NICOLLE
    Name (block capitals)   JAMES NICOLLE

[Signature Page to the Amended and Restated Shareholders Agreement by and among Lufax Holding Ltd and its shareholders]


Executed by So Cheung Wing   )    
  )    
  )    
  )    
  )   Signature   /s/ SO CHEUNG WING
    Name (block capitals)   SO CHEUNG WING

[Signature Page to the Amended and Restated Shareholders Agreement by and among Lufax Holding Ltd and its shareholders]


Executed by Lux Holdings Limited   )    
  )    
  )    
  )    
  )   Signature   /s/ RICHARD RUFFER
    Name (block capitals)   RICHARD RUFFER

[Signature Page to the Amended and Restated Shareholders Agreement by and among Lufax Holding Ltd and its shareholders]


Executed by LionRock Money L.P.   )    
By: LionRock Capital GP Limited,   )    
its general partner   )    
  )    
  )   Signature   /s/ DANIEL TSEUNG
    Name (block capitals)   DANIEL TSEUNG

[Signature Page to the Amended and Restated Shareholders Agreement by and among Lufax Holding Ltd and its shareholders]


Executed by All-Stars PESP V Limited   )    
  )    
  )    
  )    
  )   Signature   /s/ WEIDONG (RICHARD) JI
    Name (block capitals)   WEIDONG (RICHARD) JI

[Signature Page to the Amended and Restated Shareholders Agreement by and among Lufax Holding Ltd and its shareholders]


Executed by      
Macquarie Capital Asian Fintech Investments   )    
Holdings LP acting by its general partner,   )    
Macquarie ASEAN Technology Investments   )    
Holdings GP Ltd.   )    
    By:   /s/ BRADLEY BYUNGKI KIM
    Name:   BRADLEY BYUNGKI KIM
    Title:   Director
    By:   /s/ AARON YEO JUI QUANG
    Name:   AARON YEO JUI QUANG
    Title:   Director

[Signature Page to the Amended and Restated Shareholders Agreement by and among Lufax Holding Ltd and its shareholders]


Executed by SBI Hong Kong Holdings   )    
Co., Limited   )    
  )    
  )    
  )   Signature   /s/ MAKOTO MIYAZAKI
    Name (block capitals)   MAKOTO MIYAZAKI
Executed by SBI AI&Blockchain   )    
Investment LPS   )    
  )    
  )    
  )   Signature   /s/ KATSUYA KAWASHIMA
    Name (block capitals)   KATSUYA KAWASHIMA

[Signature Page to the Amended and Restated Shareholders Agreement by and among Lufax Holding Ltd and its shareholders]


ADDITIONAL C-ROUND INVESTORS:      
Executed by UBS AG, London Branch   )    
  )    
  )    
  )   Signature   /s/ CATHERINE CAI
    Name (block capitals)   CATHERINE CAI
    Signature   /s/ NICOLO MAGNI
    Name (block capitals)   NICOLO MAGNI

[Signature Page to the Amended and Restated Shareholders Agreement by and among Lufax Holding Ltd and its shareholders]


ADDITIONAL C-ROUND INVESTORS:      
Executed by Hermitage Fund Four SP,   )    
acting by Hermitage Galaxy Fund SPC   )    
  )    
  )    
  )   Signature   /s/ ZHU XUEJUN
    Name (block capitals)   ZHU XUEJUN

[Signature Page to the Amended and Restated Shareholders Agreement by and among Lufax Holding Ltd and its shareholders]


ADDITIONAL C-ROUND INVESTORS:      
Executed by Broad Street   )    
Principal Investments L.L.C.   )    
  )    
  )    
  )   Signature   /s/ JOSEPH P. DISABATO
    Name (block capitals)   JOSEPH P. DISABATO

[Signature Page to the Amended and Restated Shareholders Agreement by and among Lufax Holding Ltd and its shareholders]


ADDITIONAL C-ROUND INVESTORS:      
Executed by J.P. Morgan Securities LLC   )    
  )    
  )    
  )    
  )   Signature   /s/ Richard Sesny
    Name (block capitals)   Richard Sesny

[Signature Page to the Amended and Restated Shareholders Agreement by and among Lufax Holding Ltd and its shareholders]


ADDITIONAL C-ROUND INVESTORS:      
Executed by HS Investments (A) L.P.   )    
  )    
  )    
  )    
  )   Signature   /s/ KEN WRIGLEY, ANTHONY TENNANT
    Name (block capitals)   KEN WRIGLEY, ANTHONY TENNANT
      Directors
      Director One Limited
      Corporate Director of
      HS Investments (L) Limited
      General Partner of
      HS Investments (A) Limited Partnership

[Signature Page to the Amended and Restated Shareholders Agreement by and among Lufax Holding Ltd and its shareholders]


ADDITIONAL C-ROUND INVESTORS:      
Executed by HS Investments (C) Limited   )    
  )    
  )    
  )    
  )   Signature   /s/ KEN WRIGLEY, ANTHONY TENNANT
    Name (block capitals)   KEN WRIGLEY, ANTHONY TENNANT
      Directors
      Director One Limited
      Corporate Director of
      HS Investments (C) Limited

[Signature Page to the Amended and Restated Shareholders Agreement by and among Lufax Holding Ltd and its shareholders]


ADDITIONAL C-ROUND INVESTORS:      
Executed by United Overseas Bank   )    
Limited   )    
  )    
  )    
  )    
  )   Signature   /s/ PEH KIAN HENG
    Name (block capitals)   PEH KIAN HENG

[Signature Page to the Amended and Restated Shareholders Agreement by and among Lufax Holding Ltd and its shareholders]


ADDITIONAL C-ROUND INVESTORS:      
Executed by Bangkok Bank Public   )    
Company Limited   )    
  )    
  )    
  )    
  )   Signature   /s/ YANCHAI TANTIRATAPONG
    Name (block capitals)   YANCHAI TANTIRATAPONG

[Signature Page to the Amended and Restated Shareholders Agreement by and among Lufax Holding Ltd and its shareholders]


ADDITIONAL C-ROUND INVESTORS:      
Executed by Sabre Capital (Mauritius)   )    
Limited   )    
  )    
  )    
  )    
  )   Signature   /s/ ROSHILA RAMLUGGUN/SWEETEEBYE BALLOO
    Name (block capitals)   ROSHILA RAMLUGGUN/SWEETEEBYE BALLOO
    FOR AND ON BEHALF OF VISTRA ALTERNATIVE (INVESTMENTS) LIMITED
    COMPANY SECRETARY

[Signature Page to the Amended and Restated Shareholders Agreement by and among Lufax Holding Ltd and its shareholders]


SCHEDULE 1: INVESTORS OF THE COMPANY

Part 1 A: A-Round Investors

 

74


Part 1 B: Other Non-Lead Investors

 

75


Part 2: B-Round Investors

 

76


Part 3: C-Round Investors

 

77


SCHEDULE 2: HONOR RELIANCE DEVELOPMENT LIMITED

 

78


SCHEDULE 3: EXISTING BOARD OF DIRECTORS

 

79


SCHEDULE 4: DEED OF ADHERENCE

 

80


SCHEDULE 5: PROHIBITED TRANSFEREES

 

81

Exhibit 4.5

Convertible Promissory Note

Certificate No. : 002

LUFAX HOLDING LTD

(formerly known as Wincon Investment Company Limited)

(incorporated in the Cayman Islands with limited liability)

USD 1,015,976,000 0.7375% CONVERTIBLE PROMISSORY NOTE

The Note in respect of which this Certificate is issued pursuant to: (i) a Share Purchase Agreement between LUFAX HOLDING LTD (the “Company”) and China Ping An Insurance Overseas (Holdings) Limited dated 27 August 2015, and was authorized by a resolution of the Board of Directors of the Company passed on 21 August 2015 and a resolution of the shareholders of the Company passed on 21 August 2015; and (ii) an Agreement for the Transfer of Convertible Promissory Note of Lufax Holding Ltd between An Ke Technology Company Limited and China Ping An Insurance Overseas (Holdings) Limited dated 8 October 2015.

The Company certifies that it will pay to the person who appears at the relevant time on the register of noteholders as the holder of the Note in respect of which this Certificate is issued (the “Noteholder”), such amount as shall become due in respect of this Certificate in accordance with the Terms and Conditions endorsed hereon (the “Conditions”) upon presentation of this Note. This Note is issued with the benefit of and subject to the Conditions endorsed hereon.

The Company further certifies that China Ping An Insurance Overseas (Holdings) Limited of [***] is, at the date hereof, entered in the register of Noteholders of the Company as the holder of the Note in the principal amount of USD 1,015,976,000.

This Certificate is evidence of entitlement only. Title to the Note passes only on due registration in the register of Noteholders and only the duly registered holder is entitled to payment on the Note in respect of which this Certificate is issued.

The Note is convertible into fully paid Shares (as defined in these Conditions) ranking equally in all respects with the ordinary shares of the Company in issue, subject to and in accordance with these Conditions.

GIVEN under the common seal of LUFAX HOLDING LTD on 8 October 2015.

 

/s/ Gibb Gregory Dean

Director


Notes:-

This Note cannot be transferred to bearer on delivery and is transferable only to the extent permitted by Condition 2 of the terms and conditions thereof. This Note must be delivered to the Secretary of the Company for cancellation and the re-issue of an appropriate certificate in the event of any such transfer.

 

2


(For endorsement in the event of partial conversion)

 

Date

  

Amount Converted

  

Amount Outstanding after

Conversion

 

3


TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF THE NOTE

The Note shall be held subject to and with the benefit of the terms and conditions set out below. In the Note, the words and expressions set out below shall have the meanings attributed to them below unless the context otherwise requires:-

 

“Note”    convertible promissory note in the aggregate principal amount of USD 1,953,800,000 issued or to be issued by the Company of which this Note form part with the benefit of and subject to the provisions of these Conditions;
“Noteholder”    the holder of the Note for the time being;
“Business Day”    a day (excluding Saturday and Sunday) on which banks in the Cayman Islands, Hong Kong and PRC are open for business;
“Conditions”    the terms and conditions attached to or endorsed on the Note and “Condition” refers to the relative numbered paragraph of the Conditions;
“Conversion”    the meaning ascribed thereto in Condition 5;
“Conversion Date”    the date on which the Conversion Rights are exercised in accordance with the Conditions;
“Conversion Notice”    the meaning ascribed thereto in Condition 7;
“Conversion Period”    the period commencing on the Listing Date of the Company until the date which is five (5) Business Days before (and excluding) the Maturity Date;
“Conversion Rights”    the rights attached to the Note to convert the principal amount or a part thereof into Shares;
“Conversion Shares”    the Shares to be issued by the Company under the Note (whether upon exercise by the Noteholder of the Conversion Rights, or otherwise pursuant to the Conditions);

 

4


“Current Market Price”   

in respect of a Share at a particular date the average of the closing prices published in the Stock Exchange’s daily quotations sheet or similar document for one Share (assuming a transaction in a board lot) for the five consecutive dealing days ending on and including the dealing day last preceding such date; provided that if at any time during the said five dealing days the Shares shall have been quoted ex-dividend and during some other part of that period the Shares shall have been quoted cum-dividend then:-

 

(i) if the Shares to be issued will not rank for the dividend in question, the quotations on the dates on which the Shares shall have been quoted cum-dividend shall for the purposes of this definition be deemed to be the amount thereof reduced by an amount equal to the amount of that dividend per Share; and

 

(ii)  if the Shares to be issued will rank for the dividend in question, the quotations on the dates on which the Shares shall have been quoted ex-dividend shall for the purpose of this definition be deemed to be the amount thereof increased by such similar amount;

 

and provided further that if the Shares on each of the relevant five dealing days have been quoted cum-dividend in respect of a dividend which has been declared or announced but the Shares to be issued do not rank for that dividend, the quotations on each of such dates shall for the purpose of this definition be deemed to be the amount thereof reduced by an amount equal to the amount of that dividend per Share;

“Employee Share Scheme”    any scheme approved in general meeting by the shareholders of the Company for the issue or grant to the Directors, management personnel, employees, consultants or agents of the Company and/or any Subsidiary of Shares or options to subscribe for Shares;
“Hong Kong”    the Hong Kong Special Administrative Region of the People’s Republic of China;
“Hong Kong Listing Rules”    the Rules Governing the Listing of Securities on The Stock Exchange of Hong Kong Limited;
“Listing Date”    the date on which the Shares are listed on the Stock Exchange;
“Listing Rules”    the applicable rules of the Stock Exchange on which the Company’s Shares are listed;
“Maturity Date”    the eighth anniversary of the issuance date of the Note;
“PRC”    People’s Republic of China, which, for the purpose of this Agreement, excludes Hong Kong, Taiwan and Macau;
“RMB”    Renminbi, the lawful currency of the PRC;

 

5


“Shares”    the Class A ordinary shares of USD 0.00001 each in the share capital of the Company existing on the date of this Agreement (or its equivalent upon the initial public offering of the Shares on the Stock Exchange) and all other (if any) stock or shares from time to time and for the time being ranking pari passu therewith and all other (if any) shares or stock resulting from any sub-division, consolidation or reclassification thereof;
“Stock Exchange”    an internationally recognized stock exchange on which the Shares will be listed;
“Subsidiary”    a company which is for the time being and from time to time a subsidiary (within the meaning of the Listing Rules) of the Company, whether incorporated in Hong Kong or elsewhere; and
“USD”    United States dollars, the lawful currency of the United States of America.

The expressions “Company” and “Noteholder” shall where the context permits include their respective successors and permitted assigns and any persons deriving title under them.

In these Conditions, unless the context requires otherwise, words importing the singular include the plural and vice versa and words importing gender or the neuter include both genders and the neuter; references to this Agreement or any issue document shall be construed as references to such document as the same may be amended or supplemented from time to time. Condition headings are inserted for reference only and shall be ignored in construing the Note.

 

1.

Form, Denomination and Rating of the Note

 

1.1

The obligations of the Company arising under the Note constitute direct, unsubordinated, unconditional, and unsecured obligations of the Company and shall, save for such exceptions as may be provided by provisions of applicable law that are both mandatory and of general application, at all times rank at least pani passu with all of its other present and future direct, senior, unsecured, unconditional and unsubordinated obligations.

 

1.2

The Note is in registered form in the minimum denomination of USD 200,000 each. A certificate shall be issued to the Noteholder in respect of its registered holding of the Note. The Certificate shall have an identifying number which shall be recorded on the relevant Certificate and in the register of the Noteholder which the Company shall keep.

 

1.3

The Note is not and is not expected to be rated by any rating agency.

 

1.4

No application will be made for a listing of the Note on any stock exchange.

 

2.

Transfer

 

2.1

The Note or any part(s) thereof may be assigned or transferred to any third party subject to compliance of this Condition 2 hereunder.

 

2.2

Subject to Condition 2.1 and Condition 1.2, any transfer of the Note shall be in respect of the whole or any part of the outstanding principal amount of that Note. The Noteholder shall (except as otherwise required by law) be treated as the absolute owner of the Note for all purposes (whether or not it is overdue and regardless of any notice of ownership, trust or any interest in it or any writing on, or the theft or loss of, the certificate issued in respect of it) and no person will be liable for so treating the Noteholder.

 

6


2.3

Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Condition 2, if this Note or any part(s) thereof shall be transferred to any company or other person which would trigger notification or disclosure obligations under the relevant Listing Rules, the Company shall immediately comply with such obligations.

 

2.4

In relation to any transfer of the Note permitted under or otherwise pursuant to this Condition 2:-

 

  (a)

the Note may be only transferred by execution of a form of transfer (the “Transfer

Form”) substantially in the form annexed as Schedule 1 to these Conditions under the hand of the transferor/assignor and the transferee (or their duly authorised representatives) or, where either the transferor or transferee is a corporation, under its common seal (if any) and under the hand of one of its officers duly authorised in writing or otherwise executed by a duly authorised officer thereof In this Condition “transferor” shall, where the context permits or requires, include joint transferors and be construed accordingly;

 

  (b)

the Note must be delivered for cancellation to the Company accompanied by a duly executed Transfer Form. The Company shall, within five (5) Business Days of receipt of such documents from the Noteholder, cancel the Note and issue a new Note under the seal of the Company, in favour of the transferee with respect to the principal amount being transfer.

 

2.5

Where only part of the principal amount of the Note in respect of which a Certificate is issued is to be transferred or converted, a new Certificate in respect of the Notes not so transferred or converted shall be issued, within five (5) Business Days of deposit or surrender of the original Certificate.

 

2.6

Any legal and other costs and expenses (other than the registration costs arising from the transfer of the Note) which may be incurred by the Company in connection with any transfer or assignment of the Note or any request therefor shall be borne by the Noteholder.

 

3.

Interest

 

  (a)

Subject to Conditions 3(b) and 3(c), the Note will bear interest from the date of issue at the rate of 0.7375% per annum of the principal amount of the Note outstanding from time to time, which subject as provided herein, will be payable by the Company semiannually until the Maturity Date.

 

  (b)

On Maturity Date, the Company shall pay interest on the outstanding principal amount of the Note for the period from the immediately preceding interest payment date to the Maturity Date.

 

7


  (c)

In the event that the Noteholder has converted part or whole of the principal amount of the Note, the Noteholder shall be entitled to interest in respect of such part or whole, as the case may be, of the principal amount of the Note for the period from date of issue of the Note to the Conversion Date concerned.

 

  (d)

Whenever it is necessary to compute an amount of interest in respect of the Note for a period of less than a full year, such interest will be calculated on the basis of a 360-day year consisting of 12 months of 30 days in each month and, in the case of incomplete month, the number of days elapsed.

 

4.

Payments

 

4.1

All payments by the Company hereunder shall be made in immediately available funds free and clear of any withholdings or deductions for any present or future taxes, imposts, levies, duties or other charges. In the event that the Company is required by law to make any such deduction or withholding from any amount paid, the Company shall pay to the Noteholder such additional amount as shall be necessary so that the relevant Noteholder continues to receive a net amount equal to the full amount which it would have received if such withholding or deduction had not been made.

 

4.2

All payments by the Company shall be made, not later than 4:00 p.m. (Hong Kong time) on the due date (and however for the purpose of repayment of the Note, the due date referred to in this Condition 4.2 shall mean the Maturity Date only), by remittance to such bank account in Hong Kong as the Noteholder may notify the Company from time to time at least five (5) Business Days prior to the payment due date provided that the Noteholder shall be responsible for any loss of interest payable in respect of the Note due to it giving inaccurate or late remittance instructions.

 

4.3

If the due date for payment of any amount in respect of the Note (and however for the purpose of repayment of the Note, the due date referred to in this Condition 4.3 shall mean the Maturity Date only) is not a Business Day, the Noteholder shall be entitled to payment on the next following Business Day in the same manner together with interest accrued in respect of any such delay.

 

4.4

In case where the Company defaults in the payment of any sum due and payable under the Note, the Company shall pay interest to the Noteholder from the due date to date of actual payment in full calculated at 2% per annum on a daily basis.

 

5.

Conversion

 

5.1

Subject to Condition 5.4, the Noteholder shall have the right, and the rights of the Company pursuant to Condition 5.2, in the manner provided in Condition 7, to convert the whole or any part of the outstanding principal amount of the Note (at the place the Note is deposited for conversion) into Shares (“Conversion”) at any time during the Conversion Period at the initial conversion price (“Conversion Price”) of USD 14.8869 per Share, such Conversion Price shall be adjusted from time to time pursuant to Condition 6 and provided however that the Conversion Price shall not be less than the par value of a Share (the “Minimum Conversion Price”).

 

8


5.2

The issuance of the Conversion Share upon the Noteholder’s exercise of the Conversion Rights is subject to the listing committee or any other competent regulatory body of the Stock Exchange approving that the Conversion Shares to be issued could be listed and traded on the Stock Exchange and the Noteholder undertakes not to dispose of any or all of the Conversion Shares to be issued upon conversion of all or part of the Note to any person(s) if such disposal would result in non-compliance with any lock-up requirements under the Listing Rules.

 

5.3

No fraction of a Share shall be issued on Conversion and no amount in lieu thereof shall be refunded to the Noteholder. Shares issued upon Conversion shall rank pari passu in all respects with all other existing Shares outstanding at the Conversion Date and the Noteholder shall be entitled in respect of its Conversion Shares to all dividends and other distributions the record date of which falls on a date on or after the Conversion Date.

 

5.4

Delivery to the Company of Conversion Notice shall constitute a representation and warranty by the Noteholder that all steps necessary to be taken by it under any relevant laws and the rules of any relevant stock exchange to permit the relevant exercise and lawfully to acquire the relevant Conversion Shares have been taken by it.

 

5.5

Notwithstanding the Conversion Rights attaching to the Note, the Company shall not issue any Shares if, upon such issue:

 

  (a)

it will result in the Company not being able to comply with any rules of the Stock Exchange or any regulatory body having jurisdiction over the Company, including but not limited to complying with any lock-up requirements and maintaining the minimum public float requirement under the Hong Kong Listing Rules if the Shares are listed on The Stock Exchange of Hong Kong Limited; or

 

  (b)

the mandatory general offer requirement under any rules of the Stock Exchange or any regulatory body having jurisdiction over the Company (e.g. the Codes on Takeovers and Mergers and Share Buy-backs in Hong Kong if the Shares are listed on The Stock Exchange of Hong Kong Limited) will be triggered.

 

5.6

Notwithstanding the Conversion Rights attaching to the Note, Conversion Rights may not be exercised in relation to any Bond during the period (a “Closed Period”) commencing on: (i) the date falling 20 days prior to the date of the Company’s annual general Shareholders’ meeting and ending on the date of that meeting, (ii) the date falling 30 days prior to an extraordinary Shareholders’ meeting and ending on the date of that meeting. (iii) the date that the Company notifies the Stock Exchange of the record date for determination of the Shareholders’ entitlement to receipt of dividends, rights and benefits or (iv) on such date and for such period as determined by the laws and rules of the relevant Stock Exchange applicable from time to time that the Company is required to close its stock transfer books. The Company will give notice of such Closed Period to the Noteholders at or prior to the beginning of each such period.

 

9


6.

Adjustments

 

6.1

Subject as hereinafter provided such in particular Condition 6.8, the Conversion Price shall from time to time be adjusted in accordance with the following relevant provisions and if the event giving rise to any such adjustment shall be such as would be capable of falling within more than one of the following provisions, it shall fall within the first of the applicable provisions to the exclusion of the remaining provisions:-

 

  (i)

Consolidation or Subdivision:

If and whenever there shall be an alteration to the nominal value of the Shares as a result of consolidation or subdivision, the Conversion Price shall be adjusted by multiplying the Conversion Price in force immediately prior to such alteration by the following fraction: -

A

B

where:

A is the nominal amount of one Share immediately after such alteration; and

B is the nominal amount of one Share immediately before such alteration. Such adjustment shall become effective on the date the alteration takes effect.

 

  (ii)

Capitalisation of Profits or Reserves:

If and whenever the Company shall issue any Shares credited as fully paid to the Shareholders by way of capitalisation of profits or reserves, other than Shares issued in lieu of the whole or any part of a cash dividend (the “Relevant Cash Dividend”), being a dividend which the Shareholders concerned would or could otherwise have received in cash (“Scrip Dividend”), the Conversion Price shall be adjusted in the case of an issue of Shares other than by way of Scrip Dividend by multiplying the Conversion Price in force immediately before such issue by the following fraction:-

A

B

 

10


where:

A is the aggregate nominal amount of the issued Shares immediately before such issue; and

B is the aggregate nominal amount of the issued Shares immediately after such issue; and

in the case of an issue of Shares by way of a Scrip Dividend the Current Market Price of which Shares exceeds the amount of the Relevant Cash Dividend or the relevant part thereof and which would not have constituted a Capital Distribution, by multiplying the Conversion Price in force immediately before the issue of such Shares by the following fraction:

A + B

A + C

where:

A is the aggregate nominal amount of the issued Shares immediately before such issue;

B is the aggregate nominal amount of Shares issued by way of such Scrip Dividend multiplied by a fraction of which (i) the numerator is the amount per Share of the whole, or the relevant part, of the Relevant Cash Dividend and (ii) the denominator is the Current Market Price of the number of Shares issued in respect of each existing Share in lieu of the whole, or the relevant part of the Relevant Cash Dividend; and

C is the aggregate nominal amount of Shares issued by way of such Scrip Dividend;

or by making such other adjustment as an approved merchant bank shall certify to the Company is fair and reasonable.

Such adjustment shall become effective on the date of issue of such Shares.

 

  (iii)

Capital Distribution:

If and whenever the Company shall pay or make any Capital Distribution to the Shareholders (except where the Conversion Price falls to be adjusted under subparagraph (ii) above (or falls within sub-paragraph (ii) above but no adjustment falls to be made), the Conversion Price shall be adjusted by multiplying the Conversion Price in force immediately prior to such Capital Distribution by the following fraction:-

A - B

A

 

11


where:

A is the Current Market Price of one Share on the dealing day last preceding the date on which the Capital Distribution is publicly announced; and

B is the fair market value on the date of such announcement, as determined in good faith by an approved merchant bank, of the portion of the Capital Distribution attributable to one Share.

Such adjustment shall become effective on the date that such Capital Distribution is actually made.

 

  (iv)

Rights Issues of Shares or Options Over Shares:

If and whenever the Company shall issue Shares to all or substantially all Shareholders as a class by way of rights, or shall issue or grant to all or substantially all Shareholders as a class, by way of rights, any options, warrants or other rights to subscribe for or purchase any Shares, in each case at less than the Current Market Price per Share on the last dealing day preceding the date of the announcement of the terms of the issue or grant, the Conversion Price shall be adjusted by multiplying the Conversion Price in force immediately prior to such issue or grant by the following fraction:-

A + B

A + C

where:

A is the number of Shares in issue immediately before such announcement;

B is the number of Shares which the aggregate amount (if any) payable for the rights or for the options or warrants or other rights issued by way of rights and for the total number of Shares comprised therein would purchase at such Current Market Price per Share; and

C is the aggregate number of Shares issued or, as the case may be, comprised in the grant.

Such adjustment shall become effective on the date of issue of such Shares or issue or grant of such options, warrants or other rights (as the case may be).

 

  (v)

Right Issues of Other Securities:

If and whenever the Company shall issue any securities (other than Shares or options, warrants or other rights to subscribe for or purchase Shares) to all or substantially all Shareholders as a class by way of rights or grant to all or substantially all Shareholders as a class by way of rights of any options, warrants or other rights to subscribe for or purchase any securities (other than Shares or options, warrants or other rights to subscribe for or purchase Shares), the Conversion Price shall be adjusted by multiplying the Conversion Price in force immediately prior to such issue or grant by the following fraction:-

A - B

A

 

12


where:

A is the Current Market Price of one Share on the last dealing day preceding the date on which such issue or grant is publicly announced; and

B is the fair market value on the date of such announcement as determined in good faith by an approved merchant bank, of the portion of the rights attributable to one Share.

Such adjustment shall become effective on the date of issue of the securities or grant of such rights, options or warrants (as the case may be).

 

  (vi)

Issues at less than Current Market Price:

If and whenever the Company shall issue (otherwise than as mentioned in subparagraph (iv) above) wholly for cash any Shares (other than Shares issued on the exercise of Conversion Rights or on the exercise of any other rights of conversion into, or exchange or subscription for, Shares) or on the issue or grant of (otherwise than as mentioned in sub-paragraph (iv) above) options, warrants or other rights to subscribe for or purchase Shares in each case at a price per Share which is less than the Current Market Price on the dealing day last preceding the date of announcement of the terms of such issue, the Conversion Price shall be adjusted by multiplying the Conversion Price in force immediately prior to such issue or grant by the following fraction:-

A + B

C

where:

A is the number of Shares in issue immediately before the issue of such additional Shares or the issue or grant of such options, warrants or other rights to subscribe for or purchase any Shares;

B is the number of Shares which the aggregate consideration receivable for the issue of such additional Shares would purchase at such Current Market Price per Share; and

C is the number of Shares in issue immediately after the issue of such additional Shares.

 

13


References to additional Shares in the above formula shall, in the case of an issue or grant by the Company of options, warrants or other rights to subscribe or purchase Shares, mean such Shares to be issued assuming that such options, warrants or other rights are exercised in full at the initial exercise price on the date of issue of such options, warrants or other rights.

Such adjustment shall become effective on the date of issue of such Shares or, as the case may be, the issue or grant of such options, warrants or other rights.

 

  (vii)

Other issues at less than Current Market Price:

Save in the case of an issue of securities arising from a conversion or exchange of other securities in accordance with the terms applicable to such securities themselves falling within the provisions of this sub-paragraph (vii), if and whenever the Company or any Subsidiary (otherwise than as mentioned in sub-paragraphs (iv), (v) or (vi) above), or (at the direction or request of or pursuant to any arrangements with the Company or any Subsidiary) any other person shall issue wholly for cash any securities (other than the Note) which by their terms of issue carry rights of conversion into, or exchange or subscription for, Shares (or grant any such rights in respect of any existing securities so issued) to be issued by the Company upon conversion, exchange or subscription at a consideration per Share which is less than the Current Market Price per share on the last dealing day preceding the date of announcement of the terms of issue of such securities, the Conversion Price shall be adjusted, by multiplying the Conversion Price in force immediately prior to such issue (or grant) by the following fraction:-

A + B

A + C

where:

A is the number of Shares in issue immediately before such issue (or grant);

B is the number of Shares which the aggregate consideration receivable by the Company for the Shares to be issued upon conversion or subscription for or exchange of or upon exercise of the right of subscription attached to such securities would purchase at such Current Market Price per Share; and

C is the maximum number of Shares to be issued upon conversion into or subscription for exchange of such securities or upon the exercise of such rights of subscription attached thereto at the initial conversion, exchange or subscription price or rate.

Such adjustment shall become effective on the date of Issue (or grant) of such securities.

 

14


  (viii)

Modification of Rights of Conversion etc:

If and whenever there shall be any modification of the rights of conversion, exchange or subscription attaching to any such securities as are mentioned in sub-paragraph (vii) above (other than in accordance with the terms applicable to such securities) so that the consideration per Share (for the number of Shares available on conversion, exchange or subscription following the modification) is less than the Current Market Price per share on the last dealing day preceding the date of announcement of the proposals for such modification, the Conversion Price shall be adjusted by multiplying the Conversion Price in force immediately prior to such modification by the following fraction:-

A + B

A + C

where:

A is the number of Shares in issue immediately before such modification;

B is the number of Shares which the aggregate consideration receivable by the Company for the Shares to be issued upon conversion or exchange or upon exercise of the right of subscription attached to the securities so modified would purchase at such Current Market Price per Share or, if lower, the existing conversion, exchange or subscription price; and

C is the maximum number of Shares to be issued upon conversion or exchange of such securities or upon the exercise of such rights of subscription attached thereto at the modified conversion, exchange or subscription price or rate.

Such adjustment shall become effective on the date of modification of the rights of conversion, exchange or subscription attaching to such securities.

 

  (ix)

Other offers to Shareholders:

If and whenever the Company or any Subsidiary or (at the direction or request of or pursuant to any arrangements with the Company or any Subsidiary) any other person issues, sells or distributes any securities in connection with an offer by or on behalf of the Company or any Subsidiary or such other person pursuant to which offer the Shareholders generally (meaning for these purposes the holders of at least 60 per cent. of the Shares outstanding at the time such offer is made) are entitled to participate in arrangements whereby such securities may be acquired by them (except where the Conversion Price falls to be adjusted under sub-paragraphs (iv) to (vii) above), the Conversion Price shall be adjusted by, multiplying the Conversion Price in force immediately prior to such issue by the following fraction:-

A - B

A

 

15


where:-

A is the Current Market Price of one Share on the last dealing day preceding the date on which such issue is publicly announced; and

B is the fair market value on the date of such announcement, as determined in good faith by an approved merchant bank, of the portion of the relevant offer attributable to one Share.

Such adjustment shall become effective on the date of issue of the securities.

 

  (x)

Other Events:

If the Company considers that it would be appropriate for an adjustment to be made to the Conversion Price as a result of one or more events or circumstances not referred to in this Condition 6.1, the Company shall at its own expense, request an approved merchant bank to determine (acting as experts) as soon as practicable what adjustment (if any) to the Conversion Price is fair and reasonable to take account thereof and the date on which such adjustment should take effect and upon such determination such adjustment (provided that the adjustment would result in a reduction in the Conversion Price) shall be made and shall take effect in accordance with such determination, provided that an adjustment shall only be made pursuant to this Condition 6.1(x) if the approved merchant bank is so requested to make such a determination; provided that where the circumstances giving rise to any adjustment pursuant to this Condition 6.1 have already resulted or will result in an adjustment to the Conversion Price or where any other circumstances giving rise to any adjustment arise by virtue of any other circumstances which have already given or will give rise to an adjustment to the Conversion Price, such modification (if any) shall be made to the operation of the provisions of this Condition 6.1 as may be advised by the approved merchant bank in question to be in their opinion appropriate to give the intended result.

 

6.2

Calculation of Consideration Receivable

For the purpose of any calculation of the consideration receivable pursuant to sub-paragraphs (vi), (vii) and (viii) of this Condition 6.1, the following provisions shall apply:-

 

  (i)

Issue of Shares for Cash:

the aggregate consideration receivable for Shares issued for cash shall be the amount of such cash provided that in no case shall any deduction be made for any commission or any expenses paid or incurred by the Company for any underwriting of the issue or otherwise in connection therewith;

 

16


  (ii)

Issue of Shares on Conversion or Exercise of Securities:

(x) the aggregate consideration receivable for the Shares to be issued upon the conversion into or subscription for or exchange of, any securities shall be deemed to be the consideration received or receivable by the Company for any such securities and (y) the aggregate consideration receivable for the Shares to be issued upon the exercise of rights of subscription attached to any securities shall be deemed to be that part (which may be the whole) of the consideration received or receivable by the Company for such securities which is attributed by the Company to such rights of subscription or, if no part of such consideration is so attributed, the fair market value of such rights of subscription as at the date of announcement of the terms of issue of such securities (as determined in good faith by an approved merchant bank, plus in the case of each of (x) and (y) above, the additional minimum consideration (if any) to be received by the Company upon the conversion or exchange of such securities, or upon the exercise of such rights of subscription attached thereto (the consideration in all such cases to be determined subject to the proviso in sub-paragraph (i) of this paragraph (C)) and- (z) the consideration per Share receivable by the Company upon the conversion or exchange of, or upon the exercise of such rights of subscription attached to, such securities shall be the aggregate consideration referred to in (x) or (y) above (as the case may be) converted into USD if such consideration is expressed in a currency other than USD at such rate of exchange as may be determined in good faith by an approved merchant bank to be the spot rate ruling at the close of business on the date of announcement of the terms of issue of such securities, divided by the number of Shares to be issued upon such conversion or exchange or exercise at the initial conversion, exchange or subscription price or rate.

 

6.3

More than One Event in Quick Succession:

Where more than one event which gives or may give rise to an adjustment to the Conversion Price occurs within such a short period of time that in the opinion of an approved merchant bank the foregoing provisions would need to be operated subject to some modification in order to give the intended result, such modification shall be made to the operation of the foregoing provisions as may be advised by an approved merchant bank to be in their opinion appropriate in order to give such intended result.

 

6.4

Employee Share Schemes:

No adjustment will be made to the Conversion Price when Shares or other securities (including rights or options) are issued, offered or granted to employees (including executive directors), consultants or agents of the Company or any Subsidiary pursuant to any Employee Share Scheme.

 

17


6.5

Non-cash Consideration:

No adjustment will be made in respect of an issue by the Company or any Subsidiary of securities convertible into or rights to acquire Shares in consideration in whole or in part of the acquisition of any other securities, assets or business.

 

6.6

Certificate Conclusive:

If any doubt shall arise as to the appropriate adjustment to the Conversion Price a certificate of an approved merchant bank who shall act as experts in accordance with Condition 12, shall be conclusive and binding on all concerned save in the case of manifest or proven error.

 

6.7

Rounding and Minor Adjustments:

On any adjustment, the resultant Conversion Price, if not an integral multiple USD cents, shall be rounded down to the nearest USD cent. No adjustment shall be made to the Conversion Price where such adjustment (rounded down if applicable) would be less than one per cent. of the Conversion Price then in effect. Any adjustment not required to be made, and any amount by which the Conversion Price has not been rounded down shall be carried forward and taken into account in any subsequent adjustment. Notice of any adjustments shall be given to the Noteholder in accordance with Condition 15 as soon as practicable after the determination thereof.

 

6.8

No Discount to Par Value:

The Conversion Price may not be adjusted or reduced so that the Conversion Price is lower than the par value of the Shares or, on conversion of Notes, Shares would fall to be issued at a discount to their par value and if the Conversion Price as adjusted based on this Condition 6 is lower than the par value of the Shares, the adjusted Conversion Price shall be equal to the par value of the Shares.

 

6.9

For the purposes of this Condition 6:-

“announcement” includes the release of an announcement to the press or the delivery or transmission by telephone, telex or otherwise of an announcement to the Stock Exchange and

“date of announcement” shall mean the date first appearing on such announcement;

“approved merchant bank” means a merchant bank in Hong Kong or the PRC selected by the Company for the purpose of providing a specific opinion or calculation or determination hereunder;

“Capital Distribution” (without prejudice to the generality of that phrase) includes distributions in cash or specie. Any dividend charged or provided for in the accounts for any financial period shall (whenever paid and however described) be deemed to be a Capital Distribution provided that any such dividend shall not automatically be so deemed if it is paid out of the aggregate of the net profits (less losses) attributable to the holders of Shares for all financial periods after 31 December, 2006 as shown in the audited consolidated profit and loss account of the Company and its subsidiaries for each financial period ended 31 December;

 

18


“issue” shall include allot;

“reserves” includes un-appropriated profits; and

“rights” includes rights in whatsoever form issued.

 

7.

Procedure for Conversion

 

7.1

The Conversion Rights attaching to the Note may, subject as provided herein, be exercised on any Business Day during the Conversion Period by the Noteholder giving no less than ten (10) Business Day’s prior written notice (a “Conversion Notice”) to the Company in accordance with Condition 14 stating the intention of the Noteholder to convert all or part of the Note into Shares specifying the principal amount of the Note to which such notice relates. Any such Conversion Notice shall be substantially in the form annexed as Schedule 2 to these Conditions. Once delivered, a Conversion Notice shall be irrevocable and take effect immediately upon the Conversion Date. If a Conversion Notice is not duly completed or is inaccurate, the Company may reject the same and any intended conversion shall not be treated as taking effect until a duly completed, accurate Conversion Notice is received by the Company.

 

7.2

The Company shall be responsible for payment of all taxes and stamp duty, issue and registration duties (if any) and Stock Exchange levies and charges (if any) arising on any conversion.

 

7.3

The Shares arising on conversion shall be allotted and issued by the Company, credited as fully paid, to the Noteholder or as it may direct within five (5) Business Days after, and with effect from, the date the listing and permission to deal with the Conversion Shares are obtained from the relevant Stock Exchange and certificates for the Shares to which the Noteholder or such person as it may direct shall become entitled in consequence of exercising its Conversion Rights shall (so far as possible) be issued in board lots and posted to the Noteholder at its own risk at its address set out in Condition 14 or such other collection manner as directed by the Noteholder in writing.

 

8.

Protection of the Noteholder

So long as the Note is outstanding, unless the Noteholder gives its prior written approval otherwise:-

 

  (a)

the Company shall use its reasonable endeavours (i) to obtain and maintain a listing for all the issued Shares on the Stock Exchange and (ii) to obtain and maintain a listing on the Stock Exchange for the Conversion Shares;

 

19


  (b)

the Company shall from time to time keep available for issue, free from pre-emptive rights, out of its authorised but un-issued capital sufficient Shares to satisfy in full the Conversion Rights and the terms of any other securities for the time being in issue which are convertible into or have the right to subscribe Shares;

 

  (c)

the Company shall provide the Noteholder with a copy of its annual reports, annual financial statements, interim reports and circulars sent by the Company to its shareholders within seven (7) Business Days after the Company sends the same to its shareholders;

 

  (d)

the Company shall ensure that all Conversion Shares will be duly and validly issued fully paid and registered;

 

  (e)

the Company shall pay all fees, capital and stamp duties payable in Hong Kong, if any, in respect of the issue of Shares upon conversion of all or part of the principal amount of the Note;

 

  (f)

as soon as possible after the announcement of any event which gives rise to adjustments pursuant to Condition 6 (or, if later, as soon as the relevant adjustment thereunder can reasonably be determined), give notice to the Noteholder advising them of the date on which the relevant adjustment of the Conversion Price is likely to become effective and of the effect of exercising its Conversion Rights pending such date;

 

  (g)

the Company shall comply with and procure the compliance with all conditions imposed by the Stock Exchange or by any other competent authority for the listing of and permission to deal in the Conversion Shares and the continued compliance thereof; and

 

  (h)

in the case of any consolidation, amalgamation or merger of the Company with any other corporation (other than a consolidation, amalgamation or merger in which the Company is a continuing corporation), or in the case of any sale or transfer of all, or substantially all, of the assets of the Company, the Company will forthwith notify the Noteholder of such event in accordance with Condition 14 and (so far as legally possible) cause the corporation resulting from such consolidation, amalgamation or merger or the corporation which shall have acquired such assets, as the case may be, to execute a deed to ensure that the Noteholder will have the right (during the period in which the Note shall be convertible) to convert the Note into the class and amount of shares and other securities and property receivable upon such consolidation, amalgamation, merger, sale or transfer by a holder of such number of Shares which would have become liable to be issued upon conversion of the Note immediately prior to such consolidation, amalgamation, merger, sale or transfer. The above provisions of this Condition 8(h) shall apply in the same way to any subsequent consolidations, amalgamations, mergers, sales or transfers.

 

20


9.

Events of Default

If any of the events (“Events of Default”) specified below occurs, the Noteholder may give notice to the Company that the Note is immediately due and payable, whereupon they shall become immediately due and payable in the amounts which would otherwise be due on the Maturity Date.

The following are the events referred to in the immediately preceding paragraph:

 

  (a)

a default is made for more than seven days in the payment of the principal when and as the same ought to be paid in accordance with these Conditions;

 

  (b)

a default is made by the Company in the performance or observance of any covenant, condition or provision of the Note and on its part to be performed or observed (other than the covenant to pay the principal of the Note) and such default continues for the period of thirty (30) days next following the service by the Noteholder on the Company of notice requiring such default to be remedied;

 

  (c)

a resolution is passed or an order of a court of competent jurisdiction is made that the Company be wound up or dissolved otherwise than for the purposes of or pursuant to and followed by a consolidation, amalgamation, merger or reconstruction the terms of which shall have previously been approved in writing by the Noteholder;

 

  (d)

an encumbrancer takes possession or a receiver is appointed over the whole or a material part of the assets or undertaking of the Company or any Subsidiary;

 

  (e)

a distress, execution or seizure order before judgement is levied or enforced upon or sued out against the whole or a material part of the property of the Company or any Subsidiary (as the case may be) and is not discharged within ten (10) days thereof;

 

  (f)

the Company or any Subsidiary is unable to pay its debts as and when they fall due or the Company or any Subsidiary shall initiate or consent to proceedings relating to itself under any applicable bankruptcy, reorganisation or insolvency law or make an assignment for the benefit of, or enter into any composition with, its creditors;

 

  (g)

proceedings shall have been initiated against the Company or any Subsidiary under any applicable bankruptcy, reorganisation or insolvency law and such proceedings shall not have been discharged or stayed within a period of sixty (60) days;

 

  (h)

any event occurs which has an analogous effect to any of the events referred to in paragraphs (a) to (g) above; or

 

  (i)

the listing of the Shares of the Company on the Stock Exchange does not take place within ten (10) years after the issuance of the Note.

 

21


For the purpose of this Condition 9 only, a “Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary (as defined in Condition 2) of the Company which is a major operating subsidiary and whose total assets (based on its latest audited financial statements) represents more than 50% of the total assets of the Company, as stated in the latest audited consolidated financial statements of the Company.

 

10.

Repayment and Redemption

 

10.1

Unless previously converted or purchased and cancelled as provided herein, the Company will redeem the Note at 100 per cent of its principal amount together with accrued interest (calculated up to but including the date of redemption) on the Maturity Date.

 

10.2

The Noteholder shall be entitled (but not obliged) to give a Redemption Notice to the Company in writing that the Note is, and shall become due and payable within 30 days of receipt of such notice if an Event of Default occurs and the Company fails to take any remedial steps within 45 days after the receipt of the written notice served by the Noteholder specifying the occurrence of any of the Events of Defaults. In the event that the Noteholder exercises the right to redeem the Note pursuant to this Condition 10.2, the Noteholder shall deliver a notice of redemption (substantially in the form annexed as Schedule 3 of these Conditions) (a “Redemption Notice”), and surrender the Note to the Company at an address designated and notified by the Company from time to time to the Noteholder for the purpose of the exercise of the Redemption Right on a Business Day. The redemption price payable upon redemption pursuant to this Condition 10.2 shall be the principal amount of the Note together with accrued interest.

 

10.3

The Note may not be repaid or redeemed otherwise than in accordance with this Condition 10.

 

11.

Voting and Director Nomination

The Noteholder will not be entitled to receive notices of, attend or vote at any meetings of the Company or nominate any directors of the Company by reason only of being Noteholder.

 

12.

Experts

In giving any certificate or making any adjustment hereunder, any approved merchant bank shall be deemed to be acting as experts and not as arbitrators and, in the absence of manifest error, their decision shall be conclusive and binding on the Company and the Noteholder and all persons claiming through or under it respectively.

 

13.

Replacement Notes

If the certificate for a Note is lost or mutilated the Noteholder shall forthwith notify the Company and a replacement certificate for the Note shall be issued if the Noteholder provides the Company with: (i) the mutilated certificate for the Note; (ii) a declaration by the Noteholder or its officer that the Note had been lost or mutilated (as the case may be) or other evidence that the certificate for the Note had been lost or mutilated; and (iii) an appropriate indemnity in such form and content as the Company may reasonably require. Any certificate for the Note replaced in accordance with this Condition shall forthwith be cancelled. All reasonable administrative costs and expenses associated with the preparation, issue and delivery of a replacement certificate for the Note shall be borne by the relevant Noteholder.

 

22


14.

Notices

Any notice required to be given under these Conditions shall be deemed duly served if left at or sent by registered or recorded delivery post or facsimile to the addressee:

 

  (i)

in the case of the Noteholder its addresses in Hong Kong as notified to the Company;

 

  (ii)

in the case of the Company, its address in the PRC as notified to the Noteholder;

or such other address as may have been last notified in writing by or on behalf of the Company to the Noteholder or vice versa. Any such notice shall be deemed to be served at the time when the same is left at the address of the party to be served or, if served by post, on the seventh day (not being a Saturday, Sunday or public holiday) following the day of posting or, if served by facsimile, upon transmission and report confirming successful transmission.

 

15.

Amendment

Subject to the approval by the Stock Exchange (if required), the terms and conditions of the Note may be varied, expanded or amended by agreement in writing between the Company and the Noteholder and any such variation, expansion or amendment shall be effective and binding upon the Note and the Noteholder.

 

16.

Governing Law and Jurisdiction

The Note and the terms of the Note are governed by and shall be construed in accordance with the laws of Hong Kong.

 

23


SCHEDULE 1--TRANSFER FORM

 

24


SCHEDULE 2--CONVERSION NOTICE

 

25


SCHEDULE 3--FORM OF REDEMPTION NOTICE

 

26

Exhibit 4.6

Convertible Promissory Note

Certificate No.: 003

LUFAX HOLDING LTD

(formerly known as Wincon Investment Company Limited)

(incorporated in the Cayman Islands with limited liability)

USD 937,824,000 0.7375% CONVERTIBLE PROMISSORY NOTE

The Note in respect of which this Certificate is issued pursuant to: (i) a Share Purchase Agreement between LUFAX HOLDING LTD (the “Company”) and China Ping An Insurance Overseas (Holdings) Limited dated 27 August 2015, and was authorized by a resolution of the Board of Directors of the Company passed on 21 August 2015 and a resolution of the shareholders of the Company passed on 21 August 2015; and (ii) an Agreement for the Transfer of Convertible Promissory Note of Lufax Holding Ltd between An Ke Technology Company Limited and China Ping An Insurance Overseas (Holdings) Limited dated 8 October 2015.

The Company certifies that it will pay to the person who appears at the relevant time on the register of noteholders as the holder of the Note in respect of which this Certificate is issued (the “Noteholder”), such amount as shall become due in respect of this Certificate in accordance with the Terms and Conditions endorsed hereon (the “Conditions”) upon presentation of this Note. This Note is issued with the benefit of and subject to the Conditions endorsed hereon.

The Company further certifies that An Ke Technology Company Limited of [***] is, at the date hereof, entered in the register of Noteholders of the Company as the holder of the Note in the principal amount of USD 937,824,000.

This Certificate is evidence of entitlement only. Title to the Note passes only on due registration in the register of Noteholders and only the duly registered holder is entitled to payment on the Note in respect of which this Certificate is issued.

The Note is convertible into fully paid Shares (as defined in these Conditions) ranking equally in all respects with the ordinary shares of the Company in issue, subject to and in accordance with these Conditions.

GIVEN under the common seal of LUFAX HOLDING LTD on 8 October 2015.

 

/s/ Gibb Gregory Dean

Director


Notes:-

This Note cannot be transferred to bearer on delivery and is transferable only to the extent permitted by Condition 2 of the terms and conditions thereof. This Note must be delivered to the Secretary of the Company for cancellation and the re-issue of an appropriate certificate in the event of any such transfer.

 

2


(For endorsement in the event of partial conversion)

 

Date

  

Amount Converted

  

Amount Outstanding after

Conversion

 

3


TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF THE NOTE

The Note shall be held subject to and with the benefit of the terms and conditions set out below. In the Note, the words and expressions set out below shall have the meanings attributed to them below unless the context otherwise requires:-

 

“Note”    convertible promissory note in the aggregate principal amount of USD 1,953,800,000 issued or to be issued by the Company of which this Note form part with the benefit of and subject to the provisions of these Conditions;
“Noteholder”    the holder of the Note for the time being;
“Business Day”    a day (excluding Saturday and Sunday) on which banks in the Cayman Islands, Hong Kong and PRC are open for business;
“Conditions”    the terms and conditions attached to or endorsed on the Note and “Condition” refers to the relative numbered paragraph of the Conditions;
“Conversion”    the meaning ascribed thereto in Condition 5;
“Conversion Date”    the date on which the Conversion Rights are exercised in accordance with the Conditions;
“Conversion Notice”    the meaning ascribed thereto in Condition 7;
“Conversion Period”    the period commencing on the Listing Date of the Company until the date which is five (5) Business Days before (and excluding) the Maturity Date;
“Conversion Rights”    the rights attached to the Note to convert the principal amount or a part thereof into Shares;
“Conversion Shares”    the Shares to be issued by the Company under the Note (whether upon exercise by the Noteholder of the Conversion Rights, or otherwise pursuant to the Conditions);

 

4


“Current Market Price”    in respect of a Share at a particular date the average of the closing prices published in the Stock Exchange’s daily quotations sheet or similar document for one Share (assuming a transaction in a board lot) for the five consecutive dealing days ending on and including the dealing day last preceding such date; provided that if at any time during the said five dealing days the Shares shall have been quoted ex-dividend and during some other part of that period the Shares shall have been quoted cum-dividend then:-
  

(i) if the Shares to be issued will not rank for the dividend in question, the quotations on the dates on which the Shares shall have been quoted cum-dividend shall for the purposes of this definition be deemed to be the amount thereof reduced by an amount equal to the amount of that dividend per Share; and

 

(ii)  if the Shares to be issued will rank for the dividend in question, the quotations on the dates on which the Shares shall have been quoted ex-dividend shall for the purpose of this definition be deemed to be the amount thereof increased by such similar amount;

 

and provided further that if the Shares on each of the relevant five dealing days have been quoted cum-dividend in respect of a dividend which has been declared or announced but the Shares to be issued do not rank for that dividend, the quotations on each of such dates shall for the purpose of this definition be deemed to be the amount thereof reduced by an amount equal to the amount of that dividend per Share;

“Employee Share Scheme”    any scheme approved in general meeting by the shareholders of the Company for the issue or grant to the Directors, management personnel, employees, consultants or agents of the Company and/or any Subsidiary of Shares or options to subscribe for Shares;
“Hong Kong”    the Hong Kong Special Administrative Region of the People’s Republic of China;
“Hong Kong Listing Rules”    the Rules Governing the Listing of Securities on The Stock Exchange of Hong Kong Limited;
“Listing Date”    the date on which the Shares are listed on the Stock Exchange;
“Listing Rules”    the applicable rules of the Stock Exchange on which the Company’s Shares are listed;
“Maturity Date”    the eighth anniversary of the issuance date of the Note;
“PRC”    People’s Republic of China, which, for the purpose of this Agreement, excludes Hong Kong, Taiwan and Macau;
“RMB”    Renminbi, the lawful currency of the PRC;
“Shares”    the Class A ordinary shares of USD 0.00001 each in the share capital of the Company existing on the date of this Agreement (or its equivalent upon the initial public offering of the Shares on the Stock Exchange) and all other (if any) stock or shares from time to time and for the time being ranking pari passu therewith and all other (if any) shares or stock resulting from any sub-division, consolidation or reclassification thereof;

 

5


“Stock Exchange”    an internationally recognized stock exchange on which the Shares will be listed;
“Subsidiary”    a company which is for the time being and from time to time a subsidiary (within the meaning of the Listing Rules) of the Company, whether incorporated in Hong Kong or elsewhere; and
“USD”    United States dollars, the lawful currency of the United States of America.

The expressions “Company” and “Noteholder” shall where the context permits include their respective successors and permitted assigns and any persons deriving title under them.

In these Conditions, unless the context requires otherwise, words importing the singular include the plural and vice versa and words importing gender or the neuter include both genders and the neuter; references to this Agreement or any issue document shall be construed as references to such document as the same may be amended or supplemented from time to time. Condition headings are inserted for reference only and shall be ignored in construing the Note.

 

1.

Form, Denomination and Rating of the Note

 

1.1

The obligations of the Company arising under the Note constitute direct, unsubordinated, unconditional, and unsecured obligations of the Company and shall, save for such exceptions as may be provided by provisions of applicable law that are both mandatory and of general application, at all times rank at least pari passu with all of its other present and future direct, senior, unsecured, unconditional and unsubordinated obligations.

 

1.2

The Note is in registered form in the minimum denomination of USD 200,000 each. A certificate shall be issued to the Noteholder in respect of its registered holding of the Note. The Certificate shall have an identifying number which shall be recorded on the relevant Certificate and in the register of the Noteholder which the Company shall keep.

 

1.3

The Note is not and is not expected to be rated by any rating agency.

 

1.4

No application will be made for a listing of the Note on any stock exchange.

 

2.

Transfer

 

2.1

The Note or any part(s) thereof may be assigned or transferred to any third party subject to compliance of this Condition 2 hereunder.

 

2.2

Subject to Condition 2.1 and Condition 1.2, any transfer of the Note shall be in respect of the whole or any part of the outstanding principal amount of that Note. The Noteholder shall (except as otherwise required by law) be treated as the absolute owner of the Note for all purposes (whether or not it is overdue and regardless of any notice of ownership, trust or any interest in it or any writing on, or the theft or loss of, the certificate issued in respect of it) and no person will be liable for so treating the Noteholder.

 

6


2.3

Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Condition 2, if this Note or any part(s) thereof shall be transferred to any company or other person which would trigger notification or disclosure obligations under the relevant Listing Rules, the Company shall immediately comply with such obligations.

 

2.4

In relation to any transfer of the Note permitted under or otherwise pursuant to this Condition 2:-

 

  (a)

the Note may be only transferred by execution of a form of transfer (the “Transfer Form”) substantially in the form annexed as Schedule 1 to these Conditions under the hand of the transferor/assignor and the transferee (or their duly authorised representatives) or, where either the transferor or transferee is a corporation, under its common seal (if any) and under the hand of one of its officers duly authorised in writing or otherwise executed by a duly authorised officer thereof In this Condition “transferor” shall, where the context permits or requires, include joint transferors and be construed accordingly;

 

  (b)

the Note must be delivered for cancellation to the Company accompanied by a duly executed Transfer Form. The Company shall, within five (5) Business Days of receipt of such documents from the Noteholder, cancel the Note and issue a new Note under the seal of the Company, in favour of the transferee with respect to the principal amount being transfer.

 

2.5

Where only part of the principal amount of the Note in respect of which a Certificate is issued is to be transferred or converted, a new Certificate in respect of the Notes not so transferred or converted shall be issued, within five (5) Business Days of deposit or surrender of the original Certificate.

 

2.6

Any legal and other costs and expenses (other than the registration costs arising from the transfer of the Note) which may be incurred by the Company in connection with any transfer or assignment of the Note or any request therefor shall be borne by the Noteholder.

 

3.

Interest

 

  (a)

Subject to Conditions 3(b) and 3(c), the Note will bear interest from the date of issue at the rate of 0.7375% per annum of the principal amount of the Note outstanding from time to time, which subject as provided herein, will be payable by the Company semiannually until the Maturity Date.

 

  (b)

On Maturity Date, the Company shall pay interest on the outstanding principal amount of the Note for the period from the immediately preceding interest payment date to the Maturity Date.

 

7


  (c)

In the event that the Noteholder has converted part or whole of the principal amount of the Note, the Noteholder shall be entitled to interest in respect of such part or whole, as the case may be, of the principal amount of the Note for the period from date of issue of the Note to the Conversion Date concerned.

 

  (d)

Whenever it is necessary to compute an amount of interest in respect of the Note for a period of less than a full year, such interest will be calculated on the basis of a 360-day year consisting of 12 months of 30 days in each month and, in the case of incomplete month, the number of days elapsed.

 

4.

Payments

 

4.1

All payments by the Company hereunder shall be made in immediately available funds free and clear of any withholdings or deductions for any present or future taxes, imposts, levies, duties or other charges. In the event that the Company is required by law to make any such deduction or withholding from any amount paid, the Company shall pay to the Noteholder such additional amount as shall be necessary so that the relevant Noteholder continues to receive a net amount equal to the full amount which it would have received if such withholding or deduction had not been made.

 

4.2

All payments by the Company shall be made, not later than 4:00 p.m. (Hong Kong time) on the due date (and however for the purpose of repayment of the Note, the due date referred to in this Condition 4.2 shall mean the Maturity Date only), by remittance to such bank account in Hong Kong as the Noteholder may notify the Company from time to time at least five (5) Business Days prior to the payment due date provided that the Noteholder shall be responsible for any loss of interest payable in respect of the Note due to it giving inaccurate or late remittance instructions.

 

4.3

If the due date for payment of any amount in respect of the Note (and however for the purpose of repayment of the Note, the due date referred to in this Condition 4.3 shall mean the Maturity Date only) is not a Business Day, the Noteholder shall be entitled to payment on the next following Business Day in the same manner together with interest accrued in respect of any such delay.

 

4.4

In case where the Company defaults in the payment of any sum due and payable under the Note, the Company shall pay interest to the Noteholder from the due date to date of actual payment in full calculated at 2% per annum on a daily basis.

 

5.

Conversion

 

5.1

Subject to Condition 5.4, the Noteholder shall have the right, and the rights of the Company pursuant to Condition 5.2, in the manner provided in Condition 7, to convert the whole or any part of the outstanding principal amount of the Note (at the place the Note is deposited for conversion) into Shares (“Conversion”) at any time during the Conversion Period at the initial conversion price (“Conversion Price”) of USD 14.8869 per Share, such Conversion Price shall be adjusted from time to time pursuant to Condition 6 and provided however that the Conversion Price shall not be less than the par value of a Share (the “Minimum Conversion Price”).

 

8


5.2

The issuance of the Conversion Share upon the Noteholder’s exercise of the Conversion Rights is subject to the listing committee or any other competent regulatory body of the Stock Exchange approving that the Conversion Shares to be issued could be listed and traded on the Stock Exchange and the Noteholder undertakes not to dispose of any or all of the Conversion Shares to be issued upon conversion of all or part of the Note to any person(s) if such disposal would result in non-compliance with any lock-up requirements under the Listing Rules.

 

5.3

No fraction of a Share shall be issued on Conversion and no amount in lieu thereof shall be refunded to the Noteholder. Shares issued upon Conversion shall rank pari passu in all respects with all other existing Shares outstanding at the Conversion Date and the Noteholder shall be entitled in respect of its Conversion Shares to all dividends and other distributions the record date of which falls on a date on or after the Conversion Date.

 

5.4

Delivery to the Company of Conversion Notice shall constitute a representation and warranty by the Noteholder that all steps necessary to be taken by it under any relevant laws and the rules of any relevant stock exchange to permit the relevant exercise and lawfully to acquire the relevant Conversion Shares have been taken by it.

 

5.5

Notwithstanding the Conversion Rights attaching to the Note, the Company shall not issue any Shares if, upon such issue:

 

  (a)

it will result in the Company not being able to comply with any rules of the Stock Exchange or any regulatory body having jurisdiction over the Company, including but not limited to complying with any lock-up requirements and maintaining the minimum public float requirement under the Hong Kong Listing Rules if the Shares are listed on The Stock Exchange of Hong Kong Limited; or

 

  (b)

the mandatory general offer requirement under any rules of the Stock Exchange or any regulatory body having jurisdiction over the Company (e.g. the Codes on Takeovers and Mergers and Share Buy-backs in Hong Kong if the Shares are listed on The Stock Exchange of Hong Kong Limited) will be triggered.

 

5.6

Notwithstanding the Conversion Rights attaching to the Note, Conversion Rights may not be exercised in relation to any Bond during the period (a “Closed Period”) commencing on: (i) the date falling 20 days prior to the date of the Company’s annual general Shareholders’ meeting and ending on the date of that meeting, (ii) the date falling 30 days prior to an extraordinary Shareholders’ meeting and ending on the date of that meeting. (iii) the date that the Company notifies the Stock Exchange of the record date for determination of the Shareholders’ entitlement to receipt of dividends, rights and benefits or (iv) on such date and for such period as determined by the laws and rules of the relevant Stock Exchange applicable from time to time that the Company is required to close its stock transfer books. The Company will give notice of such Closed Period to the Noteholders at or prior to the beginning of each such period.

 

9


6.

Adjustments

 

6.1

Subject as hereinafter provided such in particular Condition 6.8, the Conversion Price shall from time to time be adjusted in accordance with the following relevant provisions and if the event giving rise to any such adjustment shall be such as would be capable of falling within more than one of the following provisions, it shall fall within the first of the applicable provisions to the exclusion of the remaining provisions:-

 

  (i)

Consolidation or Subdivision:

If and whenever there shall be an alteration to the nominal value of the Shares as a result of consolidation or subdivision, the Conversion Price shall be adjusted by multiplying the Conversion Price in force immediately prior to such alteration by the following fraction: -

A

B

where:

A is the nominal amount of one Share immediately after such alteration; and

B is the nominal amount of one Share immediately before such alteration. Such adjustment shall become effective on the date the alteration takes effect.

 

  (ii)

Capitalisation of Profits or Reserves:

If and whenever the Company shall issue any Shares credited as fully paid to the Shareholders by way of capitalisation of profits or reserves, other than Shares issued in lieu of the whole or any part of a cash dividend (the “Relevant Cash Dividend”), being a dividend which the Shareholders concerned would or could otherwise have received in cash (“Scrip Dividend”), the Conversion Price shall be adjusted in the case of an issue of Shares other than by way of Scrip Dividend by multiplying the Conversion Price in force immediately before such issue by the following fraction:-

A

B

 

10


where:

A is the aggregate nominal amount of the issued Shares immediately before such issue; and

B is the aggregate nominal amount of the issued Shares immediately after such issue; and

in the case of an issue of Shares by way of a Scrip Dividend the Current Market Price of which Shares exceeds the amount of the Relevant Cash Dividend or the relevant part thereof and which would not have constituted a Capital Distribution, by multiplying the Conversion Price in force immediately before the issue of such Shares by the following fraction:

A + B

A + C

where:

A is the aggregate nominal amount of the issued Shares immediately before such issue;

B is the aggregate nominal amount of Shares issued by way of such Scrip Dividend multiplied by a fraction of which (i) the numerator is the amount per Share of the whole, or the relevant part, of the Relevant Cash Dividend and (ii) the denominator is the Current Market Price of the number of Shares issued in respect of each existing Share in lieu of the whole, or the relevant part of the Relevant Cash Dividend; and

C is the aggregate nominal amount of Shares issued by way of such Scrip Dividend;

or by making such other adjustment as an approved merchant bank shall certify to the Company is fair and reasonable.

Such adjustment shall become effective on the date of issue of such Shares.

 

  (iii)

Capital Distribution:

If and whenever the Company shall pay or make any Capital Distribution to the Shareholders (except where the Conversion Price falls to be adjusted under subparagraph (ii) above (or falls within sub-paragraph (ii) above but no adjustment falls to be made), the Conversion Price shall be adjusted by multiplying the Conversion Price in force immediately prior to such Capital Distribution by the following fraction:-

A - B

   A

 

11


where:

A is the Current Market Price of one Share on the dealing day last preceding the date on which the Capital Distribution is publicly announced; and

B is the fair market value on the date of such announcement, as determined in good faith by an approved merchant bank, of the portion of the Capital Distribution attributable to one Share.

Such adjustment shall become effective on the date that such Capital Distribution is actually made.

 

  (iv)

Rights Issues of Shares or Options Over Shares:

If and whenever the Company shall issue Shares to all or substantially all Shareholders as a class by way of rights, or shall issue or grant to all or substantially all Shareholders as a class, by way of rights, any options, warrants or other rights to subscribe for or purchase any Shares, in each case at less than the Current Market Price per Share on the last dealing day preceding the date of the announcement of the terms of the issue or grant, the Conversion Price shall be adjusted by multiplying the Conversion Price in force immediately prior to such issue or grant by the following fraction:-

A + B

A + C

where:

A is the number of Shares in issue immediately before such announcement;

B is the number of Shares which the aggregate amount (if any) payable for the rights or for the options or warrants or other rights issued by way of rights and for the total number of Shares comprised therein would purchase at such Current Market Price per Share; and

C is the aggregate number of Shares issued or, as the case may be, comprised in the grant.

Such adjustment shall become effective on the date of issue of such Shares or issue or grant of such options, warrants or other rights (as the case may be).

 

  (v)

Right Issues of Other Securities:

If and whenever the Company shall issue any securities (other than Shares or options, warrants or other rights to subscribe for or purchase Shares) to all or substantially all Shareholders as a class by way of rights or grant to all or substantially all Shareholders as a class by way of rights of any options, warrants or other rights to subscribe for or purchase any securities (other than Shares or options, warrants or other rights to subscribe for or purchase Shares), the Conversion Price shall be adjusted by multiplying the Conversion Price in force immediately prior to such issue or grant by the following fraction:-

A - B

   A

 

12


where:

A is the Current Market Price of one Share on the last dealing day preceding the date on which such issue or grant is publicly announced; and

B is the fair market value on the date of such announcement as determined in good faith by an approved merchant bank, of the portion of the rights attributable to one Share.

Such adjustment shall become effective on the date of issue of the securities or grant of such rights, options or warrants (as the case may be).

 

  (vi)

Issues at less than Current Market Price:

If and whenever the Company shall issue (otherwise than as mentioned in subparagraph (iv) above) wholly for cash any Shares (other than Shares issued on the exercise of Conversion Rights or on the exercise of any other rights of conversion into, or exchange or subscription for, Shares) or on the issue or grant of (otherwise than as mentioned in sub-paragraph (iv) above) options, warrants or other rights to subscribe for or purchase Shares in each case at a price per Share which is less than the Current Market Price on the dealing day last preceding the date of announcement of the terms of such issue, the Conversion Price shall be adjusted by multiplying the Conversion Price in force immediately prior to such issue or grant by the following fraction:-

A + B

   C

where:

A is the number of Shares in issue immediately before the issue of such additional Shares or the issue or grant of such options, warrants or other rights to subscribe for or purchase any Shares;

B is the number of Shares which the aggregate consideration receivable for the issue of such additional Shares would purchase at such Current Market Price per Share; and

C is the number of Shares in issue immediately after the issue of such additional Shares.

 

13


References to additional Shares in the above formula shall, in the case of an issue or grant by the Company of options, warrants or other rights to subscribe or purchase Shares, mean such Shares to be issued assuming that such options, warrants or other rights are exercised in full at the initial exercise price on the date of issue of such options, warrants or other rights.

Such adjustment shall become effective on the date of issue of such Shares or, as the case may be, the issue or grant of such options, warrants or other rights.

 

  (vii)

Other issues at less than Current Market Price:

Save in the case of an issue of securities arising from a conversion or exchange of other securities in accordance with the terms applicable to such securities themselves falling within the provisions of this sub-paragraph (vii), if and whenever the Company or any Subsidiary (otherwise than as mentioned in sub-paragraphs (iv), (v) or (vi) above), or (at the direction or request of or pursuant to any arrangements with the Company or any Subsidiary) any other person shall issue wholly for cash any securities (other than the Note) which by their terms of issue carry rights of conversion into, or exchange or subscription for, Shares (or grant any such rights in respect of any existing securities so issued) to be issued by the Company upon conversion, exchange or subscription at a consideration per Share which is less than the Current Market Price per share on the last dealing day preceding the date of announcement of the terms of issue of such securities, the Conversion Price shall be adjusted, by multiplying the Conversion Price in force immediately prior to such issue (or grant) by the following fraction:-

A + B

A + C

where:

A is the number of Shares in issue immediately before such issue (or grant);

B is the number of Shares which the aggregate consideration receivable by the Company for the Shares to be issued upon conversion or subscription for or exchange of or upon exercise of the right of subscription attached to such securities would purchase at such Current Market Price per Share; and

C is the maximum number of Shares to be issued upon conversion into or subscription for exchange of such securities or upon the exercise of such rights of subscription attached thereto at the initial conversion, exchange or subscription price or rate.

Such adjustment shall become effective on the date of Issue (or grant) of such securities.

 

14


  (viii)

Modification of Rights of Conversion etc:

If and whenever there shall be any modification of the rights of conversion, exchange or subscription attaching to any such securities as are mentioned in sub-paragraph (vii) above (other than in accordance with the terms applicable to such securities) so that the consideration per Share (for the number of Shares available on conversion, exchange or subscription following the modification) is less than the Current Market Price per share on the last dealing day preceding the date of announcement of the proposals for such modification, the Conversion Price shall be adjusted by multiplying the Conversion Price in force immediately prior to such modification by the following fraction:-

A + B

A + C

where:

A is the number of Shares in issue immediately before such modification;

B is the number of Shares which the aggregate consideration receivable by the Company for the Shares to be issued upon conversion or exchange or upon exercise of the right of subscription attached to the securities so modified would purchase at such Current Market Price per Share or, if lower, the existing conversion, exchange or subscription price; and

C is the maximum number of Shares to be issued upon conversion or exchange of such securities or upon the exercise of such rights of subscription attached thereto at the modified conversion, exchange or subscription price or rate.

Such adjustment shall become effective on the date of modification of the rights of conversion, exchange or subscription attaching to such securities.

 

  (ix)

Other offers to Shareholders:

If and whenever the Company or any Subsidiary or (at the direction or request of or pursuant to any arrangements with the Company or any Subsidiary) any other person issues, sells or distributes any securities in connection with an offer by or on behalf of the Company or any Subsidiary or such other person pursuant to which offer the Shareholders generally (meaning for these purposes the holders of at least 60 per cent. of the Shares outstanding at the time such offer is made) are entitled to participate in arrangements whereby such securities may be acquired by them (except where the Conversion Price falls to be adjusted under sub-paragraphs (iv) to (vii) above), the Conversion Price shall be adjusted by, multiplying the Conversion Price in force immediately prior to such issue by the following fraction:-

A - B

   A

 

15


where:-

A is the Current Market Price of one Share on the last dealing day preceding the date on which such issue is publicly announced; and

B is the fair market value on the date of such announcement, as determined in good faith by an approved merchant bank, of the portion of the relevant offer attributable to one Share.

Such adjustment shall become effective on the date of issue of the securities.

 

  (x)

Other Events:

If the Company considers that it would be appropriate for an adjustment to be made to the Conversion Price as a result of one or more events or circumstances not referred to in this Condition 6.1, the Company shall at its own expense, request an approved merchant bank to determine (acting as experts) as soon as practicable what adjustment (if any) to the Conversion Price is fair and reasonable to take account thereof and the date on which such adjustment should take effect and upon such determination such adjustment (provided that the adjustment would result in a reduction in the Conversion Price) shall be made and shall take effect in accordance with such determination, provided that an adjustment shall only be made pursuant to this Condition 6.1(x) if the approved merchant bank is so requested to make such a determination; provided that where the circumstances giving rise to any adjustment pursuant to this Condition 6.1 have already resulted or will result in an adjustment to the Conversion Price or where any other circumstances giving rise to any adjustment arise by virtue of any other circumstances which have already given or will give rise to an adjustment to the Conversion Price, such modification (if any) shall be made to the operation of the provisions of this Condition 6.1 as may be advised by the approved merchant bank in question to be in their opinion appropriate to give the intended result.

 

6.2

Calculation of Consideration Receivable

For the purpose of any calculation of the consideration receivable pursuant to sub-paragraphs (vi), (vii) and (viii) of this Condition 6.1, the following provisions shall apply:-

 

  (i)

Issue of Shares for Cash:

the aggregate consideration receivable for Shares issued for cash shall be the amount of such cash provided that in no case shall any deduction be made for any commission or any expenses paid or incurred by the Company for any underwriting of the issue or otherwise in connection therewith;

 

16


  (ii)

Issue of Shares on Conversion or Exercise of Securities:

(x) the aggregate consideration receivable for the Shares to be issued upon the conversion into or subscription for or exchange of, any securities shall be deemed to be the consideration received or receivable by the Company for any such securities and (y) the aggregate consideration receivable for the Shares to be issued upon the exercise of rights of subscription attached to any securities shall be deemed to be that part (which may be the whole) of the consideration received or receivable by the Company for such securities which is attributed by the Company to such rights of subscription or, if no part of such consideration is so attributed, the fair market value of such rights of subscription as at the date of announcement of the terms of issue of such securities (as determined in good faith by an approved merchant bank, plus in the case of each of (x) and (y) above, the additional minimum consideration (if any) to be received by the Company upon the conversion or exchange of such securities, or upon the exercise of such rights of subscription attached thereto (the consideration in all such cases to be determined subject to the proviso in sub-paragraph (i) of this paragraph (C)) and- (z) the consideration per Share receivable by the Company upon the conversion or exchange of, or upon the exercise of such rights of subscription attached to, such securities shall be the aggregate consideration referred to in (x) or (y) above (as the case may be) converted into USD if such consideration is expressed in a currency other than USD at such rate of exchange as may be determined in good faith by an approved merchant bank to be the spot rate ruling at the close of business on the date of announcement of the terms of issue of such securities, divided by the number of Shares to be issued upon such conversion or exchange or exercise at the initial conversion, exchange or subscription price or rate.

 

6.3

More than One Event in Quick Succession:

Where more than one event which gives or may give rise to an adjustment to the Conversion Price occurs within such a short period of time that in the opinion of an approved merchant bank the foregoing provisions would need to be operated subject to some modification in order to give the intended result, such modification shall be made to the operation of the foregoing provisions as may be advised by an approved merchant bank to be in their opinion appropriate in order to give such intended result.

 

6.4

Employee Share Schemes:

No adjustment will be made to the Conversion Price when Shares or other securities (including rights or options) are issued, offered or granted to employees (including executive directors), consultants or agents of the Company or any Subsidiary pursuant to any Employee Share Scheme.

 

17


6.5

Non-cash Consideration:

No adjustment will be made in respect of an issue by the Company or any Subsidiary of securities convertible into or rights to acquire Shares in consideration in whole or in part of the acquisition of any other securities, assets or business.

 

6.6

Certificate Conclusive:

If any doubt shall arise as to the appropriate adjustment to the Conversion Price a certificate of an approved merchant bank who shall act as experts in accordance with Condition 12, shall be conclusive and binding on all concerned save in the case of manifest or proven error.

 

6.7

Rounding and Minor Adjustments:

On any adjustment, the resultant Conversion Price, if not an integral multiple USD cents, shall be rounded down to the nearest USD cent. No adjustment shall be made to the Conversion Price where such adjustment (rounded down if applicable) would be less than one per cent. of the Conversion Price then in effect. Any adjustment not required to be made, and any amount by which the Conversion Price has not been rounded down shall be carried forward and taken into account in any subsequent adjustment. Notice of any adjustments shall be given to the Noteholder in accordance with Condition 15 as soon as practicable after the determination thereof.

 

6.8

No Discount to Par Value:

The Conversion Price may not be adjusted or reduced so that the Conversion Price is lower than the par value of the Shares or, on conversion of Notes, Shares would fall to be issued at a discount to their par value and if the Conversion Price as adjusted based on this Condition 6 is lower than the par value of the Shares, the adjusted Conversion Price shall be equal to the par value of the Shares.

 

6.9

For the purposes of this Condition 6:-

“announcement” includes the release of an announcement to the press or the delivery or transmission by telephone, telex or otherwise of an announcement to the Stock Exchange and

“date of announcement” shall mean the date first appearing on such announcement;

“approved merchant bank” means a merchant bank in Hong Kong or the PRC selected by the Company for the purpose of providing a specific opinion or calculation or determination hereunder;

“Capital Distribution” (without prejudice to the generality of that phrase) includes distributions in cash or specie. Any dividend charged or provided for in the accounts for any financial period shall (whenever paid and however described) be deemed to be a Capital Distribution provided that any such dividend shall not automatically be so deemed if it is paid out of the aggregate of the net profits (less losses) attributable to the holders of Shares for all financial periods after 31 December, 2006 as shown in the audited consolidated profit and loss account of the Company and its subsidiaries for each financial period ended 31 December;

 

18


“issue” shall include allot;

“reserves” includes un-appropriated profits; and

“rights” includes rights in whatsoever form issued.

 

7.

Procedure for Conversion

 

7.1

The Conversion Rights attaching to the Note may, subject as provided herein, be exercised on any Business Day during the Conversion Period by the Noteholder giving no less than ten (10) Business Day’s prior written notice (a “Conversion Notice”) to the Company in accordance with Condition 14 stating the intention of the Noteholder to convert all or part of the Note into Shares specifying the principal amount of the Note to which such notice relates. Any such Conversion Notice shall be substantially in the form annexed as Schedule 2 to these Conditions. Once delivered, a Conversion Notice shall be irrevocable and take effect immediately upon the Conversion Date. If a Conversion Notice is not duly completed or is inaccurate, the Company may reject the same and any intended conversion shall not be treated as taking effect until a duly completed, accurate Conversion Notice is received by the Company.

 

7.2

The Company shall be responsible for payment of all taxes and stamp duty, issue and registration duties (if any) and Stock Exchange levies and charges (if any) arising on any conversion.

 

7.3

The Shares arising on conversion shall be allotted and issued by the Company, credited as fully paid, to the Noteholder or as it may direct within five (5) Business Days after, and with effect from, the date the listing and permission to deal with the Conversion Shares are obtained from the relevant Stock Exchange and certificates for the Shares to which the Noteholder or such person as it may direct shall become entitled in consequence of exercising its Conversion Rights shall (so far as possible) be issued in board lots and posted to the Noteholder at its own risk at its address set out in Condition 14 or such other collection manner as directed by the Noteholder in writing.

 

8.

Protection of the Noteholder

So long as the Note is outstanding, unless the Noteholder gives its prior written approval otherwise:-

 

  (a)

the Company shall use its reasonable endeavours (i) to obtain and maintain a listing for all the issued Shares on the Stock Exchange and (ii) to obtain and maintain a listing on the Stock Exchange for the Conversion Shares;

 

19


  (b)

the Company shall from time to time keep available for issue, free from pre-emptive rights, out of its authorised but un-issued capital sufficient Shares to satisfy in full the Conversion Rights and the terms of any other securities for the time being in issue which are convertible into or have the right to subscribe Shares;

 

  (c)

the Company shall provide the Noteholder with a copy of its annual reports, annual financial statements, interim reports and circulars sent by the Company to its shareholders within seven (7) Business Days after the Company sends the same to its shareholders;

 

  (d)

the Company shall ensure that all Conversion Shares will be duly and validly issued fully paid and registered;

 

  (e)

the Company shall pay all fees, capital and stamp duties payable in Hong Kong, if any, in respect of the issue of Shares upon conversion of all or part of the principal amount of the Note;

 

  (f)

as soon as possible after the announcement of any event which gives rise to adjustments pursuant to Condition 6 (or, if later, as soon as the relevant adjustment thereunder can reasonably be determined), give notice to the Noteholder advising them of the date on which the relevant adjustment of the Conversion Price is likely to become effective and of the effect of exercising its Conversion Rights pending such date;

 

  (g)

the Company shall comply with and procure the compliance with all conditions imposed by the Stock Exchange or by any other competent authority for the listing of and permission to deal in the Conversion Shares and the continued compliance thereof; and

 

  (h)

in the case of any consolidation, amalgamation or merger of the Company with any other corporation (other than a consolidation, amalgamation or merger in which the Company is a continuing corporation), or in the case of any sale or transfer of all, or substantially all, of the assets of the Company, the Company will forthwith notify the Noteholder of such event in accordance with Condition 14 and (so far as legally possible) cause the corporation resulting from such consolidation, amalgamation or merger or the corporation which shall have acquired such assets, as the case may be, to execute a deed to ensure that the Noteholder will have the right (during the period in which the Note shall be convertible) to convert the Note into the class and amount of shares and other securities and property receivable upon such consolidation, amalgamation, merger, sale or transfer by a holder of such number of Shares which would have become liable to be issued upon conversion of the Note immediately prior to such consolidation, amalgamation, merger, sale or transfer. The above provisions of this Condition 8(h) shall apply in the same way to any subsequent consolidations, amalgamations, mergers, sales or transfers.

 

20


9.

Events of Default

If any of the events (“Events of Default”) specified below occurs, the Noteholder may give notice to the Company that the Note is immediately due and payable, whereupon they shall become immediately due and payable in the amounts which would otherwise be due on the Maturity Date.

The following are the events referred to in the immediately preceding paragraph:

 

  (a)

a default is made for more than seven days in the payment of the principal when and as the same ought to be paid in accordance with these Conditions;

 

  (b)

a default is made by the Company in the performance or observance of any covenant, condition or provision of the Note and on its part to be performed or observed (other than the covenant to pay the principal of the Note) and such default continues for the period of thirty (30) days next following the service by the Noteholder on the Company of notice requiring such default to be remedied;

 

  (c)

a resolution is passed or an order of a court of competent jurisdiction is made that the Company be wound up or dissolved otherwise than for the purposes of or pursuant to and followed by a consolidation, amalgamation, merger or reconstruction the terms of which shall have previously been approved in writing by the Noteholder;

 

  (d)

an encumbrancer takes possession or a receiver is appointed over the whole or a material part of the assets or undertaking of the Company or any Subsidiary;

 

  (e)

a distress, execution or seizure order before judgement is levied or enforced upon or sued out against the whole or a material part of the property of the Company or any Subsidiary (as the case may be) and is not discharged within ten (10) days thereof;

 

  (f)

the Company or any Subsidiary is unable to pay its debts as and when they fall due or the Company or any Subsidiary shall initiate or consent to proceedings relating to itself under any applicable bankruptcy, reorganisation or insolvency law or make an assignment for the benefit of, or enter into any composition with, its creditors;

 

  (g)

proceedings shall have been initiated against the Company or any Subsidiary under any applicable bankruptcy, reorganisation or insolvency law and such proceedings shall not have been discharged or stayed within a period of sixty (60) days;

 

  (h)

any event occurs which has an analogous effect to any of the events referred to in paragraphs (a) to (g) above; or

 

  (i)

the listing of the Shares of the Company on the Stock Exchange does not take place within ten (10) years after the issuance of the Note.

 

21


For the purpose of this Condition 9 only, a “Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary (as defined in Condition 2) of the Company which is a major operating subsidiary and whose total assets (based on its latest audited financial statements) represents more than 50% of the total assets of the Company, as stated in the latest audited consolidated financial statements of the Company.

 

10.

Repayment and Redemption

 

10.1

Unless previously converted or purchased and cancelled as provided herein, the Company will redeem the Note at 100 per cent of its principal amount together with accrued interest (calculated up to but including the date of redemption) on the Maturity Date.

 

10.2

The Noteholder shall be entitled (but not obliged) to give a Redemption Notice to the Company in writing that the Note is, and shall become due and payable within 30 days of receipt of such notice if an Event of Default occurs and the Company fails to take any remedial steps within 45 days after the receipt of the written notice served by the Noteholder specifying the occurrence of any of the Events of Defaults. In the event that the Noteholder exercises the right to redeem the Note pursuant to this Condition 10.2, the Noteholder shall deliver a notice of redemption (substantially in the form annexed as Schedule 3 of these Conditions) (a “Redemption Notice”), and surrender the Note to the Company at an address designated and notified by the Company from time to time to the Noteholder for the purpose of the exercise of the Redemption Right on a Business Day. The redemption price payable upon redemption pursuant to this Condition 10.2 shall be the principal amount of the Note together with accrued interest.

 

10.3

The Note may not be repaid or redeemed otherwise than in accordance with this Condition 10.

 

11.

Voting and Director Nomination

The Noteholder will not be entitled to receive notices of, attend or vote at any meetings of the Company or nominate any directors of the Company by reason only of being Noteholder.

 

12.

Experts

In giving any certificate or making any adjustment hereunder, any approved merchant bank shall be deemed to be acting as experts and not as arbitrators and, in the absence of manifest error, their decision shall be conclusive and binding on the Company and the Noteholder and all persons claiming through or under it respectively.

 

22


13.

Replacement Notes

If the certificate for a Note is lost or mutilated the Noteholder shall forthwith notify the Company and a replacement certificate for the Note shall be issued if the Noteholder provides the Company with: (i) the mutilated certificate for the Note; (ii) a declaration by the Noteholder or its officer that the Note had been lost or mutilated (as the case may be) or other evidence that the certificate for the Note had been lost or mutilated; and (iii) an appropriate indemnity in such form and content as the Company may reasonably require. Any certificate for the Note replaced in accordance with this Condition shall forthwith be cancelled. All reasonable administrative costs and expenses associated with the preparation, issue and delivery of a replacement certificate for the Note shall be borne by the relevant Noteholder.

 

14.

Notices

Any notice required to be given under these Conditions shall be deemed duly served if left at or sent by registered or recorded delivery post or facsimile to the addressee:

 

  (i)

in the case of the Noteholder its addresses in Hong Kong as notified to the Company;

 

  (ii)

in the case of the Company, its address in the PRC as notified to the Noteholder;

or such other address as may have been last notified in writing by or on behalf of the Company to the Noteholder or vice versa. Any such notice shall be deemed to be served at the time when the same is left at the address of the party to be served or, if served by post, on the seventh day (not being a Saturday, Sunday or public holiday) following the day of posting or, if served by facsimile, upon transmission and report confirming successful transmission.

 

15.

Amendment

Subject to the approval by the Stock Exchange (if required), the terms and conditions of the Note may be varied, expanded or amended by agreement in writing between the Company and the Noteholder and any such variation, expansion or amendment shall be effective and binding upon the Note and the Noteholder.

 

16.

Governing Law and Jurisdiction

The Note and the terms of the Note are governed by and shall be construed in accordance with the laws of Hong Kong.

 

23


SCHEDULE 1--TRANSFER FORM

 

24


SCHEDULE 2--CONVERSION NOTICE

 

25


SCHEDULE 3--FORM OF REDEMPTION NOTICE

 

26

Exhibit 4.7

AMENDMENT AND SUPPLEMENTAL AGREEMENT

TO THE SHARE PURCHASE AGREEMENT

AND THE CONVERTIBLE PROMISSORY NOTES

This Amendment and Supplemental Agreement to the Share Purchase Agreement and the Convertible Promissory Notes (“Amendment and Supplemental Agreement”) is made on August 31, 2020 among:

 

(1)

LUFAX HOLDING LTD (PREVIOUSLY KNOWN AS WINCON INVESTMENT COMPANY LIMITED (“Lufax Holding”), an exempted company registered in the Cayman Islands whose registered office is at the office of Conyers Trust Company (Cayman) Limited, Cricket Square, Hutchins Drive, PO Box 2681, Grand Cayman, KY1-1111, Cayman Islands;

 

(2)

CHINA PING AN INSURANCE OVERSEAS (HOLDINGS) LIMITED (PAOH”), a company duly established and existing under the laws of Hong Kong whose registered office is at Suite 2318, 23rd Floor, Two International Finance Centre, 8 Finance Street, Central, Hong Kong; and

 

(3)

AN KE TECHNOLOGY COMPANY LIMITED (“An Ke” ), a company duly established and existing under the laws of Hong Kong (registration number 2106134), whose registered office is at Room 2107, 21/F, C C Wu Building, 302-308 Hennessy Road, Wanchai, Hong Kong.

(Each a “Party” and collectively the “Parties”)

RECITALS

 

A.

On 27 August 2015, Lufax Holding and PAOH entered into a share purchase agreement (the “Share Purchase Agreement”) pursuant to which PAOH agreed to sell and transfer the Purchased Shares to Lufax Holding and Lufax Holding agreed to purchase the Purchased Shares from PAOH (the “Transaction”).

 

B.

Lufax Holding and PAOH proceeded with the completion of the Transaction whereby the legal ownership of the Purchased Shares was transferred to Lufax Holding on 8 October 2015 and the purchase price was satisfied by the issuance of the USD 1,953,800,000, 0.7375% convertible promissory note by Lufax Holding to PAOH on the same date.

 

C.

On 8 October 2015, PAOH entered into an agreement with An Ke (the “Note Transfer Agreement”), whereby PAOH agreed to transfer USD 937,824,000 of the outstanding principal amount of the USD 1,953,800,000, 0.7375% convertible promissory note and its rights, benefits and interests to An Ke (the “Note Transfer”) and An Ke agreed to acquire such part of the outstanding principal amount on the terms set out in the Note Transfer Agreement.

 

D.

On 8 October 2015, upon the completion of the Note Transfer, Lufax Holding issued the USD 1,015,976,000, 0.7375% convertible promissory note (Certificate No. 002) to PAOH and the USD 937,824,000, 0.7375% convertible promissory note (Certificate No. 003) to An Ke (each a “Note” and collectively the “Notes”).

 

E.

On 27 November 2015, Lufax Holding and PAOH entered into a supplemental agreement to the Share Purchase Agreement and the Notes. On the same date, PAOH and An Ke entered into a supplemental agreement to the Note Transfer Agreement.

 

F.

Pursuant to Clause 15 of the Notes, subject to the approval by the Stock Exchange (if required), the terms and conditions of the Note may be varied, expanded or amended by agreement in writing between the Company and the Noteholder and any such variation, expansion or amendment shall be effective and binding upon the Note and the Noteholder.


G.

As such, the Parties intend to amend and supplement the Share Purchase Agreement and the Notes in accordance with the terms herein.

The Parties hereby agree as follows:

 

  1.

Capitalized terms used herein shall have the respective meanings ascribed thereto under the Share Purchase Agreement and the Notes, unless otherwise defined in this Amendment and Supplemental Agreement.

 

  2.

Amendment to the Terms and Conditions of the Notes and Schedule 4 of the Share Purchase Agreement:

The terms “Conversion Period” and “Shares” as defined in the Terms and Conditions of the Notes and also attached as Schedule 4 of the Share Purchase Agreement, are hereby amended and replaced in their entirety by the following:

“Conversion Period” shall mean “the period commencing on the date which is one year after the date of the Listing Date of the Company until the date which is five (5) Business Days before and (excluding) the Maturity Date.”

“Shares” shall mean “the Class A ordinary shares of USD 0.00001 each in the share capital of the Company existing on the date of this Agreement (or its equivalent upon the initial public offering of the Shares on the Stock Exchange, including any American depositary shares representing the Company’s ordinary shares) and all other (if any) stock or shares from time to time and for the time being ranking pari passu therewith and all other (if any) shares or stock resulting from any sub-division, consolidation or re-classification thereof.”

 

  3.

Save as expressly modified herein, all provisions of the Share Purchase Agreement and the Notes shall remain and continue to be of full force and effect. In the event of any conflict arising between the terms of this Amendment and Supplemental Agreement and those of the Share Purchase Agreement and the Notes, the terms of this Amendment and Supplemental Agreement shall prevail.

 

  4.

The Parties undertake to execute and do and procure to be executed and done all documents, deeds, acts and things as may be necessary, and to obtain all necessary consents, in order to give effect to the terms of this Amendment and Supplemental Agreement.

 

  5.

This Amendment and Supplemental Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts each of which when executed by one or more of the Parties to this Amendment and Supplemental Agreement will constitute an original but all of which will constitute one and the same instrument.

 

  6.

This Amendment and Supplemental Agreement shall be effective as of the date first written above upon the execution and delivery of this Amendment and Supplemental Agreement by the Parties. For the avoidance of doubt, this Amendment and Supplemental Agreement shall not be binding on any Party hereto unless and until it shall have been executed by or on behalf of all persons expressed to be Party hereto.

 

  7.

This Amendment and Supplemental Agreement will be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of Hong Kong.

[The remainder of this page is intentionally left blank.]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF the Parties have executed this Amendment and Supplemental Agreement on the date first above written.

 

SEALED with the Common Seal of

     )     

Lufax Holding Ltd

     )     

and SIGNED by

 

/s/ Gibb Gregory Dean

     )     
       )     

in the presence of :

     )     

SEALED with the Common Seal of

     )     

China Ping An Insurance Overseas (Holdings)

     )     

Limited

     )     

and SIGNED by

 

/s/ TUNG HOI

     )     
       )     

in the presence of :

 

WANG YINTAO

     )     

SEALED with the Common Seal of

     )     

An Ke Technology Company Limited

     )     

and SIGNED by

 

/s/ Shiyong Wang

     )     
       )     

in the presence of :

     )     

Exhibit 4.8

SECURITIES EXCHANGE AGREEMENT

DATED 23 SEPTEMBER 2020

BY AND AMONG

LUFAX HOLDING LTD

(陆金所控股有限公司)

- and -

EACH INVESTOR LISTED IN SCHEDULE 1


Table of Contents

 

         Page  

1.

 

DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATION

     3  

2.

 

EXCHANGE OF CLASS C ORDINARY SHARES FOR NOTES

     10  

3.

 

CLOSING

     10  

4.

 

WARRANTIES

     13  

5.

 

COVENANTS

     13  

6.

 

CONDITIONS TO CLOSING

     15  

7.

 

INDEMNIFICATION

     16  

8.

 

FORCE MAJEURE

     18  

9.

 

TERMINATION AND SURVIVAL

     18  

10.

 

TAXES AND COSTS

     19  

11.

 

SEVERAL AND NOT JOINT

     19  

12.

 

NO PARTNERSHIP

     20  

13.

 

ANNOUNCEMENTS AND CONFIDENTIALITY

     20  

14.

 

SUCCESSORS IN TITLE

     21  

15.

 

ENTIRE AGREEMENT

     21  

16.

 

VARIATIONS

     21  

17.

 

WAIVER

     21  

18.

 

SEVERABILITY

     22  

19.

 

NOTICES

     22  

20.

 

COUNTERPARTS

     22  

21.

 

GOVERNING LAW AND DISPUTE RESOLUTION

     23  

22.

 

THIRD PARTY RIGHTS

     23  

23.

 

LANGUAGE VERSION

     23  

 

Schedule 1

 

LIST OF INVESTORS

     44  

Schedule 2

 

FORM OF NOTES

     47  

Schedule 3

 

COMPANY REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

     101  

Schedule 4

 

INVESTOR REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

     102  

Schedule 5

 

SECURITYHOLDERS AGREEMENT

     103  

Schedule 6

 

RESTATED ARTICLES

     104  

Schedule 7

 

SHAREHOLDING STRUCTURE

     105  

 

i


THIS SECURITIES EXCHANGE AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”) is made on 23 September 2020

BY AND AMONG:

 

(1)

Lufax Holding Ltd (陆金所控股有限公司), an exempted company registered in the Cayman Islands whose registered office is at Cricket Square, Hutchins Drive, PO Box 2681, Grand Cayman, KY1-1111, Cayman Islands (the “Company”); and

 

(2)

Each investor listed in Schedule 1 (collectively referred to as the “Investors” and each, an “Investor”),

(each, a “Party” and, collectively, the “Parties”). Each Person which executes and delivers a counterpart signature page to this Agreement as an “Additional Investor” after the date hereof and on or prior to the Additional Investors Deadline (as defined below) pursuant to Section 2.1 is referred to herein as an “Additional Investor”, and collectively as the “Additional Investors” and shall thereupon be deemed to have entered into, and be party to, this Agreement and the terms “Investor” and “Investors”, and “Party” and “Parties” shall thereafter be construed accordingly to include such Additional Investor and the Additional Investors, respectively.

RECITALS

 

A.

The Company is an exempted company duly incorporated and validly existing under the Laws of the Cayman Islands.

 

B.

On the terms and subject to the conditions set out in this Agreement, the Company intends to issue one or more convertible promissory notes in the form attached in Schedule 2 Part A (each, an “Automatically Convertible Note” and collectively, the “Automatically Convertible Notes”) and/or Schedule 2 Part B (each, an “Optionally Convertible Note” and collectively, the “Optionally Convertible Notes”; and together with the Automatically Convertible Notes each, a “Note” and collectively, the “Notes”), of such type and in such principal amount as set forth opposite such Investor’s name in Schedule 1, to each Investor, and each Investor intends to purchase from the Company such Investor’s Note or Notes in exchange for the transfer by such Investor of all of the Class C Ordinary Shares held by such Investor to the Company.

IT IS ACCORDINGLY AGREED as follows:

 

1.

DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATION

 

1.1.

In this Agreement the following words and expressions shall (unless the context requires otherwise) have the following meanings:

Account” is defined in Section 3.2.3.

Additional Investors Deadline” means the earlier of (i) the date of closing of any Qualified Listing, or (ii) 30 September 2020, or such later date as the Company and any Investor may agree in writing, solely with respect to such Investor.

 

3


Affiliate means, with respect to a person, any other person that, directly or indirectly, controls, is controlled by or is under common control with, such person; “control” (including with correlative meanings, the terms “controlling”, “controlled by” and “under common control with”), as used with respect to any person, means (i) the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of such person, whether through the ownership of voting securities or by contract or otherwise or (ii) the ownership of more than fifty per cent (50%) of a person’s voting securities. For the purpose of this Agreement, the Affiliates of the Parties do not include the Company; the Affiliates of the C-round Lead Investor shall be deemed to include the C-round Lead Investor Affiliate; and the Affiliates of the C-round Lead Investor Affiliate shall be deemed to include the C-round Lead Investor.

Business Day means a day (which for these purposes ends at 5:30 p.m. local time) on which banks are open for commercial business in the Cayman Islands, Qatar, Hong Kong and China other than a Friday, Saturday, Sunday or a public holiday.

Claim is defined in Section 7.3.

Claim Notice is defined in Section 7.3.1.

Class A Ordinary Shares means the class A ordinary Shares of USD0.00001 each in the capital of the Company, each having the rights and preferences set forth in (i) the Current Articles and, immediately following the Closing, in the Restated Articles, and (ii) the Shareholders Agreement.

Class B Ordinary Shares means the class B ordinary Shares of USD0.00001 each in the capital of the Company, each having the rights and preferences set forth in (i) the Current Articles and, immediately following the Closing, in the Restated Articles, and (ii) the Shareholders Agreement.

Class C Ordinary Shares means the class C ordinary Shares of USD0.00001 each in the capital of the Company, each having the rights and preferences set forth in (i) the Current Articles and, immediately following Closing, in the Restated Articles, and (ii) the Shareholders Agreement.

Closing is defined in Section 3.1.

Closing Date is defined in Section 3.2.

Companies Law means the Companies Law (as amended) of the Cayman Islands.

Company Conditions is defined in Section 6.2.

Company ESOP” means the Company’s employee stock option plan approved by the board of directors of the Company on 12 December 2014 and as amended from time to time.

Company Phase II ESOP” means the Company’s employee stock option plan approved by the board of directors of the Company on 21 August 2015 and as amended from time to time.

 

4


Company PSU Plan” means the Company’s employee performance share unit plan approved by the board of directors of the Company on 4 September 2019 and as amended from time to time.

Company Warranties means the representations and warranties of the Company as set out in Schedule 3.

Conditions means the Company Conditions and the Investor Conditions.

Confidential Information means any information of a confidential or commercially sensitive nature (however stored), whether or not marked as such, relating to the business, customers or financial or other affairs of the Investor or any Group Company, including without limitation any information set out in Section 13.2.

Conversion Shares” means the Class A Ordinary Shares issued upon any conversion of the Notes in accordance with the terms and conditions set out therein.

Convertible Promissory Note Holder(s)” means China Ping An Insurance Overseas (Holdings) Limited, An Ke Technology Company Limited and/or any other holder of any of the Convertible Promissory Notes from time to time.

Convertible Promissory Notes” means, together:

(a)    the USD1,015,976,000 0.7375% convertible promissory note issued by the Company to China Ping An Insurance Overseas (Holdings) Limited on 8 October 2015; and

(b)    the USD937,824,000 0.7375% convertible promissory note issued by the Company to China Ping An Insurance Overseas (Holdings) Limited and subsequently transferred to An Ke Technology Company Limited, in each case on 8 October 2015, and in each case, as amended pursuant to the Amendment and Supplemental Agreement to the Share Purchase Agreement and the Convertible Notes dated as of August 31, 2020 among the Company and the Ping An Shareholders,

and each a “Convertible Promissory Note”.

Corporate Approvals” is defined in Section 6.1.1.

C-round Investor” means any holder of Class C Ordinary Shares.

C-round Lead Investor” means F3 Holding LLC.

C-round Lead Investor Affiliate” means DIC Holding LLC.

C-round Share Subscription Agreement” means the share subscription agreement dated 6 September 2018, as amended as of 27 November 2018 and 27 December 2018 and as may be amended from time to time thereafter in accordance with its terms, entered into by each of the C-round Investors party thereto and the Company.

Current Articles means the fourth amended and restated memorandum of association and the sixth amended and restated articles of association of the Company that are currently filed and are the effective memorandum and articles of association of the Company as at the date of this Agreement.

 

5


Encumbrance means any rights of pledge, mortgage, liens or attachments or similar charges, right of first refusal, right of pre-emption, third party right or any other encumbrance having similar effect.

Exchange Shares” means, with respect to each Investor, the number of Class C Ordinary Shares set forth opposite such Investor’s name in Schedule 1.

Fully Diluted Basis” means all outstanding Shares assuming the issuance of all Shares issuable upon conversion or exercise of any outstanding convertible securities of the Company, including without limitation the Convertible Promissory Notes and all Class A Ordinary Shares reserved for issuance pursuant to the Company ESOP, Company Phase II ESOP and Company PSU Plan.

Governmental or Regulatory Authority means any nation or government or any province or state, municipal or local or any other political subdivision thereof, or any entity, authority or body exercising executive, legislative, judicial, regulatory or administrative functions of or pertaining to government, including, without limitation, any government authority, agency, department, board, commission or instrumentality or any political subdivision thereof, any court, tribunal or arbitrator, stock or securities exchange and any self-regulatory organization.

Group Company and “Group Companies means, individually and collectively, the Company and its Subsidiaries as at the Closing, including without limitation all the entities in which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is directly or indirectly interested by virtue of a variable interest entity (VIE) arrangement, and “Group” shall be interpreted accordingly.

HKIAC is defined in Section 21.2.

HKIAC Rules is defined in Section 21.2.

Hong Kong means the Hong Kong Special Administrative Region of the PRC.

Indemnified Party is defined in Section 7.1.

Investor Conditions is defined in Section 6.1.

Investor Warranties means the several representations and warranties of each of the Investors as set out in Schedule 4.

Law or “Laws means any constitutional provision, statute or other law, rule, regulation, listing rule, decree, notice, official policy, guideline or interpretation of any Governmental or Regulatory Authority.

Loan Facility” means the Facility Agreement dated 13 February 2020 for Wincon HK (as borrower), arranged by Citigroup Global Markets Asia Limited and The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation Limited.

 

6


Long-stop Date” means, in respect of each Investor, the earlier of (i) the date of closing of any Qualified Listing, or (ii) 31 December 2020, or such later date as the Company and that Investor may agree in writing.

Loss and “Losses are defined in Section 7.1.

Person means any individual, sole proprietorship, partnership, limited partnership, limited liability company, firm, joint venture, estate, trust, unincorporated organization, association, corporation, institution, public benefit corporation, entity or Governmental or Regulatory Authority or other enterprise or entity of any kind or nature.

Ping An Shareholders” means An Ke Technology Company Limited, a company registered in Hong Kong and China Ping An Insurance Overseas (Holdings) Limited, a company registered in Hong Kong.

PRC or “China means the People’s Republic of China, which for the purposes of this Agreement, excludes Hong Kong, the Special Administrative Region of Macao and Taiwan.

PRC Capital Gains Tax” means, with respect to any Investor, any Taxes imposed in the PRC pursuant to the PRC Corporate Income Tax Law and/or the Detailed Implementation Rule of the PRC Corporate Income Tax Law in respect of capital gains arising to such Investor as a result of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

Principal Amount” means, with respect to each Investor, the aggregate amount set forth opposite such Investor’s name in Schedule 1 with respect to such Investor’s Note or Notes.

Qualified Listing” has the meaning ascribed to such term in the Securityholders Agreement.

Restated Articles means the fourth amended and restated memorandum of association and the seventh amended and restated articles of association of the Company to be adopted on or prior to the first Closing Date to occur under this Agreement, with effect upon the consummation of such first Closing, in the form attached hereto as Schedule 5.

Retained Amount” is defined in Section 3.4.

Return Amount” means, with respect to each Investor, an amount equal to the return represented by interest on the aggregate subscription amount paid to the Company in consideration for the issuance of its Exchange Shares (which amount, for the avoidance of doubt, is equal to such Investor’s Principal Amount) accruing at a rate of six percent (6%) per annum, computed on the basis of the actual number of days elapsed (including the first day and the last day) and a year of three hundred sixty-five (365) days, from, and including, the date on which such Exchange Shares were issued by the Company to, and including, the Closing Date.

Securityholders Agreement means the securityholders agreement to be entered into among the Company, the Ping An Shareholders, Tun Kung and the Investors on the Closing Date in the form attached hereto as Schedule 4.

 

7


Shareholders Agreement” means the amended and restated shareholders agreement entered into among the Company and its shareholders on 31 January 2019, as amended from time to time.

Shares means collectively the ordinary shares (including Class A Ordinary Shares, Class B Ordinary Shares and Class C Ordinary Shares) in the share capital of the Company.

Special Resolution” has the meaning ascribed to such term in the Current Articles.

Subsidiary means, as to any Person, any Person (A) of which such first Person directly or indirectly owns securities or other equity interests representing more than fifty percent (50%) of the aggregate voting power, (B) of which such first Person possesses the right to elect more than fifty percent (50%) of the directors or Persons holding similar positions through contractual arrangements (including without limitation variable interest entity (VIE) arrangements) or otherwise, (C) which such first Person otherwise controls through contractual arrangements (including without limitation variable interest entity (VIE) arrangements) or otherwise or (D) the financial position and results of operation of which such first Person could be consolidated if preparing financial statements under International Financial Reporting Standards.

Tax or “Taxes means any federal, state, local or non-U.S. income, gross receipts, license, payroll, employment, excise, severance, stamp, occupation, premium, windfall profits, environmental, customs duties, capital stock, franchise, profits, withholding, social security (or similar), unemployment, disability, real property, personal property, sales, use, transfer, registration, value added, alternative or add-on minimum, estimated, levy, surcharge or other tax of any kind whatsoever, including any interest, penalty, or addition thereto, whether disputed or not and including any obligations to indemnify or otherwise assume or succeed to the Tax liability of any other Person.

Transaction Documents means collectively this Agreement, the Notes, the Securityholders Agreement, and the Restated Articles.

Tun Kung” means Tun Kung Company Limited, a company registered in the British Virgin Islands.

USD”, United States Dollars” or “US$” means United States dollars, the lawful currency of the United States of America.

Wincon HK” means Wincon Hong Kong Investment Company Limited, a company incorporated in Hong Kong whose registered office is at 26th Floor, Three Exchange Square, 8 Connaught Place, Central, Hong Kong.

 

1.2.

In this Agreement (unless the context otherwise requires):

 

  1.2.1

words and phrases which are defined or referred to in or for the purposes of the Companies Law as each is in force on the date of this Agreement have the same meanings in this Agreement (unless otherwise expressly defined in this Agreement);

 

  1.2.2

reference to any gender includes all genders, references to the singular includes the plural (and vice versa), and references to persons includes bodies corporate, unincorporated associations and partnerships (whether or not any of the same have a separate legal personality);

 

8


  1.2.3

reference to a statute or a statutory provision includes reference to:

 

  (a)

the statute or statutory provision as modified or re-enacted or both from time to time, except to the extent that any modification, amendment, consolidation, re-enactment or replacement made after the date of this Agreement would increase the liability of any of the Parties; and

 

  (b)

any subordinate legislation made under the statutory provision (as modified or re-enacted as set out (but subject to the exception) in Section 1.2.3(a) above);

 

  1.2.4

reference to writing includes any method of representing or reproducing words in a legible form;

 

  1.2.5

reference to a Section or Schedule is to a Section of, or Schedule to, this Agreement, and reference to a paragraph is to a paragraph of a Schedule to this Agreement;

 

  1.2.6

reference to the Parties to this Agreement includes their respective permitted assigns;

 

  1.2.7

reference to any Party to this Agreement comprising more than one person includes each person constituting that Party;

 

  1.2.8

the contents list and headings are for ease of reference only and shall not affect the construction or interpretation of this Agreement;

 

  1.2.9

this Agreement hereby incorporates all schedules and exhibits attached herewith, which shall be deemed an integral part hereof;

 

  1.2.10

words denoting the singular include the plural and vice versa;

 

  1.2.11

general words shall not be given a restrictive meaning by reason of their being preceded or following by words indicating a particular class of matters or by examples falling within the general words and, accordingly, any phrase introduced by the terms “other”, “including”, “including without limitation”, “include” and “in particular” or any similar expression shall be construed as illustrative and shall not limit the sense of the words preceding them; and

 

  1.2.12

if any amount in a certain currency is to be translated into an equivalent amount in another currency, such translation shall be done at the relevant daily spot rate of exchange reported by the People’s Bank of China which appears on the Reuters Screen “SAEC” Page at the end of the day on the second Business Day immediately prior to the date on which such amount is required to be paid.

 

1.3.

Unless otherwise specifically provided, where any resolution or document is required by this Agreement to be signed by any person, the reproduction of the signature of such person by fax or email attaching a true pdf copy shall suffice, provided that the original signed resolution or document is despatched in the manner provided in Section 19.

 

9


2.

EXCHANGE OF CLASS C ORDINARY SHARES FOR NOTES

 

2.1.

On the terms and subject to the conditions of this Agreement, each of the Investors shall, severally but not jointly, sell and transfer to the Company, such Investor’s Exchange Shares, without any Encumbrance, and in consideration for which the Company shall issue and sell to such Investor its Note or Notes of such type and in such principal amount as set forth opposite such Investor’s name in Schedule 1, without any Encumbrance. From the date hereof until the Additional Investor Deadline, (i) the Company may agree to issue and allot a Note or Notes to one or more Additional Investors, in consideration of the transfer by such Additional Investors of its Exchange Shares, in an aggregate principal amount equal to the subscription amount paid to the Company in consideration for the issuance of such Additional Investor’s Exchange Shares, (ii) each such Additional Investor shall execute and deliver to the other Parties a counterpart signature page to this Agreement as an “Additional Investor”, and (iii) Schedule 1 hereto shall be deemed amended to include each Additional Investor and its respective information, including without limitation the principal amount and type of such Note or Notes for such Additional Investor as agreed between the Company and such Additional Investor.

 

3.

CLOSING

 

3.1.

Subject to Section 6, the consummation of the transactions contemplated by Section 2.1 by the Company and each Investor (the “Closing”) shall take place at Davis Polk & Wardwell, Hong Kong on 30 September 2020 or, at such other time and place as the Company and such Investor agree in writing.

 

3.2.

Concurrently by no later than 4:30pm Hong Kong time on the date of the Closing (the “Closing Date”):

 

  3.2.1

The Company shall deliver to each Investor:

 

  (a)

unless the relevant Condition has been waived, certified true copies of all resolutions approved by the shareholders of the Company and board of directors of the Company related to (i) the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents; and (ii) the adoption of the Restated Articles on or prior to the first Closing Date to occur under this Agreement, with effect upon the consummation of such first Closing;

 

  (b)

such Investor’s Note or Notes of such type and in such principal amount as set forth opposite such Investor’s name in Schedule 1, executed by the Company;

 

  (c)

the Securityholders Agreement (to be dated as of the Closing Date) executed by the Company, the Ping An Shareholders, Tun Kung and each of the other Investors which is consummating or has consummated the Closing on or prior to the Closing Date; and

 

  (d)

the Restated Articles as adopted on or before the first Closing Date to occur under this Agreement, with effect upon the consummation of such first Closing.

 

10


  3.2.2

Each Investor shall deliver to the Company:

 

  (a)

certified copies of all resolutions or equivalent documents approved by the governing body of such Investor relating to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents;

 

  (b)

the share certificate representing such Investor’s Exchange Shares;

 

  (c)

such Investor’s Note or Notes of such type and in such principal amount as set forth opposite such Investor’s name in Schedule 1, executed by such Investor; and

 

  (d)

the Securityholders Agreement executed by such Investor.

 

3.3.

On the Closing Date,

 

  3.3.1

the Company shall deposit such Investor’s Return Amount, less such Investor’s Retained Amount, by wire transfer of USD in immediately available funds to the bank account set forth opposite such Investor’s name in Schedule 1 or as otherwise provided by such Investor to the Company (with respect to each Investor, its “Account”), and the Company shall deliver to such Investor the “MT-103” or equivalent written evidence of the initiation of wiring of such amount to its Account for payment of USD;

 

  3.3.2

all documents and items delivered at Closing pursuant to Sections 3.2.1 and 3.2.2, shall be held by the recipient to the order of the Party delivering the same until such time as Closing shall have taken place pursuant to Section 3.3.3; and

 

  3.3.3

simultaneously with:

 

  (a)

delivery of all documents and items required to be delivered at Closing (or waiver of such delivery by the Party entitled to receive the relevant document or item) in accordance with Sections 3.2.1 and 3.2.2; and

 

  (b)

delivery to such Investor of the “MT-103” or equivalent written evidence of the initiation of wiring of such Investor’s Return Amount, less its Retained Amount, to its Account in accordance with Section 3.3.1,

the documents and items delivered pursuant to Sections 3.2.1 and 3.2.2 shall cease to be held to the order of the Party delivering them and Closing shall have taken place.

 

  3.3.4

On the Closing Date, following Closing, the Company shall deliver:

 

  (a)

a pdf scanned copy of the updated register of Noteholders reflecting such Investor as the holder of the Investor’s Note or Notes of such type and in such principal amount as set forth opposite such Investor’s name in Schedule 1; and

 

11


  (b)

a pdf scanned copy of the updated register of members of the Company reflecting the repurchase and cancellation of such Investor’s Exchange Shares.

 

3.4.

The Company shall withhold or deduct an amount equal to ten percent (10%) of the Return Amount (with respect to each Investor, its “Retained Amount”) from the payment of the Return Amount to each Investor pursuant to Section 3.3. Within ten (10) Business Days after the receipt by the Company of: (a) a copy of the acknowledgement receipt issued by the relevant PRC Tax Bureau in relation to the filing made by such Investor under the “Announcement of the State Taxation Administration on Several Issues concerning the Enterprise Income Tax on the Indirect Transfers of Properties by Non-Resident Enterprises” Public Notice [2015] No. 7 (国家税务总局关于非居民企业间接转让财产企业所得税若干问题的公告 国家税务总局公告2015 年第7 ) issued by the China State Administration of Taxation (“Public Notice 7”) to the competent, in-charge PRC Tax Bureau with respect to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement (such report, the “Transaction Report” and such tax bureau, the “Tax Bureau”); and (b) (i) with respect to any Investor entitled to an exemption from PRC Capital Gains Tax under an applicable double-tax treaty, a receipt chopped by the Tax Bureau evidencing completion of the tax filing made by such Investor under the “Administrative Measures on Non-resident Taxpayers Claiming Tax Treaty Benefits” Public Notice No. 35 (each, a “Tax Treaty Filing”) with the Tax Bureau, or (ii) a tax payment certificate chopped by the Tax Bureau evidencing payment by such Investor of such Investor’s PRC Capital Gains Tax to the Tax Bureau (each, a “Tax Payment Certificate”), the Company shall pay such Investor’s Retained Amount by wire transfer of USD in immediately available funds to its Account, and deliver to such Investor the “MT-103” or equivalent written evidence of the initiation of wiring of such amount to its Account for payment of USD.

 

3.5.

Each Investor shall prepare and file, in a timely manner in accordance with applicable Laws, its Transaction Report and, if applicable, its Tax Treaty Filing, and shall comply with its obligations under applicable Law with respect to any PRC Capital Gains Tax. The Company shall, and shall procure that its duly authorised agents, promptly cooperate in good faith with any reasonable request by any Investor for information from the Company necessary or appropriate for such Investor’s preparation of its Transaction Report and, if applicable, its Tax Treaty Filing.

 

3.6.

No provision of Section 3.4 or Section 3.5 shall require any Investor to provide any information or documentation to the Company if that Investor believes that any such information or documentation is confidential or that the provision of such information or documentation to the Company would be prejudicial to the affairs of that Investor or any of its Affiliates.

 

3.7.

Each Investor shall indemnify and hold the Company harmless against any and all Losses, incurred or sustained by any Group Company, directly or indirectly, as a result of any PRC Capital Gains Tax allocable to that Investor. Sections 7.5 to 7.7 shall apply to the indemnity given by the Investors under this clause as they apply to the Company’s indemnity under Section 7.1, mutatis mutandis.

 

12


4.

WARRANTIES

 

4.1.

As of the date of this Agreement and the Closing Date, the Company hereby represents and warrants to each of the Investors that each of the Company Warranties is true and accurate.

 

4.2.

As of the date of this Agreement and the Closing Date, each Investor, severally but not jointly, hereby represents and warrants to the Company that each of the Investor Warranties is true and accurate with respect to such Investor.

 

4.3.

Neither the Company nor any Investor shall be liable under this Section 4 with respect to any action taken in accordance with and pursuant to express provisions of the Transaction Documents.

 

5.

COVENANTS

 

5.1.

Further Assurances.

 

  5.1.1

The Company shall have responsibility for satisfaction of the Conditions in Sections 6.1.2 and 6.1.4, and shall use its best efforts to obtain satisfaction of the Conditions in Sections 6.1.1 and 6.2.1, and each of the Investors shall have responsibility for satisfaction of the Condition in Section 6.2.3 with respect to itself, and thereafter the Parties shall work together, where applicable, to effectuate transactions contemplated by this Agreement as soon as reasonably practicable. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, each Party shall, as soon as reasonably practicable: (i) make all filings and give all notices required to be made or given by such Party in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement; and (ii) use its best efforts to obtain any consent required to be obtained (pursuant to any applicable Law, contract or otherwise) by such Party in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

 

  5.1.2

At any time if the Party responsible for satisfaction of a Condition becomes aware of a fact or circumstance that might reasonably be expected to prevent such Condition being satisfied, or if a Party becomes aware of a fact or circumstance that might reasonably be expected to prevent any other Condition being satisfied, it shall inform the other Parties in writing immediately.

 

  5.1.3

Each Party shall, subject to applicable Law and the attorney-client privilege: (a) give the other Parties prompt notice of the commencement of any legal proceeding by or before any Governmental or Regulatory Authority with respect to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement; (b) keep the other Parties informed in writing as to the status of any such legal proceeding; and (c) promptly inform the other Parties in writing of any communication from any Governmental or Regulatory Authority regarding the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

 

13


  5.1.4

Except as expressly set forth in the Securityholders Agreement or in connection with any Tax Treaty Filing, the Company agrees that it has not entered with any Investor on or prior to the date of this Agreement, and undertakes that it will not enter with any Investor or other Shareholders on or after the date of this Agreement in connection with any of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, into any agreement or contractual arrangement which grants to such Investor or other Shareholder more favourable terms or treatment than those granted to any Investor under the this Agreement, the Securityholders Agreement and the Restated Articles. If any such agreement or contractual arrangement has been or is entered into by the Company, the Company shall notify the Investors as soon as possible but in any event not later than ten (10) Business Days after the later of (i) the date of this Agreement; and (ii) the entry into such agreement or contractual arrangement, and provide to the Investors in writing the relevant details of such more favourable terms and such further details as the Investors may reasonably request. The Company shall offer (or procure to offer) unconditionally such more favourable terms or treatment to each of the Investors, and each such Investor shall have the right, at its sole discretion, to elect to receive such favourable terms or treatment, and upon the election of any such Investor, the Company is obliged to agree to and effect such favourable terms or treatment with respect to it. For the purpose of this Section 5.1.4, any of the following would constitute an example of a more favourable term to any Investor or other Shareholder if given in connection with any of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement:

 

  (a)

if any Investor or other Shareholder is exchanging its Shares for any securities with a lower conversion price than (i) in the case of Automatically Convertible Notes, the lower of the per share issue price of such Shares or the issue price per share in the Qualified Listing or a higher interest rate than as set forth in the Notes; or (ii) in the case of Optionally Convertible Notes, the Conversion Price as set out in the Notes (and adjusted from time to time in accordance with the Notes);

 

  (b)

if any Investor or other Shareholder is exchanging its Shares for any securities which are convertible into securities other than Class A Ordinary Shares, or which convert or are convertible in circumstances other than as set out in the Notes or on closing of a Qualified Listing;

 

  (c)

if any Investor or other Shareholder has governance right(s) other than those set out in the Shareholders Agreement, the Securityholders Agreement and Restated Articles;

 

  (d)

if there is any contractual arrangement between any Group Company and any Investor or other Shareholder that would result in such Investor or other Shareholder being entitled to receive better economic interest or preferential return from its exchange of Shares than the economic interest or preferential return to which the Investors are entitled under this Agreement or otherwise from the issuance of the Notes (including for the avoidance of doubt any downside protection); or

 

  (e)

if the representations and warranties regarding the issuance of Notes, the Shares, the Conversion Shares, the Group Companies and their businesses, and due diligence information provided by the Company to any Investor or other Shareholder, are wider in scope or more extensive (in the case of the representations and warranties, as compared with the Company Warranties set out in Schedule 3 hereto).

 

14


6.

CONDITIONS TO CLOSING

 

6.1.

The Investor Closing Conditions. The obligations of each Investor to consummate the Closing are subject to the fulfilment or waiver by such Investor on or prior to the Closing of each of the following applicable conditions (collectively, the “Investor Conditions”):

 

  6.1.1

Corporate Approvals. (a) The shareholders of the Company shall have approved by Special Resolution and the board of directors of the Company shall have approved (i) the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and (ii) the adoption of the Restated Articles; and (b) the Ping An Shareholders and Tun Kung shall have provided written consent to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement pursuant to clause 14.3 of the Shareholders Agreement (the approvals set forth in clause (a) and (b) above, the “Corporate Approvals”); and the Ping An Shareholders, Tun Kung and each of the other Investors which is consummating or has consummated the Closing on or prior to the Closing Date shall have executed and delivered the Securityholders Agreement to the Company.

 

  6.1.2

Satisfaction of Rights. The Company shall have satisfied all of its obligations with respect to the respective pre-emptive rights of its Shareholders under the Current Articles and the Shareholders Agreement in respect of or in connection with the issuance of the Notes.

 

  6.1.3

Representations and Warranties. The Company Warranties shall be true and accurate on and as of the Closing with the same effect as though such representations and warranties had been made on and as of the Closing Date.

 

  6.1.4

Performance. The Company shall have, in all material respects, performed and complied with all of its agreements, obligations and conditions contained in this Agreement that are required to be performed or complied with by it on or before the Closing.

 

  6.1.5

No Injunction, Order, Etc. There shall be no injunction, order or decree of any nature of any court or Governmental or Regulatory Authority of competent jurisdiction that is in effect that restrains or prohibits the consummation of the transactions contemplated by the Transaction Documents.

 

  6.1.6

No Change in Law. There shall be no Laws, directives, orders, pronouncements or other guidance issued by any Governmental or Regulatory Authority that prohibit, restrain, enjoin or otherwise have a material adverse effect on the corporate structure or ownership of the Group Companies or the foreign ownership of the Company.

 

6.2.

Company Conditions. The obligations of the Company to consummate the Closing with respect to an Investor are subject to the fulfilment or waiver by the Company on or prior to the Closing of each of the following conditions (collectively, the “Company Conditions”):

 

  6.2.1

Corporate Approvals. The Corporate Approvals shall have been obtained; and the Ping An Shareholders, Tun Kung and each of the Investors which is consummating or has consummated the Closing on or prior to the Closing Date shall have executed and delivered the Securityholders Agreement to the Company.

 

15


  6.2.2

Representations and Warranties. The Investor Warranties with respect to the relevant Investor shall be, in all material respects, true on and as of the Closing with the same effect as though such representations and warranties had been made on and as of the Closing Date.

 

  6.2.3

Performance. The relevant Investor shall have, in all material respects, performed and complied with all of its agreements, obligations and conditions contained in this Agreement that are required to be performed or complied with by it on or before the Closing.

 

  6.2.4

No Injunction, Order, Etc. There shall be no injunction, order or decree of any nature of any court or Governmental or Regulatory Authority of competent jurisdiction that is in effect that restrains or prohibits the consummation of the transactions contemplated by the Transaction Documents.

 

  6.2.5

No Change in Law. There shall be no Laws, directives, orders, pronouncements or other guidance issued by any Governmental or Regulatory Authority that prohibit, restrain, enjoin or otherwise have a material adverse effect on the corporate structure or ownership of the Group Companies or the foreign ownership of the Company.

 

6.3.

For the avoidance of doubt, it shall not be a condition to the obligations of the Company and any Investor to consummate the Closing with respect to such Investor that any other Investor shall have consummated the Closing.

 

7.

INDEMNIFICATION

 

7.1.

Indemnification. Subject to the terms, conditions and limitations set forth in this Agreement, from and after the Closing, the Company shall indemnify and hold each Investor (each, an “Indemnified Party”) harmless against any and all losses, costs, damages, liabilities and expenses, including reasonable attorneys’ fees, and expenses of investigation and defence (hereinafter individually a “Loss” and collectively “Losses”), incurred or sustained by the Indemnified Party, directly or indirectly, whether or not arising out of a claim by a third party, as a result of any breach of any of the Company Warranties.

 

7.2.

Maximum Liability. The maximum aggregate liability of the Company in respect of all liability of the Company (including all Claims arising from the Company Warranties) to any Indemnified Party pursuant to this Agreement and the C-round Share Subscription Agreement shall not exceed, in aggregate, an amount equal to such Indemnified Party’s Principal Amount, provided, however, that such limit shall not apply with respect to Claims arising out of any fraud or intentional misrepresentation.

 

16


7.3.

Indemnification Procedure. Any of the Investors may elect to make a claim for indemnification (a “Claim”) for breaches of the Company Warranties hereunder. All Claims by any of the Investors under this Agreement shall be asserted and resolved as follows:

 

  7.3.1

an Indemnified Party shall deliver a notice notifying the Company with reasonable promptness of such Claim and specifying the nature of and basis for such Claim, together with the amount thereof, or if not then reasonably ascertainable, the estimated amount thereof, determined in good faith (a “Claim Notice”). The failure by any Indemnified Party to give the Claim Notice shall not impair such Indemnified Party’s rights hereunder;

 

  7.3.2

if the Company notifies any Indemnified Party that it does not dispute its liability to such Indemnified Party with respect to such Claim, or fails to notify such Indemnified Party within fifteen (15) days whether the Company disputes its liability to such Indemnified Party with respect to such third party Claim, the Losses in the amount specified in the Claim Notice will be conclusively deemed a liability of the Company hereunder, and the Company shall pay the amount of such Losses in the amount specified in the Claim Notice to such Indemnified Party on demand. If the Company has timely disputed its liability with respect to such Claim, and such dispute is not resolved between the Company and such Indemnified Party within thirty (30) days after the date on which the Company delivered notice to such Indemnified Party that it disputes its liability with respect to such Claim, such dispute shall be resolved by arbitration in accordance with Section 21.2 hereof; and

 

  7.3.3

the Company agrees that any payment made pursuant to this Section 7 shall include a gross-up for Taxes sufficient to indemnify the Indemnified Party for any Taxes incurred on the payment, i.e. leaving the Indemnified Party with the received amounts, net of all Taxes, as it would have received had there been no Taxes.

 

7.4.

Exclusions. The Company shall not be liable in respect of a Claim and thus no compensation shall be due only to the extent that such Claim is attributable to, or the amount of such Claim is increased as a result of, any:

 

  7.4.1

change in applicable Laws coming into effect from the date of this Agreement or any amendment to or the withdrawal of any practice previously published by a Governmental or Regulatory Authority, in either case occurring from the date of this Agreement, whether or not such change, amendment or withdrawal purports to have retroactive effect in whole or in part;

 

  7.4.2

new interpretation of existing Law by a Governmental or Regulatory Authority in a judgment or decision published after the Closing Date;

 

  7.4.3

change after the Closing Date in the accounting bases on which any of the Group Companies values its assets or a change in the Tax structure or corporate structure of any of the Group Companies; or

 

  7.4.4

change after the Closing Date of the date to which the Group Companies make up their statutory accounts or Tax accounts or in the bases, methods or policies of accounting (including Tax accounting) of the Group Companies.

 

7.5.

Mitigation. Nothing in this Agreement shall be deemed to relieve any Indemnified Party from any duty under applicable Laws to mitigate any Losses incurred by it as a result of any breach of the Company Warranties. The relevant Indemnified Party shall take reasonable steps and give reasonable assistance to avoid or mitigate any Claims or damage which, in the absence of mitigation, might give rise to a liability in respect of any Claims.

 

17


7.6.

No Double Recovery. Any Indemnified Party shall not be entitled to recover from the Company more than once in respect of any one matter if more than one of the Company Warranties and/or any provision of this Agreement and/or the C-round Share Subscription Agreement is breached.

 

7.7.

Exclusive Remedy. After the Closing, Section 7.1 will provide the exclusive remedy of the Investors for any misrepresentation or breach of Company Warranties arising from this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby.

 

8.

FORCE MAJEURE

 

8.1.

No Party shall be liable to the others or be deemed to be in breach of this Agreement by reason of any delay in performing, or failure to perform, any of its obligations under this Agreement if such delay or failure was beyond that Party’s reasonable control (including, without limitation, any strike, lockout or other industrial action, act of God, war or threat of war, accidental or malicious damage, settlement system failure or interruption, banking operation suspension or interruption, prohibition or restriction by any Governmental or Regulatory Authority having jurisdiction over the relevant Party or other events recognized as force majeure events by normal international commercial customs).

 

8.2.

A Party claiming to be unable to perform its obligations under this Agreement (either on time or at all) in any of the circumstances set out in Section 8.1 must immediately notify the other Parties of the nature and extent of the circumstances in question, and shall provide sufficient evidence for reasonable assessment by the other Parties of the occurrence and continuance of the events set out in Section 8.1 within fifteen (15) days after such occurrence.

 

8.3.

This Section 8 shall cease to apply when such circumstances have ceased to have effect on the performance of this Agreement.

 

9.

TERMINATION AND SURVIVAL

 

9.1.

Prior to the Closing, the Company or any Investor may terminate this Agreement with respect to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement between the Company and such Investor by written notice to the other Party if the other Party is in material breach of this Agreement and fails to remedy such breach within thirty (30) days after receipt of notice from the Party requiring such remedy.

 

9.2.

Upon the expiration of the Long-stop Date, if the Closing has not yet occurred, the Company or any Investor may terminate this Agreement with respect to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement between the Company and such Investor by written notice to the other Party, provided that the right to terminate this Agreement pursuant to this Section 9.2 shall not be available to any Party whose breach of any provision of this Agreement results in the failure of the Closing to occur prior to the expiration of the Long-stop Date.

 

18


9.3.

Upon termination with respect to the transactions between the Company and any Investor pursuant to this Section 9, this Agreement shall cease to have any force and effect as between the terminating Parties except in respect of:

 

  9.3.1

Sections 1, 9.3, and 10 through 23; and

 

  9.3.2

any rights or remedies accrued to either such terminating Party prior to the termination of this Agreement, including without limitation any rights or remedies arising under Section 7.

 

10.

TAXES AND COSTS

Except as otherwise provided herein, each Party shall be responsible for all Taxes, fees and expenses incurred by it in relation to the transactions contemplated under this Agreement.

 

11.

SEVERAL AND NOT JOINT

 

11.1.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, the Company acknowledges and agrees that:

 

  11.1.1

the obligations of each Investor under this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents are several, and not joint or joint and several with the obligations of any other Investor, and no Investor shall be responsible in any way for the performance of the obligations of any other Investor under this Agreement or any other Transaction Document;

 

  11.1.2

the failure to perform, or the waiver of performance of, any obligations under this Agreement or any other Transaction Document (including without limitation the consummation of the Closing) by one Investor shall not affect the rights or obligations of any other Investor, and, in particular, the failure by one Investor to comply with its Closing obligations under Section 3.2.2 shall not affect the consummation of the issuance of Notes, and sale and purchase of Exchange Shares, to and by any other Investor;

 

  11.1.3

the knowledge of one Investor in connection with this Agreement or other Transaction Documents shall not be imputed on any other Investor; and

 

  11.1.4

each Investor shall be entitled to enforce its rights independently, including without limitation the rights arising out of this Agreement and any other Transaction Document to which it is a party, and it shall not be necessary for any other Investor to be joined as an additional party in any proceeding for such purpose.

 

11.2.

Each of the rights and obligations of the C-round Lead Investor Affiliate under this Agreement may be exercised or fulfilled (as applicable) by the C-round Lead Investor on behalf of the C-round Lead Investor Affiliate. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in all circumstances, the liability of each of the C-round Lead Investor and the C-round Lead Investor Affiliate shall be several, and not joint or joint and several.

 

19


11.3.

For the avoidance of doubt, the C-round Lead Investor shall be entitled to make any Claim on behalf of the C-round Lead Investor Affiliate in accordance with Section 7.3 for any breach of any of the Company Warranties.

 

12.

NO PARTNERSHIP

Nothing contained in this Agreement shall be deemed to constitute a partnership between the Parties or any of them, or create a presumption that the Investors are in any way acting in concert or as a group with respect to such obligations or the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or the other Transaction Documents.

 

13.

ANNOUNCEMENTS AND CONFIDENTIALITY

 

13.1.

No announcement concerning this Agreement or the other Transaction Documents shall be made by any Party (whether prior to or after the Closing Date) without the prior approval of the other Parties except for such announcement as may be required by applicable Laws or the rules of a stock exchange binding on the relevant Party, in which event the disclosing Party shall notify the other Parties and take into consideration reasonable comments made by such other Parties.

 

13.2.

In addition to the foregoing, the Parties understand and acknowledge that this Agreement and other Transaction Documents, the oral or written information exchanged between or obtained by the Parties and their Affiliates as a result of the Transaction Documents, the information related to any dispute arising from or in connection with the performance, interpretation, breach, termination or validity of the Transaction Documents are all Confidential Information. The Parties shall, and shall procure each of their representatives (including but not limited to any senior management staff, director, employee, shareholder, agent or Affiliate) shall, keep confidential and not disclose to any third party (excluding any shareholder, investor or potential investor, Affiliate and professional advisor of the Company or of any of the Investors) the Confidential Information unless:

 

  13.2.1

the Confidential Information is or becomes generally available to the public other than as a result of a disclosure by a Party or its representatives in breach of any Transaction Documents to which such Party is bound or a third party source that was bound by a confidentiality agreement;

 

  13.2.2

the Confidential Information was available to the Party or its representatives on a non-confidential basis prior to its disclosure by another Party hereto or its representatives;

 

  13.2.3

the Confidential Information is required to be disclosed under applicable Law, including but not limited to the disclosure made in accordance with any listing rule or any securities regulatory authority, in which case the Party having a disclosure obligation shall, at the reasonable time before the disclosure, consult other Parties over such disclosure and shall, as per the requirements of other Parties, seek possible confidential treatments for the Confidential Information subject to disclosure; or

 

20


  13.2.4

the Confidential Information is required to be disclosed or submitted to any Governmental or Regulatory Authority in China or the Tax Bureau or is disclosed to any advisor, representative or agent of the Investors, in each case in connection with any filing with respect to Public Notice 7, including any Transaction Report, Tax Treaty Filing or obtaining any Tax Payment Certificate.

 

14.

SUCCESSORS IN TITLE

This Agreement shall be binding upon and enure for the benefit of each Party’s successors in title. This includes any successor to any Note transferred in accordance with such Note, the Restated Articles and the Securityholders Agreement (as applicable to such transfer). No Party shall assign this Agreement without the written consent of the other Parties.

 

15.

ENTIRE AGREEMENT

 

15.1.

This Agreement, the other Transaction Documents and the documents in the agreed form that are attached as schedules and exhibits hereto constitute the entire agreement between the Parties in respect of the subject matter of this Agreement.

 

15.2.

For the avoidance of doubt:

 

  15.2.1

the Transaction Documents supersede and extinguish any representations and/or warranties previously given or made;

 

  15.2.2

each of the Parties acknowledges to the others (and shall execute the Transaction Documents in reliance upon such acknowledgement) that it has not been induced to enter into any such documents by, nor relied upon, any express or implied representation or warranty other than the representations and/or warranties contained in the Transaction Documents; and

 

  15.2.3

absent fraud, each Party irrevocably and unconditionally waives any right which it may have to claim damages in respect of or rescind this Agreement or any of the other Transaction Documents by reason of any misrepresentation or warranty not set out in any such document.

 

15.3.

Each of the Parties acknowledges and agrees that the provisions of this Section 15 are reasonable.

 

16.

VARIATIONS

No variation of this Agreement or any of the documents in the agreed form that are attached as schedules and exhibits hereto shall be valid unless it is in writing and signed by or on behalf of each Party.

 

17.

WAIVER

No waiver by any Party of any breach or non-fulfilment by any other Parties of any provisions of this Agreement shall be deemed to be a waiver of any subsequent or other breach of that or any other provision, and no failure to exercise or delay in exercising any right or remedy under this Agreement shall constitute a waiver of such right or remedy. No single or partial exercise of any right or remedy under this Agreement shall preclude or restrict the further exercise of any such right or remedy. The rights and remedies of a Party under this Agreement are cumulative and not exclusive of any rights and remedies provided by Law.

 

21


18.

SEVERABILITY

The invalidity, illegality or unenforceability of any provisions of this Agreement shall not affect the continuation in force of the remainder of this Agreement.

 

19.

NOTICES

 

19.1.

All notices and other communications required or permitted hereby shall be in writing and addressed to the relevant recipient in the manner provided below, and shall be deemed to have been duly and sufficiently given only if: (a) delivered either personally by hand, or by an international courier service (which, in the case of notices or other communications to the C-round Lead Investor and the C-round Lead Investor Affiliate, provides delivery service in Qatar), and, in each case, (b) confirmed by email to the relevant recipient not less than twenty-four (24) hours after such delivery.

 

19.2.

Notices shall be deemed effective if given on a Business Day, in the manners prescribed in Section 19.1, by 1:30 p.m. in the place of receipt or on the following Business Day if completed after 1:30 p.m.

 

19.3.

All notices and other communications to any Investor in relation to this Agreement should be addressed to the address of such Investor set forth opposite such Investor’s name on Schedule 1.

 

19.4.

All notices and other communications to the Company in relation to this Agreement should be addressed to:

Lufax Holding Ltd

[***]

Attention: [***]

Email: [***]

With a copy to:

Attention: [***]

Email: [***]

 

20.

COUNTERPARTS

This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts (including the counterpart of any Additional Investor which executes and delivers such counterpart pursuant to Section 2.1), each of which when executed by one or more of the Parties shall constitute an original but all of which shall constitute one and the same instrument. This Agreement may also be executed and delivered via electronic mail (including pdf) or other transmission method and any counterpart so delivered shall be deemed to have been duly and validly delivered and be valid and effective for all purposes. The Company and the Investors agree that this Agreement shall become effective and be binding immediately as between such Parties when each such Party shall have received counterparts hereof signed by all of such other Parties on the date first hereinabove mentioned, and shall not be conditional on, or affected by, the entry into this Agreement by any Additional Investor.

 

22


21.

GOVERNING LAW AND DISPUTE RESOLUTION

 

21.1.

This Agreement will be governed by and construed in accordance with the Laws of Hong Kong without giving effect to conflict of laws principles.

 

21.2.

Disputes between the Parties shall be settled by arbitration at the Hong Kong International Arbitration Centre (“HKIAC”) in Hong Kong under the Hong Kong International Arbitration Centre Administered Arbitration Rules (the “HKIAC Rules”) in force when the notice of arbitration is submitted in accordance with the HKIAC Rules, except as amended as follows:

 

  21.2.1

there shall be three (3) arbitrators to be appointed in accordance with the HKIAC Rules;

 

  21.2.2

the language to be used in the arbitral proceedings shall be English;

 

  21.2.3

subject to the overall discretion of the arbitration tribunal, the costs of the arbitration, including the HKIAC’s and arbitrators’ fees and legal costs, shall be borne by the Party losing the arbitration;

 

  21.2.4

while such dispute is being arbitrated under this Section 21.2, none of the Parties shall be permitted to disclose any information or details relating to such dispute without the written consent of the other Parties to the dispute, except (i) to the Parties’ professional advisors and the Parties’ Affiliates and their respective professional advisors; and (ii) as may be required by applicable Laws or under the rules of any securities exchange; and

 

  21.2.5

other than the matter being disputed, the Parties shall continue to perform their respective obligations under this Agreement, which are not in dispute.

 

21.3.

The award of the arbitration tribunal shall be final and binding. The Parties shall waive their rights of appeal, if any, to the extent allowed by Law.

 

22.

THIRD PARTY RIGHTS

Any Person who is not a named party to this Agreement shall have no right under the Contract (Rights of Third Parties) Ordinance (Cap. 623 of the Laws of Hong Kong) to enforce any term of, or enjoy any benefit under, this Agreement.

 

23.

LANGUAGE VERSION

This Agreement is prepared and signed in English. Any arbitration tribunal or court having jurisdiction over a dispute relating to this Agreement shall interpret this Agreement based on the English version.

 

23


IN WITNESS of which the Parties or their duly authorised representatives have executed this Agreement.

 

For and on behalf of

Lufax Holding Ltd

(陆金所控股有限公司)

By:  

/s/ Renjie Li

Name:   Renjie Li
Title:   Chairman of the Board

 

[Signature Page to the Securities Exchange Agreement by and among Lufax Holding Ltd and the Investors]


For and on behalf of

F3 Holding LLC

By:  

/s/ Ahmad Al-Khanji

Name:   Ahmad Al-Khanji
Title:   Director

For and on behalf of

DIC Holding LLC

By:  

/s/ Abdulaziz Al-Sehlawi

Name:   Abdulaziz Al-Sehlawi
Title:   Director

 

[Signature Page to the Securities Exchange Agreement by and among Lufax Holding Ltd and the Investors]


For and on behalf of

HS Investments AP13 Limited

By:  

/s/ JOHN BISHOP

Name:   JOHN BISHOP
Title:   Alternate Director to James Nicolle

 

[Signature Page to the Securities Exchange Agreement by and among Lufax Holding Ltd and the Investors]


For and on behalf of

So Cheung Wing

By:  

/s/ So Cheung Wing

Name:   So Cheung Wing
Title:   N/A

 

[Signature Page to the Securities Exchange Agreement by and among Lufax Holding Ltd and the Investors]


For and on behalf of

Lux Holdings Limited

By:  

/s/ ENA LEUNG

Name:   ENA LEUNG
Title:   Director

 

[Signature Page to the Securities Exchange Agreement by and among Lufax Holding Ltd and the Investors]


For and on behalf of

LionRock LJS L.P.

By:  

/s/ DANIEL TSEUNG

Name:   DANIEL TSEUNG
Title:   Director

 

[Signature Page to the Securities Exchange Agreement by and among Lufax Holding Ltd and the Investors]


For and on behalf of

All-Stars PESP V Limited

By:  

/s/ Weidong (Richard) Ji

Name:   Weidong (Richard) Ji
Title:   Director

 

[Signature Page to the Securities Exchange Agreement by and among Lufax Holding Ltd and the Investors]


For and on behalf of

Macquarie Capital Asian Fintech Investments Holdings LP acting by its general partner, Macquarie ASEAN Technology Investments Holdings GP Ltd.

By:  

/s/ Colin Nestor

Name:   Colin Nestor
Title:   Director
By:  

/s/ Glenn Mitchell

Name:   Glenn Mitchell
Title:   Director

 

[Signature Page to the Securities Exchange Agreement by and among Lufax Holding Ltd and the Investors]


For and on behalf of

SBI Hong Kong Holdings Co., Limited

By:  

/s/ MIYAZAKI MAKOTO

Name:   MIYAZAKI MAKOTO
Title:   Director

For and on behalf of

SBI AI&Blockchain Investment LPS

By:  

/s/ Katsuya Kawashima

Name:   Katsuya Kawashima
Title:   Representative Director & President of SBI Investment Co., Ltd, its General Partner

 

[Signature Page to the Securities Exchange Agreement by and among Lufax Holding Ltd and the Investors]


For and on behalf of

HS Investments (A) L.P.

By:  

/s/ MARK COFFELL

Name:   MARK COFFELL
Title:   Director

For and on behalf of

HS Investments (C) Limited

By:  

/s/ MARK COFFELL, ANTHONY TENNANT

Name:   MARK COFFELL, ANTHONY TENNANT
Title:   Directors, Director One Limited Corporate Director

 

[Signature Page to the Securities Exchange Agreement by and among Lufax Holding Ltd and the Investors]


For and on behalf of

UBS AG, London Branch

By:  

/s/ Lambda Li

Name:   Lambda Li
Title:   Managing Director
By:  

/s/ Saad Slaoui

Name:   Saad Slaoui
Title:   Managing Director

 

[Signature Page to the Securities Exchange Agreement by and among Lufax Holding Ltd and the Investors]


For and on behalf of

Hermitage Galaxy Fund SPC on behalf of Hermitage Fund Four SP

By:  

/s/ Xiang Yuqiu

Name:   Xiang Yuqiu
Title:   CEO

 

[Signature Page to the Securities Exchange Agreement by and among Lufax Holding Ltd and the Investors]


For and on behalf of

Broad Street Principal Investments L.L.C.

By:  

/s/ Dom Totino

Name:   Dom Totino
Title:   Managing Director

 

[Signature Page to the Securities Exchange Agreement by and among Lufax Holding Ltd and the Investors]


For and on behalf of

United Overseas Bank Limited

By:  

/s/ PEH KIAN HENG

Name:   PEH KIAN HENG
Title:   Executive Director

 

[Signature Page to the Securities Exchange Agreement by and among Lufax Holding Ltd and the Investors]


For and on behalf of

Sabre Capital (Mauritius) Limited

By:  

/s/ Roshila Ramluggun

Name:   Roshila Ramluggun
Title:   For and on behalf of Vistra Alternative Investments (Mauritius) Limited Company Secretary
By:  

/s/ Sweeteeby Balloo

Name:   Sweeteeby Balloo
Title:   For and on behalf of Vistra Alternative Investments (Mauritius) Limited Company Secretary

 

[Signature Page to the Securities Exchange Agreement by and among Lufax Holding Ltd and the Investors]


For and on behalf of

Rajendra Singh 2011 Florida Trust FBO

Hersh Raj Singh

By:  

/s/ Neera Singh

Name:   Neera Singh
Title:   Trustee

For and on behalf of

Rajendra Singh 2011 Florida Trust FBO

Samir Raj Singh

By:  

/s/ Neera Singh

Name:   Neera Singh
Title:   Trustee

 

[Signature Page to the Securities Exchange Agreement by and among Lufax Holding Ltd and the Investors]


For and on behalf of

LMA SPC for the account of Map 248

Segregated Portfolio

By:  

/s/ Aaron M. Nieman

Name:   Aaron M. Nieman
Title:   Investment Advisor, Map Q48

 

[Signature Page to the Securities Exchange Agreement by and among Lufax Holding Ltd and the Investors]


For and on behalf of

Aaron Nieman

By:  

/s/ Aaron M. Nieman

Name:   Aaron M. Nieman
Title:   Shareholder

 

For and on behalf of

Blaine Marder

By:  

/s/ BLAINE MARDER

Name:   BLAINE MARDER
Title:   Investor

 

[Signature Page to the Securities Exchange Agreement by and among Lufax Holding Ltd and the Investors]


For and on behalf of

J.P. Morgan Securities LLC

By:  

/s/ Keith Canton

Name:   Keith Canton
Title:   Managing Director

 

[Signature Page to the Securities Exchange Agreement by and among Lufax Holding Ltd and the Investors]


For and on behalf of

Generation Growth Investors Limited

By:  

/s/ Roy Kuan

Name:   Roy Kuan
Title:   Director

 

[Signature Page to the Securities Exchange Agreement by and among Lufax Holding Ltd and the Investors]


Schedule 1

LIST OF INVESTORS

 

Investor

  

Domicile and Registered
Address

   Address
for Notices
   Number of
Exchange Shares
   Principal
Amount of
Note(s) (in
USD)
  

Type of Note

   Account

F3 Holding LLC

  

Domicile: Qatar

 

Registered address:

[***]

   [***]    19,452,584

Class C
Ordinary Shares

   $585,000,000    Optionally Convertible Note                

DIC Holding LLC

  

Domicile: Qatar

 

Registered address:

[***]

   [***]    2,161,398

Class C
Ordinary Shares

   $65,000,000    Optionally Convertible Note   

HS Investments AP13 Limited

  

Domicile: Guernsey

 

Registered address:

[***]

   [***]    665,045

Class C
Ordinary Shares

   $20,000,000    Optionally Convertible Note   

So Cheung Wing

   Domicile: Hong Kong    88B, 39
Conduit Road

Hong Kong

   5,586,383

Class C
Ordinary Shares

   $168,000,000    Automatically Convertible Note   

Lux Holdings Limited

  

Domicile: British Virgin Islands

 

Registered address:

[***]

   [***]    4,987,842
Class C
Ordinary Shares
(acquired on
Nov. 29, 2018)
   $150,000,000    Optionally Convertible Note   
   1,014,195
Class C
Ordinary Shares
(acquired on
Jan. 31, 2019)
   $30,500,000    Optionally Convertible Note   

LionRock LJS L.P.

  

Domicile: British Virgin Islands

 

Registered address:

[***]

   [***]    2,261,155
Class C
Ordinary Shares
   $68,000,000    Optionally Convertible Note   

All-Stars PESP V Limited

  

Domicile: British Virgin Islands

 

Registered address:

[***]

   [***]    1,662,614
Class C
Ordinary Shares
   $50,000,000    Optionally Convertible Note   

Macquarie Capital Asian Fintech Investments Holdings LP

  

Domicile: Cayman Islands

 

Registered address:

[***]

   [***]    1,094,831
Class C
Ordinary Shares
   $32,925,000    Optionally Convertible Note   

SBI Hong Kong Holdings Co., Limited

  

Domicile: Hong Kong

 

Registered address:

[***]

   [***]    166,261
Class C
Ordinary Shares
   $5,000,000    Optionally Convertible Note   

SBI AI&Blockchain Investment LPS

  

Domicile: Japan

 

Registered address:

[***]

   [***]    166,261
Class C
Ordinary Shares
   $5,000,000    Optionally Convertible Note   

 

44


HS Investments (A) L.P.

  

Domicile: Guernsey

 

Registered address:

[***]

   [***]    166,262
Class C
Ordinary Shares
   $5,000,000    Optionally Convertible Note   

HS Investments (C) Limited

  

Domicile: Guernsey

 

Registered address:

[***]

   [***]    332,523 Class
C
Ordinary Shares
   $10,000,000    Optionally Convertible Note   

UBS AG, London

Branch

  

Domicile: United

Kingdom

 

Registered address:

[***]

   [***]    1,296,839
Class C
Ordinary Shares
   $39,000,000    Optionally Convertible Note   
   266,019
Class C
Ordinary Shares
   $8,000,000    Automatically Convertible Note   

Hermitage Galaxy Fund SPC on behalf of Hermitage Fund Four SP

  

Domicile: Cayman Islands

 

Registered address:

[***]

   [***]    997,568
Class C
Ordinary Shares
   $30,000,000    Optionally Convertible Note   

Broad Street Principal Investments L.L.C.

  

Domicile: United States

 

Registered address:

[***]

   [***]    831,307
Class C
Ordinary Shares
   $25,000,000    Optionally Convertible Note   

United Overseas Bank Limited

  

Domicile: Singapore

 

Registered address: [***]

   [***]    997,568
Class C
Ordinary Shares
   $30,000,000    Optionally Convertible Note   

Sabre Capital (Mauritius) Limited

  

Domicile: Mauritius

 

Registered address: [***]

   [***]    16,626 Class C
Ordinary Shares
   $500,000    Optionally Convertible Note   

Rajendra Singh 2011 Florida Trust FBO Hersh Raj Singh

  

Domicile: United States of America

 

Registered address: [***]

   [***]    83,131 Class C
Ordinary Shares
   $2,500,000    Optionally Convertible Note   

Rajendra Singh 2011 Florida Trust FBO Samir Raj Singh

  

Domicile: United States of America

 

Registered address: [***]

   [***]    83,131 Class C
Ordinary Shares
   $2,500,000    Optionally Convertible Note   

LMA SPC for the account of Map 248 Segregated Portfolio

  

Domicile: Cayman Islands

 

Registered address: [***]

   [***]    665,046
Class C
Ordinary Shares
   $20,000,000    Automatically Convertible Note   

Aaron Nieman

c/o LH Capital Markets, LLC.

  

Domicile: United States of America

 

Registered address: [***]

   [***]    16,626 Class C
Ordinary Shares
   $500,000    Optionally Convertible Note   

 

45


Blaine Marder

c/o LH Capital Markets, LLC.

  

Domicile: United States of America

 

Registered address: [***]

   [***]    6,650 Class C
Ordinary Shares
   $200,000    Optionally Convertible Note   

J.P. Morgan Securities LLC

  

Domicile: United States of America

 

Registered address: [***]

   [***]    275,994
Class C
Ordinary Shares
   $8,300,000    Automatically Convertible Note   

Generation Growth Investors Limited

c/o Maples Corporate Services (BVI) Ltd

  

Domicile: British Virgin Islands

 

Registered Address: [***]

   [***]    33,252 Class C
Ordinary Shares
   $1,000,000    Optionally Convertible Note   

 

46


Schedule 2

FORM OF NOTES

PART A - FORM OF AUTOMATICALLY CONVERTIBLE NOTE

 

47


NOTE NUMBER: [●]

THIS NOTE AND THE SECURITIES ISSUABLE UPON THE CONVERSION HEREOF HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”) NOR QUALIFIED UNDER ANY STATE OR OTHER APPLICABLE SECURITIES LAWS AND MAY NOT BE OFFERED , SOLD, TRANSFERRED, ASSIGNED, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF IN THE ABSENCE OF SUCH REGISTRATION OR QUALIFICATION OR AN EXEMPTION THEREFROM UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OR UNDER ANY OTHER APPLICABLE SECURITIES LAWS.

ANY OFFER, SALE, PLEDGE, HYPOTHECATION OR TRANSFER OF THIS NOTE IS SUBJECT TO THE RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER SET FORTH IN THAT CERTAIN SECURITYHOLDERS AGREEMENT DATED AS OF [], 2020 AMONG THE COMPANY, THE HOLDER AND THE OTHER PARTIES NAMED THEREIN (AS MAY FROM TIME TO TIME BE AMENDED, MODIFIED, SUPPLEMENTED OR RESTATED IN ACCORDANCE WITH ITS TERMS, THE “SECURITYHOLDERS AGREEMENT”), A COPY OF WHICH MAY BE OBTAINED UPON WRITTEN REQUEST TO THE SECRETARY OF THE COMPANY.

LUFAX HOLDING LTD

(陆金所控股有限公司)

AUTOMATICALLY CONVERTIBLE PROMISSORY NOTE

 

US$[]    [], 2020 (the “Issuance Date)

FOR VALUE RECEIVED, Lufax Holding Ltd (陆金所控股有限公司), an exempted company registered in the Cayman Islands (the “Company”), hereby promises to pay to the order or registered assigns of [●] (the “Holder”), the aggregate principal amount of US$[●], plus any and all Interest (as defined below) then accrued but unpaid thereon, each due and payable on the date and in the manner set forth below.

1.    Securities Exchange Agreement. This Automatically Convertible Promissory Note (this “Note”) is issued pursuant to the terms of that certain Securities Exchange Agreement dated as of [], 2020 among the Company, the Holder and the other parties named therein (as may from time to time be amended, modified or supplemented or restated in accordance with its terms, the “Securities Exchange Agreement”). Capitalized terms used but not otherwise defined herein shall have the respective meaning ascribed therein to them in the Securities Exchange Agreement.

2.    Definitions. The following terms shall have the meanings specified in this Section 2:

Articles” means the amended and restated memorandum and articles of association of the Company in the agreed form and to be adopted effective on or about the date hereof.


Business Day” means a day (which for these purposes ends at 5.30 p.m. local time) on which banks are open for commercial business in the Cayman Islands, Qatar, Hong Kong and China other than a Friday, Saturday, Sunday or a public holiday.

Class A Ordinary Shares” means the class A ordinary shares of US$0.00001 each in the capital of the Company, or any shares in the share capital of the Company of any class resulting from the subdivision, consolidation or re-classification of such shares, and in each case having the rights and preferences set forth in the Articles and the Shareholders Agreement.

Conversion Date” has the meaning given to it in Section 9.

Conversion Price” means, upon any Automatic Conversion pursuant to Section 9, the price per Class A Ordinary Share issued by the Company in the Qualified Listing; provided that (i) if such price is denominated in Hong Kong dollars, the Conversion Price shall be the price per Class A Ordinary Share issued by the Company in the Qualified Listing multiplied by the HKD/USD Exchange Rate, or (ii) if such price is denominated in a currency other than U.S. dollars and Hong Kong dollars, the Conversion Price shall be the U.S. dollar equivalent of the price per Class A Ordinary Share issued by the Company in the Qualified Listing, converted using the published exchange rate on the date of pricing of the Qualified Listing as the Company determines to be commercially reasonable.

Conversion Shares” means the Class A Ordinary Shares to be issued by the Company upon any Automatic Conversion pursuant to Section 9.

Convertible Promissory Notes” means, together: (a) the USD1,015,976,000 0.7375% convertible promissory note issued by the Company to China Ping An Insurance Overseas (Holdings) Limited on 8 October 2015; and (b) the USD937,824,000 0.7375% convertible promissory note issued by the Company to China Ping An Insurance Overseas (Holdings) Limited and subsequently transferred to An Ke Technology Company Limited, in each case on 8 October 2015, and in each case, as amended pursuant to the Amendment and Supplemental Agreement to the Share Purchase Agreement and the Convertible Notes dated as of August 31, 2020 among the Company, China Ping An Insurance Overseas (Holdings) Limited and An Ke Technology Company Limited.

Encumbrance means any rights of pledge, mortgage, liens or attachments or similar charges, right of first refusal, right of pre-emption, third party right or any other encumbrance having similar effect.

Governmental or Regulatory Authority means any nation or government or any province or state, municipal or local or any other political subdivision thereof, or any entity, authority or body exercising executive, legislative, judicial, regulatory or administrative functions of or pertaining to government, including, without limitation, any government authority, agency, department, board, commission or instrumentality or any political subdivision thereof, any court, tribunal or arbitrator, stock or securities exchange and any self-regulatory organization.


Group Company” and “Group Companies” means, individually and collectively, the Company and its Subsidiaries from time to time, including without limitation all the entities in which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is directly or indirectly interested by virtue of a variable interest entity (VIE) arrangement, and “Group” shall be interpreted accordingly.

HKD/USD Exchange Rate” means the official MID WM Reuters fixing at 4 pm London time on the date of pricing of the Qualified Listing, expressed as the number of U.S. dollars per one unit of Hong Kong dollar.

Hong Kong” means the Hong Kong Special Administrative Region of the PRC.

Investor” has the meaning ascribed to such term in the Securityholders Agreement.

Law or “Laws means any constitutional provision, statute or other law, rule, regulation, listing rule, decree, notice, official policy, guideline or interpretation of any Governmental or Regulatory Authority.

Loan Facility” means the Facility Agreement dated 13 February 2020 for Wincon Hong Kong Investment Company Limited (as borrower), arranged by Citigroup Global Markets Asia Limited and The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation Limited.

PRC means the People’s Republic of China, which for the purposes of this Agreement, excludes Hong Kong, the Special Administrative Region of Macao and Taiwan.

Qualified Listing” means an initial public offering of the Company’s shares and/or securities on (a) The New York Stock Exchange, the NASDAQ Global Select Market, the NASDAQ Global Market or the Hong Kong Stock Exchange (Main Board) (or any of their respective successors), or (b) only after prior consultation with the Significant C-Round Investors and those other Investors with capital market expertise in any relevant markets which request such consultation with respect to any proposed Qualified Listing, including with respect to (i) the funding needs of the Company, (ii) the amount of proceeds to be raised in any proposed Qualified Listing and the proposed use of these proceeds, and (iii) the market conditions for conducting an equity offering of the Company and outlook for such conditions at such time, any other internationally recognized stock exchange.

Security” means a mortgage, charge, pledge, lien or other security interest securing any obligation of any person or any other agreement or arrangement having a similar effect.

Shareholders Agreement” means the amended and restated shareholders agreement entered into among the Company and its shareholders on 31 January 2019, as amended from time to time.

Significant C-Round Investors” has the meaning ascribed to such term in the Securityholders Agreement.


Significant Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary of the Company which, by reference to its most recently available financial statements, has: (a) a net profit (on a consolidated basis in the case of a Group Company which has a Subsidiary) representing ten per cent (10%) or more of the consolidated net profit of the Group Companies as a whole; or (b) total assets (on a consolidated basis in the case of a Group Company which has a Subsidiary) representing ten per cent (10%) or more of the consolidated total assets of the Group Companies as a whole.

Subsidiary” means, as to any person, any person (A) of which such first person directly or indirectly owns securities or other equity interests representing more than fifty per cent (50%) of the aggregate voting power, (B) of which such first person possesses the right to elect more than fifty per cent (50%) of the directors or persons holding similar positions through contractual arrangements (including without limitation variable interest entity (VIE) arrangements) or otherwise, (C) which such first person otherwise controls through contractual arrangements or otherwise (including without limitation variable interest entity (VIE) arrangements) or (D) the financial position and results of operation of which such first person could be consolidated if preparing financial statements under the International Financial Reporting Standards.

3.    Ranking. This Note is one of the series of automatically convertible notes and optionally convertible notes (collectively, the “Exchange Notes”) having like tenor and effect issued or to be issued by the Company pursuant to the Securities Exchange Agreement. The Exchange Notes shall rank equally without preference or priority of any kind over one another, and all payments on account of principal and interest with respect to any of the Exchange Notes shall be applied ratably and proportionately on the outstanding Exchange Notes on the basis of the principal amount of the outstanding indebtedness represented thereby. This Note and the other Exchange Notes shall be subordinate to and rank junior to the Loan Facility and any other secured indebtedness of the Company to the extent of the value of the assets securing such indebtedness and shall rank equally without preference or priority with any other senior unsecured indebtedness of the Company, including the Convertible Promissory Notes.

4.    Repayment. Unless previously redeemed, converted or repurchased or otherwise agreed in writing between the Company and the Holder, subject to Section 6, the Company shall repay the outstanding principal amount of this Note and any accrued and unpaid Interest on [●], 2023 (the “Maturity Date”), which is the third (3rd) anniversary of the Issuance Date, or such earlier date as of which the maturity of this Note may have been accelerated pursuant to Section 13(b). To the extent all or any portion of this Note is converted prior to the Maturity Date pursuant to Section 9, any outstanding principal amount of this Note so converted shall be deemed repaid by the Company on the issuance of the Conversion Shares in the manner contemplated in Section 9 in respect of such conversion to the Holder.


5.    Interest. This Note shall bear interest on the outstanding principal amount of this Note at the rate of six percent (6%) per annum (the “Interest”), computed on the basis of the actual number of days elapsed and a year of three hundred sixty-five (365) days, from, and excluding, the Issuance Date through, but excluding, the earlier of (i) the Maturity Date, (ii) the Conversion Date, (iii) if any outstanding principal amount of this Note is repurchased by the Company pursuant to Section 12, the applicable Put Date with respect to such principal amount or (iv) the Tax Redemption Date. Commencing on the Issuance Date, accrued and unpaid Interest shall be payable on (i) each of the first (1st) and second (2nd) anniversary of the Issuance Date and (ii) the Maturity Date (each of (i) and (ii) above, an “Interest Payment Date”).

6.    Cash Payments. All amounts in cash payable on or in respect of this Note shall be paid to the Holder in lawful money of the United States of America, by wire transfer of immediately available funds to the Holder’s Account (as set forth in the Securities Exchange Agreement) or any other account of the Holder as the Holder may designate and notify in writing to the Company at least three (3) Business Days prior to the Maturity Date, the Conversion Date, the Put Date, the Tax Redemption Date or the relevant Interest Payment Date (as applicable) (each, a “Payment Date”), and the Company shall deliver to the Holder the “MT-103” or equivalent written evidence of the initiation of wiring of such payment. If a Payment Date falls on a day that is not a Business Day, the required payment will be made on the next succeeding Business Day and no interest on such payment will accrue in respect of the delay.

7.    Register. The Company shall at all times keep at its registered office a register of the Notes (the “Register”) showing: (i) the names, addresses and bank account details of the holders for the time being of the Notes; (ii) the number, principal amount and other particulars of the Notes held by each registered holder; and (iii) all transfers and conversions of the Notes. The entries in the Register shall be conclusive and binding for all purposes absent manifest error. The Company and the holders of the Notes shall treat each person whose name is recorded in the Register as the owner of the applicable Notes for all purposes, including the right to receive payments hereunder, notwithstanding notice to the contrary. This Note may be assigned or sold in whole or in part, to the extent permitted pursuant to Section 8(a) and any other terms hereof, only by registration of such assignment or sale on the Register. Upon its receipt of a satisfactory request to assign or sell all or part of this Note by the Holder and the physical surrender of this Note to the Company, the Company shall record the information contained therein in the Register and issue one or more new Notes, the aggregate outstanding principal amount of which is the same as the outstanding principal amount of the Note transferred, to the transferee pursuant to Section 8.

8.    Transfers.

(a)    This Note shall not be transferrable except in accordance with the provisions of the Securityholders Agreement and the Articles.

(b)    Subject to Section 8(a), this Note (or any part thereof) shall be transferable to any person by execution of the form of transfer substantially in the form set forth in Appendix 1 endorsed under its common seal or under the hand of a director or a duly authorized officer in writing. The transferor of this Note shall be deemed to remain the owner of this Note transferred until the name of the transferee is entered in the Register in respect thereof. This Note shall be delivered for registration to the Company accompanied by such other evidence as the Company may reasonably require to prove the title of the transferor or its right to transfer this Note and its identity and, if the form of transfer is executed by some other person on behalf of the transferor or in the case of the execution of a form of transfer on behalf of a corporation by its officers, the authority of that person or those persons to do so.


(c)    Where only part of the outstanding principal amount of this Note has been transferred or converted, a new Note in respect of the outstanding principal amount of this Note not so transferred or converted shall, within ten (10) Business Days after the delivery of the old Note to the Company, be issued and made available for collection at the principal place of business of the Company or, if so requested in the form of transfer, be mailed by uninsured mail at the risk of the Holder not so transferred or converted (but free of charge to the Holder) to the address of the Holder appearing on the Register.

(d)    Each new Note to be issued upon a transfer of this Note shall, within ten (10) Business Days of receipt by the Company of the Note to be transferred and the endorsed form of transfer complying with the requirements of this Section 8, be made available for collection at the principal place of business of the Company, or if so requested in the form of transfer, be mailed by uninsured mail (at the risk of the transferee) to the address specified in the form of transfer.

9.    Conversion.

(a)    If the closing of a Qualified Listing occurs prior to the Maturity Date, upon such Qualified Listing closing, this Note shall be mandatorily and automatically converted into Class A Ordinary Shares (the “Automatic Conversion”). The number of Class A Ordinary Shares to be issued to the Holder upon any Automatic Conversion shall be determined by dividing the outstanding principal amount of this Note by the applicable Conversion Price, subject to adjustments as set forth in Section 9(c). This Note shall be converted into Conversion Shares on the second (2nd) Business Day immediately following the closing date of the Qualified Listing (the “Conversion Date”).

(b)    On the Conversion Date, the Company shall pay or deliver, or cause the payment or delivery of, the relevant number of Conversion Shares, and any other securities, property or cash (including any cash payable in lieu of fractional shares pursuant to Section 9(c)) that may be deliverable or payable upon the conversion of this Note plus accrued and unpaid Interest with respect to the applicable principal amount, if any, to (but excluding) the Conversion Date, to the Holder and shall (i) simultaneously upon the issue of such Conversion Shares instruct the Company’s share registry to enter the Holder in the register of members of the Company as the holder of those Conversion Shares, or (ii) if the Conversion Shares are eligible for book-entry settlement through a depositary, deliver such Conversion Shares to the Holder in compliance with such depositary’s procedures. The delivery of the Conversion Shares to the Holder in the manner contemplated above will be deemed to satisfy the obligation of the Company to pay the principal amount of this Note so converted. The Holder shall be treated for all purposes as the record holder of such Conversion Shares on the Conversion Date, and from and after such conversion, this Note shall cease to be outstanding for any purpose whatsoever.


(c)    Fractions of Conversion Shares shall not be issued on any conversion of this Note. In lieu of any fractional share to which the Holder would otherwise be entitled, the Company will pay to the Holder in cash the amount of the unconverted principal amount of this Note that would otherwise be converted into such fractional share on the Conversion Date in accordance with Section 6.

(d)    Any issuance and delivery of Conversion Shares upon any conversion of this Note shall be made without charge to the Holder for any transfer, stamp or similar tax or for any other governmental charges that may be imposed in connection with the issuance of such Conversion Shares, provided, however, that the Company shall not be required to pay any tax or such other charges that may be payable in connection with any transfer involved in the issuance of any Conversion Shares or other securities to a person other than the Holder upon conversion of this Holder, and the Company shall not be required to issue or deliver such Conversion Shares or other securities unless and until the person or persons requesting the issuance thereof shall have paid to the Company the amount of such tax or shall have established to the satisfaction of the Company that such tax has been paid or is not payable.

(e)    So long as this Note remains outstanding, the Company shall reserve out of its authorized but unissued share capital, such number of Class A Ordinary Shares as would be required to be delivered on conversion of the outstanding principal amount of this Note and shall ensure that all Conversion Shares delivered on the conversion of this Note will vest in the Holder full legal and valid title to and full beneficial ownership of such Class A Ordinary Shares, free and clear of all Encumbrances other than those created by the Holder or as set out in the Shareholders Agreement and the Articles, and rank pari passu and carry the same rights and privileges in all other Class A Ordinary Shares issued (including the right to dividends and distributions), and such Conversion Shares will be duly and validly issued and allotted, fully paid and nonassessable, subject to the restrictions on transfer under this Note, the Securityholders Agreement and the Articles.

10.    [Reserved]

11.    Company Covenants.

(a)    Financial Conditions. The Company shall ensure that: (a) its Leverage will not exceed 3.00 to 1.00; and (b) its Tangible Net Worth will not fall below RMB 25,000,000,000, in each case, at any time. The financial covenants set out in this Section 11(a) shall be calculated in accordance with GAAP and tested by reference to each of the financial statements of the Company delivered pursuant to clause 7.1.2 of the Securityholders Agreement on each Testing Date (save that the first Testing Date shall fall at least three months after the Issuance Date).


(b)    Financial Condition Definitions. For the purpose of Section 11(a), the following terms shall have the meanings specified in this Section 11(b):

Bonds Payable” means, as at the end of any Relevant Period, the amount classified as “convertible bonds” or “应付债券” of the Group (on a consolidated basis) in accordance with IFRS or PRC GAAP, respectively, and which is listed or which would typically be listed under the item titled as “convertible bonds” or “应付债券” (or any like captions) in the notes to the consolidated financial statements or the consolidated balance sheet of the Company, respectively.

Borrowings” means, as at the end of any Relevant Period, the amount classified as “borrowings” or “借款” of the Group Company (on a consolidated basis) in accordance with IFRS or PRC GAAP, respectively, and which is listed or which would typically be listed under the item titled as “borrowings” or “借款” (or any like captions) in the consolidated balance sheet of the Company, for the avoidance of doubt: (i) excluding the amount classified as “interest payable” or “应付利息” of the Group Company (on a consolidated basis) in accordance with IFRS or PRC GAAP, respectively, and which is listed or which would typically be listed under the item titled “interest payable” or “应付利息” (or any like captions) in the notes to the consolidated financial statements of the Company; and (ii) adding Bonds Payable to the extent not already included (without double counting).

EBIT” means, in respect of any Relevant Period, the consolidated operating profit of the Group Company before taxation which, for the avoidance of doubt, shall be calculated: (i) after deducting Operating Interest Expense; (ii) before deducting Finance Charges; (iii) not including any accrued interest owing to any member of the Group Company; (iv) before taking into account any exceptional, one-off, non-recurring or extraordinary items; (v) after deducting the amount of any profit (or adding back the amount of any loss) of any member of the Group Company which is attributable to minority interests; (vi) before taking into account any unrealised gains or losses on any derivative instrument (other than any derivative instrument which is accounted for on a hedge accounting basis); (vii) before taking into account any gain or loss arising from an upward or downward revaluation of any other asset after 31 December 2018; and (vi) before taking into account any share-based compensation to the extent included in the related operating expense categories in accordance with the applicable accounting principles, in each case, to the extent added, deducted or taken into account, as the case may be, for the purposes of determining operating profits of the Group Company before taxation.

EBITDA” means, in respect of any Relevant Period, EBIT for that Relevant Period after adding back any amount attributable to the amortisation, or depreciation or impairment of assets of members of the Group Company (and taking no account of the reversal of any previous impairment charge made in that Relevant Period).

Finance Charges” means, for any Relevant Period, the amount classified as “finance cost” or “利息支出” of the Group Company (on a consolidated basis) in accordance with IFRS or PRC GAAP and which is listed or which would typically be listed under the item “finance cost” or “利息支出” (or any like captions) in the consolidated statement of income of the Company.


GAAP” means, in respect of any audited financial statements of the Company, PRC GAAP; and in respect of any unaudited financial statements of the Company, IFRS.

IFRS” means international accounting standards within the meaning of the IAS Regulation 1606/2002 to the extent applicable to the relevant financial statements.

Leverage” means, in respect of any Relevant Period, the ratio of Total Debt on the last day of that Relevant Period to EBITDA in respect of that Relevant Period.

Non-operating Lease Liability” means the amount of any liability in respect of any lease or hire purchase contract which would typically, in accordance with PRC GAAP or IFRS, be treated as a balance sheet liability (other than any liability in respect of a lease or hire purchase contract which would, in accordance with the accounting principles applicable to the Original Financial Statements of the Company, have been treated as an operating lease).

Operating Interest Expense” means the amount classified as “interest expense” of the Group Company (on a consolidated basis) in accordance with GAAP and listed or would be listed under the item titled “interest expense” (or any like captions) in the consolidated financial statements of the Company.

Original Financial Statements” means the audited consolidated financial statements of the Group Company for the financial year ended 31 December 2019 and the unaudited financial statements of the Group Company for the financial half year ended 30 June 2020.

PRC GAAP” means generally accepted accounting principles in the PRC.

Relevant Period” means: (i) each financial year of the Company; or (ii) each period beginning on the first day of the second half of a financial year of the Company and ending on the last day of the first half of its next financial year.

Specified ABS” means any asset-backed security (i) issued by any member of the Group Company that is not insured or guaranteed by Ping An Property and Casualty Insurance Company of China, Ltd. or (ii) supported by any receivables of any member of the Group Company on a recourse basis.

Specified Third Party Guarantee” means any guarantee provided by any member of the Group Company to any person which is not a member of the Group Company and not reflected in the consolidated balance sheet of the Company.

Tangible Net Worth” means, at any time, Total Assets of the Company less: (i) all amounts which, in accordance with GAAP would be included under the caption “Total liabilities” (or any like captions) on a consolidated balance sheet of the Company at such time; (ii) all amounts attributable to goodwill or any other intangible assets of the Company; and (iii) minority interests.


Testing Date” means each of June 30 and December 31.

Total Assets” means, at any time, all amounts which, in accordance with GAAP, would be included under the caption “Total assets” (or any like captions) on a consolidated balance sheet of the Company at such time.

Total Debt” means, at any time, the aggregate (without double counting) of: (i) Borrowings; (ii) fifteen percent (15%) of the aggregate amount of all Specified ABS; (iii) fifteen percent (15%) of the aggregate amount of all Specified Third Party Guarantee; and (iv) Non-operating Lease Liabilities.

(c)    Negative pledge.

i.    The Company shall not create or permit to subsist any Security over any of its assets.

ii.    The Company shall not: (A) sell, transfer or otherwise dispose of any of its assets on terms whereby they are or may be leased to or re-acquired by the Company or any Significant Subsidiary (“Restricted Member”); (B) sell, transfer or otherwise dispose of any of its receivables on recourse terms; (C) enter into or permit to subsist any title retention arrangement; (D) enter into or permit to subsist any arrangement under which money or the benefit of a bank or other account may be applied, set-off or made subject to a combination of accounts; or (E) enter into or permit to subsist any other preferential arrangement having a similar effect, in circumstances where the arrangement or transaction is entered into primarily as a method of raising indebtedness or of financing the acquisition of an asset. Any arrangement or transaction described in this Section 11(c)(ii) is referred to herein as a “Quasi-Security”.


iii.    Sections 11(c)(i) and 11(c)(ii) shall not apply to: (A) any Security or Quasi-Security existing as of the Issuance Date except to the extent the principal amount secured by that Security or Quasi-Security exceeds the amount so secured as of the Issuance Date; (B) any netting or set-off arrangement entered into by any Restricted Member in the ordinary course of its banking arrangements for the purpose of netting debit and credit balances; (C) any payment or close-out netting or set-off arrangement pursuant to any hedging transaction entered into by a Restricted Member for the purpose of: (1) hedging any risk to which any Restricted Member is exposed in its ordinary course of trading; or (2) its interest rate or currency management operations which are carried out in the ordinary course of day-to-day business and for non-speculative purposes only, excluding, in each case, any Security or Quasi-Security under a credit support arrangement in relation to a hedging transaction; (D) any lien arising by operation of law and in the ordinary course of trading, provided that the debt which is secured thereby is paid when due or contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and properly provisioned; (E) any Security or Quasi-Security over or affecting any asset acquired by a Restricted Member after the date of this Note if: (1) the Security or Quasi-Security was not created in contemplation of the acquisition of that asset by a Restricted Member; (2) the principal amount secured has not been increased in contemplation of or since the acquisition of that asset by a Restricted Member; and (3) the Security or Quasi-Security is removed or discharged within one month of the date of acquisition of such asset; (F) any Security or Quasi-Security over or affecting any asset of any person which becomes a Restricted Member after the Issuance Date, where the Security or Quasi-Security is created prior to the date on which that person becomes a Restricted Member, if: (1) the Security or Quasi-Security was not created in contemplation of the acquisition of that person; (2) the principal amount secured has not been increased in contemplation of or since the acquisition of that person; and (3) the Security or Quasi-Security is removed or discharged within one month of that person becoming a Restricted Member; (G) any Security or Quasi-Security created pursuant to the Transaction Documents; (H) any Security or Quasi-Security arising under any retention of title, hire purchase or conditional sale arrangement or arrangements having similar effect in respect of goods supplied to a Restricted Member in the ordinary course of trading and on the supplier’s standard or usual terms and not arising as a result of any default or omission by any Restricted Member; (I) any Security or Quasi-Security created in favor of any other member of the Group Company, provided that such member of the Group Company does not assign or transfer any of its rights or interests in respect of such Security or Quasi-Security to any person who is not a member of the Group Company; (J) any Security or Quasi-Security arising in the ordinary course of trading of a Restricted Member over or affecting any asset of that Restricted Member; (K) any Security or Quasi-Security securing indebtedness, the principal amount of which (when aggregated with the principal amount of any other indebtedness which has the benefit of Security or Quasi-Security given by any Restricted Member other than any permitted under clauses (A) to (J) above) does not at any time exceed the higher of (1) 10 percent (10%) of the Tangible Net Worth and (2) US$500,000,000 (in each case, or its equivalent in another currency or currencies) (determined by reference to the latest financial statements of the Company); or (L) any Security replacing any Security permitted under clauses (A) to (K) above or this clause (L) and securing indebtedness or obligations whose principal amount does not exceed the maximum principal amount secured, or which could be secured, by the replaced Security when it is replaced.

(d)    Related Person Transactions. The Company shall not enter into any transaction with any person except in the ordinary course of trading on arm’s length terms and for full market value; provided that this Section 11(d) shall not apply to: any disposal permitted under Section 11(e).


(e)    Disposals. The Company shall not enter into a single transaction or a series of transactions (whether related or not) and whether voluntary or involuntary to sell, lease, transfer or otherwise dispose of any asset; provided that this Section 11(e) shall not apply to any sale, lease, transfer or other disposal: (i) as part of an amalgamation, demerger, merger (A) on a solvent basis where all of the Company’s business and assets remain within the Company, or (B) where required by any statutory, regulatory or court-ordered guidance, request, requirement or order (provided that in each case, the resulting or surviving entity is the Company) or corporate reconstruction; (ii) made in the ordinary course of trading of the disposing entity; (iii) of assets in exchange for other assets comparable or superior as to type, value and quality and for a similar purpose (other than an exchange of a non-cash asset for cash); or (iv) of receivables made in the ordinary course of the disposing party’s personal lending business (pursuant to any asset-backed securities arrangements or otherwise) on arm’s length terms for cash on a non-recourse basis (such that the recourse is limited to such receivables (which are customarily provided as security under asset-backed securities arrangements of a similar nature and, in any event, without any recourse to any other member of the Group Company or assets of any other member of the Group Company)) provided that the amount of cash proceeds received from such sale, transfer or other disposal of such receivables shall not be less than 85 percent (85%) of the weighted average of the notional value of such receivables over a period of ninety (90) days immediately preceding the date of such sale, lease, transfer or other disposal.

(f)    Change of Business. The Company shall procure that no substantial change is made to the general nature of the business of the Group Companies (taken as a whole) from that carried on at the Issuance Date.

12.    Put Right.

(a)    In the event any change in or amendment to the applicable Laws of the PRC results in (x) the Group Companies, as a whole, being legally prohibited from operating all or substantially all of its business operations and unable to continue to derive all or substantially all of the economic benefits from its business operations (as in existence immediately prior to such change in law) as reflected in its latest consolidated financial statements and (y) the Company being unable to continue to derive substantially all of the economic benefits from the business operations conducted by the Group Companies (as in existence immediately prior to such change in law) in the same manner as reflected in in its latest consolidated financial statements (a “VIE Event”), the Holder shall have the right (the “Put Right”), at the Holder’s option, to require the Company to repurchase all or any portion of the outstanding principal amount of this Note on the thirtieth (30th) Business Day after the Put Right Notice has been given to the Holder (the “Put Date”) at 100% of such outstanding principal amount plus accrued and unpaid Interest with respect to such outstanding principal amount, if any, to (but excluding) the Put Date (the “Put Price”).

(b)    On or before the twentieth (20th) calendar day after the occurrence of any VIE Event, the Company shall deliver notice with respect to the Put Right to the Holder (the “Put Right Notice”) stating: (i) the Put Date; (ii) the date of such VIE Event and, briefly, the events causing such trigger; (iii) the date by which the Put Notice (as defined below) must be given; (iv) the Put Price and the method by which such amount will be paid; (v) the procedures that the Holder must follow and the requirements that the Holder must satisfy in order to exercise the Put Right; and (vi) that a Put Notice, once validly given, may not be withdrawn.

(c)    To exercise its rights to require the Company to purchase this Note, the Holder must deliver a written irrevocable notice of the exercise of such right substantially in the form set forth in Appendix 2 endorsed under its common seal or under the hand of a director or a duly authorized officer in writing (a “Put Notice”) and surrender this Note, duly endorsed, to the Company during normal business hours at the principal office of the Company by no later than ten (10) Business Days prior to the Put Date.


(d)    Following the payment of the Put Price by the Company on the Put Date, (i) this Note will cease to be outstanding; and (ii) all other rights of the Holder with respect to the portion of the outstanding principal amount of this Note repurchased shall terminate (other than the right to receive the Put Price). If a portion of this Note is surrendered for redemption pursuant to Section 12(a), the Company shall issue a new Note, the aggregate outstanding principal amount of which is the same as the principal amount of this Note not repurchased by the Company, to the Holder and record the reduction in the outstanding principal amount in the Register immediately after payment of the Put Price by the Company on the Put Date.

(e)    Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company shall not be required to repurchase this Note on any date at the option of the Holder upon a VIE Event if the outstanding principal amount of this Note has been accelerated, and such acceleration has not been rescinded, on or prior to such date (including as a result of the payment of the Put Price with respect to this Note and any related interest on the Put Date).

13.    Events of Default.

(a)    For purpose of this Note, each of the following events shall be an “Event of Default” hereunder:

the Company does not pay any principal amount payable pursuant to this Note on the Maturity Date, upon redemption, upon any required repurchase, upon declaration of acceleration or otherwise;

the Company does not pay any amount of Interest due and payable pursuant to this Note, and such default continues for a period of five (5) Business Days;

the Conversion Shares are not promptly issued on the Conversion Date in accordance with this Note, and such failure continues for five (5) Business Days;

breach by the Company of any of its other obligations under this Note, which is not cured within sixty (60) days after written notice of such breach by the Holder to the Company;

default by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries with respect to any mortgage, agreement or other instrument under which there may be outstanding, or by which there may be secured or evidenced, any indebtedness for money borrowed of the Company and/or such Subsidiary, (A) resulting in such indebtedness becoming or being declared due and payable or (B) constituting a failure to pay the principal of, or interest on, any such indebtedness when due and payable at its stated maturity, upon required repurchase, upon declaration of acceleration or otherwise, in each case of (A) and (B) above, where the aggregate amount of such indebtedness due and payable is in excess of US$50 million (or its foreign currency equivalent) and is not discharged or such acceleration is not rescinded or annulled within a period of thirty (30) days after such default;


the Company or any of its Significant Subsidiaries shall (A) discontinue its business, (B) apply for or consent to the appointment of a receiver, trustee, custodian or liquidator of it or any of its property, (C) make a general assignment for the benefit of creditors, (D) generally fail to pay its debts as they become due, or (E) file a voluntary petition in bankruptcy, or a petition or an answer seeking reorganization or an arrangement with creditors, or take advantage of any bankruptcy, reorganization, insolvency, readjustment of debt, dissolution or liquidation laws or statutes under any such law, effecting any of the foregoing;

there shall be filed against the Company or any of its Significant Subsidiaries an involuntary petition seeking liquidation, reorganization or other relief with respect to the Company or such Significant Subsidiary or the appointment of a receiver, trustee, custodian, liquidator or other similar official of the Company or such Significant Subsidiary or a substantial part of its assets, or an involuntary petition under any bankruptcy, reorganization or insolvency law of any jurisdiction, whether now or hereafter in effect (any of the foregoing petitions being hereinafter referred to as an “Involuntary Petition”) and such Involuntary Petition is not dismissed or stayed after sixty (60) days of being filed; or

a final judgment for the payment of US$50 million (or its foreign currency equivalent) or more rendered against the Company or any of its Subsidiaries if such amount is not covered by insurance or an indemnity and such judgment is not discharged or stayed within sixty (60) days after (A) the date on which the right to appeal thereof has expired if no such appeal has commenced, or (B) the date on which all rights to appeal have been extinguished.

(b)    Upon and at any time after the occurrence of an Event of Default which is continuing, the Holder may, by written notice to the Company, declare that this Note (and all accrued and unpaid Interest) shall be immediately due and payable, whereupon 100% of the principal and accrued and unpaid Interest on the Note shall become immediately due and payable in cash. The Company shall notify the Holder promptly in writing upon becoming aware of the occurrence of any event that is an Event of Default or after notice or passage of time, or both, would be, an Event of Default.

(c)    The Holder may (and upon execution of an instrument or instruments in writing by the Holder, the Holder shall be deemed to) rescind an acceleration or waive any existing Event of Default, other than a continuing default under Section 13(a)(i), (ii) or (iii), together with any of the consequences of such Event of Default. In such event, the Holder and the Company will be restored to their respective former positions, rights and obligations hereunder. Any Event of Default so waived will be deemed to have been cured and not to be continuing, but no such waiver will extend to any subsequent or other Event of Default or impair any right of the Holder consequent thereon.

(d)    No failure on the part of the Holder to exercise and no delay in exercising any right hereunder will operate as a waiver thereof, nor will any single or partial exercise by the Holder of any right hereunder preclude any other or further right of exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right.


14.    Tax Gross-Up.

(a)    All payments made by or on behalf of the Company in respect of this Note shall be made free from any restriction or condition and be made without deduction or withholding for or on account of any present or future taxes, duties, assessments or governmental charges of whatever nature imposed, levied collected, withheld or assessed by the Cayman Islands or the PRC or, in each case, any authority thereof or therein having power to tax (each, a “Relevant Jurisdiction”), unless such deduction or withholding is required by Law.

(b)    If the Company is required to make such deduction or withholding by or within any Relevant Jurisdiction the Company shall pay such additional amounts (“Additional Amounts”) as will result in the receipt by the Holder of such amounts as would have been received by them had no such deduction or withholding been required, except that no Additional Amounts shall be payable in respect of any Note to the Holder (or to a third party on behalf of the Holder) if such taxes, duties, assessments or governmental charges in respect of this Note:

is imposed by reason of the Holder or beneficial owner having some connection with the Relevant Jurisdiction other than the mere holding of this Note or the receipt of amounts in respect of this Note;

is imposed as a result of the failure of the Holder or beneficial owner to comply with certification, identification or other reporting requirements concerning the nationality, residence, identity or connection with the Relevant Jurisdiction of such Holder or beneficial owner, if compliance is required by statute or by regulation of a Relevant Jurisdiction as a precondition to relief or exemption from the Additional Amounts, provided that the Company has or its agent has provided the Holder or its nominee with at least thirty (30) calendar days’ written notice that such Holder or beneficial owner shall be required to comply with any such information, documentation or reporting requirement;

is imposed on the Holder as a result of the presentation of this Note (where presentation is required) for payment on a date more than thirty (30) days after the date on which such payment becomes due and payable or the date on which payment thereof is duly provided for, whichever occurs later, except to the extent that such Holder would be entitled to Additional Amounts had this Note been presented for payment on the last day of such 30-day period;

is imposed as a result of the presentation of any Note for payment to a paying agent (where presentation is required) where the payment could be made without such withholding or deduction by the presentation of this Note for payment to at least one other paying agent;

is an estate, inheritance, gift, sale, transfer or personal property tax or any similar tax, assessment or governmental charge;

is imposed other than by withholding or deduction from payments on or in respect of any Note; or is imposed as a result of any combination of (i) through (vi) above.


(c)    Additional Amounts shall not be paid with respect to any amounts withheld or deducted pursuant to, or in connection with, Sections 1471-1474 of the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and the Treasury regulations thereunder or official guidance with respect thereto (“FATCA”), including any agreement with the U.S. Internal Revenue Service with respect thereto, any intergovernmental agreement with respect to FATCA, or any law, regulation or other official guidance enacted or issued in any jurisdiction implementing, or in connection with, FATCA or any intergovernmental agreement with respect to FATCA.

(d)    References herein to principal amount and Interest shall be deemed also to refer to any Additional Amounts which may be payable under this Section 14.

(e)    In addition, Additional Amounts shall not be paid with respect to any payment on this Note to if the Holder is a fiduciary, a partnership, a limited liability company or other than the sole beneficial owner of that payment to the extent that payment would be required by the laws of a Relevant Jurisdiction to be included in the income, for tax purposes, of a beneficiary or settlor with respect to the fiduciary, a member of that partnership, an interest holder in a limited liability company or a beneficial owner who would not have been entitled to the Additional Amounts had that beneficiary, settlor, member or beneficial owner been the Holder.

(f)    The Company or its agent shall (i) make any such withholding or deduction and (ii) remit the full amount withheld or deducted to the relevant taxing authority in the Relevant Jurisdiction in accordance with applicable law.

15.    Redemption for Taxation Reasons. Subject to Section 16, the Company may redeem all, but not less than all, of the outstanding principal amount of this Note, at its option, at any time, on giving not less than thirty (30) nor more than sixty (60) days’ notice (a “Tax Redemption Notice”) to the Holder (which notice shall be irrevocable), on the date specified in the Tax Redemption Notice for redemption (the “Tax Redemption Date”) at 100% of the outstanding principal amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid Interest, if any, to (but excluding) the Tax Redemption Date (the “Tax Redemption Price”), if (i) the Company has or will become obliged to pay Additional Amounts as provided or referred to in Section 14 as a result of any change in, or amendment to, the Laws of any Relevant Jurisdiction or, in each case, any political subdivision or any authority thereof or therein having power to tax, or any change in the general application or official interpretation (whether made by way of official statement or otherwise) of such Laws, which change or amendment becomes effective on or after the Issuance Date and (ii) such obligation cannot be avoided by the Company taking reasonable measures available to it, provided that no Tax Redemption Notice shall be given earlier than ninety (90) days prior to the earliest date on which the Company would be obliged to pay such Additional Amounts were a payment in respect of this Note then due.


16.    Holder Election To Not Be Redeemed. If the Company gives a Tax Redemption Notice pursuant to Section 15, the Holder will have the right to elect that this Note shall not be redeemed and that the provisions of Section 14 shall not apply in respect of any payment to be made in respect of this Note which falls due after the relevant Tax Redemption Date, whereupon no Additional Amounts shall be payable by the Company in respect thereof pursuant to Section 14 in respect of that relevant change in Law or general application or official interpretation of such Laws (without prejudice to any Additional Amounts that may become payable by the Company under Section 14 as a result of any other change in Law or general application or official interpretation of such Laws) and payment of all amounts by the Company to such Holder in respect of this Note shall be made subject to the deduction or withholding of any tax required to be deducted or withheld. To exercise a right pursuant to this Section 16, the Holder must complete, sign and deposit during normal business hours at the principal office of the Company a duly completed and signed notice of exercise, in the form for the time being current, obtainable during normal business hours from the principal office of the Company together with the this Note no later than five (5) Business Days prior to the Tax Redemption Date. Such notice of exercise from the Holder, once delivered, shall be irrevocable and may not be withdrawn without the Company’s written consent.

17.    Different Listing Entity in Qualified Listing. In the event that any legal entity (other than the Company) becomes the listing entity for purpose of the Qualified Listing, the Company shall ensure that the Holder receives replacement convertible notes or other rights reasonably acceptable to the Holder, which in any event, subject to applicable Law, shall be on terms no less favorable to the Holder than those set forth under this Note and the Securityholders Agreement.

18.    Successors and Assigns. The terms and conditions of this Note shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the respective successors and permitted assigns of the parties. Nothing in this Note, expressed or implied, is intended to confer upon any third party any rights, remedies, obligations, or liabilities under or by reason of this Note, except as expressly provided in this Note.

19.    Governing Law and Dispute Resolution.

(a)    The validity, construction, interpretation, enforcement, and the rights of the parties under this Note shall be determined under, governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of New York without giving effect to conflict of laws principle.

(b)    Disputes between the parties shall be settled by arbitration at the Hong Kong International Arbitration Centre (“HKIAC”) in Hong Kong under the Hong Kong International Arbitration Centre Administered Arbitration Rules (the “HKIAC Rules”) in force when the notice of arbitration is submitted in accordance with the HKIAC Rules, except as amended as follows:

there shall be three (3) arbitrators to be appointed in accordance with the HKIAC Rules;

the language to be used in the arbitral proceedings shall be English;


subject to the overall discretion of the arbitration tribunal, the costs of the arbitration, including the HKIAC’s and arbitrators’ fees and legal costs, shall be borne by the party losing the arbitration;

while such dispute is being arbitrated under this Section 19(b), none of the parties shall be permitted to disclose any information or details relating to such dispute without the written consent of the other parties to the dispute, except (i) to the parties’ professional advisors and the parties’ affiliates and their respective professional advisors; and (ii) as may be required by applicable laws or under the rules of any securities exchange; and

other than the matter being disputed, the parties shall continue to perform their respective obligations under this Agreement, which are not in dispute.

(c)    The award of the arbitration tribunal shall be final and binding. The parties shall waive their rights of appeal, if any, to the extent allowed by law.

20.    Miscellaneous.

(a)    Section 13 (Announcements and Confidentiality), Section 18 (Severability), Section 19 (Notices), Section 22 (Third Party Rights) and Section 23 (Language Version) of the Securities Exchange Agreement are hereby incorporated in this Note by reference and shall apply mutatis mutandis to this Note.

(b)    Any term of this Note may be amended or waived with the written consent of the Company and the Holder. Any amendment or waiver effected in accordance with this Section 20(b) shall be binding upon the Company and the Holder.

(c)    Upon receipt by the Company of evidence satisfactory to it of the loss, theft, destruction or mutilation of this Note or any Note exchanged for it, and indemnity satisfactory to the Company (in case of loss, theft or destruction) or surrender and cancellation of such Note (in the case of mutilation), the Company will make and deliver in lieu of such Note a new Note of like tenor.

(d)    This Note may be executed and delivered (including by facsimile or other means of electronic transmission, such as by electronic mail in “pdf” form) in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original and all of which together shall constitute one instrument.

[The remainder of this page is deliberately left blank.]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Lufax Holding Ltd (陆金所控股有限公司) has caused this Note to be executed by an officer thereunto duly authorized.

 

Lufax Holding Ltd

(陆金所控股有限 公司)

By:  

 

Name:  

 

Title:  

 

 

ACCEPTED AND AGREED:
The Holder:
[●]
By:  

 

Name:  

 

Title:  

 


APPENDIX 1

FORM OF TRANSFER

LUFAX HOLDING LTD

(陆金所控股有限公司)

(incorporated in the Cayman Islands with limited liability)

AUTOMATICALLY CONVERTIBLE PROMISSORY NOTE


APPENDIX 2

FORM OF PUT NOTICE


PART B - FORM OF OPTIONALLY CONVERTIBLE NOT


NOTE NUMBER: [●]

THIS NOTE AND THE SECURITIES ISSUABLE UPON THE CONVERSION HEREOF HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”) NOR QUALIFIED UNDER ANY STATE OR OTHER APPLICABLE SECURITIES LAWS, AND MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD, TRANSFERRED, ASSIGNED, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF IN THE ABSENCE OF SUCH REGISTRATION OR QUALIFICATION OR AN EXEMPTION THEREFROM UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OR UNDER ANY OTHER APPLICABLE SECURITIES LAWS.

ANY OFFER, SALE, PLEDGE, HYPOTHECATION OR TRANSFER OF THIS NOTE IS SUBJECT TO THE RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER SET FORTH IN THAT CERTAIN SECURITYHOLDERS AGREEMENT DATED AS OF [], 2020 AMONG THE COMPANY, THE HOLDER AND THE OTHER PARTIES NAMED THEREIN (AS MAY FROM TIME TO TIME BE AMENDED, MODIFIED, SUPPLEMENTED OR RESTATED IN ACCORDANCE WITH ITS TERMS, THE “SECURITYHOLDERS AGREEMENT”), A COPY OF WHICH MAY BE OBTAINED UPON WRITTEN REQUEST TO THE SECRETARY OF THE COMPANY.

LUFAX HOLDING LTD

(陆金所控股有限公司)

OPTIONALLY CONVERTIBLE PROMISSORY NOTE

 

US$[]   [●], 2020 (the “Issuance Date)

FOR VALUE RECEIVED, Lufax Holding Ltd (陆金所控股有限公司), an exempted company registered in the Cayman Islands (the “Company”), hereby promises to pay to the order or registered assigns of [●] (the “Holder”), the aggregate principal amount of US$[●], plus any and all Interest (as defined below) then accrued but unpaid thereon, each due and payable on the date and in the manner set forth below.

1.    SECURITIES EXCHANGE AGREEMENT. THIS OPTIONALLY CONVERTIBLE PROMISSORY NOTE (THIS “NOTE”) IS ISSUED PURSUANT TO THE TERMS OF THAT CERTAIN SECURITIES EXCHANGE AGREEMENT DATED AS OF [], 2020 AMONG THE COMPANY, THE HOLDER AND THE OTHER PARTIES NAMED THEREIN (AS MAY FROM TIME TO TIME BE AMENDED, MODIFIED OR SUPPLEMENTED OR RESTATED IN ACCORDANCE WITH ITS TERMS, THE “SECURITIES EXCHANGE AGREEMENT”). CAPITALIZED TERMS USED BUT NOT OTHERWISE DEFINED HEREIN SHALL HAVE THE RESPECTIVE MEANING ASCRIBED THEREIN TO THEM IN THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE AGREEMENT.


2.    DEFINITIONS. THE FOLLOWING TERMS SHALL HAVE THE MEANINGS SPECIFIED IN THIS SECTION 2:

Articles” means the amended and restated memorandum and articles of association of the Company in the agreed form and to be adopted effective on or about the date hereof.

Business Day” means a day (which for these purposes ends at 5.30 p.m. local time) on which banks are open for commercial business in the Cayman Islands, Qatar, Hong Kong and China other than a Friday, Saturday, Sunday or a public holiday.

Calculation Agent” means an independent investment bank or licensed financial advisor or institution of international reputation (acting as an expert) appointed by the Company.

Class A Ordinary Shares” means the class A ordinary shares of par value US$0.00001 each in the capital of the Company, or any shares in the share capital of the Company of any class resulting from the subdivision, consolidation or re-classification of such shares, and in each case having the rights and preferences set forth in the Articles and the Shareholders Agreement.

Closing Price” means, with respect to any Trading Day and Class A Ordinary Shares (or any other securities), the closing price of Class A Ordinary Shares (or such other securities) on the Relevant Stock Exchange on such Trading Day; provided that if the American depositary shares representing Class A Ordinary Shares are listed and traded on the Relevant Stock Exchange, the Closing Price of Class A Ordinary Shares shall be deemed to be the closing price of the American depositary shares on the Relevant Stock Exchange, divided by the number of Class A Ordinary Shares represented by one American depositary share.

Conversion Date” has the meaning given to it in Section 9(a) upon any exercise of the Optional Conversion Right by the Holder or the meaning given to it in Section 9(b) upon any exercise of the Mandatory Conversion Right by the Company.

Conversion Price” means, upon any exercise of the Optional Conversion Right by the Holder pursuant to Section 9(a) or any exercise of the Mandatory Conversion Right by the Company pursuant to Section 9(b), thirty point zero seven three one two six two four one one two two nine United States dollars (US$30.0731262411229) per Class A Ordinary Share, as may be adjusted pursuant to Section 10.

Conversion Shares” means the Class A Ordinary Shares to be issued by the Company upon (a) any exercise of the Optional Conversion Right by the Holder pursuant to Sections 9(a), or (b) any exercise of the Mandatory Conversion Right by the Company pursuant to Section 9(b), as the case may be.

Convertible Promissory Notes” means, together: (a) the USD1,015,976,000 0.7375% convertible promissory note issued by the Company to China Ping An Insurance Overseas (Holdings) Limited on 8 October 2015; and (b) the USD937,824,000 0.7375% convertible promissory note issued by the Company to China Ping An Insurance Overseas (Holdings) Limited and subsequently transferred to An Ke Technology Company Limited, in each case on 8 October 2015, and in each case, as amended pursuant to the Amendment and Supplemental Agreement to the Share Purchase Agreement and the Convertible Notes dated as of August 31, 2020 among the Company, China Ping An Insurance Overseas (Holdings) Limited and An Ke Technology Company Limited.


Encumbrance means any rights of pledge, mortgage, liens or attachments or similar charges, right of first refusal, right of pre-emption, third party right or any other encumbrance having similar effect.

Governmental or Regulatory Authority means any nation or government or any province or state, municipal or local or any other political subdivision thereof, or any entity, authority or body exercising executive, legislative, judicial, regulatory or administrative functions of or pertaining to government, including, without limitation, any government authority, agency, department, board, commission or instrumentality or any political subdivision thereof, any court, tribunal or arbitrator, stock or securities exchange and any self-regulatory organization.

Group Company” and “Group Companies” means, individually and collectively, the Company and its Subsidiaries from time to time, including without limitation all the entities in which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is directly or indirectly interested by virtue of a variable interest entity (VIE) arrangement, and “Group” shall be interpreted accordingly.

HKD/USD Exchange Rate” means the official MID WM Reuters fixing at 4 pm London time, expressed as the number of U.S. dollars per one unit of Hong Kong dollar.

Hong Kong” means the Hong Kong Special Administrative Region of the PRC.

Investor” has the meaning ascribed to such term in the Securityholders Agreement.

Law or “Laws means any constitutional provision, statute or other law, rule, regulation, listing rule, decree, notice, official policy, guideline or interpretation of any Governmental or Regulatory Authority.

Loan Facility” means the Facility Agreement dated 13 February 2020 for Wincon Hong Kong Investment Company Limited (as borrower), arranged by Citigroup Global Markets Asia Limited and The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation Limited.

PRC means the People’s Republic of China, which for the purposes of this Agreement, excludes Hong Kong, the Special Administrative Region of Macao and Taiwan.

Qualified Listing” means an initial public offering of the Company’s shares and/or securities on (a) The New York Stock Exchange, the NASDAQ Global Select Market, the NASDAQ Global Market or the Hong Kong Stock Exchange (Main Board) (or any of their respective successors), or (b) only after prior consultation with the Significant C-Round Investors and those other Investors with capital market expertise in any relevant markets which request such consultation with respect to any proposed Qualified Listing, including with respect to (i) the funding needs of the Company, (ii) the amount of proceeds to be raised in any proposed Qualified Listing and the proposed use of these proceeds, and (iii) the market conditions for conducting an equity offering of the Company and outlook for such conditions at such time, any other internationally recognized stock exchange.

Relevant Stock Exchange” means, if Class A Ordinary Shares (or any other securities) are listed or quoted on one or more stock exchanges or securities markets, the primary stock exchange or securities market on which the Class A Ordinary Shares (or such other securities) are traded.


Security” means a mortgage, charge, pledge, lien or other security interest securing any obligation of any person or any other agreement or arrangement having a similar effect.

Shareholders Agreement” means the amended and restated shareholders agreement entered into among the Company and its shareholders on 31 January 2019, as amended from time to time.

Significant C-Round Investors” has the meaning ascribed to such term in the Securityholders Agreement.

Significant Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary of the Company which, by reference to its most recently available financial statements, has: (a) a net profit (on a consolidated basis in the case of a Group Company which has a Subsidiary) representing ten per cent (10%) or more of the consolidated net profit of the Group Companies as a whole; or (b) total assets (on a consolidated basis in the case of a Group Company which has a Subsidiary) representing ten per cent (10%) or more of the consolidated total assets of the Group Companies as a whole.

Subsidiary” means, as to any person, any person (A) of which such first person directly or indirectly owns securities or other equity interests representing more than fifty per cent (50%) of the aggregate voting power, (B) of which such first person possesses the right to elect more than fifty per cent (50%) of the directors or persons holding similar positions through contractual arrangements (including without limitation variable interest entity (VIE) arrangements) or otherwise, (C) which such first person otherwise controls through contractual arrangements or otherwise (including without limitation variable interest entity (VIE) arrangements) or (D) the financial position and results of operation of which such first person could be consolidated if preparing financial statements under the International Financial Reporting Standards.

Trading Day” means, if Class A Ordinary Shares (or any other securities) are listed or admitted for trading on the Relevant Stock Exchange, a day on which trading in Class A Ordinary Shares (or such other securities) generally occur on the Relevant Stock Exchange, provided that, if no closing price of Class A Ordinary Shares (or such other securities) is reported for one or more consecutive Trading Days, such day or days will be disregarded in any relevant calculation and shall be deemed not to have been Trading Days when ascertaining any period of Trading Days.

USD Closing Price” means, with respect to any Trading Day, (i) if the Closing Price is denominated in U.S. dollars, the Closing Price on such Trading Day; (ii) if the Closing Price is denominated in Hong Kong dollars, the Closing Price on such Trading Day multiplied by the HKD/USD Exchange Rate on such Trading Day; or (iii) if the Closing Price is denominated in a currency other than U.S. dollars and Hong Kong dollars, the U.S. dollar equivalent of the Closing Price on such Trading Day, converted using the exchange rate on such Trading Day as the Calculation Agent determines to be commercially reasonable.


3.    RANKING. THIS NOTE IS ONE OF THE SERIES OF AUTOMATICALLY CONVERTIBLE NOTES AND OPTIONALLY CONVERTIBLE NOTES (COLLECTIVELY, THE “EXCHANGE NOTES”) HAVING LIKE TENOR AND EFFECT ISSUED OR TO BE ISSUED BY THE COMPANY PURSUANT TO THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE AGREEMENT. THE EXCHANGE NOTES SHALL RANK EQUALLY WITHOUT PREFERENCE OR PRIORITY OF ANY KIND OVER ONE ANOTHER, AND ALL PAYMENTS ON ACCOUNT OF PRINCIPAL AND INTEREST WITH RESPECT TO ANY OF THE EXCHANGE NOTES SHALL BE APPLIED RATABLY AND PROPORTIONATELY ON THE OUTSTANDING EXCHANGE NOTES ON THE BASIS OF THE PRINCIPAL AMOUNT OF THE OUTSTANDING INDEBTEDNESS REPRESENTED THEREBY. THIS NOTE AND THE OTHER EXCHANGE NOTES SHALL BE SUBORDINATE TO AND RANK JUNIOR TO THE LOAN FACILITY AND ANY OTHER SECURED INDEBTEDNESS OF THE COMPANY TO THE EXTENT OF THE VALUE OF THE ASSETS SECURING SUCH INDEBTEDNESS AND SHALL RANK EQUALLY WITHOUT PREFERENCE OR PRIORITY WITH ANY OTHER SENIOR UNSECURED INDEBTEDNESS OF THE COMPANY, INCLUDING THE CONVERTIBLE PROMISSORY NOTES.

4.    REPAYMENT. UNLESS PREVIOUSLY REDEEMED, CONVERTED OR REPURCHASED OR OTHERWISE AGREED IN WRITING BETWEEN THE COMPANY AND THE HOLDER, SUBJECT TO SECTION 6, THE COMPANY SHALL REPAY THE OUTSTANDING PRINCIPAL AMOUNT OF THIS NOTE AND ANY ACCRUED AND UNPAID INTEREST ON [], 2023 (THE “MATURITY DATE”), WHICH IS THE THIRD (3RD) ANNIVERSARY OF THE ISSUANCE DATE, OR SUCH EARLIER DATE AS OF WHICH THE MATURITY OF THIS NOTE MAY HAVE BEEN ACCELERATED PURSUANT TO SECTION 13(B). TO THE EXTENT ALL OR ANY PORTION OF THIS NOTE IS CONVERTED PRIOR TO THE MATURITY DATE PURSUANT TO SECTION 9, ANY OUTSTANDING PRINCIPAL AMOUNT OF THIS NOTE SO CONVERTED SHALL BE DEEMED REPAID BY THE COMPANY ON THE ISSUANCE OF THE CONVERSION SHARES IN THE MANNER CONTEMPLATED IN SECTION 9(C) IN RESPECT OF SUCH CONVERSION TO THE HOLDER.

5.    INTEREST. THIS NOTE SHALL BEAR INTEREST ON THE OUTSTANDING PRINCIPAL AMOUNT OF THIS NOTE AT THE RATE OF SIX PERCENT (6%) PER ANNUM (THE “INTEREST”), COMPUTED ON THE BASIS OF THE ACTUAL NUMBER OF DAYS ELAPSED AND A YEAR OF THREE HUNDRED SIXTY-FIVE (365) DAYS, FROM, AND EXCLUDING, THE ISSUANCE DATE THROUGH, BUT EXCLUDING, THE EARLIER OF (ITHE MATURITY DATE, (II) IF ANY OUTSTANDING PRINCIPAL AMOUNT OF THIS NOTE IS CONVERTED PURSUANT TO SECTION 9, THE APPLICABLE CONVERSION DATE WITH RESPECT TO SUCH PRINCIPAL AMOUNT, (III) IF ANY OUTSTANDING PRINCIPAL AMOUNT OF THIS NOTE IS REPURCHASED BY THE COMPANY PURSUANT TO SECTION 12, THE APPLICABLE PUT DATE WITH RESPECT TO SUCH PRINCIPAL AMOUNT OR (IV) THE TAX REDEMPTION DATE. COMMENCING ON THE ISSUANCE DATE, ACCRUED AND UNPAID INTEREST SHALL BE PAYABLE ON (I) EACH OF THE FIRST (1ST) AND SECOND (2ND) ANNIVERSARY OF THE ISSUANCE DATE AND (II) THE MATURITY DATE (EACH OF (I) AND (II) ABOVE, AN “INTEREST PAYMENT DATE”).

6.    CASH PAYMENTS. ALL AMOUNTS IN CASH PAYABLE ON OR IN RESPECT OF THIS NOTE SHALL BE PAID TO THE HOLDER IN LAWFUL MONEY OF THE UNITED STATES OF AMERICA, BY WIRE TRANSFER OF IMMEDIATELY AVAILABLE FUNDS TO THE HOLDERS ACCOUNT (AS SET FORTH IN THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE AGREEMENT) OR ANY OTHER ACCOUNT OF THE HOLDER AS THE HOLDER MAY DESIGNATE AND NOTIFY IN WRITING TO THE COMPANY AT LEAST THREE (3) BUSINESS DAYS PRIOR TO THE MATURITY DATE, THE CONVERSION DATE, THE PUT DATE, THE TAX REDEMPTION DATE OR THE RELEVANT INTEREST PAYMENT DATE (AS APPLICABLE) (EACH, A “PAYMENT DATE”), AND THE COMPANY SHALL DELIVER TO THE HOLDER THE “MT-103” OR EQUIVALENT WRITTEN EVIDENCE OF THE INITIATION OF WIRING OF SUCH PAYMENT. IF A PAYMENT DATE FALLS ON A DAY THAT IS NOT A BUSINESS DAY, THE REQUIRED PAYMENT WILL BE MADE ON THE NEXT SUCCEEDING BUSINESS DAY AND NO INTEREST ON SUCH PAYMENT WILL ACCRUE IN RESPECT OF THE DELAY.


7.    REGISTER. THE COMPANY SHALL AT ALL TIMES KEEP AT ITS REGISTERED OFFICE A REGISTER OF THE NOTES (THE “REGISTER”) SHOWING: (ITHE NAMES, ADDRESSES AND BANK ACCOUNT DETAILS OF THE HOLDERS FOR THE TIME BEING OF THE NOTES; (II) THE NUMBER, PRINCIPAL AMOUNT AND OTHER PARTICULARS OF THE NOTES HELD BY EACH REGISTERED HOLDER; AND (III) ALL TRANSFERS AND CONVERSIONS OF THE NOTES. THE ENTRIES IN THE REGISTER SHALL BE CONCLUSIVE AND BINDING FOR ALL PURPOSES ABSENT MANIFEST ERROR. THE COMPANY AND THE HOLDERS OF THE NOTES SHALL TREAT EACH PERSON WHOSE NAME IS RECORDED IN THE REGISTER AS THE OWNER OF THE APPLICABLE NOTES FOR ALL PURPOSES, INCLUDING THE RIGHT TO RECEIVE PAYMENTS HEREUNDER, NOTWITHSTANDING NOTICE TO THE CONTRARY. THIS NOTE MAY BE ASSIGNED OR SOLD IN WHOLE OR IN PART, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED PURSUANT TO SECTION 8(A) AND ANY OTHER TERMS HEREOF, ONLY BY REGISTRATION OF SUCH ASSIGNMENT OR SALE ON THE REGISTER. UPON ITS RECEIPT OF A SATISFACTORY REQUEST TO ASSIGN OR SELL ALL OR PART OF THIS NOTE BY THE HOLDER AND THE PHYSICAL SURRENDER OF THIS NOTE TO THE COMPANY, THE COMPANY SHALL RECORD THE INFORMATION CONTAINED THEREIN IN THE REGISTER AND ISSUE ONE OR MORE NEW NOTES, THE AGGREGATE OUTSTANDING PRINCIPAL AMOUNT OF WHICH IS THE SAME AS THE OUTSTANDING PRINCIPAL AMOUNT OF THE NOTE TRANSFERRED, TO THE TRANSFEREE PURSUANT TO SECTION 8.

8.    TRANSFERS.

(a)    This Note shall not be transferrable except in accordance with the provisions of the Securityholders Agreement and the Articles.

(b)    Subject to Section 8(a), this Note (or any part thereof) shall be transferable to any person by execution of the form of transfer substantially in the form set forth in Appendix 1 endorsed under its common seal or under the hand of a director or a duly authorized officer in writing. The transferor of this Note shall be deemed to remain the owner of this Note transferred until the name of the transferee is entered in the Register in respect thereof. This Note shall be delivered for registration to the Company accompanied by such other evidence as the Company may reasonably require to prove the title of the transferor or its right to transfer this Note and its identity and, if the form of transfer is executed by some other person on behalf of the transferor or in the case of the execution of a form of transfer on behalf of a corporation by its officers, the authority of that person or those persons to do so.

(c)    Where only part of the outstanding principal amount of this Note has been transferred or converted, a new Note in respect of the outstanding principal amount of this Note not so transferred or converted shall, within ten (10) Business Days after the delivery of the old Note to the Company, be issued and made available for collection at the principal place of business of the Company or, if so requested in the form of transfer, be mailed by uninsured mail at the risk of the Holder not so transferred or converted (but free of charge to the Holder) to the address of the Holder appearing on the Register.


(d)    Each new Note to be issued upon a transfer of this Note shall, within ten (10) Business Days of receipt by the Company of the Note to be transferred and the endorsed form of transfer complying with the requirements of this Section 8, be made available for collection at the principal place of business of the Company, or if so requested in the form of transfer, be mailed by uninsured mail (at the risk of the transferee) to the address specified in the form of transfer.

9.    CONVERSION.

(a)    If the closing of a Qualified Listing occurs prior to the Maturity Date, then, at any time during the period commencing on such Qualified Listing closing and ending on the Business Day immediately prior to the Maturity Date (the “Optional Conversion Period”), the Holder shall have the right (but not the obligation) to require the Company to convert all or any portion of the outstanding principal amount of this Note into Class A Ordinary Shares (the “Optional Conversion Right”). The number of Class A Ordinary Shares to be issued to the Holder on any exercise of the Optional Conversion Right shall be determined by dividing the outstanding principal amount of this Note so converted as set forth in the Optional Conversion Notice (the “Optional Conversion Amount”) by the then-prevailing Conversion Price (which is subject to adjustments as set forth in Section 9(d) and Section 10). To exercise the Optional Conversion Right, the Holder shall, by no later than ten (10) Business Days prior to the expiry of the Optional Conversion Period, (A) complete, execute and deliver a notice of conversion substantially in the form set forth in Appendix 2 endorsed under its common seal or under the hand of a director or a duly authorized officer in writing (“Optional Conversion Notice”) and (B) surrender this Note, duly endorsed, to the Company during normal business hours at the principal office of the Company. An Optional Conversion Notice once delivered shall be irrevocable and may not be withdrawn unless the Company consents in writing to such withdrawal. Upon any exercise of the Optional Conversion Right by the Holder, the Optional Conversion Amount shall be converted into Conversion Shares in the manner contemplated in Section 9(c) on the “Conversion Date,” which is the fifth (5th) Business Day after the date on which the Holder has complied with the conditions of such exercise as set forth in Section 9(a), including the delivery of the Optional Conversion Notice and surrender of this Note to the Company.

(b)    If the closing of a Qualified Listing occurs prior to the Maturity Date, then, at any time during the period commencing on the first (1st) anniversary of such Qualified Listing closing and ending on the Business Day immediately prior to the Maturity Date (the “Mandatory Conversion Period”), the Company shall have the right (but not the obligation) to convert all, but not less than all, of the outstanding principal amount of this Note into Class A Ordinary Shares, so long as the USD Closing Price of the Class A Ordinary Shares for each of any twenty (20) Trading Days occurring within a period of thirty (30) consecutive Trading Days, the first of which occurs within the Mandatory Conversion Period and the last of which occurs not more than five (5) Trading Days prior to the date of the Mandatory Conversion Notice, is at least one hundred twenty five percent (125%) of the Conversion Price (the “Mandatory Conversion Right”). The number of Class A Ordinary Shares to be issued to the Holder on any exercise of the Mandatory Conversion Right by the Company shall be determined by dividing the outstanding principal amount of this Note by the applicable Conversion Price, subject to adjustments as set forth in Section 9(d) and Section 10. To exercise the Mandatory Conversion Right, the Company shall complete, execute and deliver a notice of conversion substantially in the form set forth in Appendix 3 endorsed under its common seal or under the hand of a director or a duly authorized officer in writing (“Mandatory Conversion Notice”) by no later than ten (10) Business Days prior to the expiry of the Mandatory Conversion Period. A Mandatory Conversion Notice once delivered shall be irrevocable and may not be withdrawn unless the Holder consents in writing to such withdrawal. Upon any exercise of the Mandatory Conversion Right by the Company, this Note shall be converted into Conversion Shares in the manner contemplated in Section 9(c) on the “Conversion Date,” which is the fifth (5th) Business Day after the date on which the Company has complied with the conditions of such exercise as set forth in Section 9(b), including the delivery of the Mandatory Conversion Notice to the Holder.


(c)    On any Conversion Date, the Company shall pay or deliver, or cause the payment or delivery of, the relevant number of Conversion Shares, and any other securities, property or cash (including any cash payable in lieu of fractional shares pursuant to Section 9(d)) that may be deliverable or payable upon the conversion of this Note plus accrued and unpaid Interest with respect to the applicable principal amount, if any, to (but excluding) the Conversion Date, to the Holder and shall (i) simultaneously upon the issue of such Conversion Shares instruct the Company’s share registry to enter the Holder in the register of members of the Company as the holder of those Conversion Shares or (ii) if the Conversion Shares are eligible for book-entry settlement through a depositary, deliver such Conversion Shares to the Holder in compliance with such depositary’s procedures. The delivery of the Conversion Shares to the Holder in the manner contemplated above will be deemed to satisfy the obligation of the Company to pay the principal amount of this Note so converted. The Holder shall be treated for all purposes as the record holder of such Conversion Shares on the Conversion Date, and from and after such conversion, this Note shall cease to be outstanding for any purpose whatsoever. If a portion of this Note is converted upon any exercise of the Optional Conversion Right by the Holder pursuant to Section 9(a), the Company shall issue a new Note, the aggregate outstanding principal amount of which is the same as the unconverted principal amount of this Note, to the Holder and record the reduction in the outstanding principal amount in the Register immediately after the Conversion Date.

(d)    Fractions of Conversion Shares shall not be issued on any conversion of this Note. In lieu of any fractional share to which the Holder would otherwise be entitled, the Company will pay to the Holder in cash the amount of the unconverted principal amount of this Note that would otherwise be converted into such fractional share on the Conversion Date in accordance with Section 6.

(e)    Any issuance and delivery of Conversion Shares upon any conversion of this Note shall be made without charge to the Holder for any transfer, stamp or similar tax or for any other governmental charges that may be imposed in connection with the issuance of such Conversion Shares, provided, however, that the Company shall not be required to pay any tax or such other charges that may be payable in connection with any transfer involved in the issuance of any Conversion Shares or other securities to a person other than the Holder upon conversion of this Holder, and the Company shall not be required to issue or deliver such Conversion Shares or other securities unless and until the person or persons requesting the issuance thereof shall have paid to the Company the amount of such tax or shall have established to the satisfaction of the Company that such tax has been paid or is not payable. If Class A Ordinary Shares are listed on the Relevant Stock Exchange at the time of conversion, any listing of Conversion Shares on the Relevant Stock Exchange shall be made without charge to the Holder for any listing fees or expenses charged by the Relevant Stock Exchange.


(f)    So long as this Note remains outstanding, the Company shall reserve out of its authorized but unissued share capital, such number of Class A Ordinary Shares as would be required to be delivered on conversion of the outstanding principal amount of this Note and shall ensure that all Conversion Shares delivered on the conversion of this Note will vest in the Holder full legal and valid title to and full beneficial ownership of such Class A Ordinary Shares, free and clear of all Encumbrances other than those created by the Holder or as set out in the Shareholders Agreement and the Articles, and rank pari passu and carry the same rights and privileges in all other Class A Ordinary Shares issued (including the right to dividends and distributions) and such Conversion Shares will be duly and validly issued and allotted, fully paid and nonassessable, subject to the restrictions on transfer under this Note, the Securityholders Agreement and the Articles.

(g)    After the closing of the Qualified Listing, in the event that the Company makes a pubic filing or announcement that it has received written notice of delisting from the Relevant Stock Exchange, the Company shall notify the Holder as soon as practicable that such public filing or announcement has been made.

10.    ADJUSTMENTS TO CONVERSION PRICE.

(a)    Definitions. The following terms shall have the meanings specified in this Section 10(a):

Board of Directors” means the board of directors of the Company or a committee of such board duly authorized to act for it hereunder.

Cash Dividend” means any dividend or distribution in respect of Class A Ordinary Shares which is to be paid or made to all or substantially all holders of Class A Ordinary Shares in cash (in whatever currency) and however described and whether payable out of share premium account, profits, retained earnings or any other capital or revenue reserve or account, and including a distribution or payment to the holders of Class A Ordinary Shares upon or in connection with a reduction of capital.

Current Market Price” means, in respect of a Class A Ordinary Share (or any other securities) on a particular date, the average of the Volume Weighted Average Price of Class A Ordinary Shares (or such other securities) on each of the twenty (20) consecutive Trading Days ending on the Trading Day immediately preceding such date.

Equity Securities” means, for any entity, any and all shares, interests, rights to purchase, warrants, options, participations or other equivalents of or interests in (however designated) stock or shares issued by the Company.

Ex-Dividend Date” means the first date on which Class A Ordinary Shares (or any other securities) trade on the Relevant Stock Exchange, regular way, without the right to receive the issuance, dividend or distribution in question, from the Company or, if applicable, from the seller of Class A Ordinary Shares (or any other securities) on such Relevant Stock Exchange (in the form of due bills or otherwise) as determined by such Relevant Stock Exchange.


Fair Market Value” means, with respect to a Class A Ordinary Share or any Distributed Property on any date, the fair market value of such Class A Ordinary Share or Distributed Property as determined by the Calculation Agent in good faith; provided that where such Class A Ordinary Share or Distributed Property is listed or quoted on a Relevant Stock Exchange of adequate liquidity (as determined in good faith by the Calculation Agent), the Current Market Price of such Class A Ordinary Share or Distributed Property on such date.

Other Instruments” means options, warrants, rights, convertible securities, exchangeable securities or other similar securities granting a right, directly or indirectly to subscribe for or purchase or acquire ordinary shares in the capital of the Company.

Record Date” means, with respect to any dividend, distribution or other transaction or event in which the holders of the Class A Ordinary Shares (or other applicable security) have the right to receive any cash, securities or other property or in which the Class A Ordinary Shares (or other applicable security) are exchanged for or converted into any combination of cash, securities or other property, the date fixed for determination of security holders entitled to receive such cash, securities or other property (whether such date is fixed by the Board of Directors, statute, contract or otherwise).

Volume Weighted Average Price” means, in respect of a Class A Ordinary Share (or any other securities) on any Trading Day, the order book volume weighted average price of a Class A Ordinary Share (or such other securities) in respect of the period from the scheduled open of trading until the scheduled close of trading of the primary trading session on such Trading Day, published by or derived (in the case of a Class A Ordinary Share) from the relevant Bloomberg page or (in the case of such other securities) from the principal stock exchange or securities market on which such other securities are then listed, quoted or traded, if any, or, in any such case, such other source as shall be determined in good faith to be appropriate by the Calculation Agent, provided that if on any such Trading Day such price is not available or cannot otherwise be determined as provided above, the Volume Weighted Average Price of a Class A Ordinary Share (or such other securities), in respect of such Trading Day shall be the Volume Weighted Average Price, determined as provided above, on the immediately preceding Trading Day on which the same can be so determined or determined as the Calculation Agent might otherwise determine in good faith to be appropriate. The “Volume Weighted Average Price” shall be determined without regard to after-hours trading or any other trading outside of the regular trading session trading hours. If the American depositary shares representing Class A Ordinary Shares are listed and traded on the Relevant Stock Exchange, the Volume Weighted Average Price of Class A Ordinary Shares shall be deemed to be the Volume Weighted Average Price of the American depositary shares on the Relevant Stock Exchange, divided by the number of Class A Ordinary Shares represented by one American depositary share.


(b)    The “Conversion Price” will be subject to adjustment as follows:

(1)     Consolidation, Reclassification, Redesignation or Subdivision:

Adjustment: If and whenever there shall be an alteration to the number of the Class A Ordinary Shares as a result of consolidation, reclassification, redesignation or subdivision, the Conversion Price shall be adjusted by multiplying the Conversion Price in force immediately before the open of business on the effective date of such alteration by the following fraction:

A

 

B

 

  where:  
  A   is the aggregate number of Class A Ordinary Shares immediately before the open of business on the effective date of such alteration; and
  B   is the aggregate number of Class A Ordinary Shares immediately after the open of business on the effective date of such alteration.

Effective Date of Adjustment: Such adjustment shall become effective after the open of business on the effective date of such alteration.

(2)     Capitalisation of Profits or Reserves:

Adjustment: If and whenever the Company shall issue any Class A Ordinary Shares as a dividend or distribution on Class A Ordinary Shares credited as fully paid to all or substantially all holders of Class A Ordinary Shares by way of capitalisation of profits or reserves (including any share premiums account or capital redemption reserve), other than (x) where any such Class A Ordinary Shares are or are to be issued instead of the whole or part of a Cash Dividend which the shareholders would or could otherwise have elected to receive, (y) where the Company’s shareholders may elect to receive a Cash Dividend in lieu of such Class A Ordinary Shares or (z) where any such Class A Ordinary Shares are or are expressed to be issued in lieu of a dividend (whether or not a Cash Dividend equivalent or amount is announced or would otherwise be payable to shareholders, whether at their election or otherwise), the Conversion Price shall be adjusted by multiplying the Conversion Price in force immediately prior to the close of business on the Record Date for such issuance by the following fraction:

A

 

B

 

  where:  
  A   is the aggregate number of the Class A Ordinary Shares outstanding immediately before such issuance; and
  B   is the aggregate number of the Class A Ordinary Shares outstanding immediately after such issuance.

Effective Date of Adjustment: Such adjustment shall become effective after the close of business on the Record Date for such issuance of Class A Ordinary Shares. If any dividend or distribution of the type described in this Section 10(b)(2) is declared but not so issued, the Conversion Price shall be immediately readjusted, effective as of the date the Board of Directors determines not to pay such dividend or distribution, to the Conversion Price that would then be in effect if such dividend or distribution had not been declared.


(3)     Cash Dividend and Distributed Property:

Adjustment: If and whenever the Company shall pay any Cash Dividend or distribute its Equity Securities, evidence of its indebtedness, other assets or property of the Company or rights, options or warrants to acquire its Equity Securities or other securities, to all or substantially all holders of Class A Ordinary Shares, excluding alterations, dividends, distributions or issuances as to which an adjustment was effected pursuant to Section 10(b)(1) or Section 10(b)(2) (any of such Equity Securities, evidence of indebtedness, other assets or property of the Company or rights, options or warrants to acquire its Equity Securities or other securities of the Company, the “Distributed Property”), the Conversion Price shall be adjusted by multiplying the Conversion Price in force immediately prior to the close of business on the Record Date for such Cash Dividend or Distributed Property by the following fraction:

A – B

 

A

 

  where:  
  A   is the Fair Market Value per Class A Ordinary Share on the Record Date (in the case of an adjustment before the Qualified Listing) or the Ex-Dividend Date (in the case of an adjustment after the Qualified Listing) for such Cash Dividend or Distributed Property; and
  B   is the amount of Cash Dividend per Class A Ordinary Shares the Company distributes to all or substantially all holders of Class A Ordinary Shares or the Fair Market Value of the Distributed Property with respect to each outstanding Class A Ordinary Share on the Record Date for such Distributed Property, as applicable.

Effective Date of Adjustment: Such adjustment shall become effective after the close of business on the Record Date for such Cash Dividend or Distributed Property. If any Cash Dividend or Distributed Property described in this Section 10(b)(3) is declared but not so paid, the Conversion Price shall be immediately readjusted, effective as of the date the Board of Directors determines not to pay such Cash Dividend or Distributed Property, to the Conversion Price that would then be in effect if such Cash Dividend or Distributed Property had not been declared.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, if “B” (as defined above) is equal to or greater than “A” (as defined above), in lieu of the foregoing adjustment, the Holder shall receive, at the same time and upon the same terms as holders of Class A Ordinary Shares, the Cash Dividend or the amount and kind of Distributed Property the Holder would have received with respect to Class A Ordinary Shares issuable upon conversion of this Note as if this Note were converted by the Holder immediately prior to the Record Date for such Cash Dividend or Distributed Property.

(4)     Pro Rata, Non Pro Rata and 20% Issuances:

Adjustment:

(i)    Pro Rata Issuance: After the closing of the Qualified Listing, if and whenever the Company shall issue or grant, to all or substantially all holders of Class A Ordinary Shares, Class A Ordinary Shares or any Other Instruments which by their terms of issue carry (directly or indirectly) rights of conversion into, or exchange or subscription for, any Class A Ordinary Shares, in each case at a price per Class A Ordinary Share which is less than the Current Market Price per Class A Ordinary Share on the date of first public announcement of such issuance or grant;


(ii)    Non Pro Rata Issuance: After the closing of the Qualified Listing, if and whenever the Company shall issue or grant, to any person or persons, Class A Ordinary Shares or any Other Instruments, which by their terms of issue carry (directly or indirectly) rights of conversion into, or exchange or subscription for, any Class A Ordinary Shares, in each case at a price per Class A Ordinary Share which is less than 90% of the Current Market Price per Class A Ordinary Share on the date of first public announcement of such issuance or grant, or

(iii)    20% Issuance: After the closing of the Qualified Listing with respect to which the Relevant Stock Exchange is The New York Stock Exchange, the NASDAQ Global Select Market or the NASDAQ Global Market, if and whenever the Company shall, in any private offering, issue or grant, to any person or persons, Class A Ordinary Shares or any Other Instruments which by their terms of issue carry (directly or indirectly) rights of conversion into, or exchange or subscription for, any Class A Ordinary Shares, in any transaction or series of related transactions, which (x) have, or will have upon issuance, voting power equal to or in excess of twenty percent (20%) of the voting power outstanding immediately prior to such issuance or grant or (y) represent twenty percent (20%) or more of the total number of Class A Ordinary Shares outstanding immediately prior to such issuance or grant, in each case, at a price per Class A Ordinary Share which is less than the lower of (i) the Closing Price immediately preceding the signing of the binding agreement for such issuance or grant or (ii) the average Closing Price for the five Trading Days immediately preceding the signing of the binding agreement for such issuance or grant (such lower price, the “Minimum Market Price”),

in each case, the Conversion Price shall be adjusted by multiplying the Conversion Price in force immediately prior to the close of business on the effective date for such issuance or grant by the following fraction:

A + B

 

A + C

 

  where:  
  A   is the aggregate number of Class A Ordinary Shares outstanding immediately prior to the close of business on such effective date;
  B   is the number of Class A Ordinary Shares which the aggregate consideration (if any) receivable for such Class A Ordinary Shares, or for such Other Instruments and the total number of Class A Ordinary Shares deliverable upon the exercise thereof, would purchase or otherwise acquire at such Current Market Price per Class A Ordinary Share on the date of first public announcement of such issuance or grant (or, in the case of any adjustment pursuant to Section 10(b)(4)(iii), such Minimum Market Price); and
  C   is the number of Class A Ordinary Shares to be issued or, as the case may be, the maximum number of Class A Ordinary Shares which may be issued upon conversion or exchange or exercise of rights of subscription or purchase in respect of such Other Instruments at the initial conversion, exchange, subscription or purchase price or rate.


Effective Date of Adjustment: Such adjustment shall become effective immediately after the close of business on the effective date for such issuance or grant. To the extent that Class A Ordinary Shares are not so issued or delivered after the expiration of such Other Instruments, the Conversion Price shall be immediately readjusted to the Conversion Price that would then be in effect had the adjustment with respect to the issuance of such Class A Ordinary Shares or such Other Instruments been made on the basis of delivery of only the number of Class A Ordinary Shares actually issued or delivered.

(iv)    For purposes of this Section 10(b)(4), in determining whether any Other Instruments entitle the holders to subscribe for or purchase Class A Ordinary Shares at a price that is less than the Current Market Price per Class A Ordinary Share on the date of first public announcement of such issuance or grant (or, in the case of any adjustment pursuant to Section 10(b)(4)(iii), such Minimum Market Price), and in determining the aggregate offering price of such Class A Ordinary Shares, there shall be taken into account any consideration received by the Company for such Other Instruments and any amount payable on exercise or conversion thereof, the value of such consideration, if other than cash, to be determined by the Calculation Agent in good faith and in a commercially reasonable manner.

(c)    Notwithstanding provisions of Sections 10(b) (1) through (4):

(i)    no adjustment shall be made to the Conversion Price in connection with any public offering or listing of Class A Ordinary Shares or Other Instruments on any stock exchange or securities market other than the one on which the Qualified Listing occurs;

(ii)    no adjustment shall be made to the Conversion Price where Class A Ordinary Shares or Other Instruments are issued, offered, exercised, allotted, purchased, appropriated, modified or granted to, or for the benefit of, (A) employees or former employees (including directors holding or formerly holding executive office or the personal service company of any such person) or their spouses or relatives, in each case, of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or any associated company or to a trustee or trustees to be held for the benefit of any such person, in any such case pursuant to any share or option scheme, (B) as consideration with respect to a bona fide acquisition in good faith by the Company or any of its subsidiaries in an arm’s length transaction or series of related arm’s length transactions, unless the total number of Class A Ordinary Shares which may be issued pursuant to such acquisition represents, in aggregate, twenty percent (20%) or more of the average number of issued and outstanding Class A Ordinary Shares during the 12-month period immediately prior to such issuance, in which case only such portion of such issuance of Class A Ordinary Shares that exceeds twenty percent (20%) of the average number of issued and outstanding Class A Ordinary Shares during such 12-month period shall be taken into account in determining any adjustment of the Conversion Price pursuant to this Section 10, or (C) in connection with the closing of the Qualified Listing;

(iii)    the Company undertakes to appoint the Calculation Agent within ten (10) days after any adjustment event specified in Sections 10(b)(2) through (4), who will, in each case, calculate the adjustment to the Conversion Price;


(iv)    the Conversion Price shall not fall below the par value of the Conversion Shares; and

(v)    on any adjustment, if the resultant Conversion Price has more decimal places than the initial Conversion Price, it shall be rounded to the same number of decimal places as the initial Conversion Price (with 0.00000000000005 being rounded down). No adjustment shall be made to the Conversion Price where such adjustment (rounded down if applicable) would be less than 1% of the Conversion Price then in effect. Any adjustment not required to be made pursuant to the above, and/or any amount by which the Conversion Price has been rounded down, shall be carried forward and taken into account in any subsequent adjustment, and such subsequent adjustment shall be made on the basis that the adjustment not required to be made had been made at the relevant time and/or, as the case may be, that the relevant rounding down had not been made.

11.    COMPANY COVENANTS.

(a)    Financial Conditions. The Company shall ensure that: (a) its Leverage will not exceed 3.00 to 1.00; and (b) its Tangible Net Worth will not fall below RMB 25,000,000,000, in each case, at any time. The financial covenants set out in this Section 11(a) shall be calculated in accordance with GAAP and tested by reference to each of the financial statements of the Company delivered pursuant to clause 7.1.2 of the Securityholders Agreement on each Testing Date (save that the first Testing Date shall fall at least three months after the Issuance Date).

(b)    Financial Condition Definitions. For the purpose of Section 11(a), the following terms shall have the meanings specified in this Section 11(b):

Bonds Payable” means, as at the end of any Relevant Period, the amount classified as “convertible bonds” or “应付债券” of the Group (on a consolidated basis) in accordance with IFRS or PRC GAAP, respectively, and which is listed or which would typically be listed under the item titled as “convertible bonds” or “应付债券” (or any like captions) in the notes to the consolidated financial statements or the consolidated balance sheet of the Company, respectively.

Borrowings” means, as at the end of any Relevant Period, the amount classified as “borrowings” or “借款” of the Group Company (on a consolidated basis) in accordance with IFRS or PRC GAAP, respectively, and which is listed or which would typically be listed under the item titled as “borrowings” or “借款” (or any like captions) in the consolidated balance sheet of the Company, for the avoidance of doubt: (i) excluding the amount classified as “interest payable” or “应付利息” of the Group Company (on a consolidated basis) in accordance with IFRS or PRC GAAP, respectively, and which is listed or which would typically be listed under the item titled “interest payable” or “应付利息” (or any like captions) in the notes to the consolidated financial statements of the Company; and (ii) adding Bonds Payable to the extent not already included (without double counting).


EBIT” means, in respect of any Relevant Period, the consolidated operating profit of the Group Company before taxation which, for the avoidance of doubt, shall be calculated: (i) after deducting Operating Interest Expense; (ii) before deducting Finance Charges; (iii) not including any accrued interest owing to any member of the Group Company; (iv) before taking into account any exceptional, one-off, non-recurring or extraordinary items; (v) after deducting the amount of any profit (or adding back the amount of any loss) of any member of the Group Company which is attributable to minority interests; (vi) before taking into account any unrealised gains or losses on any derivative instrument (other than any derivative instrument which is accounted for on a hedge accounting basis); (vii) before taking into account any gain or loss arising from an upward or downward revaluation of any other asset after 31 December 2018; and (vi) before taking into account any share-based compensation to the extent included in the related operating expense categories in accordance with the applicable accounting principles, in each case, to the extent added, deducted or taken into account, as the case may be, for the purposes of determining operating profits of the Group Company before taxation.

EBITDA” means, in respect of any Relevant Period, EBIT for that Relevant Period after adding back any amount attributable to the amortisation, or depreciation or impairment of assets of members of the Group Company (and taking no account of the reversal of any previous impairment charge made in that Relevant Period).

Finance Charges” means, for any Relevant Period, the amount classified as “finance cost” or “利息支出” of the Group Company (on a consolidated basis) in accordance with IFRS or PRC GAAP and which is listed or which would typically be listed under the item “finance cost” or “利息支出” (or any like captions) in the consolidated statement of income of the Company.

GAAP” means: (i) prior to the closing of the Qualified Listing, in respect of any audited financial statements of the Company, PRC GAAP; and in respect of any unaudited financial statements of the Company, IFRS; and (ii) following the closing of the Qualified Listing, such generally accepted accounting principles on the basis of which the financial statements of the Company are required to be prepared by the Relevant Stock Exchange.

IFRS” means international accounting standards within the meaning of the IAS Regulation 1606/2002 to the extent applicable to the relevant financial statements.

Leverage” means, in respect of any Relevant Period, the ratio of Total Debt on the last day of that Relevant Period to EBITDA in respect of that Relevant Period.

Non-operating Lease Liability” means the amount of any liability in respect of any lease or hire purchase contract which would typically, in accordance with PRC GAAP or IFRS, be treated as a balance sheet liability (other than any liability in respect of a lease or hire purchase contract which would, in accordance with the accounting principles applicable to the Original Financial Statements of the Company, have been treated as an operating lease).

Operating Interest Expense” means the amount classified as “interest expense” of the Group Company (on a consolidated basis) in accordance with GAAP and listed or would be listed under the item titled “interest expense” (or any like captions) in the consolidated financial statements of the Company.


Original Financial Statements” means the audited consolidated financial statements of the Group Company for the financial year ended 31 December 2019 and the unaudited financial statements of the Group Company for the financial half year ended 30 June 2020.

PRC GAAP” means generally accepted accounting principles in the PRC.

Relevant Period” means: (i) each financial year of the Company; or (ii) each period beginning on the first day of the second half of a financial year of the Company and ending on the last day of the first half of its next financial year.

Specified ABS” means any asset-backed security (i) issued by any member of the Group Company that is not insured or guaranteed by Ping An Property and Casualty Insurance Company of China, Ltd. or (ii) supported by any receivables of any member of the Group Company on a recourse basis.

Specified Third Party Guarantee” means any guarantee provided by any member of the Group Company to any person which is not a member of the Group Company and not reflected in the consolidated balance sheet of the Company.

Tangible Net Worth” means, at any time, Total Assets of the Company less: (i) all amounts which, in accordance with GAAP would be included under the caption “Total liabilities” (or any like captions) on a consolidated balance sheet of the Company at such time; (ii) all amounts attributable to goodwill or any other intangible assets of the Company; and (iii) minority interests.

Testing Date” means each of June 30 and December 31.

Total Assets” means, at any time, all amounts which, in accordance with GAAP, would be included under the caption “Total assets” (or any like captions) on a consolidated balance sheet of the Company at such time.

Total Debt” means, at any time, the aggregate (without double counting) of: (i) Borrowings; (ii) fifteen percent (15%) of the aggregate amount of all Specified ABS; (iii) fifteen percent (15%) of the aggregate amount of all Specified Third Party Guarantee; and (iv) Non-operating Lease Liabilities.

(c)    Negative pledge.

(i)    The Company shall not create or permit to subsist any Security over any of its assets.


(ii)    The Company shall not: (A) sell, transfer or otherwise dispose of any of its assets on terms whereby they are or may be leased to or re-acquired by the Company or any Significant Subsidiary (“Restricted Member”); (B) sell, transfer or otherwise dispose of any of its receivables on recourse terms; (C) enter into or permit to subsist any title retention arrangement; (D) enter into or permit to subsist any arrangement under which money or the benefit of a bank or other account may be applied, set-off or made subject to a combination of accounts; or (E) enter into or permit to subsist any other preferential arrangement having a similar effect, in circumstances where the arrangement or transaction is entered into primarily as a method of raising indebtedness or of financing the acquisition of an asset. Any arrangement or transaction described in this Section 11(c)(ii) is referred to herein as a “Quasi-Security”.

(iii)    Sections 11(c)(i) and 11(c)(ii) shall not apply to: (A) any Security or Quasi-Security existing as of the Issuance Date except to the extent the principal amount secured by that Security or Quasi-Security exceeds the amount so secured as of the Issuance Date; (B) any netting or set-off arrangement entered into by any Restricted Member in the ordinary course of its banking arrangements for the purpose of netting debit and credit balances; (C) any payment or close-out netting or set-off arrangement pursuant to any hedging transaction entered into by a Restricted Member for the purpose of: (1) hedging any risk to which any Restricted Member is exposed in its ordinary course of trading; or (2) its interest rate or currency management operations which are carried out in the ordinary course of day-to-day business and for non-speculative purposes only, excluding, in each case, any Security or Quasi-Security under a credit support arrangement in relation to a hedging transaction; (D) any lien arising by operation of law and in the ordinary course of trading, provided that the debt which is secured thereby is paid when due or contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and properly provisioned; (E) any Security or Quasi-Security over or affecting any asset acquired by a Restricted Member after the date of this Note if: (1) the Security or Quasi-Security was not created in contemplation of the acquisition of that asset by a Restricted Member; (2) the principal amount secured has not been increased in contemplation of or since the acquisition of that asset by a Restricted Member; and (3) the Security or Quasi-Security is removed or discharged within one month of the date of acquisition of such asset; (F) any Security or Quasi-Security over or affecting any asset of any person which becomes a Restricted Member after the Issuance Date, where the Security or Quasi-Security is created prior to the date on which that person becomes a Restricted Member, if: (1) the Security or Quasi-Security was not created in contemplation of the acquisition of that person; (2) the principal amount secured has not been increased in contemplation of or since the acquisition of that person; and (3) the Security or Quasi-Security is removed or discharged within one month of that person becoming a Restricted Member; (G) any Security or Quasi-Security created pursuant to the Transaction Documents; (H) any Security or Quasi-Security arising under any retention of title, hire purchase or conditional sale arrangement or arrangements having similar effect in respect of goods supplied to a Restricted Member in the ordinary course of trading and on the supplier’s standard or usual terms and not arising as a result of any default or omission by any Restricted Member; (I) any Security or Quasi-Security created in favor of any other member of the Group Company, provided that such member of the Group Company does not assign or transfer any of its rights or interests in respect of such Security or Quasi-Security to any person who is not a member of the Group Company; (J) any Security or Quasi-Security arising in the ordinary course of trading of a Restricted Member over or affecting any asset of that Restricted Member; (K) any Security or Quasi-Security securing indebtedness, the principal amount of which (when aggregated with the principal amount of any other indebtedness which has the benefit of Security or Quasi-Security given by any Restricted Member other than any permitted under clauses (A) to (J) above) does not at any time exceed the higher of (1) 10 percent (10%) of the Tangible Net Worth and (2) US$500,000,000 (in each case, or its equivalent in another currency or currencies) (determined by reference to the latest financial statements of the Company); or (L) any Security replacing any Security permitted under clauses (A) to (K) above or this clause (L) and securing indebtedness or obligations whose principal amount does not exceed the maximum principal amount secured, or which could be secured, by the replaced Security when it is replaced.


(g)    Related Person Transactions. The Company shall not enter into any transaction with any person except in the ordinary course of trading on arm’s length terms and for full market value; provided that this Section 11(d) shall not apply to: any disposal permitted under Section 11(e).

(h)    Disposals. The Company shall not enter into a single transaction or a series of transactions (whether related or not) and whether voluntary or involuntary to sell, lease, transfer or otherwise dispose of any asset; provided that this Section 11(e) shall not apply to any sale, lease, transfer or other disposal: (i) as part of an amalgamation, demerger, merger (A) on a solvent basis where all of the Company’s business and assets remain within the Company, or (B) where required by any statutory, regulatory or court-ordered guidance, request, requirement or order (provided that in each case, the resulting or surviving entity is the Company) or corporate reconstruction; (ii) made in the ordinary course of trading of the disposing entity; (iii) of assets in exchange for other assets comparable or superior as to type, value and quality and for a similar purpose (other than an exchange of a non-cash asset for cash); or (iv) of receivables made in the ordinary course of the disposing party’s personal lending business (pursuant to any asset-backed securities arrangements or otherwise) on arm’s length terms for cash on a non-recourse basis (such that the recourse is limited to such receivables (which are customarily provided as security under asset-backed securities arrangements of a similar nature and, in any event, without any recourse to any other member of the Group Company or assets of any other member of the Group Company)) provided that the amount of cash proceeds received from such sale, transfer or other disposal of such receivables shall not be less than 85 percent (85%) of the weighted average of the notional value of such receivables over a period of ninety (90) days immediately preceding the date of such sale, lease, transfer or other disposal.

(i)    Change of Business. The Company shall procure that no substantial change is made to the general nature of the business of the Group Companies (taken as a whole) from that carried on at the Issuance Date.

12.    PUT RIGHT.

(a)    In the event (i) after the closing of the Qualified Listing, (A) the Class A Ordinary Shares or the American depositary shares representing the Class A Ordinary Shares (if applicable) cease to be listed or quoted on the Relevant Stock Exchange and (B) none of the Class A Ordinary Shares, the American depositary shares representing the Class A Ordinary Shares (if applicable) or any other securities the Class A Ordinary Shares would be converted into, or exchanged for is listed or quoted on any of The New York Stock Exchange, The Nasdaq Global Select Market, The Nasdaq Global Market or the Hong Kong Stock Exchange (Main Board) (or any of their respective successors) (a “Delisting Event”), or (ii) any change in or amendment to the applicable Laws of the PRC results in (x) the Group Companies, as a whole, being legally prohibited from operating all or substantially all of its business operations and unable to continue to derive all or substantially all of the economic benefits from its business operations (as in existence immediately prior to such change in law) as reflected in its latest consolidated financial statements and (y) the Company being unable to continue to derive substantially all of the economic benefits from the business operations conducted by the Group Companies (as in existence immediately prior to such change in law) in the same manner as reflected in in its latest consolidated financial statements (a “VIE Event”), the Holder shall have the right (the “Put Right”), at the Holder’s option, to require the Company to repurchase all or any portion of the outstanding principal amount of this Note on the thirtieth (30th) Business Day after the Put Right Notice has been given to the Holder (the “Put Date”) at 100% of such outstanding principal amount plus accrued and unpaid Interest with respect to such outstanding principal amount, if any, to (but excluding) the Put Date (the “Put Price”).


(b)    On or before the twentieth (20th) calendar day after the occurrence of any Delisting Event or VIE Event, the Company shall deliver notice with respect to the Put Right to the Holder (the “Put Right Notice”) stating: (i) the Put Date; (ii) the date of such Delisting Event or VIE Event and, briefly, the events causing such trigger; (iii) the date by which the Put Notice (as defined below) must be given; (iv) the Put Price and the method by which such amount will be paid; (v) the procedures that the Holder must follow and the requirements that the Holder must satisfy in order to exercise the Put Right; (vi) that a Put Notice, once validly given, may not be withdrawn, and (vii) if the Put Right Notice is delivered after a Qualified Listing, the Conversion Price as of the date of the Put Right Notice and the last day on which the Optional Conversion Right may be exercised.

(c)    To exercise its rights to require the Company to purchase this Note, the Holder must deliver a written irrevocable notice of the exercise of such right substantially in the form set forth in Appendix 4 endorsed under its common seal or under the hand of a director or a duly authorized officer in writing (a “Put Notice”) and surrender this Note, duly endorsed, to the Company during normal business hours at the principal office of the Company by no later than ten (10) Business Days prior to the Put Date. For the avoidance of doubt, after the closing of a Qualified Listing, the Holder may exercise the Optional Conversion Right at any time during the Optional Conversion Period with respect to any portion of the outstanding principal amount of this Note only if the Holder has not delivered a Put Notice with respect to such portion of the outstanding principal amount of this Note.

(d)    Following the payment of the Put Price by the Company on the Put Date, (i) this Note will cease to be outstanding; and (ii) all other rights of the Holder with respect to the portion of the outstanding principal amount of this Note repurchased shall terminate (other than the right to receive the Put Price). If a portion of this Note is surrendered for redemption pursuant to Section 12(a), the Company shall issue a new Note, the aggregate outstanding principal amount of which is the same as the principal amount of this Note not repurchased by the Company, to the Holder and record the reduction in the outstanding principal amount in the Register immediately after payment of the Put Price by the Company on the Put Date.

(e)    Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company shall not be required to repurchase this Note on any date at the option of the Holder upon a Delisting Event or VIE Event if the outstanding principal amount of this Note has been accelerated, and such acceleration has not been rescinded, on or prior to such date (including as a result of the payment of the Put Price with respect to this Note and any related interest on the Put Date).


13.    EVENTS OF DEFAULT.

(a)    For purpose of this Note, each of the following events shall be an “Event of Default” hereunder:

(i)    the Company does not pay any principal amount payable pursuant to this Note on the Maturity Date, upon redemption, upon any required repurchase, upon declaration of acceleration or otherwise;

(ii)    the Company does not pay any amount of Interest due and payable pursuant to this Note, and such default continues for a period of five (5) Business Days;

(iii)    the Conversion Shares are not promptly issued on the Conversion Date in accordance with this Note, and such failure continues for five (5) Business Days;

(iv)    breach by the Company of any of its other obligations under this Note, which is not cured within sixty (60) days after written notice of such breach by the Holder to the Company;

(v)    default by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries with respect to any mortgage, agreement or other instrument under which there may be outstanding, or by which there may be secured or evidenced, any indebtedness for money borrowed of the Company and/or such Subsidiary, (A) resulting in such indebtedness becoming or being declared due and payable or (B) constituting a failure to pay the principal of, or interest on, any such indebtedness when due and payable at its stated maturity, upon required repurchase, upon declaration of acceleration or otherwise, in each case of (A) and (B) above, where the aggregate amount of such indebtedness due and payable is in excess of US$50 million (or its foreign currency equivalent) and is not discharged or such acceleration is not rescinded or annulled within a period of thirty (30) days after such default;

(vi)    the Company or any of its Significant Subsidiaries shall (A) discontinue its business, (B) apply for or consent to the appointment of a receiver, trustee, custodian or liquidator of it or any of its property, (C) make a general assignment for the benefit of creditors, (D) generally fail to pay its debts as they become due, or (E) file a voluntary petition in bankruptcy, or a petition or an answer seeking reorganization or an arrangement with creditors, or take advantage of any bankruptcy, reorganization, insolvency, readjustment of debt, dissolution or liquidation laws or statutes under any such law, effecting any of the foregoing;

(vii)    there shall be filed against the Company or any of its Significant Subsidiaries an involuntary petition seeking liquidation, reorganization or other relief with respect to the Company or such Significant Subsidiary or the appointment of a receiver, trustee, custodian, liquidator or other similar official of the Company or such Significant Subsidiary or a substantial part of its assets, or an involuntary petition under any bankruptcy, reorganization or insolvency law of any jurisdiction, whether now or hereafter in effect (any of the foregoing petitions being hereinafter referred to as an “Involuntary Petition”) and such Involuntary Petition is not dismissed or stayed after sixty (60) days of being filed; or


(viii)    a final judgment for the payment of US$50 million (or its foreign currency equivalent) or more rendered against the Company or any of its Subsidiaries if such amount is not covered by insurance or an indemnity and such judgment is not discharged or stayed within sixty (60) days after (A) the date on which the right to appeal thereof has expired if no such appeal has commenced, or (B) the date on which all rights to appeal have been extinguished.

(b)    Upon and at any time after the occurrence of an Event of Default which is continuing, the Holder may, by written notice to the Company, declare that this Note (and all accrued and unpaid Interest) shall be immediately due and payable, whereupon 100% of the principal and accrued and unpaid Interest on the Note shall become immediately due and payable in cash. The Company shall notify the Holder promptly in writing upon becoming aware of the occurrence of any event that is an Event of Default or after notice or passage of time, or both, would be, an Event of Default.

(c)    The Holder may (and upon execution of an instrument or instruments in writing by the Holder, the Holder shall be deemed to) rescind an acceleration or waive any existing Event of Default, other than a continuing default under Section 13(a)(i), (ii) or (iii), together with any of the consequences of such Event of Default. In such event, the Holder and the Company will be restored to their respective former positions, rights and obligations hereunder. Any Event of Default so waived will be deemed to have been cured and not to be continuing, but no such waiver will extend to any subsequent or other Event of Default or impair any right of the Holder consequent thereon.

(d)    No failure on the part of the Holder to exercise and no delay in exercising any right hereunder will operate as a waiver thereof, nor will any single or partial exercise by the Holder of any right hereunder preclude any other or further right of exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right.

14.    TAX GROSS-UP.

(a)    All payments made by or on behalf of the Company in respect of this Note shall be made free from any restriction or condition and be made without deduction or withholding for or on account of any present or future taxes, duties, assessments or governmental charges of whatever nature imposed, levied collected, withheld or assessed by the Cayman Islands or the PRC or, in each case, any authority thereof or therein having power to tax (each, a “Relevant Jurisdiction”), unless such deduction or withholding is required by Law.

(b)    If the Company is required to make such deduction or withholding by or within any Relevant Jurisdiction the Company shall pay such additional amounts (“Additional Amounts”) as will result in the receipt by the Holder of such amounts as would have been received by them had no such deduction or withholding been required, except that no Additional Amounts shall be payable in respect of any Note to the Holder (or to a third party on behalf of the Holder) if such taxes, duties, assessments or governmental charges in respect of this Note:

(i)    is imposed by reason of the Holder or beneficial owner having some connection with the Relevant Jurisdiction other than the mere holding of this Note or the receipt of amounts in respect of this Note;


(ii)    is imposed as a result of the failure of the Holder or beneficial owner to comply with certification, identification or other reporting requirements concerning the nationality, residence, identity or connection with the Relevant Jurisdiction of such Holder or beneficial owner, if compliance is required by statute or by regulation of a Relevant Jurisdiction as a precondition to relief or exemption from the Additional Amounts, provided that the Company has or its agent has provided the Holder or its nominee with at least thirty (30) calendar days’ written notice that such Holder or beneficial owner shall be required to comply with any such information, documentation or reporting requirement;

(iii)    is imposed on the Holder as a result of the presentation of this Note (where presentation is required) for payment on a date more than thirty (30) days after the date on which such payment becomes due and payable or the date on which payment thereof is duly provided for, whichever occurs later, except to the extent that such Holder would be entitled to Additional Amounts had this Note been presented for payment on the last day of such 30-day period;

(iv)    is imposed as a result of the presentation of any Note for payment to a paying agent (where presentation is required) where the payment could be made without such withholding or deduction by the presentation of this Note for payment to at least one other paying agent;

(v)    is an estate, inheritance, gift, sale, transfer or personal property tax or any similar tax, assessment or governmental charge;

(vi)    is imposed other than by withholding or deduction from payments on or in respect of any Note; or

(vii)    is imposed as a result of any combination of (i) through (vi) above.

(c)    Additional Amounts shall not be paid with respect to any amounts withheld or deducted pursuant to, or in connection with, Sections 1471-1474 of the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and the Treasury regulations thereunder or official guidance with respect thereto (“FATCA”), including any agreement with the U.S. Internal Revenue Service with respect thereto, any intergovernmental agreement with respect to FATCA, or any law, regulation or other official guidance enacted or issued in any jurisdiction implementing, or in connection with, FATCA or any intergovernmental agreement with respect to FATCA.

(d)    References herein to principal amount and Interest shall be deemed also to refer to any Additional Amounts which may be payable under this Section 14.

(e)    In addition, Additional Amounts shall not be paid with respect to any payment on this Note to if the Holder is a fiduciary, a partnership, a limited liability company or other than the sole beneficial owner of that payment to the extent that payment would be required by the laws of a Relevant Jurisdiction to be included in the income, for tax purposes, of a beneficiary or settlor with respect to the fiduciary, a member of that partnership, an interest holder in a limited liability company or a beneficial owner who would not have been entitled to the Additional Amounts had that beneficiary, settlor, member or beneficial owner been the Holder.


(f)    The Company or its agent shall (i) make any such withholding or deduction and (ii) remit the full amount withheld or deducted to the relevant taxing authority in the Relevant Jurisdiction in accordance with applicable law.

15.    REDEMPTION FOR TAXATION REASONS. SUBJECT TO SECTION 16, THE COMPANY MAY REDEEM ALL, BUT NOT LESS THAN ALL, OF THE OUTSTANDING PRINCIPAL AMOUNT OF THIS NOTE, AT ITS OPTION, AT ANY TIME, ON GIVING NOT LESS THAN THIRTY (30) NOR MORE THAN SIXTY (60) DAYSNOTICE (A “TAX REDEMPTION NOTICE”) TO THE HOLDER (WHICH NOTICE SHALL BE IRREVOCABLE), ON THE DATE SPECIFIED IN THE TAX REDEMPTION NOTICE FOR REDEMPTION (THE “TAX REDEMPTION DATE”) AT 100% OF THE OUTSTANDING PRINCIPAL AMOUNT THEREOF PLUS ACCRUED AND UNPAID INTEREST, IF ANY, TO (BUT EXCLUDING) THE TAX REDEMPTION DATE (THE “TAX REDEMPTION PRICE”), IF (I) THE COMPANY HAS OR WILL BECOME OBLIGED TO PAY ADDITIONAL AMOUNTS AS PROVIDED OR REFERRED TO IN SECTION 14 AS A RESULT OF ANY CHANGE IN, OR AMENDMENT TO, THE LAWS OF ANY RELEVANT JURISDICTION OR, IN EACH CASE, ANY POLITICAL SUBDIVISION OR ANY AUTHORITY THEREOF OR THEREIN HAVING POWER TO TAX, OR ANY CHANGE IN THE GENERAL APPLICATION OR OFFICIAL INTERPRETATION (WHETHER MADE BY WAY OF OFFICIAL STATEMENT OR OTHERWISE) OF SUCH LAWS, WHICH CHANGE OR AMENDMENT BECOMES EFFECTIVE ON OR AFTER THE ISSUANCE DATE AND (II) SUCH OBLIGATION CANNOT BE AVOIDED BY THE COMPANY TAKING REASONABLE MEASURES AVAILABLE TO IT, PROVIDED THAT NO TAX REDEMPTION NOTICE SHALL BE GIVEN EARLIER THAN NINETY (90) DAYS PRIOR TO THE EARLIEST DATE ON WHICH THE COMPANY WOULD BE OBLIGED TO PAY SUCH ADDITIONAL AMOUNTS WERE A PAYMENT IN RESPECT OF THIS NOTE THEN DUE.

16.    HOLDER ELECTION TO NOT BE REDEEMED. IF THE COMPANY GIVES A TAX REDEMPTION NOTICE PURSUANT TO SECTION 15, THE HOLDER WILL HAVE THE RIGHT TO ELECT THAT THIS NOTE SHALL NOT BE REDEEMED AND THAT THE PROVISIONS OF SECTION 14 SHALL NOT APPLY IN RESPECT OF ANY PAYMENT TO BE MADE IN RESPECT OF THIS NOTE WHICH FALLS DUE AFTER THE RELEVANT TAX REDEMPTION DATE, WHEREUPON NO ADDITIONAL AMOUNTS SHALL BE PAYABLE BY THE COMPANY IN RESPECT THEREOF PURSUANT TO SECTION 14 IN RESPECT OF THAT RELEVANT CHANGE IN LAW OR GENERAL APPLICATION OR OFFICIAL INTERPRETATION OF SUCH LAWS (WITHOUT PREJUDICE TO ANY ADDITIONAL AMOUNTS THAT MAY BECOME PAYABLE BY THE COMPANY UNDER SECTION 14 AS A RESULT OF ANY OTHER CHANGE IN LAW OR GENERAL APPLICATION OR OFFICIAL INTERPRETATION OF SUCH LAWS) AND PAYMENT OF ALL AMOUNTS BY THE COMPANY TO SUCH HOLDER IN RESPECT OF THIS NOTE SHALL BE MADE SUBJECT TO THE DEDUCTION OR WITHHOLDING OF ANY TAX REQUIRED TO BE DEDUCTED OR WITHHELD. TO EXERCISE A RIGHT PURSUANT TO THIS SECTION 16, THE HOLDER MUST COMPLETE, SIGN AND DEPOSIT DURING NORMAL BUSINESS HOURS AT THE PRINCIPAL OFFICE OF THE COMPANY A DULY COMPLETED AND SIGNED NOTICE OF EXERCISE, IN THE FORM FOR THE TIME BEING CURRENT, OBTAINABLE DURING NORMAL BUSINESS HOURS FROM THE PRINCIPAL OFFICE OF THE COMPANY TOGETHER WITH THE THIS NOTE NO LATER THAN FIVE (5) BUSINESS DAYS PRIOR TO THE TAX REDEMPTION DATE. SUCH NOTICE OF EXERCISE FROM THE HOLDER, ONCE DELIVERED, SHALL BE IRREVOCABLE AND MAY NOT BE WITHDRAWN WITHOUT THE COMPANYS WRITTEN CONSENT.


17.    DIFFERENT LISTING ENTITY IN QUALIFIED LISTING. IN THE EVENT THAT ANY LEGAL ENTITY (OTHER THAN THE COMPANY) BECOMES THE LISTING ENTITY FOR PURPOSE OF THE QUALIFIED LISTING, THE COMPANY SHALL ENSURE THAT THE HOLDER RECEIVES REPLACEMENT CONVERTIBLE NOTES OR OTHER RIGHTS REASONABLY ACCEPTABLE TO THE HOLDER, WHICH IN ANY EVENT, SUBJECT TO APPLICABLE LAW, SHALL BE ON TERMS NO LESS FAVORABLE TO THE HOLDER THAN THOSE SET FORTH UNDER THIS NOTE AND THE SECURITYHOLDERS AGREEMENT.

18.    SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS. THE TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF THIS NOTE SHALL INURE TO THE BENEFIT OF AND BE BINDING UPON THE RESPECTIVE SUCCESSORS AND PERMITTED ASSIGNS OF THE PARTIES. NOTHING IN THIS NOTE, EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, IS INTENDED TO CONFER UPON ANY THIRD PARTY ANY RIGHTS, REMEDIES, OBLIGATIONS, OR LIABILITIES UNDER OR BY REASON OF THIS NOTE, EXCEPT AS EXPRESSLY PROVIDED IN THIS NOTE.

19.    GOVERNING LAW AND DISPUTE RESOLUTION.

(a)    The validity, construction, interpretation, enforcement, and the rights of the parties under this Note shall be determined under, governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of New York without giving effect to conflict of laws principle.

(b)    Disputes between the parties shall be settled by arbitration at the Hong Kong International Arbitration Centre (“HKIAC”) in Hong Kong under the Hong Kong International Arbitration Centre Administered Arbitration Rules (the “HKIAC Rules”) in force when the notice of arbitration is submitted in accordance with the HKIAC Rules, except as amended as follows:

(i)    there shall be three (3) arbitrators to be appointed in accordance with the HKIAC Rules;

(ii)    the language to be used in the arbitral proceedings shall be English;

(iii)    subject to the overall discretion of the arbitration tribunal, the costs of the arbitration, including the HKIAC’s and arbitrators’ fees and legal costs, shall be borne by the party losing the arbitration;

(iv)    while such dispute is being arbitrated under this Section 19(b), none of the parties shall be permitted to disclose any information or details relating to such dispute without the written consent of the other parties to the dispute, except (i) to the parties’ professional advisors and the parties’ affiliates and their respective professional advisors; and (ii) as may be required by applicable laws or under the rules of any securities exchange; and

(v)    other than the matter being disputed, the parties shall continue to perform their respective obligations under this Agreement, which are not in dispute.

(c)    The award of the arbitration tribunal shall be final and binding. The parties shall waive their rights of appeal, if any, to the extent allowed by law.


20.    MISCELLANEOUS.

(a)    Section 13 (Announcements and Confidentiality), Section 18 (Severability), Section 19 (Notices), Section 22 (Third Party Rights) and Section 23 (Language Version) of the Securities Exchange Agreement are hereby incorporated in this Note by reference and shall apply mutatis mutandis to this Note.

(b)    Any term of this Note may be amended or waived with the written consent of the Company and the Holder. Any amendment or waiver effected in accordance with this Section 20(b) shall be binding upon the Company and the Holder.

(c)    Upon receipt by the Company of evidence satisfactory to it of the loss, theft, destruction or mutilation of this Note or any Note exchanged for it, and indemnity satisfactory to the Company (in case of loss, theft or destruction) or surrender and cancellation of such Note (in the case of mutilation), the Company will make and deliver in lieu of such Note a new Note of like tenor.

(d)    This Note may be executed and delivered (including by facsimile or other means of electronic transmission, such as by electronic mail in “pdf” form) in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original and all of which together shall constitute one instrument.

[The remainder of this page is deliberately left blank.]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Lufax Holding Ltd (陆金所控股有限公司) has caused this Note to be executed by an officer thereunto duly authorized.

 

Lufax Holding Ltd

(陆金所控股有限公司)

By:  

                                         

Name:  

                                         

Title:  

                                         

ACCEPTED AND AGREED:

The Holder:

[●]

 

By:  

                                         

Name:  

                                         

Title:  

                                         


APPENDIX 1

FORM OF TRANSFER

LUFAX HOLDING LTD

(陆金所控股有限公司)

(incorporated in the Cayman Islands with limited liability)

OPTIONALLY CONVERTIBLE PROMISSORY NOTE


APPENDIX 2

FORM OF OPTIONAL CONVERSION NOTICE


APPENDIX 3

FORM OF MANDATORY CONVERSION NOTICE


APPENDIX 4

FORM OF PUT NOTICE


Schedule 3

COMPANY REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES


Schedule 4

INVESTOR REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

 

102


Schedule 5

SECURITYHOLDERS AGREEMENT

 

 

 

103


Schedule 6

RESTATED ARTICLES

 

104


Schedule 7

SHAREHOLDING STRUCTURE

 

105

Exhibit 4.9

SECURITYHOLDERS AGREEMENT

relating to

LUFAX HOLDING LTD

(陆金所控股有限公司)

DATED 30 SEPTEMBER 2020

BY AND AMONG

AN KE TECHNOLOGY COMPANY LIMITED

CHINA PING AN INSURANCE OVERSEAS (HOLDINGS) LIMITED

TUN KUNG COMPANY LIMITED

- and –

PARTIES LISTED IN SCHEDULE 1

- and -

LUFAX HOLDING LTD

(陆金所控股有限公司)


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

 

 

CLAUSE

       PAGE  

1.

 

DEFINITIONS

     2  

2.

 

EFFECTIVENESS

     7  

3.

 

THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS

     7  

4.

 

POWERS OF THE BOARD AND BOARD RESOLUTIONS

     8  

5.

 

REMUNERATION FOR DIRECTORS

     9  

6.

 

MANAGEMENT OF THE COMPANY

     9  

7.

 

ACCESS TO INFORMATION

     10  

8.

 

COVENANTS BY THE COMPANY

     11  

9.

 

RIGHT TO SUBSCRIBE FOR NEW SECURITIES

     13  

10.

 

TRANSFER OF NOTES

     14  

11.

 

COMPLETION OF TRANSFER OF NOTES

     19  

12.

 

TERMINATION

     20  

13.

 

QUALIFIED LISTING

     20  

14.

 

ANNOUNCEMENTS AND CONFIDENTIALITY

     21  

15.

 

ADDITIONAL COVENANTS BY THE PARTIES

     22  

16.

 

NO PARTNERSHIP

     24  

17.

 

ARTICLES

     24  

18.

 

SUCCESSORS IN TITLE

     24  

19.

 

AMENDMENT AND WAIVER

     24  

20.

 

TIME OF ESSENCE

     24  

21.

 

NOTICES

     25  

22.

 

SEVERABILITY

     26  

23.

 

COUNTERPARTS

     26  

24.

 

COSTS

     26  

25.

 

ENTIRE AGREEMENT

     26  

26.

 

FORCE MAJEURE

     26  

27.

 

GOVERNING LAW AND DISPUTE RESOLUTION

     27  

28.

 

THIRD PARTY RIGHTS

     27  

SCHEDULE 1:     INVESTORS OF THE COMPANY

     21  

SCHEDULE 2:     DEED OF ADHERENCE

     23  

SCHEDULE 3:     FORM OF LOCK UP LETTER

     24  

SCHEDULE 4:     FORM OF ARTICLES IN CONNECTION WITH QUALIFIED LISTING

     25  


THIS SECURITYHOLDERS AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”) is made on 30 September 2020

BY AND AMONG:

 

(1)

AN KE TECHNOLOGY COMPANY LIMITED, a company registered in Hong Kong with number [***] whose registered office is at [***] (“An Ke”);

 

(2)

CHINA PING AN INSURANCE OVERSEAS (HOLDINGS) LIMITED, a company registered in Hong Kong with number [***] whose registered office is at [***] (“PAO”);

An Ke and PAO are collectively referred to as the “Ping An Shareholders”;

 

(3)

TUN KUNG COMPANY LIMITED, a company registered in the British Virgin Islands with number [***] whose registered office is at [***] (“Tun Kung”);

 

(4)

Investors Listed in Schedule 1 (collectively referred to as “Investors” and each an “Investor”); and

 

(5)

LUFAX HOLDING LTD (陆金所控股有限公司), an exempted company registered in the Cayman Islands whose registered office is at Cricket Square, Hutchins Drive, P.O. Box 2681, Grand Cayman, KY1-1111, Cayman Islands (the “Company”),

(each, a “Party” and, collectively, the “Parties”). Each person which executes and delivers a counterpart signature page to this Agreement as an “Additional Investor” after the date hereof prior to the Additional Investor Deadline (as such term is defined in the Securities Exchange Agreement) is referred to herein as an “Additional Investor” and shall thereupon be deemed to have entered into, and be party to, this Agreement, and the terms “Investor” and “Investors” and “Party” and “Parties” shall thereafter be construed accordingly to include such Additional Investor and Additional Investors, respectively, and Schedule 1 hereto shall be deemed amended to include each Additional Investor and its respective information, including without limitation the principal amount and type of Notes subscribed for by such Additional Investor pursuant to the Securities Exchange Agreement.

RECITALS

 

A

Pursuant to the Securities Exchange Agreement dated 23 September 2020 by and among the Company and the Investors (the “Securities Exchange Agreement”), each Investor has agreed to, severally but not jointly, transfer to the Company, such Investor’s Class C Ordinary Shares and in consideration for which the Company has agreed to issue to such Investor one or more convertible promissory notes in the form attached in Schedule 2 Part A of the Securities Exchange Agreement (each, an “Automatically Convertible Note” and collectively, the “Automatically Convertible Notes”) and/or Schedule 2 Part B of the Securities Exchange Agreement (each, an “Optionally Convertible Note” and collectively, the “Optionally Convertible Notes”; and together with the Automatically Convertible Notes each, a “Note” and collectively, the “Notes”), of such type and in such principal amount as set forth opposite such Investor’s name in Schedule 1.

 

B

In connection with the consummation of the transactions contemplated by the Securities Exchange Agreement, (i) the amended and restated shareholders agreement entered into among the Company and the Shareholders on 31 January 2019, as amended from time to time (the “Shareholders Agreement”) shall terminate in respect of each Investor pursuant to clause 16.2 of the Shareholders Agreement, and (ii) the Investors, Tun Kung, the Ping An Shareholders and the Company desire to operate and manage the Company and other Group Companies in accordance with the terms and conditions of this Agreement.


IT IS ACCORDINGLY AGREED as follows:

 

1.

DEFINITIONS

 

1.1

In this Agreement unless the context requires otherwise:

A-round Lead Investor” means Key Horizon Limited, a company incorporated and existing under the laws of British Virgin Islands.

Affiliate” has the meaning given in clause 9.5.

Affiliate-Transferee” has the meaning given in clause 10.4.1.

Affiliate-Transferor” has the meaning given in clause 10.4.1.

Articles” means the fourth amended and restated memorandum and the seventh amended and restated articles of association of the Company in the agreed form and to be adopted effective on or prior to the date hereof.

as-converted” or “as-converted basis” means for purposes of this Agreement and the Articles only, with respect to each Note, the number of Class A Ordinary Shares equal to the quotient of the outstanding principal amount of such Note divided by the OCN Conversion Price and, where expressed by reference to any shareholding percentage, such percentage shall be calculated by reference to the aggregate holding of Shares as if all Notes had been converted into Shares on the foregoing basis.

Board” means the board of directors of the Company from time to time.

Board Committees” has the meaning given in clause 6.1.1.

Business Day” means a day (which for these purposes ends at 5.30 p.m. local time) on which banks are open for commercial business in the Cayman Islands, Qatar, Hong Kong and China other than a Friday, Saturday, Sunday or a public holiday.

Class A Ordinary Shares” means the class A ordinary Shares of USD $0.00001 each in the capital of the Company, each having the rights and preferences set forth in the Articles and the Shareholders Agreement, or any such class A ordinary Shares that have been re-classified to ordinary shares.

Class B Ordinary Shares” means the class B ordinary Shares of USD $0.00001 each in the capital of the Company, each having the rights and preferences set forth in the Articles and the Shareholders Agreement.

Class C Ordinary Shares” means the class C ordinary Shares of USD $0.00001 each in the capital of the Company, each having the rights and preferences set forth in the Articles and the Shareholders Agreement.

Closing” means the Closing (as defined in the Securities Exchange Agreement) that first occurs after the date of the Securities Exchange Agreement.

 

 

2


Closing Date” means the Closing Date (as defined in the Securities Exchange Agreement) that first occurs after the date of the Securities Exchange Agreement.

Companies Law” means the Companies Law (as amended) of the Cayman Islands.

Company ESOP” means the Company’s employee stock option plan duly approved by the Board on 12 December 2014 and as amended from time to time.

Company Phase II ESOP” means the Company’s employee stock option plan duly approved by the Board on 21 August 2015 and as amended from time to time.

Company PSU Plan” means the Company’s employee performance share unit plan approved by the board of directors of the Company on 4 September 2019 and as amended from time to time.

Confidential Information” means any information of a confidential or commercially sensitive nature (however stored), whether or not marked as such, relating to the business, customers or financial or other affairs of any Shareholder, Investor or Group Company.

control” has the meaning given in clause 9.5.

Conversion Shares” means the Class A Ordinary Shares issued upon any conversion of any Note in accordance with the terms and conditions set out therein.

Conversion Price” has the meaning given under the relevant Convertible Promissory Note.

Convertible Promissory Notes” means, together: (a) the USD1,015,976,000 0.7375% convertible promissory note issued by the Company to PAO on 8 October 2015; and (b) the USD937,824,000 0.7375% convertible promissory note issued by the Company to PAO and subsequently transferred to An Ke, in each case on 8 October 2015, and in each case, as amended pursuant to the Amendment and Supplemental Agreement to the Share Purchase Agreement and the Convertible Notes dated as of August 31, 2020 among the Company and the Ping An Shareholders, and each a “Convertible Promissory Note”.

C-round Investor” means each person listed in Part 3 of Schedule 1 to the Shareholders Agreement.

C-round Lead Investor” means F3 Holding LLC.

C-round Lead Investor Affiliate” means DIC Holding LLC.

C-round Share Subscription Agreement” means the share subscription agreement dated 6 September 2018, as amended as of 27 November 2018 and 27 December 2018 and as may be amended from time to time thereafter in accordance with its terms, entered into by each of the C-round Investors and the Company.

Current Valuation” means the aggregate valuation of the Company from time to time calculated by reference to the price per Share paid by Shareholders as part of the latest issue of Shares by the Company and the number of Shares on a Fully-Diluted Basis; as at the date of this Agreement, the Current Valuation shall be the Subscription Price paid by each of the C-round Investors under the C-round Share Subscription Agreement multiplied by the aggregate number of Shares on a Fully-Diluted Basis.

 

 

3


days” means calendar days, provided that, except as otherwise set forth herein, if any period of days set forth herein shall expire on any day which is not a Business Day, such period shall be automatically extended to the next occurring Business Day.

Deed of Adherence” means the deed of adherence in the agreed form as set out in Schedule 2 to this Agreement.

Director” means a director of the Company.

ESOP Shares” means the 20,644,803 Class A Ordinary Shares or the economic interests thereof allotted to beneficiaries of the Company ESOP, held by Tun Kung.

Event of Default” has the meaning given in any Notes.

Excess Sale Note” has the meaning given in clause 10.2.3(i).

First Scheduled Meeting” has the meaning given in clause 4.4.

Fully-Diluted Basis” means all outstanding Shares assuming the issuance of all Shares issuable upon conversion or exercise of any outstanding convertible securities of the Company, including without limitation, the Notes, the Convertible Promissory Notes and all Class A Ordinary Shares reserved for issuance pursuant to the Company ESOP, the Company Phase II ESOP and the Company PSU Plan, provided that in respect of the Notes, the number of Shares under this definition shall be deemed to refer to the number of Class A Ordinary Shares equal to the quotient of the outstanding principal amount of such Note divided by the OCN Conversion Price.

Fully-Subscribing Party” has the meaning given in clause 9.2.

Group Company” and “Group Companies” means, individually and collectively, the Company and its Subsidiaries from time to time.

HKIAC” has the meaning given in clause 27.2.

HKIAC Rules” has the meaning given in clause 27.2.

Hong Kong” means the Hong Kong Special Administrative Region of the PRC.

Hong Kong Listing Rules” means the Rules Governing the Listing of Securities on the Hong Kong Stock Exchange.

Hong Kong Stock Exchange” means The Stock Exchange of Hong Kong Limited.

IFRS” means International Financial Reporting Standards.

Lanbang” means Lanbang Investment Company Limited.

Law” or “Laws” means any constitutional provision, statute or other law, rule, regulation, listing rule, decree, official policy or interpretation of any nation or government or any province or state, municipal or local or any other political subdivision thereof, or any entity, authority or body exercising executive, legislative, judicial, regulatory or administrative functions of or pertaining to government, including, without limitation, any government authority, agency, department, board, commission or instrumentality or any political subdivision thereof, any court, tribunal or arbitrator, stock or securities exchange and any self-regulatory organization.

 

 

4


Linzhi” means Linzhi Jinsheng Investment Company Limited.

OCN Conversion Price” means US$30.0731262411229 per Class A Ordinary Share, as may be adjusted pursuant to section 10 of the Optionally Convertible Notes.

Offer” has the meaning given in clause 10.2.3(i).

Offer Closing Date” has the meaning given in clause 10.2.3.

Partially-Subscribing Party” has the meaning given in clause 9.2.

Ping An Group” means Ping An Insurance (Group) Company of China, Ltd. and its Subsidiaries.

Ping An Transactions” means collectively certain transactions between An Ke and/or its designated Affiliate, and certain direct or indirect shareholder(s) of Tun Kung pursuant to which An Ke and/or its designated Affiliate have been:

 

  (a)

granted certain call option(s) pursuant to call option agreement(s) (“Option Contracts”) to indirectly acquire 173,744,733 Class A Ordinary Shares (“Ping An Call Option”); and

 

  (b)

given one or more share mortgage(s)/charge(s) over certain shares of Tun Kung or its shareholder as security for their performance under the Option Contracts,

in each case on a Fully-Diluted Basis after taking into account the Shares held by the Investors, and, for avoidance of doubt, the exercise of the Ping An Call Option will not dilute any Investor’s shareholding in the Company.

PRC” or “China” means the People’s Republic of China which for the purposes of this Agreement excludes Hong Kong, the Macao Special Administrative Region of the PRC and Taiwan.

Purchase Notice” has the meaning given in clause 10.2.3.

Qualified Listing” has the meaning given in clause 13.1.

Right of First Offer” has the meaning given in clause 10.2.1.

RMB” means renminbi, the lawful currency of the PRC.

Sale Note” has the meaning given in clause 10.2.1.

Second Scheduled Meeting” has the meaning given in clause 4.4.

Shareholder” means any holder of any Shares.

Shareholders Meeting” means the Shareholders’ general meeting of the Company.

Shares” means collectively the ordinary shares (including Class A Ordinary Shares, Class B Ordinary Shares and Class C Ordinary Shares) in the share capital of the Company.

 

 

5


Share Swap” means the Transfer of their respective Shares in the Company by Tongjun, Lanbang and Linzhi to Tun Kung in exchange for shares in Tun Kung reflecting proportionally their existing shareholding in the Company completed on 27 November 2015.

Significant C-round Investors” means the C-round Lead Investor, the C-round Lead Investor Affiliate and each other Investor which (together with any of its Affiliates) holds any Note or Notes with an aggregate outstanding principal amount of at least USD 150 million, each, a “Significant C-round Investor”.

Significant Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary of the Company which, by reference to the latest accounts available as at the date of the relevant transaction, had profits representing more than twenty per cent (20%) of the profits of the Group Companies as a whole.

Subscription Notice” has the meaning given in clause 9.1.

Subscription Price” has the meaning given under the C-round Share Subscription Agreement.

Subsidiary” means, as to any person, any person (A) of which such first person directly or indirectly owns securities or other equity interests representing more than fifty per cent (50%) of the aggregate voting power, (B) of which such first person possesses the right to elect more than fifty per cent (50%) of the directors or persons holding similar positions through contractual arrangements (including without limitation variable interest entity (VIE) arrangements) or otherwise, (C) which such first person otherwise controls through contractual arrangements or otherwise (including without limitation variable interest entity (VIE) arrangements) or (D) the financial position and results of operation of which such first person could be consolidated if preparing financial statements under the IFRS.

Third Party” has the meaning given in clause 10.2.7.

Tongjun” means Tongjun Investment Company Limited.

Transaction Documents” means collectively this Agreement, the Securities Exchange Agreement, the Notes, the Articles, and other agreements designated as such by the Parties.

Transfer” means, with respect to any securities, (i) when used as a verb, to sell, assign, dispose of, exchange, pledge, encumber, hypothecate or otherwise transfer such securities or any participation or interest therein, whether directly or indirectly (including pursuant to a derivative transaction), or agree or commit to do any of the foregoing and (ii) when used as a noun, a direct or indirect sale, assignment, disposition, exchange, pledge, encumbrance, hypothecation, or other transfer of such securities or any participation or interest therein or any agreement or commitment to do any of the foregoing.

Transfer Notice” has the meaning given in clause 10.2.2.

Transferring Investor” has the meaning given in clause 10.2.1.

USD” means United States dollars, the lawful currency of the United States of America.

 

 

6


1.2

In this Agreement where the context admits:

 

  1.2.1

reference to a clause, paragraph or schedule is to a clause, paragraph or schedule of or to this Agreement respectively;

 

  1.2.2

reference to the Parties to this Agreement includes their respective successors and permitted assigns;

 

  1.2.3

reference to any gender includes the other gender;

 

  1.2.4

reference to persons includes bodies corporate or unincorporated;

 

  1.2.5

reference to any professional firm or company includes any firm or company effectively succeeding to the whole, or substantially the whole, of its practice or business;

 

  1.2.6

the index and headings are for ease of reference only and will not affect the construction or interpretation of this Agreement;

 

  1.2.7

words denoting the singular include the plural and vice versa;

 

  1.2.8

general words shall not be given a restrictive meaning by reason of their being preceded or following by words indicating a particular class of matters or by examples falling within the general words and, accordingly, any phrase introduced by the terms “other”, “including”, “including without limitation”, “include” and “in particular” or any similar expression shall be construed as illustrative and shall not limit the sense of the words preceding them;

 

  1.2.9

where a sum is stated in RMB it will be deemed, where appropriate, to be a reference to a sum in USD having an equivalent value using the middle rate for converting RMB into USD published by the People’s Bank of China on one (1) Business Day prior to the date upon which such comparison is made; and

 

  1.2.10

this Agreement incorporates the schedules to it.

 

2.

EFFECTIVENESS

This Agreement shall enter into effect upon the consummation of Closing.

 

3.

THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS

 

3.1

Unless otherwise agreed between the Investors and the Shareholders in accordance with this Agreement, the Shareholders Agreement and the Articles, the Board shall comprise twelve (12) members as follows:

 

  3.1.1

ten (10) Directors appointed by (i) the Board or (ii) the Shareholders by ordinary resolution;

 

  3.1.2

one (1) Director appointed by the A-round Lead Investor for so long as its shareholding percentage in the Company is no less than one per cent (1%) on a Fully-Diluted Basis; and

 

  3.1.3

one (1) Director appointed by the C-round Lead Investor (the “C-round Lead Investor Director”) for so long as its as-converted shareholding percentage in the Company, when aggregated with the shareholding of the C-round Lead Investor Affiliate and any of their respective Affiliates, is no less than zero point five per cent (0.5%) on a Fully-Diluted Basis.

 

 

7


The C-round Lead Investor shall undertake such actions as necessary to enable the appointment of the C-round Lead Investor Director and its replacement pursuant to clause 3.1.3. The appointment of the C-round Lead Investor Director shall take effect immediately upon receipt by the Company of a written notice of appointment from the C-round Lead Investor together with a consent to act from the C-round Lead Investor Director.

Subject to applicable Laws, the Board shall, and the Ping An Shareholders and Tun Kung shall use such lawful means as within their powers to procure that the Directors appointed by the Board pursuant to clause 3.1.1 shall, and the C-round Lead Investor shall procure that the C-round Lead Investor Director shall, pass such resolutions and take such other actions as are necessary to give effect to each appointment made pursuant to this clause 3.1. The Parties acknowledge and agree that all actions approved or implemented by or at the Board meeting or the Shareholders Meeting shall, to the maximum extent permitted by applicable Laws, be concurrently approved and implemented at the shareholder or board level, as appropriate, of each of the Group Companies, and the Parties shall take all necessary actions to promptly effect such approval and implementation.

 

3.2

The C-round Lead Investor Director appointed pursuant to clause 3.1.3 shall hold office at the discretion of the C-round Lead Investor and shall cease to hold office only when written notice removing the C-round Lead Investor Director issued by the C-round Lead Investor is received at the registered office of the Company; accordingly, the C-round Lead Investor removing the C-round Lead Investor Director shall be responsible for, and shall indemnify the Company against, any claim by the C-round Lead Investor Director for unfair or wrongful dismissal arising out of his removal from office.

 

3.3

The Directors appointed by the Board or the Shareholders pursuant to clause 3.1.1 may be removed by the Shareholders by ordinary resolution.

 

3.4

Subject to applicable Laws, the Company shall purchase and maintain insurance for the benefit of each Director against any liability incurred by such Director in his or her capacity as a Director and indemnifying such Director in respect of any loss arising or liability attaching to him or her by virtue of any rule of law in respect of any negligence, default, breach of duty or breach of trust of which the Director may be guilty in relation to the Company or any Subsidiary thereof. For the avoidance of doubt, references in this clause 3.3 to any Director include any alternate director appointed by such Director in accordance with the Articles.

 

4.

POWERS OF THE BOARD AND BOARD RESOLUTIONS

 

4.1

Every Director shall have one vote. Board meetings shall be convened and proceeded in accordance with the Companies Law, the Articles and this Agreement.

 

4.2

Except for the matters to be otherwise determined and approved as required by applicable Laws, the Articles or this Agreement, the business and affairs of the Company shall be managed and approved by the Board in accordance with applicable Laws, the Articles or this Agreement.

 

4.3

Save for the matters submitted to the Second Scheduled Meeting in accordance with clause 4.4 or the matters approved by written resolution of the Board in accordance with clause 4.5, all matters submitted to the Board shall be passed at a properly convened Board meeting by affirmative vote of at least seven (7) Directors attending in person or by an alternate director or by proxy appointed pursuant to the Articles in accordance with the Companies Law and the Articles. In the event of a voting deadlock of the Board of Directors with respect to any matter pertaining to the Company, the chairman presiding at the Board meeting shall have the right to cast a tie-breaking vote.

 

 

8


4.4

The quorum for Board meetings shall be eight (8) Directors attending in person or by an alternate director or by proxy appointed pursuant to the Articles. If quorum is not reached within thirty (30) minutes after the scheduled meeting time (the “First Scheduled Meeting”), the chairman presiding at the Board meeting shall, on the day following the First Scheduled Meeting, notify all Directors to attend a re-convened Board meeting at the specified time and date (being not more than five (5) days after the first-scheduled date) (the “Second Scheduled Meeting”). If a quorum is still not reached at the Second Scheduled Meeting, then the Directors attending in person or by an alternate director or by proxy appointed pursuant to the Articles at the Second Scheduled Meeting shall be deemed to constitute a quorum and all matters submitted to the Board at the Second Scheduled Meeting shall be passed by the affirmative vote of a simple majority of the Directors attending in person or by an alternate director or by proxy appointed pursuant to the Articles in accordance with the Companies Law and the Articles.

 

4.5

Any matters which may be passed by resolution of the Directors may, without a Board meeting and without any previous notice being required, be approved by written resolution in accordance with this clause 4.5 and the Articles. Any written resolution must be signed by all of the Directors (in as many counterparts as may be necessary).

 

4.6

The Company shall make available telephonic, electronic or other communication facilities or means to Directors as permit all persons participating in the meeting to communicate with each other simultaneously and instantaneously, and participation in such a meeting shall constitute presence in person at such meeting.

 

4.7

Save for the Second Scheduled Meeting convened under clause 4.4, no Board meeting shall be convened on less than ten (10) days’ notice. Notwithstanding the foresaid, a meeting of the Board shall be deemed to be duly and validly convened, notwithstanding that it is called by shorter or irregular notice, if all the Directors entitled to receive notice and attend the meeting have so agreed.

 

5.

REMUNERATION FOR DIRECTORS

The Company may reimburse the Directors for reasonable fees incurred in the course of discharging their duties as a Director, including without limitation travel expenses, as it sees fit.

 

6.

MANAGEMENT OF THE COMPANY

 

6.1

Board Committees

 

  6.1.1

The Board has the power to establish board committees (the “Board Committees”) and has established the following Board Committees as of the date hereof:

 

  6.1.1.1

Audit Board Committee;

 

  6.1.1.2

Nomination and Remuneration Board Committee; and

 

  6.1.1.3

Risk Management Committee.

 

  6.1.2

The Board may establish other Board Committees from time to time as it deems appropriate.

 

 

9


  6.1.3

The composition of the Board Committees shall be determined by the Board.

 

  6.1.4

The Board shall determine the roles, responsibilities and scope of authority of each of the Board Committees, provided that, with respect to the Audit Board Committee, the Board shall procure that the following information be submitted to the Audit Board Committee for review:

 

  6.1.4.1

management accounts (including balance sheet and profit and loss statement plus relevant key performance indicators) together with reconciliation to IFRS of the Company and other Group Companies, on a quarterly basis, within thirty (30) days after the end of each calendar quarter; and

 

  6.1.4.2

reviewed unaudited interim financial statements (including balance sheet, profit and loss statement and cashflow statement) together with reconciliation to IFRS of the Company and other Group Companies within sixty (60) days after each period end.

 

6.2

Management Structure

The Board shall determine senior management positions and business departments of the Company in accordance with the Company’s operational and management needs. The senior management staff of the Company shall be appointed and replaced by the Board, and their terms of office shall be terms considered as appropriate by the Board.

 

7.

ACCESS TO INFORMATION

 

7.1

Subject to the terms of this Agreement, the Company shall, in a timely manner:

 

  7.1.1

prepare and, after approval by the Board, submit to each Investor, as long as (i) such Investor continues to own, directly or indirectly, a Note or Notes representing not less than zero point one two five per cent (0.125%) of the Company’s issued and outstanding Shares on a Fully-Diluted Basis, or (ii) such information is reasonably required by such Investor or any of its respective controlling Affiliates to comply with any applicable Law resulting from the listing or quotation of such person’s securities on any stock or securities exchange, annual budgets (including without limitation full profit and loss accounts, balance sheets/statements of financial position and cashflow statements) prior to the start of each financial year commencing after the Closing Date;

 

  7.1.2

prepare and, after approval by the Board, submit to each Investor, as long as (i) such Investor continues to own, directly or indirectly, a Note or Notes representing not less than zero point one two five per cent (0.125%) of the Company’s issued and outstanding Shares on a Fully-Diluted Basis, or (ii) such information is reasonably required by such Investor or any of its controlling Affiliates to comply with any applicable Law resulting from the listing or quotation of such person’s securities on any stock or securities exchange) (i) audited annual financial statements of the Company within ninety (90) days after the end of the relevant period; (ii) unaudited semi-annual management financial statements of the Company within sixty (60) days after the end of the relevant period; (iii) unaudited quarterly management financial statements of the Company within forty-five (45) days after the end of the relevant period; and (iv) upon request, unaudited monthly management accounts as soon as reasonably practicable after the end of the relevant month;

 

 

10


  7.1.3

prepare and, after approval by the Board, submit to each Investor, as long as (i) such Investor continues to own, directly or indirectly, a Note or Notes representing not less than zero point one two five per cent (0.125%) of the Company’s issued and outstanding Shares on a Fully-Diluted Basis, or (ii) such information is reasonably required by such Investor or any of its controlling Affiliates to comply with any applicable Law resulting from the listing or quotation of such person’s securities on any stock or securities exchange, quarterly reports in respect of all material related party transactions (as defined in clause 8.2.1(ii) below) carried out by the Group Companies which have been entered into other than in the ordinary and usual course of business, in each case within forty-five (45) days after the end of the relevant period;

 

  7.1.4

submit to each Investor copies of all notices, circulars and other information which the Company provides to all of its Shareholders (including all notices and agenda of the general meetings of the Shareholders, provided that such Investor acknowledges and agrees that it will not be entitled to attend and vote at such meetings unless it is a Shareholder), on or as promptly as practicable after the date such notices, circulars and other information are provided to the Shareholders; and

 

  7.1.5

allow the Investors and their duly authorised representatives to inspect the accounting books and records of the Company and any Subsidiary and to make extracts and copies at the expense of the inspecting Party.

 

7.2

Any information in relation to the Company and other Group Companies shall be considered as Confidential Information and any such information which the Board has approved for the purpose of sharing with the investors of the A-round Lead Investor shall also be considered as Confidential Information and may only be shared with any Investor provided that such Investor shall keep such information confidential and not disclose any such information to any third party.

 

8.

COVENANTS BY THE COMPANY

 

8.1

The Company undertakes with each of the Investors, so far as it lawfully may, to be bound by and comply with the terms and conditions of this Agreement and the Articles insofar as the same relate to the Company.

 

8.2

The Company shall not, and shall procure that no Group Company shall:

 

  8.2.1

enter into, or agree to enter into, any contracts, arrangements or understandings with any of the Company’s or the Group Company’s related parties (in each case including without limitation their respective connected persons) unless:

 

  (i)

such contract, arrangement or understanding is, or will be, entered into by the Company or the relevant Group Company on normal commercial terms or better for the Company or relevant Group Company; and

 

  (ii)

subject to clause 8.2.3, all of the applicable percentage ratios, being the (A) assets ratio, (B) revenue ratio, (C) equity capital ratio (if applicable) and (D) consideration ratio, calculated in accordance with Chapter 14 of the Hong Kong Listing Rules (save that, for the consideration ratio, the Current Valuation shall be taken as the denominator) in respect of such contract, arrangement or understanding do not exceed five per cent (5%).

 

 

11


Where any of such percentage ratios exceeds zero point one per cent (0.1%) but all are less than five per cent (5%), such contract, arrangement or understanding shall constitute “material related party transactions” for the purposes of clause 7.1.3;

 

  8.2.2

without the prior written approval of holders in aggregate of more than fifty per cent (50%) of the Shares held by the C-round Investors and the Investors (on an as-converted basis) taken as a whole:

 

  (i)

in respect of any Significant Subsidiary, either:

 

  (a)

dispose of, or agree to dispose of, thirty per cent (30%) or more of its shares, securities, voting rights or any other interests; or

 

  (b)

issue, or agree to issue, such number of shares or other securities carrying voting or economic rights representing thirty per cent (30%) or more of its total fully diluted share capital or any other equity rights,

in each case as part of one transaction or a series of related transactions, unless such disposal or issuance is made to a Group Company directly or indirectly (including by way of variable interest entity (VIE) arrangements) wholly-owned by the Company; or

 

  (c)

amend, or agree to amend, any provision of any of the Convertible Promissory Notes which relates to, or is likely to impact, the Conversion Price.

 

  8.2.3

Notwithstanding clause 8.2.1(ii), where any one or more of the applicable percentage ratios referred to therein exceed five per cent (5%), the Company (or the Group Company, as the case may be) shall be entitled to enter into, or agree to enter into, such contract, arrangement or understanding, provided that the Company has first obtained the prior written approval of holders in aggregate of more than fifty per cent (50%) of the Shares held by the Shareholders and the Investors (on an as-converted basis) taken as a whole, which do not have a material interest in such contract, arrangement or understanding. For the purposes of this clause 8.2.3 only, each of the Ping An Shareholders and Tun Kung (and each of their respective Affiliates) shall be considered to have a material interest in any contract, arrangement or understanding proposed to be entered into with:

 

  (i)

any member of the Ping An Group;

 

  (ii)

Tun Kung; and/or

 

  (iii)

any of their respective Affiliates,

 

 

12


and, accordingly, shall not be entitled to approve such contract, arrangement or understanding in accordance with this clause 8.2.3.

 

9.

RIGHT TO SUBSCRIBE FOR NEW SECURITIES

 

9.1

Subject to and upon the Shareholders resolving to issue new shares or other securities in the Company, the Company shall issue a notice (the “Subscription Notice”) to each of the Investors. Each of the Investors (or, at the election of the relevant Investor, any of its Affiliates), together with the Shareholders, shall have the option (but not the obligation) at its own discretion to decide, within thirty (30) days upon receipt of the Subscription Notice, to subscribe for all or part of new shares or other securities in proportion to their as-converted shareholding percentage (the computation of which shall, in the case of Tun Kung, exclude the ESOP Shares) in the Company on the terms stated on the Subscription Notice. It is a condition of such subscription by an Affiliate of any Investor that such Affiliate shall provide evidence of its Affiliate relationship with the relevant Investor.

 

9.2

If any of the Investors (or their respective Affiliates, as the case may be) (each a “Partially-Subscribing Party”) does not choose to fully subscribe for its pro rata portion of the new shares or other securities, and any other Shareholder or Investor (or its Affiliate, as the case may be) (each a “Fully-Subscribing Party”) chooses to fully subscribe for its pro rata portion of the new shares or other securities, then the Fully-Subscribing Party shall have the option (but not the obligation) to subscribe for those new shares or other securities not already subscribed for by the Partially-Subscribing Party, in proportion to their relative as-converted shareholding percentage (the computation of which shall, in the case of Tun Kung, exclude the ESOP Shares) in the Company before issuance of the new shares or other securities and on the terms stated on the Subscription Notice.

 

9.3

In respect of any new shares or other securities that are not subscribed for following the aforementioned procedures, the Company shall have the right to issue and allot such new shares or other securities to any third parties on terms and conditions not more favourable than those stated on the Subscription Notice within one hundred and twenty (120) days from the earlier of (i) the lapse of the Subscription Notice, or (ii) the date the last Fully-Subscribing Party indicates its decision not to subscribe for the available new shares or other securities, provided that any such third party(ies) subscribing for such new shares or other securities shall execute a deed of adherence in the form approved by the Company.

 

9.4

If the Company (i) proposes to issue and allot the available new shares or other securities to third parties on terms and conditions more favourable than those stated in the Subscription Notice, or (ii) does not issue and allot the available new shares or other securities, the Company shall issue subscription notices to all Investors in respect of all new shares or other securities following the aforementioned procedures in this clause 9.

 

9.5

For the purposes of this Agreement, “Affiliate” means, with respect to a person, any other person that, directly or indirectly, controls, is controlled by or is under common control with such person; “control” (including with correlative meanings, the terms “controlling”, “controlled by” and “under common control with”), as used with respect to any person, means (i) the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of such person, whether through the ownership of voting securities or by contract or otherwise or (ii) the ownership of more than fifty per cent (50%) of a person’s voting securities. For the purpose of this Agreement only: the Affiliates of the Shareholders do not include the Company; the Affiliates of the C-round Lead Investor shall be deemed to include the C-round Lead Investor Affiliate; the Affiliates of the C-round Lead Investor Affiliate shall be deemed to include the C-round Lead Investor.

 

 

13


9.6

For the purposes of this clause 9, new shares or securities do not include:

 

  9.6.1

shares converted from the Company’s capital reserves (if applicable);

 

  9.6.2

shares issued by the Company in connection with a Qualified Listing;

 

  9.6.3

Notes issued by the Company pursuant to the Securities Exchange Agreement; or

 

  9.6.4

shares or securities issued for the purposes of acquiring all or substantially all assets of another company or entity, or a merger representing fifty per cent (50%) or more of the voting rights, asset acquisition or other shares or securities for restructuring.

 

9.7

For the purposes of this clause 9, rights given to the Investors do not apply to the ESOP Shares and the Investors’ right under this clause 9 shall be determined by reference to the total issued Shares of the Company without taking into account the ESOP Shares.

 

10.

TRANSFER OF NOTES

 

10.1

Unless otherwise specified in this Agreement, on and after the Closing:

 

  10.1.1

the Investors shall not Transfer any Notes in any way without complying with this clause 10;

 

  10.1.2

no Notes may be Transferred to any person who is not already an Investor, unless the proposed transferee has executed a Deed of Adherence;

 

  10.1.3

save for any Transfer required as part of the Company’s corporate restructuring to be conducted in connection with such Qualified Listing; provided that if, the Company proposes to conduct a Qualified Listing on the Hong Kong Stock Exchange, any Transfer of Notes pursuant to this clause 10 shall be completed prior to the date falling twenty-eight (28) clear days before the date of the first submission by the Company of its listing application to the Hong Kong Stock Exchange; provided further that, for the avoidance of doubt, upon the occurrence of any withdrawal, rejection, return or lapse of such Company’s listing application to the Hong Kong Stock Exchange, the right of any Investor to Transfer any Notes pursuant to this clause 10 shall be restored in its entirety; and

 

  10.1.4

any Transfer of Notes not made in compliance with this Agreement shall be null and void as against the Company, shall not be recorded on the books of the Company and shall not be recognized by the Company.

 

10.2

Transfer of Notes by Investors

 

  10.2.1

Subject to clause 10.3, if any Investor (the “Transferring Investor”) intends to Transfer to any person on and after the date of this Agreement, other than to (i) an Affiliate of such Transferring Investor in accordance with clause 10.4 or (ii) any Ping An Shareholder, Tun Kung or any of their respective Affiliates, all or part of any principal amount of any Note held by such Transferring Investor (the “Sale Note”), each of the other Investors (the “Non-Transferring Investors”) shall have the right of first offer to purchase all or part of the Sale Note subject to, and in accordance with, this clause 10.2 (the “Right of First Offer”).

 

 

14


  10.2.2

The Transferring Investor shall issue a notice (the “Transfer Notice”) to each of the Non-Transferring Investors of its intention to make a Transfer of the Sale Note.

 

  10.2.3

If any Non-Transferring Investor wishes to purchase any of the Sale Note, it shall, within twenty (20) days of the date of the Transfer Notice (the “Offer Closing Date”), send a notice to the Transferring Investor (a “Purchase Notice”), which shall be irrevocable, containing:

 

  (i)

an offer to purchase (a) such portion of the Sale Note as reflects the principal amount of the Notes then held by such Non-Transferring Investor as a proportion of the total principal amount of the Notes then held by all the Non-Transferring Investors and (b) any portion of the principal amount of the Sale Note for which the other Non-Transferring Investors do not make an offer (the “Excess Sale Note”) ((a) and (b) together, the “Offer”); and

 

  (ii)

the terms on which such Non-Transferring Investor is prepared to make the Offer, including the consideration offered for the Sale Note.

 

  10.2.4

If any Non-Transferring Investor does not wish to make an Offer, it may either: (i) send a notice to the Transferring Investor before the Offer Closing Date declining to make an Offer; or (ii) do nothing in which case, following the Offer Closing Date, it shall be considered not to have made an Offer. If any Non-Transferring Investor does not send a Purchase Notice on or before the Offer Closing Date to the Transferring Investor, the Offer of any other Non-Transferring Investor which has sent a Purchase Notice in accordance with clause 10.2.3 shall be deemed to include an offer to purchase the Excess Sale Note reflecting the principal amount of the Sale Note it offered to buy in such Purchase Notice as a proportion of the total principal amount of the Sale Note in respect of which Purchase Notices were sent in accordance with clause 10.2.3.

 

  10.2.5

Within thirty (30) days of the Offer Closing Date, the Transferring Investor shall send a notice to any Non-Transferring Investor which has sent a Purchase Notice, indicating whether the Transferring Investor accepts its Offer and, in the case of acceptance, the principal amount of the Sale Note (including any Excess Sale Note) which that Non-Transferring Investor is obliged to buy under clause 10.2.3 and clause 10.2.4.

 

  10.2.6

For the avoidance of doubt, the Transferring Investor shall not be obliged to accept any Offer.

 

  10.2.7

Following the Offer Closing Date or, if later, the date the Transferring Investor has sent a notice to the final Non-Transferring Investor required to be notified pursuant to clause 10.2.5, the Transferring Investor shall be free to enter into a binding contract to sell any Sale Note in respect of which it has not received an Offer or (having received an Offer) accepted an Offer to any bona fide third party (the “Third Party”) within 180 days of the Offer Closing Date, provided that:

 

  (i)

the price paid by the Third Party for each dollar unit of the principal amount of Sale Note is higher than the highest price offered for such dollar unit of the principal amount by any Non-Transferring Investor whose Offer was not accepted, provided that there shall be no minimum price if Offers are not made by any Non-Transferring Investor before the Offer Closing Date in respect of, in aggregate, at least the total principal amount of Sale Note set out in the Transfer Notice;

 

 

15


  (ii)

the terms agreed with the Third Party are not more favourable to such Third Party than those offered by any Non-Transferring Investor whose Offer was not accepted; and

 

  (iii)

the Third Party agrees to execute a Deed of Adherence.

 

  10.2.8

If the Transferring Investor wishes to sell any Sale Note in accordance with clause 10.2.7, but any proviso to that clause is not satisfied, the Transferring Investor shall offer the Non-Transferring Investors the opportunity to match the terms agreed with the Third Party. If the Non-Transferring Investors do not make matching offers within thirty (30) days of such offer, the Transferring Investor shall be free to enter into a binding contract to sell the relevant Sale Note to the Third Party, provided that the Third Party agrees to enter into a Deed of Adherence in the form required by this Agreement.

 

10.3

Approval Required for Transfer of Notes

 

  10.3.1

Subject to clause 10.4 and except for any Transfer to any Ping An Shareholder, Tun Kung or any of their respective Affiliates:

 

  (i)

prior to the third (3rd) anniversary of the Closing Date, the Significant C-round Investors; and

 

  (ii)

at any time, the Investors (other than the Significant C-round Investors),

in each case shall not be permitted to Transfer any of the Notes they hold without the written consent from the Ping An Shareholders and Tun Kung, for as long as the Ping An Shareholders and Tun Kung collectively hold a majority of the Shares then outstanding. Any reference to the Transfer of Notes in this clause 10.3 shall include any change in the direct or indirect beneficial interest in an Investor and this clause 10.3 shall apply accordingly. An Investor seeking to Transfer Notes pursuant to this clause 10.3.1 shall only be required to disclose information to the Ping An Shareholders and Tun Kung. Without prejudice to any other rights of any Party to this Agreement in respect of a breach of this clause 10.3.1, an Investor which has breached this clause 10.3 shall lose its rights to information under clause 7 of this Agreement and any other rights to financial and operating information of the Company, other than statutory rights.

 

  10.3.2

Other than Transfers to Affiliates of Tun Kung in accordance with clause 14.5 of the Shareholders Agreement, if Tun Kung (or any of its Affiliates to which it has Transferred any Shares in accordance with clause 14.5 of the Shareholders Agreement) Transfers any Shares, within twenty (20) days after the date of such Transfer, it shall notify each of the Significant C-round Investors of the material details of such Transfer, including the class and number of Shares or other securities subject to such Transfer, the aggregate consideration payable for such Transfer (and the form thereof) and the identity of the purchaser of such Shares.

 

  10.3.3

The provisions of clauses 10.2 and 10.3.1 shall not apply to any Investor if any Event of Default under such Investor’s Note has occurred.

 

 

16


10.4

Transfer to Affiliate

 

  10.4.1

Notwithstanding anything in clauses 10.2 and 10.3 to the contrary, the Parties agree that the Investors are permitted to Transfer all or part of their respective Notes to one or multiple Affiliates of such Party (each an “Affiliate-Transferee”), provided that the relevant Investor (the “Affiliate-Transferor”) shall provide sufficient evidence to the Company in respect of the Affiliate relationship between it and its Affiliate-Transferee(s), and shall procure that such Affiliate-Transferee(s) shall accept in writing in accordance with clause 10.1.2 to be bound by this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents to which such Affiliate-Transferor is party, in each case as if it were a party thereto in respect of the rights and obligations of the Affiliate-Transferor (but, for the avoidance of doubt, if the Affiliate-Transferor is the C-round Lead Investor and such Affiliate-Transferor retains any Notes after such Transfer in accordance with this clause 10.4, the rights granted to the relevant Affiliate-Transferor under clause 3 shall only be exercisable by such Affiliate-Transferor and not by any of its respective Affiliate-Transferees). If such Affiliate-Transferee at any time ceases to be an Affiliate of the Affiliate-Transferor, such Affiliate-Transferee shall, prior to ceasing to be an Affiliate of such Affiliate-Transferor, Transfer the Notes held by it back to the Affiliate-Transferor or to another Affiliate of that Affiliate-Transferor, and in the case of a Transfer to another Affiliate, this clause 10.4.1 shall apply to such subsequent Transfer as if it were the original Transfer by the Affiliate-Transferor hereunder.

 

  10.4.2

In addition, notwithstanding anything in any Transaction Document to the contrary and subject to clause 15.4, the Parties agree that Tun Kung is permitted to Transfer all or part of its shareholding in the Company to Lanbang, Tongjun and Linzhi to effect the unwinding of the Share Swap provided that Tun Kung shall provide reasonable prior notice to the Company and the Investors. Upon receiving such notice, the Ping An Shareholders and Investors shall enter into a securityholders agreement with Lanbang, Tongjun and Linzhi in substantially the same form as this Agreement.

 

  10.4.3

For the purposes of this clause 10.4, any Transfer between the current beneficial owners of the same Investor as at the date of this Agreement shall be treated as a permitted Transfer under this clause 10.4.

 

10.5

Market Stand off Agreement

 

  10.5.1

Subject to the remainder of this clause 10.5, each of the Investors hereby agrees that it will not, without the prior written consent of the Company or the underwriter(s) managing any Qualified Listing of the Company’s securities, for a period of:

 

  10.5.1.1

six (6) months commencing from the earlier of (x) the date of closing of the Qualified Listing or (y) the date of the underwriting agreement entered into between the Company and the underwriter(s) managing the Qualified Listing (such earlier date, the “Lock-up Commencement Date”) with respect to fifty percent (50%) of the aggregate number of Conversion Shares issued upon conversion of any Automatically Convertible Note held by such Investor;

 

  10.5.1.2

twelve (12) months commencing from the Lock-up Commencement Date with respect to the remaining fifty percent (50%) of the aggregate number of Conversion Shares issued upon conversion of any Automatically Convertible Note held by such Investor; and

 

 

17


  10.5.1.3

twelve (12) months commencing from the Lock-up Commencement Date with respect to any Optionally Convertible Note held by such Investor or any Conversion Shares issued upon conversion of such Note,

during such period, (i) lend; offer; pledge; sell; contract to sell; sell any option or contract to purchase; purchase any option or contract to sell; grant any option, right, or warrant to purchase; or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, such Note or Conversion Shares, or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable (directly or indirectly) for such Note or Conversion Shares, or (ii) enter into any swap or other arrangement that transfers to another, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of such Note, Conversion Shares or other securities, whether any such transaction described in clause (i) or (ii) above is to be settled by delivery of such Note, Conversion Shares or other securities, in cash, or otherwise.

 

  10.5.2

Clause 10.5.1 shall not apply to:

 

  10.5.2.1

the transfer of any securities to (a) any trust for the direct or indirect benefit of each such Investor or any of its Affiliates, or (b) any Affiliate of such Investor, provided that the trustee of the trust or such Affiliate, as applicable, agrees to be bound in writing by the restrictions set forth herein, and provided further that any such transfer shall not involve a disposition for value; or

 

  10.5.2.2

pledges of any Note, Conversion Shares or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable (directly or indirectly) for any Note or Conversion Share as collateral in accordance with and subject to the terms and conditions of a loan agreement and any related pledge and security agreements existing on the date of the applicable underwriting agreement relating to the Qualified Listing, any subsequent foreclosure on such collateral securities pledged pursuant to such existing pledges in accordance with and subject to the terms and conditions of such loan agreement and any related pledge and security agreements, or any resale by the applicable lender parties of any such collateral securities pledged pursuant to such existing pledges (including Shares actually issued upon the conversion or exchange of such collateral securities in the event of any foreclosure or foreclosure sale) to a third party in a substantially concurrent transaction made pursuant to the provisions of the applicable loan agreement and any related pledge and security agreement.

 

  10.5.3

Clause 10.5.1 shall be applicable to each Investor only if and to the extent all officers and directors of the Company are subject to the restrictions set forth in the form of the lock-up letter attached as Schedule 3 to this Agreement, and provided always that, if any of the Ping An Shareholders are subject to any lesser restrictions than those imposed on such Investor under clause 10.5.1, the Investors shall be automatically subject to such lesser restrictions.

 

 

18


  10.5.4

Each of the Investors further agrees to execute such agreements as may be reasonably requested by the underwriters in connection with any such registration that are consistent with this clause 10.5 or that are necessary to give further effect thereto. Any discretionary waiver or termination of the restrictions of any or all of such agreements by the Company or the underwriters shall apply pro rata to all the Shareholders and Investors subject to such agreements, based on the number of shares (including Conversion Shares) subject to such agreements.

 

  10.5.5

Clause 10.5.1 shall not apply to any Investor if any Event of Default under such Investor’s Note has occurred or occurs.

 

  10.5.6

Each of the Ping An Shareholders, with respect to all of the Shares held by such Shareholder immediately prior to the Qualified Listing, and Tun Kung, with respect to one-third of the Shares held by such Shareholder immediately prior to the Qualified Listing, hereby agrees that the same restrictions shall apply to such Shares as apply to any Investor’s Note or Conversion Shares under clause 10.5.1.3 for so long as any such Investor is subject to such restrictions, subject to the exceptions set forth in clause 10.5.2 and except for any transfers of any Shares by Tun Kung to any equity award grantee under, and pursuant to the terms of, the Company ESOP, the Company Phase II ESOP or the Company PSU Plan.

 

  10.5.7

Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the provisions of this clause 10.5 shall not apply to any shares purchased in the Qualified Listing or in the secondary market following the Qualified Listing.

 

10.6

Notwithstanding anything in this clause 10 to the contrary, the restrictions on Transfer set forth in this clause 10 shall not apply to any Transfer of any indirect equity interest in any Investor (i) by any passive limited partner of any investment fund which holds any equity interest in such Investor, provided always that such passive limited partner is not itself an Affiliate or connected person of the adviser, manager or general partner of that investment fund, or (ii) which is conducted on a public securities exchange or market.

 

11.

COMPLETION OF TRANSFER OF NOTES

 

11.1

Save as otherwise provided in this Agreement, a sale of any Note pursuant to this Agreement shall be completed in such place and on such date as the parties to such Note Transfer may agree provided that it is not less than ten (10) nor more than forty (40) days after the date upon which it becomes bound to sell or purchase the Notes.

 

11.2

In addition to any requirements under any additional agreements which may be entered into by the parties to the Note Transfer, at completion:

 

  11.2.1

the purchaser shall pay to the selling Investor the purchase price in cash in USD except if the purchase price is settled by non-cash consideration in accordance with this Agreement; and

 

  11.2.2

the selling Investor shall deliver to the purchaser:

 

  11.2.2.1

a duly executed instrument of transfer of the Note to be sold;

 

  11.2.2.2

the relevant Note;

 

  11.2.2.3

any power of attorney or other authority under which the Transfer has been executed; and

 

 

19


  11.2.2.4

letters of resignation from the selling Investor’s appointee Director (if applicable) waiving any claims they may have against the Company.

 

11.3

The selling Investor shall sell its Note as beneficial owner free from all encumbrances (other than as set out under this Agreement or the Articles).

 

11.4

In addition to any requirements under any additional agreements which may be entered into by the parties to the Note Transfer as conditions precedent to a Transfer of such Note:

 

  11.4.1

the purchaser shall pay, or shall procure that the Company shall pay, to the selling Investor all outstanding liabilities owing by the Company to the selling Investor; and

 

  11.4.2

the Director and officers who have been appointed by the selling Investor shall, upon the Company’s receipt of relevant removal notice issued by the selling Investor in accordance with clause 3.2, resign without claiming compensation.

 

11.5

In addition to any requirements under any additional agreements which may be entered into by the parties to the Note Transfer, the purchaser shall use its reasonable endeavours to obtain the release of the selling Investor from any guarantee, security or other assurance given by the selling Investor on behalf of the Company before, or as soon as is reasonably practicable after, a Transfer of such Note, and pending such release shall indemnify and keep indemnified the selling Investor against any claims made in relation to those matters.

 

11.6

The Company shall register any Transfer of Notes made in accordance with this Agreement.

 

12.

TERMINATION

 

12.1

This Agreement shall continue in force until terminated in accordance with this clause 12.

 

12.2

Unless terminated earlier in accordance with other provisions, this Agreement shall terminate in respect of any Investor if at any time, as a result of a Transfer of any Note or Conversion Shares made in accordance with this Agreement, such Note and the Articles, or the payment in full of the outstanding principal amount of such Note and all accrued but unpaid interest thereon in accordance with such Note, that Investor holds no Note nor any Conversion Shares or the Company’s obligations under the Note are fully discharged, but without prejudice to any accrued rights which any other Party may have in respect of that Investor prior to termination, provided that the provisions of clause 14 shall survive any such termination with respect to such Investor as set forth below.

 

12.3

Any termination of this Agreement will not affect or impair any liabilities or obligations accrued as a result of any Party’s failure to comply with or fulfil any issues, undertakings or conditions hereunder.

 

13.

QUALIFIED LISTING

 

13.1

For the purposes of this Agreement, a “Qualified Listing” means an initial public offering of the Company’s shares and/or securities on (a) The New York Stock Exchange, the NASDAQ Global Select Market, the NASDAQ Global Market or the Hong Kong Stock Exchange (Main Board) (or any of their respective successors), or (b) only after prior consultation with the Significant C-Round Investors and those other Investors with capital market expertise in any relevant markets which request such consultation with respect to any proposed Qualified Listing, including with respect to (i) the funding needs of the Company, (ii) the amount of proceeds to be raised in any proposed Qualified Listing and the proposed use of these proceeds, and (iii) the market conditions for conducting an equity offering of the Company and outlook for such conditions at such time, any other internationally recognized stock exchange.

 

 

20


13.2

The Company shall procure the listing of the Conversion Shares held by the Investors at the same time as the Qualified Listing and, if applicable, the Investors shall be given customary registration rights in relation to the Conversion Shares held by it to the extent such rights are required to enable the Investors’ Conversion Shares to be traded on the relevant securities or stock exchange, subject to the applicable market stand-off periods under clause 10.5.

 

13.3

The rights and obligations of all Parties under this Agreement shall terminate when the Company completes a Qualified Listing; provided however, that (a) the rights and obligations of all Parties under this clause 13.3 and clauses 10.5, 13.2 and 14.2 shall survive the completion of any Qualified Listing and shall terminate after the expiration of the market stand-off period set forth in clause 10.5.1.3, and (b) such termination shall be without prejudice to any accrued rights which any Party may have prior to such termination.

 

14.

ANNOUNCEMENTS AND CONFIDENTIALITY

 

14.1

No announcement concerning this Agreement or the Transaction Documents shall be made by one Party (whether prior to or after the Closing Date) without the prior approval of the Company, except for such announcement as may be required by applicable Laws or the rules of a stock exchange binding on the relevant Party, in which event the disclosing Party shall notify the other Parties and take into consideration reasonable comments made by such other Parties.

 

14.2

In addition to the foregoing, the Parties understand and acknowledge that this Agreement, the Transaction Documents, the oral or written information exchanged between or obtained by the Parties and their Affiliates as a result of the Transaction Documents, the information related to any dispute arising from or in connection with the performance, interpretation, breach, termination or validity of the Transaction Documents are all Confidential Information. The Parties shall, and shall procure each of their representatives (including but not limited to any senior management staff, Director, employee, shareholder, agent and Affiliate), keep confidential and not disclose to any third party (excluding any shareholder, investor or potential investor, Affiliate and professional advisor of the Company or of the Investor) the Confidential Information unless:

 

  14.2.1

the Confidential Information is or becomes generally available to the public other than as a result of a disclosure by a Party or its representatives in breach of any Transaction Documents to which such Party is bound or a third party source that was bound by a confidentiality agreement;

 

  14.2.2

the Confidential Information was available to the Party or its representatives on a non-confidential basis prior to its disclosure by the other Parties hereto or its representatives; or

 

  14.2.3

the Confidential Information is required to be disclosed under applicable Law, including but not limited to the disclosure made in accordance with any listing rule or any securities regulatory authority, in which case the Party having a disclosure obligation shall, at the reasonable time before the disclosure, consult other Parties over such disclosure and shall, as per the requirements of other Parties, seek possible confidential treatments for the Confidential Information subject to disclosure.

 

 

21


14.3

The restriction in this clause 14 shall continue to apply after the termination of this Agreement without limit in point of time, but shall cease to apply to information or knowledge which may properly come into the public domain through no fault of the restricted Party.

 

15.

ADDITIONAL COVENANTS BY THE PARTIES

 

15.1

Each Party covenants with the others that so long as this Agreement remains in force and effect it will:

 

  15.1.1

act in good faith in respect of this Agreement;

 

  15.1.2

promptly execute and expedite all such documents as are required in respect of this Agreement;

 

  15.1.3

promptly notify the other of all or any matters coming to its notice which may materially adversely affect the Company or its business; and

 

  15.1.4

generally do all things necessary to give effect to this Agreement.

 

15.2

The Company shall, and each of the Ping An Shareholders and Tun Kung shall (to the extent it is able to within its powers as a Shareholder), during the term of this Agreement:

 

  15.2.1

undertake all actions necessary to ensure that:

 

  15.2.1.1

the articles of association or similar constitutional document of the Group Companies are amended to reflect the terms (insofar as permitted by applicable Laws) of this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents,

 

  15.2.1.2

any amendments to the articles of association or similar constitutional document of any Group Company, or the Shareholders Agreement, which in each case (in the reasonable opinion of the Board) would or would be likely to have a disproportionate material adverse effect on any Investor (as compared, in each case, with the Shareholders or the other Investors), insofar as permitted by applicable Laws, shall not be approved and effected by the Company or any other Group Company unless such amendment has also been approved by holders in aggregate of at least seventy-five per cent (75%) of the aggregate outstanding principal amount of the Notes; provided that, for the avoidance of doubt, this clause 15.2.1.2 shall not apply to any amendment of any articles of association or similar constitutional document of any Group Company or the Shareholders Agreement which is required for a Qualified Listing, provided always that there shall be no change to the rights attaching to the Class A Ordinary Shares other than the removal of the liquidation preference as part of the conversion of all classes of Shares into Class A Ordinary Shares for the purposes of a Qualified Listing in a manner that affects all holders of Class A Ordinary Shares equally.

 

 

22


Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement or the Shareholders Agreement, the Company shall not (insofar as permitted by applicable Laws), and each of the Ping An Shareholders and Tun Kung shall not (to the extent each is able within its powers as a Shareholder), during the term of this Agreement, propose or approve any amendment to the Articles, or take any action in connection therewith, that would result in the Articles conflicting or being otherwise inconsistent with this Agreement; provided that the Parties agree and acknowledge that the approval and adoption of the memorandum and articles of association of the Company in the form attached in Schedule 4 in connection with a Qualified Listing shall be permitted under this Agreement;

 

  15.2.2

ensure that the Company maintains control over the management and operations of the Group Companies;

 

  15.2.3

ensure that the Company or its Subsidiary shall at all times have the right by proxy or otherwise, to vote the outstanding equity interests of the Group Companies; and

 

  15.2.4

ensure that any dividends declared and paid by the Company shall be paid to all of the Shareholders, in proportion to the number of Shares held by them.

 

15.3

Each of the Ping An Shareholders covenants with the Investors that it shall ensure that:

 

  15.3.1

none of the terms and conditions of any of:

 

  (a)

the Ping An Transactions; and

 

  (b)

the call options granted to any member of the Ping An Group in respect of shares in Tun Kung, any of Tun Kung’s direct or indirect shareholders or Shanghai Lanbang Investment Company Limited (“Shanghai Lanbang”),

shall be amended in such a way as to change (i) the number of securities in Tun Kung, any of its direct or indirect shareholder(s) or Shanghai Lanbang to which any of such Ping An Transactions, or any call option granted to any member of the Ping An Group, relate and/or (ii) the circumstances in which such call options granted to any member of the Ping An Group may be exercised or the security granted pursuant to the Ping An Transactions may be enforced; and

 

  15.3.2

none of:

 

  (a)

the Ping An Call Option; and

 

  (b)

any call option granted to any member of the Ping An Group in respect of shares in Tun Kung, any of Tun Kung’s direct or indirect shareholder(s) or Shanghai Lanbang,

shall be exercised if Tun Kung is not the shareholder of the Company with the largest holding of Shares or such exercise would, or would be reasonably likely to, result in Tun Kung ceasing to be the largest shareholder of the Company; and

 

  15.3.3

no member of the Ping An Group (including without limitation any Ping An Shareholder) shall Transfer its Shares to any party if, immediately after the consummation of such Transfer, the Ping An Group, taken as a whole, would: (a) no longer be the largest group of Shareholders (through Ping An Shareholders or their respective Affiliates), other than Tun Kung; or (b) collectively hold (through Ping An Shareholders or their respective Affiliates) less than thirty-five per cent (35%) of the then outstanding Shares in issue, in each case, on an as-converted basis.

 

 

23


15.4

Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Agreement, Tun Kung covenants with the Investors that it shall not Transfer any Shares, or effect any agreement, arrangement or transaction, which would, or would be likely to, cause it to cease to be the shareholder of the Company with the largest holding of Shares.

 

15.5

Each of the rights and obligations of the C-round Lead Investor Affiliate under this Agreement may be exercised or fulfilled (as applicable) by the C-round Lead Investor on behalf of the C-round Lead Investor Affiliate. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in all circumstances, the liability of each of C-round Lead Investor and C-round Lead Investor Affiliate shall be several, and not joint or joint and several.

 

16.

NO PARTNERSHIP

Nothing contained in this Agreement shall be deemed to constitute a partnership between the Parties or any of them.

 

17.

ARTICLES

If there is a conflict or inconsistency between the provisions of this Agreement and the Articles, the Articles shall, subject to the Companies Law, be amended to reflect and be consistent with the provisions of this Agreement.

 

18.

SUCCESSORS IN TITLE

This Agreement shall be binding upon and enure for the benefit of each Party’s successors in title. This includes any successor to any Notes transferred in accordance with this Agreement or the Articles. No Party shall assign this Agreement without the written consent of the other Parties.

 

19.

AMENDMENT AND WAIVER

 

19.1

No variation of this Agreement shall be valid unless it is in writing and signed by or on behalf of each Party.

 

19.2

No waiver by any Party of any breach or non-fulfilment by any other Party of any provisions of this Agreement shall be deemed to be a waiver of any subsequent or other breach of that or any other provision, and no failure to exercise or delay in exercising any right or remedy under this Agreement shall constitute a waiver of such right or remedy. No single or partial exercise of any right or remedy under this Agreement shall preclude or restrict the further exercise of any such right or remedy. The rights and remedies of a Party under this Agreement are cumulative and not exclusive of any rights and remedies provided by Law.

 

20.

TIME OF ESSENCE

Unless otherwise expressly provided, time shall be of the essence of this Agreement both as to any time, date or period mentioned in this Agreement and to any time, date or period substituted by agreement of the Parties.

 

 

24


21.

NOTICES

 

21.1

All notices and other communications required or permitted hereby shall be in writing and addressed to the relevant recipient in the manner provided below, and shall be deemed to have been duly and sufficiently given only if: (a) delivered either personally by hand, or by an international courier service (which, in the case of notices or other communications to the C-round Lead Investor and the C-round Lead Investor Affiliate, provides delivery service in Qatar), and, in each case, (b) confirmed by email to the relevant recipient not less than 24 hours after such delivery.

 

21.2

Notices shall be deemed effective if given on a Business Day, in the manners prescribed in clause 21.1, by 1:30 p.m. in the place of receipt or on the following Business Day if completed after 1:30 p.m.

 

21.3

All notices and other communications to each of the Investors in relation to this Agreement should be addressed to the address of such Investor set forth opposite such Investor’s name in Schedule 1.

 

21.4

All notices and other communications to the Company in relation to this Agreement should be addressed to:

Lufax Holding Ltd

[***]

Attention: [***]

Email: [***]

With a copy to:

Attention: [***]

Email: [***]

All notices and other communications to An Ke in relation to this Agreement should be addressed to:

An Ke Technology Company Limited

[***]

Attention: [***]

Email: [***]

All notices and other communications to PAO in relation to this Agreement should be addressed to:

China Ping An Insurance Overseas (Holdings) Limited

[***]

Attention: [***]

Email: [***]

All notices and other communications to Tun Kung in relation to this Agreement should be addressed to:

Tun Kung Company Limited

[***]

Attention: [***]

Email: [***]

 

 

25


22.

SEVERABILITY

The invalidity, illegality or unenforceability of any provisions of this Agreement shall not affect the continuation in force of the remainder of this Agreement.

 

23.

COUNTERPARTS

This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts (including the counterpart of any Additional Investor which executes and delivers such counterpart pursuant to the preamble hereto), each of which when executed by one or more of the Parties shall constitute an original but all of which shall constitute one and the same instrument. This Agreement may also be executed and delivered via electronic mail (including pdf) or other transmission method and any counterpart so delivered shall be deemed to have been duly and validly delivered and be valid and effective for all purposes. The Parties agree that this Agreement shall become effective and be binding immediately as between such Parties on the Closing, and shall not be conditional on, or affected by, the entry into this Agreement by any Additional Investors.

 

24.

COSTS

Each Party shall pay its own costs and expenses in relation to the negotiation, preparation, execution and implementation of this Agreement.

 

25.

ENTIRE AGREEMENT

 

25.1

This Agreement and the other Transaction Documents constitute the entire agreement between the Parties in connection with its subject matter.

 

25.2

No Party has relied on any express or implied representation or warranty except as expressly set out in the Transaction Documents.

 

26.

FORCE MAJEURE

 

26.1

No Party shall be liable to the others or be deemed to be in breach of this Agreement by reason of any delay in performing, or failure to perform, any of its obligations under this Agreement if such delay or failure was beyond that Party’s reasonable control (including without limitation, any strike, lockout or other industrial action, act of God, war or threat of war, accidental or malicious damage, prohibition or restriction by governments or other legal authority or other events recognized as force majeure events by normal international commercial customs).

 

26.2

A Party claiming to be unable to perform its obligations under this Agreement (either on time or at all) in any of the circumstances set out in clause 26.1 must immediately notify the other Parties of the nature and extent of the circumstances in question, and shall provide sufficient evidence for reasonable assessment by the other Parties of the occurrence and continuance of the events set out in clause 26.1 within fifteen (15) days after such occurrence.

 

26.3

This clause 26 shall cease to apply when such circumstances have ceased to have effect on the performance of this Agreement.

 

26.4

If any circumstance relied on by any Party for the purposes of this clause 26 continues for more than 180 days, the other Parties shall be entitled to terminate this Agreement by thirty (30) days’ notice.

 

 

26


27.

GOVERNING LAW AND DISPUTE RESOLUTION

 

27.1

This Agreement will be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of Hong Kong without giving effect to conflict of laws principles.

 

27.2

Disputes between the Parties shall be settled by arbitration at the Hong Kong International Arbitration Centre (“HKIAC”) in Hong Kong under the Hong Kong International Arbitration Centre Administered Arbitration Rules (the “HKIAC Rules”) in force when the notice of arbitration is submitted in accordance with the HKIAC Rules, except as amended as follows:

 

  27.2.1

there shall be three (3) arbitrators to be appointed in accordance with the HKIAC Rules;

 

  27.2.2

the language to be used in the arbitral proceedings shall be English;

 

  27.2.3

subject to the overall discretion of the arbitration tribunal, the costs of the arbitration, including the HKIAC’s and arbitrators’ fees and legal costs, shall be borne by the Party losing the arbitration;

 

  27.2.4

while such dispute is being arbitrated under this clause 27.2, none of the Parties shall be permitted to disclose any information or details relating to such dispute without the written consent of the other Parties to the dispute, except (i) to the Parties’ professional advisors and the Parties’ Affiliates and their respective professional advisors; and (ii) as may be required by applicable Laws or under the rules of any securities exchange; and

 

  27.2.5

other than the matter being disputed, the Parties shall continue to perform their respective obligations under this Agreement, which are not in dispute.

 

27.3

The award of the arbitration tribunal shall be final and binding. The Parties shall waive their rights of appeal, if any, to the extent allowed by Law.

 

28.

THIRD PARTY RIGHTS

Any person who is not a named party to this Agreement shall have no right under the Contract (Rights of Third Parties) Ordinance (Cap. 623 of the Laws of Hong Kong) to enforce any term of, or enjoy any benefit under, this Agreement.

 

 

27


THE COMPANY:    
Executed for and on behalf of    
Lufax Holding Ltd   )                       
陆金所控股有限公司     )
    )
    )
    )

 

Signature  

/s/ Renjie Li

Name (block  
capitals)  

RENJIE LI

 

[Signature Page to the Securityholders Agreement]


COMPANY SHAREHOLDERS:         
Executed by AN KE TECHNOLOGY    )      
COMPANY LIMITED    )      
   )      
   )    Signature   

/s/ Wang Shiyong

      Name (block   
      capitals)   

WANG SHIYONG

Executed by CHINA PING AN    )                  
INSURANCE OVERSEAS    )      
(HOLDINGS) LIMITED    )      
   )    Signature   

/s/ TUNG HOI

      Name (block   
      capitals)   

TUNG HOI

Executed by TUN KUNG COMPANY    )      
LIMITED    )      
   )      
   )    Signature   

/s/ Jingkui SHI

      Name (block   
      capitals)   

JINGKUI SHI

 

[Signature Page to the Securityholders Agreement]


INVESTORS:         
Executed by F3 Holding LLC    )      
   )      
   )      
   )      
   )                Signature   

/s/ AHMAD AL-KHANJI

      Name (block   
      capitals)   

AHMAD AL-KHANJI

Executed by DIC Holding LLC    )      
   )      
   )      
   )      
   )    Signature   

/s/ ABDULAZIZ AL-SEHLAWI

      Name (block   
      capitals)   

ABDULAZIZ AL-SEHLAWI

 

[Signature Page to the Securityholders Agreement]


Executed by HS Investments AP13    )      
Limited    )      
   )      
   )      
   )    Signature   

/s/ JOHN BISHOP

      Name (block   
      capitals)   

JOHN BISHOP

Executed by HS Investments (A) L.P.    )      
   )      
   )      
   )    Signature   

/s/ MARK COFFELL

      Name (block   
      capitals)   

MARK COFFELL

Executed by HS Investments (C) Limited    )                  
   )      
   )      
   )    Signature   

/s/ MARK COFFELL,

      Name (block   
      capitals)   

Mark COFFELL, AND ANTHONY TENNANT

        
      Signature   

/s/ ANTHONY TENNANT

      Name (block   
      capitals)   

ANTHONY TENNANT

 

[Signature Page to the Securityholders Agreement]


Executed by So Cheung Wing    )                 
   )     
   )     
   )     
   )   Signature   

/s/ So Cheung Wing

     Name (block   
     capitals)   

SO CHEUNG WING

 

 

5


Executed by Lux Holdings Limited    )     
   )     
   )     
   )     
   )                Signature  

/s/ ENA LEUNG

      Name (block  
      capitals)  

ENA LEUNG

 

 

6


Executed by LionRock LJS L.P.     )       
By:    LionRock Capital GP Limited,    )                
   its general partner    )    
      )    
      )    
      )    
      )   Signature  

/s/ DANIEL TSEUNG

        Name (block  
        capitals)  

DANIEL TSEUNG

 

 

7


Executed by All-Stars PESP V Limited   )                
  )    
  )    
  )    
  )   Signature  

/s/ WEIDONG (RICHARD) JI

    Name (block  
    capitals)  

WEIDONG (RICHARD) JI

 

 

8


Executed by  
Macquarie Capital Asian Fintech Investments   )
Holdings LP acting by its general partner,   )
Macquarie ASEAN Technology Investments   )
Holdings GP Ltd.   )

 

By:  

/s/ Colin Nestor

Name:   COLIN NESTOR
Title:   Director
By:  

/s/ Glenn Mitchell

Name:   GLENN MITCHELL
Title:   Director

 

 

9


Executed by SBI Hong Kong Holdings    )                 
Co., Limited    )     
   )     
   )     
   )    Signature  

/s/ MIYAZAKI MAKOTO

      Name (block  
      capitals)  

MIYAZAKI MAKOTO

Executed by SBI AI&Blockchain    )     
Investment LPS    )     
   )     
   )     
   )    Signature  

/s/ Katsuya Kawashima

      Name (block  
      capitals)  

Katsuya Kawashima

 

 

10


Executed by UBS AG, London Branch    )                  
   )      
   )      
   )    Signature   

/s/ Lambda Li

      Name (block   
      capitals)   

LAMBDA LI

      Signature   

/s/ SAAD SLAOUI

      Name (block   
      capitals)   

SAAD SLAQUI

 

 

11


Executed by Hermitage Galaxy Fund SPC

on behalf of

      
Hermitage Fund Four SP    )                
   )    
   )    
   )   Signature  

/s/ Xiang Yuqiu

     Name (block  
     capitals)  

XIANG YUQIU

 

 

12


Executed by Broad Street Principal    )                  
Investments L.L.C.    )      
   )      
   )      
   )    Signature   

/s/ Dom Totino

      Name (block   
      capitals)   

DOM TOTINO

 

 

13


Executed by United Overseas Bank   )                
Limited   )    
  )    
  )    
  )   Signature  

/s/ PEH KIAN HENG

    Name (block  
    capitals)  

PEH KIAN HENG

 

 

14


Executed by Sabre Capital (Mauritius)    )                 
Limited    )     
   )     
   )     
   )    Signature  

/s/ Roshila Ramluggun

      Name (block  
      capitals)  

ROSHILA RAMLUGGUN

      Signature  

/s/ Sweeteeby Balloo

      Name (block  
      capitals)  

SWEETEEBY BALLOO

 

 

15


Executed by Rajendra Singh 2011    )                  
Florida Trust FBO    )      
Hersh Raj Singh    )      
     )          
     )          
     )    Signature   

/s/ Neera Singh

          Name (block     
          capitals)   

NEERA SINGH

Executed by Rajendra Singh 2011    )      
Florida Trust FBO    )      
Samir Raj Singh    )      
     )          
     )          
     )    Signature   

/s/ Neera Singh

          Name (block     
          capitals)   

NEERA SINGH

 

 

16


Executed by LMA SPC    )      
for the account of Map 248    )      
Segregated Portfolio    )      
     )                      
     )          
     )    Signature   

/s/ Aaron M. Nieman

          Name (block     
          capitals)   

AARON M. NIEMAN

 

 

17


Executed by Aaron Nieman    )                  
     )          
     )          
     )    Signature   

/s/ Aaron M. Nieman

          Name (block     
          capitals)   

AARON M. Nieman

Executed by Blaine Marder    )      
     )          
     )          
     )    Signature   

/s/ BLAINE MARDER

          Name (block     
          capitals)   

BLAINE MARDER

 

 

18


Executed by J.P. Morgan Securities    )      
LLC    )                  
     )          
     )          
     )    Signature   

/s/ Keith Canton

          Name (block     
          capitals)   

KEITH CANTON

 

 

19


Executed by Generation Growth    )      
Investors Limited    )      
     )                      
     )          
     )    Signature   

/s/ Roy Kuan

          Name (block     
          capitals)   

ROY KUAN

 

 

20


SCHEDULE 1:

INVESTORS OF THE COMPANY

 

Investor   

Domicile and Registered Address

  

Address for Notices

   Principal Amount
of Note(s) (in USD)
    

Type of Note

F3 Holding LLC

  

Domicile: Qatar

 

Registered address:

[***]

   [***]      $585,000,000      Optionally Convertible Note

DIC Holding LLC

  

Domicile: Qatar

 

Registered address:

[***]

   [***]      $65,000,000      Optionally Convertible Note

HS Investments AP13 Limited

  

Domicile: Guernsey

 

Registered address:

[***]

   [***]      $20,000,000      Optionally Convertible Note

So Cheung Wing

   Domicile: Hong Kong    [***]      $168,000,000      Automatically Convertible Note

Lux Holdings Limited

  

Domicile: British Virgin Islands

 

Registered address:

[***]

   [***]      $180,500,000      Optionally Convertible Note

LionRock LJS L.P.

  

Domicile: British Virgin Islands

 

Registered address:

[***]

   [***]      $68,000,000      Optionally Convertible Note

All-Stars PESP V Limited

  

Domicile: British Virgin Islands

 

Registered address:

[***]

   [***]      $50,000,000      Optionally Convertible Note

Macquarie Capital Asian Fintech Investments Holdings LP

  

Domicile: Cayman Islands

 

Registered address:

[***]

   [***]      $32,925,000      Optionally Convertible Note

SBI Hong Kong Holdings Co., Limited

  

Domicile: Hong Kong

 

Registered address:

[***]

   [***]      $5,000,000      Optionally Convertible Note

SBI AI&Blockchain Investment LPS

  

Domicile: Japan

 

Registered address:

[***]

   [***]      $5,000,000      Optionally Convertible Note

HS Investments (A) L.P.

  

Domicile: Guernsey

 

Registered address:

[***]

   [***]      $5,000,000      Optionally Convertible Note

HS Investments (C) Limited

  

Domicile: Guernsey

 

Registered address:

[***]

   [***]      $10,000,000      Optionally Convertible Note

 

 

21


UBS AG, London Branch

  

Domicile: United

Kingdom

 

Registered address:

[***]

   [***]      $39,000,000      Optionally Convertible Note
           $8,000,000      Automatically Convertible Note

Hermitage Galaxy Fund SPC on behalf of Hermitage Fund Four SP

  

Domicile: Cayman Islands

 

Registered address:

[***]

   [***]      $30,000,000      Optionally Convertible Note

Broad Street Principal Investments L.L.C.

  

Domicile: United States

 

Registered address:

[***]

   [***]      $25,000,000      Optionally Convertible Note

United Overseas Bank Limited

  

Domicile: Singapore

 

Registered address:

[***]

   [***]      $30,000,000      Optionally Convertible Note

Sabre Capital (Mauritius) Limited

  

Domicile: Mauritius

 

Registered address:

[***]

   [***]      $500,000      Optionally Convertible Note

Rajendra Singh 2011 Florida Trust FBO Hersh Raj Singh

  

Domicile: United States of America

 

Registered address: [***]

   [***]      $2,500,000      Optionally Convertible Note

Rajendra Singh 2011 Florida Trust FBO Samir Raj Singh

  

Domicile: United States of America

 

Registered address: [***]

   [***]      $2,500,000      Optionally Convertible Note

LMA SPC for the account of Map 248 Segregated Portfolio

  

Domicile: Cayman Islands

 

Registered address: [***]

   [***]      $20,000,000      Automatically Convertible Note

Aaron Nieman
c/o LH Capital Markets, LLC.

  

Domicile: United States of America

 

Registered address: [***]

   [***]      $500,000      Optionally Convertible Note

Blaine Marder
c/o LH Capital Markets, LLC.

  

Domicile: United States of America

 

Registered address: [***]

   [***]      $200,000      Optionally Convertible Note

J.P. Morgan Securities LLC

  

Domicile: United States of America

 

Registered address: [***]

   [***]      $8,300,000      Automatically Convertible Note

Generation Growth Investors Limited c/o Maples Corporate Services (BVI) Ltd

  

Domicile: British Virgin Islands

 

Registered Address: [***]

   [***]      $1,000,000      Optionally Convertible Note

 

 

22


SCHEDULE 2:

DEED OF ADHERENCE

 

 

23


SCHEDULE 3:

FORM OF LOCK UP LETTER

 

 

24


SCHEDULE 4:

FORM OF ARTICLES IN CONNECTION WITH QUALIFIED LISTING

 

 

25

Exhibit 5.1

7 October 2020

Lufax Holding Ltd

Cricket Square, Hutchins Drive

P.O. Box 2681, Grand Cayman

KY1-1111

Cayman Islands

Dear Sirs,

Re: Lufax Holding Ltd (the “Company”)

We have acted as special Cayman Islands legal counsel to the Company in connection with a registration statement on Form F-1, including all amendments or supplements thereto, initially filed with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Commission”) on 7 October 2020 (the “Registration Statement”, which term does not include any other document or agreement whether or not specifically referred to therein or attached as an exhibit or schedule thereto) under the U.S. Securities Act of 1933, as amended, (the “Securities Act”) of ordinary shares, par value US$0.00001 of the Company (the “Ordinary Shares”), which are being offered by the Company in the form of American Depositary Shares (the “ADSs”).

For the purposes of giving this opinion, we have examined a copy of the Registration Statement. We have also reviewed the current fourth amended and restated memorandum of association and seventh amended and restated articles of association of the Company adopted on 10 October 2018 (being effective from 29 November 2018) and 30 September 2020 respectively, written resolutions of the directors of the Company dated 30 September 2020 (the “Director Resolutions”), written resolutions of the members of the Company dated 30 September 2020 (the “Member Resolutions”), the amended and restated memorandum and articles of association of the Company conditionally adopted by the Company to become effective immediately prior to the completion of the Company’s initial public offering of its ADSs represented by its Ordinary Shares (the “Listing M&A”), a Certificate of Good Standing issued by the Registrar of Companies in relation to the Company on 28 September 2020 (the “Certificate Date”), and such other documents and made such enquiries as to questions of law as we have deemed necessary in order to render the opinion set forth below.


We have assumed (a) the genuineness and authenticity of all signatures and the conformity to the originals of all copies (whether or not certified) examined by us and the authenticity and completeness of the originals from which such copies were taken, (b) that where a document has been examined by us in draft form, it will be or has been executed and/or filed in the form of that draft, and where a number of drafts of a document have been examined by us all changes thereto have been marked or otherwise drawn to our attention, (c) the accuracy and completeness of all factual representations made in the Registration Statement and other documents reviewed by us, (d) that the Director Resolutions and Members Resolutions were passed at one or more duly convened, constituted and quorate meetings or by unanimous written resolutions, remain in full force and effect and have not been rescinded or amended, (e) that the Listing M&A conditionally adopted by the Company will become effective immediately prior to the completion of the Company’s initial public offering of its ADSs represented by its Ordinary Shares, (f) that there is no provision of the law of any jurisdiction, other than the Cayman Islands, which would have any implication in relation to the opinions expressed herein, (g) that upon issue of any Ordinary Shares to be sold by the Company, the Company will receive consideration for the full issue price thereof which shall be equal to at least the par value thereof, and (h) the validity and binding effect under the laws of the United States of America of the Registration Statement and that the Registration Statement will be duly filed with the Commission.

We have made no investigation of and express no opinion in relation to the laws of any jurisdiction other than the Cayman Islands. This opinion is to be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the Cayman Islands and is limited to and is given on the basis of the current law and practice in the Cayman Islands. This opinion is issued solely for the purposes of the filing of the Registration Statement and the offering of the Ordinary Shares in the form of ADSs by the Company and is not to be relied upon in respect of any other matter.

On the basis of and subject to the foregoing, we are of the opinion that:

 

1.

The Company is duly incorporated and existing under the law of the Cayman Islands and, based on the Certificate of Good Standing, is in good standing as at the Certificate Date. Pursuant to the Companies Law (the “Law”), a company is deemed to be in good standing if all fees and penalties under the Law have been paid and the Registrar of Companies has no knowledge that the Company is in default under the Law.

 

2.

When issued and paid for as contemplated by the Registration Statement, the Ordinary Shares will be validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable (which term when used herein means that no further sums are required to be paid by the holders thereof in connection with the issue thereof).

We hereby consent to the filing of this opinion as an exhibit to the Registration Statement and further consent to the references to our firm under the captions “Enforceability of Civil Liabilities” and “Legal Matters” in the prospectus forming a part of the Registration Statement.

In giving this consent, we do not hereby admit that we are experts within the meaning of Section 11 of the Securities Act or that we are within the category of persons whose consent is required under Section 7 of the Securities Act or the Rules and Regulations of the Commission promulgated thereunder.

Yours faithfully,

/s/ Conyers Dill & Pearman

Conyers Dill & Pearman

Exhibit 8.1

7 October 2020

Lufax Holding Ltd

Cricket Square, Hutchins Drive

P.O. Box 2681, Grand Cayman

KY1-1111

Cayman Islands

Dear Sirs,

Re: Lufax Holding Ltd (the “Company”)

We have acted as special Cayman Islands legal counsel to the Company in connection with a registration statement on Form F-1, including all amendments or supplements thereto, initially filed with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Commission”) on 7 October 2020 (the “Registration Statement”, which term does not include any other document or agreement whether or not specifically referred to therein or attached as an exhibit or schedule thereto) relating to the registration under the U.S. Securities Act of 1933, as amended, (the “Securities Act”) of ordinary shares, par value US$0.00001 of the Company (the “Ordinary Shares”), which are being offered by the Company in the form of American Depositary Shares (the “ADSs”).

For the purposes of giving this opinion, we have examined and relied upon copies of the Registration Statement, a draft of the prospectus (the “Prospectus”) contained in the Registration Statement which is in substantially final form, the current fourth amended and restated memorandum of association and seventh amended and restated articles of association of the Company adopted on 10 October 2018 (being effective from 29 November 2018) and 30 September 2020 respectively, the amended and restated memorandum and articles of association of the Company conditionally adopted by the Company to become effective immediately prior to the completion of the Company’s initial public offering of its ADSs represented by its Ordinary Shares, an undertaking from the Governor in Cabinet of the Cayman Islands under the Tax Concessions Law (Revised) dated 16 December 2014, and such other documents and made such enquiries as to questions of law as we have deemed necessary in order to render the opinion set forth below.


We have assumed (a) the genuineness and authenticity of all signatures, stamps and seals and the conformity to the originals of all copies of documents (whether or not certified) examined by us and the authenticity and completeness of the originals from which such copies were taken; (b) the accuracy and completeness of all factual representations made in the Prospectus and Registration Statement reviewed by us; (c) the validity and binding effect under the laws of the United States of America of the Registration Statement and the Prospectus and that the Registration Statement will be duly filed with and declared effective by the Commission; (d) that the amended and restated memorandum and articles of association of the Company conditionally adopted by the Company will become effective immediately prior to the completion of the Company’s initial public offering of its ADSs represented by its Ordinary Shares, and (e) that the Prospectus, when published, will be in substantially the same form as that examined by us for purposes of this opinion.

We have made no investigation of and express no opinion in relation to the laws of any jurisdiction other than the Cayman Islands. This opinion is to be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the Cayman Islands and is limited to and is given on the basis of the current law and practice in the Cayman Islands. This opinion is issued solely for the purposes of the filing of the Registration Statement and the offering of the Ordinary Shares in the form of ADSs by the Company and is not to be relied upon in respect of any other matter.

On the basis of and subject to the foregoing, we are of the opinion that the statements under the caption “Taxation – Cayman Islands Taxation” in the Prospectus forming part of the Registration Statement, to the extent that they constitute statements of Cayman Islands law, are true and accurate in all material respects and that such statements constitute our opinion.

We hereby consent to the filing of this opinion as an exhibit to the Registration Statement and further consent to the reference to our firm under the captions “Enforceability of Civil Liabilities” and “Legal Matters” in the Prospectus.

In giving this consent, we do not hereby admit that we are experts within the meaning of Section 11 of the Securities Act or that we are within the category of persons whose consent is required under Section 7 of the Securities Act or the Rules and Regulations of the Commission promulgated thereunder.

Yours faithfully,

/s/ Conyers Dill and Pearman

Conyers Dill & Pearman

Exhibit 10.1

LUFAX HOLDING LTD

Incentive Stock Plan I

(Amended and Restated)

 

I.

Interpretations

Unless otherwise stated, the following terms or abbreviations used herein shall have the following meaning:

 

Shareholding Entity    means the entity designated by the Board to hold the ordinary A shares of the Company under this Plan, which is currently Tun Kung
Board    means the Board of Directors of the Company
Administrator    means the Board or any director, committee or any other person designated by the Board for the purpose of administration and implementation of this Plan, including but not limited to the Shareholding Entity
Share    means the ordinary A shares of the Company
Stock Option/ Option    means the right granted to a Grantee to purchase a certain number of issued shares of the Company (other than newly-issued shares) held by the Shareholding Entity over a certain period at the previously agreed price on the agreed terms and conditions
Employment Relationship    means the labor or employment relationship with the Company and the Related Entity
Officer    means CEO, general manager, deputy general manager, assistant general manager, financial principal, and any other person determined in accordance with the relevant articles of association and the by Board from time to time
Fair Market Value of Shares    means, as of any date, the value of Shares determined as follows: (i) if the Shares are traded in an open market, fair market value shall be (A) the closing price per share as quoted on the principal exchange the Board determines to be the principal market on the last trading date immediately prior to the date of determination (or if no closing price is reported on that date, the closing price on the last trading date on which such closing price is reported) or (ii) in the absence of an open market for trading of Shares described in (i) above, the fair market value shall be determined by the Board in good faith on the basis of the following factor: value per share appraised by a qualified appraiser approved by the Board
Related Entity    means any entity directly or indirectly controlling the Company, controlled by the Company directly or indirectly through shares or agreement, or directly or indirectly under common control with the Company
Grantee    means employees and any other person determined by the Board who are eligible to participate in this Plan hereunder

 

1


Competition Event    a Competition Event occurs if any Grantee (i) becomes shareholder, director, Officer, employee, adviser or partner of any competitor of the Company or Related Entity; or (2) engages in any act that may bring competitive advantages for the competitor
Company    means Lufax Holding Ltd. (formerly known as Wincon Investment Company Limited), a company incorporated and validly existing under the laws of the Cayman Islands
Shareholder of the Company    means existing shareholder of the Company, excluding future contingent investor of the Company or any Grantee appearing after exercising of any Incentive Stock Plan (including this Plan)
Incentive Stock Plan/this Plan/Plan    means this Incentive Stock Plan I
Grant Notification of Option    means the notice given to eligible Grantees to grant a certain number of options to such Grantees
Disability    means that a Grantee is unable to carry out the responsibilities and functions of the position held by the Grantee by reason of any work-related or non-work-related Disability or disease as evidenced by the labor ability appraisal conclusion issued by the competent agency under legal standards in accordance with laws and regulations then in force
Grant    means the act of giving the Option to the Grantee under this Plan
Grant Date    means the date on which the Option is granted to the Grantee
Vesting    means an act of administration through which a certain number of options that are non-exercisable become exercisable within the agreed timeframe in consideration of the company’s performance and the achievement of Grantees
Applicable Laws    means requirements of any applicable laws related to the Shares, requirements of any applicable laws related to the administration of the Incentive Stock Plan, rules of any relevant stock exchange and national market mechanism, and laws and regulations of any jurisdiction that are applicable to the grant of Option to residents residing in any jurisdiction
Employee    means any person who maintains Employment Relationship with the Company or its Related Entity
Exercise    means the act through which the Grantee purchases the issued shares of the Company held by the Shareholding Entity at the previously determined price upon the previously determined terms and conditions within the specified period
Exercise Price    means the price at which the Grantee purchases shares, which is determined by the Board at time of granting the option to the Grantee and specified in the grant notification of option

 

2


Initial Date of Exercise    means the date on which the Grantee is entitled to exercise
Tun Kung    means Tun Kung Company Limited, a company incorporated and validly existing under the laws of the British Virgin Islands, its registered address is [***]
Validity Period    means the time slot commencing from the date on which the Option is granted to the Grantee and expires on the date on which the Option becomes invalid

 

II.

General Provisions

 

  1.

To attract and retain talents, promote long-term sustainable development of the Company and its Related Entities, maximize the value of shareholders and achieve win-win situation among shareholders, the Company and employees, the Board adopted the Incentive Stock Plan dated December 12, 2014 (the “2014 Plan”). Due to change in the shareholders of the Company, the Company decides to replace the 2014 Plan with this Incentive Stock Plan. Options granted pursuant to the 2014 Plan shall remain in force, but shall be exercised pursuant to the terms of this Plan.

 

  2.

The Board formulates and entrusts the Administrator to implement this Incentive Stock Plan.

 

  3.

Eligible Grantees will be granted a certain number of Options which will be vested and exercised, when they meet certain conditions and time requirements, and ultimately obtain the corresponding Shares.

 

III.

Grant of Option

 

  1.

The maximum aggregate number of shares to be used hereunder is 20,644,803 ordinary A shares.

 

  2.

The Board inspects and decides whether to grant Options by the Shareholding Entity on an annual basis based on the need of business development.

 

  3.

The scope of the granting group, grantees, and granting amount of each installment of option granting plans are determined by the Board based on the positions and performance of the Grantees.

 

  4.

The Exercise Price of options granted in each installment shall be arranged to valuate by the Board and determined according to the following principles, and shall be specified in the Grant Notification of Option then issued to the Grantees:

 

  (1)

The Exercise Price of option shall not be lower than the higher of the following:

 

3


  a)

the Fair Market Value of Shares on the Grant Date;

 

  b)

the par value of the share.

 

  (2)

Subject to the listing rules and laws, the Board is entitled to ultimately decide on the Exercise Price of the option.

 

  5.

Unless otherwise provided by Applicable Laws and agreed by the Board, the Grantee shall not pledge, transfer or dispose of the Options in any other way during the Validity Period; and on and after the date on which the Options are disposed of in violation of the Plan, all the Options held by the Grantee (regardless of whether effective or not) shall be forfeited. Without affecting the forgoing, this Plan shall be binding on the successor or assignee of the Grantee.

 

  6.

The Granting, Vesting, Exercise and all other steps of Options shall comply with this Plan, relevant resolutions adopted by the Board and provisions of Applicable Laws. The Company, Shareholders of the Company and Related Entities shall not be responsible for failure to obtain the necessary approval, registration or filing for Grant, Vesting, exercise and other matters of Options from any competent regulator not due to intentional or gross negligence on the part of the Company, Shareholders of the Company or Related Entities.

 

  7.

The Board shall formulate the Key Terms of the Incentive Stock Plan and the Notice to Employees, and the Grantee shall sign and promise to abide by the Key Terms of the Incentive Stock Plan and the Notice to Employees before obtaining the eligibility for Option.

 

IV.

Vesting of Option

 

  1.

Unless otherwise decided by the Board, in principle, the options granted in each installment shall be vested for 4 years, and the maximum amount of options that are vestable in each year shall be 25% of the total options granted in such installment. The first vesting date shall be the first anniversary date of the Grant Date (or the next day if there is no anniversary date).

 

  2.

The Board shall, according to the base of options to be vested in per year (that is, the total options granted in the installment/predicted times of vesting), calculate the number of options actually vested based on the performance of the Company and individuals:

 

4


  (1)

The Board shall determine the option vesting coefficient for each year according to the overall operating objective and achievement of the Company. The number of options actually vested by a Grantee in the year shall be the product of the current option vesting base of such Grantee and the said coefficient (the “Actual Effective Amount of that Year”). For the first three vestings, if the option vesting coefficient for a year is less than 100%, the unvested portion may be postponed to the vesting time point of the next year (which may only be postponed to the next year of the current year, but not to the third year) to judge whether such option is vestable: if 1) the option vesting coefficient for the next year is 100%, then all the unvested options is entitled to be vested; 2) option vesting coefficient for the next year is less than 100%, all the unvested options shall be canceled. For the fourth vesting, if the option vesting coefficient for that year is less than 100%, the unvested portion shall be immediately canceled.

 

  (2)

If the last personal annual performance ranking of a Grantee falls within the last 10% of his/her ranking group, such Grantee shall be disqualified for vesting the option for the current year, and the corresponding options that are vestable for that year shall be canceled, for which the Company will not make any other compensation.

 

  3.

The Board may, in accordance with its authority, stipulate separately the number of times and amount of each installment of options to be vested, either as a whole or individually.

 

V.

Exercise of Option

 

  1.

Except as otherwise provided in this Plan, the Validity Period of each installment of option granted to the Grantee shall be 10 years from the Grant Date, and the options that are not exercised during the Validity Period shall be canceled. If the Company is not listed at the expiration of the Validity Period, the Board may decide whether to extend the Validity Period if necessary.

 

  2.

Except as otherwise provided by this Plan and the Board or required by Applicable Laws, the Grantee shall, at its sole discretion, exercise the vested options from the Initial Date of Exercise to the end of Validity Period. The Initial Date of Exercise shall be no earlier than 180 days before the listing date, and no later than 30 days after the listing date of the Company; and the maximum interval between the Initial Date of Exercise and the Grant Date shall not exceed 8 years. The Grantee will be notified in due course of the specific Initial Date of Exercise by the Board.

 

  3.

The Grantee shall exercise the option at Exercise Price determined at the time of grant and stated in the Grant Notification of Option, and shall bear corresponding taxes, foreign exchange and other costs. If, for any reason attributable to the Grantee, including but not limited to insufficient personal funds and issues concerning personal foreign exchange, the Grantee fail to exercise the Options in full, Grantee shall bear the consequential responsibilities and losses.

 

5


  4.

When exercising the option, the Grantee shall pay taxes in full in accordance with the provisions of the relevant laws and regulations. If the Company or Related Entities is then required to withhold the tax, the Grantee shall cooperate with the Company or Related Entities.

 

  5.

The Option may only be exercised by the Grantee and the successor determined according to this Plan. A option shall have been exercised if the Grantee issues exercise notice to the Shareholding Entity or other entities determined by the Board according to the relevant provisions of this Plan (the Company shall properly determine and provide the form of exercise notice), fully pays the Exercise Price and taxes according to the laws, and if the registered holders of the relevant issued shares of the Company are changed to the Grantee.

 

  6.

Before a Grantee is registered as a stock holder in the register of shareholders of the Company, such Grantee shall not be entitled to any shareholders’ rights or interests attached to any share underlying the Option under this Plan.

 

  7.

After a Grantee becomes a stock holder of the Company by exercise of his/her option under this Plan, such Grantee shall be bound by the articles of association and other relevant documents of the Company; and as a condition for the exercise, the Grantee shall irrevocably grant the Shareholding Entity or any other entity determined by the Board to exercise the voting rights attached to such shares. For the avoidance of doubt, except as otherwise provided in this Plan, the Grantee shall neither be entitled to drag-along right, preemption right or tag-along right, or any other right of disposal owned by other shareholders in any other aspect, nor any rights superior to other shareholders.

 

  8.

To the extent permitted by the Applicable Laws and in case of viability, notwithstanding the paragraph 5 of this section, as an alternative to the payment and exercise method of Exercise Price listed in this Plan, with the consent of the Board, the Grantee may pay the Exercise Price by “simultaneous sale” promise. In other words, the Grantee irrevocably chooses to exercise his/her option, and at the same time he/she sells the stocks purchased due to exercise that can at least pay the Exercise Price (up to all the stocks purchased due to exercise), and the Grantee promises to directly pay the equal consideration of the Exercise Price to the Shareholding Entity when selling the stocks, and the sales proceeds exceeding the Exercise Price shall be paid to the Grantee.

 

  9.

Unless approved by the Board, any transfer of shares under the option by the Grantee shall be publicly conducted on the secondary market, and any such share shall not be transferred by other means (including but not limited to the transfer inside the Grantee). The transfer of such shares by the Grantee shall also comply with the laws and regulations of the place where the shares are listed and the rules of the exchange (including but not limited to the provisions on the lock-up period).

 

6


  10.

The exercise of the option and the issuance and transfer of the share under the option shall comply with all the Applicable Laws, and shall obtain the approval from the Company’s counsel about the legitimacy, otherwise shares exercisable shall not be issued.

 

VI.

Special Disposal of Option

 

  1.

If a Grantee cancels or terminates the employment relationship with the company he/she works for:

 

  (1)

if the employment is terminated or expires (except for the circumstances described in items (2) and (3) of paragraph 1 of this section) for whatever reason, all the Options held by such Grantee (whether effective or not) shall be forfeited, and the Company shall not make any compensation;

 

  (2)

if a Grantee retires after he/she serves for more than 5 years in the Company and reaches the legal retirement age, or if a Grantee early retires, leaves office and dies due to Disability resulted from work-related injury, the granted Option may be further held, vested or exercised by such Grantee or his/her successor;

 

  (3)

if a Grantee early retires, leaves office and dies not due to Disability resulted from work-related injury, such Grantee or his/her successor may continue holding and exercising all vested Options; and the outstanding Options shall be forfeited, for which the Company shall not make any compensation.

 

  2.

In case of any violation of discipline and regulations committed by any Grantee during his/her employment, the Shareholding Entity or any other entity determined by the Board shall have the right to properly dispose of the Options held by such Grantee according to the actual situation, including but not limited to:

 

  (1)

if the options of such Grantee have not been exercised, the Shareholding Entity or any other entity determined by the Board shall have the right to cancel all or part of the options (whether effective or not) without any compensation.

 

  (2)

if the options of such Grantee have been exercised, the Shareholding Entity or any other entity determined by the Board shall have the right to repurchase all or part of the shares acquired by such Grantee due to the exercise once or several times at any time at the lower of the Exercise Price paid by such Grantee (if applicable) or the Fair Market Value of Shares (approved by the Board), and the times and amount of repurchase of the shares shall be determined by the Shareholding Entity or any other entity determined by the Board.

 

7


VII.

Competition Event

 

  1.

In case of any Competition Event of any Grantee:

 

  (1)

If, during the existence of the employment relationship or within 3 years after the cancellation or termination of the employment relationship, any Grantee engages in any Competition Event without the written consent of the company he/she works for or the Company, all the Options (whether effective or not) held by the Grantee shall be forfeited without any compensation;

 

  (2)

After a Grantee exercises his/her option, the Shareholding Entity or any other entity determined by the Board shall have the right (but not the obligation) to repurchase the shares obtained by the Grantee due to such exercise upon the following terms: after such Grantee engages in a Competition Event, the Shareholding Entity or any other entity determined by the Board shall have the right to repurchase all or part of the shares acquired by such Grantee due to the exercise or vesting of such Option once or several times at any time at the lower of the Exercise Price paid by such Grantee (if applicable) or the fair market value of the shares (approved by the Board), and the times and amount of repurchase of the shares shall be determined by the Shareholding Entity or any other entity determined by the Board.

 

VIII.

Related Matters

 

  1.

If any Shareholder of the Company proposes to transfer 80% or more of issued ordinary shares of the Company to a third party, and such shareholder requires any Grantee to transfer its shares in the Company (if any) to the third-party purchaser, the Grantee must transfer its shares in the Company to such purchaser at the same price.

 

  2.

This Plan and information and documents relating to any stock incentive shall be confidential information. Any Grantee shall not disclose it to any third party without the prior written consent of the Board.

 

IX.

Administration Body of this Plan and its Duties

 

  1.

The Board is responsible for determining the principles and framework of the Plan and ultimately reviewing and approving the relevant matters of the Plan.

 

  2.

The Board may, depending on the circumstances, authorize the Administrator to carry out relevant matters and some functions and powers related to the implementation of this Plan.

 

  3.

This Plan, after being approved, shall be administered and implemented by the Board or the Administrator.

 

8


  4.

The Board has the right to determine that shares hereunder shall be held by the qualified Administrator appointed by the Board, and the specific arrangements related to the escrow or administration shall be decided by the Board.

 

  5.

In the event of an increase or decrease in the number of shares issued by the Company due to stock split, dividends, merger, reclassification or similar transactions affecting shares, the Board shall have the right to adjust the Options under this Plan, the number and price of shares and other matters, and the Board’s decision shall be final and binding. If the Company issues any type of share or securities that can be converted into any type of share, the shares obtained by the Grantee due to exercise of relevant Options will be diluted accordingly, that is, the proportion of such shares in all issued shares of the Company will be reduced accordingly.

 

X.

In the event that the Applicable Laws change or adjust, the Board may designate another entity’s Options to replace the options originally granted. The specific plan shall be decided by the Board.

 

XI.

The Board shall have the right to terminate, revise or adjust the Incentive Stock Plan in any event, and the Board shall determine corresponding compensation plan.

 

XII.

The Board is entitled to interpret this Plan.

 

9

Exhibit 10.2

LUFAX HOLDING LTD

(a limited company incorporated in the Cayman Islands)

Incentive Stock Plan II

(Amended and Restated)

 

I.

Interpretations

Unless otherwise stated, the following terms or abbreviations used herein shall have the following meaning:

 

Incentive

Stock Plan II/ this Plan II/ Plan II

   means this Incentive Stock Plan II
Company    means Lufax Holding Ltd, a company incorporated and validly existing under the laws of the Cayman Islands
Board    means the Board of Directors of the Company
Directors    means the Directors of the Company
Administrator    means the Board or any director, committee or any other person designated by the Board for the purpose of administration and implementation of this Plan II
Officer    means CEO, general manager, deputy general manager, assistant general manager, financial principal, and any other person determined in accordance with the relevant articles of association and by the Board from time to time
Employee    means any person who maintains Employment Relationship with the Company or its Related Entity
Applicable Laws    means requirements of any applicable laws related to the Shares, requirements of any applicable laws related to the administration of the Incentive Stock Plan, rules of any relevant stock exchange and national market mechanism, and laws and regulations of any jurisdiction that are applicable to the grant of Option to residents residing in any jurisdiction
Related Entity    means any entity directly or indirectly controlling the Company, controlled by the Company directly or indirectly through shares or agreement, or directly or indirectly under common control with the Company
Competition Event    a Competition Event occurs if any Grantee (i) becomes shareholder, director, Officer, employee, adviser or partner of any competitor of the Company or Related Entity; or (2) engages in any act that may bring competitive advantages for the competitor
Disability    means that a Grantee is unable to carry out the responsibilities and functions of the position held by the Grantee by reason of any work-related or non-work-related Disability or disease as evidenced by the labor ability appraisal conclusion issued by the competent agency under legal standards in accordance with laws and regulations then in force

 

1


Employment Relationship    means the labor or employment relationship with the Company and the Related Entity
Exercise    means the act through which the Grantee purchases the issued shares of the Company at the previously determined price upon the previously determined terms and conditions within the specified period
Exercise Price    means the price at which the Grantee purchases shares, which is determined by the Board at time of granting the option to the Grantee and specified in the grant notification of option
Fair Market Value of Shares    means, as of any date, the value of Shares determined as follows: (i) if the Shares are traded in an open market, fair market value shall be the closing price per share as quoted on the principal exchange the Board determines to be the principal market on the last trading date immediately prior to the date of determination (or if no closing price is reported on that date, the closing price on the last trading date on which such closing price is reported) or (ii) in the absence of an open market for trading of Shares described in (i) above, the fair market value shall be determined by the Board in good faith on the basis of the following factor: value per share appraised by a qualified appraiser approved by the Board
Grant    means the act of giving the Option to the Grantee under this Plan II
Grant Date    means the date on which the Option is granted to the Grantee
Initial Date of Exercise    means the date on which the Grantee is entitled to exercise
Initial Public Offering    means initial public offering and listing of the Company on a Qualified Stock Exchange
Grantee    means Employees and any other person determined by the Board who are eligible to participate in this Plan II hereunder
Qualified Stock Exchange    Means the Stock Exchange of the Hong Kong Limited, the New York Stock Exchange, the NASDAQ Stock Exchange and other internationally recognized stock exchanges
Stock    means (i) the ordinary A shares of the Company prior to the Initial Public Offering; or (ii) ordinary shares of the Company with a par value of US$0.00001 per share after the Initial Public Offering

 

2


Shareholder of the Company    means existing shareholder of the Company, excluding future contingent investor of the Company or any Grantee appearing after exercising of any Incentive Stock Plan (including this Plan II)
Stock Option/ Option    means the right granted to a Grantee to purchase a certain number of issued shares of the Company over a certain period at the previously agreed price on the agreed terms and conditions
Grant Notification of Option    means the notice given to eligible Grantees to grant a certain number of options to such Grantees
Vesting    means an act of administration through which a certain number of options that are non-exercisable become exercisable within the agreed timeframe in consideration of the company’s performance and the achievement of Grantees
Validity Period    means the time slot commencing from the date on which the Option is granted to the Grantee and expires on the date on which the Option becomes invalid

 

II.

General Provisions

 

  1.

To attract and retain talents, promote long-term sustainable development of the Company and its Related Entities, maximize the value of shareholders and achieve win-win situation among shareholders, the Company and employees, the Board formulates and entrusts the Administrator to implement this Plan II.

 

  2.

Eligible Grantees will be granted a certain number of Options which will be vested and exercised, when they meet certain conditions and time requirements, and ultimately obtain the corresponding Shares.

 

III.

Grant of Option

 

  1.

This Plan II shall only apply to the Options granted prior to the Initial Public Offering. If Options are needed to be granted after the Initial Public Offering, the Company shall formulate a new Incentive Stock Plan in accordance with the requirements of the jurisdiction where the listing takes place and Grant accordingly. Meanwhile, the Options granted prior to the Initial Public Offering will not be affected, and are still subject to the rules outlined in this Plan II.

 

  2.

The maximum aggregate number of shares to be used hereunder is 10,000,000 shares.

 

  3.

The Board inspects and decides whether to grant Options on an annual basis based on the need of business development.

 

3


  4.

The scope of the granting group, grantees, and granting amount of each installment of option granting plans are determined by the Board based on the positions and performance of the Grantees.

 

  5.

The Exercise Price of options granted in each installment shall be arranged to valuate by the Board and determined according to the following principles, and shall be specified in the Grant Notification of Option then issued to the Grantees:

 

  (1)

The Exercise Price of option shall not be lower than the higher of the following:

 

  (a)

the Fair Market Value of Shares on the Grant Date;

 

  (b)

the par value of the share.

 

  (2)

Subject to the listing rules and laws, the Board is entitled to ultimately decide on the Exercise Price of the Option.

 

  6.

Unless otherwise provided by Applicable Laws and agreed by the Board, the Grantee shall not pledge, transfer or dispose of the Options in any other way during the Validity Period; and on and after the date on which the Options are disposed of in violation of the Plan II, all the Options held by the Grantee (regardless of whether effective or not) shall be forfeited. Without affecting the forgoing, this Plan II shall be binding on the successor or assignee of the Grantee.

 

  7.

The Granting, Vesting, Exercise and all other steps of Options shall comply with this Plan II, relevant resolutions adopted by the Board and provisions of Applicable Laws. The Company, Shareholders of the Company and Related Entities shall not be responsible for failure to obtain the necessary approval, registration or filing for Grant, Vesting, exercise and other matters of Options from any competent regulator not due to intentional or gross negligence on the part of the Company, Shareholders of the Company or Related Entities.

 

  8.

The Board shall formulate the Key Terms of the Incentive Stock Plan II and the Notice Letter to Employees (the “Notice Letter”), and the Grantee shall sign and promise to abide by the Notice Letter before obtaining the eligibility for Option.

 

IV.

Vesting of option

 

  1.

Unless otherwise decided by the Board, in principle, the options granted in each installment shall be vested for 4 years, and the maximum amount of options that are vestable in each year shall be 25% of the total options granted in such installment. The first vesting date shall be the first anniversary date of the Grant Date (or the next day if there is no anniversary date).

 

4


  2.

The Board shall, according to the base of options to be vested in per year (that is, the total options granted in the installment/predicted times of vesting), calculate the number of options actually vested based on the performance of the Company and individuals:

 

  (1)

The Board shall determine the option vesting coefficient for each year according to the overall operating objective and achievement of the Company. The number of options actually vested by a Grantee in the year shall be the product of the current option vesting base of such Grantee and the said coefficient (the “Actual Effective Amount of that Year”). For the first three vestings, if the option vesting coefficient for a year is less than 100%, the unvested portion may be postponed to the vesting time point of the next year (which may only be postponed to the next year of the current year, but not to the third year) to judge whether such option is vestable: if 1) the option vesting coefficient for the next year is 100%, then all the unvested options is entitled to be vested; 2) option vesting coefficient for the next year is less than 100%, all the unvested options shall be canceled. For the fourth vesting, if the option vesting coefficient for that year is less than 100%, the unvested portion shall be immediately canceled.

 

  (2)

If the last personal annual performance ranking of a Grantee falls within the last 10% of his/her ranking group, such Grantee shall be disqualified for vesting the option for the current year, and the corresponding options that are vestable for that year shall be canceled, for which the Company will not make any other compensation.

 

  3.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, The Board may, in accordance with its authority:

 

  (1)

stipulate separately the number of times and amount of each installment of options to be vested, either as a whole or individually; and

 

  (2)

stipulate separately the special disposal of Options, either as a whole or individually.

 

V.

Exercise of Option

 

  1.

Except as otherwise provided in this Plan II, the Validity Period of each installment of Option granted to the Grantee shall be 10 years from the Grant Date, and the Options that are not exercised during the Validity Period shall be canceled. If the Company is not listed at the expiration of the Validity Period, the Board may decide whether to extend the Validity Period if necessary.

 

5


  2.

Except as otherwise provided by this Plan II and the Board or required by Applicable Laws, the Grantee shall, at its sole discretion, exercise the vested options from the Initial Date of Exercise to the end of Validity Period. The Initial Date of Exercise shall be no earlier than 180 days before the date of Initial Public Offering or 6 months after the date of Initial Public Offering; and the maximum interval between the Initial Date of Exercise and the Grant Date shall not exceed 8 years. The Grantee will be notified in due course of the specific Initial Date of Exercise by the Board.

 

  3.

The Grantee shall exercise the option at Exercise Price determined at the time of grant and stated in the Grant Notification of Option, and shall bear corresponding taxes, foreign exchange and other costs. If, for any reason attributable to the Grantee, including but not limited to insufficient personal funds and issues concerning personal foreign exchange, the Grantee fail to exercise the Options in full, Grantee shall bear the consequential responsibilities and losses.

 

  4.

When exercising the Option, the Grantee shall pay taxes in full in accordance with the provisions of the relevant laws and regulations. If the Company or Related Entities is then required to withhold the tax, the Grantee shall cooperate with the Company or Related Entities.

 

  5.

The option may only be exercised by the Grantee and the successor determined according to this Plan II. A option shall have been exercised if the Grantee issues exercise notice to the Company and/or other entities determined by the Board according to the relevant provisions of this Plan II (the Company shall properly determine and provide the form of exercise notice), fully pays the Exercise Price and taxes according to the laws, and if the registered holders of the relevant issued shares of the Company are changed to the Grantee.

 

  6.

Before a Grantee is registered as the stockholder in the register of shareholders of the Company, such Grantee shall not be entitled to any shareholders’ rights or interests attached to any share underlying the Option under this Plan II.

 

  7.

After a Grantee becomes a stockholder of the Company by exercise of his/her option under this Plan II, such Grantee shall be bound by the articles of association and other relevant documents of the Company. For the avoidance of doubt, except as otherwise provided in this Plan II, the Grantee shall not be entitled to any rights superior to other shareholders, including but not limited to drag-along right, preemption right, tag-along right or right of first refusal.

 

  8.

To the extent permitted by the Applicable Laws and in case of viability, notwithstanding the paragraph 5 of this section, as an alternative to the payment and exercise method of Exercise Price listed in this Plan II, with the consent of the Board, the Grantee may pay the Exercise Price by “simultaneous sale” promise. In other words, the Grantee irrevocably chooses to exercise his/her option, and at the same time he/she sells the stocks purchased due to exercise that can at least pay the Exercise Price (up to all the stocks purchased due to exercise), and the Grantee promises to directly pay the equal consideration of the Exercise Price to the Company when selling the stocks, and the sales proceeds exceeding the Exercise Price shall be paid to the Grantee.

 

6


  9.

Unless approved by the Board, any transfer of shares under the option by the Grantee shall be publicly conducted on the secondary market, and any such share shall not be transferred by other means (including but not limited to the transfer inside the Grantee). The transfer of such shares by the Grantee shall also comply with the laws and regulations of the place where the shares are listed and the rules of the exchange (including but not limited to the provisions on the lock-up period).

 

  10.

The exercise of the option and the issuance and transfer of the share under the option shall comply with all the Applicable Laws, and shall obtain the approval from the Company’s counsel about the legitimacy, otherwise shares exercisable shall not be issued.

 

  11.

The Board may, in accordance with its authority, stipulate separately the maximum number of options that is entitled to be exercised in each year after the Initial Date of Exercise, either as a whole or individually.

 

VI.

Special Disposal of Option

 

  1.

If a Grantee cancels or terminates the employment relationship with the company he/she works for:

 

  (1)

if the employment with the Company is terminated or expires (except for the circumstances described in items (2) and (3) of paragraph 1 of this section) for whatever reason, all the Options held by such Grantee (whether effective or not) shall be forfeited, and the Company shall not make any compensation;

 

  (2)

if a Grantee retires after he/she serves for more than 5 years in the Company and reaches the legal retirement age, or if a Grantee early retires, leaves office and dies due to Disability resulted from work-related injury, the granted Option may be further held, vested or exercised by such Grantee or his/her successor;

 

  (3)

if a Grantee early retires, leaves office and dies not due to Disability resulted from work-related injury, such Grantee or his/her successor may continue holding and exercising all vested Options; and the outstanding Options shall be forfeited, for which the Company shall not make any compensation.

 

  2.

In case of any violation of discipline and regulations committed by any Grantee during his/her employment, the Company or any other entity determined by the Board shall have the right to properly dispose of the Options held by such Grantee according to the actual situation, including but not limited to:

 

7


  (1)

if the options of such Grantee have not been exercised, the Company or any other entity determined by the Board shall have the right to cancel all or part of the options (whether effective or not) without any compensation.

 

  (2)

if the options of such Grantee have been exercised, the Company or any other entity determined by the Board shall have the right to repurchase all or part of the shares acquired by such Grantee due to the exercise once or several times at any time at the lower of the Exercise Price paid by such Grantee (if applicable) or the Fair Market Value of Shares (approved by the Board), and the times and amount of repurchase of the shares shall be determined by the Company or any other entity determined by the Board.

 

VII.

Competition Event

 

  1.

In case of any Competition Event of any Grantee:

 

  (1)

If, during the existence of the employment relationship or within 3 years after the cancellation or termination of the employment relationship, any Grantee engages in any Competition Event without the written consent of the company he/she works for or the Company, all the Options (whether effective or not) held by the Grantee shall be forfeited without any compensation;

 

  (2)

After a Grantee exercises his/her option, the Company or any other entity determined by the Board shall have the right (but not the obligation) to repurchase the shares obtained by the Grantee due to such exercise upon the following terms: after such Grantee engages in a Competition Event, the Company or any other entity determined by the Board shall have the right to repurchase all or part of the shares acquired by such Grantee due to the exercise or vesting of such Option once or several times at any time at the lower of the Exercise Price paid by such Grantee (if applicable) or the fair market value of the shares (approved by the Board), and the times and amount of repurchase of the shares shall be determined by the Company or any other entity determined by the Board.

 

VIII.

Related Matters

 

  1.

If any Shareholder of the Company proposes to transfer 80% or more of issued ordinary shares of the Company to a third party prior to the Initial Public Offering , and such shareholder requires any Grantee to transfer its shares in the Company (if any) to the third-party purchaser, the Grantee must transfer its shares in the Company to such purchaser at the same price.

 

  2.

This Plan II and information and documents relating to any stock incentive shall be confidential information. Any Grantee shall not disclose it to any third party without the prior written consent of the Board.

 

8


  3.

The Board is entitled to interpret this Plan II. Any determination and interpretation made by the Board shall be final, conclusive and binding on all parties.

 

IX.

Administration Body of this Plan II and its Duties

 

  1.

The Board is responsible for determining the principles and framework of the Plan II and ultimately reviewing and approving the relevant matters of the Plan II.

 

  2.

The Board may, depending on the circumstances, authorize the Administrator to carry out relevant matters and some functions and powers related to the implementation of this Plan II.

 

  3.

This Plan II, after being approved, shall be administered and implemented by the Board or the Administrator.

 

  4.

During the term of this Plan II, the Company shall retain a certain amount of its authorized share capital. Such amount of capital stock shall be sufficient to satisfy the requirements of this Plan II.

 

  5.

In the event of an increase or decrease in the number of shares issued by the Company due to stock split, dividends, merger, reclassification or similar transactions affecting shares, the Board shall have the right to adjust the Options under this Plan II, the number and price of shares and other matters, and the Board’s decision shall be final and binding. If the Company issues any type of share or securities that can be converted into any type of share, the shares obtained by the Grantee due to exercise of relevant Options will be diluted accordingly, that is, the proportion of such shares in all issued shares of the Company will be reduced accordingly.

 

X.

In the event that the Applicable Laws change or adjust, the Board may designate another entity’s options to replace the options originally granted. The specific plan shall be decided by the Board and the Grantee shall accept it unconditionally.

 

XI.

The Board has the right to terminate, revise or adjust this Plan II in any event, the Board shall determine corresponding compensation plan, and the Grantee shall accept it unconditionally.

 

XII.

The Board reserves the right to amend this Plan II in accordance with Applicable Laws or as required for the development of the Company, and the Grantee shall accept relevant future amendments.

 

9


XIII.

Entire Agreement

This Plan II, the Grant Notification of Option and the Notice Letter shall jointly constitute the entire agreement of the Grantees and the Company with respect to this Plan II and supersede all prior undertakings and agreements between the Company and the Grantees with respect to this Plan II in their entirety. Nothing in this Plan II, the Grant Notification of Option and the Notice Letter (unless expressly provided in such documents) shall be deemed to be intended to grant to any person other than the Grantees and the Company any rights or remedies.

 

XIV.

Governing Law

This Plan II, the Grant Notification of Option and the Notice Letter shall be governed by and construed in accordance with PRC laws (excluding Hong Kong Special Administrative Region, Macao Special Administrative Region and Taiwan). If any provision of this this Plan II, the Grant Notification of Option and the Notice Letter is found to be invalid or unenforceable, then such provision shall be enforced to the fullest extent permitted by law, and the other provisions shall be valid and enforceable.

 

XV.

Dispute Resolution

Any dispute arising from this Plan II, the Grant Notification of Option and the Notice Letter or in relation to them shall be submitted to Shanghai International Economic and Trade Arbitration Commission for arbitration which shall be conducted in accordance with the arbitration rules in effect at the time of applying for arbitration. The arbitral award shall be final and binding upon the Parties. The arbitration place shall be Shanghai.

 

XVI.

Title

The titles used in this Plan II, the Grant Notification of Option and the Notice Letter shall be for convenience only and shall not be deemed to be part of the Document or affect the interpretation thereof.

 

XVII.

 Notice

Any notice required or permitted under this document shall be given electronically or in writing. If in writing, the notice shall be deemed effectively given upon delivery to the address shown on the records of the Company or as updated from time to time.

 

10

Exhibit 10.3

LUFAX HOLDING LTD

(a limited company incorporated in the Cayman Islands)

Performance Stock Unit Plan

 

I.

Interpretations

Unless otherwise stated, the following terms or abbreviations used herein shall have the following meaning:

 

Company    means Lufax Holding Ltd, a company incorporated under the laws of the Cayman Islands
Board    means the Board of Directors of the Company
Directors    means the Directors of the Company
Administrator    means the Board or any director, committee or any other person designated by the Board for the purpose of administration and implementation of this Plan
Officer    means CEO, general manager, deputy general manager, assistant general manager, financial principal and any other person determined in accordance with the relevant articles of association and by the Board from time to time
Employee    means any person who maintains Employment Relationship with the Company or its Related Entity
Applicable Laws    means requirements of any applicable laws related to the Shares, requirements of any applicable laws related to the administration of the PSU Plan, rules of any relevant stock exchange and national market mechanism, and laws and regulations of any jurisdiction that are applicable to the grant of PSU to residents residing in any jurisdiction
Related Entity    means any entity directly or indirectly controlling the Company, controlled by the Company directly or indirectly through shares or agreements, or directly or indirectly under common control with the Company
Competition Event    a Competition Event occurs if any Grantee (i) becomes shareholder, director, Officer, employee, adviser or partner of any competitor of the Company or Related Entity; or (2) engages in any act that may bring competitive advantages for the competitor
Disability    means that a Grantee is unable to carry out the responsibilities and functions of the position held by the Grantee by reason of any work-related or non-work-related Disability or disease as evidenced by the labor ability appraisal conclusion issued by the competent agency under legal standards, in accordance with laws and regulations then in force

 

1


Employment Relationship    means the labor or employment relationship with the Company and the Related Entity
Fair Market Value of Shares    means, as of any date, the value of Shares determined as follows: (i) if the Shares are traded in an open market, fair market value shall be the closing price per share as quoted on the principal exchange the Board determines to be the principal market on the last trading date immediately prior to the date of determination (or if no closing price is reported on that date, the closing price on the last trading date on which such closing price is reported) or (ii) in the absence of an open market for trading of Shares described in (i) above, the fair market value shall be determined by the Board in good faith on the basis of the following factor: value per share appraised by a qualified appraiser approved by the Board or the Administrator
Grant    means the act of giving the PSU to the Grantee under this Plan
Grant Date    means the date on which the PSU is granted to the Grantee
Grant Notification    means the notice given to eligible Grantees to grant a certain number of PSU to such Grantees
Initial Date of Settlement    means the date on which the Grantee is entitled to do the Settlement
Initial Public Offering    means initial public offering and listing of the Company on a Qualified Stock Exchange
Listing Rules    means Hong Kong Listing Rules or listing rules of the Qualified Stock Exchange designated by the Board
Hong Kong Listing Rules    means Rules Governing the Listing of Securities on the Stock Exchange of Hong Kong Limited
Grantee    means Directors, Officers, Employees, consultants and any other person determined by the Board who are eligible to participate in this Plan
Performance Stock Unit/ PSU    means the Performance Stock Unit granted to a Grantee
Performance Stock Unit Plan/ this Plan/ Plan    means this Performance Stock Unit Plan
Qualified Stock Exchange    Means the Stock Exchange of the Hong Kong Limited, the New York Stock Exchange, the NASDAQ Stock Exchange and other internationally recognized stock exchanges

 

2


Share    means (i) the ordinary A shares of the Company prior to the Initial Public Offering; or (ii) the ordinary shares of the Company with a par value of US$0.00001 per share after the Initial Public Offering
Shareholder of the Company    means existing shareholder of the Company, excluding any grantee appearing after exercising or settlement of any stock incentive plan (including this Plan)
Vesting    means an act of administration through which a certain number of PSUs that are non-settlable become settlable within the agreed timeframe in consideration of the Company’s performance, the growth of the stock price and the achievements of Grantees
Validity Period    means the time slot commencing from the date on which the PSU is granted to the Grantee and expires on the date on which the PSU becomes invalid
Settlement    means the settlement of the PSUs within the specified time limit in accordance with the circumstances stipulated in this Plan. The stock underlying the PSUs shall be registered in the name of the Grantees subject to Applicable Laws after settlement
Shareholding Entity    means the entity designated by the Board to hold the PSUs under this Plan

 

II.

General Provisions

 

  1.

To attract and retain talents, promote long-term sustainable development of the Company and its Related Entities, maximize the value of shareholders and achieve win-win situation among shareholders, the Company and employees, the Board formulates and entrusts the Administrator to implement this Plan.

 

  2.

Eligible Grantees will be granted a certain number of PSUs, when they meet certain conditions and certain time point requirements, the PSUs granted to the Grantees will then be Vested, Settled, and the Grantees will ultimately obtain and sell the corresponding stock and receive the proceeds from sale of them.

 

III.

Grant of PSU

 

  1.

The maximum aggregate number of Shares to be used hereunder is 15,000,000.

 

  2.

The Board inspects and decides whether to grant PSUs on an annual basis based on the need of business development.

 

3


  3.

The scope of the granting group, Grantees, and granting amount of each installment of PSU granting plans are determined by the Board or the Administrator based on the positions and performance of the Grantees.

 

  4.

Unless otherwise provided by Applicable Laws and agreed by the Board, the Grantee shall not pledge, transfer or dispose of the PSUs in any other way during the Validity Period; and on and after the date on which the PSUs are disposed of in violation of the Plan, all the PSUs held by the Grantee which have not been Settled (whether Vested or not) shall be invalid or forfeited. Without affecting the forgoing, this Plan shall be binding on the successor or assignee of the Grantee.

 

  5.

The Grant, Vesting, Settlement and all other steps of PSUs shall comply with this Plan, relevant resolutions adopted by the Board and provisions of Applicable Laws. The Company, Shareholders of the Company and Related Entities shall not be responsible for failure to obtain the necessary approval, registration or filing for Granting, Vesting, Settlement and other steps of PSUs from any competent regulator not due to intentional or gross negligence on the part of the Company, Shareholders of the Company or Related Entities.

 

  6.

The Board shall formulate the Key Terms of the Performance Stock Unit Plan and the Notice Letter to Employees (the “Notice Letter”), and the Grantee shall sign and promise to abide by the Notice Letter before obtaining the eligibility for PSUs.

 

  7.

If the Grantees are or are likely to be restricted or prohibited from trading securities according to the Listing Rules (if applicable) or any other applicable rules, regulations or laws, the Company shall not grant to the Grantee, and even the Company grants, the Grantee shall not accept it.

[Note: The following items (8) to (11) apply only if the Company is listed in Hong Kong.]

 

  8.

[After the Company completes its Initial Public Offering in Hong Kong, it shall not grant the PSUs after becoming aware of insider information until the relevant insider information has been published in accordance with the Hong Kong Listing Rules. In particular, no PSUs nor any other equity-related incentives shall be granted during the period from one month immediately before the following date (whichever is the earlier) to the performance publication date:

 

  (1)

The date on which the Board meeting is held for the purpose of passing the Company’s annual, semi-annual, quarterly or any other interim period performance by the Board (whether or not in accordance with Hong Kong Listing Rules) (that is, the date when the Stock Exchange of Hong Kong Limited is first notified according to Hong Kong Listing Rules); and

 

4


  (2)

The deadline or performance publication date on which the Company publishes its annual or semi-annual, quarterly or any other interim performance (whether or not in accordance with Hong Kong Listing Rules) (whichever is the later) in accordance with Hong Kong Listing Rules.

 

  9.

After the completion of Initial Public Offering in Hong Kong, no incentives shall be granted to any Director of the Company in connection with any PSUs or other equity-related incentives on the date of the publication of the Company’s financial performance or during the period set out below:

 

  (1)

Immediately 60 days prior to the annual performance publication date or the period from the end of the relevant financial year to the performance publication date (whichever is shorter); and

 

  (2)

Immediately 30 days prior to the quarterly performance (if any) and semi-annual performance publication date, or the period from the end of the quarterly or semi-annual period to the release date of the performance (whichever is shorter).

 

  10.

Upon completion of the Initial Public Offering in Hong Kong, the grant to any Director, chief executive officer or major shareholder of the Company or any of their respective Contacts (as defined in Hong Kong Listing Rules) shall obtain the prior approval of the independent non-executive directors (excluding those who are independent non-executive directors serving as proposed incentive successors), and will otherwise be subject to compliance with Hong Kong Listing Rules. Notwithstanding the foregoing, where incentives granted to Directors of the Company form part of the remuneration of the relevant Directors pursuant to his/her service contract, in accordance with Section 14A.95 of Hong Kong Listing Rules, incentives granted to Directors will be exempt from the filing, announcement and independent shareholder approval requirements.

 

  11.

The Board shall not grant any incentive to any participant under any of the following circumstances:

 

  (1)

the requisite approval of any applicable regulatory authority has not been obtained in respect of such grant; or

 

  (2)

the prospectus or other offering documents relating to the grant or the Plan is required by securities laws, unless otherwise determined by the Board; or

 

  (3)

the grant would result in violation of applicable securities laws, rules or regulations by any member of the Group or any Director of such member; or

 

  (4)

the grant would result in a breach of the PSU Limit or other rules of this Plan.]

 

5


IV.

Vesting of PSU

 

  1.

Unless otherwise decided by the Board, in principle, the PSUs granted in each installment shall be vested for 4 years, the first date of Vesting shall be the first anniversary date of the Grant Date (or the next day if there is no anniversary date) and the maximum amount of PSUs that are qualified to vest in each year shall be 25% of the total PSUs granted in such installment.

 

  2.

The Board shall, according to the base of PSUs to be vested in per year (that is, the total PSUs granted in the installment/predicted times of vesting), calculate the number of PSUs actually vested based on the performance of the Company and individuals:

 

  (1)

The Board shall annually determine (i) the Company’s stock price coefficient (the “Stock Price Coefficient”) and (ii) the current year’s performance coefficients of the Company and each Related Entity (the “Performance Coefficient”, together with the “Stock Price Coefficient” are collectively referred to as the “PSU Effective Coefficient”) in accordance with the methods set out in Schedule A. The current PSU vesting base multiplied by the PSU Effective Coefficient shall be the actual vesting amount of the Grantee of that year (the “Actual Vesting Amount of that Year”).

 

  (2)

If the last personal annual performance ranking of a Grantee falls within the last 10% of his/her ranking group, such Grantee shall be disqualified for vesting the PSU for that year, and the corresponding PSUs that are vestable for that year shall be canceled, for which the Company shall not make any other compensation.

 

  3.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Board may, in accordance with its authority:

 

  (1)

stipulate separately the number of times and amount of each installment of PSUs to be vested, either as a whole or individually; and

 

  (2)

stipulate separately the rules of special disposal of PSUs, either as a whole or individually.

 

V.

Settlement of PSU

 

  1.

Except as otherwise provided in this Plan, the Validity Period of each installment of PSUs granted to the Grantee shall be 10 years from the Grant Date, and the PSUs that are not Settled during the Validity Period shall be canceled. If the Company is not listed at the expiration of the Validity Period, the Board may decide whether to extend the Validity Period if necessary.

 

  2.

Except as otherwise provided by this Plan and the Board or required by Applicable Laws, the Initial Date of Settlement shall be no earlier than 180 days before the date of Initial Public Offering, or 6 months after the date of Initial Public Offering; and the maximum interval between the Initial Date of Settlement and the Grant Date shall not exceed 8 years. The Grantee will be notified in due course of the specific Initial Date of Settlement by the Board.

 

6


  3.

Except as otherwise provided by this Plan, (i) PSUs that are vested prior to the Initial Public Offering shall do the Settlement immediately at the earliest Initial Date of Settlement as provided in paragraph 2 of this section; (ii) PSUs that are vested after the Initial Public Offering shall do the Settlement immediately upon Vesting.

 

  4.

If the Initial Public Offering plan of the Company is delayed or cancelled due to external policy environment or adjustment of the Company’s strategy, the Board shall have the right to make necessary adjustments to the PSU Plan.

 

  5.

After the Settlement of the PSUs held by the Grantees, with respect to the shares underlying such settled PSUs, the Board or other entity, committee or other person designated by the Board may (i) require the Shareholding Entity to transfer a certain number of issued shares held by him/her in proxy to the Grantee in accordance with the Plan and register the holder of such issued Shares in the name of the Grantee; or (ii) approve the issuance of stock by the Company and register the holders of newly issued stock in the name of the Grantee. Upon satisfaction of the regulatory requirements of Qualified Stock Exchange and other securities regulatory authorities for the shareholding period, the Grantees may then sell the stocks and receive the proceeds from sale of the stocks.

 

  6.

The Grantee shall pay the price payable as determined at the time of Grant and as set out in the Grant Notification of PSU, and shall bear corresponding taxes, foreign exchange costs and other costs. If, for any reason attributable to the Grantee, including but not limited to insufficient personal funds and issues concerning personal foreign exchange, the Grantee fail to pay the price payable in full, Grantee shall bear the consequential responsibilities and losses. The price payable under the item(ii) of paragraph 5 in this section of the Plan shall be no lower than the par value of the newly issued shares.

 

  7.

When doing the Settlement of the PSUs, the Grantee shall pay taxes in full in accordance with the provisions of the relevant laws and regulations. If the Company or Related Entity is then required to withhold the tax, the Grantee shall cooperate with the Company or Related Entity.

 

  8.

The PSUs shall only be held by the Grantee and the successor determined according to this Plan.

 

7


  9.

Before a Grantee is registered as the stockholder in the register of shareholders of the Company, such Grantee shall not be entitled to any shareholders’ rights or interests attached to any share underlying the PSUs under this Plan.

 

  10.

After a Grantee becomes a stockholder of the Company by doing the Settlement of his/her PSUs under this Plan, such Grantee shall be bound by the articles of association and other relevant documents of the Company. For the avoidance of doubt, except as otherwise provided in this Plan, the Grantee shall not be entitled to any rights superior to other shareholders, including but not limited to drag-along right, preemption right, tag-along right or right of first refusal.

 

  11.

To the extent permitted by the Applicable Laws and in case of viability, notwithstanding the paragraph 6 of this section, as an alternative to the payment of price payable as set out in this Plan, with the consent of the Board, the Grantee may pay the price payable by “simultaneous sale” promise. In other words, the Grantee irrevocably elects to sell the stocks underlying his/her PSUs at least that number of Shares so purchased to pay the price payable (up to all the stocks due to Settlement), and the Grantee commits upon sale of such Shares to forward the price payable directly to the Company with the sales proceeds (if applicable, and shall less the corresponding taxes and foreign exchange and other costs) in excess of the price payable being for the benefit of the Grantee.

 

  12.

Unless agreed by the Board or the stocks underlying the PSUs are continued to be held by the successors in case of the death of a Grantee, any transfer of shares underlying the Settled PSUs with the Grantees registered as stockholder shall be publicly conducted on the secondary market, and any such share shall not be transferred by other means (including but not limited to the transfer inside the Grantee). The transfer of such shares by the Grantee shall also comply with the regulatory requirements of Qualified Stock Exchange and other securities regulatory authorities and Applicable Laws (including but not limited to the provisions on the lock-up period).

 

  13.

The Settlement of the PSUs and the issuance and transfer of the share underlying the PSUs shall comply with all the Applicable Laws, otherwise shares Settled shall not be issued and transferred.

 

  14.

The Board may, in accordance with its authority, stipulate separately the maximum number of PSUs that can be Settled in each year after the Initial Date of Settlement, either as a whole or individually.

 

VI.

Special Disposal of PSU

 

  1.

If a Grantee cancels or terminates the employment relationship with the company he/she works for:

 

8


  (1)

for whatever reason (i) if the employment is terminated or expires (except for the circumstances described in items (2) and (3) of paragraph 1 of this section) prior to the Initial Public Offering, all the PSUs held by such Grantee (whether vested or not) shall be forfeited, for which the Company shall not make any compensation; (ii) the employment is terminated or expires (except for the circumstances described in items (2) and (3) of paragraph 1 of this section) after the Initial Public Offering (except for the circumstances under items (2) and (3) of paragraph 1 of this section), without prejudice to all Settled PSUs held by the Grantees, all unsettled PSUs (whether vested or not) shall be forfeited, for which the Company shall not make any compensation.

 

  (2)

if a Grantee retires after he/she serves for more than 5 years in the Company and reaches the legal retirement age, or if a Grantee early retires, leaves office and dies due to Disability resulted from work-related injury, the granted PSUs(whether vested or not) may be further held by such Grantee or his/her successor, and be vested, Settled and sold for the proceeds in accordance with this Plan.

 

  (3)

if a Grantee early retires, leaves office and dies not due to Disability resulted from work-related injury, such Grantee or his/her successor may continue holding all vested PSUs; and the outstanding PSUs shall be forfeited, for which the Company shall not make any compensation.

 

  2.

In case of any violation of discipline and regulations committed by any Grantee during his/her employment, the Company or any other entity determined by the Board shall have the right to properly dispose of the PSUs held by such Grantee according to the actual situation, including but not limited to:

 

  (1)

if the PSUs of such Grantee have not been Settled, the Company or other entity, committee or any other person determined by the Board shall have the right to cancel all or part of the PSUs (whether vested or not) without any compensation;

 

  (2)

if the PSUs of such Grantee have been Settled, the Company or any other entity determined by the Board shall have the right to repurchase all or part of the shares acquired by such Grantee due to the Settlement of PSUs once or several times at any time at the Fair Market Value of Shares (approved by the Board), and the times and amount of repurchase of the shares shall be determined by the Company or any other entity determined by the Board at its sole discretion.

 

VII.

Competition Event

 

  1.

In case of any Competition Event of any Grantee:

 

  (1)

If, during the existence of the employment relationship or within 3 years after the cancellation or termination of the employment relationship, any Grantee engages in any Competition Event without the written consent of the company he/she works for or the Company, all the PSUs (whether vested or not) held by the Grantee shall be forfeited without any compensation;

 

9


  (2)

All Settled PSUs held by the Grantees will not be affected thereby.

 

VIII.

Related Matters

 

  1.

If any Shareholder of the Company proposes to transfer 80% or more of issued ordinary shares of the Company to a third party prior to the Initial Public Offering , and such shareholder requires any Grantee to transfer its shares in the Company (if any) to the third-party purchaser, the Grantee must transfer its shares in the Company to such purchaser at the same price.

 

  2.

This Plan and information and documents relating to PSU shall be confidential information. Any Grantee shall not disclose it to any third party other than his/her attorneys, tax advisors and other professional advisors without the prior written consent of the Board.

 

  3.

The Board is entitled to interpret this Plan. Any determination and interpretation made by the Board shall be final, conclusive and binding on all parties.

 

IX.

Administration Body of this Plan and its Duties

 

  1.

The Board is responsible for determining the principles and framework of the Plan and ultimately reviewing and approving the relevant matters of the Plan.

 

  2.

The Board may, depending on the circumstances, authorize the Administrator or any committee authorized by the Board for this purpose to carry out relevant matters and some functions and powers related to the implementation of this Plan.

 

  3.

This Plan, after being approved, shall be administered and implemented by the Board or the Administrator or any committee authorized by the Board for this purpose.

 

  4.

During the term of this Plan, the Company shall retain a certain amount of its authorized share capital. Such amount of capital stock shall be sufficient to satisfy the requirements of this Plan.

 

  5.

In the event of an increase or decrease in the number of shares issued by the Company due to stock split, dividends, merger, reclassification or similar transactions affecting shares, the Board shall have the right to adjust the PSUs under this Plan, the number and price of shares and other matters, and the Board’s decision shall be final and binding. If the Company issues any type of share or securities that can be converted into any type of share, the shares obtained by the Grantee due to Settlement of relevant PSUs will be diluted accordingly, that is, the proportion of such shares in all issued shares of the Company will be reduced accordingly.

 

10


X.

In the event that the Applicable Laws change or adjust, the Board may designate another entity’s PSUs to replace the PSUs originally granted. The specific plan shall be decided by the Board and the Grantee shall accept it unconditionally.

 

XI.

The Board has the right to terminate, revise or adjust this Plan in any event.

 

XII.

The Board reserves the right to amend this Plan in accordance with Applicable Laws or as required for the development of the Company, and the Grantee shall accept relevant future amendments.

 

XIII.

Entire Agreement

This Plan, the Grant Notification of PSU and the Notice Letter shall jointly constitute the entire agreement of the Grantees and the Company with respect to this Plan and supersede all prior undertakings and agreements between the Company and the Grantees with respect to this Plan in their entirety. Nothing in this Plan, the Grant Notification of PSU and the Notice Letter (unless expressly provided in such documents) shall be deemed to be intended to grant to any person other than the Grantees and the Company any rights or remedies.

 

XIV.

Rights of Third Parties

Except as otherwise expressly provided in this Plan, the Grant Notification of PSU and the Notice Letter, no party other than the parties hereto shall be entitled to enforce this Plan, the Grant Notification of PSU and the Notice Letter under the Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Ordinance (Chapter 623 of the Laws of Hong Kong) (the “Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Ordinance”). It does not affect the rights or relief that a third party exists or available outside of the Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Ordinance.

 

XV.

Governing Law

This Plan, the Grant Notification of PSU and the Notice Letter shall be governed by and construed in accordance with Hong Kong laws. If any provision of this this Plan, the Grant Notification of PSU and the Notice Letter is found to be invalid or unenforceable, then such provision shall be enforced to the fullest extent permitted by law, and the other provisions shall be valid and enforceable.

 

XVI.

Dispute Resolution

Any dispute arising from this Plan, the Grant Notification of PSU and the Notice Letter or in relation to them shall be submitted to Hong Kong International Arbitration Centre for arbitration which shall be conducted in accordance with the arbitration rules in effect at the time of applying for arbitration. The arbitration tribunal shall consist of 1 arbitrator. The arbitration place shall be Hong Kong. The arbitration language shall be English. The arbitral award shall be final and binding upon the parties.

 

11


XVII.

Title

The titles used in this Plan, the Grant Notification of PSU and the Notice Letter shall be for convenience only and shall not be deemed to be part of the Document or affect the interpretation thereof.

 

XVIII.

Notice

Any notice required or permitted under this document shall be given electronically or in writing. If in writing, the notice shall be deemed effectively given upon delivery to the 15th floor of China Ping An Finance Tower, No. 1333 Lujiazui Ring Road, Pudong New Area, Shanghai or as updated from time to time.

 

12


Schedule A

Performance Stock Unit Plan

Calculation method of the Stock Price Coefficient and Performance Coefficient

 

13

Exhibit 10.4

INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT

THIS INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”) is made as of                     , 2020 by and between Lufax Holding Ltd, an exempted company incorporated and existing under the laws of the Cayman Islands (the “Company”), and                      (PRC ID Card / Passport No.                    ) (the “Indemnitee”).

WHEREAS, the Indemnitee has agreed to serve as a director or officer of the Company and in such capacity will render valuable services to the Company; and

WHEREAS, in order to induce and encourage highly experienced and capable persons such as the Indemnitee to render valuable services to the Company, the board of directors of the Company (the “Board”) has determined that this Agreement is not only reasonable and prudent, but necessary to promote and ensure the best interests of the Company and its shareholders;

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and mutual agreements hereinafter set forth, and other good and valuable consideration, including, without limitation, the service of the Indemnitee, the receipt of which hereby is acknowledged, and in order to induce the Indemnitee to render valuable services the Company, the Company and the Indemnitee hereby agree as follows:

1. Definitions. As used in this Agreement:

(a) “Change in Control” shall mean a change in control of the Company of a nature that would be required to be reported in response to Item 6(e) of Schedule 14A of Regulation 14A (or in response to any similar item on any similar or successor schedule or form) promulgated under the United States Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder (collectively, the “Act”), whether or not the Company is then subject to such reporting requirement; provided, however, that, without limitation, such a Change in Control shall be deemed to have occurred (irrespective of the applicability of the initial clause of this definition) if (i) any “person” (as such term is used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Act, but excluding any trustee or other fiduciary holding securities pursuant to an employee benefit or welfare plan or employee share plan of the Company or any subsidiary or affiliate of the Company, or any entity organized, appointed, established or holding securities of the Company with voting power for or pursuant to the terms of any such plan) becomes the “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Act), directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing 30% or more of the combined voting power of the Company’s then outstanding securities without the prior approval of at least two-thirds of the Continuing Directors (as defined below) in office immediately prior to such person’s attaining such interest; (ii) the Company is a party to a merger, consolidation, scheme of arrangement, sale of assets or other reorganization, or a proxy contest, as a consequence of which Continuing Directors in office immediately prior to such transaction or event constitute less than a majority of the Board of the Company (or any successor entity) thereafter; or (iii) during any period of two (2) consecutive years, individuals who at the beginning of such period constituted the Board of the Company (including for this purpose any new director whose election or nomination for election by the Company’s shareholders was approved by a vote of at least two-thirds of the directors then still in office who were directors at the beginning of such period) (such directors being referred to herein as “Continuing Directors”) cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority of the Board of the Company.


(b) “Disinterested Director” with respect to any request by the Indemnitee for indemnification or advancement of expenses hereunder shall mean a director of the Company who neither is nor was a party to the Proceeding (as defined below) in respect of which indemnification or advancement is being sought by the Indemnitee.

(c) The term “Expenses” shall mean, without limitation, expenses of Proceedings, including attorneys’ fees, disbursements and retainers, accounting and witness fees, expenses related to preparation for service as a witness and to service as a witness, travel and deposition costs, expenses of investigations, judicial or administrative proceedings and appeals, amounts paid in settlement of a Proceeding by or on behalf of the Indemnitee, costs of attachment or similar bonds, any expenses of attempting to establish or establishing a right to indemnification or advancement of expenses, under this Agreement, the Company’s Memorandum of Association and Articles of Association as currently in effect (the “Articles”), applicable law or otherwise, and reasonable compensation for time spent by the Indemnitee in connection with the investigation, defense or appeal of a Proceeding or action for indemnification for which the Indemnitee is not otherwise compensated by the Company or any third party. The term “Expenses” shall not include the amount of judgments, fines, interest or penalties, or excise taxes assessed with respect to any employee benefit or welfare plan, which are actually levied against or sustained by the Indemnitee to the extent sustained after final adjudication.

(d) The term “Independent Legal Counsel” shall mean any firm of attorneys reasonably selected by the Board of the Company, so long as such firm has not represented the Company, the Company’s subsidiaries or affiliates, the Indemnitee, any entity controlled by the Indemnitee, or any party adverse to the Company, within the preceding five (5) years. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the term “Independent Legal Counsel” shall not include any person who, under applicable standards of professional conduct then prevailing, would have a conflict of interest in representing either the Company or the Indemnitee in an action to determine the Indemnitee’s right to indemnification or advancement of expenses under this Agreement, the Company’s Articles, applicable law or otherwise.

(e) The term “Proceeding” shall mean any threatened, pending or completed action, suit, arbitration, alternate dispute resolution mechanism, or other proceeding (including, without limitation, an appeal therefrom), formal or informal, whether brought in the name of the Company or otherwise, whether of a civil, criminal, administrative or investigative nature, and whether by, in or involving a court or an administrative, other governmental or private entity or body (including, without limitation, an investigation by the Company or its Board), by reason of (i) the fact that the Indemnitee is or was a director or officer of the Company, or is or was serving at the request of the Company as an agent of another enterprise, whether or not the Indemnitee is serving in such capacity at the time any liability or expense is incurred for which indemnification or reimbursement is to be provided under this Agreement, (ii) any actual or alleged act or omission or neglect or breach of duty, including, without limitation, any actual or alleged error or misstatement or misleading statement, which the Indemnitee commits or suffers while acting in any such capacity, or (iii) the Indemnitee attempting to establish or establishing a right to indemnification or advancement of expenses pursuant to this Agreement, the Company’s Articles, applicable law or otherwise.

 

- 2 -


(f) The phrase “serving at the request of the Company as an agent of another enterprise” or any similar terminology shall mean, unless the context otherwise requires, serving at the request of the Company as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, limited liability company, trust, employee benefit or welfare plan or other enterprise, foreign or domestic. The phrase “serving at the request of the Company” shall include, without limitation, any service as a director/an executive officer of the Company which imposes duties on, or involves services by, such director/executive officer with respect to the Company or any of the Company’s subsidiaries, affiliates, employee benefit or welfare plans, such plan’s participants or beneficiaries or any other enterprise, foreign or domestic. In the event that the Indemnitee shall be a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, limited liability company, trust, employee benefit or welfare plan or other enterprise, foreign or domestic, 50% or more of the ordinary shares, combined voting power or total equity interest of which is owned by the Company or any subsidiary or affiliate thereof, then it shall be presumed conclusively that the Indemnitee is so acting at the request of the Company.

2. Services by the Indemnitee. The Indemnitee agrees to serve as a director or officer of the Company under the terms of the Indemnitee’s agreement with the Company for so long as the Indemnitee is duly elected or appointed or until such time as the Indemnitee tenders a resignation in writing or is removed from the Indemnitee’s position; provided, however, that the Indemnitee may at any time and for any reason resign from such position (subject to any other contractual obligation or other obligation imposed by operation of law).

3. Proceedings by or in the Right of the Company. The Company shall indemnify the Indemnitee if the Indemnitee is a party to or threatened to be made a party to or is otherwise involved in any Proceeding by or in the right of the Company to procure a judgment in its favor by reason of the fact that the Indemnitee is or was a director or officer of the Company, or is or was serving at the request of the Company as an agent of another enterprise, against all Expenses, judgments, fines, interest or penalties, and excise taxes assessed with respect to any employee benefit or welfare plan, which are actually and reasonably incurred by the Indemnitee in connection with the defense or settlement of such a Proceeding, if the Indemnitee acted in good faith and in a manner the Indemnitee reasonably believed to be in, or not opposed to, the best interests of the Company; except that no indemnification under this section shall be made in respect of any claim, issue or matter as to which such person shall have been adjudicated by final judgment by a court of competent jurisdiction to be liable to the Company for willful misconduct in the performance of his/her duty to the Company, unless and only to the extent that the court in which such Proceeding was brought shall determine upon application that, despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all the circumstances of the case, such person is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for such amounts which such other court shall deem proper.

4. Proceeding Other Than a Proceeding by or in the Right of the Company. The Company shall indemnify the Indemnitee if the Indemnitee is a party to or threatened to be made a party to or is otherwise involved in any Proceeding (other than a Proceeding by or in the right of the Company), by reason of the fact that the Indemnitee is or was a director or officer of the Company, or is or was serving at the request of the Company as an agent of another enterprise, against all Expenses, judgments, fines, interest or penalties, and excise taxes assessed with respect to any employee benefit or welfare plan, which are actually and reasonably incurred by the Indemnitee in connection with such a Proceeding, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law; provided, however, that any settlement of a Proceeding must be approved in advance in writing by the Company (which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld).

 

- 3 -


5. Indemnification for Costs, Charges and Expenses of Witness or Successful Party. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement (except as set forth in subparagraph 9(a) hereof), and without a requirement for determination as required by Paragraph 8 hereof, to the extent that the Indemnitee (a) has prepared to serve or has served as a witness in any Proceeding in any way relating to (i) the Company or any of the Company’s subsidiaries, affiliates, employee benefit or welfare plans or such plan’s participants or beneficiaries or (ii) anything done or not done by the Indemnitee as a director or officer of the Company or in connection with serving at the request of the Company as an agent of another enterprise, or (b) has been successful in defense of any Proceeding or in defense of any claim, issue or matter therein, on the merits or otherwise, including the dismissal of a Proceeding without prejudice or the settlement of a Proceeding without an admission of liability, the Indemnitee shall be indemnified against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by the Indemnitee in connection therewith to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law.

6. Partial Indemnification. If the Indemnitee is entitled under any provision of this Agreement to indemnification by the Company for a portion of the Expenses, judgments, fines, interest or penalties, or excise taxes assessed with respect to any employee benefit or welfare plan, which are actually and reasonably incurred by the Indemnitee in the investigation, defense, appeal or settlement of any Proceeding, but not, however, for the total amount of the Indemnitee’s Expenses, judgments, fines, interest or penalties, or excise taxes assessed with respect to any employee benefit or welfare plan, then the Company shall nevertheless indemnify the Indemnitee for the portion of such Expenses, judgments, fines, interest or penalties or excise taxes to which the Indemnitee is entitled.

7. Advancement of Expenses. The Expenses incurred by the Indemnitee in any Proceeding shall be paid promptly by the Company in advance of the final disposition of the Proceeding at the written request of the Indemnitee to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law; provided, however, that the Indemnitee shall set forth in such request reasonable evidence that such Expenses have been incurred by the Indemnitee in connection with such Proceeding, a statement that such Expenses do not relate to any matter described in subparagraph 9(a) of this Agreement, and an undertaking in writing to repay any advances if it is ultimately determined as provided in subparagraph 8(b) of this Agreement that the Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification under this Agreement.

8. Indemnification Procedure; Determination of Right to Indemnification.

(a) Promptly after receipt by the Indemnitee of notice of the commencement of any Proceeding, the Indemnitee shall, if a claim for indemnification or advancement of Expenses in respect thereof is to be made against the Company under this Agreement, notify the Company of the commencement thereof in writing. The omission to so notify the Company will not relieve the Company from any liability which the Company may have to the Indemnitee under this Agreement unless the Company shall have lost significant substantive or procedural rights with respect to the defense of any Proceeding as a result of such omission to so notify.

(b) The Indemnitee shall be conclusively presumed to have met the relevant standards of conduct, if any, as defined by applicable law, for indemnification pursuant to this Agreement and shall be absolutely entitled to such indemnification, unless a determination is made that the Indemnitee has not met such standards by a court of competent jurisdiction.

 

- 4 -


(c) If a claim for indemnification or advancement of Expenses under this Agreement is not paid by the Company within thirty (30) days after receipt by the Company of written notice thereof, the rights provided by this Agreement shall be enforceable by the Indemnitee in any court of competent jurisdiction. Such judicial proceeding shall be made de novo. The burden of proving that indemnification or advances are not appropriate shall be on the Company. Neither the failure of the directors or shareholders of the Company or Independent Legal Counsel to have made a determination prior to the commencement of such action that indemnification or advancement of Expenses is proper in the circumstances because the Indemnitee has met the applicable standard of conduct, if any, nor an actual determination by the directors or shareholders of the Company or Independent Legal Counsel that the Indemnitee has not met the applicable standard of conduct shall be a defense to an action by the Indemnitee or create a presumption for the purpose of such an action that the Indemnitee has not met the applicable standard of conduct. The termination of any Proceeding by judgment, order, settlement or conviction, or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent, shall not, of itself (i) create a presumption that the Indemnitee did not act in good faith and in a manner which he reasonably believed to be in the best interests of the Company and/or its shareholders, and, with respect to any criminal Proceeding, that the Indemnitee had reasonable cause to believe that his conduct was unlawful or (ii) otherwise adversely affect the rights of the Indemnitee to indemnification or advancement of Expenses under this Agreement, except as may be provided herein.

(d) If a court of competent jurisdiction shall determine that the Indemnitee is entitled to any indemnification or advancement of Expenses hereunder, the Company shall pay all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by the Indemnitee in connection with such adjudication (including, but not limited to, any appellate proceedings).

(e) With respect to any Proceeding for which indemnification or advancement of Expenses is requested, the Company will be entitled to participate therein at its own expense and, except as otherwise provided below, to the extent that it may wish, the Company may assume the defense thereof, with counsel reasonably satisfactory to the Indemnitee. After notice from the Company to the Indemnitee of its election to assume the defense of a Proceeding, the Company will not be liable to the Indemnitee under this Agreement for any Expenses subsequently incurred by the Indemnitee in connection with the defense thereof, other than as provided below. The Company shall not settle any Proceeding in any manner which would impose any penalty or limitation on the Indemnitee without the Indemnitee’s written consent. The Indemnitee shall have the right to employ his/her own counsel in any Proceeding, but the fees and expenses of such counsel incurred after notice from the Company of its assumption of the defense of the Proceeding shall be at the expense of the Indemnitee, unless (i) the employment of counsel by the Indemnitee has been authorized by the Company, (ii) the Indemnitee shall have reasonably concluded that there may be a conflict of interest between the Company and the Indemnitee in the conduct of the defense of a Proceeding, or (iii) the Company shall not in fact have employed counsel to assume the defense of a proceeding, in each of which cases the fees and expenses of the Indemnitee’s counsel shall be advanced by the Company. The Company shall not be entitled to assume the defense of any Proceeding brought by or on behalf of the Company or as to which the Indemnitee has reasonably concluded that there may be a conflict of interest between the Company and the Indemnitee.

 

- 5 -


9. Limitations on Indemnification. No payments pursuant to this Agreement shall be made by the Company:

(a) To indemnify or advance funds to the Indemnitee for Expenses with respect to (i) Proceedings initiated or brought voluntarily by the Indemnitee and not by way of defense, except with respect to Proceedings brought to establish or enforce a right to indemnification under this Agreement or any other statute or law or otherwise as required under applicable law or (ii) Expenses incurred by the Indemnitee in connection with preparing to serve or serving, prior to a Change in Control, as a witness in cooperation with any party or entity who or which has threatened or commenced any action or proceeding against the Company, or any director, officer, employee, trustee, agent, representative, subsidiary, parent corporation or affiliate of the Company, but such indemnification or advancement of Expenses in each such case may be provided by the Company if the Board finds it to be appropriate;

(b) To indemnify the Indemnitee for any Expenses, judgments, fines, interest or penalties, or excise taxes assessed with respect to any employee benefit or welfare plan, sustained in any Proceeding for which payment is actually made to the Indemnitee under a valid and collectible insurance policy, except in respect of any excess beyond the amount of payment under such insurance;

(c) To indemnify the Indemnitee for any Expenses, judgments, fines, interest or penalties sustained in any Proceeding for an accounting of profits made from the purchase or sale by the Indemnitee of securities of the Company pursuant to the provisions of Section 16(b) of the Act or similar provisions of any foreign or United States federal, state or local statute or regulation;

(d) To indemnify the Indemnitee for any Expenses, judgments, fines, interest or penalties, or excise taxes assessed with respect to any employee benefit or welfare plan, for which the Indemnitee is indemnified by the Company otherwise than pursuant to this Agreement;

(e) To indemnify the Indemnitee for any Expenses (including without limitation any Expenses relating to a Proceeding attempting to enforce this Agreement), judgments, fines, interest or penalties, or excise taxes assessed with respect to any employee benefit or welfare plan, on account of the Indemnitee’s conduct if such conduct shall be finally adjudged to have been knowingly fraudulent, deliberately dishonest or willful misconduct, including, without limitation, breach of the duty of loyalty; or

(f) If a court of competent jurisdiction finally determines that any indemnification hereunder is unlawful. In this respect, the Company and the Indemnitee have been advised that the Securities and Exchange Commission takes the position that indemnification for liabilities arising under securities laws is against public policy and is, therefore, unenforceable and that claims for indemnification should be submitted to appropriate courts for adjudication;

(g) To indemnify the Indemnitee in connection with Indemnitee’s personal tax matter; or

(h) To indemnify the Indemnitee with respect to any claim related to any dispute or breach arising under any contract or similar obligation between the Company or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates and such Indemnitee.

 

- 6 -


10. Continuation of Indemnification. All agreements and obligations of the Company contained herein shall continue during the period that the Indemnitee is a director or officer of the Company (or is or was serving at the request of the Company as an agent of another enterprise, foreign or domestic) and shall continue thereafter so long as the Indemnitee shall be subject to any possible Proceeding by reason of the fact that the Indemnitee was a director or officer of the Company or serving in any other capacity referred to in this Paragraph 10.

11. Indemnification Hereunder Not Exclusive. The indemnification provided by this Agreement shall not be deemed to be exclusive of any other rights to which the Indemnitee may be entitled under the Company’s Articles, any agreement, vote of shareholders or vote of Disinterested Directors, provisions of applicable law, or otherwise, both as to action or omission in the Indemnitee’s official capacity and as to action or omission in another capacity on behalf of the Company while holding such office.

12. Successors and Assigns.

(a) This Agreement shall be binding upon the Indemnitee, and shall inure to the benefit of, the Indemnitee and the Indemnitee’s heirs, executors, administrators and assigns, whether or not the Indemnitee has ceased to be a director or officer, and the Company and its successors and assigns. Upon the sale of all or substantially all of the business, assets or share capital of the Company to, or upon the merger of the Company into or with, any corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other person, this Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon both the Indemnitee and such purchaser or successor person. Subject to the foregoing, this Agreement may not be assigned by either party without the prior written consent of the other party hereto.

(b) If the Indemnitee is deceased and is entitled to indemnification under any provision of this Agreement, the Company shall indemnify the Indemnitee’s estate and the Indemnitee’s spouse, heirs, executors, administrators and assigns against, and the Company shall, and does hereby agree to assume, any and all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by or for the Indemnitee or the Indemnitee’s estate, in connection with the investigation, defense, appeal or settlement of any Proceeding. Further, when requested in writing by the spouse of the Indemnitee, and/or the Indemnitee’s heirs, executors, administrators and assigns, the Company shall provide appropriate evidence of the Company’s agreement set out herein to indemnify the Indemnitee against and to itself assume such Expenses.

13. Subrogation. In the event of payment under this Agreement, the Company shall be subrogated to the extent of such payment to all of the rights of recovery of the Indemnitee, who shall execute all documents required and shall do all acts that may be necessary to secure such rights and to enable the Company effectively to bring suit to enforce such rights.

14. Severability. Each and every paragraph, sentence, term and provision of this Agreement is separate and distinct so that if any paragraph, sentence, term or provision thereof shall be held to be invalid, unlawful or unenforceable for any reason, such invalidity, unlawfulness or unenforceability shall not affect the validity, unlawfulness or enforceability of any other paragraph, sentence, term or provision hereof. To the extent required, any paragraph, sentence, term or provision of this Agreement may be modified by a court of competent jurisdiction to preserve its validity and to provide the Indemnitee with the broadest possible indemnification permitted under applicable law. The Company’s inability, pursuant to a court order or decision, to perform its obligations under this Agreement shall not constitute a breach of this Agreement.

 

- 7 -


15. Savings Clause. If this Agreement or any paragraph, sentence, term or provision hereof is invalidated on any ground by any court of competent jurisdiction, the Company shall nevertheless indemnify the Indemnitee as to any Expenses, judgments, fines, interest or penalties, or excise taxes assessed with respect to any employee benefit or welfare plan, which are incurred with respect to any Proceeding to the fullest extent permitted by any (a) applicable paragraph, sentence, term or provision of this Agreement that has not been invalidated or (b) applicable law.

16. Interpretation; Governing Law. This Agreement shall be construed as a whole and in accordance with its fair meaning and any ambiguities shall not be construed for or against either party. Headings are for convenience only and shall not be used in construing meaning. This Agreement shall be governed and interpreted in accordance with the laws of the Cayman Islands without regard to the conflict of laws principles thereof.

17. Amendments. No amendment, waiver, modification, termination or cancellation of this Agreement shall be effective unless in writing signed by the party against whom enforcement is sought. The indemnification rights afforded to the Indemnitee hereby are contract rights and may not be diminished, eliminated or otherwise affected by amendments to the Company’s Articles, or by other agreements, including directors’ and officers’ liability insurance policies, of the Company.

18. Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, all of which shall be considered one and the same agreement and shall become effective when one or more counterparts have been signed by each party and delivered to the other.

19. Notices. Any notice required to be given under this Agreement shall be directed to Gregory Dean Gibb, the Chief Executive Officer of the Company, at No. 1333 Lujiazui Ring Road 15/F, Pudong New District, Shanghai, the People’s Republic of China and to the Indemnitee at                                                   or to such other address as either shall designate to the other in writing.

[The remainder of this page is intentionally left blank.]

 

- 8 -


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Indemnification Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

LUFAX HOLDING LTD
By:  

                     

Name:
Title:
INDEMNITEE
By:  

 

Name:

[Signature Page to Indemnification Agreement]

Exhibit 10.5

EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

This EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT (the “Agreement”) is entered into as of _____________, 2020 by and between Lufax Holding Ltd, an exempted company incorporated and existing under the laws of the Cayman Islands (the “Company”) and _____________ (ID Card / Passport No. _____________) (the “Executive”).

RECITALS

WHEREAS, the Company desires to employ the Executive and to assure itself of the services of the Executive during the term of Employment (as defined below) and under the terms and conditions of the Agreement;

WHEREAS, the Executive desires to be employed by the Company during the term of Employment and under the terms and conditions of the Agreement;

AGREEMENT

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the mutual covenants and agreements herein contained, the Company and the Executive agree as follows:

 

1.

EMPLOYMENT

The Company hereby agrees to employ the Executive and the Executive hereby accepts such employment, on the terms and conditions hereinafter set forth (the “Employment”).

 

2.

TERM

Subject to the terms and conditions of the Agreement, the initial term of the Employment shall be _____ years, commencing on _____________, 2020 (the “Effective Date”) and ending on _____________, _____ (the “Initial Term”), unless terminated earlier pursuant to the terms of the Agreement. Upon expiration of the Initial Term of the Employment, the Employment shall be automatically extended for successive periods of _____ months each (each, an “Extension Period”) unless either party shall have given 60 days advance written notice to the other party, in the manner set forth in Section 19 below, prior to the end of the Initial Term or the Extension Period in question, as applicable, that the term of this Agreement that is in effect at the time such written notice is given is not to be extended or further extended, as the case may be (the period during which this Agreement is effective being referred to hereafter as the “Term”).

 

3.

POSITION AND DUTIES

 

  (a)

During the Term, the Executive shall serve as _____________ of the Company or in such other position or positions with a level of duties and responsibilities consistent with the foregoing with the Company and/or its subsidiaries and affiliates as the Board of Directors of the Company (the “Board”) may specify from time to time and shall have the duties, responsibilities and obligations customarily assigned to individuals serving in the position or positions in which the Executive serves hereunder and as assigned by the Board, or with the Board’s authorization, by the Company’s Chief Executive Officer.


  (b)

The Executive agrees to serve without additional compensation, if elected or appointed thereto, as a director of the Company or any subsidiaries or affiliated entities of the Company (collectively, the “Group”) and as a member of any committees of the board of directors of any such entity, provided that the Executive is indemnified for serving in any and all such capacities on a basis no less favorable than is currently provided to any other director of any member of the Group.

 

  (c)

The Executive agrees to devote all of his/her working time and efforts to the performance of his/her duties for the Company and to faithfully and diligently serve the Company in accordance with the Agreement and the guidelines, policies and procedures of the Company approved from time to time by the Board.

 

4.

NO BREACH OF CONTRACT

The Executive hereby represents to the Company that: (i) the execution and delivery of the Agreement by the Executive and the performance by the Executive of the Executive’s duties hereunder shall not constitute a breach of, or otherwise contravene, the terms of any other agreement or policy to which the Executive is a party or by which the Executive is otherwise bound, except that the Executive does not make any representation with respect to agreements required to be entered into by and between the Executive and any member of the Group pursuant to the applicable law of the jurisdiction in which the Executive is based, if any; (ii) that the Executive is not in possession of any information (including, without limitation, confidential information and trade secrets) the knowledge of which would prevent the Executive from freely entering into the Agreement and carrying out his/her duties hereunder; and (iii) that the Executive is not bound by any confidentiality, trade secret or similar agreement with any person or entity other than any member of the Group.

 

5.

LOCATION

The Executive will be based in _____________, _____ or any other location as requested by the Company during the Term.

 

6.

COMPENSATION AND BENEFITS

 

  (a)

Cash Compensation. As compensation for the performance by the Executive of his/her obligations hereunder, during the Term, the Company shall pay the Executive cash compensation (inclusive of the statutory benefit contributions that the Company is required to set aside for the Executive under applicable law) pursuant to Schedule A hereto, subject to annual review and adjustment by the Board or any committee designated by the Board.

 

2


  (b)

Equity Incentives. During the Term, the Executive shall be eligible to participate, at a level comparable to similarly situated executives of the Company, in such long-term compensation arrangements as may be authorized from time to time by the Board, including any share incentive plan the Company may adopt from time to time in its sole discretion.

 

  (c)

Benefits. During the Term, the Executive shall be entitled to participate in all of the employee benefit plans and arrangements made available by the Company to its similarly situated executives, including, but not limited to, any retirement plan, medical insurance plan and travel/holiday policy, subject to and on a basis consistent with the terms, conditions and overall administration of such plans and arrangements.

 

7.

TERMINATION OF THE AGREEMENT

The Employment may be terminated as follows:

 

  (a)

Death. The Employment shall terminate upon the Executive’s death.

 

  (b)

Disability. The Employment shall terminate if the Executive has a disability, including any physical or mental impairment which, as reasonably determined by the Board, renders the Executive unable to perform the essential functions of his/her position at the Company, even with reasonable accommodation that does not impose an undue burden on the Company, for more than 180 days in any 12-month period, unless a longer period is required by applicable law, in which case that longer period shall apply.

 

  (c)

Cause. The Company may terminate the Executive’s employment hereunder for Cause. The occurrence of any of the following, as reasonably determined by the Company, shall be a reason for Cause, provided that, if the Company determines that the circumstances constituting Cause are curable, then such circumstances shall not constitute Cause unless and until the Executive has been informed by the Company of the existence of Cause and given an opportunity of ten business days to cure, and such Cause remains uncured at the end of such ten-day period:

 

  (1)

continued failure by the Executive to satisfactorily perform his/her duties;

 

  (2)

willful misconduct or gross negligence by the Executive in the performance of his/her duties hereunder, including insubordination;

 

  (3)

the Executive’s conviction or entry of a guilty or nolo contendere plea of any felony or any misdemeanor involving moral turpitude;

 

  (4)

the Executive’s commission of any act involving dishonesty that results in material financial, reputational or other harm, monetary or otherwise, to any member of the Group, including but not limited to an act constituting misappropriation or embezzlement of the property of any member of the Group as determined in good faith by the Board; or

 

3


  (5)

any material breach by the Executive of this Agreement.

 

  (d)

Good Reason. The Executive may terminate his/her employment hereunder for “Good Reason” upon the occurrence, without the written consent of the Company, of an event constituting a material breach of this Agreement by the Company that has not been fully cured within ten business days after written notice thereof has been given by the Executive to the Company setting forth in sufficient detail the conduct or activities the Executive believes constitute grounds for Good Reason, including but not limited to:

 

  (1)

the failure by the Company to pay to the Executive any portion of the Executive’s current compensation or to pay to the Executive any portion of an installment of deferred compensation under any deferred compensation program of the Company, within 20 business days of the date such compensation is due; or

 

  (2)

any material breach by the Company of this Agreement.

 

  (e)

Without Cause by the Company; Without Good Reason by the Executive. The Company may terminate the Executive’s employment hereunder at any time without Cause upon 60-day prior written notice to the Executive. The Executive may terminate the Executive’s employment voluntarily for any reason or no reason at any time by giving 60-day prior written notice to the Company.

 

  (f)

Notice of Termination. Any termination of the Executive’s employment under the Agreement shall be communicated by written notice of termination (“Notice of Termination”) from the terminating party to the other party. The notice of termination shall indicate the specific provision(s) of the Agreement relied upon in effecting the termination.

 

  (g)

Date of Termination. The “Date of Termination” shall mean (i) the date set forth in the Notice of Termination, or (ii) if the Executive’s employment is terminated by the Executive’s death, the date of his/her death.

 

  (h)

Compensation upon Termination.

 

  (1)

Death. If the Executive’s employment is terminated by reason of the Executive’s death, the Company shall have no further obligations to the Executive under this Agreement and the Executive’s benefits shall be determined under the Company’s retirement, insurance and other benefit and compensation plans or programs then in effect in accordance with the terms of such plans and programs.

 

4


  (2)

By Company without Cause or by the Executive for Good Reason. If the Executive’s employment is terminated by the Company other than for Cause or by the Executive for Good Reason, the Company shall (i) continue to pay and otherwise provide to the Executive, during any notice period, all compensation, base salary and previously earned but unpaid incentive compensation, if any, and shall continue to allow the Executive to participate in any benefit plans in accordance with the terms of such plans during such notice period; and (ii) pay to the Executive, in lieu of benefits under any severance plan or policy of the Company, any such amount as may be agreed between the Company and the Executive.

 

  (3)

By Company for Cause or by the Executive other than for Good Reason. If the Executive’s employment shall be terminated by the Company for Cause or by the Executive other than for Good Reason, the Company shall pay the Executive his/her base salary at the rate in effect at the time Notice of Termination is given through the Date of Termination, and the Company shall have no additional obligations to the Executive under this Agreement.

 

  (i)

Return of Company Property. The Executive agrees that following the termination of the Executive’s employment for any reason, or at any time prior to the Executive’s termination upon the request of the Company, he/she shall return all property of the Group that is then in or thereafter comes into his/her possession, including, but not limited to, any Confidential Information (as defined below) or Intellectual Property (as defined below), or any other documents, contracts, agreements, plans, photographs, projections, books, notes, records, electronically stored data and all copies, excerpts or summaries of the foregoing, as well as any automobile or other materials or equipment supplied by the Group to the Executive, if any.

 

  (j)

Requirement for a Release. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company’s obligations to pay or provide any benefits shall (1) cease as of the date the Executive breaches any of the provisions of Sections 8, 9 and 11 hereof, and (2) be conditioned on the Executive signing the Company’s customary release of claims in favor of the Group and the expiration of any revocation period provided for in such release.

 

5


8.

CONFIDENTIALITY AND NONDISCLOSURE

 

  (a)

Confidentiality and Non-Disclosure.

 

  (1)

The Executive acknowledges and agrees that: (A) the Executive holds a position of trust and confidence with the Company and that his/her employment by the Company will require that the Executive have access to and knowledge of valuable and sensitive information, material, and devices relating to the Company and/or its business, activities, products, services, customers and vendors, including, but not limited to, the following, regardless of the form in which the same is accessed, maintained or stored: the identity of the Company’s actual and prospective customers and, as applicable, their representatives; prior, current or future research or development activities of the Company; the products and services provided or offered by the Company to customers or potential customers and the manner in which such services are performed or to be performed; the product and/or service needs of actual or prospective customers; pricing and cost information; information concerning the development, engineering, design, specifications, acquisition or disposition of products and/or services of the Company; user base personal data, programs, software and source codes, licensing information, personnel information, advertising client information, vendor information, marketing plans and techniques, forecasts, and other trade secrets (“Confidential Information”); and (B) the direct and indirect disclosure of any such Confidential Information would place the Company at a competitive disadvantage and would do damage, monetary or otherwise, to the Company’s business.

 

  (2)

During the Term and at all times thereafter, the Executive shall not, directly or indirectly, whether individually, as a director, stockholder, owner, partner, employee, consultant, principal or agent of any business, or in any other capacity, publish or make known, disclose, furnish, reproduce, make available, or utilize any of the Confidential Information without the prior express written approval of the Company, other than in the proper performance of the duties contemplated herein, unless and until such Confidential Information is or shall become general public knowledge through no fault of the Executive.

 

  (3)

In the event that the Executive is required by law to disclose any Confidential Information, the Executive agrees to give the Company prompt advance written notice thereof and to provide the Company with reasonable assistance in obtaining an order to protect the Confidential Information from public disclosure.

 

  (4)

The failure to mark any Confidential Information as confidential shall not affect its status as Confidential Information under this Agreement.

 

6


  (c)

Third Party Information in the Executive’s Possession. The Executive agrees that he/she shall not, during the Term, (i) improperly use or disclose any proprietary information or trade secrets of any former employer or other person or entity with which the Executive has an agreement or duty to keep in confidence information acquired by Executive, if any, or (ii) bring into the premises of Company any document or confidential or proprietary information belonging to such former employer, person or entity unless consented to in writing by such former employer, person or entity. The Executive will indemnify the Company and hold it harmless from and against all claims, liabilities, damages and expenses, including reasonable attorneys’ fees and costs of litigation, arising out of or in connection with any violation of the foregoing.

 

  (d)

Third Party Information in the Company’s Possession. The Executive recognizes that the Company may have received, and in the future may receive, from third parties their confidential or proprietary information subject to a duty on the Company’s part to maintain the confidentiality of such information and to use it only for certain limited purposes. The Executive agrees that the Executive owes the Company and such third parties, during the Term and thereafter, a duty to hold all such confidential or proprietary information in strict confidence and not to disclose such information to any person or firm, or otherwise use such information, in a manner inconsistent with the limited purposes permitted by the Company’s agreement with such third party.

This Section 8 shall survive the termination of the Agreement for any reason. In the event the Executive breaches this Section 8, the Company shall have right to seek remedies permissible under applicable law.

 

9.

INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY

 

  (a)

Prior Inventions. The Executive has attached hereto, as Schedule B, a list describing all inventions, ideas, improvements, designs and discoveries, whether or not patentable and whether or not reduced to practice, original works of authorship and trade secrets made or conceived by or belonging to the Executive (whether made solely by the Executive or jointly with others) that (i) were developed by Executive prior to the Executive’s employment by the Company (collectively, “Prior Inventions”), (ii) relate to the Company’ actual or proposed business, products or research and development, and (iii) are not assigned to the Company hereunder; or, if no such list is attached, the Executive represents that there are no such Prior Inventions. Except to the extent set forth in Schedule B, the Executive hereby acknowledges that, if in the course of his/her service for the Company, the Executive incorporates into a Company product, process or machine a Prior Invention owned by the Executive or in which he/she has an interest, the Company is hereby granted and shall have a nonexclusive, royalty-free, irrevocable, perpetual, worldwide right and license (which may be freely transferred by the Company to any other person or entity) to make, have made, modify, use, sell, sublicense and otherwise distribute such Prior Invention as part of or in connection with such product, process or machine.

 

7


  (b)

Assignment of Intellectual Property. The Executive hereby assigns to the Company or its designees, without further consideration and free and clear of any lien or encumbrance, the Executive’s entire right, title and interest (within the United States and all foreign jurisdictions) to any and all inventions, discoveries, improvements, developments, works of authorship, concepts, ideas, plans, specifications, software, formulas, databases, designees, processes and contributions to Confidential Information created, conceived, developed or reduced to practice by the Executive (alone or with others) during the Term which (i) are related to the Company’s current or anticipated business, activities, products, or services, (ii) result from any work performed by Executive for the Company, or (iii) are created, conceived, developed or reduced to practice with the use of Company property, including any and all Intellectual Property Rights (as defined below) therein (“Work Product”). Any Work Product which falls within the definition of “work made for hire”, as such term is defined in the U.S. Copyright Act, shall be considered a “work made for hire”, the copyright in which vests initially and exclusively in the Company. The Executive waives any rights to be attributed as the author of any Work Product and any “droit morale” (moral rights) in Work Product. The Executive agrees to immediately disclose to the Company all Work Product. For purposes of this Agreement, “Intellectual Property” shall mean any patent, copyright, trademark or service mark, trade secret, or any other proprietary rights protection legally available.

 

  (c)

Patent and Copyright Registration. The Executive agrees to execute and deliver any instruments or documents and to do all other things reasonably requested by the Company in order to more fully vest the Company with all ownership rights in the Work Product. If any Work Product is deemed by the Company to be patentable or otherwise registrable, the Executive shall assist the Company (at the Company’s expense) in obtaining letters of patent or other applicable registration therein and shall execute all documents and do all things, including testifying (at the Company’s expense) as necessary or appropriate to apply for, prosecute, obtain, or enforce any Intellectual Property right relating to any Work Product. Should the Company be unable to secure the Executive’s signature on any document deemed necessary to accomplish the foregoing, whether due to the Executive’s disability or other reason, the Executive hereby irrevocably designates and appoints the Company and each of its duly authorized officers and agents as the Executive’s agent and attorney-in-fact to act for and on the Executive’s behalf and stead to take any of the actions required of Executive under the previous sentence, with the same effect as if executed and delivered by the Executive, such appointment being coupled with an interest.

This Section 9 shall survive the termination of the Agreement for any reason. In the event the Executive breaches this Section 9, the Company shall have right to seek remedies permissible under applicable law.

 

10.

CONFLICTING EMPLOYMENT

The Executive hereby agrees that, during the Term, he/she will not engage in any other employment, occupation, consulting or other business activity related to the business in which the Company is now involved or becomes involved during the Term, nor will the Executive engage in any other activities that conflict with his/her obligations to the Company without the prior written consent of the Company.

 

8


11.

NON-COMPETITION AND NON-SOLICITATION

 

  (a)

Non-Competition. In consideration of the compensation provided to the Executive by the Company hereunder, the adequacy of which is hereby acknowledged by the parties hereto, the Executive agree that during the Term and for a period of one year following the termination of the Employment for whatever reason, the Executive shall not engage in Competition (as defined below) with the Group. For purposes of this Agreement, “Competition” by the Executive shall mean the Executive’s engaging in, or otherwise directly or indirectly being employed by or acting as a consultant or lender to, or being a director, officer, employee, principal, agent, stockholder, member, owner or partner of, or permitting the Executive’s name to be used in connection with the activities of, any other business or organization which competes, directly or indirectly, with the Group in the Business; provided, however, it shall not be a violation of this Section 11(a) for the Executive to become the registered or beneficial owner of up to five percent (5%) of any class of the capital stock of a publicly traded corporation in Competition with the Group, provided that the Executive does not otherwise participate in the business of such corporation.

For purposes of this Agreement, “Business” means the operation of retail credit facilitation and wealth management businesses and provision of related services and any other business which the Group engages in, or is preparing to become engaged in, during the Term.

 

  (b)

Non-Solicitation; Non-Interference. During the Term and for a period of one year following the termination of the Executive’s employment for any reason, the Executive agrees that he/she will not, directly or indirectly, for the Executive’s benefit or for the benefit of any other person or entity, do any of the following:

 

  (1)

solicit from any customer doing business with the Group during the Term business of the same or of a similar nature to the Business;

 

  (2)

solicit from any known potential customer of the Group business of the same or of a similar nature to that which has been the subject of a known written or oral bid, offer or proposal by the Group, or of substantial preparation with a view to making such a bid, proposal or offer;

 

  (3)

solicit the employment or services of, or hire or engage, any person who is known to be employed or engaged by the Group; or

 

  (4)

otherwise interfere with the business or accounts of the Group, including, but not limited to, with respect to any relationship or agreement between the Group and any vendor or supplier.

 

9


  (c)

Injunctive Relief; Indemnity of Company. The Executive agrees that any breach or threatened breach of subsections (a) and (b) of this Section 11 would result in irreparable injury and damage to the Company for which an award of money to the Company would not be an adequate remedy. The Executive therefore also agrees that in the event of said breach or any reasonable threat of breach, the Company shall be entitled to seek an immediate injunction and restraining order to prevent such breach and/or threatened breach and/or continued breach by the Executive and/or any and all persons and/or entities acting for and/or with the Executive. The terms of this paragraph shall not prevent the Company from pursuing any other available remedies for any breach or threatened breach hereof, including, but not limited to, remedies available under this Agreement and the recovery of damages. The Executive and the Company further agree that the provisions of this Section 11 are reasonable. The Executive agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the Company from and against all reasonable expenses (including reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel) which may be incurred by the Company in connection with, or arising out of, any violation of this Agreement by the Executive. This Section 11 shall survive the termination of the Agreement for any reason.

 

12.

WITHHOLDING TAXES

Notwithstanding anything else herein to the contrary, the Company may withhold (or cause there to be withheld, as the case may be) from any amounts otherwise due or payable under or pursuant to the Agreement such national, state, provincial, local or any other income, employment, or other taxes as may be required to be withheld pursuant to any applicable law or regulation.

 

13.

ASSIGNMENT

The Agreement is personal in its nature and neither of the parties hereto shall, without the consent of the other, assign or transfer the Agreement or any rights or obligations hereunder; provided, however, that the Company may assign or transfer the Agreement or any rights or obligations hereunder to any member of the Group without such consent. If the Executive should die while any amounts would still be payable to the Executive hereunder if the Executive had continued to live, all such amounts unless otherwise provided herein shall be paid in accordance with the terms of this Agreement to the Executive’s devisee, legatee, or other designee or, if there be no such designee, to the Executive’s estate. The Company will require any and all successors (whether direct or indirect, by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise) to all or substantially all of the business and/or assets of the Company to expressly assume and agree to perform this Agreement in the same manner and to the same extent that the Company would be required to perform it if no such succession had taken place. Failure of the Company to obtain such assumption and agreement prior to the effectiveness of any such succession shall be a breach of this Agreement and shall entitle the Executive to compensation from the Company in the same amount and on the same terms as the Executive would be entitled to hereunder if the Company had terminated the Executive’s employment other than for Cause, except that for purposes of implementing the foregoing, the date on which any such succession becomes effective shall be deemed the Date of Termination. As used in this Section 13, “Company” shall mean the Company as herein before defined and any successor to its business and/or assets as aforesaid which executes and delivers the agreement provided for in this Section 13 or which otherwise becomes bound by all the terms and provisions of this Agreement by operation of law.

 

10


14.

SEVERABILITY

If any provision of the Agreement or the application thereof is held invalid, the invalidity shall not affect other provisions or applications of the Agreement which can be given effect without the invalid provisions or applications and to this end the provisions of the Agreement are declared to be severable.

 

15.

ENTIRE AGREEMENT

The Agreement constitutes the entire agreement and understanding between the Executive and the Company regarding the terms of the Employment and supersedes all prior or contemporaneous oral or written agreements concerning such subject matter. The Executive acknowledges that he/she has not entered into the Agreement in reliance upon any representation, warranty or undertaking which is not set forth in the Agreement.

 

16.

GOVERNING LAW

The Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the law of the State of New York, U.S.A.

 

17.

AMENDMENT

The Agreement may not be amended, modified or changed (in whole or in part), except by a formal, definitive written agreement expressly referring to the Agreement, which agreement is executed by both of the parties hereto.

 

18.

WAIVER

Neither the failure nor any delay on the part of a party to exercise any right, remedy, power or privilege under the Agreement shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall any single or partial exercise of any right, remedy, power or privilege preclude any other or further exercise of the same or of any right, remedy, power or privilege, nor shall any waiver of any right, remedy, power or privilege with respect to any occurrence be construed as a waiver of such right, remedy, power or privilege with respect to any other occurrence. No waiver shall be effective unless it is in writing and is signed by the party asserted to have granted such waiver.

 

19.

NOTICES

All notices, requests, demands and other communications required or permitted under the Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given and made if (i) delivered by hand, (ii) otherwise delivered against receipt therefor, (iii) sent by a recognized courier with next-day or second-day delivery to the last known address of the other party; or (iv) sent by e-mail with confirmation of receipt.

 

11


20.

COUNTERPARTS

The Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original as against any party whose signature appears thereon, and all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument. The Agreement shall become binding when one or more counterparts hereof, individually or taken together, shall bear the signatures of all of the parties reflected hereon as the signatories. Photographic copies of such signed counterparts may be used in lieu of the originals for any purpose.

 

21.

NO INTERPRETATION AGAINST DRAFTER

Each party recognizes that the Agreement is a legally binding contract and acknowledges that such party has had the opportunity to consult with legal counsel of choice. In any construction of the terms of the Agreement, the same shall not be construed against either party on the basis of that party being the drafter of such terms.

[Remainder of the page intentionally left blank.]

 

12


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Agreement has been executed as of the date first written above.

 

COMPANY:   Lufax Holding Ltd
  a Cayman Islands exempted company
  By:  

    

  Name:  
  Title:  
EXECUTIVE:    
 

 

  Name:  
  Address:


Schedule A

Cash Compensation

 

    

Amount

  

Pay Period

Base Salary      
Cash Bonus      


Schedule B

List of Prior Inventions

 

Title

 

Date

 

Identifying Number

or Brief Description

 

______ No inventions or improvements

 

______ Additional Sheets Attached

 

Signature of Executive: ________________

 

Print Name of Executive: _______________

 

Date: ____________

Exhibit 10.6

Exclusive Asset Option Agreement

This Exclusive Asset Option Agreement (this “Agreement”) is executed by and among the following Parties as of 23 March 2015 in Shanghai, China:

Shanghai Huiyuan Management Consulting Company Limited, a limited liability company organized and existing under the laws of PRC, with its address at Room 202-1, No. 13, 1502 Lane, Luoshan Road, Pudong District, Shanghai (“Party A”).

Xinjiang Tongjun Equity Investment Limited Partnership, a limited partnership enterprise organized and existing under the laws of PRC, with its address at No. 46, 4/F, No. 21 Xiamen Road, Economic and Technological Development Zone, Urumqi (“XJTJ”).

Linzhi Jinsheng Investment Management Limited Partnership, a limited partnership enterprise organized and existing under the laws of PRC, with its address at Room 301, 3/F, Price Bureau, Gongbujiangda County, Linzhi District, Tibet (“LZJS”).

Shanghai Lanbang Investment Limited Liability Company, a limited liability company organized and existing under the laws of PRC, with its address at Room 1002N, No. 2277 Longyang Road, Pudong District, Shanghai (“SHLB”).

Shenzhen Ping An Financial Technology Consulting Co., Ltd, a limited liability company organized and existing under the laws of PRC, with its address at 4/F, Pingan Building, Baguasan Road, Bagualing, Futian District, Shenzhen (“PAFT”).

XJTJ, LZJS, SHLB and PAFT shall be referred to as an “Onshore Shareholder” respectively, and they shall be collectively referred to as “Party B”.

Shanghai Xiongguo Corporation Management Co., Ltd., a limited liability company organized and existing under the laws of PRC, with its address at 1106-B, 60 Mudan Road, Pudong District, Shanghai (“Party C”).

In this Agreement, each of Party A, an Onshore Shareholder and Party C shall be referred to as a “Party” respectively, and they shall be collectively referred to as the “Parties”.

Whereas:

Each Onshore Shareholder is a registered shareholder of Party C, and they together hold 100% of the equity interests in Party C with their respective shareholding as follows:

 

XJTJ

     29.55

LZJS

     2.17

SHLB

     18.29

PAFT

     49.99

Party C intends to grant Party A an irrevocable and exclusive right to purchase all the assets then held by Party C; and

Each Onshore Shareholder agrees to render all necessary cooperation to the exercise of the Assets Purchase Option (as defined below) by Party A.

Now therefore, upon mutual discussion and negotiation, the Parties have reached the following agreement:


1.

SALE AND PURCHASE OF ASSETS

 

1.1

Option Granted

Party C hereby irrevocably and unconditionally grants Party A an irrevocable and exclusive right to purchase, or designate one or more persons (each, a “Designee”) to purchase the assets then held by Party C once or at multiple times at any time in part or in whole at Party A’s sole and absolute discretion to the extent permitted by Chinese laws and at the price described in Section 1.3 herein (such right being the “Assets Purchase Option”). Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement and to the extent permitted by PRC laws and regulations, Party A shall be entitled to absolute discretion over the time, manner and times to exercise the Option. Except for Party A and the Designee(s), no other person shall be entitled to the Assets Purchase Option or other rights with respect to the assets of Party C. Each Onshore Shareholder hereby agrees to the grant by Party C of the Assets Option to Party A. The term “person” as used herein shall refer to individuals, corporations, partnerships, partners, enterprises, trusts or non-corporate organizations.

 

1.2

Steps for Exercise of Assets Purchase Option

Subject to the provisions of the laws and regulations of China, Party A may exercise the Assets Purchase Option by issuing a written notice to Party C (the “Assets Purchase Option Notice”), specifying: (a) Party A’s decision to exercise the Assets Purchase Option; (b) the portion of assets to be purchased from Party C (the “Optioned Assets”); and (c) the date for purchasing the Optioned Assets and/or the date for transfer of the Optioned Assets.

 

1.3

Assets Purchase Price and Its Payment

Unless an appraisal is required by the laws of China applicable to the Assets Purchase Option when exercised by Party A, the purchase price of the Optioned Assets (the “Assets Purchase Price”) shall be the lowest price permitted under PRC law. After necessary withholding and paying of tax monies according to the applicable laws of China (if applicable), the Assets Purchase Price will be wired by Party A in RMB currency at spot exchange rate to the bank account(s) designated by Party C within two months after the Optioned Assets are officially transferred to Party A and Party A executes the relevant asset receipt note. The Assets Purchase Price shall be returned in full to Party A or its designee(s) within one month upon Party C’s receipt of it.

 

1.4

Transfer of Optioned Assets

For each exercise of the Assets Purchase Option:

 

  1.4.1

Party C shall promptly convene a shareholders’ meeting, at which a resolution shall be adopted approving Party C’s transfer of the Optioned Assets to Party A and/or the Designee(s). Each Onshore Shareholder shall render all necessary cooperation to the adoption of the resolution;

 

  1.4.2

Party C shall execute an asset transfer agreement (in the form attached hereto as the Appendix) with respect to each transfer with Party A and/or each Designee (whichever is applicable), in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement and the Assets Purchase Option Notice regarding the Optioned Assets;

 

  1.4.3

Each Onshore Shareholder and Party C shall execute all other necessary contracts, agreements or documents, obtain or assist Party A to obtain all necessary government licenses, permits and registrations (if applicable) and take all necessary actions to transfer valid ownership of the Optioned Assets to Party A and/or the Designee(s), unencumbered by any security interests, and cause Party A and/or the
Designee(s) to become the registered owner(s) of the Optioned Assets (if applicable). For the purpose of this Section and this Agreement, “security interests” shall include securities, mortgages, third party’s rights or interests, any acquisition right, right of first refusal, right to offset, ownership retention or other security arrangements, but shall be deemed to exclude any security interest arising from this Agreement.

 

2


2.

COVENANTS

 

2.1

Covenants regarding Party B and Party C

Each Onshore Shareholder (as a shareholder of Party C) and Party C hereby jointly and severally covenant as follows:

 

  2.1.1

Without the prior written consent of Party A, they shall not in any manner supplement, change or amend the articles of association and bylaws of Party C, increase or decrease its registered capital, or change its structure of registered capital in other manners;

 

  2.1.2

They shall maintain Party C’s corporate existence in accordance with good financial and business standards and practices by prudently and effectively operating its business and handling its affairs, and to cause Party C to perform its obligations under the Exclusive Business Cooperation Agreement; “Exclusive Business Cooperation Agreement” in this Section and Agreement refers to the exclusive business cooperation agreement executed by Party A and Party C on the execution date of this Agreement, under which Party A provides relevant business support, technical and consulting service to Party C;

 

  2.1.3

Without the prior written consent of Party A, they shall not at any time following the date hereof, sell, transfer, mortgage or dispose of in any manner any assets of Party C or legal or beneficial interest in the business or revenues of Party C, or allow the encumbrance thereon of any security interest, other than those necessary in the ordinary course of business;

 

  2.1.4

Without the prior written consent of Party A, Party C shall not incur, inherit, guarantee or suffer the existence of any debt, except for (i) debts incurred in the ordinary course of business other than through loans; and (ii) debts disclosed to Party A for which Party A’s written consent has been obtained;

 

  2.1.5

They shall always operate all of Party C’s assets during the ordinary course of business to maintain the asset value of Party C and refrain from any action/omission that may affect Party C’s asset value;

 

  2.1.6

They shall provide Party A with information on the status and value of Party C’s assets at Party A’s request;

 

  2.1.7

Without the prior written consent of Party A, they shall not cause Party C to execute any major contract, except the contracts in the ordinary course of business (for purpose of this subsection, a contract with a value exceeding RMB 100,000 shall be deemed a major contract);

 

  2.1.8

Without the prior written consent of Party A, they shall not cause Party C to provide any person with any loan or credit or guarantee in any form;

 

  2.1.9

If requested by Party A, they shall procure and maintain insurance in respect of Party C’s assets from an insurance carrier acceptable to Party A, at an amount and type of coverage typical for companies that operate the businesses similar to those operated by Party C;

 

  2.1.10

Without the prior written consent of Party A, they shall not cause or permit Party C to merge, consolidate with, acquire or invest in any person, and/or cause or permit Party C to sell assets with a value higher than RMB 100,000;

 

  2.1.11

They shall immediately notify Party A of the occurrence or possible occurrence of any litigation, arbitration or administrative proceedings relating to Party C’s assets, business or revenue and any circumstances that may adversely affects Party C’s existence, business operation, financials, assets or goodwill, and shall promptly take all actions acceptable by Party A to exclude such adverse circumstances or take effective remedies therefor;

 

3


  2.1.12

To maintain the ownership by Party C of all of its assets, they shall execute all necessary or appropriate documents, take all necessary or appropriate actions and file all necessary or appropriate complaints or raise necessary and appropriate defenses against all claims.

 

  2.1.13

Without the prior written consent of Party A, they shall ensure that Party C shall not in any manner distribute dividends to its shareholders, provided that upon Party A’s written request, Party C shall immediately distribute all distributable profits to its shareholders; and

 

  2.1.14

At the request of Party A, they shall appoint any persons designated by Party A as directors of Party C or replace any existing director(s) of Party C.

 

2.2

Covenants of Party B

Each Onshore Shareholder hereby jointly and severally covenants as follows:

 

  2.2.1

Each Onshore Shareholder shall cause the shareholders’ meeting or the board of directors of Party C to vote their approval of the transfer of the Optioned Assets as set forth in this Agreement and to take any and all other actions that may be requested by Party A; and

 

  2.2.2

Each Onshore Shareholder shall strictly abide by the provisions of this Agreement and other contracts jointly or separately executed by and among it with Party C and Party A, perform the obligations hereunder and thereunder, and refrain from any action/omission that may affect the effectiveness and enforceability thereof.

 

  2.2.3

Each Onshore Shareholder shall cause the shareholders’ meeting or the board of directors of Party C to vote against any matter that requires the prior written consent of Party A according to this Agreement which have not been obtained.

 

3.

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

Each Onshore Shareholder and Party C hereby represent and warrant to Party A, jointly and severally, as of the date of this Agreement and each date of transfer of the Optioned Assets, that:

 

3.1

They have the authority to execute and deliver this Agreement and any asset transfer agreement with respect to the Optioned Assets to which they are a party (each, a “Transfer Agreement”), and to perform their obligations under this Agreement and any Transfer Agreement. Party C agrees to enter into Transfer Agreements consistent with the terms of the Appendix of this Agreement upon Party A’s exercise of the Assets Purchase Option. This Agreement and the Transfer Agreements to which they are a party constitute or will constitute their legal, valid and binding obligations and shall be enforceable against them in accordance with the provisions thereof;

 

3.2

The execution and delivery of this Agreement or any Transfer Agreement and the obligations under this Agreement or any Transfer Agreement shall not: (i) cause any violation of any applicable laws of China; (ii) be inconsistent with the articles of association, bylaws or other organizational documents of Party C; (iii) cause the violation of any contracts or instruments to which they are a party or which are binding on them, or constitute any breach under any contracts or instruments to which they are a party or which are binding on them; (iv) cause any violation of any condition for the grant and/or continued effectiveness of any licenses or permits issued to either of them; or (v) cause the suspension or revocation of or imposition of additional conditions to any licenses or permits issued to either of them;

 

4


3.3

Party C has a good and merchantable title to all of its assets, and except for this Agreement, Party C has not placed any security interest on the aforementioned assets;

 

3.4

Party C does not have any outstanding debts, except for (i) debt incurred in the ordinary course of business; and (ii) debts disclosed to Party A for which Party A’s written consent has been obtained;

 

3.5

Party C has complied with all laws and regulations of China; and

 

3.6

There are no pending or threatened litigation, arbitration or administrative proceedings relating to the assets of Party C or Party C.

 

4.

EFFECTIVENESS AND TERM

This Agreement is executed on the date first above written and shall take effect as of such date. Unless earlier terminated in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement or relevant agreements separately executed among the Parties, the term of this Agreement shall be 10 years. Upon the expiration of the term, unless Party A determines not to extend the term and notifies Party B and Party C in writing of such determination within 30 days prior to the expiration of the term, the term shall be extended for unlimited times, with an extended term of 5 years each time.

 

5.

GOVERNING LAW, RESOLUTION OF DISPUTES AND CHANGE IN LAWS

 

5.1

The execution, effectiveness, construction, performance, amendment and termination of this Agreement and the resolution of disputes hereunder shall be governed by the formally published and publicly available laws of China. Matters not covered by formally published and publicly available laws of China shall be governed by international legal principles and practices.

 

5.2

In the event of any dispute with respect to the construction and performance of this Agreement, the Parties shall first resolve the dispute through friendly negotiations. In the event the Parties fail to reach an agreement on the dispute within 30 days after either Party’s request to the other Parties for resolution of the dispute through negotiations, either Party may submit the relevant dispute to the China International Economic and Trade Arbitration Commission (“CIETAC”) for arbitration, in accordance with its then effective arbitration rules. The arbitration shall be conducted in Shanghai, and the language used in arbitration shall be Chinese. The arbitration award shall be final and binding on all Parties.

 

5.3

Upon the occurrence of any disputes arising from the construction and performance of this Agreement or during the pending arbitration of any dispute, except for the matters under dispute, the Parties to this Agreement shall continue to exercise their respective rights under this Agreement and perform their respective obligations under this Agreement.

 

5.4

In case of promulgation or any change to or in any Chinese law, regulation or rule, or any change to or in the interpretation or application of the same anytime after execution of this Agreement, the following agreement shall apply: (a) if any Party would enjoy more benefits under any changed or new law than under the relevant law, regulation or rule in effect at the date of this Agreement, without any material adverse effect upon the other Parties, the Parties shall promptly apply for such benefits brought by the changed or new law. The Parties shall make best efforts to procure the approval of such application; and (b) if the aforementioned law change or promulgation causes any direct or indirect material adverse effect to either Party, this Agreement shall be implemented in its original terms and conditions. However, the Parties shall try all lawful means to procure exemption from compliance with such changed or new law provisions. In the event such adverse effect on the economic interest of either Party is unable to be resolved pursuant to this Agreement, the affected Party may give notice to the other Parties, and the Parties shall hold prompt discussion and make all necessary amendments to this Agreement so as to maintain the economic benefits otherwise enjoyed by the affected Party.

 

5


5.5

Subject to PRC laws, the arbitration tribunal may award remedies over the shares or land assets of Party C, injunctive relief (including but not limited to matters of business or compel the transfer of assets) or award the winding-up of Party C. Any party shall have the right to apply for enforcement of arbitration awards to the court with jurisdiction after the arbitration awards come into force. Subject to PRC laws, the courts of Hong Kong and China also have jurisdiction for the enforcement of the arbitration awards and the interim remedies against the shares or land assets of Party.

 

6.

TAXES AND FEES

Each Party shall pay any and all transfer and registration tax, expenses and fees incurred thereby or levied thereon in accordance with the laws of China in connection with the preparation and execution of this Agreement and the Transfer Agreements, as well as the consummation of the transactions contemplated under this Agreement and the Transfer Agreements.

 

7.

NOTICES

 

7.1

All notices and other communications required or permitted to be given pursuant to this Agreement shall be delivered personally or sent by registered mail, postage prepaid, by a commercial courier service or by facsimile transmission to the address of such Party set forth below. A confirmation copy of each notice shall also be sent by email. The dates on which notices shall be deemed to have been effectively given shall be determined as follows:

 

  7.1.1

Notices given by personal delivery, by courier service or by registered mail, postage prepaid, shall be deemed effectively given on the date of delivery or refusal at the address specified for notices.

 

  7.1.2

Notices given by facsimile transmission shall be deemed effectively given on the date of successful transmission (as evidenced by an automatically generated confirmation of transmission).

 

7.2

For the purpose of notices, the addresses of the Parties are as follows:

 

Party A:    Shanghai Huiyuan Management Consulting Company Limited
Address:    [***]
Attn:    [***]
XJTJ:   
Address:    [***]
Attn:    [***]
LZJS:   
Address:    [***]
Attn:    [***]
SHLB:   
Address:    [***]
Attn:    [***]
PAFT:   
Address:    [***]
Attn:    [***]
Party C:    Shanghai Xiongguo Corporation Management Co., Ltd
Address:    [***]
Attn:    [***]

 

6


7.3

Any Party may at any time change its address for notices by a notice delivered to the other Parties in accordance with the terms hereof.

 

8.

CONFIDENTIALITY

The Parties acknowledge that any oral or written information exchanged among them with respect to this Agreement is confidential information. Each Party shall maintain the confidentiality of all such information, and without obtaining the written consent of other Parties, it shall not disclose any relevant information to any third parties, except in the following circumstances: (a) such information is or will be in the public domain (provided that this is not the result of a public disclosure by the receiving Party); (b) information disclosed as required by applicable laws or rules or regulations of any stock exchange; or (c) information required to be disclosed by any Party to its legal counsel or financial advisor regarding the transaction contemplated hereunder, and such legal counsel or financial advisor are also bound by confidentiality duties similar to the duties in this Section. Disclosure of any confidential information by the staff members or agency hired by any Party shall be deemed disclosure of such confidential information by such Party, which Party shall be held liable for breach of this Agreement. This Section shall survive the termination of this Agreement for any reason.

 

9.

FURTHER WARRANTIES

The Parties agree to promptly execute documents that are reasonably required for or are conducive to the implementation of the provisions and purposes of this Agreement and take further actions that are reasonably required for or are conducive to the implementation of the provisions and purposes of this Agreement.

 

10.

MISCELLANEOUS

 

10.1

Amendment, change and supplement

 

  10.1.1

Any amendment, change and supplement to this Agreement shall require the execution of a written agreement by all of the Parties.

 

  10.1.2

If The Stock Exchange of Hong Kong Limited (“SEHK”) or any other relevant regulatory authority or stock exchange requests any amendment to this Agreement or if there is any change to the Rules Governing the Listing of Securities on the SEHK or any other relevant stock exchange rules that is relevant to the terms of this Agreement, the Parties shall make corresponding changes to the terms of this Agreement.

 

10.2

Entire agreement

Except for the amendments, supplements or changes in writing executed after the execution of this Agreement, this Agreement shall constitute the entire agreement reached by and among the Parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof, and shall supersede all prior oral and written consultations, representations and contracts reached with respect to the subject matter of this Agreement. The Appendix of this Agreement constitutes a part hereof, and has the same legal effects as this Agreement.

 

10.3

Headings

The headings of this Agreement are for convenience only, and shall not be used to interpret, explain or otherwise affect the meanings of the provisions of this Agreement.

 

7


10.4

Language

This Agreement is written in both Chinese and English language in six (6) copies, each Party having one (1) copy and Party A keeping the remaining copies with equal legal validity; in case there is any conflict between the Chinese version and the English version, the Chinese version shall prevail.

 

10.5

Severability

In the event that one or several of the provisions of this Agreement are found to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any aspect in accordance with any laws or regulations, the validity, legality or enforceability of the remaining provisions of this Agreement shall not be affected or compromised in any respect. The Parties shall strive in good faith to replace such invalid, illegal or unenforceable provisions with effective provisions that accomplish to the greatest extent permitted by law and the intentions of the Parties, and the economic effect of such effective provisions shall be as close as possible to the economic effect of those invalid, illegal or unenforceable provisions.

 

10.6

Successors

This Agreement shall be binding on the respective successors of the Parties and the permitted assigns of such Parties.

 

10.7

Survival

 

  10.7.1

Any obligations that occur or that are due as a result of this Agreement upon the expiration or early termination of this Agreement shall survive the expiration or early termination thereof.

 

  10.7.2

The provisions, of Sections 5, 7 and this Section 10.7 shall survive the termination of this Agreement.

 

10.8

Assignment

Without Party A’s prior written consent, each Onshore Shareholder or Party C shall not assign its rights and obligations under this Agreement to any third party.

Each Onshore Shareholder and Party C agree that Party A may assign its obligations and rights under this Agreement to any third party upon a prior written notice to Party B and Party C but without the consent of any Onshore Shareholder or Party C.

 

10.9

Liabilities for Breach of Agreement

Should any Party fails to perform this Agreement, such breaching Party shall pay all damages suffered by the other Parties.

With respect to the obligations under this Agreement, each Onshore Shareholder shall take joint and several liabilities among themselves, and so between each Onshore Shareholder and Party C.

Unless where the law clearly states otherwise, neither Party B nor Party C has the right to terminate this Agreement against Party A’s breach.

 

10.10

Waivers

Any Party may waive the terms and conditions of this Agreement, provided that such a waiver must be provided in writing and shall require the signatures of the Parties. No waiver by any Party in certain circumstances with respect to a breach by other Parties shall operate as a waiver by such a Party with respect to any similar breach in other circumstances.

[The space below is intentionally left blank.]

 

8


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties have caused their authorized representatives to execute this Exclusive Asset Option Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

Party A:
Shanghai Huiyuan Management Consulting Company Limited
By:  

/s/ Gibb Gregory Dean

  Name: Gibb Gregory Dean
  Title: Legal Representative

 

[Signature Page to Exclusive Asset Option Agreement]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties have caused their authorized representatives to execute this Exclusive Asset Option Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

Party B:
Xinjiang Tongjun Equity Investment Limited Partnership
By:  

/s/ Shi Liang Xun

  Name: Shi Liang Xun
  Title: Legal Representative
Shenzhen Ping An Financial Technology Consulting Co., Ltd
By:  

/s/ Zhou Ting Yuan

  Name: Zhou Ting Yuan
  Title: Legal Representative
Linzhi Jinsheng Investment Management Limited Partnership
By:  

/s/ Yang Xue Lian

  Name: Yang Xue Lian
  Title: Authorized Representative
Shanghai Lanbang Investment Limited Liability Company
By:  

/s/ Shi Jing Kui

  Name: Shi Jing Kui
  Title: Authorized Representative

 

[Signature Page to Exclusive Asset Option Agreement]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties have caused their authorized representatives to execute this Exclusive Asset Option Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

Party C:
Shanghai Xiongguo Corporation Management Co., Ltd.
By:   /s/ Gibb Gregory Dean
  Name: Gibb Gregory Dean
  Title: Legal Representative

 

[Signature Page to Exclusive Asset Option Agreement]


Appendix

Form of Asset Transfer Agreement

Exhibit 10.7

Exclusive Equity Interest Option Agreement

This Exclusive Equity Interest Option Agreement (this “Agreement”) is executed by and among the following Parties as of 23 March 2015 in Shanghai, China:

Shanghai Huiyuan Management Consulting Company Limited, a limited liability company organized and existing under the laws of PRC, with its address at Room 202-1, No. 13, 1502 Lane, Luoshan Road, Pudong District, Shanghai (“Party A”).

Xinjiang Tongjun Equity Investment Limited Partnership, a limited partnership enterprise organized and existing under the laws of PRC, with its address at No. 46, 4/F, No. 21 Xiamen Road, Economic and Technological Development Zone, Urumqi (“XJTJ”).

Linzhi Jinsheng Investment Management Limited Partnership, a limited partnership enterprise organized and existing under the laws of PRC, with its address at Room 301, 3/F, Price Bureau, Gongbujiangda County, Linzhi District, Tibet (“LZJS”).

Shanghai Lanbang Investment Limited Liability Company, a limited liability company organized and existing under the laws of PRC, with its address at Room 1002N, No. 2277 Longyang Road, Pudong District, Shanghai (“SHLB”).

Shenzhen Ping An Financial Technology Consulting Co., Ltd, a limited liability company organized and existing under the laws of PRC, with its address at 4/F, Pingan Building, Baguasan Road, Bagualing, Futian District, Shenzhen (“PAFT”).

XJTJ, LZJS, SHLB and PAFT shall be referred to as an “Onshore Shareholder” respectively, and they shall be collectively referred to as “Party B”.

Shanghai Xiongguo Corporation Management Co., Ltd., a limited liability company organized and existing under the laws of PRC, with its address at 1106-B, 60 Mudan Road, Pudong District, Shanghai (“Party C”).

In this Agreement, each of Party A, an Onshore Shareholder and Party C shall be referred to as a “Party” respectively, and they shall be collectively referred to as the “Parties”.

Whereas:

Each Onshore Shareholder is a registered shareholder of Party C, and they together hold 100% of the equity interests in Party C with their respective shareholding as follows:

 

XJTJ

     29.55

LZJS

     2.17

SHLB

     18.29

PAFT

     49.99

Each Onshore Shareholder intends to independently grant Party A an irrevocable and exclusive right to purchase all or part of the equity interests in Party C then held by it; and

Party C agrees to render all necessary cooperation to the exercise of the Equity Interest Purchase Option (as defined below) by Party A.

Now therefore, upon mutual discussion and negotiation, the Parties have reached the following agreement:


1.

SALE AND PURCHASE OF EQUITY INTEREST

 

1.1

Option Granted

Each Onshore Shareholder hereby irrevocably and unconditionally grants Party A an irrevocable and exclusive right to purchase, or designate one or more persons (each, a “Designee”) to purchase the equity interests in Party C then held by it once or at multiple times at any time in part or in whole at Party A’s sole and absolute discretion to the extent permitted by Chinese laws and at the price described in Section 1.3 herein (such right being the “Equity Interest Purchase Option”). Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement and to the extent permitted by PRC laws and regulations, Party A shall be entitled to absolute discretion over the time, manner and times to exercise the Option. Except for Party A and the Designee(s), no other person shall be entitled to the Equity Interest Purchase Option or other rights with respect to the equity interests of Party C held by any Onshore Shareholder. Party C hereby agrees to the grant by each Onshore Shareholder of the Equity Interest Purchase Option to Party A. The term “person” as used herein shall refer to individuals, corporations, partnerships, partners, enterprises, trusts or non-corporate organizations.

On the date of the execution of this Agreement, the Onshore Shareholders shall deliver to Party A:

 

  (a)

two undated duly executed Transfer Agreement in a form and substance satisfactory to Party A and/or substantially in the form set out the Appendix; and

 

  (b)

all other documents as required by and satisfactory to Party A in order to effect a valid transfer of any Optioned Interests.

 

1.2

Steps for Exercise of Equity Interest Purchase Option

Subject to the provisions of the laws and regulations of China, Party A may exercise the Equity Interest Purchase Option by issuing a written notice to Party B (the “Equity Interest Purchase Option Notice”), specifying: (a) Party A’s decision to exercise the Equity Interest Purchase Option and the Onshore Shareholders subject to the Option (each, a “Transfer Shareholder”); (b) the total equity interests to be purchased (the “Optioned Interests”) and the portion of equity interests to be purchased from each Transfer Shareholder; and (c) the date for purchasing the Optioned Interests and/or the date for transfer of the Optioned Interests.

 

1.3

Equity Interest Purchase Price and Its Payment

Unless an appraisal is required by the laws of China applicable to the Equity Interest Purchase Option when exercised by Party A, the purchase price of the Optioned Interests (the “Equity Interest Purchase Price”) shall be the lowest price permitted under PRC law. After necessary withholding and paying of tax monies according to the applicable laws of China (if applicable), the Equity Interest Purchase Price will be wired by Party A or its designee(s) in RMB currency at spot exchange rate to the bank account(s) designated by each Transfer Shareholder within two months after the date on which the Optioned Interests are officially transferred to Party A or its designee(s) (i.e. a new Enterprise Business License of Party C is issued). The Equity Interest Purchase Price shall be repaid in full to Party A or its designee(s) within one month upon Party C’s receipt of it.

 

1.4

Transfer of Optioned Interests

For each exercise of the Equity Interest Purchase Option:

 

  1.4.1

Each Onshore Shareholder shall cause Party C to promptly convene a shareholders’ meeting, at which a resolution shall be adopted approving each Transfer Shareholder’s transfer of the Optioned Interests to Party A and/or the Designee(s);

 

  1.4.2

Party A shall have the right to effect the transfer of any and all of the Optioned Interests into its name or the name(s) of its Designee(s) and/or without liability on the part of Party A in the event of loss, act in all respects as the beneficial owner of the Optioned Interests.

 

2


  1.4.3

Notwithstanding the foregoing, each Onshore Shareholder and Party C shall execute all other necessary contracts, agreements or documents (including without limitation the Articles of Association of the company), obtain all necessary government licenses and permits (including without limitation the Business License of the company) and take all necessary actions to transfer valid ownership of the Optioned Interests to Party A and/or the Designee(s), unencumbered by any security interests, and cause Party A and/or the Designee(s) to become the registered owner(s) of the Optioned Interests. For the purpose of this Section and this Agreement, “security interests” shall include securities, mortgages, third party’s rights or interests, any stock options, acquisition right, right of first refusal, right to offset, ownership retention or other security arrangements, but shall be deemed to exclude any security interest created by this Agreement and Party B’s Share Pledge Agreement. “Party B’s Share Pledge Agreement” as used in this Section and this Agreement shall refer to the relevant Share Pledge Agreement executed by and among each Onshore Shareholder, Party C and Party A as of the date hereof, under which each Onshore Shareholder pledges all of its equity interests in Party C in favor of Party A.

 

2.

COVENANTS

 

2.1

Covenants regarding Party B and Party C

Each Onshore Shareholder (as a shareholder of Party C) and Party C hereby jointly and severally covenant as follows:

 

  2.1.1

Without the prior written consent of Party A, they shall not in any manner supplement, change or amend the articles of association and bylaws of Party C, increase or decrease its registered capital, or change its structure of registered capital in other manners;

 

  2.1.2

They shall maintain Party C’s corporate existence in accordance with good financial and business standards and practices by prudently and effectively operating its business and handling its affairs, and to cause Party C to perform its obligations under the Exclusive Business Cooperation Agreement; “Exclusive Business Cooperation Agreement” in this Section and Agreement refers to the exclusive business cooperation agreement executed by Party A and Party C on the execution date of this Agreement, under which Party A provides relevant business support, technical and consulting service to Party C;

 

  2.1.3

Without the prior written consent of Party A, they shall not at any time following the date hereof, sell, transfer, mortgage or dispose of in any manner any assets of Party C or legal or beneficial interest in the business or revenues of Party C, or allow the encumbrance thereon of any security interest, other than those necessary in the ordinary course of business;

 

  2.1.4

After mandatory liquidation described in Section 3.7 below, each Onshore Shareholder will remit in full to Party A any residual interest it receives or cause it to happen in compliance with law. If such transfer is prohibited by the laws of PRC, each Onshore Shareholder will remit the proceeds to Party A or its designated person(s) in a manner permitted under the laws of PRC;

 

  2.1.5

Without the prior written consent of Party A, Party C shall not incur, inherit, guarantee or suffer the existence of any debt, except for (i) debts incurred in the ordinary course of business other than through loans; and (ii) debts disclosed to Party A for which Party A’s written consent has been obtained;

 

  2.1.6

They shall always operate all of Party C’s businesses during the ordinary course of business to maintain the asset value of Party C and refrain from any action/omission that may affect Party C’s operating status and asset value;

 

3


  2.1.7

Without the prior written consent of Party A, they shall not cause Party C to execute any major contract, except the contracts in the ordinary course of business (for purpose of this subsection, a contract with a value exceeding RMB 100,000 shall be deemed a major contract);

 

  2.1.8

Without the prior written consent of Party A, they shall not cause Party C to provide any person with any loan or credit or guarantee in any form;

 

  2.1.9

They shall provide Party A with information on Party Cs business operations and financial condition at Party A’s request;

 

  2.1.10

If requested by Party A, they shall procure and maintain insurance in respect of Party C’s assets and business from an insurance carrier acceptable to Party A, at an amount and type of coverage typical for companies that operate the businesses similar to those operated by Party C;

 

  2.1.11

Without the prior written consent of Party A, they shall not cause or permit Party C to merge, consolidate with, acquire or invest in any person, and/or cause or permit Party C to sell assets with a value higher than RMB 100,000;

 

  2.1.12

They shall immediately notify Party A of the occurrence or possible occurrence of any litigation, arbitration or administrative proceedings relating to Party C’s assets, business or revenue and any circumstances that may adversely affects Party C’s existence, business operation, financials, assets or goodwill, and shall promptly take all actions acceptable by Party A to exclude such adverse circumstances or take effective remedies therefor;

 

  2.1.13

To maintain the ownership by Party C of all of its assets, they shall execute all necessary or appropriate documents, take all necessary or appropriate actions and file all necessary or appropriate complaints or raise necessary and appropriate defenses against all claims;

 

  2.1.14

Without the prior written consent of Party A, they shall ensure that Party C shall not in any manner distribute dividends to its shareholders, provided that upon Party A’s written request, Party C shall immediately distribute all distributable profits to its shareholders; and

 

  2.1.15

At the request of Party A, they shall appoint any persons designated by Party A as directors of Party C or replace any existing director(s) of Party C.

 

2.2

Covenants of Party B

Each Onshore Shareholder hereby jointly and severally covenants as follows:

 

  2.2.1

Without the prior written consent of Party A, each Onshore Shareholder shall not sell, transfer, mortgage or dispose of in any other manner any legal or beneficial interest in the equity interests in Party C held by it, or allow the encumbrance thereon of any security interest, except for the pledge placed on these equity interests in accordance with Party B’s Share Pledge Agreement;

 

  2.2.2

Each Onshore Shareholder shall not put forward, or vote in favor of, any shareholder resolution to, or otherwise request Party C to, issue any dividends or other distributions with respect to its equity interest in Party C; provided, however, in the event that any Onshore Shareholder receives any profit, distribution or dividend from Party C, it shall, as permitted under the laws of PRC and in the interest of Party C, immediately pay or transfer such profit, distribution or dividend to Party A or to any party designated by Party A as service fees under the Exclusive Business Cooperation Agreement payable by Party C to Party A;

 

4


  2.2.3

Each Onshore Shareholder shall cause the shareholders’ meeting and/or the board of directors of Party C not to approve the sale, transfer, mortgage or disposition in any other manner of any legal or beneficial interest in the equity interests in Party C held by it, or allow the encumbrance thereon of any security interest, without the prior written consent of Party A, except for the pledge placed on these equity interests in accordance with Party B’s Share Pledge Agreement;

 

  2.2.4

Each Onshore Shareholder shall cause the shareholders’ meeting or the board of directors of Party C not to approve Party C’s merger or consolidation with any person, or the acquisition of or investment in any person, or other matters that require the prior written consent of Party A under this Agreement, without the prior written consent of Party A;

 

  2.2.5

Each Onshore Shareholder shall immediately notify Party A of the occurrence or possible occurrence of any litigation, arbitration or administrative proceedings relating to the equity interests in Party C held by it;

 

  2.2.6

Each Onshore Shareholder shall cause the shareholders’ meeting or the board of directors of Party C to vote their approval of the transfer of the Optioned Interests as set forth in this Agreement and to take any and all other actions that may be requested by Party A;

 

  2.2.7

To maintain Party B’s ownership in Party C, each Onshore Shareholder shall execute all necessary or appropriate documents, take all necessary or appropriate actions and file all necessary or appropriate complaints or raise necessary and appropriate defenses against all claims;

 

  2.2.8

Each Onshore Shareholder shall appoint any designee of Party A as director of Party C, at the request of Party A;

 

  2.2.9

At the request of Party A at any time, each Onshore Shareholder shall promptly and unconditionally transfer its equity interests in Party C to Party A or its Designee(s) in accordance with the Equity Interest Purchase Option under this Agreement, and it hereby waives its right of first refusal to the share transfer by any of the other existing shareholders of Party C (if any);

 

  2.2.10

Each Onshore Shareholder shall strictly abide by the provisions of this Agreement and other contracts jointly or separately executed by and among it with Party C and Party A, perform the obligations hereunder and thereunder, and refrain from any action/omission that may affect the effectiveness and enforceability thereof. To the extent that any Onshore Shareholder has any remaining rights with respect to the equity interests under this Agreement, the Party B’s Share Pledge Agreement or the Voting Trust Agreement among the same parties hereto, it shall not exercise such rights except in accordance with the written instructions of Party A; and

 

  2.2.11

Each Onshore Shareholder agrees to pledge to Party A all the equity interest owned of Party C and execute relevant share pledge agreements.

 

3.

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

Each Onshore Shareholder and Party C hereby represent and warrant to Party A, jointly and severally, as of the date of this Agreement and each date of transfer of the Optioned Interests, that:

 

3.1

They have the authority to execute and deliver this Agreement and any equity interest transfer agreement with respect to the Optioned Interests to which they are a party (each, a “Transfer Agreement”), and to perform their obligations under this Agreement and any Transfer Agreement. Each Onshore Shareholder agrees to enter into Transfer Agreements consistent with the terms of the Appendix of this Agreement upon Party A’s exercise of the Equity Interest Purchase Option if requested by Party A. This Agreement and the Transfer Agreements to which they are a party constitute or will constitute their legal, valid and binding obligations and shall be enforceable against them in accordance with the provisions thereof.

 

5


3.2

On demand made by Party A at any time during the continuance of this Agreement, if each Onshore Shareholder has not already done so, they shall procure that the equity and such other equity interest transfer as Party A may stipulate in writing are transferred into the name of Party A and/or its nominee(s) who shall hold the equity upon and subject to the terms of this Agreement and such transfers are registered in the books of the company and relevant registration or filing with the competent industry and commerce authority is completed.

 

3.3

The execution and delivery of this Agreement or any Transfer Agreement and the obligations under this Agreement or any Transfer Agreement shall not: (i) cause any violation of any applicable laws of China; (ii) be inconsistent with the articles of association, bylaws or other organizational documents of Party C; (iii) cause the violation of any contracts or instruments to which they are a party or which are binding on them, or constitute any breach under any contracts or instruments to which they are a party or which are binding on them; (iv) cause any violation of any condition for the grant and/or continued effectiveness of any licenses or permits issued to either of them; or (v) cause the suspension or revocation of or imposition of additional conditions to any licenses or permits issued to either of them;

 

3.4

Each Onshore Shareholder has a good and merchantable title to the equity interests in Party C it holds. Except for this Agreement and Party B’s Share Pledge Agreement, each Onshore Shareholder has not placed any security interest on such equity interests;

 

3.5

Party C has a good and merchantable title to all of its assets, and except for the Exclusive Asset Option Agreement executed among Party A, Party B and Party C as of the date hereof, Party C has not placed any security interest on the aforementioned assets;

 

3.6

Party C does not have any outstanding debts, except for (i) debt incurred in the ordinary course of business; and (ii) debts disclosed to Party A for which Party A’s written consent has been obtained;

 

3.7

If the laws of PRC requires it to be dissolved or liquidated, Party C shall sell all of its assets to the extent permitted by the laws of PRC to Party A or another qualifying entity designated by Party A, at the lowest selling price permitted by applicable laws of PRC. Any obligation for Party A or the qualifying entity designated by Party A to pay Party C as a result of such transaction shall be forgiven by Party C or any proceeds from such transaction shall be paid to Party A or the qualifying entity designated by Party A in partial satisfaction of the service fees under the Exclusive Business Corporation Agreement, as applicable under then-current laws of PRC;

 

3.8

Party C has complied with all laws and regulations of China; and

 

3.9

There are no pending or threatened litigation, arbitration or administrative proceedings relating to the equity interests in Party C, assets of Party C or Party C.

 

4.

EFFECTIVENESS AND TERM

This Agreement is executed on the date first above written and shall take effect as of such date. Unless earlier terminated in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement or relevant agreements separately executed among the Parties, the term of this Agreement shall be 10 years. Upon the expiration of the term, unless Party A determines not to extend the term and notifies Party B and Party C in writing of such determination within 30 days prior to the expiration of the term, the term shall be extended for unlimited times, with an extended term of 5 years each time.

 

6


5.

GOVERNING LAW, RESOLUTION OF DISPUTES AND CHANGE IN LAWS

 

5.1

The execution, effectiveness, construction, performance, amendment and termination of this Agreement and the resolution of disputes hereunder shall be governed by the formally published and publicly available laws of China. Matters not covered by formally published and publicly available laws of China shall be governed by international legal principles and practices.

 

5.2

In the event of any dispute with respect to the construction and performance of this Agreement, the Parties shall first resolve the dispute through friendly negotiations. In the event the Parties fail to reach an agreement on the dispute within 30 days after either Party’s request to the other Parties for resolution of the dispute through negotiations, either Party may submit the relevant dispute to the China International Economic and Trade Arbitration Commission (“CIETAC”) for arbitration, in accordance with its then effective arbitration rules. The arbitration shall be conducted in Shanghai, and the language used in arbitration shall be Chinese. The arbitration award shall be final and binding on all Parties.

 

5.3

Upon the occurrence of any disputes arising from the construction and performance of this Agreement or during the pending arbitration of any dispute, except for the matters under dispute, the Parties to this Agreement shall continue to exercise their respective rights under this Agreement and perform their respective obligations under this Agreement.

 

5.4

In case of promulgation or any change to or in any Chinese law, regulation or rule, or any change to or in the interpretation or application of the same anytime after execution of this Agreement, the following agreement shall apply: (a) if any Party would enjoy more benefits under any changed or new law than under the relevant law, regulation or rule in effect at the date of this Agreement, without any material adverse effect upon the other Parties, the Parties shall promptly apply for such benefits brought by the changed or new law. The Parties shall make best efforts to procure the approval of such application; and (b) if the aforementioned law change or promulgation causes any direct or indirect material adverse effect to either Party, this Agreement shall be implemented in its original terms and conditions. However, the Parties shall try all lawful means to procure exemption from compliance with such changed or new law provisions. In the event such adverse effect on the economic interest of either Party is unable to be resolved pursuant to this Agreement, the affected Party may give notice to the other Parties, and the Parties shall hold prompt discussion and make all necessary amendments to this Agreement so as to maintain the economic benefits otherwise enjoyed by the affected Party.

 

5.5

Subject to PRC laws, the arbitration tribunal may award remedies over the shares or land assets of Party B, injunctive relief (including but not limited to matters of business or compel the transfer of assets) or award the winding-up of Party B. Any party shall have the right to apply for enforcement of arbitration awards to the court with jurisdiction after the arbitration awards come into force. Subject to PRC laws, the courts of Hong Kong and China also have jurisdiction for the enforcement of the arbitration awards and the interim remedies against the shares or land assets of Party B.

 

6.

TAXES AND FEES

Each Party shall pay any and all transfer and registration tax, expenses and fees incurred thereby or levied thereon in accordance with the laws of China in connection with the preparation and execution of this Agreement and the Transfer Agreements, as well as the consummation of the transactions contemplated under this Agreement and the Transfer Agreements.

 

7


7.

NOTICES

 

7.1

All notices and other communications required or permitted to be given pursuant to this Agreement shall be delivered personally or sent by registered mail, postage prepaid, by a commercial courier service or by facsimile transmission to the address of such Party set forth below. A confirmation copy of each notice shall also be sent by email. The dates on which notices shall be deemed to have been effectively given shall be determined as follows:

 

  7.1.1

Notices given by personal delivery, by courier service or by registered mail, postage prepaid, shall be deemed effectively given on the date of delivery or refusal at the address specified for notices.

 

  7.1.2

Notices given by facsimile transmission shall be deemed effectively given on the date of successful transmission (as evidenced by an automatically generated confirmation of transmission).

 

7.2

For the purpose of notices, the addresses of the Parties are as follows:

 

Party A:    Shanghai Huiyuan Management Consulting Company Limited
Address:    [***]
Attn:    [***]
XJTJ:   
Address:    [***]
Attn:    [***]
LZJS:   
Address:    [***]
Attn:    [***]
SHLB:   
Address:    [***]
Attn:    [***]
PAFT:   
Address:    [***]
Attn:    [***]
Party C:    Shanghai Xiongguo Corporation Management Co., Ltd.
Address:    [***]
Attn:    [***]

 

7.3

Any Party may at any time change its address for notices by a notice delivered to the other Parties in accordance with the terms hereof.

 

8.

CONFIDENTIALITY

The Parties acknowledge that any oral or written information exchanged among them with respect to this Agreement is confidential information. Each Party shall maintain the confidentiality of all such information, and without obtaining the written consent of other Parties, it shall not disclose any relevant information to any third parties, except in the following circumstances: (a) such information is or will be in the public domain (provided that this is not the result of a public disclosure by the receiving Party); (b) information disclosed as required by applicable laws or rules or regulations of any stock exchange; or (c) information required to be disclosed by any Party to its legal counsel or financial advisor regarding the transaction contemplated hereunder, and such legal counsel or financial advisor are also bound by confidentiality duties similar to the duties in this Section. Disclosure of any confidential information by the staff members or agency hired by any Party shall be deemed disclosure of such confidential information by such Party, which Party shall be held liable for breach of this Agreement. This Section shall survive the termination of this Agreement for any reason.

 

8


9.

FURTHER WARRANTIES

The Parties agree to promptly execute documents that are reasonably required for or are conducive to the implementation of the provisions and purposes of this Agreement and take further actions that are reasonably required for or are conducive to the implementation of the provisions and purposes of this Agreement.

 

10.

MISCELLANEOUS

 

10.1

Amendment, change and supplement

 

  10.1.1

Any amendment, change and supplement to this Agreement shall require the execution of a written agreement by all of the Parties.

 

  10.1.2

If The Stock Exchange of Hong Kong Limited (“SEHK”) or any other relevant regulatory authority or stock exchange requests any amendment to this Agreement or if there is any change to the Rules Governing the Listing of Securities on the SEHK or any other relevant stock exchange rules that is relevant to the terms of this Agreement, the Parties shall make corresponding changes to the terms of this Agreement.

 

10.2

Entire agreement

Except for the amendments, supplements or changes in writing executed after the execution of this Agreement, this Agreement shall constitute the entire agreement reached by and among the Parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof, and shall supersede all prior oral and written consultations, representations and contracts reached with respect to the subject matter of this Agreement. The Appendix of this Agreement constitutes a part hereof, and has the same legal effects as this Agreement.

 

10.3

Headings

The headings of this Agreement are for convenience only, and shall not be used to interpret, explain or otherwise affect the meanings of the provisions of this Agreement.

 

10.4

Language

This Agreement is written in both Chinese and English language in six (6) copies, each Party having one (1) copy and Party A keeping the remaining copies with equal legal validity; in case there is any conflict between the Chinese version and the English version, the Chinese version shall prevail.

 

10.5

Severability

In the event that one or several of the provisions of this Agreement are found to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any aspect in accordance with any laws or regulations, the validity, legality or enforceability of the remaining provisions of this Agreement shall not be affected or compromised in any respect. The Parties shall strive in good faith to replace such invalid, illegal or unenforceable provisions with effective provisions that accomplish to the greatest extent permitted by law and the intentions of the Parties, and the economic effect of such effective provisions shall be as close as possible to the economic effect of those invalid, illegal or unenforceable provisions.

 

10.6

Successors

This Agreement shall be binding on the respective successors of the Parties and the permitted assigns of such Parties.

 

9


10.7

Survival

 

  10.7.1

Any obligations that occur or that are due as a result of this Agreement upon the expiration or early termination of this Agreement shall survive the expiration or early termination thereof.

 

  10.7.2

The provisions of Sections 5, 7 and this Section 10.7 shall survive the termination of this Agreement.

 

10.8

Assignment

Without Party A’s prior written consent, each Onshore Shareholder or Party C shall not assign its rights and obligations under this Agreement to any third party.

Each Onshore Shareholder and Party C agree that Party A may assign its obligations and rights under this Agreement to any third party upon a prior written notice to Party B and Party C but without the consent of any Onshore Shareholder or Party C.

 

10.9

Liabilities for Breach of Agreement

Should any Party fails to perform this Agreement, such breaching Party shall pay all damages suffered by the other Parties.

With respect to the obligations under this Agreement, each Onshore Shareholder shall take joint and several liabilities among themselves, and so between each Onshore Shareholder and Party C.

Unless where the law clearly states otherwise, neither Party B nor Party C has the right to terminate this Agreement against Party A’s breach.

 

10.10

Waivers

Any Party may waive the terms and conditions of this Agreement, provided that such a waiver must be provided in writing and shall require the signatures of the Parties. No waiver by any Party in certain circumstances with respect to a breach by other Parties shall operate as a waiver by such a Party with respect to any similar breach in other circumstances.

[The space below is intentionally left blank.]

 

10


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties have caused their authorized representatives to execute this Exclusive Equity Interest Option Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

Party A:
Shanghai Huiyuan Management Consulting Company Limited
By:  

/s/ Gibb Gregory Dean

  Name:   Gibb Gregory Dean
  Title:   Legal Representative

 

[Signature Page to Exclusive Equity Interest Option Agreement]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties have caused their authorized representatives to execute this Exclusive Equity Interest Option Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

Party B:
Xinjiang Tongjun Equity Investment Limited Partnership
By:  

/s/ Shi Liang Xun

  Name: Shi Liang Xun
  Title: Legal Representative
Shenzhen Ping An Financial Technology Consulting Co., Ltd.
By:  

/s/ Zhou Ting Yuan

  Name: Zhou Ting Yuan
  Title: Legal Representative
Linzhi Jinsheng Investment Management Limited Partnership
By:  

/s/ Yang Xue Lian

  Name: Yang Xue Lian
  Title: Authorized Representative
Shanghai Lanbang Investment Limited Liability Company
By:  

/s/ Shi Jing Kui

  Name: Shi Jing Kui
  Title: Authorized Representative

 

[Signature Page to Exclusive Equity Interest Option Agreement]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties have caused their authorized representatives to execute this Exclusive Equity Interest Option Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

Party C:
Shanghai Xiongguo Corporation Management Co., Ltd.
By:  

/s/ Gibb Gregory Dean

  Name: Gibb Gregory Dean
  Title: Legal Representative

 

[Signature Page to Exclusive Equity Interest Option Agreement]


Appendix

Form of Equity Interest Transfer Agreement


Appendix

Form of Equity Interest Transfer Agreement


Appendix

Form of Equity Interest Transfer Agreement


Appendix

Form of Equity Interest Transfer Agreement

Exhibit 10.8

Exclusive Business Cooperation Agreement

This Exclusive Business Cooperation Agreement (this “Agreement”) is made and entered into by and between the following Parties on 23 March 2015 in Shanghai, China.

Shanghai Huiyuan Management Consulting Company Limited, a limited liability company organized and existing under the laws of PRC, with its address at Room 202-1, No. 13, 1502 Lane, Luoshan Road, Pudong District, Shanghai (“Party A”).

Shanghai Xiongguo Corporation Management Co., Ltd., a limited liability company organized and existing under the laws of PRC, with its address at 1106-B, 60 Mudan Road, Pudong District, Shanghai (“Party B”).

Each of Party A and Party B shall be hereinafter referred to as a “Party” respectively, and as the “Parties” collectively.

Whereas,

 

1.

Party A is a Wholly Foreign Owned Enterprise established in the People’s Republic of China (“China”), and has the necessary resources to provide technical services and business consulting services;

 

2.

Party B is a company with exclusively domestic capital registered in China;

 

3.

Party A is willing to provide Party B, on an exclusive basis, with technical, consulting and other services (the detailed scope set forth below) during the term of this Agreement, utilizing its own advantages in human resources, technology and information, and Party B is willing to accept such exclusive services provided by Party A or Party A’s designee(s), each on the terms set forth herein.

Now, therefore, through mutual discussion, Party A and Party B have reached the following agreements:

 

1.

Services Provided By Party A

 

  1.1

Party B hereby appoints Party A as Party B’s exclusive services provider to provide Party B with complete business support and technical and consulting services during the term of this Agreement, in accordance with the terms and conditions of this Agreement, which may include all or part of the services within the approved business scope of Party B as may be determined from time to time by Party A, including, but not limited to, technical services, network support, business consultations, equipment or leasing, marketing consultancy, system integration, product research and development, and system maintenance (“Service”).

 

  1.2

Party B agrees to accept all the consultations and services provided by Party A. Party B further agrees that unless with Party A’s prior written consent, during the term of this Agreement, Party B shall not accept any consultations and/or services provided by any third party and shall not cooperate with any third party regarding the matters contemplated by this Agreement. Party A may appoint other parties, who may enter into certain agreements described in Section 1.3 with Party B, to provide Party B with the consultations and/or services under this Agreement.

 

EXCLUSIVE BUSINESS COOPERATION AGREEMENT


  1.3

To ensure that the cash flow requirements of Party B’s ordinary operations are met and/or to set off any loss accrued during such operations, Party A may, only to the extent permissible under the laws of PRC, provide financing support for Party B, whether or not Party B actually incurs any such operational loss. Party A’s financing support for Party B and/or its any shareholder may take the form of bank entrustment loans or borrowings or other forms. Contracts for any such entrustment loans or borrowings or others shall be executed separately.

 

  1.4

Service Providing Methodology

 

  1.4.1

Party A and Party B agree that during the term of this Agreement, both Parties, directly or through their respective affiliates, may enter into further technical service agreements or consulting service agreements with the other Party or its affiliates, which shall provide the specific contents, manner, personnel, and fees for the specific technical services and consulting services.

 

  1.4.2

To fulfill this Agreement, Party A and Party B agree that during the term of this Agreement, both Parties, directly or through their respective affiliates, may enter into intellectual property (including, but not limited to, software, trademark, patent and know-how) license agreements with the other Party or its affiliates, which shall permit Party B to use Party A’s relevant intellectual property rights, at any time and from time to time based on the needs of the business of Party B.

 

  1.4.3

Party B acknowledges that Party A may, at its own discretion, subcontract to third parties all or part of the Services Party A provides to Party B under this Agreement.

 

2.

Calculation and Payment of the Service Fees, Financial Reports, Audit and Tax

 

  2.1

The Parties agree that, in consideration of the Services, Party B shall pay Party A service fees (the “Service Fees”). The Service Fees will be charged on an arm’s length basis and determined based on the nature of Services provided and the market circumstances. The Service Fees shall be due and payable on a quarterly basis up to the before tax income of Party B as determined based on China financial reporting standards minus relevant costs and reasonable expenses of Party B. During the term of this Agreement, Party A shall have the right to adjust the Service Fees at its sole discretion without the consent of Party B by giving Party B no less than 10 days’ prior written notice of such adjustment. Party B shall, within 7 days from the last day of each quarter, (a) deliver to Party A the management accounts and operating statistics of Party B for such quarter, including the before tax income of Party B during such quarter, and (b) pay the Service Fees to Party A upon request by Party A under various survey reports, plans, invoices or other written documents. After receipt of such management accounts and operating statistics, Party A may issue to Party B a corresponding service invoice. All payments shall be transferred into the bank accounts designated by Party A through remittance or in any other way acceptable by the Parties. The Parties agree that such payment instruction may be changed by a notice given by Party A to Party B from time to time.

 

EXCLUSIVE BUSINESS COOPERATION AGREEMENT

 

2


  2.2

Within ninety (90) days after the end of each fiscal year, Party B shall deliver to Party A audited financial statements of Party B for such fiscal year, which shall be audited and certified by an independent certified public accountant approved by Party A. If such audited financial statements show any shortfall of the before tax income of Party B as determined based on China financial reporting standards minus relevant costs and reasonable expenses of Party B for such fiscal year compared to the aggregate amount of the Service Fees paid by Party B to Party A in such fiscal year, upon written requests from Party A, Party B shall pay Party A an amount equal to such shortfall.

 

  2.3

The Parties agree that payment of the Services Fees shall not cause operational difficulty for any Party. For the purpose and in the spirit of the aforementioned principle, Party A may agree to a delay payment of Service Fees by Party B, or adjust the payment schedule under Section 2.1 and 2.2 by written notice upon mutual agreement of the Parties.

 

  2.4

Party B shall prepare its financial statements in satisfaction of Party A’s requirements and in accordance with law and commercial practices.

 

  2.5

Subject to a notice given by Party A 5 working days in advance, Party B shall allow Party A, Party A’s (direct or indirect) parent company, and/or its appointed auditor to carry out auditing activities on Party B, including reviewing, and making photocopies of, the relevant books and records of Party B at the principal office of Party B. Further, Party B shall provide Party A, Party A’s (direct or indirect) parent company, and/or its appointed auditor the information and materials in connection with the operation, businesses, clients, financials and employees of Party B, and agrees that Party A’s parent company may disclose such information and materials to meet the requirements of the local regulatory authorities where its shares are listed.

 

  2.6

Each of the Parties shall assume its own tax obligations in relation to performance of this Agreement.

 

3.

Intellectual Property Rights; Confidentiality Clauses; Non-competition

 

  3.1

Party A shall have exclusive and proprietary rights and interests in all rights, ownership, interests and intellectual properties arising out of or created during the performance of this Agreement, including, but not limited to, copyrights, patents, patent applications, trademarks, software, technical secrets, trade secrets and others, regardless of whether they have been developed by Party A or Party B.

 

EXCLUSIVE BUSINESS COOPERATION AGREEMENT

 

3


  3.2

The Parties acknowledge that any oral or written information exchanged between them with respect to this Agreement is confidential information. Each Party shall maintain the confidentiality of all such information, and without obtaining the written consent of the other Party, it shall not disclose any relevant information to any third parties, except in the following circumstances: (a) such information is or will be in the public domain (provided that this is not the result of a public disclosure by the receiving Party); (b) information disclosed as required by applicable laws or rules or regulations of any stock exchange; or (c) information required to be disclosed by any Party to its legal counsel or financial advisor regarding the transaction contemplated hereunder, and such legal counsel or financial advisor is also bound by confidentiality duties similar to the duties in this Section. Disclosure of any confidential information by the staff members or agencies hired by any Party shall be deemed disclosure of such confidential information by such Party, which Party shall be held liable for breach of this Agreement. This Section shall survive the termination of this Agreement for any reason.

 

  3.3

Party B shall not engage in any business activities other than those within the scope of its business license and business permit, whether directly or indirectly, or any businesses in China which compete with the businesses of Party A, whether directly or indirectly, or any other businesses beyond the scope approved in writing by Party A.

 

  3.4

The Parties agree that this Section shall survive changes to, and rescission or termination of, this Agreement.

 

4.

Representations and Warranties

 

  4.1

Party A hereby represents and warrants as follows:

 

  4.1.1

Party A is a company legally registered and validly existing in accordance with the laws of China.

 

  4.1.2

Party As execution and performance of this Agreement is within its corporate capacity and the scope of its business operations; Party A has taken necessary corporate actions and been given appropriate authorization and has obtained the consent and approval from third parties and government agencies, and will not violate any restrictions in law or otherwise binding or having an impact on Party A.

 

  4.1.3

This Agreement constitutes Party A’s legal, valid and binding obligations, and shall be enforceable against it.

 

EXCLUSIVE BUSINESS COOPERATION AGREEMENT

 

4


  4.2

Party B hereby represents and warrants as follows:

 

  4.2.1

Party B is a company legally registered and validly existing in accordance with the laws of China;

 

  4.2.2

Party B’s execution and performance of this Agreement is within its corporate capacity and the scope of its business operations; Party B has taken necessary corporate actions and given appropriate authorization and has obtained the consent and approval from third parties and government agencies, and will not violate any restrictions in law or otherwise binding or having an impact on Party B.

 

  4.2.3

This Agreement constitutes Party B’s legal, valid and binding obligations, and shall be enforceable against it.

 

  4.2.4

Party B shall maintain its good reputation and work diligently to maximize its income.

 

  4.2.5

Party B shall immediately notify Party A about any litigation that it is involved in or any other circumstances which may have adverse impacts on it and use best efforts to limit the losses.

 

5.

Effectiveness and Term

This Agreement is executed on the date first above written and shall take effect as of such date. Unless earlier terminated in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement or relevant agreements separately executed between the Parties, the term of this Agreement shall be 10 years. Upon the expiration of the term, unless Party A determines not to extend the term and notifies Party B in writing of such determination within 30 days prior to the expiration of the term, the term shall be extended for unlimited times, with an extended term of 5 years each time.

 

6.

Termination

 

  6.1

Unless renewed in accordance with the relevant terms of this Agreement, this Agreement shall be terminated upon the date of expiration hereof.

 

  6.2

During the term of this Agreement, (A) the Parties may early terminate this Agreement upon mutual agreement; (B) Party A may early terminate this Agreement by giving 30 days’ prior written notice to Party B at any time; and (C) Party B may not unilaterally terminate this Agreement prior to the expiration date.

 

  6.3

The rights and obligations of the Parties under Articles 3, 7 and 8 shall survive the termination of this Agreement.

 

  6.4

In case of early termination, for whatever reason, or due expiration of this Agreement, payment obligations of either Party outstanding as of the date of such termination or expiration, including without limitation with respect to the Service Fees, shall not be waived, nor shall any default liability accrued as of the termination of this Agreement be waived. The Service Fees accrued as of the termination of this Agreement shall be paid to Party A within 15 working days following the termination of this Agreement.

 

EXCLUSIVE BUSINESS COOPERATION AGREEMENT

 

5


7.

Governing Law, Resolution of Disputes and Change in Laws

 

  7.1

The execution, effectiveness, construction, performance, amendment and termination of this Agreement and the resolution of disputes hereunder shall be governed by the laws of China.

 

  7.2

In the event of any dispute with respect to the construction and performance of the provisions of this Agreement, the Parties shall negotiate in good faith to resolve the dispute. In the event the Parties fail to reach an agreement on the resolution of such a dispute within 30 days after any Party’s request for resolution of the dispute through negotiations, any Party may submit the relevant dispute to the China International Economic and Trade Arbitration Commission (“CIETAC”) for arbitration, in accordance with its then-effective arbitration rules. The arbitration shall be conducted in Shanghai, and the language used during arbitration shall be Chinese. The arbitration ruling shall be final and binding on both Parties.

 

  7.3

Upon the occurrence of any disputes arising from the construction and performance of this Agreement or during the pending arbitration of any dispute, except for the matters under dispute, the Parties to this Agreement shall continue to exercise their respective rights under this Agreement and perform their respective obligations under this Agreement.

 

  7.4

In case of promulgation or any change to or in any Chinese law, regulation or rule, or any change to or in the interpretation or application of the same anytime after execution of this Agreement, the following agreement shall apply: (a) if any Party would enjoy more benefits under any changed or new law than under the relevant law, regulation or rule in effect at the date of this Agreement, without any material adverse effect upon the other Party, the Parties shall promptly apply for such benefits brought by the changed or new law. The Parties shall make best efforts to procure the approval of such application; and (b) if the aforementioned law change or promulgation causes any direct or indirect material adverse effect to either Party, this Agreement shall be implemented in its original terms and conditions. However, the Parties shall try all lawful means to procure exemption from compliance with such changed or new law provisions. In the event such adverse effect on the economic interest of either Party is unable to be resolved pursuant to this Agreement, the affected Party may give notice to the other Party, and the Parties shall hold prompt discussion and make all necessary amendments to this Agreement so as to maintain the economic benefits otherwise enjoyed by the affected Party.

 

  7.5

Subject to PRC laws, the arbitration tribunal may award remedies over the shares or land assets of Party B, injunctive relief (including but not limited to matters of business or compel the transfer of assets) or award the winding-up of Party B. Any party shall have the right to apply for enforcement of arbitration awards to the court with jurisdiction after the arbitration awards come into force. Subject to PRC laws, the courts of Hong Kong and China also have jurisdiction for the enforcement of the arbitration awards and the interim remedies against the shares or land assets of Party B.

 

EXCLUSIVE BUSINESS COOPERATION AGREEMENT

 

6


8.

Indemnification

Party B shall indemnify and hold harmless Party A from any losses, injuries, obligations or expenses caused by any lawsuit, claims or other demands against Party A arising from or caused by the consultations and services provided by Party A at the request of Party B, except where such losses, injuries, obligations or expenses arise from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of Party A.

 

9.

Notices

 

  9.1

All notices and other communications required or permitted to be given pursuant to this Agreement shall be delivered personally or sent by registered mail, postage prepaid, by a commercial courier service or by facsimile transmission to the address of such Party set forth below. A confirmation copy of each notice shall also be sent by email. The dates on which notices shall be deemed to have been effectively given shall be determined as follows:

 

  9.1.1

Notices given by personal delivery, by courier service or by registered mail, postage prepaid, shall be deemed effectively given on the date of delivery or refusal at the address specified for notices.

 

  9.1.2

Notices given by facsimile transmission shall be deemed effectively given on the date of successful transmission (as evidenced by an automatically generated confirmation of transmission).

 

  9.2

For the purpose of notices, the addresses of the Parties are as follows:

 

Party A:    Shanghai Huiyuan Management Consulting Company Limited
Address:    [***]
Attn:    [***]
Party B:    Shanghai Xiongguo Corporation Management Co., Ltd.
Address:    [***]
Attn:    [***]

 

  9.3

Any Party may at any time change its address for notices by a notice delivered to the other Party in accordance with the terms hereof.

 

10.

Assignment

 

  10.1

Without Party A’s prior written consent, Party B shall not assign its rights and obligations under this Agreement to any third party.

 

EXCLUSIVE BUSINESS COOPERATION AGREEMENT

 

7


  10.2

Party B agrees that Party A may assign its obligations and rights under this Agreement to any third party upon a prior written notice to Party B but without the consent of Party B.

 

11.

Waiver; Accumulative Remedies

 

  11.1

No waiver by a Party of any breach or non-fulfilment by the other of any provisions of this Agreement will be deemed to be a waiver of any subsequent breach or non-fulfilment of that or any other provision hereunder, and no failure to exercise or delay in exercising any right or remedy under this Agreement will constitute a waiver of the relevant provision or provisions of this Agreement.

 

  11.2

No single or partial exercise of any right or remedy under this Agreement will preclude or restrict the further exercise of any such right or remedy. The rights and remedies of each Party provided in this Agreement are cumulative and not exclusive of any rights and remedies provided by law.

 

12.

Severability

In the event that one or several of the provisions of this Agreement are found to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any aspect in accordance with any laws or regulations, the validity, legality or enforceability of the remaining provisions of this Agreement shall not be affected or compromised in any aspect. The Parties shall strive in good faith to replace such invalid, illegal or unenforceable provisions with effective provisions that accomplish to the greatest extent permitted by law and the intentions of the Parties, and the economic effect of such effective provisions shall be as close as possible to the economic effect of those invalid, illegal or unenforceable provisions.

 

13.

Amendment, change and supplement

 

  13.1

Any amendment, change and supplement to this Agreement shall require the execution of a written agreement by the Parties.

 

  13.2

If The Stock Exchange of Hong Kong Limited (“SEHK”) or any other relevant regulatory authority or stock exchange requests any amendment to this Agreement or if there is any change to the Rules Governing the Listing of Securities on the SEHK or any other relevant stock exchange rules that is relevant to the terms of this Agreement, the Parties shall make corresponding changes to the terms of this Agreement.

 

14.

Survival

 

  14.1

Any obligations that occur or that are due as a result of this Agreement upon the expiration or early termination of this Agreement shall survive the expiration or early termination thereof.

 

  14.2

The provisions of Sections 7, 9 and this Section 14 shall survive the termination of this Agreement.

 

EXCLUSIVE BUSINESS COOPERATION AGREEMENT

 

8


15.

Miscellaneous

 

  15.1

This Agreement is written in both Chinese and English language in two copies, each Party having one copy and Party A keeping the remaining copies with equal legal validity; in case there is any conflict between the Chinese version and the English version, the Chinese version shall prevail.

 

  15.2

This Agreement is binding on the legitimate assigns and successors of both Parties.

 

  15.3

Except for the amendments, supplements or changes in writing executed after the execution of this Agreement, this Agreement shall constitute the entire agreement reached by and between the Parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof, and shall supersede all prior oral and written consultations, representations and contracts reached with respect to the subject matter of this Agreement.

[The space below is intentionally left blank.]

 

EXCLUSIVE BUSINESS COOPERATION AGREEMENT

 

9


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties have caused their authorized representatives to execute this Exclusive Business Cooperation Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

Party A:   Shanghai Huiyuan Management Consulting Company Limited
By:  

/s/ Gibb Gregory Dean

 
Name:   Gibb Gregory Dean  
Title:   Legal Representative  
Party B:   Shanghai Xiongguo Corporation Management Co., Ltd.
By:  

/s/ Gibb Gregory Dean

 
Name:   Gibb Gregory Dean  
Title:   Legal Representative  

 

SIGNATURE PAGE TO EXCLUSIVE

BUSINESS COOPERATION AGREEMENT

Exhibit 10.9

Share Pledge Agreement

This Share Pledge Agreement (this “Agreement”) has been executed by and among the following Parties on 23 March 2015 in Shanghai:

Shanghai Huiyuan Management Consulting Company Limited, a limited liability company organized and existing under the laws of PRC, with its address at Room 202-1, No. 13, 1502 Lane, Luoshan Road, Pudong District, Shanghai (“Pledgee”).

Xinjiang Tongjun Equity Investment Limited Partnership, a limited partnership enterprise organized and existing under the laws of PRC, with its address at No. 46, 4/F, No. 21 Xiamen Road, Economic and Technological Development Zone, Urumqi (“Pledgor”).

Shanghai Xiongguo Corporation Management Co., Ltd., a limited liability company organized and existing under the laws of PRC, with its address at 1106-B, 60 Mudan Road, Pudong District, Shanghai (“Company”).

In this Agreement, each of Pledgee, Pledgor and the Company shall be referred to as a “Party” respectively, and they shall be collectively referred to as the “Parties”.

Whereas,

 

1.

Pledgor is a limited partnership enterprise organized and validly existing under the laws of PRC, and holds approximately 29.55% of the equity interest in the Company. The Company is a limited liability company registered and validly existing in Shanghai, China. The Company acknowledges the respective rights and obligations of Pledgor and Pledgee under this Agreement, and agrees to provide any necessary assistance in registering the Pledge;

 

2.

Pledgee is a Wholly Foreign Owned Enterprise registered and validly existing in Shanghai, China. Pledgee, Pledgor and the Company have executed the Exclusive Equity Interest Option Agreement, Exclusive Asset Option Agreement and Voting Trust Agreement on 23 March 2015. The aforementioned Agreements shall be individually referred to as a “Cooperation Agreement” and together referred to as the “Cooperation Agreements”.

 

3.

Pledgor hereby agrees to pledge all of the equity interest it holds in the Company as security for the fulfillment of any and all obligations of Pledgor under the Cooperation Agreements.

 

1.

Definitions

Unless otherwise provided herein, the terms below shall have the following meanings:

 

1.1

Pledge” shall refer to the security interest granted by Pledgor to Pledgee pursuant to Article 2 of this Agreement, i.e., the right of Pledgee to be compensated on a preferential basis with the conversion, auction or sales price of the Equity Interest.

 

SHARE PLEDGE AGREEMENT


1.2

Equity Interest” shall refer to all of the equity interest lawfully now held and hereafter acquired by Pledgor in the Company.

 

1.3

Term of Pledge” shall refer to the term set forth in Section 3 of this Agreement.

 

1.4

Event of Default” shall refer to any of the circumstances set forth in Article 7 of this Agreement.

 

1.5

Notice of Default” shall refer to the notice issued by Pledgee in accordance with this Agreement declaring an Event of Default.

 

1.6

PRC” shall refer to the People’s Republic of China, which excludes for the purposes of this Agreement the Special Administrative Regions of Hong Kong and Macau and the Taiwan area.

 

1.7

Cooperation Agreements” shall have the meaning as ascribed to it under Whereas Section of this Agreement.

 

2.

The Pledge

 

2.1

As collateral security for the prompt and complete performance of any and all obligations of Pledgor under the Cooperation Agreements (collectively, the “Secured Obligations), Pledgor hereby pledges to Pledgee a first security interest in the approximately 29.55% equity interest of the Company owned by Pledgor (including the approximately 29.55% registered capital (amount of capital contribution) currently owned by Pledgor and all relevant equity interest thereto).

 

2.2

The Parties understand and agree that the monetary valuation arising from, relating to or in connection with the Secured Obligations shall be a variable and floating valuation until the Settlement Date (as defined below).

 

2.3

Upon the occurrence of any of the events below (each an “Event of Settlement), the Secured Obligations shall be fixed at a value of the sum of all Secured Obligations that are due, outstanding and payable to Pledgee on or immediately prior to the date of such occurrence (the “Fixed Obligations):

 

  (a)

(any Cooperation Agreement expires or is terminated pursuant to the stipulations thereunder;

 

  (b)

the occurrence of an Event of Default pursuant to Section 7 that is not resolved, which results in Pledgee serving a Notice of Default to Pledgor pursuant to Section 7.3;

 

  (c)

Pledgee reasonably determines (having made due enquiries) that Pledgor and/or the Company is insolvent or could potentially be made insolvent; or

 

  (d)

any other event that requires the settlement of the Secured Obligations in accordance with relevant laws of the PRC.

 

SHARE PLEDGE AGREEMENT

 

2


2.4

For the avoidance of doubt, the day of the occurrence of an Event of Settlement shall be the settlement date (the “Settlement Date”). On or after the Settlement Date, Pledgee shall be entitled, at the election of Pledgee, to enforce the Pledge in accordance with Section 8.

 

2.5

Pledgee is entitled to collect dividends or other distributions, if any, arising from the Equity Interest during the Term of Pledge.

 

3.

Term of Pledge

 

3.1

The Pledge shall become effective as of the date when the pledge of the Equity Interest is registered with the local administration of industry and commerce where the Company locates (the “Registration Authority). The Term of the Pledge (the “Term of Pledge) shall end when the last obligation secured by the Pledge is paid or fully fulfilled. The Parties agree that, promptly after the execution of this Agreement (but in no event later than 20 days from the execution date of this Agreement), Pledgor and Pledgee shall submit their application for pledge registration to the Registration Authority in accordance with the Measures on Share Pledge Registration with the Administration of Industry and Commerce. The Parties also agree that within fifteen (15) days after the Registration Authority officially accepts equity pledge application, Pledgor and the Company shall complete the pledge registration procedure, obtain the pledge registration notice and completely and accurately register the Pledge of Equity Interest on the Pledge Registration Book of the Registration Authority. The Company acknowledges the respective rights and obligations of Pledgor and Pledgee under this Agreement, and agrees to provide any necessary assistance in registering the Pledge.

 

3.2

During the Term of Pledge, in the event Pledgor fails to perform any of its obligations under the Cooperation Agreements, Pledgee shall have the right, but not the obligation, to dispose of the Pledge in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement.

 

4.

Custody of Records for Equity Interest subject to Pledge

 

4.1

During the Term of Pledge, Pledgor shall deliver to Pledgee’s custody the originals of the capital contribution certificate for the Equity Interest, the shareholders’ register containing the Pledge, and other documents reasonably requested by Pledgee (including without limitation the notice of registration of the Pledge issued by the Registration Authority) within one week from the date the Pledge is registered. Pledgee shall have custody of such items during the entire Term of Pledge.

 

5.

Representations and Warranties of Pledgor and the Company

Pledgor Represents and Warrants to Pledgee that:

 

5.1

Pledgor is the sole legal and beneficial owner of the Equity Interest. Except for being subject to other agreements entered into by Pledgor and Pledgee, Pledgor enjoys legal and complete ownership of the Equity Interest, free from any existing dispute over the ownership of the Equity Interest. Pledgor may dispose of any and all Equity Interest. Pledgor has the legitimate powers and capacity to enter into, and fulfill its legal obligations pursuant to this Agreement.

 

 

SHARE PLEDGE AGREEMENT

 

3

 


5.2

The Equity Interest may be pledged and transferred according to law, and Pledgor has the full rights and powers to pledge the Equity Interest in favor of Pledgee pursuant to this Agreement.

 

5.3

This Agreement, once properly executed by Pledgor, constitutes legal, valid and binding obligations of Pledgor.

 

5.4

All third-party consents, approvals, waivers, and authorizations, or any government approvals, permissions, exemptions, or any registrations or filings (if required by law) with any government authorities, necessary for the execution and performance of this Agreement and for the Pledge of the Equity Interest hereunder, have been obtained or completed and will remain fully effective within the term hereof.

 

5.5

The Pledge hereunder constitutes the first-priority security interests in the Equity Interest.

 

5.6

All the taxes and charges payable as a result of the receipt of the Equity Interest have been paid in full by Pledgor.

 

5.7

Pledgee shall have the right to dispose of and transfer the Equity Interest in accordance with the provisions set forth in this Agreement.

 

5.8

Except for the Cooperation Agreements, Pledgor has not placed any security interest or other encumbrance on the Equity Interest. There are no controversies over the ownership of the Equity Interest. The Equity Interest is not seized or subject to any other legal proceedings or similar threats, and is good for transfer and pledging according to applicable laws.

 

5.9

Pledgor’s execution of this Agreement and exercise of its rights under this Agreement (or fulfillment of its obligations under this Agreement) will not breach any laws, regulations, and agreements or contracts to which Pledgor is a party, or any promise Pledgor has made to any third parties.

 

5.10

All documents, materials, statements and certificates provided by Pledgor to Pledgee are accurate, true, complete and valid.

 

5.11

Pledgor hereby warrants to Pledgee that all the above representations and warrants will be true and correct and fully complied with under all circumstances before the contractual obligations have been fulfilled or the Secured Obligations have been repaid in full.

The Company Represents and Warrants to Pledgee that:

 

5.12

The Company is a limited liability company registered and validly existing under the laws of China. The Company has the qualification of an independent legal person, enjoys complete and independent legal status and the legal capacity to sign, deliver and fulfill this Agreement.

 

SHARE PLEDGE AGREEMENT

 

4


5.13

All the reports, documents and information provided by the Company to Pledgee before the effective date hereof, in connection with the Equity Interest or required by this Agreement, shall all be true and correct in all material aspects as of the effective date hereof. All the reports, documents and information provided by the Company to Pledgee after the effective date hereof, in connection with the Equity Interest or required by this Agreement, shall all be true and correct in all material aspects as of the date of provision.

 

5.14

Upon due execution of the Company, this Agreement constitute legal, effective and binding obligation on the Company.

 

5.15

The Company has the complete internal power and authorization to sign and deliver this Agreement and all other documents relating to the transactions contemplated under this Agreement. The Company has the complete power and authorization to complete the transactions contemplated under this Agreement.

 

5.16

Regarding the assets owned by the Company, there are no guarantee interests or any other encumbrance on property rights that are substantial and may impact Pledgee’s right and interests in the Equity Interest (including without limitation transfer of any of the Company’s intellectual properties or any assets with an a value equaling or over RMB 100,000, or any encumbrance on the ownership or right to use of such assets).

 

5.17

Without the prior written consent of Pledgee, the Company shall not incur, inherit, guarantee or suffer the existence of any debt, except for (i) debts incurred in the ordinary course of business other than through loans; and (ii) debts disclosed to Pledgee for which Pledgee’s written consent has been obtained;

 

5.18

The Company shall always operate all of its businesses during the ordinary course of business to maintain its asset value and refrain from any action/omission that may affect its operating status and asset value;

 

5.19

In any court or arbitration tribunal there are no pending (or, as far as the Company knows, threatening) litigation, arbitration or other legal proceedings against the Equity Interest, the Company or its assets, and in any governmental agencies or departments, there are no pending (or, as far as the Company knows, threatening) administrative proceedings or penalties against the Equity Interest, the Company or its assets, which may substantially or adversely impact the Company’s economic condition or Pledgor’s ability to fulfill its obligations and guarantee liabilities under this Agreement.

 

5.20

The Company hereby agrees that it is jointly and severally liable to Pledgee for all representations and warranties made by Pledgor under this Agreement.

 

5.21

The Company hereby warrants to Pledgee that, at any time and under any circumstances prior to complete fulfillment of the obligations under this Agreement or the Secured Obligations being fully repaid, the aforementioned representations and warranties are true and accurate and will be fully complied with.

 

SHARE PLEDGE AGREEMENT

 

5


6.

Covenants and Further Agreements of Pledgor and the Company

 

  

The covenants and further agreements of Pledgor are set forth below.

 

6.1

Pledgor hereby covenants to Pledgee, that during the term of this Agreement, Pledgor shall:

 

  6.1.1

not transfer (or agree to others’ transfer of) all or any part of the Equity Interest, place or permit the existence of any security interest or other encumbrance on property rights that may affect Pledgee’s rights and interests in the Equity Interest, without the prior written consent of Pledgee, except for the performance of the Cooperation Agreements;

 

  6.1.2

comply with the provisions of all laws and regulations applicable to the pledge of rights, and within 5 days of receipt of any notice, order or recommendation issued or prepared by relevant competent authorities (or any other relevant parties) regarding the Pledge, shall present the aforementioned notice, order or recommendation to Pledgee, and shall comply with the aforementioned notice, order or recommendation or submit objections and representations with respect to the aforementioned matters upon Pledgee’s reasonable request or upon consent of Pledgee;

 

  6.1.3

promptly notify Pledgee in writing of any event or notice received by Pledgor that may have an impact on Pledgee’s rights to the Equity Interest or any portion thereof, as well as any event or notice received by Pledgor that may have an impact on any guarantees and other obligations of Pledgor arising out of this Agreement, and, upon reasonable request of Pledgee, take all necessary actions to secure the rights and interest to which Pledgee is entitled in the Equity Interest.

 

6.2

Pledgor agrees that the rights acquired by Pledgee in accordance with this Agreement with respect to the Pledge shall not be interrupted or harmed by Pledgor or any heirs or representatives of Pledgor or any other persons through any legal proceedings.

 

6.3

To protect or perfect the security interest granted by this Agreement for fulfillment of the obligations under the Cooperation Agreements, Pledgor hereby undertakes to execute in good faith and to cause other parties who have an interest in the Pledge to execute all certificates, agreements, deeds and/or covenants required by Pledgee. Pledgor also undertakes to perform and to cause other parties who have an interest in the Pledge to perform actions required by Pledgee, to facilitate the exercise by Pledgee of its rights and authority granted thereto by this Agreement, and to enter into all relevant documents regarding ownership of Equity Interest with Pledgee or designee(s) of Pledgee (natural/legal persons). Pledgor undertakes to provide Pledgee within a reasonable time with all notices, orders and decisions regarding the Pledge that are required by Pledgee.

 

6.4

Pledgor hereby undertakes to comply with and perform all guarantees, promises, agreements, representations and conditions under this Agreement. In the event of failure or partial performance of its guarantees, promises, agreements, representations and conditions, Pledgor shall indemnify Pledgee for all losses resulting therefrom.

 

SHARE PLEDGE AGREEMENT

 

6


6.5

If the Equity Interest pledged under this Agreement is, for any reason, subject to mandatory measures imposed by the court of law or other governmental departments, Pledgor shall try its best to release such mandatory measures imposed by the court of law or other governmental departments, including without limitation providing to the Sham Pledge Agreement court of law other kinds of security or other measures.

 

6.6

If there is a possibility that the value of the Equity Interest will be decreased and such decrease is sufficient to harm the rights and interests of Pledgee, Pledgee may request Pledgor to provide additional collateral or security. If Pledgor refuses to provide such security, Pledgee may, at any time, sell the Equity Interest or put it up for auction, and use the monies obtained from such sale or auction to settle the Secured Obligations in advance or put such monies under custody; all expenses therefore occurred shall be borne by Pledgor.

 

6.7

Without the prior written consent from Pledgee, Pledgor and/or the Company shall not by themselves (or assisting others to) increase, decrease or transfer the registered capital of the Company (or its capital contribution to the Company) or impose any encumbrances on it, including the Equity Interest. Subject to the forgoing provision, any equity interest which is registered and obtained by Pledgor subsequent to the date of this Agreement shall be called “Additional Equity Interest”. Pledgor and the Company shall, immediately after Pledgor obtains the Additional Equity Interest, enter with Pledgee supplemental share pledge agreement for the Additional Equity Interest, make the board of directors and shareholders’ meeting of the Company approve the supplemental share pledge agreement, and deliver to Pledgee all documents necessary for the supplemental share pledge agreement, including without limitation (a) the original certificate issued by the Company about shareholders’ capital contribution relating to the Additional Equity Interest; and (b) the verified photocopy of the capital contribution verification report (issued by certified public accountant in China) regarding the Additional Equity Interest. Pledgor and the Company shall, according to Article 3.1 of this Agreement, handle the pledge registration procedures relating to the Additional Equity Interest.

 

6.8

Unless otherwise instructed by Pledgee in writing in prior, Pledgor and/or the Company agree that, if part of or all of the Equity Interest is transferred between Pledgor and any third parties in violation of this Agreement (“Transferee of the Equity Interest”), then Pledgor and/or the Company shall ensure that the Transferee of the Equity Interest will unconditionally recognize the Pledge and follow necessary procedures for modification of the registration of the Pledge (including without limitation signing relevant documents) so as to ensure the continued existence of the Pledge.

 

  

The covenants and further agreements of the Company are set forth below.

 

6.9

If, for the execution of this Agreement and Pledge under this Agreement, it is necessary to obtain any third party consent, approval, waiver or authorization, any governmental approval, license or waiver, or complete registration or recordal procedures in any governmental departments (as required by the law), then the Company shall try its best to assist in obtain the same and cause it to remain in effect during the term of this Agreement.

 

SHARE PLEDGE AGREEMENT

 

7


6.10

Without prior written consent of Pledgee, the Company will not provide any person or entity with any loan or credit or guarantee in any form; assist or allow Pledgor to set up any new pledges or grant other security over the Equity Interest, nor will the Company assist or allow Pledgor to transfer the Equity Interest.

 

6.11

The Company agrees to, jointly with Pledgor, strictly comply with Article 6.7 and Article 6.8 of this Agreement.

 

6.12

Without prior written consent of Pledgee, the Company shall not transfer its assets or set up (or allow the existence of) any security or encumbrances on property rights that may affect Pledgee’s rights and interests in the Equity Interest (including without limitation transfer of any of the Company’s intellectual properties or any assets with an a value equaling or over RMB 100,000, or any encumbrance on the ownership or right to use of such assets).

 

6.13

Where there are any litigations, arbitrations or any other claims, which may adversely impact the Company, the Equity Interest, or Pledgee’s interests under the Cooperation Agreements and this Agreement, the Company shall, as soon as possible, send timely notice to Pledgee and according to reasonable requests of Pledgee take all necessary measures to protect Pledgee’s pledge interests in the Equity Interest.

 

6.14

The Company shall not conduct or allow any acts or actions that may adversely impact the Equity Interest or Pledgee’s interest under the Cooperation Agreements and this Agreement.

 

6.15

The Company shall, during the first month of each calendar quarter, provide to Pledgee its financial statements for the preceding calendar quarter, including without limitation its balance sheets, profit statements and cash flow statements. Within 90 days of the end of each fiscal year, the Company shall provide Pledgee with the Company’s audited financial statements of the current fiscal year, which shall be audited and certified by the independent certified auditor approved by Pledgee.

 

6.16

The Company shall, pursuant to Pledgee’s reasonable requests, take all necessary measures and sign all necessary documents so as to ensure and protect Pledgee’s pledge rights over the Equity Interest and the realization thereof.

 

6.17

If the exercise of the Pledge under this Agreement results in any transfer of the Equity Interest, the Company agrees and warrants that it will take all measures to effect such transfer.

 

7.

Event of Default

 

7.1

The following circumstances shall be deemed Event of Default:

 

  7.1.1

Pledgor fails to promptly perform or perform in full any of its obligations under the Cooperation Agreements;

 

SHARE PLEDGE AGREEMENT

 

8


  7.1.2

Any representation or warranty by Pledgor in Article 5 of this Agreement contains material misrepresentations or errors, and/or Pledgor violates any of the warranties in Article 5 of this Agreement;

 

  7.1.3

Pledgor and the Company fail to complete the registration of the Pledge with Registration Authority;

 

  7.1.4

Pledgor or the Company breach any provisions of this Agreement;

 

  7.1.5

Except as expressly stipulated in Section 6.1.1, Pledgor transfers or purports to transfer or abandons the Equity Interest or assigns the Equity Interest without the written consent of Pledgee;

 

  7.1.6

Any of Pledgor’s own loans, guarantees, indemnifications, promises or other debt liabilities to any third party or parties (1) become subject to a demand of early repayment or performance due to default on the part of Pledgor; or (2) become due but are not capable of being repaid or performed in a timely manner;

 

  7.1.7

Any approval, license, permit or authorization of government agencies that makes this Agreement enforceable, legal and effective is withdrawn, terminated, invalidated or substantively changed;

 

  7.1.8

The promulgation of applicable laws renders this Agreement illegal or renders it impossible for Pledgor to continue to perform its obligations under this Agreement;

 

  7.1.9

Adverse changes in properties owned by Pledgor, which lead Pledgee to believe that that Pledgor’s ability to perform its obligations under this Agreement has been affected;

 

  7.1.10

The successor or custodian of the Company is capable of only partially performing or refuses to perform any obligation under the Cooperation Agreements; and

 

  7.1.11

Any other circumstances occur where Pledgee is or may become unable to exercise its right with respect to the Pledge.

 

7.2

Upon notice or discovery of the occurrence of any circumstances described in Section 7.1 or event that may lead to the aforementioned circumstances described in Section 7.1, Pledgor shall immediately notify Pledgee in writing accordingly.

 

7.3

Unless an Event of Default set forth in this Section 7.1 has been successfully resolved to Pledgee’s satisfaction within thirty (30) days of Pledgee’s notice, Pledgee may issue a Notice of Default to Pledgor in writing upon the occurrence of the Event of Default or at any time thereafter and demand that Pledgor immediately pays all payments due under the Cooperation Agreements, and/or disposes of the Pledge in accordance with the provisions of Article 8 of this Agreement.

 

SHARE PLEDGE AGREEMENT

 

9


8.

Exercise of Pledge

 

8.1

Prior to the full performance of the Cooperation Agreements and full payment of all payments described therein, without Pledgee’s written consent, Pledgor shall not assign the Pledge or the Equity Interest.

 

8.2

Pledgee may issue a Notice of Default to Pledgor when exercising the Pledge.

 

8.3

Subject to the provisions of Section 7.3, Pledgee may exercise the right to enforce the Pledge concurrently with the issuance of the Notice of Default in accordance with Section 7.2 or at any time after the issuance of the Notice of Default. Once Pledgee elects to enforce the Pledge, Pledgor shall cease to be entitled to any rights or interests associated with the Equity Interest.

 

8.4

In the Event of Default, Pledgee is entitled to dispose of the Equity Interest pledged, to the extent permitted and in accordance with applicable laws; if, after satisfying all Secured Obligations, there is any balance in the monies collected by Pledgee by enforcing the Pledge, then such balance shall be, without calculation of interests, paid to Pledgor or other parties entitled to receive such balance.

 

8.5

When Pledgee disposes of the Pledge in accordance with this Agreement, Pledgor and the Company shall provide necessary assistance to enable Pledgee to enforce the Pledge in accordance with this Agreement.

 

8.6

Unless otherwise provided by the law, all expenses, tax, charges and all legal fees relating to the establishment of the Pledge and enforcement of it shall be borne by Pledgor.

 

9.

Assignment

 

9.1

Without Pledgee’s prior written consent, Pledgor and the Company shall not assign or delegate its rights and obligations under this Agreement.

 

9.2

This Agreement shall be binding on Pledgor and its successors and permitted assigns, and shall be valid with respect to Pledgee and each of its successors and assigns.

 

9.3

At any time, Pledgee may assign any and all of its rights and obligations under this Agreement and the Cooperation Agreements to its designee(s) (natural/legal persons), in which case the assigns shall have the rights and obligations of Pledgee under this Agreement, as if it were the original party to this Agreement. When Pledgee assigns the rights and obligations under this Agreement and the Cooperation Agreements, upon Pledgee’s request, Pledgor and the Company shall execute relevant agreements or other documents relating to such assignment.

 

9.4

In the event of a change in Pledgee due to an assignment, Pledgor and the Company shall, at the request of Pledgee, execute a new pledge agreement with the new pledgee on the same terms and conditions as this Agreement.

 

SHARE PLEDGE AGREEMENT

 

10


9.5

Pledgor shall strictly abide by the provisions of this Agreement and other contracts jointly or separately executed by the Parties hereto or any of them, including the Cooperation Agreements, perform the obligations hereunder and thereunder, and refrain from any action/omission that may affect the effectiveness and enforceability thereof. Any remaining rights of Pledgor with respect to the Equity Interest pledged hereunder shall not be exercised by Pledgor except in accordance with the written instructions of Pledgee.

 

10.

Termination

Upon the full performance of the Cooperation Agreements and full payment of all payments described therein, and upon termination of Pledgor’s obligations under the Cooperation Agreements, this Agreement shall be terminated, and Pledgee shall then release the equity pledge hereunder as soon as reasonably practicable and cooperate with Pledgor in connection with the deregistration of the equity pledge in the Company’s shareholder register and with the Registration Authority. The reasonable fees arising from pledge deregistration shall be borne by Pledgor.

 

11.

Handling Fees and Other Expenses

Unless otherwise agreed or required by applicable laws, all fees and out of pocket expenses relating to this Agreement, including but not limited to legal costs, costs of production, stamp tax and any other taxes and fees, shall be borne by the Company.

 

12.

Confidentiality

The Parties acknowledge that any oral or written information exchanged among them with respect to this Agreement is confidential information. Each Party shall maintain the confidentiality of all such information, and without obtaining the written consent of other Parties, it shall not disclose any relevant information to any third parties, except in the following circumstances: (a) such information is or will be in the public domain (provided that this is not the result of a public disclosure by the receiving Party); (b) information disclosed as required by applicable laws or rules or regulations of any stock exchange; or (c) information required to be disclosed by any Party to its legal counsel or financial advisor regarding the transaction contemplated hereunder, and such legal counsel or financial advisor are also bound by confidentiality duties similar to the duties in this section. Disclosure of any confidential information by the staff members or agency hired by any Party shall be deemed disclosure of such confidential information by such Party, which Party shall be held liable for breach of this Agreement. This section shall survive the termination of this Agreement for any reason.

 

13.

Governing Law, Resolution of Disputes and Change in Laws

 

13.1

The execution, effectiveness, construction, performance, and the resolution of disputes hereunder shall be governed by the formally published and publicly available laws of China. Matters not covered by formally published and publicly available laws of China shall be governed by international legal principles and practices.

 

SHARE PLEDGE AGREEMENT

 

11


13.2

In the event of any dispute with respect to the construction and performance of the provisions of this Agreement, the Parties shall negotiate in good faith to resolve the dispute. In the event the Parties fail to reach an agreement on the resolution of such a dispute within 30 days after any Party’s request for resolution of the dispute through negotiations, any Party may submit the relevant dispute to the China International Economic and Trade Arbitration Commission (CIETAC) for arbitration, in accordance with its then effective arbitration rules. The arbitration shall be conducted in Shanghai, and the language used during arbitration shall be Chinese. The arbitration ruling shall be final and binding on all Parties.

 

13.3

Upon the occurrence of any disputes arising from the construction and performance of this Agreement or during the pending arbitration of any dispute, except for the matters under dispute, the Parties to this Agreement shall continue to exercise their respective rights under this Agreement and perform their respective obligations under this Agreement.

 

13.4

In case of promulgation or any change to or in any Chinese law, regulation or rule, or any change to or in the interpretation or application of the same anytime after execution of this Agreement, the following agreement shall apply: (a) if any Party would enjoy more benefits under any changed or new law than under the relevant law, regulation or rule in effect at the date of this Agreement, without any material adverse effect upon the other Parties, the Parties shall promptly apply for such benefits brought by the changed or new law. The Parties shall make best efforts to procure the approval of such application; and (b) if the aforementioned law change or promulgation causes any direct or indirect material adverse effect to either Party, this Agreement shall be implemented in its original terms and conditions. However, the Parties shall try all lawful means to procure exemption from compliance with such changed or new law provisions. In the event such adverse effect on the economic interest of either Party is unable to be resolved pursuant to this Agreement, the affected Party may give notice to the other Parties, and the Parties shall hold prompt discussion and make all necessary amendments to this Agreement so as to maintain the economic benefits otherwise enjoyed by the affected Party.

 

13.5

Subject to PRC laws, the arbitration tribunal may award remedies over the shares or land assets of Pledgor, injunctive relief (including but not limited to matters of business or compel the transfer of assets) or award the winding-up of Pledgor. Any party shall have the right to apply for enforcement of arbitration awards to the court with jurisdiction after the arbitration awards come into force. Subject to PRC laws, the courts of Hong Kong and China also have jurisdiction for the enforcement of the arbitration awards and the interim remedies against the shares or land assets of Pledgor.

 

14.

Notices

 

14.1

All notices and other communications required or permitted to be given pursuant to this Agreement shall be delivered personally or sent by registered mail, postage prepaid, by a commercial courier service or by facsimile transmission to the address of such Party set forth below. A confirmation copy of each notice shall also be sent by email. The dates on which notices shall be deemed to have been effectively given shall be determined as follows:

 

SHARE PLEDGE AGREEMENT

 

12


  14.1.1

Notices given by personal delivery, by courier service or by registered mail, postage prepaid, shall be deemed effectively given on the date of delivery or refusal at the address specified for notices.

 

  14.1.2

Notices given by facsimile transmission shall be deemed effectively given on the date of successful transmission (as evidenced by an automatically generated confirmation of transmission).

 

14.2

For the purpose of notices, the addresses of the Parties are as follows:

 

Pledgee:    Shanghai Huiyuan Management Consulting Company Limited
Address:    [***]
Attn:    [***]
Pledgor:    Xinjiang Tongjun Equity Investment Limited Partnership
Address:    [***]
Attn:    [***]
Company:    Shanghai Xiongguo Corporation Management Co., Ltd.
Address:    [***]
Attn:    [***]

 

14.3

Any Party may at any time change its address for notices by a notice delivered to the other Parties in accordance with the terms hereof.

 

15.

Severability

In the event that one or several of the provisions of this Agreement are found to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any aspect in accordance with any laws or regulations, the validity, legality or enforceability of the remaining provisions of this Agreement shall not be affected or compromised in any respect. The Parties shall strive in good faith to replace such invalid, illegal or unenforceable provisions with effective provisions that accomplish to the greatest extent permitted by law and the intentions of the Parties, and the economic effect of such effective provisions shall be as close as possible to the economic effect of those invalid, illegal or unenforceable provisions.

 

16.

Successors

This Agreement shall be binding on the respective successors of the Parties and the permitted assigns of such Parties.

 

17.

Survival

 

17.1

Any obligations that occur or that are due as a result of this Agreement upon the expiration or early termination of this Agreement shall survive the expiration or early termination thereof.

 

SHARE PLEDGE AGREEMENT

 

13


17.2

The provisions of Sections 13, 14 and this Section 17 shall survive the termination of this Agreement.

 

18.

Waivers

Any Party may waive the terms and conditions of this Agreement, provided that such a waiver must be provided in writing and shall require the signatures of the Parties. No waiver by any Party in certain circumstances with respect to a breach by other Parties shall operate as a waiver by such a Party with respect to any similar breach in other circumstances.

 

19.

Amendment, change and supplement

 

19.1

Any amendment, change and supplement to this Agreement shall require the execution of a written agreement by all of the Parties and be recorded with competent governmental authorities (if applicable).

 

19.2

If The Stock Exchange of Hong Kong Limited (“SEHK”) or any other relevant regulatory authority or stock exchange requests any amendment to this Agreement or if there is any change to the Rules Governing the Listing of Securities on the SEHK or any other relevant stock exchange rules that is relevant to the terms of this Agreement, the Parties shall make corresponding changes to the terms of this Agreement.

 

20.

Language

This Agreement is written in Chinese and English in five (5) copies. Each of Pledgor, Pledgee and the Company shall hold one (1) copy, respectively; one (1) copy shall be submitted to the Registration Authority; and Pledgee shall keep the remaining copies. Each copy of this Agreement shall have equal validity. In case there is any conflict between the Chinese version and the English version, the Chinese version shall prevail.

[The space below is intentionally left blank.]

 

SHARE PLEDGE AGREEMENT

 

14


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties have caused their authorized representatives to execute this Share Pledge Agreement as of the date first above written.

Pledgee:    Shanghai Huiyuan Management Consulting Company Limited

 

By:  

/s/ Gibb Gregory Dean

Name:   Gibb Gregory Dean
Title:   Legal Representative

Pledgor:     Xinjiang Tongjun Equity Investment Limited Partnership

 

By:  

/s/ Shi Liang Xun

Name:   Shi Liang Xun
Title:   Authorised Representative

Company:    Shanghai Xiongguo Corporation Management Co., Ltd.

 

By:  

/s/ Gibb Gregory Dean

Name:   Gibb Gregory Dean
Title:   Legal Representative

 

SIGNATURE PAGE TO SHARE PLEDGE AGREEMENT

Exhibit 10.10

Share Pledge Agreement

This Share Pledge Agreement (this “Agreement”) has been executed by and among the following Parties on 23 March 2015 in Shanghai:

Shanghai Huiyuan Management Consulting Company Limited, a limited liability company organized and existing under the laws of PRC, with its address at Room 202-1, No. 13, 1502 Lane, Luoshan Road, Pudong District, Shanghai (“Pledgee”).

Linzhi Jinsheng Investment Management Limited Partnership, a limited partnership enterprise organized and existing under the laws of PRC, with its address at Room 301, 3/F, Price Bureau, Gongbujiangda County, Linzhi District, Tibet (“Pledgor”).

Shanghai Xiongguo Corporation Management Co., Ltd., a limited liability company organized and existing under the laws of PRC, with its address at 1106-B, 60 Mudan Road, Pudong District, Shanghai (“Company”).

In this Agreement, each of Pledgee, Pledgor and the Company shall be referred to as a “Party” respectively, and they shall be collectively referred to as the “Parties”.

Whereas,

 

1.

Pledgor is a limited partnership enterprise organized and validly existing under the laws of PRC, and holds approximately 2.17% of the equity interest in the Company. The Company is a limited liability company registered and validly existing in Shanghai, China. The Company acknowledges the respective rights and obligations of Pledgor and Pledgee under this Agreement, and agrees to provide any necessary assistance in registering the Pledge;

 

2.

Pledgee is a Wholly Foreign Owned Enterprise registered and validly existing in Shanghai, China. Pledgee, Pledgor and the Company have executed the Exclusive Equity Interest Option Agreement, Exclusive Asset Option Agreement and Voting Trust Agreement on 23 March 2015. The aforementioned Agreements shall be individually referred to as a “Cooperation Agreement and together referred to as the “Cooperation Agreements.

 

3.

Pledgor hereby agrees to pledge all of the equity interest it holds in the Company as security for the fulfillment of any and all obligations of Pledgor under the Cooperation Agreements.

 

1.

Definitions

Unless otherwise provided herein, the terms below shall have the following meanings:

 

1.1

Pledge shall refer to the security interest granted by Pledgor to Pledgee pursuant to Article 2 of this Agreement, i.e., the right of Pledgee to be compensated on a preferential basis with the conversion, auction or sales price of the Equity Interest.

 

SHARE PLEDGE AGREEMENT

 


1.2

Equity Interest shall refer to all of the equity interest lawfully now held and hereafter acquired by Pledgor in the Company.

 

1.3

Term of Pledge shall refer to the term set forth in Section 3 of this Agreement.

 

1.4

Event of Default shall refer to any of the circumstances set forth in Article 7 of this Agreement.

 

1.5

Notice of Default shall refer to the notice issued by Pledgee in accordance with this Agreement declaring an Event of Default.

 

1.6

PRC shall refer to the People’s Republic of China, which excludes for the purposes of this Agreement the Special Administrative Regions of Hong Kong and Macau and the Taiwan area.

 

1.7

Cooperation Agreements shall have the meaning as ascribed to it under Whereas Section of this Agreement.

 

2.

The Pledge

 

2.1

As collateral security for the prompt and complete performance of any and all obligations of Pledgor under the Cooperation Agreements (collectively, the “Secured Obligations”), Pledgor hereby pledges to Pledgee a first security interest in the approximately 2.17% equity interest of the Company owned by Pledgor (including the approximately 2.17% registered capital (amount of capital contribution) currently owned by Pledgor and all relevant equity interest thereto).

 

2.2

The Parties understand and agree that the monetary valuation arising from, relating to or in connection with the Secured Obligations shall be a variable and floating valuation until the Settlement Date (as defined below).

 

2.3

Upon the occurrence of any of the events below (each an “Event of Settlement”), the Secured Obligations shall be fixed at a value of the sum of all Secured Obligations that are due, outstanding and payable to Pledgee on or immediately prior to the date of such occurrence (the “Fixed Obligations”):

 

  (a)

any Cooperation Agreement expires or is terminated pursuant to the stipulations thereunder;

 

  (b)

the occurrence of an Event of Default pursuant to Section 7 that is not resolved, which results in Pledgee serving a Notice of Default to Pledgor pursuant to Section 7.3;

 

  (c)

Pledgee reasonably determines (having made due enquiries) that Pledgor and/or the Company is insolvent or could potentially be made insolvent; or

 

  (d)

any other event that requires the settlement of the Secured Obligations in accordance with relevant laws of the PRC.

 

SHARE PLEDGE AGREEMENT

 

2


2.4

For the avoidance of doubt, the day of the occurrence of an Event of Settlement shall be the settlement date (the “Settlement Date”). On or after the Settlement Date, Pledgee shall be entitled, at the election of Pledgee, to enforce the Pledge in accordance with Section 8.

 

2.5

Pledgee is entitled to collect dividends or other distributions, if any, arising from the Equity Interest during the Term of Pledge.

 

3.

Term of Pledge

 

3.1

The Pledge shall become effective as of the date when the pledge of the Equity Interest is registered with the local administration of industry and commerce where the Company locates (the “Registration Authority”). The Term of the Pledge (the “Term of Pledge”) shall end when the last obligation secured by the Pledge is paid or fully fulfilled. The Parties agree that, promptly after the execution of this Agreement (but in no event later than 20 days from the execution date of this Agreement), Pledgor and Pledgee shall submit their application for pledge registration to the Registration Authority in accordance with the Measures on Share Pledge Registration with the Administration of Industry and Commerce. The Parties also agree that within fifteen (15) days after the Registration Authority officially accepts equity pledge application, Pledgor and the Company shall complete the pledge registration procedure, obtain the pledge registration notice and completely and accurately register the Pledge of Equity Interest on the Pledge Registration Book of the Registration Authority. The Company acknowledges the respective rights and obligations of Pledgor and Pledgee under this Agreement, and agrees to provide any necessary assistance in registering the Pledge.

 

3.2

During the Term of Pledge, in the event Pledgor fails to perform any of its obligations under the Cooperation Agreements, Pledgee shall have the right, but not the obligation, to dispose of the Pledge in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement.

 

4.

Custody of Records for Equity Interest subject to Pledge

 

4.1

During the Term of Pledge, Pledgor shall deliver to Pledgee’s custody the originals of the capital contribution certificate for the Equity Interest, the shareholders’ register containing the Pledge, and other documents reasonably requested by Pledgee (including without limitation the notice of registration of the Pledge issued by the Registration Authority) within one week from the date the Pledge is registered. Pledgee shall have custody of such items during the entire Term of Pledge.

 

5.

Representations and Warranties of Pledgor and the Company

Pledgor Represents and Warrants to Pledgee that:

 

5.1

Pledgor is the sole legal and beneficial owner of the Equity Interest. Except for being subject to other agreements entered into by Pledgor and Pledgee, Pledgor enjoys legal and complete ownership of the Equity Interest, free from any existing dispute over the ownership of the Equity Interest. Pledgor may dispose of any and all Equity Interest. Pledgor has the legitimate powers and capacity to enter into, and fulfill its legal obligations pursuant to this Agreement.

 

SHARE PLEDGE AGREEMENT

 

3


5.2

The Equity Interest may be pledged and transferred according to law, and Pledgor has the full rights and powers to pledge the Equity Interest in favor of Pledgee pursuant to this Agreement.

 

5.3

This Agreement, once properly executed by Pledgor, constitutes legal, valid and binding obligations of Pledgor.

 

5.4

All third-party consents, approvals, waivers, and authorizations, or any government approvals, permissions, exemptions, or any registrations or filings (if required by law) with any government authorities, necessary for the execution and performance of this Agreement and for the Pledge of the Equity Interest hereunder, have been obtained or completed and will remain fully effective within the term hereof.

 

5.5

The Pledge hereunder constitutes the first-priority security interests in the Equity Interest.

 

5.6

All the taxes and charges payable as a result of the receipt of the Equity Interest have been paid in full by Pledgor.

 

5.7

Pledgee shall have the right to dispose of and transfer the Equity Interest in accordance with the provisions set forth in this Agreement.

 

5.8

Except for the Cooperation Agreements, Pledgor has not placed any security interest or other encumbrance on the Equity Interest. There are no controversies over the ownership of the Equity Interest. The Equity Interest is not seized or subject to any other legal proceedings or similar threats, and is good for transfer and pledging according to applicable laws.

 

5.9

Pledgor’s execution of this Agreement and exercise of its rights under this Agreement (or fulfillment of its obligations under this Agreement) will not breach any laws, regulations, and agreements or contracts to which Pledgor is a party, or any promise Pledgor has made to any third parties.

 

5.10

All documents, materials, statements and certificates provided by Pledgor to Pledgee are accurate, true, complete and valid.

 

5.11

Pledgor hereby warrants to Pledgee that all the above representations and warrants will be true and correct and fully complied with under all circumstances before the contractual obligations have been fulfilled or the Secured Obligations have been repaid in full.

The Company Represents and Warrants to Pledgee that:

 

5.12

The Company is a limited liability company registered and validly existing under the laws of China. The Company has the qualification of an independent legal person, enjoys complete and independent legal status and the legal capacity to sign, deliver and fulfill this Agreement.

 

SHARE PLEDGE AGREEMENT

 

4


5.13

All the reports, documents and information provided by the Company to Pledgee before the effective date hereof, in connection with the Equity Interest or required by this Agreement, shall all be true and correct in all material aspects as of the effective date hereof. All the reports, documents and information provided by the Company to Pledgee after the effective date hereof, in connection with the Equity Interest or required by this Agreement, shall all be true and correct in all material aspects as of the date of provision.

 

5.14

Upon due execution of the Company, this Agreement constitute legal, effective and binding obligation on the Company.

 

5.15

The Company has the complete internal power and authorization to sign and deliver this Agreement and all other documents relating to the transactions contemplated under this Agreement. The Company has the complete power and authorization to complete the transactions contemplated under this Agreement.

 

5.16

Regarding the assets owned by the Company, there are no guarantee interests or any other encumbrance on property rights that are substantial and may impact Pledgee’s right and interests in the Equity Interest (including without limitation transfer of any of the Company’s intellectual properties or any assets with an a value equaling or over RMB 100,000, or any encumbrance on the ownership or right to use of such assets).

 

5.17

Without the prior written consent of Pledgee, the Company shall not incur, inherit, guarantee or suffer the existence of any debt, except for (i) debts incurred in the ordinary course of business other than through loans; and (ii) debts disclosed to Pledgee for which Pledgee’s written consent has been obtained;

 

5.18

The Company shall always operate all of its businesses during the ordinary course of business to maintain its asset value and refrain from any action/omission that may affect its operating status and asset value;

 

5.19

In any court or arbitration tribunal there are no pending (or, as far as the Company knows, threatening) litigation, arbitration or other legal proceedings against the Equity Interest, the Company or its assets, and in any governmental agencies or departments, there are no pending (or, as far as the Company knows, threatening) administrative proceedings or penalties against the Equity Interest, the Company or its assets, which may substantially or adversely impact the Company’s economic condition or Pledgor’s ability to fulfill its obligations and guarantee liabilities under this Agreement.

 

5.20

The Company hereby agrees that it is jointly and severally liable to Pledgee for all representations and warranties made by Pledgor under this Agreement.

 

5.21

The Company hereby warrants to Pledgee that, at any time and under any circumstances prior to complete fulfillment of the obligations under this Agreement or the Secured Obligations being fully repaid, the aforementioned representations and warranties are true and accurate and will be fully complied with.

 

SHARE PLEDGE AGREEMENT

 

5


6.

Covenants and Further Agreements of Pledgor and the Company

The covenants and further agreements of Pledgor are set forth below.

 

6.1

Pledgor hereby covenants to Pledgee, that during the term of this Agreement, Pledgor shall:

 

  6.1.1

not transfer (or agree to others’ transfer of) all or any part of the Equity Interest, place or permit the existence of any security interest or other encumbrance on property rights that may affect Pledgee’s rights and interests in the Equity Interest, without the prior written consent of Pledgee, except for the performance of the Cooperation Agreements;

 

  6.1.2

comply with the provisions of all laws and regulations applicable to the pledge of rights, and within 5 days of receipt of any notice, order or recommendation issued or prepared by relevant competent authorities (or any other relevant parties) regarding the Pledge, shall present the aforementioned notice, order or recommendation to Pledgee, and shall comply with the aforementioned notice, order or recommendation or submit objections and representations with respect to the aforementioned matters upon Pledgee’s reasonable request or upon consent of Pledgee;

 

  6.1.3

promptly notify Pledgee in writing of any event or notice received by Pledgor that may have an impact on Pledgee’s rights to the Equity Interest or any portion thereof, as well as any event or notice received by Pledgor that may have an impact on any guarantees and other obligations of Pledgor arising out of this Agreement, and, upon reasonable request of Pledgee, take all necessary actions to secure the rights and interest to which Pledgee is entitled in the Equity Interest.

 

6.2

Pledgor agrees that the rights acquired by Pledgee in accordance with this Agreement with respect to the Pledge shall not be interrupted or harmed by Pledgor or any heirs or representatives of Pledgor or any other persons through any legal proceedings.

 

6.3

To protect or perfect the security interest granted by this Agreement for fulfillment of the obligations under the Cooperation Agreements, Pledgor hereby undertakes to execute in good faith and to cause other parties who have an interest in the Pledge to execute all certificates, agreements, deeds and/or covenants required by Pledgee. Pledgor also undertakes to perform and to cause other parties who have an interest in the Pledge to perform actions required by Pledgee, to facilitate the exercise by Pledgee of its rights and authority granted thereto by this Agreement, and to enter into all relevant documents regarding ownership of Equity Interest with Pledgee or designee(s) of Pledgee (natural/legal persons). Pledgor undertakes to provide Pledgee within a reasonable time with all notices, orders and decisions regarding the Pledge that are required by Pledgee.

 

6.4

Pledgor hereby undertakes to comply with and perform all guarantees, promises, agreements, representations and conditions under this Agreement. In the event of failure or partial performance of its guarantees, promises, agreements, representations and conditions, Pledgor shall indemnify Pledgee for all losses resulting therefrom.

 

SHARE PLEDGE AGREEMENT

 

6


6.5

If the Equity Interest pledged under this Agreement is, for any reason, subject to mandatory measures imposed by the court of law or other governmental departments, Pledgor shall try its best to release such mandatory measures imposed by the court of law or other governmental departments, including without limitation providing to the court of law other kinds of security or other measures.

 

6.6

If there is a possibility that the value of the Equity Interest will be decreased and such decrease is sufficient to harm the rights and interests of Pledgee, Pledgee may request Pledgor to provide additional collateral or security. If Pledgor refuses to provide such security, Pledgee may, at any time, sell the Equity Interest or put it up for auction, and use the monies obtained from such sale or auction to settle the Secured Obligations in advance or put such monies under custody; all expenses therefore occurred shall be borne by Pledgor.

 

6.7

Without the prior written consent from Pledgee, Pledgor and/or the Company shall not by themselves (or assisting others to) increase, decrease or transfer the registered capital of the Company (or its capital contribution to the Company) or impose any encumbrances on it, including the Equity Interest. Subject to the forgoing provision, any equity interest which is registered and obtained by Pledgor subsequent to the date of this Agreement shall be called “Additional Equity Interest”. Pledgor and the Company shall, immediately after Pledgor obtains the Additional Equity Interest, enter with Pledgee supplemental share pledge agreement for the Additional Equity Interest, make the board of directors and shareholders’ meeting of the Company approve the supplemental share pledge agreement, and deliver to Pledgee all documents necessary for the supplemental share pledge agreement, including without limitation (a) the original certificate issued by the Company about shareholders’ capital contribution relating to the Additional Equity Interest; and (b) the verified photocopy of the capital contribution verification report (issued by certified public accountant in China) regarding the Additional Equity Interest. Pledgor and the Company shall, according to Article 3.1 of this Agreement, handle the pledge registration procedures relating to the Additional Equity Interest.

 

6.8

Unless otherwise instructed by Pledgee in writing in prior, Pledgor and/or the Company agree that, if part of or all of the Equity Interest is transferred between Pledgor and any third parties in violation of this Agreement (“Transferee of the Equity Interest”), then Pledgor and/or the Company shall ensure that the Transferee of the Equity Interest will unconditionally recognize the Pledge and follow necessary procedures for modification of the registration of the Pledge (including without limitation signing relevant documents) so as to ensure the continued existence of the Pledge.

The covenants and further agreements of the Company are set forth below.

 

6.9

If, for the execution of this Agreement and Pledge under this Agreement, it is necessary to obtain any third party consent, approval, waiver or authorization, any governmental approval, license or waiver, or complete registration or recordal procedures in any governmental departments (as required by the law), then the Company shall try its best to assist in obtain the same and cause it to remain in effect during the term of this Agreement.

 

SHARE PLEDGE AGREEMENT

 

7


6.10

Without prior written consent of Pledgee, the Company will not provide any person or entity with any loan or credit or guarantee in any form; assist or allow Pledgor to set up any new pledges or grant other security over the Equity Interest, nor will the Company assist or allow Pledgor to transfer the Equity Interest.

 

6.11

The Company agrees to, jointly with Pledgor, strictly comply with Article 6.7 and Article 6.8 of this Agreement.

 

6.12

Without prior written consent of Pledgee, the Company shall not transfer its assets or set up (or allow the existence of) any security or encumbrances on property rights that may affect Pledgee’s rights and interests in the Equity Interest (including without limitation transfer of any of the Company’s intellectual properties or any assets with an a value equaling or over RMB 100,000, or any encumbrance on the ownership or right to use of such assets).

 

6.13

Where there are any litigations, arbitrations or any other claims, which may adversely impact the Company, the Equity Interest, or Pledgee’s interests under the Cooperation Agreements and this Agreement, the Company shall, as soon as possible, send timely notice to Pledgee and according to reasonable requests of Pledgee take all necessary measures to protect Pledgee’s pledge interests in the Equity Interest.

 

6.14

The Company shall not conduct or allow any acts or actions that may adversely impact the Equity Interest or Pledgee’s interest under the Cooperation Agreements and this Agreement.

 

6.15

The Company shall, during the first month of each calendar quarter, provide to Pledgee its financial statements for the preceding calendar quarter, including without limitation its balance sheets, profit statements and cash flow statements. Within 90 days of the end of each fiscal year, the Company shall provide Pledgee with the Company’s audited financial statements of the current fiscal year, which shall be audited and certified by the independent certified auditor approved by Pledgee.

 

6.16

The Company shall, pursuant to Pledgee’s reasonable requests, take all necessary measures and sign all necessary documents so as to ensure and protect Pledgee’s pledge rights over the Equity Interest and the realization thereof.

 

6.17

If the exercise of the Pledge under this Agreement results in any transfer of the Equity Interest, the Company agrees and warrants that it will take all measures to effect such transfer.

 

7.

Event of Default

 

7.1

The following circumstances shall be deemed Event of Default:

 

  7.1.1

Pledgor fails to promptly perform or perform in full any of its obligations under the Cooperation Agreements;

 

SHARE PLEDGE AGREEMENT

 

8


  7.1.2

Any representation or warranty by Pledgor in Article 5 of this Agreement contains material misrepresentations or errors, and/or Pledgor violates any of the warranties in Article 5 of this Agreement;

 

  7.1.3

Pledgor and the Company fail to complete the registration of the Pledge with Registration Authority;

 

  7.1.4

Pledgor or the Company breach any provisions of this Agreement;

 

  7.1.5

Except as expressly stipulated in Section 6.1.1, Pledgor transfers or purports to transfer or abandons the Equity Interest or assigns the Equity Interest without the written consent of Pledgee;

 

  7.1.6

Any of Pledgor’s own loans, guarantees, indemnifications, promises or other debt liabilities to any third party or parties (1) become subject to a demand of early repayment or performance due to default on the part of Pledgor; or (2) become due but are not capable of being repaid or performed in a timely manner;

 

  7.1.7

Any approval, license, permit or authorization of government agencies that makes this Agreement enforceable, legal and effective is withdrawn, terminated, invalidated or substantively changed;

 

  7.1.8

The promulgation of applicable laws renders this Agreement illegal or renders it impossible for Pledgor to continue to perform its obligations under this Agreement;

 

  7.1.9

Adverse changes in properties owned by Pledgor, which lead Pledgee to believe that that Pledgor’s ability to perform its obligations under this Agreement has been affected;

 

  7.1.10

The successor or custodian of the Company is capable of only partially performing or refuses to perform any obligation under the Cooperation Agreements; and

 

  7.1.11

Any other circumstances occur where Pledgee is or may become unable to exercise its right with respect to the Pledge.

 

7.2

Upon notice or discovery of the occurrence of any circumstances described in Section 7.1 or event that may lead to the aforementioned circumstances described in Section 7.1, Pledgor shall immediately notify Pledgee in writing accordingly.

 

7.3

Unless an Event of Default set forth in this Section 7.1 has been successfully resolved to Pledgee’s satisfaction within thirty (30) days of Pledgee’s notice, Pledgee may issue a Notice of Default to Pledgor in writing upon the occurrence of the Event of Default or at any time thereafter and demand that Pledgor immediately pays all payments due under the Cooperation Agreements, and/or disposes of the Pledge in accordance with the provisions of Article 8 of this Agreement.

 

SHARE PLEDGE AGREEMENT

 

9


8.

Exercise of Pledge

 

8.1

Prior to the full performance of the Cooperation Agreements and full payment of all payments described therein, without Pledgee’s written consent, Pledgor shall not assign the Pledge or the Equity Interest.

 

8.2

Pledgee may issue a Notice of Default to Pledgor when exercising the Pledge.

 

8.3

Subject to the provisions of Section 7.3, Pledgee may exercise the right to enforce the Pledge concurrently with the issuance of the Notice of Default in accordance with Section 7.2 or at any time after the issuance of the Notice of Default. Once Pledgee elects to enforce the Pledge, Pledgor shall cease to be entitled to any rights or interests associated with the Equity Interest.

 

8.4

In the Event of Default, Pledgee is entitled to dispose of the Equity Interest pledged, to the extent permitted and in accordance with applicable laws; if, after satisfying all Secured Obligations, there is any balance in the monies collected by Pledgee by enforcing the Pledge, then such balance shall be, without calculation of interests, paid to Pledgor or other parties entitled to receive such balance.

 

8.5

When Pledgee disposes of the Pledge in accordance with this Agreement, Pledgor and the Company shall provide necessary assistance to enable Pledgee to enforce the Pledge in accordance with this Agreement.

 

8.6

Unless otherwise provided by the law, all expenses, tax, charges and all legal fees relating to the establishment of the Pledge and enforcement of it shall be borne by Pledgor.

 

9.

Assignment

 

9.1

Without Pledgee’s prior written consent, Pledgor and the Company shall not assign or delegate its rights and obligations under this Agreement.

 

9.2

This Agreement shall be binding on Pledgor and its successors and permitted assigns, and shall be valid with respect to Pledgee and each of its successors and assigns.

 

9.3

At any time, Pledgee may assign any and all of its rights and obligations under this Agreement and the Cooperation Agreements to its designee(s) (natural/legal persons), in which case the assigns shall have the rights and obligations of Pledgee under this Agreement, as if it were the original party to this Agreement. When Pledgee assigns the rights and obligations under this Agreement and the Cooperation Agreements, upon Pledgee’s request, Pledgor and the Company shall execute relevant agreements or other documents relating to such assignment.

 

9.4

In the event of a change in Pledgee due to an assignment, Pledgor and the Company shall, at the request of Pledgee, execute a new pledge agreement with the new pledgee on the same terms and conditions as this Agreement.

 

SHARE PLEDGE AGREEMENT

 

10


9.5

Pledgor shall strictly abide by the provisions of this Agreement and other contracts jointly or separately executed by the Parties hereto or any of them, including the Cooperation Agreements, perform the obligations hereunder and thereunder, and refrain from any action/omission that may affect the effectiveness and enforceability thereof. Any remaining rights of Pledgor with respect to the Equity Interest pledged hereunder shall not be exercised by Pledgor except in accordance with the written instructions of Pledgee.

 

10.

Termination

Upon the full performance of the Cooperation Agreements and full payment of all payments described therein, and upon termination of Pledgor’s obligations under the Cooperation Agreements, this Agreement shall be terminated, and Pledgee shall then release the equity pledge hereunder as soon as reasonably practicable and cooperate with Pledgor in connection with the deregistration of the equity pledge in the Company’s shareholder register and with the Registration Authority. The reasonable fees arising from pledge deregistration shall be borne by Pledgor.

 

11.

Handling Fees and Other Expenses

Unless otherwise agreed or required by applicable laws, all fees and out of pocket expenses relating to this Agreement, including but not limited to legal costs, costs of production, stamp tax and any other taxes and fees, shall be borne by the Company.

 

12.

Confidentiality

The Parties acknowledge that any oral or written information exchanged among them with respect to this Agreement is confidential information. Each Party shall maintain the confidentiality of all such information, and without obtaining the written consent of other Parties, it shall not disclose any relevant information to any third parties, except in the following circumstances: (a) such information is or will be in the public domain (provided that this is not the result of a public disclosure by the receiving Party); (b) information disclosed as required by applicable laws or rules or regulations of any stock exchange; or (c) information required to be disclosed by any Party to its legal counsel or financial advisor regarding the transaction contemplated hereunder, and such legal counsel or financial advisor are also bound by confidentiality duties similar to the duties in this section. Disclosure of any confidential information by the staff members or agency hired by any Party shall be deemed disclosure of such confidential information by such Party, which Party shall be held liable for breach of this Agreement. This section shall survive the termination of this Agreement for any reason.

 

13.

Governing Law, Resolution of Disputes and Change in Laws

 

13.1

The execution, effectiveness, construction, performance, and the resolution of disputes hereunder shall be governed by the formally published and publicly available laws of China. Matters not covered by formally published and publicly available laws of China shall be governed by international legal principles and practices.

 

SHARE PLEDGE AGREEMENT

 

11


13.2

In the event of any dispute with respect to the construction and performance of the provisions of this Agreement, the Parties shall negotiate in good faith to resolve the dispute. In the event the Parties fail to reach an agreement on the resolution of such a dispute within 30 days after any Party’s request for resolution of the dispute through negotiations, any Party may submit the relevant dispute to the China International Economic and Trade Arbitration Commission (“CIETAC”) for arbitration, in accordance with its then effective arbitration rules. The arbitration shall be conducted in Shanghai, and the language used during arbitration shall be Chinese. The arbitration ruling shall be final and binding on all Parties.

 

13.3

Upon the occurrence of any disputes arising from the construction and performance of this Agreement or during the pending arbitration of any dispute, except for the matters under dispute, the Parties to this Agreement shall continue to exercise their respective rights under this Agreement and perform their respective obligations under this Agreement.

 

13.4

In case of promulgation or any change to or in any Chinese law, regulation or rule, or any change to or in the interpretation or application of the same anytime after execution of this Agreement, the following agreement shall apply: (a) if any Party would enjoy more benefits under any changed or new law than under the relevant law, regulation or rule in effect at the date of this Agreement, without any material adverse effect upon the other Parties, the Parties shall promptly apply for such benefits brought by the changed or new law. The Parties shall make best efforts to procure the approval of such application; and (b) if the aforementioned law change or promulgation causes any direct or indirect material adverse effect to either Party, this Agreement shall be implemented in its original terms and conditions. However, the Parties shall try all lawful means to procure exemption from compliance with such changed or new law provisions. In the event such adverse effect on the economic interest of either Party is unable to be resolved pursuant to this Agreement, the affected Party may give notice to the other Parties, and the Parties shall hold prompt discussion and make all necessary amendments to this Agreement so as to maintain the economic benefits otherwise enjoyed by the affected Party.

 

13.5

Subject to PRC laws, the arbitration tribunal may award remedies over the shares or land assets of Pledgor, injunctive relief (including but not limited to matters of business or compel the transfer of assets) or award the winding-up of Pledgor. Any party shall have the right to apply for enforcement of arbitration awards to the court with jurisdiction after the arbitration awards come into force. Subject to PRC laws, the courts of Hong Kong and China also have jurisdiction for the enforcement of the arbitration awards and the interim remedies against the shares or land assets of Pledgor.

 

SHARE PLEDGE AGREEMENT

 

12


14.

Notices

All notices and other communications required or permitted to be given pursuant to this Agreement shall be delivered personally or sent by registered mail, postage prepaid, by a commercial courier service or by facsimile transmission to the address of such Party set forth below. A confirmation copy of each notice shall also be sent by email. The dates on which notices shall be deemed to have been effectively given shall be determined as follows:

 

  14.1.1

Notices given by personal delivery, by courier service or by registered mail, postage prepaid, shall be deemed effectively given on the date of delivery or refusal at the address specified for notices.

 

  14.1.2

Notices given by facsimile transmission shall be deemed effectively given on the date of successful transmission (as evidenced by an automatically generated confirmation of transmission).

 

14.2

For the purpose of notices, the addresses of the Parties are as follows:

 

Pledgee:   

Shanghai Huiyuan Management Consulting Company Limited

Address:   

[***]

Attn:   

[***]

Pledgor:   

Linzhi Jinsheng Investment Management Limited Partnership

Address:    [***]
Attn:    [***]
Company:   

Shanghai Xiongguo Corporation Management Co., Ltd.

Address:    [***]
Attn:    [***]

 

14.3

Any Party may at any time change its address for notices by a notice delivered to the other Parties in accordance with the terms hereof.

 

15.

Severability

In the event that one or several of the provisions of this Agreement are found to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any aspect in accordance with any laws or regulations, the validity, legality or enforceability of the remaining provisions of this Agreement shall not be affected or compromised in any respect. The Parties shall strive in good faith to replace such invalid, illegal or unenforceable provisions with effective provisions that accomplish to the greatest extent permitted by law and the intentions of the Parties, and the economic effect of such effective provisions shall be as close as possible to the economic effect of those invalid, illegal or unenforceable provisions.

 

16.

Successors

This Agreement shall be binding on the respective successors of the Parties and the permitted assigns of such Parties.

 

17.

Survival

 

17.1

Any obligations that occur or that are due as a result of this Agreement upon the expiration or early termination of this Agreement shall survive the expiration or early termination thereof.

 

SHARE PLEDGE AGREEMENT

 

13


17.2

The provisions of Sections 13, 14 and this Section 17 shall survive the termination of this Agreement.

 

18.

Waivers

Any Party may waive the terms and conditions of this Agreement, provided that such a waiver must be provided in writing and shall require the signatures of the Parties. No waiver by any Party in certain circumstances with respect to a breach by other Parties shall operate as a waiver by such a Party with respect to any similar breach in other circumstances.

 

19.

Amendment, change and supplement

 

19.1

Any amendment, change and supplement to this Agreement shall require the execution of a written agreement by all of the Parties and be recorded with competent governmental authorities (if applicable).

 

19.2

If The Stock Exchange of Hong Kong Limited (“SEHK”) or any other relevant regulatory authority or stock exchange requests any amendment to this Agreement or if there is any change to the Rules Governing the Listing of Securities on the SEHK (or any other relevant stock exchange rules that is relevant to the terms of this Agreement, the Parties shall make corresponding changes to the terms of this Agreement.

 

20.

Language

This Agreement is written in Chinese and English in five (5) copies. Each of Pledgor, Pledgee and the Company shall hold one (1) copy, respectively; one (1) copy shall be submitted to the Registration Authority; and Pledgee shall keep the remaining copies. Each copy of this Agreement shall have equal validity. In case there is any conflict between the Chinese version and the English version, the Chinese version shall prevail.

[The space below is intentionally left blank.]

 

SHARE PLEDGE AGREEMENT

 

14


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties have caused their authorized representatives to execute this Share Pledge Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

Pledgee:    Shanghai Huiyuan Management Consulting Company Limited
By:  

/s/ Gibb Gregory Dean

Name:   Gibb Gregory Dean
Title:   Legal Representative
Pledgor:    Linzhi Jinsheng Investment Management Limited Partnership
By:  

/s/ Yang Xue Lian

Name:   Yang Xue Lian
Title:   Authorised Representative
Company:    Shanghai Xiongguo Corporation Management Co., Ltd.
By:  

/s/ Gibb Gregory Dean

Name:   Gibb Gregory Dean
Title:   Legal Representative

 

SIGNATURE PAGE TO SHARE PLEDGE AGREEMENT

Exhibit 10.11

Share Pledge Agreement

This Share Pledge Agreement (this “Agreement”) has been executed by and among the following Parties on 23 March 2015 in Shanghai:

Shanghai Huiyuan Management Consulting Company Limited, a limited liability company organized and existing under the laws of PRC, with its address at Room 202-1, No. 13, 1502 Lane, Luoshan Road, Pudong District, Shanghai (“Pledgee”).

Shanghai Lanbang Investment Limited Liability Company, a limited liability company organized and existing under the laws of PRC, with its address at Room 1002N, No. 2277 Longyang Road, Pudong District, Shanghai (“Pledgor”).

Shanghai Xiongguo Corporation Management Co., Ltd., a limited liability company organized and existing under the laws of PRC, with its address at 1106-B, 60 Mudan Road, Pudong District, Shanghai (“Company”).

In this Agreement, each of Pledgee, Pledgor and the Company shall be referred to as a “Party” respectively, and they shall be collectively referred to as the “Parties”.

Whereas,

 

1.

Pledgor is a limited liability company organized and validly existing under the laws of PRC, and holds approximately 18.29% of the equity interest in the Company. The Company is a limited liability company registered and validly existing in Shanghai, China. The Company acknowledges the respective rights and obligations of Pledgor and Pledgee under this Agreement, and agrees to provide any necessary assistance in registering the Pledge;

 

2.

Pledgee is a Wholly Foreign Owned Enterprise registered and validly existing in Shanghai, China. Pledgee, Pledgor and the Company have executed the Exclusive Equity Interest Option Agreement, Exclusive Asset Option Agreement and Voting Trust Agreement on 23 March 2015. The aforementioned Agreements shall be individually referred to as a “Cooperation Agreement” and together referred to as the “Cooperation Agreements”.

 

3.

Pledgor hereby agrees to pledge all of the equity interest it holds in the Company as security for the fulfillment of any and all obligations of Pledgor under the Cooperation Agreements.

 

1

Definitions

Unless otherwise provided herein, the terms below shall have the following meanings:

 

1.1

Pledge” shall refer to the security interest granted by Pledgor to Pledgee pursuant to Article 2 of this Agreement, i.e., the right of Pledgee to be compensated on a preferential basis with the conversion, auction or sales price of the Equity Interest.

 

1.2

Equity Interest” shall refer to all of the equity interest lawfully now held and hereafter acquired by Pledgor in the Company.

 

1.3

Term of Pledge” shall refer to the term set forth in Section 3 of this Agreement.

 

1.4

Event of Default” shall refer to any of the circumstances set forth in Article 7 of this Agreement.


1.5

Notice of Default” shall refer to the notice issued by Pledgee in accordance with this Agreement declaring an Event of Default.

 

1.6

PRC” shall refer to the People’s Republic of China, which excludes for the purposes of this Agreement the Special Administrative Regions of Hong Kong and Macau and the Taiwan area.

 

1.7

Cooperation Agreements” shall have the meaning as ascribed to it under Whereas Section of this Agreement.

 

2

The Pledge

 

2.1

As collateral security for the prompt and complete performance of any and all obligations of Pledgor under the Cooperation Agreements (collectively, the “Secured Obligations”), Pledgor hereby pledges to Pledgee a first security interest in the approximately 18.29% equity interest of the Company owned by Pledgor (including the approximately 18.29% registered capital (amount of capital contribution) currently owned by Pledgor and all relevant equity interest thereto).

 

2.2

The Parties understand and agree that the monetary valuation arising from, relating to or in connection with the Secured Obligations shall be a variable and floating valuation until the Settlement Date (as defined below).

 

2.3

Upon the occurrence of any of the events below (each an “Event of Settlement”), the Secured Obligations shall be fixed at a value of the sum of all Secured Obligations that are due, outstanding and payable to Pledgee on or immediately prior to the date of such occurrence (the “Fixed Obligations”):

 

  (a)

any Cooperation Agreement expires or is terminated pursuant to the stipulations thereunder;

 

  (b)

the occurrence of an Event of Default pursuant to Section 7 that is not resolved, which results in Pledgee serving a Notice of Default to Pledgor pursuant to Section 7.3;

 

  (c)

Pledgee reasonably determines (having made due enquiries) that Pledgor and/or the Company is insolvent or could potentially be made insolvent; or

 

  (d)

any other event that requires the settlement of the Secured Obligations in accordance with relevant laws of the PRC.

 

2.4

For the avoidance of doubt, the day of the occurrence of an Event of Settlement shall be the settlement date (the “Settlement Date”). On or after the Settlement Date, Pledgee shall be entitled, at the election of Pledgee, to enforce the Pledge in accordance with Section 8.

 

2.5

Pledgee is entitled to collect dividends or other distributions, if any, arising from the Equity Interest during the Term of Pledge.

 

3

Term of Pledge

 

3.1

The Pledge shall become effective as of the date when the pledge of the Equity Interest is registered with the local administration of industry and commerce where the Company locates (the “Registration Authority”). The Term of the Pledge (the “Term of Pledge”) shall end when the last obligation secured by the Pledge is paid or fully fulfilled. The Parties agree that, promptly after the execution of this Agreement (but in no event later than 20 days from the execution date of this Agreement), Pledgor and Pledgee shall submit their application for pledge registration to the Registration Authority in accordance with the Measures on Share Pledge Registration with the Administration of Industry and Commerce. The Parties also agree that within fifteen (15) days after the Registration Authority officially accepts equity pledge application, Pledgor and the Company shall complete the pledge registration procedure, obtain the pledge registration notice and completely and accurately register the Pledge of Equity Interest on the Pledge Registration Book of the Registration Authority. The Company acknowledges the respective rights and obligations of Pledgor and Pledgee under this Agreement, and agrees to provide any necessary assistance in registering the Pledge.

 

2


3.2

During the Term of Pledge, in the event Pledgor fails to perform any of its obligations under the Cooperation Agreements, Pledgee shall have the right, but not the obligation, to dispose of the Pledge in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement.

 

4

Custody of Records for Equity Interest subject to Pledge

 

4.1

During the Term of Pledge, Pledgor shall deliver to Pledgee’s custody the originals of the capital contribution certificate for the Equity Interest, the shareholders’ register containing the Pledge, and other documents reasonably requested by Pledgee (including without limitation the notice of registration of the Pledge issued by the Registration Authority) within one week from the date the Pledge is registered. Pledgee shall have custody of such items during the entire Term of Pledge.

 

5

Representations and Warranties of Pledgor and the Company

Pledgor Represents and Warrants to Pledgee that:

 

5.1

Pledgor is the sole legal and beneficial owner of the Equity Interest. Except for being subject to other agreements entered into by Pledgor and Pledgee, Pledgor enjoys legal and complete ownership of the Equity Interest, free from any existing dispute over the ownership of the Equity Interest. Pledgor may dispose of any and all Equity Interest. Pledgor has the legitimate powers and capacity to enter into, and fulfill its legal obligations pursuant to this Agreement.

 

5.2

The Equity Interest may be pledged and transferred according to law, and Pledgor has the full rights and powers to pledge the Equity Interest in favor of Pledgee pursuant to this Agreement.

 

5.3

This Agreement, once properly executed by Pledgor, constitutes legal, valid and binding obligations of Pledgor.

 

5.4

All third-party consents, approvals, waivers, and authorizations, or any government approvals, permissions, exemptions, or any registrations or filings (if required by law) with any government authorities, necessary for the execution and performance of this Agreement and for the Pledge of the Equity Interest hereunder, have been obtained or completed and will remain fully effective within the term hereof.

 

5.5

The Pledge hereunder constitutes the first-priority security interests in the Equity Interest.

 

5.6

All the taxes and charges payable as a result of the receipt of the Equity Interest have been paid in full by Pledgor.

 

5.7

Pledgee shall have the right to dispose of and transfer the Equity Interest in accordance with the provisions set forth in this Agreement.

 

3


5.8

Except for the Cooperation Agreements, Pledgor has not placed any security interest or other encumbrance on the Equity Interest. There are no controversies over the ownership of the Equity Interest. The Equity Interest is not seized or subject to any other legal proceedings or similar threats, and is good for transfer and pledging according to applicable laws.

 

5.9

Pledgor’s execution of this Agreement and exercise of its rights under this Agreement (or fulfillment of its obligations under this Agreement) will not breach any laws, regulations, and agreements or contracts to which Pledgor is a party, or any promise Pledgor has made to any third parties.

 

5.10

All documents, materials, statements and certificates provided by Pledgor to Pledgee are accurate, true, complete and valid.

 

5.11

Pledgor hereby warrants to Pledgee that all the above representations and warrants will be true and correct and fully complied with under all circumstances before the contractual obligations have been fulfilled or the Secured Obligations have been repaid in full.

The Company Represents and Warrants to Pledgee that:

 

5.12

The Company is a limited liability company registered and validly existing under the laws of China. The Company has the qualification of an independent legal person, enjoys complete and independent legal status and the legal capacity to sign, deliver and fulfill this Agreement.

 

5.13

All the reports, documents and information provided by the Company to Pledgee before the effective date hereof, in connection with the Equity Interest or required by this Agreement, shall all be true and correct in all material aspects as of the effective date hereof. All the reports, documents and information provided by the Company to Pledgee after the effective date hereof, in connection with the Equity Interest or required by this Agreement, shall all be true and correct in all material aspects as of the date of provision.

 

5.14

Upon due execution of the Company, this Agreement constitute legal, effective and binding obligation on the Company.

 

5.15

The Company has the complete internal power and authorization to sign and deliver this Agreement and all other documents relating to the transactions contemplated under this Agreement. The Company has the complete power and authorization to complete the transactions contemplated under this Agreement.

 

5.16

Regarding the assets owned by the Company, there are no guarantee interests or any other encumbrance on property rights that are substantial and may impact Pledgee’s right and interests in the Equity Interest (including without limitation transfer of any of the Company’s intellectual properties or any assets with an a value equaling or over RMB 100,000, or any encumbrance on the ownership or right to use of such assets).

 

5.17

Without the prior written consent of Pledgee, the Company shall not incur, inherit, guarantee or suffer the existence of any debt, except for (i) debts incurred in the ordinary course of business other than through loans; and (ii) debts disclosed to Pledgee for which Pledgee’s written consent has been obtained;

 

4


5.18

The Company shall always operate all of its businesses during the ordinary course of business to maintain its asset value and refrain from any action/omission that may affect its operating status and asset value;

 

5.19

In any court or arbitration tribunal there are no pending (or, as far as the Company knows, threatening) litigation, arbitration or other legal proceedings against the Equity Interest, the Company or its assets, and in any governmental agencies or departments, there are no pending (or, as far as the Company knows, threatening) administrative proceedings or penalties against the Equity Interest, the Company or its assets, which may substantially or adversely impact the Company’s economic condition or Pledgor’s ability to fulfill its obligations and guarantee liabilities under this Agreement.

 

5.20

The Company hereby agrees that it is jointly and severally liable to Pledgee for all representations and warranties made by Pledgor under this Agreement.

 

5.21

The Company hereby warrants to Pledgee that, at any time and under any circumstances prior to complete fulfillment of the obligations under this Agreement or the Secured Obligations being fully repaid, the aforementioned representations and warranties are true and accurate and will be fully complied with.

 

6

Covenants and Further Agreements of Pledgor and the Company

The covenants and further agreements of Pledgor are set forth below.

 

6.1

Pledgor hereby covenants to Pledgee, that during the term of this Agreement, Pledgor shall:

 

  6.1.1

not transfer (or agree to others’ transfer of) all or any part of the Equity Interest, place or permit the existence of any security interest or other encumbrance on property rights that may affect Pledgee’s rights and interests in the Equity Interest, without the prior written consent of Pledgee, except for the performance of the Cooperation Agreements;

 

  6.1.2

comply with the provisions of all laws and regulations applicable to the pledge of rights, and within 5 days of receipt of any notice, order or recommendation issued or prepared by relevant competent authorities (or any other relevant parties) regarding the Pledge, shall present the aforementioned notice, order or recommendation to Pledgee, and shall comply with the aforementioned notice, order or recommendation or submit objections and representations with respect to the aforementioned matters upon Pledgee’s reasonable request or upon consent of Pledgee;

 

  6.1.3

promptly notify Pledgee in writing of any event or notice received by Pledgor that may have an impact on Pledgee’s rights to the Equity Interest or any portion thereof, as well as any event or notice received by Pledgor that may have an impact on any guarantees and other obligations of Pledgor arising out of this Agreement, and, upon reasonable request of Pledgee, take all necessary actions to secure the rights and interest to which Pledgee is entitled in the Equity Interest.

 

6.2

Pledgor agrees that the rights acquired by Pledgee in accordance with this Agreement with respect to the Pledge shall not be interrupted or harmed by Pledgor or any heirs or representatives of Pledgor or any other persons through any legal proceedings.

 

5


6.3

To protect or perfect the security interest granted by this Agreement for fulfillment of the obligations under the Cooperation Agreements, Pledgor hereby undertakes to execute in good faith and to cause other parties who have an interest in the Pledge to execute all certificates, agreements, deeds and/or covenants required by Pledgee. Pledgor also undertakes to perform and to cause other parties who have an interest in the Pledge to perform actions required by Pledgee, to facilitate the exercise by Pledgee of its rights and authority granted thereto by this Agreement, and to enter into all relevant documents regarding ownership of Equity Interest with Pledgee or designee(s) of Pledgee (natural/legal persons). Pledgor undertakes to provide Pledgee within a reasonable time with all notices, orders and decisions regarding the Pledge that are required by Pledgee.

 

6.4

Pledgor hereby undertakes to comply with and perform all guarantees, promises, agreements, representations and conditions under this Agreement. In the event of failure or partial performance of its guarantees, promises, agreements, representations and conditions, Pledgor shall indemnify Pledgee for all losses resulting therefrom.

 

6.5

If the Equity Interest pledged under this Agreement is, for any reason, subject to mandatory measures imposed by the court of law or other governmental departments, Pledgor shall try its best to release such mandatory measures imposed by the court of law or other governmental departments, including without limitation providing to the court of law other kinds of security or other measures.

 

6.6

If there is a possibility that the value of the Equity Interest will be decreased and such decrease is sufficient to harm the rights and interests of Pledgee, Pledgee may request Pledgor to provide additional collateral or security. If Pledgor refuses to provide such security, Pledgee may, at any time, sell the Equity Interest or put it up for auction, and use the monies obtained from such sale or auction to settle the Secured Obligations in advance or put such monies under custody; all expenses therefore occurred shall be borne by Pledgor.

 

6.7

Without the prior written consent from Pledgee, Pledgor and/or the Company shall not by themselves (or assisting others to) increase, decrease or transfer the registered capital of the Company (or its capital contribution to the Company) or impose any encumbrances on it, including the Equity Interest. Subject to the forgoing provision, any equity interest which is registered and obtained by Pledgor subsequent to the date of this Agreement shall be called “Additional Equity Interest”. Pledgor and the Company shall, immediately after Pledgor obtains the Additional Equity Interest, enter with Pledgee supplemental share pledge agreement for the Additional Equity Interest, make the board of directors and shareholders’ meeting of the Company approve the supplemental share pledge agreement, and deliver to Pledgee all documents necessary for the supplemental share pledge agreement, including without limitation (a) the original certificate issued by the Company about shareholders’ capital contribution relating to the Additional Equity Interest; and (b) the verified photocopy of the capital contribution verification report (issued by certified public accountant in China) regarding the Additional Equity Interest. Pledgor and the Company shall, according to Article 3.1 of this Agreement, handle the pledge registration procedures relating to the Additional Equity Interest.

 

6.8

Unless otherwise instructed by Pledgee in writing in prior, Pledgor and/or the Company agree that, if part of or all of the Equity Interest is transferred between Pledgor and any third parties in violation of this Agreement (“Transferee of the Equity Interest”), then Pledgor and/or the Company shall ensure that the Transferee of the Equity Interest will unconditionally recognize the Pledge and follow necessary procedures for modification of the registration of the Pledge (including without limitation signing relevant documents) so as to ensure the continued existence of the Pledge.

 

6


The covenants and further agreements of the Company are set forth below.

 

6.9

If, for the execution of this Agreement and Pledge under this Agreement, it is necessary to obtain any third party consent, approval, waiver or authorization, any governmental approval, license or waiver, or complete registration or recordal procedures in any governmental departments (as required by the law), then the Company shall try its best to assist in obtain the same and cause it to remain in effect during the term of this Agreement.

 

6.10

Without prior written consent of Pledgee, the Company will not provide any person or entity with any loan or credit or guarantee in any form; assist or allow Pledgor to set up any new pledges or grant other security over the Equity Interest, nor will the Company assist or allow Pledgor to transfer the Equity Interest.

 

6.11

The Company agrees to, jointly with Pledgor, strictly comply with Article 6.7 and Article 6.8 of this Agreement.

 

6.12

Without prior written consent of Pledgee, the Company shall not transfer its assets or set up (or allow the existence of) any security or encumbrances on property rights that may affect Pledgee’s rights and interests in the Equity Interest (including without limitation transfer of any of the Company’s intellectual properties or any assets with an a value equaling or over RMB 100,000, or any encumbrance on the ownership or right to use of such assets).

 

6.13

Where there are any litigations, arbitrations or any other claims, which may adversely impact the Company, the Equity Interest, or Pledgee’s interests under the Cooperation Agreements and this Agreement, the Company shall, as soon as possible, send timely notice to Pledgee and according to reasonable requests of Pledgee take all necessary measures to protect Pledgee’s pledge interests in the Equity Interest.

 

6.14

The Company shall not conduct or allow any acts or actions that may adversely impact the Equity Interest or Pledgee’s interest under the Cooperation Agreements and this Agreement.

 

6.15

The Company shall, during the first month of each calendar quarter, provide to Pledgee its financial statements for the preceding calendar quarter, including without limitation its balance sheets, profit statements and cash flow statements. Within 90 days of the end of each fiscal year, the Company shall provide Pledgee with the Company’s audited financial statements of the current fiscal year, which shall be audited and certified by the independent certified auditor approved by Pledgee.

 

6.16

The Company shall, pursuant to Pledgee’s reasonable requests, take all necessary measures and sign all necessary documents so as to ensure and protect Pledgee’s pledge rights over the Equity Interest and the realization thereof.

 

6.17

If the exercise of the Pledge under this Agreement results in any transfer of the Equity Interest, the Company agrees and warrants that it will take all measures to effect such transfer.

 

7

Event of Default

 

7.1

The following circumstances shall be deemed Event of Default:

 

  7.1.1

Pledgor fails to promptly perform or perform in full any of its obligations under the Cooperation Agreements;

 

7


  7.1.2

Any representation or warranty by Pledgor in Article 5 of this Agreement contains material misrepresentations or errors, and/or Pledgor violates any of the warranties in Article 5 of this Agreement;

 

  7.1.3

Pledgor and the Company fail to complete the registration of the Pledge with Registration Authority;

 

  7.1.4

Pledgor or the Company breach any provisions of this Agreement;

 

  7.1.5

Except as expressly stipulated in Section 6.1.1, Pledgor transfers or purports to transfer or abandons the Equity Interest or assigns the Equity Interest without the written consent of Pledgee;

 

  7.1.6

Any of Pledgor’s own loans, guarantees, indemnifications, promises or other debt liabilities to any third party or parties (1) become subject to a demand of early repayment or performance due to default on the part of Pledgor; or (2) become due but are not capable of being repaid or performed in a timely manner;

 

  7.1.7

Any approval, license, permit or authorization of government agencies that makes this Agreement enforceable, legal and effective is withdrawn, terminated, invalidated or substantively changed;

 

  7.1.8

The promulgation of applicable laws renders this Agreement illegal or renders it impossible for Pledgor to continue to perform its obligations under this Agreement;

 

  7.1.9

Adverse changes in properties owned by Pledgor, which lead Pledgee to believe that that Pledgor’s ability to perform its obligations under this Agreement has been affected;

 

  7.1.10

The successor or custodian of the Company is capable of only partially performing or refuses to perform any obligation under the Cooperation Agreements; and

 

  7.1.11

Any other circumstances occur where Pledgee is or may become unable to exercise its right with respect to the Pledge.

 

7.2

Upon notice or discovery of the occurrence of any circumstances described in Section 7.1 or event that may lead to the aforementioned circumstances described in Section 7.1, Pledgor shall immediately notify Pledgee in writing accordingly.

 

7.3

Unless an Event of Default set forth in this Section 7.1 has been successfully resolved to Pledgee’s satisfaction within thirty (30) days of Pledgee’s notice, Pledgee may issue a Notice of Default to Pledgor in writing upon the occurrence of the Event of Default or at any time thereafter and demand that Pledgor immediately pays all payments due under the Cooperation Agreements, and/or disposes of the Pledge in accordance with the provisions of Article 8 of this Agreement.

 

8

Exercise of Pledge

 

8.1

Prior to the full performance of the Cooperation Agreements and full payment of all payments described therein, without Pledgee’s written consent, Pledgor shall not assign the Pledge or the Equity Interest.

 

8.2

Pledgee may issue a Notice of Default to Pledgor when exercising the Pledge.

 

8


8.3

Subject to the provisions of Section 7.3, Pledgee may exercise the right to enforce the Pledge concurrently with the issuance of the Notice of Default in accordance with Section 7.2 or at any time after the issuance of the Notice of Default. Once Pledgee elects to enforce the Pledge, Pledgor shall cease to be entitled to any rights or interests associated with the Equity Interest.

 

8.4

In the Event of Default, Pledgee is entitled to dispose of the Equity Interest pledged, to the extent permitted and in accordance with applicable laws; if, after satisfying all Secured Obligations, there is any balance in the monies collected by Pledgee by enforcing the Pledge, then such balance shall be, without calculation of interests, paid to Pledgor or other parties entitled to receive such balance.

 

8.5

When Pledgee disposes of the Pledge in accordance with this Agreement, Pledgor and the Company shall provide necessary assistance to enable Pledgee to enforce the Pledge in accordance with this Agreement.

 

8.6

Unless otherwise provided by the law, all expenses, tax, charges and all legal fees relating to the establishment of the Pledge and enforcement of it shall be borne by Pledgor.

 

9

Assignment

 

9.1

Without Pledgee’s prior written consent, Pledgor and the Company shall not assign or delegate its rights and obligations under this Agreement.

 

9.2

This Agreement shall be binding on Pledgor and its successors and permitted assigns, and shall be valid with respect to Pledgee and each of its successors and assigns.

 

9.3

At any time, Pledgee may assign any and all of its rights and obligations under this Agreement and the Cooperation Agreements to its designee(s) (natural/legal persons), in which case the assigns shall have the rights and obligations of Pledgee under this Agreement, as if it were the original party to this Agreement. When Pledgee assigns the rights and obligations under this Agreement and the Cooperation Agreements, upon Pledgee’s request, Pledgor and the Company shall execute relevant agreements or other documents relating to such assignment.

 

9.4

In the event of a change in Pledgee due to an assignment, Pledgor and the Company shall, at the request of Pledgee, execute a new pledge agreement with the new pledgee on the same terms and conditions as this Agreement.

 

9.5

Pledgor shall strictly abide by the provisions of this Agreement and other contracts jointly or separately executed by the Parties hereto or any of them, including the Cooperation Agreements, perform the obligations hereunder and thereunder, and refrain from any action/omission that may affect the effectiveness and enforceability thereof. Any remaining rights of Pledgor with respect to the Equity Interest pledged hereunder shall not be exercised by Pledgor except in accordance with the written instructions of Pledgee.

 

10

TERMINATION

Upon the full performance of the Cooperation Agreements and full payment of all payments described therein, and upon termination of Pledgor’s obligations under the Cooperation Agreements, this Agreement shall be terminated, and Pledgee shall then release the equity pledge hereunder as soon as reasonably practicable and cooperate with Pledgor in connection with the deregistration of the equity pledge in the Company’s shareholder register and with the Registration Authority. The reasonable fees arising from pledge deregistration shall be borne by Pledgor.

 

9


11

Handling Fees and Other Expenses

Unless otherwise agreed or required by applicable laws, all fees and out of pocket expenses relating to this Agreement, including but not limited to legal costs, costs of production, stamp tax and any other taxes and fees, shall be BORNE BY THE COMPANY.

 

12

Confidentiality

The Parties acknowledge that any oral or written information exchanged among them with respect to this Agreement is confidential information. Each Party shall maintain the confidentiality of all such information, and without obtaining the written consent of other Parties, it shall not disclose any relevant information to any third parties, except in the following circumstances: (a) such information is or will be in the public domain (provided that this is not the result of a public disclosure by the receiving Party); (b) information disclosed as required by applicable laws or rules or regulations of any stock exchange; or (c) information required to be disclosed by any Party to its legal counsel or financial advisor regarding the transaction contemplated hereunder, and such legal counsel or financial advisor are also bound by confidentiality duties similar to the duties in this section. Disclosure of any confidential information by the staff members or agency hired by any Party shall be deemed disclosure of such confidential information by such Party, which Party shall be held liable for breach of this Agreement. This section shall survive the termination of this Agreement for any reason.

 

13

Governing Law, Resolution of Disputes and Change in Laws

 

13.1

The execution, effectiveness, construction, performance, and the resolution of disputes hereunder shall be governed by the formally published and publicly available laws of China. Matters not covered by formally published and publicly available laws of China shall be governed by international legal principles and practices.

 

13.2

In the event of any dispute with respect to the construction and performance of the provisions of this Agreement, the Parties shall negotiate in good faith to resolve the dispute. In the event the Parties fail to reach an agreement on the resolution of such a dispute within 30 days after any Party’s request for resolution of the dispute through negotiations, any Party may submit the relevant dispute to the China International Economic and Trade Arbitration Commission (“CIETAC”) for arbitration, in accordance with its then effective arbitration rules. The arbitration shall be conducted in Shanghai, and the language used during arbitration shall be Chinese. The arbitration ruling shall be final and binding on all Parties.

 

13.3

Upon the occurrence of any disputes arising from the construction and performance of this Agreement or during the pending arbitration of any dispute, except for the matters under dispute, the Parties to this Agreement shall continue to exercise their respective rights under this Agreement and perform their respective obligations under this Agreement.

 

13.4

In case of promulgation or any change to or in any Chinese law, regulation or rule, or any change to or in the interpretation or application of the same anytime after execution of this Agreement, the following agreement shall apply: (a) if any Party would enjoy more benefits under any changed or new law than under the relevant law, regulation or rule in effect at the date of this Agreement, without any material adverse effect upon the other Parties, the Parties shall promptly apply for such benefits brought by the changed or new law. The Parties shall make best efforts to procure the approval of such application; and (b) if the aforementioned law change or promulgation causes any direct or indirect material adverse effect to either Party, this Agreement shall be implemented in its original terms and conditions. However, the Parties shall try all lawful means to procure exemption from compliance with such changed or new law provisions. In the event such adverse effect on the economic interest of either Party is unable to be resolved pursuant to this Agreement, the affected Party may give notice to the other Parties, and the Parties shall hold prompt discussion and make all necessary amendments to this Agreement so as to maintain the economic benefits otherwise enjoyed by the affected Party.

 

10


13.5

Subject to PRC laws, the arbitration tribunal may award remedies over the shares or land assets of Pledgor, injunctive relief (including but not limited to matters of business or compel the transfer of assets) or award the winding-up of Pledgor. Any party shall have the right to apply for enforcement of arbitration awards to the court with jurisdiction after the arbitration awards come into force. Subject to PRC laws, the courts of Hong Kong and China also have jurisdiction for the enforcement of the arbitration awards and the interim remedies against the shares or land assets of Pledgor.

 

14

Notices

 

14.1

All notices and other communications required or permitted to be given pursuant to this Agreement shall be delivered personally or sent by registered mail, postage prepaid, by a commercial courier service or by facsimile transmission to the address of such Party set forth below. A confirmation copy of each notice shall also be sent by email. The dates on which notices shall be deemed to have been effectively given shall be determined as follows:

 

  14.1.1

Notices given by personal delivery, by courier service or by registered mail, postage prepaid, shall be deemed effectively given on the date of delivery or refusal at the address specified for notices.

 

  14.1.2

Notices given by facsimile transmission shall be deemed effectively given on the date of successful transmission (as evidenced by an automatically generated confirmation of transmission).

 

14.2

For the purpose of notices, the addresses of the Parties are as follows:

 

Pledgee:    Shanghai Huiyuan Management Consulting Company Limited
Address:    [***]
Attn:    [***]
Pledgor:    Shanghai Lanbang Investment Limited Liability Company
Address:    [***]
Attn:    [***]
Company:    Shanghai Xiongguo Corporation Management Co., Ltd.
Address:    [***]
Attn:    [***]

 

14.3

Any Party may at any time change its address for notices by a notice delivered to the other Parties in accordance with the terms hereof.

 

15

Severability

In the event that one or several of the provisions of this Agreement are found to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any aspect in accordance with any laws or regulations, the validity, legality or enforceability of the remaining provisions of this Agreement shall not be affected or compromised in any respect. The Parties shall strive in good faith to replace such invalid, illegal or unenforceable provisions with effective provisions that accomplish to the greatest extent permitted by law and the intentions of the Parties, and the economic effect of such effective provisions shall be as close as possible to the economic effect of those invalid, illegal or unenforceable provisions.

 

11


16

Successors

This Agreement shall be binding on the respective successors of the Parties and the permitted assigns of such Parties.

 

17

Survival

 

17.1

Any obligations that occur or that are due as a result of this Agreement upon the expiration or early termination of this Agreement shall survive the expiration or early termination thereof.

 

17.2

The provisions of Sections 13, 14 and this Section 17 shall survive the termination of this Agreement.

 

18

Waivers

Any Party may waive the terms and conditions of this Agreement, provided that such a waiver must be provided in writing and shall require the signatures of the Parties. No waiver by any Party in certain circumstances with respect to a breach by other Parties shall operate as a waiver by such a Party with respect to any similar breach in other circumstances.

 

19

Amendment, change and supplement

 

19.1

Any amendment, change and supplement to this Agreement shall require the execution of a written agreement by all of the Parties and be recorded with competent governmental authorities (if applicable).

 

19.2

If The Stock Exchange of Hong Kong Limited (“SEHK”) or any other relevant regulatory authority or stock exchange requests any amendment to this Agreement or if there is any change to the Rules Governing the Listing of Securities on the SEHK or any other relevant stock exchange rules that is relevant to the terms of this Agreement, the Parties shall make corresponding changes to the terms of this Agreement.

 

20

Language

This Agreement is written in Chinese and English in five (5) copies. Each of Pledgor, Pledgee and the Company shall hold one (1) copy, respectively; one (1) copy shall be submitted to the Registration Authority; and Pledgee shall keep the remaining copies. Each copy of this Agreement shall have equal validity. In case there is any conflict between the Chinese version and the English version, the Chinese version shall prevail.

[The space below is intentionally left blank.]

 

12


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties have caused their authorized representatives to execute this Share Pledge Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

Pledgee: Shanghai Huiyuan Management Consulting Company Limited
By:  

/s/ Gibb Gregory Dean

 
Name:   Gibb Gregory Dean  
Title:   Legal Representative  
Pledgor: Shanghai Lanbang Investment Limited Liability Company
By:  

/s/ Shi Jing Kui

 
Name:   Shi Jing Kui  
Title:   Legal Representative  
Company: Shanghai Xiongguo Corporation Management Co., Ltd.
By:  

/s/ Gibb Gregory Dean

 
Name:   Gibb Gregory Dean  
Title:   Legal Representative  

 

13

Exhibit 10.12

Share Pledge Agreement

This Share Pledge Agreement (this “Agreement”) has been executed by and among the following Parties on 23 March 2015 in Shanghai:

Shanghai Huiyuan Management Consulting Company Limited, a limited liability company organized and existing under the laws of PRC, with its address at Room 202-1, No. 13, 1502 Lane, Luoshan Road, Pudong District, Shanghai (“Pledgee”).

Shenzhen Ping An Financial Technology Consulting Co., Ltd, a limited liability company organized and existing under the laws of PRC, with its address at 4/F, Pingan Building, Baguasan Road, Bagualing, Futian District, Shenzhen (“Pledgor”).

Shanghai Xiongguo Corporation Management Co., Ltd., a limited liability company organized and existing under the laws of PRC, with its address at 1106-B, 60 Mudan Road, Pudong District, Shanghai (“Company”).

In this Agreement, each of Pledgee, Pledgor and the Company shall be referred to as a “Party” respectively, and they shall be collectively referred to as the “Parties”.

Whereas,

 

1.

Pledgor is a limited liability company organized and validly existing under the laws of PRC, and holds 49.99% of the equity interest in the Company. The Company is a limited liability company registered and validly existing in Shanghai, China. The Company acknowledges the respective rights and obligations of Pledgor and Pledgee under this Agreement, and agrees to provide any necessary assistance in registering the Pledge;

 

2.

Pledgee is a Wholly Foreign Owned Enterprise registered and validly existing in Shanghai, China. Pledgee, Pledgor and the Company have executed the Exclusive Equity Interest Option Agreement, Exclusive Asset Option Agreement and Voting Trust Agreement on 23 March 2015. The aforementioned Agreements shall be individually referred to as a “Cooperation Agreement” and together referred to as the “Cooperation Agreements”.

 

3.

Pledgor hereby agrees to pledge all of the equity interest it holds in the Company as security for the fulfillment of any and all obligations of Pledgor under the Cooperation Agreements.

 

1.

Definitions

Unless otherwise provided herein, the terms below shall have the following meanings:

 

1.1

Pledge” shall refer to the security interest granted by Pledgor to Pledgee pursuant to Article 2 of this Agreement, i.e., the right of Pledgee to be compensated on a preferential basis with the conversion, auction or sales price of the Equity Interest.

 

1.2

Equity Interest” shall refer to all of the equity interest lawfully now held and hereafter acquired by Pledgor in the Company.

 

1.3

Term of Pledge” shall refer to the term set forth in Section 3 of this Agreement.

 

1.4

Event of Default” shall refer to any of the circumstances set forth in Article 7 of this Agreement.

 

1.5

Notice of Default” shall refer to the notice issued by Pledgee in accordance with this Agreement declaring an Event of Default.

 

SHARE PLEDGE AGREEMENT

 


1.6

PRC” shall refer to the People’s Republic of China, which excludes for the purposes of this Agreement the Special Administrative Regions of Hong Kong and Macau and the Taiwan area.

 

1.7

Cooperation Agreements” shall have the meaning as ascribed to it under Whereas Section of this Agreement.

 

2.

The Pledge

 

2.1

As collateral security for the prompt and complete performance of any and all obligations of Pledgor under the Cooperation Agreements (collectively, the “Secured Obligations”), Pledgor hereby pledges to Pledgee a first security interest in the 49.99% equity interest of the Company owned by Pledgor (including the 49.99% registered capital (amount of capital contribution) currently owned by Pledgor and all relevant equity interest thereto).

 

2.2

The Parties understand and agree that the monetary valuation arising from, relating to or in connection with the Secured Obligations shall be a variable and floating valuation until the Settlement Date (as defined below).

 

2.3

Upon the occurrence of any of the events below (each an Event of Settlement), the Secured Obligations shall be fixed at a value of the sum of all Secured Obligations that are due, outstanding and payable to Pledgee on or immediately prior to the date of such occurrence (the Fixed Obligations):

 

  (a)

any Cooperation Agreement expires or is terminated pursuant to the stipulations thereunder;

 

  (b)

the occurrence of an Event of Default pursuant to Section 7 that is not resolved, which results in Pledgee serving a Notice of Default to Pledgor pursuant to Section 7.3;

 

  (c)

Pledgee reasonably determines (having made due enquiries) that Pledgor and/or the Company is insolvent or could potentially be made insolvent; or

 

  (d)

any other event that requires the settlement of the Secured Obligations in accordance with relevant laws of the PRC.

 

2.4

For the avoidance of doubt, the day of the occurrence of an Event of Settlement shall be the settlement date (the “Settlement Date”). On or after the Settlement Date, Pledgee shall be entitled, at the election of Pledgee, to enforce the Pledge in accordance with Section 8.

 

2.5

Pledgee is entitled to collect dividends or other distributions, if any, arising from the Equity Interest during the Term of Pledge.

 

3.

Term of Pledge

 

3.1

The Pledge shall become effective as of the date when the pledge of the Equity Interest is registered with the local administration of industry and commerce where the Company locates (the “Registration Authority”). The Term of the Pledge (the “Term of Pledge”) shall end when the last obligation secured by the Pledge is paid or fully fulfilled. The Parties agree that, promptly after the execution of this Agreement (but in no event later than 20 days from the execution date of this Agreement), Pledgor and Pledgee shall submit their application for pledge registration to the Registration Authority in accordance with the Measures on Share Pledge Registration with the Administration of Industry and Commerce. The Parties also agree that within fifteen (15) days after the Registration Authority officially accepts equity pledge application, Pledgor and the Company shall complete the pledge registration procedure, obtain the pledge registration notice and completely and accurately register the Pledge of Equity Interest on the Pledge Registration Book of the Registration Authority. The Company acknowledges the respective rights and obligations of Pledgor and Pledgee under this Agreement, and agrees to provide any necessary assistance in registering the Pledge.

 

SHARE PLEDGE AGREEMENT


3.2

During the Term of Pledge, in the event Pledgor fails to perform any of its obligations under the Cooperation Agreements, Pledgee shall have the right, but not the obligation, to dispose of the Pledge in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement.

 

4.

Custody of Records for Equity Interest subject to Pledge

 

4.1

During the Term of Pledge, Pledgor shall deliver to Pledgee’s custody the originals of the capital contribution certificate for the Equity Interest, the shareholders’ register containing the Pledge, and other documents reasonably requested by Pledgee (including without limitation the notice of registration of the Pledge issued by the Registration Authority) within one week from the date the Pledge is registered. Pledgee shall have custody of such items during the entire Term of Pledge.

 

5.

Representations and Warranties of Pledgor and the CompanyPledgor Represents and Warrants to Pledgee that:

 

5.1

Pledgor is the sole legal and beneficial owner of the Equity Interest. Except for being subject to other agreements entered into by Pledgor and Pledgee, Pledgor enjoys legal and complete ownership of the Equity Interest, free from any existing dispute over the ownership of the Equity Interest. Pledgor may dispose of any and all Equity Interest. Pledgor has the legitimate powers and capacity to enter into, and fulfill its legal obligations pursuant to this Agreement.

 

5.2

The Equity Interest may be pledged and transferred according to law, and Pledgor has the full rights and powers to pledge the Equity Interest in favor of Pledgee pursuant to this Agreement.

 

5.3

This Agreement, once properly executed by Pledgor, constitutes legal, valid and binding obligations of Pledgor.

 

5.4

All third-party consents, approvals, waivers, and authorizations, or any government approvals, permissions, exemptions, or any registrations or filings (if required by law) with any government authorities, necessary for the execution and performance of this Agreement and for the Pledge of the Equity Interest hereunder, have been obtained or completed and will remain fully effective within the term hereof.

 

5.5

The Pledge hereunder constitutes the first-priority security interests in the Equity Interest.

 

5.6

All the taxes and charges payable as a result of the receipt of the Equity Interest have been paid in full by Pledgor.

 

5.7

Pledgee shall have the right to dispose of and transfer the Equity Interest in accordance with the provisions set forth in this Agreement.

 

5.8

Except for the Cooperation Agreements, Pledgor has not placed any security interest or other encumbrance on the Equity Interest. There are no controversies over the ownership of the Equity Interest. The Equity Interest is not seized or subject to any other legal proceedings or similar threats, and is good for transfer and pledging according to applicable laws.

 

5.9

Pledgor’s execution of this Agreement and exercise of its rights under this Agreement (or fulfillment of its obligations under this Agreement) will not breach any laws, regulations, and agreements or contracts to which Pledgor is a party, or any promise Pledgor has made to any third parties.

 

SHARE PLEDGE AGREEMENT


5.10

All documents, materials, statements and certificates provided by Pledgor to Pledgee are accurate, true, complete and valid.

 

5.11

Pledgor hereby warrants to Pledgee that all the above representations and warrants will be true and correct and fully complied with under all circumstances before the contractual obligations have been fulfilled or the Secured Obligations have been repaid in full.

The Company Represents and Warrants to Pledgee that:

 

5.12

The Company is a limited liability company registered and validly existing under the laws of China. The Company has the qualification of an independent legal person, enjoys complete and independent legal status and the legal capacity to sign, deliver and fulfill this Agreement.

 

5.13

All the reports, documents and information provided by the Company to Pledgee before the effective date hereof, in connection with the Equity Interest or required by this Agreement, shall all be true and correct in all material aspects as of the effective date hereof All the reports, documents and information provided by the Company to Pledgee after the effective date hereof, in connection with the Equity Interest or required by this Agreement, shall all be true and correct in all material aspects as of the date of provision.

 

5.14

Upon due execution of the Company, this Agreement constitute legal, effective and binding obligation on the Company.

 

5.15

The Company has the complete internal power and authorization to sign and deliver this Agreement and all other documents relating to the transactions contemplated under this Agreement. The Company has the complete power and authorization to complete the transactions contemplated under this Agreement.

 

5.16

Regarding the assets owned by the Company, there are no guarantee interests or any other encumbrance on property rights that are substantial and may impact Pledgee’s right and interests in the Equity Interest (including without limitation transfer of any of the Company’s intellectual properties or any assets with an a value equaling or over RMB 100,000, or any encumbrance on the ownership or right to use of such assets).

 

5.17

Without the prior written consent of Pledgee, the Company shall not incur, inherit, guarantee or suffer the existence of any debt, except for (i) debts incurred in the ordinary course of business other than through loans; and (ii) debts disclosed to Pledgee for which Pledgee’s written consent has been obtained;

 

5.18

The Company shall always operate all of its businesses during the ordinary course of business to maintain its asset value and refrain from any action/omission that may affect its operating status and asset value;

 

5.19

In any court or arbitration tribunal there are no pending (or, as far as the Company knows, threatening) litigation, arbitration or other legal proceedings against the Equity Interest, the Company or its assets, and in any governmental agencies or departments, there are no pending (or, as far as the Company knows, threatening) administrative proceedings or penalties against the Equity Interest, the Company or its assets, which may substantially or adversely impact the Company’s economic condition or Pledgor’s ability to fulfill its obligations and guarantee liabilities under this Agreement.

 

SHARE PLEDGE AGREEMENT


5.20

The Company hereby agrees that it is jointly and severally liable to Pledgee for all representations and warranties made by Pledgor under this Agreement.

 

5.21

The Company hereby warrants to Pledgee that, at any time and under any circumstances prior to complete fulfillment of the obligations under this Agreement or the Secured Obligations being fully repaid, the aforementioned representations and warranties are true and accurate and will be fully complied with.

 

6.

Covenants and Further Agreements of Pledgor and the Company

The covenants and further agreements of Pledgor are set forth below.

 

6.1

Pledgor hereby covenants to Pledgee, that during the term of this Agreement, Pledgor shall:

 

  6.1.1

not transfer (or agree to others’ transfer of) all or any part of the Equity Interest, place or permit the existence of any security interest or other encumbrance on property rights that may affect Pledgee’s rights and interests in the Equity Interest, without the prior written consent of Pledgee, except for the performance of the Cooperation Agreements;

 

  6.1.2

comply with the provisions of all laws and regulations applicable to the pledge of rights, and within 5 days of receipt of any notice, order or recommendation issued or prepared by relevant competent authorities (or any other relevant parties) regarding the Pledge, shall present the aforementioned notice, order or recommendation to Pledgee, and shall comply with the aforementioned notice, order or recommendation or submit objections and representations with respect to the aforementioned matters upon Pledgee’s reasonable request or upon consent of Pledgee;

 

  6.1.3

promptly notify Pledgee in writing of any event or notice received by Pledgor that may have an impact on Pledgee’s rights to the Equity Interest or any portion thereof, as well as any event or notice received by Pledgor that may have an impact on any guarantees and other obligations of Pledgor arising out of this Agreement, and, upon reasonable request of Pledgee, take all necessary actions to secure the rights and interest to which Pledgee is entitled in the Equity Interest.

 

6.2

Pledgor agrees that the rights acquired by Pledgee in accordance with this Agreement with respect to the Pledge shall not be interrupted or harmed by Pledgor or any heirs or representatives of Pledgor or any other persons through any legal proceedings.

 

6.3

To protect or perfect the security interest granted by this Agreement for fulfillment of the obligations under the Cooperation Agreements, Pledgor hereby undertakes to execute in good faith and to cause other parties who have an interest in the Pledge to execute all certificates, agreements, deeds and/or covenants required by Pledgee. Pledgor also undertakes to perform and to cause other parties who have an interest in the Pledge to perform actions required by Pledgee, to facilitate the exercise by Pledgee of its rights and authority granted thereto by this Agreement, and to enter into all relevant documents regarding ownership of Equity Interest with Pledgee or designee(s) of Pledgee (natura/legal persons). Pledgor undertakes to provide Pledgee within a reasonable time with all notices, orders and decisions regarding the Pledge that are required by Pledgee.

 

6.4

Pledgor hereby undertakes to comply with and perform all guarantees, promises, agreements, representations and conditions under this Agreement. In the event of failure or partial performance of its guarantees, promises, agreements, representations and conditions, Pledgor shall indemnify Pledgee for all losses resulting therefrom.

 

SHARE PLEDGE AGREEMENT


6.5

If the Equity Interest pledged under this Agreement is, for any reason, subject to mandatory measures imposed by the court of law or other governmental departments, Pledgor shall try its best to release such mandatory measures imposed by the court of law or other governmental departments, including without limitation providing to the court of law other kinds of security or other measures.

 

6.6

If there is a possibility that the value of the Equity Interest will be decreased and such decrease is sufficient to harm the rights and interests of Pledgee, Pledgee may request Pledgor to provide additional collateral or security. If Pledgor refuses to provide such security, Pledgee may, at any time, sell the Equity Interest or put it up for auction, and use the monies obtained from such sale or auction to settle the Secured Obligations in advance or put such monies under custody; all expenses therefore occurred shall be borne by Pledgor.

 

6.7

Without the prior written consent from Pledgee, Pledgor and/or the Company shall not by themselves (or assisting others to) increase, decrease or transfer the registered capital of the Company (or its capital contribution to the Company) or impose any encumbrances on it, including the Equity Interest. Subject to the forgoing provision, any equity interest which is registered and obtained by Pledgor subsequent to the date of this Agreement shall be called “Additional Equity Interest”. Pledgor and the Company shall, immediately after Pledgor obtains the Additional Equity Interest, enter with Pledgee supplemental share pledge agreement for the Additional Equity Interest, make the board of directors and shareholders’ meeting of the Company approve the supplemental share pledge agreement, and deliver to Pledgee all documents necessary for the supplemental share pledge agreement, including without limitation (a) the original certificate issued by the Company about shareholders’ capital contribution relating to the Additional Equity Interest; and (b) the verified photocopy of the capital contribution verification report (issued by certified public accountant in China) regarding the Additional Equity Interest. Pledgor and the Company shall, according to Article 3.1 of this Agreement, handle the pledge registration procedures relating to the Additional Equity Interest.

 

6.8

Unless otherwise instructed by Pledgee in writing in prior, Pledgor and/or the Company agree that, if part of or all of the Equity Interest is transferred between Pledgor and any third parties in violation of this Agreement (“Transferee of the Equity Interest”), then Pledgor and/or the Company shall ensure that the Transferee of the Equity Interest will unconditionally recognize the Pledge and follow necessary procedures for modification of the registration of the Pledge (including without limitation signing relevant documents) so as to ensure the continued existence of the Pledge.

The covenants and further agreements of the Company are set forth below.

 

6.9

If, for the execution of this Agreement and Pledge under this Agreement, it is necessary to obtain any third party consent, approval, waiver or authorization, any governmental approval, license or waiver, or complete registration or recordal procedures in any governmental departments (as required by the law), then the Company shall try its best to assist in obtain the same and cause it to remain in effect during the term of this Agreement.

 

6.10

Without prior written consent of Pledgee, the Company will not provide any person or entity with any loan or credit or guarantee in any form; assist or allow Pledgor to set up any new pledges or grant other security over the Equity Interest, nor will the Company assist or allow Pledgor to transfer the Equity Interest.

 

6.11

The Company agrees to, jointly with Pledgor, strictly comply with Article 6.7 and Article 6.8 of this Agreement.

 

SHARE PLEDGE AGREEMENT


6.12

Without prior written consent of Pledgee, the Company shall not transfer its assets or set up (or allow the existence of) any security or encumbrances on property rights that may affect Pledgee’s rights and interests in the Equity Interest (including without limitation transfer of any of the Company’s intellectual properties or any assets with an a value equaling or over RMB 100,000, or any encumbrance on the ownership or right to use of such assets).

 

6.13

Where there are any litigations, arbitrations or any other claims, which may adversely impact the Company, the Equity Interest, or Pledgee’s interests under the Cooperation Agreements and this Agreement, the Company shall, as soon as possible, send timely notice to Pledgee and according to reasonable requests of Pledgee take all necessary measures to protect Pledgee’s pledge interests in the Equity Interest.

 

6.14

The Company shall not conduct or allow any acts or actions that may adversely impact the Equity Interest or Pledgee’s interest under the Cooperation Agreements and this Agreement.

 

6.15

The Company shall, during the first month of each calendar quarter, provide to Pledgee its financial statements for the preceding calendar quarter, including without limitation its balance sheets, profit statements and cash flow statements. Within 90 days of the end of each fiscal year, the Company shall provide Pledgee with the Company’s audited financial statements of the current fiscal year, which shall be audited and certified by the independent certified auditor approved by Pledgee.

 

6.16

The Company shall, pursuant to Pledgee’s reasonable requests, take all necessary measures and sign all necessary documents so as to ensure and protect Pledgee’s pledge rights over the Equity Interest and the realization thereof

 

6.17

If the exercise of the Pledge under this Agreement results in any transfer of the Equity Interest, the Company agrees and warrants that it will take all measures to effect such transfer.

 

7.

Event of Default

 

7.1

The following circumstances shall be deemed Event of Default:

 

  7.1.1

Pledgor fails to promptly perform or perform in full any of its obligations under the Cooperation Agreements;

 

  7.1.2

Any representation or warranty by Pledgor in Article 5 of this Agreement contains material misrepresentations or errors, and/or Pledgor violates any of the warranties in Article 5 of this Agreement;

 

  7.1.3

Pledgor and the Company fail to complete the registration of the Pledge with Registration Authority;

 

  7.1.4

Pledgor or the Company breach any provisions of this Agreement;

 

  7.1.5

Except as expressly stipulated in Section 6.1.1, Pledgor transfers or purports to transfer or abandons the Equity Interest or assigns the Equity Interest without the written consent of Pledgee;

 

  7.1.6

Any of Pledgor’s own loans, guarantees, indemnifications, promises or other debt liabilities to any third party or parties (1) become subject to a demand of early repayment or performance due to default on the part of Pledgor; or (2) become due but are not capable of being repaid or performed in a timely manner;

 

SHARE PLEDGE AGREEMENT


  7.1.7

Any approval, license, permit or authorization of government agencies that makes this Agreement enforceable, legal and effective is withdrawn, terminated, invalidated or substantively changed;

 

  7.1.8

The promulgation of applicable laws renders this Agreement illegal or renders it impossible for Pledgor to continue to perform its obligations under this Agreement;

 

  7.1.9

Adverse changes in properties owned by Pledgor, which lead Pledgee to believe that that Pledgor’s ability to perform its obligations under this Agreement has been affected;

 

  7.1.10

The successor or custodian of the Company is capable of only partially performing or refuses to perform any obligation under the Cooperation Agreements; and

 

  7.1.11

Any other circumstances occur where Pledgee is or may become unable to exercise its right with respect to the Pledge.

 

7.2

Upon notice or discovery of the occurrence of any circumstances described in Section 7.1 or event that may lead to the aforementioned circumstances described in Section 7.1, Pledgor shall immediately notify Pledgee in writing accordingly.

 

7.3

Unless an Event of Default set forth in this Section 7.1 has been successfully resolved to Pledgee’s satisfaction within thirty (30) days of Pledgee’s notice, Pledgee may issue a Notice of Default to Pledgor in writing upon the occurrence of the Event of Default or at any time thereafter and demand that Pledgor immediately pays all payments due under the Cooperation Agreements, and/or disposes of the Pledge in accordance with the provisions of Article 8 of this Agreement.

 

8.

Exercise of Pledge

 

8.1

Prior to the full performance of the Cooperation Agreements and full payment of all payments described therein, without Pledgee’s written consent, Pledgor shall not assign the Pledge or the Equity Interest.

 

8.2

Pledgee may issue a Notice of Default to Pledgor when exercising the Pledge.

 

8.3

Subject to the provisions of Section 7.3, Pledgee may exercise the right to enforce the Pledge concurrently with the issuance of the Notice of Default in accordance with Section 7.2 or at any time after the issuance of the Notice of Default. Once Pledgee elects to enforce the Pledge, Pledgor shall cease to be entitled to any rights or interests associated with the Equity Interest.

 

8.4

In the Event of Default, Pledgee is entitled to dispose of the Equity Interest pledged, to the extent permitted and in accordance with applicable laws; if, after satisfying all Secured Obligations, there is any balance in the monies collected by Pledgee by enforcing the Pledge, then such balance shall be, without calculation of interests, paid to Pledgor or other parties entitled to receive such balance.

 

8.5

When Pledgee disposes of the Pledge in accordance with this Agreement, Pledgor and the Company shall provide necessary assistance to enable Pledgee to enforce the Pledge in accordance with this Agreement.

 

8.6

Unless otherwise provided by the law, all expenses, tax, charges and all legal fees relating to the establishment of the Pledge and enforcement of it shall be borne by Pledgor.

 

9.

Assignment

 

9.1

Without Pledgee’s prior written consent, Pledgor and the Company shall not assign or delegate its rights and obligations under this Agreement.

 

SHARE PLEDGE AGREEMENT


9.2

This Agreement shall be binding on Pledgor and its successors and permitted assigns, and shall be valid with respect to Pledgee and each of its successors and assigns.

 

9.3

At any time, Pledgee may assign any and all of its rights and obligations under this Agreement and the Cooperation Agreements to its designee(s) (natural/legal persons), in which case the assigns shall have the rights and obligations of Pledgee under this Agreement, as if it were the original party to this Agreement. When Pledgee assigns the rights and obligations under this Agreement and the Cooperation Agreements, upon Pledgee’s request, Pledgor and the Company shall execute relevant agreements or other documents relating to such assignment.

 

9.4

In the event of a change in Pledgee due to an assignment, Pledgor and the Company shall, at the request of Pledgee, execute a new pledge agreement with the new pledgee on the same terms „and conditions as this Agreement.

 

9.5

Pledgor shall strictly abide by the provisions of this Agreement and other contracts jointly or separately executed by the Parties hereto or any of them, including the Cooperation Agreements, perform the obligations hereunder and thereunder, and refrain from any action/omission that may affect the effectiveness and enforceability thereof. Any remaining rights of Pledgor with respect to the Equity Interest pledged hereunder shall not be exercised by Pledgor except in accordance with the written instructions of Pledgee.

 

10.

Termination

Upon the full performance of the Cooperation Agreements and full payment of all payments described therein, and upon termination of Pledgor’s obligations under the Cooperation Agreements, this Agreement shall be terminated, and Pledgee shall then release the equity pledge hereunder as soon as reasonably practicable and cooperate with Pledgor in connection with the deregistration of the equity pledge in the Company’s shareholder register and with the Registration Authority. The reasonable fees arising from pledge deregistration shall be borne by Pledgor.

 

11.

Handling Fees and Other Expenses

Unless otherwise agreed or required by applicable laws, all fees and out of pocket expenses relating to this Agreement, including but not limited to legal costs, costs of production, stamp tax and any other taxes and fees, shall be borne by the Company.

 

12.

Confidentiality

The Parties acknowledge that any oral or written information exchanged among them with respect to this Agreement is confidential information. Each Party shall maintain the confidentiality of all such information, and without obtaining the written consent of other Parties, it shall not disclose any relevant information to any third parties, except in the following circumstances: (a) such information is or will be in the public domain (provided that this is not the result of a public disclosure by the receiving Party); (b) information disclosed as required by applicable laws or rules or regulations of any stock exchange; or (c) information required to be disclosed by any Party to its legal counsel or financial advisor regarding the transaction contemplated hereunder, and such legal counsel or financial advisor are also bound by confidentiality duties similar to the duties in this section. Disclosure of any confidential information by the staff members or agency hired by any Party shall be deemed disclosure of such confidential information by such Party, which Party shall be held liable for breach of this Agreement. This section shall survive the termination of this Agreement for any reason.

 

SHARE PLEDGE AGREEMENT


13.

Governing Law, Resolution of Disputes and Change in Laws

 

13.1

The execution, effectiveness, construction, performance, and the resolution of disputes hereunder shall be governed by the formally published and publicly available laws of China. Matters not covered by formally published and publicly available laws of China shall be governed by international legal principles and practices.

 

13.2

In the event of any dispute with respect to the construction and performance of the provisions of this Agreement, the Parties shall negotiate in good faith to resolve the dispute. In the event the Parties fail to reach an agreement on the resolution of such a dispute within 30 days after any Party’s request for resolution of the dispute through negotiations, any Party may submit the relevant dispute to the China International Economic and Trade Arbitration Commission (“CIETAC”) for arbitration, in accordance with its then effective arbitration rules. The arbitration shall be conducted in Shanghai, and the language used during arbitration shall be Chinese. The arbitration ruling shall be final and binding on all Parties.

 

13.3

Upon the occurrence of any disputes arising from the construction and performance of this Agreement or during the pending arbitration of any dispute, except for the matters under dispute, the Parties to this Agreement shall continue to exercise their respective rights under this Agreement and perform their respective obligations under this Agreement.

 

13.4

In case of promulgation or any change to or in any Chinese law, regulation or rule, or any change to or in the interpretation or application of the same anytime after execution of this Agreement, the following agreement shall apply: (a) if any Party would enjoy more benefits under any changed or new law than under the relevant law, regulation or rule in effect at the date of this Agreement, without any material adverse effect upon the other Parties, the Parties shall promptly apply for such benefits brought by the changed or new law. The Parties shall make best efforts to procure the approval of such application; and (b) if the aforementioned law change or promulgation causes any direct or indirect material adverse effect to either Party, this Agreement shall be implemented in its original terms and conditions. However, the Parties shall try all lawful means to procure exemption from compliance with such changed or new law provisions. In the event such adverse effect on the economic interest of either Party is unable to be resolved pursuant to this Agreement, the affected Party may give notice to the other Parties, and the Parties shall hold prompt discussion and make all necessary amendments to this Agreement so as to maintain the economic benefits otherwise enjoyed by the affected Party.

 

13.5

Subject to PRC laws, the arbitration tribunal may award remedies over the shares or land assets of Pledgor, injunctive relief (including but not limited to matters of business or compel the transfer of assets) or award the winding-up of Pledgor. Any party shall have the right to apply for enforcement of arbitration awards to the court with jurisdiction after the arbitration awards come into force. Subject to PRC laws, the courts of Hong Kong and China also have jurisdiction for the enforcement of the arbitration awards and the interim remedies against the shares or land assets of Pledgor.

 

SHARE PLEDGE AGREEMENT


14.

Notices

 

14.1

All notices and other communications required or permitted to be given pursuant to this Agreement shall be delivered personally or sent by registered mail, postage prepaid, by a commercial courier service or by facsimile transmission to the address of such Party set forth below. A confirmation copy of each notice shall also be sent by email. The dates on which notices shall be deemed to have been effectively given shall be determined as follows:

 

  14.1.1

Notices given by personal delivery, by courier service or by registered mail, postage prepaid, shall be deemed effectively given on the date of delivery or refusal at the address specified for notices.

 

  14.1.2

Notices given by facsimile transmission shall be deemed effectively given on the date of successful transmission (as evidenced by an automatically generated confirmation of transmission).

 

14.2

For the purpose of notices, the addresses of the Parties are as follows:

 

Pledgee:    Shanghai Huiyuan Management Consulting Company Limited
Address:    [***]
Attn:    [***]
Pledgor:    Shenzhen Ping An Financial Technology Consulting Co., Ltd
Address:    [***]
Attn:    [***]
Company:    Shanghai Xiongguo Corporation Management Co., Ltd.
Address:    [***]
Attn:    [***]

 

14.3

Any Party may at any time change its address for notices by a notice delivered to the other Parties in accordance with the terms hereof.

 

15.

Severability

In the event that one or several of the provisions of this Agreement are found to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any aspect in accordance with any laws or regulations, the validity, legality or enforceability of the remaining provisions of this Agreement shall not be affected or compromised in any respect. The Parties shall strive in good faith to replace such invalid, illegal or unenforceable provisions with effective provisions that accomplish to the greatest extent permitted by law and the intentions of the Parties, and the economic effect of such effective provisions shall be as close as possible to the economic effect of those invalid, illegal or unenforceable provisions.

 

SHARE PLEDGE AGREEMENT


16.

Successors

This Agreement shall be binding on the respective successors of the Parties and the permitted assigns of such Parties.

 

17.

Survival

 

17.1

Any obligations that occur or that are due as a result of this Agreement upon the expiration or early termination of this Agreement shall survive the expiration or early termination thereof.

 

17.2

The provisions of Sections 13, 14 and this Section 17 shall survive the termination of this Agreement.

 

18.

Waivers

Any Party may waive the terms and conditions of this Agreement, provided that such a waiver must be provided in writing and shall require the signatures of the Parties. No waiver by any Party in certain circumstances with respect to a breach by other Parties shall operate as a waiver by such a Party with respect to any similar breach in other circumstances.

 

19.

Amendment, change and supplement

 

19.1

Any amendment, change and supplement to this Agreement shall require the execution of a written agreement by all of the Parties and be recorded with competent governmental authorities (if applicable).

 

19.2

If The Stock Exchange of Hong Kong Limited (“SEHK”) or any other relevant regulatory authority or stock exchange requests any amendment to this Agreement or if there is any change to the Rules Governing the Listing of Securities on the SEHK or any other relevant stock exchange rules that is relevant to the terms of this Agreement, the Parties shall make corresponding changes to the terms of this Agreement.

 

20.

Language

This Agreement is written in Chinese and English in five (5) copies. Each of Pledgor, Pledgee and the Company shall hold one (1) copy, respectively; one (1) copy shall be submitted to the Registration Authority; and Pledgee shall keep the remaining copies. Each copy of this Agreement shall have equal validity. In case there is any conflict between the Chinese version and the English version, the Chinese version shall prevail.

[The space below is intentionally left blank.]

 

SHARE PLEDGE AGREEMENT


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties have caused their authorized representatives to execute this Share Pledge Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

Pledgee: Shanghai Huiyuan Management Consulting Company Limited
By:   

/s/ Gibb Gregory Dean

  
Name:    Gibb Gregory Dean   
Title:    Legal Representative   
Pledgor: Shenzhen Ping An Financial Technology Consulting Co., Ltd
By:   

/s/ Zhou Ting Yuan

  
Name:    Zhou Ting Yuan   
Title:    Legal Representative   
Company: Shanghai Xiongguo Corporation Management Co., Ltd.
By:   

/s/ Gibb Gregory Dean

  
Name:    Gibb Gregory Dean   
Title:    Legal Representative   

 

SIGNATURE PAGE TO SHARE PLEDGE AGREEMENT

Exhibit 10.13

Voting Trust Agreement

This Voting Trust Agreement (this “Agreement”) is executed by and among the following Parties as of 23 March 2015 in Shanghai, the People’s Republic of China (“PRC”):

Shanghai Huiyuan Management Consulting Company Limited, a limited liability company organized and existing under the laws of PRC, with its address at Room 202-1, No. 13, 1502 Lane, Luoshan Road, Pudong District, Shanghai (“Proxy”).

Xinjiang Tongjun Equity Investment Limited Partnership, a limited partnership enterprise organized and existing under the laws of PRC, with its address at No. 46, 4/F, No. 21 Xiamen Road, Economic and Technological Development Zone, Urumqi (“XJTJ”).

Linzhi Jinsheng Investment Management Limited Partnership, a limited partnership enterprise organized and existing under the laws of PRC, with its address at Room 301, 3/F, Price Bureau, Gongbujiangda County, Linzhi District, Tibet (“LZJS”).

Shanghai Lanbang Investment Limited Liability Company, a limited liability company organized and existing under the laws of PRC, with its address at Room 1002N, No. 2277 Longyang Road, Pudong District, Shanghai (“SHLB”).

Shenzhen Ping An Financial Technology Consulting Co., Ltd, a limited liability company organized and existing under the laws of PRC, with its address at 4/F, Pingan Building, Baguasan Road, Bagualing, Futian District, Shenzhen (“PAFT”).

XJTJ, LZJS, SHLB and PAFT shall be individually referred to as a “Principal and collectively referred to as “Principals”.

Shanghai Xiongguo Corporation Management Co., Ltd., a limited liability company organized and existing under the laws of PRC, with its address at 1106-B, 60 Mudan Road, Pudong District, Shanghai (“OpCo”).

In this Agreement, each of Proxy, a Principal and OpCo shall be referred to as a “Party” respectively, and they shall be collectively referred to as the “Parties”.

Whereas:

 

1.

Each Principal is a registered shareholder of OpCo, and they together hold 100% of the equity interests in OpCo with their respective shareholding as follows:

 

XJTJ

     29.55

LZJS

     2.17

SHLB

     18.29

PAFT

     49.99

The total equity interests in OpCo held by a Principal shall be referred to as the “Shares”.

 

2.

OpCo and Proxy entered into the Exclusive Business Cooperation Agreement on 23 March 2015 (the “Services Agreement”);

 

3.

Each Principal desires to enter into this Agreement with Proxy, to entrust Proxy to exercise voting, management, and other shareholder rights of OpCo on its behalf.

Now therefore, upon mutual discussion and negotiation, the Parties have reached the following agreement:

 

1


1.

Entrustment of Voting Rights and Other Shareholder Rights

 

  1.1

According to the conditions and terms hereunder, each Principal hereby exclusively entrusts and authorizes Proxy to exercise voting, management, and other shareholder rights of OpCo on its behalf. The powers and rights of Proxy granted under the said exclusive entrustment include but not limited to the following:

 

  (1)

propose, convene and attend shareholders’ meetings of OpCo;

 

  (2)

exercise all the shareholder’s rights and shareholder’s voting rights that each Principal is entitled to under the laws of China and OpCo’s Articles of Association, including but not limited to the sale or transfer or pledge or disposition of Shares in part or in whole, and participate in dividend distributions or any other type of distribution of OpCo;

 

  (3)

designate and appoint on behalf of each Principal the legal representative (chairperson), the director, supervisor, the chief executive officer (or general manager) and other senior management members of OpCo;

 

  (4)

sign minutes and file documents with the relevant companies registry; and

 

  (5)

exercise voting rights on the winding up of OpCo on behalf of each Principal.

 

  1.2

For Proxy’s effective implementation and exercise of each power and right granted under Article 1.1 above, all Principals hereby jointly and severally commit and agree as follows:

 

  1.2.1

If any law, regulation, or government body requires any Principal to issue or execute special power of attorney, governmental application documents, or similar documents or requires any Principal to carry out related procedures (such as notarization of power of attorney) with respect to a specific matter under entrustment, it shall immediately issue and/or cooperate to execute related documents per such requirements;

 

  1.2.2

Each Principal shall promptly take all necessary actions to ensure due implementation of all OpCo related resolutions made by the board of directors or shareholders’ meeting of the Proxy. Each Principal shall not, in the capacity of OpCo’s shareholder, delay or refuse the passing and/or implementation of any said resolution at the OpCo; and

 

  1.2.3

Upon written request by the Proxy, each Principal shall appoint the individual, designated by the Proxy, as legal representative and/or director or any other position of the OpCo.

 

  1.3

For the effective exercise of the powers and rights granted to the Proxy under Article 1.1, the OpCo hereby commits and agrees as follows:

 

  1.3.1

Subject to applicable laws and regulations, the OpCo shall carry out the OpCo related resolutions made by the board of directors or the shareholders’ meeting of the Proxy, including but not limited to the immediate provision and / or the execution of relevant documents as requested by the Proxy;

 

  1.3.2

The OpCo shall assist the Proxy to understand the details of its operation. Upon reasonable prior notice by the Proxy, the OpCo shall provide the Proxy any corporate books, accounts, records and other documents. The Proxy is entitled to extract or photocopy such books, accounts, records and other documents; and

 

2


  1.3.3

The OpCo shall provide all other necessary assistance, including but not limited to promptly sign the shareholders’ resolution of the OpCo made by Proxy and other relevant legal documents when necessary (such as to meet the authorities’ request on documents required for approval, registration and filing).

 

  1.4

Without limiting the generality of the powers and rights granted hereunder, Proxy shall have the power and authority under this Agreement to execute the Transfer Agreements stipulated in the Exclusive Equity Interest Option Agreement, to which a Principal is requested to be a party thereof, on behalf of the Principal, and to perform the terms of the Share Pledge Agreements, Exclusive Equity Interest Option Agreement, and Exclusive Asset Option Agreement, to which a Principal is a party. For purpose of the aforesaid, a “Share Pledge Agreement”, “Exclusive Equity Interest Option Agreement”, and “Exclusive Asset Option Agreement shall respectively refer to the relevant agreement entered into among Principal(s), OpCo, Proxy and dated the date hereof.

 

  1.5

The exercise of any rights attached to the Shares by the Proxy shall be deemed as the actions of the relevant Principal, and all the documents related thereto executed by the Proxy shall be deemed to be executed by the relevant Principal. When acting in respect of any and all of the aforementioned matters, the Proxy may act at its own discretion and does not need to seek the prior consent of any Principal. Each Principal hereby acknowledges and ratifies those actions and/or documents by the Proxy and acknowledges and accepts the legal consequences arising therefrom.

 

  1.6

Each Principal acknowledges that under no circumstances shall the Proxy be required to be held liable to or make economic or other compensations for any other or third parties as a result of its exercise of the rights granted hereunder. Each Principal agrees to indemnify the Proxy and hold it harmless from any and all losses that are or may be incurred by the Proxy as a result of the exercise by it of the rights granted hereunder, including but not limited to the losses arising from any actions, recourses, arbitrations, claims or government investigations or punishments filed against it by any third parties, unless such losses are incurred as a result of the Proxy’s willful misconduct or gross negligence.

 

  1.7

Within the term of proxy, without prior written consent of the Proxy, no Principal shall early terminate or rescind this Agreement or take any actions or inactions against or inconsistent with the exercise by the Proxy of the powers and rights granted to it under Article 1.1.

 

  1.8

Within the term of proxy, each Principal shall not (and shall not procure the OpCo to) take any action against or inconsistent with the resolutions made by the board of directors or the shareholders’ meeting of the Proxy.

 

  1.9

Each Principal shall not take any action to dispute, challenge, contest or work against the validity and enforceability of the Service Agreement and this Agreement and of the transactions carried out under the Service Agreement and this Agreement.

 

  1.10

If any operation or decision of the OpCo is subject to the approval by any Principal, in the capacity of shareholder, without prior written consent of the board of directors of the Proxy, any Principal shall not resolve on any approval.

 

  1.11

Without prior written consent of the Proxy, any Principal shall not enter into any contract or agreement binding upon the OpCo or take any action increasing the obligation of the OpCo or in breach of this Agreement.

 

3


  1.12

The Proxy may, by giving written notice to all Principals and the OpCo, assign the powers and rights granted to it under Article 1.1 to any individual or entity (including but not limited to the senior management of the Proxy) without consent of any Principal or the OpCo. Once a Principal receives the written notice from the Proxy and if it is necessary, the Principal shall issue power of attorney to the individual or entity as designated in the written notice and grant the corresponding powers and rights thereto. The OpCo shall render all necessary assistance referred to hereunder to the individual or entity. However, the Proxy may give written notice to all Principals and the OpCo to withdraw the power of attorney granted to the individual or entity. Once a Principal receives the written notice from the Proxy, the Principal shall immediately withdraw the power of attorney granted to the individual or entity as per the written notice and the OpCo shall immediately cease rendering any relevant assistance.

 

  1.13

During the term of this Agreement, each Principal hereby waives all the powers and rights associated with the Shares, which have been granted to Proxy hereunder, and shall not exercise such powers and rights on its own.

 

  1.14

In the event of a Principal’s disqualification, incapacitation or any other circumstances which could affect such Principal’s holding of the OpCo’s Shares, the successor of such Principal shall inherit any and all of such Principal’s rights and obligations under this Agreement as if such successor was a signing party to this Agreement. So long as a Principal or its successor(s) is/are an equity holder of, or has control over, the OpCo, this Agreement shall be irrevocably and continuously valid and effective from the date of its execution, unless the Proxy otherwise advises in writing.

 

2.

Representations and Warranties

Each Principal and the OpCo respectively represents and warrants to the Proxy that

 

  (a)

it has all the powers and capacities to enter into this Agreement and perform all the obligations and duties hereunder;

 

  (b)

its performance of the obligations and duties hereunder is legal, valid, binding and enforceable pursuant to the terms thereof;

 

  (c)

carry out and satisfy all actions, conditions and events that shall be carried out, satisfied or implemented (including obtaining all necessary consents, approvals and authorisations, if required by law) so that

 

  (i)

it may legally enter into this Agreement, exercise its rights hereunder, and perform and comply with its obligations and duties hereunder;

 

  (ii)

it can ensure its obligations and duties hereunder are legal, valid and binding; and

 

  (iii)

this Agreement becomes admissible evidence under the applicable laws.

 

  (d)

its entering into of this Agreement, exercise of the rights hereunder, and performance and compliance of the obligations and duties hereunder neither breach or contravene any of the following or exceed any powers or restrictions granted or imposed by any of the following:

 

  (i)

any laws, ordinances, regulations, or rules, any judgments, orders or arbitrations, or any consents, approvals or authorisations that it shall comply with; or

 

  (ii)

its articles of association or any provision of any other applicable document or constitutional document; or

 

  (iii)

any provision in any agreement or document to which it is a party or by which any of its assets is bound.

 

4


  (e)

it has obtained all the approvals and authorisations from any government or other organisations (if so required by law) or any of its proxys that are necessary for the entering into and execution and the validity of this Agreement, and all the approvals and authorisations are fully effective.

 

3.

Indemnification

 

  3.1

If a Party hereto fails to perform any of its obligations hereunder, or if any of its representations or warranties hereunder is untrue or inaccurate, the Party has breached this Agreement, and it shall continue the performance of its obligations hereunder and compensate the other Parties all the losses incurred thereby.

 

  3.2

For avoidance of doubt, each Principal and the OpCo jointly and severally undertake and agree that if either a Principal or the OpCo actively terminates this Agreement (“Material Breach”) and refuses to continue the performance hereof, the Proxy may claim against any Principal and/or the OpCo for liquidated damages of the RMB equivalent of USD10,000,000. If the losses actually incurred in the Material Breach exceed the liquidated damages, the Proxy may claim for the damages for the actual losses. The liquidated damages and the compensation for losses incurred in the Material Breach do not prejudice the Proxy to obtain other remedies available to it under laws or relevant agreements, including but not limited to that each Principal and the OpCo shall immediately continue the performance of its obligations, duties or representations and warranties hereunder.

 

  3.3

If any Principal ceases holding any Shares in the OpCo (“Exit”), from the date of the Exit and without any prejudice to the entrustment made hereunder before the Exit, the Principal shall no longer be subject to any obligations or duties hereunder.

 

  3.4

For purpose of this Article, “active termination” means wilful termination for reasons attributed to a Party (excluding any requirements in laws, regulations, department rules and regulatory documents, any requirements by government agencies, or breaches by other Parties).

 

4.

Waiver; Accumulative Remedies

 

  4.1

Any Party may waive the terms and conditions of this Agreement, provided that such a waiver must be provided in writing and shall require the signatures of the Parties. No waiver by any Party in certain circumstances with respect to a breach by other Parties shall operate as a waiver by such a Party with respect to any similar breach in other circumstances.

 

  4.2

No single or partial exercise of any right or remedy under this Agreement will preclude or restrict the further exercise of any such right or remedy. The rights and remedies of each Party provided in this Agreement are cumulative and not exclusive of any rights and remedies provided by law.

 

5.

Severability

In the event that one or several of the provisions of this Agreement are found to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any aspect in accordance with any laws or regulations, the validity, legality or enforceability of the remaining provisions of this Agreement shall not be affected or compromised in any respect. The Parties shall strive in good faith to replace such invalid, illegal or unenforceable provisions with effective provisions that accomplish to the greatest extent permitted by law and the intentions of the Parties, and the economic effect of such effective provisions shall be as close as possible to the economic effect of those invalid, illegal or unenforceable provisions.

 

5


6.

Term of Proxy

The term of authorization of the powers and rights to the Proxy hereunder shall be consistent with that of the Exclusive Business Cooperation Agreement executed between the Proxy and OpCo.

 

7.

Notices

 

  7.1

All notices and other communications required or permitted to be given pursuant to this Agreement shall be delivered personally or sent by registered mail, postage prepaid, by a commercial courier service or by facsimile transmission to the address of such Party set forth below. A confirmation copy of each notice shall also be sent by email. The dates on which notices shall be deemed to have been effectively given shall be determined as follows:

 

  (i)

Notices given by personal delivery, by courier service or by registered mail, postage prepaid, shall be deemed effectively given on the date of delivery or refusal at the address specified for notices.

 

  (ii)

Notices given by facsimile transmission shall be deemed effectively given on the date of successful transmission (as evidenced by an automatically generated confirmation of transmission).

 

  7.2

For the purpose of notices, the addresses of the Parties are as follows:

Proxy: Shanghai Huiyuan Management Consulting Company Limited

Address: [***]

Attn: [***]

XJTJ:

Address: [***]

Attn: [***]

LZJS:

Address: [***]

Attn: [***]

SHLB:

Address: [***]

Attn: [***]

PAFT:

Address: [***]

Attn: [***]

OpCo: Shanghai Xiongguo Corporation Management Co., Ltd

Address: [***]

Attn: [***]

 

6


  7.3

Any Party may at any time change its address for notices by a notice delivered to the other Parties in accordance with the terms hereof.

 

8.

Confidentiality

The Parties acknowledge that any oral or written information exchanged among them with respect to this Agreement is confidential information. Each Party shall maintain the confidentiality of all such information, and without obtaining the written consent of other Parties, it shall not disclose any relevant information to any third parties, except in the following circumstances: (a) such information is or will be in the public domain (provided that this is not the result of a public disclosure by the receiving Party); (b) information disclosed as required by applicable laws or rules or regulations of any stock exchange; or (c) information required to be disclosed by any Party to its legal counsel or financial advisor regarding the transaction contemplated hereunder, and such legal counsel or financial advisor are also bound by confidentiality duties similar to the duties in this Section. Disclosure of any confidential information by the staff members or agency hired by any Party shall be deemed disclosure of such confidential information by such Party, which Party shall be held liable for breach of this Agreement. This Section shall survive the termination of this Agreement for any reason.

 

9.

Governing Law, Resolution of Disputes and Change in Laws

 

  9.1

The execution, effectiveness, construction, performance, amendment and termination of this Agreement and the resolution of disputes hereunder shall be governed by the laws of China.

 

  9.2

In the event of any dispute with respect to the construction and performance of the provisions of this Agreement, the Parties shall negotiate in good faith to resolve the dispute. In the event the Parties fail to reach an agreement on the resolution of such a dispute within 30 days after any Party’s request for resolution of the dispute through negotiations, any Party may submit the relevant dispute to the China International Economic and Trade Arbitration Commission (“CIETAC”) for arbitration, in accordance with its then-effective arbitration rules. The arbitration shall be conducted in Shanghai, and the language used during arbitration shall be Chinese. The arbitration ruling shall be final and binding on all Parties.

 

  9.3

Upon the occurrence of any disputes arising from the construction and performance of this Agreement or during the pending arbitration of any dispute, except for the matters under dispute, the Parties to this Agreement shall continue to exercise their respective rights under this Agreement and perform their respective obligations under this Agreement.

 

  9.4

In case of promulgation or any change to or in any Chinese law, regulation or rule, or any change to or in the interpretation or application of the same anytime after execution of this Agreement, the following agreement shall apply: (a) if any Party would enjoy more benefits under any changed or new law than under the relevant law, regulation or rule in effect at the date of this Agreement, without any material adverse effect upon the other Parties, the Parties shall promptly apply for such benefits brought by the changed or new law. The Parties shall make best efforts to procure the approval of such application; and (b) if the aforementioned law change or promulgation causes any direct or indirect material adverse effect to either Party, this Agreement shall be implemented in its original terms and conditions. However, the Parties shall try all lawful means to procure exemption from compliance with such changed or new law provisions. In the event such adverse effect on the economic interest of either Party is unable to be resolved pursuant to this Agreement, the affected Party may give notice to the other Parties, and the Parties shall hold prompt discussion and make all necessary amendments to this Agreement so as to maintain the economic benefits otherwise enjoyed by the affected Party.

 

7


  9.5

Subject to PRC laws, the arbitration tribunal may award remedies over the shares or land assets of Principal, injunctive relief (including but not limited to matters of business or compel the transfer of assets) or award the winding-up of Principal. Any party shall have the right to apply for enforcement of arbitration awards to the court with jurisdiction after the arbitration awards come into force. Subject to PRC laws, the courts of Hong Kong and China also have jurisdiction for the enforcement of the arbitration awards and the interim remedies against the shares or land assets of Principal.

 

10.

Assignment

 

  10.1

Without Proxy’s prior written consent, each Principal or the OpCo shall not assign its rights and obligations under this Agreement to any third party.

 

  10.2

Each Principal and OpCo agree that Proxy may assign its obligations and rights under this Agreement to any third party upon a prior written notice to all Principals and OpCo but without the consent of any Principal or OpCo.

 

11.

Amendment, change and supplement

 

  11.1

Any amendment, change and supplement to this Agreement shall require the execution of a written agreement by all of the Parties.

 

  11.2

If The Stock Exchange of Hong Kong Limited (“SEHK”) or any other relevant regulatory authority or stock exchange requests any amendment to this Agreement or if there is any change to the Rules Governing the Listing of Securities on the SEHK or any other relevant stock exchange rules that is relevant to the terms of this Agreement, the Parties shall make corresponding changes to the terms of this Agreement.

 

12.

Survival

 

  12.1

Any obligations that occur or that are due as a result of this Agreement upon the expiration or early termination of this Agreement shall survive the expiration or early termination thereof.

 

  12.2

The provisions of Sections 7, 9 and this Section 12 shall survive the termination of this Agreement.

 

13.

Miscellaneous

 

  13.1

This Agreement is written in both Chinese and English language in six copies, each Party having one copy and Proxy keeping the remaining copies with equal legal validity; in case there is any conflict between the Chinese version and the English version, the Chinese version shall prevail.

 

  13.2

This Agreement is binding on the legitimate assigns and successors of all Parties.

 

  13.3

Except for the amendments, supplements or changes in writing executed after the execution of this Agreement, this Agreement shall constitute the entire agreement reached by and among the Parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof, and shall supersede all prior oral and written consultations, representations and contracts reached with respect to the subject matter of this Agreement.

[The space below is intentionally left blank.]

 

8


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties have caused their authorized representatives to execute this Voting Trust Agreement as of the date first above written,

Proxy:   Shanghai Huiyuan Management Consulting Company Limited

 

By:  

/s/ Gibb Gregory Dean

Name:   Gibb Gregory Dean
Title:   Legal Representative

 

SIGNATURE PAGE TO VOTING TRUST AGREEMENT


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties have caused their authorized representatives to execute this Voting Trust Agreement as of the date first above written.

Principals:

 

Xinjiang Tongjun Equity Investment Limited Partnership     Shenzhen Ping An Financial Technology Consulting Co., Ltd
By:  

/s/ Shi Liang Xun

    By:  

/s/ Zhou Ting Yuan

Name:   Shi Liang Xun     Name:   Zhou Ting Yuan
Title:   Authorized Representative     Title:   Legal Representative
Linzhi Jinsheng Investment Management Limited Partnership      
By:  

/s/ Yang Xue Lian

     
Name:   Yang Xue Lian      
Title:   Authorized Representative      
Shanghai Lanbang Investment Limited Liability Company      
By:  

/s/ Shi Jing Kui

     
Name:   Shi Jing Kui      
Title:   Legal Representative      

 

SIGNATURE PAGE TO VOTING TRUST AGREEMENT


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties have caused their authorized representatives to execute this Voting Trust Agreement as of the date first above written.

OpCo: Shanghai Xiongguo Corporation Management Co., Ltd.

 

By:  

/s/ Gibb Gregory Dean

Name:   Gibb Gregory Dean
Title:   Legal Representative

 

SIGNATURE PAGE TO VOTING TRUST AGREEMENT

Exhibit 10.14

Exclusive Asset Option Agreement

This Exclusive Asset Option Agreement (this “Agreement”) is executed by and among the following Parties as of 23 March 2015 in Shanghai, China:

Shanghai Huiyuan Management Consulting Company Limited, a limited liability company organized and existing under the laws of PRC, with its address at Room 202-1, No. 13, 1502 Lane, Luoshan Road, Pudong District, Shanghai (“Party A”).

Shanghai Xiongguo Corporation Management Co., Ltd., a limited liability company organized and existing under the laws of PRC, with its address at 1106-B, 60 Mudan Road, Pudong District, Shanghai (“Xiongguo”).

Shanghai Huikang Information Technology Co., Ltd., a limited liability company organized and existing under the laws of PRC, with its address at 1001-H, 60 Mudan Road, Pudong District, Shanghai (“Huikang”).

Xiongguo and Huikang shall be referred to as an “Onshore Shareholder” respectively, and they shall be collectively referred to as “Party B.”

Shanghai Lujiazui International Financial Asset Exchange Co., Ltd., a limited company organized and existing under the laws of PRC, with its address at 13/F, No. 1333 Lujiazui Ring Road, Pudong District, Shanghai (“Party C”).

In this Agreement, each of Party A, an Onshore Shareholder and Party C shall be referred to as a “Party” respectively, and they shall be collectively referred to as the “Parties.”

Whereas:

Each Onshore Shareholder is a registered shareholder of Party C, and they together hold 100% of the equity interests in Party C with their respective shareholding as follows:

Xiongguo    99.995%

Huikang    0.005%

Party C intends to grant Party A an irrevocable and exclusive right to purchase all the assets then held by Party C; and

Each Onshore Shareholder agrees to render all necessary cooperation to the exercise of the Assets Purchase Option (as defined below) by Party A.

 


Now therefore, upon mutual discussion and negotiation, the Parties have reached the following agreement:

 

1.

SALE AND PURCHASE OF ASSETS

 

1.1

Option Granted

 

  

Party C hereby irrevocably and unconditionally grants Party A an irrevocable and exclusive right to purchase, or designate one or more persons (each, a “Designee”) to purchase the assets then held by Party C once or at multiple times at any time in part or in whole at Party A’s sole and absolute discretion to the extent permitted by Chinese laws and at the price described in Section 1.3 herein (such right being the “Assets Purchase Option”). Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement and to the extent permitted by PRC laws and regulations, Party A shall be entitled to absolute discretion over the time, manner and times to exercise the Option. Except for Party A and the Designee(s), no other person shall be entitled to the Assets Purchase Option or other rights with respect to the assets of Party C. Each Onshore Shareholder hereby agrees to the grant by Party C of the Assets Option to Party A. The term “person” as used herein shall refer to individuals, corporations, partnerships, partners, enterprises, trusts or non-corporate organizations.

 

1.2

Steps for Exercise of Assets Purchase Option

 

  

Subject to the provisions of the laws and regulations of China, Party A may exercise the Assets Purchase Option by issuing a written notice to Party C (the “Assets Purchase Option Notice”), specifying: (a) Party A’s decision to exercise the Assets Purchase Option; (b) the portion of assets to be purchased from Party C (the “Optioned Assets”); and (c) the date for purchasing the Optioned Assets and/or the date for transfer of the Optioned Assets.

 

1.3

Assets Purchase Price and Its Payment

 

  

Unless an appraisal is required by the laws of China applicable to the Assets Purchase Option when exercised by Party A, the purchase price of the Optioned Assets (the “Assets Purchase Price”) shall be the lowest price permitted under PRC law. After necessary withholding and paying of tax monies according to the applicable laws of China (if applicable), the Assets Purchase Price will be wired by Party A in RMB currency at spot exchange rate to the bank account(s) designated by Party C within two months after the Optioned Assets are officially transferred to Party A and Party A executes the relevant asset receipt note. The Assets Purchase Price shall be returned in full to Party A or its designee(s) within one month upon Party C’s receipt of it.

 

1.4

Transfer of Optioned Assets

 

  

For each exercise of the Assets Purchase Option:

 

1.4.1

Party C shall promptly convene a shareholders’ meeting, at which a resolution shall be adopted approving Party C’s transfer of the Optioned Assets to Party A and/or the Designee(s). Each Onshore Shareholder shall render all necessary cooperation to the adoption of the resolution;

 

2


1.4.2

Party C shall execute an asset transfer agreement (in the form attached hereto as the Appendix) with respect to each transfer with Party A and/or each Designee (whichever is applicable), in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement and the Assets Purchase Option Notice regarding the Optioned Assets;

 

1.4.3

Each Onshore Shareholder and Party C shall execute all other necessary contracts, agreements or documents, obtain or assist Party A to obtain all necessary government licenses, permits and registrations (if applicable) and take all necessary actions to transfer valid ownership of the Optioned Assets to Party A and/or the Designee(s), unencumbered by any security interests, and cause Party A and/or the Designee(s) to become the registered owner(s) of the Optioned Assets (if applicable). For the purpose of this Section and this Agreement, “security interests” shall include securities, mortgages, third party’s rights or interests, any acquisition right, right of first refusal, right to offset, ownership retention or other security arrangements, but shall be deemed to exclude any security interest arising from this Agreement.

 

2.

COVENANTS

 

2.1

Covenants regarding Party B and Party C

Each Onshore Shareholder (as a shareholder of Party C) and Party C hereby jointly and severally covenant as follows:

 

2.1.1

Without the prior written consent of Party A, they shall not in any manner supplement, change or amend the articles of association and bylaws of Party C, increase or decrease its registered capital, or change its structure of registered capital in other manners;

 

2.1.2

They shall maintain Party C’s corporate existence in accordance with good financial and business standards and practices by prudently and effectively operating its business and handling its affairs, and to cause Party C to perform its obligations under the Exclusive Business Cooperation Agreement; “Exclusive Business Cooperation Agreement” in this Section and Agreements refer to the exclusive business cooperation agreement executed by Party A and Party C on the execution date of this Agreement, under which Party A provides relevant business support, technical and consulting service to Party C;

 

2.1.3

Without the prior written consent of Party A, they shall not at any time following the date hereof, sell, transfer, mortgage or dispose of in any manner any assets of Party C or legal or beneficial interest in the business or revenues of Party C, or allow the encumbrance thereon of any security interest, other than those necessary in the ordinary course of business;

 

2.1.4

Without the prior written consent of Party A, Party C shall not incur, inherit, guarantee or suffer the existence of any debt, except for (i) debts incurred in the ordinary course of business other than through loans; and (ii) debts disclosed to Party A for which Party A’s written consent has been obtained;

 

3


2.1.5

They shall always operate all of Party C’s assets during the ordinary course of business to maintain the asset value of Party C and refrain from any action/omission that may affect Party C’s asset value;

 

2.1.6

They shall provide Party A with information on the status and value of Party C’s assets at Party A’s request;

 

2.1.7

Without the prior written consent of Party A, they shall not cause Party C to execute any major contract, except the contracts in the ordinary course of business (for purpose of this subsection, a contract with a value exceeding RMB 100,000 shall be deemed a major contract);

 

2.1.8

Without the prior written consent of Party A, they shall not cause Party C to provide any person with any loan or credit or guarantee in any form;

 

2.1.9

If requested by Party A, they shall procure and maintain insurance in respect of Party C’s assets from an insurance carrier acceptable to Party A, at an amount and type of coverage typical for companies that operate the businesses similar to those operated by Party C;

 

2.1.10

Without the prior written consent of Party A, they shall not cause or permit Party C to merge, consolidate with, acquire or invest in any person, and/or cause or permit Party C to sell assets with a value higher than RMB 100,000;

 

2.1.11

They shall immediately notify Party A of the occurrence or possible occurrence of any litigation, arbitration or administrative proceedings relating to Party C’s assets, business or revenue and any circumstances that may adversely affects Party C’s existence, business operation, financials, assets or goodwill, and shall promptly take all actions acceptable by Party A to exclude such adverse circumstances or take effective remedies therefor;

 

2.1.12

To maintain the ownership by Party C of all of its assets, they shall execute all necessary or appropriate documents, take all necessary or appropriate actions and file all necessary or appropriate complaints or raise necessary and appropriate defenses against all claims.

 

2.1.13

Without the prior written consent of Party A, they shall ensure that Party C shall not in any manner distribute dividends to its shareholders; provided that upon Party A’s written request, Party C shall immediately distribute all distributable profits to its shareholders; and

 

2.1.14

At the request of Party A, they shall appoint any persons designated by Party A as directors of Party C or replace any existing director(s) of Party C.

 

2.2

Covenants of Party B

 

4


Each Onshore Shareholder hereby jointly and severally covenants as follows:

 

2.2.1

Each Onshore Shareholder shall cause the shareholders’ meeting or the board of directors of Party C to vote their approval of the transfer of the Optioned Assets as set forth in this Agreement and to take any and all other actions that may be requested by Party A; and

 

2.2.2

Each Onshore Shareholder shall strictly abide by the provisions of this Agreement and other contracts jointly or separately executed by and among it with Party C and Party A, perform the obligations hereunder and thereunder, and refrain from any action/omission that may affect the effectiveness and enforceability thereof.

 

2.2.3

Each Onshore Shareholder shall cause the shareholders’ meeting or the board of directors of Party C to vote against any matter that requires the prior written consent of Party A according to this Agreement which have not been obtained.

 

3.

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

Each Onshore Shareholder and Party C hereby represent and warrant to Party A, jointly and severally, as of the date of this Agreement and each date of transfer of the Optioned Assets, that:

 

3.1

They have the authority to execute and deliver this Agreement and any asset transfer agreement with respect to the Optioned Assets to which they are a party (each, a “Transfer Agreement”), and to perform their obligations under this Agreement and any Transfer Agreement. Party C agrees to enter into Transfer Agreements consistent with the terms of the Appendix of this Agreement upon Party A’s exercise of the Assets Purchase Option. This Agreement and the Transfer Agreements to which they are a party constitute or will constitute their legal, valid and binding obligations and shall be enforceable against them in accordance with the provisions thereof;

 

3.2

The execution and delivery of this Agreement or any Transfer Agreement and the obligations under this Agreement or any Transfer Agreement shall not: (i) cause any violation of any applicable laws of China; (ii) be inconsistent with the articles of association, bylaws or other organizational documents of Party C; (iii) cause the violation of any contracts or instruments to which they are a party or which are binding on them, or constitute any breach under any contracts or instruments to which they are a party or which are binding on them; (iv) cause any violation of any condition for the grant and/or continued effectiveness of any licenses or permits issued to either of them; or (v) cause the suspension or revocation of or imposition of additional conditions to any licenses or permits issued to either of them;

 

3.3

Party C has a good and merchantable title to all of its assets, and except for this Agreement, Party C has not placed any security interest on the aforementioned assets;

 

3.4

Party C does not have any outstanding debts, except for (i) debt incurred in the ordinary course of business; and (ii) debts disclosed to Party A for which Party A’s written consent has been obtained;

 

3.5

Party C has complied with all laws and regulations of China; and

 

5


3.6

There are no pending or threatened litigation, arbitration or administrative proceedings relating to the assets of Party C or Party C.

 

4.

EFFECTIVENESS AND TERM

This Agreement is executed on the date first above written and shall take effect as of such date. Unless earlier terminated in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement or relevant agreements separately executed among the Parties, the term of this Agreement shall be 10 years. Upon the expiration of the term, unless Party A determines not to extend the term and notifies Party B and Party C in writing of such determination within 30 days prior to the expiration of the term, the term shall be extended for unlimited times, with an extended term of five years each time.

 

5.

GOVERNING LAW, RESOLUTION OF DISPUTES AND CHANGE IN LAWS

 

5.1

The execution, effectiveness, construction, performance, amendment and termination of this Agreement and the resolution of disputes hereunder shall be governed by the formally published and publicly available laws of China. Matters not covered by formally published and publicly available laws of China shall be governed by international legal principles and practices.

 

5.2

In the event of any dispute with respect to the construction and performance of this Agreement, the Parties shall first resolve the dispute through friendly negotiations. In the event the Parties fail to reach an agreement on the dispute within 30 days after either Party’s request to the other Parties for resolution of the dispute through negotiations, either Party may submit the relevant dispute to the China International Economic and Trade Arbitration Commission (“CIETAC”) for arbitration, in accordance with its then effective arbitration rules. The arbitration shall be conducted in Shanghai, and the language used in arbitration shall be Chinese. The arbitration award shall be final and binding on all Parties.

 

5.3

Upon the occurrence of any disputes arising from the construction and performance of this Agreement or during the pending arbitration of any dispute, except for the matters under dispute, the Parties to this Agreement shall continue to exercise their respective rights under this Agreement and perform their respective obligations under this Agreement.

 

5.4

In case of promulgation or any change to or in any Chinese law, regulation or rule, or any change to or in the interpretation or application of the same anytime after execution of this Agreement, the following agreement shall apply: (a) if any Party would enjoy more benefits under any changed or new law than under the relevant law, regulation or rule in effect at the date of this Agreement, without any material adverse effect upon the other Parties, the Parties shall promptly apply for such benefits brought by the changed or new law. The Parties shall make best efforts to procure the approval of such application; and (b) if the aforementioned law change or promulgation causes any direct or indirect material adverse effect to either Party, this Agreement shall be implemented in its original terms and conditions. However, the Parties shall try all lawful means to procure exemption from compliance with such changed or new law provisions. In the event such adverse effect on the economic interest of either Party is unable to be resolved pursuant to this Agreement, the affected Party may give notice to the other Parties, and the Parties shall hold prompt discussion and make all necessary amendments to this Agreement so as to maintain the economic benefits otherwise enjoyed by the affected Party.

 

6


5.5

Subject to PRC laws, the arbitration tribunal may award remedies over the shares or land assets of Party C, injunctive relief (including but not limited to matters of business or compel the transfer of assets) or award the winding-up of Party C. Any party shall have the right to apply for enforcement of arbitration awards to the court with jurisdiction after the arbitration awards come into force. Subject to PRC laws, the courts of Hong Kong and China also have jurisdiction for the enforcement of the arbitration awards and the interim remedies against the shares or land assets of Party.

 

6.

TAXES AND FEES

 

  

Each Party shall pay any and all transfer and registration tax, expenses and fees incurred thereby or levied thereon in accordance with the laws of China in connection with the preparation and execution of this Agreement and the Transfer Agreements, as well as the consummation of the transactions contemplated under this Agreement and the Transfer Agreements.

 

7.

NOTICES

 

7.1

All notices and other communications required or permitted to be given pursuant to this Agreement shall be delivered personally or sent by registered mail, postage prepaid, by a commercial courier service or by facsimile transmission to the address of such Party set forth below. A confirmation copy of each notice shall also be sent by email. The dates on which notices shall be deemed to have been effectively given shall be determined as follows:

 

7.1.1

Notices given by personal delivery, by courier service or by registered mail, postage prepaid, shall be deemed effectively given on the date of delivery or refusal at the address specified for notices.

 

7.1.2

Notices given by facsimile transmission shall be deemed effectively given on the date of successful transmission (as evidenced by an automatically generated confirmation of transmission).

 

7.2

For the purpose of notices, the addresses of the Parties are as follows:

Party A:

Shanghai Huiyuan Management Consulting Company Limited

Address:    [***]

Attn:    [***]

 

7


Xiongguo:

Address:    [***]

Attn:    [***]

Huikang:

Address:    [***]

Attn:    [***]

Party C:

Address:    [***]

Attn:    [***]

 

7.3

Any Party may at any time change its address for notices by a notice delivered to the other Parties in accordance with the terms hereof.

 

8.

CONFIDENTIALITY

The Parties acknowledge that any oral or written information exchanged among them with respect to this Agreement is confidential information. Each Party shall maintain the confidentiality of all such information, and without obtaining the written consent of other Parties, it shall not disclose any relevant information to any third parties, except in the following circumstances: (a) such information is or will be in the public domain (provided that this is not the result of a public disclosure by the receiving Party); (b) information disclosed as required by applicable laws or rules or regulations of any stock exchange; or (c) information required to be disclosed by any Party to its legal counsel or financial advisor regarding the transaction contemplated hereunder, and such legal counsel or financial advisor are also bound by confidentiality duties similar to the duties in this Section. Disclosure of any confidential information by the staff members or agency hired by any Party shall be deemed disclosure of such confidential information by such Party, which Party shall be held liable for breach of this Agreement. This Section shall survive the termination of this Agreement for any reason.

 

9.

FURTHER WARRANTIES

The Parties agree to promptly execute documents that are reasonably required for or are conducive to the implementation of the provisions and purposes of this Agreement and take further actions that are reasonably required for or are conducive to the implementation of the provisions and purposes of this Agreement.

 

10.

MISCELLANEOUS

 

10.1

Amendment, change and supplement

 

10.1.1

Any amendment, change and supplement to this Agreement shall require the execution of a written agreement by all of the Parties.

 

8


10.1.2

If The Stock Exchange of Hong Kong Limited (“SEHK”) or any other relevant regulatory authority or stock exchange requests any amendment to this Agreement or if there is any change to the Rules Governing the Listing of Securities on the SEHK or any other relevant stock exchange rules that is relevant to the terms of this Agreement, the Parties shall make corresponding changes to the terms of this Agreement.

 

10.2

Entire agreement

Except for the amendments, supplements or changes in writing executed after the execution of this Agreement, this Agreement shall constitute the entire agreement reached by and among the Parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof, and shall supersede all prior oral and written consultations, representations and contracts reached with respect to the subject matter of this Agreement. The Appendix of this Agreement constitutes a part hereof, and has the same legal effects as this Agreement.

 

10.3

Headings

The headings of this Agreement are for convenience only, and shall not be used to interpret, explain or otherwise affect the meanings of the provisions of this Agreement.

 

10.4

Language

This Agreement is written in both Chinese and English language in four(4) copies, each Party having one (1) copy and Party A keeping the remaining copies with equal legal validity; in case there is any conflict between the Chinese version and the English version, the Chinese version shall prevail.

 

10.5

Severability

In the event that one or several of the provisions of this Agreement are found to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any aspect in accordance with any laws or regulations, the validity, legality or enforceability of the remaining provisions of this Agreement shall not be affected or compromised in any respect. The Parties shall strive in good faith to replace such invalid, illegal or unenforceable provisions with effective provisions that accomplish to the greatest extent permitted by law and the intentions of the Parties, and the economic effect of such effective provisions shall be as close as possible to the economic effect of those invalid, illegal or unenforceable provisions.

 

10.6

Successors

This Agreement shall be binding on the respective successors of the Parties and the permitted assigns of such Parties.

 

10.7

Survival

 

10.7.1

Any obligations that occur or that are due as a result of this Agreement upon the expiration or early termination of this Agreement shall survive the expiration or early termination thereof.

 

9


10.7.2

The provisions of Sections 5, 7 and this Section 10.7 shall survive the termination of this Agreement.

 

10.8

Assignment

Without Party A’s prior written consent, each Onshore Shareholder or Party C shall not assign its rights and obligations under this Agreement to any third party.

Each Onshore Shareholder and Party C agree that Party A may assign its obligations and rights under this Agreement to any third party upon a prior written notice to Party B and Party C but without the consent of any Onshore Shareholder or Party C.

 

10.9

Liabilities for Breach of Agreement

Should any Party fails to perform this Agreement, such breaching Party shall pay all damages suffered by the other Parties.

With respect to the obligations under this Agreement, each Onshore Shareholder shall take joint and several liabilities among themselves, and so between each Onshore Shareholder and Party C.

Unless where the law clearly states otherwise, neither Party B nor Party C has the right to terminate this Agreement against Party A’s breach.

 

10.10

Waivers

Any Party may waive the terms and conditions of this Agreement; provided that such a waiver must be provided in writing and shall require the signatures of the Parties. No waiver by any Party in certain circumstances with respect to a breach by other Parties shall operate as a waiver by such a Party with respect to any similar breach in other circumstances.

[The space below is intentionally left blank.]

 

10


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties have caused their authorized representatives to execute this Exclusive Asset Option Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

Party A:
Shanghai Huiyuan Management Consulting Company Limited
By:  

/s/ Gibb Gregory Dean

  Name: Gibb Gregory Dean
  Title: Legal Representative


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties have caused their authorized representatives to execute this Exclusive Asset Option Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

Party B:

Shanghai Xiongguo Corporation

Management Co., Ltd.

By:  

/s/ Gibb Gregory Dean

  Name: Gibb Gregory Dean
  Title: Legal Representative
Shanghai Huikang Information Technology Co., Ltd.
By:  

/s/ Yang Xue Lian

  Name: Yang Xue Lian
  Title: Legal Representative

 


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties have caused their authorized representatives to execute this Exclusive Asset Option Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

Party C:
Shanghai Lujiazui International Financial Asset Exchange Co., Ltd.
By:  

/s/ Gibb Gregory Dean

  Name: Gibb Gregory Dean
  Title: Legal Representative


Appendix

Form of Asset Transfer Agreement

Exhibit 10.15

Exclusive Equity Interest Option Agreement

This Exclusive Equity Interest Option Agreement (this “Agreement”) is executed by and among the following Parties as of 23 March 2015 in Shanghai, China:

Shanghai Huiyuan Management Consulting Company Limited, a limited liability company organized and existing under the laws of PRC, with its address at Room 202-1, No. 13, 1502 Lane, Luoshan Road, Pudong District, Shanghai (“Party A”).

Shanghai Xiongguo Corporation Management Co., Ltd., a limited liability company organized and existing under the laws of PRC, with its address at 1106-B, 60 Mudan Road, Pudong District, Shanghai (“Party B”).

Shanghai Huikang Information Technology Co., Ltd., a limited liability company organized and existing under the laws of PRC, with its address at 1001-H, 60 Mudan Road, Pudong District, Shanghai (“Huikang”).

Shanghai Lujiazui International Financial Asset Exchange Co., Ltd., a limited company organized and existing under the laws of PRC, with its address at 13/F, No. 1333 Lujiazui Ring Road, Pudong District, Shanghai (“Lufax”).

XishuangBanNa Mercantile Exchange Co., Ltd., a limited company organized and existing under the laws of PRC, with its address at No. 67 Mengle Avenue, Jing Hong, XishuangBanNa, Yunnan (“Xfame”).

Huikang, Lufax, and Xfame shall be referred to as a “Subsidiary respectively, and they shall be collectively referred to as “Party C”.

In this Agreement, each of Party A, Party B and each Subsidiary shall be referred to as a “Party respectively, and they shall be collectively referred to as the “Parties”.

Whereas:

Party B is a registered shareholder of each Subsidiary, and hold the equity interests in each Subsidiary as follows:

 

Huikang

     100

Lufax

     99.995

Xfame

     99.995

Party B intends to grant Party A an irrevocable and exclusive right to purchase all or part of the equity interests in any Subsidiary then held by it; and

Each Subsidiary agrees to render all necessary cooperation to the exercise of the Equity Interest Purchase Option (as defined below) by Party A.


Now therefore, upon mutual discussion and negotiation, the Parties have reached the following agreement:

 

1.

SALE AND PURCHASE OF EQUITY INTEREST

 

1.1

Option Granted

 

1.1.1

Party B hereby irrevocably and unconditionally grants Party A an irrevocable and exclusive right to purchase, or designate one or more persons (each, a “Designee”) to purchase the equity interests in any Subsidiary then held by Party B once or at multiple times at any time in part or in whole at Party A’s sole and absolute discretion to the extent permitted by Chinese laws and at the price described in Section 1.3 herein (such right being the “Equity Interest Purchase Option”). Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement and to the extent permitted by PRC laws and regulations, Party A shall be entitled to absolute discretion over the time, manner and times to exercise the Option. Except for Party A and the Designee(s), no other person shall be entitled to the Equity Interest Purchase Option or other rights with respect to the equity interests of any Subsidiary held by Party B. Each Subsidiary hereby agrees to the grant by Party B of the Equity Interest Purchase Option to Party A. The term “person” as used herein shall refer to individuals, corporations, partnerships, partners, enterprises, trusts or non-corporate organizations.

 

1.1.2

On the date of the execution of this Agreement, Party B shall deliver to Party

 

  (a)

two undated duly executed Transfer Agreement in a form and substance satisfactory to Party A and/or substantially in the form set out the Appendix; and

 

  (b)

all other documents as required by and satisfactory to Party A in order to effect a valid transfer of any Optioned Interests.

 

1.2

Steps for Exercise of Equity Interest Purchase Option

Subject to the provisions of the laws and regulations of China, Party A may exercise the Equity Interest Purchase Option by issuing a written notice to Party B (the “Equity Interest Purchase Option Notice”), specifying: (a) Party A’s decision to exercise the Equity Interest Purchase Option; (b) the portion of equity interests to be purchased from Party B (the “Optioned Interests”); and (c) the date for purchasing the Optioned Interests and/or the date for transfer of the Optioned Interests.

 

1.3

Equity Interest Purchase Price and Its Payment

Unless an appraisal is required by the laws of China applicable to the Equity Interest Purchase Option when exercised by Party A, the purchase price of the Optioned Interests (the “Equity Interest Purchase Price”) shall be the lowest price permitted under PRC law. After necessary withholding and paying of tax monies according to the applicable laws of China (if applicable), the Equity Interest Purchase Price will be wired by Party A or its designee(s) in RMB currency at spot exchange rate to the bank account(s) designated by Party B within two months after the date on which the Optioned Interests are officially transferred to Party A or its designee(s) (i.e. a new Enterprise Business License of the corresponding Subsidiary is issued). The Equity Interest Purchase Price shall be repaid in full to Party A or its designee(s) within one month upon Party C’s receipt of it


1.4

Transfer of Optioned Interests

For each exercise of the Equity Interest Purchase Option:

 

1.4.1

Party B shall cause each Subsidiary to promptly convene a shareholders’ meeting, at which a resolution shall be adopted approving Party B’s transfer of the Optioned Interests to Party A and/or the Designee(s);

 

1.4.2

Party A shall have the right to effect the transfer of any and all of the Optioned Interests into its name or the name(s) of its Designee(s) and/or without liability on the part of Party A in the event of loss, act in all respects as the beneficial owner of the Optioned Interests.

 

1.4.3

Notwithstanding the foregoing, Party B and each Subsidiary shall execute all other necessary contracts, agreements or documents (including without limitation the Articles of Association of the company), obtain all necessary government licenses and permits (including without limitation the Business License of the company) and take all necessary actions to transfer valid ownership of the Optioned Interests to Party A and/or the Designee(s), unencumbered by any security interests, and cause Party A and/or the Designee(s) to become the registered owner(s) of the Optioned Interests. For the purpose of this Section and this Agreement, “security interests shall include securities, mortgages, third party’s rights or interests, any stock options, acquisition right, right of first refusal, right to offset, ownership retention or other security arrangements, but shall be deemed to exclude any security interest created by this Agreement and Party B’s Share Pledge Agreement. “Party B’s Share Pledge Agreement” as used in this Section and this Agreement shall refer to the relevant Share Pledge Agreement executed by and among Party B, each Subsidiary and Party A as of the date hereof, under which Party B pledges all of its equity interests in a Subsidiary in favor of Party A.

 

2.

COVENANTS

 

2.1

Covenants regarding Party B and Party C

Party B (as the shareholder of Party C) and each Subsidiary hereby jointly and severally covenant as follows:

 

2.1.1

Without the prior written consent of Party A, they shall not in any manner supplement, change or amend the articles of association and bylaws of any Subsidiary, increase or decrease its registered capital, or change its structure of registered capital in other manners;

 

2.1.2

They shall maintain each Subsidiary’s corporate existence in accordance with good financial and business standards and practices by prudently and effectively operating its business and handling its affairs, and to cause each Subsidiary to perform its obligations under the Exclusive Business Cooperation Agreement; “Exclusive Business Cooperation Agreement” in this Section and Agreement refers to the exclusive business cooperation agreement executed by Party A and each Subsidiary on the execution date of this Agreement, under which Party A provides relevant business support, technical and consulting service to each Subsidiary;


2.1.3

Without the prior written consent of Party A, they shall not at any time following the date hereof, sell, transfer, mortgage or dispose of in any manner any assets of any Subsidiary or legal or beneficial interest in the business or revenues of any Subsidiary, or allow the encumbrance thereon of any security interest, other than those necessary in the ordinary course of business;

 

2.1.4

After mandatory liquidation described in Section 3.7 below, Party B will remit in full to Party A any residual interest Party B receives or cause it to happen in compliance with law. If such transfer is prohibited by the laws of PRC, Party B will remit the proceeds to Party A or its designated person(s) in a manner permitted under the laws of PRC;

 

2.1.5

Without the prior written consent of Party A, Party C shall not incur, inherit, guarantee or suffer the existence of any debt, except for (i) debts incurred in the ordinary course of business other than through loans; and (ii) debts disclosed to Party A for which Party A’s written consent has been obtained;

 

2.1.6

They shall always operate all of each Subsidiary’s businesses during the ordinary course of business to maintain the asset value of each Subsidiary and refrain from any action/omission that may affect any Subsidiary’s operating status and asset value;

 

2.1.7

Without the prior written consent of Party A, they shall not cause any Subsidiary to execute any major contract, except the contracts in the ordinary course of business (for purpose of this subsection, a contract with a value exceeding RMB 100,000 shall be deemed a major contract);

 

2.1.8

Without the prior written consent of Party A, they shall not cause any Subsidiary to provide any person with any loan or credit or guarantee in any form;

 

2.1.9

They shall provide Party A with information on any Subsidiary’s business operations and financial condition at Party A’s request;

 

2.1.10

If requested by Party A, they shall procure and maintain insurance in respect of each Subsidiary’s assets and business from an insurance carrier acceptable to Party A, at an amount and type of coverage typical for companies that operate the businesses similar to those operated by each Subsidiary;

 

2.1.11

Without the prior written consent of Party A, they shall not cause or permit any Subsidiary to merge, consolidate with, acquire or invest in any person, and/or cause or permit any Subsidiary to sell assets with a value higher than RMB 100,000;

 

2.1.12

They shall immediately notify Party A of the occurrence or possible occurrence of any litigation, arbitration or administrative proceedings relating to any Subsidiary’s assets, business or revenue and any circumstances that may adversely affects any Subsidiary’s existence, business operation, financials, assets or goodwill, and shall promptly take all actions acceptable by Party A to exclude such adverse circumstances or take effective remedies therefor;


2.1.13

To maintain the ownership by each Subsidiary of all of its assets, they shall execute all necessary or appropriate documents, take all necessary or appropriate actions and file all necessary or appropriate complaints or raise necessary and appropriate defenses against all claims;

 

2.1.14

Without the prior written consent of Party A, they shall ensure that each Subsidiary shall not in any manner distribute dividends to its shareholders, provided that upon Party A’s written request, each Subsidiary shall immediately distribute all distributable profits to its shareholders; and

 

2.1.15

At the request of Party A, they shall appoint any persons designated by Party A as directors of each Subsidiary or replace any existing director(s) of any Subsidiary.

 

2.2

Covenants of Party B

Party B hereby covenants as follows:

 

2.2.1

Without the prior written consent of Party A, Party B shall not sell, transfer, mortgage or dispose of in any other manner any legal or beneficial interest in the equity interests in any Subsidiary held by Party B, or allow the encumbrance thereon of any security interest, except for the pledge placed on these equity interests in accordance with Party B’s Share Pledge Agreement;

 

2.2.2

Party B shall not put forward, or vote in favor of, any shareholder resolution to, or otherwise request any Subsidiary to, issue any dividends or other distributions with respect to its equity interest in the Subsidiary; provided, however, in the event that Party B receives any profit, distribution or dividend from any Subsidiary, Party B shall, as permitted under the laws of PRC and in the interest of the Subsidiary, immediately pay or transfer such profit, distribution or dividend to Party A or to any party designated by Party A as service fees under the Exclusive Business Cooperation Agreement payable by the Subsidiary to Party A;

 

2.2.3

Party B shall cause the shareholders’ meeting and/or the board of directors of each Subsidiary not to approve the sale, transfer, mortgage or disposition in any other manner of any legal or beneficial interest in the equity interests in any Subsidiary held by Party B, or allow the encumbrance thereon of any security interest, without the prior written consent of Party A, except for the pledge placed on these equity interests in accordance with Party B’s Share Pledge Agreement;

 

2.2.4

Party B shall cause the shareholders’ meeting or the board of directors of each Subsidiary not to approve the Subsidiary’s merger or consolidation with any person, or the acquisition of or investment in any person, or other matters that require the prior written consent of Party A under this Agreement, without the prior written consent of Party A;


2.2.5

Party B shall immediately notify Party A of the occurrence or possible occurrence of any litigation, arbitration or administrative proceedings relating to the equity interests in any Subsidiary held by Party B;

 

2.2.6

Party B shall cause the shareholders’ meeting or the board of directors of each Subsidiary to vote their approval of the transfer of the Optioned Interests as set forth in this Agreement and to take any and all other actions that may be requested by Party A;

 

2.2.7

To maintain Party B’s ownership in each Subsidiary, Party B shall execute all necessary or appropriate documents, take all necessary or appropriate actions and file all necessary or appropriate complaints or raise necessary and appropriate defenses against all claims;

 

2.2.8

Party B shall appoint any designee of Party A as director of each Subsidiary, at the request of Party A;

 

2.2.9

At the request of Party A at any time, Party B shall promptly and unconditionally transfer its equity interests in each Subsidiary to Party A or its Designee(s) in accordance with the Equity Interest Purchase Option under this Agreement, and Party B hereby waives its right of first refusal to the share transfer by any of the other existing shareholders of each Subsidiary (if any); and

 

2.2.10

Party B shall strictly abide by the provisions of this Agreement and other contracts jointly or separately executed by and among Party B, each Subsidiary and Party A, perform the obligations hereunder and thereunder, and refrain from any action/omission that may affect the effectiveness and enforceability thereof. To the extent that Party B has any remaining rights with respect to the equity interests under this Agreement, the Party B’s Share Pledge Agreement or the Voting Trust Agreement among the same parties hereto, Party B shall not exercise such rights except in accordance with the written instructions of Party A; and

 

2.2.11

Party B agrees to pledge to Party A all the equity interest owned of Party C and execute relevant share pledge agreements.

 

3.

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

Party B and each Subsidiary hereby represent and warrant to Party A, jointly and severally, as of the date of this Agreement and each date of transfer of the Optioned Interests, that:

 

3.1

They have the authority to execute and deliver this Agreement and any equity interest transfer agreement with respect to the Optioned Interests to which they are a party (each, a “Transfer Agreement”), and to perform their obligations under this Agreement and any Transfer Agreement. Party B agrees to enter into Transfer Agreements consistent with the terms of the Appendix of this Agreement upon Party A’s exercise of the Equity Interest Purchase Option if requested by Party A. This Agreement and the Transfer Agreements to which they are a party constitute or will constitute their legal, valid and binding obligations and shall be enforceable against them in accordance with the provisions thereof;


3.2

On demand made by Party A at any time during the continuance of this Agreement, if Party B has not already done so, they shall procure that the equity and such other equity interest transfer as Party A may stipulate in writing are transferred into the name of Party A and/or its nominee(s) who shall hold the equity upon and subject to the terms of this Agreement and such transfers are registered in the books of the company and relevant registration or filing with the competent industry and commerce authority is completed.

 

3.3

The execution and delivery of this Agreement or any Transfer Agreement and the obligations under this Agreement or any Transfer Agreement shall not: (i) cause any violation of any applicable laws of China; (ii) be inconsistent with the articles of association, bylaws or other organizational documents of any Subsidiary; (iii) cause the violation of any contracts or instruments to which they are a party or which are binding on them, or constitute any breach under any contracts or instruments to which they are a party or which are binding on them; (iv) cause any violation of any condition for the grant and/or continued effectiveness of any licenses or permits issued to either of them; or (v) cause the suspension or revocation of or imposition of additional conditions to any licenses or permits issued to either of them;

 

3.4

Party B has a good and merchantable title to the equity interests in each Subsidiary it holds. Except for this Agreement and Party B’s Share Pledge Agreement, Party B has not placed any security interest on such equity interests;

 

3.5

Each Subsidiary has a good and merchantable title to all of its assets, and except for the Exclusive Asset Option Agreement executed among Party A, Party B and each Subsidiary as of the date hereof, each Subsidiary has not placed any security interest on the aforementioned assets;

 

3.6

Each Subsidiary does not have any outstanding debts, except for (i) debt incurred in the ordinary course of business; and (ii) debts disclosed to Party A for which Party A’s written consent has been obtained;

 

3.7

If the laws of PRC requires it to be dissolved or liquidated, a Subsidiary shall sell all of its assets to the extent permitted by the laws of PRC to Party A or another qualifying entity designated by Party A, at the lowest selling price permitted by applicable laws of PRC. Any obligation for Party A or the qualifying entity designated by Party A to pay the Subsidiary as a result of such transaction shall be forgiven by the Subsidiary or any proceeds from such transaction shall be paid to Party A or the qualifying entity designated by Party A in partial satisfaction of the service fees under the Exclusive Business Corporation Agreement, as applicable under then-current laws of PRC;

 

3.8

Each Subsidiary has complied with all laws and regulations of China; and

 

3.9

There are no pending or threatened litigation, arbitration or administrative proceedings relating to the equity interests in any Subsidiary, assets of any Subsidiary or any Subsidiary.


4.

EFFECTIVENESS AND TERM

This Agreement is executed on the date first above written and shall take effect as of such date. Unless earlier terminated in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement or relevant agreements separately executed among the Parties, the term of this Agreement shall be 10 years. Upon the expiration of the term, unless Party A determines not to extend the term and notifies Party B and Party C in writing of such determination within 30 days prior to the expiration of the term, the term shall be extended for unlimited times, with an extended term of 5 years each time.

 

5.

GOVERNING LAW, RESOLUTION OF DISPUTES AND CHANGE IN LAWS

 

5.1

The execution, effectiveness, construction, performance, amendment and termination of this Agreement and the resolution of disputes hereunder shall be governed by the formally published and publicly available laws of China. Matters not covered by formally published and publicly available laws of China shall be governed by international legal principles and practices.

 

5.3

In the event of any dispute with respect to the construction and performance of this Agreement, the Parties shall first resolve the dispute through friendly negotiations. In the event the Parties fail to reach an agreement on the dispute within 30 days after either Party’s request to the other Parties for resolution of the dispute through negotiations, either Party may submit the relevant dispute to the China International Economic and Trade Arbitration Commission (“CIETAC”) for arbitration, in accordance with its then effective arbitration rules. The arbitration shall be conducted in Shanghai, and the language used in arbitration shall be Chinese. The arbitration award shall be final and binding on all Parties.

 

5.4

Upon the occurrence of any disputes arising from the construction and performance of this Agreement or during the pending arbitration of any dispute, except for the matters under dispute, the Parties to this Agreement shall continue to exercise their respective rights under this Agreement and perform their respective obligations under this Agreement.

 

5.5

In case of promulgation or any change to or in any Chinese law, regulation or rule, or any change to or in the interpretation or application of the same anytime after execution of this Agreement, the following agreement shall apply: (a) if any Party would enjoy more benefits under any changed or new law than under the relevant law, regulation or rule in effect at the date of this Agreement, without any material adverse effect upon the other Parties, the Parties shall promptly apply for such benefits brought by the changed or new law. The Parties shall make best efforts to procure the approval of such application; and (b) if the aforementioned law change or promulgation causes any direct or indirect material adverse effect to either Party, this Agreement shall be implemented in its original terms and conditions. However, the Parties shall try all lawful means to procure exemption from compliance with such changed or new law provisions. In the event such adverse effect on the economic interest of either Party is unable to be resolved pursuant to this Agreement, the affected Party may give notice to the other Parties, and the Parties shall hold prompt discussion and make all necessary amendments to this Agreement so as to maintain the economic benefits otherwise enjoyed by the affected Party.


5.6 

Subject to PRC laws, the arbitration tribunal may award remedies over the shares or land assets of Party B, injunctive relief (including but not limited to matters of business or compel the transfer of assets) or award the winding-up of Party B. Any party shall have the right to apply for enforcement of arbitration awards to the court with jurisdiction after the arbitration awards come into force. Subject to PRC laws, the courts of Hong Kong and China also have jurisdiction for the enforcement of the arbitration awards and the interim remedies against the shares or land assets of Party B.

 

6.

TAXES AND FEES

Each Party shall pay any and all transfer and registration tax, expenses and fees incurred thereby or levied thereon in accordance with the laws of China in connection with the preparation and execution of this Agreement and the Transfer Agreements, as well as the consummation of the transactions contemplated under this Agreement and the Transfer Agreements.

 

7.

NOTICES

 

7.1

All notices and other communications required or permitted to be given pursuant to this Agreement shall be delivered personally or sent by registered mail, postage prepaid, by a commercial courier service or by facsimile transmission to the address of such Party set forth below. A confirmation copy of each notice shall also be sent by email. The dates on which notices shall be deemed to have been effectively given shall be determined as follows:

 

7.1.1

Notices given by personal delivery, by courier service or by registered mail, postage prepaid, shall be deemed effectively given on the date of delivery or refusal at the address specified for notices.

 

7.1.2

Notices given by facsimile transmission shall be deemed effectively given on the date of successful transmission (as evidenced by an automatically generated confirmation of transmission).

 

7.2

For the purpose of notices, the addresses of the Parties are as follows:

Party A:

Address:    [***]

Attn:    [***]


Party B:

Address:    [***]

Attn:    [***]

Huikang:

Address:    [***]

Attn:    [***]

Lufax:

Address:    [***]

Attn:    [***]

Xfame:

Address:    [***]

Attn:    [***]

Any Party may at any time change its address for notices by a notice delivered to the other Parties in accordance with the terms hereof.

 

8.

CONFIDENTIALITY

The Parties acknowledge that any oral or written information exchanged among them with respect to this Agreement is confidential information. Each Party shall maintain the confidentiality of all such information, and without obtaining the written consent of other Parties, it shall not disclose any relevant information to any third parties, except in the following circumstances: (a) such information is or will be in the public domain (provided that this is not the result of a public disclosure by the receiving Party); (b) information disclosed as required by applicable laws or rules or regulations of any stock exchange; or (c) information required to be disclosed by any Party to its legal counsel or financial advisor regarding the transaction contemplated hereunder, and such legal counsel or financial advisor are also bound by confidentiality duties similar to the duties in this Section. Disclosure of any confidential information by the staff members or agency hired by any Party shall be deemed disclosure of such confidential information by such Party, which Party shall be held liable for breach of this Agreement. This Section shall survive the termination of this Agreement for any reason.

 

9.

FURTHER WARRANTIES

The Parties agree to promptly execute documents that are reasonably required for or are conducive to the implementation of the provisions and purposes of this Agreement and take further actions that are reasonably required for or are conducive to the implementation of the provisions and purposes of this Agreement.


10.

MISCELLANEOUS

 

10.1

Amendment, change and supplement

 

10.1.1

Any amendment, change and supplement to this Agreement shall require the execution of a written agreement by all of the Parties.

 

10.1.2

If The Stock Exchange of Hong Kong Limited (“SEHK”) or any other relevant regulatory authority or stock exchange requests any amendment to this Agreement or if there is any change to the Rules Governing the Listing of Securities on the SEHK or any other relevant stock exchange rules that is relevant to the terms of this Agreement, the Parties shall make corresponding changes to the terms of this Agreement.

 

10.2

Entire agreement

Except for the amendments, supplements or changes in writing executed after the execution of this Agreement, this Agreement shall constitute the entire agreement reached by and among the Parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof, and shall supersede all prior oral and written consultations, representations and contracts reached with respect to the subject matter of this Agreement. The Appendix of this Agreement constitutes a part hereof, and has the same legal effects as this Agreement.

 

10.3

Headings

The headings of this Agreement are for convenience only, and shall not be used to interpret, explain or otherwise affect the meanings of the provisions of this Agreement.

 

10.4

Language

This Agreement is written in both Chinese and English language in five (5) copies, each Party having one (1) copy and Party A keeping the remaining copies with equal legal validity; in case there is any conflict between the Chinese version and the English version, the Chinese version shall prevail.

 

10.5

Severability

In the event that one or several of the provisions of this Agreement are found to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any aspect in accordance with any laws or regulations, the validity, legality or enforceability of the remaining provisions of this Agreement shall not be affected or compromised in any respect. The Parties shall strive in good faith to replace such invalid, illegal or unenforceable provisions with effective provisions that accomplish to the greatest extent permitted by law and the intentions of the Parties, and the economic effect of such effective provisions shall be as close as possible to the economic effect of those invalid, illegal or unenforceable provisions.


10.6

Successors

This Agreement shall be binding on the respective successors of the Parties and the permitted assigns of such Parties.

 

10.7

Survival

 

10.7.1

Any obligations that occur or that are due as a result of this Agreement upon the expiration or early termination of this Agreement shall survive the expiration or early termination thereof.

 

10.7.2

The provisions of Sections 5, 7 and this Section 10.7 shall survive the termination of this Agreement.

 

10.8

Assignment

Without Party A’s prior written consent, Party B or any Subsidiary shall not assign its rights and obligations under this Agreement to any third party.

Party B and each Subsidiary agree that Party A may assign its obligations and rights under this Agreement to any third party upon a prior written notice to Party B and Party C but without the consent of Party B or any Subsidiary.

 

10.9

Liabilities for Breach of Agreement

Should any Party fails to perform this Agreement, such breaching Party shall pay all damages suffered by the other Parties.

With respect to the obligations under this Agreement, each Subsidiary shall take joint and several liabilities among themselves, and so between each Subsidiary and Party B.

Unless where the law clearly states otherwise, neither Party B nor Party C has the right to terminate this Agreement against Party A’s breach.

 

10.10

Waivers

Any Party may waive the terms and conditions of this Agreement, provided that such a waiver must be provided in writing and shall require the signatures of the Parties. No waiver by any Party in certain circumstances with respect to a breach by other Parties shall operate as a waiver by such a Party with respect to any similar breach in other circumstances.

[The space below is intentionally left blank.]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties have caused their authorized representatives to execute this Exclusive Equity Interest Option Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

Party A:
Shanghai Huiyuan Management Consulting Company Limited
By:  

/s/ Gibb Gregory Dean

  Name:   Gibb Gregory Dean
  Title:   Legal Representative
Party B:  
Shanghai Xiongguo Corporation Management Co., Ltd.
By:  

/s/ Gibb Gregory Dean

  Name:   Gibb Gregory Dean
  Title:   Legal Representative
Party C:  
Shanghai Huikang Information Technology Co., Ltd.
By:  

/s/ Gibb Gregory Dean

  Name:   Gibb Gregory Dean
  Title:   Legal Representative
Shanghai Lujiazui International Financial Asset Exchange Co., Ltd.
By:  

/s/ Gibb Gregory Dean

  Name:   Gibb Gregory Dean
  Title:   Legal Representative


XiShuangBanNa Mercantile Exchange Co., Ltd.
By:  

/s/ Yang Xue Lian

  Name:   Yang Xue Lian
  Title:   Legal Representative


Appendix

Form of Equity Interest Transfer Agreement


Appendix

Form of Equity Interest Transfer Agreement


Appendix

Form of Equity Interest Transfer Agreement

Exhibit 10.16

Exclusive Equity Interest Option Agreement

This Exclusive Equity Interest Option Agreement (this “Agreement”) is executed by and among the following Parties as of 23 March 2015 in Shanghai, China:

Shanghai Huiyuan Management Consulting Company Limited, a limited liability company organized and existing under the laws of PRC, with its address at Room 202-1, No. 13, 1502 Lane, Luoshan Road, Pudong District, Shanghai (“Party A”).

Shanghai Huikang Information Technology Co., Ltd., a limited liability company organized and existing under the laws of PRC, with its address at 1106-B, 60 Mudan Road, Pudong District, Shanghai (“Party B”).

Shanghai Lujiazui International Financial Asset Exchange Co., Ltd., a limited company organized and existing under the laws of PRC, with its address at 13/F, No. 1333 Lujiazui Ring Road, Pudong District, Shanghai (“Lufax”).

XiShuangBanNa Mercantile Exchange Co., Ltd., a limited company organized and existing under the laws of PRC, with its address at No. 67 Mengle Avenue, Jing Hong, XishuangBanNa, Yunnan (“Xfame”).

Lufax, and Xfame shall be referred to as a “Subsidiary” respectively, and they shall be collectively referred to as “Party C”.

In this Agreement, each of Party A, Party B and each Subsidiary shall be referred to as a “Party” respectively, and they shall be collectively referred to as the “Parties”.

Whereas:

Party B is a registered shareholder of each Subsidiary, and hold the equity interests in each Subsidiary as follows:

 

Lufax

     0.005

Xfame

     0.005

Party B intends to grant Party A an irrevocable and exclusive right to purchase all of the equity interests in any Subsidiary then held by it; and

Each Subsidiary agrees to render all necessary cooperation to the exercise of the Equity Interest Purchase Option (as defined below) by Party A.

Now therefore, upon mutual discussion and negotiation, the Parties have reached the following agreement:

 

1.

Sale and Purchase of Equity Interest

 

1.1

Option Granted

 

EXCLUSIVE EQUITY INTEREST OPTION AGREEMENT

 


  1.1.1

Party B hereby irrevocably and unconditionally grants Party A an irrevocable and exclusive right to purchase, or designate one or more persons (each, a “Designee”) to purchase the equity interests in any Subsidiary then held by Party B once or at multiple times at any time in whole at Party A’s sole and absolute discretion to the extent permitted by Chinese laws and at the price described in Section 1.3 herein (such right being the Equity Interest Purchase Option”). Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement and to the extent permitted by PRC laws and regulations, Party A shall be entitled to absolute discretion over the time, manner and times to exercise the Option. Except for Party A and the Designee(s), no other person shall be entitled to the Equity Interest Purchase Option or other rights with respect to the equity interests of any Subsidiary held by Party B. Each Subsidiary hereby agrees to the grant by Party B of the Equity Interest Purchase Option to Party A. The term “person” as used herein shall refer to individuals, corporations, partnerships, partners, enterprises, trusts or non-corporate organizations.

 

  1.1.2

On the date of the execution of this Agreement, Party B shall deliver to Party A:

 

  (a)

two undated duly executed Transfer Agreement in a form and substance satisfactory to Party A and/or substantially in the form set out the Appendix; and

 

  (b)

all other documents as required by and satisfactory to Party A in order to effect a valid transfer of any Optioned Interests.

 

1.2

Steps for Exercise of Equity Interest Purchase Option

Subject to the provisions of the laws and regulations of China, Party A may exercise the Equity Interest Purchase Option by issuing a written notice to Party B (the “Equity Interest Purchase Option Notice”), specifying: (a) Party A’s decision to exercise the Equity Interest Purchase Option; (b) the portion of equity interests to be purchased from Party B (the “Optioned Interests”); and (c) the date for purchasing the Optioned Interests and/or the date for transfer of the Optioned Interests.

 

1.3

Equity Interest Purchase Price and Its Payment

Unless an appraisal is required by the laws of China applicable to the Equity Interest Purchase Option when exercised by Party A, the purchase price of the Optioned Interests (the “Equity Interest Purchase Price”) shall be the lowest price permitted under PRC law. After necessary withholding and paying of tax monies according to the applicable laws of China (if applicable), the Equity Interest Purchase Price will be wired by Party A or its designee(s) in RMB currency at spot exchange rate to the bank account(s) designated by Party B within two months after the date on which the Optioned Interests are officially transferred to Party A or its designee(s) (i.e. a new Enterprise Business License of the corresponding Subsidiary is issued). The Equity Interest Purchase Price shall be repaid in full to Party A or its designee(s) within one month upon Party C’s receipt of it.

 

1.4

Transfer of Optioned Interests

 

EXCLUSIVE EQUITY INTEREST OPTION AGREEMENT

 

2


For each exercise of the Equity Interest Purchase Option:

 

  1.4.1

Party B shall cause each Subsidiary to promptly convene a shareholders’ meeting, at which a resolution shall be adopted approving Party B’s transfer of the Optioned Interests to Party A and/or the Designee(s);

 

  1.4.2

Party A shall have the right to effect the transfer of any and all of the Optioned Interests into its name or the name(s) of its Designee(s) and/or without liability on the part of Party A in the event of loss, act in all respects as the beneficial owner of the Optioned Interests.

 

  1.4.3

Notwithstanding the foregoing, Party B and each Subsidiary shall execute all other necessary contracts, agreements or documents (including without limitation the Articles of Association of the company), obtain all necessary government licenses and permits (including without limitation the Business License of the company) and take all necessary actions to transfer valid ownership of the Optioned Interests to Party A and/or the Designee(s), unencumbered by any security interests, and cause Party A and/or the Designee(s) to become the registered owner(s) of the Optioned Interests. For the purpose of this Section and this Agreement, “security interests” shall include securities, mortgages, third party’s rights or interests, any stock options, acquisition right, right of first refusal, right to offset, ownership retention or other security arrangements, but shall be deemed to exclude any security interest created by this Agreement and Party B’s Share Pledge Agreement. “Party B’s Share Pledge Agreement” as used in this Section and this Agreement shall refer to the relevant Share Pledge Agreement executed by and among Party B, each Subsidiary and Party A as of the date hereof, under which Party B pledges all of its equity interests in a Subsidiary in favor of Party A.

 

2.

Covenants

 

2.1

Covenants regarding Party B and Party C

Party B (as the shareholder of Party C) and each Subsidiary hereby jointly and severally covenant as follows:

 

  2.1.1

Without the prior written consent of Party A, they shall not in any manner supplement, change or amend the articles of association and bylaws of any Subsidiary, increase or decrease its registered capital, or change its structure of registered capital in other manners;

 

  2.1.2

They shall maintain each Subsidiary’s corporate existence in accordance with good financial and business standards and practices by prudently and effectively operating its business and handling its affairs, and to cause each Subsidiary to perform its obligations under the Exclusive Business Cooperation Agreement; “Exclusive Business Cooperation Agreement” in this Section and Agreement refers to the exclusive business cooperation agreement executed by Party A and each Subsidiary on the execution date of this Agreement, under which Party A provides relevant business support, technical and consulting service to each Subsidiary;

 

EXCLUSIVE EQUITY INTEREST OPTION AGREEMENT

 

3


  2.1.3

Without the prior written consent of Party A, they shall not at any time following the date hereof, sell, transfer, mortgage or dispose of in any manner any assets of any Subsidiary or legal or beneficial interest in the business or revenues of any Subsidiary, or allow the encumbrance thereon of any security interest, other than those necessary in the ordinary course of business;

 

  2.1.4

After mandatory liquidation described in Section 3.7 below, Party B will remit in full to Party A any residual interest Party B receives or cause it to happen in compliance with law. If such transfer is prohibited by the laws of PRC, Party B will remit the proceeds to Party A or its designated person(s) in a manner permitted under the laws of PRC;

 

  2.1.5

Without the prior written consent of Party A, Party C shall not incur, inherit, guarantee or suffer the existence of any debt, except for (i) debts incurred in the ordinary course of business other than through loans; and (ii) debts disclosed to Party A for which Party A’s written consent has been obtained;

 

  2.1.6

They shall always operate all of each Subsidiary’s businesses during the ordinary course of business to maintain the asset value of each Subsidiary and refrain from any action/omission that may affect any Subsidiary’s operating status and asset value;

 

  2.1.7

Without the prior written consent of Party A, they shall not cause any Subsidiary to execute any major contract, except the contracts in the ordinary course of business (for purpose of this subsection, a contract with a value exceeding RMB 100,000 shall be deemed a major contract);

 

  2.1.8

Without the prior written consent of Party A, they shall not cause any Subsidiary to provide any person with any loan or credit or guarantee in any form;

 

  2.1.9

They shall provide Party A with information on any Subsidiary’s business operations and financial condition at Party A’s request;

 

  2.1.10

If requested by Party A, they shall procure and maintain insurance in respect of each Subsidiary’s assets and business from an insurance carrier acceptable to Party A, at an amount and type of coverage typical for companies that operate the businesses similar to those operated by each Subsidiary;

 

  2.1.11

Without the prior written consent of Party A, they shall not cause or permit any Subsidiary to merge, consolidate with, acquire or invest in any person, and/or cause or permit any Subsidiary to sell assets with a value higher than RMB 100,000;

 

  2.1.12

They shall immediately notify Party A of the occurrence or possible occurrence of any litigation, arbitration or administrative proceedings relating to any Subsidiary’s assets, business or revenue and any circumstances that may adversely affects any Subsidiary’s existence, business operation, financials, assets or goodwill, and shall promptly take all actions acceptable by Party A to exclude such adverse circumstances or take effective remedies therefor;

 

EXCLUSIVE EQUITY INTEREST OPTION AGREEMENT

 

4


  2.1.13

To maintain the ownership by each Subsidiary of all of its assets, they shall execute all necessary or appropriate documents, take all necessary or appropriate actions and file all necessary or appropriate complaints or raise necessary and appropriate defenses against all claims;

 

  2.1.14

Without the prior written consent of Party A, they shall ensure that each Subsidiary shall not in any manner distribute dividends to its shareholders, provided that upon Party A’s written request, each Subsidiary shall immediately distribute all distributable profits to its shareholders; and

 

  2.1.15

At the request of Party A, they shall appoint any persons designated by Party A as directors of each Subsidiary or replace any existing director(s) of any Subsidiary.

 

2.2

Covenants of Party B

Party B hereby covenants as follows:

 

  2.2.1

Without the prior written consent of Party A, Party B shall not sell, transfer, mortgage or dispose of in any other manner any legal or beneficial interest in the equity interests in any Subsidiary held by Party B, or allow the encumbrance thereon of any security interest, except for the pledge placed on these equity interests in accordance with Party B’s Share Pledge Agreement;

 

  2.2.2

Party B shall not put forward, or vote in favor of, any shareholder resolution to, or otherwise request any Subsidiary to, issue any dividends or other distributions with respect to its equity interest in the Subsidiary; provided, however, in the event that Party B receives any profit, distribution or dividend from any Subsidiary, Party B shall, as permitted under the laws of PRC and in the interest of the Subsidiary, immediately pay or transfer such profit, distribution or dividend to Party A or to any party designated by Party A as service fees under the Exclusive Business Cooperation Agreement payable by the Subsidiary to Party A;

 

  2.2.3

Party B shall cause the shareholders’ meeting and/or the board of directors of each Subsidiary not to approve the sale, transfer, mortgage or disposition in any other manner of any legal or beneficial interest in the equity interests in any Subsidiary held by Party B, or allow the encumbrance thereon of any security interest, without the prior written consent of Party A, except for the pledge placed on these equity interests in accordance with Party B’s Share Pledge Agreement;

 

  2.2.4

Party B shall cause the shareholders’ meeting or the board of directors of each Subsidiary not to approve the Subsidiary’s merger or consolidation with any person, or the acquisition of or investment in any person, or other matters that require the prior written consent of Party A under this Agreement, without the prior written consent of Party A;

 

EXCLUSIVE EQUITY INTEREST OPTION AGREEMENT

 

5


  2.2.5

Party B shall immediately notify Party A of the occurrence or possible occurrence of any litigation, arbitration or administrative proceedings relating to the equity interests in any Subsidiary held by Party B;

 

  2.2.6

Party B shall cause the shareholders’ meeting or the board of directors of each Subsidiary to vote their approval of the transfer of the Optioned Interests as set forth in this Agreement and to take any and all other actions that may be requested by Party A;

 

  2.2.7

To maintain Party B’s ownership in each Subsidiary, Party B shall execute all necessary or appropriate documents, take all necessary or appropriate actions and file all necessary or appropriate complaints or raise necessary and appropriate defenses against all claims;

 

  2.2.8

Party B shall appoint any designee of Party A as director of each Subsidiary, at the request of Party A;

 

  2.2.9

At the request of party A at any time, Party B shall promptly and unconditionally transfer its equity interests in each Subsidiary to Party A or its Designee(s) in accordance with the Equity Interest Purchase Option under this Agreement, and Party B hereby waives its right of first refusal to the share transfer by any of the other existing shareholders of each Subsidiary (if any); and

 

  2.2.10

Party B shall strictly abide by the provisions of this Agreement and other contracts jointly or separately executed by and among Party B, each Subsidiary and Party A, perform the obligations hereunder and thereunder, and refrain from any action/omission that may affect the effectiveness and enforceability thereof. To the extent that Party B has any remaining rights with respect to the equity interests under this Agreement, the Party B’s Share Pledge Agreement or the Voting Trust Agreement among the same parties hereto, Party B shall not exercise such rights except in accordance with the written instructions of Party A; and

 

  2.2.11

Party B agrees to pledge to Party A all the equity interest owned of Party C and execute relevant share pledge agreements.

 

3.

Representations and Warranties

Party B and each Subsidiary hereby represent and warrant to Party A, jointly and severally, as of the date of this Agreement and each date of transfer of the Optioned Interests, that:

 

3.1

They have the authority to execute and deliver this Agreement and any equity interest transfer agreement with respect to the Optioned Interests to which they are a party (each, a “Transfer Agreement”), and to perform their obligations under this Agreement and any Transfer Agreement. Party B agrees to enter into Transfer Agreements consistent with the terms of the Appendix of this Agreement upon Party A’s exercise of the Equity Interest Purchase Option if requested by Party A. This Agreement and the Transfer Agreements to which they are a party constitute or will constitute their legal, valid and binding obligations and shall be enforceable against them in accordance with the provisions thereof;

 

EXCLUSIVE EQUITY INTEREST OPTION AGREEMENT

 

6


3.2

On demand made by Party A at any time during the continuance of this Agreement, if Party B has not already done so, they shall procure that the equity and such other equity interest transfer as Party A may stipulate in writing are transferred into the name of Party A and/or its nominee(s) who shall hold the equity upon and subject to the terms of this Agreement and such transfers are registered in the books of the company and relevant registration or filing with the competent industry and commerce authority is completed.

 

3.3

The execution and delivery of this Agreement or any Transfer Agreement and the obligations under this Agreement or any Transfer Agreement shall not: (i) cause any violation of any applicable laws of China; (ii) be inconsistent with the articles of association, bylaws or other organizational documents of any Subsidiary; (iii) cause the violation of any contracts or instruments to which they are a party or which are binding on them, or constitute any breach under any contracts or instruments to which they are a party or which are binding on them; (iv) cause any violation of any condition for the grant and/or continued effectiveness of any licenses or permits issued to either of them; or (v) cause the suspension or revocation of or imposition of additional conditions to any licenses or permits issued to either of them;

 

3.4

Party B has a good and merchantable title to the equity interests in each Subsidiary it holds. Except for this Agreement and Party B’s Share Pledge Agreement, Party B has not placed any security interest on such equity interests;

 

3.5

Each Subsidiary has a good and merchantable title to all of its assets, and except for the Exclusive Asset Option Agreement executed among Party A, Party B and each Subsidiary as of the date hereof, each Subsidiary has not placed any security interest on the aforementioned assets;

 

3.6

Each Subsidiary does not have any outstanding debts, except for (i) debt incurred in the ordinary course of business; and (ii) debts disclosed to Party A for which Party A’s written consent has been obtained;

 

3.7

If the laws of PRC requires it to be dissolved or liquidated, a Subsidiary shall sell all of its assets to the extent permitted by the laws of PRC to Party A or another qualifying entity designated by Party A, at the lowest selling price permitted by applicable laws of PRC. Any obligation for Party A or the qualifying entity designated by Party A to pay the Subsidiary as a result of such transaction shall be forgiven by the Subsidiary or any proceeds from such transaction shall be paid to Party A or the qualifying entity designated by Party A in partial satisfaction of the service fees under the Exclusive Business Corporation Agreement, as applicable under then-current laws of PRC;

 

3.8

Each Subsidiary has complied with all laws and regulations of China; and

 

3.9

There are no pending or threatened litigation, arbitration or administrative proceedings relating to the equity interests in any Subsidiary, assets of any Subsidiary or any Subsidiary.

 

EXCLUSIVE EQUITY INTEREST OPTION AGREEMENT

 

7


4.

Effectiveness and Term

This Agreement is executed on the date first above written and shall take effect as of such date. Unless earlier terminated in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement or relevant agreements separately executed among the Parties, the term of this Agreement shall be 10 years. Upon the expiration of the term, unless Party A determines not to extend the term and notifies Party B and Party C in writing of such determination within 30 days prior to the expiration of the term, the term shall be extended for unlimited times, with an extended term of 5 years each time.

 

5.

Governing Law, Resolution of Disputes and Change in Laws

 

5.1

The execution, effectiveness, construction, performance, amendment and termination of this Agreement and the resolution of disputes hereunder shall be governed by the formally published and publicly available laws of China. Matters not covered by formally published and publicly available laws of China shall be governed by international legal principles and practices.

 

5.2

In the event of any dispute with respect to the construction and performance of this Agreement, the Parties shall first resolve the dispute through friendly negotiations. In the event the Parties fail to reach an agreement on the dispute within 30 days after either Party’s request to the other Parties for resolution of the dispute through negotiations, either Party may submit the relevant dispute to the China International Economic and Trade Arbitration Commission (“CIETAC”) for arbitration, in accordance with its then effective arbitration rules. The arbitration shall be conducted in Shanghai, and the language used in arbitration shall be Chinese. The arbitration award shall be final and binding on all Parties.

 

5.3

Upon the occurrence of any disputes arising from the construction and performance of this Agreement or during the pending arbitration of any dispute, except for the matters under dispute, the Parties to this Agreement shall continue to exercise their respective rights under this Agreement and perform their respective obligations under this Agreement.

 

5.4

In case of promulgation or any change to or in any Chinese law, regulation or rule, or any change to or in the interpretation or application of the same anytime after execution of this Agreement, the following agreement shall apply: (a) if any Party would enjoy more benefits under any changed or new law than under the relevant law, regulation or rule in effect at the date of this Agreement, without any material adverse effect upon the other Parties, the Parties shall promptly apply for such benefits brought by the changed or new law. The Parties shall make best efforts to procure the approval of such application; and (b) if the aforementioned law change or promulgation causes any direct or indirect material adverse effect to either Party, this Agreement shall be implemented in its original terms and conditions. However, the Parties shall try all lawful means to procure exemption from compliance with such changed or new law provisions. In the event such adverse effect on the economic interest of either Party is unable to be resolved pursuant to this Agreement, the affected Party may give notice to the other Parties, and the Parties shall hold prompt discussion and make all necessary amendments to this Agreement so as to maintain the economic benefits otherwise enjoyed by the affected Party.

 

EXCLUSIVE EQUITY INTEREST OPTION AGREEMENT

 

8


5.5

Subject to PRC laws, the arbitration tribunal may award remedies over the shares or land assets of Party B, injunctive relief (including but not limited to matters of business or compel the transfer of assets) or award the winding-up of Party B. Any party shall have the right to apply for enforcement of arbitration awards to the court with jurisdiction after the arbitration awards come into force. Subject to PRC laws, the courts of Hong Kong and China also have jurisdiction for the enforcement of the arbitration awards and the interim remedies against the shares or land assets of Party B.

 

6.

Taxes and Fees

Each Party shall pay any and all transfer and registration tax, expenses and fees incurred thereby or levied thereon in accordance with the laws of China in connection with the preparation and execution of this Agreement and the Transfer Agreements, as well as the consummation of the transactions contemplated under this Agreement and the Transfer Agreements.

 

7.

Notices

 

7.1

All notices and other communications required or permitted to be given pursuant to this Agreement shall be delivered personally or sent by registered mail, postage prepaid, by a commercial courier service or by facsimile transmission to the address of such Party set forth below. A confirmation copy of each notice shall also be sent by email. The dates on which notices shall be deemed to have been effectively given shall be determined as follows:

 

  7.1.1

Notices given by personal delivery, by courier service or by registered mail, postage prepaid, shall be deemed effectively given on the date of delivery or refusal at the address specified for notices.

 

  7.1.2

Notices given by facsimile transmission shall be deemed effectively given on the date of successful transmission (as evidenced by an automatically generated confirmation of transmission).

 

7.2

For the purpose of notices, the addresses of the Parties are as follows:

 

Party A:    Shanghai Huiyuan Management Consulting Company Limited
Address:    [***]
Attn:    [***]
Party B:    Shanghai Huikang Information Technology Co., Ltd
Address:    [***]

 

EXCLUSIVE EQUITY INTEREST OPTION AGREEMENT

 

9


Attn:    [***]
Lufax:   
Address:    [***]
Attn:    [***]
Xfame:   
Address:    [***]
Attn:    [***]

 

7.3

Any Party may at any time change its address for notices by a notice delivered to the other Parties in accordance with the terms hereof.

 

8.

Confidentiality

The Parties acknowledge that any oral or written information exchanged among them with respect to this Agreement is confidential information. Each Party shall maintain the confidentiality of all such information, and without obtaining the written consent of other Parties, it shall not disclose any relevant information to any third parties, except in the following circumstances: (a) such information is or will be in the public domain (provided that this is not the result of a public disclosure by the receiving Party); (b) information disclosed as required by applicable laws or rules or regulations of any stock exchange; or (c) information required to be disclosed by any Party to its legal counsel or financial advisor regarding the transaction contemplated hereunder, and such legal counsel or financial advisor are also bound by confidentiality duties similar to the duties in this Section. Disclosure of any confidential information by the staff members or agency hired by any Party shall be deemed disclosure of such confidential information by such Party, which Party shall be held liable for breach of this Agreement. This Section shall survive the termination of this Agreement for any reason.

 

9.

Further Warranties

The Parties agree to promptly execute documents that are reasonably required for or are conducive to the implementation of the provisions and purposes of this Agreement and take further actions that are reasonably required for or are conducive to the implementation of the provisions and purposes of this Agreement.

 

10.

Miscellaneous

 

10.1

Amendment, change and supplement

 

  10.1.1

Any amendment, change and supplement to this Agreement shall require the execution of a written agreement by all of the Parties.

 

EXCLUSIVE EQUITY INTEREST OPTION AGREEMENT

 

10


  10.1.2

If The Stock Exchange of Hong Kong Limited (“SEHK”) or any other relevant regulatory authority or stock exchange requests any amendment to this Agreement or if there is any change to the Rules Governing the Listing of Securities on the SEHK or any other relevant stock exchange rules that is relevant to the terms of this Agreement, the Parties shall make corresponding changes to the terms of this Agreement.

 

10.2

Entire agreement

Except for the amendments, supplements or changes in writing executed after the execution of this Agreement, this Agreement shall constitute the entire agreement reached by and among the Parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof, and shall supersede all prior oral and written consultations, representations and contracts reached with respect to the subject matter of this Agreement. The Appendix of this Agreement constitutes a part hereof, and has the same legal effects as this Agreement.

 

10.3

Headings

The headings of this Agreement are for convenience only, and shall not be used to interpret, explain or otherwise affect the meanings of the provisions of this Agreement.

 

10.4

Language

This Agreement is written in both Chinese and English language in four (4) copies, each Party having one (1) copy and Party A keeping the remaining copies with equal legal validity; in case there is any conflict between the Chinese version and the English version, the Chinese version shall prevail.

 

10.5

Severability

In the event that one or several of the provisions of this Agreement are found to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any aspect in accordance with any laws or regulations, the validity, legality or enforceability of the remaining provisions of this Agreement shall not be affected or compromised in any respect. The Parties shall strive in good faith to replace such invalid, illegal or unenforceable provisions with effective provisions that accomplish to the greatest extent permitted by law and the intentions of the Parties, and the economic effect of such effective provisions shall be as close as possible to the economic effect of those invalid, illegal or unenforceable provisions.

 

10.6

Successors

This Agreement shall be binding on the respective successors of the Parties and the permitted assigns of such Parties.

 

10.7

Survival

 

EXCLUSIVE EQUITY INTEREST OPTION AGREEMENT

 

11


  10.7.1

Any obligations that occur or that are due as a result of this Agreement upon the expiration or early termination of this Agreement shall survive the expiration or early termination thereof.

 

  10.7.2

The provisions of Sections 5, 7 and this Section 10.7 shall survive the termination of this Agreement.

 

10.8

Assignment

Without Party A’s prior written consent, Party B or any Subsidiary shall not assign its rights and obligations under this Agreement to any third party.

Party B and each Subsidiary agree that Party A may assign its obligations and rights under this Agreement to any third party upon a prior written notice to Party B and Party C but without the consent of Party B or any Subsidiary.

 

10.9

Liabilities for Breach of Agreement

Should any Party fails to perform this Agreement, such breaching Party shall pay all damages suffered by the other Parties.

With respect to the obligations under this Agreement, each Subsidiary shall take joint and several liabilities among themselves, and so between each Subsidiary and Party B.

Unless where the law clearly states otherwise, neither Party B nor Party C has the right to terminate this Agreement against Party A’s breach.

 

10.10

Waivers

Any Party may waive the terms and conditions of this Agreement, provided that such a waiver must be provided in writing and shall require the signatures of the Parties. No waiver by any Party in certain circumstances with respect to a breach by other Parties shall operate as a waiver by such a Party with respect to any similar breach in other circumstances.

[The space below is intentionally left blank.]

 

EXCLUSIVE EQUITY INTEREST OPTION AGREEMENT

 

12


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties have caused their authorized representatives to execute this Exclusive Equity Interest Option Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

Party A:     Party C:
Shanghai Huiyuan Management Consulting Company Limited     Shanghai Lujiazui International Financial Asset Exchange Co., Ltd.
By:   /s/ Gibb Gregory Dean                                             By:   /s/ Gibb Gregory Dean                                        
Name:   Gibb Gregory Dean     Name:   Gibb Gregory Dean
Title:     Legal Representative     Title:     Legal Representative
Party B:    
Shanghai Huikang Information Technology Co., Ltd.     XiShuangBanNa Mercantile Exchange Co., Ltd.
By:   /s/ Yang Xue Lian                                                    By:   /s/ Shi Liang Xun                                                 
Name:   Yang Xue Lian     Name:   Shi Liang Xun
Title:     Legal Representative     Title:     Legal Representative

 

SIGNATURE PAGE TO EXCLUSIVE EQUITY INTEREST OPTION AGREEMENT


Appendix

Form of Equity Interest Transfer Agreement


Appendix

Form of Equity Interest Transfer Agreement

Exhibit 10.17

Exclusive Business Cooperation Agreement

This Exclusive Business Cooperation Agreement (this “Agreement”) is made and entered into by and between the following Parties on 23 March 2015 in Shanghai, China.

Shanghai Huiyuan Management Consulting Company Limited, a limited liability company organized and existing under the laws of PRC, with its address at Room 202-1, No. 13, 1502 Lane, Luoshan Road, Pudong District, Shanghai (“Party A”).

Shanghai Lujiazui International Financial Asset Exchange Co., Ltd., a limited company organized and existing under the laws of PRC, with its address at 13/F, No. 1333 Lujiazui Ring Road, Pudong District, Shanghai (“Party B”).

Each of Party A and Party B shall be hereinafter referred to as a “Party” respectively, and as the “Parties” collectively.

Whereas,

 

1.

Party A is a Wholly Foreign Owned Enterprise established in the People’s Republic of China (“China”), and has the necessary resources to provide technical services and business consulting services;

 

2.

Party B is a company with exclusively domestic capital registered in China;

 

3.

Party A is willing to provide Party B, on an exclusive basis, with technical, consulting and other services (the detailed scope set forth below) during the term of this Agreement, utilizing its own advantages in human resources, technology and information, and Party B is willing to accept such exclusive services provided by Party A or Party A’s designee(s), each on the terms set forth herein.

Now, therefore, through mutual discussion, Party A and Party B have reached the following agreements:

 

1.

Services Provided by Party A

 

1.1

Party B hereby appoints Party A as Party B’s exclusive services provider to provide Party B with complete business support and technical and consulting services during the term of this Agreement, in accordance with the terms and conditions of this Agreement, which may include all or part of the services within the approved business scope of Party B as may be determined from time to time by Party A, including, but not limited to, technical services, network support, business consultations, equipment or leasing, marketing consultancy, system integration, product research and development, and system maintenance (“Service”).

EXCLUSIVE BUSINESS COOPERATION AGREEMENT


1.2

Party B agrees to accept all the consultations and services provided by Party A. Party B further agrees that unless with Party A’s prior written consent, during the term of this Agreement, Party B shall not accept any consultations and/or services provided by any third party and shall not cooperate with any third party regarding the matters contemplated by this Agreement. Party A may appoint other parties, who may enter into certain agreements described in Section 1.3 with Party B, to provide Party B with the consultations and/or services under this Agreement.

 

1.3

To ensure that the cash flow requirements of Party B’s ordinary operations are met and/or to set off any loss accrued during such operations, Party A may, only to the extent permissible under the laws of PRC, provide financing support for Party B, whether or not Party B actually incurs any such operational loss. Party A’s financing support for Party B and/or its any shareholder may take the form of bank entrustment loans or borrowings or other forms. Contracts for any such entrustment loans or borrowings or others shall be executed separately.

 

1.4

Service Providing Methodology

 

  1.4.1

Party A and Party B agree that during the term of this Agreement, both Parties, directly or through their respective affiliates, may enter into further technical service agreements or consulting service agreements with the other Party or its affiliates, which shall provide the specific contents, manner, personnel, and fees for the specific technical services and consulting services.

 

  1.4.2

To fulfill this Agreement, Party A and Party B agree that during the term of this Agreement, both Parties, directly or through their respective affiliates, may enter into intellectual property (including, but not limited to, software, trademark, patent and know-how) license agreements with the other Party or its affiliates, which shall permit Party B to use Party A’s relevant intellectual property rights, at any time and from time to time based on the needs of the business of Party B.

 

  1.4.3

Party B acknowledges that Party A may, at its own discretion, subcontract to third parties all or part of the Services Party A provides to Party B under this Agreement.

 

2.

Calculation and payment of the Service Fees, Financial Reports, Audit and Tax

 

2.1

The Parties agree that, in consideration of the Services, Party B shall pay Party A service fees (the “Service Fees”). The Service Fees will be charged on an aim’s length basis and determined based on the nature of Services provided and the market circumstances. The Service Fees shall be due and payable on a quarterly basis up to the before tax income of Party B as determined based on China financial reporting standards minus relevant costs and reasonable expenses of Party B. During the term of this Agreement, Party A shall have the right to adjust the Service Fees at its sole discretion without the consent of Party B by giving Party B no less than 10 days’ prior written notice of such adjustment. Party B shall, within 7 days from the last day of each quarter, (a) deliver to Party A the management accounts and operating statistics of Party B for such quarter, including the before tax income of Party B during such quarter, and (b) pay the Service Fees to Party A upon request by Party A under various survey reports, plans, invoices or other written documents. After receipt of such management accounts and operating statistics, Party A may issue to Party B a corresponding service invoice. All payments shall be transferred into the bank accounts designated by Party A through remittance or in any other way acceptable by the Parties. The Parties agree that such payment instruction may be changed by a notice given by Party A to Party B from time to time.

EXCLUSIVE BUSINESS COOPERATION AGREEMENT

 

2


2.2

Within ninety (90) days after the end of each fiscal year, Party B shall deliver to Party A audited financial statements of Party B for such fiscal year, which shall be audited and certified by an independent certified public accountant approved by Party A. If such audited financial statements show any shortfall of the before tax income of Party B as determined based on China financial reporting standards minus relevant costs and reasonable expenses of Party B for such fiscal year compared to the aggregate amount of the Service Fees paid by Party B to Party A in such fiscal year, upon written requests from Party A, Party B shall pay Party A an amount equal to such shortfall.

 

2.3

The Parties agree that payment of the Services Fees shall not cause operational difficulty for any Party. For the purpose and in the spirit of the aforementioned principle, Party A may agree to a delay payment of Service Fees by Party B, or adjust the payment schedule under Section 2.1 and 2.2 by written notice upon mutual agreement of the Parties.

 

2.4

Party B shall prepare its financial statements in satisfaction of Party A’s requirements and in accordance with law and commercial practices.

 

2.5

Subject to a notice given by Party A 5 working days in advance, Party B shall allow Party A, Party A’s (direct or indirect) parent company, and/or its appointed auditor to early out auditing activities on Party B, including reviewing, and making photocopies of, the relevant books and records of Party B at the principal office of Party B. Further, Party B shall provide Party A, Party A’s (direct or indirect) parent company, and/or its appointed auditor the information and materials in connection with the operation, businesses, clients, financials and employees of Party B, and agrees that Party A’s parent company may disclose such information and materials to meet the requirements of the local regulatory authorities where its shares are listed.

 

2.6

Each of the Parties shall assume its own tax obligations in relation to performance of this Agreement.

 

3.

Intellectual Property Rights; Confidentiality Clauses; Non-competition

 

3.1

Party A shall have exclusive and proprietary rights and interests in all rights, ownership, interests and intellectual properties arising out of or created during the performance of this Agreement, including, but not limited to, copyrights, patents, patent applications, trademarks, software, technical secrets, trade secrets and others, regardless of whether they have been developed by Party A or Party B.

EXCLUSIVE BUSINESS COOPERATION AGREEMENT

 

3


3.2

The Parties acknowledge that any oral or written information exchanged between them with respect to this Agreement is confidential information. Each Party shall maintain the confidentiality of all such information, and without obtaining the written consent of the other Party, it shall not disclose any relevant information to any third parties, except in the following circumstances: (a) such information is or will be in the public domain (provided that this is not the result of a public disclosure by the receiving Party); (b) information disclosed as required by applicable laws or rules or regulations of any stock exchange; or (c) information required to be disclosed by any Party to its legal counsel or financial advisor regarding the transaction contemplated hereunder, and such legal counsel or financial advisor is also bound by confidentiality duties similar to the duties in this Section. Disclosure of any confidential information by the staff members or agencies hired by any Party shall be deemed disclosure of such confidential information by such Party, which Party shall be held liable for breach of this Agreement. This Section shall survive the termination of this Agreement for any reason.

 

3.3

Party B shall not engage in any business activities other than those within the scope of its business license and business permit, whether directly or indirectly, or any businesses in China which compete with the businesses of Party A, whether directly or indirectly, or any other businesses beyond the scope approved in writing by Party A.

 

3.4

The Parties agree that this Section shall survive changes to, and rescission or termination of, this Agreement.

 

4.

Representations and Warranties

 

4.1

Party A hereby represents and warrants as follows:

 

  4.1.1

Party A is a company legally registered and validly existing in accordance with the laws of China.

 

  4.1.2

Party A’s execution and performance of this Agreement is within its corporate capacity and the scope of its business operations; Party A has taken necessary corporate actions and been given appropriate authorization and has obtained the consent and approval from third parties and government agencies, and will not violate any restrictions in law or otherwise binding or having an impact on Party A.

 

  4.1.3

This Agreement constitutes Party A’s legal, valid and binding obligations, and shall be enforceable against it .

 

4.2

Party B hereby represents and warrants as follows:

 

  4.2.1

Party B is a company legally registered and validly existing in accordance with the laws of China.

 

  4.2.2

Party B’s execution and performance of this Agreement is within its corporate capacity and the scope of its business operations; Party B has taken necessary corporate actions and given appropriate authorization and has obtained the consent and approval from third parties and government agencies, and will not violate any restrictions in law or otherwise binding or having an impact on Party B.

EXCLUSIVE BUSINESS COOPERATION AGREEMENT

 

4


  4.2.3

This Agreement constitutes Party B’s legal, valid and binding obligations, and shall be enforceable against it.

 

  4.2.4

Party B shall maintain its good reputation and work diligently to maximize its income.

 

  4.2.5

arty B shall immediately notify Party A about any litigation that it is involved in or any other circumstances which may have adverse impacts on it and use best efforts to limit the losses.

 

5.

Effectiveness and Term

This Agreement is executed on the date first above written and shall take effect as of such date. Unless earlier terminated in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement or relevant agreements separately executed between the Parties, the term of this Agreement shall be 10 years. Upon the expiration of the term, unless Party A determines not to extend the term and notifies Party B in writing of such determination within 30 days prior to the expiration of the term, the term shall be extended for unlimited times, with an extended term of 5 years each time.

 

6.

Termination

 

6.1

Unless renewed in accordance with the relevant terms of this Agreement, this Agreement shall be terminated upon the date of expiration hereof.

 

6.2

During the term of this Agreement, (A) the Parties may early terminate this Agreement upon mutual agreement; (B) Party A may early terminate this Agreement by giving 30 days’ prior written notice to Party B at any time; and (C) Party B may not unilaterally terminate this Agreement prior to the expiration date.

 

6.3

to The rights and obligations of the Parties under Articles 3, 7 and 8 shall survive the termination of this Agreement.

 

6.4

In case of early termination, for whatever reason, or due expiration of this Agreement, payment obligations of either Party outstanding as of the date of such termination or expiration, including without limitation with respect to the Service Fees, shall not be waived, nor shall any default liability accrued as of the termination of this Agreement be waived. The Service Fees accrued as of the termination of this Agreement shall be paid to Party A within 15 working days following the termination of this Agreement.

 

7.

Governing Law, Resolution of Disputes and Change in Laws

 

7.1

The execution, effectiveness, construction, performance, amendment and termination of this Agreement and the resolution of disputes hereunder shall be governed by the laws of China.

EXCLUSIVE BUSINESS COOPERATION AGREEMENT

 

5


7.2

In the event of any dispute with respect to the construction and performance of the provisions of this Agreement, the Parties shall negotiate in good faith to resolve the dispute. In the event the Parties fail to reach an agreement on the resolution of such a dispute within 30 days after any Party’s request for resolution of the dispute through negotiations, any Party may submit the relevant dispute to the China International Economic and Trade Arbitration Commission (“CIETAC”) for arbitration, in accordance with its then-effective arbitration rules. The arbitration shall be conducted in Shanghai, and the language used during arbitration shall be Chinese. The arbitration ruling shall be final and binding on both Parties.

 

7.3

Upon the occurrence of any disputes arising from the construction and performance of this Agreement or during the pending arbitration of any dispute, except for the matters under dispute, the Parties to this Agreement shall continue to exercise their respective rights under this Agreement and perform their respective obligations under this Agreement.

 

7.4

In case of promulgation or any change to or in any Chinese law, regulation or rule, or any change to or in the interpretation or application of the same anytime after execution of this Agreement, the following agreement shall apply: (a) if any Party would enjoy more benefits under any changed or new law than under the relevant law, regulation or rule in effect at the date of this Agreement, without any material adverse effect upon the other Party, the Parties shall promptly apply for such benefits brought by the changed or new law. The Parties shall make best efforts to procure the approval of such application; and (b) if the aforementioned law change or promulgation causes any direct or indirect material adverse effect to either Party, this Agreement shall be implemented in its original terms and conditions. However, the Parties shall try all lawful means to procure exemption from compliance with such changed or new law provisions. In the event such adverse effect on the economic interest of either Party is unable to be resolved pursuant to this Agreement, the affected Party may give notice to the other Party, and the Parties shall hold prompt discussion and make all necessary amendments to this Agreement so as to maintain the economic benefits otherwise enjoyed by the affected Party.

 

7.5

Subject to PRC laws, the arbitration tribunal may award remedies over the shares or land assets of Party B, injunctive relief (including but not limited to matters of business or compel the transfer of assets) or award the winding-up of Party B. Any party shall have the right to apply for enforcement of arbitration awards to the court with jurisdiction after the arbitration awards come into force. Subject to PRC laws, the courts of Hong Kong and China also have jurisdiction for the enforcement of the arbitration awards and the interim remedies against the shares or land assets of Party B.

 

8.

Indemnification

Party B shall indemnify and hold harmless Party A from any losses, injuries, obligations or expenses caused by any lawsuit, claims or other demands against Party A arising from or caused by the consultations and services provided by Party A at the request of Party B, except where such losses, injuries, obligations or expenses arise from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of Party A.

EXCLUSIVE BUSINESS COOPERATION AGREEMENT

 

6


9.

Notices

 

9.1

All notices and other communications required or permitted to be given pursuant to this Agreement shall be delivered personally or sent by registered mail, postage prepaid, by a commercial courier service or by facsimile transmission to the address of such Party set forth below. A confirmation copy of each notice shall also be sent by email. The dates on which notices shall be deemed to have been effectively given shall be determined as follows:

 

  9.1.1

Notices given by personal delivery, by courier service or by registered mail, postage prepaid, shall be deemed effectively given on the date of delivery or refusal at the address specified for notices.

 

  9.1.2

Notices given by facsimile transmission shall be deemed effectively given on the date of successful transmission (as evidenced by an automatically generated confirmation of transmission).

 

9.2

For the purpose of notices, the addresses of the Parties are as follows:

 

Party A:

  

Shanghai Huiyuan Management Consulting Company Limited

Address:

  

[***]

Attn:

  

[***]

Party B:

  

Shanghai Lujiazui International Financial Asset Exchange Co., Ltd.

Address:

  

[***]

Attn:

  

[***]

 

9.3

Any Party may at any time change its address for notices by a notice delivered to the other Party in accordance with the terms hereof.

 

10.

Assignment

 

10.1

Without Party A’s prior written consent, Party B shall not assign its rights and obligations under this Agreement to any third party.

 

10.2

Party B agrees that Party A may assign its obligations and rights under this Agreement to any third party upon a prior written notice to Party B but without the consent of Party B.

EXCLUSIVE BUSINESS COOPERATION AGREEMENT

 

7


11.

Waiver; Accumulative Remedies

 

11.1

No waiver by a Party of any breach or non-fulfilment by the other of any provisions of this Agreement will be deemed to be a waiver of any subsequent breach or non-fulfilment of that or any other provision hereunder, and no failure to exercise or delay in exercising any right or remedy under this Agreement will constitute a waiver of the relevant provision or provisions of this Agreement.

 

11.2

No single or partial exercise of any right or remedy under this Agreement will preclude or restrict the further exercise of any such right or remedy. The rights and remedies of each Party provided in this Agreement are cumulative and not exclusive of any rights and remedies provided by law.

 

12.

Severability

In the event that one or several of the provisions of this Agreement are found to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any aspect in accordance with any laws or regulations, the validity, legality or enforceability of the remaining provisions of this Agreement shall not be affected or compromised in any aspect. The Parties shall strive in good faith to replace such invalid, illegal or unenforceable provisions with effective provisions that accomplish to the greatest extent permitted by law and the intentions of the Parties, and the economic effect of such effective provisions shall be as close as possible to the economic effect of those invalid, illegal or unenforceable provisions.

 

13.

Amendment, change and supplement

 

13.1

Any amendment, change and supplement to this Agreement shall require the execution of a written agreement by the Parties.

 

13.2

If The Stock Exchange of Hong Kong Limited (“SEHK”) or any other relevant regulatory authority or stock exchange requests any amendment to this Agreement or if there is any change to the Rules Governing the Listing of Securities on the SEHK or any other relevant stock exchange rules that is relevant to the terms of this Agreement, the Parties shall make corresponding changes to the terms of this Agreement.

 

14.

Survival

 

14.1

Any obligations that occur or that are due as a result of this Agreement upon the expiration or early termination of this Agreement shall survive the expiration or early termination thereof.

 

14.2

The provisions of Sections 7, 9 and this Section 14 shall survive the termination of this Agreement.

 

15.

Miscellaneous

 

15.1

This Agreement is written in both Chinese and English language in two copies, each Party having one copy and Party A keeping the remaining copies with equal legal validity; in case there is any conflict between the Chinese version and the English version, the Chinese version shall prevail.

EXCLUSIVE BUSINESS COOPERATION AGREEMENT

 

8


15.2

This Agreement is binding on the legitimate assigns and successors of both Parties.

 

15.3

Except for the amendments, supplements or changes in writing executed after the execution of this Agreement, this Agreement shall constitute the entire agreement reached by and between the Parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof, and shall supersede all prior oral and written consultations, representations and contracts reached with respect to the subject matter of this Agreement.

[The space below is intentionally left blank.]

EXCLUSIVE BUSINESS COOPERATION AGREEMENT

 

9


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties have caused their authorized representatives to execute this Exclusive Business Cooperation Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

Party A:     Shanghai Huiyuan Management Consulting Company Limited
By:    

/s/ Gibb Gregory Dean

Name:     Gibb Gregory Dean
Title:     Legal Representative
Party B:     Shanghai Lujiazui International Financial Asset Exchange Co., Ltd.
By:    

/s/ Gibb Gregory Dean

Name:     Gibb Gregory Dean
Title:     Legal Representative

SIGNATURE PAGE TO EXCLUSIVE

BUSINESS COOPERATION AGREEMENT

Exhibit 10.18

Share Pledge Agreement

This Share Pledge Agreement (this “Agreement”) has been executed by and among the following Parties on 23 March 2015 in Shanghai:

Shanghai Huiyuan Management Consulting Company Limited, a limited liability company organized and existing under the laws of PRC, with its address at Room 202-1, No. 13, 1502 Lane, Luoshan Road, Pudong District, Shanghai (“Pledgee”).

Shanghai Xiongguo Corporation Management Co., Ltd., a limited liability company organized and existing under the laws of PRC, with its address at 1106-B, 60 Mudan Road, Pudong District, Shanghai (“Pledgor”).

Shanghai Lujiazui International Financial Asset Exchange Co., Ltd., a limited company organized and existing under the laws of PRC, with its address at 13/F, No. 1333 Lujiazui Ring Road, Pudong District, Shanghai (“Company”).

In this Agreement, each of Pledgee, Pledgor and the Company shall be referred to as a “Party” respectively, and they shall be collectively referred to as the “Parties”.

Whereas,

 

1.

Pledgor is a limited liability company organized and validly existing under the laws of PRC, and holds 99.995% of the equity interest in the Company. The Company is a limited company registered and validly existing in Shanghai, China. The Company acknowledges the respective rights and obligations of Pledgor and Pledgee under this Agreement, and agrees to provide any necessary assistance in registering the Pledge;

 

2.

Pledgee is a Wholly Foreign Owned Enterprise registered and validly existing in Shanghai, China.

 

3.

Pledgor has executed or will execute the following agreements:

 

  a)

the Exclusive Cooperation Agreement executed between Pledgor and Pledgee on 23 March 2015;

 

  b)

the Exclusive Equity Interest Option Agreement executed among Pledgor, Pledgee, Huikang, the Company and Xfame on 23 March 2015;

 

  c)

the Exclusive Asset Option Agreement executed among Pledgor, Pledgee, and all shareholders of Pledgor on 23 March 2015;

 

  d)

the Voting Trust Agreement executed among Pledgor, Pledgee and Huikang on 23 March 2015;

 

  e)

the Voting Trust Agreement executed among Pledgor, Pledgee, Huikang and the Company on 23 March 2015;

 

SHARE PLEDGE AGREEMENT


  f)

the Voting Trust Agreement executed among Pledgor, Pledgee, Huikang and

 

  g)

Xfame on 23 March 2015;

 

  h)

the Loan Agreements; and the Counter-Guarantee Agreements.

 

4.

Company has executed the following agreements:

 

  a)

the Exclusive Cooperation Agreement executed between Company and Pledgee on 23 March 2015; and

 

  b)

the Exclusive Asset Option Agreement executed among Pledgor, Pledgee, Huikang and the Company on 23 March 2015.

 

5.

Pledgor hereby agrees to pledge all of the equity interest it holds in the Company as security:

 

  (1)

for the fulfillment of any and all obligations of Pledgor under paragraph 3 above; and for the fulfillment of any and all obligations of Company under paragraph 4 above.

 

  (2)

Pledgor and the Company are individually referred to as an “Obligor” and together the “Obligors”, and their obligations mentioned under this Section are collectively referred to as the “Secured Obligations”. The agreements mentioned under paragraph 3 and paragraph 4 above are individually referred to as a “Cooperation Agreement” and together the “Cooperation Agreements”.

 

1.

Definitions

Unless otherwise provided herein, the terms below shall have the following meanings:

 

1.1

Pledge” shall refer to the security interest granted by Pledgor to Pledgee pursuant to Article 2 of this Agreement, i.e., the right of Pledgee to be compensated on a preferential basis with the conversion, auction or sales price of the Equity Interest.

 

1.2

Equity Interest” shall refer to all of the equity interest lawfully now held and hereafter acquired by Pledgor in the Company.

 

1.3

Term of Pledge” shall refer to the term set forth in Section 3 of this Agreement.

 

1.4

Loan Agreements” shall refer to any borrowing agreements, entrustment loan agreements or other fund arrangements between any bank and Pledgor pursuant to instructions, guarantees or other arrangements provided by Pledgee or its designee(s).

 

SHARE PLEDGE AGREEMENT

2


1.5

Counter-Guarantee Agreements” shall refer to any counter-guarantee agreement entered into by Pledgee or its designee(s) with Pledgor under which Pledgor provides counter-guarantee to Pledgee or its designee(s). Under a Counter-Guarantee Agreement, Pledgee or its designee(s) can enforce the counter-guarantee to recover its losses after it assumes security responsibility under a Guarantee Agreement. For such purpose, the “Guarantee Agreements” shall refer to any guarantee agreement or similar arrangement entered into by Pledgee or its designee(s) with any bank under which Pledgee or its designee(s) provides guarantee to the bank to guarantee due performance of Pledgor of its obligations under any loan agreements or other funding arrangements entered into by Pledgor with the banks.

 

1.6

Event of Default” shall refer to any of the circumstances set forth in Article 7 of this Agreement.

 

1.7

Notice of Default” shall refer to the notice issued by Pledgee in accordance with this Agreement declaring an Event of Default.

 

1.8

PRC” shall refer to the People’s Republic of China, which excludes for the purposes of this Agreement the Special Administrative Regions of Hong Kong and Macau and the Taiwan area.

 

1.9

Xfame” shall refer to XiShuangBanNa Mercantile Exchange Co., Ltd..

 

1.10

Cooperation Agreements” shall have the meaning as ascribed to it under Whereas Section of this Agreement.

 

1.11

Huikang” shall refer to Shanghai Huikang Information Technology Co., Ltd.

 

1.12

Obligor” shall have the meaning as ascribed to it under Whereas Section of this Agreement.

 

1.13

Secured Obligations” shall have the meaning as ascribed to it under Whereas Section of this Agreement.

 

2.

The Pledge

 

2.1

As collateral security for the prompt and complete performance of any and all Secured Obligations of Obligors under the Cooperation Agreements, Pledgor hereby pledges to Pledgee a first security interest in the 99.995% equity interest of the Company owned by Pledgor (including the 99.995% registered capital (amount of capital contribution) currently owned by Pledgor and all relevant equity interest thereto).

 

2.2

The Parties understand and agree that the monetary valuation arising from, relating to or in connection with the Secured Obligations shall be a variable and floating valuation until the Settlement Date (as defined below).

 

2.3

Upon the occurrence of any of the events below (each an “Event of Settlement”), the Secured Obligations shall be fixed at a value of the sum of all Secured Obligations that are due, outstanding and payable to Pledgee on or immediately prior to the date of such occurrence (the “Fixed Obligations”):

 

SHARE PLEDGE AGREEMENT

 

3


  (a)

any Cooperation Agreement expires or is terminated pursuant to the stipulations thereunder;

 

  (b)

the occurrence of an Event of Default pursuant to Section 7 that is not resolved, which results in Pledgee serving a Notice of Default to Pledgor pursuant to Section 7.3;

 

  (c)

Pledgee reasonably determines (having made due enquiries) that Pledgor and/or the Company is insolvent or could potentially be made insolvent; or

 

  (d)

any other event that requires the settlement of the Secured Obligations in accordance with relevant laws of the PRC.

 

2.4

For the avoidance of doubt, the day of the occurrence of an Event of Settlement shall be the settlement date (the “Settlement Date”). On or after the Settlement Date, Pledgee shall be entitled, at the election of Pledgee, to enforce the Pledge in accordance with Section 8.

 

2.5

Pledgee is entitled to collect dividends or other distributions, if any, arising from the Equity Interest during the Term of Pledge.

 

3.

Term of Pledge

 

3.1

The Pledge shall become effective as of the date when the pledge of the Equity Interest is registered with the local administration of industry and commerce where the Company locates (the “Registration Authority”). The Term of the Pledge (the “Term of Pledge”) shall end when the last obligation secured by the Pledge is paid or fully fulfilled. The Parties agree that, promptly after the execution of this Agreement (but in no event later than 20 days from the execution date of this Agreement), Pledgor and Pledgee shall submit their application for pledge registration to the Registration Authority in accordance with the Measures on Share Pledge Registration with the Administration of Industry and Commerce. The Parties also agree that within fifteen (15) days after the Registration Authority officially accepts equity pledge application, Pledgor and the Company shall complete the pledge registration procedure, obtain the pledge registration notice and completely and accurately register the Pledge of Equity Interest on the Pledge Registration Book of the Registration Authority. The Company acknowledges the respective rights and obligations of Pledgor and Pledgee under this Agreement, and agrees to provide any necessary assistance in registering the Pledge.

 

3.2

During the Term of Pledge, in the event any Obligor fails to perform any of its Secured Obligations under the Cooperation Agreements, Pledgee shall have the right, but not the obligation, to dispose of the Pledge in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement.

 

4.

Custody of Records for Equity Interest subject to Pledge

 

4.1

During the Term of Pledge, Pledgor shall deliver to Pledgee’s custody the originals of the capital contribution certificate for the Equity Interest, the shareholders’ register containing the Pledge, and other documents reasonably requested by Pledgee (including without limitation the notice of registration of the Pledge issued by the Registration Authority) within one week from the date the Pledge is registered. Pledgee shall have custody of such items during the entire Term of Pledge.

 

SHARE PLEDGE AGREEMENT

 

4


5.

Representations and Warranties of Pledgor and the Company

 

  

Pledgor Represents and Warrants to Pledgee that:

 

5.1

Pledgor is the sole legal and beneficial owner of the Equity Interest. Except for being subject to other agreements entered into by Pledgor and Pledgee, Pledgor enjoys legal and complete ownership of the Equity Interest, free from any existing dispute over the ownership of the Equity Interest. Pledgor may dispose of any and all Equity Interest. Pledgor has the legitimate powers and capacity to enter into, and fulfill its legal obligations pursuant to this Agreement.

 

5.2

The Equity Interest may be pledged and transferred according to law, and Pledgor has the full rights and powers to pledge the Equity Interest in favor of Pledgee pursuant to this Agreement.

 

5.3

This Agreement, once properly executed by Pledgor, constitutes legal, valid and binding obligations of Pledgor.

 

5.4

All third-party consents, approvals, waivers, and authorizations, or any government approvals, permissions, exemptions, or any registrations or filings (if required by law) with any government authorities, necessary for the execution and performance of this Agreement and for the Pledge of the Equity Interest hereunder, have been obtained or completed and will remain fully effective within the term hereof

 

5.5

The Pledge hereunder constitutes the first-priority security interests in the Equity Interest.

 

5.6

All the taxes and charges payable as a result of the receipt of the Equity Interest have been paid in full by Pledgor.

 

5.7

Pledgee shall have the right to dispose of and transfer the Equity Interest in accordance with the provisions set forth in this Agreement.

 

5.8

Except for the Cooperation Agreements, Pledgor has not placed any security interest or other encumbrance on the Equity Interest. There are no controversies over the ownership of the Equity Interest. The Equity Interest is not seized or subject to any other legal proceedings or similar threats, and is good for transfer and pledging according to applicable laws.

 

5.9

Pledgor’s execution of this Agreement and exercise of its rights under this Agreement (or fulfillment of its obligations under this Agreement) will not breach any laws, regulations, and agreements or contracts to which Pledgor is a party, or any promise Pledgor has made to any third parties.

 

SHARE PLEDGE AGREEMENT

 

5


5.10

All documents, materials, statements and certificates provided by Pledgor to Pledgee are accurate, true, complete and valid.

 

5.11

Pledgor hereby warrants to Pledgee that all the above representations and warrants will be true and correct and fully complied with under all circumstances before the contractual obligations have been fulfilled or the Secured Obligations have been repaid in full.

The Company Represents and Warrants to Pledgee that:

 

5.12

The Company is a limited liability company registered and validly existing under the laws of China. The Company has the qualification of an independent legal person, enjoys complete and independent legal status and the legal capacity to sign, deliver and fulfill this Agreement.

 

5.13

All the reports, documents and information provided by the Company to Pledgee before the effective date hereof, in connection with the Equity Interest or required by this Agreement, shall all be true and correct in all material aspects as of the effective date hereof. All the reports, documents and information provided by the Company to Pledgee after the effective date hereof, in connection with the Equity Interest or required by this Agreement, shall all be true and correct in all material aspects as of the date of provision.

 

5.14

Upon due execution of the Company, this Agreement constitute legal, effective and binding obligation on the Company.

 

5.15

The Company has the complete internal power and authorization to sign and deliver this Agreement and all other documents relating to the transactions contemplated under this Agreement. The Company has the complete power and authorization to complete the transactions contemplated under this Agreement.

 

5.16

Regarding the assets owned by the Company, there are no guarantee interests or any other encumbrance on property rights that are substantial and may impact Pledgee’s right and interests in the Equity Interest (including without limitation transfer of any of the Company’s intellectual properties or any assets with an a value equaling or over RMB 100,000, or any encumbrance on the ownership or right to use of such assets).

 

5.17

Without the prior written consent of Pledgee, the Company shall not incur, inherit, guarantee or suffer the existence of any debt, except for (i) debts incurred in the ordinary course of business other than through loans; and (ii) debts disclosed to Pledgee for which Pledgee’s written consent has been obtained;

 

5.18

The Company shall always operate all of its businesses during the ordinary course of business to maintain its asset value and refrain from any action/omission that may affect its operating status and asset value;

 

SHARE PLEDGE AGREEMENT

 

6


5.19

In any court or arbitration tribunal there are no pending (or, as far as the Company knows, threatening) litigation, arbitration or other legal proceedings against the Equity Interest, the Company or its assets, and in any governmental agencies or departments, there are no pending (or, as far as the Company knows, threatening) administrative proceedings or penalties against the Equity Interest, the Company or its assets, which may substantially or adversely impact the Company’s economic condition or Pledgor’s ability to fulfill its obligations and guarantee liabilities under this Agreement.

 

5.20

The Company hereby agrees that it is jointly and severally liable to Pledgee for all representations and warranties made by Pledgor under this Agreement.

 

5.21

The Company hereby warrants to Pledgee that, at any time and under any circumstances prior to complete fulfillment of the obligations under this Agreement or the Secured Obligations being fully repaid, the aforementioned representations and warranties are true and accurate and will be fully complied with.

 

6.

Covenants and Further Agreements of Pledgor and the Company

 

  

The covenants and further agreements of Pledgor are set forth below.

 

6.1

Pledgor hereby covenants to Pledgee, that during the term of this Agreement, Pledgor shall:

 

  6.1.1

not transfer (or agree to others’ transfer of) all or any part of the Equity Interest, place or permit the existence of any security interest or other encumbrance on property rights that may affect Pledgee’s rights and interests in the Equity Interest, without the prior written consent of Pledgee, except for the performance of the Cooperation Agreements;

 

  6.1.2

comply with the provisions of all laws and regulations applicable to the pledge of rights, and within 5 days of receipt of any notice, order or recommendation issued or prepared by relevant competent authorities (or any other relevant parties) regarding the Pledge, shall present the aforementioned notice, order or recommendation to Pledgee, and shall comply with the aforementioned notice, order or recommendation or submit objections and representations with respect to the aforementioned matters upon Pledgee’s reasonable request or upon consent of Pledgee;

 

  6.1.3

promptly notify Pledgee in writing of any event or notice received by Pledgor that may have an impact on Pledgee’s rights to the Equity Interest or any portion thereof, as well as any event or notice received by Pledgor that may have an impact on any guarantees and other obligations of Pledgor arising out of this Agreement, and, upon reasonable request of Pledgee, take all necessary actions to secure the rights and interest to which Pledgee is entitled in the Equity Interest.

 

6.2

Pledgor agrees that the rights acquired by Pledgee in accordance with this Agreement with respect to the Pledge shall not be interrupted or harmed by Pledgor or any heirs or representatives of Pledgor or any other persons through any legal proceedings.

 

6.3

To protect or perfect the security interest granted by this Agreement for fulfillment of the obligations under the Cooperation Agreements, Pledgor hereby undertakes to execute in good faith and to cause other parties who have an interest in the Pledge to execute all certificates, agreements, deeds and/or covenants required by Pledgee. Pledgor also undertakes to perform and to cause other parties who have an interest in the Pledge to perform actions required by Pledgee, to facilitate the exercise by Pledgee of its rights and authority granted thereto by this Agreement, and to enter into all relevant documents regarding ownership of Equity Interest with Pledgee or designee(s) of Pledgee (natural/legal persons). Pledgor undertakes to provide Pledgee within a reasonable time with all notices, orders and decisions regarding the Pledge that are required by Pledgee.

 

SHARE PLEDGE AGREEMENT

 

7


6.4

Pledgor hereby undertakes to comply with and perform all guarantees, promises, agreements, representations and conditions under this Agreement. In the event of failure or partial performance of its guarantees, promises, agreements, representations and conditions, Pledgor shall indemnify Pledgee for all losses resulting therefrom.

 

6.5

If the Equity Interest pledged under this Agreement is, for any reason, subject to mandatory measures imposed by the court of law or other governmental departments, Pledgor shall try its best to release such mandatory measures imposed by the court of law or other governmental departments, including without limitation providing to the court of law other kinds of security or other measures.

 

6.6

If there is a possibility that the value of the Equity Interest will be decreased and such decrease is sufficient to harm the rights and interests of Pledgee, Pledgee may request Pledgor to provide additional collateral or security. If Pledgor refuses to provide such security, Pledgee may, at any time, sell the Equity Interest or put it up for auction, and use the monies obtained from such sale or auction to settle the Secured Obligations in advance or put such monies under custody; all expenses therefore occurred shall be borne by Pledgor.

 

6.7

Without the prior written consent from Pledgee, Pledgor and/or the Company shall not by themselves (or assisting others to) increase, decrease or transfer the registered capital of the Company (or its capital contribution to the Company) or impose any encumbrances on it, including the Equity Interest. Subject to the forgoing provision, any equity interest which is registered and obtained by Pledgor subsequent to the date of this Agreement shall be called “Additional Equity Interest”. Pledgor and the Company shall, immediately after Pledgor obtains the Additional Equity Interest, enter with Pledgee supplemental share pledge agreement for the Additional Equity Interest, make the board of directors and shareholders’ meeting of the Company approve the supplemental share pledge agreement, and deliver to Pledgee all documents necessary for the supplemental share pledge agreement, including without limitation (a) the original certificate issued by the Company about shareholders’ capital contribution relating to the Additional Equity Interest; and (b) the verified photocopy of the capital contribution verification report (issued by certified public accountant in China) regarding the Additional Equity Interest. Pledgor and the Company shall, according to Article 3.1 of this Agreement, handle the pledge registration procedures relating to the Additional Equity Interest.

 

SHARE PLEDGE AGREEMENT

 

8


6.8

Unless otherwise instructed by Pledgee in writing in prior, Pledgor and/or the Company agree that, if part of or all of the Equity Interest is transferred between Pledgor and any third parties in violation of this Agreement (“Transferee of the Equity Interest”), then Pledgor and/or the Company shall ensure that the Transferee of the Equity Interest will unconditionally recognize the Pledge and follow necessary procedures for modification of the registration of the Pledge (including without limitation signing relevant documents) so as to ensure the continued existence of the Pledge.

 

  

The covenants and further agreements of the Company are set forth below.

 

6.9

If, for the execution of this Agreement and Pledge under this Agreement, it is necessary to obtain any third party consent, approval, waiver or authorization, any governmental approval, license or waiver, or complete registration or recordal procedures in any governmental departments (as required by the law), then the Company shall try its best to assist in obtain the same and cause it to remain in effect during the term of this Agreement.

 

6.10

Without prior written consent of Pledgee, the Company will not provide any person or entity with any loan or credit or guarantee in any form; assist or allow Pledgor to set up any new pledges or grant other security over the Equity Interest, nor will the Company assist or allow Pledgor to transfer the Equity Interest.

 

6.11

The Company agrees to, jointly with Pledgor, strictly comply with Article 6.7 and Article 6.8 of this Agreement.

 

6.12

Without prior written consent of Pledgee, the Company shall not transfer its assets or set up (or allow the existence of) any security or encumbrances on property rights that may affect Pledgee’s rights and interests in the Equity Interest (including without limitation transfer of any of the Company’s intellectual properties or any assets with an a value equaling or over RMB 100,000, or any encumbrance on the ownership or right to use of such assets).

 

6.13

Where there are any litigations, arbitrations or any other claims, which may adversely impact the Company, the Equity Interest, or Pledgee’s interests under the Cooperation Agreements and this Agreement, the Company shall, as soon as possible, send timely notice to Pledgee and according to reasonable requests of Pledgee take all necessary measures to protect Pledgee’s pledge interests in the Equity Interest.

 

6.14

The Company shall not conduct or allow any acts or actions that may adversely impact the Equity Interest or Pledgee’s interest under the Cooperation Agreements and this Agreement.

 

6.15

The Company shall, during the first month of each calendar quarter, provide to Pledgee its financial statements for the preceding calendar quarter, including without limitation its balance sheets, profit statements and cash flow statements. Within 90 days of the end of each fiscal year, the Company shall provide Pledgee with the Company’s audited financial statements of the current fiscal year, which shall be audited and certified by the independent certified auditor approved by Pledgee.

 

6.16

The Company shall, pursuant to Pledgee’s reasonable requests, take all necessary measures and sign all necessary documents so as to ensure and protect Pledgee’s pledge rights over the Equity Interest and the realization thereof

 

SHARE PLEDGE AGREEMENT

 

9


6.17

If the exercise of the Pledge under this Agreement results in any transfer of the Equity Interest, the Company agrees and warrants that it will take all measures to effect such transfer.

 

7.

Event of Default

 

7.1

The following circumstances shall be deemed Event of Default:

 

  7.1.1

Any Obligor fails to promptly perform or perform in full any of its Secured Obligations under the Cooperation Agreements;

 

  7.1.2

Any representation or warranty by Pledgor in Article 5 of this Agreement contains material misrepresentations or errors, and/or Pledgor violates any of the warranties in Article 5 of this Agreement;

 

  7.1.3

Pledgor and the Company fail to complete the registration of the Pledge with Registration Authority;

 

  7.1.4

Pledgor or the Company breach any provisions of this Agreement;

 

  7.1.5

Except as expressly stipulated in Section 6.1.1, Pledgor transfers or purports to transfer or abandons the Equity Interest or assigns the Equity Interest without the written consent of Pledgee;

 

  7.1.6

Any of Pledgor’s own loans, guarantees, indemnifications, promises or other debt liabilities to any third party or parties (1) become subject to a demand of early repayment or performance due to default on the part of Pledgor; or (2) become due but are not capable of being repaid or performed in a timely manner;

 

  7.1.7

Any approval, license, permit or authorization of government agencies that makes this Agreement enforceable, legal and effective is withdrawn, terminated, invalidated or substantively changed;

 

  7.1.8

The promulgation of applicable laws renders this Agreement illegal or renders it impossible for Pledgor to continue to perform its obligations under this Agreement;

 

  7.1.9

Adverse changes in properties owned by Pledgor, which lead Pledgee to believe that that Pledgor’s ability to perform its obligations under this Agreement has been affected;

 

  7.1.10

The successor or custodian of the Company is capable of only partially performing or refuses to perform any obligation under the Cooperation Agreements; and

 

  7.1.11

Any other circumstances occur where Pledgee is or may become unable to exercise its right with respect to the Pledge.

 

SHARE PLEDGE AGREEMENT

 

10


7.2

Upon notice or discovery of the occurrence of any circumstances described in Section 7.1 or event that may lead to the aforementioned circumstances described in Section 7.1, Pledgor shall immediately notify Pledgee in writing accordingly.

 

7.3

Unless an Event of Default set forth in this Section 7.1 has been successfully resolved to Pledgee’s satisfaction within thirty (30) days of Pledgee’s notice, Pledgee may issue a Notice of Default to Pledgor in writing upon the occurrence of the Event of Default or at any time thereafter and demand that Pledgor immediately pays all payments due under the Cooperation Agreements, and/or disposes of the Pledge in accordance with the provisions of Article 8 of this Agreement.

 

8.

Exercise of Pledge

 

8.1

Prior to the full performance of the Cooperation Agreements and full payment of all payments described therein, without Pledgee’s written consent, Pledgor shall not assign the Pledge or the Equity Interest.

 

8.2

Pledgee may issue a Notice of Default to Pledgor when exercising the Pledge.

 

8.3

Subject to the provisions of Section 7.3, Pledgee may exercise the right to enforce the Pledge concurrently with the issuance of the Notice of Default in accordance with Section 7.2 or at any time after the issuance of the Notice of Default. Once Pledgee elects to enforce the Pledge, Pledgor shall cease to be entitled to any rights or interests associated with the Equity Interest.

 

8.4

In the Event of Default, Pledgee is entitled to dispose of the Equity Interest pledged, to the extent permitted and in accordance with applicable laws; if, after satisfying all Secured Obligations, there is any balance in the monies collected by Pledgee by enforcing the Pledge, then such balance shall be, without calculation of interests, paid to Pledgor or other parties entitled to receive such balance.

 

8.5

When Pledgee disposes of the Pledge in accordance with this Agreement, Pledgor and the Company shall provide necessary assistance to enable Pledgee to enforce the Pledge in accordance with this Agreement.

 

8.6

Unless otherwise provided by the law, all expenses, tax, charges and all legal fees relating to the establishment of the Pledge and enforcement of it shall be borne by Pledgor.

 

9.

Assignment

 

9.1

Without Pledgee’s prior written consent, Pledgor and the Company shall not assign or delegate its rights and obligations under this Agreement.

 

9.2

This Agreement shall be binding on Pledgor and its successors and permitted assigns, and shall be valid with respect to Pledgee and each of its successors and assigns.

 

SHARE PLEDGE AGREEMENT

 

11


9.3

At any time, Pledgee may assign any and all of its rights and obligations under this Agreement and the Cooperation Agreements to its designee(s) (natural/legal persons), in which case the assigns shall have the rights and obligations of Pledgee under this Agreement, as if it were the original party to this Agreement. When Pledgee assigns the rights and obligations under this Agreement and the Cooperation Agreements, upon Pledgee’s request, Pledgor and the Company shall execute relevant agreements or other documents relating to such assignment.

 

9.4

In the event of a change in Pledgee due to an assignment, Pledgor and the Company shall, at the request of Pledgee, execute a new pledge agreement with the new pledgee on the same terms and conditions as this Agreement.

 

9.5

The Obligors shall strictly abide by the provisions of this Agreement and other contracts jointly or separately executed by the Parties hereto or any of them, including the Cooperation Agreements, perform the obligations hereunder and thereunder, and refrain from any action/omission that may affect the effectiveness and enforceability thereof. Any remaining rights of Pledgor with respect to the Equity Interest pledged hereunder shall not be exercised by Pledgor except in accordance with the written instructions of Pledgee.

 

10.

Termination

Upon the full performance of the Cooperation Agreements and full payment of all payments described therein, and upon termination of the Obligors’ Secured Obligations under the Cooperation Agreements, this Agreement shall be terminated, and Pledgee shall then release the equity pledge hereunder as soon as reasonably practicable and cooperate with Pledgor in connection with the deregistration of the equity pledge in the Company’s shareholder register and with the Registration Authority. The reasonable fees arising from pledge deregistration shall be borne by Pledgor.

 

11.

Handling Fees and Other Expenses

Unless otherwise agreed or required by applicable laws, all fees and out of pocket expenses relating to this Agreement, including but not limited to legal costs, costs of production, stamp tax and any other taxes and fees, shall be borne by the Company.

 

12.

Confidentiality

The Parties acknowledge that any oral or written information exchanged among them with respect to this Agreement is confidential information. Each Party shall maintain the confidentiality of all such information, and without obtaining the written consent of other Parties, it shall not disclose any relevant information to any third parties, except in the following circumstances: (a) such information is or will be in the public domain (provided that this is not the result of a public disclosure by the receiving Party); (b) information disclosed as required by applicable laws or rules or regulations of any stock exchange; or (c) information required to be disclosed by any Party to its legal counsel or financial advisor regarding the transaction contemplated hereunder, and such legal counsel or financial advisor are also bound by confidentiality duties similar to the duties in this section. Disclosure of any confidential information by the staff members or agency hired by any Party shall be deemed disclosure of such confidential information by such Party, which Party shall be held liable for breach of this Agreement. This section shall survive the termination of this Agreement for any reason.

 

SHARE PLEDGE AGREEMENT

 

12


13.

Governing Law, Resolution of Disputes and Chance in Laws

 

13.1

The execution, effectiveness, construction, performance, and the resolution of disputes hereunder shall be governed by the formally published and publicly available laws of China. Matters not covered by formally published and publicly available laws of China shall be governed by international legal principles and practices.

 

13.2

In the event of any dispute with respect to the construction and performance of the provisions of this Agreement, the Parties shall negotiate in good faith to resolve the dispute. In the event the Parties fail to reach an agreement on the resolution of such a dispute within 30 days after any Party’s request for resolution of the dispute through negotiations, any Party may submit the relevant dispute to the China International Economic and Trade Arbitration Commission (“CIETAC”) for arbitration, in accordance with its then effective arbitration rules. The arbitration shall be conducted in Shanghai, and the language used during arbitration shall be Chinese. The arbitration ruling shall be final and binding on all Parties.

 

13.3

Upon the occurrence of any disputes arising from the construction and performance of this Agreement or during the pending arbitration of any dispute, except for the matters under dispute, the Parties to this Agreement shall continue to exercise their respective rights under this Agreement and perform their respective obligations under this Agreement.

 

13.4

In case of promulgation or any change to or in any Chinese law, regulation or rule, or any change to or in the interpretation or application of the same anytime after execution of this Agreement, the following agreement shall apply: (a) if any Party would enjoy more benefits under any changed or new law than under the relevant law, regulation or rule in effect at the date of this Agreement, without any material adverse effect upon the other Parties, the Parties shall promptly apply for such benefits brought by the changed or new law. The Parties shall make best efforts to procure the approval of such application; and (b) if the aforementioned law change or promulgation causes any direct or indirect material adverse effect to either Party, this Agreement shall be implemented in its original terms and conditions. However, the Parties shall try all lawful means to procure exemption from compliance with such changed or new law provisions. In the event such adverse effect on the economic interest of either Party is unable to be resolved pursuant to this Agreement, the affected Party may give notice to the other Parties, and the Parties shall hold prompt discussion and make all necessary amendments to this Agreement so as to maintain the economic benefits otherwise enjoyed by the affected Party.

 

SHARE PLEDGE AGREEMENT

 

13


13.5

Subject to PRC laws, the arbitration tribunal may award remedies over the shares or land assets of Pledgor, injunctive relief (including but not limited to matters of business or compel the transfer of assets) or award the winding-up of Pledgor. Any party shall have the right to apply for enforcement of arbitration awards to the court with jurisdiction after the arbitration awards come into force. Subject to PRC laws, the courts of Hong Kong and China also have jurisdiction for the enforcement of the arbitration awards and the interim remedies against the shares or land assets of Pledgor.

 

14.

Notices

 

14.1

All notices and other communications required or permitted to be given pursuant to this Agreement shall be delivered personally or sent by registered mail, postage prepaid, by a commercial courier service or by facsimile transmission to the address of such Party set forth below. A confirmation copy of each notice shall also be sent by email. The dates on which notices shall be deemed to have been effectively given shall be determined as follows:

 

  14.1.1

Notices given by personal delivery, by courier service or by registered mail, postage prepaid, shall be deemed effectively given on the date of delivery or refusal at the address specified for notices.

 

  14.1.2

Notices given by facsimile transmission shall be deemed effectively given on the date of successful transmission (as evidenced by an automatically generated confirmation of transmission).

 

14.2

For the purpose of notices, the addresses of the Parties are as follows:

 

  Pledgee:    Shanghai Huiyuan Management Consulting Company Limited
  Address:    [***]
  Attn:    [***]
  Pledgor:    Shanghai Xiongguo Corporation Management Co., Ltd.
  Address:    [***]
  Attn:    [***]
  Company:    Shanghai Lujiazui International Financial Asset Exchange Co., Ltd.
  Address:    [***]
  Attn:    [***]

 

14.3

Any Party may at any time change its address for notices by a notice delivered to the other Parties in accordance with the terms hereof.

 

SHARE PLEDGE AGREEMENT

 

14


15.

Severability

In the event that one or several of the provisions of this Agreement are found to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any aspect in accordance with any laws or regulations, the validity, legality or enforceability of the remaining provisions of this Agreement shall not be affected or compromised in any respect. The Parties shall strive in good faith to replace such invalid, illegal or unenforceable provisions with effective provisions that accomplish to the greatest extent permitted by law and the intentions of the Parties, and the economic effect of such effective provisions shall be as close as possible to the economic effect of those invalid, illegal or unenforceable provisions.

 

16.

Successors

This Agreement shall be binding on the respective successors of the Parties and the permitted assigns of such Parties.

 

17.

Survival

 

17.1

Any obligations that occur or that are due as a result of this Agreement upon the expiration or early termination of this Agreement shall survive the expiration or early termination thereof.

 

17.2

The provisions of Sections 13, 14 and this Section 17 shall survive the termination of this Agreement.

 

18.

Waivers

Any Party may waive the terms and conditions of this Agreement, provided that such a waiver must be provided in writing and shall require the signatures of the Parties. No waiver by any Party in certain circumstances with respect to a breach by other Parties shall operate as a waiver by such a Party with respect to any similar breach in other circumstances.

 

19.

Amendment, change and supplement

 

19.1

Any amendment, change and supplement to this Agreement shall require the execution of a written agreement by all of the Parties and be recorded with competent governmental authorities (if applicable).

 

19.2

If The Stock Exchange of Hong Kong Limited (“SEHK”) or any other relevant regulatory authority or stock exchange requests any amendment to this Agreement or if there is any change to the Rules Governing the Listing of Securities on the SEHK or any other relevant stock exchange rules that is relevant to the terms of this Agreement, the Parties shall make corresponding changes to the terms of this Agreement.

 

SHARE PLEDGE AGREEMENT

 

15

 


20.

Language

This Agreement is written in Chinese and English in five (5) copies. Each of Pledgor, Pledgee and the Company shall hold one (1) copy, respectively; one (1) copy shall be submitted to the Registration Authority; and Pledgee shall keep the remaining copies. Each copy of this Agreement shall have equal validity. In case there is any conflict between the Chinese version and the English version, the Chinese version shall prevail.

[The space below is intentionally left blank.]

 

SHARE PLEDGE AGREEMENT

 

16


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties have caused their authorized representatives to execute this Share Pledge Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

Pledgee:    Shanghai Huiyuan Management Consulting Company Limited
By:    /s/ Gibb Gregory Dean                    
Name:    Gibb Gregory Dean
Title:    Legal Representative
Pledgor:    Shanghai Xiongguo Corporation Management Co., Ltd.
By:    /s/ Gibb Gregory Dean                    
Name:    Gibb Gregory Dean
Title:    Legal Representative
Company:    Shanghai Lujiazui International Financial Asset Exchange Co., Ltd.
By:    /s/ Gibb Gregory Dean                    
Name:    Gibb Gregory Dean
Title:    Legal Representative

SIGNATURE PAGE TO SHARE PLEDGE AGREEMENT

Exhibit 10.19

Share Pledge Agreement

This Share Pledge Agreement (this “Agreement”) has been executed by and among the following Parties on 23 March 2015 in Shanghai:

Shanghai Huiyuan Management Consulting Company Limited, a limited liability company organized and existing under the laws of PRC, with its address at Room 202-1, No. 13, 1502 Lane, Luoshan Road, Pudong District, Shanghai (“Pledgee”).

Shanghai Huikang Information Technology Co., Ltd., a limited liability company organized and existing under the laws of PRC, with its address at 1001-H, 60 Mudan Road, Pudong District, Shanghai (“Pledgor”).

Shanghai Lujiazui International Financial Asset Exchange Co., Ltd., a limited company organized and existing under the laws of PRC, with its address at 13/F, No. 1333 Lujiazui Ring Road, Pudong District, Shanghai (“Company”).

In this Agreement, each of Pledgee, Pledgor and the Company shall be referred to as a “Party” respectively, and they shall be collectively referred to as the “Parties”.

Whereas,

 

1.

Pledgor is a limited liability company organized and validly existing under the laws of PRC, and holds 0.005% of the equity interest in the Company. The Company is a limited company registered and validly existing in Shanghai, China. The Company acknowledges the respective rights and obligations of Pledgor and Pledgee under this Agreement, and agrees to provide any necessary assistance in registering the Pledge;

 

2.

Pledgee is a Wholly Foreign Owned Enterprise registered and validly existing in Shanghai, China. Pledgor has executed or will execute the following agreements (the following is individually referred to as a “Cooperation Agreement” and together the “Cooperation Agreements”):

 

  a)

the Exclusive Cooperation Agreement executed between Pledgor and Pledgee on 23 March 2015;

 

  b)

the Exclusive Equity Interest Option Agreement executed among Pledgor, Pledgee, Company and Xfame on 23 March 2015;

 

  c)

the Voting Trust Agreement executed among Pledgor, Pledgee, Xiongguo and Company on 23 March 2015; and

 

  d)

the Voting Trust Agreement executed among Pledgor, Pledgee, Xiongguo and Xfame on 23 March 2015.

 

3.

Pledgor hereby agrees to pledge all of the equity interest it holds in the Company as security for the fulfillment of any and all obligations of Pledgor under the Cooperation Agreements.

 

1.

DEFINITIONS

Unless otherwise provided herein, the terms below shall have the following meanings:

 

1.1

Pledge” shall refer to the security interest granted by Pledgor to Pledgee pursuant to Article 2 of this Agreement, i.e., the right of Pledgee to be compensated on a preferential basis with the conversion, auction or sales price of the Equity Interest.

 

1


1.2

Equity Interest” shall refer to all of the equity interest lawfully now held and hereafter acquired by Pledgor in the Company.

 

1.3

Term of Pledge” shall refer to the term set forth in Section 3 of this Agreement.

 

1.4

Event of Default” shall refer to any of the circumstances set forth in Article 7 of this Agreement.

 

1.5

Notice of Default” shall refer to the notice issued by Pledgee in accordance with this Agreement declaring an Event of Default.

 

1.6

PRC” shall refer to the People’s Republic of China, which excludes for the purposes of this Agreement the Special Administrative Regions of Hong Kong and Macau and the Taiwan area.

 

1.7

Xfame” shall refer to XiShuangBanNa Mercantile Exchange Co., Ltd..

 

1.8

Xiongguo” shall refer to Shanghai Xiongguo Corporation Management Co., Ltd..

 

1.9

Cooperation Agreements” shall have the meaning as ascribed to it under Whereas Section of this Agreement.

 

2.

THE PLEDGE

 

2.1

As collateral security for the prompt and complete performance of any and all obligations of Pledgor under the Cooperation Agreements (collectively, the “Secured Obligations”), Pledgor hereby pledges to Pledgee a first security interest in the 0.005% equity interest of the Company owned by Pledgor (including the 0.005% registered capital (amount of capital contribution) currently owned by Pledgor and all relevant equity interest thereto).

 

2.2

The Parties understand and agree that the monetary valuation arising from, relating to or in connection with the Secured Obligations shall be a variable and floating valuation until the Settlement Date (as defined below).

 

2.3

Upon the occurrence of any of the events below (each an “Event of Settlement”), the Secured Obligations shall be fixed at a value of the sum of all Secured Obligations that are due, outstanding and payable to Pledgee on or immediately prior to the date of such occurrence (the “Fixed Obligations”):

 

  (a)

any Cooperation Agreement expires or is terminated pursuant to the stipulations thereunder;

 

  (b)

the occurrence of an Event of Default pursuant to Section 7 that is not resolved, which results in Pledgee serving a Notice of Default to Pledgor pursuant to Section 7.3;

 

  (c)

Pledgee reasonably determines (having made due enquiries) that Pledgor and/or the Company is insolvent or could potentially be made insolvent; or

 

  (d)

any other event that requires the settlement of the Secured Obligations in accordance with relevant laws of the PRC.

 

2.4

For the avoidance of doubt, the day of the occurrence of an Event of Settlement shall be the settlement date (the “Settlement Date”). On or after the Settlement Date, Pledgee shall be entitled, at the election of Pledgee, to enforce the Pledge in accordance with Section 8.

 

2.5

Pledgee is entitled to collect dividends or other distributions, if any, arising from the Equity Interest during the Term of Pledge.

 

3.

TERM OF PLEDGE

 

3.1

The Pledge shall become effective as of the date when the pledge of the Equity Interest is registered with the local administration of industry and commerce where the Company locates (the “Registration Authority”). The Term of the Pledge (the “Term of Pledge”) shall end when the last obligation secured by the Pledge is paid or fully fulfilled. The Parties agree that, promptly after the execution of this Agreement (but in no event later than 20 days from the execution date of this Agreement), Pledgor and Pledgee shall submit their application for pledge registration to the Registration Authority in accordance with the Measures on Share Pledge Registration with the Administration of Industry and Commerce. The Parties also agree that within fifteen (15) days after the Registration Authority officially accepts equity pledge application, Pledgor and the Company shall complete the pledge registration procedure, obtain the pledge registration notice and completely and accurately register the Pledge of Equity Interest on the Pledge Registration Book of the Registration Authority. The Company acknowledges the respective rights and obligations of Pledgor and Pledgee under this Agreement, and agrees to provide any necessary assistance in registering the Pledge.

 

2


3.2

During the Term of Pledge, in the event Pledgor fails to perform any of its obligations under the Cooperation Agreements, Pledgee shall have the right, but not the obligation, to dispose of the Pledge in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement.

 

4.

CUSTODY OF RECORDS FOR EQUITY INTEREST SUBJECT TO PLEDGE

 

4.1

During the Term of Pledge, Pledgor shall deliver to Pledgee’s custody the originals of the capital contribution certificate for the Equity Interest, the shareholders’ register containing the Pledge, and other documents reasonably requested by Pledgee (including without limitation the notice of registration of the Pledge issued by the Registration Authority) within one week from the date the Pledge is registered. Pledgee shall have custody of such items during the entire Term of Pledge.

 

5.

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF PLEDGOR AND THE COMPANY

Pledgor Represents and Warrants to Pledgee that:

 

5.1

Pledgor is the sole legal and beneficial owner of the Equity Interest. Except for being subject to other agreements entered into by Pledgor and Pledgee, Pledgor enjoys legal and complete ownership of the Equity Interest, free from any existing dispute over the ownership of the Equity Interest. Pledgor may dispose of any and all Equity Interest. Pledgor has the legitimate powers and capacity to enter into, and fulfill its legal obligations pursuant to this Agreement.

 

5.2

The Equity Interest may be pledged and transferred according to law, and Pledgor has the full rights and powers to pledge the Equity Interest in favor of Pledgee pursuant to this Agreement.

 

5.3

This Agreement, once properly executed by Pledgor, constitutes legal, valid and binding obligations of Pledgor.

 

5.4

All third-party consents, approvals, waivers, and authorizations, or any government approvals, permissions, exemptions, or any registrations or filings (if required by law) with any government authorities, necessary for the execution and performance of this Agreement and for the Pledge of the Equity Interest hereunder, have been obtained or completed and will remain fully effective within the term hereof

 

5.5

The Pledge hereunder constitutes the first-priority security interests in the Equity Interest.

 

5.6

All the taxes and charges payable as a result of the receipt of the Equity Interest have been paid in full by Pledgor.

 

5.7

Pledgee shall have the right to dispose of and transfer the Equity Interest in accordance with the provisions set forth in this Agreement.

 

3


5.8

Except for the Cooperation Agreements, Pledgor has not placed any security interest or other encumbrance on the Equity Interest. There are no controversies over the ownership of the Equity Interest. The Equity Interest is not seized or subject to any other legal proceedings or similar threats, and is good for transfer and pledging according to applicable laws.

 

5.9

Pledgor’s execution of this Agreement and exercise of its rights under this Agreement (or fulfillment of its obligations under this Agreement) will not breach any laws, regulations, and agreements or contracts to which Pledgor is a party, or any promise Pledgor has made to any third parties.

 

5.10

All documents, materials, statements and certificates provided by Pledgor to Pledgee are accurate, true, complete and valid.

 

5.11

Pledgor hereby warrants to Pledgee that all the above representations and warrants will be true and correct and fully complied with under all circumstances before the contractual obligations have been fulfilled or the Secured Obligations have been repaid in full.

The Company Represents and Warrants to Pledgee that:

 

5.12

The Company is a limited liability company registered and validly existing under the laws of China. The Company has the qualification of an independent legal person, enjoys complete and independent legal status and the legal capacity to sign, deliver and fulfill this Agreement.

 

5.13

All the reports, documents and information provided by the Company to Pledgee before the effective date hereof, in connection with the Equity Interest or required by this Agreement, shall all be true and correct in all material aspects as of the effective date hereof. All the reports, documents and information provided by the Company to Pledgee after the effective date hereof, in connection with the Equity Interest or required by this Agreement, shall all be true and comet in all material aspects as of the date of provision.

 

5.14

Upon due execution of the Company, this Agreement constitute legal, effective and binding obligation on the Company.

 

5.15

The Company has the complete internal power and authorization to sign and deliver this Agreement and all other documents relating to the transactions contemplated under this Agreement. The Company has the complete power and authorization to complete the transactions contemplated under this Agreement.

 

5.16

Regarding the assets owned by the Company, there are no guarantee interests or any other encumbrance on property rights that are substantial and may impact Pledgee’s right and interests in the Equity Interest (including without limitation transfer of any of the Company’s intellectual properties or any assets with an a value equaling or over RMB 100,000, or any encumbrance on the ownership or right to use of such assets).

 

5.17

Without the prior written consent of Pledgee, the Company shall not incur, inherit, guarantee or suffer the existence of any debt, except for (i) debts incurred in the ordinary course of business other than through loans; and (ii) debts disclosed to Pledgee for which Pledgee’s written consent has been obtained;

 

5.18

The Company shall always operate all of its businesses during the ordinary course of business to maintain its asset value and refrain from any action/omission that may affect its operating status and asset value;

 

5.19

In any court or arbitration tribunal there are no pending (or, as far as the Company knows, threatening) litigation, arbitration or other legal proceedings against the Equity Interest, the Company or its assets, and in any governmental agencies or departments, there are no pending (or, as far as the Company knows, threatening) administrative proceedings or penalties against the Equity Interest, the Company or its assets, which may substantially or adversely impact the Company’s economic condition or Pledgor’s ability to fulfill its obligations and guarantee liabilities under this Agreement.

 

4


5.20

The Company hereby agrees that it is jointly and severally liable to Pledgee for all representations and warranties made by Pledgor under this Agreement.

 

5.21

The Company hereby warrants to Pledgee that, at any time and under any circumstances prior to complete fulfillment of the obligations under this Agreement or the Secured Obligations being fully repaid, the aforementioned representations and warranties are true and accurate and will be fully complied with.

 

6.

COVENANTS AND FURTHER AGREEMENTS OF PLEDGOR AND THE COMPANY

The covenants and further agreements of Pledgor are set forth below.

 

6.1

Pledgor hereby covenants to Pledgee, that during the term of this Agreement, Pledgor shall:

 

  6.1.1

not transfer (or agree to others’ transfer of) all or any part of the Equity Interest, place or permit the existence of any security interest or other encumbrance on property rights that may affect Pledgee’s rights and interests in the Equity Interest, without the prior written consent of Pledgee, except for the performance of the Cooperation Agreements;

 

  6.1.2

comply with the provisions of all laws and regulations applicable to the pledge of rights, and within 5 days of receipt of any notice, order or recommendation issued or prepared by relevant competent authorities (or any other relevant parties) regarding the Pledge, shall present the aforementioned notice, order or recommendation to Pledgee, and shall comply with the aforementioned notice, order or recommendation or submit objections and representations with respect to the aforementioned matters upon Pledgee’s reasonable request or upon consent of Pledgee;

 

  6.1.3

promptly notify Pledgee in writing of any event or notice received by Pledgor that may have an impact on Pledgee’s rights to the Equity Interest or any portion thereof, as well as any event or notice received by Pledgor that may have an impact on any guarantees and other obligations of Pledgor arising out of this Agreement, and, upon reasonable request of Pledgee, take all necessary actions to secure the rights and interest to which Pledgee is entitled in the Equity Interest.

 

6.2

Pledgor agrees that the rights acquired by Pledgee in accordance with this Agreement with respect to the Pledge shall not be interrupted or harmed by Pledgor or any heirs or representatives of Pledgor or any other persons through any legal proceedings.

 

6.3

To protect or perfect the security interest granted by this Agreement for fulfillment of the obligations under the Cooperation Agreements, Pledgor hereby undertakes to execute in good faith and to cause other parties who have an interest in the Pledge to execute all certificates, agreements, deeds and/or covenants required by Pledgee. Pledgor also undertakes to perform and to cause other parties who have an interest in the Pledge to perform actions required by Pledgee, to facilitate the exercise by Pledgee of its rights and authority granted thereto by this Agreement, and to enter into all relevant documents regarding ownership of Equity Interest with Pledgee or designee(s) of Pledgee (natural/legal persons). Pledgor undertakes to provide Pledgee within a reasonable time with all notices, orders and decisions regarding the Pledge that are required by Pledgee.

 

6.4

Pledgor hereby undertakes to comply with and perform all guarantees, promises, agreements, representations and conditions under this Agreement. In the event of failure or partial performance of its guarantees, promises, agreements, representations and conditions, Pledgor shall indemnify Pledgee for all losses resulting therefrom.

 

5


6.5

If the Equity Interest pledged under this Agreement is, for any reason, subject to mandatory measures imposed by the court of law or other governmental departments, Pledgor shall try its best to release such mandatory measures imposed by the court of law or other governmental departments, including without limitation providing to the court of law other kinds of security or other measures.

 

6.6

If there is a possibility that the value of the Equity Interest will be decreased and such decrease is sufficient to harm the rights and interests of Pledgee, Pledgee may request Pledgor to provide additional collateral or security. If Pledgor refuses to provide such security, Pledgee may, at any time, sell the Equity Interest or put it up for auction, and use the monies obtained from such sale or auction to settle the Secured Obligations in advance or put such monies under custody; all expenses therefore occurred shall be borne by Pledgor.

 

6.7

Without the prior written consent from Pledgee, Pledgor and/or the Company shall not by themselves (or assisting others to) increase, decrease or transfer the registered capital of the Company (or its capital contribution to the Company) or impose any encumbrances on it, including the Equity Interest. Subject to the forgoing provision, any equity interest which is registered and obtained by Pledgor subsequent to the date of this Agreement shall be called “Additional Equity Interest”. Pledgor and the Company shall, immediately after Pledgor obtains the Additional Equity Interest, enter with Pledgee supplemental share pledge agreement for the Additional Equity Interest, make the board of directors and shareholders’ meeting of the Company approve the supplemental share pledge agreement, and deliver to Pledgee all documents necessary for the supplemental share pledge agreement, including without limitation (a) the original certificate issued by the Company about shareholders’ capital contribution relating to the Additional Equity Interest; and (b) the verified photocopy of the capital contribution verification report (issued by certified public accountant in China) regarding the Additional Equity Interest. Pledgor and the Company shall, according to Article 3.1 of this Agreement, handle the pledge registration procedures relating to the Additional Equity Interest.

 

6.8

Unless otherwise instructed by Pledgee in writing in prior, Pledgor and/or the Company agree that, if part of or all of the Equity Interest is transferred between Pledgor and any third parties in violation of this Agreement (“Transferee of the Equity Interest”), then Pledgor and/or the Company shall ensure that the Transferee of the Equity Interest will unconditionally recognize the Pledge and follow necessary procedures for modification of the registration of the Pledge (including without limitation signing relevant documents) so as to ensure the continued existence of the Pledge.

The covenants and further agreements of the Company are set forth below.

 

6.9

If, for the execution of this Agreement and Pledge under this Agreement, it is necessary to obtain any third party consent, approval, waiver or authorization, any governmental approval, license or waiver, or complete registration or recordal procedures in any governmental departments (as required by the law), then the Company shall try its best to assist in obtain the same and cause it to remain in effect during the term of this Agreement.

 

6.10

Without prior written consent of Pledgee, the Company will not provide any person or entity with any loan or credit or guarantee in any form; assist or allow Pledgor to set up any new pledges or grant other security over the Equity Interest, nor will the Company assist or allow Pledgor to transfer the Equity Interest.

 

6.11

The Company agrees to, jointly with Pledgor, strictly comply with Article 6.7 and Article 6.8 of this Agreement.

 

6


6.12

Without prior written consent of Pledgee, the Company shall not transfer its assets or set up (or allow the existence of) any security or encumbrances on property rights that may affect Pledgee’s rights and interests in the Equity Interest (including without limitation transfer of any of the Company’s intellectual properties or any assets with an a value equaling or over RMB 100,000, or any encumbrance on the ownership or right to use of such assets).

 

6.13

Where there are any litigations, arbitrations or any other claims, which may adversely impact the Company, the Equity Interest, or Pledgee’s interests under the Cooperation Agreements and this Agreement, the Company shall, as soon as possible, send timely notice to Pledgee and according to reasonable requests of Pledgee take all necessary measures to protect Pledgee’s pledge interests in the Equity Interest.

 

6.14

The Company shall not conduct or allow any acts or actions that may adversely impact the Equity Interest or Pledgee’s interest under the Cooperation Agreements and this Agreement.

 

6.15

The Company shall, during the first month of each calendar quarter, provide to Pledgee its financial statements for the preceding calendar quarter, including without limitation its balance sheets, profit statements and cash flow statements. Within 90 days of the end of each fiscal year, the Company shall provide Pledgee with the Company’s audited financial statements of the current fiscal year, which shall be audited and certified by the independent certified auditor approved by Pledgee.

 

6.16

The Company shall, pursuant to Pledgee’s reasonable requests, take all necessary measures and sign all necessary documents so as to ensure and protect Pledgee’s pledge rights over the Equity Interest and the realization thereof.

 

6.17

If the exercise of the Pledge under this Agreement results in any transfer of the Equity Interest, the Company agrees and warrants that it will take all measures to effect such transfer.

 

7.

EVENT OF DEFAULT

 

7.1

The following circumstances shall be deemed Event of Default:

 

  7.1.1

Pledgor fails to promptly perform or perform in full any of its obligations under the Cooperation Agreements;

 

  7.1.2

Any representation or warranty by Pledgor in Article 5 of this Agreement contains material misrepresentations or errors, and/or Pledgor violates any of the warranties in Article 5 of this Agreement;

 

  7.1.3

Pledgor and the Company fail to complete the registration of the Pledge with Registration Authority;

 

  7.1.4

Pledgor or the Company breach any provisions of this Agreement;

 

  7.1.5

Except as expressly stipulated in Section 6.1.1, Pledgor transfers or purports to transfer or abandons the Equity Interest or assigns the Equity Interest without the written consent of Pledgee;

 

  7.1.6

Any of Pledgor’s own loans, guarantees, indemnifications, promises or other debt liabilities to any third party or parties (1) become subject to a demand of early repayment or performance due to default on the part of Pledgor; or (2) become due but are not capable of being repaid or performed in a timely manner;

 

  7.1.7

Any approval, license, permit or authorization of government agencies that makes this Agreement enforceable, legal and effective is withdrawn, terminated, invalidated or substantively changed;

 

7


  7.1.8

The promulgation of applicable laws renders this Agreement illegal or renders it impossible for Pledgor to continue to perform its obligations under this Agreement;

 

  7.1.9

Adverse changes in properties owned by Pledgor, which lead Pledgee to believe that that Pledgor’s ability to perform its obligations under this Agreement has been affected;

 

  7.1.10

The successor or custodian of the Company is capable of only partially performing or refuses to perform any obligation under the Cooperation Agreements; and

 

  7.1.11

Any other circumstances occur where Pledgee is or may become unable to exercise its right with respect to the Pledge.

 

7.2

Upon notice or discovery of the occurrence of any circumstances described in Section 7.1 or event that may lead to the aforementioned circumstances described in Section 7.1, Pledgor shall immediately notify Pledgee in writing accordingly.

 

7.3

Unless an Event of Default set forth in this Section 7.1 has been successfully resolved to Pledgee’s satisfaction within thirty (30) days of Pledgee’s notice, Pledgee may issue a Notice of Default to Pledgor in writing upon the occurrence of the Event of Default or at any time thereafter and demand that Pledgor immediately pays all payments due under the Cooperation Agreements, and/or disposes of the Pledge in accordance with the provisions of Article 8 of this Agreement.

 

8.

EXERCISE OF PLEDGE

 

8.1

Prior to the full performance of the Cooperation Agreements and full payment of all payments described therein, without Pledgee’s written consent, Pledgor shall not assign the Pledge or the Equity Interest.

 

8.2

Pledgee may issue a Notice of Default to Pledgor when exercising the Pledge.

 

8.3

Subject to the provisions of Section 7.3, Pledgee may exercise the right to enforce the Pledge concurrently with the issuance of the Notice of Default in accordance with Section 7.2 or at any time after the issuance of the Notice of Default. Once Pledgee elects to enforce the Pledge, Pledgor shall cease to be entitled to any rights or interests associated with the Equity Interest.

 

8.4

In the Event of Default, Pledgee is entitled to dispose of the Equity Interest pledged, to the extent permitted and in accordance with applicable laws; if, after satisfying all Secured Obligations, there is any balance in the monies collected by Pledgee by enforcing the Pledge, then such balance shall be, without calculation of interests, paid to Pledgor or other parties entitled to receive such balance.

 

8.5

When Pledgee disposes of the Pledge in accordance with this Agreement, Pledgor and the Company shall provide necessary assistance to enable Pledgee to enforce the Pledge in accordance with this Agreement.

 

8.6

Unless otherwise provided by the law, all expenses, tax, charges and all legal fees relating to the establishment of the Pledge and enforcement of it shall be borne by Pledgor.

 

9.

ASSIGNMENT

 

9.1

Without Pledgee’s prior written consent, Pledgor and the Company shall not assign or delegate its rights and obligations under this Agreement.

 

9.2

This Agreement shall be binding on Pledgor and its successors and permitted assigns, and shall be valid with respect to Pledgee and each of its successors and assigns.

 

9.3

At any time, Pledgee may assign any and all of its rights and obligations under this Agreement and the Cooperation Agreements to its designee(s) (natural/legal persons), in which case the assigns shall have the rights and obligations of Pledgee under this Agreement, as if it were the original party to this Agreement. When Pledgee assigns the rights and obligations under this Agreement and the Cooperation Agreements, upon Pledgee’s request, Pledgor and the Company shall execute relevant agreements or other documents relating to such assignment.

 

8


9.4

In the event of a change in Pledgee due to an assignment, Pledgor and the Company shall, at the request of Pledgee, execute a new pledge agreement with the new pledgee on the same terms and conditions as this Agreement.

 

9.5

Pledgor shall strictly abide by the provisions of this Agreement and other contracts jointly or separately executed by the Parties hereto or any of them, including the Cooperation Agreements, perform the obligations hereunder and thereunder, and refrain from any action/omission that may affect the effectiveness and enforceability thereof. Any remaining rights of Pledgor with respect to the Equity Interest pledged hereunder shall not be exercised by Pledgor except in accordance with the written instructions of Pledgee.

 

10.

TERMINATION

Upon the full performance of the Cooperation Agreements and full payment of all payments described therein, and upon termination of Pledgor’s obligations under the Cooperation Agreements, this Agreement shall be terminated, and Pledgee shall then release the equity pledge hereunder as soon as reasonably practicable and cooperate with Pledgor in connection with the deregistration of the equity pledge in the Company’s shareholder register and with the Registration Authority. The reasonable fees arising from pledge deregistration shall be borne by Pledgor.

 

11.

HANDLING FEES AND OTHER EXPENSES

Unless otherwise agreed or required by applicable laws, all fees and out of pocket expenses relating to this Agreement, including but not limited to legal costs, costs of production, stamp tax and any other taxes and fees, shall be borne by the Company.

 

12.

CONFIDENTIALITY

The Parties acknowledge that any oral or written information exchanged among them with respect to this Agreement is confidential information. Each Party shall maintain the confidentiality of all such information, and without obtaining the written consent of other Parties, it shall not disclose any relevant information to any third parties, except in the following circumstances: (a) such information is or will be in the public domain (provided that this is not the result of a public disclosure by the receiving Party); (b) information disclosed as required by applicable laws or rules or regulations of any stock exchange; or (c) information required to be disclosed by any Party to its legal counsel or financial advisor regarding the transaction contemplated hereunder, and such legal counsel or financial advisor are also bound by confidentiality duties similar to the duties in this section. Disclosure of any confidential information by the staff members or agency hired by any Party shall be deemed disclosure of such confidential information by such Party, which Party shall be held liable for breach of this Agreement. This section shall survive the termination of this Agreement for any reason.

 

13.

GOVERNING LAW, RESOLUTION OF DISPUTES AND CHANGE IN LAWS

 

13.1

The execution, effectiveness, construction, performance, and the resolution of disputes hereunder shall be governed by the formally published and publicly available laws of China. Matters not covered by formally published and publicly available laws of China shall be governed by international legal principles and practices.

 

13.2

In the event of any dispute with respect to the construction and performance of the provisions of this Agreement, the Parties shall negotiate in good faith to resolve the dispute. In the event the Parties fail to reach an agreement on the resolution of such a dispute within 30 days after any Party’s request for resolution of the dispute through negotiations, any Party may submit the relevant dispute to the China International Economic and Trade Arbitration Commission (“CIETAC”) for arbitration, in accordance with its then effective arbitration rules. The arbitration shall be conducted in Shanghai, and the language used during arbitration shall be Chinese. The arbitration ruling shall be final and binding on all Parties.

 

9


13.3

Upon the occurrence of any disputes arising from the construction and performance of this Agreement or during the pending arbitration of any dispute, except for the matters under dispute, the Parties to this Agreement shall continue to exercise their respective rights under this Agreement and perform their respective obligations under this Agreement.

 

13.4

In case of promulgation or any change to or in any Chinese law, regulation or rule, or any change to or in the interpretation or application of the same anytime after execution of this Agreement, the following agreement shall apply: (a) if any Party would enjoy more benefits under any changed or new law than under the relevant law, regulation or rule in effect at the date of this Agreement, without any material adverse effect upon the other Parties, the Parties shall promptly apply for such benefits brought by the changed or new law. The Parties shall make best efforts to procure the approval of such application; and (b) if the aforementioned law change or promulgation causes any direct or indirect material adverse effect to either Party, this Agreement shall be implemented in its original terms and conditions. However, the Parties shall try all lawful means to procure exemption from compliance with such changed or new law provisions. In the event such adverse effect on the economic interest of either Party is unable to be resolved pursuant to this Agreement, the affected Party may give notice to the other Parties, and the Parties shall hold prompt discussion and make all necessary amendments to this Agreement so as to maintain the economic benefits otherwise enjoyed by the affected Party.

 

13.5

Subject to PRC laws, the arbitration tribunal may award remedies over the shares or land assets of Pledgor, injunctive relief (including but not limited to matters of business or compel the transfer of assets) or award the winding-up of Pledgor. Any party shall have the right to apply for enforcement of arbitration awards to the court with jurisdiction after the arbitration awards come into force. Subject to PRC laws, the courts of Hong Kong and China also have jurisdiction for the enforcement of the arbitration awards and the interim remedies against the shares or land assets of Pledgor.

 

14.

NOTICES

 

14.1

All notices and other communications required or permitted to be given pursuant to this Agreement shall be delivered personally or sent by registered mail, postage prepaid, by a commercial courier service or by facsimile transmission to the address of such Party set forth below. A confirmation copy of each notice shall also be sent by email. The dates on which notices shall be deemed to have been effectively given shall be determined as follows:

 

  14.1.1

Notices given by personal delivery, by courier service or by registered mail, postage prepaid, shall be deemed effectively given on the date of delivery or refusal at the address specified for notices.

 

  14.1.2

Notices given by facsimile transmission shall be deemed effectively given on the date of successful transmission (as evidenced by an automatically generated confirmation of transmission).

 

14.2

For the purpose of notices, the addresses of the Parties are as follows:

 

Pledgee:    Shanghai Huiyuan Management Consulting Company Limited
Address:    [***]
Attn:    [***]
Pledgor:    Shanghai Huikang Information Technology Co., Ltd.
Address:    [***]

Attn:

  

[***]

Company:    Shanghai Lujiazui International Financial Asset Exchange Co., Ltd.

Address:

  

[***]

Attn:

  

[***]

 

10


14.3

Any Party may at any time change its address for notices by a notice delivered to the other Parties in accordance with the terms hereof.

 

15.

SEVERABILITY

In the event that one or several of the provisions of this Agreement are found to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any aspect in accordance with any laws or regulations, the validity, legality or enforceability of the remaining provisions of this Agreement shall not be affected or compromised in any respect. The Parties shall strive in good faith to replace such invalid, illegal or unenforceable provisions with effective provisions that accomplish to the greatest extent permitted by law and the intentions of the Parties, and the economic effect of such effective provisions shall be as close as possible to the economic effect of those invalid, illegal or unenforceable provisions.

 

16.

SUCCESSORS

This Agreement shall be binding on the respective successors of the Parties and the permitted assigns of such Parties.

 

17.

SURVIVAL

 

17.1

Any obligations that occur or that are due as a result of this Agreement upon the expiration or early termination of this Agreement shall survive the expiration or early termination thereof

 

17.2

The provisions of Sections 13, 14 and this Section 17 shall survive the termination of this Agreement.

 

18.

WAIVERS

Any Party may waive the terms and conditions of this Agreement, provided that such a waiver must be provided in writing and shall require the signatures of the Parties. No waiver by any Party in certain circumstances with respect to a breach by other Parties shall operate as a waiver by such a Party with respect to any similar breach in other circumstances.

 

19.

AMENDMENT, CHANGE AND SUPPLEMENT

 

19.1

Any amendment, change and supplement to this Agreement shall require the execution of a written agreement by all of the Parties and be recorded with competent governmental authorities (if applicable).

 

19.2

If The Stock Exchange of Hong Kong Limited (“SEHK”) or any other relevant regulatory authority or stock exchange requests any amendment to this Agreement or if there is any change to the Rules Governing the Listing of Securities on the SEHK or any other relevant stock exchange rules that is relevant to the terms of this Agreement, the Parties shall make corresponding changes to the terms of this Agreement.

 

20.

LANGUAGE

This Agreement is written in Chinese and English in five (5) copies. Each of Pledgor, Pledgee and the Company shall hold one (1) copy, respectively; one (1) copy shall be submitted to the Registration Authority; and Pledgee shall keep the remaining copies. Each copy of this Agreement shall have equal validity. In case there is any conflict between the Chinese version and the English version, the Chinese version shall prevail.

[The space below is intentionally left blank.]

 

11


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties have caused their authorized representatives to execute this Share Pledge Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

Pledgee: Shanghai Huiyuan Management Consulting Company Limited
By:  

/s/ Gibb Gregory Dean

Name:   Gibb Gregory Dean
Title:   Legal Representative
Pledgor: Shanghai Huikang Information Technology Co., Ltd.
By:  

/s/ Yang Xue Lian

Name:   Yang Xue Lian
Title:   Legal Representative
Company: Shanghai Lujiazui International Financial Asset Exchange Co., Ltd.
By:  

/s/ Gibb Gregory Dean

Name:   Gibb Gregory Dean
Title:   Legal Representative

 

 

SIGNATURE PAGE TO SHARE PLEDGE AGREEMENT

Exhibit 10.20

Voting Trust Agreement

This Voting Trust Agreement (this “Agreement”) is executed by and among the following Parties as of 23 March 2015 in Shanghai, the People’s Republic of China (“PRC”):

Shanghai Huiyuan Management Consulting Company Limited, a limited liability company organized and existing under the laws of PRC, with its address at Room 202-1, No. 13, 1502 Lane, Luoshan Road, Pudong District, Shanghai (“Proxy”).

Shanghai Xiongguo Corporation Management Co., Ltd., a limited liability company organized and existing under the laws of PRC, with its address at 1106-B, 60 Mudan Road, Pudong District, Shanghai (“Xiongguo”).

Shanghai Huikang Information Technology Co., Ltd., a limited liability company organized and existing under the laws of PRC, with its address at 1001-H, 60 Mudan Road, Pudong District, Shanghai (“Huikang”).

Xiongguo and Huikang shall be individually referred to as a “Principal” and collectively referred to as “Principals”.

Shanghai Lujiazui International Financial Asset Exchange Co., Ltd., a limited company organized and existing under the laws of PRC, with its address at 13/F, No. 1333 Lujiazui Ring Road, Pudong District, Shanghai (“OpCo”).

In this Agreement, each of Proxy, a Principal and OpCo shall be referred to as a “Party” respectively, and they shall be collectively referred to as the “Parties”.

Whereas:

 

1.

Each Principal is a registered shareholder of OpCo, and they together hold 100% of the equity interests in OpCo with their respective shareholding as follows:

 

Xiongguo

     99.995

Huikang

     0.005

The total equity interests in OpCo held by a Principal shall be referred to as the “Shares”.

 

2.

OpCo and Proxy entered into the Exclusive Business Cooperation Agreement on 23 March 2015 (the “Services Agreement”);

 

3.

Each Principal desires to enter into this Agreement with Proxy, to entrust Proxy to exercise voting, management, and other shareholder rights of OpCo on its behalf.

Now therefore, upon mutual discussion and negotiation, the Parties have reached the following agreement:

 

1.

ENTRUSTMENT OF VOTING RIGHTS AND OTHER SHAREHOLDER RIGHTS

 

1.1

According to the conditions and terms hereunder, each Principal hereby exclusively entrusts and authorizes Proxy to exercise voting, management, and other shareholder rights of OpCo on its behalf. The powers and rights of Proxy granted under the said exclusive entrustment include but not limited to the following:

 

1


  (1)

propose, convene and attend shareholders’ meetings of OpCo;

 

  (2)

exercise all the shareholder’s rights and shareholder’s voting rights that each Principal is entitled to under the laws of China and OpCo’s Articles of Association, including but not limited to the sale or transfer or pledge or disposition of Shares in part or in whole, and participate in dividend distributions or any other type of distribution of OpCo;

 

  (3)

designate and appoint on behalf of each Principal the legal representative (chairperson), the director, supervisor, the chief executive officer (or general manager) and other senior management members of OpCo;

 

  (4)

sign minutes and file documents with the relevant companies registry; and

 

  (5)

exercise voting rights on the winding up of OpCo on behalf of each Principal.

 

1.2

For Proxy’s effective implementation and exercise of each power and right granted under Article 1.1 above, all Principals hereby jointly and severally commit and agree as follows:

 

  1.2.1

If any law, regulation, or government body requires any Principal to issue or execute special power of attorney, governmental application documents, or similar documents or requires any Principal to carry out related procedures (such as notarization of power of attorney) with respect to a specific matter under entrustment, it shall immediately issue and/or cooperate to execute related documents per such requirements;

 

  1.2.2

Each Principal shall promptly take all necessary actions to ensure due implementation of all OpCo related resolutions made by the board of directors or shareholders’ meeting of the Proxy, Each Principal shall not, in the capacity of OpCo’s shareholder, delay or refuse the passing and/or implementation of any said resolution at the OpCo; and

 

  1.2.3

Upon written request by the Proxy, each Principal shall appoint the individual, designated by the Proxy, as legal representative and/or director or any other position of the OpCo.

 

1.3

For the effective exercise of the powers and rights granted to the Proxy under Article 1.1, the OpCo hereby commits and agrees as follows:

 

  1.3.1

Subject to applicable laws and regulations, the OpCo shall carry out the OpCo related resolutions made by the board of directors or the shareholders’ meeting of the Proxy, including but not limited to the immediate provision and / or the execution of relevant documents as requested by the Proxy;

 

  1.3.2

The OpCo shall assist the Proxy to understand the details of its operation. Upon reasonable prior notice by the Proxy, the OpCo shall provide the Proxy any corporate books, accounts, records and other documents. The Proxy is entitled to extract or photocopy such books, accounts, records and other documents; and

 

  1.3.3

The OpCo shall provide all other necessary assistance, including but not limited to promptly sign the shareholders’ resolution of the OpCo made by Proxy and other relevant legal documents when necessary (such as to meet the authorities’ request on documents required for approval, registration and filing).

 

1.4

Without limiting the generality of the powers and rights granted hereunder, Proxy shall have the power and authority under this Agreement to execute the Transfer Agreements stipulated in the Exclusive Equity Interest Option Agreement, to which a Principal is requested to be a party thereof, on behalf of the Principal, and to perform the terms of the Share Pledge Agreements, Exclusive Equity Interest Option Agreements, and Exclusive Asset Option Agreement, to which a Principal is a party. For purpose of the aforesaid, a “Share Pledge Agreement”, “Exclusive Equity Interest Option Agreement”, and “Exclusive Asset Option Agreement” shall respectively refer to the relevant agreement entered into among Principal(s), OpCo and Proxy, dated the date hereof.

 

2


1.5

The exercise of any rights attached to the Shares by the Proxy shall be deemed as the actions of the relevant Principal, and all the documents related thereto executed by the Proxy shall be deemed to be executed by the relevant Principal. When acting in respect of any and all of the aforementioned matters, the Proxy may act at its own discretion and does not need to seek the prior consent of any Principal. Each Principal hereby acknowledges and ratifies those actions and/or documents by the Proxy and acknowledges and accepts the legal consequences arising therefrom.

 

1.6

Each Principal acknowledges that under no circumstances shall the Proxy be required to be held liable to or make economic or other compensations for any other or third parties as a result of its exercise of the rights granted hereunder. Each Principal agrees to indemnify the Proxy and hold it harmless from any and all losses that are or may be incurred by the Proxy as a result of the exercise by it of the rights granted hereunder, including but not limited to the losses arising from any actions, recourses, arbitrations, claims or government investigations or punishments filed against it by any third parties, unless such losses are incurred as a result of the Proxy’s willful misconduct or gross negligence.

 

1.7

Within the term of proxy, without prior written consent of the Proxy, no Principal shall early terminate or rescind this Agreement or take any actions or inactions against or inconsistent with the exercise by the Proxy of the powers and rights granted to it under Article 1.1.

 

1.8

Within the term of proxy, each Principal shall not (and shall not procure the OpCo to) take any action against or inconsistent with the resolutions made by the board of directors or the shareholders’ meeting of the Proxy.

 

1.9

Each Principal shall not take any action to dispute, challenge, contest or work against the validity and enforceability of the Service Agreement and this Agreement and of the transactions carried out under the Service Agreement and this Agreement.

 

1.10

If any operation or decision of the OpCo is subject to the approval by any Principal, in the capacity of shareholder, without prior written consent of the board of directors of the Proxy, any Principal shall not resolve on any approval.

 

1.11

Without prior written consent of the Proxy, any Principal shall not enter into any contract or agreement binding upon the OpCo or take any action increasing the obligation of the OpCo or in breach of this Agreement.

 

1.12

The Proxy may, by giving written notice to all Principals and the OpCo, assign the powers and rights granted to it under Article 1.1 to any individual or entity (including but not limited to the senior management of the Proxy) without consent of any Principal or the OpCo. Once a Principal receives the written notice from the Proxy and if it is necessary, the Principal shall issue power of attorney to the individual or entity as designated in the written notice and grant the corresponding powers and rights thereto. The OpCo shall render all necessary assistance referred to hereunder to the individual or entity. However, the Proxy may give written notice to all Principals and the OpCo to withdraw the power of attorney granted to the individual or entity. Once a Principal receives the written notice from the Proxy, the Principal shall immediately withdraw the power of attorney granted to the individual or entity as per the written notice and the OpCo shall immediately cease rendering any relevant assistance.

 

1.13

During the term of this Agreement, each Principal hereby waives all the powers and rights associated with the Shares, which have been granted to Proxy hereunder, and shall not exercise such powers and rights on its own.

 

3


1.14

In the event of a Principal’s disqualification, incapacitation or any other circumstances which could affect such Principal’s holding of the OpCo’s Shares, the successor of such Principal shall inherit any and all of such Principal’s rights and obligations under this Agreement as if such successor was a signing party to this Agreement. So long as a Principal or its successor(s) is/are an equity holder of, or has control over, the OpCo, this Agreement shall be irrevocably and continuously valid and effective from the date of its execution, unless the Proxy otherwise advises in writing.

 

2.

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

Each Principal and the OpCo respectively represents and warrants to the Proxy that

 

  (a)

it has all the powers and capacities to enter into this Agreement and perform all the obligations and duties hereunder;

 

  (b)

its performance of the obligations and duties hereunder is legal, valid, binding and enforceable pursuant to the terms thereof;

 

  (c)

carry out and satisfy all actions, conditions and events that shall be carried out, satisfied or implemented (including obtaining all necessary consents, approvals and authorisations, if required by law) so that

 

  (i)

it may legally enter into this Agreement, exercise its rights hereunder, and perform and comply with its obligations and duties hereunder;

 

  (ii)

it can ensure its obligations and duties hereunder are legal, valid and binding; and

 

  (iii)

this Agreement becomes admissible evidence under the applicable laws.

 

  (d)

its entering into of this Agreement, exercise of the rights hereunder, and performance and compliance of the obligations and duties hereunder neither breach or contravene any of the following or exceed any powers or restrictions granted or imposed by any of the following:

 

  (i)

any laws, ordinances, regulations, or rules, any judgments, orders or arbitrations, or any consents, approvals or authorisations that it shall comply with; or

 

  (ii)

its articles of association or any provision of any other applicable document or constitutional document; or

 

  (iii)

any provision in any agreement or document to which it is a party or by which any of its assets is bound.

 

  (e)

it has obtained all the approvals and authorisations from any government or other organisations (if so required by law) or any of its proxys that are necessary for the entering into and execution and the validity of this Agreement, and all the approvals and authorisations are fully effective.

 

3.

INDEMNIFICATION

 

3.1

If a Party hereto fails to perform any of its obligations hereunder, or if any of its representations or warranties hereunder is untrue or inaccurate, the Party has breached this Agreement, and it shall continue the performance of its obligations hereunder and compensate the other Parties all the losses incurred thereby.

 

3.2

For avoidance of doubt, each Principal and the OpCo jointly and severally undertake and agree that if either a Principal or the OpCo actively terminates this Agreement (“Material Breach”) and refuses to continue the performance hereof, the Proxy may claim against any Principal and/or the OpCo for liquidated damages of the RMB equivalent of USD10,000,000. If the losses actually incurred in the Material Breach exceed the liquidated damages, the Proxy may claim for the damages for the actual losses. The liquidated damages and the compensation for losses incurred in the Material Breach do not prejudice the Proxy to obtain other remedies available to it under laws or relevant agreements, including but not limited to that each Principal and the OpCo shall immediately continue the performance of its obligations, duties or representations and warranties hereunder.

 

4


3.3

If any Principal ceases holding any Shares in the OpCo (“Exit”), from the date of the Exit and without any prejudice to the entrustment made hereunder before the Exit, the Principal shall no longer be subject to any obligations or duties hereunder.

 

3.4

For purpose of this Article, “active termination” means wilful termination for reasons attributed to a Party (excluding any requirements in laws, regulations, department rules and regulatory documents, any requirements by government agencies, or breaches by other Parties).

 

4.

WAIVER; ACCUMULATIVE REMEDIES

 

4.1

Any Party may waive the terms and conditions of this Agreement, provided that such a waiver must be provided in writing and shall require the signatures of the Parties. No waiver by any Party in certain circumstances with respect to a breach by other Parties shall operate as a waiver by such a Party with respect to any similar breach in other circumstances.

 

4.2

No single or partial exercise of any right or remedy under this Agreement will preclude or restrict the further exercise of any such right or remedy. The rights and remedies of each Party provided in this Agreement are cumulative and not exclusive of any rights and remedies provided by law.

 

5.

SEVERABILITY

In the event that one or several of the provisions of this Agreement are found to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any aspect in accordance with any laws or regulations, the validity, legality or enforceability of the remaining provisions of this Agreement shall not be affected or compromised in any respect. The Parties shall strive in good faith to replace such invalid, illegal or unenforceable provisions with effective provisions that accomplish to the greatest extent permitted by law and the intentions of the Parties, and the economic effect of such effective provisions shall be as close as possible to the economic effect of those invalid, illegal or unenforceable provisions.

 

6.

TERM OF PROXY

The term of authorization of the powers and rights to the Proxy hereunder shall be consistent with that of the Exclusive Business Cooperation Agreement executed between the Proxy and OpCo.

 

7.

NOTICES

 

7.1

All notices and other communications required or permitted to be given pursuant to this Agreement shall be delivered personally or sent by registered mail, postage prepaid, by a commercial courier service or by facsimile transmission to the address of such Party set forth below. A confirmation copy of each notice shall also be sent by email. The dates on which notices shall be deemed to have been effectively given shall be determined as follows:

 

  (i)

Notices given by personal delivery, by courier service or by registered mail, postage prepaid, shall be deemed effectively given on the date of delivery or refusal at the address specified for notices.

 

  (ii)

Notices given by facsimile transmission shall be deemed effectively given on the date of successful transmission (as evidenced by an automatically generated confirmation of transmission).

 

7.2

For the purpose of notices, the addresses of the Parties are as follows:

 

5


Proxy: Shanghai Huiyuan Management Consulting Company Limited

Address: [***]

Attn: [***]

Xiongguo:

Address: [***]

Attn: [***]

Huikang:

Address: [***]

Attn: [***]

OpCo: Shanghai Lujiazui International Financial Asset Exchange Co., Ltd.

Address: [***]

Attn: [***]

 

7.3

Any Party may at any time change its address for notices by a notice delivered to the other Parties in accordance with the terms hereof.

 

8.

CONFIDENTIALITY

 

8.1

The Parties acknowledge that any oral or written information exchanged among them with respect to this Agreement is confidential information. Each Party shall maintain the confidentiality of all such information, and without obtaining the written consent of other Parties, it shall not disclose any relevant information to any third parties, except in the following circumstances: (a) such information is or will be in the public domain (provided that this is not the result of a public disclosure by the receiving Party); (b) information disclosed as required by applicable laws or rules or regulations of any stock exchange; or (c) information required to be disclosed by any Party to its legal counsel or financial advisor regarding the transaction contemplated hereunder, and such legal counsel or financial advisor are also bound by confidentiality duties similar to the duties in this Section. Disclosure of any confidential information by the staff members or agency hired by any Party shall be deemed disclosure of such confidential information by such Party, which Party shall be held liable for breach of this Agreement. This Section shall survive the termination of this Agreement for any reason.

 

9.

GOVERNING LAW, RESOLUTION OF DISPUTES AND CHANGE IN LAWS

 

9.1

The execution, effectiveness, construction, performance, amendment and termination of this Agreement and the resolution of disputes hereunder shall be governed by the laws of China.

 

9.2

In the event of any dispute with respect to the construction and performance of the provisions of this Agreement, the Parties shall negotiate in good faith to resolve the dispute. In the event the Parties fail to reach an agreement on the resolution of such a dispute within 30 days after any Party’s request for resolution of the dispute through negotiations, any Party may submit the relevant dispute to the China International Economic and Trade Arbitration Commission (“CIETAC”) for arbitration, in accordance with its then-effective arbitration rules. The arbitration shall be conducted in Shanghai, and the language used during arbitration shall be Chinese. The arbitration ruling shall be final and binding on all Parties.

 

9.3

Upon the occurrence of any disputes arising from the construction and performance of this Agreement or during the pending arbitration of any dispute, except for the matters under dispute, the Parties to this Agreement shall continue to exercise their respective rights under this Agreement and perform their respective obligations under this Agreement.

 

9.4

In case of promulgation or any change to or in any Chinese law, regulation or rule, or any change to or in the interpretation or application of the same anytime after execution of this Agreement, the following agreement shall apply: (a) if any Party would enjoy more benefits under any changed or new law than under the relevant law, regulation or rule in effect at the date of this Agreement, without any material adverse effect upon the other Parties, the Parties shall promptly apply for such benefits brought by the changed or new law. The Parties shall make best efforts to procure the approval of such application; and (b) if the aforementioned law change or promulgation causes any direct or indirect material adverse effect to either Party, this Agreement shall be implemented in its original terms and conditions. However, the Parties shall try all lawful means to procure exemption from compliance with such changed or new law provisions. In the event such adverse effect on the economic interest of either Party is unable to be resolved pursuant to this Agreement, the affected Party may give notice to the other Parties, and the Parties shall hold prompt discussion and make all necessary amendments to this Agreement so as to maintain the economic benefits otherwise enjoyed by the affected Party.

 

6


9.5

Subject to PRC laws, the arbitration tribunal may award remedies over the shares or land assets of Principal, injunctive relief (including but not limited to matters of business or compel the transfer of assets) or award the winding-up of Principal. Any party shall have the right to apply for enforcement of arbitration awards to the court with jurisdiction after the arbitration awards come into force. Subject to PRC laws, the courts of Hong Kong and China also have jurisdiction for the enforcement of the arbitration awards and the interim remedies against the shares or land assets of Principal.

 

10.

ASSIGNMENT

 

10.1

Without Proxy’s prior written consent, each Principal or the OpCo shall not assign its rights and obligations under this Agreement to any third party.

 

10.2

Each Principal and OpCo agree that Proxy may assign its obligations and rights under this Agreement to any third party upon a prior written notice to all Principals and OpCo but without the consent of any Principal or OpCo.

 

11.

AMENDMENT, CHANGE AND SUPPLEMENT

 

11.1

Any amendment, change and supplement to this Agreement shall require the execution of a written agreement by all of the Parties.

 

11.2

If The Stock Exchange of Hong Kong Limited (“SEHK”) or any other relevant regulatory authority or stock exchange requests any amendment to this Agreement or if there is any change to the Rules Governing the Listing of Securities on the SEHK or any other relevant stock exchange rules that is relevant to the terms of this Agreement, the Parties shall make corresponding changes to the terms of this Agreement.

 

12.

SURVIVAL

 

12.1

Any obligations that occur or that are due as a result of this Agreement upon the expiration or early termination of this Agreement shall survive the expiration or early termination thereof.

 

12.2

The provisions of Sections 7, 9 and this Section 12 shall survive the termination of this Agreement.

 

13.

MISCELLANEOUS

 

13.1

This Agreement is written in both Chinese and English language in four copies, each Party having one copy and Proxy keeping the remaining copies with equal legal validity; in case there is any conflict between the Chinese version and the English version, the Chinese version shall prevail.

 

13.2

This Agreement is binding on the legitimate assigns and successors of all Parties.

 

7


13.3

Except for the amendments, supplements or changes in writing executed after the execution of this Agreement, this Agreement shall constitute the entire agreement reached by and among the Parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof, and shall supersede all prior oral and written consultations, representations and contracts reached with respect to the subject matter of this Agreement.

[The space below is intentionally left blank.]

 

8


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties have caused their authorized representatives to execute this Voting Trust Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

Proxy: Shanghai Huiyuan Management Consulting Company Limited
By:  

/s/ Gibb Gregory Dean

Name:   Gibb Gregory Dean
Title:   Legal Representative

 

SIGNATURE PAGE TO VOTING TRUST AGREEMENT


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties have caused their authorized representatives to execute this Voting Trust Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

Shanghai Xiongguo Corporation Management Co., Ltd
By:  

/s/ Gibb Gregory Dean

Name:   Gibb Gregory Dean
Title:   Legal Representative
Shanghai Huikang Information Technology Co., Ltd.
By:  

/s/ Yang Xue Lian

Name:   Yang Xue Lian
Title:   Legal Representative

 

SIGNATURE PAGE TO VOTING TRUST AGREEMENT


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties have caused their authorized representatives to execute this Voting Trust Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

OpCo: Shanghai Lujiazui International Financial Asset Exchange Co., Ltd.
By:  

/s/ Gibb Gregory Dean

Name:   Gibb Gregory Dean
Title:   Legal Representative

 

SIGNATURE PAGE TO VOTING TRUST AGREEMENT

Exhibit 10.21

Exclusive Asset Option Agreement

This Exclusive Asset Option Agreement (this “Agreement”) is executed by and among the following Parties on November 21, 2018 in Shanghai:

Lufax Holding (Shenzhen) Technology Service Co., Ltd., a limited liability company organized and existing under the laws of PRC, with its address at Room A201, No.1, Qianwan Yi Road, Qianhai Shenzhen-Hongkong Modern Service Industry Cooperation Zone, Shenzhen (settled in Shenzhen Qianhai Business Secretary Co., Ltd.) (“Party A”). The equity interests of Party A is indirectly held by Lufax Holding Ltd (“Ultimate Controlling Shareholder”), an exempted company with limited liabilities in the Cayman Islands.

Shenzhen Pingan Financial Technology Consultation Company, a limited liability company organized and existing under the laws of PRC, with its address at the fourth floor, Bagualingbaguasan Road, Futian District, Shenzhen (“Pingan Jinke”).

Shanghai Lanbang Investment Company, a limited liability company organized and existing under the laws of PRC, with its address at 1002N, No. 2277 Longyang Road, Pudong New District, Shanghai (“Shanghai Lanbang”).

Xinjiang Tongjun Equity Investment Limited Partnership, a limited partnership organized and existing under the laws of PRC, with its address at No. 46, Floor 4, No.21 Xiamen Road, Economic and technological Development District Urumchi, Xinjiang (“Xinjiang Tongjun”).

Linzhi Jinsheng Investment Management Limited Partnership, a limited partnership organized and existing under the laws of PRC, with its address at 3-301, Price Bureau, Gongbujiangda County, Linzhi District, Tibet (“Linzhi Jinsheng”, Pingan Jinke, Shanghai Lanbang, Xinjiang Tongjun, and Linzhi Jinsheng, collectively as the “Direct Shareholder” or “Party B”).

Shenzhen Lufax Holding Enterprise Management Co., Ltd., a limited liability company organized and existing under the laws of PRC, with its address at Room A201, No.1, Qianwan Yi Road, Qianhai Shenzhen-Hongkong Modern Service Industry Cooperation Zone, Shenzhen (settled in Shenzhen Qianhai Business Secretary Co., Ltd.) (“Party C” or the “OPCO”).

Yang Xuelian, a Chinese citizen, ID card number is [***].

Shi Jingkui, a Chinese citizen, ID card number is [***].

Wang Wenjun, a Chinese citizen, ID card number is [***].

Dou Wenwei, a Chinese citizen, ID card number is [***].

(Yang Xuelian, Shi Jingkui, Wang Wenjun, and Dou Wenwei, collectively as the “Individual Shareholders”; the Individual Shareholders and the Direct Shareholders, together as the “Shareholders”.)


In this Agreement, above shall be referred to as a “Party” respectively, and they shall be collectively referred to as the “Parties”.

Whereas:

The Direct Shareholders are the registered shareholders of Party C, and collectively hold 100% of the assets of Party C.

Party C intends to grant Party A an irrevocable and exclusive right to purchase all the assets then held by Party C;

The Individual Shareholders each executed an individual shareholder’s undertaking (the “Individual Shareholder Undertaking”) in writing in relation to this Agreement and the rights and interests indirectly held by him/her in the OPCO to the board of directors of the Ultimate Controlling Shareholder on the date of this Agreement; and

The Shareholders agree to render all necessary cooperation to the exercise of the Assets Purchase Option (as defined below) by Party A.

Now therefore, upon mutual discussion and negotiation, the Parties have reached the following agreement:

 

1.

Sale and Purchase of Assets

 

1.1

Option Granted

 

  1.1.1

Party C hereby irrevocably and unconditionally grants Party A an irrevocable and exclusive right to purchase, or designate one or more persons (each, a “Designee”) to purchase the assets then held by Party C once or at multiple times at any time in part or in whole at Party A’s sole and absolute discretion to the extent permitted by Chinese laws and at the price described in Section 1.3 herein (such right being the “Assets Purchase Option”). Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement and to the extent permitted by PRC laws and regulations, Party A shall be entitled to absolute discretion over the time, manner and times to exercise the Option. Except for Party A and the Designee(s), no other person shall be entitled to the Assets Purchase Option or other rights with respect to the assets of Party C. The term “person” as used herein shall refer to individuals, corporations, partnerships, partners, enterprises, trusts or non-corporate organizations.

 

  1.1.2

The Shareholders and OPCO hereby agree and confirm on Party C’s grant of the Assets Purchase Option to Party A in accordance with Clause 1.1.1 of this Agreement and undertake to take all necessary actions to procure Party C to perform all of its obligations under this Agreement, including but not limited to, passing and voting in favour of any shareholders’ or board resolution that is required for Party C to transfer any Assets of Party C to Party A or a Designee or to perform any other obligations under this Agreement.

 

2


1.2

Steps for Exercise of Assets Purchase Option

Subject to the provisions of the laws and regulations of China, Party A may exercise the Assets Purchase Option by issuing a written notice to Party C (the “Assets Purchase Option Notice”), specifying: (a) Party A’s decision to exercise the Assets Purchase Option; (b) the portion of assets to be purchased from Party C (the “Optioned Assets”); and (c) the date for purchasing the Optioned Assets and/or the date for transfer of the Optioned Assets.

 

1.3

Assets Purchase Price and Its Payment

Unless an appraisal is required by the laws of China applicable to the Assets Purchase Option when exercised by Party A, the purchase price of the Optioned Assets (the “Assets Purchase Price”) shall be the higher of the net book value of the Optioned Assets and the lowest price permitted under PRC law. After necessary withholding and paying of tax monies according to the applicable laws of China (if applicable), the Assets Purchase Price will be wired by Party A in RMB currency at spot exchange rate to the bank account(s) designated by Party C within two months after the Optioned Assets are officially transferred to Party A and Party A executes the relevant asset receipt note. The Assets Purchase Price shall be returned in full to Party A or its designee(s) within one month upon Party C’s receipt of it.

 

1.4

Transfer of Optioned Assets

For each exercise of the Assets Purchase Option:

 

  1.4.1

The Direct Shareholders shall promptly convene a shareholder’s meeting of Party C, at which a resolution shall be adopted approving Party C’s transfer of the Optioned Assets to Party A and/or the Designee(s). The Shareholders shall take all necessary actions to procure such shareholder’s resolution to be passed;

 

  1.4.2

Party C shall execute an asset transfer agreement (in the form set out in the Appendix hereto) with respect to each transfer with Party A and/or each Designee (whichever is applicable), in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement and the Assets Purchase Option Notice regarding the Optioned Assets;

 

  1.4.3

The Shareholders and Party C shall execute all other necessary contracts, agreements or documents, obtain or assist Party A to obtain all necessary government licenses, permits and registrations (if applicable) and take all necessary actions to transfer valid ownership of the Optioned Assets to Party A and/or the Designee(s), unencumbered by any security interests, and cause Party A and/or the Designee(s) to become the registered owner(s) of the Optioned Assets (if applicable). For the purpose of this Section and this Agreement, “security interests” shall include securities, mortgages, third party’s rights or interests, any acquisition right, right of first refusal, right to offset, ownership retention or other security arrangements, but shall be deemed to exclude any security interest arising from this Agreement.

 

3


2.

Covenants

 

2.1

Covenants regarding Shareholders and Party C

The Shareholders and Party C hereby jointly and severally covenant as follows:

 

  2.1.1

Without the prior written consent of Party A, they shall not in any manner supplement, change or amend the articles of association and bylaws of Party C, increase or decrease its registered capital, or change its structure of registered capital in other manners;

 

  2.1.2

They shall maintain Party C’s corporate existence in accordance with good financial and business standards and practices by prudently and effectively operating its business and handling its affairs, and to cause Party C to perform its obligations under the Exclusive Business Cooperation Agreement; “Exclusive Business Cooperation Agreement” in this Section and this Agreement refers to the exclusive business cooperation agreement executed by Party A and Party C on the execution date of this Agreement, under which Party A provides relevant business support, technical and consulting service to Party C;

 

  2.1.3

Without the prior written consent of Party A, they shall not at any time following the date hereof, sell, transfer, mortgage or dispose of in any manner any assets of Party C or legal or beneficial interest in the business or revenue of Party C, or allow the encumbrance thereon of any security interest, other than financial service transactions conducted by the OPCO in its ordinary course of business;

 

  2.1.4

Without the prior written consent of Party A, Party C shall not incur, inherit, guarantee or suffer the existence of any debt, except for (i) debts incurred in the ordinary course of business other than through loans; and (ii) debts disclosed to Party A for which Party A’s written consent has been obtained;

 

  2.1.5

They shall always operate all of Party C’s assets during the ordinary course of business to maintain the asset value of Party C and refrain from any action/omission that may affect Party C’s asset value;

 

  2.1.6

They shall provide Party A with information on the status and value of Party C’s assets at Party A’s request;

 

  2.1.7

Without the prior written consent of Party A, they shall not cause Party C to execute any material contract (for purpose of this subsection, a contract with a value exceeding RMB 100,000 shall be deemed a material contract), except the contracts in the ordinary course of business;

 

  2.1.8

Without the prior written consent of Party A, they shall not cause Party C to provide any person with any loan or credit or guarantee in any form, other than financial service transactions conducted by the OPCO in its ordinary course of business;

 

4


  2.1.9

If requested by Party A, they shall procure and maintain insurance in respect of Party C’s assets from an insurance carrier acceptable to Party A, at an amount and type of coverage typical for companies that operate the businesses similar to those operated by Party C;

 

  2.1.10

Without the prior written consent of Party A, they shall not cause or permit Party C to merge, consolidate with, acquire or invest in any person, and/or cause or permit Party C to sell assets with a value higher than RMB 100,000 (other than financial service transactions conducted by the OPCO in its ordinary course of business);

 

  2.1.11

They shall immediately notify Party A of the occurrence or possible occurrence of any litigation, arbitration or administrative proceedings relating to Party C’s assets, business or revenue and any circumstances that may adversely affect Party C’s existence, business operation, financials, assets or goodwill, and shall promptly take all actions acceptable by Party A to exclude such adverse circumstances or take effective remedies therefor;

 

  2.1.12

To maintain the ownership by Party C of all of its assets, they shall execute all necessary or appropriate documents, take all necessary or appropriate actions and file all necessary or appropriate complaints or raise necessary and appropriate defences against all claims;

 

  2.1.13

Without the prior written consent of Party A, they shall ensure that Party C shall not in any manner distribute dividends to its shareholders, provided that upon Party A’s written request, Party C shall immediately distribute all distributable profits to its shareholders;

 

  2.1.14

At the request of Party A, they shall appoint any persons designated by Party A as directors of Party C or replace any existing director(s) of Party C; and

 

  2.1.15

If Party C or any of the Shareholders fails to fulfil any tax obligation applicable to it pursuant to the relevant laws and regulations and such failure prevents Party A form exercising its Assets Purchase Option, Party A shall have the right to demand Party C or the Relevant Shareholder to fulfil its tax obligation, or request Party C or the Relevant Shareholder to pay such amount to Party A for Party A to make the tax payment on its behalf.

 

2.2

Covenants by Shareholders

The Shareholders hereby jointly and severally covenant as follows:

 

  2.2.1

The Shareholders shall cause the shareholders’ meeting or the board of directors of Party C to vote their approval of the transfer of the Optioned Assets as set forth in this Agreement and to take any and all other actions that may be requested by Party A.

 

  2.2.2

Without Prior written consent by Party A, Party B shall not put forward, or vote in favour of, any shareholder resolution to, or otherwise request the OPCO to, issue any dividends or other distributions with respect to its equity interest in the OPCO; provided, however, in the event that Party B receives any profit, distribution or dividend from the OPCO, Party B shall, as permitted under the laws of PRC, immediately pay or transfer such profit, distribution or dividend to Party A or to any party designated by Party A as service fees under the Exclusive Business Cooperation Agreement payable by the OPCO to Party A unless Party A otherwise decides.

 

5


  2.2.3

The Shareholders shall strictly abide by the provisions of this Agreement and other contracts jointly or separately executed by and among the Shareholders, Party C and Party A, perform the obligations hereunder and thereunder, and refrain from any action/omission that may affect the effectiveness and enforceability thereof.

 

  2.2.4

The Shareholders shall cause the Direct Shareholders or the board of directors of Party C to vote against any resolution intending to proceed with any matter requiring Party A’s prior written consent according to this Agreement without such written consent being obtained from Party A.

 

3.

Representations and Warranties

Shareholders and Party C hereby represent and warrant to Party A, jointly and severally, as of the date of this Agreement and each date of transfer of the Optioned Assets, that:

 

3.1

They have the authority to execute and deliver this Agreement and any asset transfer agreement with respect to the Optioned Assets to which they are a party (each, a “Transfer Agreement”), and to perform their obligations under this Agreement and any Transfer Agreement. Party C agrees to enter into Transfer Agreements consistent with the terms of the Appendix of this Agreement upon Party A’s exercise of the Assets Purchase Option. This Agreement and the Transfer Agreements to which they are a party constitute or will constitute their legal, valid and binding obligations and shall be enforceable against them in accordance with the provisions thereof;

 

3.2

The execution and delivery of this Agreement or any Transfer Agreement and the obligations under this Agreement or any Transfer Agreement shall not: (i) cause any violation of any applicable laws of China; (ii) be inconsistent with the articles of association, bylaws or other organizational documents of Party C; (iii) cause the violation of any contracts or instruments to which they are a party or which are binding on them, or constitute any breach under any contracts or instruments to which they are a party or which are binding on them; (iv) cause any violation of any condition for the grant and/or continued effectiveness of any licenses or permits issued to either of them; or (v) cause the suspension or revocation of or imposition of additional conditions to any licenses or permits issued to either of them;

 

3.3

Party C has a good and merchantable title to all of its assets, and except for this Agreement, Party C has not placed any security interest on the aforementioned assets;

 

6


3.4

Party C does not have any outstanding debts, except for (i) debt incurred in the ordinary course of business; and (ii) debts disclosed to Party A for which Party A’s written consent has been obtained;

 

3.5

Party C has complied with all laws and regulations of China; and

 

3.6

There are no pending or threatened litigation, arbitration or administrative proceedings relating to the assets of Party C or Party C.

 

3.7

(i) The inheritor of any Individual Shareholder or (ii) the individual or legal person designated by Party A pursuant to the Individual Shareholder Undertaking executed by the relevant Individual Shareholder (the “Designated Transferee”) shall undertake any and all the rights and obligations of the relevant Individual Shareholder under this Agreement as a result of his/her death, incapacitation or any other circumstances which could affect his/her holding or exercising his/her equity interests in Party B and Party C, as if the inheritor were a signing party to this Agreement. Under the circumstance of an inheritance or share transfer pursuant to the relevant Individual Shareholder Undertaking, the Shareholders shall complete all necessary procedures and take all necessary actions to procure the required government approval (if applicable) being obtained for such share transfer.

 

4.

Effectiveness and Term

This Agreement is executed on the date first above written and shall take effect as of such date. Unless terminated early in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement or relevant agreements separately executed among the Parties, the term of this Agreement shall be 10 years. Upon the expiration of the term, unless Party A determines not to extend the term and notifies Party B and Party C in writing of such determination within 30 days prior to the expiration of the term, the term shall be extended for unlimited times, with an extended term of 5 years each time.

 

5.

Liability for Breach of Agreement

 

5.1

Except as otherwise provided herein, if a Party (“Breaching Party”) fails to perform any of its obligations under this Agreement or breaches this Agreement in any other way, the other Party (“Aggrieved Party”) has the option to: (a) give written notice to the Breaching Party describing the nature and scope of the breach and demand that the breaching party cure the breach at its cost within a reasonable time specified in the notice (“Cure Period”); and (b) if the Breaching Party fails to cure the breach within the Cure Period, the Aggrieved Party shall have the right to demand that the Breaching Party bear all the liabilities resulted from the breach and compensate the Aggrieved Party for all actual economic losses arising here from. The losses include, without limitation, attorney fees and expenses of litigation or arbitration related to the breach. The Aggrieved Party shall have the right to demand the Breaching Party to fulfil its obligations under this Agreement. The Aggrieved Party shall also have the right to apply to the related arbitration agency or court for specific performance or compulsory execution of provisions under this Agreement. The exercise of aforesaid rights will not affect other remedial rights based on this Agreement or law.

 

7


5.2

With respect to the obligations under this Agreement, the OPCO and the Shareholders shall undertake joint and several liabilities.

 

5.3

Unless where the law clearly states otherwise, neither Shareholders nor the OPCO have the right to terminate this Agreement due to Party A’s breach of this Agreement.

 

6.

Governing Law, Resolution of Disputes and Change in Laws

 

6.1

The execution, effectiveness, construction, performance, amendment and termination of this Agreement and the resolution of disputes hereunder shall be governed by the formally published and publicly available laws of China. Matters not covered by formally published and publicly available laws of China shall be governed by international legal principles and practices.

 

6.2

In the event of any dispute with respect to the construction and performance of this Agreement, the Parties shall first resolve the dispute through friendly negotiations. In the event the Parties fail to reach an agreement on the dispute within 30 days after either Party’s request to the other Parties for resolution of the dispute through negotiations, either Party may submit the relevant dispute to the China International Economic and Trade Arbitration Commission (“CIETAC”) for arbitration, in accordance with its then effective arbitration rules. The arbitration shall be conducted in Shanghai, and the language used in arbitration shall be Chinese. The arbitration award shall be final and binding on all Parties.

 

6.3

Upon the occurrence of any disputes arising from the construction and performance of this Agreement or during the pending arbitration of any dispute, except for the matters under dispute, the Parties to this Agreement shall continue to exercise their respective rights under this Agreement and perform their respective obligations under this Agreement.

 

6.4

In case of promulgation or any change to or in any Chinese law, regulation or rule, or any change to or in the interpretation or application of the same anytime after execution of this Agreement, the following agreement shall apply: (a) if any Party would enjoy more benefits under any changed or new law than under the relevant law, regulation or rule in effect at the date of this Agreement, without any material adverse effect upon the other Parties, the Parties shall promptly apply for such benefits brought by the changed or new law. The Parties shall make best efforts to procure the approval of such application; and (b) if the aforementioned law change or promulgation causes any direct or indirect material adverse effect to either Party, all Parties shall try all lawful means to procure exemption from compliance with such changed or new law provisions and use their best efforts to implement this Agreement in accordance with its original terms and conditions. In the event such adverse effect on the economic interest of either Party is unable to be resolved pursuant to this Agreement, the affected Party may give notice to the other Parties, and the Parties shall hold prompt discussion and make all necessary amendments to this Agreement so as to maintain the economic benefits otherwise enjoyed by the affected Party to the extent permitted under PRC laws.

 

6.5

Subject to PRC laws, the arbitration tribunal may award remedies over the shares or land assets of the Parties, injunctive relief (including but not limited to matters of business or compel the transfer of assets) or award the winding-up of Parties. Any party shall have the right to apply for enforcement of arbitration awards to the court with jurisdiction after the arbitration awards come into force. Subject to PRC laws, at the request of a disputing party, the court of competent jurisdictions shall have the power to grant interim remedies in support of the arbitration pending formation of the arbitral tribunal or in appropriate cases permitted by laws as the property preservation or enforcement measures. Subject to PRC laws, the courts of (i) Hong Kong, (ii) the Cayman Islands, (iii) the place of incorporation of OPCO (i.e. Shenzhen, PRC); and (iv) the place(s) where the Ultimate Controlling Shareholder or OPCO’s principal assets are located shall have jurisdiction for the aforesaid purpose.

 

8


7.

Taxes and Fees

Each Party shall pay any and all transfer and registration tax, expenses and fees incurred thereby or levied thereon in accordance with the laws of China in connection with the preparation and execution of this Agreement and the Transfer Agreements, as well as the consummation of the transactions contemplated under this Agreement and the Transfer Agreements.

 

8.

Notices

 

8.1

All notices and other communications required or permitted to be given pursuant to this Agreement shall be delivered personally or sent by registered mail, postage prepaid, by a commercial courier service or by facsimile transmission to the address of such Party set forth below. A confirmation copy of each notice shall also be sent by email. The dates on which notices shall be deemed to have been effectively given shall be determined as follows:

 

  8.1.1

Notices given by personal delivery, by courier service or by registered mail, postage prepaid, shall be deemed effectively given on the date of delivery or refusal at the address specified for notices.

 

  8.1.2

Notices given by facsimile transmission shall be deemed effectively given on the date of successful transmission (as evidenced by an automatically generated confirmation of transmission).

 

8.2

For the purpose of notices, the addresses of the Parties are as follows:

 

Company:    Lufax Holding (Shenzhen) Technology Service Co., Ltd.
Address:    [***]
Attn:    [***]
Company:    Shenzhen Lufax Holding Enterprise Management Co., Ltd.
Address:    [***]
Attn:    [***]

 

9


Company:    Shenzhen Pingan Financial Technology Consultation Company
Address:    [***]
Attn:    [***]
Company:    Shanghai Lanbang Investment Company
Address:    [***]
Attn:    [***]
Company:    Xinjiang Tongjun Equity Investment Limited Partnership
Address:    [***]
Attn:    [***]
Company:    LinzhiJinsheng Investment Management Limited Partnership
Address:    [***]
Attn:    [***]
Name:    Yang Xuelian
Address:    [***]
Name:    Shi Jingkui
Address:    [***]
Name:    Wang Wenjun
Address:    [***]
Name:    Dou Wenwei
Address:    [***]

 

8.3

Any Party may at any time change its address for notices by a notice delivered to the other Parties in accordance with the terms hereof.

 

9.

Confidentiality

The Parties acknowledge that any oral or written information exchanged among them with respect to this Agreement is confidential information. Each Party shall maintain the confidentiality of all such information, and without obtaining the written consent of other Parties, it shall not disclose any relevant information to any third parties, except in the following circumstances: (a) such information is or will be in the public domain (provided that this is not the result of a public disclosure by the receiving Party); (b) information disclosed as required by applicable laws or rules or regulations of any stock exchange; or (c) information required to be disclosed by any Party to its legal counsel or financial advisor regarding the transaction contemplated hereunder, and such legal counsel or financial advisor are also bound by confidentiality duties similar to the duties in this Section. Disclosure of any confidential information by the staff members or agency hired by any Party shall be deemed disclosure of such confidential information by such Party, which Party shall be held liable for breach of this Agreement. This Section shall survive the termination of this Agreement for any reason.

 

10


10.

Further Warranties

The Parties agree to promptly execute documents that are reasonably required for or are conducive to the implementation of the provisions and purposes of this Agreement and take further actions that are reasonably required for or are conducive to the implementation of the provisions and purposes of this Agreement.

 

11.

Miscellaneous

 

11.1

Amendment, Change and Supplement

 

  11.1.1

Any amendment, change and supplement to this Agreement shall require the execution of a written agreement by all of the Parties.

 

  11.1.2

If the Stock Exchange of Hong Kong Limited (“SEHK”) or any other relevant regulatory authority or stock exchange requests any amendment to this Agreement or if there is any change to the Rules Governing the Listing of Securities on the SEHK or any other relevant stock exchange rules that is relevant to the terms of this Agreement, the Parties shall make corresponding changes to the terms of this Agreement.

 

11.2

Entire agreement

Except for the amendments, supplements or changes in writing executed after the execution of this Agreement, this Agreement shall constitute the entire agreement reached by and among the Parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof, and shall supersede all prior oral and written consultations, representations and contracts reached with respect to the subject matter of this Agreement. The Appendix of this Agreement constitutes a part hereof, and has the same legal effects as this Agreement.

 

11.3

Headings

The headings of this Agreement are for convenience only, and shall not be used to interpret, explain or otherwise affect the meanings of the provisions of this Agreement.

 

11.4

Language

This Agreement is written in Chinese and the English translation is for reference only. In case there is any inconsistency between the Chinese version and the English version, the Chinese version shall prevail. This Agreement shall be executed in 15 counterparts, with each Party having one original and Party B having the others; each counterpart has equal legal validity.

 

11.5

Severability

In the event that one or several of the provisions of this Agreement are found to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any aspect in accordance with any laws or regulations, the validity, legality or enforceability of the remaining provisions of this Agreement shall not be affected or compromised in any respect. The Parties shall strive in good faith to replace such invalid, illegal or unenforceable provisions with effective provisions that accomplish to the greatest extent permitted by law and the intentions of the Parties, and the economic effect of such effective provisions shall be as close as possible to the economic effect of those invalid, illegal or unenforceable provisions.

 

11


11.6

Successors

This Agreement shall be binding on the respective successors of the Parties and the permitted assignees of such Parties.

 

11.7

Survival

 

  11.7.1

Any obligations that occur or that are due as a result of this Agreement upon the expiration or early termination of this Agreement shall survive the expiration or early termination thereof.

 

  11.7.2

The provisions of Sections 6, 8 and this Section 11.7 shall survive the termination of this Agreement.

 

11.8

Assignment

Without Party A’s prior written consent, OPCO shall not assign its rights and obligations under this Agreement to any third party.

The Shareholders and the OPCO agree that Party A may assign its obligations and rights under this Agreement to any third party upon a prior written notice to Party C but without the consent of any Shareholder or the OPCO.

 

11.9

Waivers

Any Party may waive the terms and conditions of this Agreement, provided that such a waiver must be provided in writing and shall require the signatures of the Parties. No waiver by any Party in certain circumstances with respect to a breach by other Parties shall operate as a waiver by such a Party with respect to any similar breach in other circumstances.

[The space below is intentionally left blank.]

 

12


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties have caused their authorized representatives to execute this Exclusive Asset Option Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

Lufax Holding (Shenzhen) Technology Services Co., Ltd
By:  

/s/ GREGORY DEAN GIBB

  Name: GREGORY DEAN GIBB
  Title:   Legal Representative

 

SIGNATURE PAGE TO EXCLUSIVE ASSET OPTION AGREEMENT


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties have caused their authorized representatives to execute this Share Pledge Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

Shenzhen Lufax Holding Enterprise Management Co., Ltd.
By:  

/s/ Li Renjie

  Name: Li Renjie
  Title:   Legal Representative

 

SIGNATURE PAGE TO SHARE PLEDGE AGREEMENT


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties have caused their authorized representatives to execute this Exclusive Asset Option Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

Shenzhen Pingan Financial Technology Consultation Company
By:  

/s/ Zhou Tingyuan

  Name: Zhou Tingyuan
  Title:   Legal Representative

 

SIGNATURE PAGE TO EXCLUSIVE ASSET OPTION AGREEMENT


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties have caused their authorized representatives to execute this Exclusive Asset Option Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

Shanghai Lanbang Investment Company
By:  

/s/ Shi Jingkui

  Name: Shi Jingkui
  Title:   Legal Representative

 

SIGNATURE PAGE TO EXCLUSIVE ASSET OPTION AGREEMENT


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties have caused their authorized representatives to execute this Exclusive Asset Option Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

Xinjiang Tongjun Equity Investment Limited Partnership
By:  

/s/ Dou Wenwei

  Name: Dou Wenwei
  Title:   Managing Partner

 

SIGNATURE PAGE TO EXCLUSIVE ASSET OPTION AGREEMENT


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties have caused their authorized representatives to execute this Exclusive Asset Option Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

Linzhi Jinsheng Investment Management Limited Partnership
By:  

/s/ Yang Xuelian

  Name: Yang Xuelian
  Title:   Managing Partner

 

SIGNATURE PAGE TO EXCLUSIVE ASSET OPTION AGREEMENT


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties have caused their authorized representatives to execute this Exclusive Asset Option Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

Yang Xuelian
By:  

/s/ Yang Xuelian

 

SIGNATURE PAGE TO EXCLUSIVE ASSET OPTION AGREEMENT


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties have caused their authorized representatives to execute this Exclusive Asset Option Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

Shi Jingkui
By:  

/s/ Shi Jingkui

 

SIGNATURE PAGE TO EXCLUSIVE ASSET OPTION AGREEMENT


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused their authorized representatives to execute this Exclusive Asset Option Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

Dou Wenwei
By:  

/s/ Dou Wenwei

 

SIGNATURE PAGE TO EXCLUSIVE ASSET OPTION AGREEMENT


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties have caused their authorized representatives to execute this Exclusive Asset Option Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

Wang Wenjun
By:  

/s/ Wang Wenjun

 

SIGNATURE PAGE TO EXCLUSIVE ASSET OPTION AGREEMENT


Appendix

Form of Asset Transfer Agreement

Exhibit 10.22

Exclusive Equity Interest Option Agreement

This Exclusive Equity Interest Option Agreement (this “Agreement”) is executed by and among the following Parties on November 21, 2018 in Shanghai:

Lufax Holding (Shenzhen) Technology Service Co., Ltd., a limited liability company organized and existing under the laws of PRC, with its address at Room A201, No. 1, Qianwan Yi Road, Qianhai Shenzhen-Hongkong Modem Service Industry Cooperation Zone, Shenzhen (settled in Shenzhen Qianhai Business Secretary Co., Ltd.) (“Party A”). The equity interests of Party A is indirectly held by Lufax Holding Ltd (“Ultimate Controlling Shareholder”), an exempted company with limited liabilities in the Cayman Islands, as to 100%.

Shenzhen Pingan Financial Technology Consultation Company, a limited liability company organized and existing under the laws of PRC, with its address at the fourth floor, Bagualingbaguasan Road, Futian District, Shenzhen (“Pingan Jinke”).

Shanghai Lanbang Investment Company, a limited liability company organized and existing under the laws of PRC, with its address at 1002N, No. 2277 Longyang Road, Pudong New District, Shanghai (“Shanghai Lanbang”).

Xinjiang Tongjun Equity Investment Limited Partnership, a limited partnership organized and existing under the laws of PRC, with its address at No. 46, Floor 4, No. 21 Xiamen Road, Economic and technological Development District„ Urumchi, Xinjiang (“Xinjiang Tongjun”).

Linzhi Jinsheng Investment Management Limited Partnership, a limited partnership organized and existing under the laws of PRC, with its address at 3-301, Price Bureau, Gongbujiangda County, Linzhi District, Tibet (“LinzhiJinsheng”, PinganJinke, Shanghai Lanbang, Xinjiang Tongjun, and LinzhiJinsheng, collectively as the “Direct Shareholder” or “Party B”).

Shenzhen Lufax Holding Enterprise Management Co., Ltd., a limited liability company organized and existing under the laws of PRC, with its address at Room A201, No. 1, Qianwan Yi Road, Qianhai Shenzhen-Hongkong Modern Service Industry Cooperation Zone, Shenzhen (settled in Shenzhen Qianhai Business Secretary Co., Ltd.) (“Party C” or the “OPCO”)

Yang Xuelian, a Chinese citizen, ID card number is [***].

Shi Jingkui, a Chinese citizen, ID card number is [***].

Wang Wenjun, a Chinese citizen, ID card number is [***].

Dou Wenwei, a Chinese citizen, ID card number is [***].

(Yang Xuelian, Shi Jingkui, Wang Wenjun, and Dou Wenwei, collectively as the “Individual Shareholders”; the Individual Shareholders and the Direct Shareholders, together as the “Shareholders”.)

In this Agreement, above shall be referred to as a “Party” respectively, and they shall be collectively referred to as the “Parties”.

Whereas:

The Direct Shareholders are the registered shareholders of the OPCO and collectively hold 100% of the equity interests in the OPCO.

The Direct Shareholders intend to grant Party A an irrevocable and exclusive right to purchase all or part of the equity interests in the OPCO then held by them;

The Individual Shareholders each executed an individual shareholder’s undertaking (the “Individual Shareholder Undertaking”) in writing in relation to this Agreement and the rights and interests indirectly held by him/her in the OPCO to the board of directors of the Ultimate Controlling Shareholder on the date of this Agreement; and


The Shareholders and OPCO agree to render all necessary cooperation to the exercise of the

Equity Interest Purchase Option (as defined below) by Party A.

Now therefore, upon mutual discussion and negotiation, the Parties have reached the following agreement:

 

1.

Sale and Purchase of Equity Interest

 

1.1

Option Granted

 

  1.1.1

Party B hereby irrevocably and unconditionally grants Party A an irrevocable and exclusive right to purchase, or designate one or more persons (each, a “Designee”) to purchase the equity interests in the OPCO then held by Party B once or at multiple times at any time in part or in whole at Party A’s sole and absolute discretion to the extent permitted by Chinese laws and at the price described in Section 1.3 herein (such right being the “Equity Interest Purchase Option”). Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement and to the extent permitted by PRC laws and regulations, Party A shall be entitled to absolute discretion over the time, manner and times to exercise the Option. Except for Party A and the Designee(s), no other person shall be entitled to the Equity Interest Purchase Option or other rights with respect to the equity interests of the OPCO held by Party B. The OPCO hereby agrees to the grant by the Direct Shareholders of the Equity Interest Purchase Option to Party A. The term “person” as used herein shall refer to individuals, corporations, partnerships, partners, enterprises, trusts or non-corporate organizations.

 

  1.1.2

The Shareholders and the OPCO hereby agree and confirm on Party B’s grant of the Equity Interest Purchase Option to Party A in accordance with Clause 1.1.1 of this Agreement and undertake to take all necessary actions to procure Party B to perform all of its obligations under this Agreement, including but not limited to, passing and voting in favor of any shareholders’ or board resolution that is required for Party B to transfer any equity interests of the OPCO to Party A or a Designee or to perform any other obligations under this Agreement.

 

  1.1.3

On the date of the execution of this Agreement, Party B shall deliver to Party A:

 

  (i)

Two sets of undated duly executed transfer agreement in a form and substance satisfactory to Party A and/or substantially in the form set out in the Appendix hereto; and

 

  (ii)

all other documents as required by and satisfactory to Party A in order to effect a valid transfer of any equity interests purchased under this Agreement.

 

1.2

Steps for Exercise of Equity Interest Purchase Option

Subject to the provisions of the laws and regulations of China, Party A may exercise the Equity Interest Purchase Option by issuing a written notice to Party B (the “Equity Interest Purchase Option Notice”), specifying: (a) Party A’s decision to exercise the Equity Interest Purchase Option; (b) the portion of equity interests to be purchased from Party B (the “Optioned Interests”); and (c) the date for purchasing the Optioned Interests and/or the date for transfer of the Optioned Interests.

 

1.3

Equity Interest Purchase Price and Its Payment

 

  1.3.1

The purchase price for the Optioned Interests (the “Equity Interest Purchase Price”) shall be equal to the higher of below:

 

2


  (1)

as of the date of exercising the Equity Interest Purchase Option, the total capital contribution to the registered capital of the OPCO multiplied by the percentage of equity interests in the OPCO purchased;

 

  (2)

the amount of loan (including the principal and interest) provided by Party A to Party B multiplied by the percentage of equity interests in the OPCO purchased (if applicable); and

 

  (3)

the lowest price permitted under PRC law.

 

  1.3.2

After necessary withholding and paying of tax monies according to the applicable laws of China (if applicable), the Equity Interest Purchase Price shall be wired by Party A or its Designee(s) in RMB currency at spot exchange rate to the bank account(s) designated by Party B within two months after the date on which the Optioned Interests are officially transferred to Party A and its Designee(s) (i.e. a new Enterprise Business License of the OPCO is issued). The Equity Interest Purchase Price shall be repaid in full to Party A or its designee(s) within one month upon Party B’s receipt of it.

 

  1.3.3

Party A or its Designee(s) shall be entitled to offset the Equity Interest Purchase Price by the claims against Party B.

 

1.4

Transfer of Optioned Interests

For each exercise of the Equity Interest Purchase Option:

 

  1.4.1

Shareholders shall cause the OPCO and Party B to promptly convene a shareholders’ meeting, at which a resolution shall be adopted approving Party B’s transfer of the Optioned Interests to Party A and/or the Designee(s);

 

  1.4.2

Party A shall have the right to effect the transfer of any and all of the Optioned Interests into its name or the name(s) of its Designee(s) and/or without liability on the part of Party A in the event of loss, act in all respects as the beneficial owner of the Optioned Interests.

 

  1.4.3

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Shareholders and the OPCO shall execute all other necessary contracts, agreements or documents (including without limitation the Amendments of the Articles of Association of the company), obtain all necessary government licenses and permits (including without limitation the Business License of the company) and take all necessary actions to transfer valid ownership of the Optioned Interests to Party A and/or the Designee(s), unencumbered by any security interests, and cause Party A and/or the Designee(s) to become the registered owner(s) of the Optioned Interests. For the purpose of this Section and this Agreement, “security interests” shall include securities, mortgages, third party’s rights or interests, any stock options, acquisition right, right of first refusal, right to offset, ownership retention or other security arrangements, but shall be deemed to exclude any security interest created by this Agreement and the Share Pledge Agreement. “Share Pledge Agreement” as used in this Section and this Agreement shall refer to the relevant Share Pledge Agreement executed by and among Party B, the OPCO, Party A and other parties thereto as of the date hereof, under which Party B pledges all of its equity interests in the OPCO in favor of Party A.

 

3


2.

Covenants

 

2.1

Covenants regarding Shareholders and Party C

The Shareholders and the OPCO hereby jointly and severally covenant as follows:

 

  2.1.1

Without the prior written consent of Party A, they shall not in any manner supplement, change or amend the articles of association and bylaws of the OPCO, increase or decrease its registered capital, or change its structure of registered capital in other manners;

 

  2.1.2

They shall maintain the OPCO’s corporate existence in accordance with good financial and business standards and practices by prudently and effectively operating its business and handling its affairs, and to cause the OPCO to perform its obligations under the Exclusive Business Cooperation Agreement; “Exclusive Business Cooperation Agreement” in this Section and this Agreement refers to the exclusive business cooperation agreement executed by Party A and the OPCO on the execution date of this Agreement, under which Party A provides relevant business support, technical and consulting service to the OPCO;

 

  2.1.3

Without the prior written consent of Party A, they shall not at any time following the date hereof, sell, transfer, mortgage or dispose of in any manner any assets of the OPCO or legal or beneficial interest in the business or revenue of the OPCO, or allow the encumbrance thereon of any security interest, other than the financial service transactions conducted by the OPCO in its ordinary course of business;

 

  2.1.4

After mandatory liquidation described in Section 3.7 below, Party B will remit in full to Party A any residual interest Party B receives or cause it to happen in compliance with law. If such transfer is prohibited by the laws of PRC, Party B will remit the proceeds to Party A or its designated person(s) in a manner permitted under the laws of PRC;

 

  2.1.5

Without the prior written consent of Party A, Party C shall not incur, inherit, guarantee or suffer the existence of any debt, except for (i) debts incurred in the ordinary course of business other than through loans; and (ii) debts disclosed to Party A for which Party A’s written consent has been obtained;

 

  2.1.6

They shall always operate all of the OPCO’s businesses during the ordinary course of business to maintain the asset value of the OPCO and refrain from any action/omission that may affect the OPCO’s operating status and asset value;

 

  2.1.7

Without the prior written consent of Party A, they shall not cause the OPCO to execute any material contract (for purpose of this subsection, a contract with a value exceeding RM13 100,000 shall be deemed a material contract), except the contracts entered into in the ordinary course of business;

 

  2.1.8

Without the prior written consent of Party A, they shall not cause the OPCO to provide any person with any loan or credit or guarantee in any form, other than the financial service transactions conducted by the OPCO in its ordinary course of business;

 

  2.1.9

They shall provide Party A with information on the OPCO’s business operations and financial condition at Party A’s request;

 

  2.1.10

If requested by Party A, they shall procure and maintain insurance in respect of the OPCO’s assets and business from an insurance carrier acceptable to Party A, at an amount and type of coverage typical for companies that operate the businesses similar to those operated by the OPCO;

 

  2.1.11

Without the prior written consent of Party A, they shall not cause or permit the OPCO to merge, consolidate with, acquire or invest in any person, and/or cause or permit the OPCO to sell assets with a value higher than RMB 100,000 (other than the transactions conducted by the OPCO in its ordinary course of business);

 

4


  2.1.12

They shall immediately notify Party A of the occurrence or possible occurrence of any litigation, arbitration or administrative proceedings relating to the OPCO’s assets, business or revenue and any circumstances that may adversely affects the OPCO’s existence, business operation, financials, assets or goodwill, and shall promptly take all actions acceptable by Party A to exclude such adverse circumstances or take effective remedies therefor;

 

  2.1.13

To maintain the ownership by the OPCO of all of its assets, they shall execute all necessary or appropriate documents, take all necessary or appropriate actions and file all necessary or appropriate complaints or raise necessary and appropriate defenses against all claims;

 

  2.1.14

Without the prior written consent of Party A, they shall ensure that the OPCO shall not in any manner distribute dividends to its shareholders, provided that upon Party A’s written request, the OPCO shall immediately distribute all distributable profits to its shareholders; and

 

  2.1.15

At the request of Party A, they shall appoint any persons designated by Party A as directors of the OPCO or replace any existing director(s) of the OPCO.

 

  2.1.16

If Party C or any of the Shareholders fails to fulfill any tax obligation applicable to it pursuant to the relevant laws and regulations and such failure prevents Party A form exercising its Equity Interest Purchase Option, Party A shall have the right to demand Party C or the Relevant Shareholder to fulfill its tax obligation, or request Party C or the Relevant Shareholder to pay such amount to Party A for Party A to make the tax payment on its behalf.

 

2.2

Covenants by Shareholders

The Shareholders hereby jointly and severally covenant as follows:

 

  2.2.1

Without the prior written consent of Party A, Party B shall not sell, transfer, mortgage or dispose of in any other manner any legal or beneficial interest in the equity interests in the OPCO held by Party B, or allow the encumbrance thereon of any security interest, except for the pledge placed on these equity interests in accordance with the Share Pledge Agreement;

 

  2.2.2

Without Prior written consent by Party A, Party B shall not put forward, or vote in favor of, any shareholder resolution to, or otherwise request the OPCO to, issue any dividends or other distributions with respect to its equity interest in the OPCO; provided, however, in the event that Party B receives any profit, distribution or dividend from the OPCO, Party B shall, as permitted under the laws of PRC, immediately pay or transfer such profit, distribution or dividend to Party A or to any party designated by Party A as service fees under the Exclusive Business Cooperation Agreement payable by the OPCO to Party A unless Party A otherwise decides;

 

  2.2.3

Party B shall cause the shareholders’ meeting and/or the board of directors of the OPCO not to approve the sale, transfer, mortgage or disposition in any other manner of any legal or beneficial interest in the equity interests in the OPCO held by Party B, or allow the encumbrance thereon of any security interest, without the prior written consent of Party A, except for the pledge placed on these equity interests in accordance with the Share Pledge Agreement;

 

  2.2.4

Party B shall cause the shareholders’ meeting or the board of directors of the OPCO not to approve the OPCO’s merger or consolidation with any person, or the acquisition of or investment in any person, or other matters that require the prior written consent of Party A under this Agreement, without the prior written consent of Party A;

 

5


  2.2.5

Party B shall immediately notify Party A of the occurrence or possible occurrence of any litigation, arbitration or administrative proceedings relating to the equity interests in the OPCO held by Party B;

 

  2.2.6

Party B shall cause the shareholders’ meeting or the board of directors of the OPCO to vote their approval of the transfer of the Optioned Interests as set forth in this Agreement and to take any and all other actions that may be requested by Party A;

 

  2.2.7

To maintain Party B’s ownership in the OPCO, Party B shall execute all necessary or appropriate documents, take all necessary or appropriate actions and file all necessary or appropriate complaints or raise necessary and appropriate defenses against all claims;

 

  2.2.8

Party B shall appoint any designee of Party A as director of the OPCO, at the request of Party A;

 

  2.2.9

At the request of Party A at any time, Party B shall promptly and unconditionally transfer its equity interests in the OPCO to Party A or its Designee(s) in accordance with the Equity Interest Purchase Option under this Agreement, and Party B hereby waives its right of first refusal to the share transfer by any of the other existing shareholders of the OPCO (if any);

 

  2.2.10

Party B shall strictly abide by the provisions of this Agreement and other contracts jointly or separately executed by and among Party B, the OPCO and Party A, perform the obligations hereunder and thereunder, and refrain from any action/omission that may affect the effectiveness and enforceability thereof. To the extent that Party B has any remaining rights with respect to the equity interests under this Agreement, the Share Pledge Agreement or the Voting Proxy Agreement among the same parties hereto, Party B shall not exercise such rights except in accordance with the written instructions of Party A; and

 

  2.2.11

Party B shall pledge to Party A all of its equity interests in Party C and execute the relevant share pledge agreements.

 

3.

Representations and Warranties

The Shareholders and the OPCO hereby represent and warrant to Party A, jointly and severally, as of the date of this Agreement and each date of transfer of the Optioned Interests, that:

 

3.1

They have the authority to execute and deliver this Agreement and any equity interest transfer agreement with respect to the Optioned Interests to which they are a party (each, a “Transfer Agreement”), and to perform their obligations under this Agreement and any Transfer Agreement. Party B agrees to enter into Transfer Agreements consistent with the terms of the Appendix of this Agreement upon Party A’s exercise of the Equity Interest Purchase Option if requested by Party A. This Agreement and the Transfer Agreements to which they are a party constitute or will constitute their legal, valid and binding obligations and shall been enforceable against them in accordance with the provisions thereof;

 

3.2

On demand made by Party A at any time during the continuance of this Agreement, if Party B has not already done so, they shall procure that the equity and such other equity interest transfer as Party A may stipulate in writing are transferred into the name of Party A and/or its nominee(s) who shall hold the equity upon and subject to the terms of this Agreement and such transfers are registered in the books of the company and relevant registration or filing with the competent industry and commerce authority is completed.

 

3.3

The execution and delivery of this Agreement or any Transfer Agreement and the obligations under this Agreement or any Transfer Agreement shall not: (i) cause any violation of any applicable laws of China; (ii) be inconsistent with the articles of association, bylaws or other organizational documents of the OPCO; (iii) cause the violation of any contracts or instruments to which they are a party or which are binding on them, or constitute any breach under any contracts or instruments to which they are a party or which are binding on them; (iv) cause any violation of any condition for the grant and/or continued effectiveness of any licenses or permits issued to either of them; or (v) cause the suspension or revocation of or imposition of additional conditions to any licenses or permits issued to either of them;

 

6


3.4

Party B has a good and merchantable title to the equity interests in the OPCO it holds. Except for this Agreement and the Share Pledge Agreement, Party B has not placed any security interest on such equity interests;

 

3.5

The OPCO has a good and merchantable title to all of its assets, and except for the Exclusive Asset Option Agreement executed among Party A, Party B and the OPCO as of the date hereof, the OPCO has not placed any security interest on the aforementioned assets;

 

3.6

The OPCO does not have any outstanding debts, except for (i) debt incurred in the ordinary course of business; and (ii) debts disclosed to Party A for which Party A’s written consent has been obtained;

 

3.7

If the laws of PRC requires it to be dissolved or liquidated, a OPCO shall sell all of its assets to the extent permitted by the laws of PRC to Party A or another qualifying entity designated by Party A, at the lowest selling price permitted by applicable laws of PRC. Any obligation for Party A or the qualifying entity designated by Party A to pay the OPCO as a result of such transaction shall be forgiven by the OPCO or any proceeds from such transaction shall be paid to Party A or the qualifying entity designated by Party A in partial satisfaction of the service fees under the Exclusive Business Corporation Agreement, as applicable under then-current laws of PRC;

 

3.8

The OPCO has complied with all laws and regulations of China; and

 

3.9

There are no pending or threatened litigation, arbitration or administrative proceedings relating to the equity interests in the OPCO, assets of the OPCO or the OPCO.

 

3.10

(i) The inheritor of any Individual Shareholder or (ii) the individual or legal person designated by Party A pursuant to the Individual Shareholder Undertaking executed by the relevant Individual Shareholder (the “Designated Transferee”) shall undertake any and all the rights and obligations of the relevant Individual Shareholder under this Agreement as a result of his/her death, incapacitation or any other circumstances which could affect his/her holding or exercising his/her equity interests in Party B and Party C, as if the inheritor were a signing party to this Agreement.

Under the circumstance of an inheritance or share transfer pursuant to the relevant Individual Shareholder Undertaking, the Shareholders shall complete all necessary procedures and take all necessary actions to procure the required government approval (if applicable) being obtained for such share transfer.

 

4.

Effectiveness and Term

This Agreement is executed on the date first above written and shall take effect as of such date. Unless terminated early in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement or relevant agreements separately executed among the Parties, the term of this Agreement shall be 10 years. Upon the expiration of the term, unless Party A determines not to extend the term and notifies Party B and Party C in writing of such determination within 30 days prior to the expiration of the term, the term shall be extended for unlimited times, with an extended term of 5 years each time.

 

7


5.

Liability for Breach of Agreement

 

5.1

Except as otherwise provided herein, if a Party (“Breaching Party”) fails to perform any of its obligations under this Agreement or breaches this Agreement in any other way, the other Party (“Aggrieved Party”) has the option to: (a) give written notice to the Breaching Party describing the nature and scope of the breach and demand that the breaching party cure the breach at its cost within a reasonable time specified in the notice (“Cure Period”); and (b) if the Breaching Party fails to cure the breach within the Cure Period, the Aggrieved Party shall have the right to demand that the Breaching Party bear all the liabilities resulted from the breach and compensate the Aggrieved Party for all actual economic losses arising here from. The losses include, without limitation, attorney fees and expenses of litigation or arbitration related to the breach. The Aggrieved Party shall have the right to demand the Breaching Party to fulfill its obligations under this Agreement. The Aggrieved Party shall also have the right to apply to the related arbitration agency or court for specific performance or compulsory execution of provisions under this Agreement. The exercise of aforesaid rights will not affect other remedial rights based on this Agreement or law.

 

5.2

With respect to the obligations under this Agreement, the OPCO and the Shareholders shall undertake joint and several liabilities.

 

5.3

Unless where the law clearly states otherwise, neither Shareholders nor the OPCO have the right to terminate this Agreement due to Party A’s breach of this Agreement.

 

6.

Governing Law, Resolution of Disputes and Change in Laws

 

6.1

The execution, effectiveness, construction, performance, amendment and termination of this Agreement and the resolution of disputes hereunder shall be governed by the formally published and publicly available laws of China. Matters not covered by formally published and publicly available laws of China shall be governed by international legal principles and practices.

 

6.2

In the event of any dispute with respect to the construction and performance of this Agreement, the Parties shall first resolve the dispute through friendly negotiations. In the event the Parties fail to reach an agreement on the dispute within 30 days after either Party’s request to the other Parties for resolution of the dispute through negotiations, either Party may submit the relevant dispute to the China International Economic and Trade Arbitration Commission (“CIETAC”) for arbitration, in accordance with its then effective arbitration rules. The arbitration shall be conducted in Shanghai, and the language used in arbitration shall be Chinese. The arbitration award shall be final and binding on all Parties.

 

6.3

Upon the occurrence of any disputes arising from the construction and performance of this Agreement or during the pending arbitration of any dispute, except for the matters under dispute, the Parties to this Agreement shall continue to exercise their respective rights under this Agreement and perform their respective obligations under this Agreement.

 

6.4

In case of promulgation or any change to or in any Chinese law, regulation or rule, or any change to or in the interpretation or application of the same any time after execution of this Agreement, the following agreement shall apply: (a) if any Party would enjoy more benefits under any changed or new law than under the relevant law, regulation or rule in effect at the date of this Agreement, without any material adverse effect upon the other Parties, the Parties shall promptly apply for such benefits brought by the changed or new law. The Parties shall make best efforts to procure the approval of such application; and (b) if the aforementioned law change or promulgation causes any direct or indirect material adverse effect to either Party, all Parties shall try all lawful means to procure exemption from compliance with such changed or new law provisions and use their best efforts to implement this Agreement in accordance with its original terms and conditions. In the event such adverse effect on the economic interest of either Party is unable to be resolved pursuant to this Agreement, the affected Party may give notice to the other Parties, and the Parties shall hold prompt discussion and make all necessary amendments to this Agreement so as to maintain the economic benefits otherwise enjoyed by the affected Party to the extent permitted under PRC laws.

 

8


6.5

Subject to PRC laws, the arbitration tribunal may award remedies over the shares or land assets of the Parties, injunctive relief (including but not limited to matters of business or compel the transfer of assets) or award the winding-up of the Parties. Any party shall have the right to apply for enforcement of arbitration awards to the court with jurisdiction after the arbitration awards come into force. Subject to PRC laws, at the request of a disputing party, the court of competent jurisdictions shall have the power to grant interim remedies in support of the arbitration pending formation of the arbitral tribunal or in appropriate cases permitted by laws as the property preservation or enforcement measures. Subject to PRC laws, the courts of (i) Hong Kong, (ii) the Cayman Islands, (iii) the place of incorporation of OPCO (i.e. Shenzhen, PRC); and (iv) the place(s) where the Ultimate Controlling Shareholder or OPCO’s principal assets are located shall have jurisdiction for the aforesaid purpose.

 

7.

Taxes and Fees

 

7.1

Each Party shall pay any and all transfer and registration tax, expenses and fees incurred thereby or levied thereon in accordance with the laws of China in connection with the preparation and execution of this Agreement and the Transfer Agreements, as well as the consummation of the transactions contemplated under this Agreement and the Transfer Agreements.

 

8.

Notices

All notices and other communications required or permitted to be given pursuant to this Agreement shall be delivered personally or sent by registered mail, postage prepaid, by a commercial courier service or by facsimile transmission to the address of such Party set forth below. A confirmation copy of each notice shall also be sent by email. The dates on which notices shall be deemed to have been effectively given shall be determined as follows:

 

  8.1.1

Notices given by personal delivery, by courier service or by registered mail, postage prepaid, shall be deemed effectively given on the date of delivery or refusal at the address specified for notices.

 

  8.1.2

Notices given by facsimile transmission shall be deemed effectively given on the date of successful transmission (as evidenced by an automatically generated confirmation of transmission).

 

8.2

For the purpose of notices, the addresses of the Parties are as follows:

 

  Company:

Lufax Holding (Shenzhen) Technology Service Co., Ltd.

 

  Address:

[***]

 

  Attn:

[***]

 

  Company:

Shenzhen Lufax Holding Enterprise Management Co., Ltd.

 

  Address:

[***]

 

  Attn:

[***]

 

9


  Company:

Shenzhen Pingan Financial Technology Consultation Company

 

  Address:

[***]

 

  Attn:

[***]

 

  Company:

Shanghai Lanbang Investment Company

 

  Address:

[***]

 

  Attn:

[***]

 

  Company:

Xinjiang Tongjun Equity Investment Limited Partnership

 

  Address:

[***]

 

  Attn:

[***]

 

  Company:

LinzhiJinsheng Investment Management Limited Partnership

 

  Address:

[***]

 

  Attn:

[***]

 

  Name:

Yang Xuelian

 

  Address:

[***]

 

  Name:

Shi Jingkui

 

  Address:

[***]

 

  Name:

Wang Wenjun

 

  Address:

[***]

 

  Name:

Dou Wenwei

 

  Address:

[***]

 

8.3

Any Party may at any time change its address for notices by a notice delivered to the other Parties in accordance with the terms hereof.

 

9.

Confidentiality

The Parties acknowledge that any oral or written information exchanged among them with respect to this Agreement is confidential information. Each Party shall maintain the confidentiality of all such information, and without obtaining the written consent of other Parties, it shall not disclose any relevant information to any third parties, except in the following circumstances: (a) such information is or will be in the public domain (provided that this is not the result of a public disclosure by the receiving Party); (b) information disclosed as required by applicable laws or rules or regulations of any stock exchange; or (c) information required to be disclosed by any Party to its legal counsel or financial advisor regarding the transaction contemplated hereunder, and such legal counsel or financial advisor are also bound by confidentiality duties similar to the duties in this Section. Disclosure of any confidential information by the staff members or agency hired by any Party shall be deemed disclosure of such confidential information by such Party, which Party shall be held liable for breach of this Agreement. This Section shall survive the termination of this Agreement for any reason.

 

10.

Further Warranties

The Parties agree to promptly execute documents that are reasonably required for or are conducive to the implementation of the provisions and purposes of this Agreement and take further actions that are reasonably required for or are conducive to the implementation of the provisions and purposes of this Agreement.

 

10


11.

Miscellaneous

 

11.1

Amendment, Change and Supplement

 

  11.1.1

Any amendment, change and supplement to this Agreement shall require the execution of a written agreement by all of the Parties.

 

  11.1.2

If the Stock Exchange of Hong Kong Limited (“SEHK”) or any other relevant regulatory authority or stock exchange requests any amendment to this Agreement or if there is any change to the Rules Governing the Listing of Securities on the SEHK or any other relevant stock exchange rules that is relevant to the terms of this Agreement, the Parties shall make corresponding changes to the terms of this Agreement.

 

11.2

Entire agreement

Except for the amendments, supplements or changes in writing executed after the execution of this Agreement, this Agreement shall constitute the entire agreement reached by and among the Parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof, and shall supersede all prior oral and written consultations, representations and contracts reached with respect to the subject matter of this Agreement. The Appendix of this Agreement constitutes a part hereof, and has the same legal effects as this Agreement.

 

11.3

Headings

The headings of this Agreement are for convenience only, and shall not be used to interpret, explain or otherwise affect the meanings of the provisions of this Agreement.

 

11.4

Language

This Agreement is written in Chinese and the English translation is for reference only. In case there is any inconsistency between the Chinese version and the English version, the Chinese version shall prevail. This Agreement shall be executed in 15 counterparts, with each Party having one original and Party B having the others; each counterpart has equal legal validity.

 

11.5

Severability

In the event that one or several of the provisions of this Agreement are found to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any aspect in accordance with any laws or regulations, the validity, legality or enforceability of the remaining provisions of this Agreement shall not be affected or compromised in any respect. The Parties shall strive in good faith to replace such invalid, illegal or unenforceable provisions with effective provisions that accomplish to the greatest extent permitted by law and the intentions of the Parties, and the economic effect of such effective provisions shall be as close as possible to the economic effect of those invalid, illegal or unenforceable provisions.

 

11.6

Successors

This Agreement shall be binding on the respective successors of the Parties and the permitted assignees of such Parties.

 

11.7

Survival

 

  11.7.1

Any obligations that occur or that are due as a result of this Agreement upon the expiration or early termination of this Agreement shall survive the expiration or early termination thereof.

 

  11.7.2

The provisions of Sections 6, 8 and this Section 11.7 shall survive the termination of this Agreement

 

11


11.8

Assignment

Without Party A’s prior written consent, Shareholders or the OPCO shall not assign its rights and obligations under this Agreement to any third party.

The Shareholders and the OPCO agree that Party A may assign its obligations and rights under this Agreement to any third party upon a prior written notice to Party B and Party C but without the consent of Party B, the OPCO or any Shareholder.

 

11.9

Waivers

Any Party may waive the terms and conditions of this Agreement, provided that such a waiver must be provided in writing and shall require the signatures of the Parties. No waiver by any Party in certain circumstances with respect to a breach by other Parties shall operate as a waiver by such a Party with respect to any similar breach in other circumstances.

[The space below is intentionally left blank.]

 

12


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties have caused their authorized representatives to execute this Exclusive Equity Interest Option Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

Lufax Holding (Shenzhen) Technology Service Co., Ltd
By:  

/s/ Gregory Dean Gibb

  Name: Gregory Dean Gibb
  Title:   Legal Representative

 

SIGNATURE PAGE TO EXCLUSIVE EQUITY INTEREST OPTION AGREEMENT


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties have caused their authorized representatives to execute this Exclusive Equity Interest Option Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

Shenzhen Lufax Holding Enterprise Management Co., Ltd.
By:  

/s/ Li Renjie

  Name: Li Renjie
  Title:   Legal Representative

 

SIGNATURE PAGE TO EXCLUSIVE EQUITY INTEREST OPTION AGREEMENT


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties have caused their authorized representatives to execute this Exclusive Equity Interest Option Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

Shenzhen Pingan Financial Technology Consultation Company
By:  

/s/ Zhou Tingyuan

  Name: Zhou Tingyuan
  Title:   Legal Representative

 

SIGNATURE PAGE TO EXCLUSIVE EQUITY INTEREST OPTION AGREEMENT


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties have caused their authorized representatives to execute this Exclusive Equity Interest Option Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

Shanghai Lanbang Investment Company
By:  

/s/ Shi Jingkui

  Name: Shi Jingkui
  Title:   Legal Representative

 

SIGNATURE PAGE TO EXCLUSIVE EQUITY INTEREST OPTION AGREEMENT


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties have caused their authorized representatives to execute this Exclusive Equity Interest Option Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

Xinjiang Tongjun Equity Investment Limited Partnership
By:  

/s/ Dou Wenwei

  Name: Dou Wenwei
  Title:   Managing Partner

 

SIGNATURE PAGE TO EXCLUSIVE EQUITY INTEREST OPTION AGREEMENT


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties have caused their authorized representatives to execute this Exclusive Equity Interest Option Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

Linzhi Jinsheng Investment Management Limited Partnership
By:  

/s/ Yang Xuelian

  Name: Yang Xuelian
  Title:   Managing Partner

 

SIGNATURE PAGE TO EXCLUSIVE EQUITY INTEREST OPTION AGREEMENT


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties have caused their authorized representatives to execute this Exclusive Equity Interest Option Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

By:  

/s/ Yang Xuelian

    Yang Xuelian

 

SIGNATURE PAGE TO EXCLUSIVE EQUITY INTEREST OPTION AGREEMENT


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties have caused their authorized representatives to execute this Exclusive Equity Interest Option Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

By:  

/s/ Shi Jingkui

  Shi Jingkui

 

SIGNATURE PAGE TO EXCLUSIVE EQUITY INTEREST OPTION AGREEMENT


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties have caused their authorized representatives to execute this Exclusive Equity Interest Option Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

By:  

/s/ Dou Wenwei

  Dou Wenwei

 

SIGNATURE PAGE TO EXCLUSIVE EQUITY INTEREST OPTION AGREEMENT


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties have caused their authorized representatives to execute this Exclusive Equity Interest Option Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

By:  

/s/ Wang Wenjun

 

Wang Wenjun

 

SIGNATURE PAGE TO EXCLUSIVE EQUITY INTEREST OPTION AGREEMENT


Appendix

Form of Equity Interest Transfer Agreement

Exhibit 10.23

Exclusive Business Cooperation Agreement

This Exclusive Business Cooperation Agreement (this “Agreement”) is made and entered into by and between the following Parties on November 21, 2018 in Shanghai.

Lufax Holding (Shenzhen) Technology Service Co., Ltd., a limited liability company organized and existing under the laws of PRC, with its address at Room A201, No. 1, Qianwan Yi Road, Qianhai Shenzhen-Hongkong Modern Service Industry Cooperation Zone, Shenzhen (settled in Shenzhen Qianhai Business Secretary Co., Ltd.) (“Party A”). The entire equity interests of Party A is indirectly held by Lufax Holding Ltd (“Ultimate Controlling Shareholder”), an exempted company with limited liabilities in the Cayman Islands.

Shenzhen Lufax Holding Enterprise Management Co., Ltd., a limited liability company organized and existing under the laws of PRC, with its address at Room A201, No. 1, Qianwan Yi Road, Qianhai Shenzhen-Hongkong Modern Service Industry Cooperation Zone, Shenzhen (settled in Shenzhen Qianhai Business Secretary Co., Ltd.) (“Party B” or “OPCO”).

Each of Party A and Party B shall be hereinafter referred to as a “Party” respectively, and as the “Parties” collectively.

Whereas,

 

1.

Party A is a limited liability company established in the People’s Republic of China (“China”), and has the necessary resources to provide technical services and business consulting services;

 

2.

Party B is a company with exclusively domestic capital registered in China;

 

3.

Party A is willing to provide Party B, on an exclusive basis, with technical, consulting and other services (the detailed scope set forth below) during the term of this Agreement, utilizing its own advantages in human resources, technology and information, and Party B is willing to accept such exclusive services provided by Party A or Party A’s designee(s), each on the terms set forth herein.

Now, therefore, through mutual discussion, Party A and Party B have reached the following agreements:

 

1.

Services Provided by Party A

 

1.1

Party B hereby appoints Party A as Party B’s exclusive services provider to provide Party B with complete business support and technical and consulting services during the term of this Agreement, in accordance with the terms and conditions of this Agreement, which may include all or part of the services within the approved business scope of Party B as may be determined from time to time by Party A, including, but not limited to, technical services, network support, business consultations, equipment or leasing, marketing consultancy, system integration, product research and development, and system maintenance (“Service”).

 

1.2

Party B agrees to accept all the consultations services provided by Party A. Party B further agrees that unless with Party A’s prior written consent, during the term of this Agreement, Party B shall not accept any consultations and/or services provided by any third party and shall not cooperate with any third party regarding the matters contemplated by this Agreement. Party A may appoint other parties, who may enter into certain agreements described in Section 1.4 with Party B, to provide Party B with the consultations and/or services under this Agreement.

 

1.3

To ensure that the cash flow requirements of Party B’s ordinary operations are met and/or to set off any loss accrued during such operations, Party A has the right to, only to the extent permissible under the laws of PRC, to provide financial support to Party B, whether or not Party B actually incurs any such operational loss. For the aforesaid purpose, Party A’s financial support to Party B may take the form of bank entrustment loans or borrowings or other forms. Contracts for any such entrustment loans or borrowings or other forms of financial support shall be executed separately.


1.4

Service Providing Methodology

 

  1.4.1

Party A and Party B agree that during the term of this Agreement, both Parties, directly or through their respective affiliates, may enter into further technical service agreements or consulting service agreements with the other Party or its affiliates, which shall provide the specific contents, manner, personnel, and fees for the specific technical services and consulting services.

 

  1.4.2

To fulfill this Agreement, Party A and Party B agree that during the term of this Agreement, both Parties, directly or through their respective affiliates, may enter into intellectual property (including, but not limited to, software, trademark, patent and know-how) license agreements with the other Party or its affiliates, which shall permit Party B to use Party A’s relevant intellectual property rights, at any time and from time to time based on the needs of the business of Party B.

 

  1.4.3

Party B acknowledges that Party A may, at its own discretion, subcontract to third parties all or part of the Services Party A provides to Party B under this Agreement.

 

2.

Calculation and Payment of the Service Fees, Financial Reports, Audit and Tax

 

2.1

The Parties agree that, in consideration of the Services, Party B shall pay Party A service fees (the “Service Fees”). Subject to PRC laws, the Service Fees shall be equal to the profit before taxation of Party B (including all profits attributable to Party B of, and any other distributions received by Party B from, any of its subsidiaries in any financial year but without taking into account the Service Fees payable under this Agreement) and deducting working capital requirements, expenses and taxes (Party A can adjust the Service Fees based on applicable PRC tax laws) and operating profit that is in compliance with the principle of independent transaction as stipulated in PRC tax law. The Service Fees shall be due and payable on a quarterly basis. Party B shall, within 7 days from the last day of each quarter, (a) deliver to Party A the management accounts and operating statistics of Party B for such quarter, including the before tax income of Party B during such quarter, and (b) pay the Service Fees to Party A upon request by Party A under various survey reports, plans, invoices or other written documents. After receipt of such management accounts and operating statistics, Party A may issue to Party B a corresponding service invoice. All payments shall be transferred into the bank accounts designated by Party A through remittance or in any other way acceptable by the Parties. The Parties agree that such payment instruction may be changed by a notice given by Party A to Party B from time to time and Party A shall have the right to adjust the Service Fees and the time of payment at its sole discretion without the consent of Party B by giving Party B no less than 10 days’ prior written notice of such adjustment during the term of this Agreement.

 

2.2

Within ninety (90) days after the end of each fiscal year, Party B shall deliver to Party A audited financial statements of Party B for such fiscal year, which shall be audited by an independent certified public accountant approved by Party A. If such audited financial statements show any shortfall of the before tax income of Party B as determined based on China financial reporting standards minus relevant costs and reasonable expenses of Party B for such fiscal year compared to the aggregate amount of the Service Fees paid by Party B to Party A in such fiscal year, upon written requests from Party A, Party B shall pay Party A an amount equal to such shortfall.

 

2.3

The Parties agree that payment of the Services Fees shall not cause operational difficulty for any Party. For the purpose and in the spirit of the aforementioned principle, Party A may agree to a delay payment of Service Fees by Party B, or adjust the payment schedule under Section 2.1 and 2.2 by written notice upon mutual agreement of the Parties.

 

2


2.4

Party B shall prepare its financial statements in satisfaction of Party A’s requirements and in accordance with law and commercial practices.

 

2.5

Subject to a notice given by Party A 5 working days in advance, Party B shall allow Party A, Party A’s (direct or indirect) controlling shareholder, and/or its appointed auditor to carry out auditing activities on Party B, including reviewing, and making photocopies of, the relevant books and records of Party B at the principal office of Party B. Further, Party B shall provide Party A, Party A’s (direct or indirect) controlling shareholder, and/or its appointed auditor the information and materials in connection with the operation, businesses, clients, financials and employees of Party B, and agrees that the Ultimate Controlling Shareholder may disclose such information and materials to meet the requirements of the local regulatory authorities where its shares are listed.

 

2.6

Each of the Parties shall assume its own tax obligations in relation to performance of this Agreement.

 

3.

Intellectual Property Rights; Confidentiality Clauses; Non-competition

 

3.1

Party A shall have exclusive and proprietary rights and interests in all rights, ownership, interests and intellectual properties arising out of or created during the performance of this Agreement, including, but not limited to, copyrights, patents, patent applications, trademarks, software, know-how, trade secrets and others, regardless of whether they have been developed by Party A or Party B.

 

3.2

Party B shall not transfer, assign, mortgage, license or otherwise dispose of the rights and interests in rights, ownerships, intellectual properties, including but not limited to copyrights, patents, patent applications, trademarks, software, know-how, trade secrets and others of Party B without the prior written consent of Party A.

 

3.3

The Parties acknowledge that any oral or written information exchanged between them with respect to this Agreement is confidential information. Each Party shall maintain the confidentiality of all such information, and without obtaining the written consent of the other Party, it shall not disclose any relevant information to any third parties, except in the following circumstances: (a) such information is or will be in the public domain (provided that this is not the result of a public disclosure by the receiving Party); (b) information disclosed as required by applicable laws or rules or regulations of any stock exchange; or (c) information required to be disclosed by any Party to its legal counsel or financial advisor regarding the transaction contemplated hereunder, and such legal counsel or financial advisor is also bound by confidentiality duties similar to the duties in this Section. Disclosure of any confidential information by the staff members or agencies hired by any Party shall be deemed disclosure of such confidential information by such Party, which Party shall be held liable for breach of this Agreement. This Section shall survive the termination of this Agreement for any reason.

 

3.4

Party B shall not engage in any business activities other than those within the scope of its business license and business permit, whether directly or indirectly, or any businesses in China which compete with the businesses of Party A, whether directly or indirectly, including invest in any entity conducting businesses which compete with the businesses of Party A, or any other businesses beyond the scope approved in writing by Party A.

 

3.5

The Parties agree that this Section shall survive changes to, and rescission or termination of, this Agreement.

 

3


4.

Representations and Warranties

 

4.1

Party A hereby represents and warrants as follows:

 

  4.1.1

Party A is a company legally registered and validly existing in accordance with the laws of China.

 

  4.1.2

Party A’s execution and performance of this Agreement is within its corporate capacity and the scope of its business operations; Party A has taken necessary corporate actions and been given appropriate authorization and has obtained the consent and approval from third parties and government agencies, and will not violate any restrictions in law or otherwise binding or having an impact on Party A.

 

  4.1.3

This Agreement constitutes Party A’s legal, valid and binding obligations, and shall be enforceable against it.

 

  4.1.4

No lawsuit, arbitration or other legal or government proceeding has commenced and is pending or, to its knowledge, is threatened against it, which would affect its ability to perform its obligations under this Agreement.

 

  4.1.5

Party A has disclosed to Party B, all contracts, government approval, license or any other document restricting its assets or business that may have a material adverse effect on its ability to fully perform its obligations under this Agreement, and the documents previously provided by it to Party B do not contain any misrepresentations or omissions of material facts.

 

4.2

Party B hereby represents and warrants as follows:

 

  4.2.1

Party B is a company legally registered and validly existing in accordance with the laws of China;

 

  4.2.2

Party B’s execution and performance of this Agreement is within its corporate capacity and the scope of its business operations; Party B has taken necessary corporate actions and given appropriate authorization and has obtained the consent and approval from third parties and government agencies, and will not violate any restrictions in law or otherwise binding or having an impact on Party B.

 

  4.2.3

This Agreement constitutes Party Bs legal, valid and binding obligations, and shall be enforceable against it.

 

  4.2.4

No lawsuit, arbitration or other legal or government proceeding has commenced and is pending or, to its knowledge, is threatened against it, which would affect its ability to perform its obligations under this Agreement.

 

  4.2.5

Party B has disclosed to Party A all contracts, government approvals, licenses or any other documents restricting its assets or business that may have a material adverse effect on its ability to fully perform its obligations under this Agreement, and the documents previously provided by it to Party A do not contain any misrepresentations or omissions of material facts.

 

  4.2.6

Party B shall pay service fees in full and in time to Party A, maintain the licenses and qualifications related to Party B’s business, and accept Party A’s reasonable opinions and suggestions about Party B’s business in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.

 

  4.2.7

Since the date of signing this Agreement, without the prior written consent of Party A, Party B shall not sell, transfer, mortgage or dispose in any other way any of its assets or legitimate interests in the business and revenue of Party B, or provide guarantees to any third party, or allow any third party create any other security interest on its assets or equity interests, other than financial service transactions conducted by the OPCO in its ordinary course of business.

 

4


  4.2.8

Since the date of signing this Agreement, without the prior written consent of Party A, Party B shall not enter into, inherit, guarantee or allow the existence of any debt, other than financial service transactions conducted by the OPCO in its ordinary course of business.

 

  4.2.9

Since the date of signing this Agreement, without the prior written consent of Party A, Party B shall not enter into any material contracts (for the purpose of this subsection, a contract with a value exceeding RMB 100,000 shall be deemed to be a material contract), except the contracts entered into in the ordinary course of business.

 

  4.2.10

Since the date of signing this Agreement, without the prior written consent of Party A, Party B shall not merge with or takeover any third party or form any jointly controlled entity with any third party, or acquire any third party, to be acquired by or controlled by any third party, increase or reduce its registered capital, or alter the structure of the registered capital in any other way.

 

  4.2.11

Subject to permission under relevant laws of China, Party B shall elect the candidates Party A nominates as directors. Unless prior consent is obtained from Party A or due to statutory reasons, Party B shall not refuse the candidates Party A nominates for any other reasons.

 

  4.2.12

Since the date of signing this Agreement, Party B shall entrust Party A to retain and exercise physical control of the seals and certificates of Party B that are crucial to the ordinary course of business of Party B, including business licenses, organization code certificates, official seals, contract stamps, finance stamps and legal representative stamps of Party B.

 

4.3

Parties hereby agree as follows:

 

  4.3.1

The Parties undertake to terminate this Agreement after the transfer of Party B’s equity interests to Party A in the event that Party A is allowed to and elects to hold Party B’s equity interests directly and Party A and/or its subsidiary or branch is allowed to operate Party B’s business legally in accordance with applicable PRC laws.

 

5.

Effectiveness and Term

 

5.1

This Agreement is executed on the date first above written and shall take effect as of such date. Unless earlier terminated in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement or relevant agreements separately executed between the Parties, the term of this Agreement shall be 10 years. Upon the expiration of the term, unless Party A determines not to extend the term and notifies Party B in writing of such determination within 30 days prior to the expiration of the term, the term shall be extended for unlimited times, with an extended term of 5 years each time.

 

5.2

During the term of this Agreement, if Party B goes bankrupt, or is dissolved by law, or transfers all its shares to Party A pursuant to the exclusive option agreement executed between Party A, Party B and the direct and indirect current shareholders of Party B on the same date of this Agreement, this Agreement will automatically terminate.

 

6.

Termination

 

6.1

Unless renewed in accordance with the relevant terms of this Agreement, this Agreement shall be terminated by the written termination notice by Party A upon the date of expiration hereof.

 

6.2

During the term of this Agreement, (a) the Parties may terminate this Agreement early upon mutual agreement; (b) Party A may terminate this Agreement early by giving 30 days’ prior written notice to Party B at any time; and (c) Party B may not unilaterally terminate this Agreement prior to the expiration date.

 

5


6.3

The rights and obligations of the Parties under Sections 3, 7 and 8 shall survive the termination of this Agreement.

 

6.4

In case of early termination, for whatever reason, or due expiration of this Agreement, payment obligations of either Party outstanding as of the date of such termination or expiration, including without limitation with respect to the Service Fees, shall not be waived, nor shall any default liability accrued as of the termination of this Agreement be waived. The Service Fees accrued as of the termination of this Agreement shall be paid to Party A within fifteen (15) working days following the termination of this Agreement.

 

7.

Liability for Breach of Agreement

 

7.1

Except as otherwise provided herein, if a Party (“Breaching Party”) fails to perform any of its obligations under this Agreement or breaches this Agreement in any other way, the other Party (“Aggrieved Party”) has the option to: (a) give written notice to the Breaching Party describing the nature and scope of the breach and demand that the breaching party cure the breach at its cost within a reasonable time specified in the notice (“Cure Period”); and (b) if the Breaching Party fails to cure the breach within the Cure Period, the Aggrieved Party shall have the right to demand that the Breaching Party bear all the liabilities resulted from the breach and compensate the Aggrieved Party for all actual economic losses arising here from. The losses include, without limitation, attorney fees and expenses of litigation or arbitration related to the breach. The Aggrieved Party shall have the right to demand the Breaching Party to fulfill its obligations under this Agreement. The Aggrieved Party shall also have the right to apply to the related arbitration agency or court for specific performance or compulsory execution of provisions under this Agreement. The exercise of aforesaid rights will not affect other remedial rights based on this Agreement or law.

 

7.2

Unless where the law clearly states otherwise, Party B do not have the right to terminate this Agreement due to Party A’s breach of this Agreement.

 

8.

Governing Law, Resolution of Disputes and Change in Laws

 

8.1

The execution, effectiveness, construction, performance, amendment and termination of this Agreement and the resolution of disputes hereunder shall be governed by laws of China.

 

8.2

In the event of any dispute with respect to the construction and performance of the provisions of this Agreement, the Parties shall negotiate in good faith to resolve the dispute. In the event the Parties fail to reach an agreement on the resolution of such a dispute within 30 days after any Party’s request for resolution of the dispute through negotiations, any Party may submit the relevant dispute to the China International Economic and Trade Arbitration Commission (“CIETAC”) for arbitration, in accordance with its then-effective arbitration rules. The arbitration shall be conducted in Shanghai, and the language used during arbitration shall be Chinese. The arbitration ruling shall be final and binding on both Parties.

 

8.3

Upon the occurrence of any disputes arising from the construction and performance of this Agreement or during the pending arbitration of any dispute, except for the matters under dispute, the Parties to this Agreement shall continue to exercise their respective rights under this Agreement and perform their respective obligations under this Agreement.

 

6


8.4

In case of promulgation or any change to or in any Chinese law, regulation or rule, or any change to or in the interpretation or application of the same any time after execution of this Agreement, the following agreement shall apply: (a) if any Party would enjoy more benefits under any changed or new law than under the relevant law, regulation or rule in effect at the date of this Agreement, without any material adverse effect upon the other Parties, the Parties shall promptly apply for such benefits brought by the changed or new law. The Parties shall make best efforts to procure the approval of such application; and (b) if the aforementioned law change or promulgation causes any direct or indirect material adverse effect to either Party, all Parties shall try all lawful means to procure exemption from compliance with such changed or new law provisions and use their best efforts to implement this Agreement in accordance with its original terms and conditions. In the event such adverse effect on the economic interest of either Party is unable to be resolved pursuant to this Agreement, the affected Party may give notice to the other Parties, and the Parties shall hold prompt discussion and make all necessary amendments to this Agreement so as to maintain the economic benefits otherwise enjoyed by the affected Party to the extent permitted under PRC laws.

 

8.5

Subject to PRC laws, the arbitration tribunal may award remedies over the shares or land assets of Party B, injunctive relief (including but not limited to matters of business or compel the transfer of assets) or award the winding-up of Party B. Any party shall have the right to apply for enforcement of arbitration awards to the court with jurisdiction after the arbitration awards come into force. Subject to PRC laws, at the request of a disputing party, the court of competent jurisdictions shall have the power to grant interim remedies in support of the arbitration pending formation of the arbitral tribunal or in appropriate cases permitted bylaws as the property preservation or enforcement measures. Subject to PRC laws, the courts of (i) Hong Kong, (ii) the Cayman Islands, (iii) the place of incorporation of Party B (i.e. Shenzhen, PRC); and (iv) the place(s) where the Ultimate Controlling Shareholder or Party B’s principal assets are located shall have jurisdiction for the aforesaid purpose.

 

9.

Indemnification

Party B shall indemnify and hold harmless Party A from any losses, injuries, obligations or expenses caused by any lawsuit, claims or other demands against Party A arising from or caused by the consultations and services provided by Party A at the request of Party B, except where such losses, injuries, obligations or expenses arise from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of Party A.

 

10.

Notices

 

10.1

All notices and other communications required or permitted to be given pursuant to this Agreement shall be delivered personally or sent by registered mail, postage prepaid, by a commercial courier service or by facsimile transmission to the address of such Party set forth below. A confirmation copy of each notice shall also be sent by email. The dates on which notices shall be deemed to have been effectively given shall be determined as follows:

 

  10.1.1

Notices given by personal delivery, by courier service or by registered mail, postage prepaid, shall be deemed effectively given on the date of delivery or refusal at the address specified for notices.

 

  10.1.2

Notices given by facsimile transmission shall be deemed effectively given on the date of successful transmission (as evidenced by an automatically generated confirmation of transmission).

 

10.2

For the purpose of notices, the addresses of the Parties are as follows:

 

Party A:    Lufax Holding (Shenzhen) Technology Service Co., Ltd.
Address:    [***]
Attn:    [***]

 

7


Party B:    Shenzhen Lufax Holding Enterprise Management Co., Ltd.
Address:    [***]
Attn:    [***]

 

10.3

Any Party may at any time change its address for notices by a notice delivered to the other Party in accordance with the terms hereof.

 

11.

Assignment

 

11.1

Without Party A’s prior written consent, Party B shall not assign its rights and obligations under this Agreement to any third party.

 

11.2

Party B agrees that Party A may assign its obligations and rights under this Agreement to any third party upon a prior written notice to Party B but without the consent of Party B.

 

12.

Waiver; Accumulative Remedies

 

12.1

No waiver by a Party of any breach or non-fulfilment by the other of any provisions of this Agreement will be deemed to be a waiver of any subsequent breach or non-fulfilment of that or any other provision hereunder, and no failure to exercise or delay in exercising any right or remedy under this Agreement will constitute a waiver of the relevant provision or provisions of this Agreement.

 

12.2

No single or partial exercise of any right or remedy under this Agreement will preclude or restrict the further exercise of any such right or remedy. The rights and remedies of each Party provided in this Agreement are cumulative and not exclusive of any rights and remedies provided by law.

 

13.

Severability

In the event that one or several of the provisions of this Agreement are found to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any aspect in accordance with any laws or regulations, the validity, legality or enforceability of the remaining provisions of this Agreement shall not be affected or compromised in any aspect. The Parties shall strive in good faith to replace such invalid, illegal or unenforceable provisions with effective provisions that accomplish to the greatest extent permitted by law and the intentions of the Parties, and the economic effect of such effective provisions shall be as close as possible to the economic effect of those invalid, illegal or unenforceable provisions.

 

14.

Amendment, Change and Supplement

 

14.1

Any amendment, change and supplement to this Agreement shall require the execution of a written agreement by the Parties.

 

14.2

If the Stock Exchange of Hong Kong Limited (“SEHK”) or any other relevant regulatory authority or stock exchange requests any amendment to this Agreement or if there is any change to the Rules Governing the Listing of Securities on the SEHK or any other relevant stock exchange rules that is relevant to the terms of this Agreement, the Parties shall make corresponding changes to the terms of this Agreement.

 

15.

Survival

 

15.1

Any obligations that occur or that are due as a result of this Agreement upon the expiration or early termination of this Agreement shall survive the expiration or early termination thereof.

 

15.2

The provisions of Sections 8, 10 and this Section 15 shall survive the termination of this Agreement.

 

8


16.

Miscellaneous

 

16.1

This Agreement is written in Chinese and the English translation is for reference only. In case there is any inconsistency between the Chinese version and the English version, the Chinese version shall prevail. This Agreement shall be executed in five counterparts, each Party having one original and Party A keeping the others; each counterpart has equal legal validity.

 

16.2

This Agreement is binding on the legitimate assigns and successors of both Parties.

 

16.3

Except for the amendments, supplements or changes in writing executed after the execution of this Agreement, this Agreement shall constitute the entire agreement reached by and between the Parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof, and shall supersede all prior oral and written consultations, representations and contracts reached with respect to the subject matter of this Agreement.

[The space below is intentionally left blank.]

 

9


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties have caused their authorized representatives to execute this Exclusive Business Cooperation Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

Party A:
Lufax Holding (Shenzhen) Technology Service Co., Ltd.
By:  

/s/ Gregory Dean Gibb

  Name: Gregory Dean Gibb
  Title:   Legal Representative

 

 

SIGNATURE PAGE TO EXCLUSIVE BUSINESS COOPERATION AGREEMENT


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties have caused their authorized representatives to execute this Exclusive Business Cooperation Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

Party B:
Shenzhen Lufax Holding Enterprise Management Co., Ltd.
By:  

/s/ Li Renjie

  Name: Li Renjie
  Title:   Legal Representative

 

 

SIGNATURE PAGE TO EXCLUSIVE BUSINESS COOPERATION AGREEMENT

Exhibit 10.24

Share Pledge Agreement

This Share Pledge Agreement (this “Agreement”) has been executed by and among the following Parties on November 21, 2018:

Lufax Holding (Shenzhen) Technology Service Co., Ltd., a limited liability company organized and existing under the laws of PRC, with its address at Room A201, No.1, Qianwan Yi Road, Qianhai Shenzhen-Hongkong Modern Service Industry Cooperation Zone, Shenzhen (settled in Shenzhen Qianhai Business Secretary Co., Ltd.) . The equity interests of Lufax (Shenzhen) Technology Service Co., Ltd is indirectly held by Lufax Holding Ltd (“Ultimate Controlling Shareholder”), an exempted company with limited liabilities in the Cayman Islands.

Shenzhen Pingan Financial Technology Consultation Company, a limited liability company organized and existing under the laws of PRC, with its address at the fourth floor, Bagualingbaguasan Road, Futian District, Shenzhen (“Pingan Jinke”).

Shanghai Lanbang Investment Company., a limited liability company organized and existing under the laws of PRC, with its address at 1002N, No. 2277 Longyang Road, Pudong New District, Shanghai (“Shanghai Lanbang”).

Xinjiang Tongjun Equity Investment Limited Partnership, a limited partnership organized and existing under the laws of PRC, with its address at No. 46, Floor 4, No.21 Xiamen Road, Economic and technological Development District, Urumchi, Xinjiang (“Xinjiang Tongjun”).

Linzhi Jinsheng Investment Management Limited Partnership, a limited partnership organized and existing under the laws of PRC, with its address at 3-301, Price Bureau, Gongbujiangda County, Linzhi District, Tibet (“LinzhiJinsheng”, Pingan Jinke, Shanghai Lanbang, Xinjiang Tongjun, and Linzhi Jinsheng, collectively as the “ Pledgor “).

Shenzhen Lufax Holding Enterprise Management Co., Ltd., a limited liability company organized and existing under the laws of PRC, with its address at Room A201, No.1, Qianwan Yi Road, Qianhai Shenzhen-Hongkong Modern Service Industry Cooperation Zone, Shenzhen (settled in Shenzhen Qianhai Business Secretary Co., Ltd.) (“Company”).

Yang Xuelian, a Chinese citizen, ID card number is [***].

Shi Jingkui, a Chinese citizen, ID card number is [***].

Wang Wenjun, a Chinese citizen, ID card number is [***].

Dou Wenwei, a Chinese citizen, ID card number is [***].

(Yang Xuelian, Shi Jingkui, Wang Wenjun, and Dou Wenwei, collectively as the “Individual Shareholders”; the Individual Shareholders and the Pledgor, together as the “Shareholders”.)

 

1


In this Agreement, above shall be referred to as a “Party” respectively, and they shall be collectively referred to as the “Parties”.

Whereas,

 

1.

Pledgor are limited liability companies organized and validly existing under the laws of PRC, and collectively hold 100% of the equity interest in the Company. The Company is a limited liability company registered and validly existing in Shenzhen, China. The Company acknowledges the respective rights and obligations of Pledgor and Pledgee under this Agreement, and agrees to provide any necessary assistance in registering the Pledge;

 

2.

Pledgee is a limited liability enterprise registered and validly existing in Shenzhen, China.

 

3.

Pledgor have executed or will execute the following agreements:

 

  a)

the Exclusive Equity Interest Option Agreement executed on November 21, 2018;

 

  b)

the Exclusive Asset Option Agreement executed on November 21, 2018;

 

  c)

the Voting Proxy Agreement executed on November 21, 2018;

 

  d)

Loan agreements and Counter-Guarantee Agreements (if applicable).

 

4.

Company has executed the following agreements:

 

  a)

the Exclusive Business Cooperation Agreement executed on November 21, 2018;

 

  b)

the Exclusive Equity Interest Option Agreement executed on November 21, 2018;

 

  c)

the Exclusive Asset Option Agreement executed on November 21, 2018; and

 

  d)

the Voting Proxy Agreement executed on November 21, 2018.

 

5.

The Individual Shareholders each executed an individual shareholder’s undertaking (the “Individual Shareholder Undertaking”) in writing in relation to this Agreement and the rights and interests indirectly held by him/her in the OPCO to the board of directors of the Ultimate Controlling Shareholder on the date of this Agreement; and

 

6.

The indirect Shareholders and Pledgor hereby agree to pledge all of the equity interest the Pledgor holds in the Company as security:

 

  (1)

for the fulfillment of any and all obligations of Pledgor under paragraph 3 above;

 

  (2)

for the fulfillment of any and all obligations of Company under paragraph 4 above; and

 

2


  (3)

for the fulfillment of any and all obligations of Individual Shareholders under paragraph 5 above.

Shareholders (including the Pledgor) and the Company are individually referred to as an “Obligor” and together the “Obligors”, and their obligations mentioned under this Section are collectively referred to as the “Secured Obligations”, including all the direct, indirect and derivative losses and losses of anticipated profits, suffered by the Pledgee, incurred as a result of any Event of Default. (The amount of such loss shall be calculated in accordance with the reasonable business plan and profit forecast of the Pledgee, all expenses occurred in connection with enforcement by the Pledgee of the Pledgor’s and/or Company’s Contract Obligations and etc. The agreements mentioned under Section 3 and Section 4 above are individually referred to as a “Cooperation Agreement” and together the “Cooperation Agreements”.

 

1.

Definitions

Unless otherwise provided herein, the terms below shall have the following meanings:

 

1.1

Pledge” shall refer to the security interest granted by Pledgor to Pledgee pursuant to Section 2 of this Agreement, i.e., the right of Pledgee to be compensated on a preferential basis with the conversion, auction or sales price of the Equity Interest.

 

1.2

Equity Interest” shall refer to all of the equity interest lawfully now held and hereafter acquired by Pledgor in the Company.

 

1.3

Term of Pledge” shall refer to the term set forth in Section 3 of this Agreement.

 

1.4

Loan Agreements” shall refer to any borrowing agreements, entrustment loan agreements or other fund arrangements (1) between any bank and Pledgor pursuant to instructions, guarantees or other arrangements provided by Pledgee or its designee(s); or (2) between Pledgee or its designee(s) and Pledgor, including but not limited to the borrowing agreement executed on              between the Pledgor and             .

 

1.5

Counter-Guarantee Agreements” shall refer to any counter-guarantee agreement entered into by Pledgee or its designee(s) with Pledgor under which Pledgor provides counter-guarantee to Pledgee or its designee(s). Under a Counter-Guarantee Agreement, Pledgee or its designee(s) can enforce the counter-guarantee to recover its losses after it assumes security responsibility under a Guarantee Agreement. For such purpose, the “Guarantee Agreements” shall refer to any guarantee agreement or similar arrangement entered into by Pledgee or its designee(s) with any bank under which Pledgee or its designee(s) provides guarantee to the bank to guarantee due performance of Pledgor of its obligations under any loan agreements or other funding arrangements entered into by Pledgor with the banks.

 

1.6

Event of Default” shall refer to any of the circumstances set forth in Article 7 of this Agreement.

 

3


1.7

Notice of Default” shall refer to the notice issued by Pledgee in accordance with this Agreement declaring an Event of Default.

 

1.8

PRC” shall refer to the People’s Republic of China, which excludes for the purposes of this Agreement the Special Administrative Regions of Hong Kong and Macau and the Taiwan area.

 

1.9

Cooperation Agreements” shall have the meaning as ascribed to it under Whereas Section of this Agreement.

 

1.10

Obligor” shall have the meaning as ascribed to it under Whereas Section of this Agreement.

 

1.11

Secured Obligations” shall have the meaning as ascribed to it under Whereas Section of this Agreement.

 

2.

The Pledge

 

2.1

As collateral security for the prompt and complete performance of any and all Secured Obligations of Obligors under the Cooperation Agreements, Pledgor hereby pledge to Pledgee a first security interest in the 100% equity interest of the Company currently owned by Pledgor and all relevant equity interest thereto.

 

2.2

The Parties understand and agree that the monetary valuation arising from, relating to or in connection with the Secured Obligations shall be a variable and floating valuation until the Settlement Date (as defined below).

 

2.3

Upon the occurrence of any of the events below (each an “Event of Settlement”), the Secured Obligations shall be fixed at a value of the sum of all Secured Obligations that are due, outstanding and payable to Pledgee on or immediately prior to the date of such occurrence (the “Fixed Obligations”):

Any Cooperation Agreement expires or is terminated pursuant to the stipulations thereunder; the occurrence of an Event of Default pursuant to Section 7 that is not resolved, which results in Pledgee serving a Notice of Default to Pledgor pursuant to Section 7.3;

 

  (a)

Pledgee reasonably determines (having made due enquiries) that Pledgor and/or the Company are insolvent or could potentially be made insolvent; or

 

  (b)

any other event that requires the settlement of the Secured Obligations in accordance with relevant laws of the PRC.

 

2.4

For the avoidance of doubt, the day of the occurrence of an Event of Settlement shall be the settlement date (the “Settlement Date”). On or after the Settlement Date, Pledgee shall be entitled, at the election of Pledgee, to enforce the Pledge in accordance with Section 8.

 

4


2.5

Pledgee is entitled to collect dividends or other distributions, if any, arising from the Equity Interest during the Term of Pledge. The Pledgor may receive dividends distributed on the Equity Interest only with prior written consent of the Pledgee. Dividends received by the Pledgor on Equity Interest after the deduction of tax paid or withheld by the Pledgor required by applicable PRC laws shall be, as required by the Pledgee, (a) deposited into an account designated and supervised by the Pledgee and used to secure the Contract Obligations and pay the Secured Indebtedness prior and in preference to making any other payment; or (b) unconditionally transfer to the Pledgee or any other person designated by the Pledgee to the extent permitted under the applicable PRC laws.

 

3.

Term of Pledge

 

3.1

The Pledge shall become effective as of the date when the pledge of the Equity Interest is registered with the local administration of industry and commerce where the Company locates (the “Registration Authority”). The Term of the Pledge (the “Term of Pledge”) shall end when the last obligation secured by the Pledge is paid or fully fulfilled. The Parties agree that, promptly after the execution of this Agreement (but in no event later than 20 days from the execution date of this Agreement), Pledgor and Pledgee shall submit their application for pledge registration to the Registration Authority in accordance with the Measures on Share Pledge Registration with the Administration of Industry and Commerce. The Parties also agree that within fifteen (15) days after the Registration Authority officially accepts equity pledge application, Pledgor and the Company shall complete the pledge registration procedure, obtain the pledge registration notice and completely and accurately register the Pledge of Equity Interest on the Pledge Registration Book of the Registration Authority. The Company acknowledges the respective rights and obligations of Pledgor and Pledgee under this Agreement, and agrees to provide any necessary assistance in registering the Pledge.

 

3.2

During the Term of Pledge, in the event any Obligor fails to perform any of its Secured Obligations under the Cooperation Agreements, Pledgee shall have the right, but not the obligation, to dispose of the Pledge in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement.

 

4.

Custody of Records for Equity Interest subject to Pledge

 

4.1

During the Term of Pledge, Pledgor shall deliver to Pledgee’s custody the originals of the capital contribution certificate for the Equity Interest, the shareholders’ register containing the Pledge, and other documents reasonably requested by Pledgee (including without limitation the notice of registration of the Pledge issued by the Registration Authority) within one week from the date the Pledge is registered. Pledgee shall have custody of such items during the entire Term of Pledge.

 

5.

Representations and Warranties of Shareholders (including the Pledgor) and the Company

Shareholders (including the Pledgor) Represents and Warrants to Pledgee that:

 

5.1

Pledgor are the only legal and beneficial owners of the Equity Interest. Except for being subject to other agreements entered into by Pledgor and Pledgee, Pledgor enjoy legal and complete ownership of the Equity Interest, free from any existing dispute over the ownership of the Equity Interest. Pledgor may dispose of any and all Equity Interest. Pledgor have the legitimate powers and capacity to enter into, and fulfill its legal obligations pursuant to this Agreement.

 

5


5.2

The Equity Interest may be pledged and transferred according to law, and Pledgor have the full rights and powers to pledge the Equity Interest in favor of Pledgee pursuant to this Agreement.

 

5.3

This Agreement, once properly executed by Pledgor, constitutes legal, valid and binding obligations of Pledgor.

 

5.4

All third-party consents, approvals, waivers, and authorizations, or any government approvals, permissions, exemptions, or any registrations or filings (if required by law) with any government authorities, necessary for the execution and performance of this Agreement and for the Pledge of the Equity Interest hereunder, have been obtained or completed and will remain fully effective within the term hereof.

 

5.5

The Pledge hereunder constitutes the first-priority security interests in the Equity Interest.

 

5.6

All the taxes and charges payable as a result of the receipt of the Equity Interest have been paid in full by Pledgor.

 

5.7

Pledgee shall have the right to dispose of and transfer the Equity Interest in accordance with the provisions set forth in this Agreement.

 

5.8

Except for the Cooperation Agreements, Pledgor have not placed any security interest or other encumbrance on the Equity Interest. There are no controversies over the ownership of the Equity Interest. The Equity Interest is not seized or subject to any other legal proceedings or similar threats, and is good for transfer and pledging according to applicable laws.

 

5.9

Pledgor’ execution of this Agreement and exercise of its rights under this Agreement (or fulfillment of its obligations under this Agreement) will not breach any laws, regulations, and agreements or contracts to which Pledgor are the party, or any promise Pledgor have made to any third parties.

 

5.10

All documents, materials, statements and certificates provided by Pledgor to Pledgee are accurate, true, complete and valid.

 

5.11

Pledgor hereby warrant to Pledgee that all the above representations and warrants will be true and correct and fully complied with under all circumstances before the contractual obligations have been fulfilled or the Secured Obligations have been repaid in full.

 

5.12

(i) The inheritor of any Individual Shareholder or (ii) the individual or legal person designated by the Pledgee pursuant to the Individual Shareholder Undertaking executed by the relevant Individual Shareholder (the “Designated Transferee”) shall undertake any and all the rights and obligations of the relevant Individual Shareholder under this Agreement as a result of his/her death, incapacitation or any other circumstances which could affect his/her holding or exercising his/her indirect equity interests in the Pledgor and the Company, as if the inheritor or Designated Transferee were a signing party to this Agreement. Under the circumstance of an inheritance or share transfer pursuant to the relevant Individual Shareholder Undertaking, the Shareholders shall complete all necessary procedures and take all necessary actions to procure the required government approval (if applicable) being obtained for such share transfer.

 

6


The Company Represents and Warrants to Pledgee that:

 

5.13

The Company is a limited liability company registered and validly existing under the laws of China. The Company has the qualification of an independent legal person, enjoys complete and independent legal status and the legal capacity to sign, deliver and fulfill this Agreement.

 

5.14

All the reports, documents and information provided by the Company to Pledgee before the effective date hereof, in connection with the Equity Interest or required by this Agreement, shall all be true and correct in all material aspects as of the effective date hereof. All the reports, documents and information provided by the Company to Pledgee after the effective date hereof, in connection with the Equity Interest or required by this Agreement, shall all be true and correct in all material aspects as of the date of provision.

 

5.15

Upon due execution of the Company, this Agreement constitute legal, effective and binding obligation on the Company.

 

5.16

The Company has the complete internal power and authorization to sign and deliver this Agreement and all other documents relating to the transactions contemplated under this Agreement. The Company has the complete power and authorization to complete the transactions contemplated under this Agreement.

 

5.17

Regarding the assets owned by the Company, there are no guarantee interests or any other encumbrance on property rights that are substantial and may impact Pledgee’s right and interests in the Equity Interest (including without limitation transfer of any of the Company’s intellectual properties or any assets with an a value equaling or over RMB 100,000, or any encumbrance on the ownership or right to use of such assets).

 

5.18

Without the prior written consent of Pledgee, the Company shall not incur, inherit, guarantee or suffer the existence of any debt, except for (i) debts incurred in the ordinary course of business other than through loans; and (ii) debts disclosed to Pledgee for which Pledgee’s written consent has been obtained;

 

5.19

The Company shall always operate all of its businesses during the ordinary course of business to maintain its asset value and refrain from any action/omission that may affect its operating status and asset value;

 

5.20

In any court or arbitration tribunal there are no pending (or, as far as the Company knows, threatening) litigation, arbitration or other legal proceedings against the Equity Interest, the Company or its assets, and in any governmental agencies or departments, there are no pending (or, as far as the Company knows, threatening) administrative proceedings or penalties against the Equity Interest, the Company or its assets, which may substantially or adversely impact the Company’s economic condition or Pledgor’ ability to fulfill their obligations and guarantee liabilities under this Agreement.

 

7


5.21

The Company hereby agrees that it is jointly and severally liable to Pledgee for all representations and warranties made by Pledgor under this Agreement.

 

5.22

The Company hereby warrants to Pledgee that, at any time and under any circumstances prior to complete fulfillment of the obligations under this Agreement or the Secured Obligations being fully repaid, the aforementioned representations and warranties are true and accurate and will be fully complied with.

 

6.

Covenants and Further Agreements of Shareholders (including the Pledgor) and the Company

The covenants and further agreements of Shareholders (including the Pledgor) are set forth below:

 

6.1

Shareholders (including the Pledgor) hereby covenant to Pledgee, that during the term of this Agreement, Pledgor shall:

 

  6.1.1

not transfer (or agree to others’ transfer of) all or any part of the Equity Interest, place or permit the existence of any security interest or other encumbrance on property rights that may affect Pledgee’s rights and interests in the Equity Interest, without the prior written consent of Pledgee, except for the performance of the Cooperation Agreements;

 

  6.1.2

comply with the provisions of all laws and regulations applicable to the pledge of rights, and within 5 days of receipt of any notice, order or recommendation issued or prepared by relevant competent authorities (or any other relevant parties) regarding the Pledge, shall present the aforementioned notice, order or recommendation to Pledgee, and shall comply with the aforementioned notice, order or recommendation or submit objections and representations with respect to the aforementioned matters upon Pledgee’s reasonable request or upon consent of Pledgee;

 

  6.1.3

promptly notify Pledgee in writing of any event or notice received by Pledgor that may have an impact on Pledgee’s rights to the Equity Interest or any portion thereof, as well as any event or notice received by Pledgor that may have an impact on any guarantees and other obligations of Pledgor arising out of this Agreement, and, upon reasonable request of Pledgee, take all necessary actions to secure the rights and interest to which Pledgee is entitled in the Equity Interest.

 

6.2

Shareholders (including the Pledgor) agree that the rights acquired by Pledgee in accordance with this Agreement with respect to the Pledge shall not be interrupted or harmed by Pledgor or any heirs or representatives of Pledgor or any other persons through any legal proceedings.

 

8


6.3

To protect or perfect the security interest granted by this Agreement for fulfillment of the obligations under the Cooperation Agreements, Shareholders (including Pledgor) hereby undertake to execute in good faith and to cause other parties who have an interest in the Pledge to execute all certificates, agreements, deeds and/or covenants required by Pledgee. Shareholders (including Pledgor) also undertakes to perform and to cause other parties who have an interest in the Pledge to perform actions required by Pledgee, to facilitate the exercise by Pledgee of its rights and authority granted thereto by this Agreement, and to enter into all relevant documents regarding ownership of Equity Interest with Pledgee or designee(s) of Pledgee (natural legal persons). Shareholders (including Pledgor) undertake to provide Pledgee within a reasonable time with all notices, orders and decisions regarding the Pledge that are required by Pledgee.

 

6.4

Shareholders (including Pledgor) hereby undertake to comply with and perform all guarantees, promises, agreements, representations and conditions under this Agreement. In the event of failure or partial performance of its guarantees, promises, agreements, representations and conditions, Shareholders (including the Pledgor) shall indemnify Pledgee for all losses resulting therefrom.

 

6.5

If the Equity Interest pledged under this Agreement is, for any reason, subject to mandatory measures imposed by the court of law or other governmental departments, Pledgor shall try their best to release such mandatory measures imposed by the court of law or other governmental departments, including without limitation providing to the court of law other kinds of security or other measures.

 

6.6

If there is a possibility that the value of the Equity Interest will be decreased and such decrease is sufficient to harm the rights and interests of Pledgee, Pledgee may request Pledgor to provide additional collateral or security. If Pledgor refuse to provide such security, Pledgee may, at any time, sell the Equity Interest or put it up for auction, and use the monies obtained from such sale or auction to settle the Secured Obligations in advance or put such monies under custody; all expenses therefore occurred shall be borne by Pledgor.

 

6.7

Without the prior written consent from Pledgee, Pledgor and/or the Company shall not by themselves (or assisting others to) increase, decrease or transfer the registered capital of the Company (or its capital contribution to the Company) or impose any encumbrances on it, including the Equity Interest. Subject to the forgoing provision, any equity interest which is registered and obtained by Pledgor subsequent to the date. of this Agreement shall be called “Additional Equity Interest”. Shareholders (including the Pledgor) and the Company shall, immediately after Pledgor obtains the Additional Equity Interest, enter with Pledgee supplemental share pledge agreement for the Additional Equity Interest, make the board of directors and shareholders’ meeting of the Company approve the supplemental share pledge agreement, and deliver to Pledgee all documents necessary for the supplemental share pledge agreement, including without limitation (a) the original certificate issued by the Company about shareholders’ capital contribution relating to the Additional Equity Interest; and (b) the verified photocopy of the capital contribution verification report (issued by certified public accountant in China) regarding the Additional Equity Interest. Pledgor and the Company shall, according to Section 3.1 of this Agreement, handle the pledge registration procedures relating to the Additional Equity Interest.

 

9


6.8

Unless otherwise instructed by Pledgee in writing in prior, Shareholders (including the Pledgor) and/or the Company agree that, if part of or all of the Equity Interest is transferred between the Pledgor and any third parties in violation of this Agreement (“Transferee of the Equity Interest”), then Shareholders (including the Pledgor) and/or the Company shall ensure that the Transferee of the Equity Interest will unconditionally recognize the Pledge and follow necessary procedures for modification of the registration of the Pledge (including without limitation signing relevant documents) so as to ensure the continued existence of the Pledge.

The covenants and further agreements of the Company are set forth below:

 

6.9

If, for the execution of this Agreement and Pledge under this Agreement, it is necessary to obtain any third party consent, approval, waiver or authorization, any governmental approval, license or waiver, or complete registration or filing procedures in any governmental departments (as required by the law), then the Company shall try its best to assist in obtain the same and cause it to remain in effect during the term of this Agreement.

 

6.10

Without prior written consent of Pledgee, the Company will not provide any person or entity with any loan or credit or guarantee in any form; assist or allow the Pledgor to set up any new pledges or grant other security over the Equity Interest, nor will the Company assist or allow the Pledgor to transfer the Equity Interest.

 

6.11

The Company agrees to, jointly with the Pledgor, strictly comply with Article 6.7 and Article 6.8 of this Agreement.

 

6.12

Without prior written consent of Pledgee, the Company shall not transfer its assets or set up (or allow the existence of) any security or encumbrances on property rights that may affect Pledgee’s rights and interests in the Equity Interest (including without limitation transfer of any of the Company’s intellectual properties or any assets with an a value equaling or over RMB 100,000, or any encumbrance on the ownership or right to use of such assets).

 

6.13

Where there are any litigations, arbitrations or any other claims, which may adversely impact the Company, the Equity Interest, or Pledgee’s interests under the Cooperation Agreements and this Agreement, the Company shall, as soon as possible, send timely notice to Pledgee and according to reasonable requests of Pledgee take all necessary measures to protect Pledgee’s pledge interests in the Equity Interest.

 

6.14

The Company shall not conduct or allow any acts or actions that may adversely impact the Equity Interest or Pledgee’s interest under the Cooperation Agreements and this Agreement.

 

6.15

The Company shall, during the first month of each calendar quarter, provide to Pledgee its financial statements for the preceding calendar quarter, including without limitation its balance sheets, profit statements and cash flow statements. Within 90 days of the end of each fiscal year, the Company shall provide Pledgee with the Company’s audited financial statements of the current fiscal year, which shall be audited and certified by the independent certified auditor approved by Pledgee.

 

10


6.16

The Company shall, pursuant to Pledgee’s reasonable requests, take all necessary measures and sign all necessary documents so as to ensure and protect Pledgee’s pledge rights over the Equity Interest and the realization thereof.

 

6.17

If the exercise of the Pledge under this Agreement results in any transfer of the Equity Interest, the Company agrees and warrants that it will take all measures to effect such transfer.

 

7.

Event of Default

 

7.1

The following circumstances shall be deemed Event of Default:

 

  7.1.1

Any Obligor fails to promptly perform or perform in full any of its Secured Obligations under the Cooperation Agreements;

 

  7.1.2

Any representation or warranty by Shareholders in Section 5 of this Agreement contains material misrepresentations or errors, and/or Shareholders violates any of the warranties in Section 5 of this Agreement;

 

  7.1.3

Shareholders and the Company fail to complete the registration of the Pledge with Registration Authority under Section 3.1 of this Agreement;

 

  7.1.4

Shareholders or the Company breach any provisions of this Agreement;

 

  7.1.5

Except as expressly stipulated in Section 6.1.1, the Pledgor transfers or purports to transfer or abandons the Equity Interest or assigns the Equity Interest without the written consent of Pledgee;

 

  7.1.6

Any of Pledgor’ own loans, guarantees, indemnifications, promises or other debt liabilities to any third party or parties (1) become subject to a demand of early repayment or performance due to default on the part of Pledgor; or (2) become due but are not capable of being repaid or performed in a timely manner;

 

  7.1.7

Any approval, license, permit or authorization of government agencies that makes this Agreement enforceable, legal and effective is withdrawn, terminated, invalidated or substantively changed;

 

  7.1.8

The promulgation of applicable laws renders this Agreement illegal or renders it impossible for Shareholders to continue to perform its obligations under this Agreement;

 

  7.1.9

Adverse changes in properties owned by the Pledgor, which lead Pledgee to believe that that Pledgor’ ability to perform its obligations under this Agreement has been affected;

 

11


  7.1.10

The successor or custodian of the Company is capable of only partially performing or refuses to perform any obligation under the Cooperation Agreements; and

 

  7.1.11

Any other circumstances occur where Pledgee is or may become unable to exercise its right with respect to the Pledge.

 

7.2

Upon notice or discovery of the occurrence of any circumstances described in Section 7.1 or event that may lead to the aforementioned circumstances described in Section 7.1 Pledgor shall immediately notify Pledgee in writing accordingly.

 

7.3

Unless an Event of Default set forth in this Section 7.1 has been successfully resolved to Pledgee’s satisfaction within thirty (30) days of Pledgee’s notice, Pledgee may issue a Notice of Default to Pledgor in writing upon the occurrence of the Event of Default or at any time thereafter and demand that Pledgor immediately pay all payments due under the Cooperation Agreements, and/or disposes of the Pledge in accordance with the provisions of Section 8 of this Agreement.

 

8.

Exercise of Pledge

 

8.1

Prior to the full performance of the Cooperation Agreements and full payment of all payments described therein, without Pledgee’s written consent, Pledgor shall not assign the Pledge or the Equity Interest.

 

8.2

Pledgee may issue a Notice of Default to Pledgor when exercising the Pledge.

 

8.3

Subject to the provisions of Section 7.3, Pledgee may exercise the right to enforce the Pledge concurrently with the issuance of the Notice of Default in accordance with Section 7.2 or at any time after the issuance of the Notice of Default. Once Pledgee elects to enforce the Pledge, Pledgor shall cease to be entitled to any rights or interests associated with the Equity Interest.

 

8.4

In the Event of Default, Pledgee is entitled to dispose of the Equity Interest pledged, to the extent permitted and in accordance with applicable laws; if, after satisfying all Secured Obligations, there is any balance in the monies collected by Pledgee by enforcing the Pledge, then such balance shall be, without calculation of interests, paid to Pledgor or other parties entitled to receive such balance. The Pledgor or other parties entitled to receive such balance shall fully return to the Pledgee to the extent permitted under PRC Laws.

 

8.5

When Pledgee disposes of the Pledge in accordance with this Agreement, Shareholders and the Company shall provide necessary assistance to enable Pledgee to enforce the Pledge in accordance with this Agreement.

 

8.6

Unless otherwise provided by the law, all expenses, tax, charges and all legal fees relating to the establishment of the Pledge and enforcement of it shall be borne by Pledgor.

 

12


9.

Assignment

 

9.1

Without Pledgee’s prior written consent, Shareholders and the Company shall not assign or delegate its rights and obligations under this Agreement.

 

9.2

This Agreement shall be binding on Shareholders and its successors and permitted assigns, and shall be valid with respect to Pledgee and each of its successors and assigns.

 

9.3

At any time, Pledgee may assign any and all of its rights and obligations under this Agreement and the Cooperation Agreements to its designee(s) (natural/legal persons), in which case the assigns shall have the rights and obligations of Pledgee under this Agreement, as if it were the original party to this Agreement. When Pledgee assigns the rights and obligations under this Agreement and the Cooperation Agreements, upon Pledgee’s request, Shareholders and the Company shall execute relevant agreements or other documents relating to such assignment.

 

9.4

In the event of a change in Pledgee due to an assignment, Shareholders and the Company shall, at the request of Pledgee, execute a new pledge agreement with the new pledgee on the same terms and conditions as this Agreement.

 

9.5

The Obligors shall strictly abide by the provisions of this Agreement and other contracts jointly or separately executed by the Parties hereto or any of them, including the Cooperation Agreements, perform the obligations hereunder and thereunder, and refrain from any action/omission that may affect the effectiveness and enforceability thereof. Any remaining rights of Pledgor with respect to the Equity Interest pledged hereunder shall not be exercised by Shareholders except in accordance with the written instructions of Pledgee.

 

10.

Termination

Upon the full performance of the Cooperation Agreements and full payment of all payments described therein, and upon termination of the Obligors’ Secured Obligations under the Cooperation Agreements, this Agreement shall be terminated, and Pledgee shall then release the equity pledge hereunder as soon as reasonably practicable and cooperate with Pledgor in connection with the deregistration of the equity pledge in the Company’s shareholder register and with the Registration Authority. The reasonable fees arising from pledge deregistration shall be borne by Pledgor.

 

11.

Handling Fees and Other Expenses

Unless otherwise agreed or required by applicable laws, all fees and out of pocket expenses relating to this Agreement, including but not limited to legal costs, costs of production, stamp tax and any other taxes and fees, shall be borne by the Company.

 

12.

Confidentiality

The Parties acknowledge that any oral or written information exchanged among them with respect to this Agreement is confidential information. Each Party shall maintain the confidentiality of all such information, and without obtaining the written consent of other Parties, it shall not disclose any relevant information to any third parties, except in the following circumstances: (a) such information is or will be in the public domain (provided that this is not the result of a public disclosure by the receiving Party); (b) information disclosed as required by applicable laws or rules or regulations of any stock exchange; or (c) information required to be disclosed by any Party to its legal counsel or financial advisor regarding the transaction contemplated hereunder, and such legal counsel or financial advisor are also bound by confidentiality duties similar to the duties in this section. Disclosure of any confidential information by the staff members or agency hired by any Party shall be deemed disclosure of such confidential information by such Party, which Party shall be held liable for breach of this Agreement. This section shall survive the termination of this Agreement for any reason.

 

13


13.

Governing Law, Resolution of Disputes and Chance in Laws

 

13.1

The execution, effectiveness, construction, performance, and the resolution of disputes hereunder shall be governed by the formally published and publicly available laws of China. Matters not covered by formally published and publicly available laws of China shall be governed by international legal principles and practices.

 

13.2

In the event of any dispute with respect to the construction and performance of the provisions of this Agreement, the Parties shall negotiate in good faith to resolve the dispute. In the event the Parties fail to reach an agreement on the resolution of such a dispute within 30 days after any Party’s request for resolution of the dispute through negotiations, any Party may submit the relevant dispute to the China International Economic and Trade Arbitration Commission (“CIETAC”) for arbitration, in accordance with its then effective arbitration rules. The arbitration shall be conducted in Shanghai, and the language used during arbitration shall be Chinese. The arbitration ruling shall be final and binding on all Parties.

 

13.3

Upon the occurrence of any disputes arising from the construction and performance of this Agreement or during the pending arbitration of any dispute, except for the matters under dispute, the Parties to this Agreement shall continue to exercise their respective rights under this Agreement and perform their respective obligations under this Agreement.

 

13.4

In case of promulgation or any change to or in any Chinese law, regulation or rule, or any change to or in the interpretation or application of the same anytime after execution of this Agreement, the following agreement shall apply: (a) if any Party would enjoy more benefits under any changed or new law than under the relevant law, regulation or rule in effect at the date of this Agreement, without any material adverse effect upon the other Parties, the Parties shall promptly apply for such benefits brought by the changed or new law. The Parties shall make best efforts to procure the approval of such application; and (b) if the aforementioned law change or promulgation causes any direct or indirect material adverse effect to either Party, all Parties shall try all lawful means to procure exemption from compliance with such changed or new law provisions and use their best efforts to implement this Agreement in accordance with its original terms and conditions. In the event such adverse effect on the economic interest of either Party is unable to be resolved pursuant to this Agreement, the affected Party may give notice to the other Parties, and the Parties shall hold prompt discussion and make all necessary amendments to this Agreement so as to maintain the economic benefits otherwise enjoyed by the affected Party to the extent permitted under PRC laws.

 

14


13.5

Subject to PRC laws, the arbitration tribunal may award remedies over the shares or land assets of Pledgor, injunctive relief (including but not limited to matters of business or compel the transfer of assets) or award the winding-up of Pledgor. Any party shall have the right to apply for enforcement of arbitration awards to the court with jurisdiction after the arbitration awards come into force. Subject to PRC laws, at the request of a disputing party, the court of competent jurisdictions ) shall have the power to grant interim remedies in support of the arbitration pending formation of the arbitral tribunal or in appropriate cases permitted by laws as the property preservation or enforcement measures. Subject to PRC laws, the courts of (i) Hong Kong, (ii) the Cayman Islands, (iii) the place of incorporation of Company (i.e. Shenzhen, PRC); and (iv) the place(s) where the Ultimate Controlling Shareholder or Company’s principal assets are located shall have jurisdiction for the aforesaid purpose.

 

14.

Notices

 

14.1

All notices and other communications required or permitted to be given pursuant to this Agreement shall be delivered personally or sent by registered mail, postage prepaid, by a commercial courier service or by facsimile transmission to the address of such Party set forth below. A confirmation copy of each notice shall also be sent by email. The dates on which notices shall be deemed to have been effectively given shall be determined as follows:

 

  14.1.1

Notices given by personal delivery, by courier service or by registered mail, postage prepaid, shall be deemed effectively given on the date of delivery or refusal at the address specified for notices.

 

  14.1.2

Notices given by facsimile transmission shall be deemed effectively given on the date of successful transmission (as evidenced by an automatically generated confirmation of transmission).

 

14.2

For the purpose of notices, the addresses of the Parties are as follows:

 

Company:    Lufax Holding (Shenzhen) Technology Service Co., Ltd.
Address:    [***]
Attn:    [***]

 

15


Company:    Shenzhen Lufax Holding Enterprise Management Co., Ltd.
Address:    [***]
Attn:    [***]
Company:    Shenzhen Pingan Financial Technology Consultation Company
Address:    [***]
Attn:    [***]
Company:    Shanghai Lanbang Investment Company
Address:    [***]
Attn:    [***]
Company:    Xinjiang Tongjun Equity Investment Limited Partnership
Address:    [***]
Attn:    [***]
Company:    Linzhi Jinsheng Investment Management Limited Partnership
Address:    [***]
Attn:    [***]
Name:    Yang Xuelian
Address:    [***]
Name:    Shi Jingkui
Address:    [***]
Name:    Wang Wenjun
Address:    [***]
Name:    Dou Wenwei
Address:    [***]

 

14.3

Any Party may at any time change its address for notices by a notice delivered to the other Parties in accordance with the terms hereof.

 

16


15.

Severability

In the event that one or several of the provisions of this Agreement are found to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any aspect in accordance with any laws or regulations, the validity, legality or enforceability of the remaining provisions of this Agreement shall not be affected or compromised in any respect. The Parties shall strive in good faith to replace such invalid, illegal or unenforceable provisions with effective provisions that accomplish to the greatest extent permitted by law and the intentions of the Parties, and the economic effect of such effective provisions shall be as close as possible to the economic effect of those invalid, illegal or unenforceable provisions.

 

16.

Successors

This Agreement shall be binding on the respective successors of the Parties and the permitted assigns of such Parties.

 

17.

Survival

 

17.1

Any obligations that occur or that are due as a result of this Agreement upon the expiration or early termination of this Agreement shall survive the expiration or early termination thereof.

 

17.2

The provisions of Sections 13, 14 and this Section 17 shall survive the termination of this Agreement.

 

18.

Waivers

Any Party may waive the terms and conditions of this Agreement, provided that such a waiver must be provided in writing and shall require the signatures of the Parties. No waiver by any Party in certain circumstances with respect to a breach by other Parties shall operate as a waiver by such a Party with respect to any similar breach in other circumstances.

 

19.

Amendment, Chance and Supplement

 

19.1

Any amendment, change and supplement to this Agreement shall require the execution of a written agreement by all of the Parties and be recorded with competent governmental authorities (if applicable).

 

19.2

If the Stock Exchange of Hong Kong Limited (“SEHK”) or any other relevant regulatory authority or stock exchange requests any amendment to this Agreement or if there is any change to the Rules Governing the Listing of Securities on the SEHK or any other relevant stock exchange rules that is relevant to the terms of this Agreement, the Parties shall make corresponding changes to the terms of this Agreement.

 

20.

Language

This Agreement is written in Chinese and the English translation is for reference only. In case there is any inconsistency between the Chinese version and the English version, the Chinese version shall prevail. This Agreement shall be executed in 15 counterparts, with each Party having one original and the Pingan Jinke having the others; each counterpart has equal legal validity.

[The space below is intentionally left blank.]

 

17


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties have caused their authorized representatives to execute this Share Pledge Agreement as of the date first above written.

Lufax Holding (Shenzhen) Technology Service Co., Ltd.

 

By:  

/s/ GREGORY DEAN GIBB

Name:   GREGORY DEAN GIBB
Title:   Legal Representative

 

SIGNATURE PAGE TO SHARE PLEDGE AGREEMENT


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties have caused their authorized representatives to execute this Share Pledge Agreement as of the date first above written.

Shenzhen Lufax Holding Enterprise Management Co., Ltd.

 

By:  

/s/ Li Renjie

Name:   Li Renjie
Title:   Legal Representative

 

SIGNATURE PAGE TO SHARE PLEDGE AGREEMENT


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties have caused their authorized representatives to execute this Share Pledge Agreement as of the date first above written.

Shenzhen Pingan Financial Technology Consultation Company

 

By:  

/s/ Zhou Tingyuan

Name:   Zhou Tingyuan
Title:   Legal Representative

 

SIGNATURE PAGE TO SHARE PLEDGE AGREEMENT


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties have caused their authorized representatives to execute this Share Pledge Agreement as of the date first above written.

Shanghai Lanbang Investment Company

 

By:  

/s/ Shi Jingkui

Name:   Shi Jingkui
Title:   Legal Representative

 

SIGNATURE PAGE TO SHARE PLEDGE AGREEMENT


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties have caused their authorized representatives to execute this Share Pledge Agreement as of the date first above written.

Xinjiang Tongjun Equity Investment Limited Partnership

 

By:  

/s/ Dou Wenwei

Name:   Dou Wenwei
Title:   Managing Partner

 

SIGNATURE PAGE TO SHARE PLEDGE AGREEMENT


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties have caused their authorized representatives to execute this Share Pledge Agreement as of the date first above written.

Linzhi Jinsheng Investment Management Limited Partnership

 

By:  

/s/ Yang Xuelian

Name:   Yang Xuelian
Title:   Managing Partner

 

SIGNATURE PAGE TO SHARE PLEDGE AGREEMENT


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties have caused their authorized representatives to execute this Share Pledge Agreement as of the date first above written.

Yang Xuelian

 

By:  

/s/ Yang Xuelian

 

SIGNATURE PAGE TO SHARE PLEDGE AGREEMENT


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties have caused their authorized representatives to execute this Share Pledge Agreement as of the date first above written.

Shi Jingkui

 

By:  

/s/ Shi Jingkui

 

SIGNATURE PAGE TO SHARE PLEDGE AGREEMENT


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties have caused their authorized representatives to execute this Share Pledge Agreement as of the date first above written.

Dou Wenwei

 

By:  

/s/ Dou Wenwei

 

SIGNATURE PAGE TO SHARE PLEDGE AGREEMENT


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties have caused their authorized representatives to execute this Share Pledge Agreement as of the date first above written.

Wang Wenjun

 

By:  

/s/ Wang Wenjun

 

SIGNATURE PAGE TO SHARE PLEDGE AGREEMENT

Exhibit 10.25

Voting Proxy Agreement

This Voting Proxy Agreement (this “Agreement”) is executed by and among the following Parties on November 21, 2018 in Shanghai, the People’s Republic of China (“PRC”):

Shenzhen Pingan Financial Technology Consultation Company, a limited liability company organized and existing under the laws of PRC, with its address at the fourth floor, Bagualingbaguasan Road, Futian District, Shenzhen (“Pingan Jinke”).

Shanghai Lanbang Investment Company, a limited liability company organized and existing under the laws of PRC, with its address at 1002N, No. 2277 Longyang Road, Pudong New District, Shanghai (“Shanghai Lanbang”).

Xinjiang Tongjun Equity Investment Limited Partnership, a limited partnership organized and existing under the laws of PRC, with its address at No. 46, Floor 4, No.21 Xiamen Road, Economic and technological Development District„ Urumchi, Xinjiang (“Xinjiang Tongjun”).

Linzhi Jinsheng Investment Management Limited Partnership, a limited partnership organized and existing under the laws of PRC, with its address at 3-301, Price Bureau, Gongbujiangda County, Linzhi District, Tibet (“Linzhi Jinsheng”, Pingan Jinke, Shanghai Lanbang, Xinjiang Tongjun, and Linzhi Jinsheng, collectively as the “Principal”).

Lufax Holding (Shenzhen) Technology Service Co., Ltd., a limited liability company organized and existing under the laws of PRC, with its address at Room A201, No.1, Qianwan Yi Road, Qianhai Shenzhen-Hongkong Modern Service Industry Cooperation Zone, Shenzhen (settled in Shenzhen Qianhai Business Secretary Co., Ltd.) (“Lufax Holding (Shenzhen) Technology”). The equity interests of Lufax Holding (Shenzhen) Technology Service Co., Ltd. is indirectly held by Lufax Holding Ltd (“Ultimate Controlling Shareholder”), an exempted company with limited liabilities in the Cayman Islands.

Shenzhen Lufax Holding Enterprise Management Co., Ltd., a limited liability company organized and existing under the laws of PRC, with its address at Room A201, No.1, Qianwan Yi Road, Qianhai Shenzhen-Hongkong Modem Service Industry Cooperation Zone, Shenzhen (settled in Shenzhen Qianhai Business Secretary Co., Ltd.) (the “OPCO”).

Yang Xuelian, a Chinese citizen, ID card number is [***].

Shi Jingkui, a Chinese citizen, ID card number is [***].

Wang Wenjun, a Chinese citizen, ID card number is [***].

Dou Wenwei, a Chinese citizen, ID card number is [***].

(Yang Xuelian, Shi Jingkui, Wang Wenjun, and Dou Wenwei, collectively as the “Individual Shareholders”; the Individual Shareholders and the Principal, together as the “Shareholders”.)

 

1


In this Agreement, above shall be referred to as a “Party” respectively, and they shall be collectively referred to as the “Parties”.

Whereas:

The Principal are the registered shareholders of the OPCO and collectively holds 100 % of the equity interests in the OPCO (the “Shares”);

The OPCO and Lufax Holding (Shenzhen) Technology entered into the Exclusive Business Cooperation Agreement on November 21, 2018 (the “Service Agreement”);

The Shareholders entered into this Agreement to agree and confirm that the Principal shall grant (i) Lufax Holding (Shenzhen) Technology; (ii) the directors authorised by Lufax Holding (Shenzhen) Technology and their successors; and (iii) any liquidator replacing the directors of Lufax Holding (Shenzhen) Technology (the entities and individuals referred to under aforesaid (i), (ii) and (iii), collectively, the “Proxy”) the power to exercise all rights of the OPCO’s shareholders on behalf of the Principal; and

The Individual Shareholders each executed an individual shareholder’s undertaking (the “Individual Shareholder Undertaking”) in writing in relation to this Agreement and the rights and interests indirectly held by him/her in the OPCO to the board of directors of the Ultimate Controlling Shareholder on the date of this Agreement.

Now therefore, upon mutual discussion and negotiation, the Parties have reached the following agreement:

 

1.

Voting Rights and Other Shareholder Rights

 

  1.1

According to the conditions and terms hereunder, the Principal shall authorize the Proxy to exercise on behalf of the Principal all of its rights as a shareholder of the OPCO in accordance with the laws of China and the OPCO’s articles of association, including but not limited to the following:

 

  (1)

propose, convene and attend the shareholders’ meetings of OPCO;

 

  (2)

Exercise shareholders’ voting rights, including but not limited to any sale, transfer, pledge or disposal of the Shares in part or in whole, and participate in dividend distributions or any other type of distributions of the OPCO;

 

  (3)

designate and appoint the legal representative (chairperson), the director, supervisor, the chief executive officer (or general manager) and other senior management members of the OPCO;

 

  (4)

sign minutes and file documents with the relevant companies registry; and

 

  (5)

exercise voting rights on the winding up of the OPCO on behalf of the Principal.

 

2


  1.2

For Proxy’s effective implementation and exercise of each power and right granted under Article 1 above, the Indirect Shareholders and the Principal hereby undertake and agree as follows:

 

  1.2.1

If any law, regulation, or government body requires Principal to issue or execute special power of attorney, governmental application documents, or similar documents or requires Principal to carry out related procedures (such as notarization of power of attorney) with respect to a specific matter under entrustment, the Principal shall immediately issue and/or cooperate to execute related documents per such requirements; and

 

  1.2.2

The Principal shall promptly take all necessary actions to procure and ensure the due implementation of all the resolutions made by the Proxy in a board of directors’ meeting or shareholders’ meeting of the OPCO. The Principal shall not, in the capacity of the OPCO’s shareholder, delay or refuse the passing and/or implementation of any said resolution of the OPCO.

 

  1.3

For the effective exercise of the powers and rights granted to the Proxy under Article 1.1, the OPCO hereby undertakes and agrees as follows:

 

  1.3.1

Subject to applicable laws and regulations, the OPCO shall implement all the resolutions made by the Proxy in a board of directors’ meeting or a shareholders’ meeting of the OPCO, including but not limited to the immediate provision and/ or the execution of relevant documents as required by the Proxy;

 

  1.3.2

The OPCO shall assist the Proxy with understanding the details of its operation. The OPCO shall provide the Proxy with any corporate books, accounts, records and other documents. The Proxy is entitled to make extracts or photocopies of such books, accounts, records and other documents; and

 

  1.3.3

The OPCO shall provide all other necessary assistance, including but not limited to promptly signing the shareholders’ resolution of the OPCO made by Proxy and other relevant legal documents when necessary (such as to meet the government authorities’ request on documents required for approval, registration and filing).

 

  1.4

Without limiting the generality of the powers and rights granted hereunder, the Proxy shall have the power and authority under this Agreement to execute the Tranfer Agreements stipulated in the Exclusive Equity Interest Option Agreement and Exclusive Assets Option Agreement, to which the Principal are required to be a party thereof, on behalf of the Principal, and to exercise and perform the rights and obligations under the Share Pledge Agreement, Exclusive Equity Interest Option Agreement and Exclusive Asset Option Agreement, to which the Principal are the party. For purpose of the aforesaid, the “Share Pledge Agreement”, “Exclusive Equity Interest Option Agreement” and “Exclusive Asset Option Agreement” shall respectively refer to the relevant agreement entered into among the Principal, OPCO, the Proxy, and other parties (if applicable) on the date hereof.

 

3


  1.5

The exercise of the rights attached to the Shares by the Proxy shall be deemed as the actions of the Principal, and all the documents related thereto executed by the Proxy shall be deemed to be executed by the Principal. When acting in respect of any and all of the aforementioned matters, the Proxy may act at its own discretion and does not need to seek the prior consent of the Principal or any Shareholder. The Shareholders and the Principal hereby acknowledge and ratify those actions and/or documents by the Proxy and acknowledge and accept the legal consequences arising therefrom.

 

  1.6

The Indirect Shareholders and the Principal agree and acknowledge that under no circumstances shall the Proxy be required to be held liable to or make economic or other compensations for any other or third parties as a result of its exercise of the rights granted hereunder. The Indirect Shareholders and the Principal agree to indemnify the Proxy and hold it harmless from any and all losses that are or may be incurred by the Proxy as a result of the exercise by it of the rights granted hereunder, including but not limited to the losses arising from any actions, recourses, arbitrations, claims or government investigations or punishments filed against it by any third parties, unless such losses are incurred as a result of the Proxy’s gross negligence or willful misconduct.

 

  1.7

Within the term of this Agreement, without the prior written consent of the Proxy, the Principal shall neither terminate this Agreement early or rescind this Agreement nor take any actions or inactions against or inconsistent with the exercise by the Proxy of the powers and rights granted to it under Article 1.1.

 

  1.8

Within the term of this Agreement, the Principal shall not procure the OPCO to, or take any action against or inconsistent with the resolutions made by the Proxy in a board of directors’ meeting or a shareholders’ meeting of the OPCO.

 

  1.9

The Principal shall not take any action to dispute, challenge, contest or work against the validity and enforceability of the Service Agreement and this Agreement and of the transactions contemplated under the Service Agreement and this Agreement.

 

  1.10

If any operation or decision of the OPCO is subject to the approval by the Principal in the capacity of shareholder, without the prior written consent of the Proxy, the Principal shall not vote to approve such operation or decision.

 

  1.11

Without the prior written consent of the Proxy, the Principal shall not enter into any contract or agreement binding upon the OPCO or take any action increasing the obligation of the OPCO or in breach of this Agreement.

 

  1.12

During the term of this Agreement, the Principal hereby waives all the powers and rights associated with the Shares, which have been granted to the Proxy hereunder, and shall not exercise such powers and rights on its own.

 

4


  1.13

(i) The inheritor of any Individual Shareholder or (ii) the individual or legal person designated by Lufax Holding (Shenzhen) Technology pursuant to the Individual Shareholder Undertaking executed by the relevant Individual Shareholder (the “Designated Transferee”) shall undertake any and all the rights and obligations of the relevant Individual Shareholder under this Agreement as a result of his/her death, incapacitation or any other circumstances which could affect his/her holding or exercising his/her equity indirect interests in the Principal and the OPCO, as if the inheritor or Designated Transferee were a signing party to this Agreement. Under the circumstance of an inheritance or share transfer pursuant to the relevant Individual Shareholder Undertaking, the Shareholders shall complete all necessary procedures and take all necessary actions to procure the required government approval (if applicable) being obtained for such share transfer.

 

  1.14

So long as a Principal or its successor (s) is/are an equity holder of, or has control over, the OPCO, this Agreement shall be irrevocably and continuously valid and effective from the date of its execution, unless the Proxy otherwise advises in writing.

 

2.

Representations and Warranties

The Shareholders and the OPCO each represents and warrants to the Proxy that

 

  (a)

it has all the powers and capacities to enter into this Agreement and perform all the obligations and duties hereunder;

 

  (b)

its performance of the obligations and duties hereunder is legal, valid, binding and enforceable pursuant to the terms thereof;

 

  (c)

carry out and satisfy all actions, conditions and events that shall be carried out, satisfied or implemented (including obtaining all necessary consents, approvals and authorizations, if required by law) so that

 

  (i)

it may legally enter into this Agreement, exercise its rights hereunder, and perform and comply with its obligations and duties hereunder;

 

  (ii)

it can ensure its obligations and duties hereunder are legal, valid and binding; and

 

  (iii)

this Agreement becomes admissible evidence under the applicable laws.

 

  (d)

its entering into of this Agreement, exercise of the rights hereunder, and performance and compliance of the obligations and duties hereunder neither breach or contravene any of the following or exceed any powers or restrictions granted or imposed by any of the following:

 

  (i)

any laws, ordinances, regulations, or rules, any judgments, orders or arbitrations, or any consents, approvals or authorizations that it shall comply with; or

 

5


  (ii)

its articles of association or any provision of any other applicable document or constitutional document; or

 

  (iii)

any provision in any agreement or document to which it is a party or by which any of its assets is bound.

 

  (e)

it has obtained all the approvals and authorizations from any government or other organizations (if so required by law) or any of its proxies that are necessary for the entering into and execution and the validity of this Agreement, and all the approvals and authorizations are fully effective.

 

3.

Severability

In the event that one or several of the provisions of this Agreement are found to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any aspect in accordance with any laws or regulations, the validity, legality or enforceability of the remaining provisions of this Agreement shall not be affected or compromised in any respect. The Parties shall strive in good faith to replace such invalid, illegal or unenforceable provisions with effective provisions that accomplish to the greatest extent permitted by law and the intentions of the Parties, and the economic effect of such effective provisions shall be as close as possible to the economic effect of those invalid, illegal or unenforceable provisions.

 

4.

Term of Authorization

The term of authorization of the powers and rights to the Proxy hereunder shall be the same as that of the Service Agreement executed between the Proxy and the OPCO.

 

5.

Notices

 

  5.1

All notices and other communications required or permitted to be given pursuant to this Agreement shall be delivered personally or sent by registered mail, postage prepaid, by a commercial courier service or by facsimile transmission to the address of such Party set forth below. A confirmation copy of each notice shall also be sent by email. The dates on which notices shall be deemed to have been effectively given shall be determined as follows:

 

  (i)

Notices given by personal delivery, by courier service or by registered mail, postage prepaid, shall be deemed effectively given on the date of delivery or refusal at the address specified for notices.

 

  (ii)

Notices given by facsimile transmission shall be deemed effectively given on the date of successful transmission (as evidenced by an automatically generated confirmation of transmission).

 

  5.2

For the purpose of notices, the addresses of the Parties are as follows:

 

Company:

  

Shenzhen Lufax Holding Enterprise Management Co., Ltd.

Address:

  

[***]

Attn:

  

[***]

 

6


Company:

  

Lufax Holding (Shenzhen) Technology Service Co., Ltd.

Address:

  

[***]

Attn:

  

[***]

Company:

  

Shenzhen Pingan Financial Technology Consultation Company

Address:

  

[***]

Attn:

  

[***]

Company:

  

Shanghai Lanbang Investment Company

Address:

  

[***]

Attn:

  

[***]

Company:

  

Xinjiang Tongjun Equity Investment Limited Partnership

Address:

  

[***]

Attn:

  

[***]

Company:

  

LinzhiJinsheng Investment Management Limited Partnership

Address:

  

[***]

Attn:

  

[***]

Name:

  

Yang Xuelian

Address:

  

[***]

Name:

  

Shi Jingkui

Address:

  

[***]

Name:

  

Wang Wenjun

Address:

  

[***]

Name:

  

Dou Wenwei

Address:

  

[***]

 

  5.3

Any Party may at any time change its address for notices by a notice delivered to the other Parties in accordance with the terms hereof.

 

7


6.

Confidentiality

The Parties acknowledge that any oral or written information exchanged among them with respect to this Agreement is confidential information. Each Party shall maintain the confidentiality of all such information, and without obtaining the written consent of other Parties, it shall not disclose any relevant information to any third parties, except in the following circumstances: (a) such information is or will be in the public domain (provided that this is not the result of a public disclosure by the receiving Party); (b) information disclosed as required by applicable laws or rules or regulations of any stock exchange; or (c) information required to be disclosed by any Party to its legal counsel or financial advisor regarding the transaction contemplated hereunder, and such legal counsel or financial advisor are also bound by confidentiality duties similar to the duties in this Section. Disclosure of any confidential information by the staff members or agency hired by any Party shall be deemed disclosure of such confidential information by such Party, which Party shall be held liable for breach of this Agreement. This Section shall survive the termination of this Agreement for any reason.

 

7.

Governing Law, Resolution of Disputes and Chance in Laws

 

  7.1

The execution, effectiveness, construction, performance, amendment and termination of this Agreement and the resolution of disputes hereunder shall be governed by the formally published and publicly available laws of China. Matters not covered by formally published and publicly available laws of China shall be governed by international legal principles and practices.

 

  7.2

In the event of any dispute with respect to the construction and performance of the provisions of this Agreement, the Parties shall negotiate in good faith to resolve the dispute. In the event the Parties fail to reach an agreement on the resolution of such a dispute within 30 days after any Party’s request for resolution of the dispute through negotiations, any Party may submit the relevant dispute to the China International Economic and Trade Arbitration Commission (“CIETAC”) for arbitration, in accordance with its then-effective arbitration rules. The arbitration shall be conducted in Shanghai, and the language used during arbitration shall be Chinese. The arbitration ruling shall be final and binding on all Parties.

 

  7.3

Upon the occurrence of any disputes arising from the construction and performance of this Agreement or during the pending arbitration of any dispute, except for the matters under dispute, the Parties to this Agreement shall continue to exercise their respective rights under this Agreement and perform their respective obligations under this Agreement.

 

  7.4

In case of promulgation or any change to or in any Chinese law, regulation or rule, or any change to or in the interpretation or application of the same anytime after execution of this Agreement, the following agreement shall apply: (a) if any Party would enjoy more benefits under any changed or new law than under the relevant law, regulation or rule in effect at the date of this Agreement, without any material adverse effect upon the other Parties, the Parties shall promptly apply for such benefits brought by the changed or new law. The Parties shall make best efforts to procure the approval of such application; and (b) if the aforementioned law change or promulgation causes any direct or indirect material adverse effect to either Party, all Parties shall try all lawful means to procure exemption from compliance with such changed or new law provisions and use their best efforts to implement this Agreement in accordance with its original terms and conditions. In the event such adverse effect on the economic interest of either Party is unable to be resolved pursuant to this Agreement, the affected Party may give notice to the other Parties, and the Parties shall hold prompt discussion and make all necessary amendments to this Agreement so as to maintain the economic benefits otherwise enjoyed by the affected Party to the extent permitted under PRC laws.

 

8


  7.5

Subject to PRC laws, the arbitration tribunal may award remedies over the shares or land assets of Principal, injunctive relief (including but not limited to matters of business or compel the transfer of assets) or award the winding-up of Principal. Any party shall have the right to apply for enforcement of arbitration awards to the court with jurisdiction after the arbitration awards come into force. Subject to PRC laws, at the request of a disputing party, the court of competent jurisdictions shall have the power to grant interim remedies in support of the arbitration pending formation of the arbitral tribunal or in appropriate cases permitted by laws as the property preservation or enforcement measures. Subject to PRC laws, the courts of (i) Hong Kong, (ii) the Cayman Islands, (iii) the place of incorporation of OPCO (i.e. Shenzhen, PRC); and (iv) the place (s) where the Ultimate Controlling Shareholder or OPCO’s principal assets are located shall have jurisdiction for the aforesaid purpose.

 

8.

Assignment

 

  8.1

Without Proxy’s prior written consent, Shareholders or the OPCO shall not assign its rights and obligations under this Agreement to any third party.

 

  8.2

Lufax Holding (Shenzhen) Technology is entitled to re-authorize or assign rights to its directors, managers or other employees authorized by the Principal, at their own discretion and without giving prior notice to the Principal or obtaining the Principal’ consent.

 

9.

Amendment Chance and Supplement

 

  9.1

Any amendment, change and supplement to this Agreement shall require the execution of a written agreement by all of the Parties.

 

  9.2

If the Stock Exchange of Hong Kong Limited (“SEHK”) or any other relevant regulatory authority or stock exchange requests any amendment to this Agreement or if there is any change to the Rules Governing the Listing of Securities on the SEHK or any other relevant stock exchange rules that is relevant to the terms of this Agreement, the Parties shall make corresponding changes to the terms of this Agreement.

 

10.

Survival

 

  10.1

Any obligations that occur or that are due as a result of this Agreement upon the expiration or early termination of this Agreement shall survive the expiration or early termination thereof.

 

9


  10.2

The provisions of Sections 5, 7 and this Section 10 shall survive the termination of this Agreement.

 

11.

Miscellaneous

 

  11.1

This Agreement is written in Chinese and the English translation is for reference only. In case there is any inconsistency between the Chinese version and the English version, the Chinese version shall prevail. This Agreement shall be executed in 15 counterparts, with each Party having one original and the Principal having the others; each counterpart has equal legal validity.

 

  11.2

This Agreement is binding on the legitimate assigns and successors of all Parties.

 

  11.3

Except for the amendments, supplements or changes in writing executed after the execution of this Agreement, this Agreement shall constitute the entire agreement reached by and among the Parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof, and shall supersede all prior oral and written consultations, representations and contracts reached with respect to the subject matter of this Agreement.

[The space below is intentionally left blank]

 

10


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties have caused their authorized representatives to execute this Voting Proxy Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

Lufax Holding (Shenzhen) Technology Service Co., Ltd
By:  

/s/ Gregory Dean Gibb

  Name: Gregory Dean Gibb
  Title:   Legal Representative

 

SIGNATURE PAGE TO VOTING PROXY AGREEMENT


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties have caused their authorized representatives to execute this Voting Proxy Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

Shenzhen Lufax Holding Enterprise Management Co., Ltd.
By:  

/s/ Li Renjie

  Name: Li Renjie
  Title:   Legal Representative

 

SIGNATURE PAGE TO VOTING PROXY AGREEMENT


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties have caused their authorized representatives to execute this Voting Proxy Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

Shenzhen Pingan Financial Technology Consultation Company
By:  

/s/ Zhou Tingyuan

  Name: Zhou Tingyuan
  Title:   Legal Representative

 

SIGNATURE PAGE TO VOTING PROXY AGREEMENT


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties have caused their authorized representatives to execute this Voting Proxy Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

Shanghai Lanbang Investment Company
By:  

/s/ Shi Jingkui

  Name: Shi Jingkui
  Title:   Legal Representative

 

SIGNATURE PAGE TO VOTING PROXY AGREEMENT


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties have caused their authorized representatives to execute this Voting Proxy Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

Xinjiang Tongjun Equity Investment Limited Partnership
By:  

/s/ Dou Wenwei

  Name: Dou Wenwei
  Title:   Managing Partner

 

SIGNATURE PAGE TO VOTING PROXY AGREEMENT


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties have caused their authorized representatives to execute this Voting Proxy Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

Linzhi Jinsheng Investment Management Limited Partnership
By:  

/s/ Yang Xuelian

  Name: Yang Xuelian
  Title: Managing Partner

 

SIGNATURE PAGE TO VOTING PROXY AGREEMENT


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties have caused their authorized representatives to execute this Voting Proxy Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

By:  

/s/ Yang Xuelian

  Name: Yang Xuelian

 

SIGNATURE PAGE TO VOTING PROXY AGREEMENT


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties have caused their authorized representatives to execute this Voting Proxy Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

By:  

/s/ Shi Jingkui

  Name: Shi Jingkui

 

SIGNATURE PAGE TO VOTING PROXY AGREEMENT


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties have caused their authorized representatives to execute this Voting Proxy Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

By:  

/s/ Dou Wenwei

  Name: Dou Wenwei

 

SIGNATURE PAGE TO VOTING PROXY AGREEMENT


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties have caused their authorized representatives to execute this Voting Proxy Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

By:  

/s/ Wang Wenjun

  Name: Wang Wenjun

 

SIGNATURE PAGE TO VOTING PROXY AGREEMENT

Exhibit 10.26

Letter of Undertakings

To: the Board of Directors of Lufax Holding Ltd. (hereinafter referred to as the “Proposed Listed Company”)

CC:

Shenzhen Lukong Enterprise Management Co., Ltd. (hereinafter referred to as “Shenzhen Lukong”)

I, [name of indirect individual shareholder], (i) hold [percentage]% equity interest in [name of an entity] (hereinafter referred to as “[Entity 1]”)[, and am the [general / limited] partner of [name of an entity] (hereinafter referred to as “[Entity 2]”) and hold [percentage]% property interest in [Entity 2]]. [Entity 1] directly holds [percentage]% equity interest in Shenzhen Lukong [and [Entity 2] directly holds [percentage]% equity interest in Shenzhen Lukong]; and (ii) On November 21, 2018, I signed the Voting Proxy Agreement, the Exclusive Equity Interest Option Agreement, the Exclusive Asset Option Agreement, and the Share Pledge Agreement (together with any written amendment, supplement or confirmation thereto made thereafter by the parties thereto (if any), collectively, “Relevant Shenzhen Lukong VIE Agreements”) with Lukong (Shenzhen) Technology Service Co., Ltd. and other direct and indirect shareholders of Shenzhen Lukong.

In order to facilitate and complete the listing of shares of the Proposed Listed Company on the Main Board of the Stock Exchange of Hong Kong Limited, I hereby confirm and irrevocably undertake that:

1. Undertakings as to Death or Other Accidents

With regard to the equity interest in Shenzhen Lukong indirectly held by me through [Entity 1] [and [Entity 2]] and all interests attached thereto (hereinafter referred to as “Relevant Equity Interest”), if I am deceased, lose the capacity for civil conduct or otherwise, depriving me of the ability to perform my obligations under the Relevant Shenzhen Lukong VIE Agreements, the aforesaid Relevant Equity Interest held by me will be transferred, free of charge and unconditionally, to the natural or legal person designated by Lukong (Shenzhen) Technology Service Co., Ltd. to the extent permitted by the PRC laws, meanwhile, the natural or legal person will succeed to all rights and obligations that I directly or indirectly have and assume in Shenzhen Lukong.

2. Confirmation and Undertakings as to Divorce

 

(1)

I confirm that the aforesaid Relevant Equity Interest is not the marital property, or owned by or at the disposal of my spouse;

 

(2)

My direct or indirect management of the operation of Shenzhen Lukong and other matters of Shenzhen Lukong subject to voting (if I am involved) are not affected by my spouse; and

 

(3)

If I divorce my spouse, I will take any action to procure the performance of the Relevant Shenzhen Lukong VIE Agreements. I undertake that I shall not in any case take or commit any action, measure, or act that is contrary to the purpose or intention of the Relevant Shenzhen Lukong VIE Agreements.

 

1


3. Confirmation and Undertakings as to Conflicts of Interest

 

(1)

I shall not in any case take or commit any action, measure, or act or omission that is contrary to the purpose or intention of the Relevant Shenzhen Lukong VIE Agreements, which results in or may result in conflicts of interest between Shenzhen Lukong and the Proposed Listed Company, and its subsidiaries.

 

(2)

If I have a conflict of interest with the Proposed Listed Company or its subsidiaries in performing the Relevant Shenzhen Lukong VIE Agreements, I will safeguard legitimate rights and interests of Lukong (Shenzhen) Technology Service Co., Ltd. under the Relevant Shenzhen Lukong VIE Agreements and follow the instruction of the Proposed Listed Company.

This letter of undertaking comes into force upon execution by me and shall remain valid.

It is hereby undertaken as above.

(The remainder of this page intentionally left blank)

 

2


Signature Page to the Letter of Undertakings

Signature: /s/ [name of indirect individual shareholder]

[name of indirect individual shareholder]

Date: November 21, 2018

Exhibit 10.27

Spousal Consent Letter

To: the Board of Directors of Lufax Holding Ltd. (hereinafter referred to as the “Proposed Listed Company”)

CC:

Shenzhen Lukong Enterprise Management Co., Ltd. (hereinafter referred to as “Shenzhen Lukong”)

I, [name of spouse], Chinese ID Card No.: [***], am the lawful spouse of [name of indirect individual shareholder].

I acknowledge that: (i) [name of indirect individual shareholder] indirectly holds [percentage]% equity interest in Shenzhen Lukong through [name of an entity] (hereinafter referred to as “[Entity 1]”) [and [name of an entity] (hereinafter referred to as “[Entity 2]”)]; and (ii) On November 21, 2018, [name of indirect individual shareholder] signed the Voting Proxy Agreement, the Exclusive Equity Interest Option Agreement, the Exclusive Asset Option Agreement, and the Share Pledge Agreement (together with any written amendment, supplement or confirmation thereto made thereafter by the parties thereto (if any), collectively, “Relevant Shenzhen Lukong VIE Agreements”) with Lukong (Shenzhen) Technology Service Co., Ltd. and other direct and indirect shareholders of Shenzhen Lukong.

I hereby confirm and irrevocably undertake that:

 

1.

Any equity interest indirectly held by [name of indirect individual shareholder] through [Entity 1] [and [Entity 2]] in Shenzhen Lukong and all interests attached thereto (hereinafter referred to as “Relevant Equity Interest”) is the personal property of [name of indirect individual shareholder], but not marital property; I have no rights or interests in the aforesaid Relevant Equity Interest, nor will I claim or file a lawsuit for the aforesaid Relevant Equity Interest;

 

2.

The aforesaid Relevant Equity Interest shall be disposed of in accordance with Relevant Shenzhen Lukong VIE Agreements signed by [name of indirect individual shareholder]. I confirm that I will fully support the performance of Relevant Shenzhen Lukong VIE Agreements at any time;

 

3.

I undertake that I have not actually participated and will have no intention to participate in the operation management of Shenzhen Lukong and other matters of Shenzhen Lukong subject to voting;

 

4.

I further undertake and warrant that I shall not in any case take or commit any action, measure, or act or omission that may be contrary to the purpose or intention of the Relevant Shenzhen Lukong VIE Agreements, whether directly or indirectly, actively or passively.

This letter of undertaking comes into force upon execution by me and shall remain valid.

It is hereby undertaken as above.

(The remainder of this page intentionally left blank)

 

1


Signature Page to the Spousal Consent Letter

Signature: /s/ [name of spouse]

[name of spouse]

Date: [December 6 / November 21], 2018

Exhibit 21.1

Principal Subsidiaries and Consolidated Affiliated Entities of the Registrant

 

Subsidiaries

   Place of Incorporation
Gem Blazing Limited    Cayman Islands
Wincon Hong Kong Investment Company Limited    Hong Kong
Lufax Holding (Shenzhen) Technology Service Co., Ltd.    PRC
Weikun (Shanghai) Technology Service Co., Ltd.    PRC
Gem Alliance Limited    Cayman Islands
Harmonious Splendor Limited    Hong Kong
Ping An Puhui Enterprises Management Co., Ltd.    PRC
Ping An Puhui Financing Guarantee Co., Ltd.    PRC
Chongqing Jin An Microloan Limited    PRC
Shenzhen Ping An Puhui Microloan Co., Ltd.    PRC
Ping An Puhui Investment & Consulting Co., Ltd.    PRC
Hunan Ping Microloan An Puhui Co., Ltd.    PRC
Ping An Financing Guarantee (Tianjin) Co., Ltd.    PRC
Ping An Puhui Information Service Co., Ltd.    PRC

Consolidated Affiliated Entities

   Place of Incorporation
Shenzhen Lufax Holding Enterprise Management Co., Ltd.    PRC
Shanghai Xiongguo Corporation Management Co., Ltd.    PRC
Shanghai Lujiazui International Financial Asset Exchange Co., Ltd.    PRC

Subsidiaries of Consolidated Affiliated Entities

   Place of Incorporation
Jinjiong (Shenzhen) Technology Service Limited    PRC
Shanghai Lufax Internet Financial Information Services Limited    PRC
Shenzhen Qianhai Golden Bull Internet Financial Information Services Limited    PRC
Shenzhen Ping An Huifu Asset Management Limited    PRC

Exhibit 23.1

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

We hereby consent to the use in this Registration Statement on Form F-1 of Lufax Holding Ltd of our report dated July 28, 2020 relating to the financial statements of Lufax Holding Ltd, which appears in this Registration Statement. We also consent to the reference to us under the heading “Experts” in such Registration Statement.

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers Zhong Tian LLP

Shanghai, the People’s Republic of China

October 7, 2020

Exhibit 99.1

LUFAX HOLDING LTD

CODE OF BUSINESS CONDUCT AND ETHICS

 

 

 

I.

PURPOSE

This Code of Business Conduct and Ethics (the “Code”) contains general guidelines for conducting the business of Lufax Holding Ltd, a Cayman Islands company, and its subsidiaries and affiliates (collectively, the “Company”) consistent with the highest standards of business ethics, and is intended to qualify as a “code of ethics” within the meaning of Section 406 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and the rules promulgated thereunder. To the extent this Code requires a higher standard than required by commercial practice or applicable laws, rules or regulations, the Company adheres to these higher standards.

This Code is designed to deter wrongdoing and to promote:

 

   

honest and ethical conduct, including the ethical handling of actual or apparent conflicts of interest between personal and professional relationships;

 

   

full, fair, accurate, timely, and understandable disclosure in reports and documents that the Company files with, or submits to, the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) and in other public communications made by the Company;

 

   

compliance with applicable laws, rules and regulations;

 

   

prompt internal reporting of violations of the Code; and

 

   

accountability for adherence to the Code.

 

II.

APPLICABILITY

This Code applies to all directors, officers and employees of the Company, whether they work for the Company on a full-time, part-time, consultative or temporary basis (each, an “employee” and collectively, the “employees”). Certain provisions of the Code apply specifically to our chief executive officer, chief financial officer, senior finance officer, controller, senior vice presidents, vice presidents, other executive officers and any other persons who perform similar functions for the Company (each, a “senior officer,” and collectively, the “senior officers”).

The Board of Directors of the Company (the “Board”) has appointed the Company’s Chief Audit Officer (首席稽核官) as the Compliance Officer for the Company (the “Compliance Officer”). If you have any questions regarding the Code or would like to report any violation of the Code, please email the Compliance Officer at pub_LKGXFJB@lu.com or pub_LJSTSJB@lu.com.


This Code has been adopted by the Board and shall become effective (the “Effective Time”) upon the effectiveness of the Company’s registration statement on Form F-1 filed by the Company with the SEC relating to the Company’s initial public offering.

 

III.

CONFLICTS OF INTEREST

Identifying Conflicts of Interest

A conflict of interest occurs when an employee’s private interest interferes, or appears to interfere, in any way with the interests of the Company as a whole. An employee should actively avoid any private interest that may impact such employee’s ability to act in the interests of the Company or that may make it difficult to perform the employee’s work objectively and effectively. In general, the following are considered conflicts of interest:

 

   

Competing Business. No employee may be employed by a business that competes with the Company or deprives it of any business.

 

   

Corporate Opportunity. No employee may use corporate property, information or his/her position with the Company to secure a business opportunity that would otherwise be available to the Company. If an employee discovers a business opportunity that is in the Company’s line of business through the use of the Company’s property, information or position, the employee must first present the business opportunity to the Company before pursuing the opportunity in his/her individual capacity.

 

   

Financial Interests.

 

  (i)

No employee may have any financial interest (ownership or otherwise), either directly or indirectly through a spouse or other family member, in any other business or entity if such interest adversely affects the employee’s performance of duties or responsibilities to the Company, or requires the employee to devote time to it during such employee’s working hours at the Company;

 

  (ii)

No employee may hold any ownership interest in a privately held company that is in competition with the Company;

 

  (iii)

An employee may only hold up to 5% ownership interest in a publicly traded company that is in competition with the Company; provided that if the employee’s ownership interest in such publicly traded company increases to more than 5%, the employee must immediately report such ownership to the Compliance Officer;

 

  (iv)

No employee may hold any ownership interest in a company that has a business relationship with the Company if such employee’s duties at the Company include managing or supervising the Company’s business relations with that company; and

 

  (v)

Notwithstanding the other provisions of this Code,


(a) a director or any family member of such director (collectively, “Director Affiliates”) or a senior officer or any family member of such senior officer (collectively, “Officer Affiliates”) may continue to hold his/her investment or other financial interest in a business or entity (an “Interested Business”) that:

(1) was made or obtained either (x) before the Company invested in or otherwise became interested in such business or entity; or (y) before the director or senior officer joined the Company (for the avoidance of doubt, regardless of whether the Company had or had not already invested in or otherwise become interested in such business or entity at the time the director or senior officer joined the Company); or

(2) may in the future be made or obtained by the director or senior officer, provided that at the time such investment or other financial interest is made or obtained, the Company has not yet invested in or otherwise become interested in such business or entity;

provided that such director or senior officer shall disclose such investment or other financial interest to the Board;

(b) an interested director or senior officer shall refrain from participating in any discussion among senior officers of the Company relating to an Interested Business and shall not be involved in any proposed transaction between the Company and an Interested Business; and

(c) before any Director Affiliate or Officer Affiliate (i) invests, or otherwise acquires any equity or other financial interest, in a business or entity that is in competition with the Company; or (ii) enters into any transaction with the Company, the related director or senior officer shall obtain prior approval from the Audit Committee of the Board.

 

   

Loans or Other Financial Transactions. No employee may obtain loans or guarantees of personal obligations from, or enter into any other personal financial transaction with, any company that is a material customer, supplier or competitor of the Company. This guideline does not prohibit arms-length transactions with recognized banks or other financial institutions.

 

   

Service on Boards and Committees. No employee shall serve on a board of directors or trustees or on a committee of any entity (whether profit or not-for-profit) whose interests could reasonably be expected to conflict with those of the Company. Employees must obtain prior approval from the Board before accepting any such board or committee position. The Company may revisit its approval of any such position at any time to determine whether an employee’s service in such position is still appropriate.


The above is in no way a complete list of situations where conflicts of interest may arise. The following questions might serve as a useful guide in assessing a potential conflict of interest situation not specifically addressed above:

 

   

Is the action to be taken legal?

 

   

Is it honest and fair?

 

   

Is it in the best interests of the Company?

Disclosure of Conflicts of Interest

The Company requires that employees fully disclose any situations that could reasonably be expected to give rise to a conflict of interest. If an employee suspects that he/she has a conflict of interest, or a situation that others could reasonably perceive as a conflict of interest, the employee must report it immediately to the Compliance Officer. Conflicts of interest may only be waived by the Board, or the appropriate committee of the Board, and will be promptly disclosed to the public to the extent required by law and applicable rules of the applicable stock exchange.

Family Members and Work

The actions of family members outside the workplace may also give rise to conflicts of interest because they may influence an employee’s objectivity in making decisions on behalf of the Company. If a member of an employee’s family is interested in doing business with the Company, the criteria as to whether to enter into or continue the business relationship and the terms and conditions of the relationship must be no less favorable to the Company compared with those that would apply to an unrelated party seeking to do business with the Company under similar circumstances.

Employees should report any situation involving family members that could reasonably be expected to give rise to a conflict of interest to their supervisor or the Compliance Officer. For purposes of this Code, “family members” or “members of employee’s family” include an employee’s spouse, parents, children and siblings, whether by blood, marriage or adoption or anyone residing in such employee’s home.

 

IV.

GIFTS AND ENTERTAINMENT

The giving and receiving of appropriate gifts may be considered common business practice. Appropriate business gifts and entertainment are welcome courtesies designed to build relationships and understanding among business partners. However, gifts and entertainment should never compromise, or appear to compromise, an employee’s ability to make objective and fair business decisions.

It is the responsibility of employees to use good judgment in this area. As a general rule, employees may give or receive gifts or entertainment to or from customers or suppliers only if the gift or entertainment is in compliance with applicable laws, regulations, and policies, insignificant in amount and not given in consideration or expectation of any action by the recipient. All gifts and entertainment expenses made on behalf of the Company must be properly accounted for on expense reports.


The Company encourages employees to submit gifts received to the Company. While it is not mandatory to submit small gifts, gifts of over US$150 must be submitted immediately to the human resources department or the Compliance Officer of the Company.

Bribes and kickbacks are criminal acts, strictly prohibited by law. An employee must not offer, give, solicit or receive any form of bribe or kickback anywhere in the world.

 

V.

FCPA COMPLIANCE

The U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act (“FCPA”) prohibits giving anything of value, directly or indirectly, to officials of foreign governments or foreign political candidates in order to obtain or retain business. A violation of FCPA does not only violate the Company’s policy but also constitute a civil or criminal offense under FCPA which the Company is subject to after the Effective Time. No employee shall give or authorize directly or indirectly any illegal payments to government officials of any country. While the FCPA does, in certain limited circumstances, allow nominal “facilitating payments” to be made, any such payment must be discussed with and approved by an employee’s supervisor in advance before it can be made.

 

VI.

PROTECTION AND USE OF COMPANY ASSETS

Employees should protect the Company’s assets and ensure their efficient use for legitimate business purposes only. Theft, carelessness and waste have a direct impact on the Company’s profitability. Any use of the funds or assets of the Company, whether for personal gain or not, for any unlawful or improper purpose is strictly prohibited.

To ensure the protection and proper use of the Company’s assets, each employee should:

 

   

exercise reasonable care to prevent theft, damage or misuse of the Company’s assets;

 

   

promptly report any actual or suspected theft, damage or misuse of the Company’s assets;

 

   

safeguard all electronic programs, data, communications and written materials from unauthorized access; and

 

   

use the Company’s assets only for legitimate business purposes.

Except as approved in advance by the Chief Executive Officer or Chief Financial Officer of the Company, the Company prohibits political contributions (directly or through trade associations) by any employee on behalf of the Company. Prohibited political contributions include:

 

   

any contributions of the Company’s funds or other assets for political purposes;

 

   

encouraging individual employees to make any such contribution; and

 

   

reimbursing an employee for any political contribution.


VII.

INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY AND CONFIDENTIALITY

Employees should abide by the Company’s rules and policies in protecting the intellectual property and confidential information, including the following:

 

   

All inventions, creative works, computer software, and technical or trade secrets developed by an employee in the course of performing the employee’s duties or primarily through the use of the Company’s assets or resources while working at the Company shall be the property of the Company.

 

   

Employees should maintain the confidentiality of information entrusted to them by the Company or entities with which the Company has business relations, except when disclosure is authorized or legally mandated. Confidential information includes all non-public information that might be of use to competitors, or harmful to the company or its business associates, if disclosed.

 

   

The Company maintains a strict confidentiality policy. During an employee’s term of employment with the Company, the employee shall comply with any and all written or unwritten rules and policies concerning confidentiality and shall fulfill the duties and responsibilities concerning confidentiality applicable to the employee.

 

   

In addition to fulfilling the responsibilities associated with his/her position in the Company, an employee shall not, without obtaining prior approval from the Company, disclose, announce or publish trade secrets or other confidential business information of the Company, nor shall an employee use such confidential information outside the course of his/her duties to the Company.

 

   

Even outside the work environment, an employee must maintain vigilance and refrain from disclosing important information regarding the Company or its business, business associates or employees.

 

   

An employee’s duty of confidentiality with respect to the confidential information of the Company survives the termination of such employee’s employment with the Company for any reason until such time as the Company discloses such information publicly or the information otherwise becomes available in the public sphere through no fault of the employee.

 

   

Upon termination of employment, or at such time as the Company requests, an employee must return to the Company all of its property without exception, including all forms of medium containing confidential information, and may not retain duplicate materials.


VIII.

ACCURACY OF FINANCIAL REPORTS AND OTHER PUBLIC COMMUNICATIONS

Upon the Effective Time, the Company will be required to report its financial results and other material information about its business to the public and the SEC. It is the Company’s policy to promptly disclose accurate and complete information regarding its business, financial condition and results of operations. Employees must strictly comply with all applicable standards, laws, regulations and policies for accounting and financial reporting of transactions, estimates and forecasts. Inaccurate, incomplete or untimely reporting will not be tolerated and can severely damage the Company and result in legal liability.

Employees should be on guard for, and promptly report, any possibility of inaccurate or incomplete financial reporting. Particular attention should be paid to:

 

   

Financial results that seem inconsistent with the performance of the underlying business;

 

   

Transactions that do not seem to have an obvious business purpose; and

 

   

Requests to circumvent ordinary review and approval procedures.

The Company’s senior financial officers and other employees working in the finance department have a special responsibility to ensure that all of the Company’s financial disclosures are full, fair, accurate, timely and understandable. Any practice or situation that might undermine this objective are required to be reported to the Compliance Officer.

Employees are prohibited from directly or indirectly taking any action to coerce, manipulate, mislead or fraudulently influence the Company’s independent auditors for the purpose of rendering the financial statements of the Company materially misleading. Prohibited actions include but are not limited to:

 

   

issuing or reissuing a report on the Company’s financial statements that is not warranted in the circumstances (due to material violations of U.S. GAAP, generally accepted auditing standards or other professional or regulatory standards);

 

   

not performing audit, review or other procedures required by generally accepted auditing standards or other professional standards;

 

   

not withdrawing an issued report when withdrawal is warranted under the circumstances; or

 

   

not communicating matters required to be communicated to the Company’s Audit Committee.

 

IX.

COMPANY RECORDS

Accurate and reliable records are crucial to the Company’s business and form the basis of its earnings statements, financial reports and other disclosures to the public. The Company’s records are a source of essential data that guides business decision-making and strategic planning. Company records include, but are not limited to, booking information, payroll, timecards, travel and expense reports, e-mails, accounting and financial data, measurement and performance records, electronic data files and all other records maintained in the ordinary course of business.


All Company records must be complete, accurate and reliable in all material respects. There is never an acceptable reason to make false or misleading entries. Undisclosed or unrecorded funds, payments or receipts are strictly prohibited. An employee is responsible for understanding and complying with the Company’s recordkeeping policy. An employee should contact the Compliance Officer if he/she has any questions regarding the recordkeeping policy.

 

X.

COMPLIANCE WITH LAWS AND REGULATIONS

Each employee has an obligation to comply with the laws of the cities, provinces, regions and countries in which the Company operates. This includes, without limitation, laws covering commercial bribery and kickbacks, patent, copyrights, trademarks and trade secrets, information privacy, insider trading, offering or receiving gratuities, employment harassment, environmental protection, occupational health and safety, false or misleading financial information, misuse of corporate assets and foreign currency exchange activities. Employees are expected to understand and comply with all laws, rules and regulations that apply to their positions at the Company. If any doubt exists about whether a course of action is lawful, the employee should seek advice immediately from the Compliance Officer.

 

XI.

DISCRIMINATION AND HARASSMENT

The Company is firmly committed to providing equal opportunity in all aspects of employment and will not tolerate any illegal discrimination or harassment based on race, ethnicity, religion, gender, age, national origin or any other protected class. For further information, employees should consult the Compliance Officer.

 

XII.

FAIR DEALING

Each employee should endeavor to deal fairly with the Company’s customers, suppliers, competitors and employees. No employee should take unfair advantage of anyone through manipulation, concealment, abuse of privileged information, misrepresentation of material facts, or any other unfair-dealing practice.

 

XIII.

HEALTH AND SAFETY

The Company strives to provide employees with a safe and healthy work environment. Each employee has responsibility for maintaining a safe and healthy workplace for other employees by following environmental, safety and health rules and practices and reporting accidents, injuries and unsafe equipment, practices or conditions. Violence or threats of violence are not permitted.

Each employee is expected to perform his/her duty to the Company in a safe manner, not under the influence of alcohol, illegal drugs or other controlled substances. The use of illegal drugs or other controlled substances in the workplace is prohibited.


XIV.

VIOLATIONS OF THE CODE

All employees have a duty to report any known or suspected violation of this Code, including any violation of laws, rules, regulations or policies that apply to the Company. Reporting a known or suspected violation of this Code by others will not be considered an act of disloyalty, but an action to safeguard the reputation and integrity of the Company and its employees.

If an employee knows of or suspects a violation of this Code, it is such employee’s responsibility to immediately report the violation to the Compliance Officer, who will work with the employee to investigate his/her concern. All questions and reports of known or suspected violations of this Code will be treated with sensitivity and discretion. The Compliance Officer and the Company will protect the employee’s confidentiality to the extent possible, consistent with the law and the Company’s need to investigate the employee’s concern.

It is the Company’s policy that any employee who violates this Code will be subject to appropriate discipline, including termination of employment, based upon the facts and circumstances of each particular situation. An employee’s conduct, if it does not comply with the law or with this Code, can result in serious consequences for both the employee and the Company.

The Company strictly prohibits retaliation against an employee who, in good faith, seeks help or reports known or suspected violations. An employee inflicting reprisal or retaliation against another employee for reporting a known or suspected violation will be subject to disciplinary action, including termination of employment.

 

XV.

WAIVERS OF THE CODE

Waivers of this Code will be granted on a case-by-case basis and only in extraordinary circumstances. Waivers of this Code may be made only by the Board, or the appropriate committee of the Board, and may be promptly disclosed to the public if so required by applicable laws and regulations and rules of the applicable stock exchange.

 

XVI.

CONCLUSION

This Code contains general guidelines for conducting the business of the Company consistent with the highest standards of business ethics. If employees have any questions about these guidelines, they should contact the Compliance Officer. The Company expects all employees to adhere to these standards. Each employee is separately responsible for his/her actions. Conduct that violates the law or this Code cannot be justified by claiming that it was ordered by a supervisor or someone in higher management positions. If an employee engages in conduct prohibited by the law or this Code, such employee will be deemed to have acted outside the scope of his/her employment. Such conduct will subject the employee to disciplinary action, including termination of employment.

* * * * * * * * * * * * *

Exhibit 99.2

 

LOGO

October 7, 2020

 

To:

Lufax Holding Ltd

No. 1333 Lujiazui Ring Road 15/F,

Pudong New District, Shanghai,

People’s Republic of China

Re: Certain PRC Law Matters of Lufax Holding Ltd (the “Company”)

Ladies and Gentlemen:

We are qualified lawyers of the People’s Republic of China (the “PRC”, for purposes of this legal opinion, excluding Hong Kong Special Administrative Region, Macau Special Administrative Region and Taiwan) and as such are qualified to issue this opinion on the PRC Laws (as defined below).

We have acted as your legal counsel on the PRC Laws (as defined below) in connection with (a) the proposed initial public offering (the “Offering”) of certain number of American depositary shares (the “ADSs”), each representing certain number of ordinary shares of the Company (the “Ordinary Shares”), by the Company as set forth in the Company’s registration statement on Form F-1, including all amendments or supplements thereto (the “Registration Statement”), filed by the Company with the Securities and Exchange Commission in relation to the Offering, and (b) the proposed listing and trading of the Company’s ADSs on the New York Stock Exchange or the NASDAQ Global Market.

The following terms as used in this opinion are defined as follows.

Chongqing Qiguan” means Chongqing CQFAE Enterprise Management Limited (重庆重金所企业管理有限公司), a company incorporated under the PRC Laws.

CQFAE” means Chongqing Financial Assets Exchange Limited (重庆金融资产交易所有限责任公司), a company incorporated under the PRC Laws.

 

海问律师事务所HAIWEN & PARTNERS

北京市海问律师事务所上海分所

地址:上海市静安区南京西路1515号静安嘉里中心一座2605室(邮编200040)

Address:Unit 2605, Jing An Kerry Center Tower 1, 1515Nanjing West Road, Jing’an District, Shanghai200040, China

电话(Tel): (+86 21) 6043 5000    传真(Fax):(+86 21) 5298 5030    www.haiwen-law.com

北京BEIJING丨上海 SHANGHAI 丨深圳 SHENZHEN    丨香港 HONG KONG 丨成都 CHENGDU


Governmental Agency” means each of, and “Governmental Agencies” means all competent national, municipal, provincial or local governmental, regulatory or administrative authorities, agencies or commissions in the PRC, or any court in the PRC.

Governmental Authorization” means each of, and “Governmental Authorizations” means all consents, approvals, authorizations, certificates, permissions, registrations, filings, exemptions, licenses, and qualifications required by any Governmental Agencies pursuant to any PRC Laws.

Individual Shareholders” means the shareholders or partners of Shanghai Lanbang and Linzhi Jinsheng, Xuelian Yang and Jingkui Shi, and the partners of Xinjiang Tongjun, Wenjun Wang and Wenwei Dou.

Linzhi Jinsheng” means Linzhi Jinsheng Investment Management Limited Partnership (林芝金生投资管理合伙企业(有限合伙)), a limited partnership enterprise established under the PRC Laws.

Lufax Holding Shenzhen” means Lufax Holding (Shenzhen) Technology Service Limited (陆控(深圳)科技服务有限公司), a company incorporated under the PRC Laws.

M&A Rules” means the Regulations on Mergers and Acquisitions of Domestic Enterprises by Foreign Investors (关于外国投资者并购境内企业的规定), which was issued by six PRC regulatory agencies, namely, the Ministry of Commerce, the State-owned Assets Supervision and Administration Commission, the State Administration for Taxation, the State Administration for Industry and Commerce, the China Securities Regulatory Commission (the “CSRC”) and the State Administration for Foreign Exchange, on August 8, 2006 and became effective on September 8, 2006, as amended by the Ministry of Commerce on June 22, 2009.

Ping An Financial Technology” means Shenzhen Ping An Financial Technology Consulting Co., Ltd. (深圳平安金融科技咨询有限公司), a company incorporated under the PRC Laws.

Ping An Jixin” means Ping An Jixin (Shanghai) Investment Management Co., Ltd (平安集信(上海)投资管理有限公司), a company incorporated under the PRC Laws.

PRC Company” means any of, and “PRC Companies” means all of, PRC Subsidiaries and Variable Interest Entities.

PRC Subsidiary” means each of, and “PRC Subsidiaries” means all of, the foreign owned enterprises incorporated and controlled by the Company in the PRC as of the date hereof.

PRC Laws” means the laws, regulations, statutes, rules, notices and supreme court’s judicial interpretations of the PRC effective and available to the public as of the date hereof.

Shanghai Huikang” means Shanghai Huikang Information Technology Co., Ltd. (上海惠康信息技术有限公司), a company incorporated under the PRC Laws.

 

2


Shanghai Lanbang” means Shanghai Lanbang Investment Co., Ltd. (上海兰帮投资有限责任公司), a company incorporated under the PRC Laws.

Shanghai Lufax” means Shanghai Lujiazui International Financial Asset Exchange Co., Ltd. (上海陆家嘴国际金融资产交易市场股份有限公司), a company incorporated under the PRC Laws.

Shanghai Xiongguo” means Shanghai Xiongguo Enterprise Management Limited (上海雄国企业管理有限公司), a company incorporated under the PRC Laws.

Shenzhen Lufax” means Shenzhen Lufax Enterprise Management Limited (深圳市陆控企业管理有限公司), a company incorporated under the PRC Laws.

Variable Interest Entity” means each of, and “Variable Interest Entities” means all of, the variable interest entities controlled by the Company incorporated in the PRC as of the date hereof.

Weikun” means Weikun (Shanghai) Technology Service Limited (未鲲(上海)科技服务有限公司), a company incorporated under the PRC Laws.

Xfame” means Xishuangbanna Mercantile Exchange Co., Ltd. (西双版纳商品交易中心股份有限公司), a company incorporated under the PRC Laws.

Xinjiang Tongjun” means Xinjiang Tongjun Equity Investment Management Limited Partnership (新疆同君股权投资有限合伙企业), a limited partnership enterprise established under the PRC Laws.

Yiwu Jinfu” means Yiwu Jinfu Internet Technology Service Limited (义乌金服网络科技服务有限公司), a company incorporated under the PRC Laws.

Yiwu Technology” means Yiwu Lujin Technology Service Co., Ltd. (义乌陆金科技服务有限公司), a company incorporated under the PRC Laws.

For the purpose of giving this opinion, we have examined the originals or copies, certified or otherwise identified to our satisfaction of corporate records, agreements, documents and other instruments provided to us, including, without limitation, originals or copies of the agreements listed in Schedule A hereof (the “VIE Agreements”) and such other documents, corporate records, certificates, Governmental Authorizations and other instruments as we have deemed necessary and appropriate as a basis for the opinions hereinafter set forth (collectively, the “Documents”).

 

3


In rendering the opinions expressed below, we have assumed:

 

(a)

the genuineness of all signatures, seals and chops, the authenticity of the Documents submitted to us as originals and the conformity to the originals of the Documents submitted to us as copies;

 

(b)

the truthfulness, accuracy and completeness of all the Documents, as well as the factual statements contained in the Documents and all other factual information provided to us;

 

(c)

that the Documents which have been presented to us remain in full force and effect up to the date of the legal opinion and have not been revoked, amended, varied, superseded or supplemented, except as noted therein;

 

(d)

the truthfulness, accuracy and completeness of the statements made by the Company, the PRC Companies and relevant government officials in response to our inquiries during the process of our due diligence for the purpose of the Offering;

 

(e)

in response to our due diligence inquiries, requests and investigation for the purpose of this opinion, all information (including factual statements) and materials that have been provided to us by the Company and the PRC Companies are true, accurate, complete and not misleading, and that the Company, or each PRC Company has not withheld, omitted or concealed anything that, if disclosed to us, would reasonably cause us to alter this opinion in whole or in part. Where important facts were not independently established to us, we have relied upon certificates issued by governmental authorities and appropriate representatives of the Company, the PRC Companies and/or other relevant entities and/or upon representations made by such persons in the course of our inquiries and consultations;

 

(f)

that all parties thereto, other than the PRC Companies, have the requisite power and authority to enter into, execute, deliver and perform the Documents to which they are parties, and have duly executed, delivered, performed and/or issued those documents to which they are parties, and have the requisite power and authority to perform their obligations thereunder, and all parties will duly perform their obligations under the Documents to which they are parties;

 

(g)

that all Governmental Authorizations and other official statements or documentations were obtained from competent Governmental Agencies by lawful means in due course; and

 

(h)

with respect to all parties, the due compliance with, and the legality, validity, effectiveness and enforceability of the Documents under, all laws other than the laws of the PRC.

We do not purport to be experts on and do not purport to be generally familiar with or qualified to express legal opinions on any laws other than the PRC Laws and accordingly express no legal opinion herein on any laws of any jurisdiction other than the PRC.

 

4


Based on the foregoing and subject to any matters not disclosed to us as well as the qualifications set out below, we are of the opinion that, as of the date hereof, so far as the PRC Laws are concerned:

 

1.

Each PRC Subsidiary is a limited liability company or a company limited by shares, duly incorporated and validly existing under the PRC Laws, and has the status of an independent legal person under the PRC Laws.

 

2.

The ownership structures of Weikun, Shenzhen Lufax, Chongqing Qiguan, Yiwu Technology, Shanghai Xiongguo, Shanghai Huikang, Shanghai Lufax, Xfame, Lufax Holding Shenzhen, CQFAE and Yiwu Jinfu currently do not result in violation of applicable PRC Laws currently in effect, and except for certain clauses regarding the remedies or reliefs that may be awarded by an arbitration tribunal and the power of courts to grant interim remedies in support of the arbitration and winding-up and liquidation arrangements, the VIE Agreements governed by the PRC Laws are valid, binding and enforceable against each party thereto in accordance with the applicable PRC Laws currently in effect. However, there are substantial uncertainties regarding the interpretation and application of the PRC Laws and future PRC laws, regulations and rules, and there can be no assurance that the Governmental Agencies will take a view that is not contrary to or otherwise different from our opinion stated above.

 

3.

The M&A Rules purport to require that an offshore special purpose vehicle controlled directly or indirectly by PRC domestic companies or individuals and formed for purposes of overseas listing through acquisition of PRC domestic interests obtain the approval of the CSRC prior to the listing and trading of such special purpose vehicle’s securities on an overseas stock exchange. The CSRC has not issued any definitive rules or interpretations concerning whether offerings such as the Offering are subject to the CSRC approval procedures under the M&A Rules. Based on our understanding of the current PRC Laws, the Company is not required to obtain the aforesaid approval from the CSRC for the listing and trading of the ADSs on the New York Stock Exchange or the NASDAQ Global Market in the context of the Offering, because (i) our PRC Subsidiaries were not established by merger with or acquisition of PRC domestic companies using equities as consideration as defined in the M&A Rules, and (ii) no explicit provision in the M&A Rules classifies the respective contractual arrangements between our PRC Subsidiaries, our Variable Interest Entities, and their respective shareholders as a type of acquisition transaction falling under the M&A Rules. However, there remain some uncertainties as to how the M&A Rules will be interpreted and implemented in the context of an overseas offering and our opinion stated above is subject to any new laws, rules and regulations or detailed implementations and interpretations in any form relating to the M&A Rules.

 

4.

The statements made in the Registration Statement under the caption “Taxation—People’s Republic of China Taxation,” with respect to the PRC Laws, constitute true and accurate descriptions of the matters described therein in all material aspects and such statements represent our opinion.

 

5


The foregoing opinion is further subject to the following qualifications:

 

(a)

we express no opinion as to any laws other than the PRC Laws in force on the date of this opinion;

 

(b)

the PRC Laws referred to herein are laws currently in force and there is no guarantee that any of such laws, or the interpretation thereof or enforcement therefore, will not be changed, amended or replaced in the immediate future or in the longer term with or without retrospective effect;

 

(c)

this opinion is intended to be used in the context which is specifically referred to herein and each section should be looked on as a whole regarding the same subject matter, and no part should be extracted and referred to independently;

 

(d)

this opinion is subject to the effects of (i) certain legal or statutory principles affecting the validity and enforceability of contractual rights generally under the concepts of public interest, interests of the state, social ethics, reasonableness, national security, good faith, fair dealing and applicable statutes of limitation; (ii) any circumstance in connection with formulation, execution, performance or implementation of any legal documents that would be deemed materially mistaken, clearly unconscionable, fraudulent, coercionary or concealing illegal intentions with a lawful form; (iii) judicial or arbitral discretion with respect to the availability of indemnifications, remedies or defenses, injunctive relief, the calculation of damages, the entitlement to attorney’s fees and other costs, and the waiver of immunity from jurisdiction of any court or from legal process; (iv) the discretion of any competent PRC legislative, administrative or judicial or arbitral bodies in exercising their authority in the PRC; (v) any applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, fraudulent transfer, reorganization, moratorium or similar laws affecting creditors’ rights generally, and (vi) possible judicial, arbitral, or administrative actions or any PRC Laws affecting creditors’ rights;

 

(e)

where certain facts were not, or may not be practical to be verified by us, we have relied upon certificates or statements or representations issued or made by relevant governmental authorities of the PRC, the appropriate representatives of the Company or any PRC Company with the proper powers and functions without further independent investigation;

 

(f)

this opinion is given pursuant to the PRC Laws as in effect on the date hereof and is subject to change and qualification by reason of change of law and circumstances, lapse of time and other matters. We express no opinion as to the rights, obligations or other matters arising subsequent to the date hereof, and we assume no obligation to advise you or any other person or entity of any changes to our opinion subsequent to the date hereof; and

 

(g)

we do not purport to be experts on and do not purport to be generally familiar with or qualified to express legal opinions on any laws other than the PRC Laws and accordingly express no legal opinion herein on any laws of any jurisdiction other than the PRC Laws.

 

6


This opinion is delivered by us in our capacity as the Company’s PRC legal counsel solely for the purpose of and in connection with the Registration Statement publicly submitted to the SEC on the date of this opinion and may not be used, circulated, quoted or otherwise referred to for any other purpose without our prior written consent. We hereby consent to the use of this opinion in, and the filing hereof as an exhibit to the Registration Statement, and to the reference to our name in such Registration Statement. We do not thereby admit that we fall within the category of the persons whose consent is required under Section 7 of the U.S. Securities Act of 1933 or the rules and regulations of the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission thereunder.

Signature Page to Follow

 

7


Signature Page to the PRC Legal Opinion on Certain PRC Law Matters of Lufax Holding Ltd

Yours sincerely,

/s/ Haiwen & Partners

Haiwen & Partners


Schedule A List of VIE Agreements

 

i.

Re: Shanghai Xiongguo

 

1.

Exclusive Business Cooperation Agreement dated March 23, 2015 by and between Weikun and Shanghai Xiongguo.

 

2.

Exclusive Equity Interest Option Agreement dated March 23, 2015 by and among Weikun, Shanghai Xiongguo, Ping An Financial Technology, Shanghai Lanbang, Linzhi Jinsheng and Xinjiang Tongjun.

 

3.

Exclusive Asset Option Agreement dated March 23, 2015 by and among Weikun, Shanghai Xiongguo, Ping An Financial Technology, Shanghai Lanbang, Linzhi Jinsheng and Xinjiang Tongjun.

 

4.

Voting Trust Agreement dated March 23, 2015 by and among Weikun, Shanghai Xiongguo, Ping An Financial Technology, Shanghai Lanbang, Linzhi Jinsheng and Xinjiang Tongjun.

 

5.

Share Pledge Agreement dated March 23, 2015 by and among Weikun, Shanghai Xiongguo and Ping An Financial Technology.

 

6.

Share Pledge Agreement dated March 23, 2015 by and among Weikun, Shanghai Xiongguo and Shanghai Lanbang.

 

7.

Share Pledge Agreement dated March 23, 2015 by and among Weikun, Shanghai Xiongguo and Linzhi Jinsheng.

 

8.

Share Pledge Agreement dated March 23, 2015 by and among Weikun, Shanghai Xiongguo and Xinjiang Tongjun.

 

ii.

Re: Shanghai Huikang

 

9.

Exclusive Business Cooperation Agreement dated March 23, 2015 by and between Weikun and Shanghai Huikang.

 

10.

Exclusive Equity Interest Option Agreement dated March 23, 2015 by and among Weikun, Shanghai Xiongguo, Shanghai Huikang, Shanghai Lufax and Xfame (“Exclusive Equity Interest Option Agreement I”).

 

11.

Voting Trust Agreement dated March 23, 2015 by and among Weikun, Shanghai Huikang and Shanghai Xiongguo.

 

12.

Share Pledge Agreement dated March 23, 2015 by and among Weikun, Shanghai Huikang and Shanghai Xiongguo.

 

i


iii.

Re: Shanghai Lufax

 

13.

Exclusive Business Cooperation Agreement dated March 23, 2015 by and between Weikun and Shanghai Lufax.

 

14.

Exclusive Equity Interest Option Agreement I.

 

15.

Exclusive Equity Interest Option Agreement dated March 23, 2015 by and among Weikun, Shanghai Huikang, Shanghai Lufax and Xfame (“Exclusive Equity Interest Option Agreement II”).

 

16.

Exclusive Asset Option Agreement dated March 23, 2015 by and among Weikun, Shanghai Lufax, Shanghai Huikang and Shanghai Xiongguo.

 

17.

Voting Trust Agreement dated March 23, 2015 by and among Weikun, Shanghai Lufax, Shanghai Huikang and Shanghai Xiongguo.

 

18.

Share Pledge Agreement dated March 23, 2015 by and among Weikun, Shanghai Lufax and Shanghai Huikang.

 

19.

Share Pledge Agreement dated March 23, 2015 by and among Weikun, Shanghai Lufax and Shanghai Xiongguo.

 

iv.

Re: Xfame

 

20.

Exclusive Business Cooperation Agreement dated March 23, 2015 by and between Weikun and Xfame.

 

21.

Exclusive Equity Interest Option Agreement I.

 

22.

Exclusive Equity Interest Option Agreement II.

 

23.

Exclusive Asset Option Agreement dated March 23, 2015 by and among Weikun, Xfame, Shanghai Huikang and Shanghai Xiongguo.

 

24.

Voting Trust Agreement dated March 23, 2015 by and among Weikun, Xfame, Shanghai Huikang and Shanghai Xiongguo.

 

25.

Share Pledge Agreement dated March 23, 2015 by and among Weikun, Xfame, and Shanghai Huikang.

 

26.

Share Pledge Agreement dated March 23, 2015 by and among Weikun, Xfame, and Shanghai Xiongguo.

 

v.

Re: Shenzhen Lufax

 

27.

Exclusive Business Cooperation Agreement dated November 21, 2018 by and between Lufax Holding Shenzhen and Shenzhen Lufax.

 

28.

Exclusive Equity Interest Option Agreement dated November 21, 2018 by and among Lufax Holding Shenzhen, Shenzhen Lufax, Ping An Financial Technology, Shanghai Lanbang, Linzhi Jinsheng, Xinjiang Tongjun and the Individual Shareholders.

 

ii


29.

Exclusive Asset Option Agreement dated November 21, 2018 by and among Lufax Holding Shenzhen, Shenzhen Lufax, Ping An Financial Technology, Shanghai Lanbang, Linzhi Jinsheng, Xinjiang Tongjun and the Individual Shareholders.

 

30.

Voting Proxy Agreement dated November 21, 2018 by and among Lufax Holding Shenzhen, Shenzhen Lufax, Ping An Financial Technology, Shanghai Lanbang, Linzhi Jinsheng, Xinjiang Tongjun and the Individual Shareholders.

 

31.

Share Pledge Agreement dated November 21, 2018 by and among Lufax Holding Shenzhen, Shenzhen Lufax, Ping An Financial Technology, Shanghai Lanbang, Linzhi Jinsheng, Xinjiang Tongjun and the Individual Shareholders.

 

32.

Letters of Undertakings and Spousal Consent Letters dated November 21, 2018 by the Individual Shareholders or their respective spouses.

 

vi.

Re: CQFAE

 

33.

Exclusive Business Cooperation Agreement dated November 9, 2018 by and between CQFAE and Chongqing Qiguan.

 

34.

Exclusive Equity Interest Option Agreement dated November 9, 2018 by and among CQFAE, Chongqing Qiguan, Ping An Jixin, Shanghai Xiongguo, Ping An Financial Technology, Shanghai Lanbang, Linzhi Jinsheng, Xinjiang Tongjun and the Individual Shareholders.

 

35.

Exclusive Asset Option Agreement dated November 9, 2018 by and among CQFAE, Chongqing Qiguan, Ping An Jixin, Shanghai Xiongguo, Ping An Financial Technology, Shanghai Lanbang, Linzhi Jinsheng, Xinjiang Tongjun and the Individual Shareholders.

 

36.

Voting Proxy Agreement dated November 9, 2018 by and among CQFAE, Chongqing Qiguan, Ping An Jixin, Shanghai Xiongguo, Ping An Financial Technology, Shanghai Lanbang, Linzhi Jinsheng, Xinjiang Tongjun and the Individual Shareholders.

 

37.

Share Pledge Agreement dated November 9, 2018 by and among CQFAE, Chongqing Qiguan, Ping An Jixin, Shanghai Xiongguo, Ping An Financial Technology, Shanghai Lanbang, Linzhi Jinsheng, Xinjiang Tongjun and the Individual Shareholders.

 

38.

Letters of Undertakings and Spousal Consent Letters dated November 9, 2018 by the Individual Shareholders or their respective spouses.

 

iii


vii.

Re: Yiwu Jinfu

 

39.

Exclusive Business Cooperation Agreement dated September 3, 2018 by and between Yiwu Jinfu and Yiwu Technology.

 

40.

Exclusive Equity Interest Option Agreement dated September 3, 2018 by and among Yiwu Jinfu, Yiwu Technology, Shenzhen Lufax, Ping An Financial Technology, Shanghai Lanbang, Linzhi Jinsheng, Xinjiang Tongjun and the Individual Shareholders.

 

41.

Exclusive Asset Option Agreement dated September 3, 2018 by and among Yiwu Jinfu, Yiwu Technology, Shenzhen Lufax, Ping An Financial Technology, Shanghai Lanbang, Linzhi Jinsheng, Xinjiang Tongjun and the Individual Shareholders.

 

42.

Voting Proxy Agreement dated September 3, 2018 by and among Yiwu Jinfu, Yiwu Technology, Shenzhen Lufax, Ping An Financial Technology, Shanghai Lanbang, Linzhi Jinsheng, Xinjiang Tongjun and the Individual Shareholders.

 

43.

Share Pledge Agreement dated September 3, 2018 by and among Yiwu Jinfu, Yiwu Technology, Shenzhen Lufax, Ping An Financial Technology, Shanghai Lanbang, Linzhi Jinsheng, Xinjiang Tongjun and the Individual Shareholders.

 

44.

Letters of Undertakings and Spousal Consent Letters dated September 3, 2018 by the Individual Shareholders or their respective spouses.

 

iv

Exhibit 99.3

CONSENT OF OLIVER WYMAN, INC. (HONG KONG BRANCH)

Oliver Wyman, Inc. (Hong Kong Branch) hereby consents to (i) references to our name, (ii) inclusion of information and data contained in our report entitled “TECHNOLOGY-BASED FINANCIAL SERVICE PROVIDERS IN CHINA” (together with any subsequent amendments made by us thereto, the “Report”) and (iii) citation of the Report, in each case, in this Registration Statement on Form F-1 (and in all subsequent amendments) in connection with the proposed initial public offering of Lufax Holding Ltd (the “Company”), in the prospectus contained therein, and in any other future filings or correspondence with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”). We further hereby consent to the filing of this letter as an exhibit to such Registration Statement and any amendments thereto with the SEC.

/s/ Hang Qian

 

Name: Hang Qian

Title: Partner
Oliver Wyman, Inc. (Hong Kong Branch)

Unit 04, Level 9, Central Plaza

18 Harbour Road, Wanchai

Hong Kong SAR

October 7, 2020